Chapter 1: Suspended train of thought
Chapter Text
Darkness is all that Shinji sees then, flashes of light. It was all that Shinji saw for now, but enough occasional illumination came and went to illustrate the surroundings Shinji currently was situated, it was a train car. Shinji exhaled briefly, he did not know the specific details of how he ceased deceasing, but he can at least sit down and think about it, and so he thought about it. His body although sat in a train to an known unknown destination, at least he did know what the ultimate destination of everybody was though. The thoughts came to him like a hail of snow and ice, thoughts about his death, his life up to this moment, his friends, and whatever else, discombobulated beyond any measure.
Out of habit, Shinji reached into his pockets to store his hands to a place with a semblance of warmth, only to be surprised by the sudden appearance of a object in his pocket without him knowing, he took it out and found what seemed to be a device of some sort.
It came with a set of dark earphones and a note, on the note in fancy calligraphy was instructions
You are heading towards your destination as you are currently reading this
When you arrive there, head to the neighborhood known as Yongen Jaya, and find the residence of Sojiro Sakura. You will be under his care for the time being and will start your journey soon. As for the device in your possession, do spend effort into learning how to use it, much has changed within the seven years of your passing, and this will only serve to help you.
-Regards, Igor.
“Ok Igor, thanks.” Uttered Shinji.
Over the next few minutes, Shinji sat in the dark train attempting to learn the intricacies of his new phone, it was a bit confusing having only operated flip phones to this point, but he worked out enough on how to use it for the time being. He even worked out what the app was for playing music. With a lack of things to do on his phone or anything, really, he out of curiosity plugged his earphones into the phone and played whatever was downloaded in the music library of his phone.
Now playing: Otherside, by Red Hot Chilli Peppers
As the song started, a light had shown fully into Shinjiro’s face originating from the next train car, it illuminated the current train car he was in to allow him to fully see his surroundings clearly, he had only noticed that there was a bag next to him on the seat to his right, having seen no other passengers in the train car, he could only assume that the bag was meant for him, and even if it wasn’t, finders keepers. Shinji stood up, and faced the light coming from the proceeding train car, and then turned around to peer into the black vortex of darkness behind him. There was only one course of action that could be made here, that Shinji knew, he moved forward to the light and never looked back.
Chapter Text
9/4/2016,
Now playing: Recollection and Foreshadowing
Shinji did not process where he was going when he left the train car he had awoken in, either way he had found himself exiting the train he was in, stepping on the platform he had little time to process his surroundings before crowds of passengers and would be passengers overflowed from and to the train. After a fair deal of urgency, he had made it to the surface and then had to stop due the sights above ground.
Iwatodai was a huge city, it was cramped at times and had the habit of becoming a den of non-desirable activities when Apathy syndrome came around, with even the Kirijo group unable to curb such. Tokyo however, was much the same, but on a gargantuan scale. If it weren’t for the sight of Shibuya’s tall skyscrapers diverting his attention from the sea of mankind crossing the streets, he would’ve felt like the loneliest man in the world. But he had at least one objective to lead him through, get to Yongen Jaya, find Sojiro Sakura.
He had figured out that he had a GPS application on his phone and set the navigation to Yongen Jaya but as he was doing that, something caught his attention…
Time slowed down to a complete halt, bystanders and pedestrians who were crossing the street and making conversation were put to a stop. In the distance in front of Shinji, there emerged a blue burning flame, it took the shape of a figure, to then reveal himself. There he stood, Shinji seeing Shinji, but one had yellow eyes, a devilish and determined grin, and a coat of Horizon blue, seemingly stained by the blue flames.
Time flowed back in the blink of Shinji’s eyes, he had come to an conclusion about the sight, perhaps he was just very tired.
Yongen Jaya, 4pm
Shinji had finally arrived at Yongen Jaya, and felt even more lost. Compared to the openness that was the open space that although crowded, was still open that was Shibuya, Shinji felt nothing but cramped here in Yongen Jaya, no similar to the back alley that he wasted away and-. No, he couldn’t think about it.
At the end of his deliberating, Shinji turned up to a café to get some warm food and ask for directions, he had found one in Café Leblanc. He opened the door to find a small, warm and comfortable feeling place. Taking a seat on the counter, the barista of the café asked what he would like. Shinji asked for the curry and house blend, little did he know that this would be the best curry he would ever lay his hands on.
Once he finished his curry, and once he started taking sips from his coffee, Shinji then asked the barista a question
“Hey, thanks for the food, do you mind if I ask a question”
“No, go ahead”
“I’m looking for a Sojiro Sakura in the area, I’m supposed to find him today.”
“Well I do know Mr. Sakura” the barista replied
“Well, where can I find him?”
“He’s standing here in front of you.”
Shinji, taken back a bit, now bore an expression of surprise. He didn’t expect to find Sojiro that fast, or easy.
After a pause that certainly was felt and received as awkward by both parties, Shinji broke the ice by asking another question
“Well, what now?”
“Oh right, I received a letter a few days ago detailing who you are and why you are here, you’re Shinjiro Aragaki yes?”
Shinji nodded.
“You’re here as a transfer student from Iwatodai to attend high school here at a place called Shujin academy, you’re a third year meaning you’ll be wrapping up your education by next year. Additionally, there are some notes from your previous employers saying you are a pretty good cook. Is that true?”
“Yes.” Answered Shinji
“Good, because by the looks of you, you look more like a delinquent rather then a kid, just know that if you do anything illegal, you’ll be heading straight to jail, got that?”
“Got it.” Replied Shinji, the after taste of Sojiro’s amazing curry in his mouth slightly soured by its maker’s words.
“Finish that coffee, I’ll show you where you’ll be sleeping.”
The two men climbed the stairs of the café to be greeted by an attic, it was dusty, dirty and to be honest not too far from the places Shinji slept after leaving the dorm. There was a bed frame for a mattress, even if it was just a spread of plastic containers meant to store glass beer bottles, it was better than sleeping on a bare mattress or the cold hard floor.
“This will be your room, take care of it.”
“Thanks.”
“I got to get back to work downstairs, make yourself comfortable hey?”
As soon as Sojiro exited from the stairs, Shinji let out a sigh. It wasn’t the most ideal of dwellings, but he had lived worse and better before, his mind drifted to the dorms back at Iwatodai, he would be missing that proper bed, courtesy of Mitsuru and the Kirijo group.
Shinji got curious for a moment, when he was figuring out the intricacies of his new phone, he had found that phones could now access internet browsers like a PC, he took it out and to sate his curiosity, keyed in ‘Mitsuru Kirijo’. In the results showed a now older Mitsuru Kirijo, one in her mid-twenties, in a fur coat, donning a warm smile. It was a far cry from her reign as the ice queen, or executor. Shinji smiled, while he was here in Tokyo, at least there was the prospect and thought that his old friends were doing well after he died. However, that smile faded as there came the thought that he did not grow any older, he had stagnated, wasted away in a back alley somewhere in Iwatodai while his friends got the chance to grow, mature and to live and love life. He sat in introspect, thinking what to make of this realisation of his rather shit luck and youth.
“Before I died… I remember being told by Minato to keep my promises. Now I have a second chance to keep those promises…”
A sense of determination filled Shinji, he wasn’t going to let this second chance pass him by and get caught up in his misery or self pity, he was going to live for himself.
Some time later, at around closing time…
Sojiro walked up the stairs to find that the attic he left to this punk wasn’t in the same state he had granted it. It was clean, not a speck of dust was to be found, the contents of Shinji’s duffel bag were on the shelves, the books were in neat piles on the shelves as well. The workdesk was clean and much more organised than the last time he used it.
“What the heck? I heard a lot of noise upstairs but I didn’t imagine you were cleaning your room.”
Shinji sat on his bed in silence.
“Well, it doesn’t look to bad, good job.”
Shinji smiled a little bit, the change of tone from what felt like contempt from Sojiro instead became impressed and of being proven wrong, was something Shinji appreciated.
“Tomorrow we’ll be heading to your new school and registering you in the system, don’t stay up too late we’ll be leaving early.”
“Understood”
“See you tomorrow morning.”
With that, Sojiro left the café, closing shop. Shinji laid there sprawled on the bed, mind swimming in the potential and the possible, and whatever awaits him. With a critical smile on his face, he closed his eyes, and fell asleep.
Notes:
Shinji has finally arrived in Tokyo, the possibilities remain endless
Chapter 3: School days
Summary:
Shinji gets to know Sojiro, and the seeds of destiny are planted with the help of a stranger.
Chapter Text
10/4 4pm, Leblanc
Sojiro and Shinji had just returned from Shujin Academy, they got what they were for but man, Shinji was starting to have second thoughts on this school thing. Starting off, the staff were full of crap, at least according to Shinji. Firstly, there was the principal who apart from looking like he did nothing other than sit on his ass, eat crap food and lie, he went on about how it was “his last chance” to complete his education, instead of at the very least pretending to have pleasure in the prospect of helping a seemingly troubled third year finish his education.
Then, there was the P.E teacher, Shinji didn’t have a goddamn care in the world he had an Olympic medal, in the end he just rubbed him the wrong way and reminded him of some assholes back from Iwatodai. That P.E teacher was just like them but with a smile.
Then there was his homeroom teacher, and honestly, he did not feel anger but instead pity, she likely had to deal with the Brainless BS of both the principal, the PE teachers, and likely her other teaching colleagues. Unlike her colleagues she fortunately did not display a false face and play part in the song and dance, unfortunately, she seemed tired, sleep deprived, and generally over it.
This was Shinji’s first impression of Shujin Academy, and he did not really like it. Now he was sitting on his bed, hanging his new school uniform and considering how he got to this point in his life. This deliberation however ended when Sojiro called for his name downstairs.
“Coming down!” Shinji answered, making his way down the stairs
There Sojiro was, tending to a pot of curry, he then took his wooden ladle out of the pot to face Shinji.
“Since you’re now living under this café’s roof and have been recommended by others for your abilities in the kitchen, I figure I’d teach you how to earn your keep here in my café.”
Shinji seemed surprised, with all the talk down towards him about his screw ups and horrible decisions in life, this was one of the few times someone had taken a chance on him. So, then he nodded, walked towards the other side of the counter and took an apron.
After cleaning his hands with diligence, he stood by Sojiro’s side, ready to receive instructions.
Sojiro himself was rather surprised, and a little bit amazed, he did not expect Shinji to know kitchen rules or etiquette, underneath a mask of banality and the minimum amount of stress needed to get by day by day, laid a reconsideration of this troubled lad.
And so an evening of detailed instruction and following of instruction followed, Shinji also found himself reconsidering his new guardian, the Sojiro of this evening of detailed instruction on how to cook the (I repeat) best curry Shinjiro ever had in his formerly very short life, put the old man in a new light. Sojiro was not a harsh man of judgement and words, but in these two hours of cooking, a man with passion for his craft. The fruit of their efforts was unable to be articulated. Now they were sitting on the counter, both eating their curry.
6pm
“Now son, now and then I’ll be asking you to stay here and help out on busier days, is that clear?”
“Yes.”
“Good, it won’t be too much, not much people come here anyway only enough to keep the lights on.”
“Well, would you like it if more people came to enjoy your curry? Because it’s the best curry I’ve ever had.”
Sojiro’s eyes widened, this kid certainly wasn’t the rude punk he had initially thought he was.
“On one hand, a bit more cash in my pocket will not hurt it would be nice however, this space, a quiet and tranquil one is mine, for an old fellow like me that is perhaps much nicer.”
Shinji’s respect of Sojiro had cemented at that moment,
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Heirophant Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
“Oh, can I also trust you to close shop by closing time? Just flip the sign if I’m not here and its past closing time.”
“Sure.”
The evening of trust was to be winded down by the aftermath of any round of cooking which was off course, washing the dishes. When that was done, both men exited the café, the elder to take a walk into the city before clocking in for the night, and the younger to have a breath of fresh air outside the café before closing shop.
Shinji appreciated the cold air outside, it was a luxury he wasn’t able to experience back in his former life on the persona suppressant drugs, all was cold without an end. Now however, he was feeling a real breeze, with real cold air and gust on his face. It was so pleasant he almost started to unbutton the buttons on his overcoat to feel more and appreciate the cold breeze more, he however was interrupted by a small creature.
Meow?
Shinji looked down to see a black feline at his feet, seemingly tired from a day of roaming the streets, the little feline fellow was leaning on the wall, trying to curl up into a comfortable spot. Shinji having admired the little guy’s recognition of the warm, coziness and calm atmosphere of the café even when just outside, decided to go get leftovers from dinner to give to the cat.
The feline attacked the food, either out of being somewhat famished, or in amazement of the food that came from this sacred house of curry. After taking their fill, the cat gave Shinji’s trousers a small rub with its head in appreciation, then left.
If this was how the nights will go for Shinji in this new life, perhaps school won’t be too bad after all.
The next day
Now playing: Iwatodai dorm, 2009
Shinji had just exited the train, he’d gotten enough sleep, gotten early enough and had enough of that curry in order to asskick school today. Sure, he might have not been in school physically in two years, but now he knew the consequences of wasting away in his own pity, and in the thought of being undeserving to live for himself, and that resulted in him literally dead on the spot of his crime, bleeding out from two large rounds of smith and Wesson.
Even the rain did not faze him, while other students on their way to Shujin were hurrying, so desperately in their haste but not fast enough to slip on the wet and slippery pavement to then fall on their ass, or under umbrellas. Shinji was just taking his time, walking in his red overcoat, shielding his uniform from the rain, hands in his pockets and not giving a damn.
He did stop on the final stretch at an alleyway, to take off his overcoat, both to dry it a little and to shove the coat into his bag,however much he liked that coat it certainly wasn’t up to dress code.
Upon exiting the alleyway, Shinji saw a shujin student also drying off her coat out of the reach of rain. She was a blond-haired student, with long hair, and an expression of mild discomfort due to the rain. A moment was shared between the two, one consisting of an awkward wave, polite smiles, and standing around doing not much.
This was interrupted unfortunately by the sight of that fuckface P.E teacher, turning up in his car. He offered the student Shinji was earlier sharing an however awkward but pleasant moment a ride in his car to school, out of reach of rain. Guess who that offer did not extend to.
A brief second of grumbling and resentment occurred, having taken out his phone to check the time, Shinji grumbled more at the prospect of having only 10 more minutes to reach school on time, strangely enough a weird app in red and with an eye was found as he was checking the route to school on foot.
“Eh, maybe it’s a mobile game, hopefully its a weird version of tetris.”
At that moment, another blond student was making his way hastily towards the direction Shinji was planning to head, he was cursing and cussing himself on the way, the way he ran (run was more of a charitable word according to Shinji) made it look like he had a the worst rock to ever get stuck in someone’s shoe.
“Dammit! Bitch! Son of a bitch!” the blond fellow uttered to himself.
“Pervy god damn teacher…” the Blondie finished.
“Hmm?” Shinji’s interest was piqued, his discontent and resentment of this P.E teacher was based off his treatment of him yesterday, and the simple fact he had just rubbed him the wrong way, however now with this assertion from this blond and jumpy kid, his assumptions might, unfortunately might hold some truth.
The blond kid turned towards Shinji, his expression telling Shinji he did not know what to say to him, having heard his quiet curses and cussing of the “pervy teacher” , so naturally Shinji broke the ice first.
“So, you don’t like that fella just like I do?”
“Uhh, yeah.” The blond kid answered
They started to walk together, like it or not they both still had to show up to school.
“What’s his name?”
“Suguru Kamoshida, he’s a P.E teacher who’s also a complete arsewipe .”
“What’s your name?”
“Ryuji- Ryuji Sakamoto , hey what’s yours?”
“Shinjiro, Shinjiro Aragaki.”
The two were caught vested in their conversation to the point that they weren’t paying attention to reality distorting in front of their eyes, but they will when they eventually take a supposed shortcut towards school, and destiny.
Chapter Text
“What the hell?”
It was at this moment that Shinji, who was in the middle of a conversation with this kid, now was aware that something was horribly wrong. As the two exited the alleyway, they found to their right the usual city buildings, high rises etc, however the sky had changed from a bright sky tampered by raining clouds to pitch dark. On the left however, as an imposing castle, one of red brick and imposing stature, where according to Ryuji was where Shujin was supposed to be.
“Umm...”
“The eff? What happened to our school?”
It was at this moment that Shinji was experiencing a slight Déjà vu, the premise was feeling far too familiar for his liking. At that moment, Shinji spotted a figure in the distance, in contrast to the red brick construction of the castle, the figure was of a cooler hue, upon closer inspection it was a figure in a suit of armor, this raised eyebrows and both Ryuji and Shinji moved closer in the open to take a closer look.
The figure then turned around to face the two, revealing a far too familiar mask to Shinji, that knight was a shadow. Right now, Shinji’s head had turned to a wellspring of memories, one of navigating a tower of shadows, except its appearance was more menacing, torturous and overwhelming than this castle of red. More memories came in the form of battles, countless on the base of the tower and *Ngghhh* . Shinji felt a tremor, a shift, a break within himself, not only were the memories overwhelming, of younger days, younger friends, and battles forgotten for their sheer quantity, but something within, deeper was rumbling within, and it certainly was not his stomach.
Unfortunately for both Shinji and Ryuji, this episode of memory recall came at the worst time, as when it had ended, Shinji only saw Ryuji’s unconscious body on the ground, and then the pommel of a sword before it bashed his face in.
Shinji woke up an undetermined amount of time later, his body laid on a hard wooden board. Ryuji was less fortunate, for he found himself waking up on the hard and cold stone tiled floor instead. Both guys woke up to find themselves trapped within the confines of a jail cell, and as if it couldn’t get any worse, guess who had to show up.
It was the asshole Physical Education teacher, Suguru Kamoshida, who came to inspect the inmates of his dungeon jail, with shit eating grin and an attire to match, namely almost none. He wore the emperor’s clothes, namely nothing but a cloak and a crown, along with undergarments, Shinji cringed.
“So, why are you ingrates roaming the premises of my castle huh?” Interrogated Kamoshida
“I’d like an explanation by you specifically, Sakamoto. If its good enough I won’t break your other leg today…”
“GO TO HELL!” replied Sakamoto, as he then proceeded to spit in the general direction of the king
At that moment, two shadows made their way into the cell, one was like the shadow they had encountered outside, with mask and armor, the other shadow however, wore the apparel of a cavalry trooper, a hussar perhaps (not of the Polish variety). Instead of donning a suit of armor or even a cuirass, the shadow Hussar donned an intricate form of dress with bright color and style. Displaying both grandeur, status and indicatively, a force on the field of battle.
Here however, it stood here to beat the living daylights out of Ryuji, while his lower status and generic colleague in armour pinned Shinji to the wall by a tight grip and the threat of the sword. Shinji could do nothing but watch his new companion and acquaintance continue to be savagely beaten.
At the end of the beatings, the Hussar stood over the sprawled-out form of Ryuji, lying from the floor.
“Dispose of that brute.” Ordered the emperor
“Yes, my lord.” Replied the hussar, as he took out a flintlock pistol, and prepared to put the finishing touch on his deed.
Ryuji couldn’t process what was happening, he reeling too much in pain to know these moments would be his last, Shinji could however.
At that moment, the tremors, the shaking, and a hell of a headache occurred in Shinji, the shadow knight tightened his grip on Shinji’s neck, believing he was attempting to struggle free to save his mate, unbeknownst to him Shinji was undergoing a very, very painful process which would result in his salvation, Ryuji’s salvation, and the demise of everybody in this castle.
“It seems you are in a rather familiar predicament to me, Shinjiro Aragaki” A voice within Shinji uttered
“I have been in such a similar predicament due to the greed and gold of damn land squatters.” Shinji was barely processing the words, because of his migraine and the ever-tightening grip on his throat, he was now frothing at the mouth. The accented voice then continued.
“Those damn squatters and their coppers from Victoria then took my Mother in for hard labor, while I still was rotting in a jail cell doing time, will you allow similar curs to consign your friend to such a fate?”
“Fuck no!” , Shinji managed to scream at the top of his lungs, if he was going to die, he would die screaming.
“Very well, Contract. I am thou, thou art I”
“The brand of cain on your brow shall be washed away with your still boiling blood”
“Let us not form a contract, but an agreement.”
“Give those Fiendish and treacherous souls…”
“CAUSE TO RUE THE DAY THEIR MOTHERS GAVE THEM BIRTH!”
At that moment, the emperor, hussar, and knight ceased their previous doing to see as to what was occurring with their second prisoner. Froth was on the floor, and he stood now hunching over, primed to pounce like a wild animal. His glare was not of determined resistance, but of an ever boiling and seething madness which had just been let loose. His eyes started to turn yellow.
A gust had come, emanating from Shinjiro himself, when the gust ceased, he raised his head to not reveal his face, but a sheet of metal crudely attached to his face. All was quiet, and through a narrow slit, he could see the fear coming from the eyes of Kamoshida.
Now playing: Awakening
With a swift motion, Shinjiro grabbed the mask with one hand, and tore off this excuse of a mask from his face the mask fell to the ground, sat now in a small pool of blood. Then boiling blue flames started to gather and surround Shinji as he grinned ever so devilishly and maddeningly to the world around him.
The blue flames licked the threads of his school uniform, being swiftly replaced with a horizon blue overcoat. Along with the new coat, the blue fire had granted Shinji a crudely constructed breastplate of metal, not crafted with care nor time like the armour of the shadow knight now cowering in fear, but what was just small sheet metal welded together formed in crude defence of Shinji. He still had his dark brown beanie on his head, now resting on the fringe of his mask, looking not like an ornate theatre mask but more like a welding mask conjured out of sheer anger and rage.
Needless to say, the king, hussar ,and knight were terrified of this new development, and if it was not terrifying enough already, while this was all happening a ghastly figure was conjuring itself behind Shinji. At an instant, the sound of glass shattering could be heard by all parties in the vicinity, the previously conjuring figure had now fully shown itself to all who could see. It did not appear humanlike, but more a metallic set of crude Armor wearing a coat, it bore on the chest two holes seemingly coming from a revolver. It’s only features which may indicate any sense of humanity was a thin slit on where the eyes *should* be.
With a gesture of the hand by Shinji, now standing fully erect, tall and menacing in the face of those against him, the figure behind him reached to a holster and revealed a six shooter, a single trigger pull and crack then blasted the previously locked jail door wide open. Trembling in fear, Kamoshida and his entourage of the trembling watched the smoke leave the barrel of the revolver.
The figure behind Shinji then shouted in an Irish accent,
“I am Ned Kelly! Bail out or you’re dead men!”
Kamoshida and the quivering shadow knight took the Persona’s threat seriously, and bailed. What was left was the trembling hussar, who had unsheathed his sabre, still with his flintlock in hand, knowing his death was at hand. Shinji did the same, taking out a heavy axe hidden in his overcoat.
The hussar attempted to thrust for Shinji’s chest, only to be cut down by Shinji’s heavy axe. There was nothing remaining of the hussar except for a black pool.
Ned Kelly dissipated. The ghostly figure vanishing in a bout of blue flame.
As for Shinji, he was leaning on the pommel of his axe, relishing the recent occurrence.
And as for Ryuji, he could only get out a few words.
“What the shit?”
What felt like a moment too prolonged finally ended, the blue flames had giveth Shinji a fit straight out of dieselpunk and then taketh away. At this moment, reality struck back as Shinji who was previously relishing in his bloody defiance of the Asshat Kamoshida, now realised that he still needed to escape this cell, the castle, and somehow turn up to school on time.
The two lads ran like bats out of hell, running the Labyrinth that was the castle’s dungeons, Surprisingly, there was little to no resistance or attempt to stop their breakout.
“Hmm, Ned must’ve scared them all off.”
Eventually, following the flow and direction of the stream of water the dungeon held, Ryuji and Shinji were able to locate a manhole cover to escape the dungeons from, when they emerged from their former prison, they had found themselves at the direct spot they had been caught at what felt like some hours ago. The prospect better not be true, because however much time had passed, it was still his first day of school as a third year.
Now playing: So boring
Believe it or not, the two made it to school on time, almost on the dot. The margins were microscopic, but Shinji made it to homeroom in enough time that he could just say he was just coming from the bathroom. Both Ryuji and Shinji made it clear to one another to reconvene at Lunchtime to discuss their shared “Significant emotional experience” after class.
His introduction to his third-year homeroom however had been less then ideal. For once he had given his class his name, there was nothing but hushed gossip, rumors, and the assigning of the “rude and troubled” student of Shujin by his peers.
“Oh christ, is this what I get for actually needing to go to the bathroom here?” Shinji thought to himself.
Notes:
To answer the coming questions:
no.1 Ned Kelly was an Australian Bush Ranger of Irish descent who is considered the Robin Hood of Australia, having experienced a harsh childhood at the hands of a corrupt Constabulary of Victoria, and of rich landsquatters, who took up the good agricultural land for themselves, utilizing the legal system against poor families like the Kellys. His final stand included furnishing steel plates into crude armor, doing iron man before it was cool, Look him up.
no.2 Shinji's metaverse outfit is based off the Horizon blue french overcoat from WW1, with the metal plating being derived from the several attempts at "Bullet proof" armor during the war by respective armies. See photos or perhaps play Battlefield 1 for examples.
no.3 I am enjoying this very much.
Chapter 5: Effect and Cause
Summary:
Shinji goes to school for the first time in two years.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Still playing: So boring
A few hours of school were all Shinji needed to be reminded why he stopped turning up to school, except it was much worse here compared to Gekkoukan. Within the premises of Gekkoukan, the rumors regarding Shinji were mainly about his relation to Mitsuru and Akihiko, who he stuck to like glue when he was still attending. Usually it came in the form of relationships, “was he secretly kissing Mitsuru or Aki ? perhaps, maybe even both on particularly slow days.”. But due to Mitsuru’s position as the heir to the Kirijo group, Aki’s miniature status as a small time boxing celebrity, the rumors could be dismissed as just gossip about persons with vague outlines of popularity or status, and it offered the three of them a laugh when studying for bloody exams.
But now he was alone, in a class full of strangers, with the rumour mill and gossip tannery being less kind. Now he was not the supposed crush or boyfriend to the heir to the Kirijo group, or the school’s boxing club president, but a thug, a good for nothing punk, a criminal.
A benefit of skipping school after he did actually commit a crime was that he did not need to hear it. He already knew he was a criminal and a murderer; the rumors did not need to remind him about his bloody red right hand.
And off course, there was the banality of it all. Moments of applying one’s self to learning without the express goal of making it to a good University or set future meant a suffocating existence in the face of teachers of the uncaring variety, rote memorization, and in its most pure and painful incarnation, boredom.
For a moment, Shinji closed his eyes, he needed to rest them from the lack of purely interesting activity in the room to take note off. In the last five minutes he had noted the few interesting sights in a ocean of inattentive students.
No.1- Off course he was not alone in his suffering of the purely painful carnation of boredom that school offered, the feeling was if not universal, applied to the galaxy of banality around Shinji as if he was a celestial body.
No.2- There were only two students who were immune to these violent solar flares of banality in this banal comparison. The first was a girl who wore a pink coat over her shujin uniform, and wore a set of white stockings, she seemed to be not doing too bad in class, she certainly smiled more then her classmates, but the smile here and there gave away a hollow quality, there was certainly something beneath the mask that wasn’t smiling.
No.3- Then there was this other girl, who sat in front of Shinji, she was taking down notes like a storm and was certainly paying the most attention in class. Perhaps she was the student president, the last time he saw this attentive academic behavior was back in Gekkoukan, seeing Mitsuru take notes like she was the storm approaching.
This was the fifth time he had made these repeated observations, the content in the lecture was no interest to him, the teacher was just either repeating himself, getting distracted, or getting crap out of his ass, and calling it “education.”
This was the last thought that Shinji had before closing his eyes.
“Stay awake mate.”
“Hmmm?”
“Stay awake. It’ll be over soon.”
A voice had conjured in Shinji’s head, it shared the same voice of his newly awakened persona just a few hours ago. If Shinji was making excuses to himself to sleep, he certainly now had an excuse to not,
“ I wasn’t able to go to school at your age, I had to bail in order to work at the family farm once Pa died.”
“ How did he die Ned?” Shinji asked his persona deep inside his mind.
“He was thrown in prison for unlawful possession of animal hides, hard labor at a prison colony and alcohol did him in.”
“Oh, I’m sorry Ned.”
“Don’t be my faithful accomplice, we both share a common fate, we might as well stick it out together aye mate?”
“Yeah.”
And so time passed, a pleasant conversation was held deep inside Shinji’s head about similar shit both he and Kelly had to endure, it was an Oasis in the vast emptiness of the outback. One fully appreciated by Shinjiro.
Now playing: All Caps by MF DOOM
Soon, lunch came and Shinji sat in a secluded spot, he wasn’t going to eat any of that canteen crap, because the universal truth still applied, food whose source happens to be from the canteen of a school will take all and any measures to be as uninspiring, banal in its taste, and bland tasting as much as possible. Shinji skipped school for almost two years and was able to avoid that crap, in fact he had learnt how to make food which his former friends would classify as “Gourmet Michelin shit” or at the very least the classification that Shinji would give his own cooking “Not god-awful crap”.
And so he sat there, he was supposed to meet Ryuji by around this time, Shinji assumed that the lad likely was eating his own lunch, so he sat and waited, hoping to doze off in order to gain a few moments rest.
“Will you not eat lad?”
“No, the food here is god awful.”
“I couldn’t simply turn up to one of these canteens to get my meal of the day, me and the mates had to go out and shoot game, sometimes Kangeroos, which was unfortunate those fellas did nothing to me.”
“Yeah Ned? Your point being?”
“Eating is a privilege of the living, do not squander it boy.”
“Hmmm. Next time I’ll bring some curry from Leblanc to eat here is that fine with you Ned?”
“That is fine by me mate.”
When the conversation ended, Shinji woke up to see a blond fellow walking towards him, it certainly was Sakamoto, having finished his lunch and wasn’t looking as shagged as he was when being beaten earlier in that castle.
“Hey, let’s go upstairs so we can talk in private alright?”
“Sure.”
So they went upstairs to the roof, it was a small one, with some plants growing from makeshift planters scattered on spare school desks. After a moment of silence, Ryuji spoke up to break the ice
“Ok, first off- “
“We tell no one about this.”
“Wait, how did you know what I was about to say?”
“It was obvious, and if we did, we’d both be in a lot of unnecessary trouble.”
“Ok, then there’s what comes second”
“You wanna go back in.”
“Ok, stop you’re scaring me.”
“You hate that walking pile of garbage as much as I do and want to expose him for the walking pile of crap that he is.”
Ryuji paused, sure it was a bit freaky that this scary third year could read the words coming from his tongue before it left his mouth, but with this common understanding and agreement, he wasn’t so scared anymore.
“Yeah. I’ve spent enough time around Shujin to really know Kamoshida for what he really is.”
“I’m sure you’ve noticed some of the signs as well too.”
“No, its my first day here.”
“Your first day! Well shit, uhhhh welcome?”
“Hmm, thanks.”
Ryuji looked at the time on his phone, and jumped from his table where he was seating.
“Ah, crap! Lunch is almost ending, we both need to get to class”
Shinji took his stuff and was heading towards the stairwell but was stopped by Ryuji
“Hey, before you go, wanna exchange contact info?”
“Sure.”
And so they did.
After school, 15:15 pm
Now playing: Way of life, deep inside my mind
Shinji was making his way out; school today could be described aptly described according to Shinji as a ton of bricks falling on him. All the bad things which made him bail on school were still present here in Shujin (sans manslaughter). But most importantly, it got him thinking about what Ryuji said, about there being signs of the skeletons in the closet that Kamoshida might be keeping. When this thought popped up, Shinji looked around the first floor as he was making his way to the exit.
He certainly saw the “signs” which meant, male kids in P.E kit looking like they were beaten black and blue, the girls in their P.E kit also beaten black and blue, along with a fifteen-mile stare which Shinji had seen far too much off in his time. One kid in a green and white sweater who was also black and blue was booking it to the exit as fast as he could, carrying what seems to be a laptop case.
Shinji at this point had enough tells to come to a current conclusion of what is occurring in what felt less like a school and more like a prison colony.
As soon as Shinji finished his observation of the student base, he saw the one of the beaten students making her way to a not so beaten student. Upon closer inspection, it was realized that the non beaten student was the blond student he had stood next to when taking shelter from the rain earlier today, it had felt like an age ago.
They both exchanged words to each other, and then parted, both separating with a smile that exuded not warmth or glee, but fatigue, weariness, and other descriptors of less then desirable states of mental well being.
When the two parted in their respective directions, Shinji went the same way, he intended to start making his way home, but that was ended when on his way to leave the area, he saw the blond student from earlier kneeling in a small cubby on the pavement, evidently crying.
Shinji couldn’t ignore this, neither it seemed another student, for both he and the other student went to their respective sides of the kneeling student to inquire if she was ok. The kneeling student then rose up, attempting to cover her eyes with one hand and wipe her tears away. The other student who quickly came with Shinji to see if she was ok handed the weeping student a handkerchief. Shinji finally diverted his glance away from the student now drying her tears with the handkerchief to see who it was who gave it.
It was the student with the pink jumper who was in Shinji’s class. She then offered to bring both of them to a restaurant for some tea and to make sure that their shared acquaintance was ok.
At the restaurant, Now playing: Encounter
“And if I don’t do it, he’ll- he’ll *sniff* he’ll”
“Its ok, Ann, have some water.”
Shinji sat in silence, the role of being a reassuring voice of tranquility and calm wasn’t Shinji’s forte, it certainly was for Haru though.
While sharing a table with the other two, Shinji was able to learn the names of his classmate he saw at his classroom, and the student he shared a moment of the aforementioned awkward wave, polite smiles and not much more. Her name was Ann Takamaki, a second-year student, and a part time model. While the student who was in Shinji’s classes was Haru, she was polite, kind and was a part of the unofficial underground gardening club which had a membership of one person, Haru.
So that was who was tending to the plants at the roof.
For the next hour, a discussion had been undergoing over various topics, Haru’s garden, Ann’s modelling, cooking, Ann’s friend also known as Shiho, the current degrading safety and security of the both of them and others under the shadow of Kamoshida, among other things. It was a pleasant conversation, and Shinji enjoyed it, he certainly enjoyed it to a sizable extent because he was unaware that despite all attempts in the past, his assumed loss of the capability to do so once he left the dorm, Shinji had perhaps the most genuine smiling expression on the table. While Ann’s was of joy under the reassurance of Haru, Haru’s smile being based off the warmth of caring and unconditional positive regard, Shinji’s was itself based on something deep inside feeling both genuine and happy. It was a conversation that he would cherish the memory of, and hope to feel again soon.
It was a pleasant experience, and because of that it had to end. The three stood outside the restaurant, exchanging phone numbers, with Haru and Shinji reminding Ann that if Kamoshida were to do anything to her or Shiho, they should speed dial them ASAP. With that said, Ann went her separate way to presumably home while Haru and Shinji for the moment were heading home through the same way. At that moment, something hit Shinji while he was making his way back.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Lovers Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
“Hmmf, cool.”
“What was that?” Haru asked
“Uh, nothing…”
An awkward pause followed, with ice forming between the two due to the silence between them, Shinji then went to break that ice.
“So, if you don’t mind me asking, would you not mind if I help you out on the garden on the roof now and then, I used to do that sort of thing some time ago but now I’m rusty.”
“Sure! It gets lonely gardening up there, and I wouldn’t mind company.”
“Thanks.”
The two then stopped by a taxi stop, and then stood around for some while, then suddenly a Limousine drove into the taxi stop, with a flash of a card of sorts Haru was able to get into the Limo, with her eventually signalling to Shinji to get inside.
Shinji stood there rather shocked, mostly at the prospect of riding one of these again. After a few seconds of silent shock, he did eventually enter the vehicle, Haru telling Shinji to tell the driver where he needed to go home to. In a silent limousine drive to Yongen Jaya, Shinji had been reminded of memories past.
\
Now playing: Color your night
“So we’re going to your house to do our homework then have a sleepover, but how are we gonna get there ?”
“Well, I can put in a call”
The red headed kid got out her flip phone, dialed a number and in a few minutes, a long and large sleek automobile then appeared on the street.
“What! I didn’t think you’d have a limousine Mitsuru!” exclaimed the silver haired kid.
The kids then got inside the limousine and were ferried off to the Kirijo estate for their homework and sleepover, little did they know that their next surprise was that Mitsuru Kirijo lived in a god damn mansion.
*Flashback fin*
Shinji smiled, that memory was one of pure joy and excitement that he had experienced when he was younger, and was certainly a defining one for that phase of his life. He couldn’t help but think about Akihiko and Mitsuru, and wondered if he’ll ever see them again. That removed the smile on his face and instead replaced it with a neutral expression with a tint of gloom.
“Comfortable over there?” inquired Haru
“All good here.” Replied Shinji, shifting slightly in his seat.
Eventually, the trip ended, and Shinji was dropped off outside Leblanc, waving bye to Haru as the limo drove to wherever she needed to go.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Empress Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Shinji had a pretty crap day at school, ran in the rain to then have reality be pulled out like a rug out from under him, nearly get killed after reality was pulled out under him afterwards, tear off a piece of metal off his bloodied face which almost felt welded to it, school, so on and so forth. But if his compensation for his pain was the friendship of these wonderful individuals in his life (including Ned), it was certainly worth it. Shinji remained stood there in amaze of what had just occurred, combined with appreciation, and it only took the patting on his back by Sojiro, who had happened to see everything.
Sojiro, with a smug smile that Shinji, if he were to use a less then polite term to describe it, would be called “shit eating” then broke the silence.
“Well that was something, did you make a new friend at school?”
“Yes, as a matter of fact, several.”
“Wow, hoo boy if that lass gave you a ride back on your first day of school and meeting her, you must be something special.”
“I don’t have a crush on her, don’t you dare.”
The change of tone to a dead and serious one was a message to Sojiro to stop, and he got it. Either way, both the men went back inside to close shop, which left Shinji sitting on his bed, with nothing to do but be caught up in his thoughts.
“Hmmm, if we were to go back to that castle, and find proof of Kamoshida’s closet skeletons, how did we get there in the first place?”
Shinji tried to think about what happened exactly before reality started to end its reign before his eyes. He racked his brain but in the end he gave up, and decided to pursue a different course of action. He took out his phone and decided to scroll through memes on YouTube out of boredom. After some time, he did get bored of that, and scanned his phone for the weird looking app, now seriously hoping it was a weird version of tetris in order to deliver him from boredom.
Shinji wouldn’t receive such deliverance, but he would receive answers to his previous endeavor.
“Welcome to the Metaverse navigator application, insert key words into audio input”
“What the?”
The application was a simple one, there was only three areas each labelled respectively
“Area of distortion” “Distortion of area” and “Distorted individual”
Each was filled, with the terms in order of the previously mentioned areas
“Shujin” ,“castle or something” and “shithead Kamoshida”
It all started to make sense now, as Shinji now remembered a part of his conversation he had with Ryuji when taking the shortcut
“What does he think he is, king of a castle or something? With a crown and cape? If anything there is no crown that’s a bunch of shit, he’s shithead Kamoshida! Yeah!”
“Heh.”, Shinji let off a humoured huff.
Shinji decided he was done for the day, plugging his phone to his charger, he then went to his bed and then, passed out.
Notes:
Was a bit directionless for this chapter, as a result its longer.
Chapter 6: Dry waters
Summary:
A place somewhere deep inside of Shinji's mind.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
A place that exists between dream and reality…
Now playing: Aria of the soul, guitar cover
“Ugh, what time is it?” Inquired Shinji, as he woke up. The overwhelming sight of velvet blue then roused him.
“This place seems familiar.” Shinji looked around, the place he found himself in was one of the surreal and whimsical nature.
“Have I been here before?” Shinji questioned himself, he was seated on a chair in front of a desk, that felt familiar, but his surroundings certainly were not.
“Wait, I have been here.” Shinji claimed to himself, he looked around again, trying to get a sense of scale to the place he found himself. He found himself not in an elevator shaft, but on a ferry.
Shinji looked over his shoulder to see a hooded figure, they possessed a long paddle and were clearly paddling the ferry to an unknown destination.
“Hello there trickster.”
“Welcome to my velvet room.”
Shinji was caught off guard, he had turned around to see a familiar face
“This place exists between mind and matter, dream and reality.”
“Haven’t seen you in a few days.” Stated Shinji
“ And likewise, seven years.”
“Seven years?!”
“By the time you had signed your contract, you were still tethered to your fate which you had met in the human year two thousand and nine. By the time you had left the room, that thread of fate had been cut loose from you.”
“Now you stand here as my guest, a newly awakened wild card, and a trickster, the potential possibilities endless.”
“You surely have a series of questions, which I do have answers for, let us start with your new awakened power, and off course, the responsibilities that come with.”
“First, The world that you and your friends had slaved to save is not well as of late.”
“It has the potential to reach new heights previously unseen, or fall within the clutches of distortion and ruin.”
“That is where you come in, our trickster.”
“As a wildcard and the trickster, you are the catalyst for change, your power could be an undeniable and u nmovable force for humanity, or be the source of its downfall.”
Shinji gulped, and started to consider his prospects as the holder of this potential, power and responsibility. If this was the responsibility that Minato had back then, and how it must’ve burdened him into almost complete silence.
“Second, regarding just yesterday’s events, you are owed an explanation.”
“Ok?”
“The place you had entered yesterday was indeed, a source of one of man’s distortions, specifically lust. This hub, this root of distortion is called a palace.”
“From the palace springs shadows, distortion and ruin.”
Shinji nodded, he is only beginning to understand his purpose here, but he damn well knows what to do to shadows.
“As for your goal, your mission, it would be to infiltrate the palace, locate the seed, its root, the source of distortion per say, and steal it.
“Ok, seems simple enough.”
“There however lies a obstacle in your way, the previously mentioned source of distortion is immaterial, as man’s distortion is birthed from the desires of man made distorted.”
“To make material, said root of distortion, one must make aware the immaterial desires to their owner. Then they will be made material which you then shall steal.”
“Alright, anything else Igor?”
“Some words of advice, don’t get caught.”
“Alright.”
“Before you awaken to the new day, there is one final thing you should know, your old allies, your comrades which you had fought to stave off Humanity’s desire for death, are still alive. If you may so permit them, they can be an asset to your journey.”
“Got it.”
Shinji stood up, he wasn’t sure if he wanted to rope them in to this mess again, he certainly did not want to encroach on their lives, more well lived and appreciated than his life ever was.
He stood up, took a better look of the velvet room, or ferry he saw that there was not one, but two people who were rowing the ferry, it just that the second was behind Igor and his long nose. The one behind him was no longer on their paddle, they were instead wielding an instrument, one with strings and a round shape, almost shaped like a paddle. Shinji could not see their faces.
Out of curiosity, Shinji looked out to the water the ferry cruised on, it glowed with a faint blue, fog emanated from it, and vague images and, were those cards?
He bent over to take a better look, the water below had cards floating in the waters the ferry was heading, if it ever was heading a certain direction, Shinji could not tell.
“Where are we?”
“We are navigating a tributary of the river of souls, leading to the sea of souls.” Replied one of the Ferry folk
“All personas and all souls eventually soon come to the river, to them be delivered to their final destination.”
“We are not heading there though, for your journey and destiny, we must head the other way now.”
“Does this river have a name?” Asked Shinji
“Some call it the Styx.” Stated the ferry folk.
And with that, Shinji started to fall back to unconsciousness. A dawn of a new day was to come.
Notes:
no.1: This is the cover of the velvet room theme that'll be used for Shinji
https://youtu.be/WdymzeUt2gE?si=WT7gJWTQz-X8TvLDno.2: The instrument played by the ferryfolk behind Shinji is a Bandura, a Ukrainian string instrument which is a combination of a lute and a zither. Its shape also looks like a paddle of some sort.
Chapter 7: Bastardful Bravery
Summary:
Time to step it up.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Lad, wake up, its dawn now.”
“Ughhh, five more minutes Ned.”
“When I was still around, extra sleep meant more time for the bloodhounds to find my trail, you ought to think of it that way, bail up.”
“Alright Ned, you got me.” Shinji uttered to himself as he dragged his formerly sleeping body off the bed.
Shinji sat down on the counter, eating his morning curry and taking sips of his coffee, remembering his promise to Ned, he took a portion of curry from the fridge for lunch later. While he was fitting his lunch into his bag, his phone vibrated.
It was a message from Ryuji.
Tuesday, 12/4/20XX
Sakamoto_Ryuji: hey meet after school on roof? got things which may help if we go back in
Aragaki_Shinjiro: sure
Shinji then turned off his phone, slung his bag on, and then exited the café.
After school, on the roof
Now playing: Memories of the school
Shinji sat on the roof, eating whatever was left of his curry that he was not able to finish at lunch, he sat waiting, enjoying the breeze and fading golden sun. It was a moment of peace and calm he wished he had experienced more, before that forsaken night. He’d been thinking about old comrades, whether they were still around, somehow comprehend his continued existence post mortem, and whether he should ask them for their help on his journey, as Igor suggested.
Whether he’d do it or not, he certainly wished he was eating his lunch here with Aki and Misty, and that they were enjoying one of those killer sunsets on Gekkoukan’s roof.
But eventually, Ryuji had arrived, he came bringing what seemed to be a sports kit bag. Looking over his shoulder, Ryuji then shut the door leading upstairs and headed to sit next to Shinji. Shinji started to get an idea for what Ryuji might be keeping in that bag.
“Ok, I took the opportunity to use my pay check from triple seven to get some things which may help us, but lets use them at the castle instead of here, don’t wanna get caught.”
Shinji nodded
“By the way, have you worked out how we got to the castle in the first place? Last time we got there, it was almost out of nowhere”
“I did, actually.” Shinji took out his phone to show Ryuji the culprit app, playing the recordings of Ryuji’s ad hominem of Kamoshida, explaining that the filling of the areas had brought the two of them to a distorted reality.
“Holy shit.”
“What?”
“I think I might have that app too” Ryuji took out his phone and opened it, he then flicked over to the specific page to show, hidden within a bunch of mobile games, was the application.”
“Hmm, at least if I lose my phone I won’t have to worry too much, neither will you.”
“Dude, I’ll have to worry about the gut punch my mom’s wallet will get.”
“Oh, sorry.”
“It’s ok dude, let’s get going.”
You have now arrived at your destination
Ryuji and Shinji found themselves in the courtyard of the castle, making their way towards a blind spot, Ryuji then kneeled, opening the bag and revealing the contents.
Inside the bag, was an assortment of medicine, mostly painkillers, some food, sandwiches, a flashlight, and most surprising and shocking to Shinji, a revolver, and several hand bombs.
“I got the painkillers and flashlight from an emergency first aid kit in my house, and some extra sandwiches-“
“Wait hang on, how did you get a gun, let alone those hand grenades?” Interrupted Shinji
“Those? Theres an airsoft shop in Shibuya which sells that stuff, its replicas and airsoft versions however, they do not kill.” Explained Ryuji
“Hmm, can you bring me there this Sunday?” asked Shinji
“Sure, the owner’s a scary guy though” answered Ryuji
Shinji nodded at Ryuji approvingly.
Going back from the way which they escaped, through a manhole cover pried open, the two of them made their way through the sewer to the underground dungeon, with Shinji in front, clad in his steel Armor, with now a revolver tucked in his coat pocket and Ryuji behind him, bag slung to his front, with grenades at the ready for emergency. They made their way through, leading to a fork in the path.
Taking a peek, Shinji saw the path to the left led to the jail cell which they were held yesterday, while the path to the right led to a flight of stairs. Their path was chosen.
The path upstairs led to a hallway, a welcome change of scenery and smell from the dungeon below. Walking through the hallway, the sound of clanking and clashing armor could be heard. Shinji then gestured Ryuji to take cover in a blindspot of the patrolling shadow’s view.
For some tense moments, the shadow then passed the checkered tiles which Shinji and Ryuji were hiding in, passing them entirely and disappeared into the flight of stairs heading below. A sigh of relief by both, the two continued their infiltration.
After some more bouts of infiltrating and sneaking past patrolling guards, the two stumbled upon a barracks of sort, with there being wooden bed frames supposedly for the shadow knights. However, they weren’t laying in rest in their bunks, instead they were crowded, around ten or twelve of them around what seemed to be their boss, who was making an important announcement.
“Listen up, after yesterday’s incident, the king has ordered for patrols by us knights to be more in quantity and length! We cannot afford gaps in our security, for they would serve as humiliation to our Sovereign in his own house!”
“SIR, YES SIR!”
Shinji and Ryuji waited a while until it seemed the rest of the pack had left the barracks, they then got up and entered the barracks. To their dismay, there but actually remained one lone shadow in the barracks, sitting down, polishing his sword.
After what felt like a (fucking) eternity of staring and blinking at each other, the shadow rose up from his wooden chair with his sword, only to disintegrate into several smaller shadows, specifically pixies. Shinji took out his axe and proceeded to do battle.
“Ned! Cut them down!” Shouted Shinji as he tore off his mask
Ned then appeared, drawing his revolver quick as a hiccup, fired at one of the shadows for it to fall to the ground. Shinji grinned at the sight, only for Ned to shout at Shinji
“Oi! Take out your firearm, let them have it!”
Within the heat of the moment, Shinji took out his revolver, lost within said moment, Shinji forgot what Ryuji had said about the gun being a fake, and promptly started squeezing the trigger.
“What are you doing!” Shouted Ryuji as Shinji was in the process of operating his firearm
Shinji was roused to attention, realising what he was doing, it was far too late though.
BANG
With a loud crack, the revolver fired off a round towards one of the flying pixie, she was no match for hot flying lead however, because when she was hit, she then disintegrated into nothingness.
The other shadows shocked at this escalation of events, they started to panic, Shinji with a little bit of shock in his system, regained the initiative and started to squeeze off shots from his revolver, dispatching the panicking pixies.
By the time the final pixie was left to her fate, Shinji had used up the entire cylinder’s rounds, evident by the clicking of the mechanism within and of it rotating. Shinji then took his axe and walked to the quivering and shivering Pixie.
“Ok, time to go to hell.”
“WAIT!”
Shinji stopped
“I CAN GIVE YOU ANYTHING, PLEASE DON’T KILL ME!”
“Give what?”
“MONEY, MY THINGS, MY POWER EVEN!”
Shinji stood still at the mention of power, only to nod at the shadow
“YOU WON’T KILL ME???”
Shinji continued to nod.
“THANK YOU SO MUCH MISTER!” shouted the pixie, as she turned to a copy of Shinji’s mask, gliding towards Shinji’s face, forming a compact anew.
Shinji stood there, consciously processing what had happened, his supposed airsoft revolver model had discharged live rounds, and his former opponent had turned into his mask, which he was now wearing. Unconsciously something deep within Shinji had been stirred.
Ryuji, also beyond shock and horror, that the supposed airsoft gun which he bought that was supposed to shoot BBs had shot live rounds, but found himself starring at the back of Shinji’s blue overcoat, visibly processing the events, was slowly being overcome with concern.
Tapping his arm gently, Ryuji asked Shinji how he was doing.
“Hey man, you ok?”
“Yeah” he said with a pause “I’m a bit shaken, but fine.”
Shinji was roused back to reality “We need to displace, those shadow’s friends probably heard the loud noise-
“ THERE THEY ARE!”
“Ah shit.”
Eleven shadows appeared, coming from the way they came, they lined up shoulder to shoulder in front of the only way out.
“YOU HAVE FIVE SECONDS TO SURRENDER TO KING KAMOSHIDA’S TROOPS”
Shouted their assumed leader, standing in the middle, aiming a flintlock at Shinji’s head
“FIVE”
Shinji reached into his pocket, taking out a hand grenade, Ryuji behind him and kneeling behind a bunk saw this, and then fumbled through his bag for another one.
“FOUR”
Shinji was working through the grenade, trying his best to extract the safety pin with his left hand
“THREE”
Ryuji had managed to take the pin from his bomb, grasping it with an iron grip to ensure the spoon does not eject itself from it. He was just waiting for Shinji.
“TWO”
Shinji finally worked the pin out and then braced himself to throw the bomb at the shadows.
“ONE!”
Both Shinji and Ryuji threw their bombs at the shadows, with Shinji diving for cover by one of the bunks.
Two loud explosions could be heard almost simultaneously, shrapnel and fragmentation flew everywhere, with dust everywhere.
With the dust settled, Shinji and Ryuji peeked from cover to see the effect of their first time with hand grenades, pieces of armor were scattered on the floor, puddles of black shadow matter filled the room, and an assortment of shadows in their true form now remained.
In this moment of observation however, the shadows attacked, they attacked Shinji, glancing blows upon Shinji’s metal armor, the situation was not dire, but it will be soon, he wasn’t in a position to reach for his weapon, his revolver, or his mask to summon his persona.
Ryuji could do nothing but watch as Shinji received beatings from the shadows, helpless to the situation, Ryuji couldn’t throw a second grenade, lest Shinji be caught in the blast.
It was at that moment that Kamoshida, walked into the barracks
“Well then, if it isn’t the bastard Ryuji and his dog.”
Ryuji continued to sit there helpless, as Shinji was being restrained by the shadows, who had finally overpowered the man.
“As for your punishment, Ryuji, you’ll watch your friend be drawn and quartered, after we’re done with him, you’ll be next.”
“No.” uttered Ryuji in a hushed voice
“Your mother should’ve raised you better, but unfortunately you are, and remain a bastard.” An evil laugh could be heard from Kamoshida, taking pleasure in twisting the proverbial knife in Ryuji more.
At that moment, a voice could be heard within Ryuji, one of peculiar tongue and accent.
“It seems you are caught in a bind, my friend.”
“I have been in some of my own, in fighting for the independence for a republic across the great sea, I came back to my home to find my home, the commonwealth gobbled up by surrounding treacherous neighbors, making me a man without a home, without a nation, dispossessed, an illegitimate child without their parents, a bastard.”
It was at this moment that Ryuji fell to the ground, his mind became feverish, he started to froth in the mouth, and somewhere deep within ryuji was a tidal wave of rage. It swept over him like a man being taken out to sea. Ryuji could only see red, it was anger, pure anger only comparable to perhaps anger of the Polish variety.
“We then rebelled against the forces that sought to destroy and eat up our then republic and land, will you do the same my friend?”
Ryuji snapped, “GO FUCK YOURSELF YOU PERVY FUCK!” he shouted at Kamoshida
“Very good, contract, I am thou, thou art I”
“The protection of freedom from tyrants can be paid only with the shedding of blood.”
“Let us paint our banner with the blood of tyrants who seek to destroy our newly gained freedom.”
“Niech żyje Rzechpospolita Polska.
”At that moment, a mask of red and white had conjured on Ryuji’s face. You know happened next.
“HRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGH!”
Now playing: Kalina Malina, cover by Kapela Net
Blue fire surrounded the blond boy in a whirlwind, dissipating a moment later, it revealed a conjured figure on horseback, one wearing a general’s clothing, coloured white, holding the reigns of the horse which was of a brown colour. Behind the horse laid a battle standard, a banner, looking at the standard, it had a eagle donning a crown, behind a backdrop of red.
Ryuji off course was also there, donning what could be assumed was the uniform of a Uhlan, decked with a cavalry sabre, a red sash around his chest, and a pistol holstered to his side.
“GALLOP KOŚCIUSZKO GALLOP!” shouted Ryuji
The general nodded, as he then at full speed galloped at the shadows, either scaring them away, or running them over, trampling them with the hooves of Kościusko’s horse.”
Kamoshida wasn’t to be found, having fled
Shinji, now stood up, staring through the narrow slit of his mask, saw Ryuji single-handedly take on the survivor’s of Kościusko’s charge, with sabre in one hand and automatic hand gun in the other, wild sabre slashes and shots of 32. acp were heard and witnessed.
At the end, the previously small puddles of black shadow matter had coalesced into a big stain on the floor, weapons and bits of lead and armor laid on the floor on the stain, with Ryuji standing at the foot of the collective shadow gore, reveling in chaos.
Kościusko then disappeared, having done his duty, Ryuji then turned to Shinji, running to him to assess the extent of Shinji’s possible injuries
“Dude, are you ok? Those shadows were beating you and held you down for a bit”
“I’ll be ok, are you ok?” replied and asked Shinji
“I feel great!” replied Ryuji with exclamation
Ryuji however then started to feel faint, a little discombobulated and worn out from his recent awakening to a persona and fight. Shinji then held Ryuji’s side, and then led his stumbling friend back to the hallway which they came, hoping to find shelter they opened a door which led to a mischievous room in the hall, just in time to avoid reinforcements heading to the barracks.
Settling Ryuji down, Shinji then took out his phone and frantically opened the app which brought them here. Opening the ‘Metaverse Navi’ app, he then with some relief, found a button labelled “return home”. And so with frantic button mashing, the two persona users returned back to their reality.
Some time later, the roof
Now playing:Sweet
Not a moment had passed since Shinji and Ryuji had left in order to infiltrate Kamoshida’s palace, and it did not pass when they returned, though haggered and tired, they were still alive, and that was cause enough for Shinji to take the sandwiches from Ryuji’s bag after putting back the revolver and left over grenades inside, for a snack.
Eating the sandwiches was a welcome break for Shinji, as Ryuji attacked his sandwich, Shinji was appreciating the grilled cheese he had in his hands.
“Hey Ryuji, this grilled cheese is really good, did you make it?”
Ryuji looked to Shinji, with a somewhat tired expression and explained
“No, it was my mom who made the sandwiches, told her I made a new friend and that he didn’t bring a packed lunch to school, so she insisted I bring you one today.”
“Well, tell her I say thank you, and that her grilled cheese sandwich is awesome.”
Ryuji, now with a smile replied, “Yeah, will do.”
After some silence, and after finishing his sandwich, Ryuji then spoke up
“So, now that this power, I guess I’ll have to pick up some of the weight in Kamoshida’s castle right?”
“Yeah, you’re gonna have to carry some of the weight on your own, can you do it?”
“Hell yeah.”
“Good.”
The two thieves shook hands, and at that moment, something hit Shinji.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Chariot Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
It was a sweet moment; the sun was setting on the forming of a new friendship and bond. Both Shinji and Ryuji were smiling and enjoying the moment.
This moment however ended, with both Shinji and Ryuji staring not at the sunset, but glancing the opposite way towards the makeshift garden, realising that a very concerned and frozen Haru, who was previously tending to the garden while the two of them ate their sandwiches, was now listening to their open aired conversation, with a very very concerned expression.
Notes:
No.1 https://youtu.be/zytlQbOAzC4?si=XBETELgeAXFvZ9FL Kalina Malina
No.2 https://www.britannica.com/biography/Tadeusz-Kosciuszko#ref3972 Tadeusz Kościuszko was a Pole who went to fight for the Americans in their war for independence, coming back home to Poland, the commonwealth was being partitioned and gobbled up by the Prussians, Austrians and Russians. Several revolts and insurrections by the poles will follow to reestablish an independant Poland.
No.3 We are now entering uncharted and unknown waters, and when I mean by that I mean that I will continue diverging from canon.
Chapter 8: Destination without end
Notes:
Had to stop writing for a few days to focus on UNI work, sorry
Chapter Text
Now playing: Suspicion
“Aww, piss.”
All three souls on the roof remained on standby accompanied by unhealthy amounts of anxiety, even unhealthier the anxiety held by Shinji and Ryuji, having to now explain their “extracurricular activities” to Haru now in P.E, or regular gardening attire at least according to Haru.
Haru remained silent, her expression remained perhaps the best working poker face, it can only be assumed what feelings of uncertainty or associated with such would be laid behind the mask.
“You’re not letting us leave this roof until we explain, are you?” Inquired Shinjiro
Haru nodded affirmatively.
“Alright sit down, Ryuji hand her one of them sandwiches, it’s going to be a long story.”
Once Haru removed her gardening gloves and settled down with sandwich in the unsoiled nondirty hand, she would listen attentively to the story her recent acquaintance had to tell.
“There’s a world that exists parallel to ours, it comes from the distorted desires of humans, it’s called a palace.”
“The palace we just left was Kamoshida’s.”
Haru nodded, indicating she was still with them and not lost yet.
“We wanna find proof of the crimes that piece of shit has probably done.”
Within Haru was the vivid image of the black and beaten students, faces frozen with helplessness, fright, dread, and of life and hopes. The road which led to the school turning into the charnel house of suffering and mental desolation was built and designed by its supposed king of the court, who’s house was constructed by his actual attending court, the indifference of school staff, teachers, the principal, the parent’s association, and students indifferent to their fellow classmates plight.
Told to keep heads down, keep grades high, and to stay out of trouble. To Haru, this was the banality of evil. Within the confines of Haru behind perhaps the best poker face in the world at this rate was an ever-simmering anger, brought to a boil, simmering, and bubbling within her conscious thought. In a better world where people were better in all respects and qualities, all of this shouldn’t have happened, or should at least been put to a stop much earlier by better people who knew better and stood up to the occasion. Unfortunately, no one did.
Any thought of sorrow within Haru was immediately vaporized like a drop of water into the pan when the inevitable implication came, to continue this path herself, was to join the ranks of the uncaring, the blind, and one of evil’s most insidious, banal, and snakelike forms, indifference.
Haru had made up her mind, she was not listening to any of the specifics Shinji raised about the supposed cognitive world born from the parts of Kamoshida’s demented mind where the sun doesn’t shine, or the mission that he and his friend was undergoing at risk of their lives. She wanted in.
“And that’s most of the stuff you need to know.” Explained Shinji, unaware that Haru was not listening to his explanation of the world they had just departed from, nor the mission.
“So, are you going to rat us out or not?” quickly asked Ryuji
Haru put her hand on her heart, changing expression from a cold and dead stare to one of deep thought. Seriously, she’s really good at this poker face spiel.
After taking a final bite from her provided sandwich, Haru then announced her choice.
“I want to help.”
Expressions expressing surprise were present on the faces of Shinji and Ryuji, to their point of view, Haru had somehow taken the premise of their recent “extracurricular” activities well, but also was willing to put herself at risk and harm’s way with them without any persuasion, argument, or any display of fear or trepidation to be seen or displayed.
“Are you for real?!” Shouted Ryuji
“Yeah, are you really really sure about this?” clarified Shinji
“Yes.”
“Are you sure you thought this through?” Asked Shinji for the final time
“Yes,” she reiterated, “I want to help.”
“Alright.”
A pause was present, as Shinji needed to find the words to lay out whatever the next course of action might be.
“Ok, tomorrow, meet us on the roof tomorrow, same time we’ll bring you, bring what you think may be useful but not too much, be light."
Haru nodded, but Ryuji kept a developing expression which spoke of unease and uncertainty. As the three finally started to make their way back home, going their separate ways with Haru heading to a taxi stop and the guys to the train station.
Ryuji’s expression took its final form as soon as the train gates started closing. Curious, Shinji whispered
“Why the long face?”
“Don’t you think she didn’t think this through, Or was perhaps too eager, we almost died in there for crying out loud!”
“Keep your voice down, and yeah a little, but if we turned her down, she still knows we’re the owner of a firearm, its fake but still.”
“How are you taking this so easy, she could get hurt!”
“We’re not in a position to turn her down, she knows what we do and honestly, I think she knows we know that.”
“What?”
“Besides, I think we can trust her.”
“I hope you’re right.” Said Ryuji in a reluctant manner
“We can’t do this alone.”
Shinji’s mind flashed back to the past yet again.
Memory of others, 2007, the roof
Now playing: Memories of the school
Shinji was sat on the roof of Gekkoukan, waiting for Aki and Misty.
Cue the door opening and emerging from the darkness came two familiar friendly faces. One with a suitcase in hand, the other with sandwiches.
The now three friends together sat, eating their lunch enjoying the spring air and breeze. Talking about school, the silly rumors about the three of them, laughing at the silly rumors. It was an amazing day which Shinji wished he could return to.
“So, what did that dumbass say again?”
“He was asking if I or you were dating Mitsy in order to see if he could have a shot at her”
“And you could’ve said you weren’t dating me; it would’ve been fine!"
“I could, but I wanted to have a little bit of fun, and it did get him to back off.”
Shinji laughed, “This is why we’re never beating the rumors.”
The three laughed in the warming sun, it was a moment one could consign to the confines of a dream, if it weren’t so real.
“I mean, it did work!” Shouted Aki, followed by a chuckle
The three settled down, and finished their sandwiches, Shinji however noticed that a silence had settled upon his friends, when he then finished his sandwich he then asked the two of them a question.
“What’s in the briefcase Misty?”
Mitsuru remained silent, but Aki then took the lead
“About that, we came here to ask something of you Shinji.” Stated Akihiko
“Yeah, what is it?” asked Shinji
“You see, we have a proposition for you.” Explained Mitsuru
She then opened the briefcase to reveal a pistol, an armband and a pocket watch.
“What the?” a surprised but subdued expression came over Shinji
“We want you to join us, be a part of our”
Mitsuru paused for a moment,
“Extracurricular activities, Akihiko put a word for you said you should join us”
“Hmmmf.”
A moment of silence followed
“I don’t know what the hell you guys are doing, but if you’re putting yourselves in danger, I want in, at least to keep you two from getting killed.”
“Parfait.”
“I’ll join on only one condition though.”
“What would that be Shinji?”
“Can I have that pocketwatch?”
Akihiko took the pocketwatch and tossed it over to Shinji, which he caught. Mitsuru then closed the briefcase and stood up, lunchtime was almost over.
“Briefing at the dorm at 2100 hours, don’t be late Shinji” She said in a jubilant tone
Shinji stood there smiling. Admiring the pocket watch and the hands, ticking away, marching on to a destination without end.
Memory end
When the memory ended, Shinji quickly shuffled through his jacket’s breast pocket, reaching for something, when he felt it, he brought out the remains of a pocket watch, it showed the backside. It was decorated with engravings of the number 2, and the initials SEES.
He turned the watch around to discover an unfortunate scattering of damage on the front. The glass was cracked, the fault lines of the cracked glass looking like a spiderweb. The hands have finally stopped moving. The purpose of these pocket watches, assigned to SEES members courtesy of the Kirijo group was to keep time while time stopped during the dark hour. There was a need to keep time in an hour that didn’t exist.
To see that old thing survive two years of use, then neglect, then a 12.7 by 41mm piece of hot lead, was a miracle to Shinji. He felt grateful, as he grasped the watch and held it close to his heart. He closed his eyes and felt an invisible ticking, Shinji likely thought it was the watch's invisible hands, keeping time for him even after destruction, but it was his heart, still beating, still alive.
Chapter 9: The Empress's hobbit hole
Notes:
Shorter chapter, I just felt like it, shorter chapters might occur if my mind needs a small break from thinking about the narrative at large
Chapter Text
The next day, The Okumura Residence, 6 in the morning
Now playing: The cave, by aivi and surasshu, from Steven Universe
Haru woke up the next day to a rapidly fading night, having set up her alarm to go off before the moon was relieved by an approaching sun taking its place. For her morning routine included activities that her father would certainly consign as a “Waste of time” and a “distraction from the important things,” henceforth moonlight was a necessity. In a swift and silent stroll in her pajamas taking in the cool air and breeze. Haru made her way to a parcel of space in the sprawling Okumura estate that none paid attention nor notice.
It was like a hobbit hole of sorts, if John Ronald Reuel Tolkien described a hobbit hole as a hole that brought comfort to its inhabitants, then this was Haru’s hobbit hole. A small open-air yard in the estate who’s only source of illumination at this moment was the moon’s ethereal glow above. Arriving at this non-descript area of the estate no one paid any mind to except her, she began her work as an empress of a small patch of dirt, which happened to be the home and the subsequent hobbit hole of fauna raised and nurtured entirely by her.
Haru had no idea at what point a sunflower grew in the moonlight of this unseen and forgotten corner of the estate. None of the butlers nor the maids who kept the residence clean and tidy certainly had a green finger, her father certainly wasn’t interested in matters of soil, nor the natural world. But within this very unnatural and artificial world of the estate, life in the form of a sunflower, some Viburnum Opelus and some other plants Haru couldn’t identify from the books she borrowed from the school library had made its home in this small parcel of the estate.
Haru wasn’t sure how a sunflower and some red berries got in there, raising attention to them would assure their destruction by the uncaring.
The mansion’s construction around 2008 had not intended nor designed for a parcel of its confines to host plant life, the only reason the sunflower and its plant brethren carried on carrying on perhaps was Haru herself. It was a symbiotic relationship, for the mere experience and presence of the sunflower and its Red Viburnum subjects gave Haru a sense of serenity, of the prospect of having choice in a life where choice of the free variety was a commodity of fallow stock. That choice was caring and nurturing something that was unlikely to happen, by all rights shouldn’t have happened, but did. The mere experience of such filled something inside Haru with a sense of fullness like a parched camel coming out to drink from waters in the desert. And in return for filling this need of Haru’s, the plants off course, got their due care and diligence from someone who cared.
When the task was done, any light the moon offered was rapidly slipping away in the face of the crack of dawn. Soon the sun will rise and the Empress will have to leave her hobbit hole, to a journey neither expected, nor prepared for, or at the very least based in the confines of reality.
Chapter 10: Breaking and Entering
Summary:
Technically nothing was broken on the way in.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Wednesday, 13/4/20XX
Now playing:Hometown by 21 Pilots
After school, the roof
Shinji and Ryuji sat on the roof, waiting for Haru. They did not speak, or really discuss anything really, they just sat and waited. Waiting doesn’t offer much, so Shinji sat, beanie covering over his eyes and one earphone playing music to ease the monotony. Ryuji sat next to him, however fully awake, listening through the other earphone, and rapidly bouncing his leg, whether he was anxious towards the task ahead, or just was eager to get started instead of staying bored on the roof couldn’t be made certain.
Eventually, Haru did come, she came in her P.E kit as usual, her school bag in tow. Shinji heard the door opening and greeted her with a wave
“Good day Haru, you ready for what comes next?”
Haru put down her bags at the foot of the sitting bench, and then nodded affirmatively with an expression telling of determination, one which Shinji appreciated.
“Alright Haru, this is going to get weird, whatever happens next, you’re free to back out as long as you do not tell another soul.”
“I’m going, I want to.” Haru affirmed, she nodded, keeping that determined expression.
Shinji smiled as he pressed the button to start navigation.
“Beginning Navigation”
The metaverse, outside of Kamoshida’s castle
Within a few seconds, all Haru saw was cascading waves of red and black, as the sky then turned black, all above remained dark except for the moon, waxing.
“How was the trip?” Ryuji asked Haru, now in his metaverse Uhlan fit
“Not as bad as I thought, it was fast enough to not be too jarring” answered Haru
Shinji, now in his metaverse garb, approached Haru
“Last chance to back out, we can still bring you back, but if not, stay behind us ok?”
“Understood.” replied Haru, she took in the Metaverse outfits on both her friends, while Ryuji's fit looked like something her great great grandfather would've worn if he wasn't from Japan, Shinji looked a bit terrifying whatever on earth he was in. Questions would come later however, there was work to be done.
So the trio set out, however Shinji stopped and stared out into the distant open ended space that encompassed the main entrance to the castle, no guards were spotted, but a peculiar sight only visible to Shinji was spotted. A blue ethereal door.
“Hang on guys.”
Shinji looked around to make sure the coast was clear, then he walked out to the blue door. He opened the door knob himself, and entered the velvet room.
The velvet room
Now playing: A cover of Aria of the soul, by Sam Griffin
Immediately, in almost a blink of the eye, Shinji found himself sat in front of Igor again, the same ferryfolk still rowing this manifestation of the Velvet room forward.
“Welcome to my velvet room”
Shinji didn’t know what to say, he previously thought that he could only enter the ferry from his dreams, but he was proved wrong. Now this was out of his comprehension.
“I am pleased to observe that developments in your journey that did occur have been in your favor so far.”
“You have recruited new allies in your cause to steer mankind away from ruin.”
“Additionally, you have tested the waters of your new potential and power that of the wildcard, that we shall elaborate further soon.”
“Now go forth, your journey awaits”
Shinji awoke from his velvet venture, standing where he stood before he dove into the velvet room, he then was joined by his crew of merry but now concerned individuals.
“Dude, what were you doing! You were standing in the open for some time, you could’ve gotten spotted!” Expressed Ryuji, sounding both concerned and a bit scared.
“Uh, I’m not sure how to explain, maybe I’ll think of how later.”
Quickly moving on, the group of three then slipped undetected into the castle grounds,
Now playing: King, Queen, and slave, a jazzy and groovy cover by Metagroove
Instead of infiltrating by the sewers, a rather rancid entrance to Kamoshida’s palace, the two persona users of the group decided to take their chances sneaking around the castle grounds, trying to find a way in. Eventually, after passing a series of barracks one of which Ryuji had awakened, they finally found a way in through an open window, leading to a non-descript room, with a large bookcase and a small wooden table with a few candles on its top.
Shinji approached the door, slowly opening it to survey whatever may be on the other side, seeing nothing, he then closed the door and turned towards the two behind him.
“Ok, we got a problem , we do not know the full layout of the castle yet, neither where we are now. Not sure if we can map out the halls.”
Shinji paused for a moment, an abstract line of thought and logic going through his head, the last two times he was here, the layout at least in the sewers and dungeon stayed the same, the barracks from the last expedition was in the same place too. The evidence that the layout of this castle contains a sense of permanence made sense in Shinji’s mind, the problem was that it clashed with years of experience in Tarturus, where no area remained the same.
Before he got lost in his mind, trying to reconcile his conflicting lines of reasoning, Haru interjected with what turned out to be the solution. While Shinji was crouched by the door, deliberating on his conflicted reasoning, Haru in an almost silent manner inspected the bookcases on the opposite wall, spotting a shelf with parchment, she grabbed all the parchment she could hold and sprawled out on the small wooden table in the centre.
“Shinji, I believe this is an archives room.” Stated Haru
“What?”
“That is a rather large bookcase up there, with shelves of books and scrolls, they surely need a place to store all the bureaucracy needed to run this castle.”
Haru, explaining her line of reasoning
Now playing: This mysterious feeling
“I understand, Ryuji go help Haru, see if there’s a map or something we could use, I’ll watch the hall.”
The arrangement continued for a moment, as while Haru and Ryuji sifted through parchment, scrolls and books for anything of use, Shinjiro had locked the door and kept his ears open, waiting for any auditory sign of a patrol. Eventually, they found what they sought out for.
“I think I found a map!” Haru exclaimed in a somewhat elevated voice
“Shhhhhhhh” Ryuji expressed in a exasperated tone.
“Oh, sorry!” Whispered Haru
Shinji went to the table, and inspected the map, it only contained the plans and outline for the first floor, it’s a start.
“Haru, I want you to keep the map, we both might get into a scrap and the map might get roughed up, and if the worst case scenario happens, you at least know how to get out.”
“Alright, we’re on the east wing of the castle the map says, there’s a stairwell that leads to the floor above in the west wing, its in a chapel !” explained Haru as loudly as she could, which was not much.
“Ok, we have a course of action, we move fast through this floor towards the second, the faster and more direct a route we take, the less potential risk we'll deal with.”
The other two nodded, they weren’t thinking they could breeze through the first floor without at least a fight.
Haru fitted the map into a satchel Ryuji handed her, which was more fitting and ergonomic then the Shujin provided school bags. While she was fitting the map into the bag with care, Shinji inspected the bookcase a final time before they all would leave, his interest was captured by the title of one book, it read out “Account book, Serfs”. He took a quick skim of the book’s contents to find a brief list of names. Ryuji took a quick look, to then come to a stop.
“Hey, I know some of those names, they’re guys from the sports teams.” Ryuji explained
Elaborating further, Ryuji continued “Most of them are from the volleyball team, that was what Kamoshida won his Olympic medal for, meanwhile the guys I know personally are the ones on the track team. I miss those guys.”
Shinji looked at the account book again, a creeping feeling and sensation had been present, but now it had made its way into Shinji’s stomach. Whatever the implications, or whatever they will likely discover soon, it will not be a pleasant sight he thinks.
“Does the book have the entire volleyball team on it?”
Ryuji nodded, affirming yes
“Ok, we got something to do tomorrow.”
“Don’t we got a volleyball rally tomorrow Shinji?”
“Right, I forgot, even better we’ll ask them on the way out.”
“Ok, now lets actually get to the second floor.”
And so the three made their way towards the west, overall some parts of the journey could be described as a brisk walk in the park, the monotony occasionally broken by having to make a break for cover or blind spots from patrols which outnumbered Shinji’s entourage, or when the shoe was on the other boot, bringing down blades and axes on poor lonely patrol shadows. Sometimes they would requisition cash from a shadow, the offer being to spare the life of the previous owner of said cash. Otherwise they were picking up their ill gotten gains from pools of black ooze.
Eventually, the gang of three made it to what was the Castle’s chapel, upon closer reconnaissance, the chapel was found to be swarming with shadows. They were cleaning the pews in the chapel, a dozen shadows or so. But just in front of the trio, was the stairwell leading to the second floor. Their only obstacle being the shadows who will turn hostile as soon as they made themselves known.
“I count at least ten, maybe a dozen shadows.”
“Crap. Effin hell.”
“How do you reckon we’ll get to the other side Shinji?”
“I don’t see us sneaking past these guys, they’re too tightly packed for a gap of opportunity to sneak unspotted, and the pews aren’t that tall.”
“We’ll likely have to fight our way through, Ryuji how many bombs do we have left?”
“Just one, this is it.” He said as he took the bomb out of the satchel, now held under Haru’s arm.”
“Alright.” Acknowledged Shinji, “Hey Haru?”
“Yes?” she replied
“Wanna get your hands dirty?”
“My hands are already dirty, I’m a gardener.”
“Ok Haru, take the nade', we’ll attack the moment you toss it at the feet of the bigger cluster of shadows to the right , me and Ryuji will give the ones on the left a piece of our mind. You need to book it to the stairwell where it is safe, clear?”
“Mhhmm.” Replied the gardener.
After a moment of instruction in hand gestures on how hand grenades worked by Ryuji, the three remained primed and ready. Haru stood behind, bomb in hand, finger on the pin.
Now playing: Unavoidable battle
Without a moment of hesitation, Haru took the safety pin off and then threw the bomb to the right, the spoon falling to the floor making a metallic sound, that was the signal for attack. Immediately the boys sprung up and initiated the attack on the shadows on the left.
“KELLY!”
“TADEUSZ!”
The moment the boys cried out the names of their personas, the grenade landed home, on a high trajectory, landing on a wooden pew which a shadow happened to be sitting at, surrounded by his colleagues. Then blew a violent blast, shockwave and subsequent shrapnel flying abound, the blast even broke off splinters from the wooden pew to go flying into the path of the shadows huddled around the pew, not living a second longer to process what the sound of the metallic spoon falling into the ground meant.
When the bomb had done its job, Haru quickly ran towards the stairwell while the boys were fighting off the only remaining group of shadows in the chapel, Ryuji fended for himself fine, while Shinji was in the zone. This was all too familiar to him in a good way he felt, as he squeezed shots off his revolver and while Ned was unloading from his own revolver.
“TADEUSZ!” Cried out Ryuji again, conjuring the Pole, the persona on horseback then galloped, charging at the shadows with Sabre drawn. In a few moments, nothing remained of the shadows guarding the chapel except for broken pews, pools of black ooze now tarnishing this house of worship, and the satisfaction that was present on the now unmasked faces of Ryuji and Shinji.
Haru knelt on the ground leading to the stairwell, she sat there in cover taking shelter from the hazards which were wildly emanating from the brawl Shinji and Ryuji were in. During the few moments of the intense melee, Haru had her ears plugged, it was her first time hearing a gun shot, not to mention the several others that followed. It was somewhat scary to the gardener, but it was over. Having plugged her ears however, she did not hear the suit of armor, rattling and clanging down from the stairwell right behind her.
Notes:
Sorry to end on a cliffhanger, felt the need to upload something but this chapter was getting a bit long, so it'll be a two parter.
Chapter Text
This was not what was intended to happen, Shinjiro thought. Originally, the intended outcome was to create enough space for Haru to make her way to the second floor, while Ryuji and him followed by to keep the rear clear of any assailing shadows. Now both the guys stood facing Haru, with a bruised mark on her brow, and shadows behind all three of their backs now.
Behind Haru was what appeared to be a head guard, indicated by his gold plated armor and helmet. He stood tall and judging by his tone, proud.
“Coming back was a mistake you two brats.”
Shinji kept an expression as steely as his steel mask, while Ryuji could barely contain his rage at the shadow in front, behind and at himself for any mistake which had led to this moment.
“The price for your arrogance will be paid by your harmless friend here. She’ll make a great offering and present to King Kamoshida.”
The guard who was keeping Haru under the blade of his sword laughed callously along with his boss. But while they laughed and reveled in their perceived turning of the tables, something had stirred in Haru. It was the threat, the threat of being marched and reduced to a plaything for Kamoshida. It was a threat too far for Haru, the fear of unknown punishment compared to a known one would’ve been enough to keep Haru from doing what she was about to do now.
“Do you seek control my little empress?”
Haru lowered her head down in pain, something was happening to her, she winced for a sensation of fire started to emanate through her head,
“The situation you appear to be in is a familiar one to me, alone, my husband torn asunder and my child Sviatoslav too young to take the throne, led to me becoming the empress of Kyiv.”
“You must do as I had to seize back your life by its reigns. From the hands of treacherous and callous men.”
As the visible strain started to ease on Haru, Shinji could do nothing but watch. He had a faint idea of what was going to happen.
“Contract, I am thou, thou art I, the skies shall run red with the blood of the foolish men who stand against us.”
The guard who had kept Haru under his blade then reached to grab Haru’s hand, intending to drag her up the steps of the stairs towards the throne room upstairs, but before he could do that, Haru grabbed the guard’s hand by the gauntlet, and started to squeeze, crushing the guard’s thieving hand.
“ARRRAAARGHHHHH”
Leaving nothing but a bent and contorted gauntlet which had collected the remains of the guard’s wrist and hand, now turned boiling black ooze.
Now nothing was keeping Haru restrained or contained, with this new freedom free from the swords of Kamoshida’s shadows and their hollow threats, a mask now appeared on Haru’s face, it was a simple gala masquerade mask, with a swift and smooth motion, she grabbed the mask with one hand and the other pointed towards the sky.
“Come now, OLGA OF KYIV!”
In a baptism of fire, Haru disappeared into the blue flames and came back anew
Out of the fire came out Haru, in a grey officer’s tunic a greyish tone matching a field of battle, on the front of the tunic was the embraided pattern found on a Vyshyvanka.
Above Haru was a saintly figure, appearing to be a Byzantine empress, she spoke instead in a language long past and found north of Byzantium. She did not hold a cross or bible, as a saint might. She instead held a flaming sword and a shield which bore the symbol of the city which Olga reigned, a trident.
To those who understood what the trident meant, they would have caught on the letters in Cyrillic that secretly composed the trident
в о л я
Freedom.
Haru couldn’t contain a devilish smirk as she felt the grasp of a new power within her.
If the tables had turned twice within the span of five minutes, Haru was about to take a sledgehammer and slam down the final word on the figurative table, because at that moment, she took out almost seemingly from nowhere a machine gun.
Ryuji might had peed a little in his pants at this very moment.
A cacophony of noise followed, along with shouts, indescribable sounds, the rattling of the rattlesnake, there was no deliverance or salvation that could be found by the shadows in this house of worship. Shinji could only watch as Haru spewed lead at any shadow she spotted in the room, the room being christened by an indescribable smell when the bullets stopped flying.
When the bullets did stop flying, Shinji and Ryuji ran over to Haru to quickly grab her before she knelt to the ground in exhaustion. Handling a LMG from the hip, its recoil and its weight must have been a lot, not including awakening a very, very angry persona.
The last remaining shadow that still drew breath was the boss, still lying by the steps of the stairs, missing a gauntlet and the hand it fit on. The one-handed shadow stared at the eyes of Haru and her two companions. Without a moment of hesitation, Haru gestured to the guys to give her a moment. She approached the slowly decaying shadow, the contents inside the armor now slowly dissipating into ooze.
Haru without a word, took a wooden cane out of seemingly thin air, and finished off the boss.
Sometime later
After quickly finding a vacant room on the second floor, the three persona users were finally able to rest. By all accounts they had accomplished their mission for this excursion, they made it to the second floor of the palace, Haru even awakened to a persona, but now were too exhausted to appreciate their success.
“Ok, I think we’ll be left alone here.”
Shinji turned to see an open aired window, it revealed the outside showing the wide and vast cognitive world. He then turned around to see Haru, lounging in a chair clearly looking knackered.
“You ok Haru?”
Haru took off her mask to show an exhausted expression, a faint smile was present as she could only face the ceiling of the room.
Taking off his mask, Shinji called for Ryuji to get some painkillers from the first aid kit in the satchel and some water. Haru took the pill and drunk some water, but clearly needed some time to rest and recuperate.
This was not good, there was nothing keeping away any shadows, now certainly searching for their whereabouts to open the door to find two persona users and one out of action at this moment.
“Friend! Call upon my name!”
A voice was heard within, as Shinji was roused from his rising anxiety by the voice of Pixie. He knew what he had to do.
“Pixie, Dia.”
Out of the blue came pixie, who with a snap of her fingers started to wash away the injuries Haru had, even the bruise mark on her head had mostly disappeared, leaving only a faint mark.
Haru started to rise out of her chair, she still looked mentally exhausted but able to move.
“Boss wasn’t that the shadow you cornered yesterday?” Ryuji asked
“Yeah.”
“Then what happened to Ned?”
“He’s still in me. I can still feel him.”
“Right, but how’re we gonna get out of here?”
Shinji looked around the room, surveying its interior, Shinji saw a wooden crate, breaking the top open with his axe he found a long bundle of rope.
“We’ll climb down from the window; this bundle of rope should be long enough.”
Some more time later
After some abseiling off the side of the castle, Shinji finally looked at the castle’s height and start to realize how much more ground they need to cover. Looking up at the castle, counting vertically the castle likely had four floors total (excluding the basement/dungeon below), and knowing how much time they took to clear the first floor of the palace, a dropping sensation could be felt in Shinji’s stomach.
On this line of thought, Shinji couldn’t help but reminisce on a similar situation.
Another memory, 2007, The gate to Tarturus
Now playing:The voice someone calls
Mitsuru, Akihiko and Shinji had just returned from their raid into Tarturus, unlike future operations two years later, the operations in Tarturus was of a defensive nature, this was due to the general capabilities of SEES at the time. Containing only three members fit for combat, fighting capability was limited to the fighting power Akihiko, Shinji and Mitsuru had at the time, which was not a lot. Additionally, the lack of a navigator or support of any kind to help navigate the ever-changing floors of Tarturus did not moderate the difficult task at hand.
So priorities shifted, from investigating the nature of the tower and finding a way to destroy it to keeping the shadows from spawning in the tower from infiltrating the real world. The objective was instead kill count, numerical short-term objectives which did not contribute to the overall strategic goal of destroying the dark hour itself. It at least offered a brief solution to the problem of shadows coming out of the tower attacking unfortunate persons who were out of their coffins at the wrong place and the wrong time. This culling of Humanity’s inner psyche of shadows became a laborious task to the three members of SEES, Mitsuru did not complain, Akihiko hated it, and Shinji was just happy they got to live to see another day.
“We’ve reached our kill quota of the week, good work.” Stated Mitsuru in as much of a jubilant tone a Kirijo could allow themself.
“Yeah.” Said Akihiko in a less jubilant tone
Shinji, who was taking out his pocket watch to synchronize its time back to Zero hour noted the position of the hands before he started to work the clock back to midnight.
“We spent about an hour in there and then some. And when we exit the building we would’ve spent nothing.”
Now playing: Color your night
Akihiko sighed as the three of them made their way out of the building to the street, as Shinji stated, any indication of the blood and sweat shed in the tower had disappeared with the green yellowish moonlight, the world kept moving forward with the normal passage of time as if there wasn’t an additional hour of the day dedicated to its destruction. Taking off their armbands, SEES made their way to the dorms, silently pondering if they could really take on this task which seemingly had no end, protecting humanity from the shadow of tarturus, perhaps even to the end of their lives? Thoughts like these chipped away at the collective determination the three held.
Akihiko and Mitsuru thought about this, dread was silently present within, but Shinji broke that dread which gathered within this night.
“Hey Aki, Mitsy, Hagekure’s still open at this time of the night, wanna grab a bite?”
Akihiko’s expression lit up, “Sure, I can go for some.”
“Aki! , Its midnight we should-“
At that moment Mitsuru’s stomach made a sound perhaps scarier than the sound the tougher shadows in Tarturus.
Both Akihiko and Shinjiro burst out laughing, even in the face of Mitsuru attempting to save face with threats of execution. Eventually Mitsuru ended their bouts of laughter by instead going on with Shinji’s offer of getting ramen past their bedtime. Any dread or questions the three held that night vanished as ramen entered their system.
“If you speak of this, both of you are being executed.” Threatened Mitsuru again as they made their way towards the stripmall
“Heh, whatever you say Misty.” Replied Akihiko
Shinji said nothing, the only thing he could remember contributing to this happy memory was his smile.
Memory end
Shinji glared at the height of the palace with new determination and purpose. This wasn’t Tarturus no matter how much his mind was screaming Déjà vu. There was going to be an end sooner then later and they were going to make it to the top.
“Hey!” Shouted Ryuji
“I know a good ramen place we should all go when we get out of here, wanna come with?”
“Oh, I can pay!” Shouted Haru
“Are you kidding me! I’ll pay!”
The two continued making their individual cases of who should pay for ramen, Shinji could do nothing but smile as he strolled briskly towards his friends. They reminded him so much of them.
Notes:
Olga of Kyiv: Olga of Kyiv was a Ruthenian empress who after having his husband murdered by the Drevelians via dismemberment by trees, enacted her revenge against them in utterly unsaintly ways like tying burning rags to birds and sending them towards their city, burning it to the ground. It was then she made a saint in Eastern Orthodox christianity. She reigned in Kyiv for fifteen years until her son was of age to rule.
If you were wondering how much pain the boss shadow was experiencing when Haru crushed the gauntlet which held his hand, well...
https://youtu.be/aowOHZlDzYE?si=-CihCD0Nb9S7wB1eHaru's metaverse costume is based on the Sich riflemen fighting under the Austrians in WW1 for an independant Ukrainian state, the legion even had a woman's detachment who took part in fighting at the battle of Makivka.
Wiki page for Woman's detachment of Ukrainian Sich Riflemen
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_detachment_of_Ukrainian_Sich_RiflemenWiki page for Sich Riflemen
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukrainian_Sich_Riflemen#Usage_during_WWISong about battle at Makivka
https://youtu.be/kDZiOwpcCWU?si=anYStpGqsD2MXkBQ
I gave Haru a Lewis gun because it looked heavy
Chapter 12: It's spring again
Summary:
You're all the things I've got to remember
You're shyin' away
I'll be comin' for you anyway
Chapter Text
13/4, Thursday, after school
A warm atmosphere emanated from the ramen shop as Shinji, Ryuji and Haru stood outside, enjoying both the cool air outside and the warm ramen broth in their bellies. It was a well needed and appreciated end to the day after so much could have gone wrong.
But that was earlier, now the taste and warmth was becoming a memory and the trio focused instead on what comes next. Huddled at a small space where little to no one can hear, they discussed.
“A lot would’ve gone wrong.”
“Mhhmm.” “Agreed.”
“Some of it did go wrong.”
“Yuhuh.” Haru merely nodded her head
“But in the end we made it.”
Ryuji and Haru nodded in agreement
“Ok, now’s the part where you stop agreeing with me and instead start thinking about what to do now so it doesn’t go so wrong next time we go in.”
“Yeah!” “Agreed.” Was the reply by both of them
Shinji could do nothing but put his palm on his face and silently stifle a laugh, smiling.
“The medicine worked in there quicker then I thought, but not fast enough to get out without your other persona healing me, maybe we need better medicine and medical supplies?”
“Alright.” Answered Shinji as he was taking mental notes, along with trying to draw applicable experience from his time combatting the dark hour.
“Our guns are working well but that Machine gun you got there looks heavy isn’t it Haru?”
“I can deal with it, however something easier to carry and control is appreciated.”
“I know a airsoft shop, we can go there on Sunday to see if we can find something, can you both make it?”
“I’ll make time for it.” Was Haru’s reply, and Shinji answered with an affirming nod.
“I got a suggestion, wanna hear it?” Haru and Ryuji nodded
“We need to stay quiet about our activities over in that world. If anyone finds out about our… “Extracurricular activities” the game might be up.”
“I see, in that case lets keep meeting on the roof, if anyone asks I can say you two are just helping me garden.”
“Sounds good to me.” Replied Ryuji, Shinji just replied with an affirming nod.
“Might I also suggest codenames?”
“Sounds good, though we can work them out later.”
“This might already be given as well but, since you were the first one to get your persona, maybe you should be the one leading us Shinji?”
Shinji looked up to the sky and pondered, for once instead of looking at the case against him, he decided to look at the opposite and see what he had going for him.
Shinji was not the first persona user to ever awaken, that was Mitsuru, with the second being Akihiko, making him the third, or No.2. However, applying that logic here, he was now the most senior of Persona users at least here. And he would not be figuring out things as he went, as he had examples to follow, standards of leadership and courage under pressure, and inspiration. He just did not feel ready to disclose his past experience with personas, shadows, and death to his new friends yet.
“Alright, I’ll do it.”
“Sweet, so we all agree that we’re doing this on Sunday!”
“Yup. We’ll meet up in front of the gun store first then work on whatever’s left on our shopping trip.”
The three started to leave but then Shinji stopped. He had a thought in his head and felt the need to spill it in person before they all part.
“We should think of a name, for our group’s activities, I’m trying to think of something but haven’t thought of anything yet. Let me know if you guys got any ideas ok?”
“Sure man”
“Alright.”
As the group went their separate ways, Shinji couldn’t help but have a strange longing for his old group. To some extent they were almost family, but those thoughts had to be put on hold until he made it back home.
He can’t help but think about a sense of continuation, of being handed down the torch, even though he had only just been shot some days ago, to the wider world and expanse of time, it was seven years ago, perhaps that was where the time went, that time spent in Tarturus. His pocket watch certainly knew it, that little thing kept ticking on even when all time was supposed to stop.
Now playing: Take on me, acoustic version, from the last of us 2
They said nostalgia is a form of depression, Shinji heard that a lot during his time after the day of his unspeakable crime, and he resented it. But now he couldn’t help but appreciate the reality of the situation, its myriad truths both good, bad and some neither but instead balancing the two.
He was a stranger in a world which had forgotten him, he was without his old friends who he had spent his childhood with, and if not had bled, fought, and almost lost their lives to destroy the dark hour. On the other hand, Shinji lived waiting for die. There was no other way around that fact, he wished and yearned for death in his heart for killing Ken Amada’s mother. He got his wish when he got on the persona suppressant drugs.
Now however, he didn’t live with that form of self-destructive raison d’terre. His heart and mind had been renewed when he signed that contract with Igor and however cold his body felt right now, it was only because it was Spring. If this life was still his, and he was damn well beginning to believe that it is right now. With this new epiphany in mind, walking back home under a dying sun, Shinjiro Aragaki decided that he would pursue this second chance with rigor and without fear in his heart. All he needed was a reason to convince himself to stay on the path.
Six thirty in the evening, somewhere where Shinji can see the sun setting.
After some thought and introspection, Shinji had finally found his reason in a place of inspiration, a spot where he could see the fading sun return to the earth so the moon could take the night shift.
If Igor was right, his old friends would be involved one way or another on this journey he was undergoing, even if this was seven years past his subsequent murder, if undergoing it meant a chance of seeing his old friends again, he would take it. It was a brave new world for Shinji, for once he would have to take a chance on the fact that he wouldn’t die tomorrow, that there will be a day after tomorrow and that it’ll come if he was willing to believe enough in it and himself.
So here he was, making a new promise to himself, friends old and new, he would see this thing through.
Shinji could swear he saw a blue butterfly fly by his vision, but he was too entranced, seeing the golden sky slowly descend into the ground below.
Chapter 13: Die Vorbereitungen
Summary:
Vorbereitungen: German word for Preparations
CW: Shinji talks about the crimes of Kamoshida against his students for a line in a section of the text from "Evening, the attic beyond Leblanc" to "Monday 17/4, the day of the volleyball rally"
Otherwise, get a snack or a drink, this one's going to be long, 5000 words I think.
Go to the bottom chapter notes for song links to songs not for persona
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Lunchtime, the roof, 14/4 Friday
After the usual routines brought upon by school, lunch had finally come. As usual, the trio consisting of Haru, Ryuji and Shinji gathered instead on the roof to both eat their lunch and tend to Haru’s makeshift garden.
Gardening to those uninformed about the trade, is not a simple hobby or activity to be a busy body. It is a manual and sometimes demanding task which is more complex then “water the plants twice a day and it will take care of itself.” Haru appreciated this fact, she invested herself fully into spending time, effort, and money into appreciating her garden less as a hobby or something to keep herself busy, but instead as a science. Taking pictures, scribbling notes, measuring Ph levels etc. If Haru wasn’t the daughter of a multimillionaire executive of a fast food chain would perhaps instead be fully aspiring to be a Botanist of higher regard and potential.
Shinji, someone who had prior experience with maintaining plants back at 2009 respected this fact, and took the work seriously. Because at the end, it meant spare ingredients for the fridge for free.
Ryuji, with no gardening experience at all, was consigned to pack mule duty, otherwise known as carrying really (fucking) heavy bags of shit (things related to gardening, not crap.).
Once Ryuji had finished his rounds as a human pack mule, he sat down to drink from a bottle of Pocari sweat and observe the repeating routines and motions of Haru towards her garden. Eventually, he had to break the silence with a question for Shinji.
“Hey dude, with the guys from both the volleyball and the former track team not speaking a word about what Kamoshida did, what do we do now?”
Shinji knelt up from tending to a plant to turn to Ryuji, still donning his coat and beanie. At this point he had just given up on conforming to dress code standards, the bastards should’ve made their Acs less cold if they wanted him to take off his damn coat.
“We’ll just stick to the plan, we’ll work our way to the top floor of that place, then we’ll steal the K Man’s inner desires to be a dickhead, and then we win.”
“Yeah, but what if there isn’t such a thing?”
“Ryuji, trust me on this one.”
“Really? How would you know about that? It’s not like you’ve done this sort of thing before!”
Shinji remained silent, arms crossed and sat staring Ryuji in the eyes, expression unchanging.
“Wait a minute, don’t tell me…”
Haru was kneeling on the ground in the middle of taking off her gloves and shared the same expression of Ryuji, one of almost stunned revelation. Shinji however would do nothing but slowly unravel a smile. He then stood up, took off his gloves and made his way to the exit.
After school, somewhere in Shibuya
Now playing: It’ll be alright in the long run (Live in amsterdam), by Red Gum
Chat:Ryuji_Sakamoto,Haru,Shinjiro_Aragaki
Ryuji:Dude you better not be shitting us
Haru: Shinji? Is there something you haven’t been telling us?
Shinji: NCoD
Shinji smiled as he answered their queries with a “Neither confirm or deny” as he strolled down central street. He really could not resist leaving Ryuji and Haru on that cliffhanger, it was one of his deepest and sickest pleasures deep inside Shinji.
With the team fully on with the plan, Shinji was now focused on making sure that next time they went back to Kamoshida’s palace, they would be ready. Henceforth why he was in Shibuya, hitting up the shops to see if there was anything of use to the task at hand. It turns out not much really, the drugstore there only sold medicine who’s medicinal qualities in the palace would be what Mitsuru called “Not even worth an execution but my boot.”.
So he just strolled around, he knew that Ryuji was going to bring both he and Haru to this gun shop he knew about on Sunday, so there was really no point in looking for that now. Instead what had caught his eye was an Artisan shop, he went inside.
This artisan’s shop specialized in the handiwork of a lot of old things, from gramophones, record players, antiques really, but that wasn’t what Shinji was here for. Shinji went up to the counter, placed his broken pocket watch on the counter and asked
“Hey, the glass display is cracked, can it be fixed?”
The antique dealer inspected the watch, and surveyed the damage
“This would be easy, just give me a few moments, feel free to come back in a few yes?”
Shinji nodded, he then went outside to wait. Although another thing altogether had caught his eye. Across the street was an electronics store with a live TV on display, on the TV was a news broadcast displaying live news, what was being shown had shook Shinji when he paid closer attention.
LIVE INTERVIEW WITH YUKARI TAKEBA
Yukari Takeba was sitting on a high chair, in a pink talking to an interviewer, when asked, she went on about how production of the latest Neo Featherman season was going and how the production staff along with workers were the unsung heros of the show and were keeping it afloat and going. When asked why she auditioned for Pink Argus some five years ago, well this was her response.
“Back in high school, I was part of the archery team and apparently I looked good enough with a bow, and that’s how that led me here, but seriously, I would attribute deciding to audition to my friends, who pushed me to do it, they convinced me that I would do great, they were right.”
“If that is the case, you got good friends Yukari Takeba. Now let’s get on with the next question from the fans and here’s a juicy one, rumor and hearsay states you wrote Featherman fanfiction under the title of “P1nkxXArGUsxx” is that true?”
The rest of the interview was dedicated to answering fan questions and hearsay, but Shinji had heard enough and went back to the antique dealer shop. He had to take a moment to appreciate the fact that his former friends had gotten to great heights and places while he was “dead.”
Although Shinji was mostly happy and felt good that his friends had succeeded at life, he couldn’t help but slowly feel a sense of sadness, that he couldn’t be there to be with his old friends, see them succeed and grow beyond the point he had “left” their lives. And hell, he wished he could also have good things in life and have friends on top of that.
Shinji went back to the Antique dealer shop to see that his old pocket watch was repaired and was working once again. When he went to pay the dealer, the dealer refused payment protesting that the repairs was on the house.
Trying to think of a way to repay the old man’s kindness, Shinji looked towards a shelf, flanked by an old sewing machine was a display showing a silver pocketwatch. Shinji pointed towards the pocketwatch, asking if he could have two of them.
The dealer smiled and laid the bill on the counter, it was pricey but nothing was pricey if you had cash from killing shadows with full prejudice. He took the pocket watches, fitting them into his bag and then left the shop and Shibuya for the day.
After school, 15/4, Saturday
Now playing: Deep breath deep breath
Shinji never liked doctors, at first it started when he was occasionally picked to be studied by Kirijo group scientists over his persona, he was not the only one, Ack Ack and Mitsy also got called up to be observed over their summoning of personas but Mitsuru often was rejected for study because she was a Kirijo, which meant he took her tests instead. Then there was the time when he was homeless and got his Persona Supressant Drugs from STREGA, knowing the nature of STREGA’s three core members and enough to know why they had to take those was a reality check of how perverted medical science could become.
But maybe he was just an edge case, there certainly were doctors who did care, who devote their entire lives to the welfare and health of the public, Shinji knew some who tried to address his condition when he was on the PSD, but all he had were polite reminders of his demise, or when he told the doctors how he got his condition in the first place, appeals to stop taking the damn pills.
This line of reasoning was attempting to make its own case as Shinji was making his way to a certain clinic in Yongen Jaya, he had heard rumors and talk of a doctor who made potent medicines in a clinic somewhere in the area. Shinji had turned his back on taking his health seriously, but the work hazards of the current mission required he take his and his teammates wellbeing seriously. But it did not mean he did not have reservations.
Entering the clinic, Shinji noted the cleanliness of the place, this was a good sign, he now just had to talk to the doctor.
“This your first visit?” Asked the doctor
“Yeah.”
“Ok, what are you here for?”
At this moment, Shinji stopped cold, a lump in his throat had formed and he couldn’t get the words out of his mouth. He couldn’t help but replay in his head all the times he went to STREGA for those damn drugs. Then he thought about his friends, and how he had forfeited his own life when they did not want him to by taking those fucking drugs. Then he thought about Ken and Aki.
“I don’t have all day, are you gonna keep standing there”
Shinji was roused back to attention; he (and the doctor) didn’t have the time for this shit.
“Uh, I haven’t been feeling good lately, I haven’t been sleeping much because I’ve been staying up studying.”
Shinji felt regret, although he worked up the courage to actually open his yap and get the ball rolling, he couldn’t help but feel that his response was just cobbled together with duct tape, held together by desperation.
“Alright, come inside.”
Shinji breathed a sigh of relief.
Now playing:Butterfly Kiss
Shinji sat on a lonely chair as the doctor did her thing. She occasionally asked questions regarding his health, his wellbeing both physical and mental. The last part about his mental wellbeing surprised him, no doctors asked him that when he saw them nine years ago, then again that was nine years ago. The doctor then introduced herself
“Sorry, I should’ve told you my name earlier when you came in, I’m doctor Takemi.”
“Ok, nice to meet you.”
“You seem uneasy, everything alright?”
“Yeah, why do you ask?”
At that moment, rose up from her seat and work desk, she made her way to the door facing her back to it, and then locked the door. Shinji should’ve seen this coming.
“Alright, what’s your deal, people don’t usually come to my place unless they want drugs or are here to try close my business. What are you really here for.”
Now playing: Mass destruction, the part where she says babybabybaby, on repeat
Transitioning to a serious tone, Shinji knew his number was up, having being the close friend of Mitsuru Kirijo, he knew what messing with women like her was like, and Takemi was definitely reminding him of Mitsy and how big of a mistake it was to mess with her.
Shinji was screwed, doctor Takemi certainly was in this position a million times, sending less honest men packing tails between legs. There was no choice for Shinji but to be honest and to hope it is sufficient.
“I’ve been juggling a part time job and studying for entrance exams and it’s been taking a toll. I cannot afford to quit my job as its how I’m able to sleep on a bed and not in a cardboard box.”
Shinji articulated the sentence with increasing confidence and determination, it helped that all of the claims in the sentence was true to some extent or another, even when cobbled together haphazardly, he went from unsure and uneasy to dead serious by the last few words of that sentence.
“Hmmm, where do you work?”
“Leblanc.”
“Leblanc? I go there sometimes, now come to think about it I have seen you around that neck of the woods.”
Shinji was unsure yet whether his semi truthful words had reached the expected outcome, but he was sure it was going the right direction.
“Well, sorry for earlier.” Said Takemi as she walked to the door to unlock it
Now playing: Butterfly Kiss
“I have a reputation among the medical community around here, all I get are patients with ulterior motives now.”
“Alright then, I’ll prescribe you some medication, but only medication that will help you recover your health, I don’t need you getting me in trouble.
Shinji nodded affirmatively.
“I think I can trust you to be responsible for your own health, don’t take it for granted.”
“Yes doctor.”
After a speedy and convenient purchase of Takemi’s meds, Shinji took the medications and fitted them into his bag. He was ready to leave but Takemi had one final proposition.
“Hey, you seem like someone healthy enough and can be trusted, is that right?”
Shinji turned his head towards the doctor and nodded.
“Would you be interested in helping me develop new medicine? I need a healthy participant who can stay healthy over a long amount of time to test and refine it. If you consent and participate, I can give you a discount.”
Shinji for obvious reasons had reasons to say no, good reasons actually. The last time he did something like this, it was perhaps one of the worst mistakes he had made in his short life. But this was just a doctor who likely got thrown to the wayside by no fault of their own, and if she was being serious (and she was!!!) and not using science as a means for sophisticated cruelty as the scientists from the Kirijo group did decades ago, perhaps it will be a silent contribution he can make to make sure people can stay healthy, leagues away from those Kirijo scientists.
“You will be both given informed consent and the right to walk away. That’s standard.”
“Ok.”
“Cool, here’s my number, when I need you for the first trials you’ll know.”
Shinji and Takemi exchanged numbers on the way out, Shinji had gotten over his nerves and gotten what he was here for.
However, as he stepped out of the building, something hit Shinji
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Death Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Oh, Son of A-
Evening, Leblanc
Now playing: Beneath the mask
“Now is the moment of truth” explained Sojiro “Depending on how this stage of the process goes, you could be making something passable, or great.”
Shinji had decided to spend the evening with Sojiro, while last time he was taught how to make Leblanc’s standard and very much-loved curry, he was being taught how to make just as equally beloved coffee.
“Hmm… the flavor is bland; you should practice more to bring the roast to its full potential.”
“Though I see you prepared the cup the way I taught you, with more practice and hard work you’ll get better next time.”
Sojiro walked out of the café, after telling Shinji to close shop. Once he knew for certain that the old man was going to call it a night, he took three thermos flasks and filled them with the remaining coffee and stored them in his school bag. As he was putting his spare coffee into his school bag, he pondered why even drinks had a medicinal effect in cognitive worlds, then he remembered something.
An old memory: 2009, a Tarturus raid
Now playing: Have a short rest
Shinji was lying down by the steps of the stairway to Tarturus, he had taken a bad hit by a shadow and was subsequently warped by Fuuka back down to the entrance, he laid down on the thin carpet of the stairway and wanted to close his eyes, he was so tired, he really, really wanted to go back to his warm bed back at the dorm.
Instead, Shinji was greeted by the hand of Mitsuru holding a hot thermos of tea, Aki’s holding some painkillers in the form of pills, and Fuuka who had a blanket comforter on hand.
“Thanks.”
Shinji took a sip of the tea, it was made by Mitsuru with care and grace along with assistance from both the Arisato twins. The tea was a sudden jolt to the system, as Shinji’s forever cold body felt an immediate sense of warmth, it was only temporary however. That was when the comforter came into play, Fuuka who always wanted to be helpful had taken it upon herself to carry the team’s essential provisions, from consumable meds, food, even books and comfort items like warm blankets.
Shinji made himself comfy as the painkillers and tea worked their magic all while trying his best to stay awake, he knew going unconscious in the dark hour during active operations would make himself a liability. So he sat and watched his teammates sit around and waited, reading books, playing card games, just enjoying themselves really.
At some point, Koromaru came with a chew toy and settled down next to Shinji, the pup kept him company, the little fellow stared into the eyes of Shinji, seemingly expressing concern over his recovering body. Shinji felt both grateful and sad, on one hand there were people who still cared about him, even if he had pushed them away, or ruined their lives so irreversibly. On the other hand, he knew he did not have much time left, the drugs would likely kill him in the next few months, and-
If it was any consolation, he wouldn’t be alive to know how much he would hurt his friends one last time. Shinji then took his hand and gave Koromaru a head scratch. This carried on until Shinji did lose consciousness and went into dreamland. To this day likely, the sight of an unconscious Shinji sleeping on the steps of Tarturus and snuggling next to Koromaru would be one that was confirmed yet denied due to a lack of photographic evidence.
Memory end
Now playing: Living with determination
Shinji at that moment started to tear up, he did not expect how much he had missed his friends. At least now he wasn’t lonely for he would be joined in his sleep by his self-regret.
Sunday, the gunstore, 16/4
“So this is the place?”
“Yeah, it is.”
“Can’t believe how well hidden it is.”
“Alright, we go in, we’re looking for a machine gun for Haru that isn’t too heavy, some grenades, and anything else interesting that could be of use.”
The three were about to enter the shop in the back alley, but were stopped by Ryuji who stopped to issue a warning
“So, the guy at the counter is a scary fella, so can you do the talking Shinji? Last time I went in I was screwed.”
Shinji sighed, “Sure.”
And so, they went inside Untouchables
Untouchables
Now playing: Layer Cake
Indeed the man at the counter was an intimidating bloke Shinji noted.
“God, he looks just like me, but older, and scarier.” Shinji thought to himself
“Yo, wadya want?” Asked the shop keeper
“Uhh, sir we’re looking for a machine gun, something the missus here can carry without much sweat.”
“Hmm, let me go into the back and see if there’s something you might like.”
After an undetermined amount of time, the shop keeper came out with a Browning Automatic Rifle,
“This is a variant redesigned by the guys from Fabrique Nationale in Belgium. Explained the shop keep
Haru handed over cash from their excursion into Kamoshida’s palace (and a bit from her own deep pockets), and the payment was accepted. Haru would spend the rest of the shopping trip slowly attempting to shove the machine rifle into an empty gardening soil sack. Iwai sighed and offered to help her disassemble the gun into its components.
“While I help her disassemble the gun, go ahead and look around, see if there’s anything which might interest you.”
So look around Shinji and Ryuji did, Ryuji went to look for the hand bombs so they could mark that off the shopping list, but Shinji was looking for something that fit the third item, something else that interested him.
He found something that caught his eye, a shotgun. It was marked with Winchester, and although Shinji wasn’t a gun nut, he did hear the Winchester name a fair lot regarding shotguns. So when Iwai finished packing Haru’s disassembled BAR into the sack, he then turned to see Shinji holding the shotgun by the barrel.
“Oh, that’s the Winchester 1897 Trench gun, it’s a riot gun modified for combat in the trenches. And by modified, I mean it has a bayonet.”
“It has a bayonet?”
Iwai went to the counter and shuffled through one of the drawers and took out a sheath, drawing out a lengthy blade out of it.
“If you’re willing to take this Winchester off my hands, the bayonet will go for free, none of my other customers want them anyway.”
“Deal.”
In total, the bill was a bit pricy, a replica of a rare variant of the Browning Automatic rifle designed in Belgium, a shotgun, some bombs and tools for cleaning and maintenance, but after Haru lended some cash into the pot it was no problem.
“Ok punks, remember to keep your new stuff in your bag and to not have them out in public, I do not need trouble at my doorstep, deal?”
The three nodded.
“Good.”
The three stepped out of the shop with their wares stored in an inconspicuous garden soil sack, however Ryuji stopped Shinji, he wanted an explanation.
“Ok dude, are you for real?”
“About what?” Shinji said in his stride
“About doing this stuff.”
“What stuff?” Jokingly asking
“Arghh, this! This otherworld Bullshit!”
“Shhhhhhh.” Haru shushed, they did not need to be found out in a back alley at central street.
“Ok, you got me.”
“What?”
“Yeah, I have done this stuff before, its just that there’s some things I can’t disclose.”
“I’ll think of what can be talked about later, its not what I’m allowed to talk about, but just trying to explain it in the first place.”
“I mean, try explaining how your P.E teacher is a pervy fuckface, and that we found out by going into a magic world where he’s in his underpants.”
Ryuji stopped and reflected for a moment, noticing this Shinji smiled, he will not need to talk more about the events of 2007 to 9 until much later.
Evening, the attic above Leblanc
Now playing: Їхав козак за Дунай, written by Sehmen Klymovsky, performed by Khoreya Kozatska
Shinji was sitting on his bed, hunched over in troubled thought. He had spent the better part of Friday, Saturday and Sunday preparing, they got guns, they got meds, and some essentials, but something was missing.
Out of thoughts, he started to just aimlessly browse his phone, until he found the camera.
He knew his camera could take photos, but videos? That was something new.
After some thought, Shinji pressed the record button
“This is Shinji, I’m recording this for the record, if anyone from S.E.E.S is watching this, uh surprise???”
“I’m not dead. Not yet at least, somehow, I’ve been brought back. I don’t know how yet, but I’m alive.”
“So, what have I been doing as of late? Well I’ve been brought to Tokyo for some reason, haven’t found out why but, now I’m under the care of boss, Sojiro Sakura. He’s a older man who’s the owner of a coffee shop here in Yongen Jaya.
“Ok, here’s the important part, if you’re not a part of SEES, pretend I’m insane and speaking gibberish or high. If you are part of SEES pay attention.
“Right now, I’m sitting here and recording this because tomorrow, me and a bunch of newly awakened persona users are going into something similar to Tarturus. Ok, that was hyperbole, it only has four floors. But the point is this, this place is the mind of a very sick and cruel person. He is a P.E teacher who we are certain is abusing his students both physically and sexually. He probably enjoys it.
“Innocent people are being hurt here. We believe destroying this “palace” this “manifestation of one’s mind” would maybe bring him down. Something about “Desires and distortion” I don’t know I’ll have to ask Igor about the details on that one.”
“But back to now! We’re prepared, but I can’t help but feel unprepared in some places. We have the best weapons our money can buy, medicine, I’m trying to remember what we had back in 2007. Even if we did not know what we were doing at least we felt ready.”
Shinji took out his pocket watch, opening the watch to show its working hands
“At least I got the pocket watch you gave me fixed Misty.” Shinji paused
“Wait, I got it. I guess I’ll tell you later some other time.”
Shinji looked towards his pocket watch, the hands were making their way to midnight.
“I don’t expect you to find this, but if you or Aki or anyone from SEES finds this, please don’t show Ken this, I have a solid idea of how the rest of the team will react to this news, but not Ken, I’m afraid it’ll be shit.”
“Ok, time to go to bed, tomorrow’s the operation.”
Monday, 17/4, the day of the operation and volleyball rally
Somewhere Shinji should not be
Shinji figured as long as he attended the volleyball rally earlier in the morning, he won’t need to attend it for the rest of the day. So he snuck into the home economics room and got his hands on a sewing machine. Taking some red thread, he got to work.
However, at some point, when Shinji was gathering a fake sense of security, the door opened to reveal a third year student. Shinji knew who it was, after some time in and around school he got to know who the student council president was.
“What are you doing here? You’re supposed to be having lunch.”
Quickly thinking of a response, Shinji thought of something.
“Oh, my spare P.E kit got torn, I’m just fixing it.”
The student council president, looking stern replied
“Carry on.”
After she closed the door, Shinji had only one exasperated thought to himself as he went back to work.
“Fucking get on with it!”
After school, the roof and the now official hideout of Kelly’s thieves of hearts
Haru and Ryuji sat on the roof, anxiously waiting for their leader. Haru had brought the guns, meds, and provisions needed to storm the palace in her empty gardening sack, but they both weren’t feeling adequately prepared as they waited anxiously.
Soon enough, their leader showed up, it would be a relieving sight, but was made unsual instead by the face he showed up with a devilish grin as well.
“So, after some unauthorised shopping, work and thinking. I got some news.”
“I have the name of our new *pause* Organisation you might call it.”
“Since out of this organisation of three members you two had just nominated me as leader, I’ve decided that this meeting, will be the first official meeting of the Kelly thieves.”
“Why Kelly?” Isn’t that the name of your persona?
“Yeah, he was also the leader of the Kelly gang, who also were in a similar line of work.”
“On that note, we really need to think of codenames before we go in again, can’t risk having our identities exposed.”
After a few moments of thought, the three agreed for their codenames to be based on their awakened personas, with Haru’s codename being Olga and Ryuji’s being Teddy (they agreed trying to correctly pronounce a polish name in the heat of battle was an unnecessarily difficult affair.)
“With that out of the way, I have some presents as thanks.”
“Thanks for what?” asked Ryuji
“For agreeing to help.”
At that moment, Shinji took out two pocket watches and handed them out to Haru and Ryuji. They both inspected the craftsmanship of the watches and both gave Shinji a look of gratitude.
“When I was doing this stuff as part of a team, my leader gave the watches out as official equipment, as you know your phones won’t work in that other world, you won’t be able to tell the time in there, that’s why I’m handing them out. Now I am leading and I suppose now this is a continuation of tradition.”
“But that’s not all, I’ve also made these.”
The parade grounds of Kamoshida’s palace
Now playing: The Meaning of the armbands
The parade grounds outside Kamoshida’s castle had been packed today, in lock step with the Volleyball rally going on in the real world. Following the real world, the guards then dispersed, returning to their usual duties which marked the end of the school day and subsequently the volleyball rally. This was meant to be a show of force, a power trip, an opportunity for Kamoshida to sit on the balcony of his castle and revel in his supposed glory and might.
But as the shadows/guards dispersed and disappeared from the parade grounds, came three thieves. They made their way to the castle in stride, heads up high, with a sense of pride, determination and an espirit de corps which laid in contrast to Kamoshida’s fragile ego and sensibilities. Through the mist along with their weapons, the thieves adorned and worn red armbands.
The armbands had the name of their organisation, but also a number. The one in the grey tunic had the number two, the uhlan one, while their leader, zero. On the underside of the leader’s armband laid the initials of an organisation which no longer existed, four letters which bore both nostalgia and painful memories, SEES.
This was what was missing, now they were ready.
Notes:
It'll be alright in the long run (Live in Amsterdam), by red gum
https://youtu.be/dsG0ug47SIY?si=GMbOstqIvcduRvgqA cossack crosses the Danube
https://youtu.be/JI96vqTxyGQ?si=BoHAx_-nRJZAMSJV
Chapter 14: Olgien!
Summary:
Olgien, polish word for Fire
Check the end notes for links to non persona music and miscellaneous
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
To the pleasant surprise of the thieves, the rope which they’d used to escape the second floor last week was still hanging from the window they had abseiled from.
They had returned to where they had left off at the storeroom, ready to begin the operation.
“Wait.”
“Yeah? What is it Kelly?”
“Before we start the mission, I want you two to take out your watches.”
Olga and Teddy complied
“Now, crank the crown on the top to the left until both hands meet at the top.”
Kelly, now with his pocket watch started to crank the top crown until both hands meet at zero hour.
“Time doesn’t keep going in a cognitive world like this. It’ll be more practical to instead use the watch to measure how much time we spend in here.”
“How do you know that Sh-, I mean Kelly?”
“Would you believe me if for a few decades there existed a hidden twenty-fifth hour of the day?”
“Wait. You’re shitting me.” Exclaimed Teddy
“Well I’m not, that would be disgusting, and yeah.”
“Sometimes people got stuck in there for days, but for each day they spent in that place, they would only feel that one hour had passed.”
“A student from our school once got stuck in there for ten days, but when they got out they said they only felt like they were away for ten hours.”
“Wow.” Said Ted
“She was locked in the school gymnasium as part of a cruel prank.”
Teddy showed an expression of shock and then resentment. Olga skipped the shock altogether and felt angry for this student.
“Well that’s besides the point. If our watches are synchronized at zero hour, lets start the mission.”
Kelly made his way to the door, opening it he looked out into the hallway to see if any shadows were in sight, none were to be found.
“Did you hear that; he must’ve been at grade school during that time!” Whispered Teddy to Olga
“Now is not the time to speculate about his past. We can do that later.”
0 hour thirty minutes
Kelly and the thieves had been spending the last thirty minutes navigating the second floor of the palace. The going was steady but slow, interrupted here and there by bouts of brief encounters with shadows. Occasionally they were of use to the thieves, as some cracked under gunpoint to give information about the second floor which further cleared the fog of war which was mapping and navigating unknown ground. Some gave cash, others lent their power, but otherwise shadows would meet a swift end staring bayonet, cane and sabre.
1 hour
Shinji was having the feeling they’d been here before.
1 hour and ten minutes
Kelly was right.
2 hours
Thanks to some backtracking, further interrogation of shadows, and some sketching on a notebook, the Kelly gang were able to map approximately 80% of the second floor. The remaining twenty eluded them, to the frustration of Kelly. Kelly did not like backtracking. It was the source of much frustration back when he was scaling Tarturus with SEES.
They currently stood at an armory, empty suits of Armor stood to attention, halberds, swords, sabres, pikes, muskets, flintlock pistols and other assorted and dated arms lined shelves, stands, racks and other forms of storage. Not exempted from this collection of arms was the palace’s artillery, cannons and some Howitzers lined up in a row and racks, diligently swabbed and maintained, in case the king may come to inspect the royal arms at his disposal.
“Dammit. This is the third time we have circled back to this room. Olga are you sure you’ve mapped the second floor fully?”
“Yes, three times as a matter of fact.”
Ted leaned on one of the brick walls of the room to lean upon the wall for a short break.
“It ain’t like Kamoshida to make it any easier for anybody, he always was raising the bar to give himself an excuse to be more of an ass to his students.”
Teddy then rested his head on the brick wall, turning his ear towards it. He was then brought to alertness, signalling his fellow thieves to the brick wall he now had his ear on.
All three thieves had an ear on the brick wall, there was no mistaking it. The unmistakable sound of shuffling Armor, swords, shields that came with shadows could be heard from the other side of the wall. Some sort of discussion, laughing was happening on the other side, that will not do.
Kelly took his frustration out on the wall, attempting to bust down the wall with his axe but to no avail, then he turned to look behind him, his gaze focused on a sole canon. He then made his way towards the back of the room and started to manhandle a canon piece to face the false wall.
“Hey! What are you doing?”
“If there are shadows on the other side we need to get through them , Olga! Try finding some ammo for this thing!”
Teddy and Kelly wheeled the cannon close enough to the wall to ensure the best effect, while Olga took a cannonball from a pile of cannonballs
Improvising without any instruction, the three of them surprisingly managed to get the process of readying the canon to fire correctly, the metaverse doesn’t really seem to care if your artillery piece has sufficient propellent, charges or really anything needed to fire such artillery at all other then ammunition. They were done when Kelly shoved in a cannonball using his axe, making sure it was as deep inside as possible.
“Ted, you light the fuse, Olga and I will be waiting by the wall to enter the breach.”
Ryuji then took a torch from one of the sconces and went into position left of the canon. He stood ready to light the fuse. He would need to then quickly join his comrades who would be clearing out whatever was on the other side of the wall.
Kelly stood on the left clear of the wall, he was occupied with bringing his shotgun to bear and attaching its bayonet on the barrel, made apparent by a silent click. Olga stood with her B.A.R on hand on the right, awaiting the destruction of the brick wall to let hell loose.
Ted stood ready but likely as much as everyone else was, doubts were starting to take over his head. Did they prime the canon right? Was this thing going to explode in his face? A lot of stress, anger as much as gunpowder was awaiting a lit match in the canon and its blond gunner.
In this moment of stress, doubt of the plan, nervousness, second guessing so on and so forth. Ryuji swore he heard a voice whispering to him. It was one word repeated again and again which came from the inner depths of Ryuji’s consciousness, urging him on to fire that canon.
“Ted! Ready!”
“OLGIEN!”
At that moment all hell broke loose, the canon served its intended purpose as it broke down the false brick wall, the destruction of said wall brought a lot of brick coloured dust in the dimly lit room, as for a moment it felt as if the foundations of the palace were shaking, coming apart at the foundations.
The cannonball was fast enough not just to bust down the wall, but to also rip and tore through any unfortunate shadows who stood at its path. Pained and anguished shouts, cries and groaning could be heard from the dark hole in the wall which confirmed the effectiveness of the canon shot.
The three ran through the blasted wall, sprinting through puddles of black blooded ooze, the remains of those shadows who died where they stood when the canon shot tore them, their armour not able to protect them from flying bricks propelled from the flying cannon projectile, falling bricks struck down on the shadows nearest to the now destroyed wall, and the canonball itself tore through shadows in its path like wet tissue paper, killing them where they stood. The only thing which remained of them was collecting pools of blackened blood and ooze and the armour which failed to protect them. There remained several shadows who were fortunate enough to be away from the blast radius which killed their colleagues, but not fortunate enough as the three Kelly gang members currently rushing towards them.
A quick and brutally one-sided melee occurred, the show of superior firepower from the initial canon shot had frightened the surviving shadows to their core. They melted away, trying to flee to the stairwell at the end of the hidden room. Those who were able to make it to the stairwell escaped the wrath of the Kelly gang, however few were able to do so. Those who weren’t able to escape met their fate in the form of buckshot, bayonet, browning automatic rifle fire, sabre and pistol fire.
One shadow remained with their hands up, begging for his life
“DON’T SHOOT!” “DON’T SHOOT”
Kelly stood pointing his bayonet at the lone shadow, Olga approached the standing shadow, cane in hand.
“Shut up.”
“PLEASE!”
“Shut up”
“SHUT THE FUCK UP!”
Olga silenced the panic stricken shadow with her cane, smashing in the face of the shadow with a satisfying crack destroying its false form, revealing a Kelpie.
After some polite conversation and persuasion courtesy of Shinji, the Kelpie in a cowering Gaelic voice submitted to the wildcard, and lent his power to Shinji.
After a brief break
“Hey Ted, what’re you doing?”
“Shadows got cash in them.”
Now playing: Victory fanfare, persona 5
Ted had his attention diverted by the remains of the shadows, it was mainly black blooded ooze and filth, but inside the assorted pieces of armour which also remained was treasure. Gold pieces, paper money bills, and other assorted pieces of treasure were floating in the small pools of black filth, Ted taking a helmet started looting everything of value from the remains.
By the end of the looting the helmet was almost full with black stained gold, which also stained his white and red Uhlan fit.
“I think that’s some few hundred pieces of gold, maybe three hundred.”
“God damn.”
“So are we divvying it up when we get outta here?”
“Oh, I can forgo my share. You guys can have it instead.”
“You sure?”
“I won’t need that; I’m not having any financial problems.”
“Alright then, that’s half for you, and half for me, and all for the Kelly gang.”
A moment of celebration was had, it was brief but well enjoyed. The Kelly gang had gotten its first score, it was small but it would be the first of many.
A bit later, the real world
Now playing: Tension
Kamoshida had been sitting in his office, doing administration, grading, and other matters. That was five minutes ago, but now he was nursing a head splitting headache. Now he was silently cradling his aching head. His anger growing more and more, he took his phone and made a call.
Simultaneously, the palace
2 hours and ten minutes
After a further second check to make sure they got every piece of yen which came from the remains of the shadows (and a further theft of anything of value which wasn’t nailed down). The Kelly gang finally made their way to the third floor. Initial scouting of the third floor revealed a change of scenery from the lower two floors. While the first floor was purposed for the shadows by housing barracks, parading grounds, to a chapel for Sundays, the second being for facilities dedicated to the upkeep from kitchens, staff, storage and the armory. It seemed that the third floor was instead dedicated to the personal quarters of Kamoshida. Already the thieves had come across a personal study, a library, an observatory, and some spare bedrooms which were more luxurious than the cots found in the barracks downstairs.
Security had been increased, the commotion the Kelly gang downstairs must’ve caused had roused the garrison to action and further vigilance. With progress being done at a snail’s crawl, the thieves decided to withdraw to a storage room close to the stairway where they entered the third floor from.
A storage room with little to no warmth was the new entry point for further infiltration, as it seemed not much of importance was contained in the storage room that would make shadows enter it, turning it to the new safe room.
Now playing: Have a short rest
A fire had been built on the brick floor of the storeroom with the gang were cleaning and maintaining their weapons after the last bout of violence with the shadows. Enjoying a small break, Shinji broke the silence with a simple question
“Alright, we made good progress, I think now’s a good time to get out.”
“Yeah, I’m getting a bit tired.”
“How much time have we spent in the palace anyway?”
Shinji looked at his pocket watch and winced slightly
“Two and a half hours”
“Yup, now’s a good time to call it.”
Shinji then took out his phone, and it was like the Kelly gang never entered Kamoshida’s dirty mind.
Evening
Now playing:Гей нум, братці, всі до зброї!
The gang ended up on the roof of Shujin. They then looked around to make sure they were alone, once sure the three members quickly packed their gear into several gardening sacks and stowed them away. When done, the three then started to make their way out of the school to leave the scene of their possibly criminal extracurricular activities. When the three were sure they were out of the woods, the three celebrated.
“Holy shit! Haru you were so badass!” exclaimed Ryuji towards Haru
“Oh, it was nothing really, I just remembered a moment from a TV show I watched once and said it because I was in the moment”
“I think, we should go somewhere to celebrate. I just happen to know a place with good food.”
The personal fanfare continued, even when it ended the gang remained in a jubilant and vibrant state. The day was won, the first mission was an overall success.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Fool Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Meanwhile, some 516 kilometers west
Iwatodai Dorm, Shadow Operatives control room
Now playing: The voice someone calls
Fuuka had been napping on the couch of the old control room of SEES, it was a long night of work, mostly reading essays about studies and research into personas, cognition, public cognition, an analysis on Carl Jung’s theories, the whole nine yards of whatever psychological theories, concepts and ideas could explain events from 2007,2009,2012 if it could even ground and explain what on earth happened.
Now she was dreaming, dreams were a pleasant break and experience for Fuuka, since it was in this state that she was at ease, for her persona accompanied her in dreamland. This time however would not be a pleasant break for the mind of Fuuka.
“Good evening Juno.”
“FUUKA! I SENSE SOMETHING!”
“Oh Juno what is it!?”
“I SENSE NEW PERSONA USERS, I SEE ONE WITH IMMENSE POTENTIAL, HE STRUGGLES AND WAGES WAR WITH FATE!”
“What?”
“I SEE A DARK AND UNSURE FUTURE, HE WHO STRUGGLES-“
“Wait! Who is this persona user?”
A series of images ran through Fuuka’s mind at the speed of sound, some familiar, some alien, all were memories of the events of 2009, some were certainly not her memories though.
“HE DEFIES FATE!”
“Juno! Juno! You need to calm down! Who is it?”
The slideshow of memories and images had stopped in Fuuka’s mind. What was instead being shown to her was a simple vision, three individuals, school students it seemed were walking towards an undetermined destination. Two figures who flanked the figure in the middle were wearing school uniforms, the centre figure however wore a dark red coat, along with a dark coloured beanie.
“Wait.”
At that moment, the figure in the middle turned his head to look over his shoulder. Fuuka could see for a single moment who’s face that was. Shock was beginning to take over the sensation of one’s body free falling while asleep was occurring.
“AAAAAAAAAAAAA”
Fuuka had found herself awoken on the foot of the couch on the floor, she had clearly fallen off the sofa when she was having her dream, she felt a slow ache in her back, but that was not of importance now.
Fuuka then took out her phone, and dialed her boss’s number.
Leblanc
Now playing: The hype by 21 pilots
“Alright, as long as you remember to close up your friends can stick around. Not for a sleepover though.”
“Understood.”
The thieves now were eating their freshly cooked spoils, thanks to Shinji’s culinary skills, to the uninitiated who were having their first ever Leblanc styled Curry were now having their world shaken by Shinji’s cooking. It was perhaps the best food they have had the entire month.
“Oh thish ish sho guud!” exclaimed Ryuji as he was consuming his curry at a breakneck pace.
Haru who was instead taking her time with her curry, was savouring the taste as they say.
“How is this curry so delicious?!”
“That would be a trade secret Haru.”
As the thieves laughed, shouted, and revelled in the fine spirit of the day, the television set off to the side happened to be showing sports, when Ryuji finished his plate, his attention was diverted towards the screen. It was a baseball game and the camera panned towards the upcoming batter, awaiting the sharp crack.
Shinji who was sipping a coffee instead, also had his eyes diverted to the screen. The camera panned upon the back of the batter’s jersey, when Shinji red the name on the back he was not smiling no more.
“JUNPEI IORI”
05
The moment of suspension that Shinji was having was then smashed by the crack of Junpei’s bat, and the commentators then going wild.
“This ball is crushed. Wow, WOW WHAT A SHOT BY JUNPEI IORI THAT BALL IS DEEP, I MEAN DEEP. CHEESE AND CRACKERS, HYDRATION, STATION.”
The commentators and crowd continued to contribute to the fanfare, as was Ryuji, Shinji remained silent.
“That’s Junpei Iori, I think I still got his baseball card somewhere in my room, I was such a fan few years ago.” Said Ryuji calmly, as he pretended he did not join the crowd’s fan faring.
Shinji, shaken out of his moment of pause asked Ryuji the following question
“Since when?”
“2014, 2015 he started getting well known by about that time. I used to just watch his games all the time on Sundays when I had nothing to do.”
Shinji remained focused on the screen, he had so many thoughts running through his head at this moment. But those thoughts remained hidden from his friends with a false smile. This false smile would remain on his face well until his friends left the café for the night.
Shinji sighed.
Notes:
Playlist
Гей нум, братці, всі до зброї!
https://youtu.be/ljdjQikpHXs?si=9iQ7teAVxKwES8xHThe hype, by twenty one pilots
https://youtu.be/frFdisA68Lo?si=AQesSVTH64TbGp6zBaseball commentators
https://youtu.be/ry-Ks5eQ5OU?si=fQRv54XfZ_Pk8Fmf
"We made a deal, our bonds are connected now, we set in motion things which cannot be undone"
-Johnny Animes
Chapter 15: Attack of the Kelly Gang
Summary:
Intended outcomes, Unintended side effects, Unexpected consequences
Notes at the end with song list
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
17/4, evening, the attic
Now playing:I care, by Syd matters
*Start video log 2*
“Alright”
Shinji was sat in his pajamas on his bed, it was late in the evening and he really should be getting ready for bed as it was a school night, however he could not find the state of mind to sleep. He would have to air them out to himself.
“Now its 1am at the 17th of April, we had just completed the operation and now have reached the third out of four floors of this palace.”
“We now will be taking a few days off to rest, recuperate, focus on school and a bunch of other crap. But really what I wanted to talk about, was you guys, SEES.”
“Takeba, way to go on becoming Pink Argus ! , I just found out a few days ago when I watched the interview you had.”
“It must be great for you being an actor for that show you watched back then with Ken, Minato, Minako and the others.
“As for Junpei, I saw your home run tonight on the TV. One of our team members went wild when you smashed that ball out of the stadium.”
“You two must be having the time of your life right now, heh.”
A solid moment of silence followed; Shinji was in introspection.
“I’m going to stress this again; in case this video log actually gets in the hands of former SEES members. What happened was not your fault. It was mine instead. You shouldn’t feel sad or cry at my tombstone . If there is one, I’ll likely go find it and .
Shinji’s tone had gone softer, more quiet and perhaps more personal.
“I will admit though, I miss you guys, seeing you all older than me and progressed further in your lives feels- It feels jarring. I know this probably means you guys probably moved on well after I died. I’m happy for you if that’s what that meant. As for me, It feels weird, how could I even explain it, I had just stopped. While you guys had lived out your lives since 2009, I had just woken up at 20XX, still eighteen. I had missed out on seven years. While you were all living your lives in the seven years since 2009, I had missed out.”
“I do not know how to feel about that.”
“Alright enough rambling, this new kid on the block has got school tomorrow and has a promise to fufill. See you soon.”
The velvet ferry
I see you have made progress in your journey.
Shinji found himself waking up on the ferry, he really wanted to go back to sleep instead of having to listen to Igor.
Through the bonds you have formed, you will come to possess a new power that we will help to nurture and develop further. For that to proceed, we will require two personas of your choosing.
After choosing two personas that he had picked up at the palace, he found the two had then been converted to cards. They were then blown off the ferry by a dry wind to then silently float the opposite direction the ferry was going. After a short pause, a card had floated up to the surface of the river which then one of the ferry folk picked up with their paddle.
Handed over to Igor, Igor then explained
This is your persona, reborn and baptized by these waters, they were made stronger by your current bonds and the strength they hold.
Igor held the card in front of Shinji. Silence was permeating the velvet room as Shinji took this moment to reflect and realize what one of the measures of his “potential” will be.
When you return, seek out new confidants, establish new bonds and partnerships for they serve to strengthen your capability to make new personas. I expect much of you. Good luck.
18/4, Tuesday, outside Leblanc at early morning
Shinji did not get much sleep, the night had proven to be a night filled with sorrow within his mind as he ruminated about what was lost due to him “dying.” Now after an early breakfast of leftover curry from the previous night and coffee, Shinji was now standing in the cold morning air, trying to let the cool air clear his eyes, calm his mind and sooth his soul. He however was interrupted by a text message
Ryuji: Should we come back to the palace in a few days?
Haru: If we keep at this pace we could theoretically get to the top floor by the end of the week if we go twice
Shinji:Agreed, we’ll go at Thursday then Sunday
Turning off his phone, Shinji could start to feel his mind and body going back to normal. Then a black cat made its way next to Shinji’s foot, yawning as first light started to rise.
Giving the small cat a scratch on its head, Shinji started to feel better as he drank in the first morning light of the day. Shinji took a moment to appreciate this cat’s presence and decision to just be around him as he got over what he was going through last night. He then put on his earphones and lifted his head up high.
“I’m ok now. Let’s fucking asskick the next few days.
Now playing:take on me, by a-ha
School time, 18/4 11am
“Man, has school gotten harder or what? Oh right, I haven’t been in school for two years, shit.”
“Well, at least most of the stuff hasn’t changed. Math still sucks ass though.”
Lunchtime, 1pm
Shinji sat alone at a cafeteria table, he forgot to ask where his friends usually went to eat their lunch, so he was sitting alone eating his curry and taking sips from his coffee out of a warm thermos. However, someone came to put Shinji out of his lonesome.
“Hey! Is there nobody else sitting on your table?”
“Nope, go ahead.”
“Awesome, thanks !”
As the auburn hair’d student sat down on Shinji’s table, both students remained quiet until she asked a question
“Sorry for not asking earlier, but what’s your name?”
“Oh, its Shinji.” Replied Shinji as he took a sip out of his thermos
“I’m Kasumi, its nice to meet you, those rumors about you aren’t true are they?”
“What rumors?”
“Some people are saying you’re a delinquent, that you assaulted someone or maybe were part of the Yakuza”
“Never heard about that one, or the other one. I think they’re just scared of me." "Heh."
“I never really believed in rumors myself, so I decided to go ask you yourself.”
Shinji couldn’t suppress a small grin. He couldn’t help but smile not only at this girl’s honesty and upbeatedness, but also because she reminded him of another auburn hair’d girl he got to know back in 2009.
“Well, I thank you for your honesty and for not believing the hype.”
“Thank you, that stuff looks delicious by the way, did you make it?”
Shinji, who was in the middle of a mouthful of curry, then replied
“Oh this? Yeah, I did make this, but the recipe is from the owner of a café in Yongen Jaya. It’s called Leblanc.”
“Now I really wanna go there.”
“You should, I work there.”
“Ok, now I seriously wanna go there.”
“See you around Kasumi ?”
“See you around Shinji.”
Shinji took out his pocket watch from his coat pocket and saw that lunch time was nearly over. He should probably pack it up and be ready for class. So, after saying his goodbyes to Kasumi, packing his food, he made his way out.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Faith Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
After school, 4pm
Shinji stood around the halls when class was dismissed for the day. This was routine, as any rumor meant possible information on Kamoshida, possible information on Kamoshida meant dirt. This was the first line of reasoning he had, but now that was seeming to be unsupported as it seems people had either better things to do, or likely were keeping silent. Instead, Shinji started to note down who were victims of Kamoshida’s deeds. This was easier for the most part, instead of hearing out for gossip which may or may not be true, Shinji instead had to eye out for students in red PE kit, black eyed and bruised all over. For the boys this was easy, for some of the girls this was too, but some came out without such marks of physical assault or violence. Instead, the 1,000-yard stare was present on some of the girls leaving the practice building. This made him even more concerned about those with neither, which happened to be some he knew. Kasumi exited the practice building, so did Shiho, that friend of Ann Takamaki. The Shujin practice building instead took a darker profile as Shinji saw the students exit it, it was an abyss where students were thrown into the gauntlet, to come out beaten black and blue, scarred physically and mentally, and even if they did escape such wrath, there was always the next day of practice.
What was found to be intriguing and utterly infuriating to Shinji was this one student, he wore a green sweater and appeared to be carrying some sort of laptop bag. Although he held a tired and weary face like some of the others, internally Shinji noted softly,
“the fucker's asking the female students to come back to the practice building!”
This infuriated Shinji, he clearly from the look of his face doesn’t like doing it,
“Yet he’s fucking doing it!”
He’ll have to ask Ryuji or Haru who the hell that guy was.
Late evening, Leblanc
“Keep scrubbing ay? I don’t wanna see a speck on those dishes!”
Shinji was scrubbing dishes for the night at Leblanc as Sojiro manned the counter. It was a quiet night with not much really happening. He couldn’t help but get angry at the sight of those who survived Kamoshida’s terrible wrath, only to be faced with the fear of the prospect of returning the next day or even five minutes later. It filled him with rage which he would use on attacking the stained dishes with the sponge.
Soon enough, a break in the tedium occurred when a customer entered the shop.
“Wel-“
Shinji noted the sudden pause by the boss, something was up.
“Hello there Sakura! Nice place you got here.”
“Oh. Its you.”
Sojiro’s tone had turned from a passionate fire to one of resenting tinder. It seemed to seek a spark but couldn’t find any.
“It’s a nice place, wouldn’t hurt to tell me about it.”
“Your order.”
“No small talk? How cold of you.”
“That smell, you’re still making that curry huh? Guess you haven’t gotten over her yet.”
“Well, I’m just here to say hi, I’ll be back soon. Buh bye!”
The boss couldn’t help but grumble silently to himself a few curses.
“How the hell did that son of a bitch catch wind of this place…”
Shinji, who had long finished washing the dishes while the conversation was taking place went to Sojiro’s side.
“That guy’s nothing but trouble isn’t he?”
“Huh, guess you got an eye for some things after all.”
“Well, if you’ve still got time now’s a good time for questions on coffee. Next time you’ll be learning about bean types. You won’t be of any use to me if you can’t pick up the ABCs of coffee.”
“Besides, ladies love a guy who knows his coffee, this won’t be such a bad deal for you.”
“I’m not into that shit.”
“Oh, come on. I’ve managed to pick up a few girls in my younger days with my coffee making skills.”
“I would only know of old friends who would appreciate it if I knew how to make coffee along with cooking well. Girls? I know nothing of that.”
Sojiro let out a little chuckle. It wasn’t disparaging or mocking in anyway, it to Shinji actually felt a bit endearing, and relieving that he didn’t press the matter any further.
“Well, either way I’ll teach you how to make good coffee so you can impress your friends, and I can sit back and relax.”
Heirophant Rank up!
Now playing:Iwatodai Dorm, reload.
19/4, Wednesday
A secure online meeting
The morning hours of the day is a time usually designated for those who had the luxury, a moment to admire the rising sun which was brought by a retreating moon who had just finished its night shift. For those who could afford such a luxury which happen to be relevant to our story though, it was not such a time. Instead of coffee in the brisk air and the rising sun though, cups of coffee and tea this morning for a particular group of individuals would be held over computer screens and for two, a meeting room.
The fact they had to meet up meant something was up.
“Hello everyone, I hope you all had sufficient sleep and rest because something has happened a few days ago which requires our attention, Fuuka tell them what you told me two days ago.”
Fuuka and her boss were both seated in the same meeting hall however alone. With the rest of the shadow operatives scattered around Japan, this was the only way to meet up as of current.
About a dozen or so attended the call. There was the boss herself, Mitsuru Kirijo, CEO and leader of the Kirijo group
Fuuka Yamagishi, who sat next to Mitsuru in person, and was the resident expert on robotics, technology, cognitive worlds and the collective unconscious.
Yukari Takeba, the actress for Pink Argus of Featherman, beloved by many in the country.
Junpei Iori and his beloved Chidori, a renowned baseball player who with his wife were perhaps the life of the Shadow Operatives Organisation S.O.O .
Akihiko Sanada, who now was in Hokkaido and acted as the S.O.O’s lieutenant and second in command.
Kotone Shiomi Arisato, a beloved musician and performer of some regard in local Iwatodai clubs and Aigis an Anti-Shadow Exterminator weapon who was made human and worked full time as part of the S.O, often seen donning a red tie and a suit, which Kotone adored.
There was one member who wasn’t part of the initial core of SEES which made up the S.O . She was Labrys, another anti shadow weapon system made human. She currently resides in Tokyo, able to bypass the shadow ban on active S.O members in the capital city. She was something of a loose cannon, and perhaps was the most standout of the group, donning a bomber jacket, and with a pair of shades on hand.
Only three members of the old breed from SEES were not in attendance. One was currently attending school, the second one was shot dead seven years ago in a dark and dank alleyway, and the third met a fate that mankind could not currently articulate except for a select few.
They all sat, listening carefully to what Fuuka had to say.
“Two days ago, I was visited in a dream by my persona Juno. Instead of our usual conversation, she instead was shouting to me. She sounded scared.”
“Carry on” said Mitsuru
Now playing:The voice someone calls
Fuuka continued “She said there were new persona users.”
The meeting erupted in shock. The coming of new persona users did not only mean new individuals with extraordinary power, but also perhaps an omen. Humanity was once again being held at the whims of a cognitive being willing to exploit man’s many flaws and shortcomings.
Horror was the next immediate emotion which took hold of the meeting. The prospect was an existential one, with many of the members of the S.O having experienced the first-time deities and gods of the cognitive mind of the collective unconscious of man had nearly brought humanity to its own self destruction. Now it was happening again, where new persona users, those new persona users would likely will receive a baptism of fire, having to figure things out on their own, and defy the world like the former members of SEES did on the promised day of 31/1/2009.
“Did Juno say anything else?” Asked Kotone in a concerned manner
“Did she disclose any further information of possible use?” asked Aigis?
“Bark!”
Fuuka replied “She then said there was one persona user with immense potential.”
“They must be the new wildcard this time.” Concluded Aigis
“She said that “He defies fate” .
“But how so? We also defied fate when we stopped the end of the world.” Asked Junpei
“Yeah, how so?” inquired Chidori
At this point, Fuuka started to tense up, and the expression on her face was one of being unsure, inability to articulate into words what she had saw.
“It’s ok Fuuka, I’ll tell them.” Reassured Mitsuru as she handed Fuuka a glass of water.
“There is no light way of putting this. We may have reason to believe Shinjiro Aragaki, is alive.”
The mood of the room had suddenly shifted again. Where there was horror, there was an immediate cessation of any prevailing mood. Then there was utter and complete shock and surprise.
The meeting then turned to one of silence. The truth, even at this point unchecked nor confirmed true, was strong and heavy enough to bear down on the old members of SEES, unpleasant memories, memories of a long dead comrade, a friend, a brother in all measures but blood. This permeated the meeting until Labrys, who was not part of SEES originally, broke the silence.
“So, what do we do now?” said Labrys in an inquisitive and sensitive tone
Fuuka, having gotten over the hardest part of this meeting, then explained.
“In the dream, there were also other people who were with Shinji. I noticed that they were wearing high school uniforms due to the symbol found on their uniforms. After some research, they appear to be from Shujin academy, a high school in Tokyo.
“Right Fuuka. If these are our new persona users, we have a new mission. Which is to head to Tokyo and investigate for ourselves.”
“But how?” asked Akihiko. “We aren’t officially sanctioned to operate in Tokyo, public security made that clear to us.”
“I ken go.” Stated Labrys
“That is right, you technically do not exist on the current active roster until your first mission as an active shadow operative. Your first official mission Labrys as our newest operative would be to confirm the new intelligence we had gained.”
Yukari raised her hand
“If Labrys can go because she is already in Tokyo, can I help her? I also happen to be in Tokyo for some interviews with the media. I think Junpei is also here.”
“Hell, yeah we are!” Exclaimed Junpei and Chidori
“Good. It looks like you won’t be on your own Labrys. Even though we are not sanctioned to operate in the capital, we can likely trickle in small groups of us at a time once per few months with a credible excuse to go."
“Works for me.” Replied Akihiko
“Ooh, can we go in the next batch?” exclaimed Kotone “I got a few singing gigs in Tokyo coming up in a month or two!”
“I will also accompany her, with Koromaru.” Followed up Aigis
“Woof!”
“Alright, if all is settled, lets consider this our new main priority mission. The objective is to assist the new group of persona users and to protect humanity once again.”
“And to see if our old friend is still around.” Replied Akihiko.
“Hear ye!” was the reply of several in the call.
The call soon ended after.
Now Fuuka and Mitsuru were alone, in the meeting hall discussing the mission.
“You have to let him know.”
“I know but, I would not know if this would be what he needs to hear now. He must focus on his final year of his high school education.”
In a formerly rare but now more commonplace display of certainty, confidence, and self-assuredness, Fuuka replied.
“I think you should tell him tomorrow. He is only alive today because of Shinji and he deserves to know. This is going to be important to him.”
“Even if I did, I would not be willing to send him to Tokyo. He has got his final year of high school ahead of him.”
“I think there’s something more important than that now.”
Mitsuru could only nod. Suddenly, the door to the meeting hall suddenly opened, out of the doorway came a man in a lab coat with glasses.
“Ah, Fuuka we can discuss this later. We both have important matters to attend to.
Fuuka exited the room. She doesn’t get angry, that is a fundamental fact about Fuuka that her friends will attest about. If she did, it manifests instead into attacking new work aggressively or at the gym. But this time, it was in the form of a quietly written SMS to one kid in Iwatodai, likely in math class.
Now playing: Old Friend, by Mitski
Takemi’s clinic
“Ok Shinji, this will be the first test run of a new drug I’m developing. If you want to back out now is your last chance.”
Shinji stared at the cup of red on the table. He could feel no dissenting voice within him, urging him to say no. That voice was always present when he was on the P.S.D, but now instead the dissenting voices were of others.
“Shinji don’t do it!” cried a voice which sounded like Akihiko
“Shinji please, it doesn’t have to end like this!” cried out Mitsy
But now there were new voices, they were of his new friends and associates he made here in Tokyo. However, they were instead dismissive and disappointed sounding.
Shinji had had enough. He wants them to shut up.
So he drank the whole glass. In one sitting.
“Wait, you weren’t supposed to drink the whole thing!”
Shinji grinned, and then collapsed onto the couch.
Sometime later
An hour later, Shinji woke up. There were no signs of the voices, the only voice however that could be heard was the real voice of doctor Tae Takemi.
“Despite you taking a higher dose then you were supposed to, I was still able to collect a lot of good data. Thanks to you.”
“No problem.”
Shinji sat up on the couch, still feeling a little hazy from being knocked out. He couldn’t remember the initial taste, he was knocked out too early to process it.
“But here’s the bad part, you’ll have to stick around for a bit longer in order to assess any adverse side effects, because you took a higher dose then you were supposed to.”
“How long?”
“Give it thirty more minutes, then you can leave the clinic, if any of those side effects occur when you’re out, text me in full detail and get over here asap.”
“Alright.”
“For now, try to relax and stay focused.”
“Understood.”
During those thirty minutes, Takemi was asking questions to Shinji in order to gauge if the drug had any effect on his ability to focus or to recount from memory. Eventually, one of those questions which came up was regarding the past.
“So if you’re new to Tokyo, where did you just come from?”
“Iwatodai.”
“I’ve been to Iwatodai, I was a bit hesitant because of the Apathy Syndrome outbreak which happened seven years ago.”
“Yeah?”
“I actually arrived in Iwatodai once it had mostly ended. In order to attend medical school.”
“Were there still “lost” by the time you had arrived?”
“What’s lost?”
“Lost was the name we gave to those with Apathy syndrome. They would just be laying around all over the place, not going home.”
“Oh. By the time I’d arrived there were still lost, it just happened they were in a new wing of the local city hospital there. I remember going there to see them as part of my studies. I think by that time they’d stop calling them lost, as the local city council declared apathy syndrome a mental health crisis, and took the issue seriously"
“What else happened?”
“Mitsuru Kirijo funded a new wing of the hospital in order to help those who had come down with apathy syndrome to recover and recuperate. Most had spent the winter of the previous year I’d arrived in winter. I remember a few who were dug out of the snow. They were called snow angels by the locals because they were miraculously still alive after spending winter in the streets with Apathy syndrome.”
“Damn.”
“Shinji felt the need to change the topic, lest she started to poke holes into his cover.”
“When you were in Iwatodai, did you at least go to a place called Hagekure? Best ramen I’ve ever tried.”
“You think so too?” Exclaimed Takemi in as excited of a voice the usually restrained doctor could manage “I keep telling everyone that the best ramen I’ve ever had was in Iwatodai! All the people here just say I’m nuts because it isn’t Ogikubo.”
Both Shinji and Tae exchanged laughs. What was a sober and slightly depressing conversation about perhaps the darkest hour that Iwatodai experienced was instead turned towards something both Tae and Shinji had enjoyed back in the city.
For Shinji, it was closure, and a sign that his former home had gotten back on its feet, and a sign that his friends were able to do it. They were able to destroy the dark hour and destroyed the vice grip that Tarturus, the dark hour, and apathy syndrome had on the city. And that the institution of Hagekure Ramen still stood standing despite the epidemic spread of apathy throughout its residents.
For Tae, it was a pleasant conversation born out of unintended consequences. Expecting her new guinea pig to display possible undesirable side effects. Instead, he brought back the memory of the best damn ramen she had ever had in her life.
Soon enough, Shinji needed to leave. He displayed no further side effects that day except for a longing for old Hagekure ramen. A side effect Tae also had been afflicted with for the day as well. As a reward for participating in the trial, Shinji would now be privy to a discount for any medicine from Tae.
Death Rank up!
Another video call, though on café wifi
Leblanc, evening
Shinji had just discovered video calling. He tested this out when he asked his team members one question of importance.
“Ok, there’s this guy who’s telling some of the sports kids to go back to the practice building after practice, I think he’s probably telling them to go back to see Kamoshida if you know what I mean.”
“Well, do you know what he looks like? We might know who he is based on that?”
“He wears a green sweater, and usually carries a laptop bag.”
“Oh! That’s Mishima. He’s part of the Volleyball team. He usually keeps to himself and spends his spare time on his laptop usually.”
“Alright. Well someone needs to light a fire under his ass to tell him to stop fucking over the other sports kids by telling them to go back to get beaten.”
“I agree. He shouldn’t be doing this.”
“Wait.”
“Why?”
“If we try to tell him to stop, we might get ratted out instead to Kamoshida, as he’s part of the Volleyball team he has wider access to him.”
“We also haven’t considered if he is doing this under duress. I think I saw him walking around with a nasty bruise under his eye. He’s saying its just practice being brutal. If you get what I’m implying here.”
“Right.”
“Ok. Lets hold off for now, but we definitely need to find out who’s going to be called up tomorrow. Otherwise, more people are going to get hurt more then usual in the next few days.”
“Hey guys, I have an idea.”
Now playing: Message man, by 21 pilots
The next day, 20/4
The lockers, early morning
Despite being a private organisation with a higher degree of spending than a conventional public school, Shujin Academy doesn’t really have substantial security. If the Kelly gang could just arrive before the lonesome security guard entered the premises to turn on the cameras, the gang should be fine. Moving through the back fire escape into the building, the Kelly thieves were able to make their way to the locker room of the practice building. It had only served to facilitate the current volleyball club and team. The other sports team, the former track team, had been consigned to the past with the coming of Kamoshida. That meant twenty-four messages for twenty four volleyball players.
In hushed tones, the thieves executed Ryuji’s plan.
“Ryuji, take the boys lockers. Haru, the girls. I’ll keep watch and security.”
Going to the respective locker rooms, both Ryuji and Haru started to jam in small messenger cards into the small and narrow slits on the sides of the lockers. These cards read.
“To the students of the Volleyball club and team, if you seek emancipation from the abuse and assault from your coach upon your bodies. You have from this day on an opportunity to avert such. We advise you to simply leave the school campus once practice is done. DO NOT stick around. If you seek to go further, consider perhaps even leaving the volleyball team, you do not deserve to come out of high school with a broken body and mind.”
“P.S, To the individual, if you’re the last one still sticking around, while the rest of the bunch take flight, Kamoshida will not show any semblance of mercy. Follow your friends and get out while the getting’s good.”
To whom it concerns,
K.G
With the distribution of sound advice and counsel complete, the Kelly Gang then withdrew from the locker room. They made their way to the roof. By the time anyone would reach school and start noticing the message cards, the shared alibi was that they were just gardening.
Now they were simply lounging on the now unfolded steel chairs that were scattered on the roof. Silently congratulating themselves on the execution of their scheme.
“Good job everybody. Hopefully when school ends, they follow our advice.”
“Don’t we know anybody else from the volleyball team who we can urge to not turn up to practice or to get out asap ourselves? We did what we could for the strangers among them though it isn’t a guarantee they’ll actually leave.”
After some thought, Shinji thought of one.
“Shiho.”
“Oh shit.” Was the reaction of Ryuji. “Ann’s best friend.”
“We’ll text Ann. We have her contact, surely she can get Shiho out of there, Haru can you do that later, preferably before the end of school?”
“Can do. On that note however, can you help me give my plants a watering?”
“Off course.”
And so, the morning was spent gardening. Any illicit activities the three might have partaken in had been buried with the seeds of emancipation, the roots of freedom, and the fruits of the Kelly Gang’s deeds.
Now playing: Persona, from Persona 3 FES
After school, the entrance to school
Shinji stood at the same spot he had stood two days ago. He had seen some signs of the message’s effect, that it created a large ass stir in Shujin. And it was the only thing anybody was talking about.
But now was the moment of truth, standing by the exit, the leader of the Kelly Gang wasn’t alone. Instead stood there Ann, likely waiting for Shiho. She’s following along.
Then when the bell tolled upon the moment practice ended, Shinji then counted the number of Volleyball club and team members who got out while the getting was good.
The first one to exit the practice building was Shiho actually. She exited the building with a smile on her face instead of a bruise. She then subsequently exited the building with Ann, and the two took exiting through the school entrance.
She was the first of twenty-three others who left the practice building. They had all vacated either in what looked almost like a straight line, or in groups of two to three. The Kelly Gang had perhaps accomplished a display of organization and calm decorum that a fire drill aspired to match, but failed repeatedly to.
Shinji felt like a Shepard when he saw what almost looked like a procession leave the building. He then put that thought to bed, as he saw the actual Ersatz shepherd among the sheep flock leaving the building. That would be Mishima, who trailed behind the bunch in his green sweater and holding his laptop holder. Looking over his shoulder keeping watch for the pack. Mishima spotted Shinji, and as he exited the building.
He gave Shinji a smile and a nod of subjective acknowledgment. Shinji although wary that Mishima might have figured out who had orchestrated the flight of the volleyball team, was assured that Mishima had only known, and simply wanted to give thanks. He had perhaps been reminded of what genuine agency and freedom of decision had felt like in a long, long while.
“Heh, I guess Haru was right after all.”
With that out of the way, Shinji made his way to the roof, the second operation in Kamoshida’s palace was about to happen soon. He could hardly wait.
Unbeknownst to Shinji however, he was being trailed by someone he thought had left the building already.
The roof, hideout of the Kelly Gang
Operation II: Attack of the Kelly Gang
With confirmation of operation one and a half, or operation 3G (Going when the Getting’s Good) as thought up by resident operation cool name thinker Ryuji’s complete and utter success. The Kelly Gang could now focus on the upcoming operation at hand. Unpacking their guns, their melee weapons, medicine, provisions and other equipment, the Kelly Gang was ready, they just had to go to the metaverse, take a moment to synchronise pocket watches, and then start the operation.
Beginning Navigation…
“Man. Kelly, how did you get the hang of this watch synchronization thingy?” asked Ryuji
“Lots of practice and operations with the old crew. A lot of fucking up as well helped.” Shinji replied
“At least we’re getting more experience using our new equipment.”
Haru tried to end the inquiry on a good note, only for Shinji to have the final proverbial word.
“Experience, is knowledge gained five minutes after you needed it.”
In this summation of learning from your fuckups over the past 500 years of human history in a single honest statement, the gang (sans Kelly) was then laughing. The laughing continued until all three members could hear a snickering who’s source was definitely not from them.
Turning to face the way they came, the gang saw one Ann Takamaki, standing in front of them.
"Ahh fuck."
Notes:
https://youtu.be/GydqGpcudL4?si=WFbCr2cxvGIb8Mus
I care, by Syd mattershttps://youtu.be/djV11Xbc914?si=XwCOGzzfTMqHFkzw
Take on me, by a-hahttps://youtu.be/9XRIj1_OTxA?si=p468qscu5fCdAvo6
Old friend, by Mitskihttps://youtu.be/iE_54CU7Fxk?si=fCo5q3eSIAtghH2M
Message man, by 21 pilots
Chapter 16: Regicide
Summary:
I'm not a princess...
Song list at the bottom notes
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
A bit earlier, a line outside an ice cream vendor
Now playing: Ruby, by 21 pilots
“Man, it’s been some time since we’ve been able to meet each other like this.”
“It's nice, especially with what has happened recently.”
Ann and Shiho stood at the line to an ice cream vendor. They’ve been looking for a gap in their respective schedules to be able to meet up like this and enjoy some ice cream, and the Kelly Gang were able to deliver on that.
“I’ll pay, don’t worry about paying Shiho.”
“Thanks Ann. I better be paying for yours next time though.”
Sharing a laugh, the two took a seat on a bench with an umbrella above providing shade from the sun. The seating area was surrounded by Shujin students, some of which had just left after receiving their call to freedom by the Kelly Gang.
Ann did not like spending time around Shujin students, whenever she was on campus there was always at least one person watching her, or talking about her looks to their friends. She tried her best to block out the whispers, the looks, the stuff talked behind her back, and worse. However, this resulted in her being lonely. Having been sent to Shujin to attend school while her parents, while loving and loved by Ann, had to attend business in far away places like Helsinki, New York, Berlin, Rome and other places for the family fashion line. They spared no effort trying to at least come back to Japan to spend the holidays with their daughter, but sometimes it was not enough. So Ann was alone,it had been ten months since she last saw her parents and she was alone for months at a time in a suffocating prison colony of a school and by extension the wider capital city of Tokyo.
This started to change when Shiho entered Ann’s life as her best friend and confidant. Suddenly there was one student from Shujin in her corner, always behind her. Any spare time which was shared between the two was spent with Shiho introducing Ann to the wider city of Tokyo and whatever leisure, activities and places they could go if they had the time and the money to do it.
Cat cafes, jazz dens, fishing spots, street food, cafes the whole nine yards. Suddenly the city of Tokyo did not in Ann’s eyes at least remained just a wider prison colony where Ann was to be lonely and miserable. Instead it became a world where as long as the trains kept running, Kichijoji stayed open, her best friend had time, what was previously perhaps the most miserable and soul-sucking period of her life perhaps became the most memorable and best years of her teenage years. At least until recently.
“I’m gonna do it.”
“Wait Shiho, you’re gonna leave the team?”
“I’ve made my choice, volleyball is fun until your coach starts fucking breaking your body. If I stayed there, I might not be able to do sports anymore because my body would be too broken by Kamoshida.”
“So what now Shiho?”
“Now’s time to enjoy your ice cream before it melts.”
Shiho and Ann shared a laugh. Any undertaking which both the girls took whether it was modeling or sports only made themselves attractive not mainly due to fun, but because of the idea of achieving your dreams or of being some rising star in your respective field of fame was just some years away if you were able to stick with it. Now Shiho sat eating her ice cream, thinking about which stars to aim for in order to land on the moon without raising too much hell in the process.
“So what now Shiho?” asked Ann as she took a spoonful off her mint chocolate ice cream.
“I might know a family friend who was a coach for baseball for a bit, maybe I should give him a call.”
Ann thought about Shiho being a baseball player, then she had the picture of Shiho in a baseball jersey in her head. Ann’s attention towards the conversation was only regained after a spoon of ice cream.
“So what does he do now? The family friend I mean?”
“Professional baseball, he was on TV back on Monday I think.”
“He’s not like Kamoshida isn’t he?”
“Complete opposite. He’s a total goofball and is an awesome dude. His partner is an artist who once drew a portrait of me some time ago when both of them visited.”
“Oh, that's good.”
“Maybe we’ll be able to meet up more like this, it's great spending time with you again outside of school.”
“And with me off the team, perhaps we will have more time.”
The two finished their ice cream and were about to get ready to leave, but Ann had other plans.
“Hey Shiho, you go on ahead I gotta go back and pick something up back at school.”
“Alright Ann, see you tomorrow?”
“You know it.”
And so they split in separate directions, little did both know that they’ll be heading towards the same direction. Destiny.
Now playing: Suspicion
Shujin academy, scaling the stairwell
Ann checked her texts, it was Haru that messaged her to scurry Shiho out of Kamoshida’s reach, she would have overlooked the text, not take a peek at the gift horse in its mouth like Shiho did, but her curiosity was getting the better of her. If Haru was related to this “K.G” in some way or form, perhaps…
Now Ann was standing by the doors which led to the roof, on the other side was Haru and her friends, presumably helping Haru tend to the garden. Strangely metallic sounds could be heard on the other side, it sounded less like gardening tools and more like machinery silently working itself. Ann found herself thinking
“There’s no way gardening sounds like this.”
Ann didn’t finish her thought when reality suddenly started to distort around her.
Back to present
“So what are we going to do now?”
“Are you serious? We can’t bring her, she'll get hurt!”
Shinji stood silent as Haru and Ryuji debated the merits and risks of bringing Ann along. He stood alongside Ann and was also internally debating the merits and risks.
“So, you really wanna come?”
“Yes.”
“Well, it doesn’t look like you’re going to take no for an answer.”
“And I really do not want to have to make sure you don’t let loose what we do here. That would be creepy and a pain in the neck.”
Ann did not get to know Shinji fully the first time they met. As Shinji sat mostly silent while Haru was doing the talking back in that restaurant where they’d first met and exchanged contacts. It was now that Ann could really acknowledge
“Jesus, Shinji’s a scary man.”
“Alright gang! Listen up.”
“We’re bringing Ann along, we can’t back out of the operation now to bring Ann back to reality. We have no idea if we could come back to the palace easily, so we’ll be bringing her.”
Shinji reached into his holster to give Ann his Smith and Wesson revolver, along with some other items which included a map, some bombs, and a canteen full of water.
“If we’re killed out there, you need to get out of here as fast as possible. Do you understand?”
“Y-yes.”
“Stay behind us and a bit back, do not loose sight of us.”
Now playing: The Initiated, by Ben Mathews,
0 hour
Traversing the first and second floor gave the Kelly Gang enough time to brief Ann on the motions of palace infiltration, from code names, personas, shadows, the limited knowledge held on how palaces work and the motions.
30 minutes
After traversing the second floor, the gang had arrived at the remains of the blasted wall that the gang blew apart with a cannon the last operation they were here. Now the path was open, and the gang (plus Ann) traversed towards the third floor.
31 minutes
Scaling the stairs to the third floor, the gang made their way towards the main hall. The gang made their way to Kamoshida’s personal study to reorient themselves.
“Alright, Ann can you hand us that map?”
“Sure, where are we anyway?”
“Kamoshida’s study.”
“We last got here when we cleared out the entire second floor. The guards here became pissed and angrier for some reason once we got up.”
“I mean, we blasted one of the walls here with a cannon.”
“Oh yeah, I did that.”
Olga went to sift through some bookcases for anything of value or importance that wasn’t nailed down. While Kelly kept trying to make sense of the liminal space that was Kamoshida’s residence. Thankfully, Olga did find something useful.
“Hey Kelly, found a map here. It’s for the third and fourth floor.”
Olga brought the map onto the table so all could see the layout of both the third and the forth floor.
The third was indeed, Kamoshida’s private quarters, study, pool, trophy room, bedroom #1, bedroom #2, so on and so forth.
“Ok. lets try to secure the most direct route to the forth floor. We can occasionally make some detours to nab anything that isn’t nailed down.”
Ryuji spoke up, “I like the sound of that trophy room, imagine if we can stealing Kamoshida’s volleyball trophies heh.”
“It’s looking like it isn’t too far out of the way of the stairwell to the forth.”
“Right, we’ll do it, Olga, hand that map off to Ann and we’ll get going.”
40 minutes
“You gotta me shitting me! Those sons of bitches are bulletproof!”
The shadows on this floor had changed. Instead of prioritizing quantity, the security on the floor was instead filled with what was presumably Kamoshida’s honor guard, his Varangian guard. Less prone to negotiation, more towards aggression, these guards were of a different stock compared to the now dead shadows in the floors below. The honor guard required instead persona power to be destroyed. However, being the honor guard, and in a better pay grade, these shadows dropped more loot and more cash. Which Ann would quickly shove into a duffel bag that carried their loot.
The halls and individual rooms and the shadows inside of them were smoked with bombs along with shouts and cries of Agi, Bufu, Eiha, Zio and Psi.The toll on the reserves of energy and on mental fatigue were being staved off by coffee and curry, but for how much longer?
Eventually, the gang did make it to the trophy room, Having gotten a taste for loot, treasure and booty, Teddy and Ann were ready to make off with whatever valuables from the room. Olympic medals, cups, whatever symbols of pride and Kamoshida’s riches they could take from the man who caused them so much pain.
Instead what greeted them was a macabre display. When the map said trophy room, they did not specify what “trophy” meant.
The trophy room was filled to the brim with animal heads, deer, lion, zebra, tiger, all matters of exotic animals and species, all mounted on display, complimented by a comfortable looking chair and fireplace.
Most telling of all, each trophy had a name attached, they were mostly girl names. Some had the names of boys as well.
A broken bone was on display above the fireplace, labelled Ryuji Sakamoto.
And out of this macabre display of taxidermy, laid an empty stand, yet to be displayed with its prize. Labelled “Shiho Suzui”
More empty stands could be found on the far side wall. Kelly could find only one familiar name, “Kasumi Yoshizawa.”
“What the hell?!” Ryuji exclaimed, “that’s my name over there near that bone!”
Ann, Kelly and Olga were silent. Taking in the macabre is a jarring experience for most, but it was followed with the slow and hard hitting implications of what that far side of the wall meant to Kamoshida. Kamoshida was a hunter, everyone in Shujin which fell into his grasp was game, and it was clear he took great pleasure in reveling of his conquests of the students he saw as just two legged game. The four thieves stood silently, a silent agreement and oath was made in that silence. This ends here.
A double barrel hunting shotgun was mounted on the wall, just above the fireplace and bone.
“Well… don’t mind if I do I guess.”
Shinji took the shotgun off its stand, at least this was a consolation prize from what was previously thought to be a room of treasure, at least according to the Kelly Gang.
1 hour
Things had started to get rough. Security only seemed to increase instead of going down every time the honor guard instead withdrew and consolidated to easier to hold positions in larger numbers . So these shadows of quality were then also in substantial quantity thus turning what was the individual rooms and hallways of Kamoshida’s private quarters into individual fortresses to be held by the best Kamoshida could offer. The coffee and curry was keeping the gang in the fight, but whatever stocks and reserves of mental fortitude and strength needed to let the personas loose was seeming thin, while the shadows were instead were increasing.
1 hour 10 minutes
“Guys, we might need to retreat for now, we aren’t gonna make it far at this rate.”
“But we’re so close to the stairwell!” Replied Teddy
Olga and Ann was in too exhausted of a state to argue.
“If we just make one more push! One more we might make it!”
“We’ve bitten off more then we can chew. We can come back some other time.”
While Ryuji and Shinji argued the negatives of the other respective party’s position. The shadows seemed to confirm Shinji’s point. Just not in the way he would’ve wanted
“FREEZE, WE HAVE YOU SURROUNDED!”
The guard had taken the opportunity to catch the Kelly gang while they were recovering. Now they were surrounded. To the pleasure of King Kamoshida, who stood behind his honor guard, laughing mockingly.
“King Kamoshida, my lord, should we execute them?”
King Kamoshida shuffled towards the front,
“Make way for the king and princess!”
Kamoshida shuffled towards the front to better see the Kelly gang, in his arms was brought forward a fake Ann Takamaki. A slave to Kamoshida’s lust and debauchery.
Olga gently told Ann to stay behind her, whatever happens next.
Kamoshida then decreed.
“Kill the men. Bring me the girls to me.”
“You heard the king’s order!”
As the fate of the Kelly gang was being decreed by King Kamoshida, something stirred in Ann. A voice a call coming deep from her soul.
“Oh come on Anne, it can’t end like this.”
Olga, who’s focus had been on shielding Ann from the creeping tide of Kamoshida’s honor guard had failed to notice what was happening.
“I was a simple waitress in Marco’s cafe at Dallas Texas when I was your age. But like you I had dreams and I was willing to raise as much hell as possible to get to them stars.”
“They said you could aim for the stars in order to reach the moon as long as you don’t raise too much ‘ell in the proccess. But it looks like there’s someone in the way of that now. How about a contract?
Ann drawed out the smith and Wesson Kelly had given her out of her pocket, cocking the hammer.
“I am thou, thou art I”
Now playing: Wiping all out, Kozuka remix
Ann shoved Ryuji out of the way, drew the revolver and shot up the “Princess.”
The princess then dissipated into black ooze. The only thing that remained was a black stained cat ear headband.
Ann surged forth, all the shadows that previously surrounded and conspired to murder the gang had taken pause in utter shock and horror. Their princess had been assassinated in front of their eyes by this fake. This pretender.
Taking advantage of this pure moment of shock and fear in the honor guard, Ann grabbed Kamoshida by the hair and held him at gunpoint. The sight of Ann holding their king a hostage at gunpoint suddenly roused the honor guard to attention. The honor guard had instead reverted to their prime directive. Protecting the king.
Seeing this opportunity to be free of the enemy, the Kelly gang were able to draw their weapons and fight back. They had turned from the game to be hunted for sport into the game hunters once again.
Continuing to hold the king hostage, the king then attempted to reason with the pretender. Tears running down his face after the sight of his “princess” being gunned down by her fake.
It was no use however, for a mask of crimson red had materialized on Ann’s face. In a moment of pure rage, joy and a manic expression of various other emotions at their high, Ann then ripped off whatever vestiges of control the fool had over her.
“Come! BONNIE PARKER!”
In the blast of hot blue fire and pure energy, came out the ghastly figure of Bonnie Elizabeth Parker, a woman in a dark dress with a smoking pipe in her mouth. A colt revolver could be found in her hand.
Then next came Ann, in a crimson red trenchcoat, with some bandoliers of ammunition slung around her shoulders. Accompanied with a sheathed Bowie knife by her side.
“Bonnie! Do it!” Screamed Ann with the fury and venom of a bag full of rattlesnakes.
Bonnie took out the pipe from her mouth, and spat out hot flames at the honor guard. The display was terrific. The bulletproof armor which thwarted the small arms of the Kelly gang had melted down into hot burning slag. Survivors were finished off with a hail of fire from the automatic weapons in the Kelly Gang’s disposal, courtesy of Olga’s Bar and Ann’s Tommy gun.
As was routine , the lustful and debauched king Kamoshida had fled the scene, nursing several burns in places the sun wouldn’t shine upon. The Kelly gang survived, and had gained a new member in the process.
1 hour and ten minutes
Kamoshida’s library
“How are you feeling now Ann?”
“Not too bad. Feels hard to breath though.”
Ryuji then handed over a bottle of ice lemon tea he bought from a vending machine before the operation started.
“Here, damn Ann. You were awesome out there.”
“Yeah. When you ripped out your persona and it spat out fire, most of those shadows turned and ran instead of staying to fight.”
“That was supposed to be the best of the best in this palace in terms of shadows and you made them run or become melted chocolate.”
“Hey Kelly?” Asked Ann who was still in possession of Kelly’s sidearm “you should have this back.”
“Thanks.”
“Hey, next time after a small break, we intend to come back and finish Kamoshida off. Would you like to help us?”
Shinji held out his hand
After a moment of anticipation by the gang, Ann’s reply was made clear.
“Yeah. Let’s stop this monster.”
A series of handshakes were exchanged. Then the gang fled the scene.
1 hour 25 minutes
“So, I guess we’ll need to give you a codename for when we work in the palace. How does Bonnie sound?”
“Sounds perfect.” Replied Ann, fixing up her trenchcoat and hat.
The real world, the faculty office
That headache of Kamoshida's isn't getting any better. On top of that, some students in Shujin had dared to defy him. Questions and accusations of his abuse were becoming the standard topic of discussion among the studentbase. Although the P.A and teacher staff of the school remained silent, they had grown uncomfortable being associated with the volleyball star, and left him out in the cold. A series of mental gymnastics and acrobatics was occuring in his head, appeals to keep going, to come clean, to run, to fight, to stay and a variety of other courses of action, all in a panic stricken mood and manner.
Akihabara
Mishima spent his time in an internet cafe, trying to make sense of what "K.G" might mean or symbolise. He took a sip out of his coke only to then recieve an SMS from someone he hoped he would not need to face tommorow.
Kamoshida: Bring me Kasumi Yoshizawa
Notes:
Song list
Ruby, from Regional at best, by 21 pilots
https://youtu.be/VtjggQ7l-nk?si=seVVvMvDfy04QA3dWiping all out, ATLUS Kozuka remix
https://youtu.be/HV49eqnjW5I?si=GuFXN5Ut7hEK4tK2The Initiated, from the game Rebel cops, by Ben Mathews
https://youtu.be/baK9ItS4N4Y?si=SmmU8n8HO0hO-bHe
Chapter 17: Початок кінця початку
Summary:
Ukrainian translation of title: Pochatok kintsya pochatku,
the beginning of the end of the beginning
I once again lost direction and suddenly 6500 words more or less happened
Notes:
Song list
The lamp is low, by Laurindo Almeida
https://youtu.be/hKjoLnjjp5E?si=4gNUK-6LDydM5vPFMoney, by the drums
https://youtu.be/tJMFvMuv2RU?si=SjDrVufL1DrZSjbmHomestead, from an imaginary western, by Steven Lynn
https://youtu.be/qI9AfKGIr2A?si=ivAOkZNeEnwMajwBRecess for Rebels, from the game Rebel cops, by Ben Mathews
https://youtu.be/v27TDunt4ac?si=RR1gq_WAxjOtb2TaArmed to the teeth, a PAYDAY 2 metal cover, by Alex Yarmak
https://youtu.be/bT499GBXPFA?si=0S5WGGmX0gJE_jUhPortrait in Bossa Nova, by Joao Gilberto
https://youtu.be/vMKlGFCGTJQ?si=zE_jncyX6x4KpRkjNew chapters will be a bit more staggered due to University, sorry for the inconvenience
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Now playing: No more what ifs
Kichijoji, the jazz den
20/4, Late evening
Labrys sat in a table close to the far corner, awaiting her shadow operative colleagues. Labrys by far had more free time even with shadow operatives business, far too much time. For the first three years, that time was spent discovering herself, enjoying living life, and forging a close bond and friendship with her fellow shadow operatives, scientists at the Kirijo research wing into cognitive worlds, and navigating the ever changing and evolving state of being alive and living with the help of Aigis.
Labrys was easily the most popular and beloved of the shadow operatives. To some extent, she had filled the hole left by Shinji and Minato with her standup personality and energy. She was always eager to learn more about both Shinji and Minato from those who knew both of them. Some might see this as a perhaps detrimental. Trying to live up to the monumental memory and joy that Shinji and Minato had brought to former SEES. But she liked to think she did a pretty good job. Now she sat alone with her own thoughts, in a warm bomber jacket, letting the words of the singer at the stage soothe her soul and any lingering thoughts and apprehensions she had about the mission at hand.
Soon enough, the current shadow operatives apart from Labrys who were in Tokyo, had arrived, however discretely. Being of celebrity status, Junpei and Yukari had to arrive in disguise. Chidori also accompanied the two, having been a shadow operative once she graduated high school and got her life on track thanks to former SEES members, especially Junpei.
After exchanging greetings and ordered drinks, the four shadow operatives sat to discuss the details on the mission. Yukari, being the most senior member at the table (as no.4 operative), currently in command of the current deployment of shadow operatives until a shadow operative of higher seniority was present, therefore she initiated the discussion.
“Ok. We have a few objectives, we need to confirm the scale of cognitive distortion is present here in the city. Then we need to find this group of persona users and affirm whether they are interested in cooperating with us. Lastly, we need to confirm if Shinji is alive.”
Junpei replied with questions of his own.
“Are we going to be on our own for now?”
“Not for long. We know Kotone, Aigis, Fuuka and Koromaru will be deployed later. But we also have help from others too.”
Junpei then opened up
“Who?"
“Its someone from Iwatodai, Mitsuru and Fuuka trust them.”
“He'll be here to help set up operations, make sense of whatever is happening here, and is also a qualified counselor.”
“Sweet.” Replied Chidori, as she sipped her mocktail.
“As for the new group of persona users, we gotta assume that they’re figuring out things as they go just like us.”
“Man.” Said Junpei, “you think it’ll just be like 2009 all over again Yuka-tan?”
“Yeah Jun. But at least we’re prepared to some extent.”
Labrys then picked up the conversation again.
“Since you guys are busy, should I take over trying to find this group of persona users?”
“Sure, just be careful, and don’t be gung-ho. We need to cooperate with them.”
“Noted.”
“Can I also help? ” Asked Chidori
“As long as you don’t get hurt Chidori.” Replied Junpei as he took a sip out of his root beer
“Don’t worry about me Jun Jun.” says Chidori in a lovingly mocking accent
“You brought me back.” Chidori followed up, smiling at him
Junpei smiled, only to then lay out the elephant in the room.
“And what happens if we really do find Shinji?”
A moment of silence followed. Yukari tried to think of what to do if Fuuka was right, and Shinji was really alive.
“To be completely honest, I don’t know. Kotone, Misturu and Akihiko would know better."
“So we’re figuring it out as we go?” Asked Labrys
“Yeah.”
The table was completely silent, with all shadow operatives in a deep contemplation. Except for Chidori, who was enjoying her mocktail and the live performance on stage.
“I think we can do this.” stated Labrys
“Yeah. What’s the worst we can do?” Asked Junpei
“Well, let’s focus on what we can do. No use worrying about what we can’t do now.”
“Amen.” Replied Chidori, who was finishing her drink.
The shadow operatives would enjoy the rest of their evening in the jazz den, with business out of the way, they were able to enjoy the relaxed atmosphere in the restaurant. It was now not a shadow operative meeting, but a gathering of friends, old and new and the joy that came with having good company around.
“Now that I’m thinking about it” elaborated Junpei
“That group of new persona users are maybe going through what we went through back in 2009.” Explained Junpei
“What do you mean?” Asked Yukari
“Well, we were figuring out the dark hour, our new personas, figuring out how to fight as a team, all while balancing school and our lives at the same time.”
“Oh yeah, you’re right. Well, at least we can sort of understand what’s going through their heads. Because we were in their position seven years ago, man that brings me back.”
“Man, it has been ages since we graduated from high school.”
“Yeah. I’ve got a lot of good and bad memories coming back to me now.” Elaborated Junpei.
Chidori could only smile and snuggle up to Junpei’s side. It was getting late.
“Should we get ready to go?” Asked Labrys
“Yeah, we should. We got a lot of work ahead of us.”
“I can pay the bill.”
“No Junpei, I will.”
“But I insist!”
“Let me pay the bill this time, Stupei!”
While the two old friends argued the reasons why the other shouldn’t pay the bill, Labrys and Chidori could only giggle and smile. There was a lot of work ahead and while Yukari had to still worry about being pink Argus and filming Featherman, while Junpei had to worry about professional baseball, both Chidori and Labrys were instead preparing for their first proper shadow operative mission. A lot was possible, a lot of work had to be done. But this was what both of them had been training for for the better part of almost five years. They were ready.
Meanwhile, in Yongen Jaya
Leblanc
Now playing: The lamp is low, by Laurindo Almeida
Start Recording
“Hello, hello is this thing on?”
“This is Shinji, the day is Thursday the twentieth of april. The second operation was a…”
“Mixed success.”
“We failed to reach our objective, but we gained a new persona user who would help us.”
“We’re gonna have another go at it on Sunday.”
“Man. It’s hard starting all over again. Back when I had Castor, there was no competition, we were invincible, though maybe that’s for the best. I guess you’ll be lecturing me about getting strong and that crap if you were here Aki.”
“At least Ned’s better. He’s calm, has a sense of humor, and doesn’t try to kill me.”
“I wonder if the other guys' personas talk to them. Maybe you guys know the answer to that. You probably had your Kirijo scientist nerds look into that.”
Shinji shuffled around, trying to think of something to say to the camera.
“I’ll likely have to get her a pocket watch and an armband too. I wonder if you guys still hold on to those. I still have mine, and it works just as new.”
“You know, there's a chance these recordings won’t make it to you guys. And maybe we won’t be seeing each other ever again. But if that happens, don’t be too worried. Besides, I have new people to look over and make sure they don’t get themselves killed. They remind me of some of you guys. I also got myself a job, cooking curry and coffee at this coffee shop at Yongen Jaya. Honestly Chagall's looks more like that Starbucks crap the more I drink coffee from here.”
“Anyway, I need to sleep. The next two days will be preparation for another go at the palace. If you’re around Iwatodai and walking Koromaru to the shrine, please pray for us, we’re going to be seeing this through to the end.”
End recording
21/4, Friday
After School
Now playing: Money, by The drums
Shinji exited the antique dealer shop with an additional pocket watch, along with some other luxuries. They weren’t entirely necessary nor needed at the palace, but due to some certain circumstances that the cognitive world had, this would be one.
The recent difficulties experienced during the second excursion into the palace (along with the stupid amount of cash collected, even after divvying it up between all members, with Haru forgoing her share, passing it to Ann instead). Bringing Shinji to the decision of a shopping spree.
So now he found himself going through shops in and around Shibuya, window shopping.
Shinji never really got the concept of shopping. His first friends never did either, Mitsy never really did shopping, neither did Aki. He did not continue to understand shopping in general when he moved back to the dorm, and subsequently had new roommates who did shop on the daily. Yukari, Kotone, Fuuka they all shopped on a daily basis for non essential stuff.
Maybe it was because Shinji now had the means to shop for beyond mere essentials, but Shinji now found himself ironically feeling the need to shop for more than just mere survival, and he was aware of that. Thinking about it now, it must've been his time on the streets that made the concept of shopping for leisure an alien concept.
Perhaps if his old SEES team somehow found him, and managed to suspend their belief in his apparent resurrection, he could ask Yukari to help him find some damn new clothes. As long as they weren’t too expensive nor what the Americans call “bling” .
Carrying his newly bought wares in a duffel bag, Shinji wandered around Shibuya to see if there really was anything which might catch his eye. Instead, when he went down into the underground mall, only to then bump into Ann unexpectedly, doing her own shopping.
“Hey, didn’t see you as a shopping kind of guy.”
“I was just shopping for essentials, not for clothes.”
An awkward pause then occurred, Shinji was then compelled to hand something off to Ann which he had gotten from the Antique dealer.
“Perfect timing meeting you here actually.”
“Yeah how?”
“I got this from the antique dealer store for you.”
Shinji took the pocket watch he got from the store and handed it to Ann
“Phones refuse to work in the palace, to take track of the time we spend in the palace, we need old analog watches or pocket watches.”
“As a member of the Kelly gang, this is now yours.”
“Thanks Shinji, you bought that with the money from Kamoshida’s palace?”
“Yeah. Why do you ask?”
“Well, I always see you wearing that coat around, why’s that?”
“Had to be for a while, I used to be sick a lot so I wore it for some years.”
“When was the last time you went clothes shopping?”
Shinji froze, he really couldn’t remember the last time he went to get new clothes. Being homeless meant only packing as much essentials as can fit in his bag. Money was for food, water, medicine and showers, not for getting new clothes. Additionally, his condition when he was on the PSDs made wearing that damn jacket a necessity, any sort of effort to expand the non existent wardrobe a waste.
But now he had a room, a decently sized wardrobe, a body that wasn’t cold enough to be pissing out ice cubes, and for once, some cash.
“To be honest, I don’t really remember.”
“We need to change that.”
What followed was an immediate trip to the nearest clothes shop in the underground mall, followed by the purchase of several sets of clothes, and some more in addition to summer. Ann paid for all of it using her share of the palace money she had hauled when she went with the gang into Kamoshida’s palace. While the two of them shopped, browsed, tried out new clothes, and other motions, another conversation was occurring deep within both the personas they held.
“So Ned? Why are you allowing this? Shouldn’t he be focused on working on the next score instead of fucking shopping?”
“He never was able to have this life. I’ve seen it Bonnie, his life was much like mine, short, unfair and hard fought. He did not fight for his self image like you did Bonnie.”
“C’mon Ned! This isn’t about me, it's about him!”
“If it's about him, then it's about me just as equally.”
“Think about it Bon, if he had a normal life, went to school without interruption, had friends of great quality, without needing to strife against the world?”
“I embody him in those what ifs ,what if my father wasn’t hauled to prison, I kept going to school, kept my siblings out of trouble, and got enough money to start a farm somewhere nice?”
“Hmm. But those are just what ifs. They won’t ever be. That was made clear for me when I met my end at the end of several bars and the cops who used them, and you when you met the rope.”
“We’re now acting in the stead and guardianship of these kids now. If we don’t allow them the life we had taken from us, what does that make us?”
Now Bonnie stood by and thought about the time she had been serving coffee and pancakes at a diner in Dallas. It was a life entirely foreign to her now, but a sense of weariness started to envelop her like a warming blanket. She now couldn’t help but think of a more peaceful life instead, perhaps someone as loving as Clyde was. But as she said, that was a what if, what would matter now was the safety and lives of the Kelly Gang, and Ned had a point.
Now both Ann and Shinji stepped out of the store, Shinji carrying both his duffel bag of palace essentials and a plastic bag full of clothes.
“Thanks Ann. I don’t think I would’ve had the balls to go clothes shopping for myself.”
“Hey, next time you need help, call me.”
“Sure.”
“Hey Ann?”
“Yeah?”
“See you at school.”
“You too!”
Lovers rank up!
A voice then emerged within Shinji’s head. It was Ned.
“Your friends, you pals. Their destinies and lives are in your hands. I trust you have that in your mind.”
“Yeah Ned.”
“You also should be paying more attention to your education, boy.”
“Even with all that is going on?”
“You have to make something of yourself in the real world as much as you are in the minds of the people-folk.”
“I’ll- try.”
“I trust that you will, boy.”
The attic, Leblanc
Now playing:Homestead, by Steven Lynn
Shinji was sorting out his newly bought goods. The clothes were easy enough to fold and store into the shelves, however his newly bought things weren’t so.
The first was a sewing machine, he had decided if he was to make new armbands for new gang members they would be done here in the attic instead of the home economics room, lest that student council president think he was up to trouble.
Taking out thread, he spent time sewing up a new armband, this time marked No. 3.
Sojiro went upstairs to ascertain what Shinji was doing. Seeing Shinji hunched over at his desk, sewing red fabric.
“I see you’re into sewing.”
“I had to, clothes get torn all the time, it happened a lot when I was homeless.”
“Hang on, you were homeless?
“Yeah."
"What about your parents?"
Never had them. I had a friend who did get adopted who’d let me crash in with them.”
Sojiro stood there in shock and revelation. His conjured image of Shinji was changing at this moment, with the expression of shock turning into one of an elderly responsibility.
“That's besides the point.”
Sojiro sighed.
“Look kid, I know I was a bit hard on you earlier when you first arrived, but I’m legally your guardian that means something to me. You can come to me if you need help, ok?
“Ok.” replied Shinji. Not in a cold manner but in a focused tone. He was at work, ready to bring Kamoshida’s downfall.
Sojiro went downstairs for a short time, only to come back up with a bowl of curry and a mug of coffee. He then gave Shinji a pat on the back, and then went back downstairs to close up shop.
Shinji had a sigh of relief. The old man wasn’t able to take a peek at what Shinji was sewing. He wasn’t caught yet.
Heading straight to his duffel bag, Shinji then took out another one of his “essentials” that he bought while shopping, a laptop. He placed the laptop on the workbench he had cleaned up when he had first arrived here.
“Now. How the hell do I make you work?”
After some quick reading on his phone on how to use his newly bought laptop, Shinji then logged a new user on the system.
“Insert new username”
“Hmm.”
Shinji thought a good long while on whether he should use his real name. For the first time he was logging his name into a computer that was entirely his.
“Eh. I’ll use my codename, what’s the worse that could happen?”
New username: Ned Kelly
After working out the details and motions of setting up his new laptop, Shinji then went on the nearest search engine and then keyed in a few searches (in incognito mode off course)
How to make smoke bombs
“How to make Molotov cocktail
How to make lock picks
After taking his time going through how to make a series of several illicit tools needed for the upcoming operation into the palace, Shinji got to work on making new equipment, along with any stacks of cash that those shadows had dropped, there was always left over miscellaneous objects that Shinji was struggling to find use for. He thought about selling them to the gun shop’s clerk, maybe he would find it useful. But he would likely raise the question and Shinji couldn’t find a convincing answer in him. It egged Shinji because he was not a hoarder. He had to find some use for them otherwise they would have the usefulness of a chocolate teapot.
Lockpicks were easy, you needed paper clips and a tension wrench. Molotov cocktails required stealing goods from the kitchen that the old man never used. Beer requisitioned from the back end of the fridge. They were past their expiration date and were certainly forgotten by the boss, but now Shinji found a new use for them. Now Shinji took some cooking oil and soap then mixed it with the alcohol. According to the internet, Shinji’s improvised mixture which he was pouring into the glass bottles were now stickier and harder to put out. They were now improvised napalm stored in Asahi beer bottles.
“Well, for the first attempt at improvised chemistry, I think you did pretty well, Shinji.”
Shinji stored the bottles and lockpicks in the spare duffel bag he had stored his newly bought computer earlier. He would take the fruits of his improvised tinkering tomorrow to school and store it in the same gardening sacks the guns were stored. With luck, any of the surviving honor guard of Kamoshida will join their non surviving brethren in the ashes and dust that laid around the red carpets of the third floor.
22/4 Saturday
Lunchtime
Now playing:Recess for rebels, by Ben Mathews
Shinji sat alone again at the canteen, he had stored his newly improvised cocktails in the sacks as safely as possible. Haru strangely enough was taking the development well that her garden was now a storage facility of firearms, hand grenades and fire bombs surprisingly…
Now Shinji sat eating his curry, he was left alone until two unfamiliar familiar faces showed up. It was Kasumi and Mishima.
“Hey, can we talk?” asked Kasumi
“Something serious is happening and we know nobody else to go to.”
Shinji gestured to them to follow him. He bagged his leftover curry and coffee and led the two to the roof.
The roof
“Fuck.”
“So I instead went to Kasumi and told her that Kamoshida wanted her, we couldn’t think of anybody we could go to, I then thought you could maybe help us.”
“Shinji what can we do?” asked Kasumi in slowly heightening anxiety
“Hmm.”
“Can you two keep a secret?”
Shinji then took out his phone
Ann_Takamaki,Haru,Ryuji_Sakamoto,Shinji_Aragaki
Shinjiro_Aragaki:Something serious has happened get your asses up here to the hideout now
Haru:Did the firebombs break???
Ann_Takamaki: We had firebombs???
Shinjiro_Aragaki:Thats not it, just get up here now, you too Ryuji
Ryuji_Sakamoto:I'm in the goddamn toilet give me a moment!!
Soon after, the gang assembled on the roof, with Kasumi, Mishima and Shinji taking seats on the folding chairs while the other gang members stood and listened.
“Ok, you two tell them what you just told me.”
“Two days ago, I gotten a message from Kamoshida telling be to bring Kasumi to him.”
“I instead told kasumi what happened instead.”
Kasumi then held an open palm out to Mishima that she’ll take over explaining from here.
“We all know what happens to me if I go to Kamoshida, but if I don’t go to Kamoshida, Mishima will have the piss beaten out of him instead.”
“So we panicked, then we calmed down, then we decided you were the only ones we could go to.”
The gang stood or sat silently, after listening to what Mishima and Kasumi had to say, their expressions betrayed an expression of silent rage and resolve.
Haru was the first to break out of this betrayal of resolve.
“You two were right to come to us.”
“Really?” Asked Mishima
“ We really really want that sick son of a bitch to get what's coming to him." said Ryuji
Ann then spoke
“Maybe you two should hang around us from now on. Kamoshida can’t easily get at us if we’re all together.”
Ryuji nodded
“Maybe we should also exchange contacts too!”
“Agreed, Kasumi, Mishima you two should stay close to us from now on until-.”
“We. Deal with Kamoshida.”
Mishima nodded with certainty. However Kasumi nodded with the slightest hint of angst and anxiety.
After school
Shinji_Aragaki,Ryuji_Sakamoto,Haru,Ann_Takamaki,Kasumi_Yoshizawa,Yuuki_Mishima
Haru: everyone, make your way to the front entrance stat, do not go alone bring a friend.
Haru stood at the front gates of Shujin, eagerly waiting for her fellow gang members (plus two) to show up in order to escape school. Her perception of the school had changed after viewing Kamoshida’s trophy room. The school was now more akin to a lion’s den, with Kamoshida being the lion and the school being its prideful owners. Who fed the lion with those supposedly under its care with callousness.
Now she and her friends were all trying to escape the lion’s den and its clutches. She could see them making their way to the front.
First to exit was Kasumi and Ryuji, they exited the front gate chatting about sports and seemingly getting along well.
Then came out Ann, Mishima and Shinji, who exited the building with vigilance. In case the lion came thirsting for their flesh. They then proceeded out of the gate to join Kasumi and Ryuji.
Haru breathed a sigh of relief. She then started walked out only to hear the voice of the last man she wanted to hear from.
“Hey. Have you seen Kasumi Yoshizawa around?”
Haru turned around to see Kamoshida, visibly looking more tense, stress perhaps, but a great deal of underlying anger, wrath, and a tinge of desperation could be heard in his voice and tone.
Facing Kamoshida directly on, and staring him in the eyes with a look of pure contempt.
“No.”
Kamoshida and Haru were locked in what seemed to be a game similar to chicken. Both were determined to get what they wanted. Kamoshida wanted Kasumi, Haru wanted that man to leave her alone.
The staring contest continued for what seemed like an eternity. Until Kamoshida cracked first. Kamoshida then let out a dismissive sigh and retreated back into the depths of Shujin. Haru did not notice, but some distance behind her were her comrades, all sharing the same look of contempt, of hate of Kamoshida. The three individuals standing behind Haru had seen him for what he truly was. What he thought of himself, his students (subjects), the school that he ruled over, and his intentions.
Kamoshida intended to take everything from his subjects. There was no mercy or even the show of such to be expected from Kamoshida.
Neither will such be expected by the Kelly Gang.
An eye? Both eyes. A tooth? The whole jaw.
Having sent Kamoshida packing, the gang withdrew, taking Kasumi and Mishima in tow to somewhere they could be alone and able to plot the deposal of Kamoshida.
A rage room 4:30 pm
The gang (plus two) weren’t in the best of places mentally at this moment. Now there were real stakes to failure or failing to steal kamoshida’s desires and heart as soon as possible. There existed before visible stakes, the gang were able to comprehend that the longer Kamoshida stayed at his position of royal influence and control, nobody would remain safe from his clutches forever.It just that now it happened to be one of their newly made friends that was to be next.
Ryuji seemed to understand the mood ruminating around them, and suggested that they take their anger and frustration out on a rage room.
Renting a room for an hour, the gang and their companions were given a room with a series of fragile objects (glass bottles, vases, tv sets broken electronics etc) and an array of various tools of destruction from axes, hammers, bats, sledgehammers and other tools of mass destruction in the hands of seventeen to eighteen year olds with a large presence of anger, fear, anxiety and rage, and an absence of adult supervision.
Now playing: Armed to the teeth a metal cover, by Alex Yarmak
For the next hour, the pile of fragile trash that was scattered among a 25 by 25 square inch room became the subject of the Kelly gang’s collective anxiety and anger at the situation. The six of them in thick jumpsuits and head protection provided from the staff took out for them. If the staff were chroniclers of Greek myth, they would say that the six students who went into that soundproof room, were to be likened to those possessed by the spirits Lyssa and Maniae, daughters of Nyx.
The staff must’ve sensed the need for release in this group of over anxious and angered group of teenagers. As the destruction of the room was accompanied by some metal music track. Nobody was complaining though, the sound was tearing away any notion of holding back. The loudspeakers couldn’t help but vibrate as violently as the track was moving the gang towards destroying the room.
Everyone else had their turn consigning all the things in the room to the base components. Kasumi, Ann, Ryuji and Mishima most especially. They took it out especially on the TV set, with broken shards of the monitor lining almost the entire floor. The four of them had spent a good amount of that hour beating the TV set as if it either gave out money or was a representation of the tyrant which sought to destroy their lives.
Shinji was the last to let out his anxiety and anger in the room. He tried to muster out whatever reserves he could find but was found lacking. Failing to draw upon sufficient stocks of such, he brought himself back to the memory of the forth day of October, 2009. Although seven years ago, it was only just two weeks ago for him.
The shots that killed him were still clear and precise in his mind. Then followed the agonizing expressions and faces of his friends who had to be witness to his final moments of life. Instead of regret, there was instead a red hot seething rage which had now boiled over.
Taking a sledge hammer, Shinji then proceeded to slam it towards what remained in the room. Every swing matched the rhythm of the track, as while the others instead smashed the TV set according to their own tempo, Shinji smashed the remaining objects in the room more like an automated machine, no emotion was expressed in his face. There was only the face of the man who shot him that was clear and present in his mind.
A thought ran through his mind as he continued smashing.
“Aki, I hope you settled the score with that little shit, if he’s still alive you'd wish you dealt with him rather than seeing me do it myself.”
Shinji had finished smashing the third printer in the room when the hour was over.
Track end
5:30pm,
“Sorry for not giving you much time to smash stuff Haru” apologised Ryuji
“It’s alright, I’ll be doing that tomorrow anyway.”
Kasumi looked to Shinji and whispered
“What do they mean by that?”
“It’s hard to explain.”
A pregnant pause occured, some deliberation and thought ran through Shinji’s head on whether involving Kasumi in the operation was an advisable decision.
“Would you like to help us?”
Kasumi looked at Shinji with at first an unsure expression, only to then form a determined response
“Yes.”
“Alright. Meet us tomorrow.”
“Ok… wait isn’t it Sunday tommorow?”
Shinji paused. Off course, school would be closed tommorow.
Shinji thought of a response.
“Well, remember you said you wanted to go to Leblanc?”
“Yes.”
“We’ll meet there.”
Turning to face the rest of the gang, Shinji addressed them
“Alright. Is everyone feeling better now? Got it out of the system?”
Everyone nodded.
“Good. Tomorrow we meet at Leblanc to pick up where we left off, Mishima?”
“Yes?”
“If he sends you anymore messages you need to tell us as soon as possible. Otherwise, I think you should consider calling in sick to the school until we deal with Kamoshida. He may take it out on you if he can’t have Kasumi.”
“Got it. Whatever you guys are gonna do to him, good luck.”
“Thanks.”
Now playing: BEST OF JOÃO GILBERTO - PORTRAIT IN BOSSA NOVA, full album
The gang and their extras managed to somehow all find seats on the metro to their respective homes. While commuting home, a series of conversations were held between themselves.
“So Ryuji?” asked Ann
“Yeah what’s up?”
“How’s your mom doing? Haven’t seen her since middle school.”
“Oh. She’s doing ok, though I wish I can spend more time with her just to make sure she’s not too lonely.”
Ryuji continued
“How are your parents? Still overseas?”
Ann sighed. “Yeah.”
“Damn.” replied Ryuji.
“Hey Ann?” asked the blond haired boy
“If you wanna come by for cookies and video games like we used to, I think my mom wouldn’t mind.”
Ann paused, and deliberated for a short moment.
“Ok, but after all of this is over alright?”
“Awesome! Mom can’t wait to see you after so long.
And so the two of them continued talking about how Ryuji’s mom was doing, to the gang members who were sitting next to them, listening over the rabble and inaudible noisiness that was the train ride, they could only come to one natural conclusion. Ryuji’s mom was probably cool.
While that conversation was going on, Mishima and Haru were also holding a conversation of their own at the same time as Ryuji and Ann were.
“Mishima?”
“Uh, yes Haru?”
“What will you do when you get back home?”
“Oh, I’ll probably be developing photos.”
“What do you mean?”
“I do photography on the side as a hobby, and post my photos on the internet.”
Mishima took out a phone and scrolled through photographs he had taken. They were regular scenes of streetlife in and around Tokyo, from Akihabara, Kichijoji and other places.
“I have no clue why, but one day I started to post these photos online and it seems people like them for some reason. No clue why though.”
“That’s amazing. What else do you do in your spare time, Mishima?”
“I collect older cameras as a hobby. The ones where you need to develop the photos afterwards in a dark room.”
As they elaborated further on the technical aspects of cameras from the 60s, Polaroid cameras, etc they were observed by a silent Kasumi, who was seated to a sleeping Shinji, taking a nap in his seat, his beanie covering his eyes.
Kasumi was alone with her thoughts, a series of thoughts ran hard and fast through her mind. She thought of her coach, her dad, practice, how hungry she was feeling, and her older sister Sumire. Last she heard of her, she was taking an internship as a cognitive psychologist and researcher at a University in Iwatodai. She missed talking to her.
And so she kept being alone with her thoughts, until a voice distinct from her emerged from within.
“ Você vai chamar meu nome em breve.”
It unnerved Kasumi, was she going insane?
Shinji soon woke up, and they had arrived at his stop. Standing up, Shinji then said his parting words to Kasumi before he left the train.
“See you at Leblanc tomorrow Kasumi.”
The doors closed. Kasumi wouldn’t be alone with her thoughts from now to tomorrow.
A penthouse in Tokyo
6pm
An individual was setting up a series of electronics in a Kirijo owned penthouse. He had only arrived yesterday from Iwatodai, given instructions to convert the penthouse into a newly established headquarters for Shadow Ops. Following the instructions that recently been delivered to the address. Halfway through the room wasn’t looking much like Dr Yamagishi’s office back in Iwatodai yet, it wasn’t meant to be, at least until doctor Yamagishi could get here and turn the improvised control room into an actual control room.
Partway through, after setting up the PC, they took a break, drinking from a juice box. He couldn’t believe the events of his life which had led to him being put into a position of importance. He just wanted to transition and after that, help people. He had studied for years at Iwatodai, gotten his degree, and then suddenly in the span of a year after graduating was suddenly working for a shadow organization dedicated to the safety and protection of humanity from its own shadows. He couldn’t help but marvel at the unexpected trajectory of his life.
“Well. Even if you’d bring me here for something important Mrs. Kirijo, wouldn’t it hurt to at least send some help over here to assemble all of this?”
The front door of the penthouse suddenly was opened up, the man peered into the doorway to see who was there.
“Hey there doctor, need any help with those?”
“Sure Yukari.”
It was Yukari, with Junpei, Labrys and Chidori following behind. It seemed they had a busy day, and had a day fulfilling a public appearance, or sleuthing around for any signs of cognitive world activity.
Now, they instead were focused on helping the doctor set up the control office for their operations in the capital. Yukari took charge and helped in unpacking and assembling it, while Labrys and Junpei did the bulk of the heavy lifting.
By the time it was all done, the four shadow operatives plus the doctor were resting on the couch enjoying fruit juices while a record player played brazilian jazz. The group then discussed further on what needs to be done in tommorow.
“Ok, I got the message from Mitsuru that our personal things will be coming soon. Including everyone who will come by later.”
“Oh that's great. I can’t wait to start painting soon.”
“And I can’t wait to it Chi.”
Labrys sat resting her leg over leg
“Is there some sort of training or sparring room somewhere around here? We still gotta train and prepare for shadow combat.”
The doctor finished his apple juice and spoke up
“Well, turns out Mrs. Kirijo owns the entire building. It was passed down from her father apparently. So I guess you guys can work something out perhaps.”
“A training room will be less of a suggestion and more of a requirement as soon as Akihiko arrives, he'll steal us all for a run at 3am.”
The entire group laughs, including the doctor. He then after a while stepped away from the group in order to get out onto the balcony and get some fresh air for his mind.
“Hey doc, what’s on your mind?”
“Oh, hey Labrys.”
The doctor paused to collect his thoughts and articulate a response.
“I don’t know if I should be here.”
“Wudya mean doc?”
“Well, apart from the fact Kirijo, Sanada and doctor Yamagishi could’ve picked anybody else perhaps more competent at this thing like Kurosawa is a start.”
“Mhhmm.”
“Second, I was noticed by Yamagishi and Kirijo for my psychological research. I thought that I had gotten lucky, and that it meant funding for my research, but this???”
“what on earth had led to this??"
“What was your research about again?”
“Cognition, specifically public cognition, among other things.”
“Would you rather be back in Iwatodai with Fuuka and working on that research?”
“Maybe."
“It’s getting too late to ruminate about these thoughts. I need to notify doctor Yamagishi that the equipment and stuff she sent had been delivered and was set up. Have a good night Labrys.”
The doctor then exited the balcony, and disappeared into the wider Kirijo owned penthouse.
Labrys couldn’t help but be reminded of her time as a new shadow OP. She couldn’t help but cower in the face of her new job, along with grasping at the fact that she was alive, and as human as those who stood by her protecting humanity from their shadows. Over time she was able to fit in with the established core of the Shadow OPs, being an irreplaceable and much loved member of this peculiar family, forged by a shared past of bitter fighting, shared loss and growth which she missed out on.
Labrys stood on the balcony, hoping that the same could be said for Maruki as well with time.
Notes:
I should've started putting the songlist at the top of the chapter much earlier should I?
Chapter 18: Szach i mat
Summary:
Polish translation: Checkmate
Notes:
Song list
Listen up, by Ben Mathews, from the game Rebel Cops
https://youtu.be/E__hII2Ub58?si=TZTv0-KcdbPKNGVMBeneath the mask, a classical guitar cover by Josh GUITARofolo
https://youtu.be/FFzDa52EVAU?si=a5d9rJ-Trn5ZlkzyPoem of everyone’s souls, a classic guitar cover by Josh GUITARofolo
https://youtu.be/37vpOXYmvaQ?si=ft4nLNJHACGwwZFOthe hellbenders (I crudeli),by the hellbenders
https://youtu.be/XMXNGIIqtwY?si=olyeAULi7_RNF7GBdestructive goodwill, by Daisuke Ishiwatari
https://youtu.be/QYa5x95tueU?si=7f-AnWQhVTAqFxAqA taste of death, by the hellbenders
https://youtu.be/HXpVwJPHg-g?si=OgzNfiNmSdeWZPyONikt nam nie zrobił nic, by Hańba!
https://youtu.be/sxnHnmcJlzs?si=zxBSVTpd11Ky3yeG
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Late evening, 22/4
The attic
Start recording
Now playing: Listen up, by Ben Mathews
“You guys always called these things operations, yet never make up any cool names for them like in the movies.”
“Mitsuru, I’m gonna say this. When you got the team the gear that your nerds developed in their labs, got the fellows to make armbands for us. Gave us a numerical system of order and command.”
“I hate to break it to you, that is not simply,”
“ Oh, but it’s to emphasize our profesioonaliity and not to be co-“
“It’s cool Mitsuru. I’m sorry to say it, but the rule of cool that’s applying here, not your professionalism or professional conduct.”
“You know what the word is for that? It’s esprit de corp.”
“I hate to say it but you have turned our dirty night work into something awesome enough for a movie, or a video game maybe.”
“But guess what, I’m in charge now! I am the most senior persona user out here, so I am giving this third operation a name.
“I can just hear your gasping. Followed by disappointment. Then followed by telling me you’ll execute me.”
“Well too bad. I’ll likely die out here first before you can get a chance at sending me to a cold grave.”
“Heh. Heh.. hah.”
Shinji looked away towards the window for a moment, and then faced the camera again, with his usual stoic expression.
“It’s called V.”
“The operation’s called V.”
“You know… V for victory.”
Shinji then tapped the desk with his index finger three times in a quick pace , then tapped a final time almost resolutely and with a sense of finality. Then he made the shape of a V using his free hand. With no audience except for himself to interpret his gesture and or understand morse, the room fell silent.
Shinji sighed.
“God what am I saying anymore.”
Letting out a big sigh, Shinji then went back to his usual routine when making these recordings.
“Tomorrow we’re going back into the palace. With luck this will be the final or second to final raid. We’ll be going in earlier in the day to free up the rest of the day for rest. Wish us luck.”
“Oh and, since a part of me is still holding out that these messages will get to you guys somehow, please tell Koromaru if he’s still alive that I owe him that treat. Adios amigos.”
Recording end
The next day
Sunday, 23/4
5am
Beneath the mask, a classical guitar cover, by Josh GUITARofolo
Haru
Haru:Hey wake up
Shinji:wot
Haru:I brought the guns and the bombs over
Open the door before the old man comes
Also, saw a cat around here
Shinji: He comes around sometimes for food. He’s a nice cat.
Shinji went downstairs, still in his night clothes, to see a Haru in a full gardening kit with 2 gardening sacks filled with equipment needed for the operation. Quickly leading Haru to the attic, they both slid the equipment onto the shelves.
“I think we should move the hideout here from now on. It may be more inconvenient, but it’ll likely be safer since Kamoshida can’t reach or find any of us here.”
“Agreed.”
Haru looked around Shinji’s attic. Her attention had been diverted to a single lonely potted plant.
“Hey Shinji?”
“Yes?”
“Have you been taking care of this potted plant?”
“Not really, it has been here before I moved in, but I had no clue how to take care of it.”
Haru looked at Shinji with a gaze of slight outrage. Only to then change to an expression of pity.
“Can I take a look?”
“Sure. I gotta get ready to help the old man open up shop in thirty minutes anyway, so you can stay here as long as you don’t get caught.”
Haru approached the plant and then keeled at its base. She then took a look at the damage to the plant that Shinji’s unintentional negligence had brought.
Shinji sat on a stool, looking at Haru and thought.
“Hey Haru?”
“Yes?”
“I need you to know something.”
“What is it?”
“I’m in charge, but if anything happens to me, I want you to be in charge.”
“What?”
“In case something happens to me, can I trust you to take over command?”
“Ann has only recently awakened, and I think Ryuji would say no because he wouldn’t want to do it. Can I trust you?”
Haru stayed there, kneeling on the ground and pondering on the prospect of being Shinji’s lieutenant,the number two, his second in command and the faith it must’ve implied he had in her. Or the lack thereof in the others in terms of being able to protect everyone associated with the gang.
“Yeah. I can.”
“Awesome.”
“Is there something on your mind?”
Shinji stopped, and thought up a response.
“No, just preparing for every possibility.”
“Hey, I gotta go downstairs and get ready to help open up shop, I’ll prepare a mug of coffee and breakfast for you if you like?”
“Yes please!”
Empress rank up!
9am, Leblanc
Shinji stood at the counter, preparing enough curry and coffee for a gang of four and an extra. Enough rice had been cooked and the fridge had enough stock to supply any quick bites needed in the palace.
“You’re a hard worker aren’t you?” Asked Sojiro
“Mhmm.”
“Ok, I’m going outside for a break and some fresh air. When I get back, you can enjoy the rest of your day off. Go hang with your friends or something ok?”
“Understood boss.”
As soon as the boss left for a smoke, the Kelly gang then started to filter into the cafe, each member was gestured by Shinji to head upstairs. First to arrive was Ryuji, he passed on his portion of curry, but took the coffee. Then came Ann, she took her portion and followed Ryuji upstairs. Lastly was Kasumi, who came in with an uneasiness and trepidation moderated by her finally seeing this cafe for the first time. She was given her portion and brought upstairs.
Shinji, after seeing the boss return to the cafe, then himself went upstairs, with his breakfast and an additional portion.
The attic
“I forgot to do it earlier but, thanks for remembering to bring our weapons here. I’d not want to sneak into school on a Sunday to get them.”
“I got them out when we ended the day yesterday. I was wondering how we were going to sneak into school on a Sunday.”
Ryuji, Ann and Kasumi were sitting in a semi circle on the floor, eating their breakfast. They were clearly enjoying it, with Kasumi seemingly enjoying it the most, attacking her curry savagely, as if she hadn't eaten something at least decent in an age.
Ann was also doing unspeakable violence against her curry, but it had been at a slower pace which made her appear more civil. Meanwhile, Ryuji was only taking sips out of his coffee
“I’ll bag Ryuji’s curry for later if any of you get hungry later.”
“Kasumi slow down!” cried Ann
“I do gymnastics, I need the calories for practice later today. Also I’m starving.”
“At least savor the taste Kaz!”
“Ishh tashtee guuut!” Kasumi utters out of her mouth, full of curry.
“Once breakfast is finished, we’re going in.”
“Kasumi.”
“Yeshhh?”
“This is your last chance to back out, we won’t hold it against you.”
Kasumi finishes her curry and replies.
“I’m not backing down here. Kamoshida’s going to get what’s coming to him.”
“In that case, finish up your breakfast. We’re beginning the operation momentarily.
And so they did.
Beginning navigation…
King, Queen and Slave
The palace grounds
Kasumi was questioning whether what she was seeing was real, a dream, or if she was dead.
The sky was dark. It had been a pleasant Sunday morning in Tokyo today and it was now gone, replaced with a darkened sky. She had just been sitting in the attic of Leblanc and by extension her friend’s room, and now suddenly was in an alleyway, facing a castle which was seemingly supposed to be Shujin academy.
Her friends who had been in their normal attire that they would wear on a weekend without worrying about school, now were instead in various forms of dress and costume.
Ann, who had been wearing her normal attire outside of school, now donned a blood red trench coat, putting on a hat of the same color, and then with ease and little to no struggle, took out a fully sized Tommy gun out of her coat.
Ryuji, who had been wearing a normal T-shirt, suddenly was adorned in the uniform of a general, painted red and white. Without missing a beat, he started taking hand grenades and started to pin them onto his front like medals.
Haru, in a fully gray tunic and field cap. Started to slowly and methodically assemble a machine rifle to the horror of Kasumi. The mechanical sound of machinery that she slowly assembled made her uneasy.
All while Shinji, in a metal sheet mask, wearing a horizon blue trench coat (open and loose.), with a metal breastplate underneath, took out two full length shotguns from a sack, and after taking the one with a long bayonet near its barrel, then took out a revolver from a holster on his side, inspecting the cylinder and the bullets inside. He then took a look out into the wide expanse, only to then remember that Kasumi was there. Still confused and in the literal and figurative dark about what sort of place the palace in someone’s mind was.
“Oh. Sorry Kasumi, forgot to tell you about what sort of place this was.”
Shinji looked out into the distance, he spied a faint blue door.
“You know what, I think the others can explain better what this place is, how it works and what we’re doing here, I need to check up on something. Haru?”
“Do you need me to explain everything?”
“Just enough to understand the objective and how not to die here. That would be enough.”
“What?!”
Shinji couldn’t hear Kasumi’s reaction to the supposed implied dangers of the metaverse. He had crossed into the palace grounds in order to enter the Velvet Ferry to clarify some details.
Now playing: Poem of everyone’s souls, a classic guitar cover by Josh GUITARofolo
“I see you are progressing towards your goal at a timely pace.”
“Yeah. We are almost done here, what I need to know is what happens when we do reach the end of this palace.”
“In that case, I shall provide some clarification.”
“The desire of man is immaterial, but its origins are found in the realm of the material, to make such desires material, one must be forewarned of its worth and status of fortune and treasure.”
“When man is aware of their desires, it will materialize, when immaterial such desires weigh only as a feather, but when made material it shall instead weigh the world to man.”
“At that moment, you. My guest and thief, shall steal that man’s desire.”
“That prick’s desire to be a little perverted shit?”
“Indeed.”
“Now onto other matters, I see you have been forging new bonds and accords.”
“Yeah. What’s with that? Every time I do that I get a voice in my head and it's annoying.”
“Now, you get to see the fruits of your labor.”
Igor then took out a large tome, opening the pages. With each page laid a myriad of new possibilities and power, all thanks to Shinji’s new confidants he had made within the last two weeks.
“The end of this chapter of your new journey is imminent. You will see it through with a new power within.”
For the next few minutes, Shinji had spent the time fusing new personas. Each new fusion was a baptism into the stream’s dry waters. The rebirth of new personae and the death of the old. Shinji couldn’t help but reflect on that.
After a while, he had finished his business here in this ethereal and immaterial realm. He would have to soon return to the immaterial cognition of the living, and make material what Kamoshida had coming to him…
The palace grounds
Now playing: the hellbenders (I crudeli),by the hellbenders
“So that’s why we’re now heading towards the top of the castle.”
“Ok… I follow.”
“Yeah.” joined Teddy, “You’ll be following behind us.”
Bonnie fitted Kasumi with the usual gear that she and Olga were fitted with before they awakened their persona. A map, some bombs, and a first aid kit.
However, coming from the ethereal, Kelly strolled towards the gang briskly to then pick up the double barreled shotgun he had stolen from Kamoshida’s trophy room, and removed the bayonet from his winchester.
“This is yours now.” said Kelly as he placed the shotgun in Kasumi’s hands.
“But Sh-, I mean Kelly, I don’t know how to use a gun!”
Kelly did not stop there. “This is also yours.” Handing over the bayonet to Kasumi
“Oh yeah this too.” As Kelly handed the sheath of the bayonet to Kasumi too.
Kasumi wanted to get back at Kamoshida, she desired to do so in the heat of the moment and after smashing up TVs in the rage room. But now doubt started to seep in with every creeping second she held her new shotgun. Formerly Kamoshida’s game hunting shotgun.
“Você parece confiar neles, espero que possa confiar neles também, e em mim quando chegar a hora."
A faint sound of strain coming from Kasumi.
“You ok Kasumi?” asked Bonnie
“Yeah. This place is just messing with my mind, that's all.”
“You’ll be fine Kasumi. We’ll make sure that bastard doesn’t lay a finger on you.”
As the gang traversed the first and second floors, Kasumi could sense nothing betraying the gang deceiving or lying to her. The opposite instead was true.
The third floor
“Alright. Olga will take the lead, we’ll follow shortly with Kasumi following behind.”
Entering the third floor from where they previously were back on Thursday, the gang set out to go beyond the progress they had made back on their last excursion when they were ambushed. All was quiet except for the sound of occasional smashing of shadows by Olga. Either by the butt of her automatic rifle, or her cane, fulfilling her promise of smashing things today since she didn’t yesterday. In fact, it seemed the third floor had been mostly abandoned, this did not mean good things however. It likely meant that Kamoshida’s final guard had holed themselves up on the fourth floor. A final stand for the King’s state of mind and thought.
Now playing: destructive goodwill, by Daisuke Ishiwatari
Out of reaction to this prospect, Olga, Bonnie and Teddy immediately took the chance to ransack and vandalize Kamoshida’s quarters. Smashing up porcelain, the tables, bringing down bookcases and engaging in a sporadic show of chaos. Kelly as leader could only hold a open sack for whatever treasures, loot and booty they could find with Kasumi as well holding a second sack.
After an episode of sacking, smashing, vandalizing and looting, the Kelly gang finally had stripped Kamoshida’s private quarters of anything of value that wasn’t nailed down. Valuables that were valuable to Kamoshida, but not to the gang were taken to the balcony and then thrown out into the palace grounds below.
This defenestration of possessions that Kamoshida deemed valuable came to a climax when the gang wheeled a grand piano out into the balcony.
“C’mon Kasumi, help us push!”
Even Kasumi and Kelly, who didn’t take part in the initial sacking couldn’t resist.
The gang then slowly shoved the grand piano towards the balcony. It creaked and groaned, attempting to protest, seemingly begging for mercy of any kind from the gang.
But it was no use.
With a final collective shove, the piano finally tipped over the edge and fell three stories to the cobbled stone road on the ground. A loud and large collection of sounds from keys, wood, notes and the final words this cognitive piano would make emanate throughout. Kamoshida certainly heard the loud defenestration and its resulting noise wherever he was hiding.
Cheers and jeers could be heard from those who had defrenestrated the tyrant’s piano. They hoped they could perhaps do the same to its owner, and his desires.
With the third floor ransacked of anything of value, there laid one final stretch to the finish. It was the final and forth floor, holding presumably the castle’s monarch, what remained of his garrison guard, and his immaterial desire.
Marching out from the stairwell, the gang emerged from it into what seemed to not be the fourth floor, but the roof. Adorned with pillars and the castle’s towering heights
“What the?”
Now playing:A taste of death, by the Hellbenders
Looking into the distance towards the side of the castle facing the undistorted world, this was supposed to be the fourth and final floor of the castle, did this stairwell bring them to the roof instead, and their intended destination was a floor below instead?
“Where’s the fourth floor? Isn’t it supposed to be here?” asked Teddy
At that moment of uncertainty, another noise broke the questioning and slowly rising panic.
“FRONT RANKS AIM! , FIRE!”
Now playing:Last surprise
Kelly could only so much as turn around to see who shouted these orders.
A deafening cascade of fire and noise had deafened the gang, who quickly dove to cover. Kelly however, who was too far in the open, wasn't quick enough. Instead he took the fire of the enemy, who had laid in ambush, with shadows armed with muskets trained on the only avenue of approach the Kelly gang could move in order to reach their king.
However, having turned around, the volley of shot that did find their mark only met Kelly’s steel helmet and cuirass. The musket balls either only lodged themselves in the steel, or deflected. A few musket balls found themselves lodged directly in the steel plate on his chest, leaving marks and small dents, any musketballs which found themselves flying in the direction of Kelly’s head and the helmet which protected it, miraculously only grazed the sides.
Kelly could only have a few seconds to react to a second barrage, he took out his revolver and started fully sprinting towards the nearest cover possible, into the ranks of musket armed shadows who were in the process of being handed new muskets from rear ranks to fire another volley of shot, with fired muskets brought to the back to be reloaded. Kelly sought the sanctuary of a wooden table overturned in front of the barricade the ranks of musket shadows had established.
Grasping at his metal chest sheet and faceplate, he could feel the dents and impact of the musketry. Feeling for the bullet impact he strangely felt nothing broken, the armor had taken the full extent of the pain. He wouldn’t follow his fate that had befell him on the fourth day of October 2009, fourteen days ago. Shinji was bulletproof.
Back at the stairwell, where the rest of the gang had been taking cover, a continuous rate of fire had carried on, keeping them down on the stone tiled floor and trying to save their leader.
Bonnie, panicking, tried to call upon her persona only for Bonnie Parker to wildly spurt fire in the general direction of the shadow musketmen, at risk of igniting the powder bags storing the gunpowder needed to load the muskets
Olga was responding to the musket fire with her own fire, directing her automatic rifle to fire at the barricade, firing blindly at the barricade; some shadow musketeers did fall in the automatic hail, but other shadows took their place.
Ted was slowly handing fresh magazines loaded to Olga to keep up the fire. However, Kasumi was looking up at the top tower which contained the stairwell that they came from. She looked at his construction and was reminded of a climbing wall which she and her sister would scale on the weekends before she went to university. She gave Ted a tap on the shoulder and shouted in his ear over the musket volley fire on her plan.
The shadow musketeers couldn’t fire with accuracy. They could only fire in volume, hoping to perhaps disperse or wound the intruders. They followed the orders not of their king but of a leading shadow in a wig and a perhaps mockingly large hat. He was ordering the ranks and keeping them in line while holding a Halberd at his side.
At another break in the musket fire, Kelly rose up to summon his persona. Minimal effect was observed until Bonnie summoned her persona, setting fire to the barricade. The barricade lit aflame, the musket men stopped firing in order to back away from the flame, however this wouldn’t save them.
On top of one of the castle towers, Kasumi had scaled one under construction and was now on top of its conular shaped roof. Hanging on for dear life, hands shaking, she took out a single Molotov cocktail and then chucked it down onto the barricade. The spilling fuel started to onto the floor below, creeping slowly to the cowering musketmen below. A second cocktail landed squarely on the heads of the shadows, the fuel caught the flames of the spreading fire and resultedly started to burn the shadow musketmen alive.
Their powder bags which held the small paper cartridges of gunpowder had caught fire, they couldn’t escape their fate, with the fire rapidly burning out as fast as it burnt through the shadows alive.
Kelly would escape death by the hand of musket fire, but his killers wouldn’t escape death by the hands of Kasumi’s fire, which Kelly had made earlier in the week.
Kasumi had enough of holding onto the roof of the lower for dear life, she slid down from its stunted surface and landed on the pavement, doing a somersault onto the ground. She had proved her gymnast abilities. She landed on a part of the ground not burnt on her knees. It unfortunately was in front of the only surviving member of the troop, their leader, wielding a Halberd and eager to avenge his men.
He held the Halberd’s tip towards Kasumi’s Throat while Kasumi had her meagerly short bayonet out. Her shotgun was left back with Ted, as the shotgun’s length comprised almost half the height of Kasumi herself.
Kelly, who jumped over the table he was hiding behind with his revolver, was stopped short of shooting the Halberd wielding shadow under threat of Kasumi’s throat being cut open.
“DON’T MOVE A STEP, OR I WILL OPEN THIS GIRL’S THROAT FOR BURNING MY MEN ALIVE!”
Kelly stopped, aiming his revolver at the shadow’s head.
A standoff occured, for the heat of the still burning fire and the figurative heat of the moment tested both the men’s mental fortitude greatly. Stress was mounting in both parties. However, a moment of stress and emotional high was also present in Kasumi as well. In the moment, the voice came back to her again.
Now playing: Awakening
“É libertação que você busca ou é liberdade?”
Kasumi kneeling on the ground, felt like she really needed to hurl out her breakfast.
“era a liberdade que eu buscava, a liberdade dos outros também. Tornei-me o herói de dois mundos.”
“The republics of Brazil and Italy revere me as a hero and hold my name in esteem. Do you?”
Groaning under the strain of the heat of the fires licking the walls, her life under threat, and the sound of seas parting the two worlds this hero claimed to be. A gust, a breeze of air blew all nearby back a foot. The gang who was spectating from further afar, knew where this was going.
“Contrato, eu sou tu, tu és eu,”
“La nuova primavera dei popoli è arrivata!”
“Come. ANITA GARIBALDI!”
Out of the blue fire came out a horse, on the horse was a woman, wielding a colt dragoon on her hip and a saber in her hand. Wearing red trousers, and a white linen shirt. In the hand that held the horse’s reins, was a green banner. Anita heeded Kasumi’s call decorated in the colors of the two worlds she was a hero of, Brazil and Italy. Her face held instead a fury and anger which could only be compared to Olga of Kyiv.
Now playing:Take over
Kasumi came out of the fire rather differently. She came out instead looking like a gunslinger of the old west, but instead more south then the south. She came out of the fire in the form of a Gaucho. Wrapped in a red poncho, while a pitch black sombrero of the gaucho in contrast to her red fiery hair. An uncontainable devilish grin was present, contained by a simple domino mask adorned in red.
By this time the now panicking shadow had shifted focus to instead attack the ghastly form of Anita, attempting to stab the horse but to no avail.Kasumi casted away her poncho to the ground. By the time the shadow instead turned his attention to Kasumi, Kasumi was instead on top of him.
Atop the shadow’s shoulders, Kasumi took out the bayonet which Kelly had given her and started to wildly stab the shadow in the neck, shoulders and head, all while Anita rode some strides away from the shadow. Leaving the shadow’s fate to Kasumi’s stabbing.
When Kasumi was certain that the shadow was on his last legs, she let Anita finish the job. Raising a strong Garu which quite literally blew the shadow away. The gusts of wind from Anita were strong to the point of launching the bleeding shadow off the roof into the horizon.
Kasumi, then picked up her poncho, wrapped herself in its warmth then sat down to take a breather enjoying solace offered by the breeze. Her friends ran towards her to offer aid. They’d know how exhausting awakening a persona was and were ready to drop the mission in order to get her back to reality to rest.
“Kasumi!” Shouted both Bonnie and Teddie
Kelly came running to Kasumi, with her shotgun in hand.
“Are you hurt?”
“Na nah Kelly, I’m ok here.”
Kasumi took a large breath, exhaling loudly.
“Getting a persona is exhausting Kasumi, if you can’t stand up easily, we can get out and come back another day-
At that moment, Kasumi stood up without any struggle. She held her hand out and asked Kelly
“Where is that curry?”
Kelly shuffled through a sack of loot, booty and plunder until he reached the bottom, a lunch box with Ryuji’s uneaten breakfast. Preserved well despite being in the spread of gunpowder in and around the area.
For the next ten minutes, the gang took a break on the roof. Kasumi was massacring the curry even more ruthlessly than she was before. Bonnie and Ted spent time looting the burnt piles of shadow remains for anything of value. Turns out not much of value could be found in the ashes. While Olga and Kelly attended to Kasumi, taking sips from coffee and surveying Kasumi on how she was feeling and if she wanted to carry on.
It turns out Kasumi had a bottomless stomach. A routine of intense gymnastics and exercise had resulted in a need for as many calories as possible to meet the demands of competitive gymnastics practice and participation in competition. Now instead she needed calories for the final stretch of the palace.
“So why competitive gymnastics?” asked Haru
“I needed something to do when my older sister went to college to study psychological science. Being alone more than usual, I doubled down and got into competitions. I’m very competitive.”
“What about your sister? Did she support you?”
With a warm smile warmer than the sun, she replied
“She is my number one supporter. And my only supporter.”
Shinji could only smile, thinking about an old friend who in contrast to Kasumi, had many fans, but only had a scarce number of supporters, he was proud to be among them.
“Well, I hope we can be counted as both friends and supporters, however we need you to make it clear to us if you’re exhausted and we need to leave to come back another day, or if you’re fine and we keep going.”
Kasumi finished her curry, handed the Tupperware and utensils to Kelly, and then did a few stretches. Her reply then followed.
“Let’s finish this.”
The gang wouldn’t be going home, not without securing a route to the treasure itself. Kasumi would make sure of that. For awakening her persona seemingly did not take it all out of her, instead the opposite effect seemed to have occurred.
“Hey.”
“Yes?”
“Your codename for the operation’s going to be Anita, how does that sound?”
“I like it.”
“Good.”
After some searching a hidden and locked door was found covered by some tarp. With some effort, culminating in simply summoning personas to burn the door down. The gang finally made it to the fourth floor.
Now playing:Nikt nam nie zrobił nic, by Hańba!
0 hour 15 minutes
Everything went like a breeze. With the addition of Bonnie, and the newly awakened Anita, the Kelly gang now had sufficient persona power to take on the stronger guard without much sweat. With the burden of persona usage being more evenly distributed, A general stratagem had occurred to blast through to the room where the treasure presumably was. Kelly, Ted and Olga were in charge of murdering smaller prey, usually with their weapons, firearms, or physical/gun skills that were available. With Bonnie and Anita conserving energy and mental reserves as much as possible until a stronger member of Kamoshida’s honor guard was found, they then would be let loose upon anyone unlucky enough to be higher in the shadow food chain of the castle, with the core three members instead standing by with healing, support, and reflect skills in case something almost went wrong. Close calls were had, but with the final destination so close, death was just a mild inconvenience.
It was not a sprint, but a marathon in which the gang were at the final stretch, and rapidly approaching
0 hour 45 minutes
“I think my gun is too long.”
“What makes you say that Anita?”
Anita held out her double barrel shotgun and compared its length to her height, the shotgun was almost matching ½ of Anita’s overall height. As a brawler who frequently utilizes acrobatics, this wouldn't help.
“Now that I’m putting some thought into it, I think we went through a part of Kamoshida’s castle that was under renovation.” attributed Olga
“Hmmm?”
“There were tools scattered everywhere, and the more I think about it and try to remember, there was a hacksaw somewhere back there, perhaps we can saw down the shotgun’s length?”
“That would help. But let’s do that later.”
Anita handed her shotgun to Ted. He had been using it instead as Anita instead utilized her bayonet as a knife and Garibaldi. Ted was rather enjoying the immense impact and damage the shotgun was doing to the shadows. Recoil just resulted in a mere aching in his shoulder like his leg.
1 hour
It cleanup at this phase of the mission. The shadow musketmen and their commander seemed to be the main vanguard of the defense of the fourth and final floor of the castle. Now what remained were fanatics, Kamoshida’s honor guard who weren’t willing to beg, surrender, or negotiate with the marauding gang who’s leader had been proven to be bulletproof. And of course there was loot. It was enough to buy a restaurant, probably.
1 hour 5 minutes
“This must be it.”
“Yeah. There's some sort of noise coming from the other side of this door.” stated Teddy
“Well, there's only one way to find out.” said Anita
All five members of the gang shoved at the grand door, it opened to reveal the throne room, and subsequently, the treasure. Surrounded by halls of lust and debauchery, laid the distorted desire of the king of Shujin. It glowed eerily, this was human desire?
“Alright gang. We’ve reached our goal, good job.”
“What do we do now? Can we take it with us?” asked Bonnie
“Well, if I’m getting this right, some time soon we will send the real Kamoshida a warning, we will tell him that we will rob him of his desires and this thing will become something physical that we can carry out of here, hopefully it isn’t nailed down.”
“Sweet.” replied Ted
The gang started celebrating, exchanging hugs, shouts and cries of victory reverberated through the empty throne room, dancing even was taking place as Kasumi at the drop of a hat turned the throne room into the dancefloor
Kelly could only feel for the dents in the steel plate which protected his body from the hail of musket fire from earlier. He didn’t know how to feel, he had been shot and lived. On the other hand, he had been shot.
Taking off the large overcoat, Kelly put his hand under the steel plate to feel for any impact of sort on his actual body. Taking off the steel armor, he then found no wounds or impact on his chest indicating any sign of those musketballs bruising the skin.
Or those bullets from that Smith and Wesson 500 two weeks ago…
“Hey? Why are you taking that off?” Asked Bonnie
“Yeah, are you hurt?” asked Anita
“Hmmm, no.”
“I just figured it would be too cold for you guys to give me a hug if I kept that on.”
Hearing this, the gang gave Shinji a collective hug, crowding around him and making him feel a warmth he hadn’t felt in a good long while.
“Whoa there.”
“Don’t get shot up like that again please. We were scared that you were a goner!” shouted Ryuji.
“Ok. That’s a promise.”
“Though, you looked like a proper badass when you did, Shinji!” replied Kasumi
“Kasumi!!” shouted Ryuji
The gang could only laugh and then get up and get ready to leave this place. They had to be ready to fight again soon to defrenestrate the king of lust from his castle, making it this far however was a victory unto itself.
In a secret room
King Kamoshida could hear the celebration. They made it to his throne room and are about to at some point materialize his most valued treasure.
The gang had taken everything from him, rising from the dungeons, this pack of vermin had slaughtered the entire garrison guard of his castle, even his royal guard, his Varangian honor guard couldn’t stop them. Not even the best musketry could stop them. They destroyed his private quarters, taking everything that wasn’t nailed down and destroying everything else.
The pieces were in position on the board, checkmate in two moves. He could only shiver and shake at this prospect in tears.
The palace grounds
Now playing:After the battle, persona 3
“Any of you guys see somethin?”
“What do you mean?” asked Bonnie?
Olga, Anita and Ted were too preoccupied on sawing Anita's gun down to a more suitable length with a hacksaw to really engage in the conversation.
“I thought I’d saw something move right there.”
Kelly pointed towards an alleyway, it was dark and rather unassuming.
“Maybe it was a cat? Maybe stray cats run into here somehow?”
“Possible, that happened before.”
“Wait-”
“I’ll explain another time, let's hope the rest of them are finished.”
After sawing down the gun to a more acceptable length for Kasumi, the gang packed their loot, spoils, and goods into several large sacks, ready to haul them off back to the real world. They were very much fulfilling their mantle of thieves at this rate.
The alleyway
Now playing:Troubled , P3 OST
"What the fuck?"
Labrys and Chidori had been hiding out in this alleyway since the gunshots started.
Somehow while taking a sip out of the best coffee in the world, the two shadow operatives were suddenly brought to the distorted outskirts of Shujin Academy. Having not brought their evokers, the two decided to hide in an alleyway to observe and think on how to get out of here to report to Yukari their unexpected encounter with a cognitive space.
Out of boredom and a need to distract herself from the occasional gun shots, and that really large torrent of gunfire which came from the roof some time ago followed by a carcass of what was assumed to be a shadow sent flying from the roof the the castle landing on the ground somewhere nearby, Chidori started to sketch the backdrop of the space the two found themselves in.
"Hey Chidori?"
" Yeah Labrys?"
"When we get outta here, you wanna paint me like one of them french gals?"
Chidori giggled, "Very funny."
However, soon enough a group of five individuals came out of the main entrance with some guns on them.
Escaping their sight and having got a better glimpse of the individuals, Chidori started to sketch the five individuals. She only got to the fourth when suddenly reality started to undistort around the two shadow operatives.
Now playing:Beneath the mask
"Alright, here's your curry."
The two operatives found themselves sitting on the stools at the counter, in front of the boss. After hiding in an alleyway and being witness to likely several counts of manslaughter by a gang of five individuals with firearms, and after seeing them leave the castle the two were now suddenly instead sitting down on the counter, receiving the curry they had ordered almost an hour ago, but just some five minutes ago instead according to the clock on the wall.
"Uh, thanks."
When the two of them were sure that the boss wasn't looking at them, they looked at each other staring into each others eyes with an expression of combined shock and an inability to articulate what they had just experienced.
Notes:
Anita Garibaldi was a Brazilian revolutionary who also fought for Italian independence. She fought for the Rio Grandese republic which seceeded from the Brazilian empire, fighting in battles with an Italian sailor, Guiseppe Garibaldi. In 1841 they moved to Montevideo Uruguay, with Guiseppe raising an Italian legion to fight in Uruguay's war against Argentina, which was under the rule of a dictatorship under Juan Manual de Rosas, they married in 42, only to then carry on their revolutionary activities in Italy, with Giuseppe raising a legion of red shirts which then fought to unite Italy and send the Austrians, the pope, and the French who held Italian land packing. Anita would die in 1849 on the fourth of August from Malaria. She is a hero of two worlds from Brazil to Italy.
Still got several UNI assignments, an exam, and an appointment on the same day of said exam to talk to a psychologist about HRT, needless to say there's a lot on my plate the chapters will remain staggered for a good half of April
Chapter 19: A day in the life of the S.O.O
Summary:
For being the shadow operatives, they've so far been doing a lot of things at the light of day haven't they?
Notes:
Song list
https://youtu.be/Z7LeMAdIJMo?si=QQ792SfDw0Z6JuQu
Butterfly kiss cover by J-music ensemblehttps://youtu.be/MFIYTrAf-ho?si=zOV-PrAZMz8vZSFt
Blues in the velvet room harp cover by David RenWhere Is My Mind? - Pixies ('60s "Orbisonesque" Style Cover) ft. Allison Young
https://youtu.be/9EQq7ydALuE?si=3uL6Xa6uOqI9ZaMQRumba Azul, by the Lecuona Cuban boys
https://youtu.be/Pv97Hhk9WXA?si=DKy4lhNUtEypm275When the moon's reaching out, a live performance by Lotus juice and Azumi Takahashi
https://youtu.be/nqNg_YfLSRk?si=JS2YYMUuLsIDJlBq
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
23/4
6am
A man was standing around at Inokashira park
He was in an anonymous tracksuit, and wearing a beanie.
Trying to avoid suspicion and attention, he stood there waiting in the final hour before dawn.
He had a purpose for being there though. He was waiting for his surrogate Niece.
“Uncle Jun!”
“Hey! It’s been a helluva long time Shiho!”
Now playing: When the moon’s reaching out Stars, reloaded.
The two of them started to jog and hold conversation.
“So, how are you feeling after last week’s game?”
“Pretty good. But all I’m concerned about is having a break to spend more time with Chidori and friends.”
“Ok, how’s she doing?”
“Pretty good, she’s still painting amazing stuff. She’s spending time around Tokyo with a mutual friend.”
Junpei looked around to ensure that the park was still relatively empty. To his relief there were only other joggers and old people having a morning walk around. None of which would recognise him as long as he kept his head down.
“Well Shiho? How about you?”
“Well…” Shiho hesitated
“Volleyball isn’t working out.”
Junpei slowed down to ask
“Why what happened?”
“Our coach is a piece of shit.”
“How so?”
“He’s you if you were a total piece of shit.”
Shiho was lucky to not witness the Junpei of 2009. And Junpei knew that, it would be the worse of further embarrassment and cringe for the slugger.
“Oh shit.”
“He hits people, he also harasses the girls.”
Junpei stopped, with Shiho stopping in turn as well.
“Did he do something to you?”
Shiho stopped, she couldn’t find the words to articulate the immense suffering both witnessed and experienced firsthand, not now at least. Or at least not in public, at 6 am and now currently out of breath.
Taking a moment to stop and collect her thoughts. She then articulated her answer.
“He would beat up students because he enjoyed it.”
“And the girls…”
Shiho stared at Junpei in silence, Junpei understood what was happening.
“Did. Did he beat you? Or worse?”
“Yes. It was going to get worse unless I left. If I didn’t leave, my body would probably be too damaged to do sports.”
The two of them walked to a vending machine to grab drinks and rehydrate.
“Shiho?”
“Yeah?”
“If that man so much as looks in your general direction you call me ok?”
“Thanks. You don’t have to go that far for me though.”
The two took sips out of some Pocari sweat and decided to switch topics. Specifically to the reason why Shiho wanted to see her uncle and family friend.
“Hey Uncle Junpei?”
“Yeah?”
“I wanna get into baseball.”
“You do?”
“Yes.”
Junpei lit up like a Roman candle.
“Let me guess. You want me to teach you baseball?”
“Yes exactly!”
“I wanna do this professionally, and you’re a professional, you also were a coach.”
“Only for a year!”
“But even if you’ve only coached for a year you’re gonna be much better then my old volleyball coach. His method of coaching is to remind everyone that he’s an Olympic medal holder, and that the beatings will continue if no improvement happens.”
Based on the Olympic medal holder part, Junpei tried to think of the top of his head who this prick might be so he could Sicc Labrys on him at a moment’s notice. Unfortunately he couldn’t think of anyone fitting that profile.
“Well, the training’s hard, but since we’re beginning, let’s go easy and get harder from there.”
“It’s ok. I like doing hard things.” Replied Shiho.
“That’s the attitude.”
Junpei gave Shiho a high five, they’ll be completing their shared jog of the morning soon.
8am
The penthouse, Shadow OPs HQ Tokyo
Now playing: Butterfly Kiss, cover by J-music ensemble
“Hey Chidori? How much longer do I gotta hold this pose?”
“Just a little while, you’re doing great.”
Labrys did not mind being at the disposal of fellow shadow OPs. Less out of being a robot built for the destruction and extermination of humanity’s shadows. More to do with owing a lot of her current enjoyed existence and life to her friends. At first, being helpful meant earning her keep, but after getting to know the operatives and being appreciated as a member of the organisation and being a part of this close knitted and bonded family.
However, her joints were starting to feel stiff after holding a pose for Chidori for almost more than an hour.
It was a pleasant morning however, as the breeze started to flow by which then was accompanied by a warm sun.
Labrys had dressed in her best for the painting. Not in a suit and tie like her sister Aigis, but instead in a pair of jeans, a plain white T shirt covered by a sheepskin bomber jacket, and a pair of shades. She. felt. awesome.
Holding the pose however wasn’t so awesome though.
“Ok. We’ve reached a good point of progress. We can continue later, you wanna get some breakfast?”
“Hell yeah I do! I’m starving.”
“Ok. There’s a coffee shop in Yongen Jaya which Takeba recommended once. We’ll go there.”
“Sounds good to me!”
And so they left. They went past the main hall and passed by a painting of Chidori’s. The two slowed down to appreciate its protruding warmth before they left. The painting depicted a garden, a series of plants, flowers and fauna. The vast majority had withered away, perished, however a small grouping of flowers and fauna on the side, almost outcast from the main garden grew and flourished. Surrounding both the garden and the outcast flowers was a fog, however the fog seemed to be like the garden withering away at the seams, permeating a bright glowing sun, which had turned the fog to what Labrys joked was “piss yellow”. Regardless of meaning, regardless of deep thought, or perhaps humor that could be determined from Chidori’s art, her paintings were brought here out of Mitsuru’s consideration. That penthouse she had inherited from her father was empty, gathering dust and would be a waste if it was a complete eyesore.
And it also represented thanks, to another group of extraordinary individuals.
Now playing: Blues in the velvet room, a harp cover by David Ren
Filming of Featherman’s newest season had finally wrapped up some time ago .
Now all that remained for Yukari Takeba and the rest of the cast to do is to wait, do interviews, wait, take part in renewing contracts for the next season, wait, you get the idea.
Regardless, that meant time the actress finally had time to herself, and that meant a mixture of spending time in the penthouse gym to maintain her physique and current muscle. That took an hour. Then came an hour of archery practice in a separate room a floor above. The room kept silent as the actress sent arrow after arrow into target after target. Targets splintered, broke apart, or fell to the ground after crossing Yukari’s line of sight.
Finally, Yukari went to the roof of the penthouse, somewhere where she could be alone, and only with the company of the wind and breeze as Chidori and Labrys took the balcony.
She sat down, settling her bow down in front of her and began to meditate.
Yukari had began to meditate some time after 2009. It all started when Fuuka was investigating the phenomena of personas communicating to their users at the drop of a hat at the most seemingly random of times.
After some thought it was determined and narrowed down to a state of mind. One must be able to be in a state of self awareness and congruence so that one might allow their persona to be present within one’s conscious on its own.
Fuuka had her experience as the group’s navigator in mind, and seemed to be in touch with her persona Juno a fair lot. However the hypothesis and predicted outcome of the literal thought experiment needed to be tested to see if it could be applied and generalizable to non navigator personas and persona users.
That’s when Yukari volunteered to be a participant in this experiment. She had the time, patience, and incentive to dedicate time to sitting on top of a rooftop, in a a slowly warming sun and cool breeze, she sat down and closed her eyes.
Yukari was able to communicate and converse with Isis now and then, but over the years it has been on and off again. regardless,meditating had become a heavily appreciated habit of Yukari, especially after first getting cast into featherman and getting over the loss of, him…
“Hello again,it has been a while.”
“Isis? Is that you?”
“Yes. What brings you to seek me out?”
“Isis, it’s happening again.”
“I have been informed. Juno was not silent, nor subtle in her prophecy.”
“Wait? You can talk to other personas?”
“Yes. The sea of souls which we all reside is the same silk we are all weaved from, therefore we all can understand and communicate with one another no matter our differences. “
“I have a question to ask.”
“Were you there at the night of the 31st of January, 2010?”
“Yes, it was a sorrow and a great deal of grief to bear the loss of Orp- . Thanatos.”
Yukari couldn’t help but miss the company and friendship of someone who couldn’t be with her and others now .
“I have another question.”
“Soon enough, I’ll have to summon you again. Like I did back on that night. Can I count on you to help me again?”
“Always Yukari. Always.”
Yukari awakened on the top of the penthouse roof. She had been meditating for a while now, a sense of peace and calm had been restored to the actress. She withdrew downstairs to find Labrys and Chidori gone.
“They must’ve went for breakfast.”
Yukari took an instant coffee and prepared it in short order, and drank in a rather non present flavor.
“Bleugh. This might as well be hot bean juice instead of coffee.”
1pm
Start video call
Now playing:Ideal and the real, Maruki’s theme
Until operative no.7 could be deployed into Tokyo, Maruki’s schedule on Sundays was to report on updates on the situation back to Iwatodai, there he sat with a glass of water in front of a monitor, waiting for his second boss and former mentor when it came to the field of research and experimental cognitive psience.
“So have you and the initial deployment found out anything yet?”
“No doctor Yamagishi, not yet at least.”
“Well, in that case, how is everyone settling in so far?”
“It seems everyone’s settling in comfortably. Everyone’s carrying on their usual routine, the assembly of the facilities for operations is still underway though.”
“Have there been any difficulties in assembling the simulation room?”
“No doctor, it’s just taking a long time to set up. I’ve never really played around with this virtual reality stuff before.”
“I’ll help you when I deploy with the second contingent of operatives.”
“May I ask something though?”
“Yeah?”
Maruki thought hard on how to word his query.
“Was there really no one else?”
“Can you clarify?”
“Was there no one else better who could perhaps fufill the role that I’m here to fulfill?”
“Unfortunately not. Sumire’s still working on experiments and research at Iwatodai, my deployment to Tokyo needs to be staggered so that public safety won’t raise a fuss to the organization and to Mitsuru. Also Kurosawa is retiring and wants a well deserved break.”
“Alright.”
“Have confidence in yourself Maruki! You, me and Sumire are perhaps the most advanced minds on cognitive Psience!”
“You know that’s just a marketing term to pitch our research better right?”
“Yeah, but it sounds cool and sounds more interesting then psychological science.”
“This is an entirely new field of psychology and we need to prove that.”
“Alright.”
“Oh, one last question.”
“Yes?”
“If we find your old friend, how do we make sure that he is?”
“Hmmm. We should’ve thought this through further.”
After a moment of thought, Fuuka thought of a solution.
“At May, me and a couple of other operatives who knew our old friend better then the operatives you were deployed with will come to help verify his identity, you five just have to worry about finding him.”
“Understood. Have a good weekend doctor.”
“You can just call me Fuuka you know? No need for formalities Maruki.”
“Understood Fuuka.”
End video call
With the call done, Maruki changed into a set of comfortable clothes, then went to take a nap. He’ll continue assembling the Simulation room when he wakes up later.
3:30 pm
Downstairs, a room below doctor Fuuka Yamagishi’s office
“Ok Aigis, ready?”
“Keyboard ready Kotone.”
“Ok, 1,2, 1 2 3.”
Now playing: Where is my mind by the pixies, a 60s “Orbisonesque” styled cover by the Postmodern jukebox
“With your feet on the air and your head on the ground…”
“Try this trick and spin it…”
Kotone and Aigis had the most to loose after March of 2010. Having lost respectively their brother and the individual they had sought to protect, they both had to take more time to grieve and process the loss of Minato Arisato. In the pursuit of closure and a way to move on, both took a deep dive into the world of music.
Minato was a music head, but he never gotten to learning an instrument or how to play music, or at least he had perished before having the chance to do so. Kotone however had, having learnt the violin at a young age, and kept playing even up to high school.
“I was swimmin in the Caribbean, animals were hiding behind the rocks. Except for a little fish, bumped into me I swear he was trying to talk to me.”
Kotone couldn't remember which day it was after the funeral, she one day found Aigis in their shared dorm room, having both Minato’s mp3 player and headphones on while playing the violin to one of his saved tracks. Soon enough, Aigis started to expand her range of musicality to include other instruments. Soon the basement room was filled with unorganized and scattered belts of .303 ammo, and an organized selection of instruments
This enchanted Kotone, who already started to had feelings for Aigis before she had gained her humanity a month after promise day. Both in the emotional pits and needing an outlet for a lot of pain and anger.
“Where is my mind? Where is my mind?”
“Waaay out in the water, see it swimming…”
Then at some point Kotone contributed her singing to Aigis’s fluent instrumentality. At first, they’d go through the songs that Minato had left them on his MP3 player as a sort of tribute. But then moved on to other songs that were more to their shared taste, or that they just found nice.
SEES and then soon enough Shadow OPs would make time on Sundays to gather at the old dorm to see Kotone and Aigis perform to an audience of supportive friends and surrogate family. Weekends ended with the soothing of the soul by Kotone and Aigis, delivering a performance that could soothe and calm the soul after a week of the rigors of life.
At this point, SEES veterans could visibly see Aigis and Kotone emotionally and mentally move on from the trauma, the sadness, and the pain of losing Minato. More observant veterans also saw something more, a deep loving romantic relationship between the two. One forged by instrument, song, life and death. One day, Mitsuru compared the lovers to Orpheus and Eurydice, and it stuck.
“Try this trick and spin it, yeah.”
“Your head will collapse, and there’s nothing in it and you’ll ask yourself-“
Some four years after the events of 2009, the two had managed to secure a single job, performing and singing at a local club in Iwatodai. Needing a name for their duo, they picked the mythological comparison that Mitsuru had raised one time, and in one night found that their bardic and instrumental abilities to settle and calm the soul with song in high and ecstatic demand. Bars, night clubs, restaurants, and other establishments competed to have Orpheus and Eurydice at their establishment for a night.
“Where is my mind…”
“Where is my miiind…”
The glass has become half full at this point of time. The jobs paid enough and could be selectively chosen to also make time for shadow operative work. All while having time to be with their family of former SEES veterans, now with two new shadow operatives in Chidori and Labrys who were welcomed and valued as integral to this close knit family of theirs.
Life was good.
“With your feet on the air and your head on the ground.”
“Try this trick and spin it… yeah.”
end track
Unknowingly, their rehearsal was witness and had an audience of two women, a dog, and a young adult who had just come back from high school for the day.
“Bravo! C’ magnifique!”
“WOOF”
Fuuka and Ken could be seen clapping behind the doorway.
With a signal to come in by Aigis, the four members of their audience came inside to sing the praises of the Hades’s bardic duo.
Ken shuffled to the front, he had grown a great deal in the seven years since 2009, having grown to match the height of Aigis and Kotone (160 cm).
“You guys are going to kill it when you get to Tokyo!”
Exclaimed Ken
“Heh, Hell yeah!”
was the reply of Kotone
A high five was shared between Kotone and Ken. Meanwhile Aigis was on the ground and giving Koromaru a scratch.
“Koromaru says he wants to be in the same room with us next time we rehearse. I will make arrangements to keep the door open and wide for him next time.”
“BARK BARK!”
Mitsuru interjected, and cut the praises
“I’m sorry to interrupt, but can me, Kotone, Aigis and Koromaru have some privacy, there’s some important business happening and they need to be in the know.”
Fuuka and Ken nodded. The door to the room that Kotone and Aigis were rehearsing was shut. Meanwhile Fuuka and Ken headed to the lounge downstairs. They both knew what was being discussed between those four.
“They’re discussing the new operation aren’t they?”
“ Yes Ken.”
“Shit. Now I’m gonna be left behind once again.”
Ken held his hands to his head in a mix of frustration and sadness.
Fuuka could only imagine the angst about that prospect. “Left behind.” It was perhaps the two words Ken would associate with three of the most painful moments of his life.
“Don’t count yourself out yet Ken.”
“But they don’t want me to come! They want me to stay here and graduate high school, and they won’t even be there to watch me graduate if this thing doesn’t end shortly!”
Fuuka sympathized with the boy. He would be doing a great deal of concerning, being lonely, and also feeling a greater deal of betrayal perhaps.
“Ken?”
“Yes?”
“ If you may allow, I want to ask you something.”
“Yes?”
“Well, there was a reason why you kept in the dark earlier when we were set on going to Tokyo.”
“What’s that?”
Fuuka took a deep breath and braced herself.
“Remember Shinji? We have reason to believe he’s alive.”
Ken stopped. He froze, and was for a moment, unresponsive. It was only when he broke out of this state that Fuuka continued, having noticed it.
“ We also believe there is a new group of persona users operating around Tokyo now. It’s happening again.”
Ken broke out of his state of frozeness.
“I want to go.”
“What about your graduation?”
“If you guys aren’t there to see it, I’m not doing it.”
“But-“
“I don’t want to be alone again. Do not make me have to go through this again.”
Fuuka backed off. She knew pressing any further would be cruel to the both of them.
“ Maybe something can be arranged.”
“Huh?”
“I don’t know when, but I’ll think of something. Just hang tight for a few months ok?”
Ken sighs. “Whatever you say Fuuka.”
Koromaru and Mitsuru came downstairs to see Fuuka and Ken both sitting on the couch. Only Koromaru when seeing Ken sitting down with Fuuka had an idea of how Ken would be feeling being left alone in Iwatodai. Because of that, the dog leapt upon the couch and nestled himself next to Ken, making sure he could spend as much time with the boy before he had to leave with those deploying at May to Tokyo.
5pm
The arcade at Paulownia mall
Now playing: Color your night
“So they aren’t gonna be there to see you graduate.”
“Mhm.”
“Well that’s fucked.” replied Ken's friend
“Yeah. Ooh! You got this!”
The crane carried Jack Frost. Anticipation and suspense could be felt as the crane slowly creeped towards the left, then it fell, into the prize compartment. Ken then took out the prize and handed it to his friend.
“Nah, no. That’s yours.”
“You sure man?”
“I’m good enough to get a second for myself.”
And so the dark haired and spectacled friend of Ken’s focused on getting himself a Jack Frost plush for himself. All while Ken stared at the face of his Jack and thought deeply.
“Well, you birthday is around June if I'm remembering correctly, so how about you turn by my place for some video games and mom's cookies. We can celebrate your birthday there.
“That would sound amazing, Akira.”
Akira turned to Ken with his Jack Frost plush, holding it front and waggling it gleefully.
Ken joined in too. Jack Frost and Jackie Frost were the names the boys decided for their plushies, as they strolled towards the direction of home.
“I’m really glad you transferred here, Akira. You’re a really great guy to be around you know?”
“I am?”
“Yeah!”
“Huh.”
The shrine
Both boys sat on the swings alone in the rapidly fading sun. Discussing mundane matters, from homework, to exams, the future, video games and featherman. By all accounts, this was the life Ken would’ve wanted, if nothing had happened to him or his mom. But something did, and with all that came after, Ken couldn’t find it within him to see it as an ideal. Something was missing, something unfulfilled .
Ken thought back to what or why he felt this lingering feeling of incompleteness, something was not right, something wasn’t settled or hadn’t gotten closure.
He never got to see him live for himself. He had to live his final moments in suspense and perhaps torment about whether he had ruined Ken’s life for good, or otherwise. He never gotten to live knowing that he forgave him and had been able to find peace with his past, unlike him.
The dead don’t come back. That is a truth Ken accepted to an extreme, and had believed in, as painful as it was it was true. But now represented an opportunity one might define literally as “once in a lifetime”.
If Fuuka was right and Shinji was alive somehow, then Ken couldn’t pass this opportunity away
“He would have to get to Tokyo. By any means necessary, just as long as he could get there and make sure that Shinji knew that his appeal to Ken, to live life for himself, was answered.
“Hey Ken?”
“Uhhh, oh yeah?”
“Tomorrow’s a student council meeting, I‘ll see you there right Ken?”
“Yeah.”
Both boys left the playground and had went their separate ways.
6pm
Kirijo penthouse, shadow operatives HQ Tokyo
Now playing: Rumba Azul, by the Lecuona Cuban boys
Maruki was in the kitchen, preparing a pot of pasta. It was his turn to make dinner. Out of time and convenience this was perhaps the best he could do with what was in the fridge.
A part of the equipment sent included a record player and a box full of records courtesy of Kotone, Mitsuru and Aigis's selection. The four operatives and doctor which had been the first to deploy were fully appreciative of the lengths Kotone and Aigis would go to keep music an integral part of the shadow operatives daily lives.
Junpei and Yukari were sitting down on the dining table, answering emails and correspondence with their respective professions.
“Looks like filming is going to start later in the year than usual, probably in summer, how about baseball Junpei?”
“I get my break. We can focus on this thing fully now.”
Maruki brought plates of his cooked spaghetti to the table. Maruki ate his dinner alone as the two celebrities continued talking
“I met Shiho today, she said she wanted to do baseball after quitting the volleyball team at their school.”
“Really?”
“Yeah. There was an abusive coach who physically and also sexually abused the team.”
Yukari looked at Junpei in horror while Junpei looked down at his plate of spaghetti in solemn thought.
“I want to make sure nothing happens to her while I’m here. I’ll even send Labrys out to sicc this bastard if I ever find-“
The front door opened. It was Labrys and Chidori. They both silently went to the table and sat down.
“Uhhhhmm. Why so quiet you two?” Yukari asked shakily
“We found it.” Labrys summarized
Now playing: Troubled, P3 OST
Chidori then laid down her sketch book at the table, with the illustration of the palace and individuals she had sketched when hiding out in that alleyway.
“When we went to that coffee place you suggested, as soon as we took our first sip of our coffee there we were suddenly in front of a castle.”
“The sky was reddish- or was it purple? Eh doesn’t matter- we then heard a lot of gunfire coming from the-“
Maruki held out a hand to stop Labrys
“Wait. Would you say you were brought to a cognitive space, a world perhaps?”
“We had no time to observe the castle fully, then a lot of gunfire happened."
Junpei and Yukari stopped frozen. It wasn’t a castle, but Tartarus was a bastion of humanity’s repressed desire to die. Hearing something of a castle was exactly the type of cognitive space that would form from an individual’s inner neuroses.
“Tell me, how would you describe this distortion?” Asked Maruki as he took out a note pad to record Labrys's and Chidori's findings.
“We hid out in an alleyway to take cover, just to be safe. The alleyway itself was normal, meanwhile the buildings next to the castle were growing moss.”
Maruki nodded as he started to take notes.
“That’s not all.”
“At some point, after about an hour we saw five people walk out of the castle, they had guns, I'd spent the remainder of the day coloring in and adding detail according to memory, which may be fuzy."
"Also, when we got out, our curry had just arrived. We had just spent an hour there, and only enough time had passed in the real world for our breakfast to be ready."
added Labrys
Chidori turned a page on her sketchbook, and revealed five figures in her notebook. Clearly she had the time to refine and polish her original sketches, which betrayed their original creation as a rushed attempt.
Yukari and Junpei took a closer look at the sketches.
Five prominent figures were found at the forefront. There was what seemed to be a cowboy donned in black, but her red hair tied into a ponytail instead made it a cowgirl instead. A blond girl who seemed to be doing her best cosplay of Carmen Sandiego. Another blond with a saber, donned in red like Carmen but also in white as well. He had a saber and holster on his sides and held a large sack over his back.
Then there was a girl who’s hair was peach colored, in stark contrast to her field grey uniform. She seemed composed, and had a cane/walking stick made of fine wood at hand.
Finally there was this big, prominent man. He had worn a great horizon blue overcoat while also wearing what appeared to be metal sheets on his chest. There were holes in the metal sheet. He wore a mask, it was simply a face plate with crude holes inside so the person could presumably see through.
“I couldn’t get a closer look, but they were all wearing masks like that big guy.”
“Masks you say.” Uttered Maruki to himself quietly.
“What does that mean? What are you thinking about?” Asked Junpei
“These people are persona users.” Stated Maruki determinedly.
“Wait what?”
“How do you know that doctor?” asked Yukari
“Persona in Greek means mask. It is the presentation of our ‘self’ that we use to present ourselves to others and society.”
“Are you suggesting that they summon their personas by their masks?”
Junpei interjected “I mean, they could be just robbers, doing that thing where they need to keep their identities secret to avoid the cops.”
Maruki finally replied
“Perhaps it’s changed, those guys from 2011 summoned their personas by a card. Maybe now the rules have changed again.”
“Well, we got that down, but now we have to figure out how to find them.”
Labrys interjects
“Actually, we figured that out.”
“What?”
“Fuuka said that in her dream, she saw students from Shujin academy, so we went there after breakfast to check out the area.”
“It was an exact copy of the area around the castle we had been to, we saw the same alleyway we hid in.”
Added Labrys
Yukari covered her hand over her mouth in shock.
“It’s just like Tartarus again.”
“But we were only brought to the castle by being at Leblanc.”
Junpei put his finger up inquisitively, only to be interrupted by Maruki
“There has to be a connection between those two places somehow.”
“Doctor Maruki’s right. We now have a lead, for the next week we should monitor both locations in order to find out more about what’s going on here.”
Stated Yukari objectively
“And find Shinji.”
Added Junpei.
The room remained silent.
Until Labrys took a bite and slurped on Maruki’s spaghetti.
“Thishhh ishhh goood Maruuuckiii”
Maruki led out a genuine smile, perhaps the warmest smile he had made when he had arrived in Tokyo.
And so everyone else enjoyed Maruki’s dinner for the night.
Leblanc, 8pm
Now playing: when the moon’s reaching out, live performance by Lotus juice and Azumi Takahashi
Start recording
“Ok. Report on the recent operation into the palace. We did it.”
“We made it to the throne room where the treasure was being kept, now we just need to prepare and get ready for the final raid to steal it.”
“The day we steal it, we have to send a message to Kamoshida, making him know that we’re gonna steal the rat bag’s desires. Then it becomes material, something we can carry. Then we grab it and go home.”
“We’re feeling great, we even got a new team member, her codename's Anita. I’d got her Armband ready but not her pocket watch. I’ll go get that soon.”
“There’s one thing I’m unsure about, what happens when we steal the treasure? By my sources this treasure is rather important, maybe it was the thing that built this castle.”
“Does that mean when we steal it will the castle blow up or something?”
“I really hope it doesn’t, I have an idea for a celebration plan if it doesn't."
“I really hope you guys were able to destroy Tartarus though. That thing needed to go down, as much as this castle.”
“Alright, time to get to work and when I mean by work I mean homework. School still sucks as much as I remembered it.”
End recording
Notes:
The end of my UNI's trimester coming soon means I can spend more time writing. I am excited for the end of this first arc.
"I've been waiting for this!"
Chapter 20: Dit dit dit Dah
Summary:
... -
Notes:
Songlist
https://youtu.be/zUbTpHNu-6Q?si=fAxRhHi-3gtiaqQ9
Time, night version, remix by MOSQhttps://youtu.be/lo-NrI_ZwFU?si=iM7j-f4D9YuZ04XJ
Layer cake, jazzy version by J-music ensemblehttps://youtu.be/T5TBf9BY1tQ?si=8xY5GoBN8SsbaOIq
Going up the country, by Canned heat, from the skate 3 soundtrackhttps://youtu.be/ek_EVouA-CI?si=injq0Bz0zoraS1lK
Our time is now, from the PAYDAY 2 soundtrackhttps://youtu.be/t6nqZRTeVO8?si=sAlVjSkkOJqF8vo8
Keeper of lust, metal remix by FamilyJuleshttps://youtu.be/DkWML41wUCo?si=5BfcKhByPY3ZZ6kY
This fire, by Franz Ferdinandhttps://youtu.be/H08YWE4CIFQ?si=UWCaFXA6V88lKwvN
Overdose, by Natori
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
25/4, Monday
Schooltime
Now playing: Suspicion
“Hey Shinjiro?”
Shinji was leaving class only to be stopped by Mrs Kawakami at the door.
“Yes?”
“How are you adjusting to Shujin?”
Shinji tried to think of a response.
“Could be worse.”
“Ok that’s good.”
“What’s this about? Do you think I’m neglecting my studies or something?”
“Well yes bu-“
“I’ve had to work a job at a restaurant. As you can guess there’s not much time for studying.”
“What-“
“So I’m sorry if I’m not meeting standard, but living in a cardboard box in an alleyway isn’t a “fun” experience.”
Kawakami was feeling a bout of discomfort. She did not expect the conversation to take this turn.
Shinji started to exit the room only for kawakami to stop him again.
“What I meant to say was that if you needed help for the upcoming exams, you can find me.”
Shinji, standing at the door, sighed. He interpreted this wrongly.
“I’ll keep that in mind.”
Then he left quickly, hoping nobody else other than him and Kawakami heard a word from the conversation. He then left to leave school quickly
Only to be stopped by Haru looking at him with a somewhat worried face
“What was that about?”
Shinji sighed.
“Please be kind to Mrs Kawakami, she’s a grade above the other teachers here.”
Shinji stood there, considering Haru’s advice
“She keeps a blind eye about my garden. It hasn’t been shut down by the other teachers because of her.”
Shinji nodded approvingly.
“Alright Haru.”
Shinji sighed and left school.
Evening
Leblanc, 6pm
Now playing:Time night version, remix by MOSQ
Shinji sat hunched over his work bench, working on making more tools for the soon upcoming theft of Kamoshida’s treasure. However he had made little to no progress as some of the more advanced and complicated gadgetry involved either materials he did not have, or involved further knowledge of chemistry that he did not have.
“Dammit…”
“Where the hell do I get Potassium nitrate?”
Shinji conceded and lied down on his bed.
Leaving his mind drifting, he thought about his conversation with Kawakami today.
He couldn’t help but be frustrated. Although aware of his underlying emotions, he couldn’t find it within himself to allow himself to accept someone else’s help.
He could have reached out to some more science adept people then he was, maybe he could’ve asked Haru, she seemed to pay more attention and get things right in science class more than he did.
But he couldn’t find it within himself to ask her for help, or anyone really.
Attempting to defuse his frustration, he decided to put aide his tools and materials on his work bench and took out a school textbook and went to do some studying to take his mind off his inabilities.
Math was fine, he just took out his phone and did some quick calculator work when he was stuck on something hard. Literature was fine, even though he hadn’t been in school for a year at least he could claim he read more real books then Junpei did.
Science however stumped him. Chemistry especially. It might as well be Greek.
“God. Dammit.”
In the end, Shinji did feel like he had learnt something. However he didn’t feel like anything of value was gained as in the end.
Shinji then remembered how his friends would get together to study as a group before exams. He didn’t take part, he was still at school at the time, but now a small minuscule part of him wished he’d at least sat there, maybe learn something useful, if school ever taught anything useful or interesting.
With that thought in mind, he went to sleep.
26/4, Tuesday
After school, 4pm
Backalley, Shibuya
“So this is the place.”
“Yup.”
Shinji put his hand on the doorknob, only to stop.
“Hey Kaz?”
“Yeah”
“The shopkeeper's a tough and no joke kinda guy. Try not to do anything funny. Oh, and do not snitch.”
“Why’s that?”
“Come inside and find out for yourself.”
Untouchables
Now playing: Layer Cake, a jazzy cover by J-music ensemble
“Yo.”
The shopkeep then put his firearm magazine on the glass table/display, and faced the two customers
“So how can I help you two.”
Shinji then pointed to Kasumi
“She needs a knife.”
“Anything in particular?”
“Uhhh, not sure, don’t know much about knives.”
The shopkeep then made a sigh and then rose out of his seat.
Let me find something out of the stock I have, sit tight.”
Out of boredom, Kaz and Shinji looked around for anything on the shelves that might interest them.
Kaz happened upon a revolver, a rather long one. This wasn’t a big iron, one might describe it instead as a long iron. The barrel gleamed with a silver finish, with a chrysanthemum marked on the grip. Its construction and design was so finely crafted that it would make a master shinto blacksmith hang up his tools in disgust looking at the blunt katanas he was making.
Soon eventually, the shopkeep did come back with a knife, and a leather sheath to come with it.
“This is a Ka Bar. its still used today as much as it was seventy years ago. I haven’t heard the reason why its called the ka bar, I heard someone said it was because someone had to defend themselves against a bear with it, and they won. So it stands for Kill a bear."
“I’ll take it, oh! And this too.”
Kasumi placed the revolver she was inspecting on the table. The shopkeep took a look.
“Oh, thats a smith and wesson. Number three model I believe. This is a top break revolver.
Demonstrating its usage, the shopkeep opened a latch at the top, similar to how Kasumi’s sawed off shotgun opened. Then he loaded six dud bullets into the six cylinders.
“And if you wanna reload…”
The man then opened the latch, and as the cylinders broke away from the grip, the six bullets then flew out of the revolver, flying out like water from a fountain. The rounds then landed among the floor. The shopkeep then continued to explain as he bent over picking up the rounds.
this one’s a purchase made by the old Meiji government, henceforth the chrysanthemum on the grip. It is a beautiful piece of work. If you’re gonna get it, you better keep it clean.
“I’ll take it.”
“Alright, just make sure to keep those hidden in public. If anyone asked you found them in the trash.”
“Kaz, you can get going, I’ll pay for this.”
Kaz skipped out of the shop, paper bag in hand. Feeling spry and lively, while Shinji started to take out his wallet to pay for the goods.
“Hey.”
“Yeah?”
“You’re a returning customer.”
“I’ve only returned once.”
“Most of my customers are window shoppers. They buy only one item and return only for ammo. I think you’re going to be back for more am I wrong?”
Shinji remained silent, unsure if the shopkeep was onto him and the gang.
“Come, let's talk in the back.”
The back
“You’re not gonna rat me out to the cops are you?”
“No. I don’t snitch. However…”
Shinji, feeling stressed, tried to divert his gaze to something else. However, his eye caught what seemed to be an ornate tattoo on the shopkeeper's neck. It was a dragon.
Mentally, Shinji had one thought in his mind.
“Shit.”
“Look. as you have probably pieced together, this place isn’t exactly seen as a legal establishment around these parts. Occasionally, public safety comes in here to ruin a good afternoon.”
“Additionally, people on the other side of the law are trying to be my number one customer.”
“Why are you telling me this?”
The shopkeep then rubbed his chin, and then laid out an offer.
“Since you’re going to be coming back here and there, I want to offer you a deal.”
“I’ve been trying to get both P.S and gangs off my ass here, and I need a helping hand for both.”
“In return, I can give you a discount, as well as a special menu too.”
“What’s on this “special menu” ?”
“Stuff that’ll hurt real good.”
Shinji was nodding. The deal looked good. Previously, Shinji ran under the assumption that he would avoid the gun shop and its owner as much as possible in order to avoid suspicion. Additionally, this shopkeep was in a position that could implicate him and his friends and the extracurricular activities they carry out that required a collection of (however fake) firearms. Third, if he’s reaching out for help, if he can’t get both the law and those the law was supposed to guard against, it means putting this man in a spot for a favor. For a favor: A mutually beneficial relationship.
“Alright boss. I’ll do it.”
“Cool. What’s your name kid?”
“Shinji. What’s yours?”
“Iwai. Iwai Munehisa.”
The two men shook hands.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Hanged Man Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
“Alright, here’s my spare number, the only messages you’ll be receiving from me is when I need you to help me. Got it?”
“Got it.”
Iwai then shuffled through a small cardboard box on the desk which almost encompassed a quarter of the backroom.
“Take these for you and your friend.”
“Hmmm??”
Iwai then took out three lollipops from the box, handing two to Shinji, and keeping the third to himself.
“Alright, have a nice day Shinji.”
Shinji, holding both lollipops in a fist and with a slightly confused face, then said thanks and exited the shop.
End track
Outside Untouchables
Kasumi seemed to have gotten bored while Shinji and Iwai were having their conversation, it was enough that she was cartwheeling in the alleyway where no one could see. When the door opened to reveal Shinji, she returned to having her feet on the ground and her head in the air.
“What took so long, Shinji?”
Shinji, with the sucker in his mouth, handed the second lollypop to Kasumi and took a deep breath.
“I guess I got a second job now.”
Kasumi could only look at Shinji in a mixture of confusion, concern and perhaps even fear processing what this second job was.
Shinji could only stare at the sky and smirk.
“C’mon Kaz. You’re still missing some key equipment.”
Shinji then briskly exited the alleyway with Kasumi tailing behind Shinji with a slowly increasing amount of concern.
“Hey that guy better not be a yakuza. You saw his tattoo didn’t you?”
“I did.”
“Then why did you take up whatever offer, or deal that he gave you???”
“He needed my help with something. This is a favor for a favor.”
Kasumi then stopped to process what Shinji meant, her face instead became one of inquisitive understanding, signified by her nodding at her.
“And he’s not Yakuza, his name is Iwai, now c’mon we got some errands to run.”
The remainder of the afternoon can be summarized as shopping for supplies with Kasumi, getting Kaz her pocket watch, groceries from peanut butter to toilet paper, even out of egging by Kaz, Shinji got a membership at a CD rental shop when he told Kaz that there was a TV and CD player in his room, but had no CDs. If all went well during the palace infiltration, the gang would be spending time on Sunday watching movies and eating well.
Speaking of eating well, Kasumi and Shinji took takeout from a nearby fastfood restaurant and stopped by a park to have lunch. Shinji only agreed to share the fries with Kaz, while she enjoyed an upsized burger and soda. The sun started to shine a golden hue, and subsequently colored the park.
The park itself was a skate park. The sound of the cement being run over by boards was present like ocean waves at a beach. In the golden hour, Kasumi and Shinji sat down on a bench in the light of the sun and ate their dinner. A mobile speaker was blasting, however faintly in the distance.
Now playing: Going up the country, by Canned heat
“Fast food is disgusting.”
“I know, but it's delicious. And it's got calories I need for practice.”
“I could make better stuff than that crap.”
“You cannot appreciate the convenient calories that fast food can bring until you do competetive sports yourself.”
“Speaking of, have you ever done sport before Shinji, in the past?
Kasumi asked while she took a bite out of her burger
“Hmmm.”
“I dunno if it counts but,”
“Whadt dit youu dooh?” Asked Kasumi while she had burger in her mouth.
“Well. A friend of mine did boxing. Another did archery. One liked fencing. I think one now plays baseball professionally. And another did football.”
“Meanwhile, I had a skateboard. Found it in the trash one day, so finders keepers.”
Kasumi looked at Shinji with intensified interest, she never took Shinji as a skater. The appearance of an outwardly closed off Shinji was being laid to rest on that concrete.
“I’d go on Sundays to the skatepark, after a while of fucking up, I started shredding.”
“Sometimes my friends would come to watch. Mostly to film me falling on my ass though.”
Kasumi giggled a little bit. Shinji smiled for a moment as he stared at the skaters shred.
“I can’t imagine you skating with that big coat on you!”
“Yeah. I didn’t.”
Shinji felt that old numbing sensation of ice coldness in his body. His skating career was put to an end when he left the dorm after 2007 and got on the PSD.
He missed it. He missed total devotion to the sport. Those Sundays were the most worry free days of his life. He missed being out in the sun, feeling its shine on his body. He couldn’t tell if he was still experiencing the consequences of the self-flagellation that was his time on the PSD, or if that was just the cool spring winds.
He would likely have to wait until summer to really know if he had escaped the worst decision of his life, or if he’ll live with it for the rest of his life, however long that might last. Being able to sweat naturally was a challenge when he’d started to experience the side effects. He’d stared off into the distance, numbing his mind to what was lost.
“Shinji?”
“Y-Yeah?”
“If you wanna start skateboarding again, I-I would support you.”
“But why?”
“Because exercise is good for you! I want you to stay healthy and fit like I am!”
“Should I really?”
“I would support you, I’ll even buy you a new board since you bought me my gear.”
Shinji couldn’t deny Kaz’s offer, but
“If we manage to make sure that fucker goes to jail, maybe I’ll consider it.”
“You have a deal, Shinji.”
“You’re not gonna stop until I get back into skating are you?”
“Yup!”
Shinji sighed. On one hand he might not fulfill this promise. On the other hand, he was thankful he did not bring up his past history with the sport to Kotone. She would be far, far more interested in seeing him shred, in spite of the side effects of the PSD
Kaz looked at Shinji with a grin. Shinji had just gotten cooler in her book, and became someone worth looking out for.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Aeon Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Eventually, Kasumi finished her burger to the disgust of Shinji. They then parted ways for the day.
Evening, Leblanc
6:30 pm
Now playing: beneath the mask
Leblanc, although nearing closing hours and devoid of customers, instead played host to its protege, having another go at making a decent cup of coffee.
“Wasn’t Ken trying his hand at making coffee as well?”
Shinji sometimes saw Ken making coffee, he knew that the kid made his own coffee because that was the time he definitely couldn’t spend in the kitchen cooking. But he cannot deny that the smell that came out of the kitchen when he was done was amazing.
Still, he wondered what beans he’d used, now that he was making coffee himself now. He’d wonder if Ken was ever using the same ones he was using now, or if he was still making coffee for himself and SEES today even.
All thoughts were put to rest when Shinji finished, and Sojiro came to try it out.
After taking a sip, this was the old man’s verdict.
“Hmmm. You used Brazilian two eighteen did you?”
“Hmm?”
“Allow me to explain, the beans you used were from Brazil, that’s obvious. But the two stands for the quality of the beans and the eighteen its size.”
“As you’ve probably noticed South America produces a lot of coffee beans. Its climate and position in the globe makes ideal coffee bean growing conditions.”
“However, that means they’re at the mercy of bigger companies who use those beans to make crap, while paying the farmers for shit.”
“Now I source my beans properly, I don’t need more on my conscience at this age, but it’s up to us to make sure their hard grown produce isn’t used to make complete crap like from Starbucks you got it?”
“Yup.”
“Good. You’re following the instructions I gave you well, the profile is still bland but with practice you’ll get b-
“Oh hang on.”
“Hello? How did you get this number. No. Don’t even think about it.”
Sojiro hung up angrily.
“Sorry about that.”
“It’s that guy again isn’t it.”
Sojiro sighed.
“Yes.”
“Well aside from that, if you keep practicing you don’t have much to worry about. Otherwise, close up shop, I’m going out for a walk.”
“Ok boss.”
Heirophant rank up!
The attic
Start recording
“I’ve told you a bit about my situation and how I couldn’t explain it, but I’m gonna start explaining what I can explain now as a response to that.”
“I live in the attic of a Coffee shop. Some of you would probably object to that, pointing at my bed frame of beer boxes, but apart from that it’s pretty cozy in here.”
“This room is larger then my dorm room back at Iwatodai. There’s a couch, a TV with a CD player, a bigger desk. There’s no wardrobe but that’s ok.”
“As for the owner of the coffee house. He’s fine, he’s old but he’s nice when you get to know him and his thing, coffee.”
“I think you guys would fucking love the coffee here. Everything else tastes like shit when you instead drink coffee here.”
“I think Ken would appreciate the coffee here. Maybe he would be jealous of my job here, learning how to make the best coffee in Tokyo, maybe in Japan even.”
“Anyway, our final operation for the palace is going to happen-. Soon. We just need to figure out some things.
“Shinji out.”
End recording
27/4, Wednesday
12pm
Lunchtime
Kawakami yawned as class was wrapping up. She shut her eyes and took a moment to breathe.
“God when can I ever get a break. I gotta get to my part time job after I finish marking, then I’ll have to contac-“
That thought was interrupted by the sound of a thermos placed on her desk.
Mrs Kawakami looked up to see Shinji, who was the one who had given the thermos of coffee.
“Mrs Kawakami?”
“Y-yes?”
“About that offer.”
“Ar- are you gonna ask me for help studying?”
“No. I want to make a deal.”
Shinji went to the closed door leading into the classroom and then stood back in front of Kawakami.
“You see, I have a hard time accepting help as you had seen two days ago.”
“I generally don’t like owing people things, making promises I can’t fulfill, you know what I mean?”
Kawakami nodded
“I don’t really like it when people get out of their way to help me. So I’m here with a proposal for-“
“A mutually beneficial agreement?”
“Yeah.”
Kawakami rubbed her eyes. She had to return to that stupid maid service job in some hours. She hated that job.
Shinji pushed the thermos towards Kawakami
“I accept your offer for help studying for the upcoming exams. In return you get the best coffee made in Tokyo.”
Kawakami looked at Shinji with a slight aura of suspicion. Waiting to see how he would back his claim.
“I promise it’s not crap from Starbucks.”
Kawakami, opening the thermos, looked at the black pot of coffee for a good second, then she took a sip.
Only to then take a bigger substantial gulp.
“You aren’t wrong. This is the best coffee I’ve ever had since I’ve moved to Tokyo!”
“Glad to hear it.”
Kawakami took a moment to compose herself. She then put the lid back on the thermos and closed it.
“Alright, I accept this arrangement.”
“Ok”
“This will also have to remain secret. Not a word about this leaves the room.”
“Of course. If my colleagues know I’m doing this they’ll give me grief for it.”
“In that case, next Monday?”
Kawakami thought for a moment, she had no jobs on Monday.
“It’ll work out.”
“Cool.”
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Temperance Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Shinji then took the thermos and put it in his bag. With this settled, Shinji got ready to get down to lunch.
Literature class
1pm
Chat:Shinji,Ryuji,Haru,Ann,Sumire
Shinji:why the hell would he do that???
Haru: he’s doing it to taunt the guys that he’ll steal from
Shinji: so why the hell would he do that
Haru: he’s doing it to despicable people, making sure they know they can’t avoid having their valuables stolen.
Shinji: interesting. But won’t he get caught though?
Haru: he won’t
Shinji:hmmm
4pm
Ryuji: Can you not text in class next time?! I almost got caught!
Haru: We cannot guarantee nor deny that we’ll not text in class next time.
Shinji: Hey, sorry to cut the conversation but meeting at Leblanc at 5.
Leblanc
5pm
Now playing: beneath the mask
“Ok. For the uninitiated, we were the ones who got most of the volleyball team to quit with those messages we plastered around. We’re going to do something similar in order to be able to steal Kamoshida’s treasure.”
“Up to this point, we hadn’t done much to provoke the real Kamoshida, until now.”
“So you’re saying we’re basically declaring war on him with this message?” Asked Ryuji
“Yes. That’s the point, we need to let him know that we’re coming for something he Really. Really. Wants to keep. So let’s think of a message and start writing as many as possible now.”
“Why so many Shinji?”
“Just for safety. He might miss the message if we only write one.”
“Alright. Let’s write the calling cards.”
“You’re gonna call them that because of the book we just read in class?”
“Yes.”
“Alright.” Shinji let out a slight sigh. Kamoshida did not deserve a warning. This calling card step of the process felt ridiculous. But it had to be done.
After some bowls of curry and cups of coffee, the gang drafted their declaration of war a directed at the king of lust.
“I’m just saying, I don’t think we should sound too fancy.”
Said Ann
“I don’t want to sound civil I want to let the fucker know we’re coming for him!” Exclaimed Ryuji
“I’m with Ryuji. That piece of shit wanted me. He needs to know how much that was a mistake!”
Shinji took a step back from composing the initial draft. This was supposed to be a declaration of war from the people who Kamoshida had hurt. So he sat back with a cup of joe and here and the discussion on the tone, emotion, format, and even the Color of the cards.
After long bouts of discussion, edits, attempts to make the language more inflammatory, followed by occasional arguing, then re-edits to make sure Kamoshida doesn’t overact by calling the cops. The gang had finally come to a final draft.
It was a manifesto, a declaration, a response to a reign of terror by the king of shujin academy.
Once they had finished the initial manuscript, copies were made, as many as can be made in the late afternoon before the sunlight started to buy the farm.
The cards were written in several distinct handwritings, some more rudimentary, some more fancy. This wasn’t the work of a single prankster or pissed off student. They spoke for all of Kamoshida’s victims.
But in the end the writing was clear. So was its message. So was its intended recipient.
“Ok. Tomorrow I want everyone to show up earlier to school, preferably before the sun starts rising.”
“We can climb over the fence, or go around the back and use the fire exit.”
We’ll put the majority of these on the main announcement board near the entrance. However, we’ll take one and pin it to the door of the faculty office. This is insurance.”
“After we are done, we’ll reconvene on the roof garden. Our alibi was that we spent the morning before class tending to my garden, all of you understand?”
Everyone nodded, or affirmed.
“Alright. All we know is that as long as Kamoshida reads the calling card, we should be ok to go ahead. Once we know it had happened, we’ll start the actual operation.”
“Haru?”
“Yes?”
“As much as I hate saying this, we’ll have to bring the guns and gear back to the rooftop garden. There’s just more space there to fit all the sacks, and if the boss gets up here he’ll ask me why I have gardening material in his attic.”
“I can maybe try to ask him later if we can “store” some of your “gardening supplies” in my room. However, that's for later.”
Haru nodded. The logistics of the operation looked solid.
“Ok everybody. Meeting adjourned, everybody better get enough sleep and rest. Tomorrow's the day we end this.”
Everyone acknowledged Shinji silently. They were going to see this through to the end.
28/4, Thursday
Early morning
Now playing: Our time is now, by Simon Viklund
“Ok, everyone we can go in now.”
Shinji found it hard to describe how he felt this early morning. It was a strange combination of anxiety, finality, doubt, and a series of other feelings he couldn’t really compare to his time trying to destroy Tartarus. Every trip/excursion/raid to Tartarus used to come with the knowledge that it was for naught. There was no way to destroy Tartarus. That had changed by the time he’d moved back to the dorm, however he’d got killed too soon to see it happen.
This shouldn’t be happening. His “second chance”, being thrown into the future should not be happening. There were certainly a lot more people deserving than him of this. However, ever since he had arrived some nineteen days ago, he had seemingly been blessed by the presence of new friends and confidants, had new matters to attend to with the time he had been given in this new life.
“Ok, if that is all of them, let’s wait until school starts at the garden.”
Walking up the stairs, he wondered if he really could see his old friends again. Only to realize that hope was not for certain. They could’ve all moved on with their lives and lived happily. Without needing or missing him. And that was fine.
They did not need to return to his grave, wherever that may be. They did not need to waste time keeping it clean, and keeping him in their prayers. Because he was alive. Because he lived.
There was now a new group of people he lived to protect now. Thinking on that, he couldn’t help but remember that dark night. Lying down in that alley and bleeding out while his friends slowly watched him die. As much as he tried to go out with a brave face. Without fear or dread of his imminent demise, he couldn’t erase the dread or fear that was present in their faces as he expired.
He had only made sense of it all when he’d finally taken a seat at the roof garden, waiting for school to start.
“You did not want me to die. You wanted the exact opposite of what I’d wanted. And because of me, you had to suffer for it.”
Shinji’s head lowered in reflection. He couldn't imagine how much he tormented his friends in those final moments. He’d tormented Aki and Mitsy with the prospect of his departure by getting on those PSDs , then everybody else in those final moments of his life, bleeding out his life on the damp floor of a dark alleyway under the green sky. He couldn’t help but cringe. He was trying to tell his friends to not feel any pain or grief as he fucking died. He’d told them all the time he’d spent with them had led to this. This moment of anguish, suffering, and a dark moment of their lives that they might not fully escape or comprehend fully.
“Yo Shinji? Are you good?”
Asked Ryuji
“I’m ok. I'm just thinking.”
“Thinking about what Shinnie?” Asked Kasumi
The gang all looked to their leader. Shinji, having noticed, needed to let something out now.
“Well. I’ve been thinking about some old friends of mine.”
“I’d done some horrible things to them. I just hope they’re doing better now.”
“This was the other group of persona users you were talking about some weeks ago wasn’t it?”
Shinji stopped. It was time to slaughter the elephant in the room.
“Yes.”
“What were they like?”
Asked Ann
“Well. I’d say they were similar to you guys. Which is a good thing.”
“Were they good friends?”
Asked Kasumi
“Yeah. I don’t think I’d been much of one though.”
“Don’t bring yourself down, Shinji!”
Shouted Ryuji
“Hey. No shouting, we could get found out here.”
“Oh. Sorry Haru. But dude, you gotta see it from our point of view.”
“You brought us all together to bring down this dickhead we all hated. You came out of nowhere!”
Ann joined in affirmation.
“Yeah! I don’t think we all would’ve been friends unless you came.”
“I still see us all being friends after this. I hope we can all celebrate together after this.”
Haru added
Shinji, his stoic expression turning slowly to a smile, then looked at Kasumi.
“We still got our deal to work on. And that’s only going to happen if we win here.”
“Alright then. I appreciate the vote of approval from you guys.”
The mood of the earlier morning held some anxiety and doubt. Not only about if the plan would work, but also what happened after. What happens if they win? What would happen? None of this had been tried before. Nobody has ever imposed a change of heart, not like this.
Now instead was a mood of optimism and shared strength. They were going to win here. No other outcome could be made acceptable.
Lunchtime
A crowd had gathered by the billboard, its composition consisted of students,and faculty. The student council president was among them. Along with the new transfer student, the school hooligan, a gardener, a model, and a gymnastics prodigy.
To the lustful bastard, Sir Suguru Kamoshida.
“We know what you have done. We are not blind. We see the trail of suffering and misery that you have created and we do not intend to look away.”
“We offer you a chance to, however undeserving you are of it, a way out by your own accord. Resign from Shujin academy and hand yourself in to the authorities, confess what you had done.”
“If you refuse to do so, we will take the matter into our own hands and force you to come clean ourselves. We will steal your desires. We shall not fail. Live your last hours in liberty as you see fit.”
. . . -
Sincerely, the Kelly Gang.
“You could’ve chosen to write something cool, but you put a bunch of morse code instead on the message. Really dude?”
“Hey, it means something. We're gonna win this thing.”
Kamoshida however wasn’t to be found. As he was cowering in the confines of a cubicle, trying to decipher the handwriting of one specific calling card in order to ascertain its writer. Unluckily for him, it was Ryuji’s handwriting he was trying to make sense of. He would spend his last few hours of liberty doing that.
Kamoshida’s palace
Now playing: Life will change
The first indicator that the Kelly gang got that told them the calling card had worked, was that church bells were ringing throughout the castle. They were loud, they rang like churches that rang in times of great victory, or crisis. Both were going to take place today.
The gang cut a straightforward path, in what seemed to be the last psychic stand of Kamoshida’s palace, an entirely new army of shadows had taken garrison in the castle. However, this levee en masse of Kamoshida’s psyche had the effect of drafting quantity instead of its more desirable brother, quality. As a result, the shadows that inhabited the hallways and rooms could be dispatched quickly and efficiently with firearms. The desperation of Kamoshida’s mind simply was not enough to stop the Kelly gang.
Seeing this, the Kelly gang surged forth. Running, shooting, cutting their way through the sea of shadows.
It wasn’t long until the gang had reached the throne room.
“Ok guys, ready?”
Kelly then kicked the door open to find no shadows in the throne room.
Spreading out and surveying the vast hall, they saw it.
A large crown.
“Anita, Ted, grab the treasure and let's get out of here!”
Running towards the treasure, the two thieves grabbed the treasure and started to drag it towards the door that Shinji had kicked open. However, they were interrupted.
CRACK
A shot had run out from the throne, hitting the crown and knocking off one of its jewels. The gang, now roused to attention, drew their weapons, with Anita and Ted drawing their sidearms and aiming it at
It was the king, he had been cowering behind his throne. Pathetically wielding a flintlock in his shaking hands. Throwing the flintlock away, he spoke.
“YOU BETTER DROP THAT RIGHT NOW.”
“COME TAKE IT!” Shouted Kasumi in defiance
Then the king laughed. He laughed both with glee and with a tinge of desperation.
“YOU BETTER BEG FOR MY MERCY WHEN I TEAR YOUR FRIENDS TO PIECES, HA HA HA!”
As the king laughed, he devilishly started to transmogrify. Assuming a devilish and perverted form. He took the stature of a giant. Naked, his privates covered only by a cup filled with human legs. He held in his hands a fork and a knife. Slaves held in irons were chained like a leashed dog out for a walk by its master.
At the side, above on an elevated platform lay the princess, not the recently assassinated shadow of Ann that Kamoshida had conjured, but Kasumi. Barely dressed and could be compared to a barbie doll at the disposal and pleasure of King Kamoshida.
Enraged at the image of debauchery, lust, and Kamoshida’s place for her if he had his way, Kasumi started off the battle by taking out her smith and wesson, and sent Kamoshida’s shadow of Kasumi to the shadow realm.
* BANG!*
Now playing: Keeper of lust, metal remix by FamilyJules
The mad king let out a cry of grief and shock, giving the gang an opportunity to scatter and dive for some cover. The slaves chained to Kamoshida had started taking out rifles and started to wildly fire in the general direction of the gang members. However the irons disrupted and restricted the movement of the slaves. Henceforth their ability to aim and load new shot was severely limited.
The gang had unfortunately, though, been separated. Anita and Ted took refuge behind the enlarged crown. , returning fire with their sidearms. Kelly and Olga had hid behind a column to the left, with Olga firing mad bursts of fire from her BAR, while Kelly worked on issuing support skills to the spread out gang members. Bonnie stood by a column behind, summoning her persona to churn out fire and smoke at the enemy.
At some point, the slaves had dispersed. They had run out of shot, their gunpowder had been set on fire, creating black noxious smoke which choked the eyes and throats of the slave gunners.
Damage done to the large monster however had been minimal, as the forsaken beast had started to consume the contents of the large cup in front of him. Disgusted by the sight, Kelly realized an opportunity.
“FIRE AT THAT CUP, DESTROY IT!”
Olga shifted her BAR fire towards the cup instead, chipping away at its gold construction. In an attempt to save it from danger, the devilish monster attempted to pick up the cup only to be burnt by incoming fire from Bonnie, and molotov cocktails.
Eventually, the goblet melted down to a heap of golden slag. Its contents could not be found in the flames.
Noticing that one of his most prized valuables had been reduced to golden slag, the beast, visibly depressed, had hunched over, seemingly mourning the loss of the goblet.
“NOOOOO! I HAD GOTTEN THAT AT FINALS!!!”
This inaction by the king gave the gang a chance for an assault on the reeling king.
“CMON KELLY GANG GIVE THEM HELL!”
An all out attack occurred. The enemy defenseless, unresponsive to the assault by fire, persona and the sword.
By the time the king had come to his senses, and when the assault ended, the gang found themselves positioned on the elevated platform where the princess had been shot. Now they rained down grenades, firebombs and lead from above.
Not intent on giving in now, Kamoshida took the enlarged crown and placed it on his head, then he too out a by scale miniscule cannon from seemingly out of nowhere, and almost like a boy playing with toy soldiers, loaded the cannon with a volleyball. He fired the cannon at the gang, forcing them to hit the deck immediately.
“What do we do Kelly!”
“I- I don’t know!”
“THEY’RE ABOUT TO START HITTING US WE GOTTA GET OUT OF HERE!”
“ALRIGHT SPREAD OUT!”
Olga repositioned away from Ted and Kelly, who seemed to be taking the brunt of punishment that Kamoshida was carrying out. She then returned fire with her BAR. Throughout the fight, Olga couldn’t be fazed by the disgusting and terrible monster in front of her. Despite at first the rifle fire, then the improvised artillery that was Kamoshida’s volleyball punishment for his students, the automatic fire didn’t cease. The wild and violent fire coming from her BAR didn’t slack off.
However, Bonnie and Anita had plans to end this right now.
“He’s distracted now, I need some cover ready Bonnie!”
Bonnie summoned her persona to start spewing noxious smoke into Kamoshida’s direction. The cannon fire then started to slacken off, as its wielder was choking on the fumes. Then, Anita ran, ran towards the beast, took a large leap, and decrowned the king.
The crown tumbled towards the floor, with Anita standing on top of it, ready to summon Garibaldi at a moment’s notice.
“NOOOOOOOOOO!”
All resolve had left the king at that moment. It was time for the Kelly Gang to end this.
“ALRIGHT! UP AND AT THEM, LET'S FINISH THIS!”
Everything was a blur, there was only sound, smoke, gunfire, actual fire, the sight of garu, psi, zio and Ei in the air.
Track end
However when the dust cleared, the monster was no more. All that could be found was a reeling pathetic king Kamoshida on the floor, crawling towards the balcony.
The gang, having dusted themselves off after the encounter, took the now normal sized crown.
“I’ll come clean! Please just don’t kill me!”
The gang, remaining silent, turned their backs on the king, and walked away, almost in lockstep.
The king would dematerialise, having returned to his real self.
The real world, a toilet cubicle.
“Hey! Kamoshida are you alright!?”
Kamoshida was not alright. For the last five minutes he had been hurling his guts out into a toilet. He was sickened both physically and mentally, with its source being his own actions and crimes against the student base. He would keep hurling there, until the principal would issue the former king a bag to hurl in, and medical leave.
Back at the former palace.
The gang exited the castle, now empty and seemingly forgotten. It hadn’t dismantled itself, or started a process of self destruction. Instead the brick and mortar that made up the castle stayed up. However, the atmosphere had been irreversibly changed and altered.
The gang stood outside. They were bagging their belongings and loot and getting ready to go. However, the atmosphere was almost unnerving. They were expecting something big to happen when you removed the treasure away from the palace, however it just didn’t.
Ryuji was the first to bring this up.
“So, what are we gonna do with that place? We basically have no reason to go back there.”
“Well. Apart from just sweeping it for anything we might have left behind, I may have an idea.”
Kasumi looked at Shinji, taking off her mask.
“Well? What is it?”
“It involves cannons.”
Haru and Ryuji looked at eachother, and their faces both lit up.
“Are you thinking what I’m thinking?”
“Oh hell yeah I am!”
Ann and Kasumi looked at the two excited gang members with some concern.
“Uhm. Shinji, what are we doing?”
“It's for another day.”
The faces of Haru and Ryuji then stopped looking so jolly and excited.
“Awwwwwwwww.”
“On Sunday, we all gather again, and do the thing. I’m tired, we should've done this after eating lunch.”
Everyone felt for their stomachs. Everyone was indeed hungry, however everyone else was jolly having hopefully put an end to this despicable man.
The garden
“So do we have plans for after school?”
Asked Kasumi
“No.”
“Not really Kaz.”
At that moment, the doors to the garden had burst open to reveal two figures. One was Mrs. Kawakami, the other was the student council president.
“Oh thank goodness there you all are.”
Said Kawakami, almost out of breath
The student council president put her hands on her hip and then said
“You aren’t allowed to have lunch here you know?”
“It’s fine Makoto.”
Explained Kawakami
“You all need to know before lunch ends, gym is canceled today. Everyone’s being dismissed early because Kamoshida is taking medical leave.”
Now playing: This fire, by Franz Ferdinand
The gang’s interest had been piqued. Being dismissed early was great, but this was the first news they’d heard of what they had done to Kamoshida.
“S- So we can go home after lunch?”
“Well, the schedule and timetables without gym just mucks up everybody’s schedule too much. This is just easier.”
“God damn.”
Soon enough both Mrs. Student council and Kawakami left the roof garden. Leaving the gang alone finally.
“Yeah. I think everyone’s schedule is free after school now.”
“That’s great.”
Explained Kaz
“Because me and Shinnie rented some movies for us all to watch at his place once we can go!”
“Really???”
Asked both Ann and Ryuji
“Think of it as a celebration, we can relax, and just hang!”
“Would you and boss mind?”
“Nah, not really. And Boss is surprisingly tolerant of me bringing you guys to his attic.”
The gang excitedly rushed down the stairs. Lunch was almost over, and by extension so was the school day.
Shinji did not expect this to be the consequences of their actions, but it wasn’t bad. Yet.
Either Way, the sight of his new friends running down the stairs excitedly like a bunch of students excited and running out of the school block for spring break was a comforting sight. After all they had done to get a scumbag off their backs, they were able to be kids again.
A distant memory
Now playing: overdose, by natori
Three highschoolers were dancing on the roof of their dorm building. They had just finished their exams, and are now celebrating by the medium of dance.
The redhead, silver haired kid, and the overgrown haired kid were breaking it down.
“Boy this is some workout!”
“Indeed Aki, this is rather demanding.”
“You guys are weak.”
“Hey! I don’t recall you dancing on a daily basis, Shinji.”
“Have you been keeping a secret from us Shinji?”
“Welp. When I finish my shift at the restaurant, I gotta get all the steam from working in the kitchen out.”
“And?”
“I go to that new club in town to break it down there.”
Both Akihiko and Mitsuru stopped in shock.
“But Shinji, Isn’t that club a front for drug dealers?”
“Shinji. That’s a rather seedy place are you sure its safe there?”
“Trust me. Also, check this out.”
Shinji proceeded to drop on the floor and then committed to a windmill,doing his best impression of a bayblade, impressing Akihiko and Mitsuru.
“Holy shit Shinji!”
“Aki! Language.”
“But otherwise, that was an impressive feat of skill and practice. How did you learn to do that?”
“The internet. Also guys did it regularly on the floor of the club.”
Akihiko opened three soda cans and handed them over to Mitsy and Shinji.
“Well. As long as you’re safe and can take care of yourself. I think its fine.”
Shinji, Akihiko and Mitsuru then sat down on some plastic chairs on the roof. Drinking their sodas in the sun. Today was a great day on all fronts.
Memory end
Notes:
I guess thats the first arc done, sort of.
God I dont know what im doing
Chapter 21: (OUT OF SEQUENCE), A story related to the story
Summary:
I need a break. So here and there I'll make some one offs that are related to the story, but out of sequence from the main story, this one takes place three years before the events of S.K.A, these will be scrappy shorter one offs that I could probably finish in a day.
Enjoy :)
Chapter Text
A playground, somewhere in Tokyo.
3/3/13
Now playing: Living with determination, mellow velvet mix
The two Yoshizawa sisters sat on the swings of the playground. The elder, donning a set of glasses, sat smiling. She had been accepted into Iwatodai’s newly constructed university.
It had been the topic of discussion for newly graduated highschoolers. It was personally funded by the Kirijo group, with Mitsuru Kirijo attending its opening. The timing couldn’t have been depending on who you ask more inconvenient or perfectly timed. For the year was 2012, two years after the end of the local epidemic of apathy syndrome in the area.
Iwatodai at the time was still reeling. Every household, every family who lived within the confines of the city could say they had a family member or a loved one that was affected by apathy syndrome. The winters were particularly horrible. When the snow melted, those shoveling the sidewalks wouldn’t only occasionally find dog crap or yellow snow, but bodies. The causes varied from alcohol, other narcotics, but all had been previously reported to show symptoms of apathy syndrome.
Iwatodai had been undergoing a mental health crisis. Something needed to be done. The Kirijo group, now headed by Mitsuru Kirijo, had just been made the new boss when the old boss unfortunately perished of a sickness. Funded out of her own pocket an extensive expansion of the city’s healthcare infrastructure.
The Initiative was called the Minato Arisato initiative. After an old friend.
This expansion of healthcare services and infrastructure also included an expansion and increased funding into research into psychology, mental health, psychopathology, and the newly created field of Cognitive Psience. The promising, the hard working, the naturally curious and passionate, and the altruistic were what consisted of the student base of the newly established private education institution.
To the overly cynical, the initiative looked like a way for the Kirijo group to cover their asses after decades of being a pseudo monopoly, experiments, allegations of human rights violations, the whole nine yards. And this expansion being a recent bout of increasing control over the city.
To those who benefited the most by having affordable mental and physical healthcare services accompanied by the cutting edge of research dedicated to improving such services, it was perhaps more akin to deliverance. Years of misery had been ended by affirmative action and a call to arms against the shadows casted over everybody’s minds.
Sumire was one of those new students. By 2013, Iwatodai medical university had become an incredible and amazing place to study if you wanted to help people, study the human condition and mind, and get additional experience in meeting the health needs of normal people. Also the tuition was free.
“Do you really need to?”
“Yes Kaz. People need me, I gotta go there and help. And if I go there, I get to study under the best.”
“I dunno.”
“Professor Wakaba is great! She’s funny, quirky, and amazing. You should get to know her one day Kaz!”
“But if I can’t go with you then I won’t be able to meet her Sumi…” Kasumi uttered in a disappointed tone, head down.
Su mire, with her head up high but now also down to face her sister, said
“Don’t worry. I’ll visit you on the holidays. I’ll make up as much time as I can to see you. I’ll make it for your gymnastic meets and competitions. I’ll go see your graduation too, I promise."
“You better”
Kasumi was a star. She was a shooting star and shooting stars burn. They burn passionately. But now this star burnt quietly.
“I’m gonna miss you sis.”
“I know. I’ll miss you too.”
“C’mere Kaz.”.
The two sisters shared a hug and walked towards the station. The elder sister left, leaving the younger one alone in Tokyo.
5/3/2013
Now playing: memories of school, reloaded
Sumire sat down at the auditorium. She was paying attention to the orientation speakers. There were only two individuals she kept an eye out for. One had already finished, that was Wakaba Isshiki. The head researcher of the field of cognitive Psience.
However the second was the ice empress herself.
“Hello students of Iwatodai Medical University!!!”
The crowd was ecstatic
“HELLO MISS KIRIJO!!!!”
“Before you all set yourselves up for the next chapter of your lives, I must speak upon some matters.”
“This university was built in honor of the memory of an old friend. Some of you who have been here before the first brick of this university was set, likely know who he is.”
“He was an exemplary student, a friend to many, a close confidant to some more, and to me, an exceptional individual who had changed my life.”
“Hearing this, I urge you all to make a promise to yourselves. That you will make the most of your time here, be a friend to many, and to change the lives of many more for the better.”
At that very sentence, Sumire heard and felt the words coming out of that sentence carried an almost painful and emotional feeling, contrary to the usually emotionally suppressed Kirijos.
Kirijo then left the stage. Among the attending crowd was an almost atmosphere of disbelief and profoundness. The persona that the Kirijo usually displayed to the public was stoic and almost ice cold. But this was a Kirijo at her most vulnerable. The effect was profound, the mood then turned to one of silent determination. To aid the sick and those still reeling with sickness of the mind.
This was a call to make the world better than one had left it. The idea that this extraordinary individual, no longer inhabiting the sea of humanity that the crowd in attendance was a part of, but would and could’ve been there with them had it not been for the shadow casted over humanity, that being its grappling with the shared fate of every living being.
Subsequently, from that year on, every March 5th became a pseudo local public holiday for students of the University. A dedication and celebration of someone they had never known, but owed the future to. Promise day. It became a day to swear and renew your promise that you would fulfill and not forget why you were here, your promise to someone who couldn’t be here with us.
This had fired Sumi up extensively. She highly distinguished herself. Investing more and more into her studies until she could start working as a researcher into cognitive Psience.
There she joined the ranks of the prominent minds of the field, professor Wakaba Isshiki being the first, doctor Fuuka Yamagishi, she became a friend to some holding the same determination to cure and attend to sickness both physical and mental alike.
She made friends with those who also had the same fire in their hearts and souls. Chasing down the same promise.
One had finished their gender transition. He’d been a witness to the worst apathy syndrome had brought to Iwatodai, leaving a deep impression on him.
Another one had come to study medicine to cure the sick. She was always clad in black and blues, looking like a witch doctor.
Either way, Sumire had an inner circle of friends, teachers and confidants thanks to taking this promise on by the horns.
However, this meant neglecting Kasumi.
She rarely was able to attend and watch Kasumi build her own rising star. She never got to be there for birthdays, family gatherings, gymnastics competitions, or to simply take time to spend with her sister again.
It was all for this. An important promise.
Chapter 22: The end of the beginning
Summary:
End of arc 1
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
28/7
Leblanc attic, afternoon
Now playing: Beneath the mask
The afternoon of the day that Kamoshida’s treasure was stolen was occupied with a backdrop of movies. At this moment specifically, a monologue was being spoken by Morgan Freeman about cold Bohemian beers on a prison roof in the spring of 49.
Everyone was sat or sprawled down on a seat or floor. Shinji and Haru sat down on chairs on the table, cleaning and maintaining weapons and wondering what to do with their most recent ill gotten treasure.
“Can you hand me the gun oil?”
“Yeah thanks.”
Shinji oiled and cleaned the action on his Winchester, sitting next to the can of Ballistol was a medal. It was the one sole piece of treasure that had gotten from the last raid.
“Man. Cash would be better then this, this is useless to me.”
“There’s probably a pawn shop somewhere in Tokyo that’ll take that. So you won’t need to hold on to that long Shinji.”
“Yeah thankfully.”
“Oh. I need to get downstairs to man the shop for a little bit soon. But before that, I gotta get something done.”
Ann lifted her head from watching the TV monitor and looked at Shinji
“What’s that Shinji?”
“Oh it’s nothing.”
“Shinnie? You can tell us whatever it is, we promise.”
“Yeah! You did us all a favor, we should be returning the favor here!”
Shouted Ryuji
Kasumi said nothing, but looked at Shinji with a face of overwhelming positive regard that destroyed any pretense of resisting.
“God, she's just like Kotone and Koromaru when they were begged me to make food for them.”
Shinji thought. Then he smiled.
“Well, remember when I said I used to be a part of an old team very much like this one?”
“Yeah, and you said you did something to hurt them."
“As much as I hate to think about it, I think there’s some who still cares for me.”
“So, I’ve been keeping a video diary of sorts to make sure there’s something keeping the record straight of what I’m doing here. In case something happens to me, this phone will keep the memory of days like today for my old friends.”
“Shinnie.”
Stated Kasumi
“Nothing will happen to you, if you drop dead on me, I’m going to bring you back from the dead just so you can fulfill your promise!”
“What’s that Kaz?”
“He promised to pick back up skateboarding”
“Dude you did skateboarding!?”
Asked Ryuji, calmly
“Yeah.”
The conversation held with the gang quickly turned towards the topic of Shinji’s former skateboarding career, which was a welcome diversion from the implications of Shinji’s pseudo video diary.
Now playing: Home, from Persona 5 strikers
Some time later
Start recording
“So, mission update, we did it. We got the treasure and are likely going to sell it.”
“However, that's not important here, I haven’t told you about the crew. So I have the crew over here.”
Shinji panned the camera towards the Kelly gang, the other four members, showing them all either sitting on the ground or around the table.
They all waved at the camera
“Alright, starting from the lowest number armband , tell a bit about yourselves.”
“Oh, um. I’m Ryuji, I got my persona after Shinji here. We met on his first day of school here, I’m number one in order.”
“Haru here! I’m second in command, and am number two, I do gardening.”
“Hi! I’m Ann! I’m number three and I do modeling.”
“Last but most least I’m here! Number five! Kaz! I do cartwheels.”
“Alright cartwheel girl lemme take over here.”
“They’re all great, and these rowdy fellows can hold themselves in a fight.”
“Ain’t that right?”
All members of the gang assertively and in an disorganized manner agreed with the consensus.
“Alright, we’re gonna finish up our movie then we’ll likely call it a day. Today was a victory on many fronts.”
“Today’s our celebration for making out of the final raid alive, we have a special celebration planned for when we confirm we’d changed the bastard’s heart for real.”
“It’s going to be a blast.”
End recording
A bit later
“I’ll go sell off the treasure. We can decide what to do with the money later.”
“Ok, everyone else however needs to keep a low profile. We’re just buncha students studying useless crap for our exams. Got it?”
“Oh crap!”
“What is it Ryuji?”
Asked Kaz
“Kaz. We have exams in a few weeks.”
“Crap! I haven’t studied!”
“That’s ok. We can all get together again and study right Shinji?”
asked Ann
“I’ll have to run this by the boss but I think it’s ok.”
“I believe we can survive exams. We all survived Kamoshida.”
“Yeah, she’s right.”
Everyone for a brief moment then exchanged hugs and high fives. They probably had done it, they just were waiting for confirmation. Now all that was asked of them was to continue their lives normally as they saw fit.
Shinji smiled. He felt warm.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Fool Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
The gang dispersed for the rest of the day. Shinji himself would need to man the store. Sojiro gotten word of the sudden schedule change for Shinji, and made him man the store for some longer periods of time until further notice.
End track
6pm
“Yo. There’s mail for you.”
“Huh?”
“There’s a letter for you.”
“I’m gonna go out for a smoke break. Close up shop for me ok?”
“Sure.”
Shinji opened the letter, in cursive the letter read.
To Shinjiro Aragaki
30th of April, meet at Ichigaya fishing pond
5pm
Best regards,
S.O
“What the fuck?”
Notes:
This was really, really fun to write for my first time doing it. Thank you all for reading it, will be thinking on how to write the second arc and how to do it, expect it soon.
On the other hand, I'm finishing my University trimester and starting the process to start starting HRT, so to finish this first arc+finish UNI (Meaning I'd have more time to think and write), and on top of that finally start starting transitioning is fucking amazing, hype as all hell.
Chapter 23: та на третій день
Summary:
Ukrainian translation of title:
And on the third day
Notes:
https://youtu.be/37vpOXYmvaQ?si=dm-5nPLdQRjscohe
Guitar cover of Aria of the soul
https://youtu.be/NNoIxb_EYfw?si=fTSJGrGJpMuGXWTJ
Desert standoff, from Today we kill, tommorow we diehttps://youtu.be/2PMnJ_Luk_o?si=ckxcmLs2oEHHc2sO
Great gig in the sky
Chapter Text
29/4/XX,
Ichigaya fishing ponds
Now playing: Deep breath, deep breath, reincarnation.
“Shit dude, are we fucked over?”
Ryuji and Shinji sat at a fishing pond. After receiving the letter last night, the only person Shinji could really talk to about what happened.
Shinji hadn’t slept much. He couldn’t sleep knowing what would happen tomorrow. Too much was uncertain. Too much was out of his control now and Shinji hated and feared that.
“It could be Kamoshida, but I don’t think the O in S.O stands for Kamoshida.”
“I don’t think we’re being sold out either. That would be stupid.”
“Yeah. I didn’t say a word, man.”
Shinji looked at Ryuji in the face.
“I dunno. Sometimes you’re loud, and sometimes something slips.”
“Dude!!! I swear I didn’t say anything!!!”
“Just kidding.”
The two laughed it off. The humor was much needed when uncertainty threatened to hold the future hostage.
“So we won’t know who it will be until I actually go and find out for myself.”
“If this is a trap, we gotta find a way to get you outta there.”
“How?”
“Hmm.”
“Ok, but we gotta think of other possibilities too.”
“Wudya mean?”
“Now that I’m thinking of it, there's very few people who would know me. And these people are not the kind to bag someone like me.”
A pause occurs, but Ryuji didn’t get it.
“I’m saying that it could also, NOT be a trap.”
“Oh. Are you sure?”
“Well. Now that I’ve stopped shitting myself, I've started using my brain now. I think so.”
“But let's keep the plan in case it is.”
“Alright. In that case I’ll let the others know.”
Shinji sat on the bench. Surveying the area, he nodded. This place was isolated enough from the rest of the fishing ponds that he and whoever this S.O was would be fully isolated. Nobody else could hear or see them around here. Some generators keeping the lights on were running on full power nearby meaning any noise or talk wouldn’t be heard by anyone further away.
“Ok, we’ll do it here tomorrow. Make sure everyone knows their position and what the signals are for plan A and B.”
“You got it!”
“Man. This is so cool.”
“We might not get out of this without a scratch though. That’s a real possibility.”
“Hey. At least you’re asking us for help, and not doing this alone. That would be shittier.”
Shinji with the gift of hindsight reflected on all the times he, self admittingly, was just a stubborn prick. And made the explicit decision to take it as a compliment.
“Alright, whatever you say brother.”
Chariot rank up!
Shinji closed his eyes. The previous few hours were filled with Shinji both working a shift at Leblanc while being internally anxious about the letter and the soon to happen meeting. His mind was spent stressing, worrying, thinking about worst, best, neither outcomes. How to avoid the consequences, or if he should take them head on. Should he had dealt with this alone? Or had he choked and can’t see a way out?
Shinji took a deep breath, it had calmed him down, but when he opened his eyes he saw not the fishing ponds but a familiar place.
Now playing: Aria of the soul, classical guitar cover by Josh GUITARofolo
“I see you have completed your mission.”
“Good. This will be the first of many tests that you will undergo in your redemption and rehabilitation .”
“The next one shall come soon.”
“Continue making new allies, confidants and strengthen your already existing bonds. You will need the strength they provide.”
“Good luck, and goodbye my guest.”
End track
“Shinji?”
“Shinji wake up!”
“Huh? Oh.”
“You just closed your eyes and almost went to dreamland dude!”
“Huh. I guess I have been stressing too much.”
“Heh. Don’t worry, everything will go just fine alright?”
“I’ll take your word for it Ryuji.”
The two then strolled over to get some freshly juiced fruit smoothies for courage.
“Man. These are disgusting!”
“It's good for you and your brain. I came here a lot to get something healthy after training”
“Well, in that case, lets hope this crap keeps me from doing anything stupid tomorrow.”
Ryuji nodded and made a sound of approval. They then finished off their fruit smoothies with courage, after finishing a concoction of literal vileness in a plastic cup, tomorrow did not seem too scary after gulping down that.
“Man. Maybe if we make it through this, we should do some sort of training together.”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean some sort of physical training! Running, pushups, situps, we should do it like Rocky did!”
“I think you should ask Kaz first, instead of me.”
“She’ll definitely take you up on the offer, and then take it to 11.”
“Oh, you think I can’t match her!”
“I’m saying good luck. And god help you.”
Shinji looked out to the vast fishing ponds and admired the reflecting of the golden rays of sun from the water’s surface. He’d never seen anything like it back in Iwatodai.
Tokyo was proving itself to be a place that Shinji could escape the trappings and chains that his past decisions had binded him to. Overall, Tokyo, apart from having being unlucky enough to be in close proximity to Kamoshida, had proven itself to be the source of pleasant memories for once. A fresh start.
Now would his past let him live this out, No matter how short it possibly could be?
Or will he have to deal with the consequences?
The next day, 30th of April, Sunday, sometime around noon
Ichigaya fishing ponds
Now playing: desert standoff, from Today we kill, tommorow we die
“Ok. Everyone knows the plan and positions?”
Everyone in the gang nodded.
“Remember, we don’t want to escalate. We would at least like to say it was self defence. Got it?”
Everyone nodded again.
“Good. Everyone in position. Remember the two signals.”
“Nice clothes you got there, I see you’re wearing what I bought for you Shinji.”
Said Ann
“Well, never thought it would be useful beyond my usual clothes waiting in the laundry, but now I guess they are.”
Ann winked, she had done her job well.
Now playing: the great gig in the sky
At one o’ clock in the afternoon, an hour past noon. A man was fishing at the far pond at Ichigaya fishing ponds.
He wore a black leather jacket. Large and enveloping over the man. He sat on the floor of the jetty with a hand in his pocket and the other holding a fishing rod. His eyes was made indistinguishable by round and small lensed sunglasses, darkly tinted, reflecting the intense gaze of the sun. All while his hair was tied in a neat ponytail. All in full view of those around him.
Then, into the sun, came a figure. She seemingly also was in disguise. A white ball cap covered her short and curled hair. She wore a white polo shirt with tones of pink, and a pair of slim trousers that certainly was not cheap. She had looked like she had perhaps came from a high life golfing club. This attribution was put into doubt when it became apparent how uncomfortable she looked in said polo shirt.
Following the woman, was a taller man, in a large blue T-shirt and in some dark joggers. His own eyes was obscured also, by a pair of sunglasses. He strutted along and behind the pink clad woman.
Then came another woman. This one wore a suit, a dark coloured fit which betrayed no colour except for the tie, which matched the colour of her hair, a crimson red. Long strands of hair which reached lengths, uncommon. She was akin to a autumn tree which shedded its red autumn leaves, pouring a torrent of color down the darkest of nights.
Then there was the final individual among this motley band of rather strange individuals. She had also dressed her best. Donning a pair of aviator sunglasses and donning a leather jacket. She fitted the archetype of the highest of all who flew among the highest clouds of masterfully crafted vessels in flight. She perhaps was the most uneasy out of the three individuals that came before her, keep her head up high, scanning with her red eyes for anything unanticipated and unexpected.
The three faces before her held a facade of calmness, or indifference, with little to nothing betraying their true feelings or intentions. No matter how much discomfort may be present. The fourth individual among them wasn’t hiding that however very well.
These four individuals took up plastic chairs and either sat or stood surrounding our lone fisher.
“So. Who do I owe the pleasure of meeting?”
The lead woman stopped to think of a response. In an assured and almost unsure manner
“That is not important now, what is important is that you making clear to us how honest you’re going to be wi-
The fisherman then put his fishing rod to a small hole in the jetty built to keep the rod up and steady. Holding a full palm out, he then reached into his pocket, and brought something out.
It was a red armband. More importantly it was the inverse side of the red armband that showed four previously concealed letters.
“Specialized,
extracurricular,
execution,
squad.”
Immediately. The facade, the Poker Faces, the personas and disguises that were displayed by the party of four was destroyed.
“Wait. How do you have this? You couldn’t have had this?!”
The fisherman stood up, putting his hands in his pockets. Hunched over slightly in a rather familiar position.
He then started to dismantle his own disguise. He took off his black tinted glasses then untied his hair. He then took his beanie out of his jacket pocket and put it on, all while still not facing the party of four behind him.
“E- Even then, prove to us that you aren’t just a fake! Are you!-“
A silver pocket watch was hanging off a chain, which was held in the palm of his fist.
The lead woman then took off her cap.
“Wait. But we saw you-“
“Takeba.”
The former fisherman is now standing. Towering over the other figures standing on the jetty. Even after seven years he still towered over them. In a concise, to the point and blunt manner, Shinji said
“Say my name.”
“Sh-"
"Shinji?”
Shinjiro Aragaki then turned around to finally reveal his face to the four shadow operatives behind him.
The two senior members gasped in shock and disbelief. Chidori covered her mouth in much the same, while Labrys stood in awe of the man he had heard so much about from those shadow operatives her senior and had been around to destroy the Dark Hour and Tartarus. Seeing this dead man, not a scratch or mark upon him, nor the passing of seven years on his face.
"Why so shocked ? Y'all look like you've seen a ghost."
Chapter 24: raison d'etre
Summary:
Chapter title translation, french: Reason or justification for existing
Ladies and Gentlemen. We got him.
Notes:
Songlist
https://youtu.be/b6xYlky1SWw?si=ITZfO7Ievd-FlfO9
Encounterhttps://youtu.be/vA9tw-75BJE?si=rFLXFY1h9js1v3jb
Beneath the mask
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The jetty
Now playing: Encounter, P5 OST
“Alright everyone, we’re all good over here come on over!”
The Kelly gang slipped out of several hiding spots, they also were wearing what one might consider disguise, but less explicit. Kasumi wore a large brim hat that when tilted down covered her face. She sat on a box across the water at an adjacent fishing pond, with her own fishing rod. She had caught three fish while waiting. Ann was wearing her hoodie, while also wearing accessory glasses with a red frame and reflective lenses.
Then there was Haru and Ryuji. Both sat on the fishing pond closest to the entrance and sat in attire for the hot day outside.
Ryuji was clothed in his usual running attire, however Haru was fitted in a far cry from her usual attire. Wearing a hoodie and a sporting tank top under, showing off months of hard work on the garden gardening, and most recently orchestrating a robbery of a castle along with the humiliation of its mad king. Akin to perhaps Freyja, the goddess of battle, love and with half of the dead who were slain in battle under her reception. If looks could kill, Haru massacred. She was the most sturdy and strappy looking of the gang here.
While the shadow operatives dressed to fit in the environment they were operating in, the Kelly gang instead were disguised to be part of the environment, to be a face in the crowd that no one paid attention to.
The man in blue took off his cap, realizing the four figures approaching them.
“Whoa, hang on Shinji, who the heck are these guys?”
“They were the ones who told me you were coming. They saw you all coming from a mile away.”
Ann took off her shades
“Don’t worry, we’re his friends.”
“Two days ago I received a letter. I’m assuming it was you who sent that to me?”
“Y-Yeah, we sent that”
“Well, you could’ve incurred the wrath of these rowdy fellows here.”
“We apologize, but after recent events we weren’t ready to take any chances.”
Explained Haru
“Wait, what have you been doing?”
Asked Labrys
“Not only that, but h-How?!”
Shinji made a shushing sound
“We can talk later, if we were to talk about what happened it would freak my rowdy fellows out.”
Kasumi approached the four foreign individuals with her hands curled into fists on her hips.
“We had to deal with either shitty or shittier adults for the past month so-“
“Wait. You gotta be shitting me.”
Interrupted Ryuji
“Are you Junpei Iori !??!”
Everyone stopped
“And -and you! You’re Pink Argus!”
Thanks to Ryuji’s skills of observing and recognising childhood defining celebrities, the conversation which was about to devolve into serious threats by Kasumi was lost. Ann, Kasumi and Ryuji instead broke the ice forming in those fishing ponds.
“Shinji! Why didn’t you tell us you were friends with Yukari Takeba and Junpei Fuckin Iori!!!”
As the two celebrities instead focused on making conversation to their unexpected fans, Labrys and Chidori took over the conversation with Shinji.
“Do you remember me?”
“Huh?”
“You saved my life, it’s a long time ago so you might not remember it.”
Shinji remembered Medea, how she was slowly strangling Chidori at her hospital bed until Shinji intervened, taking a PSD capsule and quickly administering it, pacifying Medea.
“Yeah. I do.”
“I see you got better.”
“Yeah… I did.”
Chidori smiled, it emanated a warmth and golden glow that could only be compared to the golden sun who was at the backdrop, smiling upon this gathering of individuals. Extraordinary individuals. Then Labrys stepped forward
“Hey. I heard a lot about you. From Mitsuru and Akihiko I mean.”
“You did?”
“Yeah. They said they missed you a lot, even now.”
“Wait. Are they here as well?”
“No-“
At that moment. A phone started to ring, it was Yukari’s phone.
“Yes?”
“Uh. Yeah.”
“You want me to do what?”
“Ok.”
“Hey Junpei?”
“Yeah Yukari?”
“HQ wants us to report on the success of the mission. Mitsuru, Akihiko and the rest of the Shadow OPs will be on the line.”
“Huh?”
The phone rang again, and Yukari answered the call.
“Yukari. Status report on the current mission.”
“Well uh- we’ve completed the mission but
“Whoa whoa. Hold the phone. “
“Now give the phone to me.”
Shinji was handed Yukari’s phone.
“Yukari?”
“Hey.”
The audio remained silent for a brief moment.
“Shinji? Is that you???”
“Alive and well Mitsy.”
“But how? We saw you-“
“I’ll explain later. And preferably in person. There’s too much to explain, and we might get eavesdropped.”
Silence could be only heard as a slight sound of agreement was heard over the audio.
Then another voice was heard. An older and composed voice ran through the call
“Hey Shinnie. How are you doing now?”
“Doing fine Aki. It doesn’t feel so cold here in Tokyo.”
“Glad to hear it, old friend.”
“Shinji, you should know that the entire Shadow Operatives organization is moving towards you soon.”
“What?”
“Sooner or later, all former SEES are coming to Tokyo, me and Aki included. We’ll have to stagger our deployment here though so some will be coming sooner than others.”
“Will you be the ones coming sooner?”
“Due to external factors, we’ll likely have to come later than we want to. Just hang in there, Shinji. We will get there one way or another.”
“This secure call is ending soon, all our other operatives are here listening in on the call and listening to you speak. Anything you want to say to them before the call ends?”
Shinji took a deep breath. Gathered all the strength he could muster from his heart, and spoke.
“It wasn’t your fault. It wasn’t any of your fault, all of you.”
“If anything it was mine. Not yours. I’m going to set the record straight.”
“Whoever’s coming soon though, I’m not going anywhere. I promise.”
End call
Shinji handed the phone back to Yukari, he then hobbled step by step to the jetty, only to then slowly fall apart.
“Shinji!”
Shinji sat on the fishing jetty close to the water. He sat and stared at where the water met the sky and the cascade of gold that painted both.
He then started to cry.
It took a moment for both the Kelly gang and Shadow operatives to notice that Shinji was choking up, he was doing it silently. He did not want to draw the concern of his friends or his old friends.
However the opposite had occurred, both groups of persona users slowly stood around the jetty. Not knowing if they should move to comfort him, or give him a moment to himself.
The silent consensus was that Shinji could use a moment. For the shadow OPs that were on the scene, this was due to not wanting to breach Shinji’s boundaries. The Shinji they knew was one who ninety nine times out of a hundred was emotionally closed off. This was a million miles removed from the Shinji they had gotten to know briefly. Perhaps if Aki, Kotone, Mitsuru or Fuuka were here it would’ve been a different story.
And for the Kelly gang, it was similar. Only they had known him for only a month, and grew to respect, admire and struggle with him through Kamoshida’s palace. They saw a Shinji who was willing to be somewhat more open with them, slowly opening up more and more.
After some time, Shinji wiped off his tears and stood up.
Putting on the accessory glasses that Ann had bought for him. He then turned around to face both groups. With any evidence of tears or bloodshot eyes as a result of crying concealed, Shinji then addressed both groups of persona users.
“You guys know where I live do you? You had to know in order to send that letter to me.”
The four shadow operatives nodded.
“Ok. Show up by around 6pm. That’s when my shift starts and the boss goes home... There’s a explaining to do now.”
Early evening, Leblanc
Now playing: Beneath the mask
“That makes sense, that's the day we brought Kasumi to the palace.”
Both groups of persona users had spent the evening after curry and coffee to explain the events and goings on that happened in the month of April.
“Heh. Sorry if we freaked you guys out, we had to shoot our way out of the situation.”
Chuckled Ann
Chidori then took out a sketchbook, flipped its pages until she found her way to some specific drawings, the drawings of the Kelly gang in their metaverse outfits, and truely their best.
“Why the costumes?”
Detailed coloured drawings of the gang were shown, after a brief moment of admiring the skill and effort taken in sketching the Kelly Gang in dressed in their true best, Shinji took the time to explain.
“I dunno. They just came with our personas.”
“I’m not complaining though."
"We. Look. Awesome."
Junpei looked up, and raised a question
“So, this palace was from the mind of a coach?”
Ann quickly answered the question before Shinji could
“He is a piece of shit who abuses and molests his students. He’s an olympic medalist.”
“And what sport did he do?”
“Volleyball.”
The calm and composed face of Junpei was replaced with one of suspicion, then dread.
“Shit.”
In a hushed and dreadfilled tone, Junpei whispered the name of his favorite niece
“Shiho.”
“Wait, You know Shiho?!"
“Yeah! She's my niece! You know her?”
“Duh! I’m her best friend!”
The mood in the cafe had taken a more compact and cohesive mood. The actions that the Kelly Gang had undertaken that had led to the fall of King Kamoshida had sprung a series of consequences, spinning a thread of fate just long enough that had led the Shadow Operatives to them.
Of course, this was helped by how small the world seemed now. It could instead be the size of a booth in Leblanc, hosting three members of the Kelly gang and two shadow operatives.
“The good thing is that she’s out of the team and instead doing baseball, I’m guessing from you?”
“Just call me Junpei dude, and yeah.”
“Promise me you’ll be a decent coach to my friend.”
“I’ll do you one better! I’ll be the best coach Shiho has ever had!”
Sitting on the counter, were the remaining members of both persona user groups, being Labrys, Chidori, Haru and Shinji . They instead were discussing a much wider and open realm, what happens after today, and tomorrow and the days that came next.
“Now we are just waiting. We have the bastard done, we just need confirmation.”
“So, Wuddyah do in the meantime?”
“Exam prep.”
“There’s one matter we haven’t talked about yet.”
“Hmmm?”
“Our mission, the mission that concerns the shadow operative organization, is to help you guys out and the wildcard. Also who’s the wildcard?”
“What’s that?”
“Its a pershonuh user that can shummon multiple pershonahs.”
Labrys was enjoying her curry too much to spare politeness for the conversation.
“Guess that’s me.”
“Also. How did you get in this cognitive space, Labrys and I were pulled in when I presume you all were going to the palace. How did you get in?”
“Oh. At some point I’d gotten a weird app on my phone. Turns out it brings you there.”
“Can I see it?”
Shinji passed his phone to Chidori
“Oh, sorry password please.”
Shinji then unlocked the phone and then showed the app.
“To find a palace, you gotta get a name of someone who is a real piece of shit, then a location and what we think the palace is. We stumbled in completely by accident when Ryuji said all three words correctly on my first day at school. Kamoshida, Shujin, Castle."
“Dang. That is lucky.”
Chidori inspected the app until she found something interesting
“NAVIGATE TO MEMENTOS”
Facing the phone towards Shinji, Chidori asked what it is
“I dunno, never touched it. In fact, I don’t remember seeing it ever.”
“One day, we need to bring your phone back to HQ to study this app.”
“That can be done. As long as I can get it back.”
“Sure.”
With all persona wielders both gang members and Shadow operatives fully in the know on the details regarding the slowly joining goals and objectives both parties have set, the evening had turned into a social event of sorts. Everyone mingled with each other, although with some more than others.
Ann and Junpei
“So, how long have you been friends with Shiho?”
“Two years.”
“Have you been a good friend to Shiho?”
“She’s been a best friend to me then I could.”
Junpei smiled
“That’s great.”
“How did you two become friends?”
“Oh. One time I was in art class, I was working on a painting and then Shiho went up and said “takamaki, that looks like crap.”
Junpei’s face immediately turned to a mute tone.
“That doesn’t sound like my niece.”
“Well, after that we always sat together at art class because we were both lonely and didn’t have someone to talk to. And from there we became friends.”
“I had nothing to do after school except being lonely, Shiho whenever she was not in practice always brought me to really exciting places.”
“We went to a jazz club one night, then the next we went to a batting cage, then afterwards turned up to the best Kebab place in the city!”
Junpei’s smile returned
“Kebab?”
Kasumi and Yukari
“So, are the rumors true?”
“What rumors?”
Kasumi gestured to Yukari to get closer so she could whisper in her ear.
“Did you write Pink Argus fanfiction?”
Yukari broke composure and mentally upon hearing that
“Its-its ok! I watched the interview and because of that I started reading, and now I’m hooked.”
Yukari, trying her best to regain her composure, took a pen and a piece of paper. She then started to write some scribbles that upon closer inspection by Kasumi were two signatures. One said Yukari Takeba, another said
“ P1nkxXArGUsxx”
Yes. I really hoped you enjoyed them.
Yukari had just given Kasumi an autograph.
Kasumi, jaw firmly disassembled and on the floor instead of her head, stared at Yukari Takeba as she gave out a warm smile, with a slight tinge of awkwardness.
Chidori and Shinji
Chidori sat on the counter, watching Haru and Labrys share a quiet moment in the same booth drinking coffee. Out of boredom and having no one to talk to, she took out her sketchbook and started to sketch out the scene around her. Out of the many ways the situation could’ve turned out, this was a pleasant outcome.
Cleaning a glass, Shinji was standing nearby, also appreciating the gathering of persona users together in this cafe. It was a spectacular sight, both Shinji and Chidori, however unpleasant, were part of the first known generation of persona users, having seen the most recent generation getting to know and meshing well with the oldest was a prospect neither could’ve expected.
However capable the previous two generations of persona users in Japan were, they were always alone. In their respective journeys, they were considerably competent, skilled and weren’t to be found lacking. However in the vast sea of humanity, they were but a single drop in a vast ocean, tasked with the salvation and deliverance of the world from malevolent forces bent on plunging it to its demise.
Chidori had been made to be one of those malevolent forces back in 2009. It had almost cost her life. But she now was living out her second chance free and happy with Junpei.
Shinji also was thinking about his second chance. Although in different terms, his life was not brought back on track by the loving heart of someone else, but a contract. His time was bound to a task, an objective, an outcome. Failure, although not specified, brought consequences. He just hadn’t been told what they were yet. Soon the difficulties and hardships that came with attempting to end the dark hour will be here as well. However they have yet to be seen.
His life was literally and figuratively conditional.
Shinji was in a battle within himself. Despair, denial, anger and sorrow ran through Shinji. His life for the second time was in the cold grasp of forces beyond and against him.
Could he have the strength to genuinely love life like he had never done before, while living a life bound and set by higher forces above him?
In the realm of hesitation and trepidation, Shinji could only think of one course of action.
“If you’re going through hell, keep going.”
He had done so until he was shot twice in that alley. There was not much reason to change that he guessed.
Shinji sighed and rested on the counter. He’d tried to avoid ruminating about the state of affairs, his continued existence and their implications on his mortality, and not look at the gift horse in the mouth. Now however that was impossible to desist from doing.
“Shinji?”
“Oh. Yeah Chidori?”
“What’s wrong? There seems to be a lot on your mind.”
Shinji took a deep breath.
“To be truthful I’m thinking about my shitty choices in my old life.”
Chidori sat and listened to Shinji
“I’d gotten more then I’d bargained for. And now I’m here instead of six feet under.”
“Well. I think it's great that you’re here. You and I might be the only ones who have ever experienced…”
“Wait.”
Shinji stopped to look at Chidori. He did not like what she was implying.
“If you need someone to talk to, about all this. Here’s my number.”
“Oh. Uh, thanks.”
He looked at the profile picture of Chidori’s messenger ID, it was a picture of both her and Junpei.
“You got with Junpei?”
“Yes, hes a sweetheart.” Chidori said while her face started to emanate warmth.
Shinji couldn’t believe it, just a month ago Junpei could be what others would call a knobhead. Shinji then turned to look at Junpei, giving Ryuji and Kasumi tips for general training and seemingly drilling them like a sports coach.
It was another facet of the circumstances he had not considered. Not only had his old friends gotten older, but they had in those seven years had formed fully fledged and developing lives, far cry from the last time Shinji saw them, and their sorrowful faces as he perished painfully.
Some time later
Soon the shadow operatives took leave. They had to report on the details and debrief the other shadow operatives on the mission. Numbers had been exchanged and it was made clear that the shadow operatives would be cooperating with the Kelly Gang.
This left Shinji alone at Leblanc, closing off the shop. He loafed and closed the shop at a slower pace. He had too much on his mind.
Soon he had to get outside to flip the open sign to close. He took the opportunity to breathe in the fresh evening air, only to be found by an on and off acquaintance, a cat.
“Bit late for you buddy.”
Mrow.
“Well, I can’t give you food, but I can give you scratches.”
Meow!
Shinji sat on the ground outside Leblanc, giving the cat a good scratch. And as he gave the cat more well loved rubs and scratches, the more Shinji’s mind was put to ease.
“You don’t have an owner do you? Where's your mom? Where's your dad?"
Mrowww
Shinji tried to look for a name tag or something of the like. He found a yellow collar, but no tag.
“Ok. Go wherever you go. Just don’t get yourself hurt ok?”
Meow!
With his mind at ease, Shinji closed Leblanc off to the world, and got ready to call it a night.
Notes:
https://archiveofourown.org/works/53696227
A one shot I wrote that Yukari actually wrote fanfiction. Whether its canon to this fic you decide for yourselves
Chapter 25: Eine überwältigende Flut von Rot
Summary:
Chapter name definition in German:
An overhelming deluge of red
Notes:
https://youtu.be/PAT2AbpjsLk?si=3seJnaIQ2uVs5C34
So boring, P5 OSThttps://youtu.be/NcakBGundb8?si=yI3nwtMt_76Ck2Pp
Way of life, reload arrangement by MOSQhttps://youtu.be/dxeOcFzxbP4?si=SIO2ksdYDcpB8uWn
Ideal and the real, P5R OSThttps://youtu.be/KSOSILl5XHw?si=__tci4GtL_R837cw
Memories of the city, reloaded versionhttps://youtu.be/Tyvt2wjmZA8?si=EVnYPkQZFaCxUBmL
Zeitgeist, from This is the police 2, by Ben Mathewshttps://youtu.be/j9Sn1nFGQQ8?si=8aA8LISsmE0a6qAS
Color your night, P3R ost
Chapter Text
The next day
Monday, 1st of May
May Day, lunchtime at Shujin
Now playing: So boring, P5 OST
Class had ended for the time being and the student base of Shujin dispersed out for lunch. Despite being invited by Haru to go have lunch upstairs at the garden, Shinji stayed back. He had plans for the hour.
*Thud*
“Your coffee.”
“Oh thank you.”
Kawakami took a quick moment to take a substantial portion of the coffee and to compose herself.
“Ok. What is it you need to revise?”
“Uhhhhhh…”
“Please we don’t have all day.”
“Little bit of everything but especially science.”
With clarification achieved on the matter, both teacher and student then spent a minute outlining a study schedule and a hierarchy of subjects to study based on either his strong or weakest subjects.
“Ok so English is fine, so is history, science is a mess though, and the rest are passable.”
“Well, without further ado, let’s start on science since that’s where you’re struggling.”
Kawakami wasn’t a science teacher, she was an English and history teacher instead, however she was revealed to be an amazing explainer. With most teacher’s communication of concepts like trigonometry, grammar, political constructs and chemistry being at best passable and at average, horrible. Kawakami was an exception, being able to decompose complicated ideas and constructs into understandable and easily remembered.
“So cognition is one of the few broad categories that your brain utilizes. But broadly, it’s boiled down to attention, language, learning, memory, perception and thought. You can likely expect a question involving this.”
Shinji nods
Kawakami kept going on about psychology until the end of class, this section of the curriculum was going to be heavily present in the exam for the science subject, so if Shinji could stick to a semblance of daily revision of the general knowledge present he stood a chance.
“Ok. Your exams are after the end of this week, if you can spend at least ten or at best thirty minutes of each day from now till then revising, you should be fine.”
“I got a question.”
“Is it about the content?”
“Nuh, no. Why are you doing this?”
“D- Doing what?”
“Helping me.”
“Hmmm.”
“Surely you’ve seen it.”
“Huh?”
“How much my colleagues…”
“For the lack of a better word, meet standards and nothing beyond that.”
“They see this whole thing as a job, a source of income, they came for pensions you see. We became teachers out of a mix of promise for good wages, retirement pensions, and also because we thought we could naively make a difference actually teaching , also to brag to relatives.”
“Now I don’t have relatives to brag for, and if I wanted to live a bit more comfier, I wouldn’t be here. So does that make clear why I’m doing this?”
“Yeah. A lot.”
“Also you haven’t been in school for two years and I thought you might need help.”
“Ah.”
“Well, I’ll study hard I guess, and I hope you enjoyed that coffee.”
Mrs Kawakami in a deadpan tone, then said.
“It’s the best coffee I’ve ever had.”
“Glad to hear it!”
Said Shinji as he left the class, closing the door behind him.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Temperance Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
After school, Shibuya
5pm
Now playing: way of life, a reloaded arrangement by MOSQ
Shinji stood outside a place selling soda floats. Now he didn’t plan to come here, but after everything that had happened, Shinji figured this was the best way to reward himself after being able to bear everything which happened in April. Now May was turning around and maybe things would turn his way. Then he suddenly got a text message.
Shinjiro Aragaki, Munehisa Iwai
Iwai:Yo, need your help for something
Shinji: what for?
Iwai: I’ll tell you in person, just if you wanna help come on over
Shinji: I’ll finish this soda and I’ll be on my way.
Untouchables
“Alright. Here’s the deal. There’s something going down regarding a few old fellows I used to hang around with. They’re bad company and intend to get me into stuff I just don’t have time for. Here’s the play.”
A sushi restaurant
Start call
Shinji sat at a booth with his black tinted glasses on. His job was to listen in to a conversation that she should not be really listening in to.
“So here’s the deal. A huge haul and exchange has happened. Lots of cash is flowing and the boss wanted it to be put to good use.”
If shinji had any doubts that the Yakuza was sitting behind him, they were gone now.
“Hey. Move the phone closer, I wanna hear more.”
Shinji heard Iwai, who was waiting in a place with a signal, on the other end of the call and out of sight.
“The problem was that we got fucked over, the money was lost and the goods weren’t delivered by the Hong Kong Mafia.”
“Now I have a plan, it’s to call up an old brother of mine for help, in exchange he can get enough to retire or start a family even, I just need to contact him soon.”
The two men behind him kept talking, but enough was heard.
“Ok, I don’t need to hear about their loveless lives, end the call.”
End call
After a while the two yakuza gang members left, then Iwai came in.
“How’s that stomach?”
“Heh. Much better now kid, nice glasses kid.
“Well. What do we do now?”
“Tsuda acts slow, we just have to be one step ahead of him, then he’ll crack.”
“How do you know that?”
“I was his… “brother”. Yakuza thing.”
Shinji nodded
“I’ll tell you more later. Now c'mon, you did a good job, dinner’s on me.”
Shinji smiled. He’d not expected talking and working with what had felt like an older version of himself, but it was a pleasant experience. So far.
Hanged man rank up!
Haru, Shinji
Shinji: hey Haru?
Haru: yes?
Shinji: On Wednesday, can you and I go to the palace alone? We left something back in the palace and we gotta make sure we have it before anything happens to the palace.
Haru:Sure, meet me at the garden
Haru: also, should we bring along the others?
Shinji: Nah, they deserve a break, and as much time to study for the exams next week.
Haru: do you think you’re gonna make it?
Shinji: in what respect?
Haru: exams
Shinji: just
Tuesday, 2nd of May
After school
Shinji stood outside one of the halls, taking a sip out of some coffee. He couldn’t help but listen to the chatter throughout the halls. He was thankful that it had stopped being about him, how he assaulted someone, smuggled or did drugs, other crimes he supposedly had committed which were true.
But now instead it was about the calling card. Kamoshida’s absence. Annoyance about the lack of gym. Annoyance about extra study period,
when exams were next week.
They’d talk about the calling card, the mysterious Kelly Gang, etc. But nothing about the people Kamoshida hurt.
Before Kamoshida’s palace was done in, it was easy to look around and see the trail of suffering that Kamoshida brought, but nobody noticed. And even then now when it was made clear how much shit the sack of shit was filled with, nothing was done. Except now it wasn’t right in front of their faces.
Shinji tried to think of a satisfactory reason as to why the student base seemed to be so complacent. This must’ve been going on depressingly for much, much longer then he had been here.
He heard Sojiro said not to stir the pot too much, but why? It was plain and clear as day the degree of Kamoshida’s harm, and that’s understating it.
Did they want to keep their head down? Stay out of trouble? Thought someone else would do something? Even then that couldn’t have stopped someone from calling the cops and describing in detail the extent of harm done. Most concerningly and disappointingly, any adult associated with the school at large seemed to not give a damn.
“Well shit. They just don’t care don’t they?”
So nobody wanted to stick their head out. Nobody wanted to give a damn. Me ne frego.
This angered Shinji, it frustrated him. It was inexcusable.
He’d stopped thinking. This Kelly Gang biz was not going to be a one off. He was pretty sure that his friends would agree, he did not just spend a lot of cash that did not exist on guns that don’t shoot real bullets. He wasn’t going to fucking throw them out either.
He was going to ask Mishima a favor.
Evening
The Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: Ideal and the Real
“So you’re telling me he hasn’t aged a day."
Yukari simply replied
“Yeah. He looked the same as that night, as if he wasn’t shot twice.”
“Ah jeez.”
Maruki took out a cup of water and sipped it to rest his breath which had been breaking along with his suspension of belief and apprehension.
“Well. I don’t know how I’m going to explain that in my report for Doctor Fuuka. What else did they talk about?
“Well, they talked about how they got there. It was an app on their phone which apparently brought them there when three terms were spoken verbally.”
“Ok Chidori, that's something to go off from. What were those three terms?”
“You needed a name, a place, and a distortion.”
“Define distortion.”
“Well, the bastard in question was a gym teacher at a school. The school that Shinji and his friends went to was made into a castle, and supposedly that was because he saw himself as the “king” of Shujin academy.”
“Alright, now we’ve got something tangible. This is sounding rather similar to what that other group of persona users went through.”
“Ok. Let me paraphrase everything so I can make sure I’m getting it all right.”
“Shinji and his friends, through a mysterious app that he didn’t download, were able to access a cognitive world at will. It doesn’t seem to occur naturally like the dark hour, or through a specific object like a television set.”
“Also, there are criteria for accessing this cognitive plain. Namely an individual, a location and a distortion. These three are linked. And allow me to reach for a moment. The individual in question is someone of special status in a certain location, that then distorts the location in the cognitive world.”
Yukari and Chidori nodded
“Oh yeah, there was this button that says “navigate to Mementos”. Shinji said he didn’t know what that did.”
“Ok. I think that’s enough for a sufficient report. But I like to say one thing.”
“Yeah? What’s that?”
“All of this information is being written based on first hand testimony. Although it serves as a solid foundation to build our understanding of this new cognitive realm, I’m afraid I might be limited in what I can report because I can’t observe this cognitive space myself.”
“Are you saying you want to see it for yourself?”
“Yes.”
“No Maruki.”
Yukari’s tone changed to a firm one
“We can’t afford you getting hurt in there, what if you get hurt? What if a shadow gets you?”
“I think I could observe, record and understand what you guys are going up against if I can go in there and simply observe.”
“You wouldn’t need to do that! Fuuka’s coming in a few weeks!”
“Then what am I here for?”
“What?”
“What. am. I. here. for.”
Yukari in the heat of the moment tried to think of an answer to put the argument to rest, but couldn’t find any.
“I’ll ask Mitsuru if you are authorized to get into the cognitive world.”
Maruki by the end of the argument had his arms crossed and stared down at the table.
“Are you ok Maruki?”
“I'm Fine.”
“Why are you so invested in this?”
“She is right that you can get hurt in there, and Mitsuru really wouldn’t want that.”
“Professor Wakaba.”
Chidori remained silent. She never had gotten to know Wakaba Isshiki, but she knew that her death hit Fuuka hard, and affected the organization significantly.
“If she was here, she would be jumping up and down, all excited, wanting to see this. She dedicated her entire life to this.”
Chidori was holding a face of solemn understanding.
“You want to finish what she started?”
“Yeah. She was a wonderful teacher and woman. And now she can’t see that she was right all along.
Now playing: Memories of the city, reloaded
Maruki got up and went out into the kitchen, he took out a bottle of wine and poured two glasses. He then signaled Chidori to go to the Balcony with him.
Sitting down on two chairs they had brought out, they talked about Wakaba and the finer details of her research. Eventually, Chidori then asked about any stories regarding her, and Maruki obliged.
“One time in a lecture, she brought a box of cats over because it was the last lecture of the semester. Everybody just decided to bail on this one lecture to study or party. It was just me, Fuuka and Sumire that showed up.”
With a shocked face, Chidori asked why
“Well, she saw this coming, and decided to bring a bunch of friends along so we, Sumire, Fuuka and myself “wouldn’t feel too lonely”.
“Heh. Anyway, because we were her best students, we’d spent the lecture playing around with the cats and eating chocolate that Sumire brought over.”
Maruki laughed to himself as Chidori observed Maruki’s mood turn from cold to jolly.
“So. Do you miss her?”
Maruki took a sip of his glass of wine “yeah. I guess you can say I’m doing this for her. If she were still alive, I think she would’ve been the first to go with you guys rather than me.”
“Would you rather have stayed behind?”
“I just don’t know if the shoes fit. Mrs. Kirijo sent me probably because apart from Fuuka, I am the next person that did study her research before those assholes from the government confiscated them.”
Maruki became cold again.
“Chidori.”
“Yeah?”
“Wakaba died for some fucking morons in suits and ties to take her research. I don’t even think they know what the fuck to do with it!”
“So I guess that’s why I’m here. To pick up where she’s left off.”
If Chidori had any shock in her system, she was hiding it very well at the moment.
“Sorry for shouting.”
“Are you ok Maruki?”
“I’m fine. I just.”
Maruki sighed.
“She deserves to be here more than I do, she worked so hard for this, she even had a daughter. Did I tell you that?”
“Fuck.”
Maruki bent over in his chair to put his empty glass on the floor. There were too many sentiments at odds with each other, he didn’t coherently know how to feel. Incoherence. It ate at Maruki. He studied this, he studied under the best mind of the field, and was put into a position to prove and support the theories of his teacher in the most direct way possible. But that was only because she was dead.
Maruki felt undeserving of this. This opportunity to widen the understanding of man’s psyche. He wasn’t the best person to ask to make sense of all this! That would be Wakaba.
He never was able to say goodbye to his favorite professor. Her family didn’t allow for her closest students to attend the funeral. And the world had moved on, unlike him.
Chidori put her hand on his back.
“You’re gonna finish what she started Maruki. Because no one else can. You can do it, just take care of yourself.”
Maruki’s expression turned to a back to a weak smile, accompanied by a sliver of resolution.
“If you need me, I’ll be painting Labrys’s portrait. See you upstairs.”
Maruki kept staring out into the distance as Chidori left the balcony. Things started to seem like they’ll be ok.
3rd of May, Wednesday
After school
Outside the former castle of lust, the metaverse
Now playing: Zeitgeist, by Ben Mathews
“Steady, steady,”
Kelly and Olga were making off with some certain spoils that they were unable to bring with them from the last time they’d been into the former palace.
It was weird coming back, when the palace was still active, it had felt alive in a sense. Not because its entire garrison had been slaughtered by Kelly and gang, but because it was devoid of anything of value, of purpose.
Perhaps the only reason the physical bricks of the castle remained was due to the memory of Kamoshida’s harm and tyranny upon his victims. But bad memories can fade away with time, proper closure and with time.
The Kelly gang, as soon as Kamoshida is gone from the picture, will expedite the process by ending this episode of hard and bitter struggle with the palace’s artillery.
“Ok. Let’s take a small break, then we can get the ammunition down here.”
“Can I ask a question Kelly?”
Shinji nods
“Are we going to continue doing this? Continuing the Kelly Gang?”
“That’s a conversation to have with the rest of the gang, not just us two.”
“Ok.”
As Shinji and Haru ate their curry, they saw something crawling inside one of the cannons.
“Did you see that?”
“Yeah.”
Shinji took out his revolver and approached the cannon. He then took a peek into the cannon.
“Huh? What are you doing there little fella?”
Shinji reached his arms inside the cannon to then pull out a cat out of the cannon.
He then held the cat in his arms almost like a baby.
“Awww, did you get lost little cat?”
The cat had gotten assertive, seemingly doing so out of embarrassment.
“Don’t have an owner huh?”
The cat replied with a concise sound. Shinji thinks that this meant yes.
“Stray cats in places like these. Not the first time it happens.”
“What do you mean Shinji?”
“Sometimes stray cats would wander into a place like this, it just happens, and me and my old friends would have to get them out. Sometimes humans also get lost there.”
“How does that happen?”
“Well, every night when it’s midnight, it’d get real ugly, the moon and sky would turn green. People would turn into coffins and the streets would be covered in blood.”
Haru stared at Shinji in a combined expression of shock and horror. Shinji’s description of the dark hour was something out of a nightmare.
“And if you weren’t in a coffin, or a persona user, the shadows would jump you.”
“Please tell me that doesn’t happen anymore!”
“Well, that was a long time ago. I think everything’s ok now.”
Now that Shinji thought about it, he’d never confirmed whether the dark hour was destroyed or not. It would be something to ask Yukari and the others next time they meet.
“However, I think this little guy just got brought with us when we navigated to the palace, just like Chidori and Labrys.”
At that moment, the cat jumped off Shinji’s arms and made a mad dash.
“Wait! Where are you going!”
“After it!”
After some running later
Shinji and Haru now stand in front of a metro entrance. They see the cat standing at its entrance, licking its paws.
“There you are.”
“We were worried about you!”
“We should give you a name. You seem to like hanging around me.”
“Oooh, how about Morgana?”
Shinji picked up the cat, and peered into the Metro station. He then held his hand up to Haru to signal her that something was remiss.
“Haru. Something doesn’t feel right about this place.”
Taking their guns, both Haru and Shinji approached the interior of the metro entrance, the ticket gates were open, but the tracks which were supposed to hold trains were empty. A seemingly malicious rot seemed to cover the walls and the floor with an seemingly evil and maligned foreboding sense of doom.
“Shit. What the hell is this place?”
Shinji’s phone then screamed,
“YOU HAVE NOW ARRIVED AT MEMENTOS!”
Haru and Shinji jumped, Shinji's phone was on speaker. opening the navigator app, Shinji and Haru now knew the name of this den of seeping maliciousness was called.
“Sh-Should we go in?”
“No. We need the rest of the gang. And the shadow operatives. They would know what to do.”
Shinji then handed over the cat to Haru.
“We should get back now, get as much ammunition for the cannons we can carry, then we can go get Morgana a warm meal afterwards.”
And so they did…
Evening
Leblanc
Now playing: Color your night
Shinji and Haru now stood outside Leblanc with some sodas and warm grub for Morgana.
“Aw. They look so happy… What did you make for Morgana ?”
“Something I used to make for another old friend of mine. He was a very, very good boy.”
“Hmm? Did you used to own a pet?”
“A dog. It wasn’t mine though, me and the shadow operatives way back when adopted him when his owner bought the farm.”
“That’s sad Shinji, you took good care of him did you?”
“Yeah. Though I don’t know how he’s doing now.”
At the same time
Iwatodai dorm The Roof
Howling could be heard from the roof of the Iwatodai dorm. It was howling never heard since the days of the dark hour, on a dark autumn night. However this howling was not out of mourning or grief, but triumph, rejoicing, and other similar sentiments. The moon rose to the heights of Koromaru’s howling.
Accompanying Koromaru, was Ken, Kotone and Aigis, trying to determine what the occasion was for such bold and loud howling.
“Aigis. Why is Koro howling?”
“Koromaru states that he cannot wait to see Shinji again.”
“Awww. Neither can I Koro.”
Aigis and Kotone grabbed Koromaru, giving the good boy as many kisses and scratches as they could. Partly out of being on the same page, but also to not wake the neighbors and get a noise complaint.
Ken however, with a mug of coffee in his grasp, stared at the moon. Wishing he could also be just as excited as Kotone, Aigis and Koromaru were to see Shinji again.
Staring out to the moon, he sighed.
Chapter 26: Повстання гідності
Summary:
Translation in Ukrainian: Revolt of dignity
closure
Notes:
Songs will now be linked in the actual work itself when you see
"Now playing:--------"
Please comment immediately if links do not work so they can be fixed
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
After school
Thursday, fourth of May
Tae’s clinic
Now playing: Butterfly Kiss, jazzy remix by J music ensemble
“Ok. I’ve changed certain aspects of the formula to try to keep you from passing out when you take it. Remember, do not drink the entire cup”
“Got it.”
Shinji then drank the prescribed portion of the medicine. He had no idea how, but the mix was a combination of entirely bitter and sweet at the same time. The only comparison would be the juice he drank last Saturday where the sweetness of the fruit and its bitterness combined created one a deadly reflexive gag.
Pleasantly, he did not pass out, although feeling rather loopy, Shinji maintained consciousness and was able to describe perfectly how he was feeling after taking the medicine. Although it might just be the bitter and unpleasant taste keeping him awake.
After noting down observations and observing for any unwanted side effects for half an hour, Tae gave Shinji the go ahead to get going with his day.
“So how does next week sound?”
“Might have to skip out next week, got exams.”
“Oh. Well, if I got spare time and you got time i'll let you know and you can come anytime, and good luck.”
As that line of inquiry was being closed however, the door of the clinic then opened to reveal a Tokyo police officer.
Tae sighs.
“What is this?”
“I’ve received a call that you are selling unapproved and illicit drugs and substances mam.”
“Do you have a warrant?”
“No bu-“
“Then leave her alone, officer.”
The officer and Tae stopped as Shinji raised his voice. A firm and unmoving tone painted the tone of Shinji’s words.
The officer looked at Shinji.
“Has the doctor been selling anything illicit to you?”
“No.”
“Look. I’ve got a busy day ahead. So do you. You should get going.”
The officer, suddenly turning nervous and red, then turned back to exit the clinic, like a defeated lion who was sized up and found lacking.
“You didn’t have to speak up for me, you know.”
“Both of us don’t have time for his shit.”
“Yeah. People have been trying to get the cops to shut down my clinic. I don’t have time for this.”
“This happens every once in a while, old bosses try to send false reports to the authorities then I have to deal with it.”
Takemi sighs.
“Well, thanks for participating in the trial and not being a snitch, you getting a better discount for being a loyal customer.”
“Thanks.”
Death rank up!!!
Evening, Leblanc
It was closing time at Leblanc, meaning Sojiro and Shinji stood outside the shop taking in the fresh evening air. There they stood, talking about the upcoming exams.
“So, have you been studying?”
“Yeah.”
“Didn’t see you studying tonight.”
“I studied at school.”
“Ok.”
Sojiro let out a puff of smoke and exhaled
“You’re improving your coffee making. I don’t think there’s much to worry about except practicing and doing it regularly. Otherwise, if you need extra time for studying or if you want your friends to come over to study just tell me.
Shinji nodded, however his and Sojiro’s attention was being directed towards something moving towards the hole in the wall that was Leblanc.
“Oh. Hello there little guy!”
It was a cat, the same cat that Shinji found near the palace yesterday.
“Oh, did you come for dinner, little guy? You’ve come to the right place!”
“Kid, stay outside and keep the cat around, I’ll make it some supper.”
Sojiro went back to the cafe to make Morgana’s supper, while Shinji sat on the concrete, playing around with the cat.
“So why did you follow us into mementos huh?”
Meow.
“Cmon spill.”
Mrowww
“Talk.”
“Ok that’s it.”
Shinji scooped up Morgana into his lap and started to savagely tickle the feline. Subdued but aggressive sounds could be heard from the front porch as Shinji mercilessly tickled poor Morgana in silence.
“Ok I’m back.”
With the coming of Sojiro with a plate of supper, Shinji left Morgana to his own devices to sulk and ruminate about how his second favorite human savagely tickled his tummy. However the boss’s cooking seemed to alleviate that sulking.
“He’s been around for some time, you know.”
“Really?”
“He’s always somewhere around here, just recently however he’s been noticing how good the food is here.”
“Oh. Is that because of me?”
Sojiro started to smile devilishly.
“Don’t get too confident. You’ve only been here for less than a month. There’s still a lot of improvement to do to meet my standards.”
“However, you’ve definitely been doing this long before you got here, I can tell, and so does the cat.”
“Either way you’re looking good kid.”
“Thanks boss.”
So then Shinji and Sojiro stood out in the cool evening air, enjoying the company of a feline friend.
Hierophant rank up!!!
Fifth of May, Friday
Lunch
“Hey Shinnie!”
“Yeah Kaz?”
“Can we go study at Leblanc? I’ve been slacking off studying because of practice.”
“Alright. Though I’m calling up the rest of the gang, making this a group study session.”
Kasumi then walked past, skipping among the hallway almost as if she’s about to launch into a cartwheel down the stairs. Shinji smiled, the looming threat of the now disposed king had dissipated into oblivion. Then he got another message.
Yukari Takeba
Yukari:Hey Shinji, we got something we wanna ask of you
Shinji: Yeah?
Yukari: We want you to bring the shadow operatives to this palace you told us about.
Shinji: Ok, I’ll get you a time and place.
End track
Evening
Leblanc
“Ok, carry the two then…”
“Cognition is the word used to describe your brain utilizing its functions…”
“You gotta be kidding me! What did you get for number three?”
“You guys are doomed.”
At the group study session at Leblanc, the five members of the gang were studying hard in order to increase their prospects of a decent grade. Certain members struggled more, some less. Some had understood the concepts that were prominent in the exams to the point they could summarize and explain it to their peers who were less understanding. All while five unseen ethereal figures sat on the counter, all facing the booth that their wielders were sitting in and studying.
Now playing: Ой у полі два дубки , performed by the Viter Ukrainian folk choir
“It is good to see you all here my Personi brethren. I've been waiting for our reunion for some time.” Stated Olga as she took a sip out of a cup of tea.
“Uh. Olga, it's only been a week, mate.” Said Ned in a rather barebones fashion, evocative of his not so royal background.
“No need for formalities Olga, this isn’t a school of chivalry.” said Teddy as he took a shot of some Polish vodka.
Meanwhile, Anita and Bonnie on the other end of the counter were reeling having taken their shots of Teddy’s drink. King Sobieski was too much for a celebrity bank robber and heroine of two worlds.
“Ted. What on god’s green earth is this!!!” Shouted Bonnie at Ryuji
“FILHO DE PUTA!” Shouted Anita as she threw the shot glass to the wall, shattering it.
Ted laughed maniacally, then passed the bottle and shot glasses over to the side of the counter where Ned and Olga are sitting, who were drinking coffee and tea instead. They had no interest in indulging Ted.
“Heh, How about you Olga?” as Ted moved the bottle of Sobieski over to Olga “How about you Ned? C’mon don’t be a wet blanket!”
“No.”
“I don’t drink.”
“Oh C’mon!!! Surely you can handle it !”
“It will be unbecoming of a queen of the Rus and Kyiv to be found wasted in a brothel Ted.”
“And it was also unbecoming of me. Somebody offered me a beer once, then I woke up in a Gaol.”
“Wait what? But that was only a single drink?!”
“It was tampered. Next thing I knew I was being dragged to court, I tried to run but one of the officers grabbed my pants, then it all went to hell from there.”
All Personi on the counter remained silent as Ned described the time he was taken in by the cops on a dubious charge of drunkenness. What was being described by Kelly was a brawl with police officers that well, went nuts.
“So he goes fucking flying and hits his head on the fucking wall, and is knocked out, sleeping like a baby. The second officer is still hanging on for dear fucking life, the other three are just dolls being thrown around by a damn child.
“Wud, what happened next Kelly?”
“Thankfully, a magistrate comes in, tells the five officers they should be fucking ashamed for hanging on to my manhood for dear life, he then cuffs me, I then go to court, plead guilty, and proceed to pay the due and walk off using the money I got from stealing horses.”
As the story was finished, Ned then took a long great sip of his coffee, and exhaled a mighty breath of exhilaration.
“Santa Merda.”
“Shit, Ned.” Bonnie said in awe
Although all personae sitting down were all silent, one wasn’t
“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAH, CHRIST!”
Now playing:Ой, розвивайся та сухий дубе
It was Ted, and immediately the mood transitioned to one of laughter and glee. As the more rowdy Bonnie Clyde and Anita Garibaldi bursted out into laughter while Olga let out a smile and subdued laugh. A rare and rather strange sight knowing the reputation she had.
“Always liked telling that story, always made Danny giggle.”
And so the gang of personas opened up, they exchanged stories of their days now gone. From leading former peasants of polish nobles to victory against the Moskals, Prussians and Austrians, sending an almost biblical wave of destruction to a tribe near Kyiv, stealing automatic browning rifles and automatic browning shotguns from the national guard armory of Enid Oklahoma , and wars against tyranny in Brazil, Uruguay and Italy.
The gang of personae had little to nothing in common with each other, but thanks to the gathering of persona users in a single place, the long dead Personi who were sat on the counter of Leblanc were able to feel a sense of companionship and bond to one another by a common history of struggle, the ends different, but struggle not so.
Eventually though, the conversation is drawn to instead the Kelly gang and what the possible future foretells.
“So, what do you think they’d do if they found another one of those palaces?” Asked Bonnie
“Not much. I assume. Take everything that isn’t nailed down.”
“Wonder if we’ll find another one of us out there.”
“What, another mask like us?”
“Then we will welcome them with open arms. They join our crusade against the wicked forces that keep our wielders on their knees!”
“But will our bearers know they are a part of this crusade against tyranny of all stripes?”
“Ted. I’ve been talking to Shinji, I think he’s at least getting an idea, and so will the rest of the gang.”
“Do you tell us this from a place of wisdom? Or out of favoritism for Shinji?”
“While I do admit I do like Shinji, it comes out of a place of kinship. Having known him for almost a month I can say we are very alike. We share many virtues and commitments of mine."
“Perhaps you should get to know your wearers too. Make some conversation with them. If you all are so committed to the cause of setting Humanity free from the dark clouds of tyrannical arseholery, you should have faith that those who wear a mask bearing your face, share that same conviction."
“So, A Toast! A toast to the Kelly Gang!”
Much later
Outside Leblanc
Shinji and the gang had finished studying some time after the toast to the Kelly gang was held. Spirits were high, hopes too for exams next week.
“Alright guys, see you tomorrow.”
Sixth of May, Saturday
Shujin Academy, assembly hall
Now playing:Revolutionary Etude (Op. 10 No.12), by Chopin
“Mishima sat at the back of the crowd in the assembly hall. He let out a loud yawn as he had hoped to use the study hall period for an hour of rest after a night of working in Shinji's favor. Instead he was here, trying to keep his tired legs standing for presumably half an hour, maybe more. The principal then walked towards the podium. Illuminated by artificial lighting and with an occupied expression, he spoke.
“Settle down.”
“Now, I know that as of recently, a series of serious accusations and allegations have been thrown around the school. Now these are being investigated, but I’d like to emphasize the point that any false allegations come with possible consequences. If these allegations are false, and the accuser is found, there is little to no protection from legal consequences, or expul-”
At that moment, Kamoshida burst onto the podium. He stood hunched, flaccid instead of standing up tall and erect as he usually was. There was clear tiredness and misery under his eyes, while his pupils betrayed a feeling of desperation, mania and strain.
“Ah, Kamoshida how can I help yo-”
Kamoshida grabbed the microphone from the principal’s grasp. An expression of shock could be found on the round and obese principal’s face.
“The allegations are true. I’ve beaten, abused, sexually harassed, and raped several students of the volleyball team.”
For a moment there was silence. In an attempt to stamp out any sparks of a possible fire under his own ass, Kamoshida had just poured a lot of Kerosene on it, about to self immolate himself in all aspects but literally.
It was at this moment when shit had hit the literal fan, as the victims of Kamoshida’s reign of terror started corroborating Kamoshida’s confession, verbally, angrily. Soon enough the supposed assembly had turned to an impromptu imitation of a court trial, with Kamoshida confessing to the crimes he’d committed as the accused, his victims the prosecution, along with the entire student base and faculty as the jury.
The only way to end this verbal (court) trial by fire, was when the principal signaled the faculty to dismiss the studentbase back to class in an attempt to control the situation.
But not much could be done, any order or sense of it had been turned to ashes as while previously indifferent, the rest of the student base which hadn’t been victims of Kamoshida, were roused. Having listened to what was likely only a tiny portion of Kamoshida’s crimes, the attempt to end the assembly, to cut this short, was not taken in a rather understanding way. So instead of order, chaos and disobedience was the word of the day in the halls of Shujin.
In the chaos of the student base resisting the call for dismissal, Mishima had his phone out, recording the entire downfall of Kamoshida. Its construction and the flash of the camera hide the visible shock of Mishima’s face. It was not to last, for Mishima then slipped away, disappearing through the crowd like a man being brought to sea. The last words he could hear from the former coach was an appeal to call the cops on him, so he could turn himself in.
Track end
Meanwhile, the roof garden
Shinji and the gang had been sitting out the assembly on the roof. They figured as long as they’d been marked present earlier in the morning it shouldn’t hurt to skip this one. Nobody wanted to hear a word from the principal, especially after he had shown an almost servile need and willingness to turn a blind eye to Kamoshida, due to the ability to brag about having an Olympic medalist as your gym teacher. Perhaps if a slightly level headed and reasonable individual had been at the head of the Kelly gang, perhaps they all would’ve been in attendance.
Not like they all wanted to attend anyway, they’d all been feeling a tad more tired after yesterday’s study session, with not much reason found to ascertain why. So instead they sat, on chairs, the floor, by benches in an disorganized tangle. Shinji, almost dozing off to unconsciousness then raised his finger, going to raise some instructions
“If anyone asks, just say that we were all in a taxi and traffic got bad, deal?” Groaning, Shinji tried to get some shut eye.
Shinji couldn’t help but reminisce about all the times he’d skipped out on school assemblies back in Gekkoukan. Unless Mitsy was speaking at the assembly, he would usually skip. He would get a lot of crap for it from Misty and Aki, but it was justified and understood as only being here for Mitsuru, rather than that stupid shit faced Gekkoukan principal. The reminiscing continued until the door to the roof opened, revealing Mishima, looking slightly disheveled, like he had navigated through seven seas, eight storms and nine treacherous straits.
“Guys. You gotta see this!”
Five minutes later
Now playing: Joy, from Persona 3
“Holy crap he really did it.” spoke Ryuji
“He really did it!” shouted Ann in joy
“We did it.” affirmed Haru
Everyone was jubilated. Everyone shouted, everyone cried out, everyone grabbed, hugged, jumped for joy and not a single soul among them was feeling gloom. Mishima even was included.
As soon as that stopped though, Shinji, who stood erect and tall, but lean and relaxed after a jubilant moment, was far the opposite of Kamoshida.
“Oh Shinji?”
“Yes Mishima?”
“About that favor, I should be done by Monday. If not then sometime around that week if later.”
Shinji gave Mishima a pat on the back “Thanks mate.”
“Hey Shinji?”
“Yeah Kaz?”
Kasumi asked “Are we doing it today?”
“Nah. I’m too tired for that, and I wanna bring the S.O along as well. They’d asked me if they can come with us to see the palace for themselves.”
“Heh heh. Shame.”
Shinji had to suppress a giggle, although his old friends would probably like to spend time in the palace and getting to grips with this new plain of the cognitive plain, the need for closure and celebrating their victory over Kamoshida will take precedence.
Ryuji called out to the gang, “hey guys! Since we had just skipped Assembly, we might as well skip school today eh? I know a good pizza place I’m paying !”
Although some reservations were held to skip school today altogether, all that were present were still in such a celebratory mood that they weren’t willing to raise any objection. Besides, as they went downstairs they saw the world of Shujin turn itself upside down.
All faculty were summoned to a meeting likely to discuss the disastrous assembly and its consequences. Although it likely was a cover for the fact that the attempt to end the assembly too early while Kamoshida was confessing the degree of his crimes by the Faculty had caused a complete disregard for any authority the studentbase had.
Classes for the day just couldn’t happen because students weren’t willing to play to the tune of the teachers. Their disgust, hostility at Kamoshida, the principal and especially the faculty for shuttering down the Assembly prematurely had backfired.
Unwillingly, an end to the school day was declared over the loudspeakers, and the student base streamed outward, providing good cover for the Kelly Gang to escape any suspicion. Escaping the cold and artificially lit halls for the sun outside.
It was not the end of the consequences however, as it turned out Mishima wasn’t the only one to have been recording Kamoshida’s live confession. On various social media sites, the confession had circulated and remained on the top trends. Now all of Tokyo and Japan knew what fiendish crimes the Olympic medalist had committed, and to some, also got an idea as to how rotten the faculty which had enabled and supported the fiend was.
As Shinji and the gang were gallivanting through the sun, he’d received several messages from people he had known.
Sojiro
Sojiro: Hey kid, are you ok? I saw the news about what’s happening at Shujin. What's happening?
Shinji: Asshole is getting what he’s deserving
Sojiro: Ok fair enough but what are you doing now?
Shinji: Getting pizza
Sojiro:???
Shinji: It's a half day, we were only meant to attend the assembly and lunch, Lunch is canceled.
Sojiro: stay safe kid
Shinji: thanks
Shadow operatives
Labrys: YOOO SHINJI WHAT THE FUCK
Shinji:?
Junpei: We're all watching the news and social media
that fucker was pouring his heart out, what happened?
Shinji: some might say he had a change of heart
Labrys:OHHOHOHOHO
SHINJI DID YOU FUCK HIM UP???
AND BY THAT I MEAN BEAT THE LIVING FUCKING SHIT OUT OF HIM???
Shinji: Eh, no not really, sort of.
Chidori: if only you did beat him up, I would’ve helped.
Labrys: OOOHHH CHIDORI WANTS SOME
Yukari: Eitherway, I’m glad that Asswipe is now likely going to jail. Your friends deserved better Shinji.
Shinji:Yeah, that’s why we’re grabbing some pizza now.
Junpei: Go get it King!
Labrys: YEAAA GO GET THAT BREAD
Kotone: Shinji, if anyone touches your friends call me
Shinji: Damn, is everyone here?
Mitsuru: Yes Shinji, we hope you and your friends are healthy and well.
Akihiko: Shinni, if you got anything to do with that, great job.
Shinji: ah thanks, never thought you’d show up.
Shinji: Well, me and the mates are all going out for pizza now, maybe we will send photos to you all later.
Labrys: Cya soon Shinji!
Shinji: also Yukari, we’re doing it tomorrow. Will send further instructions later after pizza.
Yukari: gotcha
Kotone:oooo, what you got going there shinnie???
Yukari: He’s offline
Akihiko: oh let him enjoy his pizza
Mitsuru: He deserves it after everything he has gone through.
Kotone: yeah.
Some pizza place in Shibuya
To say Ryuji knew a pizza place would be cutting short the character of the establishment he’d found somehow.
The establishment was definitely Italian, it definitely was trying its damndest at being the most Italian establishment in Shibuya, so much that the TV in the corner was playing some spaghetti western.
Now playing: Trinity Titoli, by Annibale E I Cantori Moderni
It didn’t dawn on the gang that the pizza here was also perhaps the best pizza in Shibuya, only being apparent after a few bites.
Finishing her bite, Ann exclaimed “Ryuji, why haven’t you told us about this place before?!!”
“My mom brought me here once for a birthday, the pizza was so good that from then on I suppose I’d only come here for special days, this is one of those I suppose.”
Kasumi gave Ryuji a small punch on the shoulder
“Hey! What was that for Kaz!”
“That is unforgivable! This place has the best pizza in Tokyo and you don’t tell us!”
“I wasn’t doing it on purpose!-“
“Ok. I have.”
While Ann, Ryuji and Kasumi kept digging into Ryuji for not letting them in on the best pizza in Tokyo, Shinji had been dozing off after downing his slices, however Haru noticed, and woke him up.
“Hey Shinji? Should we ask them the question?”
“Whu, whah what question.”
“The one I asked you back in Mementos.”
“Oh. Right.”
“Ok folks listen up.”
Everyone was suddenly at attention.
“Now that we’ve done, we have one thing to settle.”
“What is it dude?” Asked Ryuji
“We’ve brought down Kamoshida, we did it because we all banded together to take the fucker down.”
“Now I come with the next question, should we continue doing this? Should we continue the Kelly Gang?”
After a moment of silence, the gang comes to a consensus.
Starting with Ryuji
“I think, if the people with these palaces are just shitty people who get off hurting other people, I think we aren’t doing much wrong.”
“I’m with Ryuji on this one.” Kasumi says in an agreeable tone
“I think we can make a difference if we continue to be committed to our extracurricular activities.”
“Yeah!” Followed Ann “We got the power, we can’t put this to waste doing nothing.”
Shinji nodded.
“Well, I think as long as we don’t bring this down a cliff and keep our targets to the category of “shitty people” we’re doing good.”
Ryuji then raised a Coca cola bottle “Cheers!”
The gang raises a toast, one with vigor and resolution. Not unlike their counterparts last night at Leblanc.
But unlike last night, this toast was real. Proven by a group photo of the gang surrounding an empty plate where a pizza used to be.
Track end
Sixth of May
The next day
Outside Kamoshida’s former palace
The Kelly gang stood outside the castle, now becoming more derelict, with even moss starting to grow on its walls. Whatever effect yesterday had on the palace, it did not spare the physical building from what can be only likened from rotting like a corpse. The ethereal distortion and invisible force that could be felt inside and around that kept the bricks standing instead of mortar, now instead the castle stood like a brittle set of bones to be set upon by starving dogs.
“Man. Where the hell is Kelly, ain’t he supposed to be here with his friends?”
“Relax Ted. They’ll be here soon.” Replied Olga
Now playing: Meaning of the armbands
As if Haru’s words were prophecy, Shinji had arrived with the shadow operatives.
While the Kelly Gang were in various varieties of dress from military dress uniform, tailored gangsters and a gaucho. The Shadow Operatives also came dressed in their best .
Marching on either side of Shinji, the four shadow operatives were draped in black coats with what appeared to be gold tinted zippers. They Are accompanied with black leather bandoliers, belts and webbing holding their weapons, cartridges and their evokers.
Chidori and Labrys were not exempt from this, while Chidori wore a shadow operatives jacket much similar to her older shadow operative colleagues , Labrys however was a departure from the usual dress attire of the shadow operatives, due to being a robot.
Labrys came adorned with the same shoulder crest, there was the number 12, indicating herself as the most recent and junior of the shadow operatives. She also worn a black leather jacket specifically tailored and made to fit her construction.
Eitherway, they were all following Shinji, who instead of having a shoulder crest with the shadow operatives shorthand, instead wore a humble armband. Nobody had come to the conclusion yet, but Shinji technically outranked Yukari in terms of seniority, as the third individual member of SEES and having been there when it was only Akihiko, Mitsuru and him. Even so, his towering stature, the iron mask, and menacing appearance made him naturally appear like the natural figure of authority.
End track
“There you are Shinji! We’ve been waiting for you!” Shouted Ryuji.
The two groups met together at the extreme limits of the Palace where the distorting forces faltered and met the undistorted city. Exchanging pleasantries, handshakes and greetings, however, the rest of the Kelly gang then quickly dispersed and disappeared towards the undistorted city. Leaving Shinji with the shadow operatives, and a bit to explain.
“Hey wait! Shinji, where are they all going!”
“Yeah. What’s the big deal, Shinji?”
“Well. Most of the gang had been or were victims of Kamoshida’s abuse. Or were about to be. So, this is closure.”
“We’d spent a few weeks more or less moving through this entire castle to find its source, which happened to be a crown.
“Kamoshida fought us to keep it, I dunno when but we started to call it his treasure, as we were stealing from this pervert king of a castle.”
“So we stole it, and I guess yesterday was what happened when you steal someone’s treasure, they bend over and give themselves up on whatever shitty things they had been doing.”
“We thought when we stole the treasure, the castle would explode or something. But it didn’t, disappointingly.”
“So we’re doing it ourselves.”
Now playing: 1812 overture finale, by Pyotr Ilyich Tchaikovsky
Shinji then with haste marched to the gang, now manning a battery of three cannons which he and Haru had brought out of the armory painstakingly earlier. The shadow operatives followed to see all cannons loaded, with fuses ready.
The shadow operatives were taken aback, never had they seen or used anything of this large destructive nature in their history.
“Hoooly shit Shinji!” shouted Junpei
“Where the hell did you get these!” Asked Yukari
“EVERYBODY READY!”
Everybody was, some three lit matches could be found illuminating the dark, and lighting the fuzes. The sizzling sound could be compared to the moment before the crescendo.
“NOW FIRE!”
The first three shots rang out in succession, the shadow operatives suddenly had plugged their ears and were shielding their ear drums, all except for Labrys, who was a robot and did not have eardrums, she instead watched the fireworks in awe and shock. Three impacts were made on the walls guarding the main castle, bringing them down and exposing Kamoshida’s former castle to its downfall.
“FIRE AGAIN”
After a moment of loading the next rounds, the next volley then destroyed a large part of the main bastion, where Kamoshida’s throne room used to be. Church bells were starting to ring out across the land.
After taking a moment to load the order was given again.
“AGAIN”
Then suddenly the guard towers started to fall apart with each volley shot, at this point shadow operatives had gotten their bearings back and joined Labrys in awe seeing the palace go down in a series of fire and explosions. As if they were trying to appeal to the gang to stop destroying what was left, church bells could be heard almost begging them to stop.
“FIRE!”
They must’ve struck the armory, for a big blast of fire and flame had risen, showering the area with bricks and other smaller fragments of the now rapidly burning palace. Surprisingly none had hit the gang or operatives, who were covering their heads in anticipation while the gang simply just loaded another volley of shot in the cannons.
“FIRE AGAIN!”
The lower floors were now no more, rapidly disintegrating, whatever had been holding them together now had the consistency and use of a chocolate teapot holding hot tea. The structure now started to melt back into the pavement below. The firing did not cease though.
“FIRE!”
The structure and mere foundations of the castle were no more. Now the walls even without being struck had been falling apart with great clouds of red dust now joining the smoke and flames. Turning the former castle to a mere pile of bricks, stone and timber. The symbol of tyranny in Shujin and its propagated image in the minds of many was now instead smoke and ashes.
Admiring the smoke and flame, Chidori watched the castle melt back down to its foundations with amaze and awe. She only had in mind capturing the moment in order to turn it into a memorable painting. The painting depicting the storming of the Bastille which she had seen once had come to mind. Destruction and chaos had been turned to a thing of beauty for the artist.
By five minutes, nothing remained of Kamoshida’s palace, the castle of Lust. All shadow operatives except for Yukari who just stood in pure amazement and awe, joined the celebrating Kelly gang, who were celebrating the downfall of their most recent, and now former tyrant.
The shadow operatives who had been mere spectators to the mere reverberations of the Kelly Gang’s theft of the mind were now witnessing history first hand. To Yukari however, the smashing of this castle which was supposed to be a school had brought back memories of the ending of January some seven years ago.
Seeing the ground shake as a contorted and twisted infernal structure whose existence came from the wretched recesses of humanity’s desire was being brought back down to its foundations and then rapidly out of existence brought back a sense of Deja Vu.
She however couldn’t refrain from admiring the joining of the reddish dust, smoke and fire into an amalgamation of color with no name, which lit up the otherwise darkened sky of the cognitive plain.
And so was the Shadow Operatives’s introduction to the Metaverse colored in fire, and destruction. Along with the laughter and cheers of the thieves that were willing to set it ablaze, with the other shadow operatives also joining in the cheering and celebration.
For an introduction to this new plain of human cognition, this wasn’t a bad one per say, but a memorable one which will never be forgotten for those who had witnessed it.
Notes:
The story Ned was talking about
https://youtu.be/sZ2b9ys7ALI?si=Ox3Rbvkk5moxuhcG&t=156
Did you know a lot of westerns were made by Italians, which was why they're called Spaghetti westerns? Did you also know that a lot of westerns took their inspiration from Japanese Samurai movies, specifically Akira Kurosawa's movies?
You learn something everyday
TCHAIKOVSKY ALWAYS YES
Chapter 27: Left 4 Mementos 2
Summary:
Shinji and the gang go to hell, enjoy!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
0 hour, 6 minutes
Now playing: This mysterious feeling, Persona 3 OST
“So Shinji, are we there yet?”
“No.”
Following the trail of the cat from days past the combined group of shadow operatives and Kelly Gang made their way through the undistorted city. In a loose formation and with a long march ahead, with only the fading sound of crackling flame and embers behind them accompanied by smokestacks from where the former castle stood, conversation was made between the two groups.
Chidori & Kasumi
“Why the cowgirl fit?”
“Hmm what do you mean?”
“Why the cowgirl costume? It looks cool, but how did you get that in the first place?”
Kasumi shook out her arms, flourishing the black as night poncho, then grabbing the brim of her gaucho hat in her grasps.
“I don’t know, when we awakened our personas, we were all put in an outfit.”
Ann then interjected in order to explain better to Chidori
“The outfits match our personas vibe, or feel if it helps explain that better.”
Chidori nodded, taking a closer look at the Kelly gang’s outfits, admiring how unique they looked which was in contrast to the uniformity of the shadow operatives gear Chidori and her teammates.
Kasumi returned, “I think it’s good that we got these outfits instead of having to be in our school uniforms. It’ll be a mess trying to get shadow remains out of it.”
Their conversation would continue on a myriad of other subjects, all while Kasumi flourished her gaucho hat around. Twirling it around and subjecting it to a series of flips, turns and rotations like it was undergoing a gymnastics routine.
Haru and Junpei
Haru was marching near the front of the pack, her browning automatic at the ready. Junpei, observed Haru with an inch of nervousness and curiosity. The shadow OPs had guns, just not something big and almost malicious looking as the ones Shinji and his gang had. It almost seemed like the shadow operatives were only protecting humanity from shadows with toy guns.
“How heavy is that?”
“Not too much.” Replied Haru as she peered out the streets they were wandering through
“I can carry some of those magazines if they’re too heavy” offered Junpei
“I’m fine thank you, that sword you got seems heavy enough.” Haru observed the sword sheathed on Junpei’s back. Its length reminded Haru of the long gardening shovels she had back at the garden .
“Alright fair enough, but why do you guys bring guns? And do they work?” Asked Junpei with some uneasiness
“Of course they do. We wouldn’t have spent a penny on them if they could only be used as a bludgeon.”
Labrys quickly peeked her head over someone’s shoulder with a peering gaze of interest almost like a cat sighting catnip. “Where did you buy these?”
Haru, looking over her shoulder to answer Labrys “ there’s an airsoft shop at Shibuya, they sell airsoft models that don’t shoot real bullets. However they work perfectly here for some reason.”
Junpei and Labrys looked at Haru with a gaze of surprise and suspense, then quickly turned to excitement. They both then turned to Yukari, who was at the back of the pack with Shinji.
“Hey Yuka tan! Did you hear what they said?!” Shouted Junpei at Yukari to get her attention
“Can we get some guns?! We gotta get some!”
Yukari looking almost like a teenager brought to babysit some rather troublesome children, replied with a fury and her bow in hand
“No! We do not need guns! We’re just fine with our own weapons!”
Yukari then looked at her own bow, it had been gathering dust for some time before being deployed here. It then dawned on her that apart from training for featherman, she hadn’t fought real shadows for almost five years. This brought back the memory of combat against shadows in tartarus. Her power with a persona and as someone who made sure everyone got home wasn’t in doubt, but on a one in one fight where the shadows weren’t screwing around and playing for keeps, that made room for doubt.
Shinji & Yukari
“You look worried.” Expressed Shinji in as much of an honest and concerned tone as the iron mask could allow. Now considering how much the mask could come off the wrong way in a conversation he took it off.
“No! I’m not.” Said Yukari with a bit of unease. All those missed shots.
“Hey. It’s fine. We’re a team.”
Although the reassurance from Shinji was brief, it did allow Yukari to set aside some uneasiness. It allowed her to muster a question to Shinji, specifically about the masks. “What are the masks for?”
“Oh this? It’s for summoning my persona. I got multiple however I tend to just stick to my preferred one.”
“So you got Kotone’s power?” Replied Yukari in an intrigued manner. “By the way, her, Aigis and Fuuka are coming soon, maybe even this month.”
Shinji turned his head to the sky, Yukari couldn’t tell if he was smiling or attempting to suppress one but badly.
“She’s coming huh. Well it won't hurt to have two I guess.”
“About that. There’ll be three of you with the power of the wildcard. Aigis also has the power of the wildcard.”
“Jeez. I’m not opposed to overkill but this is starting to feel like too much. Not that I’m complaining.”
A brief moment of silence passed. Until a thought came to yukari’s mind.
“Wait, if you’re able to summon your persona without your evoker, the-“
“Don’t need it.”
“Bu-
“Won’t be needing it. Feel free to turn it to scrap or throw it in the garbage.”
Shinji could hear faintly the sound of hooves and the pulsating flesh of opened wounds. He wished he did not need to hear that again. But his worst choices in life had to follow him again didn’t it?
“Ok then…. Mitsuru has your old evoker. You should tell her what you wanna do with it.”
“Sure.”
0 hour, fifteen minutes
After a slow walk that was constantly on guard, anticipating shadows at any alleyway, window or dark crook and spot a shadow could emerge from, the combined group of shadow operatives and Kelly gang arrived at the entrance to mementos.
“Ok, we’re here.” Haru said with some unease
“We came to this place on our own when a cat came and led us here. This is mementos.”
The two groups inspected the entrance, it made more apparent the monstrous nature of its appearance. The entrance which was supposed to be an underground metro entranceway had been distorted to the point where the metro was less an intricate hub of transportation and movement within Tokyo, but a malicious, uncanny and unsettling maw. An association only made within the realm of one’s nightmare, where all control and lucidity was lost and you could only go deeper.
To the Kelly Gang, the sight and appearance of Mementos evoked a frame of reference, that being of hell. Brimstone, biblical imagery, fire, eternal damnation among other things that may invoke the fear of gods in some human souls. However the shadow operatives were not god fearing.
“Alright! Check weapons and ammo! We’re going in!”
The Kelly gang took a quick moment to ready their gear and weapons for whatever they might face down in mementos. Immediately following their example, the shadow operatives also followed their lead, checking weapons, refitting gear, and importantly cartridges and evokers. They stood by where the entrance to mementos ends, leading to mementos actually. The veil of darkness which casted its oppressive grasp over mementos making sure the sun will never shine upon mementos.
It was at this point where the gang (sans Shinji) noticed that their shadow operative counterparts also had on their holsters guns of their own. Ryuji, noticing this, asked Junpei about their nature.
“Do you guys use guns? I thought you didn’t.”
Junpei having heard, then took out his evoker and explained
“Oh these? These aren’t guns, we just use them to summon our persona.” Junpei then pulled the trigger, aiming at a nondescript part of the tunnel wall, a click was heard and no shot rang out.
“So how do you summon your persona using that? Does it shoot out the barrel??”
Junpei giggled a little. “Sort of.”
At the same time, Yukari, who had just finished and was standing by to march into the abyss stood next to Shinji.
“You know. You technically outranked me back when you were a part of SEES.”
“Yeah. What about it?”
“That means you’re in charge technically.”
“You sure?”
“You’ve gotten your persona much earlier than I had mine, and the time you were with us it looked like you had things under control.”
“Well, I guess that isn’t wrong.”
Both groups having finished inspection of weapons, from long swords, sabers, knives, firearms, and even an oversized Cretan Labrys double headed axe, the combined group then wandered into the darkness, with Shinj and Haru taking the lead.
0 hour, twenty five minutes
Mementos hadn’t been the biblical scenes of fire and brimstone that some of the group had thought. It instead bore a more manmade appearance, a hellish take on the Tokyo metric system. Its intention and purpose however was laid to debate. The group kept moving, shadows traveled not in packs but in their lonesome, allowing them to be dispatched with single arrow shots, cleaved apart, or cut to pieces silently. The darkness was to be pierced by flashlights that the Kelly gang had brought, illuminating this corrupted depiction of the metro system they took almost everyday to school.
Some floors in
“So, are we gonna bring it up to him?
“Bring up what?” Junpei then whispered into Yukari’s ear
Shinji could hear his two former teammates whisper among themselves. He chose to ignore it, now wasn’t the time to focus on that. Which was proven when Haru brought the group to a stop.
“Stop.”
“What is it Haru?
“Something’s in front of us.” The entire group then approached a bend in the tunnel. Taking a peek, Shinji took a look at what looked like a strong shadow. It stood guard between the group and the exit to leave the floor and head lower.
Yukari went and whispered over his shoulder “What is it?”
“Shadow, Strong one.”
“Like the checkpoint bosses back at Tartarus?”
“Yeah I guess.”
“Alright. We’ll take care of it.” Yukari then took out her evoker, ready to use it.
“Whoa. We can handle this, save your strength and stand back Yukari.” Shinji then signaled to the Kelly gang to ready their firearms.
With the pull of a pin, Shinji chucked a hand grenade at the feet of the shadow in their way. The shadow had only so much time to look down and question what the green pineapple at his feet was. It was at this moment that the grenade went off and a hail of assorted fire from the guns of the Kelly gang. When the smoke cleared however, the shadow was to the shock and horror of the Kelly gang, still standing seemingly unscathed.
Scrambling, Ann and Kasumi summoned their personas off the rip in line with the strategy they had employed back at Kamoshida’s palace. However, the effect was minimal and the shadow shook it off. Then the shadow started fighting back. Giving the gang cause to scramble and panic
“Christ! What is that shadow made off!” Shouted Ryuji
It was at this moment that Junpei and Yukari then stepped forward, acting quickly to save the situation.
Now playing: It’s going down now
Junpei, with a hand grenade he had taken from Shinji’s satchel, threw it at the shadow. He’d done it like a pitcher at a baseball game from first to second base. With an overhead throw, the arc was almost nonexistent. It flew at top speeds at the head of the large shadow, exploding fragments and the blast charing its face and blinding it.
Then Yukari ran forward with her evoker, loaded with a green coloured magazine. She shoved Junpei out of the way, took her evoker and held the pistol to her head.
Ryuji, on the ground and reeling from the concussive effects of hand grenades thrown in enclosed spaces without cover, was lying on the ground, watching as Yukari then pulled the trigger.
"PERSONA!"
A loud crashing and shattering sound rang out throughout mementos as green arrows started tearing into the large black frame of the shadow. The dead and stagnant air in mementos for a moment felt as if fresh and strong winds had been let inside, as if someone opened a window letting in a breeze.
These winds then propelled Yukari up into the air as she drew one more arrow and let loose the killing blow. The shadow disappeared in a burst of green flame and wind. In the end, with all eyes watching, Yukari and Junpei stood in front of the flames, admiring its destruction.
Track end
Ryuji had gotten up, dusted off the soot and dust that his white and red fit had received from the fight, and aptly expressed his thoughts. “WHAT THE FUCK WAS THAT!”
Other members of the Kelly Gang, with the exclusion of Shinji, started to also express their reaction to the matter
“HOW DID YOU, WHY DO YOU SUMMON YOUR PERSONA LIKE THAT!” shouted Kasumi.
It was at this point, where Labrys was about to save Yukari from being mobbed by the Kelly Gang, in awe and amaze of Yukari’s eviscerating of the shadow which had thwarted their ambush.
“Hey, is that money on the ground over there?” Suddenly the gang watched as coin and banknotes were being flown around and about the green flames and the wind it created.
“FREE MONEY!!” Shouted Labrys as she ran into the flames, not a care in the world about exposing the nature of her construction to the Kelly Gang as she collected as much coin as possible that weren’t melted down in the flames. Soon enough the Kelly Gang with the exception of Shinji and Haru were collecting the flowing banknotes and stuffing it in a duffel bag made to store their spoils. And while that was going on, Shinji, Haru and Yukari made conversation about the recent and violent developments.
“Yukari, what was that, and why do you summon your persona like that?!” Yukari was about to muster an explanation until Shinji stepped in to explain instead.
“That's theurgy, and the gun’s what we call an evoker. And yeah, it's meant to do that.”
“This is because the way they summoned their personas involved stress. Especially in life threatening situations. It doesn’t hurt. Much.
Yukari then added “That was Isis, my persona. She’s an old friend.”
“Speaking of friends, is Labrys ok? She just ran into that fire with no problem.”
“Oh.” Yukari held her palm to her face “Sorry for not telling you earlier, Labrys is like Aigis.”
“She’s a robot?” Haru then interjected “You guys have robots!?”
“Well, Its a long story. You can ask her later.”
Then suddenly, a large roar echoed throughout mementos. It sounded beastlike, it certainly did not put everyone at ease. This was followed by a rumbling, a shaking of the tunnels and the sound of unholy screams permeating throughout the tunnels.
“Shit. Now the shadows are onto us.” Said Shinji as he checked his revolver “We have no choice but to keep moving.”
“Can’t we just backtrack Shinji?” asked Ryuji, Shinji replied “No, we bypassed by a lot of shadows and now they’re probably grouping up to take us out, we can only go deeper and get them off our tail by getting off this floor, now thinking about it the shadows downstairs also probably know we’re here too.
Everyone checked their weapons and then took a deep breath.
“Ok, do not bother with being stealthy, we gotta rush as fast as possible to the exit of each floor until we can find a way out or get those bastards off our backs. Don’t bother conserving ammunition.” The plan had earlier been to cut through mementos like a scalpel. Learn as much about it as possible then get out. Now the plan had changed, which was to instead smash through mementos like a sledgehammer. There was no turning back, just like Tartarus.
Now playing: Sirens in the distance, metal cover by Alex Yarmak
0 hour, 50 minutes
For the next twenty five minutes, the Kelly Gang and shadow operatives hacked, blasted, shot and tore their way through mementos in order to find a way out. The only sound that could be heard was the continuous fire of firearms, accompanied by the sound of glass shattering, followed by the din of personas ripping apart shadows like they were wet tissue paper.
A path of shadow gore, bullet casings, grenade pins, and magazines were left in the wake of the massive brawl taking place within the collective unconscious.
Occasionally, there were breaks in between bouts of fighting, allowing for the gang and operatives to bag as much cash and spoils from the remains of shadows they had slain, however they remained few and far between.
For the mob of shadows kept growing and their terrible cries and roar grew louder. They surged forth like the ocean waves trying to drag a drowning man out further to sea to drown.
“Chriast, theey jusst keep coming!” Shouted Shinji, his voice had gotten hoarse, shouting “PERSONA!” nonstop had severely put pressure on his vocal cords.
Followed by bouts of coughing and gagging. Labrys stepped up to give Shinji a plastic bottle of water. Taking a moment to drink what had felt like the essence of life, Shinji gave thanks. Unable to further enjoy this brief respite, the two groups continued their way further down.
1 hour, 20 minutes
“Hey guys I think I see the way down!” Shouted Yukari as she was preoccupied with a shadow that had gotten too close, she had to resort to repeatedly stabbing the shadow with an unspent arrow before Labrys cleaved it with her axe.
It was at this moment having gotten three floors further down where the mob of shadows had finally gotten within eyesight of the group within the dark confines of mementos. Rushing to the stairs, the gang then left a few remaining live hand grenades on the floor before they had left, a present for the horde.
*BOOM*
A large explosion reverberated across the tunnel as the shadow ops and Kelly gang made their way downstairs, some scrambling as fast as possible downstairs or a slight limp. Yukari, once everyone had gotten down the stairs and away from the grasp of the horde, took the time to call upon Isis to heal the entire group.
“Isis!” BANG!
Those who had been wounded to some extent or another were restored to a state of sufficient health, however both groups were running low on energy having spent it all on intensive fighting for almost half an hour. Junpei commented on this
“Man… This definitely does feel like Tartarus now…” he said out of breath and panting wildly, trying to regain his breath. All while Labrys kept an eye behind the group, eyeing out for the mob of shadows which had hunted them down.
However, it seemed that their pursuit had come to an end. For the mob had either given up, or were all cut down by the trap the gang had set “I think they’ve backed off guys!”
Shinji, who had taken out a water canteen and was taking a sip and dripping small drops onto his metal chestplate in order to wash off the shadow gore, replied, “Let’s hope so.”
It was only then when both groups suddenly appreciated their surroundings. They were met by a wall, which had blocked further progress further down, it wasn’t showing any sign that it would make way for the group yet. Then there were vacant train tracks on the right flank. The shadow ops and kelly Gang peered out into the vacant gap, they saw only train tracks, along with occasionally trains that went past the wall that blocked any further progress deeper.
Upon closer inspection, the shadow ops were taken aback by the inhabitants of the trains. Yukari would be the first to comment upon the sighting
“Wait, there are people in those trains. Where are they going???” asked Yukari, Chidori who was trying to make sense of mementos, “Well, we came in through a metro entrance, these people look like they’re heading to work.”
Then Labrys added, “But ain’t it a sunday? Why are they heading to work then?”, only for Junpei to conclude “They must be working overtime then, they look so depressed, almost like they’re prisoners."
Suddenly, one train in the view of both groups had deviated from the common speed that the rest of the trains were making their way beyond the sight of the groups. It started to accelerate faster and faster until it zipped out of view almost like a lightning bolt. Followed by the noise of screeching and a loud crash.
This unnerved the gang and shadow ops. “Jesus what was that!?” shouted Junpei as he stood out peering into the vast blackness. A moment of silence was held, simply out of shock and being unable to articulate the words in such a state of shock and exhaustion
Needing to get some of the edge off, Labrys took out her phone to distract herself with some music. No such luck. However, a mysterious app was found on her phone, one that she did not recall downloading, but had an idea what it was. “Hey Shinji?”
“Yeah Labrys? Something wrong?” asked Shinji “There’s an app on my phone, this the one you used to bring us here?” Shinji then inspected the app’s design. It definitely was not tetris. “Yeah. That’s the one.”
Listening into the conversation, Yukari, Junpei and Chidori checked their mobile phones to find out that they had the same app on their phones too. “Well, at least we can come here any time we want.”
Junpei replied to this attempt to bring out the bright side of the circumstances; both groups found themselves in dark mementos. “Yeah? That ain’t gonna help us to get outta here.” Sensing that emotions and frustrations were about to start boiling over, Shinji came over to hand both Junpei and Yukari a bowl each of curry and a cup of warm coffee.
“Hey. No arguing while we’re stuck here, save it for when we get out of here.”
At this moment, Yukari and Junpei had caught themselves. They wouldn’t go back to the days where Junpei was instead, Stupei.
Thankfully, Chidori, also inspecting the app on her phone, found their way out of mementos. “Hey. Shinji, take a look.” Shinji walked over to Chidori’s side. “There’s a button that says exit mementos.” Hearing that their ticket out of mementos was as simple and benign as perhaps calling a taxi, Junpei and Yukari had gotten cold and embarrassed. “Well what are you waiting for Chidori? Let’s get outta here. We’ve done all we can for now.”
Upon clicking the button however, nothing seemed to happen. Then suddenly, the roar of a train slowly and creepingly became louder and louder, until a train composed of two train cars pulled up to the vacant rails sitting near the platform Shinji and the others were standing. It was that simple.
“Alright gang, let's get in before it leaves!” Heeding Shinji’s suggestion, all shadow operatives and the Kelly gang made their way into the train. Most sat, some stood,but all were tired. A bag of spoils and gold did not seem to alleviate the weariness of the two groups. Chidori sat at the corner seat of the train car, with Junpei leaning on her side. He’d departed to dreamland and had started quietly snoring, evoking a smile on Chidori at the sight. Chidori could only admire the scene of both members of the shadow ops and kelly gang sprawled out on the floor of the train carriage or on the seats still with weapons in their grasp.
End track
It was at this moment that Chidori started to close her eyes.
At this moment however, with a blink of an eye, the scenery outside the train carriage started to change. With the shades of red which characterized mementos turning instead into a bright white light, flashing in and out. It was at this moment that the train carriage door, leading to the train car in front of the one the group of persona users were inhabiting opened with a flash of the same white light. “Guys, Look!”
If anyone was attempting to doze off, with the illusion that the way out of mementos was as simple as getting on a train and waiting for it to ferry them to their destination, it was snuffed out now. As all persona users were brought to attention and were standing, curious to see if anyone had mustered the courage to march through.
It was Shinji that was first to march through, without hesitation. With some reluctance, the rest of the persona users followed his lead. They went through.
In the blink of an eye…
Nine individuals stepped out of a train at the Shibuya train station. They all seemingly stepped in lockstep towards the exit. It was then, at the entrance to the station which they had just left that they finally took a quick second to look upon each other and process what had happened.
Chidori was the first to quickly proccess what had had happened. “What, we’re back now?” This was followed by Junpei, following on his sweetheart’s observation “Man, it was like nothing had happened, what time is it?”
Yukari checked her phone. Not a single second had passed since they had left for the metaverse. This was followed by Shinji checking his pocket watch. An hour and 21 minutes had passed. Everyone in the Kelly gang also checked their pocket watches, the only proof that they had survived the ordeal that was mementos. Out of habit they started to set their watches back to the standard time according to the time kept on their phones. It was at this moment that Yukari noticed.
“Wait, how did you guys get those??” , Ryuji replied with “oh those, Shinji bought us those. It was for keeping the time we spent in the palace.”
Yukari then turned to Shinji, who simply said “Mitsy and Aki gave me a pocketwatch upon joining SEES. I’d figured this was a good tradition to keep, since I'm now leading a gang of persona users.” Yukari smiled.
“It was almost in a blink of an eye, we’d been in a train then we just walked through into the light.” Described Chidori.
Shinji remained silent, he’d thought about how he’d come here. He remembered almost vividly the moment he’d arrived here. It was almost the same spot he’d emerged from.
Labrys noticed this silence, and raised it with Shinji “hey Shinnie, you alright?” . Shinji replied with the best answer he could muster, “yeah. I think I’m just tired after going through that. Also, the way we got out of mementos. I.. I think I got something to tell you later.”
Labrys remained silent looking at Shinji. She replied “Ok, how about you come by our place, anytime you feel alright?”. “Alright. Next Sunday after my exams?”
Labrys couldn’t finish her sentence, for her Kelly gang counterparts had started to visibly panic. “Oh shit exams! I haven’t gotten to study today, shit!” Cried out Ryuji, the other gang members with the exclusion of Haru and Shinji scrambled back into the metro to get back to their homes, waving goodbye to their shadow operative counterparts.
Everyone remaining remained silent, only for Yukari to start to giggle “snrrk- Pfff hah ha ha ha!”
Now playing: Joy, Persona 3 reload
“Did you see that Junpei! They were almost like you when exams for final year came up!”
Junpei, growing slightly red from embarrassment, overcame it and started to laugh as well, with the rest of the other persona users also following in the laughs as well.
“So-Snrrrk. So Shinji” asked Yukari “When do your exams end?”
“Saturday I think. Might be overestimating, didn't check the schedule.”
“Alright, let's meet up at our place, it's a penthouse that Mitsuru owns. We can discuss further what we need to do and how we’re gonna work together through this ok?” Shinji and Haru nodded their heads in response.
“Got it.” Haru also asked if they should bring the rest of the gang as well, Yukari replied.
“Yeah, bring them along if they wanna come.”
With these matters settled, all Kelly Gang and Shadow operatives split apart for the day. Mementos had whacked the hell out of the two groups, but they’ll be coming back. However, the nature of their leave from the public’s vision of the Tokyo subway made manifest put thoughts into Shinji’s head about the nature of his apparent resurrection. He pondered this while passing by a fellow reading a newspaper, brown hair emerging above the newspaper, and below it, a briefcase.
"Hmmm. Interesting.
Notes:
We're sort of entering the end of the interim and preparing for the second arc, hope you've been enjoying S.K.A.
Chapter 28: Life goes on
Summary:
More like everyone else's life went on, while Shinji's focused on his exams.
Chapter Text
Sunday still…
Seventh of May
evening at Leblanc
Sojiro was manning the counter when Shinji came back to the cafe. He strode back with a deterministic stride towards the stairs, ready to cram in some studying before the exams of the following week. This however was stopped, sojiro needed him to help man the cafe for the time being.
So Shinji instead stood at the sink, washing dishes in silence. He’d enter the cafe in a deterministic manner in order to get himself to study for exams even while still experiencing extreme fatigue from the mementos expedition. Now he was loosing the feeling, instead he’d become tired and exhausted with every plate he’d rinsed and scrubbed. However, Sojiro had something to talk to Shinji about.
“Hey kid?” Sojiro asked
“Yeah?”
“You’re looking pretty tired. You alright Shinji?” Shinji had to fish within his mind to find a response and came up with the fastest one he could find. “Just studying. Tommorows the first exam of the week.”
“Oh. Shinji, you’ve been studying almost everyday. I don’t think you gotta worry yourself too much about failing.”
Shinji then spilled out his guts. He was a bit too tired to keep up his stoic persona. “Remember when I said I had old friends?” He’d stopped maintaining his calm demeanor and then started to breathe rapidly and in a tathered fashion.
“I’d made a promise with them that I would be graduating high school together with them. Then I’d fucked up, gotten sick. couldn’t finish school with them.”
Sojiro looked at Shinji, he was staring at the clear water, at his own reflection. He could make out an expression of subdued pain and anguish which was shown in the dish water’s reflection. His face could be likened to a man living out the last moments of his life, searching deep for proof that he had lived life worthwhile and well spent.
“Hey. For this week only, forget working down here and just focus on studying ok? You’ve got your priorities straight and regardless of what may have happened in the past, you’re a good kid alright?”
Shinji looked at Sojiro with the same pained expression, however less so. He’d taken a moment to breathe and now returned to a state of emotional equilibrium, however barely. “Ok.”
The entire month of April to the first week of May had been a rollercoaster for Shinji, he couldn’t say he’d really been able to take a break and process everything he had experienced.
Maybe this new week would allow him to do that. He’d thought this as he threaded upstairs, leaving Sojiro to close up shop.
Shinji would do some studying for the evening, however petered out and with fatigue getting in the way of any productive revision apart from what had felt like going through the motions of revising. He could be grateful that his exhaustion took him eventually, leading him to retire for the night into a deep sleep.
Two days later, Tuesday
Ninth of May, shadow operatives HQ
Now playing: This mysterious feeling
“So it’s Shibuya train station.”
“Mhhhm.”
“And the layout made no sense, rhyme or reason.”
“Yup.”
“Ok.”
Maruki was being debriefed upon the details regarding the Shadow operatives & Kelly Gang’s foray into mementos. However, the more he heard about mementos from Yukari, the more he’d wanted to go, to see it for himself. However the more he’d hear, the more he grew frustrated with how out of reach this so called mementos was.
“And you’re unsure whether these are real people or not.”
“Yeah. Though they looked more like background props rather than people.”
“Well, I guess that’s true in public enviroments as well.”
“Alright, here’s how I’m piecing it all together, wanna hear it?”
Yukari nodded, she was interested in knowing as much as possible about mementos, because it was a matter of when, not if the shadow operatives currently deployed to Tokyo would return again to mementos.
“Similar to how Tartarus functioned, mementos seems to follow a similar pattern in terms of its floors and structure, where each floor layout is formed is random and doesn’t follow a set pattern, ironically.”
“Additionally, shadows make mementos their home and hive, it is not certain if they venture out of the metro entrance to the undistorted parts of the city.”
“Navigation to mementos is done by an app on one’s mobile device which is acquired by seemingly being transported to mementos, by someone who does have the application, aka the Kelly Gang, as shown by how you have acquired the application now.”
“Yeah, that all sounds about right.”
“Ok. From that base of knowledge, I have formed a series of research questions and further ways to investigate mementos further. I have written them down here.”
No.1 Can other individuals gain the application to navigate to mementos regardless of whether having the “potential” or who they navigated to mementos with
No.2 what technology works in mementos? Is it akin to Tartarus and the dark hour in how it restricts electrical based technology unless infused with a plume of dusk? Or is there leeway?
No.3 What is the general theme? Tartarus and the dark hour was based around death, and the effects on people was apathy syndrome, does mementos afflict and distort people and individuals in anyway or form?
No.4 the shadows of Tartarus are fragments of Nyx that exist in the psyche of all humans. In Inaba’s TV world, the shadows were instead reflective of the repressed feelings and emotions of people and individuals, what does this public unconscious represent? Has there been an evolution, a metamorphosis of shadows and their role?
No.5 For the love of anything in this world that remains good and holy I hope the answer to this research question is no. Has Nyx returned?
Yukari shivered at the sight of the fifth question.
“Let’s focus on the more attainable research questions. We currently have a package in the mail from Dr. Fuuka. It has technology that both have plumes of dusk and don’t. These are both items such as normal appliances to tech which might prove useful in mementos.”
Maruki then took out an old camera, grasping it in his hands.
“Some Kirijo scientists have hypothesized that some technology would’ve in Tartarus even without a plume of dusk, however they did not test for them as they all had perished in the accident.”
Yukari looked down in dejection upon being reminded of the incident where her father saved humanity at the cost of his life. It still remained a point of sadness for the archer.
“Some hypothesized that older technology that predates the need for circuitry and other similar pieces of tech could work in cognitive spaces. Such as this camera, it’s old enough that we’ll need to develop the photos ourselves. We don’t have anyone who knows how to develop old photos, but if this works, we can document mementos.”
Chidori spoke up
“Hey, you aren’t making me redundant are you?”
“No no. This is an experimental inquiry, and also your paintings have a value in that they can identify and make sense of the more… subjective aspects of cognition. Which is a big deal, with the amount we cannot categorize and make sense of the cognitive spaces, we might as well be like Freud when he was attempting to make sense of how humans tick.”
“Besides, it’s not only for strictly functional purposes, Mrs Kirijo wanted to see if a record player could work in a cognitive space.”
“Music would be nice in there.”
Yukari nodded in agreement as well, with future objectives settled, the shadow operatives with the help of Maruki now had goals and objectives to be achieved in mementos. A break in the figurative fog had occurred, and now the shadow OPs could live easier having known more, and about what they were going up against.
Tenth of May, Wednesday
An Internet cafe in Akihabara
Now playing: Farewell to Greta, performed by the Kiner brothers
It was the end of exams, at least for second years. Which boded well for the second year members of the Kelly Gang, but also for Mishima, who had spent the afternoon putting the finishing touches on his website. However, he found himself stumped at trying to find ideas for what the website domain name would be.
So there he sat, scrolling through social media, out of pure boredom. Then he noticed the trending tags. The tags #Shujin, #Kelly Gang, and #BastardKamoshida was still trending on several social media platforms. As with most social media use with mishima’s being no exception, it was often without direction, purpose and intent. However, something of interest did catch Mishima’s eye, an interest in the Kelly Gang, both its historical namesake and the gang that had brought Kamoshida to his knees.
People had a sudden interest in the Kelly Gang, people posted pictures of Ned Kelly, Dan Kelly, Steve Hart and Joe Byrne. Mocked the police and their inability and incompetence in catching Kamoshida before he laid a finger on the students of Shujin. With comparisons to the corrupt Victorian constabulary of colonial Australia, of a corrupt constabulary which held the rich land squatters above the law and everyone else underneath it.
This all culminated in a news report, a YouTube video consisting of an interview with an Australian historian.
“The interest and passion for the Kelly Gang is reminiscent of what was called Kelly country at the time, so from New South Wales to Victoria towns in the area where the Kelly Gang was active like Jerilderie, Glenrowan and Euroa, a majority of civilians were sympathetic and supportive of the gang. So the geographical area became Kelly Country.”
At that moment, Mishima had gotten an idea of what the website domain name would be.
“As for the going ons in Japan, I’d say good on em. Not much harm was done by this new Kelly Gang, just like our Kelly Gang.
Meanwhile, in Kichijoji, a jazz bar
At the same time, Shiho and Ann had finished their exams as well.
“So Shiho, how're you feeling now, and how’s training?”
“Not bad. I think I did well enough on the exams to keep the wrath of my parents at bay, and training with uncle Junpei’s going well.
Ann felt a surge of maliciousness in her system. In her mind an ire had been growing against those responsible and had enabled or had allowed what had happened to happen.
“So Shiho’s parents are not concerned at all about Kamoshida, but still concerned about Shiho’s grades? Fuckers.”
Deviating from the venomous line of thought, Ann deviated the subject a slight bit
“How are you doing about all the attention directed at Shujin now?”
“Well, that’s the thing the day Kamoshida spilled, the press came and stayed by the gates. However they didn’t stay too long as the cops then came and cuffed the fucker.”
Ann thought back to when she and the gang had skipped school early, now looking back she remembered seeing the faint blue and red sirens of cop cars reflected on the glass of that pizza place they were at. She was just enjoying her pizza so much that she didn’t pay too much mind to it.
“The press then dispersed and we were able to get out of school without being interviewed by them.”
Ann and Shiho then took a break to take a longer sip from their drinks. Shiho then decided to address the figurative elephant in the room.
“Ann?”
“Yes Shiho?”
At that moment, Shiho then took out one of the calling cards. Ann realizing that it’s one that she had written, had figuratively, shat bricks.
“Now, I don’t know who wrote these, but these seem to… have a resemblance to a certain individual’s handwriting who I value a lot.”
Shiho then leaned forward as much as being sat on the other side of the table allowed. And whispered.
“Ann, I appreciate you being brave, but I don’t want my best friend going to jail.”
It was at this moment that a specter of dread came to Ann as the legality of her and the gang’s actions started to become apparent.
“We are not going to be caught.”
“You sure? I’ve known you for two years, you don’t necessarily have a silver tongue or a talent for lying.”
“Shiho look, are you here to thank me or to tell me I did something stupid.”
“Both. I’m going to give it to you straight, what you did was good, but some people who think they should be doing your work are going to take it personally and do everything they can to drag you down in the mud.”
“I know who you’re talking about, and I promise you, let’s make this a promise, I won’t.”
Shiho with a stern smiling face says
“If my best friend gets hurt or put behind bars, I’m going to be very, very, very sad.”
Ann looked at Shiho with a sober look, she was being serious. Rarely was Shiho serious unless it was something she was passionate about like sports, or if something had gone horribly wrong.
“I’ll try. You’ll just have to trust me.” Said Ann as she paid the bill. The two then walked out of the cafe, breathing in the fresh air.
“Remember some time ago, when you said we should run away together?”
“That was because your parents and mine weren’t around enough that we joked that no one would care if we did it. Why?”
“If anything happens to you, call me and let’s do it.”
“What?”
“Nobody at school cares about us. If anybody did Kamoshida would’ve been put behind bars months ago. Nobody would care if we dissapear from here forever.
Ann stood in consideration. Shiho had told Ann that a crossroads lay ahead. If Ann were to continue her “extracurricular activities” she would have to choose between that and her Kelly gang compatriots, or accept flight. Fight or flight, if shit hits the fan and the city decided to close its jaws around the Kelly gang, she would have to choose between fighting back or fleeing with Shiho.
It wasn’t a horrible proposition. For the plan’s self bluster and confidence in its own design which had yet to be fully made, both Ann and Shiho were perhaps the most self sufficient teenagers in the city, having to live alone with themselves for years without their parents, taken work to support themselves when the allowances weren’t cutting it, and importantly, both had the utmost faith and confidence in themselves and each other.
“Hey Ann?” Ann had been deep in thought and introspection, Shiho’s voice had been made silent giving room for silent thought and consideration taking place within Ann.
“Oh what’s up?”
“Hawaii sounds nice. Maybe Australia or New Zealand.”
Ann could only nod her head and smile, if there was one thing her parents did leave her, it was a wanderlust for the world that was instilled by a youth of constant travel. Shiho having never left the country, less left the city, had also developed the same lust for travel, however out of a want to not be buried in the same soil which she was born on.
“I’ll think about it , Shiho. But you should know something.”
“Yeah?”
“There are people who care for me here, I think you should get to know them before you ask me to run away with you to Tahiti or something.”
“Ok. See you at school?” Ann nodded in response. She stretched out her arms for an embrace, its warmth being gentle and so encompassing that it put the sun’s warmth to shame.
“See you around….”
11/5, Thursday
Morning
Shadow Operatives HQ, a well lit place
Now playing: Dirge for the planet, by Fire Lake
Chidori sat on the balcony. With the residence being deserted by its inhabitants, it offered Chidori great inspiration and a mindful state to allow her to pursue her artistic projects.
Her employ at the shadow operatives was as a painter and illustrator. Having found difficulties in recording the various cognitive spaces that the organization had traversed in, her role as someone who can illustrate the liminal spaces that comprised the human unconscious was of great asset.
After having seen Mementos for herself and pondered upon its nature, conversed with her shadow operatives and Maruki on what was the big picture?
She thought back to 2009, she thought back to the emergence of apathy syndrome and its relationship to Tartarus and the shadows that came from it. She knew what happened when someone was unfortunate enough to be found outside of their coffin by a hunting shadow.
So what is mementos? What was its purpose? Tartarus’s purpose was to end mankind, to bring Nyx back to earth. Has Mementos’s shadow yet to cast itself upon Tokyo? If so, when and how? Why? Has it already happened?
She then thought about the palace. According to the Kelly Gang’s reports, the palace was led by a shadow of that predator. Which held sovereignty over the castle/palace as its king.
A moment of silence was then betrayed by a feeling of dread. Because if this palace, was formed by the neurosis and cognition of a person from the real world, what was mementos?
The worst had come to mind for Chidori as she sipped a warm cup of coffee she had brought home from Leblanc. She had gotten cold , having let her mind wander to the darkest and coldest confines of an existential Black Forest.
Chidori was no stranger to these thoughts. They consumed her mind when she was still part of STREGA. But the thought of a being holding sovereignty over the living had been an active thought she had entertained, even found comfort in when she was on the PSD keeping her eventual demise and Medea at bay.
Now instead it frightened her. An emotion fully alien to her. Fear. Not fear of losing something but pure fright.
She returned to her canvas, she knew what to put on her canvas now.
However, her thoughts then drifted towards Shinji,having felt the cold and dread she had once felt when on the PSDs, which then brought a question to her mind.
"The effects of the PSDs on my body went away after I died... Was Shinji still feeling those same effects she had before giving her life to save Junpei?
After school
A shop in Kichijoji
Now playing: Zvedy, звездь By Molchat Doma
Kasumi
Kasumi: Hey Shinji how tall r u
Shinji: 5 foot 9 why?
Kasumi: nothing important
Shinji: Are you about to grab a skateboard for me?
Kasumi: How did you know???
Shinji: you needed my height for either clothes or the length of the board, I don’t remember you saying you’d buy me clothes or something but the skateboard and getting back to skating I do remember.
Shinji: you’ll want to get an 8 ask them for an 8
Kasumi: thanks!!!
Shinji: I can’t believe you’re serious about this.
Some time later
With the board acquired and in a sports bag she had brought out for the purpose, Kasumi started to make her way back to the nearest metro station to get back.
She strolled forward, taking in the various sounds and goings on that went on in Kichijoji, this continued until she stumbled into a dark cranny that stood in contrast to the lit and colorful shopping area. It was the bricks of the jazz cafe, however unlike its interior, the overcast shadow of the neighboring building put the space into darkness.
Except for an intricate display of colors and words, which had been painted over the dark walls, they seemed so disorganized, yet it could mean that the display of Color shape and meaning could be defined and organized by its own system of organization, unknown to Kasumi.
The contemplation that was undergoing in Kasumi's mind was put to an end when a figure stood behind her, barely overshadowing her in height but enough to cast darkness over her by covering the minute sources of light coming from the shopping area.
“Excuse me, you’re blocking my path.”
Kasumi then turned around, expecting to have to defend herself, only to see a rather harmless and almost frail teenager with several buckets in one hand and a paintbrush in the other.
“Oh. Sorry…”
“Oh it’s fine, I’m just here to finish.”
As Kasumi stepped to the side to allow the fellow to move towards the painting, it hit her. “Wait, did you paint this?”
“Maybe.” Answered the painter. Confused, Kasumi asked
“What do you mean?”
“Well, technically I’m breaking the law here. And you’re a witness to my supposed crime of illuminating this rather dreary alleyway.”
Kasumi remained silent, she pondered, was street art illegal in Tokyo? She’d seen plenty of graffiti and street art around, but she never saw whoever made them, even if they were pretty and illuminated up the daily commute to school.
But the thought was quickly silenced as the painter then with brush in hand brought light to the dark place. She stood watching the amalgamation of Color and shapes turn into a painting who’s canvas was brick and mortar. It depicted a landscape of a blue horizon over a wheatfield. Accompanied by great sun which shines over the field with its lush greenery and vegetation. It even seemed to bring light over to the darkened alleyway where the painter and Kasumi stood.
What had felt like minutes instead were hours as the darkness of the alleyway had blocked any indicator of time passing. By the time the piece had been nearing a state of completion, hours had passed with the sun starting to disappear among the skyscrapers and buildings that encompassed Tokyo.
In the end, the painter then took a brush and dipped it among a can of red paint. And at the bottom of the landscape, painted a word, almost a descriptor of what the painter had poured into the bricks and mortar canvas.
емансипація
Then the painter stood back, sat down with his back leaning on an unpainted portion of the wall, and took out a piece of bread to eat.
Kasumi, in awe and shock of the transformation of the dull and boring walls in this alleyway into a scene from an age past, and being so vested in its transformation that time seemingly had been bent and warped to the will of this painter’s work. Had questions for the painter.
“Why, Why did you make this?”
“I have extremely vivid dreams. This is how I make sure I remember them. You probably can sympathize, people either have horrible dreams or mundane ones, even pleasant dreams are easily forgotten.”
“But, what if someone gets the authorities to paint this over?”
“The time, effort, and soul I’ve put into it won’t be forgotten as easily. Even if they paint over the piece, the fact it was painted over is proof that my vivid dreams had made this dreary place…”
“Less Dreary.”
Kasumi remembered that there was some paint already painted before the painter had come over to finish the painting. Then asked “How long did it take you to make this?”
“Two weeks at least. With school and other projects in the works this one took a while.”
After a moment of silence, the painter then packed up his things and got ready to go. However, Kasumi asked one final question
“Hey, can I take a picture of this?” The painter nodded, and so with a flash and click a vivid dream of destiny was captured forever.
Chapter 29: Тарас
Summary:
Тарас: Ukrainian word for Bard
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
At around the same time, Thursday
A vacant baseball stadium
“Ok Shiho, ready?”
Junpei had managed to grab some vacant time in a baseball stadium as a surprise for the hard working and practicing niece of his. Its vastness and emptiness was a far cry from the ear splitting cheers and shouting of spectators vested in the game, but to Junpei and with his purpose of training and teaching Shiho the game he had devoted years of his life to, it instead took an inverse meaning. One of potential.
Now playing: Moonlight, by Daniel Lanoisis
*CRACK!*
This way of thinking was also a far cry to his younger days. Which Mitsuru once unintentionally had called a “dead end”. Although Mitsuru did not mean them in a mean spirited way, it was a kick in the pants hard enough that brought Junpei to a point of introspection and needed self reflection in his last year of school. He’d thought the only “dead end” he would have to experience would come during the last day of January. When the promised day happened.
*CRACK*
He’d been reminded of the space and time he and former SEES was in after March of that year. The vastness of the space which inhabited the dorms when he’d departed to keep everyone safe was ever present, however nobody commented on it.
*CRACK!*
It was silencing, and in that silence very much like the one that inhabited this stadium with the exception of some squawking birds and the occasional cracking of the bat by Shiho, the silence brought back the memory of him but more importantly the fact that he wouldn’t be here to enjoy this one life which they had fought, bled, laid down even body and soul for. As best they could, former SEES would try to move on, and for the most part they had succeeded, however some more then others.
Junpei was perhaps one of the more successful in that regard, along with Yukari and Fuuka in navigating this future without him. Junpei remembered vividly, one day he had been sitting down on a bench around the shrine with Chidori. Chidori was there to say prayers for luck in her upcoming final exams. While she said her prayers, Junpei’s mind had wandered to the time he had taken him out to play ball before the fall was supposed to happen. It was here that they were told they couldn’t play ball here and needed to leave. In the end they decided they would try again another time.
*CRACK!*
There wasn’t another time.
*CRACK!*
“Hey Junpei!”
“Oh, y-Yeah Shiho?”
“You alright? It looked like you were checking out and staring into something.”
“It’s fine Shiho. I was just thinking.”
“About what?”
Junpei paused. “Not much. Just trying to think bout what Chidori might want for dinner.”
Shiho smiled, and cracked some wisecracks about Junpei’s cooking. Junpei had finally gotten out of the wandering state of mind he had been in when pitching baseballs for Shiho to smash into separate regions of the court.
Track end
“Hey Shiho?”
“Yeah?”
“I might instead just get take out.”
Friday, 12/5
After school
Mishima
Mishima: its done
Shinji: Sweet
Mishima: Link
Shinji: So who’s doing the moderation?
Mishima: Me, though I’ll likely find some others to help out
Shinji: Don’t lose too much sleep over it.
Mishima: If something important pops up I’ll let you know
Shinji: Got it
Yukari
Shinji: We got all our exams done, we should be able to show up to your place tomorrow
Yukari: We’ll send you an address tomorrow
Shinji: I’ll let the gang know and I’ll see you tomorrow.
Evening, Leblanc
“So Shinji…”
“Yeah Boss?”
“How do you think your exams went?”
“Not too bad for someone who hasn’t been in school for almost two years.”
“That’s good.”
After a moment of silent dish washing, the boss asked another question. “Are your friends doing fine?”
“Examwise, they could be doing bett-”
“No, I mean in terms of what had happened recently. With that P.E teacher’s arrest and his abuse of some of his students.”
Shinji sighed. “The fucked up thing was that nobody did anything to stop it. From what I’ve heard it's been going on for months and nobody gave a damn about it.”
“The P.A did jack, the teaching staff didn’t do shit, and the principal definitely did not want to sack his olympic baby.” Shinji tried to subdue his frustration at the situation. He couldn’t do so fully, and combined with his exhaustion from having just finished his exams.
“It was fucking obvious. Every day when there was practice there would be almost a line of kids who got fucked up.” Shinji sighed again. Sojiro could only look down and be ashamed at the callous nature and disregard of responsibility most adults had. Although he’d like to hold hope that more like him were out there who did at least take their role as grown and mature responsible adults and that they outnumbered those assholes. It seemed life wanted to make almost every adult that Sojiro had come across be an ass. He couldn’t help but think about W-.
“Alright… Dishes are done, I’m gonna go back upstairs to bed.”
“Ok then, get some rest, you deserve it especially with what has been going on.”
“Thanks boss.”
Later
Shinji sat on his bed, he’d failed to bring himself to sleep. Normally when this happened, he’d usually find ways to bring himself to sleep, bringing his mind needed peace of mind for sufficient sleep. However he couldn’t find himself the energy or desire to tinker making new tools and gadgets for future expeditions. Or to make a new entry in his video diary, the original idea around its conception feels redundant now.
Instead, he remembered what Chidori had told him.
At the same time, Shadow Operatives HQ
Chidori sat on the balcony of the Kirijo penthouse, she was simply letting her mind wonder and sketching wherever it wandered until her phone started ringing.
Now receiving call from Shinjiro Aragaki
Start call
“Good evening”
“Chidori, can I ask a question, you don’t have to answer it though.”
“Sure, What is it?”
“You died did you?
“Yeah, what about it?”
“Did the drugs kill you?”
“No, Takaya did.”
“What?”
“Takaya shot Junpei. I used Medea to bring him back.”
“Then you passed?”
“Yes, but then Junpei brought me back. There were some flowers which I’d used Medea on while I was at the hospital before it happened. Off course I wasn’t there to see it, I had died.”
“Hmmm. That son of a bitch Takaya. Did he get away with it?”
“No. He died on the promised day.”
“What the hell’s that.”
“I’ll tell you another time.”
“I have another question.”
“Hmmm?”
“When you were dead, did you happen to have something like… A dream perhaps.”
“How could I, I was dead.”
“That’s the thing. When I died, I had one… said that I had a second chance. If I was willing to come back sometime last month.”
Chidori sat silent
“When the dream ended, I was in a train with a bag of stuff and a phone. I was in a train.”
“Wait, you mean-”
“Yeah. When we were leaving mementos. It felt far too familiar.”
“It felt like waking up from a bad dream. I didn’t feel how much time had passed, I only knew when I was coming back because I was told.”
“I.. Shinji.”
“Chidori?”
Chidori needed a moment.
“Sorry, keep going”
“Maybe it’ll be more accurate to call it a coma, except I died. Can’t really call it that.”
“Shinji.”
“Yeah?”
“I felt the same way.”
“What?”
“When I came back, it was exactly like that. I was waking up after a nightmare.”
“Oh.”
“It seems we share an old friend in death.”
“Guess so.”
“Shinji, if you need help with anything, don’t be afraid to call me, and the rest of us by extension.”
“Why? I’m not doing too badly over here.”
“When I woke up two months later, I was an orphan with amnesia and hadn’t gone to school a single day in my life. It was Junpei, and SEES that took me in and helped me get my life together. You should be able to have that too.”
Shinji again remained silent for a second. “Ok. Just know that I don’t like asking for help too much.”
“Heh. Just know we’re here for you.”
“Thanks Chidori.”
End track
Call ended
13/5 Saturday
“So! Where are we going today, Shinji?”
Having been set free from Shujin, Shinji and the Kelly gang had been making their way to the Tokyo metro. All were in great spirits and ready to meet the shadow operatives again.
“We gotta switch lines but we should get there quick enough.”
It took some time and struggle to get through the crowds and to secure space in the train, but enough space was secured for all members of the gang to sit down or stand in around the same vicinity and to feel safe at the same time.
2:30pm
Ann & Ryuji
“So how was Shiho doing?”
“She’s much better Ryuji. Now that Kamoshida’s gone.”
“That’s great.”
“How’s your mom?”
“Doing fine Ann. Nice of you to ask.”
“How, how about your parents Ann?”
Ann remained silent for a moment, not knowing how to answer “Still in Finland.”
“Jesus. After what happened with Kamoshida you’d think they’d come back to you to make sure you’re ok.”
“Oh! They did message me to ask if I’m ok, they still aren’t coming back for a while though.”
“What the fuck! That’s fucked!”
Ann and Ryuji stopped for a moment to make sure nobody could hear their conversation. Since it took place in English and in a crowded subway, not much of worth was heard by the other passangers in the train.
“Hey. Keep your voice down Ryuji.”
“What for! None of those people can probably hear us over the train noise right?” said Ryuji in a hushed voice
Ryuji and ann kept debating the non zero percentage chance that they would be eavesdropped upon.
Haru & Shinji
“Haven’t asked in a while, but how's the garden?”
“With summer coming soon, it’ll soon be time to rotate to crops that do better in hot weather. I’m thinking tomatoes.”
“Alright.” Shinji thought about food. He hadn’t had a substantial enough lunch and was feeling hungry. Then he thought about the curry he had brought to the palace, how food somehow was able to overwrite any wounds in tartarus or the palace…
“Hey Haru?”
“Yes Shinji?”
“How would you feel about your produce being used to make food for future expeditions?”
“I wouldn’t mind. Though you’d have to help me grow more over the summer.”
“Sure.” Shinji then leaned back. He wanted to get some shuteye, leaning his head back into the seat, head almost touching the glass window. However, as he was dozing off, a searing light suddenly then flashed by, gasping, squeals and shock was expressed loudly by the passengers.
“Shinji, wake up!” Cried out Kasumi, he woke up and turned his head around to see a speeding train on the opposing track, speeding the opposite direction and rapidly shaking and trembling.
*SCREEEEEEEEEEEEE-*
“What the fu-?” Shinji observed morbidly as the train continued on out of his vision. A few seconds later a loud and deafening crash was heard. Making all the occupants in the train scream and squeal with fright. The sound was deafening enough to make the ears of the Kelly gang ring uncomfortably. The pressure was too much, and sooner or later Shinji blacked out.
A place between dream and reality
“The next chapter of your journey awaits Shinjiro.”
Shinji woke up a bit later, not in the train but on a train station platform instead. With a searing headache and still ringing ears. His friends were shouting at him to wake up. With as much waning energy he had in his system after being rudely awakened by a train accident when trying to doze off and get some sleep, he expressed his displeasure.
End track
“Guuhhhh. I wanna die.”
“Can you stand up?”
“Yeah. Ears are still ringing though.” Men in uniforms were standing around, shouting at passengers to get out of the station, and that the line was closed. Passengers who had fainted due to the shock were being put on stretchers. Shinji wasn’t among them though. With some support towards each other, the gang, stumbling, ears in a state of pain and discomfort, in shock and out of breath they managed to stumble their way out of the station and into the outside world.
3pm
Finding a bench, all five members shared space on it to regain their bearings and their breath. At that moment, a series of phones started to ring. It was the phones of the gang’s friends and family inquiring upon their state of health and safety in what likely would be considered one of the worst “accidents” in Tokyo so far.
Sojiro
Sojiro: You ok???
Shinji: Man I can’t get a break can I?
Shinji: Everyone’s ok, we’re just sitting on a bench and getting back our bearings.
Shadow Operatives
Kotone: SHINJI R U OK????
Shinji: Yeah. Everyone’s ears are ringing and I’ve got a headache that wants to kill me, but we’re all ok.
Yukari: Should we come to pick you up and bring you to our place?
Shinji: Sure, I don’t think we’re all in the mood for walking now. We’re in Yoyogi park
Shinji sent their location to the operatives. They would be staying on that bench for the time being.
The area went silent when paramedics started exiting the metro station with people on stretchers. Watching the stumbling passengers wander with them outside, while the sound of ambulance sirens permeated the area. Shinji took off his beanie, watching as they passed by. An oppressive mood of misery had permeated throughout the station. With even the sky seemingly sharing in it, with overcast clouds threatening a hard rain to fall upon the spectators and survivors of this tragedy.
10 minutes later
“We’re gonna have to wait. Traffic jams are holding them up.”
“Dammit! It's all so fucked up!” shouted Ryuji, the gang didn’t talk much. Instead substituting it with sighs and deflated moans of tiredness.
20 minutes later
“Hey.” said Kasumi, she then stood up “There’s a crowd forming over there. Far off away from the site of the station, a silent crowd had formed some distance away. Bored, the gang decided to investigate.
As they approached an open plaza between the station square and park, the crowd became visible. Upon closer inspection however this wasn’t a large substantial crowd as the ones that had exited the station, instead it was a gathering of some. However, upon coming closer, a stringed instrument could be heard, then singing.
Now playing: То не грім загримів, performed by Тарас Компаніченко
from a poem written by Hnat Zapadniuk
The weariness of the gang had started to dissipate as the soothing voice and strings of a street musician rang out the place. The song he’d sung had been in a different language and tongue, but it didn't matter. For the combination of beautiful and fluent instrumentality and lyrics granted a life of its own by the singer’s voice had touched and spoken to the weary souls listening.
The musician/singer himself appeared a thin teenager, in a pair of jeans and in a jacket which covered an amber colored t-shirt. His eyes seemed closed, seemingly short sighted perhaps or even blind, however they were just instead focused upon his instrument, a stringed instrument decorated and enamored with painted patterns akin to ornate sewing of clothes.
Its appearance and construction employed wood of the birch and spruce, to the musically inclined to western stringed instruments, its operation and manipulation would seem menacing. Counting the strings, the gang members could count about 50 or so strings on the instrument. The musician’s manipulation of the strings seemed akin to a harp, or a lyre, maybe a lute. Its shape however wasn’t as symmetrical as a normal stringed instrument, for its shape was of a sizable large orb covered by strings, accompanied by what appeared to be a traditional fingerboard you’d find on normal violins and other stringed instruments.
On the feet of the musician, was a large case matching the shape of the instrument, it seemed that it was there to collect tips or spare cash from passerbys or listeners, but the storage case remained closed. He was not asking for charity, not after the catastrophe that had happened just in front of him.
Shinji blinked and took a second look at the instrument, it was the same instrument one of the ferryfolk back in the velvet room played. What was the meaning of this?
Soon enough, the musician looked up to face the gang, listening intently to the song and instrument he’d let loose from his strings and mouth. At that moment, Kasumi’s face had morphed into one of shock.
“Hey, I know this guy.”
“Wudya mean Kaz?” asked Ryuji,
“I met him a few days ago when I was at Kichijoji, he’s a street artist.”
“And he’s a street musician too?” followed Ann. "Damn, he's good." stated Ryuji, however, Shinji instead walked forward with some Yen in hand, spirit and state of mind much better then it was when he had stumbled out of the train station.
“Here.”
“Oh, you keep it. I saw you leave the station after the crash.”
“Keep it.”
“I’ve gotten enough to buy myself bread for the following week, but thank you.” said the musician as he pocketed Shinji’s tip. It was then that Kasumi then went up to say hi. “Hi! Remember me from Thursday?”
“Why yes, I do. Are you alright?”. After an answer of yes, Kasumi would also give the teenager a tip as well. “What, what are you doing here man?” Asked Kasumi
“This is how I get food on my table, though I don’t have a table... This is how I get food on my plate.”
“Wait wait” stated Ryuji “You’re paying for yourself?”
“Yes.” “I’m an art student at Kosei. If I’m not painting, I’m playing Bandura on Saturdays to get enough for bread and butter.”
Ann shook her head. “That ain’t healthy man, you sure you got anyone who cares for you?”
“I don’t have anybody who does, just a guardian.” The gang remained silent, for he did not describe whether this “guardian” was a good guardian who cared and protected him, or otherwise.
“Oh, I should’ve told you earlier, but I forgot. My name’s Yusuke.” The gang and Yusuke then started exchanging names, and soon enough numbers. When keying in Yusuke’s number though, Shinji got a message.
“Hey. They’re here and gonna pick us up.” “Yusuke, its nice meeting you, but we gotta go now.”
“Safe travels friends.”
“Likewise Yusuke.” Said Shinji as he and the gang walked off to be picked up by the shadow operatives.
As the gang disappeared into the background, he received a message from his “guardian”. After taking a moment to read it, he sighed.
Notes:
The bandura is a Ukrainian string instrument also known as a Kobza. Yes it has about 56 strings in at least its modern iterations. Today, musicians who play the bandura are known as Bandurists, however back centuries ago, the bandura and playing the bandura was a profession instead for the blind people of a community, also known as Kobzars. Blindness was a requirement to be a Kobzar, for they were unable to work in agriculture. They could play the instrument just by feel alone. The Kobzar had to beg in order to get food on the table, going village to village they would perform at fairs, festivals and weddings. They also spreaded news.
Songs ranged from the religious, begging, satirical, or historical songs about legendary events and cossacks.
Often these blind Kobzars had to hire a guide, usually children who weren't of age to work at the farm or were disabled like the Kobzars and couldn't work in agriculture. They would assist the Kobzars until they ere of age to take up work or a trade, there was a movie about this called "The Guide" from 2014 which portrayed this during the darkest period in Ukrainian History, the holodomor.
Kobzardom would end in the 30s, with Stalin and the communist authorities ordering their liquidation. This was done by calling a congress of all Ukrainian Kobzars in Kharkiv, all who attended then were taken outside the city and put to death. All were executed as "Unwanted elements in Soviet Society."
With the independence of Ukraine, the Bandura and Bandurists had seen a revival with the instrument being present for many pieces of music, and as an irreplacable part of Ukrainian culture and heritage
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bandura#Etymology_and_terminology
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kobzar
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holodomor
Chapter 30: Elephants
Summary:
The Elephant in the room. And the car.
Chapter Text
5pm
The Shadow Operatives HQ, dining room
Now playing: In from the cold, by Ben Mathews
Seated around the table, with cups of water or tea in hand, the Kelly Gang sat around the dining table as the shadow operatives tried to make the kids & Shinji as comfortable as possible after their harrowing experience.
“You feelin any betta now Shinnie?” Asked Labrys
“Ok. My head doesn’t wanna kill me as much anymore. Nice of you to ask.”
“We got lucky.” stated Kaz. “We were in a relatively more spacious train car with less people, the others weren’t so.”
Ryuji, still reeling from the accident and still on the edge mentally, burst out “CHRIST! THE FUCK HAPPENED!?” He sighed and then sank into his chair.
The shadow operatives looked upon the seated Kelly Gang. Their looks were ones of pity, reality started to set in that the people seated in front of them, including Shinji, were little more than kids. Barely old enough to buy a beer or not at all. A feeling of responsibility was felt among the four operatives, in having failed to keep these kids, who were in a very similar situation to SEES when they were experiencing their trial by fire.
Out of the hallway, doctor Maruki walked into the dining room, with a set of thermal blankets and a box of snacks. A series of polite “thanks”, or “no thanks” was heard as either the kids started helping themselves, or waiting it out, out of a sense of pride and obligation to fulfill the role of a “young adult”, only to give in a few moments later to a cookie.
“Are you guys feeling any better now?” Asked Yukari , A series of approving gestures and nods were seen. With Kasumi then following up
“Man. How the fuck does that happen?”, with Junpei adding “Damn. Aren’t the trains supposed to be safe?”
“Yes.” Stated Chidori. “Something of this nature is usually either very improbable, or foul play.”
“Foul play huh?” inquired Shinji. “Why. The fuck. Would someone feel the need to sabotage a metro train full of passengers huh?”
Both groups kept silent. The prospect of this accident being a product of sabotage or foul play wasn’t particularly the first thought that came to mind, but with the possibility planted in the minds of those who had survived the “accident”, it wasn’t going away soon.
Soon enough, Tokyo news was consumed by the crash. Details upon its possible cause were finally being let out.
“ According to the rail authorities, the driver of the train had experienced a mental shutdown. Which had then led to the train continuing its acceleration, leading to the train to move at dangerous speeds.”
Maruki intently observed and listened. “Mental shutdowns… Have I read that somewhere before?”. The doctor then left, disappearing into the penthouse.
“What’s he doing?” Asked Shinji
“Oh! That’s Maruki. He’s our resident expert on cognitive psience, and works as an Kirijo researcher.” Haru then said “Wait. The Kirijo Group? Mitsuru Kirijo???”
“Yes Haru. She’s in charge of the organization. Though until she gets here, I’m in charge as the most senior persona user here.”
Yukari then returned to the previous topic of discussion. “You see guys, this whole thing. The personas, shadows, and the world you’ve been to… It wasn’t the first time something like this happened.”
All members of the Kelly Gang with the exception of Shinji listened attentively as Yukari explained further
“You see, the Kirijo group spent time studying shadows. However an accident back some time ago had created the dark hour. When you told us that your school turned into one of these palaces, it was rather familiar to us becaus-”
“Because our school was turned into something like that. Every night past 12, our school would turn into a tower where shadows would gather and-”
“Ahem Junpei."
“Oh. Sorry.”
“I can’t explain a lot of the details now, but the shadows would leave the school grounds and sometimes cause havoc in the city. One time it hijacked a train we would use to go to school.”
The Kelly Gang looked at each other in astonishment. They knew shadows had some degree of smarts, but they weren’t supposed to be that smart.
“Wait.” Interrupted Ryuji. “ When we were in mementos a week ago, we saw that train speed off and then we heard a crash. Do you think…”
The room went silent, the mood of the Kelly Gang and shadow operatives had been turned from inquiry, to dread. Did the shadows of mementos have control over the metro system, or perhaps even more. Did they have a lust for blood? Was that why the interior for mementos was a scene from biblical hell? It was at this moment that Maruki reentered the room with a set of papers in his hands.
“I found something interesting.” “That news reporter said something about mental shutdowns, yes?”
All in the room nodded. “Well, I have in my hands a paper from the most forward thinking mind in cognitive Psience. Its about this stuff.”
“Shadows are not too different from personas. With personas being aspects of one’s self and personality given shape and form, we should see shadows in a similar light. The shadow is the manifestation of the repressed thoughts, feelings and desires of an individual. A sort of Mr. Hyde to the Dr. Jekyll, that being the personas you guys wield."
“While we were in Kamoshida’s palace, we had to fight his shadow in order to steal his treasure. His desires.” Added Ann in a cold and stoic tone
“Exactly.” said Maruki “So if you guys got him to fess up and to give up his desires, what happens if you instead, and I say this as a hypothetical free of any accusation. Killed his shadow.”
The Kelly Gang went silent. It had been a creeping thought in their minds, they wouldn’t deny, they sometimes attempted to ponder ways to justify it. The world would definitely be better off without Kamoshida and men like him in it, however all had settled on the conclusion that a lifetime of unshakable guilt, shame, depression and extreme moral and mental anguish for a lifetime was more painful then a single moment consisting of the ultimate price. Plus, there was no way for the cops to not put him behind bars, especially with the public outrage and the chronic urge of Japanese law enforcement to maintain its reputation of a 99% conviction rate for better or for worse. But to kill someone? More specifically to be handed the power to decide someone’s fate as judge, jury and executioner? It was a prospect which inspired a sense of uneasiness and dread in these kids.
“But we didn’t do anything! We saw the train speed off in mementos, and then we heard a crash! We didn’t even see the driver!” Exclaimed Yukari, “Which means only one other possibility.” stated Maruki in a cold tone.
It took a moment, but the realization then set in. All, except for Maruki, went cold. If dread had been creeping upon the room, it had now instead casted its oppressive grasp upon the two groups of persona users. However, someone recovered from the shock of the realization quickly.
“I guess we have another objective now, on top of investigating mementos. Find this persona user and bring him in.” The other shadow operatives nodded in agreement. “Would you like us to help you guys out?” Asked Shinji
“You don’t need to. You kids almost got killed out there." Said Yukari, meanwhile Kasumi protested,
“But we can handle ourselves, we can fight!”
“Look Kaz.” said Junpei
“You guys just survived an “accident” without any bad scratches on you. Now’s not the time to push your luck. Maybe when you guys get better and stronger as well you can help us"
Not much could be found wrong with what Junpei had said. Everyone wasn’t in the best state of mind, body or soul at the moment and everyone could use a warm shower, meal and a good night’s rest after what had happened today.
“There isn’t much wrong about that.” stated Maruki. “You’re all still kids. And this is something the Shadow Operatives Organization was purpose built for.”
Shinji couldn’t help but feel an air of disbelief. Him, a kid? He was the older, gruff and responsible adult of SEES with Mitsy and Aki, but now instead the roles had been reversed he’d felt. This dissonance was expressed rather silently. With Shinji’s expression from being usually subdued and focused, to one of contortion, slight strain which had betrayed a sense of confusion with the situation.
With the clock hands nearing around 6 in the evening, it was agreed that the Kelly Gang should make their way back home to recover and recuperate, and take Sunday easy. They’d deserved a quiet and pleasant weekend for surviving both exams and the “accident”. With no dissenting voices saying otherwise, Haru called a taxi to ferry the gang back home safely, since the Tokyo subway had been closed. Shinji would instead be brought back to Leblanc by Labrys and Chidori, taking a car downstairs at the penthouse garage.
Evening
The garage
Now playing: When the Moon's Reaching Out Stars, Live Version, by Lotus Juice and Azumi Takahashi
“I’ll drive Chidori.”
“I’ll let you drive on the condition that you don’t kill us alright?”
“Fair nuff. Now's the time for a slow and relaxing drive. After what just happened.”
While Chidori and Labrys took the front seats, Shinji sat in the rear middle seat. Trying to let his mind wander to the best of his ability, however failing to do so.
“What’s on your mind Shinnie?” “Hmm?” “I can see you in the rear view mirror, it looks like something’s on your mind.” Shinji sighed.
“It's all weird. Before I died, I was 18 and was the guy making sure they didn’t get killed in Tartarus. Seven years later, I’m still 18. You guys outlived me. Lived out seven years that I missed out. And now I’m the one being taken care of instead. Like a kid."
The car stopped at a red light. “Well ain’t that the damndest thing.” “What about it Labrys?”
“Well, I was a Gen five anti shadow weapon. Meaning in terms of how old my model is, I’m technically older than Aigis. But most of that time was spent deactivated.” “Wait, you mean…”
“Yeah. When I was reactivated and joined the shadow operatives, I was the junior sistar. It wasn’t horrible or anything, but Aigis and the crew spent more time, y’know. Maturing.”
"If it helps, while Aigis worn a suit and tie going to work as a shadow operative, being sent to make boring agreements and contracts with other suits and ties, I was fucking around, learning how to fly stunt planes and helicopters, and jumping out of them for the hell of it."
"Though off course, I had a parachute or my axe."
“Hmmm”
With a little giggle, Chidori added “Shinji, you should’ve seen Labrys and what she got up to three years ago, she really was a loose cannon when she joined us.” Shinji could see Labrys’s offended expression in the rear view mirror
“Excuse you! It's hard to resist doing everything I did if you’ve got a robot body and an axe-jetpack.” From then on, laughing and glee could only be heard in the car as Shinji’s thoughts were put to rest.
“Hey guys?” Chidori looked behind to see Shinji. He had his phone out along with his earphones, almost like a teenager she noted. “Yeah?” “I’m gonna think of something to do with the gang, keep them sharp and ready. I think I got it.” “We’re gonna try to find more of those palaces.”
A moment of silence was had, then Chidori replied “Well, I don’t see much wrong about it, when we were brought to the palace it seemed you had it down.” “And kicking asses and taking lots of names.” added Labrys
“If you need help, me and Labrys can help you and your guys when we’re free. You have our number right?”
“Yup.” “Awesome, looks like we get to kick ass too.” exclaimed Labrys.
20 minutes later
It was a pleasant ride back to Leblanc. Parking the car in the vicinity, the three made their way back to Leblanc. Enjoying the cool evening breeze and the waning of the retiring of the sun on the horizon. The three headed towards the cafe, until suddenly the boss opened the door to take his daily walk and smoke break. “Shit.”
“Shinji! Are- Are you ok?” “And what are you doing hanging out with my customers?!”
“I'm ok boss. Oh, remember when I told you I had old friends?” “Yeah?” “Remember the letter addressed to me?” “Uh-huh?” “Well, it turns out my old friends were in Tokyo for work, and decided to catch up.”
Sojiro looked at both Labrys and Chidori. They both seemed nice enough. They were also his newest daily consistent customers.
“Well, I hope despite what happened today, you three have a decent weekend. Now make way, this old man’s gotta puff away the stress that this kid’s caused me today.” And so the boss left, disappearing into Yongen Jaya. The three continued to look in the direction Sojiro left until someone else came to take their attention.
*Scrit, scratch, skrit*
Labrys looked down at her leg to see a black cat prodding at her leg. “Awwwww, little guy !” Labrys and Shinji kneeled down to get closer to the cat, while Chidori, electing to stand up, captured the moment with her camera phone. “Aren’t you a cute fur ball!” Exclaimed Labrys as she picked up the cat in her arms.
“Their name’s Morgana. He comes around to Leblanc recently because I gave him food.”
"You better be keeping him well fed Shinnie!" Labrys started giving the "fur ball" belly rubs.
"As for you fur ball, you better start saying hi when me and Chidori come around for coffee eh?"
A moment later
“Come see us when we both come for coffee eh?” Said Labrys to Morgana and Shinji while she and Chidori were walking back to the car. A “Will do.” was heard from Shinji, with him and Morgana seeing both of Shinji’s friends off until they disappeared into Yongen Jaya like Sojiro did.
“Well now, want some dinner Morgana?”
“Meow!”
“You were scared I might not make it back to make you dinner one day like Sojiro was huh?
“Meow.”
“Well don’t you worry. I ain’t going anywhere.”
“Meow!”
End track
Evening
The Attic
Shinji sat on his bed, eating his dinner. He’d figured he would instead take the rest of the evening easy instead of doing work of any kind. He’d been peacefully digging into his curry until he’d received a message.
Mishima
Mishima: Yo, sorry if this is a bad time
Mishima: We got someone on the forums saying they’re being stalked by an exe. He works as a teller at a bank.
Mishima: His name is Natsuhiko Nakanohara.
Shinji: Alright. Kelly Gang will do something about it.
Shinji keyed the stalker’s name into his mementos navi app. After he had just keyed in his name, the navi had gotten a bead on him, without location or distortion. “What the fuck?” Not daunted by unexpected developments, Shinji then contacted the gang.
Kelly Gang
Shinji: Guys I got something.
There’s a stalker who stalks his ex. His name is Natsuhiko Nakanohara, if everyone wants to do something about it, meet up tomorrow at Leblanc.
Ann: Say no more.
Haru: ^
Ryuji: Maybe we should spend the day together afterwards perhaps?
Shinji: We can work something out.
Kaz: As long as you prepare some breakfast for us alright? That curry is God's gift to mankind.
Shinji: Of course.
After putting down the phone, Shinji then went to get his Smith and Wesson, some gun oil and started doing maintenance and cleaning, there won’t be much rest for the wicked.
Chapter 31: Не бійся женця
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
At the same time, Shadow Operatives HQ meeting room
After the Kelly Gang were brought back to their homes, an emergency meeting had been called. Everyone had seen the train accident on TV, and heard that Shinji and his friends were in one of the trains that got caught in the disaster.
So far, fatalities had been contained to the double digits, but in terms of wounded that was instead in the triple digits. The disruption to life in Tokyo for the day, and likely for the coming days was immense. It had caused chaos in government, with the ministry of infrastructure, transport and tourism getting the whupping of a lifetime by the government, public, and the city at large.
The mood and attitude of the city and country at large had been given a shakeup. This was no different from the shadow operatives, who at their disposal, had the ability and capability of doing something about it.
Start encrypted secure video conference
Mitsuru: For our first matter of concern, it would be that Shinji and his group of persona users are fine. Yukari?
Yukari: They’re ok. None of them got hurt, and we made sure they got home safely.
Akihiko: Dammit! How could we let this happen.
Kotone: Yeah. Why can’t we deploy faster in Tokyo! If we had our way, we should all be in Tokyo instead of being deployed piecemeal!
Koromaru, currently in Kotone’s lap, was heard to be growling angrily.
Aigis: Koromaru says he wants to get after the people responsible, and who almost killed Shinji and his friends.
Mitsuru: That’s the thing. I’m speeding up the next contingent’s deployment. You will be deployed as soon as possible. Akihiko?
Akihiko: Kurosawa and I are haggling with our counterparts in the government to try to look the other way. It's hard but with enough alcohol and card games we can get what we want.
Fuuka: Take it easy on yourself Aki. We’ll make sure no one puts a finger on Shinji.
Akihiko groans and lowers his head down. He appears cold. He hadn’t had a chance to wash, he evidently had rushed back home to make it to the meeting. Just as visibly, was the worry and stress on his face, with the current events surrounding Shinji adding years he hadn’t lived out on himself visibly. His eyes appeared to have darkened, and an expression of tired weariness had been visible on his face.
Mitsuru: Akihiko. I know how much the news has been affecting you. If you like, you sit the meeting out and I can brief you on what’s gonna happen next.
Akihiko: Ok.
And so Akihiko cut his footage. His appearance and conduct had been alien to his usual behavior. As he was back in 2009, although subdued and tempered by age, Akihiko usually kept his deterministic and almost soldierlike persistence into his adult years. Even when given the relatively boring role of being the liaison between the government and shadow operatives. However, the role had brought a more corporate and formal tone that was out of Akihiko’s character. It had also brought him north to Hokkaido, which meant he had to bear the snow. Even with the help of Kurosawa, the job brought a toll on Akihiko. Though he always hid it well. He was good at hiding how much he hated it.
Kotone: We really gotta get him out of Hokkaido the first opportunity we get, maybe bring him somewhere warm.
Mitsuru: I’ll work on that. Back to the topic, assuming everyone has read the reports Maruki has written and sent us, we all hold some knowledge of this “metavers-”. Why is it called the Metaverse Maruki?
Maruki: I needed a name, so I started calling it what Shinji and his friends were calling it, the metaverse. Also the app they use is called the “Metanav”.
Mitsuru: Ok until the second deployment gets here, I want our currently deployed Ops to patrol the metaverse on a daily basis, gather more information, and actionable intelligence on finding whoever’s responsible for this, whether it be shadows or other persona users. We will find them.
Maruki: Can I ask a question?
Mitsuru: Affirmative doctor.
Maruki: I want to explore the metaverse along with the currently deployed shadow ops, can that be possible?
Yukari: But that means putting you at risk, dummy! We can’t put more people at risk then there are now-!
Mitsuru: Done. You’re going with them from now on. I want you to carry out those tests from our research wing there and send daily reports to me and Fuuka. Get it done Maruki.
Maruki nodded, with Yukari showing a subdued expression of outrage which was quickly withdrawn. Then, Chidori and Labrys spoke up
Labrys: Hey Mitsuru?
Mitsuru: Yes Labrys?
Chidori: We’ve been spending time with Shinji, and his group of persona users, if you may permit, can we spend more time around them. We wanna be able to be there if possible, because they will continue looking for more palaces to become stronger persona users.
Mitsuru: I’ll allow it. As long as Shinji is willing to accept your help.
Labrys and Chidori nodded.
Mitsuru:As for everyone else, especially those supposed to deploy this month, standby to standby. We’ll let you know when you are to be deployed at once, that could be next week, two weeks, nobody but Akihiko knows. If all goes to plan, everyone but me and Aki should be in Tokyo by the end of May.
Fuuka: And Ken.
Mitsuru: No, we’re not sending Ken! We don’t need to uproot his studies to join us.
Fuuka: I meant you, Aki and Ken aren’t gonna be with the rest of us by the end of May.
Fuuka stared down at Mitsuru. She knew Fuuka’s opinion on if they should oblige Ken’s request that he’d be sent with the shadow ops to Tokyo.
Mitsuru: Well, If all the things we were to address have been addressed, I’d like to say some words to the ones deploying next. What had happened was a catastrophe who’s effects will likely affect Japanese society at large. We hold by this fact a large burden and responsibility to safeguard the public. This isn’t a mere prospect anymore, we now hold the safety and security of the public in our hands. So ready yourself for what’s gonna come.
End encrypted video conference
Leblanc
The next morning
“Ok guys. When you finish your breakfast, we get upstairs and get ready to go ok?l
The gang nodded. Haru, who was about to finish, looked up at Shinji and asked him about last night.
“So they’re gonna focus on finding the individual responsible for almost killing us?”
“And killing some dozens of people? Yeah. That’s gonna be their job.”
“Then what are we gonna do then? More concerningly, what do we do if we somehow meet this… Terrorist.”
“Well, I dunno if that’ll ever happen, but what I do know is that if the shadow OPs are gonna focus on finding that guy somewhere in Mementos, we still got a job to do what we can to help people. We’re gonna find the palaces of sons of bitches like Kamoshida then we’ll do our work from there. Ok?”
5 minutes later
“As you know, the guy in question is a stalker who stalked his ex-girlfriend. Are we all ready and willing to take him down?”
A series of nods had signaled approval to Shinji, while silence signaled a lack of objection or a desire to pass it by.
“Ok. Here goes.”
Beginning navigation…
You have arrived at your destination.
“Ok guys. Everyone ready?” “Dude, why are we in Mementos?”
When Ryuji raised the fact that the gang were standing in mementos instead of another palace, a series of doubts and second thoughts arose, wasn’t this stalker supposed to have a palace?
“Well that’s fine. It means he’s probably hiding out somewhere around this floor, now let’s find that rat, and give him a piece of our minds.”
“What would we do if we find another one of those strong shadows?” Asked Haru “If all goes well we don’t need to fight one. We should focus on finding this ratbag as soon as possible so we don’t have to worry about that.”
“Now c’mon. Let’s find that rat!”
And so the Kelly Gang went, scouring the floor, looking for the target.
0 hours 5 minutes
Now playing: Daredevil, persona 5 strikers
“Ted! More pressure on the right! Bonnie, that one’s weak to fire!”
With the knowledge that the target was on the floor they were at and there were only so many places for him to hide in, the gang cut their way through the floor as hard and fast as their personas allowed it. As some of the firearms were left back at school. With the day being a Sunday and with the trains still closed, nobody was able to sneak into the closed school to bring their guns. At best, all had their melee weapons, some had firearms mostly sidearms, but all in attendance definitely had their persona at their side.
0 hour 10 minutes
“RIGHT IN FRONT OF US DEAD AHEAD!”
Suddenly a hoard of shadows had appeared between them and the last area of the floor the gang hadn’t cleared. This must be it.
“Alright! The target’s gotta be on the other side of this herd! Cut them down!”
An initial bullet hail from the firearms of the group rang out. However instead of a gap of time spent withdrawing to reload, the gang instead started to unleash their personas upon the group of shadows.
“Anita, Do it!”
Momentum had been kept due to this. Without a break or respite from being continuously attacked, the shadows couldn’t effectively respond to effective persona usage and exploration of weaknesses. The chaotic yet organized savaging of the shadows had been quick and brutal.
“Tadeusz, Finish them off!”
It was at this moment, with the crowd being reduced to a pile of remains, burning, electrostatic, or were in the process of decaying and spurning out cash that the path was finally open to the gang. They saw a rift, red and black, the train tracks appeared lifted, seemingly pulled into it as if it had its own Center of gravity and everything was pulled towards it, including the Kelly Gang.
“Alright everyone! The Target’s gonna be there somewhere! With me!”
They went in, and out they came. Face to face with the target. The target looked rather normal, he wore a suit and tie while possessing a bob haircut. The only sign of any maliciousness or that it was a shadow was contained within the square lenses of the glasses the target wore, a pair of yellow eyes.
“What do you want.”
Ann answered the shadow “We want you to leave your ex alone! Have you ever stopped to think how your ex feels!”
“Shut up! She’s my property! Not yours!”
At that moment all the guns the Kelly Gang had were aimed at the shadow.
“Final chance. Give up now, or else.”
“So that’s how you wanna play huh!”
“You’re gonna leave that woman alone. That’s the only way you’re getting out of here.”
At that moment the shadow started to transmogrify into a hostile shadow ready to fight. And so was the Kelly Gang. A furious brawl occurred, with gunfire, the various personas the Kelly gang had at their possession.
“Give them hell Kelly!
The shadow’s form was both absurd and devilish. It held a form of an anthropomorphic cat who stood on two legs. However its facial features betrayed its feline appearance for a more devilish one, for painted on its face was an almost uncanny smile with its mouth seemingly stuck in a grin, open showing seemingly yellow and rotting teeth. Above the mouth it had no eyes or nose to speak off, if it had any, it was covered by a bowl cut, seemingly imported from the non-transmogrified head of the target.
“Olga, terrify them!”
A mix of colors from Haru’s persona, mostly dominated by pink and yellow colors were set upon the shadow. When they made their impact, the grin on the shadow’s face seemingly disappeared, changed to one of indifference, then suddenly to one of terror. At that moment, a sudden blast of buckshot from Anita’s shotgun knocked down the shadow of Natsuhiko Nakanohara to the ground.
“Finish him off!”
With the order given, all Kelly Gang were set upon the concussed shadow. In a cloud of dust and smoke where nothing could be seen, in this unseen corner of mementos, which was unseen by the public anyway, a sound that could be only described by a mix of gunfire, steel colliding on steel, physical scuffling and of the like were mixed together to paint how much pain Natsuhiko Nakanohara was experiencing at the moment by the hands of the gang.
At the end of it all, the gang remained standing, while the shadow of Natsuhiko Nakanohara laid on the ground with his form now reverting to the one he had before the fight. He stood there limping, looking rather pathetic.
End Track
“Stop! Stop! I yield!”
“If you do, you better go back, and apologize to your ex.” Said Kasumi coldly, still aiming her shotgun at Natsuhiko.
“I will, but before I go, there’s something I need to tell you.”
The gang then lowered their weapons, and waited to hear what he had to say.
“Before I became a bank teller, I was under the tutelage of an artist, he was the famed artist Madarame.”
“You better not be wasting time with people we don’t know mister.”
“He is real! And he stole the art I made, claiming it was his! He plaguarised mine and many other aspiring artists works!”
“The one he took in before me, she commited suicide after Madarame stole her works!”
The gang with surprised and shocked faces stared at the shadow, then each other.
“And now, he’s got a student under his tutelage now, his name is Yusuke Kitagawa!”
“Wait.” Said Kasumi. “The one we know?”
“Look! You gotta make sure Madarame doesn’t do what he did to me happen to him! I know I’m undeserving of anything here, but please!”
The gang looked at each other in silence, as the shadow then disappeared. Shinji, putting his revolver back into his holster, then addressed the gang. “I guess that’s that then. Good job everyone.” Haru then asked Shinji a question.
“Are we, are we gonna do something about this Madarame?”
“We gotta!” Shouted Kasumi “we gotta help Yusuke!”
“Well. We don’t know what we need to know about this Madarame. We don’t even know if he’s got a palace yet. But if he does, I guess we found a new target.”
End track
The gang started to make their way out of this pocket of mementos where they fought, the air was weirdly suffocating…
“Let’s get back to Leblanc. Do some research on this Madarame fellow. I need to man the caf-”
Shinji froze. “Shinji, what is it?” Asked Haru
“Do you hear that?” Shinji motioned to the gang to be quiet. “Ye- yeah it sounds like chains.”
“We need to get the hell out of here.” Shinji said as he quickly mashed the exit button on his Meta Nav.
Now leaving mementos
5 minutes later
The attic.
“Shin, what was that?” asked Kaz “Very very strong shadow. He just comes around sometimes. He roamed around Tartarus, scaring the piss out of us.” “There’s not much you can do against it, whenever you hear the chains it's time to get the heell out of there.” Saying that, Shinji’s voice cracked a little. It didn’t mean much, but to the gang who saw Shinji’s persona of the fearless and dauntless leader of the Kelly Gang, having Shinji suggest that there was something He was afraid of, gave the gang reason to heed his advice about this shadow in particular.
“Shinji, does that one have a name?” asked Kasumi.
Shinji was trying to calm himself down. The sounds of the chains of the reaper still unnerved and instilled enough genuine fear into him that he was struggling to articulate past experiences with it. Instead he’d let his phone play a certain song and left it upstairs with the gang before he left to man the counter. Walking down the stairs, his mind then wandered away from Leblanc…
Start Memory, after the first recorded encounter with the reaper.
“Jesus Mitsy. What the hell was that?” Akihiko sat on the couch of the dorm lobby, flustered and visibly stressed. “I don’t know. It is incredibly strong. Or we’re incredibly weak.”
“Well, whatever it is, it’s got guns! And I don’t know if we can go against that.”
Akihiko, very much like Shinji, wasn't the person to crack that easily, but 16 year old kid Akihiko did not plan to be shot up by a terrifying shadow in the liminal space that was Tartarus, nor was Mitsuru or Shinjiro.
Now they sat in a 24 hour karaoke booth, one of the few places open that gave out free water at this time. Too tired to get back to the dorms, or perhaps afraid of going through the dark night to get back to the dorms to get some sleep, they instead sat in the booth, attempting to calm themselves down.
Shinji returned with some glasses of water. He gave them out, and took a seat between the two. He had his head bent down, without much to say.
“Shinnie?” “Shinji, are you ok?”
Without saying much, Shinji grabbed the Karaoke remote and picked out a song, confusing Mitsuru and Akihiko further as a result.
Now playing: Don’t fear the reaper, by Blue Oyster Cult
“All our times have come. Here but now they’re gone.”
“Shinji, what are you doing?”
“Seasons don’t fear the reaper, nor do the wind, the sun or the rain”
“We can be like they are” “Aki, now’s not the ti-
“Come on, baby” “Don’t fear the reaper”
“Baby take my hand” “Don’t fear the reaper”
“Don’t fear the reaper” “We’ll be able to fly”
Out of failure to see the reasoning or bring to reason Akihiko or Shinjiro, Mitsuru joined in the singing.
“Don’t fear the reaper” “Baby, I’m your man…”
All three friends then joined in singing this song Shinji had originally put on to take the edge off from their recent encounter with death. Now it was becoming an unforgettable memory for the three friends.
“La, la la la la…”
As the guitar riff continued and a break in the lyrics followed, the three friends looked at each other with a mix of enjoyment and stunned surprise. They weren’t expecting to do karaoke at 1 in the morning, singing a song mocking death as they had just narrowly avoided it. But none raised any objection to it, and they continued singing.
“ Valentine is done” “Here, but now they’re gone.”
“Romeo and Juliet, are together in eternity…”
“Forty thousand men and women everyday…”
“C’mon baby, don’t fear the reaper, baby take my hand”
“Don’t fear the reaper, we’ll be able to fly, don’t fear the reaper, baby I’m your man…”
At this point, any sign of anxiety, fear or dread had been wiped off the faces of the three members of SEES, instead replacing it with smiles and tired joy. They all were evidently more relaxed now, leaning back on the booth, arms over each other's shoulders and much more calm then when they had entered the room. But now they had to leave, lest they spent the entire night sleeping in the booth instead of a warm bed.
The three members of SEES in higher spirits then before, strolled back to their dorm. Singing as they walked down the streets of their city, untampered by the dark hour.
“Heh, never knew you listened to that old crap Shinji.” “Shut up Aki.”
End track
Memory end
Leblanc
“Shinji… Shinji… Shinji wake up…” Shinji had woken up from being sat on the cafe counter, he had been dozing off with his head on the counter. “Ughhhh. I’m up Boss, I’m up.”
“Boss? No, it's Labrys and Chidori here.” “Oh shit!” Shinji quickly got off his chair and got up. “Sorry, I was tired, that's all. Wh- What can I get you two.”
Shinji went around the counter and got to work on the house blend. Chidori then asked “Hey, are you doing alright Shinji” “Yeah. Yes.” “Ok. What have you been doing since we brought you home.”
“Well, Me and the gang found a lead. We went into mementos, we keyed in the name of a stalker who’s been stalking his ex. We brought him down and he should be going to her to apologize to her by now." "How well did the gang do?"
"Alright, despite being a little spooked about being back in mementos, they held their own. I think they're gonna be less "Spooked" when they go in next time. But back to the point."
"Back to it, before he went, he told us of some scumbag who apparently plagiarized art. What was his name, Madarame?”
Chidori froze. “Madarame you said?” “Yeah, why?”
“Madarame is a renown artist in the art world, however he has been undergoing allegations for a long while regarding plagiarization of art. He’s not without controversy, however his controversy and whistleblowers has been a bit silent lately… If you know what I mean.”
“Shit.”
“If Madarame really has a palace, I want in, and I’m sure Labrys wants in too. Isn’t that right!”
“Yuh, Yu- Yeah Chihdohriii!” Labrys had a mouthful of curry in her mouth. She wasn’t gonna bail on Chidori.
“Ok. We’ll look into Madarame, can we count on you to help us when we’re gonna need it?”
“Off course. You can count on it."
"Yreahhh Shihnniii, iff youhhh neeed us to kiick shomheones ashhh call ushhhh!" uttered out Labrys
The cafe then descended into a series of laughs and giggles at Labrys's table manners. And so Sunday's morning went off to a great start.
Notes:
There never has been a recorded "first ever encounter" with the reaper in persona. So why did SEES decide to call that strong shadow in particular the reaper?
Chapter 32: Привид часу
Summary:
Translation: Zeitgeist
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Noon, Sunday 14/5
“Ok guys, here goes. Ichiryusai Madarame.”
“CANDIDATE FOUND! PLEASE ENTER LOCATION AND DISTORTION!”
“Holy shit, that did it.” Uttered Kasumi. Then Haru spoke. “Alright. Now comes the harder part, whatever location his palace is and whatever it is.”
Surrounded by cups of coffee and empty plates, the gang spent time gathering as much information online as possible about the man. To little success. “He doesn’t have any social media accounts or presence to speak off… that complicates things.” Said Ann
“He don’t got a wiki page or something, you think a big shot artist like him would have a Wikipedia page or sumthing right?” Said Ryuji
“Hmmmm. We could ask Yusuke about it, though I don’t think they’d appreciate us probing into their life too much.” Raised Kasumi
“Yes. If Yusuke is under Madarame’s tutelage or care, we need to make sure our operation doesn’t impede too much on his life.” Concluded Haru
“Yeah, and we could blow our cover if we do that.”
“Hmmm.. what’s stopping us from brute forcing the distortion?” Asked Kaz “ain’t this a major artist in the art world? If Kamoshida’s palace wss a castle, what does that make his huh? An Art Gallery?”
INCORRECT TERM!
“An art exhibit!”
INCORRECT TERM, PLEASE TRY AGAIN
“Uhh uhh, a museum!”
“CORRECT TERM FOUND!”
A round of surprise, laughing and applause was going around the Kelly gang. “Holy shit Kaz, you got it!” Shouted Ryuji
“It wasn’t too hard guys, I just started saying what came to mind since he was an artist, didn’t think it was gonna be that easy!”
The gang continued on in high spirits, while Shinji excused himself and went downstairs to make a phone call to Chidori.
Five minutes later…
Call not answered (2)
“Huh. No answer. I guess she’ll call me later or text later maybe.”
“Yo Shinji!” “Yeah?” Ryuji was shouting at him.
“You wanna hang at the Batting cages? Everyone else is going out with their Sunday plans and if you don’t got any you wanna hang?”
“Sure!” Shinji shouted up the stairs. To Sojiro’s dismay.
“Hey. No shouting in my restaurant.”
“But there’s nobody here…”
Both sojiro and Shinji looked at each other in silence as the restaurant remained silent with no customers.
Sojiro sighed. “Go enjoy your weekend, get going.”
At the same time
Mementos
0 hour, 0 minutes
Now playing:Tartarus, Persona 5 style, by Rohan Adiyodi
“So this is mementos…” *Click!
“You look more like a tourist than a scientist Maruki.”
At the same time, the shadow operatives & Maruki were in mementos. As the Kelly Gang left with a new target with a palace to look into, the shadow operatives were recording and studying mementos.
0 hour 10 minutes
*Click!* “Ey Maruki? Wudya reckon this red stuff on the wall is?”
“I’m not sure yet.” *Click!* “It's perhaps distortion. Maybe this is how the public sees the subway…”
“Can I eat it Maruki?” “For the sake of your health both physical and mental, and perhaps the wider public, perhaps not.”
While the shadow operatives were moving forward, clearing out shadows with brutal efficiency, Labrys and Maruki lagged behind, recording, observing, and noting anything down that seemed interesting. The sound of steel clashing upon steel, arrows let fly followed by the meaty sound of impact was followed seconds later by metallic footsteps and occasional flashes and clicks.
*Click!* “I really, really, really, wish that Wakaba was here to see this Labrys.” “She would be freaking out, if she knew that what she had hypothesized back at Iwatodai was for the most part true.”
Labrys could only smile as Maruki admired and recorded down the hellish environment they were wandering in. For such a dreary passageway into the bowels of the human psyche to incite such appreciation and wonder, was a little bit off putting to Labrys.
“The hellish interior is in line with what was observed in Tartarus. If Tartarus was meant to be a shadow’s den characterized by the Greek underworld, this is just hell. Straight up hell, it isn’t helped by the fact that we’re going deeper and deeper.”
“Do you wanna get out of here Maruki?” asked Labrys “No. This is far more compelling than staying back home and writing reports for doctor Fuuka and the others.”
“Hey! You two!” Someone from up front was shouting at Labrys and Maruki. “We got a very strong shadow ahead, mind helping us Labrys?”
“Stay behind us Maruki. I’ll be back quickly.” Maruki stood behind a bend in mementos, watching as Labrys ran to join the fray, dragging her large labrys ready to let loose at the enemy. Already the other shadow operatives were in the fight.
Now playing: Mass destruction, reloaded
“Ariadne! Get em!” Came forth from the depths of Labrys’s soul was the daughter of King Minos of Crete. Coming forth she let loose a frightening blow upon the hostile shadow. This was followed by Medea, following the sound of an evoker, a descendant of Helios. A burst of flame emerged, engulfing the foe, ensuring that the foe was no more. When the shadow had been destroyed, leaving in its wake a pile of ashes and cash, Maruki went forth and took a picture of the remains, in a weird bout of morbid curiosity.
*Click!*
“Hey dude?” “Yes Junpei?”
“The sound and flash of that camera is kinda distracting, couldn’t you have picked a less distracting camera?”
“This is the only one we got, all the other ones don’t work in cognitive spaces, even then we still have to worry about developing these photos back at base. And I don’t know how to develop photos.”
“Maruki, why haven’t you told us that before?” “Have you been taking photos for nothing?”
“I’m taking them for Fuuka, who does know how to use old cameras and develop the photos. In fact this was her camera, which she had collected from an antique store.”
“So. Maybe, maybe I’m taking these photos for nothing, we can only know when we see how they get developed. Not like we can find someone who will develop them for us and question what we were doing in a place like this.”
The gang remained silent. Letting Maruki take more photos in peace. Soon enough, Labrys returned to Maruki’s side and talked to him.
“Sorry for that. They’re pretty focused on what they’re doing.”
“I know. I just think what I’m doing here isn’t that useful to them. If Fuuka or maybe even Wakaba were here, they would be assisting them in the fight, or providing insight that I simply can’t offer yet that might help them here.”
Maruki let his head down. He was feeling a little bit down, but he refused to ruminate upon these things.
“Hey Maruki?”
“Yes?”
“Wanna take a selfie? Using the camera?”
“You sure, it might not be worth it in the end though.”
“I’m sure.”
“Alright, say cheers.” *Click!*
0 hour 30 minutes
“You know, maybe I could be of some use here if I had a weapon of some sort.” “Nah Maruki, you aren’t gonna join in the fights ok?”
“I mean. A form of personal self defense won’t hurt.” Labrys thought about it. Chidori approached the two, having heard what the two were talking about.
“Y’know that Yukari ain’t gonna like that right.” “She doesn’t have to know.” Then Chidori thought about it, then nodded. “Come with us when we’re done.”
Maruki nodded.
Five minutes later
“Dang. I’ve gotten some missed calls guys hang on.”
Now calling: Shinjiro Aragaki
A bit earlier, at the batting cages
“Hey Shinji?” “What is it Ryuji?”
Now playing: Alleycat, live jazz cover by J-music ensemble
“I’ve been thinking a bunch lately ever since we took Kamoshida down. Especially when we got to that room.” “Which one?”
“The one which had all those heads, and where you found the shotgun. It had my leg.” “What.” “On one of the displays, it had a bone that had my name on it.” “Oh yeah. I remember now.”
“When Kamoshida came to Shujin, he got the principal to shut down all the other sports teams except for volleyball. A bunch of us were pissed, and I exploded at Kamoshida.” “What happened next?”
“He fucked up my leg. Made sure I would never do track or real sports again. Ever since then I have to limp a little.” “Fuck.”
“ Not only that, he then tried to get me expelled, and the school brought my mom over to a meeting, and she had to beg them not to expel me.” “I- I- had a really hard time with it all after that.”
Shinji stood silent. He wasn’t good at really comforting people in their moment of crisis and was afraid of twisting any knives stuck in Ryuji. However, his line of thought then changed when Ryuji’s face started to light up, and he spoke again.
“But when we were in his palace, it was weird. My leg didn’t feel too sore or ache much. It was like it all never happened. It felt weird getting used to, but then it felt amazing afterwards.” “That’s great Ryuji.”
A small pause occurred, only for Shinji to then ask Ryuji a question. “Is, is your mom doing alright? After all of that?”
Another small pause then happened. “That’s the thing. After what had happened, she gave me a hug, and told me she was sorry for being a single mom. I wouldn’t say it was having my leg broken that gave me a real hard time, but that.” Shinji lowered his head a little. As Ryuji’s voice cracked a little, betraying a silent anguish within Ryuji. “How is she doing now though, after we took down Kamoshida?”
“Well, I’d say she’s doing fine now. After the news was heard, she seemed a lot more relaxed. She came to me after it happened, and told me she was relieved that he was no longer working at Shujin and that I don’t have to be near him any more.” Shinji nodded.
“Hey dude?” “Yeah?” “You should come to my place sometime. Hang out.” “You sure your mom won’t mind?” “Nah. She actually likes it when I bring friends over. She makes good cookies that are to die for.”
“Alright. I’ll keep that in mind.”
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
“Shit. My phone’s ringing. Must be Chidori.”
5 minutes later
Outside Untouchables
“Yeah. Labrys, Chidori, Maruki. This is the place we get our guns.” Said Ryuji
“Ryuji told me about this place. But before you enter, leave your snitching tendencies at the door, in fact abandon them. Orphan them.”
“Ok Shinji, we get the idea.” Answered Maruki
Untouchables
Now playing: Layer Cake, a jazzy version by J-music ensemble
“Welcome to Untouchables. Whoa, large crowd today. Who are these guys Shinji?”
“They’re cosplayers. They’re looking for props for an upcoming event.” “Alright, take a look around.”
All three shadow operatives and Ryuji scanned and checked out the merchandise, while the others scoured the store for something to their liking, Shinji and Iwai made some polite conversation.
“Hey, I appreciate the customers you brought in, but more customers also mean more possible attention on my ass, and I already have gotten enough bad attention if you know what I mean and who I’m talking about.”
Shinji sighed. “Anything I can do to take some of that pressure off?” “Hmm. How about showing up for work on Thursday?”
“Sounds good to me.” Just as the two finished their conversation, the other four had picked what they wanted from the shop.
Maruki came holding a rather large pistol, it encompassed most of his right hand and fitted the ubiquitous silhouette of a military pistol. “That’s an FN 1903, it’s a rugged design that refuses to be obsolete. Many are still in circulation and official use today. It ain’t something to shrug at.”
“I’ll take it.” “Oh, there’s a holster for that too, I’ll find it and hand that to you.”
As Iwai fumbled looking for a holster, Labrys and Chidori then came out with their own weapons of their choosing. Chidori had found a rifle to her liking, while Labrys had found a rather antiquated looking pistol instead.
“That is the Mas-36 and a Lancaster howdah pistol. The Mas is a French battle rifle. It’s carbine length, meaning it’s shorter and lighter as well. And…” Iwai twisted out a crude steel knob under the barrel, to then reveal a bayonet. “A cruciform spike bayonet holder, all in one shorter and lighter package. Some people say it looks ugly, but I appreciate it”
“As for the Lancaster, as much as this looks like a pirate gun. This thing was designed for eccentric British aristocrats sitting on top of elephants to shoot tigers in India. At the time about 200 years ago, this was reliable enough to stop dangerous animals.” “Sounds good. I like it.”
Then Ryuji came forward, carrying what looked like a distorted broom handle shaped case . Iwai then took the ‘broom handle’ from Ryuji’s hands, opening it and took out a rather antiquated and aesthetically pleasing or puzzling pistol. “This is the Mauser C-96, one of the first auto loading pistols. It’s awkward to handle due to the shape, but…” Iwai then took the case and attached it to the pistol, revealing the reason for its unusual shape, a stock. “It becomes a handy carbine with the stock. A lot of customers really just like it for the rather… “Unusual shape.”
“Really? I’ll take it!”
“If that’s everything guys, please remember after you pay to get a bag big enough to store your purchases, or remember to keep that in your pockets and not out in the open. ”
“Oh, and remember to maintain them and keep them clean of any crap like dust, dirt or other crap!”
As the party of shadow operatives and Kelly gang exited the shop, one of the operatives couldn’t help but let loose their first impression of Iwai.
“He seems nice.” Said Labrys “Oh,” replied Shinji “He’s a scary looking fellow but once you get to know him he’s pretty nice.”
“Like a layer cake.” Remarked Labrys as they were leaving the scene.
5 minutes later
A park bench
Now playing: This mysterious feeling, from persona 3
“By the way, Chidori? “Yeah?” “I was meaning to talk to you about something. We made progress on Madarame, meaning to tell you but you didn’t pick up.”
“Oh, sorry. We were in Mementos.” “Really. How did that go?”
“Just a normal patrol. We were mainly there for Maruki to study the area and take pictures of it.” “Huh.”
“Well, back to the point. We filled in two out of three of the criteria to access his palace. Finding his full name was easy, his distortion was somehow just as easy as we got lucky in guessing.” “But you don’t have a location, right?”
“I was about to get to that. Yeah, as far as I know, we don’t have any possible ideas of where his palace could be located. We found Kamoshida’s by accident when we mentioned Shujin, our high school”. “Hmmm... Actually, I could be able to help.”
“How so?” “Madarame is having an art exhibit in the city. I should be able to pull some strings and get you all tickets. Probably enough for you kids and me. I don’t wanna know what kind of chaos Labrys could be scheming at a formal art exhibit.” “Hey! I heard that!” Shouted Labrys.
“Another thing I was meaning to tell you about. We also have a connection of our own here..”
“When we were waiting for you guys to pick us up after the train accident, we found Madarame’s student. He was street performing in order to feed himself.” ... “God.”
“We don’t wanna involve him in this, or somehow put him on the streets when we do take Madarame down. But we do know that Madarame has been neglecting him one way or another.”
“And you’re not entirely sure how to proceed in a way that doesn’t worsen his situation?”
“Yeah. However, he seemed like he didn’t really mind, or he was hiding it well.”
“Hmm. Well, let’s keep that in mind. The exhibit is this Wednesday , I’ll send you guys an address.” “Thanks Chidori.”
Before the mixed group of shadow operatives and Kelly gang parted ways, they said their goodbyes, exchanged handshakes and goodbyes.
End track
The next day, after school
Monday
15/5
Class for the day had ended, however they had ended instead with the passing of exam papers from the previous week. A variety of expressions and sounds in class coloured the spectrum of success. From jubilation, anxiety, fear, and disappointment. Shinji however sat silent, with his face showing instead an expression of satisfaction. Content.
He has scored an above average grade. It wasn’t the best of the best, that would go to Haru and that nerd with the panda pencil case. But he passed and done a bit more then that. In the older days, Akihiko would be the voice of the content, the satisfied, meeting the standard and maybe a little bit more. On the contrary, Mitsuru was an overachiever, with a substantial chip on her shoulder and the prospect of undertaking the management of a large conglomerate that was the Kirijo group. She only strived to be the best, and this carried over in her pushing her friends to do the same.
However, they weren’t here. And Shinji sat down, couldn’t help but yearn for the old days a little. However, he was suddenly shaken out of his line of thought.
“Hey. Hey, Shinji, are you alright?” It was Mrs Kawakami, by the time Shinji had regained awareness of his surroundings, he found that the class had been deserted, and he’d stayed behind his exam papers still on his desk.
“Oh. Sorry, I was lost in thought.” A brief pause then occurred. “Oh, almost forgot. Our agreement.”
Shinji reached into his bag and took out a thermos, the contents still hot. “Oh, thanks Shinji.” Standing above his desk with the thermos on one hand and the exam papers on the other, he handed the coffee over to Kawakami as he examined his exam results a bit further.
“How are you doing after the exams Shinji?” Shinji stopped examining his exams and then replied “could be better.” “What do you mean by… oh no.”
“I was going to spend time with friends since we finished those, nobody got hurt. I just got a killer headache, that's all.” Kawakami’s expression evolved from one of concern and anxiety to one of tired relief. “Thank god. Some students from other classes were on those trains. They weren’t as lucky as you.”
Shinji observed Kawakami. He observed just how tired she was, slumping on her chair, with a tired expression encapsulated by a pair of hollow eyes, tired beyond her years. And if that wasn’t enough, sitting on her desk were piles of papers, yet to have been worked on and processed . “Hey. How about you?” “What do you mean?”
“How are you doing?” Kawakami looked at Shinji with a slight tinge of surprise. Nobody really bothered to ascertain her state of exhaustion or mind. Much less sympathy or empathy. Teaching at Shujin was a thankless job.
“Oh uh…” in a moment of self awareness, this was her reply “uhhh… It’s less worse then it looks.”
Shinji looked at Kawakami with concern concealed by a stoic expression. He’d seen the expression that Kawakami had, repeated again and again when he was on the streets. A vacant and crushed expression, misery personified. It was much worse when Apathy syndrome became epidemic in and around the old city. It broke the back of many less fortunate families who were reliant on one sole breadwinner. Although Misty and Aki weren’t blind to the destructive effects of apathy syndrome on the community and people of Iwatodai, Shinji had seen it first hand. Misery begetting misery begetting misery. The weight of the misery long removed by what felt like years of distance started to cast its weight upon Shinji again. It had really felt like Iwatodai was nearing its demise, or if it had it was instead likened to an animated corpse. Slowly and steadily as if entropy infected the city like a virus. The sound of Kawakami silently sipping her coffee however shook Shinji out of the re-experiencing of the zeitgeist that was the apathy epidemic of Iwatodai.
“Is the coffee good enough? ” “It’s pretty good. Should be enough for me to get through all this. Thanks Shinji.”
“I think you should go Shinji, enjoy the day while it lasts.”
“Alright. Take care of yourself.” “I will.”
Temperance rank up!!!
Tuesday, 16/5, after school
Tae’s clinic
Now playing: Butterfly Kiss, jazzy remix by J-Music Ensemble
On Tuesday, Shinji had received a message for a new medical trial for a new iteration of Tae’s medicine. With nothing better to do other than prepare for the upcoming palace infiltration, he chose to come. They were about to wrap it up.
“Remember to message me if any side effects come up, yeah?” Shinji nodded, just then. The clinic door burst open. On the other side was an adult, holding the hand of a child. “What can I do for you?”
“My daughter… She’s not feeling great, so we went to Shinjuku University hospital, and they said it was general Bronchitis. She has been losing weight for a while, her appetite as well as her saying she doesn’t feel hungry.” Shinji stood in the corner of the reception, the anxiety and worry on this father’s face was slowly increasing. “That’s not good for a girl her age. Though, I don’t do medical examinations. You’ll have to find a big hospital for that.”
Shinji looked at the kid. She held her hands on her chest as if something was bursting out from inside. The sense of nausea and anxiety permeated in her expression. One of strain, discomfort, and agony. “But we did! We even saw some famous doctor who works as if he was at an assembly line! Please, you gotta help her!” “A famous doctor huh… “ Tae took a look at the child herself, then took a glimpse at Shinji. Then she turned to face the kid’s father “Sure. I’ll do it.”
Tae then kneeled down, asking the child a series of questions regarding her general agonized state of health. After a few minutes of such, Tae then inquired the father about any allergies or undergoing treatments she perhaps had undergone. “Shinji, go into the exam room, second drawer. Grab the contents and put it on the table.” “Wait, you want me to- “You’ll be helping me to administer the medicine, go.”
Shinji and Tae then went into the exam room, while Tae scoured the room for other things needed for the administration of the medicine, Shinji shifted through the contents of the second drawer, “You want me to get everything?” Tae nodded.
Thirty minutes later
“I feel so much better now!” “Glad to hear it… Sir, she has a unique infectious strain of a disease. Conventional medical examination hasn’t been updated to account or detect it.” The father started to noticeably calm himself down, observing how much at ease his daughter was now at.
“Oh yeah, The doctor you’ve been to earlier, did it happen to be a certain… Oyamada?” “Yes. Do you know him?” “Knew it. This will be free of charge.” “Can I go back to school now doctor?”
“Not now. You’ll need to rest and regain your strength. Promise me you’ll take good care of yourself alright kid?” The kid smiled, and nodded compliantly. Soon, the daughter and her father left, leaving Shinji alone with Tae.
“Sorry if I was being a bit rough Shinji.” “It's fine. Lets just hope that kid gets better.” ....
“I think I’ll be asking you to come by for trials a bit more frequently.” “If its for the kid, I’ll do it.”
“Alright… remember to text me if any side effects occur.” Shinji nodded as he made his way to leave the clinic.
Death rank up!!!
Evening
Shadow operatives HQ
Now playing:ideal and the real
Maruki sat in his own room, typing up a debrief regarding his recent expedition into Mementos. Having seen mementos for himself, he had in his mind new insights into mementos that were to be put to writing for those shadow operatives not deployed.
“Mementos seems to follow the pattern of Tartarus, however with a few significant differences. Although the configuration of floor layouts remain the same compared to Tartarus, in that there is no rhyme or reason or system that decides it unless it is none, and that the layout refuses to remain permanent,
“instead of being a tower, artificially made by a certain incident. It is instead more likely that mementos was developed naturally instead of being brought on by a single incident of man.”
“However, mementos instead of being an environment original and distinct from any undistorted portion of the metaverse, it seems instead to distort the space around for itself. Almost likened to an infection, or the spread of fungi.”
“With the limited information we have now, I hypothesize that the deeper we could go into mementos, the more we could learn about the origin of this distortion and perhaps the source. However, our progress is limited due to a physical barrier, no method of removing it seems to have been found yet.”
Maruki finished up his report. It was a shame he couldn’t use the physical Polaroid photos that he had taken. They’ll remain unusable until Doctor Fuuka gets here. The other shadow operatives will have to for the time being use their imagination for now.
Now playing: Time, live band version
He sighed, taking a glass of red wine and took a sip. He then stared at a framed photo he had on his desk.
Five figures stood within the frame, looking up at a the camera, four young figures stood smiling. One had braided hair, teal colored, she stood in the front. The second one standing next to the first wore glasses and had her red crimson hair down. Her smile radiated out warmth as if she shared the warming properties of a warming fireplace. Standing to the right was someone clad in goth with suppressed expression. Mockingly she held her index and middle finger out in a V shape.
In the back of the photo, behind the three were two figures, one was clearly a younger Maruki, the other was an older woman, in black and in glasses. Her smile was rather infectious as upon seeing it again, Maruki couldn’t contain his own smile. She held several folders and papers under her arm and a cup of coffee in the other.
Maruki remembered the day they'd made the honor roll. All four of them, Sumire, Tae, Fuuka and Maruki, Professor Wakaba had come to celebrate the moment with them, her favorites. The individuals who will advance the field which she had pioneered.
She wouldn’t live to see it happen. And upon reaching that thought, Maruki poured another glass and took a larger, more substantial gulp.
*Gasps*. “Cheers Professor. If only you could see us now. If only you could see me now.”
Tears ran down Maruki’s face and stained his glasses. He knew how Sumire and Fuuka were doing, he’d lost contact with Tae when she moved off to Tokyo. He wondered if he should try to reestablish contact...
*gulps* “nope. Too much effort, too little time.”
Maruki decided. He put down the glass and got back to work for the evening. His slight intoxication and rumination, which he’d tried to avoid on a daily basis, along with work, muting out any calls to him from outside his room that dinner was ready.
Notes:
FN 1903, https://youtu.be/VAETRDMkUeQ?si=Hhs5fbTi4BIHtmc_
Mas 36, https://youtu.be/x0Hruh7uLV0?si=EgjdOy_ppURyp5YD
Lancaster Howdah pistol, https://youtu.be/JOGpt-lPXjU?si=0iWkc5R5nIFxXGef
Chapter 33: Generativity
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Wednesday
After school
Chidori stood outside the entrance to Madarame’s art exhibit, waiting for Shinji and his friends. Observing the reception to the exhibit, Chidori found it rather unusual. Madarame never liked press of any kind. Yet there were several press crews here, televising the art exhibit. Secondly, there was a line to get inside. This was unusual in the fact that Madarame usually avoided the public eye, when accusations of plagiarism against Madarame emerged, he’d the accusations perish in the dark and silence. Not this time around, here he was, in rather humble clothes, taking time to answer the press’s questions. Chidori then scrolled through several social media networks, all had Madarame on trending one way or another.
“This was certainly unusual.” Thought Chidori. At that moment, five figures were approaching Chidori from the left flank, it was Shinji and his mates, they weren’t in their school uniforms but instead their usual garb that was worn out of school. That was why they were taking that much time.
“What took you all so long eh?” Ann replied “We just took our time, we changed out of our school uniforms and then we had to call a taxi to get here.” Shinji added, “After Saturday, we’ve decided to instead walk or hail cabs to get around places.” Chidori nodded.
“Good that you’ve made it here safe. Before we go in, here’s what you need to know. You five… Are my art students, and I am your art sensei. If anyone asks, that's what you tell them. Got it?” All five Kelly Gang members nodded in accord, followed shortly by the five gang members and one shadow operative entering the building from the side to avoid the press.
0 Hour, 5 minutes
Now playing: A way of life, from persona 3 portable, piano cover by NAMELESS NOTES
Examining the artworks inside, a series of paintings with different styles, subjects, and sizes could be found. Some were a homage to old Japanese art, others were instead more western, and some were in styles that Chidori could only recognise and left the Kelly Gang instead confused. Not sure what to make of the works, the group took seats on a bench and discussed.
“Maybe this is where the palace is?” raised Ryuji LOCATION NOT FOUND! Collective sighs were heard around the bench. Sitting around, they weren’t in the place to admire or appreciate or simply view the pieces in and around the exhibit. Eventually, Shinji excused himself to go to the toilet. Things felt for the lack of a better term “not right”. It was something about it all which seemed and felt like a farce. The presentation and this entire art exhibit felt less like a display of art and instead a display of smoke and mirrors, perhaps even the lobby music was even in on it. He couldn’t grasp it, but perhaps he’d heard it before.
A moment later
After exiting the bathroom, Shinji couldn’t help but wander around the exhibit. He looked around at the people in the exhibit, he definitely felt out of place here without his friends. The other viewers who attended this art exhibit were people in suits, ties, dresses, jewelry, people who probably took a day off from their six figure jobs to attend this probable farce. However, he stopped when faced with a rather simple painting, a mother holding her child. Appreciating it for what it was, its potential and what the child could become.
Shinji… didn’t remember anything about his parents. As far as his memory allowed, he had spent his entire life in the orphanage with Aki and Miki. Although he’d never been in the place of the child in the painting, he’d felt some sort of connection to the painting. He couldn’t articulate the unusual feelings of melancholy and perhaps even yearning for what could’ve been instead of what was. However, he wasn’t able to linger and ruminate any further, for he was approached by a familiar face.
“Oh! I wasn’t expecting to see you here.” “Oh. Hey Yusuke. Are you doing alright?” The two guys shake hands. “Yes, Wh- What are you doing here?” “A field trip, sort of. Art class. How about you?”
“All is well. I see you’re admiring Sayuri.” “I wasn’t. That’s its name?” “You don’t know about Sayuri?”
Yusuke spent the next five minutes dumping on Shinji, the intricacies of Sayuri, how she was made, and the completely subjective feelings he had felt when he first laid eyes on it. Shinji, surprisingly found the description of the process that it took to make Sayuri rather interesting. By how it sounded, it felt like if he was good at this whole art business, perhaps he could make Sayuri in an afternoon. Then their dialogue was cut short by Shinji’s friends, searching for him.
“Shinji! Where were you we were looking for- ""Hey, it's Yusuke!” A series of greetings between Yusuke and the gang & Chidori were exchanged. “Why are you here Yusuke? Surely you got some other place other than here after school right?” “Well, I’m here because of him.” Yusuke pointed towards Madarame, still talking to the press. “He wanted me to be here for the opening day of the exhibit. “I’m actually an acquaintance of Madarame, I met him a few times through art events and common friends. A bit funny of him to be talking to the press for that long. Last time I saw him he didn’t speak much, or bring much attention to himself. Chidori said inquisitively to Yusuke while staring at Madarame, still talking to the press.
Eventually, the seven of them sat down at a bench, the gang chatted among themselves while Yusuke and Chidori instead chatted among themselves about art, and making art.
“Yusuke, that’s severely unhealthy, you ought to take better care of yourself.” “I hate having to do art out of a need for pure self preservation, I feel it spits upon the general rationale and purpose for making art. That being pure self expression.” “Then what do you make of Madarame, looks like he’s doing it for fame and renown.” “Well. that's the one dark stain on my canvas. I don’t know what happened, he suddenly some months ago declared to me he’ll put his works on exhibit and he’ll improve our living situation. We live in a shack.” Chidori then thought to herself. Then she saw an opportunity “How would he feel if I sent some dough his way? To support the hermit artist, and his protege, in return for a work of his?” “He wouldn’t object, I might but I won’t have the ability to object.” “Why so?” “I admire, and would strive to go the way of Van Gough, Kafka, or maybe Owen. “You mean, you want your art to outlive you?” “Good. It means I won’t tarnish my own work for money, and when people judge my work they do it without me telling them how it's the next Van Gogh or Warhol in their ear, like he is.
Yusuke stood up, with a cold stoic face of stone, and shook Chidori’s hand. “I’ll see to it to help arrange a meeting between you and my guardian. It could even happen today if you want.” “That would be wonderful Yusuke, thank you.” They exchanged numbers, and then went their separate ways, with the Kelly Gang in tow.
“Man.” Shinji commented, “That Yusuke is really something.” “He’s got principles and certainly believes in them.” “And he’s willing to walk off a cliff for them.” Chidori remained silent, she remembered when she was in the same position as Yusuke, except it was far, far worse…
“Well, who wants to get some food, I’m paying for you guys.” No objection could be heard, the Kelly Gang and Chidori were going to get some food.
Track end
An hour later
A kebab stand
“Mmm… Thanks Uncle!” Six figures exited the kebab cafe of Shibuya, upon Ann’s recommendation they had come here to grab lunch. It didn’t disappoint, as sounds of approval and delight were heard among the group as they made their way to public seating in the afternoon sun. Shinji however had his mind preoccupied with the music played at the art exhibit, he couldn’t help but wrack his mind for answers until he would find it. While Shinji thought about music and went down to memory lane, Kasumi and Chidori had a conversation
“So, you’ve met Yusuke before.” “Yeah. He was finishing up a bit of street art. It was… amazing.” Kasumi took out her phone, and showed Chidori the yellow and blue landscape he had painted over brick and mortar. Chidori looked upon the painting, noting its size and proportions. It must’ve been a helluva lot more difficult painting this in Kichijoji, not even mentioning the fact he could’ve been caught or nabbed by the cops. Why would he do this here? If he lived under Madarame’s house, surely he would have ample materials and a space to paint it. It again made no sense, which further fueled Chidori’s need to find out the truth, and if needed, perhaps help Yusuke.
“I’m worried.” “Worried about what?” “Worried that he’s got no one to care for him or that he doesn’t care for himself.” “Sure, he’s living with Madarame, but that can be mutually exclusive from being cared for. And it doesn’t look like he’s got anybody else.” Kasumi pondered. What’s gonna happen to him when we take Madarame down?
In the meantime, Shinji had returned to a more congruent state of mind, that being he’d found the answer to his question.
Shadow Operatives & Ol’ Shinnie
Shinjiro:Aw. That’s adorable.
Kotone: I thought of that one thank me later
Shinji: About that
I need to ask
When are you deploying here Koko?
Kotone: :O
Yukari: What is happening?
Aigis: When Shinji was alive seven years ago, Kotone offered to him that he use her nickname that everybody else used, he refused.
This is the first recorded instance of Shinji calling Kotone by “Koko”.
Kotone: AWWWHH MAAAHHH GAWWWD
*Ahem.*
What is it Shinnie?
Shinji: When are you deploying to Tokyo?
Kotone: Some time this month, with Aigis, Fuuka and Koromaru. Why you ask?
Shinji: Nothing.
Kotone: DONT GIVE THAT ATTITUDE TO ME >:(
YOU MISS US DONT YOU
Shinji: Alright. You got me
Kotone: YAAAAAAAAAY
Shinji:Also, another thing
Kotone: hmmmm?
Shinji: Tell Koromaru that I am preparing a treat for him. It has been seven years overdue and I still owe him for saving my life that one time in Tartarus.
Kotone: I WILL
Shinji: Tell him that he’s a good boy and I can’t wait to see him ok
Kotone: I SHALLLL
Aigis: How do you still remember that?
Shinji: I’ll tell you when you guys get here
Need to go now
Kotone: BAIIIIIIIII
“Missing Kotone huh?” Said Chidori. She read the entire length of the conversation between Kotone and Shinji on her phone, giggling at Kotone’s retorts to Shinji’s stoicism. “Yeah. Before I went, I promised her that I’d do something with her, I think it was Karaoke maybe? I’m not sure.” “She also is better at this wildcard thing than I am.” “Well, I think there’s enough time for that when she gets here. Now though…” “Did Yusuke get back to you?”
“Yeah.”
Track end
Thirty minutes later
Madarame’s Grotto
Madarame’s grotto, as noted by the group, seemed to fit the image of madarame, as a hermit artist. However it appeared more of an excuse to leave the “house” dirty and full of dust. The guests choked through layers of dust to take seats in the living room. “Jesus, how could someone leave their house like this?” asked Ryuji
“Sorry for the mess, I didn’t have the time to clean it up due to the exhibition.” said Yusuke, leading them to an old couch, who’s insides seemed to bend and creak at the settling of the five Kelly Gang members. “Madarame is waiting in his office for you Mrs. Yoshino.” “Thanks Yusuke, also you can call me Chidori.”
While Chidori disappeared into the halls of the grotto to meet with Madarame, the five gang members sat on the couch awkwardly, waiting. “While you wait for her, I’m here to entertain you all by Madarame’s insistence.” said Yusuke in a dispassionate and indifferent manner. He went into a backroom, then took out an art canvas, a brush and a series of paints. “Would you all agree to a painting of you all? Consider it a memento.” The gang agreed. They took spots on the couch and let Yusuke paint away
Madarame’s office
“So why do you seek to buy one of my paintings?” “I happen to work at an art school, and the principal asked me to find paintings to line the halls with, I heard from someone that you sold some.” “ Alright. What do you want?” “The Sayuri.” “Are you daft? You’re young but you can’t simply pay me to take the Sayuri from my exhibit and give it to you!”
5 minutes later
“Say, Yusuke. Mind if I go to the bathroom?” Yusuke agreed, progress on the painting was to the point where the gang did not need to be motionless statues for Yusuke’s painting. So Shinji wandered throughout the house. In hindsight, he thought, “Why the fuck didn’t I ask him where the bathroom was?” As he wandered throughout, looking to relieve himself. He then opened an inconspicuous door, tense and generally regretting the quantity of water he had drank during the day.
What he saw made him forget his current discomfort for a brief moment. “What the fuck…” Instead of a bathroom, Shinji had stumbled upon a small storage room, filled to the brim with canvases, filled with copies of the painting he had been eyeing at the exhibit. The Sayuri.
At that moment, Shinji quickly shut the door behind him. He definitely wasn’t supposed to be in here, and he wanted to get proof of Madarame’s crime. He took out his phone, opened the camera, but before he took a picture, he heard voices. It sounded like both Chidori and Madarame, still negotiating.
“I’ll pay you a hefty sum. If not for the painting, so then you can take care of Yusuke.” “Yusuke? Don’t stick your nose in other people's businesses, Yusuke is doing fine under my roof and in my care!” “Are you sure? It doesn’t look like he has eaten a full meal in a while? Have you seen how thin he is?” Some dispassionate arguing followed. “ ”Look. If it helps you take care of the boy, I’m willing to pay for it. How much.”
“Hmmmmm. A million yen.” “Ok. Why would you need so much to take care of yourself and Yusuke? Huh? Or are you just trying to use Yusuke for your own gain?” “Uhh… Uhhh…” Madarame’s tone changed from confident and standoffish to one closer to a boy who had wetted his pants.
“Get out.” “We aren’t finished yet.” “Get out of my house!” “You better take better care of that kid.” “And you better leave that boy and me alone!” Their heated arguing continued. Seeing an opportunity to take a picture without anybody hearing a sound, Shinji quickly took a picture of the faked copies of the Sayuri and got out.
By the time Shinji returned to the living room, he saw his friends and Yusuke staring at the door of Madarame’s office, hearing the heated argument overhead. “What are they on about?” said Ryuji. Yusuke sighed. Living under Madarame’s roof for several years had made him indifferent to any perceived neglect or mistreatment of him, and now with anybody outside of this small house getting wind of his mistreatment of him. He couldn’t muster any reaction other than a sigh and indifference.
At some point, the door burst open, with Chidori and Madarame still heatedly arguing and shouting at each other. The topic remained about Madarame’s mistreatment and neglect of Yusuke.
“I BET YOU STEAL HIS FUCKING ART YOU PRICK! I BET YOU PLAGIARIZED THE SAYURI AND NO ONE ELSE IS THE WISER, EXCEPT ME!”
“YOU BETTER WATCH YOUR WORDS WOMAN! AND YOU BETTER HAVE GOOD LAWYERS!” The arguing continued, with the kids, including Yusuke slowly keeping their distance from Chidori and Madarame. Soon enough, Chidori in a huff walked off the property, taking the Kelly Gang with her and exited the grotto.
“You too Yusuke.” “What?” “Pack your things and get out. You’ve heard too much, leave your work here and bring your damn guitar and that unfinished painting out of here.” “But Sensei!” “You’ve been a horrible student. Go.”
5 minutes later, a nearby park
“Sorry guys, I lost my temper back there.” “His treatment of Yusuke… brought back a lot of bad memories.” The gang remained silent. “I’m sorry about that. But I found something while you were in Madarame’s office.” Shinji then took out his phone, showing the copies of the Sayuri he had found. Surprise and gasps were heard in and around the group. “So he has been forging the Sayuri and selling it off. I’m not surprised.” Said Chidori, anger barely suppressed. As the group then discussed the extent of Madarame’s forgeries further, they saw Yusuke, exiting the grotto with a suitcase and a carrier case for his Bandura. He exited out with despair in his eyes. He then sat down on the sidewalk, put his things down, then his head in his arms, and wept, silently.
Now playing: House of the rising sun, by the Animals
The gang went towards him, tried to console Yusuke. “He said for me to tell you if you can’t bring him one million yen, he’ll take legal action against you.” “That son of a bitch…” whispered Kasumi. Yusuke took a deep breath, for his previously displayed stoicness, indifference and toleration of his situation, it seemed now was the straw that broke the camel's back. “He said I heard too much, and that because of that I must leave my art there and leave.” Yusuke said while still in tears. “He’ll likely take my works and display them.” “ I cannot tolerate the man responsible for my state of stagnation to steal my art!”
“Was that why you painted on that wall in Kichijoji?” Yusuke took the time to wipe his tears away. Recomposing himself to a shaken but familiar stoic tone he had maintained earlier. “Yes. He cannot claim the bricks and cement for himself, it would stay there as mine, or be painted over. He will not claim the product of my most vivid dream yet as his own.”
The gang and Chidori kneeled around Yusuke. In the process of trying to take down Madarame, they had put Yusuke in the circumstances of a series of artists from the turn of the 20th century, and after that. In poverty, destitution, and alone.
“Yusuke. We are sorry for everything. I lost my head talking to your guardian.” “No. It was Madarame’s doing. It has been for a long time.” “He has been like this to some extent or another for as long as I could remember.” “It is just that recently, he has started to act upon it.” “Act upon what” asked Ann
“His desire for money. He had taken me in with the intent of having me make art for his benefit. That meant making art according to his standards and liking. No freedom or choice in what I would’ve preferred to paint was present in the matter.” As Yusuke explained more and more about his time living under Madarame’s roof, it became absolutely clear the predatory and extractive nature of Madarame’s tutelage. In exchange for a bed, canvases to paint, and a table and a plate on it (but no food, he would have to earn that on his own.) He would make art to Madarame’s liking, and claimed it as his own. In exchange, Yusuke wouldn’t follow the fate of many a poor artist.
“Well. I guess that’s good riddance.” Stated Yusuke, he returned to a state of indifference. “I’m sorry for having to inform you about Madarame’s ransom. I’ll go now.” “Wait. Yusuke.” “Hmmmm?”
“We should’ve told you we weren’t entirely honest in our intentions regarding Madarame.” “What?” “You see.” Stated Haru “We weren’t here to buy any of his forgeries.” “We’re here to expose him for the fraud he is.”
“What do you mean, you all don’t certainly look like investigative journalists.” “Well. About that.”
A lengthy explanation later…
And a relocation to a nearby restaurant
“You’re kidding me…”
“Yeah. We’re the Kelly Gang.” “So you intend to steal this… Treasure, which will be followed by Madarame giving up on his string of fraud and desire for riches.” “That’s a way of putting it, but yes.” “But would that be blackmail?” “Not really. If he confesses his fraud on his own if you get what I mean, then is it blackmail? Or… A change of heart.”
“Hmmmm. You make a convincing case. But only because this seems to be our only way out of the circumstances Madarame has forced upon us.”
Haru spoke to Yusuke. “You don’t have to help us, as long as you don’t rat us out, that would be enou-” “No. This is as much personal as much as it pertains to matters of justice. I want in.”
The gang and Chidori looked at eachother, considering whether they should let Yusuke throw his lot with them. To all in consideration, they didn’t see a case for them to turn Yusuke away. Yusuke had by all respects, nothing to lose from aiding them. “Sure. Though, we should make sure you aren’t sleeping on the street tonight, or by extension from now on.” “Oh, I can probably arrange for housing at the Kosei dorms. The problem is that it’ll take time and-
“We can take you in.”
“But surely I’ll be an inconvenience to you al-” “No buts.” Chidori took out her pocket watch and checked the time. Almost evening now.
“You guys need to start getting back home now. Yusuke, mind coming with me? Shinji, help us bring his things.” Chidori then brought out her phone, dialing Junpei’s number
“Honey, I need your help.” “Yes Chidori? What do you need?” “Can you pick us up? We got someone like us over here that needs our help.”
Two hours later
Shadow Operatives HQ
Yusuke had stowed away his belongings in his room. It wasn’t too big, or too small, it felt just right. It was enough to fit his few possessions, a bunch of unfinished canvases, his Bandura, a large plastic bag containing a series of assorted snacks, which was what little food Madarame had given him, and a stack of papers, from homework, his identification, the only proof that he had ever existed, poems, music sheets, and letters. Having stowed all that away, with the help of Junpei and Shinji, Yusuke stepped out of his new room and made his way to the living room, where the currently deployed shadow operatives and Shinji sat.
“So.” said Yusuke. “Why are you doing this?”
“You see, we were in the same situation as you are when we were younger,” said Yukari. “Some of us around here had less than stellar guardians and instead we had to fend for ourselves.” “Yeah.” Junpei added “We were looking out for each other and ourselves back when we were your age. So we couldn’t ignore this when Chidori told us your situation.
“But, wouldn’t I be an inconvenience for you all? I appreciate what you are doing for me, but surely I’m not deserving of this”
“Yusuke. Even if you think this is too much.”
said Shinji
“We would not want you to sleep on the streets because we want to bring Madarame to justice. And personally speaking, sleeping on the cold streets, without showers, half starving.” “Nobody should go through that."
“I see.” At that moment, Maruki stepped out of the kitchen, holding a tray with a bowl of delicious looking Katsudon for Yusuke.
“You should have some. I promise it's good Yusuke.”
Yusuke took a spoon and then took a bite, and to the pleasure of the other shadow operatives in the room, the thin artist and bandurist ate perhaps the first full meal he had had in some time. He then sat down with the rest of the operatives around the table. Surrounded for the first time, by people who cared.
End track
Maruki then took out the rest of the katsudon he had made for the shadow operatives and Shinji, and they started to eat. At some point, Maruki and Shinji moved some chairs into the balcony to enjoy the evening sunset.
“So, do you think he’s got the potential Shinji?” “Maybe, maybe not. Yusuke’s still one of us though.” “Would you care to elaborate further on how so? I’d like to hear why "
" Ok… At some point or another, all of former SEES had the misfortune of being orphaned, had parents who instead of giving love, respect and guidance of the sort, gave instead neglect, bad memories, and a rather bleak outlook on life in general.”
“It was part of the job description. I don’t know if the rules have changed, I hope they have. The potential seemed to only be in kids who've been orphaned. Lost people at a very young age, a Kirijo scientist told me that when I was still alive back then.”
“I think… Because of that, and because they were all working to end the dark hour as well, that they bonded to each other like no one else could. No one else could relate to them like they could to each other, and because of that they were able to help put each other back together, and…”
“I get it. They see themselves in Yusuke.” “Yeah.” “There’s a term for that. Coined by a psychoanalyst, I believe his name is Erik Erikson, and I’m not pulling your leg for that one. Generativity, it's a concern for the next generation. A quality unfortunately in scarce quantities these days.”
“I hope not. Hey, this is weird but-” “Don’t apologize, if the circumstances around us are weird, my field of study is alien and supernatural. “Ok. I am technically the most senior shadow operative in Tokyo. The only ones who outrank me in seniority are Mitsuru and Akihiko.” “uh, huh.” “But, everyone else has outlived me, they’re all about 24, or 25, but I’m still 18, the age I was shot. But to some extent or another, the old SEES members here still treat me like I’m their senior. The only ones who aren’t are Chidori and Labrys.”
“I see.” “Well, have you considered perhaps the impression you made on both Mrs. Takeba and Mr. Iori maybe stayed the same?” “What, you mean they still see me as part of the… What, three original musketeers of SEES? That after being shot two times and them having outlived me by seven years, I’m still their senior because I had been doing this thing for two?” “Well, that's how first impressions work. If I remember correctly, their first impression of you was-”
Shinji remembered the night when Yukari, Junpei,Makoto and Kotone went to the shadier and run-down part of town he’d hung around. He headbutted that guy that was about to lay a finger upon Yukari, and told them the whereabouts of Fuuka, stuck in Tartarus. Dear god, they better not see him as some sort of older brother, looking out for them, or worse, a guardian angel of some sorts.
“I get it. I remember now.” “As for Chidori and Labrys, their impression of you was likely influenced and made up by the impressions of your old SEES pals. Now though, they’re perhaps waiting to see if you live up to that or not.” “Hmmm….”
“Nahhh. I don’t think they’d be stupid enough to look up to someone who killed. Then ran away to be a bum in the streets, and took drugs, and then ended it all by being killed by a rather malnourished depiction of Jesus but with a big iron.” “I know it ain’t your sort of thing to do but, can I ask for a second opinion?” “Ok… In what respect?”
“What if it's the opposite?” “In what way?” “What if, I’m the kid over here, and everyone else has just outgrown me. And it's gonna stay that way.”
“That depends, I don’t really have an answer for that, but perhaps with some time, you’ll come to your own conclusions.
“Right. I still got shit to do.” Shinji then took out his phone, opened the Metanav. Keying in the address of that shit excuse for a house that Madarame dwelled in.
NEW PALACE FOUND, DO YOU WISH TO NAVIGATE?
Shinji sighed, and stared into the sunset. No more or less certain about his place, but fully certain of what is to be done.
Notes:
Imagine being Mr. Erikson, naming your son Erik, who would develop a theory of the psychosocial development of the human mind, and then coined the term "identity crisis".
Chapter 34: Шевченко
Notes:
Let me live,
let my heart live,
let me love.
And if not—
to hell with the world!
It’s bad to be in chains
and die a slave.
But it’s worse to sleep
and sleep in freedom
and to fall asleep forever
without leaving a trace.
Did you live? Did you die?
Who cares?
Tell me, fate, where are you?
I have none!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
17/5
Thursday, after school
Backroom of Untouchables
Now playing: Layer Cake, a Jazzy cover by J-Music Ensemble
“So how was school?” Asked Iwai as he sat on a monitor, punching out some spreadsheets to Shinji, sweeping and dusting the shop’s backroom. “Not much out of the ordinary, had a field trip. Wasn’t on the subway when it happened, fortunately.”
“Right. The subway accident… thankfully nobody I know closely was on them trains when it happened.” “You got a family?” The man remained silent, staring at the computer monitor, on a seperate tab was the CCTV camera footage of the shop, someone had come in. Iwai squinted and an expression of surprise and disappointment. The door to the backroom opened up, with the sound of the previously locked door being opened by a set of keys.
Standing at the entrance to the backroom, was a teenager, he wore glasses and wore a hoodie over what was assumed by Shinji to be his school uniform. He came inside with a look of slight worry on his face.
“Hey kid, how was school?” “School was fine.” “Now, what did I say about coming to the shop during work hours?” “I just came to say hi… I brought some of your favorite donuts from the nearby donut shop. ” Iwai’s expression froze, and the disappointment in his expression instead was directed less to the kid and more to himself. “Alright. How about a trade, since I got this guy giving me a hand, I can go home a bit early and we can enjoy the donuts and maybe a movie or a video game together alright?” The boy nodded, and left the shop as quickly as he entered it.
Iwai sighed. “Is that?” “Yes. Let me explain.”
“That boy is my son. His name’s Kaoru….”
“You’ve probably figured it out by now, I did not live a rather honest life. Out of a fear of stating the obvious, I fell into some rather undesirable circles.”
“One time at night, a woman with a baby came to me asking for drugs. That wasn’t what I sold, I sold other things, when I said I didn’t have any, she quickly shoved her baby in my hands, and the rest was history.”
“ I named him Kaoru. My life since then has been to make sure he wouldn’t follow his old man and become a good man.”
“I get it.” “Good. Because I’ve gotten more information on what Tsuda’s up to. We need to stay ahead of him. And off course, I’ll hold my end of the deal if you help.”
“Sure. What… what does he do in his spare time, Kaoru I mean.” “Oh. Hopefully, normal teenager stuff. Whatever that is I wouldn’t know I spent that time pirating overseas material and learning my craft.”
“Hey Shinji?” “Yeah?” “If you see him around, please keep him out of trouble, and be friendly to him ok?” “Sure.” “He’s a lonely kid, I don’t get much time to spend at home with him, and I don't know if he’s got many friends or not.” “I understand. And if I see him around, I’ll treat him to some donuts.”
“Heh. Out of the things I don’t mind passing down, this is one of them.” Commented Iwai with a smile on his face, as he took a bite out of a chocolate donut. Then he took a caramel donut and handed it over to Shinji “Here, a tip for your services.” “Thanks.”
HANGED MAN RANK UP!!!
Friday, 18/5
After School
Shadow Operatives HQ
Yusuke had adjusted well to life in the penthouse the Shadow Operatives use as their headquarters, being on his own with no restrictions regarding his freedom of activity, movement and having three warm meals a day was a welcome change for the previously malnourished artist. It allowed Yusuke to focus better on his Kosei art assignments, and importantly the care and concern of others. At the moment, he was finishing up a sketch, only to be interrupted by Chidori.
“Yusuke?” “Yes Chidori?” “Madarame never specified the date he’ll bring us to court. Do you have any idea when he’ll do it?” “If I were to reasonably guess, likely after the exhibit is finished, it would make sense that he would only want positive press behind him.” “So the fifth of June. I’ll let Shinji know, we’ll get on it.” Yusuke looked towards Chidori “Is Shinji and his friends coming here today to do it?” “Yes. He had informed us yesterday that he had gotten access to Madarme’s palace.” A brief pause had occurred.
“Can I see it?” “Yusuke, its dangerous, and we’re already arranged for Maruki to document the palace.” “I simply desire to paint it. I desire to sketch and illustrate this site of the mind on paper and canvas.” Chidori stood, thinking. “Sure, but you stay close to me alright?” “Off course.”
15 minutes later
The living room of Shadow Operatives HQ wasn’t supposed to be the operations room, or command & control. That was a different room that had yet to be assembled due to Fuuka having yet to have deployed to Tokyo. Instead of a serious setting of monitors, keyboards, the lights turned off for some reason, a giant monitor at the front showing random statistics, babble and people sitting in chairs that get increasingly uncomfortable the longer you sit in them, both groups aggregated in and around in front of the TV, with the balcony shining the natural light of the afternoon in, operatives and gang members sat around in a disorganized fashion, with the couch full, some took chairs from the dining room, some sat on the floor simply because they felt more comfortable there *Ahem Labrys*. And some even sat in bean bags that Chidori and Junpei had brought along to Tokyo from Iwatodai. All who sat however surrounded their leader and most senior persona user among them, Shinji.
“Alright. Let's make sure we’re all on the same page here. In order to bring Madarame to justice, we must destroy the palace by locating and stealing its core, the treasure. We have twenty days, so let's attempt to smash it as quickly as possible. If we make good enough progress each time we go in, I predict we can find the treasure in about four trips.”
“For this first trip in, I would like for the Kelly Gang to take point, while shadow operatives stay behind and conserve as much energy as possible, if any Kelly Gang guys need to take a moment to breathe or to recover, that's when we’ll need shadow operatives to fill in for them.”
“Oh. Also, for the sake of confidentiality, and keeping our identities secret, you shadow operatives must think of some code names for yourselves. If nobody’s got any questions, lets go.”
Junpei raised his hand, “So what if we need to go to the bathroom?” Everyone, including Shinji and Yusuke gave out a laugh. “This is gonna suck, but I don’t think this museum’s gonna have any bathrooms. Best you go now while you can.”
And so they did.
A minute later
NAVIGATING…
“YOU HAVE REACHED YOUR DESTINATION.”
Everyone, from Kelly Gang, shadow operatives, and neither, found themselves under a dark blue sky in another alleyway, contrast from the almost purple haze of Kamoshida’s palace. After gaining their bearings, the Kelly gang and shadow operatives spent a moment preparing and checking weapons, fitting bandoliers of ammunition, webbing, fitting rucksacks, gear and tuning pocket watches to zero hour. As the fighters did that, Maruki and Yusuke wandered out of the darkness, out of the symphony of clicks, fumbling, manipulation of firearms, cranking of watches into the open, taking in the fresh air. Then they saw it, on a street of regular Tokyo housing, where an excuse of a house lay, instead a large colossus. Golden squared shaped blocks stacked on top of eachother, windows seemingly scattered around like splotches of paint on a canvas glowing a deep blue, provoking questions upon what may be inside. A series of flowing waves illuminate the gold, it moved ever so slightly, almost like a light show, however without the technical lighting and was on its own. “My god…” Commented Yusuke. A click and a flash could be heard as Maruki took a picture of the palace. At that moment, the shadow operatives and Kelly gang stepped out to be in awe of the spectacle.
“Jesus!” shouted Junpei, Yukari stood in disbelief, along with Labrys. Chidori instantly took out her sketchbook, sketching out an outline of the geometric shapes which made up the palace, keeping it in memory. Yusuke followed suit, standing next to her. The Kelly Gang, in complete contrast of color to the dominant blue and yellow, stood instead seemingly unfazed. Some were encumbered with rucksacks carrying equipment and provisions, others hid their awe. They were here not to admire but to burn this museum down to its mere foundations. Haru and Shinji instead stood side by side, staring at the tallest point, silently.
As Haru did last minute checks on her B.A.R, her thoughts drifted towards the tale of King Midas, and many a similar tale regarding the lust for riches and wealth one held and how it brought himself and his daughter misfortune to say the very least. She dipped her head down and looked down on her gun and sighed. “You alright Olga?” Haru quickly turned to Shinji to answer. “Oh! Yeah.” “Alright. Tell Yukari that she’ll be in charge of the people who would fill in for anyone feeling too tired, tell the rest of the Kelly Gang to follow me and we’ll get going now.” “Right.”
As Haru went back to address the two groups, Shinji then turned to his left, to then do a double take. He saw the familiar blue velvet door. It opened and out came a man with a paddle, he waved at Shinji, gesturing him to return to the Velvet room. Approaching it, he stepped in.
Now playing: Aria of the soul, guitar cover by Joshguitarofolo
Welcome back Shinji.
“Hello again Igor. Why did you need me for?”
“Now that you have gained a further grasp of your abilities and responsibilities as the trickster, I see it fit to grant you further power.
Ferryman, if you may…
The ferryman without any word, retracted his paddle from the styx and let the waters from the river fall upon the floor of the boat. He then took his finger and then drew a single drop of the Styx, glowing with infinite possibility and potential, and then painted above the metal slit that Shinji used to see, an eye. A glowing eye who’s color had turned from glowing light, to one of red, only to disappear afterwards.
“My assistant has bestowed upon you the third eye. May you learn of its use within your journey, trickster.”
End track
In the blink of an eye, Shinji then returned to the grounds outside the palace, he looked around his surroundings, attempting to make sense of what Igor had given him. Then suddenly in a blink of the eyes, Shinji saw his surroundings turn dark, his spine went cold. His ears had gone weird, he couldn’t hear the talking of his friends, only his watch for some reason. He took off his brown glove and looked at the palms of his hands, only then his eyes seemed to refocus, and his ears went back to normal again.
“Hey Shinji! You ready to go?!” Shouted Haru. Shinji fixed his metal helmet so he could see clearly through the slit of his metal face mask. “Yup, let’s go.” The group approached the front entrance, locked. They looked around for any other ways in. No such luck. “So Shinji, how are we gonna get inside?” Asked Haru.
Shinji, leaning upon a window, then looked around for the ground. It appeared that the exterior of the Museum was undergoing renovations of sorts, looking around he found the most essential element of construction and destruction.
“Wait.” Haru and the entire group stood in confusion. “Wait, Shinji, what are you doing with that bric-“ Junpei couldn’t finish his sentence.
The brick shattered the glass window, big enough for two people at a time to climb through to the interior.
“This will be our infiltration point. If we need to get the hell out and retreat, this will be our exfiltration.” Nobody objected. In a few moments, the eleven burglars crept through.
Finding themselves in an art exhibit in a sea of blue, the group wandered around attempting to find their bearings. Having entered through a side window instead of the main door, Kelly gang members spreaded out to find and map out their entry point, while shadow operatives instead looked around, as if it was their turn to look around Madarame’s art exhibit. Chidori, Yusuke and Maruki took out sketchbooks and a camera and started to record and commit the interior of Madarame’s palace to memory.
Zero hour, five minutes
“Hey. These paintings, are they of real people?” asked Maruki. Chidori, Yusuke and Maruki inspected the paintings, one was of a man in a suit with a bowl cut and a suitcase. “I know Madarame had a few pupils before me, but I’ve never met them myself.” A bit more wandering later, they found their answer in a painting of Yusuke.
It was grotesque. Far cry from the Yusuke which was inspecting Madarame’s cognitive painted depiction of him, “it” had horns, was painted almost entirely pitch black, only instead accompanied by a maw filled with yellow and rotting teeth. His usual Kosei school uniform was replaced by a rags, it appeared less like a uniform and more like a blackened potato sack. Yusuke could only feel a rising resentment in his soul, not an overwhelming torrent of rage but instead one akin to a violent stream willing to bring many to their demise by the force of its waters, hammering body and soul to a slamming end at the face of a stone.
Seeing Yusuke tense up, having not a clue the stream of emotion going through Yusuke, Maruki and Chidori moved Yusuke away from this collection of Madarame’s cognitive paintings. They perhaps were regretting allowing Yusuke to come along. Yusuke however felt no such sentiment. As they moved to match the pace of the main vanguard, who had found a pamphlet with the floor layout of the area they were in, Yusuke could hear not Chidori or Maruki telling him to move forward and away from Madarame’s depiction of him, but a voice deep inside.
“Сволота.”
Zero hour, thirty minutes
“Patrol coming up.” “Kelly?” “Six.” “Kelly, we can't see them. Did you hear them?” Shinji broke focus for a moment. Something wasn’t right with him, his mind felt sluggish and despite wearing an overcoat, he felt much colder then he was back at the previous palace. Maybe it was simply because Madarame’s palace had air conditioning. Either way it didn’t make for good mojo in his book.
“Hey Intruder ! Come out with your hands up!”
Shinji spent too much time being uncomfortable. He had been spotted.
“Don't make this hard on yourself!”
The shadow patrol took the form of security guards instead of knights or levies from Kamoshida’s palace. They were armed and sounded like they meant business.
“Alright! Here I come.” Yukari and Haru went forward, they couldn’t believe that their leader had just decided to surrender himself to the shadows. He steadily stepped forward, only to see the six reach for their pistols and a shotgun.
“No!” A shout cried out and was heard from inside the iron cast helmet Shinji was wearing. At the moment he saw the shadows reach for their firearms, time began to slow, the overwhelming blue that had colored the museum had been instead replaced by a shade of yellow almost akin to desert sand. He thought could hear his pocket watch tick loudly in his ears. He had only one course of action to get out of the situation he had mindlessly wandered into (Or not) alive. He drew out his revolver.
*BANG* *BANG** *BANG* *BANG* *BANG* *BANG *
Almost simultaneously and in an instant, six shots rang out before the shadows had the chance to draw their weapons. Instead of Shinji’s body laid out on the ground, there were six caps, then six black bodies landed on the ground, their security uniforms evaporating with the substance that consisted of the shadows. To those watching, it was a cowboy standoff. The shadows tried to match the sudden onset of deadly speed and aim that had manifested within him. A second hadn’t passed when the sudden sound of spent rounds hit the floor, with Shinji swinging out the cylinder of his Smith and Wesson, loading in two half moon clips into his revolver, still smoking.
“Jeez Kelly! Are you nuts!” Labrys shouted “That. Was. Awesome!” then shouted Ryuji.
Shinji approached the group of relieved but still anxious burglars behind him. “Maybe. Look, I don’t know what happened, maybe somebody slipped something in my lunch, let's just keep going.”
Suddenly, a siren started to blare out
“ATTENTION, BURGLARS HAVE BROKEN INTO THE EXHIBIT SECTION, QUARANTINE OFF THE MAIN ENTRANCE AND FURTHER ACCESS TO THE INTERIOR!”
Shinji then put his smith and wesson back into the holster “Shit, that's not good. We gotta get a move on now!” Everyone started running deeper into the museum, at some point, Yukari shouted out “Hey! Should we be getting out of here instead of going further in!” “No!” Shouted Kasumi “Last time shadows blocked our path, it was a goddamn pain getting them out! Shinji was shot up while that happened!” “WHAT!?” shouted Labrys “Oh he’s fine don’t worry! Ask him later to check his armor for yourselves!” Yusuke however ran silently, having seen the murdering of six of these lifeless shadows in a flash by Shinji, he instead had a vision of what he would commit to canvas next. This however came at the expense of awareness of his surroundings though.
Zero hour, thirty five minutes
Now playing: It’s going down now
“Alright this is it! Run through them!”
In a large hall which appeared to be a connecting hall of sorts, a barricade of furniture, blank canvases and other assorted items had been set up and about. In and around, shadow security had instead of standing ready and waiting were still assembling their barricade. A torrent of fire had laid down by Haru and her automatic weapon, in fright and out of self preservation, the guards disappeared into the barricades, frantically drawing out firearms or sidearms. In this crucial moment the collective group attacked, in a mad sprint they all surged forward.
Shinji, however being the most encumbered of the fighters, remained at the tip of the spear of the assault. Rushing with bayonet fixed on his Winchester, others ran forward wildly firing at the barricade in order to keep the opposition’s heads down, while others instead held ordinance in the form of hand grenades and molotov cocktails. When they reached the series of barricades and defenses of the like, the fire intensified and personas started to be ripped out to tear the defenses asunder. Yusuke and Maruki, still at the starting point, saw Haru finish off a magazine only to then rush over to assist with the assault. The sound of gunfire, spontaneous blasts, personas out of thin air being summoned to their users command was a sight to behold. A full out brawl was being carried out in the distance.
*Click*
“Hands up you two.”
By the time the assault had been wrapped up, a spontaneous episode of looting had occurred. Madarame’s shadows had proven to be, if not easier, then more profitable then Kamoshida’s shadows were in terms of valuable items to be used further in the robbing of Madarame’s museum, components needed for tools, and of course solid cash.
“Hey Kelly?” “Yeah?” “Anita has told us to check your armor, something about…” Shinji turned to face the two. They saw on the metal breastplate a series of dents, chipped surfaces, dark spots which surely were bullet impacts, and two small golf ball sized craters in the metal. “Oh. That. It happened because I was careless. However it didn’t hurt, it only felt like I was being lightly tapped, or just punched.” The two looked through the eye slit, trying to discern any emotion from his eyes. Then the conversation had to be ended in the worst way possible.
“HEY, MARUKI AND YUSUKE ARE MISSING!” Shouted Haru “What?” “They were just here before we attacked, now they’re gone!” “Fuck!” Shouted Labrys, Chidori looked around anxiously for any trace, hint of their whereabouts. “They can’t have gone far. They should still be around the palace somewhere”
“Indeed they are.”
A voice on the loudspeakers which had alerted security to the presence of the gang and operatives had spoken out.
“And if you want to see them alive again, I suggest meeting them by the entrance. I’m waiting…”
“That sounded like Madarame.” Stated Shinji, “We need to move. Who knows what Madarame is willing to do to his former student.” Stated Chidori.
Zero hour, forty minutes
Museum entrance
At the entrance to the museum, sat both Yusuke and Maruki sat down on the floor, an FN-1903 held closely to their heads. Held by madarame, the emperor of this museum, dedicated to his artistic prowess, his wealth, his vanity.
“Say. This is a rather ugly looking firearm. Where did you get it Yusuke?”
Yusuke remained silent. “No. It’s mine, not the kid’s.” Stated Maruki
“Well, where on earth did you get it, looks like it’s made of plast-“
*BANG*
All human ears in the close vicscinity of madarame’s unsafe and shoddy handling of the FN were ringing. But off course instead of there being a range instructor to punish the rather stupid “artist’s” misfiring of Maruki’s firearm, it was instead the shadow operatives and Kelly gang, alerted to the shot.
“Hey fucker! Give our scientist and friend back!”
“And if I don’t?”
Chidori raised her rifle at Madarame, she had enough of the man. “You let him go now. Or else.” Everyone else with firearms, with the exception of Yukari, who instead had mocked back an arrow in her bow followed Chidori’s example.
“I can give back your scientist, but the boy? You can’t even take care of him. Once those lawsuits for defamation hit home you won’t even have anything to put on the table.”
“Like you’re any better to him.” Said Chidori, the sound of the cycling bolt of her gun rang out.
“If none of you all are going to be civilized about this.”
“You’ve taken our fucking friend here hostage you civilized cunt!”
At that moment, Madarame took the FN by the barrel and pistol whipped the back of Maruki’s head.
“Thwack!”
The shadow operatives cried out for their scientist, meanwhile Shinji took a potshot at Madarame in return, the shot rang out the hall and it landed home at the FN, covered in the blood of Maruki, still reeling over on his arms and legs at the blow delivered to his head. The now disarmed madarame stared down at the Iron outlaw.
“Alright fine!”
End track
Now playing: The risen fleet, by Daren Korb from Hades II
Seething with rage, the emperor took out a brush, with a series of waves and strokes, a sizable crowd of shadowy shinobis materialized between him and the group of fighters hellbent on getting back at the palace ruler for striking their scientist. And so the clash began.
An aggressive brawl occurred between those real and those fabricated. Shinji, Labrys and Chidori surged the furthest, running and firing as they went. However, for every shadow reduced to ashes, every stroke of Madarame’s brush had brought new shadows to the fight. They would be eventually overwhelmed, and drown in this sea of animated darkness.
Yusuke watched the brawl unfold, it could be akin to any generic and by extension, inaccurate movies where “ninjas” were involved. Then, he gazed back upon Maruki, his blood from his wound had spilled over to his jacket. He was not doing great, and his state of health would deteriorate further at this rate without any medical attention. Yusuke had to do something. He crawled behind the standing Madarame, still summoning shadows out of nowhere to attack the gang, reaching for the pistol. This however was of no use.
“Yusuke. You dare.”
Madarame had noticed, and then stamped his heel on Yusuke’s arm.
“For that, I must punish you. You will neve-“
Yusuke wasn’t bothered at all. His attention wasn’t at the increasing pressure of Madarame’s heel on his arm, straining it further and further. But at those still fighting, he sought their example, not to fight against the forces sought to destroy him, but against his helplessness. Or his self perceived helplessness. In this moment of increasing physical pain due to Madarame’s heel, his inner neurosis, and the sight of the tide of the brawl turning ever so slightly against the gang and operatives, all senses, from sight, hearing, touch and smell began to fail him. He could only hear a foreign tongue speak. It didn’t appear to be in English, not at all, yet he understood it clearly.
“Дай мені жити, жити в моєму серці,
Люблю своїх ближніх,
Дай мені жити,
Хай живе моє серце,
Дай мені любити.
А якщо ні...
До біса світ!
Погано бути в кайданах і померти рабом.
Але спати гірше і спи на волі і заснути навіки не залишаючи сліду.
Ви жили? Ви загинули? Кому яке діло? Скажи мені, доля, де ти? У мене їх немає!
“Yes. I see…”
“пан чи пропав…”
“dvichi ne vmyraty.”
“Yes…”
“What’s that Yusuke? Are you begging me to stop in whatever peasant language you are begging to me in what, Ru- Auughhh!”
Yusuke physically grabbed Madarame by the chin, giving an aggressive glare at the emperor. The Artist with gleaming yellow eyes and glowing grin then manhandled the “artist” to the floor. With their positions reversed, Madarame could only watch Yusuke as a mask had conjured upon Yusuke’s face.
Still fighting furiously, nobody witnessed the final moments before the artist casted off his chains.
“Heed my call, Taras!”
Now playing: For whom the bell tolls, by Emi Meyer, from blue eye samurai
From the perspective of those fighting, all they could witness was a flash of blue flame, and a pathetic old man dressed in gold, fleeing. And the sudden onset of bells, ringing out to the world.
Out of the flame, came out a young strapping lad in an Vyshyvanka with red embroidering , a pair of baggy trousers, holding a Shaksha saber over his shoulder. On his head was a Papakha hat, sitting secure on Yusuke’s head.
Behind him however, sat a figure on a horse, in dark riding gear and with the same hat. His face was dominated by a set of brown eyes and a mustache. He held a saber as well, and in the other hand, a battle standard, in blue and yellow.
Upon raising the battle standard, a frozen wrath fell upon the shadows assaulting the gang, with those not caught within now redirecting their retaliation to Yusuke.
The gang, now taking their time to make their way through the ice statues, saw Yusuke fend off shadow after shadow with his saber, while his persona’s horse bluntly smashed the bodies of approaching shadows with its hooves. Steel clashed upon steel, with shadow Shinobi falling and staining Yusuke's saber with black oozing blood.
Some shadows out of desperation stopped charging to draw their pistols, only to be beaten on the draw by Yusuke, who had drawn out a Winchester lever action rifle and started to pick off the sluggish shadows, he picked off his attackers one by one with deadly accuracy. Upon running out of ammunition in the internal magazine, the Cossack resulting to stabbing, slashing and hacking with the bayonet attached to the barrel. As soon as he was done, one final enemy, surrounded by the frozen form of his friends and the remains of those cut down by Yusuke, attempted to make a run for it
The Cossack, now screaming at the being to face his demise, with his appeal unanswered, the ghostly rider that sat on top of the horse disappeared, making room for Yusuke to mount the saddle. Yusuke intended clearly to run down this cowardly shadow. The Kelly gang and shadow operatives in reaction quickly made for the sides of the hall to not be ran down by the wild eyed Cossack-
*BANG!*
A shot rang out, the fleeing shadow had disintegrated into nothing, as the gang and shadow operatives looked to Yusuke, sat on his persona’s horse, holding out an unusually lenghty revolver he had drawn and fired, along with the incredible cloud of smoke it had generated. This was less a big iron, but a long iron.
Soon enough, Yusuke dismounted the saddle, and then his persona reappeared on it.
“Thank you Shevchenko.” “moye zadovolennya.”
And then Taras Shevchenko disappeared, leaving Yusuke, still in his Cossack garb alone, with the Kelly Gang, Shadow operatives, and a collection of ice statues.
“Yusuke.” Labrys stated, “That. Was. Awesome!” “Who was that persona! And my god… You looked like a cowboy or something with that revolver of yours!” “You kicked ass Yusuke. Looking cool.” added Chidori. Yusuke could only smile, taking off his Papakha hat and combing any strand hairs let loose in the fight.
“Hey.” Said Shinji “If you’re feeling tired, or drowsy- “I’m not- mmmmmffffmmm.”
“That’s supposed to happen. Awaking a new persona takes a lot out of you.” “Yes... I see now.”
“We should get out of here before any more of them show up.” Stated Haru “But how?” asked Yukari, before casting Diarahan on Maruki’s head wound.
Yusuke then dragged himself to a set of two doors chained together, he then took out his revolver, and-
*BANG!
With the chains destroyed, Yusuke then opened the two doors, revealing that these locked doors were the entrance doors that were locked to them earlier. Without saying a word, Yusuke was the first to leave the palace, silently singing to himself a song, while everyone else followed.
Now playing:Ой, на горі, на Маківці
Maruki was feeling much better now, he had been able to remain conscious throughout the entire fight, and saw Yusuke’s stand and his awakening. He saw how he had awakened by tearing off a mask from his face, how it had transformed his form to one of a cossack, and most intriguing to him, how he thanked his persona. Directly communicating with a persona? That was new. It was something to write about in his notes. Despite being wounded, this was a very productive and revelative trip to the collective unconscious of humanity for Maruki. And for Shinji, it meant he needed to stitch up a new armband.
Yusuke himself had gained in his soul a form of closure. A sort of closure that came with the burning of bridges and bitter farewells, however not a tinge of bitterness could be found within his soul if one checked. Instead, a deterministic mood and feeling. Akin to serfs, freed of their chains and masters.
"Yes Shevchenko? Ah right. Thanks for reminding me." uttered Yusuke to seemingly himself.
"What was that?" asked Shinji
"My persona appears to be communicating with me. He reminded me to finish that painting we didn't finish. And to put down to canvas what had happened today."
"I see..." Suddenly, Ned's voice reached out to Shinji. "I sure hope I look good on his painting. Sidney Nolan's ones were weird..."
Notes:
Слава великому козацькому народові
Taras Shevchenko: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taras_Shevchenko
Taras was a Ukrainian serf who's freedom was bought when he showed immense promise as a painter. His freedom at the time in the Russian occupied Ukraine at 1838 was 2500 rubles. In a time of immense Russification, or what could be considered ethnic displacement and cultural genocide, Taras kept the Ukrainian language alive in his poems, songs and depictions of Ukrainian peasant life in his paintings. He is the modern father of the Ukrainian language.
Taras would be arrested for his patriotic writing by the Tsarist government, he had slandered the ruling Moscovite imperialistic oppression of "Little Russians". Little Russians was a term used by Tsarist Russia, and still to this day, an offensive term meant to describe Ukrainians as "confused Russians" instead of their own people, with a distinct language, history, cultural, social and political development which had gone a seperate direction from the Russian Authoritarianism which was forced upon Ukrainians.
As a punishment, Taras would be forcibly conscripted to the Tsarist Russian conquest of central Asia for Nine years. Kazakhstan would remember him kindly though, for statues and a museum named after him would be built in his memory.
https://culturemap.kz/en/object/muzeiy-tarasa-shevchenkoAfter those terrible years, Taras would return back west, and meet an African American shakespeare actor named Ira Aldridge. Despite the language gap (English and Ukrainian) they would become friends due to their shared and similar experiences with oppression. Shevchenko would paint his portrait.
https://www.umacleveland.org/museum/taras-shevchenko-and-ira-aldridge/Taras would die in 10th of March, 1861, one day after his birthday. In his greatest poem, his testament (Zapovit), he wrote that he wished to be buried back in Ukraine. He would be instead buried in Saint Petersburg, however, friends would arrange for his body to be reburied back in Ukraine, near the Dnipro river and Kaniv. He would die seven days before the emancipation of serfs in the empire.
https://tarnawsky.artsci.utoronto.ca/elul/Ukr_Lit/Vol04/06-Shevchenko-poems-Motyl.pdf
Слава Україні.
Chapter 35: Купа радісних дурнів
Summary:
Title Ukrainian translation:
A bunch of joyful fools
Chapter Text
Friday, 18/5
After action report/Debriefing notes
Written by Maruki
- A new palace was found. Is in the form of a museum, owned by Madarame Ichiryusai, Madarame himself, or a representation of him was present within the palace.
- A new persona user awakened, Yusuke Kitagawa, persona is a Ukrainian literary, songwriting, and poet.
- Yusuke will be staying with us on account of having no place of residence after being booted out of their previous place of residence by Madarame.
- Awakened to persona via a mask, when torn painfully away from the face pupils turn yellow then the persona user is surrounded by blue fire, a “Baptism of fire” perhaps?
- Persona includes a horse, Yusuke was seen sitting on a saddle while in combat.
- Kelly Gang deemed it necessary to acquire new weaponry and offered to take their used firearms for use in Mementos.
- Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives are currently taking a break to recuperate and regain strength for the next incursions into Mementos and Palace
- Yusuke was seen talking to his persona, Taras Shevchenko openly. Is this a new development within the relationship between persona and persona wielder? Currently our Persona users and experiments empirically prove the possibility to communicate with personas, but only in a deep meditative state, while Yusuke does so explicitly and openly.
- Need to interview and gather qualitative data from new persona users…
- Need to also create new descriptive records of new Persona users from Kelly Gang.
- To ensure anonymity during operations, deployed shadow operatives have adopted codenames for use in Metaverse.
- Battleaxe (Labrys), Hex (Chidori), Herald (Junpei), Argos (Yukari)
Sent to Dr. Fuuka Yamagishi over secure channels.
-Dr. Takuto Maruki
“Hey Maruki! We’re making dinner, want some?!”
“Hang on, just finishing some work Labrys!”
Dining and Living room, Shadow Operatives HQ
In and around the space that constituted the living and dining rooms, and by extension the kitchen, were both the shadow operatives and Kelly Gang. They were scattered around and engaged in a series of activities together. In a brief moment, Maruki appreciated the scene.
Shinji was alone in the kitchen, he was preparing what appeared to be some sort of curry, while Haru stood next to him, making tea.
Ryuji, Ann, and Kasumi sat on the dining table, they sat cleaning their firearms, showing off the musketry to an excited Junpei, and a concerned and slightly terrified Yukari. They
Labrys and Chidori sat on the living room couch, while Labrys had an Xbox controller out, playing some sort of cowboy game. While Chidori instead sat sketching out moments of what had occurred in their recent exhibition.
“You ff-faucking cheat!” “Excuse me?” “You fucking looked at my fucking cards you fucking cheat!”
“Heh heh.” “Labrys turn that down. Yusuke’s doing his song, I wanna listen.
All the while, the noise of the large room was filled by the sound of Yusuke and his Bandura.
Їхав, їхав козак містом,
Під копитом камінь тріснув,
Та раз-два,
Під копитом камінь тріснув,
Та раз.
A series of disembodied claps came from Labrys, Chidori and Maruki, having watched Yusuke finish his song. At that moment, Haru and Shinji stepped out of the kitchen to bring the entire group a full pot of curry and a full kettle of tea. “Food’s ready, clear the guns off the table.”
End track
A minute later
“Mmmmm. I missed your food Shinji.” Said Yukari, “Same here! You gotta tell us the recipe!” “As much as I might like to, this specific dish needs to stay secret. Otherwise my boss will kill me.” “Show up to Leblanc one day! He works there.” At this point, the ten people sat around the table then split off into their own conversations, with various topics of the like. While that went on, faint specters, unseen and unheard, stood outside. Welcoming someone new to their ranks.
Now playing: Наливаймо, браття, кришталеві чаші
“So. You’re with us now.” Ned leaned towards Taras, who instead of standing with them, was lying down on the balcony floor, his head resting on his resting horse. “Так.” Said Taras as he peered to the horizon, appreciating the sun. “What’s her name?” Asked Anita Garibaldi. Taras reached his hand out to the horse’s face. Gently petting her. “Kateryna. Khorosha divchynka…”
Taras continued talking to his horse in Ukrainian.``What’s he saying?” asked Taddeuz. “He’s complimenting his horse. He’s also lamenting about how he languished in miserable Moscovia. He died sick and weak thanks to numerous illnesses after prison in Moscovia and exile.” Ned paid Shevchenko a sympathetic expression. Taras’s fate sounded all too familiar to his father’s fate after being jailed for stealing calves to feed the family.
Anita sat down. Now also petting Kateryna. “Good girl. You know, I wonder when we’ll meet someone who didn’t die young and instead died peacefully, not that I did, I died of Malaria at twenty-seven. “Well. You know me. I died hanging on the rope.” mentioned Ned. Everyone then looked at Ted. “Well. If it makes everyone feel better somehow… I fell off my horse.” Everyone quietly stared at Ted. “Then I had a fever… Then a stroke. Then finally the big man in the sky decided it felt like being funny, I was buried without my organs. They were removed. My physical heart remains in Switzerlan-”
“Nah. They brought them back to Warsaw, put them in a black box in a castle in Warsaw.” Cut off Bonnie Parker. “I was seventeen and a girl in Texas. Read that in the papers back in 27’ .
“Well. I guess I had the most violent death out of you lot. Me and Clyde was in a Ford car, then me and Clyde was shot up by four pigs with Browning automatics, shotguns, pistols. We was swiss cheese after that!” …
“At least people were missed us when we was shot. When they brought our bodies to Arcadia, Louisiana, the price of beer rose by ten cents, and sandwiches were sold out. 12 thousand peoples came to see if we were dead, and when we were buried, 20,000. I swear with the amount of flowers, I could still smell em while in the coffin.”
“Heh.” “Well. Forgive me for being a bit sappy over here guys but…” Ned elaborates “I think, if I had my way. I would like to have died… back in Greta. Somewhere high, looking west. Seeing the sun go down... One last time.”
“Sounds nice,” commented Anita. “Amen to that.” The gang of personas then stood themselves up, admiring the sun over Tokyo, at its apex, and beginning its descent to where the earth meets the horizon. All while indoors, sat at the table, the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives were wrapping up their dinner.
“Ok gang. Tomorrow we show up at Untouchables, find anything that catches our eye, then spend time doing something like I dunno… bowling?” “Ooh, Ooh! I know a place that does darts!” shouted Kasumi. “Anybody objecting to darts…? Nobody? Darts it is.”
End track
Sometime later
Shibuya
On the way back from the Kirijo penthouse, Shinjiro decided to stroll a while in and around Shibuya before walking back home. Walking through the station square, mementos came to Shinjiro’s mind. Mementos was a mix of the familiar and the unfamiliar. The motions were familiar, a nest of shadows, however the presence of people’s shadows changed the dynamic. Tartarus was made by that lab accident that Mitsy’s dad told him about. But mementos wasn’t an accident, it was a naturally occured space. If Tartarus was ten years old when Shinji died, how old and long had mementos stood? Was Mementos a palace? If so, who? Everybody? Nobody?... Was it all of Tokyo? Tokyo Society?
Then, Shinji stepped on something. He lifted his foot to reveal someone’s wallet. Looking ahead, he saw a man in a suit walking away. Shinji carried his wallet and hurried forward.
“Hey. You dropped this.” “Oh, thank you, young man…” The man in the suit then worked to put his wallet back in his pocket. “What’s your name, may I ask?” “Shinji. You?”
“I’m Toranosuke Yoshida. I teach history, anthropology, and sociology at the University of Tokyo.” “Sorry but what’s the second and third thing?” “I study and teach how society works, human culture, and institutions. Hey… You’re a high school kid, yeah?” “Yup. Why do you ask?” “Well… To tell you the truth, I haven’t been lecturing for a while… I’ve taken a break from it for a bit, and now I’m just getting back in the swing of things. I’m not sure if I’m gonna be interesting or worth listening to by high school kids who’d just graduated and picked my subjects because they sounded more interesting than business. And Economics. Or political science.” Shinji thought he heard Yoshida shudder.
“Hang on…” “By the sound of it. It’s interesting to me.” “Really?” “Yeah. This sounds like something I would be interested in. “Hmmm. How would you feel about listening to the subject topics of my lectures? If it interests you and you have the time off course.” Shinji thought to himself. It wouldn’t be a waste of time if he learnt something in the end wouldn’t it? “Sure.” “Awesome. How about Sunday evenings? It’ll give me enough time to get my lecture notes for Monday.” “That works out.” “Alright. I usually spend my Sunday evenings around Inokashira Park, so don't be afraid to start up a conversation.”
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Sun Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
As Yoshida made his way and disappeared into the crowd, Shinji looked up to see the waning sun disappear into the silhouette of a building, lowering the sun to the ground almost like a casket while the moon could be seen rising. “Heh. Whoever’s behind all this has got to have some sense of humor!”
The next day
Saturday, 19/5
Untouchables
“So. What would it be today?” “We would like to browse through your wares please”
Looking around, the Kelly Gang spent time browsing the shop. The shop this time around seemed much more heavily stocked. Space became a scarce commodity then firearms seemed to be.
Shinji happened upon what looked like a rather unusual shotgun. It seemed unusual in that there was no pump. How did the boomstick cycle through shells? “That right there is the Browning auto five. This is a semi-automatic shotgun, the first. John Browning, in his wisdom as the father of many modern firearms, thought about how to use the recoil of the firearm to cycle through shells.” “Ok… But I barely passed my physics exam, so how does this thing work?” “Ok… the man who thought a lot about gravity summarized it best. If there’s an action there’s an opposite reaction happening.” Iwai took a pen to further visualize the action. “When you fire a round from a firearm, a small explosion happens inside the gun. John at some point thought about using the force of the explosion to instead cycle the hammer back, load a new shell, and eject the used one all at the same time. He did this by instead replacing the pump with a bolt that recoils after that initial explosion, it then resets the hammer and cycles through the shells without human input. “Ok… I think I get that.” “The only input the shooter needs is to load new shells. Shinji thought about his old Winchester. Perhaps Labrys or Junpei might appreciate it.
“What’s this?” Ann came to Iwai holding a submachine gun. It also had a drum magazine similar to her trusted Tommy gun. “That’s a KP-31 Suomi SMG. Finnish SMG. All started with a fellow called Aimo Lahti, who’s got a similar reputation to John Browning, except only for Finnish firearms. They’re made to work in the subarctic environment, and it's regarded by many as one of the most successful SMGs made.” “700 to 900 rounds a minute. Not bad for this mean Woodpecker.” “Wait what?” “Tikka was the producer of the gun. Tikka means woodpecker. That’s a dangerous woodpecker.” Ann seemed to like the thought of owning an aggressive woodpecker.
While she admired the woodwork of the woodpecker, Kasumi instead stood admiring a large blade. “That’s a bolo knife. It’s a generalization of a filipino knife, which can be used to cut through brush, coconuts… people.” Kasumi admired the gleaming shine of the blade. “Take care of the blade like you do your firearms ok?”
With the important purchases out of the way, the gang got ready to pay for their weapons. That is until Ryuji appeared to be carrying something he probably shouldn’t have. “Hey Boss? What’s this?” Everyone turned to see Ryuji holding a long green tube. “Whoa there. Don’t hurt yourself, that thing weighs a ton, kid.” “No shit. This one of them rocket launchers?” “Yes… A client commissioned me a prop for a cosplay. Hasn’t picked it up for some reason…” “Now it just sits there, waiting to get me in trouble with the cops.” Ryuji looked at the other gang members. Shinji remained intrigued, perhaps wondering if it would be like the movies in Madarame’s palace. Ann and Haru remained shocked and hesitated on the prospect of bringing a weapon into the metaverse meant to destroy tanks. Kasumi couldn’t help but grin madly at the prospect of blowing shit up, and Yusuke instead stared at the rocket launcher. Considering whether Madarame deserved a HEAT round. ”Well. With the stuff you’re buying, consider it a deal. You get to look cool and I don’t have to explain to the cops that that’s a pipe and that I’m also a plumber.
Everybody except for Ryuji and Kasumi sighed, moaned, and had their hands on their heads. It wasn’t the possible disproportionate amount of force that they had, but instead, the fact they had to carry the thing back to the Shadow Operatives HQ, along with their other purchases from grenades, guns, and extra cleaning tools or oil. Before getting to have fun at darts.
An hour later, Kichijoji
“Ughhh…. Ryuji, you’re carrying that over to the palace because I sure as hell won’t.” Mumbled Kaz “It’ll be worth it! After facing that tough bastard earlier in mementos, this could solve all our problems! …” Shinji sighs “Are we near there yet Kaz?” “Yup! This is it!”
The gang entered Penguin Sniper. Entering through the cramped stairway, the gang entered in single file. With Shinji entering last. Taking one final look behind him out to Kichijoji, he then disappeared inside. After paying their due, the gang congregated around their dart kiosk. They’d spent enough for everyone to have a round. While waiting for a turn, or if not encouraging their fellow teammates. The gang talked amongst one another, to get to know each other better.
Now playing: Penguin Sniper!!!
“So Yusuke?” asked Ryuji “Ever been to a place like this?” “No. Never had any friends or anyone worth spending time with… until recently.” “... Oh, you mean Chidori and Labrys? Yeah.. You’ve probably spent more time with them than with us so far since you live with them… What do you usually do with them?”
“Well…, Me and Chidori have been working on a series of paintings inspired by our recent exhibition into Madarame’s palace, Labrys has been nothing but an excellent aid and encouragement on our painted depictions of our excursion into Madarame’s palace.”
“ Doctor Maruki has been a wonderful individual to talk to. He was willing to listen to any questions I had regarding the metaverse and persona. And answered in a way that I understood. Oh. He told me to pass the message to you guys that if you all have any questions regarding personas you should come to him.”
“Right… Well, how are you holding up now Yusuke? Are you ready for the next time we go into Madarame’s palace?” “Very much so. Sleeping on an actual bed, having people to talk and converse with about my interests, pursuits and passions, having three meals a day… I feel… Much better to say the least.” “That’s good Yusuke.”
“Hey you two! It’s your turn now.” Exclaimed Ann, as she finished her round with Haru. Stepping back from the electronic dart board to watch Yusuke and Ryuji work through 301, they then made conversation themselves.
“Is Shiho ok?” “Yeah. Not a peep from her parents though the bastards. The only ones checking in on her recently have been Junpei and Chidori.” Haru then thought about her parents. It seemed that a lack of “ideal” parental figures was a common thread that the Kelly Gang held. “Well… How has the garden been? “I’m working on it. By now, the crops should be ready, extra hands would be appreciated.” “... I got time this week. Modeling work has been slowing down and I’ve got more time on my hands.” A moment of silence then continued on between the two. “Hey Haru?” “Yes?” Ann then motioned Haru to come closer so she could whisper to her. “What happened with Shinji yesterday?” “What do you mean?” “Yesterday, when Shinji raised the alarm. What happened there?” Haru stopped and thought. “I’ll ask him later.”
It was then when it was Kasumi and Shinji’s round. “OK, Shinji! Let's go!”
“Ok…”
“C’mon!”
“Sheeeet.”
“Crap. Sorry, but this is gonna be a hard one Shinji.” Shinji nodded, only responding silently to Kasumi’s angst a nod. Shinji stood silent staring down the board as if the red bullseye was an actual eye staring back into him. Holding the first dart out, he readied his first shot. Then it happened.
The music of the establishment went silent, or at least was tone deaf to Shinji’s ears. Was he seeing things? The Red, blue-white, and grey of the board were conforming instead to a dark greyish tone. His ears were fucked again. All he could hear yet again was his damn pocket watch instead of the gameshow music playing from the speakers…. Is that sound church bells?
Thunk!
Thunk!
Thunk!
“You did it Shinji!” shouted Kasumi as everyone gathered to see the board. Shinji however couldn’t hear the applauding shouts of his teammates though. His ears although getting better still had the sensation of ringing bells. Was he going deaf? He now paid full attention to the dartboard to see he had scored two bullseyes, and a triple twenty. He’d almost nailed the second bullseye dart directly on top of the first, the two seemed to be dug into the same spot in the bullseye region, one dart seemingly infringing on the other’s personal space. While the triple twenty was instead the dead center of the region.
“Jesus, Igor what have you given to me.” Shinji then grasped his temple with his hand and sighed. He was pretty sure it wasn’t a headache, but it perhaps was approaching one. Haru then approached Shinji “You alright?” “Y- Yeah. This happens sometimes. I just need some water.”
5 minutes later
Jazz Jin
“Right. Now that we had our fun, we need to talk about what’s gonna happen next. So listen up.”
“First order of business, Yusuke.” “Yes Shinji?” “You’ll always be a friend, but if you’re gonna help us on this… thing. I would like for it to be after some consideration. “What do you mean? I don’t have any reservations about this work.”
“That’s the thing. It goes without saying but, this ain’t a movie, or an episode of… featherman.” Ann and Ryuji let out a little Snrk. But remained respectful. “We aren’t invincible. You saw Maruki. We’re gonna have to do the palace in with as little help from the shadow operatives as possible since larger groups are hard to control.”
“That means we gotta do it ourselves. We also got a deadline, as you also know.” “I think what Shinji is trying to say is that. There’s gonna be risks, and we want you to know that before you agree to do this with us.” “And even when this is over, we’re gonna keep up the pace, find other palaces and repeat the process. This ain’t gonna be a one off thing just because Chidori’s neck is on the line.”
“Now that you get the idea, you wanna join us?”
Yusuke exhaled. “Sure. I see no other way or reason why I should lodge Taras to the back of my mind.” “We saw that… you were talking to yourself yesterday. Was that your persona?” “Yes. He was simply reminding me to finish that painting of you five on the couch. I still have the canvas.” Everyone looked at Yusuke with intrigue. Was he a special case or was everyone of them keeping the strength of their heart, ego and soul under wraps? “I spoke to Ned a bit. It was back last month when we were still working through Kamoshida. It was… interesting.” Shinji stared off into oblivion. He thought about Castor. Castor never really reached out to him at all like Ned did. Whenever he was face to face with Castor. There was only silence. Or another murder attempt.
“I got only one question though. What is featherman?” The entire gang looked at Yusuke with stunned disbelief. But saving Yusuke from the verbal assault of everyone else for not watching the show Yukari had starred on, Haru then retook the conversation by asking a question.
“Well. When do we get started Shinji?” “Oh right. … Tomorrow actually. I’ll think of a place for us all to meet up. Preferably in the sun. Summer’s coming soon and I’d like some sun.”
“Well. If that’s all the formalities down. I got something for you since you’ve made your decision to help us.” Shinji shuffled through his jacket pockets. “Got some help from the operatives… since you’ve decided to join us... Taras. This is for you.”
Shinji then took out a red armband. Labeled number 5. And then a pocket watch. He then placed both into Yusuke’s hands and closed them. When Yusuke then put his new equipment into his pocket, the gang cheered vocally, raising drinks and congratulating Yusuke.
“Welcome to the Kaygee!” Exclaimed Ryuji “You're gonna do great Yus!” Then exclaimed Kasumi. Ann remained sitting in her chair smiling “We gotta make you watch Featherman one day.” “Yup!” “Amen.” Was the answer of Kaz and Ryuji.
Haru and Shinji, still beside sat next to each other, sat with arms crossed. Smiling. “So. Are you feeling alright?” “Yeah, why?” “About yesterday.” “Oh. That. I haven’t found a way to explain it yet. Maybe I’ll tell the others when I do.” “Take care of yourself, boss. “Thanks Haru. You too.”
Shinji took a sip of his root beer, as well as drinking in the joyful spirit of the gang. He could only smile despite his nature to do otherwise.
FOOL RANK UP!!!
Chapter 36: випадкове пограбування поїзда
Summary:
Ukrainian translation of title: accidental train robbery
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The next day
Sunday 20/5, Morning
Yukari sat on the balcony, staring out into the sunrise. Appreciating its welcome return and reign over the city. Then, after a sip of coffee, her phone started ringing. When she saw who was smiling, she could only smile.
INCOMING CALL FROM: MITSURU KIRIJO
Now playing: Tender Feelings, Reload arrange by MOSQ
“Good morning Yukari. I hope I’m not calling too early.” “Nope! Just fine. How have you been doing? And how’s everybody back at Iwatodai?” “Ken’s finished his exams. Kotone and Aigis have been rehearsing and it has been a wonder to see and hear… Fuuka has been working on the logistics of bringing everyone who’s going to Tokyo to… Tokyo.”
“Any news about when they’re deploying?” “About that. Akihiko made a breakthrough. They’re coming in around Thursday. They’ll be coming in via campervan to bring all their band equipment.” “That’s great!” A moment of silence was felt between the two.
“Ok, I’ll be going-” “Wait!” “Huh?” “... Will you at least be coming by June?” “Why do you ask?” “Last year June we went to Tokyo for pride… It was fun… I miss being around you, honey…”
“Oh… Yukari. I’m sorry, but you know why I can’t be there. Public security’s monitoring our location every moment they can, but especially Akihiko and me for apparent reasons.” “I know but! I should be back with you at home by now! But now I’m leading and I really would rather it be you instead…” “Oh… Darling….” Yukari understood. By the nature of their status and positions as the CEO of the Kirijo group and a big-shot actress, on top of being secret protectors of humanity, they weren’t at full liberty to exist in one another’s love and care as they would like.
“Jeez. This is like that thing I wrote years ago.” “Wait do you mean… Oh!” Mitsuru giggled over the phone. To Yukari’s embarrassment. “Wait! No, forget about it!” Yukari could only see the irony now. The incredibly self-indulgent Featherman fanfiction she had written when still in high school would never escape her. Yet it became an object of further bonding between the lovers and the empress when they were becoming acquainted with their new positions as adults after high school. It was a product of their relationship during high school, yet to have matured, a sign of what could be after the dark hour had been destroyed.
“Right. If it helps, I promise that I’ll do everything in my power to get to Tokyo to be with you, and when I’m there, I’ll take you somewhere nice on a well-overdue date. Ok?” “That’s perfect honey. Can’t wait.”
“Alright. “Love you.” “Love you too.”
Call Ended
Yukari had put her phone back down. Sitting. Staring out to the horizon to see the sky in beautiful hues of hot oranges and cooler pinks. She could only smile.
End track
20/5, Sunday, Noon
“Beautiful morning today eh Shinnie?” “Yeah. I was wondering if anyone else saw that.” “So we’re meeting here today. At this skatepark…”
“Tell me, Is there a reason for this? And is it pertaining to me somehow?...” Kasumi looked at Shinji with a cheeky grin. Shinji cannot help but grin back. “Did you bring it?” “Yup!”
Kasumi took out of her sports duffel bag, a skateboard. When Shinji got his hands on the board, he inspected its length. It’ll support him. Nodding to show approval, Shinji with a skateboard in hand walked with Kasumi to the bowl in the park.
“Well. Not fully.” “What do you mean Shinji?” “You see. I’ve had some problems with my health back some time ago… This was when I was with the shadow operatives and when we were called SEES. Specialized Extracurricular execution squad. “That. Is a cool name.”
“Well. While everyone slept, or when it was way past their bedtime. We were spending midnights fighting shadows when it was way, way past our damn bedtime.” “But why?” “Well. It was the time the shadows would come out… And jump people.”
“Needless to say, this whole thing took a toll on our general health. Mentally and physically we were protecting people by staying up way past our bedtime night after night, kill or be killed. In a twenty-fifth hour of the day which wasn’t supposed to be. Because of that, I guess it took a toll on my body and I wasn’t able to… Enjoy the sun like I’d used to.”
“Did you at least get better Shinji?” Shinji remained silent for a moment. “Yeah. I did get better. Better enough at least to fuck up my legs here before we go into the palace with the rest of the crew.” “Ok, big guy. Take it easy. I like our leader being physically active outside of our work but not injuring himself alright?...”
“Of course Kaz.” At this point, Shinji stood over the precipice of the bowl of the skatepark. A swimming pool-shaped hole in the concrete. Before taking the plunge on his board, however, he started working off his jacket. It was a hot Sunday, and he wouldn’t want to be weighed down by his overcoat, he could be weighted down instead by his blue overcoat once he and the gang were back in the palace. But that was later, instead Shinji now stood over the precipice of the bowl in a t-shirt, ready to take the plunge. “Hey Shinji! We got ten minutes before the other guys get here!” Then, without further thought, Shinji fell.
Now playing: When moon’s reaching out to stars, live version
At a moment’s notice, Shinji felt his hat disappear from his head. He paid it no mind, he felt the muscle memory guiding his body on the board. Warmer winds and sun on his face. Wait. Was that sweat on his brow?
“Looking cool Shinji!” Shinji couldn’t hear Kasumi. He immediately exited the bowl and cruised towards other elements of the skate park. From the perspective of Kasumi, Shinji seemingly was gliding through the park, he was in his element and no indicator of the years condemning his physical condition had made themselves visible.
Shinji continued. In his mind, as he skirted with ease on the board, he was overwhelmed with a sensation that he’d thought lost the moment he’d started those drugs. It was being young. Being of great physical health and condition. To be able to enjoy the light and warmth of the sun on a summer day. It was freeing. He could only hear the sound of the board cruising through the concrete, and occasionally the sound of the wind as he got some airtime.
Soon, however, he decided to cruise back to where Kasumi was sitting. He’d figured he’d save as much energy for the palace raid as possible.
“So. How was it Shinnie?” Unable to articulate the experience of nostalgia of years past. He could only force out a rudimentary reply “Pretty good.”
“I missed being able to do this.” “What do you mean?” “I miss being able to do this as much as I did years ago.” Kasumi thought about her time doing gymnastics. She couldn’t imagine a world where she’d stopped for any reason other than being long dead.
“I do miss screwing around with my old friends though. One was afraid of banging their legs on the concrete. The other was just there to laugh at me when I fucked up.” “I get that. I used to do gymnastics with my sister. Then she one time landed on her leg wrong and called it quits.” “Well, if you aren’t the type to call it quits like that, I can teach you.” “Really?” “It’s good doing it with friends.” “You aren’t gonna laugh at me if I fuck it up right?” “Well. My friends always laughed at me when I fucked up. It was out of fun though, and all it did was make me try harder.”
Kasumi smiled. “She always saw it as something to be embarrassed about. Not sure why.” “Have you asked her?” “I can’t. She’s in another city working on an internship. At least she’s great at that. “How long has it been since you’ve talked to her?” “She’s busy. Very. Enough to miss coming back for birthdays, reunions or Christmas.”
Shinji could feel a tinge of sorrow. “But that’s fine. If the universe took my sister away to university, then it gave back in the form of you and the others.” Shinji’s expression then devolved back into one of understanding. Of accepting the terms and conditions of life in the universe, people coming and going, some temporarily, some permanently, most somewhere in between.
AEON RANK UP!!!
End track
5 minutes later
Madarame’s palace
Zero hour zero minute
“So, what were you two doing before we got here Kelly?” Asked Ann. “Drinking chocolate smoothies.” “Wait, do you mean that in a normal way, the not-so-normal way, or the meme?”
“What’s a meme?”
Ann, Ryuji, and Kasumi looked at Shinji as if he had missed the invention of the printing press, light bulb, and penicillin.
Shinji, noticing the three sets of surprised and confused eyes, just said. “Gah, forget it. Focus on the operation.”
Zero hour, thirty minutes
Using the map they’d found the last time they were here, the Kelly Gang was able to traverse through the lobby, exhibit, and main courtyard which served as a connector between different divisions of the palace. Without much betraying their presence, except for occasional stabbing, slashing, and the burying of an axe into a shadow. The gang found themselves in a giant courtyard with a large painting.
“The map says that this is the way to the next floor.” Well, where is it?” Asked Kasumi
“Maybe the map’s wrong. I don’t see any other way out of here.” Suggested Ryuji. “Well… maybe we aren’t looking around well enough.” Suggested Ann “Ann’s right. This is a large yard, we should look around to see if we find something interesting.
So the gang did. Scattering throughout the expanse, seeing if there might perhaps be a clue to how one might traverse further in Madarame’s palace.
Out of curiosity, Yusuke approached the large painting. He examined the colors, its handiwork. It appeared to be a depiction of a scene from the west, perhaps Arizona or New Mexico, there was a train spanning the landscape on railroad tracks. Yusuke went closer, examining the painting. Something about it seemed fabricated. It probably was, or perhaps instead stolen from someone.
Yusuke took his revolver and poked at the painting with the barrel of his Gasser 1870. It wouldn’t count as tampering, the painting wasn’t real in the literal sense. But instead of the barrel making contact with the canvas, the barrel of the black powder revolver instead was absorbed into the painting.
Quickly drawing back the revolver lest it be lost in whatever you may describe the portal-like properties of the painting, Yusuke cried out “It appears I have found something of interest!”
Congregating around the painting, the gang saw Yusuke dip his revolver into the painting as if he were dipping a brush in water. The gang was surprised to see Yusuke’s discovery and started dipping random objects into the painting itself to develop a feel for what this painting might be. Shinji had instead felt his spine tingle. Saw the room go dark and the painting glow a light blue hue. “Huh. Not this time around eh?” Shinji thought. He expected the headaches the moment his vision was getting loopy.
“I think this is the connector. I don’t see any other way through in this room.” “Well. Best be ready, we don’t know what’s on the other side.” With the reminder from Haru, a series of clicks, toggles, and buttons were heard. They were going in. The Kelly Gang took the plunge into the painting.
End track
On the other side, the Kelly Gang emerged from their entrance from the painting. A series of swears and curses were let out by the gang as they immediately went into contact with a hot scalding sun, hot scalding sand, and a sudden onset of the hot climate.
A moment was taken to be accustomed to the climate. Then afterward, the gang took a moment to open up canteens of water and try to figure out why they were there. “Jeez. what were we supposed to do here!? Weren’t we supposed to get into the inner layers of the palace, not some… Desert!” “Calm down Anita…. I think we’re here for a reason. Maybe we’re supposed to find something that’ll bring us to the next layer of the palace somewhere around here.” “Well. ” Interjected Shinji as he took a swig of water from a canteen “We gotta do it quick, otherwise, I don’t see a way out.”
At that moment, a loud sound was heard reverberating throughout the landscape. The Kelly gang roused from their respite, surveyed the land yet again. Peeking over the top of a depression in the land, the gang spotted the source of the sound. It was a steam locomotive train. Some 50 meters away on rails.
“Speak of the devil. That could be our way out.” “Well. It's still moving, how are we gonna get on the train, Kelly?” “We’ll have to stop it.” Yusuke then interjected, “Might I try?”
Haru and Shinji then turned to face Yusuke. “I could ride on Kateryna to try to slow it down.” “Who?” “Taras’s horse.” “Are you sure? You’ll be going out alone if you do that?” “I can fit one more on the saddle.”
“Wait.” interrupted Kasumi “Ted and my persona are also on horseback. We could try to ride with you.” Demonstrating the prospect, Kasumi’s mask dissipated to summon Anita, the Brazilian heroine disappeared off her horse, making room for Kasumi to jump onto the saddle. Ryuji also did the same, however with a bit of struggle due to his leg.
“Ok. Looks like we have a plan. You need to get to the engine car, stop or slow the train. Then we’ll board and see if this train brings us somewhere.”
Zero hour, forty-five minutes
Now playing: Horseplay, by Bill Elm and Woody Jackson
Moving to be as close to the train as possible, the mounted Kelly gang members galloped across the terrain, at full speed, while those without instead stayed hidden some fifteen meters away from the portion of the railroad that the train would pass by eventually. Haru, Ann, and Shinji watched from a distance with morbid curiosity as Yusuke, Ryuji, and Kasumi rode on to intercept the train. They watched as Yusuke took the lead, Kasumi kept up just fine, and Ryuji struggled.
They saw Yusuke soon enough catch up in pace to the lead engine car, out in the distance. Then the hearts of the spectating Kelly Gang dropped as they immediately saw Yusuke quickly drawed his revolver from his holster. A shot was heard, then he just as quickly holstered it and manhandled himself onto the car, the horse Kateryna disappearing without a trace. Soon enough, the train started to slow down, allowing Kasumi and Ryuji to throw themselves onto the train.
Now playing: The Sh ootist, by Bill Elm and Woody Jackson
“That ain’t good. We need to hurry.” Ann, Haru, and Shinji hurried to the slowing train. Shots started to reverberate throughout the land as the three got closer. As they boarded the now-stopped train, Kasumi, Yusuke, and Ryuji were seen spread throughout the engine room, in various pieces of cover. “There’s shadows in the next car Kelly! Find some cover!” Shouted Kasumi, who was squeezing off shots with her revolver at the train car behind them. “What happened Taras?” “There was a shadow, he was driving the train!” Shouted Yusuke, as he was methodically taking aim with his Winchester and picking off train security shadows.
“They must be guarding something important! We need to push through!” “I guess this is a train robbery now!” shouted Ryuji, who god knows how had been able to bring his bazooka to the train.
Shinji looked up above to the roof of the opposing train car “Anita!” . Shinji motioned to Kasumi to climb to the roof of the train car. Kasumi then took a step on Shinji’s conjoined hands like a stepladder, with Shinji lifting the gaucho to the roof of the train car. “Bonnie! You’re next!” Reloading her KP with a new drum mag, the gangster then did the same.
With the engine room feeling less cramped, and the four remaining Kelly gang in the lead locomotive/engine car overhearing the steps of Ann and Kasumi, hastily making their way over to the opposite side of the train car’s roof to assault the train security shadows shooting at the Kelly gang still in the engine room, Shinji decided to take the lead and charge at the shadows in the next train car. With automatic shotgun ready, he surged forward with Yusuke and Ryuji in second and third. Blasts of twelve gauge, the sound of bullets deflecting off metal, nine-millimeter pistol rounds, and 11 millimeters, the staining of the train car’s windows with black ooze, the smell of gunpowder, screams and shouts containing insults, more screams, and other assorted sounds turned the train car to a carnal house of violence. By the end, the only living inhabitants of the train car were Kelly Gang members.
They quickly moved on, approaching not a train car with a roof but a flat base car with shadows scattered around and hiding behind wooden crates and cargo. The Kelly gang took cover, as they started to open fire. They however were laid to waste by Ann and Kasumi, above the four members below them with submachine gun fire, revolver potshots, and when the guns ran dry, personas. The last of the shadows in this car were either burnt to death by Bonnie Parker or cast away by Anita like broken toys thrown by a child off the train.
Reuniting on the flat base car, the Kelly Gang took a moment to recuperate, for the moment all seemed clear. Then on the next train car, a more armored and closed-off car, a shadow revealed a Gatling gun on the roof of the armored car.
The gang was now in a precarious spot. The train was stopped, but exiting meant leaving cover, which was slowly being chipped and disintegrated in the face of Gatling gun fire. Shinji, knowing something had to be done to prevent the gang from being turned to shreds, immediately stepped out into the open, and drew his revolver.
From the perspective of the gang, this was a maneuver of incredible risk and disregard for safety, but in the almost literal blink of an eye, the Gatling gun fire just stopped. There was no shot heard, amid the cacophony of automatic fire from the Gatling gun until its shadow gunner was shot by Shinji, barely a scratch from Richard Jordan Gatling's invention made manifest. Continuing as if nothing had happened, the leader of the Kelly Gang ran towards the door,
“It’s locked!” Kelly struggled with the door, then aimed his revolver at the door handle “Wait! Lemme handle that!” shouted Ryuji. Shinji looked behind him to see the other gang members quickly clearing off the train car, and then he saw Ryuji, bazooka over his shoulder, aiming for the door. Quickly running off to get as much space between himself and the door, Shinji then gave Ryuji the go-ahead. “Clear Backblast!”
A loud Whoooooshhh Could be heard followed by an explosion and the sound of steel disintegrating at the seams. The gang reemerged to see the locked door, no longer resembling a door or an obstacle to their accidental train robbery. Entering the armored car, the gang finally, saw no more upcoming shadows dressed in train security uniforms out to get them.
One hour, zero minutes
Now playing: Luz Y Sombra, by Bill Elm and Woody Jackson
Sitting down around the dimly lit armored car, the Kelly Gang took a moment to have a meal and drinks to replenish their used energy reserves. It had been a cavalcade of action this “accidental train robbery” had been, and with calm settling in, the gang members more cognizant of the situation started to assess their surroundings.
“So we went in a painting of the desert with a train in it, then hijacked it, but we still don’t know how this leads to the next layer of Madarame’s palace.” “Dammit.” Interrupted Ryuji “We’re still just as lost or stuck as we were back in the palace.” Yusuke stood up, there was still a train car ahead of the armored one they had currently resided in. As the gang continued to debate their situation, Yusuke then approached the door leading to the next car, it was locked, strangely with a number combination lock. Where had Yusuke seen that lock before? Wait.
Yusuke started to fiddle with the lock. “Ya- Ku- Za.” The door opened, and the gang noticed and were visibly surprised. “But how? I thought we were done here!?” exclaimed Ann, Yusuke explained. “Madarame has several rooms in the house, each locked by a combination lock. I saw him open one once. The code was eight, nine, three.” Pushing open the door, the Cossack then held the door knob by the right hand, while gesturing his left arm towards the next car, like a doorman at a hotel. The gang then moved forward to the next and final train car.
The final car was in stark contrast to the previous cars. While the previous cars were rudimentary and functionary for the main part, this was a first-class luxury car, adorned with carpets, lighting, paintings, and bookcases filled with what appeared to be records, books, and other trinkets. Stood Center of the train car was a wooden mahogany desk, with an ashtray with cigars. On the back of the well-lit luxury suite car, was an inconspicuous painting, a door to its right, and on either flank luxurious couches and furniture.
“What the hell is this?” “If we were supposed to find something, I guess this is where we would find it.” Immediately the kleptomaniac inclinations of the gang kicked into play, with gang members stripping everything that may be of value. They might as well help themselves to compensate for the trouble of getting here.
Yusuke searched the desk drawers, finding a stack of papers, he found bills of sale. Bills of sale to certain individuals' names he didn’t know of. “Mr. Daneshiro” “Mr. MacDonald” and “Mr. Katsayoshi” among others. Plopping down the bills of sale, Yusuke took one last look at the supposedly empty desk drawer. Underneath the bills was a key. “I again, have found something of value!”
Holding the key, Yusuke then approached the door to the side of the painting. The other Kelly gang members watched as Yusuke slowly inserted the key into the lock. No dice. The key failed to open the door leading out of the train car. Out of frustration, the other gang members started to attempt to open the door with the key. No dice either. Shinji, stood in the corner of the room, trying to search for any hint or clue. This was like one of them escape rooms people find fun. He thought. What was the fun of that? He wondered, to be locked in a claustrophobic space with 5 other people, scrambling for a way out. At least the flash games were fun.
Then, it happened again. His vision started to blur and the already dim lighting of the room turned black. But a specific article of the room remained a light blue hue, almost highlighted. It was the painting.
Approaching the painting, as the Kelly Gang was still desperately attempting to open the door, Shinji approached the painting feeling out the sides of the canvas. Then, he removed the framed painting altogether, revealing a locked safe with a keyhole. Noticing Shinji’s discovery granted to him thanks to the third eye, the gang sat in near embarrassment that the solution that was in front of them the whole time, albeit concealed by canvas.
Taking the key, Shinji then opened the safe. Inside, the contents laid bare the method of escape, and an item of curiosity. A key for the door, and the Sayuri, though a copy. “This must be our way out.” Shinji grabbed the key and sorted through the Kelly Gang to then open the door. On the otherwise was not another train car, but a deep sea of blue. This was their way out.
In a single file line, everyone moved to leave the train and subsequent site of the first (accidental) train robbery the Kelly Gang had commited. Haru, looking back, saw Yusuke not lining behind her to exit, but with the fabricated copy of the Sayuri. “Taras, you leaving with us or are you staying here?” Without a word, the cossack took out a box of matches from the desk, striked a single match alight, then threw the lit match on the fabricated Sayuri. The cossack then looked back at Haru, giving a simple nod, then left the train car for the door, throwing the box of matches down at the spreading fire engulfing the luxury train car suite.
One hour, five minutes
SECURITY PROTOCOL #EIGHT-NINE-THREE
The Kelly Gang, emerging from the painting, came out gasping for air as if they were fish out of water. Exiting the desert where the scene of an (accidental) train robbery had occurred, they were now back in the air-conditioned filled courtyard of Madarame’s palace. Saying quiet thanks, the gang accustomed themselves to the lukewarm temperature of Madarame’s palace.
Taking a look at the big painting that they had come from, instead of the scene of a moving locomotive train in the plains of some western state like New Mexico, Nevada, or Arizona. The painting was instead a depiction of a derailed train, instead of a scenic view of the plains.
In a similar setup to the luxury suite train that Yusuke had burnt down with the matches which presumably was for the cigars on that mahogany desk. There was now a door to the side of the large painting, now opened. “Well damn. That wasn’t too hard.” He then looked at the gang, showing mixed emotions. A shallow pile of sand, dust, and soot was being shaken out of the hats, boots, jackets, guns of the gang, and the large bag of stolen valuables, loot, and cash they had stolen from the train.
Shinji himself, then slipped off the metal breastplate to discover a few new dents and impact marks on it. Absorbing the reality of the situation and acknowledging the fact that he was bloody tired, he said the words that the rest of the gang would’ve liked to hear.
“Hey? Wanna call it a day, knock that sand off then get our stuff back to the Shadow Operatives HQ, then go home?”
A series of grateful smiles and affirming nods then finalized their decision. The Kelly Gang was to retire for the moment and go home.
End track
3pm, Shadow Operatives HQ, the front door
“Hey guys! It's Shinji and his friends!” Shouted Labrys, stood at the front door of the penthouse in a pair of joggers and a tank top “Shinji! How the bloody ‘ell have you been this weekend!” “Not bad. Just had some lunch with the mates after reentering Madarame’s palace. We’ll debrief you once we unpack what we stole.”
After taking a moment to unpack their ill-gotten gains, the Kelly Gang dispersed. Kasumi, Ann, and Ryuji called it a day and went home. while Haru and Shinji stayed behind as the Kelly Gang leaders to debrief the Shadow Operatives on their recent excursion. Yusuke, of course having moved into the Shadow Operatives residence, instead sat on the couch next to Labrys, picked up his Bandura, and started plucking out notes and started humming.
5 minutes later, in the living room, a debriefing
Now playing: Чи то буря, чи то грім? Performed rendition by Taras Kompanichenko
“So let me get this straight. You went into a painting, which had a train on it, robbed the train, found a dupe of Madarame’s painting, and then it opened a further section of the palace?”
“Yeah… All of that.” “Accidental train robberies aren’t gonna get us in trouble right?” Asked Yusuke
“Well, as far as reality is concerned that train robbery never took place. It might as well be a make-believe game of cops and robbers.” Replied Maruki. “Say. You said earlier that most of the loot came in the form of looted valuables and luxuries stolen from this car… Well, looking at it here, all I see are banknotes. Along with miscellaneous materials.” “The same thing happened in the last palace but with gold coin. When we left the palace and returned, it had all turned to legal tender banknotes. We have no idea why.” Maruki then scribbled down further notes. “This is interesting. I think Doctor Fuuka would enjoy reading this next report.” Stated Maruki. Shinji’s eyes focused on Maruki as soon as Fuuka was mentioned. “In fact, I think she’ll be reading them here, in person by next week.”
“What?” “Oh. Don’t you know? She’s coming here by this week.” “Really?” asked Shinji. “Sorry. We should’ve told you earlier.” Interjected Yukari “Kotone and Aigis along with Koromaru are also coming. “What day?” “Thursday at the earliest, if not then Friday.”
Shinji sat in frozen silence. He remembered Kotone, sure, he remembered how the time he’d spent with her and Fuuka as well as the memories he made with Kotone especially were nice in the short time he had to spend with them. If his memories with Aki and Misty were perhaps the ones that defined his childhood, the memories that defined his final months were the ones with Kotone, Fuuka and of course, Koromaru. However, instead, of the good memories coming back to him, all he could see in his mind were the agonized faces of everyone, when he was slowly and painfully departing the world he had known. Out of the most anguished apart from Aki and Misty; were Fuuka’s and Koko’s.
Shinji didn’t know if he could face them both by the end of the week. His head slumped over.
“Shinji… Shinji are you alright?”
Haru’s voice finally pierced through Shinji’s cytokine storm of thought.
“Yeah. Just tired.”
Shinji stood up from his chair and moved to the more comfortable sofa, Labrys still playing her video game as Shinji sat and settled down, he hoped to be able to shut his eyes for a brief moment. A Scottish American voice permeated from the TV speakers.
“Gimme that! I’m your old friend Amnesia.”
A small part of Shinji wished that part of the terms and conditions of signing the contract regarding his second lease of life was amnesia.
"Is he going to be ok?" Asked Haru. An answer was only given after a few moments by Yukari. "He's... Been through a lot with us... Especially more with the people who are gonna be here next week. But I think some rest will do him some good."
"Can you do us a favor Haru?" "Yes?" "Please make sure he doesn't overextend himself, maybe if he can spend more time this week catching up with old friends instead of worrying about Madarame, it'll be good for him."
"You have my word."
Notes:
All you had to do was to follow the damn train!
Chapter 37: Вештатися
Summary:
Ukrainian translation: Hanging around
A bit late but hey, don't blame me blame Enviromental Psychology.
And a belated happy pride.
Chapter Text
Chapter 37
Sunday 20/5, Evening
Yoyogi park
Now playing: Když mě brali za vojáka
Yoshida sat on a park bench around Yoyogi Park. The sun was beginning to retire from its peak, slowly bringing in dusk. He sat down with a box of weird-looking dumplings, much different looking than the ones you find in an Asian restaurant or food place. Surrounded by trees, he couldn’t help but be reminded of the time he roamed around in the forests of-
“Hey there.” “Oh. Good evening to you. How has your weekend been?” “Alright. Just had a decent nap, and dinner.” “That’s great.” “I’ve just started to eat mine as you see.” “That… what is that.”
“Oh. That is what is known as pierogi. It’s the Slavic take on dumplings.” “They have that?” “Yes. The Poles, Czechs, Ukrainians, some others I’m forgetting to mention yes.” “How do you know that?” “Remember our deal? Specifically what I teach now.”
“I teach anthropology, before I started teaching, I did fieldwork and wrote an ethnography on Eastern Europe, specifically Czechia.” “Alright, what’s that? This… anthropology you lecture at university.”
“Anthropology is the study of human culture, it’s a subject of the humanities. It is an intercurricular subject that takes cues from sociology, history, geography, and other subjects.”
“Alright, but what do you do to become an anthropologist?” “Well, to be honest. I picked anthropology when I was a student because I didn’t want to do economics subjects. I don’t do well with numbers and statistics.” Shinji sympathized, he wasn’t good with numbers either. “ What I did was write an ethnography, which is where you observe and research a people’s culture and way of living among others up close. “So you went to checkia?” “Czechia. And yes, I lived there for a year and a half to write an ethnography of life in Prague, its capital city.”
Shinji was intrigued now. “I was young and wanted an excuse to travel the world after I graduated from university. The iron curtain fell and I decided to visit Prague. Then the rent had become low enough that I decided to stay longer.” “Alright… What did you study in Prague?” “Well, that’s the thing. Anthropologists like to usually start at the very minute. Things as simple as how people sit and move around in public spaces, food, even architecture of buildings.” “That sounds oddly specific. Why?” “There’s this concept in anthropology, it’s called holism. It’s the idea that human life must be examined and studied as a whole, all the components from the design and architecture of buildings, the meaning of certain symbols specific to their culture, food, how people walk and navigate the city even. all of it to form a more complete and accurate representation of human culture and life.
“Wait. If you lived there for a year, does that mean you had to learn the language?”
“Ano. My Czech… was a bit rough but they were able to understand what I was saying.” “How hard was it?” “Living in Prague?” Shinji nodded, “Well, I had some help. I made some friends in Prague, students, people who finished school, and we were all young. I was writing about how they lived, and they were trying to rebuild their country after the iron curtain fell and communism came to an end.”
“Is this what you’re gonna teach?” “Well, not only that, but I need to prepare for the sociology and history courses later in the term.” “Good luck sir.” “Please, call me Yoshida, Shinji.”
Shinji continued listening to Yoshida talking about life in Prague, from how wild Czechia was when it was recovering from Communism to witnessing the split between Czechia and Slovakia. Along with the beauty of Czech forests (which consisted of a third of the country.), “I think we’ve gotten off course. I was supposed to be talking about anthropology, wasn't I?” “Yeah. But you said this was supposed to be only an introductory class didn’t you?” “Yes. Well, either way, you’ve helped me articulate what I will be teaching tomorrow. And for that, I thank you for lending a very attentive ear.” “You’re giving too much credit Professor. I kept listening in part because of the pierogi.” “Oh! That’s great. I thought my cooking skills had been declining, that’s great.” “Well, see you sometime soon?” “I’ll tell you how my class tomorrow goes. If I need your help in articulating my lecture notes soon, you’ll know.”
SUN RANKED UP!!!
Concealing his smile with the falling sun, Shinji thought to himself while staring at the now rising moon. “I need to find out the recipe on how to make that… Pierogi.”
The next day, Monday
21/5
Shujin Academy, lunchtime
Now playing: Moral support, by Jiai, from A L I B A B A lofi tape
Mishima sat in a secluded wing of the school. On the tabletop he resided on, was a laptop with several open tabs. A Tumblr tab, the Kelly country forums, a photo editing software of some sort, homework, assignments, and several social media websites, along with having a set of headphones plugged into a phone, playing some music. It was in this moment of disorganized work and obligations that Shinji found Mishima.
Breaking Mishima’s focus was the sound of a thermos being placed on his tabletop. He looked up to see Shinji, thermos in his grasp and with a concerned expression on his face.
“You look tired.” “I’m fine dude.” Mishima then took a whiff of the thermos. Was that coffee? “Is that for me?” “Since you’re managing the site while we go after the scum of Tokyo and finding said scum. Yeah, you’ve more than deserved it. I certainly don’t wanna spend hours on end on the end of a screen.” Mishima opened the thermos and took a sip. “Thanks, dude.”
Shinji took a seat across from Mishima and watched as Mishima closed his laptop to enjoy his coffee further. Shinji could see the gathering darkness and bagginess under his eyes. He escaped the grip of Kamoshida, but he continued to seem overburdened with what was being thrown at him.
“So… have you been getting enough sleep?” “No. I haven’t found any other moderators to help with moderating Kelly Country… But I have found some targets which you’ll be interested in”
“Do tell.” Mishima went across the table and whispered into Shinji’s ear. “Most of the traffic of the site is still contained within Shujin, the stalker you guys caught was an outlier in terms of total traffic.” “Makes sense.” “Our requests are mostly from Shujin students actually, I picked out whichever ones seemed the most credible and important to get now rather than later.”
Mishima texted Shinji with a list. Without further word, Shinji started checking the names with the metaNavi. By the end of the list, only two targets were caught by the MetaNav. “Thanks for the info, Mishima.” … Mishima then closed his laptop and asked a question of his curiosity. “Shinji… About Kamoshida. How did you do it?” “Where do I start… Actually no. It would be too hard to explain.” “Then show me.”
Shinji remained quiet. Then had a possibly horrible idea.
5 minutes later
“Wow. I… Yeah, I guess it's too hard to explain. I see.” “Yeah. Even then the place where we did it simply doesn’t exist anymore.” “What do you mean?” “We blew it up.” “What?” “Eh forget it.”
Mishima out of curiosity took out a camera, an old camera. One that would only be the cutting edge of photo taking if it was the 60s. “Oh, that won’t work. Technology doe-” Suddenly, out of the output of the camera, came a polaroid, it remained dark and illegible. “What the?”
“Was that supposed to happen?” “No. If you had brought your phone here, it would've simply refused to work.” “But my old Polaroid camera did.” “Hmmm. Don’t you need to do something with those in a dark room to-” “Yeah. I have a spare room at my house I use to experiment with these. It's fun and was something interesting to do.” “Hmmm.”
A minute later
“Yup. That’s looking good, you’re looking scarier than you were before in that armor of yours.” Shinji stood posed with one hand on his hip, and the other pointed his revolver to the sky, while his head was tilted slightly to the ground. Facing Mishima’s antique Polaroid camera and bracing his eyes through the vision slit for the flash of the camera.
*SNAP!*
“Alright. I guess I’ll come back home and develop this, if it does become I’ll bring them to you, and if it doesn’t I’ll go and throw it in the trash.”
“Sucks if it doesn’t work, I’ll have to buy new film and you looked cool back there.” “I’ll pay you if it doesn’t, don’t worry about it.” “Alright.” “Hey, Mish?”
“That’s a new nickname, but sure.” “Take care of yourself. You can’t help us if you’re working yourself to death.” “It’s fine Shin-” “I’m serious dude. You were looking shagged when Kamoshida was fucking around. Been a month and you don’t look much better.” “Yeah, I get it”. Mishima kept walking, though faster, he shouldn’t need someone to tell him to take care of himself. All the while Shinji trailed him, slowly clambering behind in his heavy armor, peering through the slit of vision to watch the photographer with concern.
At the same time, Shadow Operatives HQ
Chidori sat on a stool, smiling at a filled canvas. She stared at her rendition of mementos, a cascading almost tidal wave of various shades of red overflowing upon a derelict Subway station. She not only admired the mixing of colors and her portrayal of the mental landscape of mementos but accompanying that admiration of her artistry was a sense of pride from the time and effort sunk into the project. It will be used as the cover page of Maruki’s reports from now on, and every one reading them will see and base their perceptions and mental representations of mementos based on her painting.
Yusuke, sat in the same room, faced instead with his canvas, which in full contrast was a deep blue. Silently working on his canvas. They have been painting their respective canvases together, Chidori and Yusuke, having given him a new home and perhaps becoming the first individual Yusuke had known who did not steal his works, pride, dignity, or freedom, Yusuke stuck to Chidori like glue. Apart from Labrys, who was a sociable friend who mostly wanted Yusuke as someone who she could play video games with, Chidori was someone he could trust. Chidori was becoming increasingly his companion in the pursuit of bettering their craft and artistry. Chidori dared to say that, perhaps Yusuke was becoming something of a younger brother.
“So Yus, how’s yours going along?” “I’m confident in saying that all that my painting is missing is a few finishing touches.” “Alright, Lemme see.”
Chidori turned over to take a look at what Yusuke had painted. It was a scene from when the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives had first infiltrated Madarame’s palace. The excessive amount of blue in the painting seemed to emit a dreamlike landscape, certainly inspired by a starry night. However, if Stary Night had the stars, the star of the painting was Shinji and a bundle of shadows. More specifically, Shinji shooting them down with his iron, a flash of yellow emitting from the center of the image, emitting from Shinji, the moment before the demise of the shadows in front of him in a show of Perfidy.
“That looks cool. Why… did you decide to paint what happened at the palace though?” “It was an extraordinary moment. It was akin to what could take place in my most vivid of dreams… Or nightmares.” “Ok…” Chidori looked at Yusuke with a smile, Yusuke seemed to be the type to depict scenes, not just simple landscapes or images but, events that had occurred that he was fortunate to witness. Chidori stared further into the painting, and she remembered what had happened. Thinking about it now brought a series of questions, however, specifically about Shinji.
Why was Shinji so fast? All of the Kelly Gang were green compared to the shadow operatives. She thought this not to belittle their abilities in combat, persona users had to learn fast. They had to adapt to whatever shadows might throw at them to have the prospect of being able to come home alive. Shinji however, seemed on a different level though. He certainly had experience. He had fought as the original contingent of SEES back in 2007. But how he had so quickly dispatched those five shadows at such speed that the altercation only lasted as fast as one could blink? That was unusual. Not to mention, the Kelly Gang had only been using their newly got firearms for a month more or less, yet Shinji was dropping shadows left and right with his big iron. Was there something inherent in him? Nothing seemed unusual or out of character from him so far.
“Hey Chidori, Maruki’s saying there’s ramen he made for dinner.” “Oh, sorry. I was just deep in thought, let's go.” “Maruki’s cooking and culinary skills have been a blessing to me. To think I had been eating stale bread and beansprouts just some weeks ago.”
“Yeah. Though Shinji gives him a run for his money.” As the two artists closed the door of the room which they had spent the afternoon painting, they gallivanted joyfully to the smell of pork bone broth originating from the kitchen. Chidori couldn’t help but be happy that Yusuke from now on wouldn’t need to experience the privations of hunger on a daily basis anymore, and that thought gave Chidori a great big smile.
The next day
22/5, Tuesday, lunchtime
The rooftop garden
Now playing: The Lamp is Low, by Laurindo Almeida
“Right. Thanks for the help Shinji.” Shinji and Haru were both carrying bags of heavy soil, and minerals, along with other assorted items needed for gardening. “So, what do we do now.” “We harvest our grown produce now, then ready the garden for summer tomatoes.” “Alright.”
Working on Haru’s garden brought back memories of the rooftop garden back at Iwatodai dorms. Now that he was thinking about it. Why was there a garden there? He didn’t recall Akihiko or Misty having any semblance of suggesting that they had a green thumb. From the time he had killed Ken’s mom and then left the dorms out of shame, to then returning to the dorms to look over the kid, the garden was then suddenly in use. He didn’t recall who paid the most attention and care to the crops, but being able to have a stack of spuds, tomatoes, and greens for cooking was appreciated.
“Alright. Take a break then finish up soon?” “Sure.” Haru and Shinji sat down on foldable chairs and enjoyed both the sun and sodas. Although unpleasant to many, the coming heat and higher temperatures were worthy of great appreciation from Shinji. He sat and felt the sun comfortably capturing his body like how the warmth of a blanket would claim a weary and tired individual and carry them all the way to dreamland.
It was always so cold back in Iwatodai, whether that be from being homeless, or from his stupid mistakes. If the premise of why Shinji was here in Tokyo wasn’t so concerning, perhaps he would’ve taken this as a vacation instead.
“Hey, Shinji?” “Hmmm?” “You know how summer’s coming right?” “Yeah?” “When are you gonna stop wearing that jacket? You’re gonna overheat.” “Heh. Never, I’ll probably just wear a Tank top underneath it just so it can be a bit more breathable.” “That isn’t gonna help much you know?”
Having a moment to think about it, Haru was right. It would only just get hotter and hotter from then on out. “Ok. Maybe.” “Good… prefer you not fainting from heat stroke in my garden.”
Shinji nodded as he took a sip from a soda. “You know, I never asked, how did you get into gardening?” Haru was finishing a sip from her soda and then started to elaborate. “My mother. She was the one who taught me how to maintain her garden when I was seven.” “My mom kept scrapbooks with sketches and notes on certain plants, fauna, stuff. She was a botanist.” “Ok.” “She studied botany, and I followed suit. We had so much fun together.” “That’s good… maybe you should do botany as well, you know, you seem to enjoy it.” Haru’s expression dampened. “Can’t.” “Why?” “Well. If I could, I wouldn’t be gardening here, out of all places. And it could be all over if one of those asshole teachers from downstairs ever comes up here.” Shinji listened and got the message. She would rather be doing this at home than risk getting burnt by the asshats pushing pencils and doing paperwork downstairs. Something was keeping her from pursuing this path any further. Perhaps this was a sore spot for her, and she did not want to talk about it any further.
“So… are you gonna keep on that pink sweater when it gets hotter soon ?” “Hmmm?” “You asked me if I’m gonna wear that jacket when it gets hotter, now I’m asking you.” Haru smiled slyly.
“Hehe. Touché.” As the supposed “grownups” of the Kelly Gang, both Shinji and Haru were enjoying a wonderful afternoon almost lazing around to one extent or another, when the work started again, Shinji could only think about how unusual the arrangement felt. He’d done this before. Hanging around friends, enjoying the sun and air, drinking cold sodas under the sun.
Then he remembered what choices led him to relinquish that. Although, instead of sorrow, or self-regret, a strange feeling of appreciation had been present. He couldn’t articulate it in words, but it made this particular moment feel almost sacred.
10 minutes later
“OK, Shinji. We’re done, good work.” After finishing the work, Shinji and Haru sat back down on the foldable chairs, for Haru it meant cracking open another soda and spending what time was left of break time on the roof, for Shinji, the act of sitting down had made the particular headspace he was in more surreal. It couldn’t be explained, the experience felt either something out of his imagination or out of a dream. That’s when it came to him. His body had been restored. Not only from the brink of death but from his old withering body. Or if not, the side effects of the drugs that really, really sucked. What had been lost from his life from the moment he had started taking the drugs, had returned. Including something as incidental as the feeling of the sun warming his body. That had returned. The only thing that didn’t was what was lost when he made his choice to protect someone by giving his life away.
“You alright Shinji?” “Oh.. yeah. I am.” “I’m just remembering how I used to also work on a garden with my old friends.” “The shadow operatives?” “Yeah. Just reminiscing.” A moment of silence was held while both Haru and Shinji sat and had their drinks.
“I appreciate you helping me out.” “It’s no problem.” “Whenever I need your help, can I call you?” “Sure. Though if I’m not available you can always call up the others here.” “Yeah.” “You never elaborated.” “What?”
“Forget it.” Shinji remained silent and instead finished his drink.
A few moments passed before Shinji broke the silence. “Hey. On Thursday or Friday, more shadow operatives are gonna show up in Tokyo.” Haru nodded. “They’re more of my old friends… but the ones coming this time around are- “Important to you.” “Yeah. How do you know tha- “Right. You were there on Sunday.” “What’s gonna happen?” “They’re gonna help us. And, just as a warning, they’re a wild bunch, to say the least, and we’ll need to keep that in mind for when we bring them with us to the palace.” “I’ll remember that, make sure the others are in the know.” “Thanks Haru.” “No problem.”
And so the rest of lunch by a smiling Haru and Shinji was spent peacefully in the sun, with a cooler of sodas and on sufficiently comfortable foldable chairs. Shinji having felt the most alive in a while.
EMPRESS RANK UP!!!
A park, under the fading sun
5 pm
“C’mon Ryuji!” “Yeah… what my niece said!” Ryuji had been invited by Shiho and Junpei for a run, having not the balls to decline an invitation from his favored and idol baseball player, Ryuji accepted. Although a consideration was made about how his leg would fare against the persistence and stamina of a current baseball league player and his protege, that didn’t mean Ryuji made fully informed decisions even when fully informed.
“Guys!… cut me!… some slack!…”.
5 minutes later
“That was good!” The baseball star, his protege, and Kelly gang member stood, hunched, or in the case of Ryuji, sat lying down over a park bench. “Yeah, Uncle Jun! I.. I think that was faster!” Junpei took out his pocket watch, it was the standard pocket watch issued to all SEES members, but with a few scratches on the metal, and a crack on the glass display, however, it still ticked.
“We’re getting that time down now Shiho, you’re doing great!” “That’s great! You hear that Ryuji!” Ryuji wasn’t in the mood to listen, he was staring up into the evening sky with a strained expression. Junpei, the only adult supervising the two adolescents raised concern. “You alright Ryuji
“I’m fine! I’m-“. A sudden feeling of numbness attacked his leg, he wasn’t feeling so fine now.
“Shit.” Cursed out Shiho. “What’s happening to him?” Asked Junpei. Shiho and Junpei helped Ryuji to sit upright.
“Shiho?” Asked Ryuji “Remember when Kamoshida dissolved the track team?” “Yeah and how he broke your leg?” “He what!?” Shouted Junpei. Ryuji, waiting for Junpei’s shock to subside then continued
“He fucked up my leg permanently, and I haven’t been doing much sports ever since.” “Well. Would you like a break?” Ryuji nodded strongly.
Junpei excused himself, he needed to go to the bathroom, and he was gonna get water from the car. Shiho and Ryuji however stayed together on the bench.
“Why didn’t you tell us that before?” Asked Shiho “didn’t want to slow you down.” Said Ryuji in a direct response. “Man, we could’ve slowed down for you.” “It was just working fine recently! Back wh-“.
“Back when you were changing Kamoshida’s heart?” “How the hell do you know that?” Blurted out Ryuji. “Ann told me. Thanks by the way.”
… “No problem.” “Y-you aren’t gonna snitch us out are you?” “If I was going to, Ann wouldn’t have told me.” “Eh fair enough.” Ryuji and Shiho continued talking. They talked and reminisced about the old days, back when Ryuji was closer to both Ann and Shiho. But that was ages away by years, trauma, and new undertakings experienced by both of them.
“I’m surprised you kept your hair yellow.” “Yeah. I don’t know why I kept it that way.” “I remember when that was a one-time prank on Ann.” Said Shiho “Heh. Then Kamoshida happened.” Replied Ryuji
A couple more seconds of silence happened. “Ryuji.”
“Yes?” “Can I ask you a favor?” “ I don’t want you and Ann getting hurt doing.. what you’re doing.” “We won’t.” “But please, apart from Junpei, you and Ann are the only friends I have.” “Right. I’ll take more care Shiho, I promise.”
“Shiho, remember the times when you and Ann came over to my place to play video games, or watch Featherman? Those were the days.” “They were! And it was all
before Kamoshida came and ruined everything!” “Well, I’ve heard there’s been a rerun of the 2013 Featherman. If you’re interested, maybe you and Ann can show up, I’ll save up enough for some popcorn.” “Ryuji, we’ll pay, don’t worry about it.” “Bu- “No buts!” “Your mom will just tell you to accept your friends kindness anyway.”
“Yeah… you’re right.” “Well, don’t look so gloomy Ryuji, with Kamoshida gone, we can bring the good old days back!” “Yeah. How does Saturday evening sound?”
“Perfect.” As Shiho gave her answer, Junpei came back with water and the car, everyone at this point was ready to wrap it up, as Shiho helped Ryuji into the car, Junpei sat in the driver’s seat ready to go.
“So, what did you two talk about?” “We’re making plans to watch a rerun of featherman on Saturday.” “Ah, which one?” “2013.” “Oh. I know that one. Did I tell you that I know Pink Argus?”
Shiho remained quiet for a moment, processing what Junpei had said. “You’re pulling my leg are you?” “How am I, both my hands are on the wheel.”
Ryuji smiled, rubbing his head. “Yeah sooo. About that.
Wednesday, 23/5
Underground Mall, after school
Now Playing: Buffalo replaced, by Mitski
“So you need my help.” “Yeah. I realized I have no real clothes for summer, I’ll probably die of heatstroke if I wear this jacket throughout the season.” “Don’t say that Shinji!”
Shinji had found Ann at the underground mall, in her usual attire but strangely with some sunglasses, in an underground mall. Shinji was here because, out of a line of thought that saw overheating, heatstroke, and burning up in the soon to be hot summer sun as bad as freezing in a cold, dank, and dark alleyway in Iwatodai. Shinji had decided to call upon Ann’s clothing wisdom to find clothes that could bring him through the summer.
“It’s only summer heat, not… Tuberculosis!” “Eh fair enough, let’s find something, no drama.” Shinji and Ann walked into one of the various clothes shops in the mall. The criteria Shinji had set were simple, nothing ostentatious, or crazy. And as for Ann, it was to push that criteria as far as possible.
5 minutes later.
“Nah.”
“Naaaa.”
“What the?”
“Ann, are you just messing with me?” Ann giggled, “Yes! You don’t have a sense of fashion at all!” Shinji raised a finger but then caved into the truth that she was right.
Not like it was his fault, orphans, then parenticide, and drug usage did not further develop a sense of what clothes he might prefer, except for the ones forced upon him by the side effects of PSDs upon his body. “Fine. Let’s try to be serious then, if you got such “fashion sense” that I don’t have, then bring it, do your worst.”
Ann gasped. “Are you challenging me?” Ann broke out an ambitious grin “Alright, I’ll do my worst!” Ann then left Shinji to look for something more agreeable to Shinji.
A moment later
“Here it is.” “Alright.” Shinji entered the changing room, He looked at the shirt, it was a buttoned shirt, thin, and… blue. “Hmmm. Ok?” Putting on a pair of black jeans and tucking the shirt in, he then found the last article of clothing Ann had picked out for him. A caramel-hued jacket. It looked old, as if it had a history which was older than the years Shinji had lived, (if or not it included the years he had passed over). It felt rugged as if it refused to give up on itself. Shinji… Shinji appreciated that.
After a moment of looking at himself in the mirror, Shinji stepped out, greeted by an incredible grin on the face of Takamaki, glee gleaming off her face. “So, what do you think?” Shinji attempted to keep the stoic and straight charade he had been keeping for a while.
… “I can’t find anything about it to complain about.” “Great! Let's go pay!”
As Ann and Shinji finished paying, Ann and Shinji began walking to a shop that sold soda and root beer floats, standing around a small space and sipping out of their floats, Ann began to look at Shinji in the clothes she had picked for him, something felt incomplete. “What are you looking at? Having second thoughts?” “Yeah. Follow me.” Ann led Shinji to another shop, this one selling accessories, bags, hats even.
“So, what’s wrong?” “You aren’t gonna use your Shujin bag.” “What, why?” “It doesn't fit!” Shinji, confused, wasn’t able to ask or ascertain why before Ann brought accessories to fit the clothes.
At first, she brought a messenger bag and hung it on Shinji. “Ok, but why?” “It fits the jacket.” “Ok, but what- Shinji was interrupted by Ann tying a Neckerchief on him “What kind of. What's the word- Aesthetic! Are you attempting on me?” Ann looked at Shinji with interest.
“It's the hat. It's the hat that’s wrong.” “What do you mean the hat, it's not- Ann removed Shinji’s beanie, all while Shinji protested. Then Ann took a Haraway hat, with a curved brim, with a rope tied around its base, and then placed it upon Shinji’s head.
“No offense, but in what you were wearing earlier, you looked like you could pass for a thug or a homeless guy.” “What do you got against them?” “Nothing! , but since you’re neither of those and you’re a pretty stand-up guy, I think you should look the part. “By looking like a cowboy. In Tokyo, In this time of the year.” Ann looked at Shinji with a guilty expression “Yes.”
Shinji turned towards a mirror. A complete transformation from a reclusive street thug, perhaps to be mistaken as a member of a gang or maybe even Yakuza, to someone who looked like they stepped off the plane from Texas, or New Mexico, maybe Arizona. Shinji tried to not visibly suppress any judgment, only to completely give up when he turned to face Ann.
“I… I cannot find it within myself to say I don’t like it.” Ann smile had grown to encompass her entire face “I knew it !“ You aren’t such a stone-cold statue after all! “ “What … Oh.”
As Shinji and Ann went to the counter, Shinji went to pay for the hat, bag, and neckerchief, only for Ann to strongarm him from paying. “No Shinji, you paid for my Float and your clothes, even though you didn’t need to because I was about to pay, so it's only fair.” Shinji had no objection and then decided to step outside, his beanie in his new messenger bag, his new hat on his head, and drops of perspiration from the icy float glancing at his new neckerchief.
Soon enough, Ann exited, Grin exuberating from her face through her sunglasses “Hell, even the shopkeep thinks you look great. “ “What?” “As I was paying, she asked if you were my boyfriend and if you weren’t if she could have your number, I told her no.”
“Good. I might have been an orphan, but I’m not stupid enough to talk to strangers.” “And me, well I… I ain’t into guys.” Shinji didn’t answer Ann’s offhand comment as he instead just kept sipping on his float.
“What?” “What?” “You aren’t going to comment on that?” “On what?” “What I just said.” “What, oh. I don’t know what should be said.” “What, you don’t…” “Well, remember some of the ladies from the shadow ops? I’m pretty sure some of them aren’t into guys, and I think the ones coming tomorrow, or Friday are definitely not into guys.”
“Well, what about you Shinji?” “Who’s to say? I don’t got anything for anybody.” “So…” “I dunno. Perhaps some people aren’t made to love or be loved. Or both.” “Or maybe it's just me.” Shinji took a substantial gulp of his float and stared at his reflection in the metallic pillar. Perhaps the hat and neckerchief are too much, he should save that for another time.
“Well, sorry to be a downer, we should get going.” “Hey, Shinji.”
“Yes?” “Don’t say that about yourself.” “Why not.” “It just isn’t true Shinnie.” “It's not that, its a statement of fact, I don’t feel or want to… get a girlfriend or a boyfriend- partner I mean.” “Wait. So you mean- “It's been some time out, we should get ready to get home.”
Ann thought to herself. Is Shinji Aro? Nope, best not to have any assumptions. “Shinji, can we do something before you leave?” “Yeah, what?” Ann took out her phone and opened the camera. Shinji sighed. “... Fine.”
Kelly Gang
Ann_TakTak:img.23/5/20XX,16:57
Haru: Shinji, what are you wearing?
Shinji: Don’t ask me, ask Ann
Ann_TakTak: Shinji needed summer clothes, I got him summer clothes
Kaz: DUDE
Ryu_Kun: Brother you look more like a cowboy.
Ryu_Kun: IN A GOOD WAY I MEAN
Kaz:^
Haru: I see you took my suggestion rather seriously, I guess I must do the same then with yours.
Ann_TakTak: OOOOOOO, Haru do tell
Haru: Non.
Ann_TakTak: ;(
Shinji: Should. Should I share this picture with the Shadow Operatives?
Ann_TakTak: YES
Ann_TakTak: TELL THEM IT WAS ME WHO DRESSED YOU UP
Shinji: Maybe
Ann_TakTak: >:O
Shinji: Fine. You got me.
Shadow Operatives
Shinji:img.23/5/20XX,16:57
Koko: OMG
Labrys: WHY ARE YOU A COWBOY???
Shinji: Ann.
Akihiko: Is that your fourth member?
Shinji: ya
Akihiko: Other than that.
Akihiko: Looking good shinji.
Chidori: Yusuke is demanding that he paints a portrait of you in that outfit.
Chidori: Otherwise, looking cool Kelly.
Shinji: Wait, Yusuke doesn't have a phone?
Koko: AIGIS ARE YOU SEEING THIS
Aigis: Yes Kotone. It appears Shinjiro is dressed for a rodeo, as they say.
Fuuka: Keep that look on Shinji, we’re gonna want to see that in person when we get here.
Shinji: Of course Fuuka. Tell Koromaru I can’t wait to see him.
Aigis: Koromaru is doing “the zoomies” as they say.
Shinji: Alright, when he’s done.
Koko: We gotta show Mitsuru this.
“They like it.” Ann could only grin. “Eyyyyyyyyy!
LOVERS RANK UP!!!
Mitsuru’s mansion, early evening
The Garage
Now playing: I Was Only Nineteen, by Redgum
“Hey, Mitsuru!” Shouted Kotone, “Mitsuru!”
Mitsuru was busy. She was doing a rather uncharacteristic activity expected of the CEO of a corporate conglomerate that some might perhaps label an oligarchy. She had been in her mansion, in the garage, not encumbered by a snow-white fur scarf, but instead was in overalls, covered in some oil, underneath a camper van, with a box full of wrenches, screwdrivers, and a variety of other tools needed to maintain the Kirijo estate’s collection of motorcycles and vehicles. Having the burden of her duties as the CEO of the Kirijo group, Mitsuru needed a distraction, a hobby to keep her sane as the corporate mill kept turning. Her inherited collection of automobiles and motorcycles from her father filled that time.
“I’m busy Kotone!” “I’m busy making sure your RV’s working for tomorrow!” “You gotta see this!”
Kotone’s voice sounded much closer than before, seeing her and Aigis’s legs waiting underneath the RV, Mitsuru decided to roll herself from under the RV, so she could see what the matter was about. She rolled out from under to see Aigis and Kotone showing a picture from their phone. It was the picture of Ann and Shinji, dressed as a cowboy.
Mitsuru giggled, “Tell. *Giggles* Tell Shinji he’s looking well dressed.” “Doing,” replied Aigis, rapidly tapping on Kotone’s phone.
At some point, Fuuka and Koromaru entered the garage themselves. “Will the Van be ready for us to get to Tokyo?” “Yes. It should be ready if I can get this done, unfortunately, someone who I care a lot for has dressed like a cowboy and we’re making sure he knows he’s looking good.”
Fuuka giggled “Hehe. I saw that too.” RUFF! Koromaru let out an affirmative sound.
“Before I forget, your weapons, needed ammunition, and gear are all being mailed to the headquarters at Tokyo anonymously, you just need to pack your band gear inside and then you’ll be ready to go.” “Right, thanks Mitsuru!”
Mitsuru took a rag from the nearby table and wiped off some oil. Everything should be in order now. A bit more work and the RV should be able to make it to Tokyo. It’ll be a six-hour drive and for the most part, not much should go wrong. The moment gave Mitsuru a chance to sift through the thoughts she hadn’t fully processed.
Shinji. Shinji was. If it was to be believed that Shinji hadn’t aged a day as the reports had said, he. He wouldn’t even be nineteen, he would just still be a kid, just like she was way back when. What, kind of dissonance would he be feeling now? His friends were now older, had jobs, had fallen in love, and had been loved. Seven years of life had been irreversibly carried out which he had missed because he’d never gotten any older after 2009.
“Mitsuru? You there?” Asked Fuuka “Oh sorry.” Mitsuru turned around to face Fuuka, holding a glass of water for her. “I know you miss Yukari a lot, would you like us to bring something, a gift perhaps to her?” Mitsuru could only smile. “Sure. I’ll go and get something for her once I finish working on the RV.”
Mitsuru was about to roll herself back under the RV to finish what she had started, only for something to stop her. It was Koromaru, who looked at her with a curiously mournful expression.
“Right. You won’t be seeing me for a few months now.” Koromaru had made a sad sound, now only the CEO of the Kirijo group and Koromaru remained in the garage. “I’m gonna miss you too boy, you know that.” The sad whining from Koromaru didn’t subside. “Say, wanna stay in the garage while I work on this? After I’m done, we can spend time on one last walk.” RUFF RUFF!
The living room
Kotone, Aigis, Fuuka, and Ken sat in the living room, while both Kotone and Aigis were spending their last day in Iwatodai singing songs, Fuuka and Ken were instead engaged in conversation about what the future held.
“I still want to go.” “I know, If I could work something out for you, I would, but Mitsuru’s putting her heel down here.” “I wanna help! I wanna do something to help you guys and Shinji!”
Fuuka remained quiet. Her gaze remained focused on her phone, she was reading Maruki’s most recent reports, regarding Shinji, his situation, mementos, the palaces, etc. Fuuka had a mind that was gears within gears within gears. She was capable of the most complex and complicated challenges that greeted the shadow ops, but this one had her stumped.
“I’ll. I’ll work something out. I promise.” “You always say that! But I still can’t go.” Ken was still wearing his Gekkoukan uniform. The boy had grown to a young lad, although slender in his appearance, he was strong, capable, and at eighteen, ready for anything, no matter how pleasant or cruel, the lad was ready to take anything that the absurd gauntlet of life was willing to throw at him. He was indomitable, perhaps as indomitable as the human spirit itself, and as tall as perhaps Shinji at this point of his life.
“What if…” Ken uttered, “What if I just went with you guys anyway?” “Nothing’s stopping me from just sneaking with you guys, I think Kotone and Aigis won’t mind.” “But then you’ll miss school.” “To hell with it. This is far more important.” Fuuka could hear and see the fire in Ken’s eyes, there was no use arguing with Ken, as Ken had grown to be as savage of an arguer as he was a fighter.
“Then I’ll overcome that too, I’ll go and transfer schools, or… something.” Fuuka still looked at Ken with pained empathy, then with intrigue. “Does… Does that mean you’ll help me?”
Fuuka stared into nothingness. No answer was to be gained. However, something was ticking in her mind.
“Hey guys!” Shouted Kotone “We’re gonna start packing our stuff in the RV, wanna come help us?” “Sure!” Shouted Ken, then he jumped off the couch and ran to help the two performing musicians. Fuuka smiled, and then she found it in herself to make sure Ken made it to Tokyo. She’ll have to figure it out in time for his birthday.
Chapter Text
24/5
0625 hours , Dawn
Yongen Jaya
“Hey little guy.” Shinji found himself in a welcome and familiar situation. He was appreciating the dawn, with his feline companion.
“So. Just another day for you eh?” meow. “Yeah, well. I hope its uneventful for you, because it might not be for me, or others I know.”
Shinji kneeled down to give Morgana a scratch. As the feline purred, Shinji thought about what is to be done today, and for the life of him, he couldn’t think of doing much. Except for mentally preparing and bracing himself to meet her again.
Track end
At around the same time
Iwatodai, Kirijo mansion Garage
“All set?” “Yup!” In Iwatodai, at the Kirijo estate, the garage was alive with the sound of preliminary checks and a running engine.
“Fuuka, you and Koromaru comfortable back there?” “Yes, very!” Fuuka found the RV rather peculiar, it held a weird aesthetic and paintjob in the interior, with the inside weirdly reminding her of an American styled diner. Mitsuru’s father must’ve found this somewhere in there and decided to keep it for some reason. At least Koromaru was comfortable.
“Koromaru says he is comfortable too.” Said Aigis. “Good, keep my present for Yukari safe alright boy?” RUFF! Aigis herself jumped into the driver’s seat, with Kotone taking shotgun. “ Fuel tank is at max capacity, estimated time taken to travel from Iwatodai to Tokyo… Six hours and four minutes. Five hundred and nineteen kilometers of driving anticipated, no refueling stop needed.” Her capable driving skills which had been developing for the last three years and perfected through repetition made her the best driver of the group.
“Good, Safe travels. Say hello to my darling and the Operatives for me.” “OOOOOOOOOoooo” Kotone cried out, “Someone’s missing her girlfriend isn’t she!” Shouted Kotone in a jestlike manner. Mitsuru stood in front of the vehicle, smiling and giggling at the jest. Kotone and Aigis kept this jestful behavior, capping it off with a kiss between the two in front of Mitsuru, as she opened the garage doors to let the gay rascals with a camper van out of her mansion.
As the door fully opened, Mitsuru then disappeared from the garage, rushing to get to what can be classified as the front porch. Standing there with her, was the house staff, and Ken, all waving goodbye at those leaving, and who may not come back for a long while.
Ken sat there, however and most strangely, with shades on his person. Mitsuru paid it no mind, Ken likely found it and thought of it cool enough to keep it, knowing its something Mitsuru herself wouldn’t need. There, sitting on the grass in his Gekkoukan uniform, his school bag, and a pair of shades now worn, he then got up, and started making his way off the estate, to make his way to school.
0732 hours
“I’m just gonna put this on if you don’t mind.” commented Kotone
Now playing: Way of life, (RELOAD ARRANGEMENT, by MOSQ)
It'll Be Alright In The Long Run (LIVE in Amsterdam 1985), by RedGum
Sun, (RELOAD ARRANGEMENT, by MOSQ)
Werewolves of London, by Warren Zevon
“It appears we are nearing the vicinity of Kyoto now.”
Checking the GPS, Kotone had a surge of good memories. “Heh, remember when we performed there? I think we performed Led Zepplin, Meyer’s whom the bell tolls, and a bit of Lotus juice over there.” “Then we met Lyn and Lotus Juice in the flesh.” “Oh yeah! They were so cool.”
Koromaru and Fuuka remained in the back, continuing what work was possible while also listening to Kotone and Aigis reminisce about their performing gigs around Japan. Having promised last night to be good while in the RV, Koromaru remained outside of a pet carrier cage, with Fuuka on the RV’s couch seating. In the event Koromaru needed to stretch his legs, he was instructed to inform Aigis, and then the RV will take a stop to walk the good dog, take the piss, and enjoy the fresh air and sky for a brief moment and break.
For the moment however, Koromaru remained asleep, chew toy still in mouth, under the smiling face of Fuuka and her camera. “Oh, you’re just being cute Koromaru.”
0822 hours
A national park
RUFF! “Acknoledged, making stop.” Kotone and Fuuka got ready to bring Koromaru out to stretch their eight legs and make sure they were in good condition to continue the drive. Aigis being of automaton construction instead stayed inside listening to music.
“So Kotone.” “Yea Fuuka?” “What performing gigs do you have in Tokyo?” “Well, theres some sort of Jazz cafe in Kichijoji. They want Aigis and me to perform some Lotus Juice and jazz stuff.” “I hope I got time to see that in person. I-I don’t think I’ll be able to though.” “Why can’t you have Maruki pick up some of the slack?” “I’ll feel bad. And he’s already working hard enough now. He got injured when studying the metaverse once.”
“Oh. I hope he’s feeling better.” “Let's ask him that when we get there ourselves.” RUFF!
“Ready to get back to the van?” Koromaru answered Fuuka’s question by sprinting ahead back to the van.
0927
Having driven past Nagoya and started to cruise through Aichi and Shizouka, the three shadow operatives and dog have at this point reached the halfway point of their journey both distance and time wise.
“We got eachother! And that’s a lot for love!” “WE’LL GIVE IT A SHOT!”;
“Ohhhh, We’re halfway there!” “Aoaaaaaaaagh!!!, Living on a prayer!”
“Take my hand! We’ll make it I swear!!!” “AAAAAAAA! Living on a prayer!”
Fuuka couldn’t help herself but join in. “Living on a prayer!!!” RUFF! RUFF!
“Nice for you to join us in singing Fuuka.”
“About that, I’m sorry to impede, but I’m reading one of Maruki’s reports.” “Yeah? What does it say Fuuka?” asked Kotone. “Its a report on the fighting and combat effectiveness of the Kelly Gang.” “Oh really? How's our boy Shinji and his crew doing?”
“Well, if I’m reading this right, Shinji’s a wildcard.” “What?!!” “He doesn’t make use of multiple personas, it seems he prefers to stick to his original persona, Ned Kelly.” Aigis turned down the speakers to be heard better.
“I like to believe its a preference. Besides, both of us have been doing this longer and we can fill in for him.”
“Sure, we can do that.” Fuuka continued. “The rest of the gang, are still relatively green to combat with personas. Maruki has suggested we try to perhaps… put our experience into perhaps helping them get better at wielding their personas.” “Makes sense.” commented Kotone, “we’ll work something out.”
“The report also mentions… two new persona skill types.” “Interesting,” commented Aigis. “One messes with your mind and looks pink, and the other is just hot, but isn’t fire.” Kotone sat in the shotgun seat, looking behind both Koromaru and Fuuka with confusion. “Now that isn’t too helpful.” “Well, either way. We should keep an eye out for that,” commented Fuuka. Reading more of Maruki’s reports, it seems that her old UNI friend was going above and beyond in his contribution to operations. Better than anticipated, especially since he didn’t have a navigator persona like she did.
1032 hours, A national park on the road to Tokyo
“Come on Koro, let’s go.” Another stop was needed on the way to Tokyo. Specifically for bathroom breaks. Fuuka and Kotone sat outside the RV, reading more of Maruki’s reports. Under tree cover and in a park where no one can be seen for miles, Fuuka elaborated to Kotone further upon the new persona wielders they will be working with.
“So, you’re saying that they basically adopted Yusuke.” “Yeah. He had nowhere else to go.” “Does Mitsuru know this?” “Yes.” “Hmmm. It says here that he’s a musician too.” “Yup.” “Right, we’re gonna get along.”
Fuuka kept reading through the files on the Kelly Gang on her phone. Then her face had gone frozen. Kotone noticed this. “What’s the matter Fuuka?”
Fuuka showed her the phone, it was a sketch of a Gaucho in a black outfit and a poncho. Her hair was colored scarlet. Apart from admiring Chidori’s artwork, Kotone had noticed the name on the file. Kasumi Yoshizawa. “Shit. Is that Sumire’s younger sister?”
“Yes.” Fuuka remained quiet. Kotone’s expression became serious. “Has anyone told Sumire about this?” “Well… I tried to, but I can’t find the words. Maruki is too busy as well.” Fuuka’s expression became troubled, she had no idea what to say or how to approach the problem.
“We’ll figure it out later. I promise.” “I know, I’m just not sure Sumire will react, knowing we kept this from her for at least a month, likely more.”
Fuuka and Kotone stood near the RV in silence. Waiting for Aigis and Koromaru in silence. “So Kotone.” “Yeah?” “What are you gonna say to Shinji when we first get back?”
Kotone remained silent. Then, came her answer.
“What’s lunch?” Fuuka stared at Kotone and then bursted out laughing. “WHA?!! WHAT, WHY WOULD YOU-” “I’m pulling your leg. First I’m gonna hug him to death, then I’m gonna ask him what the hell happened, then I’m going to give him a second hug, then I wanna give him free VIP tickets to me and Aigis’s shows.”
Fuuka smiled, appreciating Kotone’s honesty. “Well, I… I don’t know what or how to say hi to him… After… after…”
Kotone noticed Fuuka’s hesitation. Then stopped her. “If you find it hard, here’s what you can do.” Kotone then gestured to Fuuka to lend her ear. It was then that Aigis came back with Koromaru, seeing Kotone whisper something into Fuuka’s ear. Aigis only had heard a response from Fuuka. “Kotone. You’re a genius.”
“Oi!!!!!” “WOOF WOOF!!!” “We’re moving again!” Taking a cue from Aigis and Koro, Fuuka and Kotone got back on the RV.
1134 hours
Aigis stayed at the wheel. While Kotone, Fuuka and Koromaru had went off to dreamland, Aigis instead remained focused, making sure the four of them would make it to Tokyo HQ. In the back of her mind however, came a few new thoughts in her mind. Things to do when everyone arrived safely in Tokyo and the cargo was unloaded. Organized of course.
Task list:
No.1 Check up on Labrys
No.2 Walk Koromaru at the evening
No.3 sort, organise, stow away 9mm ammunition, drums magazines, ordinance and payload
No.4 rehearsals with Kotone
No.5 recharge
No.6 upkeep and maintenance
No.7 Give Koko hug
This will be dependent on if Kotone and Aigis had enough time after unloading Band equipment. Their first performance would be on June the seventh. Rehearsals would need to occur in order to remain in peak performing performance.
Aigis looked at the GPS monitor’s time counter. 1135 hours. She couldn’t see it but her mind was filling in the image of both clock hands meeting at noon. Driving through a town on the way, the RV stopped at a red light. A small respite for the anti-shadow eradication unit turned human turned human hyperconfident musician turned human chauffeur of an RV.
As both the hour and minute hands slowly creep to noon, a slight sorrow was felt as Aigis reminisced back to the days before Aigis became more human. When the unnatural was natural and the natural human nature was unnatural to herself. Back then when the natural world to her was a bunch of measures from time, fuel, ammunition, dog translation and the unnatural being the way the unnatural world around her just… carried on. As if the moon wasn’t going to crash upon them and end it all.
She couldn’t see the clock visually on her hud, that was gone when she and SEES returned from the Abyss of time and woke up. But she could still visualise the never ending continuation of time, and by extension the world and the people in it, the people she knew and cared for especially. But… By around the time of SEES’s return from the Abyss of time around six years ago, she could’ve sworn that something was missing. When the green light on the trafficlight went back on and Aigis continued driving, she finally figured out what that was.
It was the hand of the clock that measured seconds, while the hour and minute hands kept ticking. As soon as Aigis reemerged from the Abyss of time with friends, her mind instead only counted the hours and the minutes. She wouldn’t check her pocket watch but out measuring the time over years of being a robot, it was merely second nature. She however stopped counting the seconds.
Hang on. Time did not work the same within the Abyss of time, how would she have known how much time in seconds had passed? Or had she stopped measuring the seconds some time before that? She looked at the time again. Twenty to noontime.
Then she remembered. He was on her own lap. All hands were joined at noon of the fifth day of March 2010. While the hour and minue hands continued on, slowly but steadily. The seconds hand stopped. Whatever ticking noise that it had made previously had ceased. And he would not tell time again unlike his sister hands on the clock, continuing silently into all who had knew him would classify as “after”, as if his departure from this world had drew a line into the sands of time, forming “before” and “after” .
Church bells ring, alarm clocks screech, wrist and pocket watches tick… Perhaps all shared something in common. They seem to wail. They seem to cry out in pain as the mechanisms of the world made them carry on in perpetuity. The only one exempt being the church bells. Who tolled for whomever the absurd workings and inner machinations of the world seem to deem fit to take away.
Aigis could only sit there at the wheel, driving forward alone with her thoughts. She couldn’t disclose them now to her partner Kotone, because she was still asleep. And Aigis would remain quiet, throughout the E one Tōmei Expressway on the way to Tokyo proper.
1200 hours
“It appears we are nearing our destination.” Stated Aigis. Kotone, Fuuka and Koromaru woke up from their roadtrip slumber. “We are?” asked Kotone.
Now playing: Wake Up, Get up, Get out there - Persona 20th anniversary
As the previously slumbering passengers regained their bearings, they looked out of the windows to see the highway start to elevate. As the RV was brought above the ground by elevated asphalt, the four shadow operatives could see it, the capital city. More skyscrapers, concrete, urban sprawl and the residence of thirteen million individuals.
“Whoa.” commented Fuuka, “I’ve never seen anything like it!” Shouted Kotone.
“We weren’t supposed to.” Commented Fuuka. “If Akihiko hadn’t done his thing in Hokkaido, we would be trailed by public security now.” Fuuka continued.
“If things go well, traffic around Tokyo won’t be too bad, and we can get to HQ faster then anticipated. Don’t count on it though.”
Fuuka then replied. “I don’t know anyone who would have a problem with us arriving early.”
The penthouse
Chidori and Junpei’s room
“Guuuhhhhh.” “Morning Dori’ .”
Chidori and Junpei both laid in bed, reeling from the presence of the noon sun and a blaring phone alarm. Junpei himself turned to check his phone, while Chidori instead attempted to go back to sleep. Chidori would settle back in. Until Junpei screamed in a rather unholy manner.
“GAAAAH SHIT!” “What is it Jun?” “ITS TWELVE, KOTONE AND FUUKA ARE GONNA BE HERE IN THIRTY MINUTES”.
Chidori was roused awake now. Staring at Junpei with fear, her eyes staring into his, as if they’ve lost or forgotten the next obvious course of action in an episode of panic.
“WE GOTTA GET DRESSED, GO!”
Downstairs, the lobby
“You think they’re still asleep?” Asked Labrys. “Probably. They have enough time to at the very least get downstairs after getting dressed.” Replied Yukari.
Labrys, Yusuke, Yukari and Maruki stood at the ground floor lobby of the penthouse, waiting for both the RV and the two lovebirds Chidori and Junpei.
Then, after some moments of boredom, the monotony was interrupted by a ringing phone.
SHADOW OPERATIVES
Aigis: “ATTENTION OPERATIVES, TWO HUMANS, A ROBOT TURNED HUMAN, AND A GOOD BOY ARE RAPIDLY APPROACHING AND CONVERGING ON YOUR CURRENT POSITION IN AN RECREATIONAL VEHICLE. WE ARE AHEAD OF THE ANTICIPATED ETA BY 26 MINUTES. PLEASE PREPARE FOR OUR ARRIVAL. - Aigis
Junpei:GAH FUCK
“I guess we’ll be helping them out on our own then,” commented Yukari. “I find no reason to be scared. We got two robots helping us,” added Yusuke. Labrys could only smile as her new buddy for leisure activities (Chidori was the first) unintentionally complimented her strength. “Aw, Shucks Yusuke! Didn’t make you out for a gentleman!”
Yusuke was about to reply, but then a vehicle drove into the carpark, and stopped itself near the lobby. Out came a dog, the dog ran and jumped in the arms of Yukari.
“Awwwww! You miss me boy?” As the dog and Yukari had caught up with eachother, Yusuke then saw a blond haired woman jump out of the car. She was in a black buttoned jacket, contrasted with a red tie, accompanied by what appeared to be headphones, and two blue eyes. She was followed by two other women, one in a normal T-shirt and a pair of sunglasses with a radiant smile seemingly contained by the worn pair of shades. The other, teal-colored hair, braided and in a sundress seemed to fit the description of an academic, the professor.
“Yukari!!!” Shouted the woman in the shades “How the hell are you doing sister?!” She came closer and the two exchanged a hug. “Alright. How’s my icey sweetheart?” “Good! … Where’s Junpei and Chidori.”
“HEY!!!” “WE’RE HEEEREEEE!!!!” Two shouting voices can be heard coming from the lobby lift. “I think Mister Baseballer man and his girlfriend wanted some more beauty sleep,” commented Labrys.
More individual reunions were had. Fuuka and Kotone especially were doting especially upon Labrys, the newest shadow operative. This continued until Aigis came by and stole Labrys away for a more sincere and genuine greeting, checkup, and reunion akin to sisters.
Maruki and Yusuke paid the current reunion no mind and instead were focused on unloading the band equipment that was stored in the RV. They had no history with the previous occupants that left the vehicle, and instead spent their time occupying themselves with being helpful and not in anyway making the memorable moment awkward for these old friends. It was then that the two automaton came by and started manhandling the instrumentation faster then the two lads when Kotone came by and tapped Yusuke on the shoulder.
“So… You’re Yusuke yeah?” “Yes. What about me?” “Hi! I’ve heard so much about you from Chidori, I’m so sorry about what happened to you, but now you’re one of us!” “Thank you…” “Kotone. You can call me Koko.” “Alright Kotone.” Yusuke looked at the inside of the RV, various string instruments, percussion, and brass instruments lay strewn about in the storage compartment. Yusuke had not seen that many instruments in such a contained space. “I hear you perform on the street with an instrument!” “Indeed. I do. Mainly for leisure since I don’t struggle to buy my food anymore.” “Oh, you, me, and Aigis are going to get along so well!”
Aigis gave Maruki a look, he wasn’t built to carry any of the heavy percussion or brass. “Mister Takuto? I’ll take care of the heavy instrumentation. It would be appreciated if you can step aside and not obstruct. Labrys and I shall ensure the luggage is stored safely.” “Thanks Aigis.” “Fuuka’s requesting you take tea with her. The status of the current ongoing experiments, reports and of the like are to be discussed.” “Noted. Thanks for letting me know.” Maruki then turned around and started walking back to the building, towards the professor.
End Track
Some hours later
1500 hours
The school roof
“I think they’re here now.” “Wait, like here at Shujin?” “Not here Ryuji you dummy!” shouted Ann. “I think… Yeah, they probably finished unpacking their shit.”
“You ready for this Shinji? We can come with you if you need.” “Nah.” Replied Shinji. “I gotta meet her myself.” “You sure?” Asked Ann “I’m sure. You guys should go home and rest. Tomorrow we should be going back to the palace and you guys need to keep your strength, not using it worrying about me.”
The rest of the gang started to filter out of the garden. Either with concern for their leader, for what will come tomorrow, or both. Only Haru and Shinji remained in the garden, with Shinji remaining sitting on a steel chair and Haru tending to a plant.
“You still stalling?” “Maybe.” “I-I’m just not feeling fully ready.” “Well, maybe you need to do something to feel ready.” “Maybe you’re right. Maybe I shouldn’t meet my old friends in the same stuff I wore back when I was…” “Well. Whatever it may be, I hope you’re ready when the time comes.”
Shinji remained reclined in the steel chair. He looked at his bag, it had his change of clothes for the day. Yet he remained hesitant. What would Kotone say? The anguished face of the one in SEES who held perhaps the most unbridled and unconditional positive regard for him remained in his head throughout the week, though diminishing throughout.
He tried to divert his mind to times when he instead saw her unconquered smile. Through all the shit thrown at her and SEES throughout the year, she always seemed to be unfazed by everything, even being brought to the brink of death several times in Tartarus. It was at that moment when Shinji remembered something that brought him the courage to pack his shit and move his arse to go and finally, meet the one who made the months before he had departed earth so much more better and pleasant.
Shinji took the haraway hat from the bag, and then left the garden, waving goodbye to his trusted lieutenant.
Now playing: Take on me, acoustic version by a-ha, cover by Reinaeiry
Shibuya, Shopping centre
A cowboy wandered through the streets of Shibuya, searching for something specific. He then found it. Within the shops in Tokyo which catered to a specific product and need, he had found. He then browsed the shelves. He then found something which might perhaps make the old crew very happy. It was Belgian, and one hundred and seventy-one years old.
“Is it ok if I can have this box, I’ll pay.” “Sure!” “Thanks.”
Shadow Operatives HQ
“I’ll be gone…. In a day or two……” Having finished packing the band equipment and instruments, Kotone and Aigis have settled down in the penthouse, having naked out their own shared room. They were now in the living room with a guitar, singing along with Fuuka, Chidori, Yusuke and Yukari.
“So needless to sa-”
*DING DONG!*
Everyone stopped as the doorbell reverberated throughout the room. Kotone’s expression had evolved from a relaxed expression to one of curiosity when the shock of the doorbell subsided. Aigis herself instead continued singing and playing her guitar while Kotone slowly made her way to the door.
With a deep breath, Kotone opened the door.
On the other side, was a man. He was covered in a dirt brown jacket, messenger bag by his side. His face was covered by his Haraway hat, but he slowly started to raise his head, revealing his face, slowly changing to a smile. In his hand was a box of Belgian Meurisse chocolates, enough for all shadow operatives and himself. He was… a bit shorter then she had last saw him… Lying down on the ground in a pool of his own blood. But that was just her. Here was her old friend Shinji. In a set of fresh new clothes, completely discarding the old worn down overcoat he used to wear to manage the PSDs. And for the first time in a long long while… He was smiling.
“Shinji???!!!”
Notes:
Koko loved chocolate so much, it became her nickname.
Chapter 39: Надолужити згаяне
Summary:
Translation: Catching up
If you've forgotten the course of events of the prologue, here. Some context might be needed.
https://archiveofourown.org/works/53862496/chapters/136331305
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It was at this moment that the dissonance had hit Shinji. Months before he laid bleeding before Kotone, he had still towered over her and most of SEES except Akihiko, both sharing the same height. Now, Kotone was perhaps taller than her. He knew this because he had yet to take his shoes off and he had to peer slightly upwards to make eye contact.
“Oh my god Shinji! You look so cool in these new clothes!” “Th- Thanks Koko… you’re crushing me and the chocolate.”
“You brought chocolate!!! You shouldn’t!!! Let’s get inside.” “Of course Koko.” Kotone immediately released Shinji from her bear-like grasp for a hug. It was at that moment that he finally took off his shoes, removed his hat, and went inside.
“I missed you Shinji… It has been seven years.” WOOF WOOF!!! Koromaru came running to Shinji, the pupper matching Kotone’s sentimentality and feelings about their best friend being removed too soon.
The living room
Now Playing: Home, from Persona 5 strikers
“This is good!” Shouted Kotone. “Where did you get this from?” asked Yusuke. “I just picked whichever box looked nice. Otherwise, I was in a rush.”
It was a reunion like no other. While everyone sat down, enjoying the chocolate Shinji had brought them, Kotone, Fuuka, Koromaru, and Aigis were catching up on what had happened in Tokyo, and discussing topics from Shinji’s new clothes, to Shinji’s new friends in the Kelly Gang.
“I-I don’t know, I couldn’t say no and it wasn’t because I didn’t feel like being rude. I was plenty of that, but… I genuinely couldn’t find it in myself to say no.” At that moment, Koromaru jumped upon Shinji’s lap and nestled himself comfortably. RUFF!!! “Koromaru states that your current attire is comfortable and that he wants to wear your hat.”
“Alright.” Shinji placed the Haraway hat upon the head of the Shiba Inu. The room collectively swooned at the sight of the Shiba Inu wearing Shinji’s hat. And then Kotone had to take Koro’s shades and put them on the pup, making him the apple of everybody’s eye in the room as everybody lined up to take pictures of Koromaru adorned with an oversized cowboy hat and shades for about five minutes.
“I gotta thank Ann for getting me this. She knew her stuff better than me.” “Shinji.” Kotone replied, “Your friends, mind telling us more about them?” “Sure. You’ll be meeting them tomorrow anyway so it won’t hurt to know a little more.”
“First there was Ryuji… He’s a good kid. He helped me out the moment we found Kamoshida’s palace and saved my ass several times.” Shinji remained sat on the couch of the living room, Koromaru still in his lap as he slowly gave Koromaru scratches the favorite spots he could remember. “Bless him, he tries the hardest out of us all to carry his weight and then some, but he’s got a messed up leg. Doesn’t hurt in the metaverse but it does here.” “Has he considered physical therapy?” asked Fuuka. “Uh, nothing of that sort was mentioned by him. Even then, I think he wouldn’t want to do it because it’ll set back his mom a lot.” Junpei’s ears perked. “You know, we can probably do something about that.” Fuuka added, “We do physical therapy at a Kirijo-funded hospital in Iwatodai, it can be done if he’s willing to put the time into it.” “I dunno. Ask him about it yourselves when you get the chance to see him in person.”
“Where was I? Right. Next, there was Haru. She’s my second in command even though she’s the third member.” “We know.” commented Fuuka “Maruki noted that in a brief report about your team in combat.” “Right.” Shinji peered out at Maruki, sitting away at a distance with his phone out, reading something. “Haru’s the responsible one. She… She reminds me a lot of Mitsuru. But… Kinder.” “And perhaps with a sadistic side.” “Wait.” commented Kotone “Mitsuru? As in back in 2009?” “Yup.” Anyone who experienced or was a first-hand witness to Mitsuru’s excessive use of her persona in disciplining SEES members for infractions started to feel a tinge of fear in their spine, except for Shinji. “Overall, I say this not to talk down on the others, but Haru’s the most reliable out of all of us here. She can hold her own and keep everyone in order and running.”
“Ann. You heard about her. She was one of Kamoshida’s victims. She’s got a friend in Shiho. She’s a model, and much like our fifth member she’s a big fan of Yukari and Pink Argus.” Yukari could only face Shinji from the other side of the room and gleam a full smile, expressing her joy at being appreciated for her role. “She’s gotten a more powerful persona than we got. More energy to spare. Then there’s Kasumi.” Maruki and Fuuka froze when Kasumi was mentioned, though Shinji, Kotone, Aigis, and Koromaru hadn’t noticed. “Same stamina as Ann in terms of being able to sustain using her persona for longer. She does goddamn backflips and somersaults… She… cares about how much exercise I get. Kelly Gang work doesn’t count.”
“I saw her one time at Kichijoji with a skateboard.” commented Yusuke “Oh, that. I told her that I used to skate. Then she decided she wanted me back on the board. Not complaining though.” “Whaaaaaat!!!” Shouted Kotone. “You never told me you used to skate!” “Well. If I went back on the board, I would fuck up, fall on my face, and you would say I was lying. Didn’t say I was particularly good at it.” “Bro, you gotta show me one day.” “Eh, sure.”
“Well.” Commented Yusuke “You already know me.” “And I’m glad I do!” proclaimed Kotone proudly, raising her hand to the sky. This was followed by the sound of Kotone’s rumbling stomach, proclaiming to those who can hear, Kotone’s hunger. “Oops! heh. “
“Don’t worry about that. I’ll go make something for you now.” Shinji stood up, placed Koromaru back on the floor, and started walking toward the main door to leave the living room. He was stopped by Kotone, “Wait, where are you going ?! You can’t just leave yet!” “I know. I’m asking you to come with me.” Shinji then grabbed his jacket and then put his hat on his head. “I work at a restaurant. Would you like to have something made by me again?”
Kotone’s eyes gleamed for a moment, as she was reminded of all the times Shinji had cooked meals for her and SEES. Out of all of SEES, he was consistently the most loved and feared due to his meals being something else, and being a generally scary guy. Kotone only could hold praise and real love for Shinji’s cooking ever since he had decided to return to the dorms, and ultimately spend his final months of life in them.
“But wait, who’s gonna walk Koromaru this evening?” asked Fuuka, “I will, go have your dinner with Shinjiro, I will look over Koro.” WOOF! Koromaru shouted out in approval, Shinji saw as both Kotone and Aigis reached out a single hand. Koromaru then, first with Aigis then Kotone, laid one paw on their open palm, then surprisingly, their heads, akin to a head pat. Shinji could only smile “I’ll make something for you boy, promise!” ROUFF!!!
Evening, From Shibuya to Yongen Jaya
1600 hours
Now Playing: A Night Wanderer, by MOSQ, from the FEMC project
Shinji, Kotone, Aigis, and Koromaru exited the penthouse, going their separate ways with Koromaru and Aigis walking to the nearby park, while Shinji and Kotone walked back to Yongen Jaya for dinner and for the lack of a better term, catch up.
“So… you live at his attic.” “For all cases and purposes, yes.” “It’s comfortable, it's bigger than the old dorm room I used to sleep in before-”
“I get it, but why?” “What do you mean?” “What led you to stay there in the first place?” “... An old man. On a boat.” “What?”
“He had a long nose.” At that moment, Kotone slowed down her pace. She had to process what Shinji had disclosed. And begin to unravel what it implied, and what it meant for the future. “You met Igor!?!?!?!” “Yeah, I did. It was the terms of our contract.” “What were those terms.” Kotone’s tone changed from her usual bubbly self to a serious tone.
“Well, apart from dropping me off seven years in the future, the old man said I must oversee my journey, whatever that means. Then he said I’d be given the same power that Minato had… Now that I’m thinking about it, I haven’t heard much about him from the others… What happened?”
Kotone had become frozen. How should, how was she supposed to tell Shinji?
“He… He didn’t make it.” “You mean he-” “Yes.” “Shit… I’m sorry. I…” “It’s fine. He did it to protect everyone.” “... That doesn’t surprise me one bit.” “He passed away a few months after you went.”
“About that. Igor told me he did save everyone.” “What?” “He… I don’t know, he said that I had… kept him on the path. That I died to make sure he was able to-” “To keep everybody safe…” “I get it now.”
“What do you mean?” “As wildcards, Minato and I had to become stronger by maintaining and deepening social relationships. It was part of our contracts. That in turn allowed us to harness and expand the potential of the personas we had.” “ Then what does my death have to do with it? It should’ve set you back.” “It did. When you died, the potential I held had been capped. But, on that night, October fourth, you had kept Makoto’s potential from being taken as well by Takaya.”
“...” It took a moment for Shinji to read between the lines and decipher what Kotone had meant. “You mean…”
“Ken.” “Yes.” “You see, there’s a set amount of potential by a set amount of people in your journey. It was how it was for me and Makoto. When one gets removed…” “The potential power is gone.” “Yes. I’d lost my chance to reach my full potential. But Makoto did, and because of what you did, he was able to save-” “Humanity.”
Shinji continued walking in awe. It was a rather mind-boggling thing, the horrible decisions, the mistakes he had made, the things he had subjected himself and others, the shame, the stubbornness, everything that had culminated into what had happened that night. It was all put in a different light now for Shinji.
“Igor said something along those lines. But… I don’t know if I can do well at this wildcard thing. I can’t help but keep sticking to one persona, like I did with Castor.” “I get that. We discussed this on the trip here, Aigis, Fuuka, and the rest are ready to help you and your group of persona wielders become top-notch…. Also. What happened to Castor?” “Not sure. I’d just gotten an entirely new persona, it was as if he’d never come to me.”
“Well. You’re wearing something else now, that means the side effects of the drugs you were taking must’ve stopped affecting you right?” “Yeah. It’s. Amazing.” “Oh, Shinji!” Kotone’s face changed from a serious expression to one of gratitude and genuine positive regard.
Kotone grabbed Shinji for a hug. “I’ve missed you so much! It has been too long, seven years!” “Actually… Don’t mean to ruin that, but it felt on my end like nothing.” “What do you mean?” “When I had been shot, and everything went to black, I was brought to the old man, who then handed me the contract and then sent me off to here.” “Wait, so-” “I’m… Still me. Nothing has changed except I don’t feel too cold anymore. I might as well have just been in a coma.” “Wait, you’re still eighteen?!” “I guess so.” “Does that make me your older senpai? Your older sister hmmmm…?”
“Oh no. Don’t get started on that. I saw how much you fought with your brother on who was the older one.” “I am even taller than you, little Shinnie,” Kotone said in a playfully teasing manner. “Oh, for fucks sake.” Both Kotone and Shinji broke out laughing at this point. A satisfying end to a conversation of revelation.
Outside Leblanc
“Uh… Shinji, why aren’t we going inside.” “We’re waiting for someone.” “For who?” Just as Kotone asked, the sound of something skittering around alerted both Kotone and Shinji’s attention to what was behind them, out of the corner of Yongen Jaya, opposite Leblanc where the laundromat, bathhouse, and vending machine came a cat.
“Oh my gosh! It’s so adorable!” Kotone kneeled to greet the black-furred feline that stepped out of the laundromat, Shinji noted that the cat seemed to have put away its reservations that the cat had for him when they first met. A little bit of curiosity and perhaps jealousy was at play here.
“Look at you! Cutie! Have you been keeping Shinji company before I got here!” Mreow! Kotone continued to savage the cat playfully until someone else came from the laundromat too.
“Good evening Shinji.” “Doing your laundry with Morgana, boss?” “Nah. I think the place is just one of his favorite spots to hang around.” Sojiro then cast his attention to Kotone. “Ah. If you’re another one of Shinji’s friends, you should get in and ask him to make you dinner. He knows his stuff.” “Thanks, sir!” “Please. Call me Boss.” Sojiro’s trademark of a smug smiling expression that somehow betrayed nothing but a sincereness and genuineness shined of the evening sun, as he and Morgana slowly strolled back to his residence.
“He seems nice.” “C’mon Koko. I’m supposed to close up shop soon.”
Thirty minutes later
Leblanc
As Kotone settled on the counter of Leblanc, Shinji started working on Kotone’s dinner, to her excitement and anticipation. “Oooh, yeah! I missed your cooking so much Shinji!” “Well. While you’re waiting for me to finish, why don’t you tell me what you did after I kicked the bucket?”
“Well. Aigis and I stayed strong together. Were a thing since-“ “since I was still alive.” “Yea- wait.” “You were not subtle at all, Kotone. You love your girlfriend more than this curry I’m cooking up.”
Kotone gasps “How could you! I love both Aigis and your cooking equally!” Kotone shouts playfully. A small laugh was shared until Shinji picked the conversation back up. “Ok, but what did you do between now and back then?” “Well. Aigis and I started a band as a duet. It was the one thing that helped us get over Makoto’s passing.” Kotone started to stare into the wall as if she was staring off into memories a thousand miles away. “We made it big. Not too big though. We aren’t Lotus juice.”
“So. Do you two have a name?” “Yeah! Euridyce and Orpheus!” “… That’s cool. So, what kind of music do you perform?” “We started with what Aigis wanted to perform first. Which was mostly Makoto’s old music.” “What did he listen to?” “You know. Apart from the lotus juice, he surprisingly had a lot on his old MP3 player. A fair amount of jazz, some rock, a bit of emo.” “Figures.”
“Then we moved on to stuff Aigis liked. Every day, Aigis was finding out which new music genres she happened to like. Then she would spend the free time of the day figuring out how to play it on what instruments we had.” Kotone stopped talking to take a bite out of the curry.
“We would perform now and then at a restaurant, or a nightclub. Then our big break came when we got noticed by some magazine reporter.”
“So. How about you? How did you end up here out of all places in the attic of a coffee shop?” “Well.” Shinji stepped away from the kitchen side of the counter so he could take a seat next to Kotone. “Igor gave me instructions. The old man told me that the boss would take me in. He did.” “How has he been to you?” “Better than I was expecting. He’s alright. At first, he was wary of me, but that stopped as I started working and learning how to make coffee and curry his way. Shame it’s the evening now, the coffee and the curry are meant to be had together.” … “Igor also left me a bag of clothes and for some reason, a pair of earphones and a phone.” “Huh. That’s weird, either way.”
“That’s fine, I’ll come by tomorrow! I’ll bring Aigis and Fuuka and we’ll all enjoy it together!” “Hmm. Sorry to rain on your parade, but me and the gang were planning on raiding Madarame’s palace tomorrow. Unless…” “Oh, I’ve been waiting for this. All of our gear arrived some days before we got here, we can come with you, maybe show them how it’s done.” “Alright. I’ll have enough coffee and curry for you, Aigis and Fuuka.”
“That cat, Morgana right?” “Yeah. I found Morgana frolicking around here. Seemed to like sticking around so we started feeding it. Then, one time when me and Haru were in the metaverse, we found the furball had come with us.” “So he was like all those stray cats we found in Tartarus?” “Yeah. Haru decided to name him Morgana. Not sure where she got the name from but.. That's his name now.”
Some time and banter later
“Ok. Enough talk. We gotta plan out tomorrow.” “Right. We’re bringing 3 persona users and a navigator- Do you guys have a navigator?” Shinji shook his head. “And how many are you guys gonna bring?” “We got six users, including myself.” “Right. We also need to ensure we got supplies for ten.” “I’m willing to make enough food for everyone who’s coming, we also got enough medicine. You just gotta be able to carry enough medicine for yourselves.” “Good. I guess that’s everything.”
“Well. Not everything.” Shinji then retreated into the counter, he fumbled through some cabinets until he found what he was looking for. Kotone looked intrigued as to what Shinji had been keeping in there. “This…” Shinji had finally found what he was looking for. “Is for Koro.” Shinji took out a Tupperware full of home-cooked treats he had prepared for Koro. He handed the Tupperware to a smiling and grinning Kotone.
“I knew you always had a soft spot for Koromaru.” Shinji looked at Kotone, sighing he replied “I wasn’t subtle enough was I?” “Nope, Aigis spilled the beans after you kicked the bucket.” “Right…. I keep having to remind myself that Koromaru talks and she can understand dog talk. Anyway.” “Would that be all, Shinji? I gotta go back and get ready for tomorrow, and find time to rehearse.”
Shinji then picked out a piece of paper, on it was a random address in the city “What’s this?” “Do you remember our promise the week before I carked it?” “What? Oh. Oh!”
Memory start
October the first, 2009
Shinji and Kotone sat alone in the Iwatodai lobby room, watching the TV announce the surge of Apathy syndrome cases before the onset of a new full moon of the month. However, being close to the peak of their full potential as persona users, none were worried, and only a few had a reason to believe the fourth of October’s full moon wouldn’t go smoothly.
“C’mon Shinji! After this full moon, you should join us for Karaoke!” Kotone continued urging, while Shinji seemed apprehensive. He wasn’t sure if he should go. Another obligation, another promise, when will destiny deem it was a promise too many, and decide to end it there? These thoughts ran through his head while Kotone kept egging and urging him to go.
“It’ll be fun. I promise!” Shinji continued his inner monologue. To not be able to fulfill this promise by expiring was going to for the lack of a better word, suck. He already had to do something with Ken on the night of the full moon. He wondered if it was about- No.
Pushing that thought to the back of his mind, Shinji instead focused on the invitation by Kotone. “You won’t have to sing, promise!” That made the prospect much better for Shinji. He wouldn’t have to make himself even more of a fool than he was now and had made himself in the past.
Perhaps a distraction would be what he needed. Something to distract from the impending end which was for him. If he had to go, he wouldn’t go out with a bang, but at the very least the semblance of a good memory as the lights were being put out and left him in the dark. “Sure.”
“Let’s go on Tuesday! The day after the full moon!” “Alright.” Replied Shinji “I’m gonna get Koromaru and take him out for tonight’s walk. Do you have any idea where he is?” “Upstairs with Ken.” “Thanks.”
Memory end
“Yes, Shinji.” “Long overdue. Long overdue to say the least.” Kotone said with determination and conviction. “Alright.”
Five minutes later
Kotone and Shinji stood outside, appreciating the cool evening air. However, a gnawing thought remained in Kotone’s head. “Shinnie. Can I tell you something?” “Yes?” “I tried to find your old pocket watch. I wanted to bring it back to you, but I couldn’t find it around Mitsuru’s place or the old dorms.” “Hmm. About that.” Shinji reached into his jeans pocket and took out his pocket watch. “It somehow came with me when I signed the contract with Igor and he brought me here. It was broken and destroyed because one of the bullets went through it. I found someone who fixed it, and it's continued working.” Kotone looked at the pocket watch with awe, she couldn’t believe it. She swore that Mitsuru had kept all of Shinji’s old stuff back in her mansion. For the watch to disappear and be instead in the hands of Shinji all along? She thought for the longest time that the one object which was the most evocative of her memory of her time with Shinji, for good or for ill had been for at least a month, found itself in his hands. Repaired, Ticking yet again despite the years' condemn.
Kotone was overcome with emotion and grabbed Shinji in for a hug. Although Shinji remained aware of how Kotone was senior to him by the abnormal circumstances, that hug had melted away any barriers formed by time spent apart. It felt as if the years hadn’t condemned them both to the current circumstances and that things were the way they were. As for Kotone, in her embrace of Shinji, she couldn’t help but feel the bittersweet circumstances had irreversibly been reversed… even if it was for a few fleeting seconds. For seven years Kotone’s memory of Shinji had cast him in a way that characterized his life of being left out in the cold both literally and figuratively. But in her embrace of her old friend, she felt a sense of warmth abnormal from her memory. Their embrace was warm, but Shinji had never been warm, whenever he was hugged or someone shook his hand, it was always bone cold. Now instead, he was warm. Whatever the abnormal circumstances had brought Shinji, he had somehow gotten a great deal out of it. She was grateful. Not only that one of her best friends returned from beyond the veil, but that he would be able to live for himself if he chose to do so in the current circumstances. Not a rogue thought came by her about what may happen if those circumstances happen to change.
Kotone started to laugh, giggle, and tear up a little. “You’re really alive!” Shinji didn’t let go. In a past life, he would leave his friends in a cold which according to him was less cold than he was at the time, he feared that they would feel the freezing weight of his past choices and mistakes upon his mortality. And by extension upon them.
But now, there was no such fear present, for summer was starting to return, he wouldn’t be keeping anybody in the cold in such weather, it was simply too pleasant of a time right now to do that.
With a heavy heart and the decline of the evening sun, however, the two would need to part for the night. For Kotone, she remained happy that their separation wouldn’t be as permanent as the last time they had to part, and for Shinji, an affirmation that he was alive.
The next day, after school
25/5, Friday
Shadow Operatives HQ
Koromaru, Yusuke, Fuuka, Kotone, and Aigis waited for Shinji. He was supposed to bring the four to the palace, while the rest of Shinji’s crew would enter the metaverse at a set time themselves as a group at school and await the shadow operatives who would come with them. They checked their stores of medicine, provisions, and gear. Now waiting for Shinji, the four sat around the dining table, their assorted weapons, 9mm ammunition for Aigis, a saber, a spear, and a kunai lay on the table. Kotone and Fuuka sat together, discussing Kotone’s dinner with Shinji.
“I think he’s doing better Fuuka. I really do. He missed us so much.” As Kotone and Fuuka kept talking on, Aigis turned to Yusuke, he was humming some sort of tune, or song, yet she had no clue what it was.
“What are you humming Yusuke?” “Oh. Just a song I knew.” “May I listen?” Yusuke revealed a slight tinge of apprehension. “But, you wouldn’t be able to understand it?” “Yes, I won’t but my language reading and reproduction software, which had been used to understand and translate what Koromaru says.” Koromaru jumped upon Aigis’s lap for some scratches. “Allows me to speak, or mimic foreign languages without the need to fully learn or interpret such.”
“So… You want to sing along?” “Yes.” “Ok….” Yusuke then stopped humming, prepared his voice, and started to sing.
The Metaverse, outside Madarame’s palace
0000 hours
“You think we came too early?” asked Kasumi. “Have faith Anita, Shinji will be there, we just need to wait.” And as to confirm Haru’s position as the wise and intelligent second in command of the Kelly Gang, two voices had confirmed her prophecy.
Now playing:Гей, там на горі Січ іде, performed by Vitaliy Gordienko & Artur Shalak
The gang diverted their attention to a nearby alleyway. Outcame of the dark was at first a series of bright lights. One was immediately apparent, it was Yusuke, saddled upon Kateryna, instead of greeting the gang though, he was singing. It reverberated throughout the low glowing hues of the horse and the street they were entering, a second voice also was singing.
A set of blue eyes, along with blue light which illuminated what appeared to be machinery was next to Yusuke and Kateryna. As she entered the light, her blond hair and construction were made clear, along with one scarlet neckerchief. Smiling along with Yusuke, they approached the gang like the head of a parade procession. Following them was a woman carrying a long Naginata, her auburn hair tied up and held by the hairpin with the Roman numerals for 22. A radiant smile seemingly glowed in contrast with a pitch-black jacket, accompanied by the familiar crest denoting the shadow operatives. And in contrast to that, magazine pouches and a holster in ivory white.
Following her were two others, one familiar and one not. The familiar one was Shinji, The other one wore the same uniform as the one wielding the naginata, she remained unarmed, instead, she was laden with equipment and gear denoting some sort of utility or support-related duties. She wore a headset on and seemed much stronger physically and mentally than she was letting on. And last but not least, was a dog, in an orange vest, carrying a knife in its jaws.
These were the ones Shinji had brought to finally and completely, put the nail into the coffin of Madarame.
Notes:
A few things:
-All shadow operatives have been assigned a pair of shades for the sake of the rule of cool, including Koromaru.
-Uploads for the next few weeks may be delayed due to a series of assignments
-I once again thank you for reading.
Chapter 40: Засвіт встали козаченьки
Summary:
Sorry for being late, UNI assignments and stuff happened, you'll be getting a longer chapter instead.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Now playing: Meaning of the armbands, MOSQ remix
The Kelly Gang stood all masked up and ready to throw themselves against Madarame. They knew that they would be granted assistance by the shadow operatives, but they were taken off guard by the sudden appearance of persona wielders which in most respects and in the way they held themselves seem to exude experience quantified in years.
Ryuji, Haru, Ann, and Kasumi watched and noted their demeanor, betraying not for a moment a sense of unease, anxiety, or fear of the uncertain, they saw esprit de corps which outshone them. Heads up high, gear and kit in both quantity and quality, well maintained and disciplined. As the procession walked into the relative “natural” light of the street, although their outfits which they donned when entering the metaverse exuded a sense of pride and esteem, awe and reverence was on display when they saw the procession of shadow operatives enter into the limelight.
A sense of… anxious aspiration seemed to seep in within the Kelly Gang. A chip had been put on the shoulders of the gang, seeing their senior colleagues with more under their belt. Nobody would admit it, but a small fear of disappointing the newly arrived shadow operatives, and a need to not just prove themselves but to distinguish themselves as these operatives had done in front of them.
Haru, observing the demeanor of the group, saw that Shinji didn’t display any of the same self-doubt or need to prove himself in front of the operatives. It could be because of his mask, betraying no emotion at all, his usual cold and self-assured attitude perhaps? It was something Haru had noted.
As the Shadow operatives came to greet the Kelly Gang, their fears and anxieties were somewhat put to bed, for it wasn’t the robot, or the heavy load carrying teal haired woman behind her that was to make first impressions. But the most joyfully expressive of the bunch, and her dog.
“Hello Kelly Gang!!!” Shouted Kotone in a manner almost akin to a school teacher to her students. Ruff ruff!!! “Shinji has told me sooo much about you guys!” While Kotone made her impression upon the gang members by exhibiting her joyful and standup nature while greeting them by name, Koromaru helped along, in his way. Introducing himself first to Ann.
“Ohhh my god!!!, You’re sooo cute! Who’s a good boy? Who’s a good boy?” Ruff! Their impression had been set. While the Kelly Gang’s impressions of the first batch of shadow operatives they had the opportunity of working with was of people they admired, though a need for distance was kept due to the celebrity status of two of them, making them seem larger then life. Kotone and with no little thanks to the help of Koromaru had not broken the ice, but smashed it.
“Alright!” exclaimed Shinji “If greetings are over, here’s what’s we’re gonna do. If all goes well, we reach the palace treasure today.” A slight tinge of dread slipped in the gang. But they continued to hear Shinji out. “Here’s how I wanna do it. I would like to have four people at all times making headway, scouting deep into the palace. I will be leading this group. Everybody else, I would like for them to stay in reserve. When the time comes, one of you will be swapped out for someone in the lead group making progress inward. I’ll pick the lead group.”
“Shinji, I got a question!” Exclaimed Haru “Yes?” “How will we keep communication and who will be in charge of those in reserve?” “Easy. That would be you Haru. Fuuka?” “Yes?” “Keep Haru in contact with me during the infiltration, if anything happens, I need you to work with her to make sure nothing goes wrong.” “Mhm, got it.” “Otherwise, I would like two shadow ops, two Kelly Gang in the lead group. A-” Shinji stopped for a moment, then turned to Kotone and Aigis. “You picked for yourselves new codenames yes?”
“We have read the reports, and have made up new codenames for ourselves the previous night, and spent time familiarising ourselves with your codenames.”
At that moment, Aigis whispered in Shinji’s ear Kotone’s, Aigis’s, Fuuka’s, and Koromaru’s codenames. Walking to each of the shadow ops, Shinji exclaimed aloud to the Kelly Gang the codenames of their new partners in robbery.
“This. Is Hoplite.”
Shinji said pointing to Aigis, then he gestured to Kotone.
“That's Agriope.”
Moving to Fuuka and Koromaru, he then finished off with their codenames.
“That will be Delphi, our navigator and…”
Shinji kneeled down to pick up Koromaru to display to the Kelly gang, holding him as if he were a newborn baby
“And our little hellhound over here.” RUFF!! RUFF!!
“He says he picked that name for himself by the way.” The Kelly Gang collectively swooned.
After they were done, Shinji took Yusuke, Aigis, and Kotone with him to
End track
0 hours 10 minutes
As the gang and shadow operatives traversed old ground, with Aigis, Kotone, Shinji and Yusuke in the lead, the rest of the gang followed Fuuka and Haru. Generally curious as to what her role was within the greater woodchipper machine that was built to reduce Madarame’s palace to shreds, questions were naturally raised.
“So… What is it you do?” Asked Haru “You aren’t carrying a weapon.” added Ryuji “Yeah. I’m a support element. My persona doesn’t have any combat abilities, but supportive capabilities. Kelly didn’t tell you this, but I can communicate with him from a long distance with my persona. I keep tabs on everybody’s state of health and energy during field ops, I know first aid and I have even amenities like blankets in the pack.” Haru and Ryuji were in a sense of awe at the duties and responsibilities of their dephic shadow op. “Hey uh, if at any time you need a hand, we can help carry some of that stuff for you, y’know spread the weight around.”
“I appreciate it, I’ll let you know if I do, but usually, it's preferred that you aren’t weighed down unnecessarily in combat.” “Either way, if you need a hand, let us know. We’ll carry what we can.” Fuuka appreciated the offer. However, it wouldn’t be much of use, since most of the weight in the back wasn’t spare edible food, supplies needed for combat, gadgets to assist, or medicine, but ammunition. For when everyone was up shit’s creek, and Aigis needed to use the proverbial paddle.
At that moment however, A voice broke the silence for Fuuka, in her headset, Shinji’s voice was being heard through. “Delphi, we have reached the last point we’ve been to last time. We’re now expecting combat to happen, keep everybody a bit closer to us in case it starts going downhill, over.” “Understood. Out.”
“What was that?” asked Haru “Oh, that was Shinji letting us know that they’ve reached the place where you guys last were at. We need to get closer in case they encounter the enemy.” “No…” Replied Haru “I think I saw something.” Haru gestured towards the direction where she thought she had seen movement of anykind, but nobody else had saw it. The only reaction from the group, was from Koromaru, who’s ears had suddenly perked as well. Did he know something they didn’t ? They wouldn’t know, for Aigis wouldn’t be there to help translate for them.
Meanwhile, the Atrium
0 hours, 20 minutes
The group under Shinji’s lead had crossed the boundary which had ended their last excursion. The painting that contained the train which they had robbed was gone. What remained instead was an enlarged frame, and a door which led to the following area of the palace. An atrium with further exhibited works. Pitch-black walls on all four sides and a night sky ceiling above.
Moving cover to cover, seeking concealment, and seeking to avoid confrontation wasn’t what Kotone had expected of Shinji. If they were back in Tartarus and if she or Minato were back in charge, they would be making as much noise as possible on purpose. And if there were any shadows, they seemed a lot more fragile compared to what the shadows of Tartarus had to offer. They went down not after giving a fight but after a single axe blow, or a slash of the saber. A persona had not been summoned once.
“Shinji, why aren’t we-“. “Wait. See that one over there?” Shinji pointed out a lone shadow, by then the atrium that they were exploring had been almost entirely cleared out of threats. This was the last one left. “I’m gonna try to get information out of him. Cover me if it tries to do something stupid.” Kotone merely nodded, with an affirmative expression, while Aigis had given Shinji a thumbs up, followed with the tip of her thumb recessing into firing mode.
Shinji slowly creeped towards the lone guard shadow. When he had gotten close enough, he quickly grabbed the guard shadow’s face by the mask, then to the shock of Kotone and Aigis, took out a revolver, holding the guard up. An expression of shock was painted upon Kotone as Shinji interrogated the guard shadow for directions.
“You’re- you’re the thief! THIEF! THIEF!” Shinji shushed the shadow. “Nobody’s gonna hear you if you’re gonna shout for help . We’ve murdered your colleagues around here, I can probably blast your head off and nobody’s going to hear that as well. Unless you’re willing to tell me how to navigate deeper into the palace.” The tone of the shadow had gotten increasingly desperate. “Ok-Ok, just let me live and I’ll tell you where you need to go ok?!” “Good.”
The shadow elaborated upon the specific area of the museum he was patrolling. It was a section that displayed specifically pieces that his boss had “acquired over the years.” “Good.” “Oh, yeah.” Further details on patrols, guard locations, security protocols were disclosed. Shinji then removed the mask from the shadows face, its dark body mass slowly dissipating as the mask of the prior guard had instead turned into the metal mask Shinji had been wearing. It then merged with his mask, Shinji standing still as he commented upon the experience. “ Apsaras huh?”
Kotone and Aigis approached Shinji. “Asparasas?” Asked Kotone. “ “What?” “Old persona Minato used to have. We made up a cute nickname for her because she sounded a lot like Asparagus.” “Huh.” “Shinji, why do you have a firearm in your possession?” Shinji still held the Smith and Wesson in his grasp. “Yeah! You’re usually scary on your own but now you’re scary as all hell! Are you sure you need that?” “Eh. It’s not even real. Just a replica for …situations like this.” Kotone looked at Shinji with slight unease, Aigis’s expression remained unchanged, Yusuke, who had been keeping security around the atrium for the duration of the conversation with his Winchester looked into Shinji’s expression, when Aigis and Kotone weren’t looking, a brief yet visible wink was sighted.
“Anyway. I know the way now. Let’s get there.” “Hmm? I don’t see any exits of the like?” replied Yusuke. “Follow me.” The group of four traversed through the ever-mazelike labyrinth of paintings, with Shinji seemingly staring through every one of them until he found one of his choosing. “Ok. This is the one.”
Sticking his hand into the painting, it was consumed and seemingly felt sucked in like Yusuke’s revolver was when they found the train painting. “Asparasas told me that this painting leads to some sort of security override. There is an exit out of the area, but that’s locked out on us by another layer of security. We’ll need to unlock this one, then get to the next and unlock the exit.” “Wow. You got that much from her?” “Yes. There should be something inside that shows the exit. Get in.” The gang took one look at the painting. It was the portrait of a nameless victim of Madarame, a nameless woman with a lifeless expression. Yusuke had been feeling a bit odd and off, although they remained unexpressive about it. He was the last to enter.
End track
???
0 hour 24 minutes
“Hello? Kelly???” A voice rang out in Shinji’s head. It came with a fair amount of static, meaning it was likely Fuuka. “Yes?” “You just disappeared off the feed, everything alright over there?” “Yes. We’re just inside a painting.” “What?!??” “We’ll be back, just hang tight.”
Shinji’s forward team surveyed their surroundings. They appeared to be in some hallway. Dark. Quiet. Unassuming. Then, Kotone spotted something. “Hey. Look in front of us.” “What the- Oh shit.” At the end of the hallway was a shadow standing in front of a door. The fact it was chosen to guard what was likely an important component of the palace’s security says enough. But as Kotone and Shinji could see, an aura of malicious strength and power. Something akin to the Monad passages of Tartarus.
The party remained in the darkness. Concealed. “Ok. No way out of here but through.” Kotone stands up with her Naginata. A small click was heard. “May I, Shinji?” Kotone couldn’t see Shinji’s face in the dark. Not like she could see his face through his metal mask anyway, but if she could, she would see a roguish smile, one of confidence, confidence entirely vested in Kotone. Shinji patted Kotone’s shoulder. “We got your back. Go get 'em.”
The sound of a running start was then heard in the dark.
Now playing: Pull the Trigger, Remix by Mosq
As Kotone started running the length of the hallway, lights suddenly started to shine above Kotone, as if she was entering the ring, or the Colosseum pits. The shadow, having spotted her, immediately disintegrated to take the form of a Shiki-Ouji.
The Ouji began to snap. Projectiles of a sort started spewing out, and those behind Kotone shrank, attempting to minimize as much as was exposed to not be hit. However, Aigis and Shinji instead had the projectiles ping off the armored parts of their fit. The firing stopped when Kotone savagely attacked the demon with the spear. Cutting off chunks of its paper construction.
Then, she drew her evoker “Persona!” Accompanying the sound of shattered glass was the appearance of Eurydice, with a strum of the harp, fire was spewed out. The Shiki Ouji was set alight. In a panic, it started to haphazardly swipe Kotone with its long arms, now on fire. Kotone skillfully parried the demon. Shaving more paper off the now blackening paper demon.
This continued until the burning paper began to crumble. Seeing this as having defeated the Shiki Ouji, Kotone turned around and started to dust off her hands. But it wasn’t over. The now blackened and twisted Shiki tried one last time to avenge its demise, swiping Kotone around the back, and shoving her down on the ground. “GAH!!!”
“Kotone!!!” Aigis cried out in anger. The Shiki Ouji wasn’t on its last legs. At that moment, Kotone continued to reel on the ground as bits of her back remained bleeding from the savage slash of paper. Aigis didn’t hesitate. Her fingertips receded and then, she opened fire.
BRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR !!!!!!!!
Seeing Aigis beginning to mag dump the Trommel magazines in her arms, Shinji and Yusuke took this as the cue to take out their firearms and start firing too.
BRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!
BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG!
TUM!! CLACK TUM!! CLACK TUM!!
By the time Aigis, Shinji, and Yusuke were done, there was a small hill of spent 9mm parabellum, 45 automatic Colt pistol, and 7.62 on the ground and the Shiki was no more. Running to Kotone, the three huddled around her, with Aigis casting healing spells on Kotone, while Shinji and Yusuke did their best to clean her wounds and dress them accordingly. Kotone herself was making the swallowing motion. The overwhelming amount of gunfire in a small space had overwhelmed everyone’s ears, deafening them temporarily.
“Alright. I’m feeling a bit better.” “You sure?” “Yes. I am.” Kotone let out a scrawny smile “Hey sweetie?” “Yes?” “Not bad eh?” “No. Not bad at all.” “Can you stand on your own?” Kotone nodded. “I can, my back just itches a lot now.” “Alright. We better go see what’s behind that door now.”
Aigis and Shinji opened the door, weapons drawn. The room was even more claustrophobic than the hallway itself. It took the appearance of a CCTV security feed room, with several buttons and keys. Perhaps this was the night guard.
“Ok then.” Shinji let out. His finger browsed the labels on each of the buttons Laser tripwires, cameras, locked doors, security checkpoints.
Not knowing what to press, Shinji’s decision was made when he found the “Power off” button. It was then that suddenly, a voice was being transmitted to his head again.
“Shinji! Something has happened! It’s an ambush!” “What?!” “They started coming from everywhere! We ran to where you should be, but we couldn’t find you! We’re all holed up in the atrium!”
Shinji turned to his teammates. “We need to go now.” Turning around, the gang saw a painting that had been behind them that they were pretty sure that was sure wasn’t behind them as they had entered the hall through the painting.
It was the Sayuri, however its scene of it holding a baby and admiring its resting features which had raised a sense of comfort in all who sees it, was lost. Instead of her eyes being focused on her baby, it was staring directly forward, into the eyes of the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives.
“That…”. “wasn’t there a moment ago.” Commented Kotone. Yusuke walked forward. He then stuck his revolver into the painting. It had produced the same sucking motion again as the painting they had when they had entered. “It’s our way out.” Commented Yusuke. “Let’s get out of here. This place has creeped me out enough already.” Everyone agreed.
Meanwhile, The atrium
“WHERE THE FUCK IS HE?!?!?” CRACK CRACK CRACK~ AWOOOOOOO!!!
DATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDAT “Persona!!”
While Kelly and his group were in the painting, the rest of the Kelly Gang and shadow operatives attached to them were ambushed. What was an exhibit of paintings Madarame had stolen were sullied with the smell of sulfur and brimstone. A variety of different personas sporadically coloring the atrium with a variety of colors.
Their pursuers, an undeterminable amount of shadows shrouded in black, armed with shurikens, kunai, nunchucks, short swords, and a host of other weapons.
Kasumi, in the midst of a fight with several shadows, had the misfortune of running out of ammo. Having to take her chances to reload or to get stuck in with her KA-BAR. A deadly combination of running, somersaults, front flips, and backflips with knives ensued. One by one, kunais fell to the ground followed by their wielders.
Fuuka stood watching with anxiety as Kasumi threw off her attackers, she watched as Kasumi after her brawl had so flippantly flicked the gore off her KABAR and hands, only for one more attacker to then fall on her.
“NO!!!” Fuuka ran to Kasumi with her evoker out, managing to reach her before the shadow. All Kasumi could see was a flash and all she could hear was the sound of glass shattering.
When Kasumi opened her eyes, she was on the ground, in front of her was Fuuka, standing in front of her like a shield. However, shielded by what looked like a glass fishbowl at first, she looked up instead to see the silhouette of a womanlike figure with red wings. It was Juno, shielding both her and Fuuka from harm. “You ok?” asked Fuuka, breathing haggerdly,
“Yeah! You?” Kasumi asked, the shadow that had attempted to pounce on Kasumi was nowhere to be found outside, so Fuuka then let Juno dissipate into the air, allowing Kasumi to get back on her feet. “Yeah, but are you hurt?” Kasumi shook her head.
As Juno dissipated, the battle around them seemingly had died down. Giving a moment of respite to check their weapons and rest for a moment. They had been fending off sporadic but determined raiders for their stay in the atrium. But still no sight of Shinji.
Fuuka went back to where she stood, back at the painting where her equipment had been set, only for something to emerge out of it. It was Shinji’s head, sticking out of the painting, he looked around to see the remains of the brawl that had occurred while he and his group had been fighting a demon whose fighting consisted mainly of papercuts. “Uh…… what happened?”
End track
5 minutes later
“They just kept hitting us, Koromaru tried warning us…” Bark Bark!! “You’re such a good boy Koro” Haru was in the process of giving Koromaru a scratch until suddenly a loud sound was heard, akin to the shaking of a building’s foundations during an earthquake.
RUMBLE RUMBLE RUMBLE
As the Kelly Gang looked towards one of the walls, a passageway was slowly revealing itself, a set of stairs colored in gold. In such contrast to the sky-blue Color of the palace that it almost hurt to see it. “We should probably go. Before we get attacked again.”
And so the marauding Kelly Gang exited the deep dark blue to a world of gold.
???
0 hour, 40 minutes
Now playing: A woman, another version
Although slightly painful or irritating to the eyes of the Kelly Gang and Shadow ops, Fuuka instead showed a level of interest and intrigue in the sudden change of form and color the palace interior had taken. Stairs that lead to nowhere, more paintings of random individuals, perhaps fictional, constructed namely out of features of faces. They did not resemble real faces. They were just the aggregations of facial features, rather than the sum of their parts. As if they were part of a mathematical equation that all added up to a face, with slight variations to attempt to depict the multitude of human appearances.
“Interesting…” commented Fuuka. “It seems we’ve reached perhaps the deepest reaches of Madarame’s palace now.” “Would you like it if I recorded your observations or not?” “That won’t be necessary Hoplite, I can write them down later back at HQ.”
“Still working on that theory with Maruki?” “Yes, a theory of cognitive space. Maybe after collecting enough data and after enough observation, we can publish something once this is all done.” Fuuka’s expression remained awed. And slightly sorrowful. For she and Maruki couldn’t take all credit for themselves, nor did they want to. Not only was the circumstances precipitate danger and harm, as was done to Kotone. But they stood on the shoulders on someone else, someone else more deserving of praise and credit.
“Hey.” Ann raised her voice. Who was taking point. “Something’s in front of us.” Shinji then urgently but carefully shoved through the column of persona users to see what it was.
On the end of their platform which they stood above the yellowish abyss, were a set of three paintings. Each depicted a woman, holding a baby. Each different in little features and aspects from the color of her clothes, the hairstyle, etc. But it was all the same, the Sayuri three.
“Taras? Can you get over here?” The group made way for Yusuke, who then stood next to Shinji. “Whats- Oh.” Yusuke walked towards painting three. Observing them closely, he pointed towards the one to the left. “Oh. That one is a fabrication…” Taking his Shashka, the Kelly Gang observed with curiosity as the cossack slowly tipped over the canvas and its display stood over the edge and into the void below. “That one is also a fake.” Tipping over the painting to the right, all that remained was the central Saori. The true Sayuri. Pointing his saber at the true Saori, as if he was coronating the piece as the queen of the palace. The foundations of the palace seemed to shake, as the disembodied stairway segments flowed and fitted themselves into the stairway where the gang was standing, leading the gang further through the yellow. “Nice job Yusuke.” Shinji gave Yusuke a pat on the back as they continued.
And so it continued, continuing forward, Yusuke, having being surrounded by the Saori for almost his entire life. This continued until at some point they’d reached at what could be considered the “exit”, whatever constituted an exit in such a liminal space. One by one, they left, with Yusuke being last. He took a final look at the room, along with seeking to portray the liminal space in another painting of his, he had been gathering thoughts about his time with Madarame, among others.
End track
Returning to whatever tangible space that could be found in a place such as this, the Kelly Gang returned to a place of deep blue. Having entered what felt like a semblance of security and safety from the constant harrying attacks of Madarame’s Shinobi, Shinji took the opportunity to propose to the Gang the prospect of a break.
“Right. Let’s find a place where we can hang ten and rest up, maybe eat some of the curry I prepped, how does that sound?”
Nobody was saying no.
Saferoom
0 Hour, 55 minutes
Now playing: Have a short rest
“Alright, now’s the time for some chow. Line up for some curry.” Both Shadow ops and Kelly Gang members approached Shinji and Haru who would pass them some curry or coffee. The only exception being Koromaru, who ran to Fuuka for treats and a head scratch.
“We have ten, maybe fifteen minutes, lets make the most of it before we carry on.”
Scattering to various spaces in the office room, the party split into several groups, and began conversing with eachother about their life in the real world.
Ryuji, Ann, and Kasumi sat sprawled on the floor around Koromaru, eating their chow while the pup sat near Aigis, gnawing upon some doggy biscuits. The three naturally couldn’t take their eyes off the good pup, having fallen in love with the pup upon sight of him, and their respect for the pup had been affirmed, seeing him fight tooth and nail with a kunai and Cerberus.
Ryuji offhandedly said. “Man, You’re one hell of a dog Houndie.” WOOF!!
“He demands… Scratches, and rubs from you, Thaddeus.” Ryuji stared at Aigis, as if seeking approval to do what he had just been told to do. Aigis then took Koromaru for a brief moment unzipped his orange jacket, and left Ryuji, Ann and Kasumi to their devices for the rest of the break with Koromaru.
Shinji, Kotone and Fuuka sat on a couch, tending to Kotone’s wounds from fighting the paper demon. While Kotone took off her Shadow ops jacket, revealing viscous wounds on her back. Fuuka and Aigis worked on bandaging the damaged parts of her back, with Shinji handing her a plate of curry to chow down on while they worked on her back.
After fully dressing the wounds in bandages, a healing skill was cast on Kotone from one of Shinji’s personas, and as she finished her curry, Fuuka then removed her bandages, only a dark mark remained on her back, along with a multitude of olderer black marks on her back skin.
“How… How the hell does that work?” “What?” Asked Fuuka “You just kept the bandages there, told me to cast a healing skill on Agriope, she eats a bowl of my curry and then it's all gone.” “Well, we did a lot of research into healing in cognitive spaces. It seems everyone was told to rest and then the pain or sickness goes away after a while. This seems to apply here as well, we experimented with what worked and what didn’t, and it seems concealing the wounds while healing and recovery works pretty well.”
Kotone… wasn’t paying any attention. She was simply scrounging up as much curry as possible. “It seems the same applies to firearms. To a similar effect.” “What?” “There’s a theory, that in spaces such as these, cognition activates defunct objects and… for the lack of a better term, it's like placebo.” “What… What the hell is a placebo? Is it some sort of drug?” Fuuka for a moment, tried to gather the words to explain the placebo effect, only to then stop. “Hmmm. Sort of.” “If you think you’re gonna get better, you just might. Even if you’re not being administered medicine or treatment in any way.” “And does this work, Vice Versa?” “We can assume yes. If you believe you are in danger um…. You probably are.”
“Kelly…” Asked Kotone when she lay on the couch. “Yes?” “May I borrow that?” Kotone was pointing towards the holstered revolver on Shinji’s hip. “Uhhhhhh…. Why would you want that?” “Oh nothing, I just want to take a look at it. Never held a real gun at all.” Shinji took out his revolver, swung out the cylinder, ejected the cylinder rod, and unloaded the bullets. He then handed the revolver over to Kotone. As she inspected the revolver, a stream of memory came back to her. Of that night. Shinji noticed this, her genuine smile, tired but congruently joyful had started to instead seem hollow.
Akin to the painted face of a puppet. She handed the Smith and Wesson back to Shinji and then genuine emotion returned to her face, of a serious tone. “I think I’d like to grab myself one of these.” “Really?” “Yeah. Just to keep your butt safe.” Kotone snorted out a small giggle, “Sure. But for now, just rest what you can, ok Koko?” Kotone obliged, trying to get some shuteye as she peered into Shinji’s metal plate armor, and stared at the numerous bullet dents in it, as well as two small holes in it.
Yusuke sat at the corner of the office room near the door, seemingly distancing himself from the various conversations happening in the room. He sat down with a lighter, holding the flame over the front sights of his Winchester lever gun. While the fire reflected off his pupil like a glint in his eyes, the fire itself was removing any glint, any shine which may make him miss his target. It was at this moment that Haru came to him with her Lewis Gun and a water bottle.
“You holding up alright?” “Yes.” “You sure?” “Yes. I am.” Haru then passed Yusuke the water. “Thanks.” Both then sat down on the floor, while Yusuke then got started cleaning his Gasser revolver, and Haru then got started cleaning and loading the pan magazines for her machine gun. After some moments of silently maintaining their weapons, Yusuke then asked Haru a question.
“Did you know your mother?” “What?” “I lived almost my entire life with Madarame… But I had a mother.” “Is she…” “Gone. He said that he took me in when she passed.” “Oh… I’m sorry.” “I’m not thinking about that. Here and there, I would try to ask him about my mother. But he wouldn’t answer. I think… I think she perhaps might have been a “student” of his.” Haru remained quiet and then spoke. “Do… Do you think she…” “I don’t know. I just don’t know. My priority now is bringing him to justice, and repaying the shadow operatives for taking me in.”
Yusuke, finishing his cleaning of the revolver’s sights, then took out his saber, his reflection gleaming clearly off the blade. There was no closure or conclusion to be found regarding the matter. There was nothing to miss, nothing to mourn for. He’d never seen the face of his mother, and whatever dignity, closure or something that could be gained. There was not much to lose.
After a while longer, Shinji rose from his seat. “Alright, lets go.”
End track
1 hour, 5 minutes
VIP Exhibition
Moving now through a similar interior to previous areas before the onset of gold, however with some key differences. The walls were neither blue or gold but a clashing cascade of both hues, gold items started to line the walls, displays, the frames of the paintings started to be lined with gold. The Kelly Gang, although the shadow ops didn’t catch on, were starting to guess that this perhaps was the final frontier before their final objective.
No longer separating the party, Shinji had the group organized into an ordered column. He stood at the lead, shotgun in hand. Behind him were Haru and Aigis, followed by Fuuka and Kotone, while the rest remained behind the two. Dead last in the column, were Ryuji, Yusuke and Koromaru, keeping tail in case of an ambush from the rear. Little to no one raised any questions, for everybody felt much safer in bigger numbers, however the idea of letting those in the lead be so close to the danger without any imminent protection of any kind raised concerns at the back of the class.
Ryuji was the first to raise his concerns, still awkwardly lugging his Bazooka around. “Hey, Taras?” “Shhhh.” Whispering this time instead.
“Taras, don’t you think Kelly is exposing himself too much?” “I trust that there’s a logic to the apparent madness.” “Yeah, but don’t you think its a little too… reckless?”
“You know, you’re sounding like you would rather be in front.” “What?!! No I don’t! This thing is heavy.” “Well- BARK BARK BARK BARK!!!
Just as Yusuke was about to finish his remarks, the column looked behind to see Koromaru barking, an imminent sign. Only those in the lead or close to the front had kept their focus directed to what was ahead of them, a sole solitary shadow, dressed in a suit.
Kotone raised her voice “SHIT!!! ITS ONE OF THOSE STRONG ONES ! SPREAD IT OUT EVERYBODY SPREAD OUT” Most did spread out seeking cover among solitary pieces of furniture, seating, those in the lead instead took it as the cue to start shooting.
Now playing: Daredevil, from persona 5 strikers
DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT DUT
BANG BANG BANG BANG BANG
DADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADA
Immediately, the three at the front of the pack, Aigis, Shinji and Haru started letting loose whatever firepower they had at their disposal. Buying time for those in the center of the column to peel away to safety. As the gunsmoke cleared however, the shadow was no more, instead replaced by a large gold monster with a white flourished mane and a face as black as the night. The only thing signifying a sign of life was the two red eyes staring directly at those who just shot at it. The brawl had commenced.
Behind the gargantuan beast of gold, were its previous shadow counterparts, armed with small arms and batons. Kelly gang members armed with firearms started to lay waste to each of them with precise musketry, keeping them from interfering with the duel between the large golden beast. Personas were summoned off the fly while bullets flew past their ghastly figures,
Shinji retreated to where Fuuka was, which was taking shelter behind an upturned table within the safety of Juno. Shinji in a panic, was tapping on the side of Juno, while trying to take out his sidearm for use against the enemy.
“HEY, GET THAT SHADOW ANALYSED, MAKE IT QUICK” Shinji then stood up to fire off shots at approaching shadows.
Aigis remained in the thick of the action, with bursts of fire, kicks, and occasional parries of the large substantial swipes the beast was managing to let loose. This was Aigis’s reintroduction to the intensive demands of persona combat, just as Kotone had experienced herself painfully. Taking a brief moment to cool down before dodging a slam and a sweep from the long reaches of the shadow in front of her, she seemed to waver for a moment, until Koromaru started howling, Cerberus behind him.
AWOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
Feeling fire and vigor in her veins, Aigis went on the attack. “MAXIMISING ENERGY OUTPUT!”
“ORGIA MODE ACTIVATED!”
As the golden-hued walls around Aigis started to blend with the blue light hues of Aigis’s chassis, the shadow and the shadow extermination unit turned human started to savage eachother to a new level. Fuuka did her best to support Aigis with Juno while still scanning for weaknesses of any sort. She knew that after Aigis had let out all her steam, she would be in an extremely vulnerable state. It was then that Juno finally found the shadow’s weakness.
“It’s fire! That big one’s weak to fire!” At that moment, Aigis started to falter, she was also cognizant of her limitations, parrying a final attack before she retreated to safety somewhere near Kotone and Kasumi.
Kotone heard the call, and started to focus Eurydice upon the yellow gargantuan, Kasumi meanwhile instead, stoked the fires using Garu skills, spreading the flames towards the beast and the shadows surrounding it. The beast stopped seemingly glittering gold, as the flames slowly charred and cooked the beast alive.
However, as the yellow gargantuan appeared to be on its last legs, it began to be more on the defensive. Summoning more guard shadows by the cry of its shriek. The gunfire from the opposition started to intensify, while the beast regained a defensive footing, blocking any fire or lead by its long arms.
It was then, that Ryuji had gotten an idea. He tapped Yusuke on the shoulder and shouted in his ear, however, with the amount of commotion occurring in the hall, no one could hear or make tails of it.
It was at that moment when Yusuke summoned Taras, and placed himself in his saddle, leaving behind his rifle next to Ryuji. He rode towards the yellow gargantuan, reins on one hand and revolver on the other, riding hard and fast, it looked as if he was rode out some sort of suicidal death ride, literally riding circles around the large but sluggish beast, puffs of gun smoke from his revolver as he seemingly mocked the slow beast. When he ran out of shot in his revolver, he took out his saber, and cut as he rode.
It was then that Ryuji shouldered his Bazooka, and aimed at the ceiling above the beast.
WHAM!!!!!!!
Chunks of the ceiling started to collapse on the monster, with Yusuke and his horse managing to slip aay before any pieces landed on him, or the horse. He rode back to Ryuji, retrieving his rifle, and watched as the dust settled.
“ALRIGHT KELLY GANG!!!” Shouted Kotone, Shinji, holding his axe in one hand and a fully loaded revolver in the other started booking it to the now stunned yellow gargantuan. It was the signal for all out attack.
Some persona users could be seen on horseback, riding out to meet the enemy in close combat, with sabers drawn or with revolvers, while others ran with knives, shotguns, swords, spears, and assortments of other arms. By the end of the close combat which occurred, only one party was left standing, on an almost substantial hill of loot and spoils.
End track
By the end of it all, what remained of the battle was a hole in the roof, the smell of sulfur, gunpowder, blood, various black substances painting the gold and blue walls black, and a currently disappearing hill of loot which the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives were trying to fit in several bags.
Together, Kotone and Shinii looked out at the scene. “Y’know Agriope.” “Hmmmm?” “I don’t think that gun of yours that you want isn’t gonna set you back too much now.” Kotone laughed briefly. And a smile reemerged on her face, which was covered in a screen of soot and ash, a scrawny smile shining through.
While the others were still sorting loot, along with Fuuka and Aigis helping to sort out the spoils evenly between everybody, Shinji, Haru, Kotone and Koromaru strolled throughout the halls, still armed and looking out for any further ‘company’. Coming across a wooden door, they went to check what was inside.
The combined weight and strength of the three humans and a dog was able to make the wooden doors creak and groan. As they gave way, the four were greeted to a hall, an empty hall, who’s only inhabitant was… A glowing immaterial mass.
“Shinji… Is this?”
“Yes. Yes it is. We made it.” WOOF WOOF WOOF!!!
As the four admired the seemingly normal scenery in a maddening world, Yusuke had caught up with the four, “What did you guys find-...”
Yusuke could only stare, and slowly, smile. The gang had briefed him on what this meant. On that high note, Yusuke began to sing.
Now playing:Засвіт встали козаченьки , performed by Гурт Експрес
his singing would attract the rest of the gang, now carrying their spoils and now tracking the source of the singing that was heard throughout the hall.
Then Aigis entered the hall, and started singing with Yusuke. And the mood turned to one of celebration. Dancing, or at the very least swaying to the tune of Yusuke and Aigis. All while Haru, Shinji, Fuuka and Kotone broke off from the round of dancing and celebration to then discuss what was to happen next.
“So what now Shinji?” asked Kotone “So, you remember when we had to prepare for those full moons? Something like that.” “We need to prepare a calling card, and send it to Madarame, he will read it then- Haru gestured to the immaterial mass that everybody was celebrating about- it’ll become real. We can then steal it, job done.”
“Hmmm.” “What do we need to prepare for?” “A big fight. The last time we did this was in Kamoshida’s palace. All the shadows we had destroyed came back. And we had to roll over them again before then fighting him himself.” “Let’s send the calling card the day before the exhibit ends, so at about June 3, we send it, and we then raid it the next day.” “Right. Is there anything you might need us shadow ops to do to help you guys?”
Shinji paused for a moment to think. “Bring everybody, and tell them to bring the guns we have at their place.” “You guys had more ?!!!??” exclaimed Kotone “Yeah. I know a guy who sells, I work for em he’s a pretty stand-up guy, we can get your iron sometime soon.”
Taking a sip of coffee from a warm drink container, Shinji watched as the celebrating continued, there would be more coming if they were able to pull this off by June the forth… And make it back alive.
Notes:
Kotone: Agriope
Aigis: Hoplite
Fuuka: Delphi
Koromaru: Hellhound
Chapter 41: перерва, пауза
Summary:
Ukrainian definition: Intermission
shorter, real-world commitments, sorry.
Chapter Text
Chapter 41
Shadow ops HQ
5pm
Now playing: Midnight Reverie by MineFormer, from the FEMC project
Junpei, Yukari, Labrys, Chidori and Maruki were sat around the living room of shadow ops HQ. They had been expecting Kotone, Shinji and the crew to come back safely from their excursion from the palace. They all sat around fairly confident in that outcome.
Maruki himself felt uneasy. He was to report to Dr. Fuuka about his activities, data and information collected in his month’s stay here. Though it was to be expected.
It was then that the door opened, in came Kotone, Shinji and Aigis at her flanks. Followed by Koromaru, Fuuka and the rest of the Kelly Gang behind them. They seemed jubilant, something must’ve gone right.
“We did it!!” Exclaimed Kotone “Did what?” Asked Yukari “we managed to find the treasure. All we need to work out now is how to get a calling card to Madarame by the fifth.” Explained Shinji. “Well, good job. Did anybody get hurt? “Minor injuries sustained. Sustainable amount of ammunition utilized. Recharge needed.” Stated Aigis concisely. Kotone gave Aigis a quick kiss on the cheek “Rest up darling, we still need to rehearse for the big day.” Aigis, smiling gayly went to her and Kotone’s room to sleep.
Fuuka stepped up to the forefront after putting her pack and all her gear on the dining table and declared the matters to be settled for the evening. “Right, I must get some administration completed, and prepare an after-action report, Kotone?” “Yes?” “Did you get the thing I sent you?” “Yeah, I should be ready.” The Kelly Gang looked at Fuuka and Kotone with curiosity. Except for Shinji.
“Right!” Shouted Kotone, “You kids follow me to the conference room, we can show you all something we have prepared ourselves for you.” The Kelly Gang complied and followed Kotone to the conference room of the penthouse.
Conference room.
Now playing: After School, reloaded arrangement by MOSQ
“Take a seat everybody, go on.” The Kelly Gang members settled down in the office chairs of the conference room. “Um. Why are we here?” Asked Ann. “Yes, why do you need us here Miss…”
“Please call me Kotone, Haru.” “I’m here to help you get to speed on this whole persona business.” Shinji stood by Kotone with a smirk. Gesturing to the gang his confidence in his old friend and that they should listen.
“You surely have noticed how your personas happen to correspond to certain elements, yes?” The gang nodded. “Good. You might have caught on to what I’m about to explain here. Fighting with personas is about exploiting weaknesses in the enemy like we did back in the palace with that big yellow one.” Kotone then handed out to Shinji a handful of cards.
“Here, Shinji pass those around to your friends ok?” Explained Kotone “On these cards, are the elemental weaknesses and synergies that each one of you are subject to.” Each gang member started to read and view a chart of persona elements, how each stacked against the other, which was weak against who, etc. “Me and Fuuka spent time making these for you since we’ve been doing this since 2009 when we were around your age. Please take the time to remember them.”
“Uh…. I got a question.” “Yes, Haru!” Shinji watched as Kotone started answering the questions of his fellow gang members. As Kotone answered more questions regarding the finer points of persona synergies and vulnerabilities, her gaze maintained an aura of confidence and infinite patience for this new generation of persona users. A sense of care and concern for those who came after her.
“I’m aware that there are possibly new elements out in play, but as long as you can apply the basic principles to them you should be fine.”
Kotone explained the fundamentals of combat. Conserve energy. Rely more on physical attacks or the gun if no shadow holds a weakness pertaining to you. Support those who do with buffs, extra damage to the enemy, or by drawing away heat and attacks away from them. Finish The fight as soon as possible.
Without the prior knowledge of persona elemental synergies that SEES was drilled in, the Kelly Gang appeared more like a Sledgehammer combat-wise compared to the proverbial Scalpel that the Shadow operatives were, relying on intensive persona utilization and skill. Compared to the Kelly Gang, where every fight or ambush if possible started with a hail of fire followed by a race to see who can eviscerate the shadow first.
Shinji himself was excused from this presentation and lecture. He didn’t need to revise on some old homework. All he just needed was some fresh air. He could swear it was getting a bit colder than it should’ve been.
Meanwhile, the living room
While Kotone and the Kelly Gang were in class revising their persona synergies and weaknesses, Fuuka and Koromaru came from her room with several packages.
“Mitsuru decided to pack as much stuff that you left behind back at Iwatodai and sent it with us since you had to deploy here without much notice. She also made sure to leave some gifts for you four for bearing with it.” A round of applause was heard around as Fuuka started passing them around.
“This one’s for…” Fuuka read the first package “Chidori and Junpei!” A small round of applause reverberated as Junpei and Chidori unraveled their presents. Out of the package and into their hands, was a pack of premium paint brushes, paint to use the paint brushes for, spare canvasses, and a bunch of snacks that could be only found in Kyoto and Iwatodai. “Oh my god!!!” Shouted Junpei “I missed these!” “Oh! She shouldn’t have!” exclaimed Chidori
Fuuka then made her way to Labrys, carrying a substantial box with a her name on it. “Oh boy, what has Mama Mitsuru got for me…” Labrys said playfully and with her tongue and cheek certainly in that question. Yukari cringed slightly.
Tearing apart the packaging, Labrys revealed what Mother Empress Mitsuru had gotten for their newest member of the Shadow Operatives. Out of the box came some green game boxes, “Sweet.”, then out came a pair of headphones, and a series of old western movies on blueray. “Mitsuru heard you wanted to watch some of the old westerns she had in the dorms, so she had me bring some. She’ll bring some more if you like and when she can be with us here.”
“Sweet!” “Wait, Labrys, that’s not all.” Fuuka then went into another box. Opening it, Fuuka revealed a plushie of a blue shark. “Oh my god! Finny!” Labrys grabbed the plushie and hugged the plushie like it was a long-lost friend.
“What about me?” Asked Yukari. Fuuka smiled. “Go to the master bedroom. It’s yours now.” Fuuka then tossed Yukari a key which she handedly caught.
Everyone’s face changed to one of surprise. Then immediate glee and teasing. The master bedroom was supposed to be Mitsuru's room and her room alone.
Obvious allusions aside, Yukari with a tinge of nervousness was given the master bedroom key and approached the master bedroom.
The master bedroom
Now playing: Tender Feelings, remix by MOSQ
A sense of nervousness permeated the hall, as Yukari slowly unlocked the master bedroom of the penthouse. Looking inside, she then entered the darkness. The room had been dusted clean despite assumably nobody entering in a long while. Then, she turned on the lights.
On the queen-sized bed was a mountain of plushies and stuffed animals, her stuffed animals. Back from her room at Iwatodai. That was weird. Then, she turned to a desk, her choker was on it. Her old choker. Next to a folded Envelope.
Approaching the desk, Yukari picked up the envelope and opened it, the sound of unraveling brown paper then was followed by an uncovered letter. She recognized the handwriting immediately.
Dear Yukari.
I must begin with an apology. A larger apology than you believe is necessary. I am sorry for all the times I don a mask of ice. One forced upon me by my position. It seems our positions want nothing of us but to be apart from each other, to don masks and personas that make us live lives that seperate us.
I must explain myself. Keeping public security in the dark about yours and the others presence in the capital is tedious. I have full faith that you and the others are upholding protocol and maintaining your current alibis and assumed statuses, for the stakes have been raised. Public security now wants to seize more shadow operative assets and data. Instead of being passively obstructive, they have become aggressively focused on keeping the organization out of Tokyo and a “nonproblem”.
I fear the worst, I fear not only for the state of the shadow operatives organization but also for what this could imply. Ever since Wakaba’s passing, the possibility of foul play cannot be ruled out. Now the possibility of a conspiracy cannot be ruled out. If certain individuals in public security want us out of the picture, why do they need us out? What is it? Why do they think we’ll be in their way? and what is it they don’t want to be obstructed by us?
This. Along with the stresses of managing the Kirijo group and the revelation of Shinji’s return has had me and Akihiko on edge and a considerable amount of stress. And why I write this letter to you.
My apology is now over. Ending my letter to you on such a note would be unacceptable to me. In the spirit of our old friend. I make one new promise to you.
I desire a life with you. I desire and yearn to spend my years with you, to live my life in love with you and to be loved by you. I see it as inevitable that I will be able to have you in my embrace once again.
All fear and trepidation have washed away, in the spirit of our shared experience, I make yet another affirmation, another promise to life. In the face of such nearing dangers. In full spite of the forces that pit themselves against us in their full spite.
All I ask is that you wait for me, wait for me as I try to make my way back to you. It will take months, but I find myself determined enough that I see our reunion as inevitable, all I ask for is the first chance available from the absurd forces that keep us away. So we can say we, together, started truly living our lives as our own, with no barriers physical, emotional, or of the like keeping us apart.
I love you with all my heart.
-Yours
Mitsy
Yukari took a moment to process what she had just read. All four hundred and eighty-five words contained a reaffirmation to the promises and oaths they had made seven years ago when they had sworn to fight death. A warning of treacherous dangers to come, and a confession.
She had to reread it. To make sure she wasn’t misreading. All four hundred and eighty five words were straight and true to Mitsuru’s heart. For as much as the cynicism within Yukari tried, she couldn’t find it within herself to cast Mitsuru’s dedication and love for her to doubt and the winds.
End track
It was then that Yukari realized that a postscript was included on the back of the letter.
P.S Check the envelope again.
Yukari grabbed the envelope again, shaking out the brown paper, came out several photos. Taking a look at the contents sealed the deal.
They were Mitsuru in her motorcycle suit which Yukari couldn’t get enough of. Posing around several of her motorbikes from the mansion back in Iwatodai, suggestively. Then there were some others, of Mitsuru in her swimsuit at the island resort they’d spent free summers at. Mitsuru remained winking at the camera, in a Yukata, or in that white fur scarf of hers...
This was… so unfair.
After Kotone’s lecture, the living room
Now Playing: Mountain Banjo, by Rhiannon Giddens
“Alright. Roll that thing out Labrys.”
The Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives stood huddled around the dining table, laid on the table was a full map of Madarame’s palace, and all the guns and artillery the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives had in their disposal.
“ A light machine gun… automatic machine rifle… a bolt action and a lever rifle… some pistols… a bazooka… two submachine guns… three shotguns… assorted artillery,” Haru said as she stacked the dummy hand grenades and improvised Molotov cocktails on the dining table.
“Ok. This’ll… probably be enough... Though I know I’ll be helping Kotone with getting her iron.” “So…” “What’s the plan Shinji?” asked Fuuka.
Shuffling through the Kelly gang members and operatives, the leader of the K.G and the S.O (by seniority) moved to the map. “First off, when we send the calling card, and we know that it was received, it's the equivalent of pissing off a fucking tiger.” “When we went for Kamoshida’s treasure, the calling card immediately brought security and shadows up to fuckin eleven,”
“What Ryuji was trying to say was that all the shadows we had killed came back. They came back angrier and more determined to stop and kill us.” Explained Haru “Didn’t happen though.” added Ryuji. “We had to fight our way through them to get to the treasure, and we still had to fight Kamoshida himself.” “What?” replied Fuuka “Kamoshida’s shadow transmogrified into a shadow and it nearly almost got us.” “So the palace owners are shadows themselves…”
Maruki, sitting on the couch of the living room was keeping an ear open, writing down notes. His face still held a slight mark from when Shadow Madarame struck him with his pistol.
“We’re formulating the whole plan around this part. We don’t want to be overwhelmed on the way to the treasure, we want to get the treasure without anybody in the way.” “That’s where you go in.”
Yukari remained nervous but intrigued. “What’s our part in this?” “Oh, easy. You’re gonna grab some of the guns we have out here, and make a lot of noise.” Labrys, Chidori, Junpei, and Kotone’s faces immediately lit up. “We want as much noise as possible at the front, drawing as many of the shadows as possible, the more the better.” “Then, a group of four will sneak into the back and steal the treasure. In and out.”
“Holy shit Shinji! This is so exciting!” shouted Kotone. “Hell Yeah, we’ll finally get to put all the artillery to use!” added Labrys. “Well…” added Yukari in a hesitant tone “We might have a problem with the plan Shinji.” “Hmmm?” “We’ve never so much as touched a fake firearm before.”
“Not true!” Exclaimed Aigis. “You’re the exception Aigis. The rest of us are green on this whole thing,” added Kotone.
“That’s where I come in,” Haru replied. “If you can free a day on your schedules, we can bring you all down to Mementos and… Teach you to use the guns.” “We have nine days before the raid. We got time.” “Besides. All we gotta do is make a lot of noise, easy peasy.” Added Junpei “Easy for a loudmouth like you Junpei.” “Hey!”
Now playing: Golden hour, by Jonathan Morali, from Life is Strange
The mood of the room was of the kind of comfort that came with certainty. Of assurance. Chatter lit up the room as the shadow ops and Kelly Gang mingled, shared drinks and snacks, lounged around, and spoke casually. A semblance of control had been established amidst a world of absurd forces stacked against one’s self. All doubt and worry melted away in the hue of the setting evening sun which shone through the glass balcony doors.
Shinji himself sat on the couch, basking in the evening hue, the gold of the rapidly fading sun cascading off his blue shirt and jeans. Smiling, he enjoyed the ambiance of his friends, old and new conversing and getting to know each other, along with the lovely sun on his skin, keeping him warm and more comfortable than he ever was in his rather short life so far.
A pleasant moment, once previously thought as too good to be true or out of some memory or deluded dream where everything was right and nothing was wrong. Yet, it was something Shinji felt he could excuse. Even if it was just for a moment.
His phone started to vibrate with text messages, but the evening had simply been too pleasant to bother reading them, for now anyway.
UNREAD MESSAGES
The gun dude (1)
Coffee padre (2)
Mish (3)
SPAM FOLDER
*ALIBABA.COM, SHIPPING AND PRODUCTS*
*JAZZ DEN, NOW FEATURING NEW VOCALISTS*
*NEW SALE OFFER, TRIPLE SEVEN*
Chapter 42: раз
Summary:
Raz
Belated if you're in my side of the international date line, happy birthday Shinji.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
25/5
A spare room, Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: Ashes to Ashes, to Ashes (to Ashes) by Chris Christodolou
Fuuka and Maruki stand in a dark room. They are surrounded by several rolls of film, string, trays of water, chemicals, and other materials. All doused in a hue of red.
“So, what do you need me to do, Dr. Fuuka.”
Fuuka, having for a few moments mixed some chemicals together and started to douse the camera film in the tray. “Not much now. Thanks for helping me to set up the dark room.” Maruki nodded, to suggest that it was not a problem.
“If I’m doing this right.” Fuuka said as she placed a sheet of paper into the tray, submerging it. “The photos should be ready soon.”
“We’ll be able to make copies of those when we’re done right?” “The operatives outside of Tokyo… and I guess here as well would like some visual aid of some sort when reading the reports.”
Fuuka started hanging the photos on the string, almost appearing like she was hanging laundry, but instead of leaving them out to dry in the sun, she was leaving them to dry in the dark and the red, almost the same conditions the photos were captured in mementos.
“Maybe, depends if this works out. Otherwise, this could be a big waste of our time.” Replied Fuuka. “Well, what about the other experiments?” Asked Maruki “I hear that-“. “They’ll proceed. Replied Fuuka.” “We need to test certain old possessions of Mitsuru’s work in cognitive spaces.”
“That’ll be up to the other operatives in the field yes?” “Yeah. Otherwise, there is something we need to work on.” “Would that be…?” “Yes. Aigis’s rig. It’s modified and has had its software updated. I haven’t read up on what it can do, but I’ll get to that.”
The two academic psientists continued their work into the evening.
6pm
A cafe somewhere in Shibuya.
\
Mishima was sitting in an open air cafe with a bag slinged over his shoulder. He kept his eyes out for an expected confidant. What he was not expecting who looked more like he belonged as a bison rancher in South Dakota, rather then a denizen of the urban sprawl of Tokyo city.
“You’re looking…”. “I know. How has your week been?”
“Ok. Hey, before you ask anymore, have you been working on the targets I gave you some time ago?”
Shinji paused for a moment to think up an answer. “The thing is, there’s a bigger fish we’re currently trying to catch. We haven’t had time so far to work on those.
Mishima was intrigued “Who may this big fish be?” “You’ll see. In a week’s time more or less.” “Remaining cryptic Shinji?” “Well, if we were in a less public space I would tell you.” “But you’ll have to kill me right?”
Both Shinji and Mishima remained stunned like deer in front of headlights in light of what Mishima said. “Pfffff- Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha!” Mishima then joined in the chorus of laughter.
“Alright. Alright. But in all seriousness. Trust the process. I think the gang can find some time soon to deal with the smaller ones, probably next week as well.
Shinji was about to rise out of his seat, to start to make his way back home. Only to then be stopped.
“Shinji, wait a moment can you?” Mishima moved forward to hand Shinji a brown paper envelope. He had an idea of what could be inside its coffee-toned construction. “I got them done in a darkroom at my place. I think it looks ok.”
Gesturing thanks to Mishima, Shinji walked off, not to home but to a place he felt was concealed and private enough to warrant a peek.
5 minutes later
At a toilet stall in Shibuya’s subway station, Shinji opened the envelope, inside were Polaroid photos, the photo captured not only the features of Shinji’s Metaverse kit and outfit but also did it in color. Staring at the posing leader of the Kelly Gang in Color and in a backdrop of an overwhelming purple and reddish sky, Shinji could only comment a few words.
“Not bad. Not bad at all.”
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Moon Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Saturday 1000 hours, 26/5
Tae’s clinic
Now playing: Butterfly Kiss, a cover by the Consouls
Tae sat at the reception of her hole in the wall clinic. She had only opened up a mere few hours ago. She could usually expect a few hours of peace before the inevitable patient booked in for their prescription, a check up or something of the like. It gave enough time to do work on that medicine that girl needed.
However, what had occurred instead was a not insignificant trail of people coming in, asking for medicine, pain killers, miracles, what have you. It was for the lack of a better word, strange.
“It must’ve been that girl’s father that put her clinic in the public word of mouth. Plenty of the people who came by were those in suits. Maybe he told his friends perhaps?” Thought Takemi. There wasn’t much to feel about it, not much overly negative or positive about the attention. A bit annoying perhaps.
Then the door rang for Takemi again. “Hello, how can I help you?” It wasn’t another suit. Instead it was her Guinea pig in his sky blue cattle rancher outfit, except without the hat.. Dressed for a modern retelling of the gunfight at the O.K Corral, except within the confines of a clinic owned by a Japanese medicine doctor.
Takemi couldn’t help but giggle. “Heh, you look like you’re ready to hold the place huh? All you’re missing is a hat.”
Shinji giggled as well. “Uh… about that.”
Not wanting to elaborate any further, Tae got to business. “You’re here for the tests yeah?” “Yup.” “Alright, you know the drill.”
It was routine, a checkup. But with an increased importance due to whom this medicine will be for. “So, have you been feeling anything abnormal recently?” Shinji replied. “I get the chills sometimes, but I don’t think its anything to worry about.” Tae quietly noted down Shinji’s comment. “Alright. You know what happens next.”
Shinji sat on his chair with the concoction in his hand. It smelled like rotting fruit or… well something unpleasant. No matter though. This was for someone else, not him, Shinji thought.
So Shinji drank the mixture. Shinji had no comment about the taste of the mixture, but thankfully it wasn’t because he had passed out or that the medicine was so terrible tasting that it had knocked the man out. It was simply that the mixture hadn’t.
Tae noted down the initial observations with a dispassionate zeal. Shinji couldn’t help but interpret it as motivation by obligation, something he can understand. “Alright. After some time under supervision, you can get your medicine and go enjoy your weekend Shinji.”
Fifteen minutes later
“So Shinji, how has school been?” “Is this one of those questions to determine if the medicine is making me woozy?” “Correct. But… also to see if my guinea pig is doing fine.” “Well, I have been pretty busy recently…” “Working hard?” “Yeah… at the same time, work work has been piling up. Though it’ll likely get better when summer rolls around.” “Right… Summer.”
Tae sighed. “I’m probably going to get an uptick in people coming to see me for pollen, heatstroke, or dehydration.” “On top of that, Working on Miwa’s medicine is top priority. It isn’t easy.” Shinji looked at Tae’s expression, her expression of disspasionate focus and zeal was being buried under a layer of tiredness.
Observing this, a sense of concern pained Shinji’s expression, it was brief, but Dr. Takemi noticed it and stopped letting on more. “It’s going to be worth it though. Making sure that kid can carry on with her life without worry. She’s got a life ahead of her, and she should be entitled to enjoy it.” Shinji listened intently.
“You’re too young to appreciate it now, but being able to enjoy your time as a kid’s a thing in short supply around here.” “You won’t be able to fully appreciate being young and healthy until you lost one or the other…, or both.” Shinji remained quiet, if only the doctor knew.
“I think so too. She’s in good hands.” replied Shinji. Tae stared at Shinji, it took a moment to figure out who he meant but when she did, a slight smile broke through the exhaustion and the aire of seriousness on Tae’s expression. Then it turned to a slight sorrow. “You know. I used to do this as a real career. I was developing a drug for a rare autoimmune disease. That was my responsibility at East Shinjuku hospital a while ago… Then someone used it without my supervision…” Shinji remembered. She mentioned somebody when the police was called here to the clinic. “Oyamada. Wasn’t it?” “Yes. Him. As a result, a patient died, and guess who he threw under the bus.”
Shinji turned serious. His posture tightened up as if his muscles had turned to stone, hardened. “The medical community of Tokyo even got a nickname for me, the plague doctor. Or for the lack of a nicer name, the plague.” It was at that moment Shinji’s blood had been ice cold, then turned to a boil. Which led to a disappointing lukewarmness which permeated throughout. Meanwhile, Tae’s expression of disspassionate zeal had instead turned to one of dejection recounting the incident. She instead was staring at some corner of the floor, in a form of shame. Tae was about to speak, only to be pre empted by Shinji.
“I think… all that matters is that Miwa still has faith in you.” Tae’s expression turned to one of slight shock, or at least Shinji interpreted it as such. “And also, if my participation is helping, I’ll keep coming over to help out… by being your…”
“Research participant.” Shinji paused for a moment. “Yeah.”
5 minutes later
“Alright, research participant. I think your test has provided some useful data and insight. The fact you didn’t pass out means the changes to the overall medicine are moving in the right direction. You can go now. Your medicine is in the plastic bag on the counter. Have a nice weekend.”
“Thanks.” As the cattle rancher exited the clinic, Tae moved over to the reception counter and settled into her chair.
Logging in new data proved to be a mentally fatiguing proccess after the recent uptick in visits. Perhaps some coffee or that curry from the boss was in order. As a small reward when work was over for the day Tae thought.
She peered over to the corner of her table which was concealed by the reception counter. She was peering into a framed photo, one which depicted much happier times in the past.
The picture depicted Tae in her university days, not fully smiling, but a smile nonetheless. She was standing next to others, a red-headed woman with glasses and a nervous expression, though decisively a positive one. A teal-haired woman with a braid, confident looking, holding several books in her arms. A man in a brown coat, also spectacled and with the same demeanor more or less as the redhead.
All while behind the four students was a taller woman, her seniority above the four was made clear. A mixture of tiredness, jubilation, dedication, and joy painted her face underneath her spectacles. Tae looked back at the times the photograph had framed in her memory forevermore and lamented to herself.
“God. I would kill to have a beer with you guys.”
DEATH RANKED UP!!!
End track
Afternoon 1400 hours, 26/5
Shadow Operatives HQ, the recreation room
Chidori and Yusuke sat in a room lit only by the bright sky and clouds of the Saturday afternoon, each facing their respective art canvas and sketchbooks. However, instead of painting a scene of their most recent excursion into Madarame’s palace, Yusuke and Chidori had the main focus of their respective works portray what was in front of them.
By request of Chidori, Aigis and Kotone were requested to be the focus of their respective works. The two sat on a couch which resembled the couches you see in a therapist’s office. The two agreed, thinking that their portrayal on canvas and paper would be what those inclined to
“romantic aspirations” called “cute”.
However, after about five minutes of keeping a pose, one of Kotone settling upon Aigis, in her embrace, almost cradled in her arms, even the robotic joints of the shadow exterminator turned human started to feel stiff.
“Chidori, Yusuke… When are you guys gonna be done?” “For the foreseeable future.” Replied Yusuke. “The essence and feelings present must be captured to their fullest extent.” Nobody wanted to assume, but after saying that, a sigh could be heard from Aigis. This was a patient reply from the shadow operative who was designed with endless patience.
It was then, that a knock was heard on the door. Exclaiming that they could come in, the door revealed Fuuka. Holding what appears to be a suitcase and a folder of some sort. “What is in the bag Fuuka?”
“Mitsuru wanted us to get more experiments done using the Cognitive space in Tokyo.” Fuuka explained as she settled the briefcase on a table. “This…” Fuuka opened the briefcase to reveal its contents “Is a portable record player. Mitsuru found it within her father’s possessions she inherited, and we’re working on a hypothesis.”
“Alright, what is it?” asked Kotone “What if technology can work in cognitive spaces without the need of plume of dusk?” “What if cognitive realms and spaces only disabled certain components of technology like microchips or circuit boards?” “An interesting hypothesis Fuuka,” commented Aigis
“Also, when Mitsuru heard what happened to Yusuke, she decided to also give Yusuke a present of sorts, a welcome to the family courtesy of her.” It was then that Fuuka brought out the folder, removing a blank vinyl from the folder. “She found these old records in her attic. She doesn’t know when or how, but the Kirijo family started collecting records anywhere they could find. Some of these are foreign language records, including Ukrainian.”
Yusuke’s ears perked. “May you play that please?” Fuuka nodded, she set the record down on the turntable, set the stylus on the record, and let the machine pick up the vibrations.
A somber yet defiant violin could be heard from the first few notes alone.
Now playing:Ой що то за шум учинився, performed by Petro Leshchenko
Fuuka took a chair and settled down on it, but as she settled down, The violins seem to cruise as the sound reverberated the room, however it had an unintended side effect. As the violins started to take pace, Aigis immediately rose up, lifting Kotone up, Holding her by the hands, the two started to dance.
Seemingly entranced by the instrumentality and guided by words that they didn’t understand, Kotone and Aigis glided and cruised around what space was available. It was electric. Seemingly powered by the electricity, the electric contraption bringing the voice and instruments of Ukrainian folksong, the electric passion found within the strings of the instrumentation. Aigis’s drive and innate passion for Kotone, whirring circuitry and mechanics kicking into gear as a blue hue started to emit off her construction.
Kotone had no such electric implements or charge, but her passion met Aigis’s passion electric with the passion of a fire that refuses to be put out. It was at this point where the dance met the music’s tempo and became a tango.
Yusuke and Chidori were entranced. After a moment of disbelief, their brushes and pencils immediately settled to paper or canvas, rushing to capture the charged moment of passion brought by music. “Yes… Yes…” Chidori commented, as her pencil crashed to paper, trying to catch up to the speed and pace of the tango and music. Yusuke was less restrained in his expression. “The passion… The genuine expression and unrestrained display of energy!!!” “I must grace my canvas with it!”
The room was possessed. Possessed with a fervor akin to a mosquito, ever persistently present and unapologetically driven by obsession. However, not of blood. A feverish passion had infected all in the room, except for Fuuka, who had all this time, sat witness to the most abrupt and unexpected display of passionate zeal and motivation which she had never bore witness to in her life.
“That was fun!!!” Exclaimed Kotone “I detect a general increase in heart rate and blood circulation across all those with the ability to do so in this room.” Then, the couple faced those tasked with portraying their tango on canvas and paper. “Well, how does it look?” asked Kotone.
“Words… Words fail me,” stated Yusuke. “He means that you see it yourself.”
Aigis and Kotone moved to see what Yusuke and Chidori had been working on for the last thirty minutes or so. Chidori’s sketch portrayed the form of their dance on paper with a pencil, but Yusuke had painted their tango with zeal but painted in color.
Bright, bold and contrast hues of light blue, bright yellow, and crimson red. The anatomy of Kotone and Aigis’s physical forms captured into dance were put onto canvas were in such detail that it expressed and communicated to all who saw the degree of physical prowess and endurance needed for such a dance. All while light, light of different contrasting colors seemed to emit from the features of Aigis and Kotone. From their hair, or the charged construction of Aigis’s form.
There was no words to be found by Aigis or Kotone, Yusuke was right, words had failed him as they had failed the both of them. A moment of genuine and authentic human expression of passions, motivations, emotions, and overall love and compassion was captured on canvas. Yusuke settled down on the chair he had been settled upon when he had captured a moment who’s charged energy might not be found again.
It was a pregnant moment before the two lovers could find a semblance of words to return with. Aigis found them after grabbing Yusuke for a tight hug. “It looks amazing Yusuke.” Said Aigis with not a hint of inauthenticness or a lack of genuineness. For the lack of a better phrase, Yusuke had went all out.
Before then, Kotone also came in for a hug. “It looks… oh my god.” Yusuke himself felt to a degree or another delirious. His creatively charged battery had been drained. In awe and to be witness of such authentic displays of emotion and passion had shaken Yusuke to the core. Needless to say, his mentally charged flow state had drained more then he could handle, and with two others hugging him tightly, he could only mumble out a few words. “I- I’m being choked to death. Help me Chidori-”
Evening, Saturday, Inokashira park
1700 hours
Now playing: Тоска, by Molchat Doma
Shinji remained sat at a park bench. He wondered why the boss needed him here at the park, instead of the gun shop to clean out each nook and cranny of soot, but he asked him to be here.
Shinji kept looking around for the man, but seemingly nobody was willing to wear an overcoat out in May, heh. Not like he did. Even the flash of the third eye didn’t do as much as make his spine and himself chilled. Not that he mind though, it was May.
It was then that his phone vibrated, a message.
Koko
Koko:Hey!!! What day are we gonna go to get my gun???
Shinji: Never thought you’d ask, lets go on Tuesday.
Koko: Also, Fuuka’s asking when she can pick up that medicine you bought for the raid.
Shinji:Tell her to come by tonight at the cafe at around 6pm. I’ll save a bowl of curry and some coffee if she likes.
Koko: Doing!!!
“Found you.” Shinji looked up from his phone to see Iwai in the flesh. Sliding his phone into his pocket, Shinji then asked Iwai a question “So. Why are we here.”
“A meeting’s gonna happen, Tsuda’s gonna try to call a favor on me to make up for his fuckup.” “What?” “Remember the deal, the one with the Hong Kong mafia?” “Yeah, what about that?”
“I did some more research and kept my ear on the ground. Turns out Tsuda fucked up on a colossal scale. All those millions of dollars meant for arms from Hong Kong? Gone. It was swindled.”
“Oh.” Shinji said in an almost revelatory tone. “He’s gonna try use a deal I made with him and the family as leverage for a favor.” “What favor?” “The one that got me out. So I can focus on raising Kaoru.”
“Do you think… He’s willing to get to Kaoru to get through you?” “Not out of the question I guess… depressingly.” “I’m taking measures to make sure that doesn’t happen.”
“This… This won’t do.” “What.” “This place is too open, he’ll be on edge and he would likely want to conclude the meeting as soon as possible.” “That’s why you called me here?” “Yeah. All the details regarding this meeting need to be perfect.”
“Say.” “Can I ask you a favor?” “Yes?” “Hey. Next time you come by, I need you to…
It was then that a phone was heard vibrating. It wasn’t Shinji’s, but Iwai’s. “Right. I’ll keep looking around for a space for the meeting, I’ll tell you later what I need you to do when I need it. Go enjoy your weekend. ”
“Alright.” As far as meetings went Shinji thought, this one was pretty short. Though that was good. He had one of his own soon at Leblanc.
6pm, Leblanc
25/5
“Just make sure to clean up after, I’m gonna go on a walk.” After instructing Shinji to clean up shop before closing, Shinji was left alone in the shop. After making sure that the Boss has left the shop for good, Shinji quickly scrambled to get a bowl of curry and a cup of coffee ready. In that, he managed to get a bowl ready, but not the coffee. It was then tha-
Ding!
The door rang, and on the otherside of the boundary which separated the cafe from Yongen Jaya and the rest of the world by extension, stood Fuuka.
“Hey Shinji.” Fuuka seemed shy, like she was back seven years ago. However, it was only just a month ago. And now Fuuka stood more tall and sure then she was then. “Ah… Take a seat Fuuka, I’m almost done with your dinner.”
Fuuka when she took her seat observed Shinji. She was glad that he was back, but having been the one who was alerted to Shinji’s apparent resurrection by Juno, and being a woman of science. A dose of healthy skepticism and curiosity were companions to her kindness and nature. “So Shinji.” “Mhmm?” “You’re not experiencing any of the effects of the PSDs ever since…”
“Yeah… At first, I thought it was still happening because it was cold… But that wasn’t me, it was the cold spring breeze. It got better as may rolled around.”
Shinji shot Fuuka back a question. “How about you, what did you do after my… demise by bullets.” “Well. I got a doctorate in cognitive psychology. I along with others got an education in the field of cognitive psience.” “Ok… ” replied Shinji. “Oh yeah, your coffee’s ready.”
Fuuka took note of Shinji’s manipulation of the kitchen to his will. In an uncanny way, the years hadn’t condemned his skills with a knife, a ladle or in making new dishes. Mortality didn’t seem to dimish his skills one bit.
“Thanks. Gonna need it for work tonight.” “Back to it… I don’t really know of it.”
Trying to sift through her memory of the Shinji he got to know for roughly two months before his demise, Fuuka could only really think of a few defining features which she had gotten to know him by. His cooking proficiency, a stoic exterior followed by a less stalwart interior, but… something was not right. No matter how much these qualities carried on to this… Whatever this was. It didn’t seem like Shinji was acting or fully matching the Shinji she knew.
“So Shinji.” “Yeah?” “How are you feeling?” asked Fuuka honestly. “What?” “How are you feeling?”
A moment of silent contemplation on Shinji’s end, and of anticipation on Fuuka’s side followed. Then, after an eternity which felt as long as it took for Shinji to return to the land of the living, he answered.
“I feel… Oh boy what do I feel…” “It’s ok, you don’t have to answer.” “No, Fuuka. I want to…” Shinji took a moment to think of what to say.
“Well. I don’t feel so horrible. Sometimes I get a chill or something. But overall, I feel like I haven’t done both the worst decisions of my life… I still feel responsible for them though.”
A moment was taken by both parties to process the weight of Shinji’s confession, only for Shinji to continue. “Kotone told you this. But I signed a contract with the old man with the long nose. Which was how I got back, said something about… a second chance.”
It was then that Fuuka stopped. “Wait wait wait. You mean Igor?” “Yes, how do you know?” Fuuka was about to explain. Though as she tried to find the words, a stream of memory came back to her. It stopped her in her tracks.
No words could come out. The only thing which left her system was tears. Shinji noticed.
“You ok? You don’t have to explain further.” Shinji handed Fuuka a napkin.
“No. You should know. You need to know.”
For the next five minutes, Fuuka summarised the events regarding the dark hour that followed after Shinji’s departure. All of which that followed, the shortlived jubilation after the destruction of the final full moon shadow. The destruction of that brief jubilation by STREGA, Ikutski, the revelations of what had occurred seventeen years past when death was sealed within Minato. The fall, and what came after…
“Shit. I’m… so sorry Fuuka.” “He spent an entire month staying alive to fufill our promise. That entire month was spent with his friends, if he had been slowly but steadily expiring… or already had expired. He didn’t let on, he didn’t look scared, everything seemed fine.”
“I-I know you two were close. Very close.” “Yes…. And I still love him. He spent all that time keeping it inside under wraps, so he wouldn’t make me or any of the others worry. He spent those last days… not telling me how much he loved me like his life depended on it, it was likely well over by that time, but keeping up appearances. So we wouldn’t think something was wrong.”
“We found out later why it had to happen. It didn’t make it easier though, even after knowing he was at peace.” “We- We drifted apart for a bit. Mostly to move on with our new lives the best we can… Surprisingly, we managed to do that.”
“Right.” “I got my doctorate, dove into cognitive psience. Then something happened which brought us all back together.”
“What would that be?” Shinji asked. “That… Is a whole different story, but to keep it short, it was how we got Labrys to join us, and Chidori became a full time member as well. We… We managed to get back together as a team… and as a family.” Despite the dreary account of the remainder of the year 2009, both Fuuka and Shinji managed to end the recollection of sorrow and loss with a slight smile in the end.
It took a moment of processing and peace, along with some curry and coffee, but a sense of calm had returned to the conversation. “Right. What were we here for again?” “The medicine.” “Right. I…”
As if forces beyond comprehension and without any concept of the absurd, the door of the stoor opened, ringing out. Fuuka and Shinji both peered towards the door, to see a woman, clad in a spiderweb dress. It was Takemi.
“Tae?!?!!” “Fuuka?” “Oh my god, where have you been all these years?!!?” “C’mon here!!” Fuuka stood up and approached the doctor to give her a hug. When it was done, Tae then turned to face Shinji “Small world huh?, also can I have the usual?”
As Shinji got to work on Tae’s usual drink, Tae and Fuuka sat together on the cafe counter, catching up. Hearing a little of what they had conversed, Shinji could hear a little bit about the history between the two women as he brewed Tae’s coffee. From the bits and pieces he heard, the two shared some classes in UNI, shared some of the same friends, and were in the same friend group.
“So, how’s Sumi? Maruki too?” “Uh… Sumi’s still working in Iwatodai… Maruki’s here actually.” “Holy shit. It isn’t all of us, but we should get together again, catch up.”
Tae got out her phone. “Right. Here’s my number, we can talk later and maybe get a drink together some time right?” “Sure.” replied Fuuka, smiling.
As Shinji handed Tae her coffee, she then exited the cafe. Both Fuuka and Shinji peering at her slowly disappearing into Yongen Jaya. “So… How did you first meet Tae?”
Shinji took the medicine Dr. Tae gave her for the upcoming mementos raid with the shadow ops in the following week and replied simply.
“Don’t get me started.”
Notes:
In my playthrough of P3R, I romanced Fuuka. This set the decision of why Fuuka and Minato are together in this story.
Well. As together as you can be despite the circumstances.
Chapter 43: два
Summary:
Dva
Chapter Text
Sunday, 26/6
1800 hours
Shibuya
Yoshida sat on a bench near the subway station in Shibuya. He sat eating a simple sandwich in one hand, while a phone was in his other hand. Then, a man in a red overcoat approached him, waving hello.
“You remembered!” exclaimed Yoshida. “Remembered what?” “Our agreement.” “Of course I did. It’s interesting to listen to you.”
Yoshida smiled with an expression that seemed to glow bright enough to color the night with his authentically positive expression. “Well. As for my introduction to anthropology class, I think I’ve succeeded in my goal of… making a good impression.”
Yoshida then showed an email inbox with notifications. “These are questions my students emailed me after each lecture. I’m still trying to answer all of these emails and questions, I still haven’t finished answering all of them.” Yoshida said while scratching his head. “That’s great.” “And it's partly thanks to you.”
Shinji shook his head. “All I did was lend my ear to you though.” “And that’s the least I ask from my students.”
A silence occurred as the pair sat quietly, observing the goings on in and about Shibuya. Until some loud rabble disturbed the peace. Directing their attention to its source, Yoshida and Shinji directed their gaze to a space around a flight of stairs leading down to the metro below.
It was a man on a soapbox. Nobody of particular importance or recognition to either of the two men, they could only hear so much but a few key lines, which made Yoshida’s expression sour.
“Societal decline!!!” “Law and order!!!” “Economic prosperity!!!”
“Nonsense…” commented Yoshida. “What?” “It’s nonsense. Pay them no mind.” “How so?”
“Well. Whenever you hear somebody talk about law and order, you ought to regard them with little to no regard.” “Why so? Rules are rules.”
“Rule of law is what these people should be concerned about. If they care about “the rules.”
“What’s the difference.” Replied Shinji with a slight tang of apathy. “Alright. As a history and sociology professor, here’s what the rule of law is.”
“Do you know the saying “nobody is above the law?” “Well, yeah I do… seen it in some movies.” “The full context of that phrase is left out. That saying refers to the concept that society and the state is ruled by law. All are and should be equal under the law. Instead of being a tool for rulers to govern and rule over people’s lives, it’s a…”
“A set of rules and standards we hold all members of society to account.” “Alright. What’s the point?” “When rule of law collapses it usually means a backsliding into despotism. Or dictatorship.” “If the law is more favored to some certain individuals, or it is used as a cudgel to beat people over with, you get tyranny.”
“Remember how I told you I lived in Prague?” “Yes.” “I got to meet a lot of people who told me what life was like under a system where the rule of law simply didn’t exist.” “The state didn’t enforce law to keep the peace, or quash corruption, or even keep “order” whatever it means.”
“It did so to maintain itself using the law as a tool, a stick to beat over people who the state and those who were at its apparatus thought were threats to its authority.” “You-you wanted to, let's say… play music for leisure, or play rock music. You get arrested.”
“What?” “There was this band called uh… Plastic peoples of the universe. They were just a bunch of kids who wanted to experiment with rock music. They were thrown to jail.” “Jesus.” Replied Shinji
“That’s why I don’t really like this line of… ‘law and order’” Yoshida said while gesturing air quotes with his fingers. “Really, from what I heard from Czechs who experienced such a system, people who shout a lot about law and order just want to use law as a stick to beat people they don’t like.”
“Hmm.” Shinji stared at the man on the soapbox. The more both him and Yoshida glared at him. The more disgust and distaste started to paint their shared expression.
“Czechia has thankfully moved on from such a state. It’s… gotten out of the eastern bloc pretty well actually. Which is better than what could be said for… some of its neighbors.”
“Are you… are you teaching this in your anthropology class?” “What? No no. That’s for the other classes. They start soon. What you need to know is that, unlike that individual over there who fails to understand. Law isn’t necessarily only a set of rules and principles to society and members of it to follow, but a set of standards. Standards of accountability which all should be enforced on all members of society.”
“And if it isn’t?” “That’s how you get something like oligarchy. Or worse.” “Right now I can say that at all levels of society and government of Japan… the rule of law is being put into doubt.”
“Hmmm. How… how do you feel about the Kelly Gang then?” “Who?” “Oh wait. The people who exposed that predatory gym teacher in that high school?” Shinji nodded.
“Well.” From what I heard. That sick man is an example of the rule of law being challenged. His status as an Olympic champion managed to allow him to subvert the standards of accountability and justice that the rule of law seeks to achieve.”
“As for the Kelly Gang… I’m not sure. I haven’t read up on them much.” Shinji redirected his gaze to the ground and hoped that the professor wouldn’t interrogate this line of inquiry further. .” “Seeing and hearing things like that. It’s… concerning.”
“Yeah. I get what you mean.” “Whatever happens now, I hope that justice is served. And that his victims can be brought justice and.. a shred of dignity back that was taken from them by that disgusting man.”
“Let’s hope so.”
SUN RANKED UP!!!
“Damn. I need to start getting back home now.” “See you soon Shinji.” Replied Yoshida, his authentic positive expression returning to his face.
Monday, 27/5
Shujin Academy
After school
Now playing:When the moon reaches for the stars, jazz cover by the Consouls
“So. What is it you need help with revising?”
After the exchange of quality coffee for assistance in revising for exams, soon to happen by the second week of June, Shinji and Sadayo Kawakami sat after school to revise certain aspects of the exam’s materials and content so he could pass.
“It's the civics stuff. I don’t get certain parts.” “Ok.”
As Mrs. Kawakami went over parts of the content that would be in the exam, Shinji noticed yet again the tiredness and strain occupying his teacher’s expression. It wasn’t looking good. She attempted to bury it with sips of coffee to cope, but it wasn’t enough.
“So, the government can generally be divided into several institutions, with each given a certain responsibility of government. Each balances each other out, which is why the term is called the separation and balance of powers.” “Alright.”
The more about civics, institutions, public participation and mechanics of government she explained and helped Shinji, the more Shinji couldn’t ignore or set aside the weariness his teacher and tutor expressed in her tired expression. A sense of… not pity but a sense of disappointment Shinji had at himself for being unable to deal with his own problems himself and having to put them on others.
Then, Kawakami’s phone rang, viewing its notification for a moment, she excused herself, noting that she needed to handle something and that she’ll be back.
It was then, when she rose out of her seat and then exited the room, that Shinji got out of his seat to stretch his own legs, but then noticed something on where Kawakami had been sitting.
It was a pink card, with some sort of text on it, an advertisement? “Maid service… Call number for a French maid to… Jesus.” Shinji cringed slightly. Was his teacher moonlighting? He’d understand if it was to pay the bills, he’d had to do his fair share of work to survive on the streets of Iwatodai, but something did not feel right.
Looking around, Shinji slipped the advertisement card between the pages of his teacher’s notebook, making sure nobody saw anything. She probably dropped the notice and if anybody else found it, there would be trouble.
Soon enough, Kawakami returned, to see Shinji seemingly just fiddling with his fingers. Nothing out of the ordinary. So then, Kawakami returned to where she left off, none the wiser.
And so they carried on, without a hitch, eventually finishing the study session with time and without much fuss.
TEMPERANCE RANK UP!!!
Monday, 28/5
Shibuya
After school
Two figures strolled through the main street of Shibuya. They stroll through the crowds like two auburn leaves on an autumn day, seemingly going nowhere. They however drifted seemingly towards a location of their own choosing instead of where the old dry winds sought to bring them.
“So she’s moonlighting.” “Yup.” “Well, that just seems normal compared to… Whatever we had for teachers back at Gekkoukan. Shinji smiled “Tell me about it.” “Hairy and smelly arse Edogawa, who didn’t give a damn about personal hygiene… A teacher who spends her time either getting drunk… or playing video games. A guy who constantly wears a samurai helmet and yearns for the time that the country was in a hundred years civil war…, and don’t get me started on “ him”. “Are they still working there? In Gekkoukan?” “Well… Not for long. Except for Mrs. Toriumi and Mr. Ono. They seem to be the ones actually doing their jobs.” “Hmm.”
Meeting up after school, Kotone and Shinji sought out to the gun store to get Kotone her Iron. A sense of excitement was present within Kotone, being able to spend more time with Shinji in light of everything that had happened. As for Shinji, Kotone had been a figure that represented a comfort of sorts, somebody he could feel secure and comfortable around, despite the ever-increasingly absurd circumstances surrounding him.
“Alright. Here’s the place.” Kotone approached the front door of the shop, but was stopped by Shinji before she could enter. “Oh yeah, before I forget to tell you. The shopkeep is a scary looking dude. But he’s alright. Just let me do the talking.” Kotone nodded. “Alright Shinnie. Lead the way.”
Inside Untouchables,
As Kotone entered the shop, she took note of the merchandise on the wall, then took note of the shopkeep, lounging on his steel chair with… What looked like headphones on, while reading a gun magazine.
“Yo…. Oh, it's you. Who may the miss be?” “She’s a friend, and a cosplayer, she's looking for props and I recommended her to this place.”
“Ok.. What do you want?” “I’m looking for an iron.” “Ok. Single, double action?” Kotone started to look overwhelmed. She didn’t know how guns work, apart from perhaps her evoker if that could somehow count.”
“She’s new to this whole thing. Mind if we just look around?” Iwai nodded and then settled back into his seat.
Kotone then breathed a silent sigh of relief, and then whispered into Shinji’s ear “You’re right, he’s an intimidating fellow.” “He’s nice when you get to know him.” replied Shinji, just as quietly.
The duo didn’t know this, but Iwai was smiling, for he had heard their exchange, despite seemingly wearing a pair of headphones.
The two browsed the shop, looking at a series of revolvers. It was only when she took a look at the revolvers supposedly chambered in .357 Magnum that bought her attention. A black revolver, with ordinance-certified steel, cold-hammered, brown wooden grip.
“That’s the Manhurin.” “The what?” “It’s French. If you want to try pronounce that, try saying ‘Man you’re wrong.’ but with a large piece of bread in your mouth.” “I got a friend who can speak French, I think I’m fine.”
“Manhurin makes great quality revolvers. Mostly because they make them for the best of the best of French law enforcement and counter-terrorism, the GIGN.” “I’ll take it,” replied Kotone. “Good. I’ll find you a holster, the cleaning and maintenance equipment, and a speedloader. Feel free to browse the shop for anything else which may interest you while I’m doing that.”
The pair did just that, Kotone seemingly in awe of the artillery on display, while Shinji stood by her side. Kotone then whispered into Shinji’s ear “I still think we don’t have enough firepower.” “Ok… On one hand. You’re right. But on the other hand, you’re carrying that long polearm-” “Naginata.” “Yeah. But it's gonna be heavy as hell.” The two continued browsing for something that might fit their circumstances. It was then that Shinji found something.
A small and short rifle made of wood and steel, seemingly compact and weighing like a feather compared to the long arms he and his crew used. “M2 carbine.” Shinji picked up the box and checked the weight. “Hmm. two and a half kilograms. Ninety centimeters.” Showing Kotone the carbine, she held it for herself. No visible struggle to carry the firearm was seen or perceived. “Looks good,” commented Kotone.
It was then that Iwai returned, with a holster and a speed loader, when Kotone approached the cashier with the carbine in hand. “Found something that caught your eye yeah?” “That’s an m2 carbine alright. It was made for those in noncombat roles or in certain specializations usually, on account of how light and mobile the carbine was, so think uh.. Truck drivers, machine gun crews, mortar batteries, HQ staff, etcetera. This is a variant with a select fire switch, to switch from semi-automatic fire to automatic fire with the switch. Since it fires a smaller carbine round, .30 carbine. Recoil should be manageable.”
“Alright, I’ll also take it!” Kotone said with added confidence.
“Thanks for the help.” said Kotone in thanks to the shopkeep “No problem. And, call me Iwai.” He said as he helped her pack the guns into a duffel bag for concealed carry. As he arose and let Kotone pack the rest of her purchase into the duffel after fitting the carbine inside in disassembled parts for easier carry,
End track
Shibuya, early evening
Now playing: A night wanderer, by MOSQ
Shinji and Kotone were now walking back, their recent purchases in tow, some drinks in hand, and with the ever-fading sun at their backs. They strolled back, leisurely chatting about what may come next.
“So, me and Aigis’s first show is gonna be in June…” “Yeah. Gonna be there to see it, don’t need to ask.” “Brilliant!” “Well… I think this is the part where I go and walk home and you go get back to your-” Kotone then stopped Shinji and wagged her finger. “Uh-uh-uh, we gotta go somewhere else before we even think about going home.”
“Whe- Where else do we need to go, I think we got everything from the medicine to th-”
At that moment Kotone started dragging Shinji towards… Somewhere. He wasn’t sure where, but by the behest of Kotone, he went.
“Where… Oh no. I see where you’re bringing me.” “You promised!” Shinji sighed. “Right.” Shinji knew where they were going. They were heading to karaoke. A sinking feeling of dread and anticipation was rising in Shinji as Kotone dragged him further to a rather uncertain adventure.
Track end
5 minutes later
“Right, we got enough time for a song, let's make the most of it.” “Uhhhh….. What-what are we gonna sing?” “Oh yeah… Hmmmmmm.” A moment was needed for Kotone to think of something. Drawing through her memory, something struck.
“Remember when I asked you to do that Lotus Juice impression?” “Uh…” It took a moment to remember, but he did. Shinji sighed. “It was a contest Junpei made up. Didn’t I or Minato sound more like the guy?” “Yup!” “I got something for you.”
Scrolling through the table kiosk, Kotone found something that Shinji might manage to complete without shriveling up of self-embarrassment.
Now playing: Touch that, by Lotus Juice
Nervous anticipation filled the booth, with Kotone sitting with awed anticipation and with a filming camera at the ready, awaiting the performance of vocality Shinji could bring, and needless to say Shinji himself sitting with nervous anticipation with the microphone. The sound of pianos waltzing among the booth.
With the first few stanzas taken by Shinji to gain his bearings, Kotone was excited to see Shinji scramble to meet the pace of the lyrics composed and synchronized with the keys and the drum beat. But then, after some struggle, that angst when scrambling for his bearings was instead exchanged for a side of confidence by the end of the beginning stanzas.
“I talked to life, I walked the life, I stalked the life, sometimes stalled in life-”
“Wasted my life, then I tasted my life, yo I hated my life but I changed it my way aight.”
An air of confidence instead replaced whatever nervous anticipation had resided in Shinji.
“Sometimes it's raining, sometimes it's raining days… Sometimes it's so blue, sometimes it's a jet blue sky! Sometimes it’s raining-raining, sometimes it's rainy days, sometimes it's so blue.”
“ But I wanna touch it when its so blueberry sky ho !!!
“Throw it up and touch that sky! Throw it up and touch that sky! Never let your dream take you down, instead let your dream elevate to that sky high. so sky high. So high. So sky high! So high. So sky high. Touch that sky. sky. high.”
Wanting a piece of the podium, Kotone then took the mic and started singing the next few stanzas herself.
“I feel like I was born to entertain- why I entered the game my focus is the art instead of fame- bullet trains of thoughts I don't even know let the beats collide with it cruising the flow- Every outro leads to intro and my new flows got fresh juice like bistro- I stacked it for a while time for withdraw / each sounds paint a picture like jigsaws- Treating life the same, missing pieces- sometimes it's nice, swiss cheeses- hard times does come with no eases- sweetness after bitter so reeses.”
With determination now, Shinji regained the mic in order to sing the last stanza and chorus.
“Never constant good it's constant change- gymnastic brain flexible to change. newness always outlawed as strange- I don't care go ahead man, label me deranged”
Although unintentional, Kotone’s choice of a song moved and brought forth something deep within both of them. As the verses kept flowing off each other's tongues, a sense of congruence had infected the booth. During the ever-shining colorful lights that lit the dim booth, the two seemed to exude a color that did the same as the light.
Stemming from a genuine self-understanding shared between the two, no words needed to be shared between each other, for the poetic construction of verses combined with impeccable instrumentality which Lotus Juice had synergized together.
By the end of the song, the two couldn’t help but smile and grin at each other. “That was awesome Shinnie! You should do this more something, maybe we could bring Aigis… Or the whole crew too!” “Heh. Maybe.”
Then, both their phones started to ring. Both Kotone and Shinji received a message.
6:00pm
Shadow Ops+Notdeadboi
YukaTan Peninsula:Where r u guys? Arent u supposed to be home now???
TopGunBattleAxe:Yeaa, where are you guys???
Kotone giggled, then showed Shinji some pictures she had taken of him while he was singing. She was about to send the picture, but Shinji objected. Not because he didn’t want photos of him singing out to the group, but for a different reason altogether.
“Wait.” Shinji then took his phone, raising it high with the camera open and ready as well. “Oh!” Click!
Deployed Shadow Ops+Notdeadboi
N.D.B:Selfie.png
Robogay:Are you two at karaoke?
Without me?????
Koko: We’ll invite you next time Aigis darling
BaseballHimbo: Holy crap!!! Looking cool Shinji!!!!
Koko:I got more
PNG.1
PNG.2
PNG.3
FuukyFuukFriday: Has anybody told you Shinji that you are an extremely photogenic individual?
N.D.B: First I’ve heard of it.
FuukyFuukFriday: Well, get back home soon, we’re still making preparations for tomorrow.
Koko: Of course!!!
FuukyFuukFriday: And get some rest, Shinji.
N.D.B: I aint a kid you know
FuukyFuukFriday: You aren’t even old enough to buy a beer.
BaseballHimbo: HOLY SHIT
BaseballHimbo: THATS AGIDYNE
NASTY
ArtEmoGothGal: It isn’t the burn you think it is honey
ArtEmoGothGal: But still, get some rest Shinji :)
N.D.B: Fine, see yall tomorrow.
It was at this point where Kotone put her hand on Shinji’s shoulder. “See you tomorrow Shinnie.”
Track end
Tuesday 28/5
After School
Garden
Lounging on the roof, Shinji sat on a steel chair, acting as company for Haru, currently tending to her garden before leaving for Shadow Operatives HQ. A harvest of the crop had occurred, and the sowing of a new amalgamation of seed was occurring. To break the monotony, conversation was being exchanged between the lieutenant and commanding leader of the Kelly Gang.
“So everything’s in order?” “Yeah Haru. We just gotta make sure they dont take out their own eye.” “I see. Also, can you pass the trowel?”
Haru and Shinji remained in silent garden work. That was, until Haru brought up a thought. “Hey Shinji?”
“Yeah?” “Remember… The train accident?” “Yeah. All I remember is my head wanting to explode, what about it?” Haru remained quiet. But Shinji figured out what was on her mind. “It’s about the guy who did it huh?” Haru nodded. “I know the shadow operatives… your friends said they’ll work on bringing them in… but what if the perpetrator… or perpetrators can’t be found?”
“Hmmm.” Shinji thought for a moment. Haru had a point, if the Kelly Gang remained undetected and confidentially secure thanks to their methods, the same could be perhaps said for the psycho who felt the need to derail a train. Although he had confidence in his friends in sniffing out whoever it may be… The difficulty of the task now perhaps seemed comparable to finding a needle in a stack of needles.
“Well. I don’t think it's gonna be easy, but somebody’s gotta do it… and I think my friends are up to the task.” “I’m worried, Shinji. If there’s perhaps a… reason or an agenda perhaps behind these… metaverse murders… We need to tread carefully.” Haru’s thoughts were expressed both verbally and by the continued stabbing of potted soil with a trowel.
“Yeah. You’re right. Even then, if it's just one deranged fool... or a few more… We’ve got an army.” Seemingly affirming and agreeing with Shinji’s assured conclusion, Haru patted the soil of one of her plants. A seed was sown. Not simply a plant in the making, or a metaphor regarding the future and lots of other things, but an affirmation and a self-confirmation that there will be a future worth sowing.
Shinji then checked his pocket watch. “It’s time. Let’s go.”
At around the same time…
Shadow Ops HQ
While Haru and Shinji were making their way to S.O hq, the scene in the living room was one of hustle. As the afternoon sun shone through the veiled windows, green shadow operatives with a degree of struggle attempted to bear their weapons amidst their conventional weaponry.
While Yusuke, Chidori, and Labrys struggled little in packing their gear and weapons, those encumbered with heavier arms were fumbling.
Struggling with fitting BAR magazines, the long automatic rifle itself, and a longsword all on his person while half kneeling on the floor,, Junpei petitioned for some help. “Hey… Yukari? Some help?” “Sorry. Don’t got more room.” “Why… Why can’t you store some of 'em in you-” “No! My quiver’s already full with my arrows.” “Awww…”
Koromaru, approached the batter, encumbered only by his small pack and orange jacket. BARK BARK BARK!!! “What is it boy?” Aigis stepped in to translate. “He offers to hold a magazine in his jacket for easier carrying.” “Well, I would like to… but I don’t want to weigh down our strongest soldier ehh?”
RUFF Aigis then stepped in. “He says, ‘I thought you were the strongest… Or was it Akihiko.’” “Hey!!!”
Giggling and laughing on the couch, the rest of the shadow operatives, sitting, fitting weapons and magazines, started to laugh at Junpei, seemingly arguing with Koromaru barking back, while Aigis stood by translating Koromaru with a blunt face, barely managed to hold back a slight expression of laughing.
Ten minutes later
Ground floor of the Kirijo penthouse
“You think they forgot we’ll be here?” “Probably not, Haru.”
Standing outside the penthouse on the ground floor, the pair wondered if and when the shadow ops would let them in. The intercom remained strangely silent. Which wasn’t that way last time.
“Ah fuck this, let's find the fire staircase and go upstairs.” “Are you sure this is a good idea, Shinji?” “It’ll be fine. I sent them a message, they’ll know it's us.” Moving around the building, the two found a staircase that led upstairs. Scaling the stairs meant for fire emergencies, the climb, demanding on the legs of the two, eventually forced them to take a break.
“Shinji… Let’s stop here for now…” Sitting down on the stairs which linked to a doorway leading to a certain floor, the two rested for a moment. Afterward, the two decided to explore the certain floor they had found themselves on. Letting her know that he won’t be long, the leader of the Kelly Gang went off to wander.
Now playing: Tranquility, reloaded
“Shinji, do you think…?” “We’re disturbing? No. I think they own the entire building... The shadow ops I mean.” “Well, if we aren’t disturbing, I guess we could find the nearest elevator and get to the penthouse from there.” The two continued wandering through the long hallways until they were greeted by two closed doors. Pushing their weight against either, the two found something that was the last thing they expected, but certainly did not surprise Shinji at the least when the initial shock of discovery was overcome.
A swimming pool, a large one, surrounded by a floor made of wooden boards, which had company in the form of a jacuzzi and several seats purposed for lounging. The pair looked beyond the swimming pool itself, this pool was built on the fifteenth floor, and as a result, the pool towered in and around the skyline of Tokyo city itself, seemingly above and beyond the hustle, bustle, sprawl, concrete, and claustrophobia that were features of the grounds around the penthouse.
A BBQ station stood by the side near some of the lounging chairs. Observing the station with interest, Shinji thought to himself. “It wouldn’t be too hard.”
It was then that suddenly out of the blue and within the backdrop of the jet blue sky, Yusuke appeared. His lever action rifle slung over his back, and his Gasser big iron on his hip. “We just received your message. I just came from the ground floor to let you two in.”
Haru, admiring the horizon of Tokyo city by a horizon blue background wasn’t answering Yusuke, but Shinji was. “Sorry. We let ourselves in through the fire stairs.” “Oh. Well, the operatives are awaiting your arrival upstairs Shinji.” “Say… Yusuke?” “Hmmm?” “You ever been to a pool party? Or a barbecue?” Yusuke took a moment to process what Shinji meant.
“I’ve seen them on TV and movies… But I have not experienced such myself.” “Haru. That’s it, after we destroy Madarame’s palace we’re doing a barbecue. C’mon.” Without a hitch or indicator, Shinji started moving towards where Yusuke had entered to leave to the penthouse.
“Wh- Wait Shinji!!”
Haru came rushing behind, trying to catch up. A moment after processing what Shinji had planned in store for himself, the Kelly Gang… and the Shadow Operatives as well, Yusuke simply smiled and followed the two back from when he came from. The future was looking Horizon blue.
Chapter 44: Три
Summary:
Tri
Notes:
This excursion into mementos was long enough to warrant it being split into two parts, expect the second half soon.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
28/5 Tuesday
Shadow Ops HQ 1630 hours
As the three Kelly Gang members entered the penthouse, the three noted the sight of their S.O comrades still fitting themselves with the gear they could carry. Noting down from those seemingly eager and ready to those still struggling
Kotone. Radiantly smiling, her M2 slung over the shoulder and her long Naginata. Magazines were stored in a carrying pouch/bundle attached to her belt, while her iron was stored in a brown leather drop holster on her side, and a white holster was slung on her left side in a cross draw. All of these stood in contrast to a black shirt and jacket, derived from the old designer SEES gear, but with the addition of a neckerchief.
Her companion and lover, Aigis, stood by Fuuka, who had finished loading her pack and kit. The both of them would be sharing the load on auxiliary and support equipment. Aigis herself was debating with Fuuka about how much they both can handle in terms of either weight/load, or the limits of her machinery. Fuuka herself remained calm, her teal hair tied in a braid. Like the others she was in her assigned SEES-derived gear and headset.
“I’ll take that off you Fuuka, I insist.” “That’s Mitsuru’s, you better take delicate care Aigis.” “I will, I am just undergoing concern regarding the load you carry.” “I appreciate it, Aigis.”
Then there were Chidori, Labrys, and Koromaru. They seemed to hold themselves without struggle. Chidori herself was adorned in the dress which was her trademark when she used to be associated with STREGA, but instead it was pitch black and modified to have deep pockets (thank god). A neckerchief of pure crimson red which matched Aigis’, and both her MAS rifle and ivory holster containing an evoker slung on her.
Labrys remained in her aviation jacket, however, she had picked up Shinji’s old trench gun and her trusty Lancaster pistol on her side. She seemed the next most enthusiastic shadow operative to be here, apart from Kotone, and Koromaru, who is always excited for another mission. Even with a single BAR magazine in his attached backpack, adjusted for his size.
Finally, there was Yukari, trying to assist Junpei in sorting his weaponry. He had on his person a slung Browning Automatic Rifle, long sword, and evoker all encumbering the batter. While Yukari has forgone firearms, seeming to instead encumber herself with bombs, hand grenades, and molotov cocktails instead while seemingly unbothered by the added weight and possible fire hazard. Junpei seemingly struggled to fit the long automatic rifle, long sword and evoker on his person.
“I’ll help you with that, hold on.” Haru approached Junpei, helping to make the fit less awkward and survivable.
Shinji observed all the operatives. All were dressed in their finest. All were wearing neckerchiefs for some reason… He approached Kotone to ascertain why,
“Hey Koko?” “Yeah, Shinnie?” “Why’s everybody wearing neckerchiefs?” “Oh… Yusuke was wearing one as his mask, we talked about it last night when we were sorting through our gear… We thought we might need to also keep our identities secret too if we’re coming with you.” Kotone then donned her Neckerchief on her face, concealing the lower half of her face. “Besides, we look cool in them as well.” Shinji was nodding along while listening.
“Alright.” Shinji himself grabbed his gear, as did Haru. His Browning auto five, Smith and Wesson, while Haru decided to leave her machine guns behind, taking Ann’s former Tommy gun instead. She wouldn't be in a physical place to argue anyway, and her body had already worked a fair bit from gardening. She also happened to be carrying a spare bag which when rattled sounded like glass and aluminium.
“Everybody check your weapons and ammo!“ Shouted Shinji “We leave in a minute!“ Then shouted Haru
Acknowledging the warning, Maruki, who had been standing back and behind the crowd of assembled fighters, psyching themselves up for what was to come. Meanwhile, Fuuka walked to Maruki to then pass him a piece of paper. It read out this.
TAE IS IN THE CITY. WANTS TO MEET FOR BEERS. HERE’S HER NUMBER.
Smiling, Maruki then walked back to his room, carrying both the paper with Takemi’s number and grabbing his phone. He then disappeared with the door shut.
A moment later
Outside the bowels of Mementos 16:31 hours…
0 hours 0 minutes
Approaching the ultimate precipice before their dissent into mementos, the three Kelly Gang members and six shadow operatives stood by as their leader and his lieutenant stopped to unpack several bags. “Taras, Battleaxe, help us unpack these.” “Shore Shinji. What’s in the bags though?”
The two then helped unpacked the large bags to reveal empty cans, unused plant pots, glass bottles, and other fragile pieces of “recycled” trash. As the other shadow operatives instead curiously observed as Shinji, Haru, Labrys and Yusuke were huddled together, unpacking something. They then saw Shinji turning around to address them.
In a muffled voice thanks to his mask, the bushranger elaborates. “Before we go in, we’re going to help develop some confidence with your new weapons.” The operatives, seemingly lining up as in military file, were curious as to Shinji’s proposition.
Junpei then raised his hand. “Yes Herald?” “Are we gonna be fine though?” Kotone then elaborated further “Aren’t we just gonna use them to make a lot of noise when the raid on Madarame’s palace happens?”
“Well, Agriope… Herald. You may think you know how to use your weapons…” It was at that moment when Haru held three empty soda cans in her grasp. “But.” Shinji then drew his Smith and Wesson. At that moment Haru started chucking the three cans at the red sky above.
At that moment, the world turned from red to black to Shinji’s eyes, time slowed down to a sluggish crawl, and he could see the shadow operatives were barely processing the sudden flight of three cans of Coke or Fanta soaring in the sky. Before the watching shadow operatives turned their heads up high to observe the flight of the three objects Haru had chucked, Shinji focused his revolver at the flying objects above and with his left hand on the hammer, fanned out three shots.
Each shot hit home or was in the process of finding their marks, Shinji could observe the flight of the bullets and the ripples in the air as they sped along to their targets. The chill in his body and incessant ticking noise did not bother him in the slightest.
From the perspective of the shadow operatives, only a second had passed, marked by three loud shots. It had been a literal flash, but there were now bits and pieces of aluminum falling from the sky, and smoke coming out of the barrel of Shinji’s revolver.
In awe, but mostly shock at how fast the “hat trick” which Shinji with help from Haru had carried out, started a round of applause for the Bushranger and his lieutenant. “Before we go down, we’re gonna spend about ten minutes here setting them up and knocking them down. Get yourselves used to your weapons and how to manage them.”
It wasn’t long until the grounds before Mementos were filled with small hills of spent brass, alive with the sound of incessant gunfire.
“Straighten your back, keeps the gun from jumping Agriope… and also… keep that posture it's good for you.”
As the commotion continued, Haru and Shinji advised upon some of the Kelly Gang’s experience with combat of an excessively loud nature.
“Pace yourself Battleaxe, you only got so many shells in the tube magazine, and lead your targets a bit.
Bit by bit the familiarity of the shadow operatives with the weapons of the trade that the Kelly Gang utilized was seen evidently by the small mountain of broken glass and twisted metal not so near the hills of smoking brass. Occasionally, an error or mistake occurred in the form of jams, failure to feed, or the almost accidental removal of facial features by recoil.
“Gah! It almost hit me in the face!”
“Keep that BAR under control Herald. Fire in smaller bursts for easier recoil, also don’t do that, ever.”
“Try working the handle to clear tha- Yeah! There you go Agriope.”
Yukari, Fuuka, Aigis, Yusuke and Koromaru stood by the side, observing Kotone, Junpei, Chidori, and Labrys get accustomed to their hand-me-down firearms from the Kelly Gang, it was a loud ten minutes, surely the shadows which lurked in mementos heard the commotion. Whether they’d quiver and shake in the face of persona users armed to the teeth with as much firepower that they could carry shall be seen very soon.
“Alright, cease fire on the firing line!!!” Shouted Shinji “Ok, that’s good. Let’s go down now. “
Rushing up to Shinji’s side, Kotone with her carbine in her grasp and a fist pumped to the red skies above then shouted out “LET’S GIVE ‘EM HELL!!!”. In the same vein, tone and volume, the rest of the shadow operatives echoed Kotone’s call to violence. Echoing down into the tunnels below, certainly heard by the shadows there.
In Mementos, 16:31hours…
0 hours, 5 minutes
As the group marched down to the beast's maw, Kotone flickered momentarily, then reminded her colleagues… “Operatives!” Shouted Kotone, “Masks on!” At that moment, the operatives within them except Koromaru then donned their Neckerchiefs as masks, obscuring the bottom halves of their faces. Koromaru, feeling left out, made a whimpering whine until Labrys donned the pup her pair of aviator sunglasses to a similar effect. ROFF ROOF!!! The neckerchiefs concealed them, but all operatives were smiling at the sight of Koromaru wearing shades in the dark conceptualization of hell within Tokyo’s subways.
“Shinji?” asked Fuuka “Are we gonna spend most of the time walking back down to where we were before?” Shinji, considering an answer to Fuuka’s query, replied. “Good question.” It was then when Shinji leaned upon the railing of a supposed subway station, that a bright light seemingly appeared in the abyss of mementos.
It was a train. Similar to the one that allowed the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives to exfiltrate the area during their first mementos incursion. The sliding doors creaking open, Shinji scouted the inside with the dark barrel of his revolver surveying the interior. When it was determined that no danger was found inside the train, Shinji signaled to the group of anxiety-filled persona users behind him, except those who went to mementos with him a month ago. One by one, they shuffled inside the train. The only words of dissent being from Aigis.
“Shinji. I detect no immediate danger, but is it advisable to enter this rogue train car?” “The last time we entered one of these, it brought us back to the surface when we needed to extract.” “Would you compare this to the teleporters of Tartarus?” “... Maybe.”
Seemingly now at ease, the group then took their seats or simply settled down on the floor of the train without need for the plastic seating on the sides. Yusuke, seated between Haru and Fuuka, who was shuffling through some sort of equipment, then out of curiosity asked “I’m sorry, what’s Tartarus?”
For a moment everybody except Labrys, Fuuka, Haru seem to freeze. As if roused to attention. Even Koromaru, who had curled into a comfortable position on the lap of Labrys to get some shuteye, then was roused awake, though nobody could see through the shades he had worn. “Oh uh……” Haru tried to answer Yusuke’s question. She remembered Shinji explaining what it was to her, but it was on the tip of her tongue. She couldn’t remember for the life of her, as that conversation was almost a lifetime ago.
Then, Fuuka spoke up. “Tartarus is… was a cognitive space. Similar to Mementos. It would materialize every night at midnight at a twenty-fifth hour of the day.” She explained “We all worked hard and sacrificed to destroy the tower. I can tell you later about it Yusk- I mean Taras. But all you need to know is that we destroyed it.”
Haru, trying to remember Shinji’s accounts of the tower, then remembered. “Weren’t there people who got lost… or brought into Tartarus? Kelly told me about that.” Fuuka was roused herself, and faced Haru with an expression of focus and intimidating indifference… which then turned to one akin to jest and of veiled slight malignance. “Yeah…” Fuuka said with a smile. “I was.” in an almost callous tone. Haru could only observe Fuuka’s expression with shock and a slight uncertain concern…
Fuuka, seemingly concluding Haru’s line of inquiry, then tossed Aigis an object from her pack. “We’ve got time until we get off, can you play that for me Aigis?” “Sure.” Opening the briefcase she offered to safe keep for Fuuka during the trip, she revealed Mitsuru’s mobile record player, placing it on one of the subway seats and after assuring herself that it was on stable footing, Aigis then placed a vinyl on the player, cranking the device for a moment while observed closely by the other inhabitants of the train car, she then lowered the turntable needle upon the vinyl and let the music play.
Now playing: Were you foolin, by Bob Causer and his Corneliand, and Russ Morgan.
As the first notes of a trumpet were heard, then accompanied by an almost silent drumbeat, the inhabitants of the train car were amazed. Music? In a cognitive space? That was unheard off. To their knowledge, Mitsuru’s old record player didn’t have a plume of dusk embedded within its confines. Yet the record clearly read the record, converting the vibrations from the needle’s embrace of the record into electric signals, amplified into sound. A chorus of rejoicing, impressed operatives, amazement, and awe reverberated the train car. “Delphi!!! How did you get that to work??? I thought that technology couldn’t work in cognitive spaces?!!?” Expressed Labrys
Fuuka explained the hypothesis she and Maruki had been formulating. “We hypothesized that the effects of cognitive spaces perhaps affected only certain modern components of our tech. We thought it was perhaps semi-conducters that were the problem. It seemed that some research had been done into this when Tartarus was still around, but we’re the first to really put it to the test.”
“We simply distinguished two types of tech which worked and didn’t work in cognitive spaces. ‘Dumb devices, and smart devices.’ We divided these two categories by a cutoff point, which was the 1970s.”
“Semi-conductors only started being utilized in tech around that decade, so we’re testing technical equipment in the decades before that. If we’re right, we could improve operations with better communication, mobility, or additional capabilities that could be of use.”
“You’re a genius Delphi.” Retreating to a humble and positive expression, Fuuka then simply replied. “It wasn’t just me. Maruki helped out with formulating the theory. We’re still working on a working name for it though.”
With expanded knowledge, the group of persona users then enjoyed the music for the duration of the train ride. Despite the hellish backdrop seemingly passing by them just outside the windows, except for Fuuka. Busily scribbling down notes on a small pad of paper.
End track
0 hours, 20 minutes 16:31 hours…
As the train slowed down to a stop at a nondescript station deep down, the doors creaked open yet again, allowing the group to exit.
They found themselves in a station like the one they had entered and boarded the train in, but now instead found themselves within the second layer of mementos, a darker more malicious feeling area compared to the hellish backdrop above.
Scaling on top of the seats, Shinji and Haru briefed the troops. “Alright. We are searching for two targets today. Our goal is to steal their respective treasures, and then we’re going to exfiltrate.”
“We will split ourselves into two groups, each led by a wildcard.” “But Olga, how will we maintain communications when split apart?” Asked Aigis. “That's where I come in.” Stated Fuuka, now stepping forward.
“I can stay here and provide support, along with being the bridge between the two groups. I can pass information between each, I just need somebody to stay around here and keep security around the place.” Koromaru then leaped from the crowd. “That’s a good boy!” Exclaimed Labrys. Fuuka then again exclaimed “You still might wanna dedicate a runner each for your teams, in case communications got disrupted, or you need spare supplies and ammo.”
“You’re so lucky I’m holding all the treats my little hellhound.” Fuuka spoke in an adorable tone to Koromaru. “Right, with that settled, I want Battleaxe, I want Herald, and I want Taras as my runner, can you do that?” Yusuke nodded in compliance.
“Agriope, you get to take the rest with you, I’ll help you out and be your runner.”
Explained Olga
Sorting into their separate groups, Shinji saw his runner Yusuke mount his spectral horse. Followed by Labrys, seemingly cracking her joints in spite of her robot construction, followed by Junpei and his BAR. While Kotone saw the love of her life Aigis, her assistant Haru, Yukari, and Chidori pass her by, ready to follow her into the fray. All while Fuuka and Koromaru stood at the station platform, Fuuka already in the confines of Juno and Koromaru on guard by her side.
It was then that the pup saw both teams split ways, Kotone’s team heading upwards towards the way they had come from, backtracking a portion of the way they came from to search for one of the two targets, and deeper into the depths for Shinji’s team. Both disappearing from his view from his left and right flanks.A whiny of concern came from the pup. Unaware of his surroundings.
Until a small cushion with a biscuit on top was placed by his feet. “RUFF!” Fuuka, holding a small bag, then knelt over to scratch Koromaru’s head. “They’ll be alright Koro. They aren’t easy to handle.”
Agriope’s team 16:31 hours…
0 hours, 40 minutes
Moving upstairs, Kotone’s team took their time in navigating the floors. Methodically, they swept the areas destroying packs of shadows one by one with efficiency.
The newly acquired firearms expedited the process. Silent flights of arrows pierced through shadows like lightning, while single deafening shots from the team’s rifles, or a burst from a tommy gun or of 9mm from Aigis reverberated the tunnels like thunder.
However, a shared concern was growing between Aigis and Kotone. And it didn’t take long for them to aire them to eachother, as lovers in functioning relationships do.
“Hoplite?” “Yes?” “Have you gained any new personas recently?” “No Agriope. None as of yet.” “That’s concerning.” “I believe so. If we can’t gain new personas, we cannot utilize theurgy. We are at a severe underadvantage.” “No…” Kotone ended the exchange sounding slightly depressed. Her carbine rifle drooping down with her and Aigis’s disposition.
It was then Yukari who popped into the conversation. “That’s alright, I can still use mine. And I’m pretty sure everybody else as well. We can figure something out for you two lovebirds.” Chidori then passed by “It’s ok. You two are still the strongest persona users in the organization. I would know from first hand experience.” Wondering what she meant, the two lovers then remembered the night they forced STREGA, or what was left of the organisation, to reside in Tartarus for the remainder of their short lives. A price was paid, but Junpei and Chidori had gotten better.
They were then roused to attention by a whispering Olga. “Girls. There it is.” Haru was leaning around a bend, watching the length of a stretch of tunnel, which led to a wormhole, streaming in black and red. “Our target should be in there. Everybody ready?” Nods and affirming gestures were exchanged among the group, however, a halt was issued by their leader Kotone. “We should let Delphi and by extension, the rest of the crew know our status first, then we go in.”
The station
Fuuka sat within the confines of Juno. Her eyes closed in deep concentration. A deep sense of anticipation had been ongoing. Her instincts grasped at the possible situations the two teams could find themselves in. So far, nothing too distressing, or stress-provoking had disturbed the peace, but the mental rehearsals in her mind, running over what response was needed for each plausible situation.
Upon request, she could grant support in the form of reading enemy vulnerabilities, support in the form of temporary strength, speed, barriers etc.
In the event of the teams running low, she could strap Koromaru or herself with supplies from food, provisions, and medicine, and send him to ferry them to those in need.
In the event Aigis needed more munitions, she and Koromaru were prepared to drop everything, strap several belts of ammunition on their person, and sprint to her to deliver the needed ammunition.
These rehearsals of the mind brought a sense of collected and coolness to her mind she needed to not physically crack under the pressure of the circumstances. It smothered her like the blue waterlike glass of Juno painted a calming deep blue.
Almost like him.
*Crackle* “Delphi? *Crackle* This is Agriope. We have found the first target. I say again, we have located the first target, and we are now about to engage. Over.”
*Crackle* “This is Delphi. Acknowledged, support on standby. *Crackle* Will pass it along. *Crackle*
Deeper within Mementos
Kelly’s team 16:31 hours
0 hours 41 minutes
Now playing:Full Force Forward, heavy metal remix by A. Yarmak
If Kotone’s team of persona users were built on the experience of an extreme form of adaptability and responsiveness in order to exploit any weakness or vulnerability inherent to the enemy thanks to the power of the wildcard, the other directional extreme, literally and figuratively, was taken by Shinji.
A deluge of fire, and a trail both led the way for Shinji, and crew, and left a trail of destruction, shadow gore, ejected grenade safety pins and spoons, and charred portions of the tunnels from formerly spreading fire.
“Trismegistus!!!” * Crash!!!* A fire had surged forth towards an unsuspecting shadow, out of the caress came several more shadows. Accompanying the fire was an advancing Yusuke on horseback, galloping towards the fire, Shakhsha in hand.
The sound of the slashing and scattering of shadow matter reverberated throughout the tunnels. “Keep moving!” A shout came from Kelly, then it was followed by another cry from Battleaxe.
“We got more coming!!!” BLAM-CHUNK!-BLAM-CHUNK!-BLAM “Our behind is about to fold in on us!”
The two boomstick-wielding gunners ran raggedly past Yusuke and Junpei, who took a moment to process what Labrys had meant, only to be clarified by a great ROAAAARRRR of shadows which was slowly surging towards them. The distinction between hunter and prey was becoming nil at the present circumstances.
“*Crackle* Kelly? This is Delphi, over”
“What is it Delphi?!!” Said Shinji raggedly while he was full on sprinting towards the exit of the floor.
“Agriope and her team have found their target. How about you?”
“DELPHI! THIS IS KELLY-WE HAVEN’T FOUND OUR MARK-WE ARE BEING CHASED BY LARGE HERDS-TRYING TO SHAKE THEM OFF-OVER.”
“Understood. Providing support now. If I can gain signature of Agriope’s target, I can help guide you to yours. Over.”
Shinji and his team suddenly felt a surge within themselves, like a single drop of water had fallen upon a desert, springing an oasis.
Eventually, the group turned to the end of the line. The prospect of flight was offered by the flight of escalators, leading downstairs. However, the prospect of fight instead became more appealing. Turning around, the four fighters dug their boots into the concrete. As the coming doom in the form of the herd made clear its coming presence, creeping with the sound of upcoming doom.
Not a shiver or doubt was found among the four. Calmly, the four slowly loaded and locked their weapons. The BAR was set, the safety pins of shrapnel grenades were removed, along with the wicks of firebombs lit. The subtle tube-like sound of twelve gauge slowly shoved in the tube magazines of their shotguns, and… Bayonets were fixed. The slow sound of sharpened steel attached to the barrels of their guns was surely heard.
Track end
Above, ???
Agriope’s team 16:31 hours…
0 hours, 50 minutes
Agriope and her team were now in a similar situation to Kelly’s. Staring down their mark. They couldn’t make out the incoherent mutterings of the shadow in front of them, in a Shujin uniform and uttering… something. They appeared caught up in their own world, not noticing the masked persona users in front of them, ready to do battle. So before they did, they took a moment to take stock.
Kneeling on the ground in a small circle, the group discussed how to proceed.
“Right. We don’t know what his possible weaknesses are yet.” Explained Kotone “We need to know who’s got more fuel in the tank. What do we got?”
“I’m green over here.” Explained Chidori. “I’m alright. I got theurgy ready” followed Yukari. “And so are we.” Aigis spoke for both Kotone and herself.”
“I’m good, but we’re running out of provisions and we only got health recovery provisions left.” Explained Haru
“Right. We gotta end this quickly. We get this done fast, we can run back to Delphi for supplies.”
“We’re still pretty stocked up on ammo, so how abou-”
Kotone and Aigis didn’t hear out Haru. Instead, they lunged themselves at the target. Ready to end the mark as fast as possible before any harm befell them for the want of SP.
Now playing: Danger Zone, reloaded arrangement by MOSQ
Screaming as they surged forward, the two persona users ferociously pursued their supposed prey who had his back to the wall. It looked easy, with little to no recourse that he could do, it looked like an easy kill.
Until the shadow started to transmogrify, taking the form of a Black Frost. “Huh?!!!” BRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Reacting faster than Kotone, Aigis stopped all momentum in her charge to leap into the air in order to open fire. They wouldn’t be able to do much of worth with their personas. Realising this as fast as Aigis did, Chidori remained next to Yukari, both the women remained as they were, firing. Soon enough the sound of whistling arrows along with a discharging rifle joined the sound of battle. The two former wildcards in the fray, while the three other person users were in the back, utilizing their support, healing, and ranged weaponry.
“Guys! You gotta pull back it’s gonna-” Yukari’s warning was unheeded, for after a few gestures and movements of the hand, Black Frost had let out a curse. Not a curse attack but a curse. Not a single homunculus in their possession.
Although nobody was hit, the situation appeared to look dire. Delphi, who had been switched from watching how Kelly’s team was faring to seeing the matchup between Agriope’s team and the Black Frost, was in particular distress.
“Guys! You have no effective means of damaging the Frost!!! Stop overexerting yourselves!!!”
“Well- What other option do we have?!!!?” Replied Argos over to Delphi
With the lack of SP recovery items, the situation looked dire, soon enough the curses would catch up to them, and one by one they would fall in front of Delphi’s eyes.
“Argos!!!” “Ye-yeah Olga?” “Make some space for us!!!” “What!??!” Trying to hear and interpret what Olga said, she then saw her pointing at the small pouch strapped on her belt. It was her Theurgy magazine holder. “Yes, Got it!!!” CRASH!!!
As Aigis and Kotone continued fighting, their brawl was cut short by the flight of several green glowing arrows flying into the black frost, giving the both of them time to withdraw back to the relative safety of the group’s original position. “What are we gonna do?!!” Shouted Chidori, loading a stripper clip into her rifle. “I don’t know. We need to do as much as we can at once before it does us in!!” stated Kotone, breathing haggerdly and with an overabundance of adrenaline in her system.
Then Olga finished her sentence from before the fight started “We have a lot of ammo, open fire with everything you got!!!” The sentence was ended with a small tap heard, which was Olga pressing in a new drum magazine into the Tommy gun. DRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!
It was not long until the others joined in. Hex had been continuing her fire for a while now, but then Agriope dropped her naginata to bring her carbine to bear, with the firing mode switch at full auto, she joined in. DRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRT
The Black Frost had been humbled, at the wall of steel Olga and Agriope had put up, only to be then crushed under the weight of even more lead by the hands of Hoplite, who began dumping drums of 9mm into the black frost. An insurmountable weight of fire more akin to a tsunami went crashing down on the shadow. BRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Seemingly out of mercy in this show of disproportionate force, Argos, having returned to earth after using her theurgy magazine, nocked an arrow, however on the end of the arrow strapped to it by a string was a hand grenade. Safety tape and pin removed, the flight of the hand grenade would surely detach the spoon, activating it midflight.
WHAM!!!
Letting it loose, Argos engulfed the Black Frost in a blast of fire and shrapnel. With the shockwave of the blast, along with bits and scraps of shrapnel flying around, the five persona users halted their fire, taking shelter either crouched or behind Hoplite.
As the smoke cleared, out came the shadow of the Shujin student before he had turned into the Black Frost. Hunched over by the wall, clearly knowing he was done. Olga then stepped forward toward the kid, and then swiped what seemed to be a glowing object in a single motion. The shadow wasn’t to be seen. The four shadow operatives who stood behind her, were just as haggard and hunched over, leaning upon each other for support or to stand in order to remain so.
End track
“God damn.” Commented Chidori, “That… That was exhausting. Good job girls.” followed Yukari “Hey, it was the kid who saved our lives.” commented Kotone, “ “Indeed. Ammunition yellow. Repairs required soon.”
Haru herself, started walking back, she walked back sorting through her bag, storing the treasure of their recent mark, and taking out what food and provisions could be found. While she made her way back to help tend to the group, Delphi spoke up.
“That was *Crackle* scary for a moment Olga.”
“Yeah… But the job’s done. We’re gonna spend some time recovering, then we’ll make our way back to you Delphi. Over.”
“Alright. I gotta check in on Kelly and his team, just get back here safely Olga. Over and Out.”
The station
Delphi
0 hour, 50 minutes 16:31 hours…
Fuuka, breathing a sigh of relief switched her focus to Shinji and his team, with her analysis of the marked shadow that Kotone’s team had just fought, she could help direct his team towards their marked target.
“Kelly? This is Delphi.”
“Yes Delphi?” Shinji was speaking in a soft tone. More so than usual.
“Agriope and her team *Crackle* found their mark and fought their shadow, I now have the shadow's signature and can help you find your mark based on their power signature, over.”
“Well… That’s good Delphi, but that won’t be necessary. Over.”
Fuuka took a moment to process what Shinji had said, only for her to understand, they had found their mark.
Notes:
Belated by a day, but Happy Ukrainian Independence Day.
воля
Chapter 45: Стрільці
Summary:
Ukrainian translation of title: strilsi
Riflemen
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Below,
Kelly’s team
“Ok guys… Here he is.” Kelly’s team slowly approached the shadow himself. It was another student from Shujin. Covered and stained in shadow gore, the stench of gunpowder and sulfur was seemingly unable to leave their threads, they were eager to get this over with.
“Who is this guy Kelly?” asked Battleaxe “From what I heard, he’s just a bully.” “At your school?” “Yeah.” “Well, whuat makes this guy worse then other bullies?”
“If they didn’t want to get it from me, They should’ve said so!!! Thereby, it isn’t my fault but theirs!”
“Now that’s just borderline… psychopathic.” commented Herald. It was then that Delphi put in her two cents as a doctor in cognitive psience and psychology.
“Honestly *Crackle* Not too far off Herald. This is a pattern seen within psychopathy, the inability to *Crackle* understand the emotions of other *crackle*
“You mean empathize with others I trust?” Added Taras.
“It’s *Crackle* got a lot to do with cognitive behavior, biological roots, and upbringing, but yes indeed, it helps result in that.”
“Well, either way, we gotta take this fucker down. Give us a scan for vulnerabilities when you’re able to Delphi. We’ll try to wear it down as much as possible until you can get the scan done.”
“Acknoledged, just be aware of your limits.”
Now playing: The Fighting 69th, by the Dropkick Murphys
“Enough talk!!! Let’s fight!!!”
Heeding the shadow’s challenge, Kelly’s team took out their weapons and started firing. A hail of buckshot, 30.06, and 7.62 were sent to drown this shadow in a shower of lead. Asserting that the challenge was… a challenge, the shadow transmogrified, into a larger Jack Frost.
Taking the punishment like a sponge, the large Jack Frost soaked up the damage it took and then started to call upon more of its frosty kin. The strategy was clear, let numbers drown out the superior firepower of Kelly’s team.
It soon enough became clear that the strategy had merit, an exponentially increasing pool of targets meant the spreading of fire instead of the focusing of such to a single target. “Kelly, what should we do?”
“Just do as we did earlier!” Shouted the bush ranger, who when the tube magazine of his browning auto five ran dry, the ranger dropped it on the ground, and started instead to toss hand grenades.
The space which the two sides brawled in were soon host to what seemed like hurricanes of flying shrapnel, which however disposed of the hordes of frost which assailed the team, posed a threat to the safety of those who were vulnerable to such.
Kelly and Battleaxe were fine. Their steel armor or construction shielded them from the glancing blows of shrapnel flying everywhere. However, Herald and Taras for the lack of protection were near kneeling on the ground, even using Battleaxe as a temporary shield of sorts. The bits and fragments of sharp and hot metal whizzed and flew around the air.
It was then that Battleaxe took out a firebomb cocktail, however, this one had been bundled together with tape and wire. It was at that moment that she realised, she did not have a lighter or a match to light the bundle. Instead, she threw the bundled firebomb towards the horde of frost, as the sound of glass shattering on the ground, following by the visual confirmation of the splash, that being of the white frost slowly turning a yellowish brown, she then grabbed Herald.
“OI!!!! DO THE THING!!!” “WHAT!???” Not bothering with trying to translate her intentions, Labrys seized Herald’s evoker and a theurgy magazine, loading the mag in, she crudely and forcefully placed the evoker in his right hand. “CHRIST, YOU COULD’VE JUST TOLD ME!!!”
Handing the BAR to Battleaxe, Herald then took out his longsword, and then discharged his evoker.
Trismegistus, upon lighting his longsword on fire, surged forward with Junpei, cutting down the horde of frost with his terrible flaming sword. The amount of fuel coating the ground around the Frost then started to create a fire towering over the team, threatening to spread in all directions. As Junpei finished his flaming tango of fire with Trismegistus, Battleaxe then slung her shotgun over to then take out her Labrys.
Labrys in hand, the axe heads started to spin like a turbo engine out of a plane, leading to an intense surge of the wall of fire towards the frost. Moving towards them instead, the wall of fire, seemingly under Battleaxe’s command then started to emit plumes of steam. The frost were perishing in droves.
Soon enough, the melted snow and ice, along with the intensity of the fire, eventually burnt itself out. Although small embers remained around the blackened grounds, not a single frost was left standing. All that remained were bits and pieces of charred loot and booty, along with a repentant shadow.
Track end
Sat and hunched pathetically on the end of the line, the shadow held in his loosed grasp his treasure, ripe for the taking for Shinji and his crew.
A moment later
1 hour, 10 minutes 16:31 hours
“Ok, guys. How are we all feeling?” “Well, how the hell are you holding up Kelly?” asked Labrys “Alright... Thanks for asking.” “Well, I’m pumped, but I’m feelin’ a bit too tired.” replied Labrys. “I’m doin ok!” exclaimed Junpei, “Though I’m feeling kinda hungry.” “So am I.” replied Yusuke.
“Well, it’s going to suck, but we used up all our provisions getting here. We’ll just have to wait a bit longer to get some food. We’ll probably have to get back to Delphi to get some.”
“*Crackle* This is Delphi, good job taking down that target. Good thinking on Battleaxe’s part over there.”
“Awwww schucks. It was nuthin. *crackle*”
“If you want some food, we have some at the station, get yourselves back here. Over.”
“Acknowledged, over and out.”
The tunnels below the station
Tired and hungry, Kelly’s group had to be subjected to the sisyphean ordeal of treading back where they had come. Cold, hungry, and tired, the four trudged back, hoping for a chance to sit down, eat hot chow, and maybe a little shuteye in the security of the others above.
“You think that the train would be willing to bring us back up right?” “Right?” Asked Labrys “Well, Maybe it only brings us down and only down.” replied Shinji. “Well, wouldn’t that mean we would need to walk all the floors back up?” asked Junpei. “I hope not. It has been too quiet around here, we haven’t been attacked since we started walking back to the station.” “Yes. At least that’s good news.
ROARRRRR!!!!!!
A brief moment of silence later, followed then by intense sprinting, Shinji commented under his breath
“Me and my goddamn mouth.”
*Crackle* What was that noise?
“Delphi, there’s another herd. Get Agriope and her team ready to leave.”
*Crackle* We aren’t going to leave without you guys.”
“Well, you might have to!”
Sprinting as fast as they could, pursued by doom, now manifesting in the form of a blood red light towering over them. Occasional bursts of automatic BAR fire, combined by the dispersion of ordinance only slightly slowed the haste of the masse of shadow.
“I’m on my last cocktail!” Shouted Labrys, she chucked that final bottle of fuel which had been set alight almost immediately. The orange light emitted from it, along with the occasional muzzle flashes from the running and gunning persona users, in an enclosed space, the smell of sulfur… and whatever smell you use to describe shadow gore or remains created an atmosphere of hell. Six feet under, under a backdrop of oppressive red.
The station
“Delphi!” “We have returned!” As Fuuka had been alerted to the state of peril Shinji’s team was in, Kotone’s team had returned to Fuuka’s setup at the station. “Is everything ok?” asked Chidori
“It’s Kelly. He and his team are being chased by a herd, and by the sound of it, it's huge.” “We gotta go down there and help him.” Stated Haru, her tommy gun in hand as she started to run down the way her friend had gone.
“Wait!” shouted Fuuka , her attempt in petitioning Haru to stay with them had been futile. She wouldn’t leave mementos without her friend and those with him. As she disappeared into the darkness below, Kotone with her carbine out started to follow her runner down below.
“Agriope! Don’t leave us too!” shouted Aigis. “I’m going down with her! , you guys pack up your stuff and get ready to go!” As she disappeared into the dark, a moment of brief anxiety followed, ended then by Fuuka, Yukari and Koromaru then following her orders with affirmative action.
“C’mon. Let’s pack this all up before they bring that herd of shadows on us.” RUFF RUFF!!!! Shaken out of her shock, Fuuka burst into action. “Hoplite, take the spare ammunition! Argos, the supplies! Here, help me out with this equipment.”
Shinji’s team
“We-” “We’re almost there guys- Keep running!” “We can’t keep this up forever Kelly!” shouted Junpei. Yusuke was of the same mind. He was slowly petering out, with the fear of being devoured whole by whatever was behind them keeping him running. The tunnel then posed a fork in the road. Within the bright red behind him, and the darkness only showing the faint outlines of the fork of the road. He chose the right fork of the road. Unknowingly splitting from the group.
As he noticed he had unintentionally split apart from his team, Yusuke tried to search for places to hide. This space was a large area, trash littered the floor, seeking a spot to hide, he found what seems to be a wooden base, surrounded by shallow walls on all four sides, without overhead cover. It made a good open casket coffin for him, he’d thought. An overspacious one, but the same shape was present.
But for some reason, no shadows came. They didn’t push forward to punish Yusuke for his error. Concluding that they must’ve halted for some reason, he’d risen up to try to assess his surroundings in the dark. It was then that he noticed that something was prodding on his right boot. On the back of the “coffin” was something made of metal and… something rattled. Crawling over to take a look, he picked up what looked like a metallic cone of some sort. He then realised what it was. It was a bullet. It was 7.62, the same cartridge his rifle used, it was then that he realised he was laying on what looked like belts of 54 rimmed, and that what his boot had felt, was the handle of a machine gun.
Yusuke stepped out of the wooden “coffin.” He now had noticed the four wheels on the bottom of his “coffin”, along with what looked like a seat of some sort, opposite of the machine gun. This wasn’t an oversized coffin. It was a wagon, a horse drawn wagon. Looking outside of the carriage, he saw a hole in the wall, which led into train tracks. Yusuke didn’t have a mother, but he had one now whose name was necessity.
Kelly’s team
“We lost him.” “What?!!!” replied Haru “We don’t know where he went. He probably took a wrong turn somewhere!” “I saw him myself just next to me around the bend, then as we got here, he wasn’t behind me anymore!” Shouted Junpei.
Realising they’d lost their most green member of the gang, Shinji, his team, along with Kotone and Haru in tow, were debating whether they should attempt to brave through the herd in order to find Yusuke. Anxieties were high, the gang and shadow operatives had promised to protect him, to be there for him when everybody else in his previous life had failed to do so.
“Guys, I’m willing to go there myself, alone even to get him out of there. Come with me if you’re willing to.” The debating had become silent, with Kotone evoking the thought of being unable to fulfill that promise to Yusuke, the others started lining up with Kotone to throw themselves at the herd of shadow behind them, not knowing that the herd had stopped for reasons unknown to them. Still, tensions were high, and this perhaps provocative call by Kotone could’ve sparked argument instead of more debate or compliance.
That was until… NEIGHHHHH-
Whisked out of their debate on if they should retrieve Yusuke, was a glowing blue horse, trotting through the darkness. The team, silent, observed reigns on the zeit horse. Then, out of the darkness came, to their relief, Yusuke, sitting at the helm of a large wagon, he sat proudly with the reins in one hand and his large black powder revolver in the other. Striking an image of a stagecoach driver with a coach gun at the ready.
“Taras!!!” shouted Kotone, clearly relieved that her friend, artist, and occasional jam session participant, had returned, without a scratch or the touch of a shadow upon his papakha.
His only greeting from what could’ve been a harrowing experience was a simple, “Dobryi Den Olga.”
“That’s a nice ride you got there Taras. Mind if we get on?” An affirmative nod was the reply, putting his big iron back into his holster, he held a hand out. Haru was the first to board, seemingly boarding the wagon like a lady of status, reaching out for Yusuke’s hand to board the wagon, almost like a princess. Between the darkness and the mask, nobody saw an enlarging smile on Olga’s face.
“Jesus Taras! Where did you find a machine gun in here?” exclaimed Labrys, “I don’t know. I advise that all passengers keep their arms and legs in the vehicle-” ROAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!!!!
“Ah Pizdets…” Yusuke silently swore under his breath.
Now playing: Батько Чучупака, by Гурт Вертеп
“DRIVE TARAS DRIVE!!” With a loud roar both of the incoming deluge, followed by a wave of shouting by the team, the wagon quickly sped along the tracks of mementos. While Yusuke and Haru sat on the front, tommygun, and revolver in hand, the rest of the team sat around the back of the wagon, near and around the Maxim machine gun. Their mouths started drying up in fear and trepidation, observing the upcoming wave of red light, surely to be followed by the horde of shadows coming for their blood.
Soon enough after what felt like an eternity of waiting, they saw it, a sea of shadows, a black, surging mass. A horde of hideous blackened masses of flesh, covered in masks and chains. Seeming as they were created with one sole goal in whatever semblance of a mind was present, kill the Kelly Gang. Mindlessly obedient to whatever powers had given them form, or a mask of obedience who’s compliance was brought instead by an apathetic typicalness. No sign of life could be found in the eye slots of the several masks seemingly inserted into their construction.
Doing what they could to fight back, the gang took out their firearms and evokers to try to stem back the tide. Sporadic sounds of automatic gunfire, or the shattering of glass which signified a persona off the rip were utilized to stem back the tide. It was at some point that Labrys, noticing the belts of lead that they were sitting on, started piling them all up besides the machine gun. She manically tried to find the feed of the Maxim, after an anxiety filled moment, she found it on the right side of the gun, after trying to feel for the feed in the darkness.
Quietly thanking Fuuka for offering and providing upgrades to her chassis, Labrys’s eyes then emitted a bright light, allowing her to see better the construction of the gun. Taking a belt, she inserted the belt leatherstrip in first, when the strip appeared on the left side of the gun, she tried to yank it, in order to put the first bullet in the chamber. It did not work. Noticing a hand crank near the trigger of the gun, she held both the leather strip forward and cranked the handle twice. It worked.
Noticing what Labrys had worked on with so much anxiety, Shinji then moved over to where Labrys was, trying to see what he could do to help assist in operating the machine which could save their lives. Noticing more belts of ammunition on the wooden base of the wagon everybody was sitting on, he started scavenging for more belts in order to feed into the gun. He shoved his way towards the right side of the gun where the gun was being fed ammunition. He held the belt parallel to the feeding port to ensure that the gun could be properly fed the bullets.
Labrys, then, moved to the trigger grip, her thumbs on the wooden trigger, ready to let loose the chorus to deliver everybody from evil.
DATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDATDAT
A sudden stream of fire was being let loose upon the shadows chasing their tail. The response was immediate, the wave of shadows started to ease, slowly and steadily the wave slowly crashed upon the tracks of the tunnel floor, by the dam of lead the Kelly Gang had put up to stop them.
The response from the team was immediate too, the shock from the initial burst had shaken everybody on the wagon, with the sight of tracer rounds every fifth round just being let fly at the wave of shadows, everybody seemingly stopped firing to see the seemingly red glowing beams flying at the surging mass, slowly destroying the shadow tidal wave.
It also happened that the initial firing made everybody deaf. When everybody adjusted to the sound of loud machine gun fire, the more their spirits surged as the wave slowly disintegrated. “C’mon, team keep firing!” “Don’t slack it off!” The wave of shadows slowed down to the point where the distance between them was too far for persona usage. Instead, all guns were being let loose upon the slow creeping silhouettes behind them, slowly drowning under the fire of the Maxim 1910.
End track
The station
At the station, those who waited with anxiety heard the slow chugging of machine gun fire, everyone at the station had in their grasp parts of the gear and load Fuuka had carried. “Jeez guys. You think that they’re-”
NEIGGGH!!! Out of the darkness, a blue horse emerged, followed by a black wagon. The sight of Kelly’s team, plus Haru and Kotone, leaning on the sides of the wagon with smoking guns. Labrys and Shinji, crouched around the now slowly glowing PM Maxim gun. A sign of the barrel heating up from long sustained fire. Perhaps close to overheating.
A round of awe and questions were aired out to the drivers and passengers of the wagon. To Kotone team’s relief, they got out of the lower tunnels relatively and miraculously unscathed. “Where did you find this Taras?” “How did you guys escape?”
The general rabble however ended, when… not a loud deafening roar, but closer to a whimper was heard from the tunnels where the wagon came. It was then that Fuuka made clear “Alright, hustle up! Let’s get everything in the wagon!” With haste, the equipment, provisions, and then lastly, all shadow operatives and kelly gang had found space on the wagon, cramped or small enough for each operative and gang member, and their dog.
The horse then stirred into galloping through the tunnels, the air seemed cooler above the station, the lack of gunfire, the smell of sulfur, and the prospect of getting closer to the surface and thereby deliverance from what pursued them from below. All was quiet except for the creaking of the wheels, the galloping hooves of Kateryna, and the sound of shaking, rattling, and metallic spent cartridges in the wagon. In relative silence, the persona users spent the ride either itchy from all forms of shadow gore, stuck to their clothes and skin, scratching meticulously, tossing spent cartridges from the wagon floor, the sound of small metallic cases falling on the metal train rails and floor. Or they were sitting down and tending to Koromaru, giving the pup scratches and affection throughout the bumpy ride.
It was strangely peaceful, relative to how peaceful you find such a place to be. It was surely a relief to Shinji and Labrys, who’s concern regarding the machine gun slowly heating up and perhaps overheating in front of their faces had now ended since the hordes stopped coming and eating what lead the team could throw at them. If it weren’t for the fact that the team was covered in all matter of shadow gore, with their shadow operative standard kit and gear needing a wash, the small hills of spent cartridges in the wagon which the group were sitting upon like giants, and the darkness around them providing an ever visible sense of insecurity, all hands on the wagon knowing they weren’t out of the woods yet.
“Guys?” asked Junpei “Yes?” was the reply of some. “Is it me, or does this remind me of…” “What Herald?” asked Chidori. “It feels weird, but this reminds me of an amusement park ride.” An atmosphere of confusion arose in the wagon until certain couples in the wagon understood. “Oh!! You mean that one ride in Destinyland?” exclaimed Kotone “Yeah yeah!! That one! The one where it was boats, and it was dark and there was a song and everything?” Chidori giggled “Yes I do my dumdum.” said Chidori as she playfully ruffled Junpei’s cap.
Meanwhile, feeling as if they were intruding upon the love lives and reminiscences of others, Haru and Yusuke, still sat upon the driver's seat, wished to themselves silently that they’d reached the surface sooner than later, able to sit somewhere above ground, it’ll mean they can offload the cash they had gotten from the total exhibition, get warm food and drink in their bellies, and that they could go home sooner rather than later. Thankfully, the prospect of deliverance came in the form of faint light illuminating the tunnels, indication that they were indeed closer to the surface. And soon enough, they could get themselves and everybody else out of there.
Outside Mementos entrance
1 hour, 30 minutes 16:31 hours
And it came not a moment too soon. Parking the cart around the foregrounds of the station, both shadow operatives and Kelly Gang sat around dispersed in or out of the wagon, eating curry, fried rice, candy or chocolate bars, beef jerky, or a selection of drinks from sodas, coffee, tea, or plain water.
Fuuka, taking the opportunity to allow the moment to be as pleasant as it could be in such a place, took a record from her bag for the record player, with Aigis helping her set up the record player itself.
Now playing:Usamljeni Dečak, by Trio Paloma
“A bit too solemn for having just survived all that eh Delphi?” asked Kotone. “Oh, if we were back home we would be playing something else, but this is what we got wth the records we have.” “Oh well.” replied Kotone.
Aigis, who was sitting down and observing the sky above, had been instead whisked up by Kotone, who had roped her into a slow dance. Not minding the lyrics, which they couldn’t understand anyway, the two slowly began dancing in circles, a slow directionless shuffle which captivated all who just weren’t too tired to take interest, or too hungry. Glee had been plastered on both of their faces.
“Say Herald honey?” “Didn’t you used to say you liked Mexican music?” “Oh! Uh…. I used to.” “Well. Let’s join our compadres here, and dance perhaps?...” Junpei, in a moment of levity and break in his usual pride, replied. “First of all, that ain’t spanish. Second of all, I can’t dance. Third, I think I would be stepping on your toes if I tried.” “Oh well honey… I guess I’ll dance all on my own then.” Junpei watched with his head held low and grasping his chin on his hands, wishing his shamelessness extended to dancing, watching Chidori gracefully dance, her black dress spinning like a carousel or a falling autumn leaf. “You know Spanish Herald?” asked Yukari. “No. I don’t.”
Yukari, who herself wished her significant other, was here to extend the invitation that Kotone had extended to Aigis. She sat there, ever reminded of the ever unfair and cruel circumstances. She lamented how she and her couldn’t dance under this red sky which matched her red crimson hair. She could visualise her red strands, their flowing and drifting on the spring winds.
Yusuke and Haru instead sat silently, both still on the driver's seat of the wagon, the artist was digging into a bar of chocolate, that was from the initial gift which Shinji had prepared for Kotone’s arrival. Haru herself, remained silently polishing and tending to the tommygun, keeping its shine and reflecting even the purplish haze above their heads. However, their attention remained focused upon their leader Shinji. Who had been staring for the better part of a few moments into a wall.
Track paused
The velvet room
A place between mind and matter…
HOW MAY WE ASSIST YOU TODAY, MY TRICKSTER?
“I need the book.”
FERRYFOLK, PASS OUR GUEST THE COMPENDIUM.
Sorting through the persona compendium, Shinji sat in front of the peering eyes of Igor, he hadn’t been utilizing his other personas other then Ned Kelly throughout the month after his awakening. For the most part, they had remained idle, neglected, or used as fodder for the empowerment of Shinji’s preferred persona.
“Can I have these three?” Shinji pointed to the Apsaras, Jack Frost, and Jack O’ Lantern. After an affirmative nod from Igor, the ferryfolk, either paddling the ferry or playing an instrument, had ceased their current tasks. They instead, pulled up a sleeve, revealing fully insulated gloves. Both then reached into the Styx below, after a moment or two, they fished up three cards, each with the image of the three personas Shinji had requested in exchange for a small fee. The ritual had been completed, marked by the cards being placed in Shinji’s hand with delicacy by the FerryFolk.
Good luck on your journey trickster, and goodbye.
Track Resume
Mementos entrance
Yusuke, Haru, Kotone and Aigis stood by Shinji, who had been observing closely their leader, who himself had been observing what the four observing him believed to be a minuscule crack in the wall. “Are you alright Hetman?” Shinji remained silent, nodding along as the concerns of his teammates were aired to him. “Do you need some water? Here.” Grasping a water canteen in his hand, Shinji slowly leaned by the wall as his lieutenant and teammate left to return to the wagon. However, Aigis and Kotone remained by his sides. Their expressions were not concern, but intrigue.
“You were at the Velvet room, yes?” “What? How did you kno- Wait… Right.” “We know. How was the old man?” “Unmoving. Eyes bulging intensely.” “Yup. Sounds like him.” “What was the purpose and intent of your visit?” “Well…. You see, I remembered when both you-” Shinji pointed to Kotone, “And Minato when they used theurgy… I remembered they required specific personas…. And since I can’t really use theurgy no more… I thought I could somehow still do it by getting those personas I remembered you and Minato had.” “Which ones?” “Apsaras. Jack Frost, and the Jack O’ lantern.”
Aigis, with a slight solemn expression, elaborated that “You won’t be able to do theurgy regardless, you require an evoker with a loaded cartridge, and Delphi hypothesizes something bad may happen to you if you use your old means of persona summoning in conjunction with your current means.” “Also, Cadenza only works with Orpheus or Eurydice.”
Shinji sighed. It was a waste of time, he guessed. However, he reached into his pocket, something was there that wasn’t before. Grabbing it, he brought out the three blue glowing cards. The three former or current wildcards observed the cards with curiosity. This didn’t happen back in their Tartarus adventures or when they had access to the velvet room. Aigis and Kotone observed the cards closely with the blue reflecting off their eyes. The former wildcards, seemingly distraught over the loss of their wildcard abilities, were closely looking, as if something spoke to them both by the cards.
“May we…” “May we have these?” asked both of the former wildcards. Nodding in compliance, Shinji passed the cards to the two, with the two jacks left in Aigis’ possession, and Apsaras in Kotone’s. Grasping the cards, the cards then slowly disintegrated in front of their eyes, into small bits of blue dust. Or was it butterflies?
Shinji watched as the cards disappeared, their holders both closed their eyes, seemingly under a spell of sort. Their expression and general aura was of someone under water, peacefully existing under a deep blue. They remained in such a state for a moment. It’s end marked by a slow emerging smile on the two lover’s faces. Shinji… refused to attempt to make of or interpret what this could mean. Himself taking sips from his water canteen, silently.
Notes:
If you're wondering what Kotone and Aigis were doing at the end, this is what I think Shuffletime from P3 looks like.
The machine gun in question is the PM1910, used commonly in the Tachanka, a horse-drawn wagon with a machine gun emplaced on the back. This is an improvised vehicle used commonly by the Ukrainians in the Russian Civil War after the First World War.
Chapter 46: Найдовший день
Summary:
Translation: The Longest Day
Chapter Text
The next day, after school
29/5, Wednesday
Shibuya
Now playing: Going to California, by Led Zepplin
“So everybody got out ok?” “Yeah. We even got a heavy machine gun out of the deal.” Ann and Shinji stepped out of the underground mall, bags in hand from doing some shopping from the underground mall and generally palling around. “We’ll probably use it on the day of. We just need to get it there before the day comes.”
“And before that day comes!” exclaimed Ann “Want to check out the set we’re shooting in?” “I dunno Ann…” said Shinji in a hesitant tone. “It’s enough chaos on set that if you just pretend you work there you can probably get away with it.” “Whatever you say… But if I get found out it's on you.” “Yeah, whatever.”
As the two left the underground mall and moved through certain streets to reach where Ann worked as a model, Shinji started noticing, specifically between Yoyogi park, and Shibuya, the streets were looking quite unusual. Certain streets were being blocked up, tents were under construction, and most apparent, were in barrow streets, string strung up with a series of flags hung on them. Flags that Shinji had never seen before, with weird color designs, and some with rather hyper-specific symbology.
“It must be that time again isn't it?” “What?” “It’s June soon, meaning it's going to be pride month very soon.” “I’m sorry what?” Ann and Shinji stopped for a moment, both stood still in an atmosphere of suspense and confusion. “It’s pride… gay pride.” “Oh. Yeah I know what that first part stands for, but not the second part Ann.”
“You haven’t!- Ok. So, you know what these flags mean, yes?” “No.” replied Shinji. Pointing to each one by one, Ann started listing off what these flags represented. “So that’s gay, that one’s lesbian-” “Oh I know what that one is. I think I saw it somewhere around Shadow HQ… Don’t remember where exactly.” “You did?!” “Didn’t think it was important. Thought it was an art project or sumthin.” “Oh well, that one’s bisexual, and that one is trans.”
“That. Doesn’t sound like something you could be attracted to.” “Yeah about that. Some people are… given the wrong presentation of gender at birth.” “what?” “They’re given the wrong gender at birth.” “Uh…. Explain in video game terms.” “Imagine… being given only male at the character customisation screen… but you’re actually female.” “Ok. I can wrap my mind around that.” “Never took you as a video games person Shinji.” “I used to hit up a local arcade with my friends. They were big fans of… pokemon.” “Ah. I see. Are they…” “Yes. and… no they aren’t able to be in Tokyo.” “Damn. sorry dude.” “It’s fine… You know, thinking about it right now. I think a fair bunch of our shadow colleagues are going to be here whenever… this whole thing starts.”
“Oh really?” “If it ain’t obvious, a bunch of them.” Shinji pointed to a flag, “That flag over there looks like it's bacon strips, but turned orange and pink.” “PFFFFFFFF HAHAHAHAHAHAHA Shinji!! That isn’t the name of that!!!” Ann took some time to continue laughing, allowing it to peeter out until continuing her line of thought. “But anywho! That’s fine, the joke is that we keep saying the name of it wrong because we’re idiots.”
As the two continued strolling down the narrow streets designated for the Tokyo pride parade, Ann continued elaborating on pride, why it happens, and what it meant to people like her. Shinji, listening intently. “You seem to be taking it well Shinji. Not like most people I’ve heard from around here.” “Well… I think living under a rock and… here and there some restaurants might’ve had something to do with it.” “But you don’t seem to know what all of this means beforehand! If you spend some time on the internet you’d probably find out what at least what some of these flags mean.” “Yeah. I don’t fuck with you. I might as well have lived under a rock for the last… more or less six years.” Ann, confused by that statement, tried to interpret what it may all mean. Was Shinji sheltered? Was he alone as he could be, compared to herself, Ann although lonely had a vibrant life in Tokyo with Shiho by her side. Spending almost every day out and about the city, learning more about life in vibrant hues from sunlight to sunset. Was Shinji saying the opposite was said for him?
“Oh. What do those two flags mean?” Shinji pointed out two flags, the first was adorned with stripes of purple, black, grey and white. The second was the same, but the purple replaced with green. “Oh, that’s the asexual, and aromantic.” “What?”
“Ok so… Asexual is a lack of sexual attraction, aromantic is well… Lack of romantic attraction.” “What makes it different from just not wanting love or… any of that I guess in life.” “Well. Some people, they don’t get love in life, some others don’t get… that in life, and as a result get salty about it. Meanwhile, there are just some who aren’t born with any of that in mind. If it helps.” “Not much.” “We keep getting pushed on us that we must find a partner or somebody to love in life. And that it will happen.” “God I hate that.” “Yeah. Me too.” “But, for people like me, when it's more about who you aren’t allowed to be a partner with because we happen to be the same gender, this one’s more about being… not geared at all to experience romantic attraction to others.”
“Eh. Either way, I don’t see myself falling for anybody in the near future. There’s too much shit on the line now.” “Well. one way or another, somebody loves and cares for you Shinji, if not in a romantic way, it would be platonically, or as a friend, or someone close without… being that close. ” “I… highly doubt that.” “Then…” “I just don’t. I’ve spent too much time alone, or… sick. Or both really. I find it hard to believe that.”
Ann stood in silence as Shinji continued speaking his mind. “I don’t like this whole obsession over love anyway. It’s certainly a word, but beyond that it means nothing to me. Just… I think it's nice but…”
Ann remained in silence. She knew what Shinji was doing. He was trying to explain himself something he couldn’t yet understand about himself, or communicate to others. It pained her. Not only did it appear like it pained Shinji to an extent or another, but she wondered how many times she had to explain herself to others in this. Exact. Situation.
“Well. Maybe some people aren’t meant to have nice things in the end. I don’t think I’m exempt from this.” Shinji looked at the stripes of black, white, grey, green and purple. No pride was to be found within the man whatsoever. “Shinji?” “Yes?”
“Would you like good things to happen to good people?” “Yeah. But- well. You know that don’t happen.” “Well, would you see yourself as a good person, Shinji?” Shinji froze. He couldn’t bring any part of him to meet Ann’s challenge. He certainly wasn’t a horrible or detestable individual, but good? A good man? Shinji could laugh at that idea of him being such. Yet again, he couldn’t explain it, out of fear of having to then explain the painful unique circumstances of his short life so far. He couldn’t.
So she didn’t press any further. Sensing her mistake in perhaps prodding somewhere she shouldn’t be. “Hey.. Shinji?” “Yes?” “If your friends are coming here on the big day, are you coming with them to pride?” “Eh… I don’t know if I should. I’m… straight and I think I’d rather not intrude. If you get what I’m getting at.”
“Oh… Shinji.” Respectful of Shinji’s self-esteem, Ann did not feel the need to further prod or challenge Shinji’s opinion of self.
They stood around for a moment. Trying to find a method or a way to distract from the self-deprecating mood. Ann, in an attempt to divert the mood of her friend to a less self deprecating mood, and perhaps in a direction of something constructive, had set sight upon a stall, selling pride flags. Leaving Shinji be, to look within at the abyss inside of him.
“Hey, can I have the aromantic and the asexual?” “Thanks.”
As Shinji stood considering his prior life and the specter of despair went to claw at the walls, Ann came back to find Shinji. “Well… I’ll be going either way to pride, will be there with Shiho, be nice to be around her for a happy time, especially after everything that happened last month.” It was then that Ann brought out the flags she had bought. “I think, it’ll be great to spend time with your old friends at pride, get to know them better, but it’ll feel a bit awkward without you, since they’re your friends.” Shinji’s expression changed from self despair assaulting the keep, to one of perhaps a considering of a new obligation. The thought in his mind slowly chugged away, considering whether the obligation to his friend, new and old, was worth undertaking.
“Hey, let's walk to set, we’re going to be late if we don’t hurry up.”
THE LOVERS RANK UP!!!
Thursday
30/5, after school
Skate Park
\
Kasumi and Shinji were at the skatepark. Agreeing earlier at school that he’d teach her the ways of the board. Now they were there, the avid and seasoned gymnast, being taught the ways of the board, a practice known to produce bruised, aching, or broken shins and knees in the process.
“Right. Just walk onto the board.” “Wait. Its that simple?” “Well, you’re gonna want to be able to ease yourself on the board. Get a good feeling for it.” Kaz walked towards the board. However, before setting her foot upon the board, she stopped. “Should I put my right foot, or left foot first Shinnie?” “Well, it don’t really matter since its up to what works for you. So, put your best foot forward Kaz.” She liked that affirmation. It was something she would like to hear more often from others.
She gave the pipes and props a wide berth, but she had gotten the motions of cruising on the board fairly well for her first time. “Now just shift your weight if you need to move a direction. Keep balance and you should be fine.” Kasumi kept quiet, her thoughts weren’t excited, but of comparison. She compared the shifting of her weight on the board akin to a routine at practice. Her feet were connected to the ground through the four wheels and board keeping her weight. But it did not feel too alien to the feeling of the routine in a competition or the practice leading up to it. She flew.
She would fly, a sight commonly described by others who spectated her in practice. Her routine, effort, and work into her passion had been one which gave her wings. It was something she saw in Shinji when he had, gone back skating after supposedly years of sickness, and inability to do so for said amount of years.
She didn’t know whether to feel happy for Shinji, her dispassionate friend, who had a passion of his rekindled. Miffed for seeing his ability with the board but having not seen any practice, or hard and bitter work like she invested into gymnastics. All she saw was him flying. She had no idea whether to feel proud, inadequacy, the sense of an inflated ego, or just to not.
It was then, that Kasumi followed in the stead of Icarus, and fell back down to the pavement. “Ow!!!” Shinji, running up to Kasumi, looked at what damage was present. Thankfully, only a faint bruise was present on one of Kasumi’s knees. She had kept her head too long in the clouds, in cloud banks of thought, only to fly too close to the sun without noticing.
“Are you alright?” “Well. I didn’t fall flat on my face or anything like that, so yeah.” “Alright.” “I think though, this will be my last ride. I got practice coming tomorrow and my instructor will kill me if I can’t put my bitter work in because of a skating accident.” “What?” “Oh. Don’t worry, she’s fine. She’s just passionate about gymnastics like I am, she pushes me to be better at it every time I come.” “Like you decided to push me back onto the board?” “Yeah! Like that….” An awkward silence was felt. As self-awareness was felt between the two, but Kasumi especially. “Oh… I’m sorry if I was pushing you.”
“I sometimes get too pushy, or annoying I guess.” “How so?” “Sometimes, I push myself so hard, I keep thinking others will do the same as well. Though… I know that isn’t how it works.” “Alright. Why do you do that?” “Well… I think it's got something to do with my sister.”
“She kept pushing me to do better, and to be the best at what I do. I guess I followed in her footsteps doing the same to other people. Treating my passion, like a passion.” “I don’t see what’s wrong with that.” “Some people don’t like it.
Shinji never really had an approach to dealing with passion. Especially of others. His experience of passion was of the possibly emotive and obstructive kind. Mostly Aki’s. Hobbies? Sports? Pursuits characterized by passion? That was a different beast. Apart from Aki’s boxing, Shinji never had any interaction with the pursuits of his old friends. Mitsuru? She never had anything to do after school apart from maybe the pokemon show when they were very young. And that was about it. As she had gotten older, she was put into a cast for the Kirijo group heiress and no more pokemon sundays were had with Aki and Shinni.
Aki? This was the same boat. Except for a diverse set of pursuits, it was instead boxing and almost boxing alone. To an extent or another he’d devoted everything to the sport of punching the poor fucker in front of him as hard as he trained himself to do.
To that thought, Shinji came to a bit of a sad conclusion. That if there was a conventional archetype of a “normal kid’s life”, one of multiple interests, having friends who shared the same interests, bonding and spending time over them, and so on. Shinji himself was the closest to meeting that, and he didn’t even reach the bar, which was practically near the ground.
The others? Minato, Kotone, Yukari, Fuuka, Aigis and company? They seemed like a blip of time compared to the time he had spent with Aki and Mitsy, or alone. It was harder to determine if there was such bonding over shared interests between him and the “new blood” of SEES. Harder to remember the brief two months he had spent with the new SEES.
This… was new to him. Uncharted waters, to be metaphorical. What he had “missed out.” Whether it is to be good or for ill, is to be determined by Shinji alone.
“I don’t think it's anything to be ashamed about.” “Why?” “Well… I see two ways this culminates. The first one is that you stop giving a damn. Your passion is just that important… you don’t care about how you’re “annoying other people.” or something like that.”
“The second one… uh… you surround yourself with people who either treat your passion as your passion… or just don’t give a damn.” Kasumi looked at Shinji with an expression of slight shock. “In a good way!” Said Shinji. He explained. “They tolerate it. They don’t mind you going on or sharing more about it.”
“Ok… Makes sense.” “The first one comes first usually. It’s in your control and I can see you doing that.” “Hmmm.Yeah… I don’t myself have the patience for others not tolerating my yapping about my passions.” “Good.”
The two had not noticed, but they were both sitting on the pipe, legs hanging over the precipice. With the golden sun declining over their heads. With soda floats by their side, both Shinji and Kaz, Bush Ranger and Norteño, sitting and shooting the breeze. Going on about days gone by and the passions and activities which they had indulged in, either gone or still present. Coming to light in the setting sun.
AEON RANK UP!!!
“Before I forget.” “Yes Shinji?” “I’ve made up my mind who’s on my team on the day of the palace raid.”
Friday
31/5
A Ramen stall
After school
The day had been a particularly grueling day of classes for the Kelly Gang members at Shujin. The next round of exam tests were coming and it seemed every class had to start with a reminder about such. Thereby, an offer was given by Ryuji, to forget the impending threat of exams upon them, with a bowl of ramen. As if there weren’t already other more pressing matters to worry about, and there were.
“Man. That was torture.” “As if they didn’t make it clear from the morning,” replied Shinji and Ryuji as they sat down, steaming bowls of ramen in front of them. “Well, we got nothing else to do but to work to get through it… But not now. There’s more important shit on the line now.” “Hear hear.”
The two, then took a slurp of their ramen bowls. The taste of bone broth in their mouths, an oversufficient helping of chilli in Shinji’s bowl, while the smell of garlic emanates from Ryuji’s bowl instead. The hot bowls of ramen were welcomed by the two, after having spent school in almost freezing rooms after some decided to lower the AC to cope with the coming summer heat.
“Ain’t it too spicy for you?” “Hmmm?” “That's a shit ton of chili in your bowl dude.” “Yeah? It’s how I always had Ramen.” “Huh?” “This was long ago, me and a friend, we would go to a ramen place, and get the spiciest and hottest bowl available. It was that or be chicken.” “Heh.” Ryuji chuckled. “The black ramen here is where it's at. “Likewise. Hagakure red ramen is an institution which refuses to let people down… even if they were already down.” “Sounds good and all… Hey, what was your old home like?” “What?” “What was your old home like? I think you said once that you were from Iwatodai.”
Shinji again had to be careful in selecting his words. “Well. Less cramped I guess. It’s near the sea.” “What else?” asked Ryuji, wanting to know more. “Hmmmm… I don’t know what else to say. Those are the big differences between here and Iwatodai. Everything else is more or less the same.” “Hmmm.” “Anything else you can think of?” “Well… I don’t know if you’ll get it, but sometimes. It feels like god damn Gotham city if you know what I mean.”
Taking a moment to process what Shinji had implied, “Oh… Wait, you read DC? !!” At that point, the two had forgotten about Tokyo, lost instead in the discussion and excitement of the world’s greatest (fictional) detective and his numerous sidekicks. “Babs is cool, so is Cassandra, and Steph Brown, but what do you think about the Robins Shinji?”
“Dick Grayson is alright, Jason Todd I like a lot, Tim and Damian is a bit meh for me.” “Ok… Why Jason though?” … “I was an orphan you know.” Shinji said without anything holding himself back, while Ryuji listened intently. “We had to care and fend for ourselves. Thankfully, there was this uh… guy. He was a cop who stayed in the station, he’d let us in sometimes if nobody else was there. He had a box full of spare comics. Also was a VCR player.” Ryuji wasn’t the sharpest kid on the block himself, but he could see Shinji staring off into space, seemingly transported three hundred kilometers in whatever direction Iwatodai was from where they were. His expression was seemingly one of bliss though. Nostalgia maybe?
“We would sometimes spend entire nights there instead of going back to the orphanage. Just watching the animated Batman series he had on tape. He was nice enough to let us stay if we didn’t want to go back home… as much of a home the orphanage was.”
“Man. Sounds like it was hard over there.” “It was. At least I had my old friends with me. Don’t know what would’ve happened if I didn’t.”
“Well. I’m happy you made your way here. It's great having you here as a friend.” Said Ryuji. Shinji, digging into his ramen bowl, before the soup got cold. His only reply was an affirmative thumbs up from Shinji.
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
“Oh, and before you go.” “Hmmmm?” “I’ve decided who’s coming with me on the day. It, however, isn’t you.”
Saturday
1/6
Rooftop Garden
Lunchtime
Now playing: The Lamp is Low, by Laurindo Almeida
“It ain’t you either Haru. I was thinking Ann maybe, but I’ve settled on Kaz.” “Alright. I was wondering how I was supposed to sneak the lewis into the back.” “Yeah. You can’t. Unless you wanna pull up a machine gun a few stories up I don’t think so.” “Yeah. Can you pass me the water?”
Shinji and Haru had been spending the duration of lunch outside in the warming sun. A welcome change from being cooped up inside the classroom, and seemingly in cold hues on the first days of June. So naturally, doing rounds to bring plastic litre bottles full of water from the tap was a welcome change from sitting inside and doing not much of anything.
“Still, are you sure you don’t need more people with you infiltrating the back? You might need more help if things go wrong?” “I trust in the gang. And the operatives. Also, throwing more people at the possible problem ain’t gonna solve it instantly you know?”
A little reluctant, Haru replied, “You got a point, I guess.” “I’m afraid of bringing the wrong people. We trained most of the operatives to shoot their way out of problems, and I don’t think sneaking out of them is a good fit for most of them. I know because I’ve fought with them before.”
“That I agree-“ A sudden ringing was heard, and both the gardeners diverted their attention to the direction where their school bags were stowed away, one of their phones was ringing. Shinji went to see if it was his phone, perhaps it was the shadow operatives, or it was the old man needing a hand at the cafe. Only after approaching did he realize it was Haru’s phone instead that was ringing. “It’s yours.” “Oh?” “I’ll leave you be, I gotta go down for more water and a toilet break anyway.”
As Shinji picked up a bottle and went back down, Haru picked up the phone, and answered the call.
“Yes father?” … “No I haven’t.” … “No I can’t,” …. “But father I-” … *Sigh.* “Alright I will.” …
After hanging up, Haru put the phone back on the table. Hunched over, she placed her forehead on the palm of her hand. Wondering what on earth she should do. What she could do.
Defy both of them? No. That always is gonna end their way one way or another. Leave? Not without at least her high school education, not even mentioning the prospect of a university one. She could stand on her own academic strengths and merit, but if her fate after receiving her diploma was to be sent to the church in a dress, what good was it worth by then? Should she run? Perhaps… it would mean exchanging the wrath of her father and him, for the wrath of uncertainty.
Interrupting her line of thought, came Shinji, coming upstairs with both the water for her plants, and with cool iced tea from downstairs. “You alright?” Haru smiled with a tired expression. “Maybe it's the heat.”
Shinji and Haru decided that it would be an informed and wise decision to take a break for the moment. Sipping her ice tea, Haru tried to cast her mind away from what was out of her control to what was.
For being illicit work, the “nightwork” pays well. It's enough for her expenses, which weren’t that expensive to begin with anyway. Her present company was better than the company of her supposed “family”. Shinji and his friends were decent company, pleasant and an almost night and day contrast, especially with how they took in Yusuke within their ranks.
At the very least, her present company doesn’t just throw more people at the problem until it isn’t a problem. Unlike him. She thought, however, the thought of leaning or relying on said present company came with an added quantity of unease. She did not want to burden others for having being so pleasant and to be frank, angels compared to her “paternal company.” Her degree of self-esteem and ego prevailed. If she can help it, and she really prefers helping herself, she would rather stand alone in the face of being bluntly sold like a pile of meat to the uncaring and the undesirable.
“Feeling better now Haru?” asked Shinji. “Yes… I need to remember to start wearing my summer apparel now, since it's June. I got something which’ll work better in this temperature.
It was a silent but pregnant moment between the two, before Shinji broke the ice under the heat of the first day of Summer.
“I heard some of that when I was coming up the stairs.” Haru sighed. “Just great. For crying out loud.” “You don’t gotta talk about it if you don’t wanna.” “I know… It sounded bad. Just know I try to help myself first before asking for help.” “Gotcha.”
EMPRESS RANK UP!!!
Say, what will you be doing before the day of the raid?” “Well. I’ll be coordinating the operatives and gang on making the calling cards, working out distribution, and generally making sure everybody’s ready.” “That’s good. You need us all to come by the penthouse in order to work on those?” Shinji nodded yes in reply. “Speaking of which. I figured out who I want on the infiltration team.”
End track
2/6
Sunday
Metaverse
“It’s going to be you two, along with Anita.” Shinji uttered to both Yusuke and Chidori. The three of them were cruising on the Tachanka, spare brass, bullets and guns on the rattling base of the wagon, skipping on the asphalt of the road.
Following the path Chidori brought the Kelly Gang to Madarame’s shack some weeks ago. Yusuke, Chidori and Shinji sat around, discussing what preparations may be needed for the upcoming final day before Madarame’s deadline.
“You two are perhaps the least prone to shoot your way out of problems compared to the others.” “And we can make sure we can keep Anita in line.” Added Chidori. “I do not believe it will come to that Hex, but yes, that is an accurate assessment.” replied Yusuke
“Well, I don’t feel like.. Heh. Almost a dozen persona users armed to the teeth with automatic weapons, shotguns and firearms will be that sneaky altogether. “
“Not like we’ll all be undetected, the alarm’s going to go off when that calling card’s sent and all those shadows are going to be running towards us trying to kill us like crazy sons of bitches.”
“Aptly said.” Commented Chidori
The wagon continued on, the three continuing forth in silence, only when chugging along around the neighborhood where Madarame's shack was located, that the subject changed to something else.
“How do we make sure that he sees the card anyway?” “I’m up for a little vandalism myself. I’m pretty sure some of the others are up for it, we can go to the exhibit and make sure he really cannot go without reading it.” “Just to be sure, I can mail some of the cards into his mail address.” “Yeah, do that. But make sure it can’t be traced back to you, or anybody else.” “Understood.”
As the wagon peeled into the street where Madarame’s palace was contained, the three took one final appreciation and evaluation of the ground.
“The fire team needs to make as much noise here as possible to mask the sound of our infiltration from the back.” “They can start by smashing the windows.” “Yes…. maybe we need to create a few new entryways into the main hall, the main doors seem too small to allow everybody inside in a fast and concise fashion.” “We can do that with a few bazooka rounds in the walls.” “Yes… the fire team could perhaps pour as much gunfire into the building as possible.” “Maybe we should go inside, and get the machine guns somewhere that can keep the shadows held up.” “Yeah, though I’m worried we may stretch ourselves thin. There’s only so many of us that can occupy that much ground.”
“ Then our communications need to be on point… Delphi can do that well enough, but we should have our fast movers ready to spread the message whether to move up or withdraw.” “Teddy can do that, once he’s finished blasting enough holes at the front, he can get on his horse and spread the word if we got the treasure and need to start withdrawing or not.” “Hellhound may also be adequate as a messenger.” “Right. Delphi’s going to have a lot to handle when this whole thing blows off.
“If that is the general layout of the plan, then we should discuss some other aspect of the plan we perhaps have given less thought for.” “Yeah Taras? And what would that be?” “That would be the calling cards, we would only have… what's left of today, and tomorrow to fabricate them in the quantities we need.” “Eh. It’ll be fine. I can probably get some… people who aren’t bad in the art department and put em to work.” “Um… Shinji?”
Shinji turned to face Chidori and Yusuke, taking a second to realize. “Oh.” Making a sound of self embarrassment, Shinji took a hand and smacked his bucket-sized helmet as hard as he could, in place of face palm. “Well. I actually got a copy of one of our old calling cards from Kamoshida’s. It's here in my bag.” Shuffling through his messenger bag, Shinji took out the red card, it was written in the format of a ransom note, with letters cut out from magazines forming the message. A signature, probably in Haru’s handwriting since she had the fanciest handwriting and perhaps was the only one who knew how to write in cursive the cursed text.
“May we see closer?” Both Chidori and Yusuke took a closer look, for its function as a message, it did fine. But it was only fine. They then both looked at each other, to then nod silently, as if in agreement, with a slight tinge of glee.
“We think we can improve upon the design. Just allow us a chance to do that.” “Alright. As long as it's finished by tomorrow’s briefing.”
Shinji then looked at his pocket watch. “You got… twenty four hours to work on the design. Make it count.”
3/6
Shadow Operatives HQ
A meeting hall.
Now playing: Persona, from Persona 3 Reload, Episode Aigis
The day before the final raid, All Kelly Gang members and shadow operatives had gathered for a briefing. Being owned by Mitsuru’s father, the building had several meeting halls purposed for business transactions, discussions, meetings etc. But now, it was the war room, with all present sitting around a long table , Fuuka, Shinji and Haru were near what was the projector, Fuuka herself sat next to the two, with a laptop at the ready, the plans for the raid, and strangely enough with MS paint opened.
It felt like a business meeting, however the context made the feel of such out of place, with the sterile and unpassionate environment of the work office being replaced with vigor instead.
“Right. You all know why you’re here. I don’t gotta repeat myself, so let’s get into it.” Both groups, sat around previously conversing with eachother, were now giving Shinji their full attention.
“As you know, when the card is sent, the palace is put into full alertness. This means if we all are to enter, we are going to be met with serious resistance to the treasure.” On the side, Fuuka remained silent, drawing on a blank canvas on MS-Paint, visualising Shinji’s briefing upon it for those listening to him. It seemed to keep their attention fully undivided and without any distraction.
“That is why we are going to proceed with the plan as laid out. We are going to be divided into two separate teams. Fuuka, map of the palace please?” Nodding, Fuuka placed an image upon the canvas, a rough top down sketched layout of the palace with enough detail for the briefing. “Team A, or the fire team, will be positioned at the front of the palace. Their purpose, is to make as much noise as possible. They will be equipped with the machine guns, the bazooka, and the automatic weapons at our disposal that they can carry.”
Labrys stood up. “Shinji?” “Yes, Labrys?” “Who will we know will be on either team?” “I was about to get to that later. Back to it, The fire team will make as much noise and commotion as physically possible.” Shinji stressed each word. “We expect resistance as soon as you enter through the front door. Thereby you will need several entryways in.” Then Haru spoke up. “Ryuji! Your responsibility with the bazooka.” Ryuji nodded intently. “You’ll enter through as many entryways as possible, whether through holes in the wall, the front door, broken windows, just as long as you can take the main hall quickly and without any casualties or injuries.”
“While all of this is happening, Team B, or the infiltration team, will move in from the side or rear of the palace, find a way inside the building, and whisk away the treasure.” “Remember, this is all dependent on the fire team being able to draw as many shadows away from the deeper parts of the palace as possible. It’ll just be four people going in through the back to take the treasure away.” “That being said, it’ll be easier to list who will be on the infiltration team rather than the fire team. Shinji?”
“The infiltration team will be composed of Yusuke, Chidori, Kasumi, and myself.” Fuuka, having drawn out the battle plan for all to see, then rose up to elaborate upon her part in the plan. “I will be keeping communication between the two active teams, however, to make sure that communication doesn’t break down, I will be keeping two runners with me to spread the word if communication via Juno breaks down in any way or form. Ryuji and Koromaru will be my runners.
Koromaru, having sat down on Ryuji’s lap the entire duration of the meeting, started panting in excitement, as Ryuji began to slowly whisper to the pup how they’ll make a good team together.
“Right. As soon as initial resistance at the front has been overcome, the fire team needs to continue the pressure going inside the palace itself and finding more shadows to engage.” “This is so the infiltration team has enough time to get to the treasure, steal it, and run.” “This is the next part of the problem. We only have so many people, but we cannot stretch ourselves too thin. We need people to stay close enough to our exit route to make sure it doesn’t close us off.” Fuuka and her runners will be keeping the exit clear in order for everybody to exfiltrate.
Fuuka, visualizing upon the canvas, elaborates “We have four on the infiltration team who will be around here.” Said Fuuka as she circled the area in red where the infiltration team would be in, then circled the area in green where she and her runners will be sitting tight to keep their exit clear. “That leaves about seven people left to roam around the rest of the palace, engaging and destroying any shadow they see on sight.” Haru then continues “That means… Ann, myself, Kotone, Junpei, Yukari, Labrys, and Aigis. Fuuka, regaining the podium, continues “We’ll divide you into three groups, two by two and three by one. Sort out your groups now and stick like glue.”
“Fuuka will let everybody know when the infiltration team’s got the treasure. You’ll know it if you hear the phrase, “Van gogh”. In case we need help immediately in our area of infiltration. Fuuka will let you know with the phrase “Picasso.”
“Shinji?” asked Ryuji “I have a question.” Yes?” “What will we do if we find Madarame’s shadow?” “You should hope you don’t. But if you do, Fuuka will notify everybody and everybody will converge on your position, guided by her.” “The scanners should pick him up, wherever he may be,” added Fuuka.
After some discussion, it was decided who would be with who, and where.
Entrance Subteam:Fuuka,Koromaru, Ryuji
Palace team/P.T one: Aigis and Ann,
P.T two: Yukari, Kotone, Junpei
P.T three: Haru and Labrys
Infiltration team: Yusuke, Chidori, Kasumi, Shinji.
With the distribution of their manpower suitably positioned, what was left was answering questions and clarifying details or wrinkles in the plan. It was looking solid.
End Briefing
With the briefing completed, all in attendance were dismissed. Some Kelly Gang members broke off to spend time with their favorite Shadow Operative, who was running on all fours through the halls of the floor. Some Shadow Operatives broke to leave for the penthouse, for Maruki had prepared some Miso noodles for the occasion. However, and most crucially, some shadow operatives left going downstairs, without elaborating upon their future whereabouts or plans for the night.
Shinji, Chidori, Kasumi, and Yusuke however. Remained in the meeting hall. Sat together, keenly looking upon a small red card. It had been laminated and was still hot and fresh from the printer.
“I think it holds a striking resemblance to someone we know.”
Commented Chidori. “You guys made this in that much time?” asked Kasumi. “Yes. Nothing but the best, from us” added Yusuke.
Shinji remained in silence. The feeling of the inevitable, of inevitable doom or destiny, was perhaps harnessed or parried away in the shape of a small card.
Chapter 47: Гайдамацька
Summary:
Translation:
Haydamak
Sorry for the delay, school started back up again. The entire palace raid will be divided into two chapters since the length started to be longer then what's usual.
So everybody is reminded on the K.G and S.O's codenames before it all goes FUBAR
K.G
-Shinji, Kelly
-Ryuji, Teddy
-Haru, Olga
-Kasumi, Anita
-Ann, Bonnie
-Yusuke, Taras
S.O
-Kotone, Agriope
-Yukari, Argos
-Junpei, Herald
-Fuuka, Delphi
-Aigis, Hoplite
-Koromaru, Hellhound
-Chidori, Hex
-Labrys, Battleaxe
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
3/6, Monday
Leblanc, Late evening
Now playing:Beneath the mask, classical guitar cover by Josh GUITARofolo
“Just remember to lock up and have a great evening.” “Thanks boss.”
Shinji stood at the counter, cleaning the cafe after an early evening of making dinner for what few customers came. Hoping to be able to clean and close up shop fast, so he can get an early night before the upcoming raid.
And he would get the chance to do so, for after doing a check for any spots or stains on the tabletops of the booths, he took an opportunity to sit and breathe for a moment. To think, and comprehend what was to come tomorrow.
Sitting down and recalling the plan. Shinji tried to reassure himself to one extent or another, it was the best plan they could think of at the moment. However, the moment had passed, and the confidence in presenting a bold plan to secure the treasure felt less watertight the more time passed and thereby the closer it came to execute the plan.
Sitting with a glass of water in hand, his other hand was instead grasping his head in a combined sense of dread, worry and tiredness. However, he would be interrupted by a knock on the door.
“We’re closed!” “It’s Yusuke!” Realising who was at the door, Shinji went to the door in order to let in the cossack of the Kelly Gang inside the cafe. “We’re closed, I hope you aren’t here for coffee.” “I’m not… I just… I have reservations about tomorrow that I feel I can only confide to you, personally. Instead of earlier at the briefing in front of our allies.”
“Alright. Take a seat. Need water?” Yusuke accepted. Pouring out a second glass, the two sat on one of the booths, slowly taking sips of water.
“When I, Haru, and Chidori were composing the message on the calling card, and mailed one to Madarame’s mail address. It had occurred to me a possible undesirable outcome may occur tomorrow.” “And what could that be Yusuke?” “That we could be faced with Madarame’s shadow.” Shinji, sensing the unease by Yusuke about this prospect, continued to listen.
“I was hoping that it could be a quick and easy affair. And the plan made it seem so. But I wish to not see that man again, either in person or in shadow.” “Otherwise, I see not much else could go wrong with the plan.” Shinji, having heard out Yusuke, tried to think about a solution or a way to ensure Yusuke wouldn’t have to endure being in the presence of the man who caused him so much harm, or deprived him of a semblance of a functional life.
“You think you’ll be alright either way this may turn out Yusuke?” “I believe I’ll survive tomorrow, but it would be nicer if I won’t have to so much as to be reminded about him. I would like to move forward without having to see him again.”
At that moment, however the door was knocked upon, coming to see who was there, Shinji saw the familiar faces of Chidori, Labrys, Kotone and Aigis, waiting outside the door. Letting them in, the four took seats either next to them or in the booth behind both Kelly Gang members.
“We have infiltrated the exhibit and distributed the calling cards throughout the exhibit.” “Good… Wait, how did you get in, I thought the exhibit closed.” Replied Shinji. “Did you remember Aigis could lockpick any doors back at the dorms?” Shinji took a moment to comprehend, only to be both bewildered and unsurprised by Kotone’s answer.
“We’re here to check up on you.” Commented Chidori. “Me?” “No, Yusuke. We got your message, you said you went to Leblanc after mailing the card to Madarame.”
“How are you feeling?” asked Chidori. “What, about the mission?” “Yeah, nervous?”
Yusuke remained silent. After a moment to collect his thoughts, Yusuke then articulated them in a way he hoped they would understand. “I… am afraid of seeing Madarame again after tomorrow. His crimes aren’t as severe, and I fear if I see him again. On the street, on my way to school, or anytime I would like to go outside.”
Kotone, reaching to reassure Yusuke said “You ever see him on the street, you call us, we’ll deal with him.” Everybody else either nodding or affirming Kotone’s statement. Yusuke replied “Why though. Why do you do this?”
Everyone seemed to stop, seemingly sat still as Kotone slowly took her time to think of an answer. Yusuke, had been patient enough to let Kotone articulate what had been on her mind and on everybody else other then Yusuke.
“Y’know. We didn’t tell you this but, when we all heard about what had happened to you when you got kicked out of Madarame’s place and didn’t have a home, we all felt that on a personal level of sorts.”
“You see, we. The shadow operatives, or SEES back when we were all your age were almost all orphans, just like you. Almost all of us spent time around orphanages, or lost parents and family, or were just estranged from family to the point we were all made alone.” Yusuke, trying hard to believe the magnitude of misfortune and the bad lot that had been given to the shadow operatives, he then replied. “I’m… sorry to hear that.”
“Yeah…” A solemn expression was on all faces present in the cafe. Labrys and Aigis could only watch as Shinji, Chidori and Kotone’s eyes and expression were perhaps taken back to a time of deprivation, loneliness, anxiety, and dread. “Shinji and I, we were both made orphans.” “So was I.” Replied Chidori. “We would’ve all been worse because of it if we hadn’t met eachother.”
“Yeah. That was… about seven years ago, we were all around your age and we all lived in the same high school dorm at Iwatodai.” Continued Kotone. “What happened then?” asked Yusuke. “We made ourselves a… a sort of family. By around 2011, our… family had grown to include both Labrys and Chidori as well.”
“The point is.” Chidori then continued for Kotone. “We made something for ourselves from nothing. We gave each other what we didn't have growing up which was a family, and we think you deserve one too.” “Whudever you do after tomorrow.” Labrys added, “We’re got your back.”
“Yeah. I think the Kelly Gang can say the same Yusuke.” Yusuke’s expression of anxiety, dread, and self doubt had reduced to one of slowly increasing appreciation, trust, and belonging.
“Whatever comes tomorrow, we will be there to support you and stand by you.” Added Aigis, who had spent the time searching for her own words of reassurance while the others talked. “This is not a transactional arrangement. This was a decision we have made. We want to be there for you Yusuke.”
“Whether you like it or not,” added Labrys with an assertive and gleeful grin. Chidori, to anchor her eagerness. “Well. She’s got the spirit. I’d very much like it if you sticked around with us Yusuke. Your presence is greatly felt among us, and… we genuinely do care about your well-being and safety Yusuke.”
Yusuke took the time to ponder and think. He sat, staring at the tabletop, the others knew what this was. A deep bubble of thought and consideration, who’s magnitude could only be felt by Yusuke, while everyone else could only sit and look at Yusuke, trying to make of what his… adoptive family had disclosed to him.
“I’ll… I’ll think more about it after tomorrow.” Yusuke replied. “Though… I appreciate the… adoption offer into this family of yours. I do not know what else to call it.” uttered Yusuke.
Everybody smiled. Labrys, who had been sitting next to Yusuke, along with Chidori couldn’t restrain themselves any longer and reached out to hug Yusuke. All while Aigis, Shinji and Kotone sat on the other side of the booth, smiling.
Soon enough however, the embrace came to an end. Yusuke and the other shadow operatives wanted to get as much sleep as possible before the raid. However before hand, Yusuke went to the bathroom quickly, while both Labrys and Chidori stood outside the cafe for a breath of fresh air. This left Aigis, Kotone and Shinji, still at the table counter. Taking sips out of water or coffee in a silence only marked by silence.
“Say Kotone?” “Hmmm?” “I have consulted the internet and downloaded the files needed to become guardians and ado-”
“Whoa whoa there Aigis. Don’t jump the gun.”
End track
4/6, Tuesday
Madarame’s art exhibit
Somebody had broken into the exhibit. Nothing of value was stolen, there was barely any sign of break-in except for obscure figures on crappy CCTV footage. But what the CCTV footage certainly had captured on the morning of the last day of the exhibit, was a large plastering of red. It couldn’t make out what it was the writing on the red.
Madarame was notified. Surrounded by a security detail, currently attempting to block the entrance of news reporters, attempting to capture the scene, or to read the words on the small red laminated cards. They would suffice for the calling cards plastered on the windows instead. Inside, however, an artistic display and arrangement were made with the majority of the cards inside.
Instead of being spread around the walls and on displays, the calling cards were massed instead around one specific painting. All together and from a distance, the red cards seemed to form a trail of blood. All of which stemmed from the red dress of the Sayuri, which seemed to be bleeding out a message to all who could see and read. A perhaps uncanny scene, the Sayuri, a painting which brought comfort and eased the turmoil in the souls who gazed upon the mother who was cradling her own child. Was now bleeding out what felt like a message from beyond the canvas and paint.
There was only one individual inside the exhibit who was reading what the Sayuri had to say to him, and that was Madarame. Holding a single individual calling card, seemingly holding part of the body and blood of the Sayuri in his hands, he read out its contents silently, with a slow rising sense of dread.
Now playing:Гарний козак, гарний
To the conniving and upstart thievery, Ichiryusai Madarame, Personal artist and companion to Lucifer himself.
To satiate your vanity of yourself and of the devil, you yourself have partaken in the ransacking of the works of those who are more deserving than you, whose price was paid by them in their blood.
We concede to you the respect and station you deserve, that of the ass of a fool, lowlife scoundrels, and of maggots.
For they happen to be your peer in artistry and equals in scum.
For every work you pillage and soil with your own hands, we shall ransack every treasure you may own and hold dear.
We defy you. We will not fail. Live whatever final hours are left as a free and emancipated man in dread of what is to come.
We have none.
The Kelly Gang.
On the backside of the card, happened to be a metal helmet of some sort, with a narrow darkened slit for eyes, with revolvers crossed below. A coat of arms perhaps, a trademark? More dread filled Madarame, as he disposed of the calling card and disappeared from the exhibit.
Some distance away…
A man walking their dog, viewed the scene unfolding at the exhibit from a distance. They stopped to see what had occured at the exhibit..
While the dog stopped to pee somewhere in the grass, the man in a brown jacket and peering through his square glasses, stood outside in the noontime sun, with phone in hand. After looking around to make sure nobody was eavesdropping, he then seemingly hunched over slightly, his baseball cap depressing down towards the ground as he pushed his mobile phone closer to his face.
“Old man has read up. op is a go.” RUFF!
Interpreting this as Koromaru urging him to go back to HQ in order to join the raid in time, Maruki then started walking back the way he came.
End Track
The Metaverse, outside Madarame’s palace
0 hours,
The fireteam
As in reality, so was the metaverse. The designated fireteam, while waiting for the infiltration team to get into position, saw what looked like red light radiating through the palace windows. Olga and Battleaxe, sat upon the wagon manning the Maxim, focused especially upon the red flowing through the glass through the irons of their machine guns like it was a stereotypical red bullseye.
Everybody had been scattered around the street in their small proper P.Ts, using whatever objects lined the street for cover and concealment. Whether ready, nervously attempting to swallow their nervousness, or perhaps numb. They awaited the signal to open up and get this thing started.
Meanwhile, on the other end of the palace building, the infiltration team had been in the position for about a minute, searching for an entry point they could enter in with a lengthy rope that had a grappling hook attached. When ready, Taras had the honor of kicking off the operation with a bang.
Now playing: Гайдамацька правдонька, by Гурт Вертеп
Shattering as many windows from the backside of the building as he could, Taras was hoping to misdirect whatever shadows guarded the area near the treasure as to where they were filtrating into, meanwhile, having heard the shots the fire team took the cue to then start smashing all the windows they could see on their end.
“EVERYBODY OPEN FIRE!!!”
It was a deafening symphony of shattering glass, the whizz and the crack of lead of varying sizes from the humble pistol or carbine-sized cartridge, to the long spitzer rounds of the machine guns. The sight of the tracers, falling glass fragments, and the sound of ricocheting rounds filled the air, enough to mask the sound of a grappling hook being hung on the highest window the infiltration team could find to get as close as they could to the treasure room.
To top it off, to really make sure whoever was inside couldn’t so much as hear any sound from the backside of the palace, Teddy had his bazooka at the ready, to bring a crescendo to the symphony of destruction.
WHOOSH……. BOOM WHOOSH…… BOOM WHOOSH……. BOOM
Seeing the hole in the wall of the front side of the palace, Battleaxe and Olga quickly jumped off the smoking Maxim gun and started sprinting towards the palace with their guns in tow, taking the lead, the two-legged it to the entry points available. Signaling to the others to hustle up and get inside quickly, the two then disappeared into the hole that Teddy had made with the bazooka, soon enough followed by the other P.Ts, with the last to enter being the team designated to keep the exit points clear of shadows, which included Teddy, following Delphi and Hellhound as they dashed forward. Clumsily grasping the bazooka tube and a pack of rockets on his side.
0 hour 5 minutes
Somewhere near the treasure room
Infiltration Team
A cacophony of noise was also present in the halls near the treasure room. With the symphony of sound of automatic firepower being instead echos from the other side of the building, more akin to the sound of firecrackers or fireworks in the distance. The infiltration team instead was silently cutting their way through what guard there was for the most hallowed halls of Madarame’s palace.
Clearing out rooms one at a time, the dirty work was instead marked by the sound of the comparatively silent flames or shattering glass after a persona summon. Or the quiet sound of axes, saber, or knife. It was this silent combing of the halls that they were then greeted by the larger double doors, the treasure room.
Thud! Throwing herself on the doors, Anita’s weight and strength couldn’t open the wooden doors. It was then that Kelly threw his weight behind the other door. Thud! No such luck.
“It’s gotta be locked.” Frantically trying to find a solution to the problem, the infiltration group angsted, looked around for any other possible ways or to open the doors. However, it was Kelly who found the first possible solution to the problem at hand.
“Step aside. Step aside!” Leaning his shotgun to the wall, Kelly then brought his axe to bear, winding up, he started to slam his axe into the wooden doors with a satisfying Thunk! Thunk! Thunk!
After a few swings, the wooden construction of the doors started to chip apart, here and there launching splinters which here and there nicked the skin of those standing near Kelly. However, standing unfazed with a stoic face was Hex, evoker on her head.
Seeing what Hex intended to do, Taras and Anita grabbed and shoved Shinji to the side of the door while he was in the middle of an axe swing. “Persona!” Crash! Medea appeared, launching a burst of flame to the wooden doors. The result was to be expected, their wood construction had set the doors that shut them out of the treasure room alight, quickly spreading upon its surface and burning away the door bit by bit.
“At this rate, the door will go down in a few minutes.” Commented Kelly as he retrieved his shotgun and slung it over his shoulder. However, he was cut short by the sound of a loud Bang!
It was Anita, her Smith and Wesson model three smoking in front of the corpse of a fallen shadow. “We got company now.” commented Taras, as he drew his own revolver, both him and Anita preparing to guard Hex and Kelly as they tried to break down the door further.
Other side of the palace
Hour 0, 10 minutes
Chaos was unfolding, an organized chaos that was preplanned. Despite the nature of planning which was to negate the uncontrollable which brings chaos, chaos was instead an intended outcome of the plan.
As such the line between the chaos of the intended or of the spontaneous kind was murky, marked instead by bold improvisation, courage and sheer audacity.
“We gotta clear those rooms!” Bang! Bang! Bang! “Get Teddy up o’er there with the Bazooka!” “Persona!” Crash!
“Keep moving!” WHOOOSH… BOOM!
Conducting this orchestrated chaos, was Delphi in the back of the small mob of angry teenagers and shadow operatives kitted with as many explosives and automatic weapons as they could carry. The ongoing battle, if it could somehow be seen as a chessboard where pieces move and maneuvered on the board, could only be seen as such by Delphi. Managing and directing the mob to the correct direction in order to buy Kelly as much time and space they needed.
“Get in there! Go! Go! Go!” As the three P.Ts disappeared into the hole inside the palace Teddy had made with his bazooka, into the deeper reaches of Madarame’s palace. Leaving only Delphi and her runners to sit on standby in the lounge/main lobby area. Laying down supplies Hellhound can run here and back to the P.Ts, patrolling for any stray shadows, lost, confused or missed by the mob who left only a line of gunpowder, shadow gore, burn marks, and brass.
“Split into your groups now-*Static*- secure the palace-*Static*- Delphic support on standby. Over.”
P.T/3, Olga and Battleaxe
Connecting Hallways
0 hour 17 minutes
“Come on, this way!” Having reached their area of jurisdiction as P.T 3, the Lieutenant and Labrys wielding machine had separated from the mob to patrol and hole up whatever shadows were in the area, which happened to be the open-aired atrium where the thieves immersed themselves in the desert. The two set their Lewis gun up along an open stretch, awaiting whoever they’d missed when the initial group tore through the front.
DATDATDATDATDATDAT!! Again and again, shadows seemed to come in waves, not like an indomitable wave, but like the coming and going of blackened tides bringing shadows stranding on its sands. Occasionally they got close enough that they could only be stopped by a bomb, a shotgun, or a rip of a persona once the Lewis gun had run dry and needed a new pan magazine. But regardless, they were holding their position with everything at their disposal.
P.T 2
Main Exhibit
0 hour 24 minutes
“Hey! Isn’t this where we’re supposed to be!” Shouted Argos, “Yeah this is it!” Replied Herald as he stopped to look around. It was the exhibit, where Madarame’s ill-gotten works had been stored on display. It had been a quiet place, under guard by security shadows. However, it now had become an ecstasy of flashing red lights from sirens which in “normal” incidents implied intruders.
Having reached their objective, P.T 2 prepared to stand their ground, leaving P.T 3 having to navigate the gold mazelike area between the exhibit and the halls near the treasure.
“Good luck Hoplite!” Shouted Agriope. Turning around to face her love while still trodding backward to P.T 3’s area, Hoplite shouted back “I don’t need any luck honey I was born lucky!” before running into the gold with Bonnie.
“Wow, She seems pumped,” commented Herald. “Yeah… That’s a lot, especially for her. What happened?” asked Argos. “We’ve been pumping ourselves up for the raid. Also our performance is happening soon, so she’s been-” PING PING PING “- Pretty hyped up.”... “Or she has seen that in a movie, maybe both.”
It was almost like the old times, the new kids of old SEES, Kotone, Yukari, and Junpei all in the ring together, they roamed around together like a pack of predators on top of the food chain. Searching, Hunting, Killing, their presence in the exhibit display of all of Madarame’s “works” made them an even more popular target. Which was noticed by Delphi.
“That’s strange, some of the shadows are bypassing P.T 1 and heading straight to *crackle* P.T 2-”
“Wait. They’re getting past us?” Asked Olga
“No, they’re either moving through halls and not going for the infiltration team but directly to P.T 2’s area. They’re going straight to you guys. Over.”
“But what could they want here?” Responded Yukari during a lull in the fighting. Assessing their surroundings, the three tried to remember what was of importance here in the main exhibit. It was then when Agriope remembered.
“*Crackle* They’re here for the security room! In the painting! They want to *crackle* turn back on security or something!-over”
“Can you guys hold on to the exhibit or do you need to displace?-Over.”
“We could! We just need more provisions! *crackle* and maybe an extra hand! *crackle* Over!”
Entrance hall/Concierge
Entrance team
0 hour 29 minutes
Clapping her hands, the delphic oracle then closed her eyes, her guards. Teddy and Hellhound watched as Delphi recited a silent prayer. Teddy didn’t know what she was whispering, but Hellhound silently observed the silent mantra of inspiration, as an expression of the highest sublime came and went.
Afterward, the oracle stepped out of Juno, she reached for the inside of her pack, grabbing as many medical supplies, provisions, and supplies as she found suitable. “Let me help you with that,” added Teddy as he started to shove as much. However, she then stopped for a moment, seemingly stopping to think for a brief moment. It was then that she brought out, to the shock of Teddy, a cloth belt of 9mm ammunition, two long belts, and then hung them over his neck. “What- Is this real live ammo? Are you for real!?” shouted Teddy.
As she was shoving as much supplies into his pockets as possible, along with a spare satchel she had requisitioned. She only replied with “Get these to P.T 2, once there’s a lull, get that to Hoplite” she said, pointing to the belts of ammunition. Not wanting to further question why the shadow operatives had access to live ammunition, Ted summoned his persona and took to the saddle as fast as he could.
Galloping away, he left Delphi to her own devices, as she stopped to pick up out of the same pack a can of Mad Bull. Which she downed with leisure and in silence. However, the drink was interrupted by Kelly, who reported on comms
“Van Gogh-*Crackle* I say again, Van Gogh.”
“Acknoledged. Are you in need of assistance?”
“We are making our way to M.C Escher. We’ll meet P.T 1 over there and get them to pull out*crackle* over.”
M.C Escher, the gold room
P.T 3,
0 hour 39 minutes
Out of a lack of a better name for the liminal space in Madarame’s palace, the more art-inclined individuals of the shadow operatives gave the space the name of M.C Escher, or the gold room.
BRRRRRRRT-BRRRRRRRRRT
It wasn’t long before its gold-plated stairs, parapet, and platforms were painted over by a viscera of shadow gore, seemingly staining the gold with a blackened touch almost like ash.
“ Poetic metaphor.” Hoplite thought as she was sat down during a lull in the fighting, swapping magazines from her arms. Bonnie was by her side, peering over side trying to see where they were coming fro- PING-
THTHTHTHTHTHTHHTHTHTHTTHTHTHT-
“They’re everywhere!” shouted Bonnie after answering back with a burst of fire. Hoplite, now out of her line of thought, quickly looked at how much ammo she had left. Not much left. She would likely have to leave her post to retrieve more ammo. She couldn’t leave behind Bonnie, however.
She had spotted shadows attempting to navigate the labyrinthian space on a staircase above them. Occasionally popping shots at the platform which both she and Bonnie were settled on. Looking for a way to dispose of them without needing to somehow navigate the same space to use her persona. She then picked up a hand grenade. Pulling the pin, she then chucked it upwards, seeing the main body of the pineapple grenade fly upwards while the spoon fell back down into the abyss below. It then exploded, she knew that it took out the group shooting at her and Bonnie when after the bits of shrapnel started falling back down, bits and parts of shadow gore, bodies and limbs started to fall around them.
Watching it while it happened, Bonnie started to pass Hoplite her grenades as well, pulling the pin of each one by one and putting it in Hoplite’s grasp. After each blast the sound of the safety pin being removed was the signal to throw another grenade to whichever doorway, stairwell, or platform she may have suspected to hold shadows on.
With ears slightly ringing, however, they hadn’t paid much mind to the light-filled window behind them, where one by one, four figures jumped out. However, just at the last moment, Hoplite turned around with both hand cannons ready to fill the shadow that had snuck behind them with lead.
“Wait it's me!” “Kelly?” Both Bonnie and Hoplite turned to see that Kelly’s team had made it out of the treasure halls almost unscathed. “Nice seeing you guys here.” Commented Hex. Apart from a few cuts and burn marks, Bonnie observed that under the shoulder of Taras, was what appeared to be a canvas-sized object under a white cloak. “Is that- Is that the treasure?” “Yes.” replied Hex “We need to find our way out of here.” “This way! We’ll go back the way we came!” Hoplite shouted, she pointed toward a stairwell that led back to the main exhibit, where P.T 2 was.
However as, first, Anita, then Shinji ran down the stairwell, it started to shake and shift, only to then rotate towards the left, the sudden change of direction nearly throwing off Anita, who had kept her balance, however…
“Kelly!” shouted Anita as she saw him almost fall into the abyss below. He held on to a step of the stairs with only one hand for dear life. “Shit shit shit shit shit..” He whispered to himself as he was helped back on the steps of the moving stairwell by the strength of Hoplite.
Watching as the stairs shifted to the left toward a door that likely did not lead to the most convenient and expedient route back, the Infiltration group and P.T 3 had to instead roll the dice with wherever M.C Escher wanted them to go.
End track
P.T 2, Main Garden
0 hour, 40 minutes
After hearing the code which let everybody know that the treasure was secured and the infiltration team was trying to withdraw, P.T 2 began to withdraw to more defensible portions of their jurisdiction. They had received medical provisions, food and supplies which one of the runners from Delphi had sent to relieve P.T2 during a lull in the fighting.
“Thanks for running those here Ted.” “No problem Herald… Hey, Delphi made me carry this.” he pointed to the belts of ammo hung around his neck.
A lull in the fighting around the main exhibit occurred. The shadows will likely come back, but their numbers have started to dwindle. The palace was being bled dry of its security. “Oh!” exclaimed Agriope “That’s for Hoplite. She’s gotten upgrades before we deployed here.” she explained. “Well, do you know how I can get to her, I’m supposed to get this ammo to her.”
Bang!
P.T 2 and Teddy, who had been sitting around on a bench, now hid behind cover. Attempting to assess the location of the shot. However they had been preempted by Delphi, who had been monitoring P.T 2 at this point of time.
“It’s a strong one! This one’s… Wait a minute.”
“Juno picked up a strong one, Be ready P.T 2."
Now playing: Blood of a Villain
Peeking over or by the sides, the trio of P.T 2 and Teddy observed as an old greying man in a gold set of clothes slowly strolled in the direction of P.T 2. He was surrounded by a small entourage of shadowy guards armed with pistols. One of which held what appeared to be a small painting frame, covered in a white cloak.
Stopping for a moment, P.T 2 observed the gold shadow, stopping in the center of the garden. He wasn’t happy. Putting a hand to his face, P.T 2 could hear him shout out.
“Yusuke! If this is your doing! Come out here this instant! You ungrateful bastard of a child!”
The old man continued screaming insults to Yusuke’s name, P.T 2 continued observing and listening, however uncontrollable rage started to rise as the insults to Yusuke’s name had gotten worse.
“If this was how you repaid my kindness to you! Your mother should’ve aborted you at the first possible opportunity! You are and were undeserving of my kindness and sacrifices for you Yusuke! You get down here now!!!”
“Your mother would’ve been disgusted with the way you turned out you spoiled good for nothing brat! In fact, it was great that she’s dead now! She wouldn’t have seen her child turn into such a god damn waste!”
“GET DOWN HERE NOW! YOU INGRATE TRASH!”
“I really, really want to hit him Argos.” whispered Agriope. “Yeah? Well. As much as I would like to, I don’t feel like us four could take him on here alone.”
Stepping out of their hiding place, Kotone, with Naginata in hand, stood up. Staring down the old man. Pathetic, she thought. He looked less like a shadow of the kind that she’d fought on almost a daily basis back at 09’ but a decrepit lump of flesh in a kimono.
Unbuttoning the strap on her holster, the first former wildcard slowly stepped forward. Ready to duke it out with an old man for a kid she had only known for barely two weeks.
Notes:
Part 1 of 2
Chapter Text
Part 2
Now playing: Danger Zone, Reloaded. By MOSQ
SLASH! WOOSH! SWISH!
Slashing her way through the private guard of Madarame, Agriope surged forward to as much as lay her hands on the old greying man. No such luck, as when she finally cut through the last of the shadow of the decrepit man began to transmogrify.
Unfazed, the former wildcard stared down as the former man dissolved from flesh into paint, canvas, and a macabre mockery of the universal tool of human expression, a face. Running over to back their esteemed friend, Argos, Herald and Tedder ran to support her.
“I’ll go for the eyes, Ted disorients, Herald gets stuck in with the nose and mouth and Argos supports him.” The three drew out their evokers, with the exception of Ted who instead drew out his Mauser.
“Let’s fuck him up!”
The main halls
Olga and Battleaxe were settling down in a moment of relative peace. On the position they occupied were two opened cans with the carbonated beverages still fizzling as their Lewis gun remained steaming.
However, the relative peace had come to an end when the sound of fast-paced footsteps had roused the two into awareness, with Battleaxe quickly grabbing the pistol grip of the machine gun, while Olga in a moment of angst and haste let her persona off the rip.
However, it was not another group or wave of shadows which sought to overrun them. To their great relief, it was their canine companion, who ran to the two of them in an excited dash.
“Houndie!!!” Shouted Battleaxe “How are you doing little buddy?!!” As Battleaxe held the hound however, another figure had emerged from the bend of the halls, their delphic oracle.
Concern had started to emerge. Picking up the Lewis gun, Olga emerged from the position to ask Delphi why she had left her station which she had designated herself.
“What’s happened?” asked Olga “All the shadows have disappeared. I couldn’t sense any. But just as they disappeared, a strong one just popped out of nowhere on the scanners and now PT 2’s fighting it now,” said Delphi in an urgent and almost out of breath.
An expression of dread then suddenly jolted through the lieutenant of the Kelly Gang. It’s gotta be the palace owner’s shadow. It has to be.
“We gotta run.”
Meanwhile, back at the garden.
OUUUGHHHHHH…
Surrounding the canvas’d horrors, the four followed Agriope’s orders to the best of their capability. While Agriope herself kept the two bulging canvas eyes at bay with her long naginata, keeping the eyes to bear on Herald or Ted while staying away at suitable range to be herself from harm's way. While also occasionally ripping out her persona to scorch Madarame’s eyes.
Accompanying her was Tedder, who with occasional Mauser fire and the discharge of electricity from Tadeusz constricted what fabricated nerves coursed through the paintings. Restraining them from fighting back or defending themselves from the ongoing fire of arrows, nine millimeter or .357 magnum.
As the eyes were going through a trial of Agi and Zio, its counterparts. The mouth and nose were under serious pressure from the longsword of Herald. Ditching his automatic rifle, herald instead settled with his longsword, bringing steel to meet canvas. He knew he was hitting them hard when disgustingly and morbidly, the nostrils of the nose started to leak out black paint-like mucus, and how every swing of the long sword against the mouth resulted occasionally in golden teeth being knocked out from the mouth horror.
It soon became unnerving enough for the batter, who after smashing the mouth and nostrils enough times had started to take a toll on his strength and what reserves of healing Argos could spare, it became a necessity to instead utilize fire to finish the job. In the hope that canvas in the metaverse turns to ashes rather than morbidly spit or blow out disgusting impressions of human anatomy.
Thankfully, a time limit had been placed on the longevity of Madarame’s crude and disgusting impressions of life on canvas. Eager to end it as fast as possible, if not for the sake of not needing to bear seeing a small pile of almost lifelike golden teeth popping out from seemingly nonliving objects mimicking the anatomical function and natural functions of living things. Agriope had in a quick moment slung her naginata over the shoulder and then drew out a theurgy magazine from her belt. Loading the glowing magazine. CRASH
Out of thin air, came out the jack brothers, while Agriope quickly moved to the side of the spotlight shown above them. The bulging horrific eyes of Madarame could only as much as silently observe what comedic routine the brothers had in store.
“Oh It is so good to be back HO”
“Especially at the behest of our favorite former wildcard”
“All thanks to our newest wildcard!”
“Oh-Hee-Ho- right, let's get quickly to it, Why did the chicken cross the road Oh-ho?”
“BECAUSE IT-” BOOM-
The two brothers did not manage to finish the joke. For the paintings seemingly had any semblance of resistance shattered in the face of the enemy. Laid low on the floor either from exhaustion or from the disabling of its sides thanks to the brothers.
“Everybody!! Push now!” Drawing firearms and melee weapons, all four persona users fell upon the four now downed paintings. Doing everything in their power to smash the horrific works into oblivion. Seemingly covering themselves in a gorish black paint with each stabbing, slashing, piercing or gunshot the four of them could manage.
By the end of what could be described as a brutal massacre of “art”. The three shadow operatives were covered in more in the color black then what was considered on the regular. Tedder remained the exception. His white and red Uhlans garb now no longer bearing their original color and instead coated in a thick blackened malaise. A sticky or sucking sensation was felt as the four backed away from the puddle of what remained of the “art”. They weren’t sure if it was over or not.
Now playing:Blood of a villain
Unfortunately for them, it wasn’t. For a while the four hoped to run back to quickly replenish what reserves of strength had been spent destroying the “art”. Out of the pool of viscous black came Shadow Madarame, emerging, he came out of it with the odor and smell of paint which had not dried. Assaulting the senses of the four, who had been stopped midway to where they had just been resting and kept their provisions.
“I should’ve… heh. I should’ve waited for that ingrate to arrive here…”
“Oh well. At least he would be here just in time to see you all dead. His new bastard family-”
BANG
Having heard enough of the old man’s trash. Agriope could be seen with her smoking revolver. Silence was felt for what felt like a pregnant moment. Quickly roused to his senses, the shadow of Madarame reached for his forehead. No hole was felt. But then the sensation of ripped hair and torn cloth started to be felt by the old man. The other persona users finally processed what had happened. Agriope had blasted the top knot which held Madarame’s hair, grey hair started to fall from his head, as if a swift trim had occurred with the band keeping the top knot together being a redline or bullseye.
“Alright fine. This is the last spite you upstarts commit against my name.”
Summoning various Ersatz copies of himself in different hues, Madarame had created a swarm of himself, intending to drown these four in a sea of color. There was no interpretation needed. He was going to drown everybody he saw in a sea of himself. The four persona users watched with morbid anticipation as Madarame cloned himself like rampant cancer cells with nothing to stop them. They could try as they might, but without reinforcements, they will drown.
“Delphi-Delphi you there over? Delphi are you listening? We are about to be fucked over here. Need reinforcements urgently.”
“No response” said Agriope. Looking around to withdraw, the four could observe the hall leading back to where P.T was stationed. If they could send somebody to go and get P.T it would increase chances of survival.
“Tedder.” “Y-Yes Agriope?” “You need to run and find P.T. 1 . We’ll cover for you.”
“Bu-But are you guys going to be alright?” Ted was not sure of it. Even if he found P.T or even Delphi, they could return to see P.T 2 wiped from the face of the earth.
“It’s the only way, now go- OPEN FIRE” P.T 2 let out a hail of fire from the automatic weapons at their disposal. Firing at the now moving clones, they chased after Ted, who had let Tadeuz loose to climb upon his horse, he lurched over the saddle, his stomach planted upon it on a speeding horse. He was finally able to shift his body weight in a way that allowed to plant his rear on the saddle by the time he was far from the reach of the clones closing in on the horse.
“Guess…” commented Argos “Guess we gotta fight like our lives depend on it.” She said as the three stared down the horde of Madarames. “Argos?” replied Herald “When has it not.”
End Track
P.T 3
“This again?” Traversing M.C Escher, P.T 3 and Kelly’s team had to traverse the long path that they had taken back when they had last entered the palace on the 25th of May. Which involved the process of determining which Sayuri paintings were true or false.
Determined to get as fast as possible through MC Escher to leave, Taras was sorting through the false and true as fast as he could, frustration slowly growing. Hex could sense it. His growing frustration slowly rising, yet concealed by his mask and hasty demeanor. Eventually, though, everybody went silent, as to hear Yusuke slowly seethe and swear when he thought nobody could hear.
They couldn’t make out his silent curses to the man who took advantage of him. They couldn’t make out Yusuke’s silent cursing not only of the man who had taken advantage of his abilities but also at himself, for having been taken advantage of. A sliver of his mind could see this as pointless, as folly. However, whatever remained of his perceived human dignity he had fostered over the years couldn’t allow that.
“Taras?” asked Chidori “Do you need a moment?”
Out of frustration, Yusuke violently in front of everybody else unveiled the cloak around the “treasure”. This however wasn’t helpful in the slightest.
Yusuke stiffened.
The group stopped to watch Yusuke, now silent, stiff. They saw him freeze up. He was staring at the treasure as if it had given him an answer to his silent curses and pleas. It was none of that though. The group then surrounded Yusuke, to stare at the painting with him.
It was of a blond-haired woman. Fighting an enlarged double-headed hawk, whose beak grasped a large tome, attempting to pry it from her grasp. One head screeched at the woman, while the other was tearing out the book’s pages.
It was so out of pocket, so unexpected, definitely not in the style of Madarame’s paintings, no. Chidori took a closer look. She saw it somewhere else, she couldn’t however coin a name from her memory. But, a thought was planted. Perhaps it was that it certainly wasn’t in Madarame’s ability to create, that it was somebody else’s work. Definitely someone else in the halls of long-dead artists. Maybe even the overt symbology. “Is this not the treasure?”
However, that thought was extinguished as suddenly the group could hear the faint echoes of crackling, or faint sounds akin to extremely distant thunder. The unmistakable sound of distant gunfire.
P.T 2
“We’re getting our asses handed to us over here!” Shouted Herald.
As much as they fought, the core trio (sans one member) were struggling to meet Madarame and his clones head-on. A lack of SP meant the lack of crucial damage, for a lack of extra hands or guns meant an inability to meet the overwhelming numbers Madarame posed. For a lack of personas that could meet the vulnerabilities of each clone’s affinities made their numbers swell due to decreased killing power.
All the while Madarame continued taunting and filling the garden with an insidious cackle.
“You fight like amateurs. You all will become subjects of my new work. Starting with you.”
Taking out a pipe, the old man puffed a large bellow of noxious smoke. Obscuring the entire room. Scattered coughing, the sound of marching sandals, and after a short while… “Hey … Let me go!”
“Agriope?!!”
“Delphi?!!!???”
“We’re trying to find you guys but- KAFF-HAKK-ACK- There’s too much smoke around here for us to find you guys!”
Eventually, the smoke cleared. As the clouds of black cleared by, Yukari and Junpei found themselves untouched. Their garments still coated in black. “Where’s Agriope?”
They looked around, the only friendly face they could find amid the clearing smoke was Delphi, P.T 1, and Tedder. They managed to get here just in time.
However, while Yukari and Junpei were directing their gaze to Delphi and P.T 1. Their relieved expressions slowly declined. As they saw Delphi and P.T 1 in a deeply distressed expression, looking at something behind them. Turning around, when they saw what had happened to Kotone, they could not help but join in fear and terror.
Kotone was on a cross, one of Madarame’s making. A brush in hand, he had quickly composed a cross which then Madarame’s minions had binded her to. Madarame stood appearing triumphant, holding Kotone’s revolver.
“Tsck.Tsck.Tsck. You don’t even have the treasure in your own hands. You do not even have anything to bargain with.”
A fake approached Madarame, carrying the cloaked object. He then unveiled it, revealing the true palace treasure. The Sayuri. The true Sayuri, the sole and original one.
“Now. I’m going to give you an offer. Give me back Yusuke, and you can get your spinster back. Or I’m going to shoot her in the head.”
One. two. the-BANG
Now playing:Master of Dread, recomposed by MOSQ
A round of shattered glass landed around everybody, as the skylight above was destroyed by a single shot. Madarame, grasping a bloody hand. Everybody from persona users to the madarame fakes looked up to see a group of dark figures, standing around where the former glass stood.
Briefly illuminated by the muzzle flash and by the gun smoke, was Yusuke, working the lever of his Winchester, standing next to him was Chidori, her rifle at the ready.
“Hoplite, get down there now! Hex! Taras! Give us cover we’re going down too!” Jumping down from above, the shadow exterminators landed on the hard floor below or on a fake for a softer landing. Hoplite started immediately going to town on the fakes, slamming with full prejudice into each fake like they each owed her money. All while Kelly Gang slowly lowered themselves off the roof using the grappling hook they’d used to get themselves inside.
P.T 1 and company, who stood by the exit which led to the entrance of the palace, were scrambling. While Argos, Herald, and Olga had set their sights on the scrambling fakes, felling them one by one with accurate machine gun fire and arrows, Delphi, Ted, and Battleaxe were looking out for where Ted had left his supplies which he had ran over earlier. They then spotted the gleaming brass casing, reflecting off the moonlight.
Making their way down last, while everybody else had been going to town on the fakes, Hex and Taras finally made their way down. Both sought out one specific Madarame out of a sea of what was a few hundred of him. Cutting a straight line through, they finally saw the radiating gold, glittering in spite of the flying gore, shadow remains, blood, the smell of sulfur in the air, and much more indescribable.
Staring down the old man, his hands covered in blood. The two stared down the old man. “Last chance old fool.” “Give us the Sayuri, and you won’t be hurt…”
Without further words, Madarame picked up Kotone’s naginata, yet the old man pathetically wasn’t able to carry or brandish the glaive without struggle. The cossack and company couldn’t help but be amused at the sight. So, ditching the glaive, he took out a brush and continued to instead let his fakes fight for him.
As the verse of battle was sung by the newly arrived Kelly gang and operatives, the chorus of machine gun fire continued in the far corner of the garden, while the guns continued to sing, Delphi looked out watching Hoplite continuously and mercilessly fight on, the expression was of pure unfiltered rage. While those also watching could articulate why Hoplite mauled and tore through the fakes, those older and with better knowledge of certain events seven years ago would know better.
“Hey!” “Hey!” “Hey Hoplite!” “We need her attention.” Extended bouts of shouting did not help. Peeking from behind Delphi, Battleaxe commented “I can go get her Delphi.”
“When you get her out, tell her to come to me and eject the drum magazines. We need to put an end to this.”
Battleaxe immediately took off, tearing through any fakes that got in her way, when she got to Hoplite, she was rebuffed. “Let me go! I must get my Girlfriend back!” “I’ll get her back, just get back to Dellphee! GO!”
Both shadow exterminators lept to opposite sides of the garden, while Hoplite lept in one single motion, it took Battleaxe a moment of anticipation until the thrusters on the Labrys fired up, sending her forward like a jet. She was able to get to the painted cross which Kotone was tied on.
Watching that her sister managed to secure her girlfriend from any possible harm, Hoplite was able to reunite with Delphi near a bench. She stood with a determined gaze, holding two belts of nine millimeter. Quickly, Hoplite then ejected the drum mags on her arms and stood quietly and patiently as Delphi loaded into the feeding mechanism on her arms both belts. Aigis knew what to do next, she got these upgrades and trained to use them specifically with Fuuka before being deployed. After a second, Hoplite rose up, the afterburners were starting to warm up, and the bluish glow whose glow clashed with the red and yellow.
“ORGIA MODE ACTIVATED. MOWING FIRE COMMENCE.”
End track
If the incessant use of high-power automatic firearms had here and there brought episodes of deafening pain, this was instant and seemingly had no end. The fakes did not simply lurch over in pain or fell over but simply dissipated upon contact with actual live ammunition.
Everybody from both the shadow operatives and Kelly gang, and even the now cowering Madarame hit the deck, as Aigis simply did not feel the need to conserve or restrain her fire. If a crescendo was supposed to be short, violent, sudden, and conclusive, this was such.
Silence filled the garden, as the numb and deafened ears of gang members and operatives slowly got back their bearings, Aigis stepped forward, now steaming, on the verge of overheating, and walked past Labrys, who was supporting Kotone with her shoulder. She slowly approached the now kneeling old man, holding his hands in front of his face.
“Do you yield?” Asked the shadow exterminator. “Hoplite stop!” Shouted Kelly. “We need him alive.” he explained. Aigis then looked through the dark eye slit on Kelly’s mask, silently staring through it. She then nodded slightly, receding her finger guns, and walked away.
Everybody then had gotten up, with the exception of Madarame, who remained in stunned silence. Nobody wanted to stay here any longer if they could help it. With everybody else shuffling out after packing their gear and leaving, they left only Shinji, Yusuke, Chidori Kasumi, and of course Madarame, still kneeling and reeling on the blackened carpet.
Chidori looked through the remains of the fakes and finally found the real treasure, the Sayuri. She admired its beauty for a brief moment, even smiling. But she felt she need not sully it with her hands, for someone else was more deserving of its grasp. “Here Taras. Keep it.”
She handed it over to him, and walked out, bringing Kasumi in tow. Leaving Shinji and Yusuke alone to admire the Sayuri in front of Madarame.
“You know…” commented Madarame. “It was your mother who painted the Sayuri… She had nothing to her name other then the clothes on her back, and what was painted on this canvas.” Both Kelly Gang members listened to the old man, as he continued.
“One day, when you were too young to remember… she was convulsing on my sofa… it was a stroke and I.. was negligent.., and because of me, medical assistance was not brought to her until it was too late.”
In silence, the cossack knelt down, facing his old teacher very closely.
“What was I supposed to do Yusuke… If- If I hadn’t taken in the Sayuri, it would’ve been gathering dust in my shack. Your mother’s work wouldn’t have seen the light of day.”
“And she would’ve been alive to raise me instead of someone of the likes of you.” replied Yusuke.
Silenced, Madarame could only kneel, seemingly begging for forgiveness, but could not bring the words out of his mouth.
“Do not bother asking me for my forgiveness. If you desire to express a semblance of regret. You will return to your house, and then turn yourself in.”
Yusuke then turned away, Sayuri in hand. Shinji followed close by, holding in his hand a box of matches, as he went, he lit the matches one by one, and scattered them around the palace as they exited the building in silence.
Outside Madarame's palace
1 Hour 30 Minutes
The sky was no longer the darkened blue that Madarame’s palace used to emit, instead a hue of warm colors took its place as a plume of smoke rose to the sky. The group of persona users behind the arson, however, was sat around on the wagon, leisurely eating from Tupperware full of curry, drinking sodas or coffee and tea. Apart from the hushed voice of Fuuka, slowly moving around the thirteen other persona users, checking if somebody was still hurt or not, everybody instead sat in silence, eating their curry while letting the large bonfire in front of them warm their bodies.
As Fuuka went around and watched, she saw the glimmer of flame in the group’s eyes, they seemed calm, their souls soothed, almost as if the fire that was burning down the palace warmed their souls as much as it did their bodies. Appreciating not the warm hue or its warmth, but its destruction.
Sooner or later when the curry was finished, the group could be heard conversing to each other silently, as if they did not want to leave yet, but to see out the fire and appreciate it further. Nobody had the heart to tell that they wanted to tell their friends that they wanted to go home, if not for sorely wanted sleep, even for a toilet break.
“Are you alright Agriope?” “Yes,” replied Kotone. “However, I don’t think you need to use my codename now. I don’t think anybody left inside is going to find out sweetie.” They huddled closer for warmth, Aigis in the process of cooling down after mowing down the fakes was now cooled to a comfortable warm which Kotone really loved.
Shinji sat on the street, his back leaning upon one of the wheels of the wagon, while Chidori and Labrys sat above in the wagon. Out of curiosity, Chidori asked “Kelly? Where did you get those matches?” Looking up, the bush ranger took off his helmet and replied “Found it at the cafe. I guess boss uses matches for his cigs instead of a cigarette lighter.” “That’s strange,” replied Chidori. “Yeah. Who uses matches anymore anyway?” added Labrys.
“Well. I used to,” replied Shinji. “Not for smoking or any of that crap though. It was good to keep warm back there.” although Shinji did not elaborate any further, neither did Chidori or labrys want to push it any further.
Lastly, Yusuke sat alone in a corner of the wagon, inspecting the Sayuri. Lost in thought, he couldn’t come to a conclusion regarding his mother’s role in its creation. He stared at the loving face that she had composed on the canvas. He wondered who was its reference, who could mother have found to volunteer to have their facial features translated to canvas, a mystery mimicking the search for woman in the Mona Lisa, but more personal. It was only after a moment when Yusuke realized what it had meant.
He could only put down the canvas at this point, sat almost with his hands on his head. He sought a recourse, something to reach for to develop this feeling, this feeling which he could not find a name for. He found it in the form of his Bandura, laid down in the wagon for safekeeping. He then picked it up, and started to play a comforting song which he knew.
Now playing:Чи то буря чи то грім, performed by Тарас Компаніченко and Гурт Вертеп
After tuning the strings and making sure that he had recognized the melody of what song he had reached for within his memory, he then began to sing.
What feelings of comfort and calm were accompanied by feelings of reverie, as the group started to clap along to Yusuke’s song and music. What feelings, whatever edge was left or tension that had been slowly diffusing from the palace operation had now suddenly gone away among the choir of clapping and celebrating to the tune of Yusuke’s song. It was then that, after ensuring that there was sufficient lighting, Fuuka got out of her pack a camera and captured the moment into memory forever.
Notes:
We are almost at the end of the second act. Due to an increased workload coming from UNI, the next batch of chapters are going to instead be shorter and less than 4k words which is the average wordcount per chapter more or less, which could mean more frequent updates if work isn't too heavy.
Good health to you all, thanks for reading SKA and have a great day.
Chapter 49: Full Moon Waltz, another story related to the story
Notes:
An immeasurable thank you to MazeOfmyDesign, for proofreading and giving feedback on chapters since chapter 37. You are an angel.
They do traditional art, digital art, and pixel art commissions, DM them for details.
https://archiveofourown.org/users/MazeOfmyDesign/pseuds/MazeOfmyDesign
https://www.tumblr.com/maze-of-my-design
Chapter Text
Silence. Or is it the lack of sound? That was the first thing Fuuka noted while her eyes were still closed.
“Juno… what is it you have for me this time?” The Delphic oracle thought. She opened her eyes, to see the familiar shade of blue that could only be seen from the inside of her.
Adjusting her eyes to the tint of the glass, Fuuka took a moment to assess what was outside, only to then be taken into shock. Outside the confines of Juno, was space. She and Juno were floating through the endless vacuum.
“Wh- Why have you brought me here Juno?!??” Fuuka exclaimed. She started to feel trapped within the confines of what was her safe space, stranded in space. “ Do not fear what comes next.”
“HOW COULD I NOT!???!!” Exclaimed Fuuka. “Because he’s coming to retrieve you.” At that moment, Juno evaporated into a flock of blue butterflies, to fly above Fuuka as she spun around the expanse, they joined its expansive reach. The butterflies flying off into the distance, to join the stars galaxies away.
Panicking, Fuuka felt the cold nothingness and expanse envelop her body. Her shadow operatives gear failing to keep her body warm inside. However, as she spun and slowly lost a sense of if she was upside down or downside up, she realized she was able to breathe. “Is this a dream?”
She regained her bearings, slowly breathing in and out, directional bearings were instead replaced by the bare warmth of her blood calmly circulating through her veins as she breathed and soothed herself down.
As she had gotten calmer, she looked around the expanse of space, mentally perceiving her place in the universe. She could see earth, its bright colors. A fusion of bright green, blue and white she saw. She was definitely in a dream. If this was real she would be seeing belts of satellites and debris over the atmosphere.
It was then that she saw the earth slowly darken. Slowly yet suddenly. It was then that she turned around.
No sign of the blinding sun. Good. She wouldn’t loose her eyes to its incomprehensible light. But instead she saw the light of the moon. She could see Tycho and the craters, almost like small zits on the surface of the celestial body. And being.
But from its surface, she saw something. It slowly departed from the moon’s surface, it glided from the vast distance from the moon towards Fuuka without resistance. What on earth is that? Fuuka thought, but as it had gotten closer, Fuuka could note its color. A familiar blue?
Now playing: Waltz in E major, Op.15 “moon waltz”, piano version, by Cojum Dip
“Is that?” She swore her eyes was still adjusting from awakening inside Juno, but she had not seen a blue that shade since-
“Fuuka? It’s me.” Fuuka gasped. It couldn’t be. It- it shouldn’t be. Her perception and feelings were less tangible and empirical. Her senses were in a state of numbness, it couldn’t be. She couldn’t feel or smell or hear much of anything but could only see.
An escort of butterflies guided them towards Fuuka. She could not believe who or what it was until it had gotten close enough to embrace her. With a smile. There was only able one person who could do that to Fuuka.
“Minato?”
“Yeah.. I missed you sweetheart.”
Fuuka teared up, her tears not sticking to her face but instead floating away as single individual drops into space. The trail from her eyes was wiped away by Minato, gently drying her trail of tears leading from her eyes. They both embraced eachother, continuing to float in space like two slow dancers.
“But-But how? Shouldn’t you be at the seal, keeping Erebus at bay???”
“I do not know either….” Commented Minato “Maybe the burden of the seal has been lessened. Which means…”
The two continued to drift. They did not move out of fear of losing each other in the vast expanse, letting the lack of gravity slowly twirl and spin the two lovers.
“Something must’ve happened. Ei- Either the seal has had its burden eased, or-“
“Or Erebus has been weakened, somehow.” Fuuka said.
“Yeah. I must return to the door and keep them at bay, but otherwise. I have been allowed a moment with you somehow.”
Both Fuuka and Minato had began to tearfully weep, but continued smiling. By the absurd nature of the universe which could be found in the vast expanse of nothing, which both of them inhabited, it had decided to reunite the two lovers for as long as this dream allowed.
“Has it been hard on you?” Asked Fuuka.
“Oh. It was at first. But then it… it soon enough was like having my back scratched.” Replied Minato
Both of them laughed. The incessant stream of tear drops had been flung throughout all 360 degrees of perceivable direction.
Fuuka looked at Minato for a moment. They were in their shadow operatives gear, but it was colored in hues of dark horizon blue. Almost like…
“Shinji’s alive.” Commented Fuuka
“What?”
“Shinji’s alive. He was brought back.”
“How?”
“I’m still a bit hazy on the details, but he’s even got the power of the wildcard.”
Minato diverted his gaze from Fuuka, in the depths of another thought, Fuuka looked at his expression. One of a distant introspection. Either way, he still looked handsome and beautiful, even after seven years. His voice deepened slightly. And it had appeared that he had grown a few inches.
“You still look so handsome and lovely.” Commented Fuuka.
She then held him closer. Although he had grown a few more inches, he was still shorter than her, like when he was still around seven years ago. He was short enough that Fuuka could rest her chin on the top of his head and blue hair. And on his part, Minato could only smile, a incredibly deep smile, seemingly from the depths of his heart.
He struggled to breathe, he felt a swallowing motion in his throat as he felt a sinking feeling in his stomach. He did not know if he was slowly drifting away back to the seal or-
He stopped. He could only find one recourse to the sinking feeling, which was to grasp and embrace Fuuka as hard as he could. Both weren’t sure when either Fuuka would awaken from this beautiful moment or the seal and thereby Erebus would call back Minato. But it was more incentive to appreciate the moment further.
Soon enough, the two loosened up in order to look at the beautiful earth. But soon enough, their thoughts were diverted to the people living there. And thereby, a line of conscious thought which offered a centre of gravity the both could share, at least mentally.
“I… I pity Erebus.” Commented Minato
“What do you mean?” Asked Fuuka
“If Erebus is the manifestation of all self hatred, all despair, of all the maliciousness of ourselves. Does it see itself as that?”
“I don’t understand.” Replied Fuuka.
“I do. When they stop scratching on the door… sometimes I hear them. It usually is growling… or something like that. But sometimes, I hear a whimper.”
“At first I thought it was trying to get me to lower my guard. But now… I think it’s… it’s maybe thinking… perhaps even sad.” Elaborated Minato.
Fuuka could only listen. Quietly nodding to show she comprehended.
“I think it even cries. It cries, I heard it weep… only to then be silent.”
Fuuka could only hold Minato in awe as he described what her love described the manifestation of all of human despair and maliciousness, being in despair.
“Maybe… maybe it needs company. Or it needs somebody to confide to. I- I don’t know.” Said Minato tearingly. He could only seek comfort by holding Fuuka tighter.
“Hey. I don’t know what is happening here, but it seems like maybe things are getting better for you here.” Commented Fuuka
“We- We’ve been doing everything we can to ease- your burden.” Fuuka continued tearingly.
Now it was Minato’s turn to nod and listen. “Mitsuru’s opened a university to research and study mental health and illness. Me and so many other promising people have been working on researching how to ease your burden Minato.”
“Everybody has been trying to live as best they could.” Fuuka continued “we even found new persona users. Did you hear that? More of us!”
Both smiled and cried at the same time. No barrier between the two dominant emotions of explicit sadness and happiness was found between the two.
BANG BANG BANG!!!
The two were roused by the sound of loud banging. They both looked towards the earth.
“It must be Erebus again.” Commented Minato
“Wait-“ Fuuka said tearingly. “Will I be able to see you again here?” She asked.
“I think so. Whatever has happened has irreversibly shifted whatever is happening in the Abyss of time… maybe Igor knows a bit more but… he’s been absent lately.”
“It’s been a lovely time seeing you again. Lovely.” Minato said to Fuuka no longer drying her tears. These tears were less a sign of sorrow but more of joy and happiness instead this instance.
“I know. I can’t wait to see you again ,beautiful.” Replied Fuuka. They both then cradled each other's heads closer.
For a moment that felt like it lasted forever, Fuuka began to feel a semblance of warmth originating behind her. Light started to reflect off Minato’s eyes.
End track
“Gyah!.. Guh!”
Fuuka awoke. She had awoken from her slumber, hunched over her desk and laptop. She quickly regained her sight. In front of her was a document filled with an after action report. Meant to be sent to Mitsuru and Akihiko when completed. It had been almost done, awaiting signatures from both her and Maruki. Who had helped to co author it.
She then felt the moisture on her face. And looked out to her left towards the window. She was still in her gear, her headphones still on her head. She then took them off. Then only to settle her gaze upon the rising sun.
A bright summer morning, a triumphant sun casting its uncontrollable light across the world. Fuuka didn’t bother to wipe her face of the damp residue, instead, she sat and watched, she smiled, letting it warm her previously cold body, letting its bright rays dry her face instead.
“Good morning! At the tone, the time will be 6am in Tokyo city…”
BEEP
Chapter 50: Pool Party
Summary:
The closest you may get to a beach episode.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Excerpts from Debriefing/After action report
May/June report
Written by Fuuka Yamagishi, and Takuto Maruki
Combat report:
Starting from the seventeenth of May, five actions had taken place who’s result was concluded when the “palace” of Ichiryusai Madarame was destroyed, by the theft of the palace’s core, or as the Kelly Gang concluded, “the heart of Madarame”. This was then followed by the arson of the palace by Shinjiro Aragaki, otherwise known as “Kelly”.
No casualties or lasting wounds requiring recovery, two belts of nine milimeter ammunition spent in pitched battle. Supplies needed for combat still in sufficient quantities.
Battle efficiency and effectiveness increased. Shadow Operatives now personally equipped with firearms. Refer to report no.7 written by Maruki on how airsoft firearms may be implemented in combat and explained by cognitive psience. An emphasis on automatic firepower, especially on machine guns, submachine guns. Light carbines which can be more portable and used with larger and awkward weaponry, revolvers especially seem to be vogue with the Kelly Gang. Ammunition for these airsoft firearms is no issue, since ammunition through the effects and
Observation and interviewing with new persona user codenamed Olga, and Shinjiro has concluded that two new persona types has emerged. One could be compared to Brainjack, or similar looking to the particle effects of certain moves such as Marin Karin. We have decided to call them “Psi type moves”. The second type is more likened to agi type moves, however they remain different enough that simply heat or fire typology could not be applied. Instead, a scan and consultation with Juno has concluded that this type could be more likened to Nuclear/radiation. Threatening implications and pemonitions are to be concluded.
Additional notes:
Shinjiro seems to be well. He shows no physical sign of his prior sickness from the side effect of the PSDs. He is more open to conversation, enough that if any sign of the sickness returned, we have faith he would inform us. He is wearing clothes for warmer weather, and seems to be sociable. He had befriended his own friend group, to be likened to the former Investigation team from Inaba. For all effects and purposes, he seems to be doing much better.
We have not gotten anymore leads on the possible metaverse killer/agent. No information has been found. Thereby, we instead are instead searching for leads based on the immediate impact or what clues Maruki could deduce from going through what research managed to survive the loss of Wakaba Isshiki. The theory that this is linked perhaps to a conspiracy is perhaps on firmer ground then we thought. For the Transport minister was sacked immediately after the “accident”, without investigation proceedings or anything prior. Thereby, it has been almost a month and no commission or investigation has so far bore fruit. Although for now we have found nothing around here in Tokyo, we propose that perhaps our contacts and links closer to those supposedly responsible for perhaps confirming our suspicions. Kurosawa and Akihiko could perhaps help us investigate in the correct direction. For now, daily patrols by Shadow Operatives and Kelly Gang members are our only means for further investigation.
End of combat report, NEXT:Cognitive Psience report, by Maruki
“Fuuka, want something from the grill?”
“No thanks Yusuke, though get me a coke from the cooler please, thanks!”
5th of June, Wednesday, sometime in the afternoon.
Now playing: Pool Party Playlist
A scene of jubilation was being undertaken at the swimming pool at shadow operatives HQ. Having earlier gotten the sound off that Madarame had confessed to his own crimes at a press conference, literally seeing the police cars speed by as they walked to HQ, a mood of jubilation and triumph had been coursing through the Kelly Gang, same with the Shadow Operatives.
“Yeah, just start putting those on the grill. That’s it.” Members of both groups were scattered into their own little groups trying to enjoy the moment or have as much fun as possible. The largest group happened to be in the main pool, messing around perhaps just short to the point of perhaps getting hurt.
“Activating Hyper Soaker.” “Ha Ha! Run!!! Run!!! from my girlfriend before she drowns you all!” shouted Kotone mockingly
Shoulder wars, water guns, Labrys even brought her axe to the pool to create an improvised wave machine, to bear upon her victims.
VRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR- “Alright Labs that's enough, no weapons in the pool.” Commented Chidori, as she sat on the shoulders of Junpei, in a swimming hoodie. “Come and take them ” And so continued the dynamic of “battle” in the swimming pool. The more rowdy members of the Kelly Gang from Ryuji, Kasumi, and Ann. Along with the shadow operatives from Labrys, Kotone, Aigis, Junpei, and Chidori all were battling upon the rather small waves Labrys was making.
On the side, the more reserved Shadow Operatives sat instead in a hot tub. Enjoying drinks, and occasionally the fruit of Shinji and Haru’s manning of the grill. Fuuka, Maruki, and Yukari sat around, holding conversation about life and enjoying the mood on the deck.
“So, what are you two gonna do when that report gets sent to Mitsuru?” Yukari asked both the cognitive psience researchers. “Well, we both got plans to visit an old friend of ours. We all met back at UNI.” Maruki then added “I hope the report’s adequate enough.” he says while in trunks, and in a spare lab coat he had kept on to cover his body. “I’m pretty sure its good enough for Mitsy and Akihiko” replied Yukari
“Though… I wish Mitsy was here. She would enjoy being here, and I think she would want to be here with me and everybody else.” Yukari divulged, in a slightly depressed tone. Having said this while Kotone had exited the pool in order to go get a coke, she in tongue and cheek, then commented.
“Two girls, sitting in a hot tub… five feet apart cause they’re not gay” Yukari immediately went red. “STOP“ “I heard that. When Mitsuru eventually gets here, you two are going to-” “Stoooooooop” moaned Yukari, her hands covering her face as she slowly was turning red.
“Anyway.” Maruki interrupted to bring the conversation back to the original subject. “I’m concerned that we haven’t found any new leads on this… cognitive terrorist? Metaverse killer? Mementos marauder? Gah- I’m struggling to find good names for this bastard.” Fuuka, replied. “It’s alright. We’ll find something soon. For now, we got time and space to conduct new experiments. We managed to get new stuff and equipment shipped to us, since the initial experiments with the camera and record player bore fruit, Iwatodai is sending additional stuff they want us to mess with.”
Maruki’s gaze seemed to ease a little, the prospect of having more work to distract from the looming threat of an utter psychopath who was using the metaverse for malicious uses and purposes seemed enough to keep his mind at ease. He thinks as he consumes a meat kebab.
Some distance away from the hot tub, remained the final few Kelly Gang. They manned the grill either out of the lesser desire to get wet, or by the prospect of grilled meat made courtesy of Shinji. They consisted of Shinji, who in spite of wearing a pair of swimming trunks and a jacket to cover his upper half, still wore his beanie. Haru, also in the same vein, wore a sun hat above her black one-piece. All while next to the cooler with the drinks, was Yusuke. Sitting down in a hoodie while sketching out the aquatic chaos ongoing in the pool, along with the goings on of everybody else on the deck, translating into paper a warm landscape. This while Koromaru kept him company, in a small kiddie pool filled with cool water.
All while this unfolded, several geist-like figures out of view of everybody else watched, and appreciated the scene.
Track paused
“Man. I wish I could swim again. Looks like they’re having lots of fun over there.”
Commented Parker
“Nothing’s stopping you Bonnie. You cannot even drown in this intangible state.”
Replied Olga of Kyiv.
“I mean being able to feel the water dumbass! -You know what I mean, to feel cool on a hot July day, but now I would just kill to be able to do that again.:
Bonnie replied, slightly sulkingly.
“We get what you mean Bonnie.” Added Ned. “At least we won’t ever feel the sweat on our brow anymore anyway.” he then concluded.
“I miss the feeling of warmth,” added Shevchenko. What is instead here is a lukewarmness which is neither cool nor warm. Give me the light, give me the heat of a summer day on the banks of the Dnipro. Let it warm my body and soul before the coming of the cold autumn and the desolate winter freezes the black earth.”
The other five personas could not find it within themselves to call on out the hyperbole of Shevchenko’s lukewarm lament. They also felt the same lukewarmness, for they could only lament silently their current intangibleness, but could not envy the living for being able to feel what they used to decades or centuries past. To distract from that, they instead looked to their wielders, the individuals who donned their likeness.
“Do you think the lad of yours be alright?” asked Thaddeus to Shevchenko. “I would like to think so. Overtime, being in his stead, I couldn’t help but feel the warmth and the feeling of the hearth as he lived amongst his new caretakers. I can’t suppress the slightest bit of envy. Of being born a serf, feeling like there was no one in the world who so much as cared for me.”
Ned, acknowledging Shevchenko’s reply, could only add “The question to ask, is if Yusuke believes he is better for it, and wants to stay with em.” Being the mask of Shinji, Ned knew that there is a distinction between having those who care and love you, and accepting that. They could only for now, stand there and watch Shinji and Yusuke standing on the deck.
“Hey Shinji? I can take care of the rest of this.” “You sure?” “Mhm. I think so. At least go take a break and cool off in the pool alright?”
Now playing: Cruel world, a cover by Christian Larsson, from Red Dead Redemption II
Shinji… Did not know if he wanted to do that. Apart from the fact it had been… two, now nine years he figured, since he really went swimming. He knew the motions, but when the PSDs were still hitting him hard, it just made any form of aquatic activity almost insufferable. But after a moment of hesitation, he then took off his beanie, his coat, and then gave Haru the go ahead. He would enter the pool.
He wouldn’t enter the pandemonium going on that was slowly winding down. Instead he stood in the water, leaned to the side and relaxed. It was much better then he initially thought. The heat from the grill which stuck to his skin started to melt away. Slowly removing the tension from his limbs. It was then that he’d fully loosened, and laid bare his torso, black and bruised from old and new scraps either in Tartarus or as of recent.
As the energy in the pool died down, with people instead leaning at the side of the deck, soda cans lining almost at the edge of the pool. Kasumi and Labrys noticed on Shinji’s bare chest, two bruises which were especially circular, much more dark. Looking almost like a crater not in a figurative or comparative sense but a literal one.
Concerned, they waded over to him. “Hey Shinji?” Ann asked “Are you feeling alright?” “Yeah. Why you ask?” “Were you hit yesterday?” she asked, pointing at the particularly concerning wounds,which seemed to be more or less healed by now. “I guess so. But it feels less like… being shot and instead more like being punched. Or kicked. So I guess it isn’t too bad.” Watching slowly with a bit of unease, Ann and Labrys pulled away, only to bring into view the concerning gaze of Kotone and Aigis. They then also approached Shinji, resting on the edge of the deck on either of his flanks.
“You aren’t going to tell them are you?” asked Kotone, raising his arm and with an expression of confusion, Shinji could only say. “What else could I tell them? They won’t get it.”
His expression lightened up, and he then continued. “I don’t wanna linger on it. For whatever reason, I’m back here now. It’s only been two months on my end since… well. I just don’t wanna linger on it. There’s more important shit to deal with.”
The three then stayed in the pool, drinking their sodas in cool and comfortable silence. Then, Aigis decided to speak out her mind. “Either way we, the former members of SEES and now shadow ops are here to support you. Whatever may happen next, we’ll be here to support you like we do to eachother. We’ll make sure that you’ll be getting out of it alive in the end.” “I appreciate it Aigis, but I think I can take care of myself and keep myself alive. I’ve been doing it for… well you know what I mean.” “But we still want to support you.” added Kotone. “Being the wildcard means you’re going to have a lot on your shoulders. Me and… Minato quite literally still has a lot on his shoulders now.” “What do you mean by that?”
Looking around to see if anybody who shouldn't be listening was in hearing range, Kotone then continued as the three stayed in the pool, watching everybody else exiting the pool, lining up to Haru’s grill to get a steak, a beef patty in their bun, or for barbecue sauce on their meat. “We want you back alive with us when your journey is done. I’m sure your friends do the same as well, but they don’t know what the turnover rate for wildcards is, if you know what I mean. “It’s currently one in four so far.” Added Aigis. “Wait what?”
Not elaborating on who the fourth wildcard was, Kotone continued. “We want you back. In our family.” “I’m not sure even about that.” replied Shinji “I was only there for… what two months?” “Doesn’t matter. For how short time you were with us, the moment after you went… we were shattered.” “Mitsuru and Akihiko took longer than the rest of us to move on. Ken especially took it really hard.”
“Our point is: We want you alive by the time this is all said and done… Because we wouldn’t know what we would do if you died a second time.”
Shinji remained silent, in thought. He thought about it, his last few months were spent settling his last affairs, he was getting ready to die. However, now hearing more details about how his passing had put a sizable hole in the heart and soul of SEES. He wasn’t entirely so sure about accepting or even welcoming death so easily, or in better words, arbitrarily.
Arbitrary. That was the nature of death, wasn’t it? Without reason, without justification, it happens and people move on. But now looking back, Shinji felt like he welcomed death too easily. He had dug his own hole, crawled into it, and waited for his time to come, or for the murder of crows to find him and eat his still-living body. He couldn’t help but see it more and more as perhaps too hasty. If living was a motion, he must’ve been dead all along then.
And if this was how much he’d shaken SEES to the core, how destroyed would the Kelly Gang look if he’d fallen dead tomorrow? The thought made him shiver slightly. Despite his body now able to moderate his temperature in the cold.
“I understand,” Shinji replied nodding. “I hope so.” replied Kotone “Plus, it would really suck if… you died down a second time.” Kotone said as she slowly tried to suppress a chuckle. “Yeah. It would.” Shinji replied as he slowly started to smile again. Satisfied, the three wildcards then left the swimming pool, the three approaching the grill to get their burgers and hot dogs.
Sitting around a bunch of chairs that the shadow ops had brought out for the occasion, both Kelly Gang and Shadow operatives sat, wet, cold, warm, all appreciating the fruit that came from the fires of the grill that was tended by Shinji and Haru earlier. Still accompanying Koromaru in the kiddie pool, Yusuke was now surrounded by his shadow operative caretakers. A more sublime and assured look on his face was present, the kind that signified that perhaps they’d figured things out for themselves.
It was then, that Labrys, Chidori, Yukari and Fuuka then approached Yusuke, who was still sitting with his sketchbook. Settling their chairs around him, they all silently deliberated on how to bring the question they all need to ask to Yusuke now.
“So, you enjoying yourself here Yusuke?” asked Chidori. “I’d say so. It is nice to be around friends and ones who care for you.” “Well…” Yukari then continued on. “We’re here to talk to you about something.” Yusuke became slightly rigid, but kept a calm demeanor, if only for Koromaru. “Well, what is it?”
“After settling some details and some help from friends, you’re in a position to come stay here, with us.” Yusuke’s eyes widened, he settled down his sketchbook on his lap. “Wait. How?” “Technically, Madarame never held custody of you, you existed in a legal grey area of sorts. It’s how Madarame didn’t get caught when he screwed over his other students.” “But.” added Fuuka “That allows us to take custody of you, and give you a new home. It’s up to you of course, we know Kosei’s got dorms where you can stay at, but your presence here is greatly appreciated.
Then Kotone approached and made her case. “You also have a gift, as a persona user. We were all put together when we were your age because of that. We want to extend that to you as well. Also, what you did there, stealing Madarame’s treasure, making him answer to justice… that's undeniably a good thing.”
“You are doing a service, an invaluable service to those who weren’t granted such. We want to assist you and support you and your friends in that. We will be there one hundred percent of the way.”
Added Aigis.
That last appeal by Aigis spoke to Yusuke. He never thought his personal journey for self satisfaction and justice would’ve been of service to others he never knew or met. Yet the prospect of being of such service spoke to him. Why let Taras and Kateryna gather dust within the caverns of his psyche? Why let his Winchester and long iron collect just as much dust and rust? Why push away such caring individuals.
“I see… I see no possible reason, to suggest that consigning myself to the Kosei dorms to be alone may be any more preferable than being here with you all…. Yes, I would like to reside here with you all.”
At that moment, Koromaru jumped out of the kiddie pool into Yusuke’s lap, after the initial bout of shock and saving his sketchbook from a fate consigned to toilet paper, he held the pup in his arms, the pooch licking his face. “Heh. It seems Koromaru welcomes me taking residence here,” commented Yusuke.
Whatever tension had surrounded the deck and Yusuke, had melted away, with everybody who had made the case to Yusuke for staying around exploding with jubilation and celebration. Another new member of this crazy family. This all happened while Labrys went around, taking photos of both the Kelly Gang and the Shadow Operatives in jubilation. “Keep it up guys! , this will be going to Mitsuru, Ken, and Akihiko once I’m done here!” CLICK.
“Everybody stand by!” Shouted Labrys. She then turned the timer on for her phone camera and quickly rushed into frame. There everybody was, from the shortest in figure at the front, kneeling down with Labrys and Koromaru, then behind them were the taller Shadow Ops, with Shinji in tow. It was then, that Yukari took a quick look at Kotone, who answered in kind. Then they noted Chidori’s position at the front of the photo, plenty of bodies between either. It was then that in the moments before the picture was captured, Kotone and Yukari jumped into action, shoving Junpei into the swimming pool. “Wha-WhoAAAAAAAAAA-” SPLASH! CLICK
Just processing what had just happened, Chidori then rushed forward, dragging both Kotone and Yukari down into the pool, without a word. It was then that nobody could restrain themselves, they then followed the four shadow ops into the pool and enjoyed the rest of their afternoon.
Notes:
End of act two.
Chapter 51: Ghost town
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
6th of June, late afternoon
Cognitive Psience report
Written by Maruki
Elaboration on research in the cognitive space.
Experiments: Our findings from the camera and jukebox experiment were fruitful and promising. Both antiquated pieces of technology, without a plume of dusk, worked as their design intended. Inspection of the technical components shows no damage or wear from use in the “metaverse”. As a result, we await the equipment and hardware needed for new experiments in the future.
Palaces and shadows: palaces, as Shinjiro Aragaki and his group call them, show no resemblance to Tartarus. They are their own seperate cognitive spaces seemingly made to personify the cognitive space within an individual’s mind. Although we haven’t investigated a reason or explanation regarding how individuals develop palaces, the trend seems to be highly undesirable, and perhaps criminal profiles seem to fit the trend. Causality will be established with a third palace if found. Their owner, or the individual whose palace is formed around is always present in the form of a shadow, and is in the form of dress mimicking the theme of the palace. Madarame was a shogun of a museum that could resemble a Japanese castle. While Kamoshida was, according to the Kelly Gang, literally a copy of the emperor’s new clothes, in his own European-styled castle.
Mementos: mementos, however, bear some resemblance to Tartarus, though with key differences. No shadows have been found outside the premises, meaning none exit mementos to prey on human beings. However, we do know shadows of individuals can exist in mementos. However, they do not seem to develop their own palaces. This is a point which we do not currently have an explanation for.
Firearms: an unexpected observation and phenomenon was discovered regarding the use of firearms. Shinjiro and his team got their hands on firearms when working through Kamoshida’s palace. They were airsoft models from a vendor in Shibuya, whose function in the real world is nothing more than their intended design, as airsoft firearms for leisure. However, in cognitive spaces from palaces to mementos, they behave like actual firearms, doing real harm to shadows. At the same time, we see this phenomenon amplified with real genuine firearms in the metaverse. Aigis’ (codename: Hoplite) firearms effects are amplified, shadows do not simply get hurt or wounded or are killed but are eviscerated. They immediately dissolve instead of taking a duration of time to slowly decay, leaving their remains. This is to be studied further.
Ammunition is no problem. Either because the Kelly Gang has stocked up on enough ammunition, whether it be airsoft ammo or otherwise, or perhaps the metaverse even keeps us stocked with more ammunition. Causality is yet to be determined.
Metaverse terrorist: Patrols have yet to find or so much as sight the perpetrator. Thereby motives and possible parties to gain from the recent tragedy are being put together to extrapolate a possible culprit. As for current research, former professor Wakaba’s research had previously hypothesized the effects of having one’s own shadow destroyed or killed. The possible outcomes range from mental shutdowns, decreasing, or even nothing. From the recent tragedy, we concluded it was the mental shutdown. From this point, we are looking for similar shutdowns to establish a pattern, and to add a rhyme and rhythm to the apparent madness.
Page 3 out of 4
Next section: Photographs of the Metaverse
Iwatodai, Former SEES HQ
Late Afternoon
Now playing: RDR2, Mountain forest Ambience
Lying down on the couch at the former control room, was Mitsuru. Still in her usual clothes she would put herself to work.
Now, however, she was tired. She merely stopped by HQ because having completed her work of the day, she must get ready to meet the work that being the shadow operatives executive officer brings. Which is done by reading the reports she was sent. Then organizing the logistics needed to support the troops. She needed to make sure requests for better weaponry got through, the equipment for experiments got through, she needed to make sure they did not get detected by the authorities.
She laid down, either out of stricken tiredness from her “day work” as the Kirijo group. Or as a means of somehow delaying the inevitable. She grasped at an imaginary Aki, telling her to change into PT, get some exercise clocked in to get the blood flowing in her. Or an imaginary Kotone and Aigis, suggesting she’d walk Koro down to the shrine to go get his blood flowing through his tiny body, and to pay respects to those who couldn’t be here with her and the other operatives.
She wished at the very least Takeba would be here to beg and annoy her enough that she’d put shadow operatives work aside for the next day in order to watch movies or the Featherman episode of the week. That was always desirable.
Part of her wished her dad at least made it past 2009. If he continued spending time as the big Kahuna of the Kirijo group, at least she could spend her time fighting with her friends. Seeing Shinni again. Instead of languishing here. Perhaps he’d be an even steadier hand at the group. But she wouldn’t have the heart to face him with the prospect of having gotten herself a girlfriend who she loved very much.
But neither of those people were here. And because of that and out of a lack of desire to. Well. Be lazy for a while, or having people nearby to be a pleasant distraction from work. She’d sighed, picked up her bag and a thermos filled with warm tea. And as if powers beyond her comprehension had answered her appeal for someone to nudge her to at least continue not to do work. Someone came.
“Hey Mitsuru! Did you check the shadow operatives chat!”
It was Ken. They must’ve finished school. Mitsuru thought.
“Yes! What is it Ken?” She shouted loud enough that Ken hopefully heard from some floors down. “Check the chat!”
Mitsuru quickly checked her notifications. It was a set of pictures from Labrys. The Kelly Gang and Shadow operatives were celebrating their success. She smiled, everything was, fortunately, going to plan.
Ken finally made it to the control room. He’d also been sent a copy of the report, he read it. And was seemingly riled up. He seemed excited even. “So what do we do now Mitsuru? Are we readying up for the next deployment? Are we going next or?”
Mitsuru then got up. She took her stuff and then faced Ken. “Let’s go for a walk, shall we? We can talk on the way back home.”
Iwatodai, Somewhere near Naganaki Shrine
Golden hour
“So the experiments are a success huh?” “Yes, Ken. We’ll be sending them more equipment.” “No sign of the perpetrator who gave the train driver a mental shutdown huh?” “Unfortunately not. But I think they can find a lead somewhere.”
The two then turned to Naganaki shrine, climbing up the stairs, they approached the shrine and spoke out prayers.
Prayers were made for the health and safety of the shadow operatives, the Kelly Gang, Shinjiro, and of course themselves. Then a final prayer afterward was uttered, dedicated to an old friend who had ascended to Messiahood.
An old monk stepped from the temple. He came out with a broom, cleaning appliances, and a cleaning rag.
“Monk Mutatsu! How have you been this fine afternoon.” Exclaimed Mitsuru, as she reached her hand out to say hi.
“Oh. Hello, you two. How have you been?” Mutatsu asks in a slightly tired but pleasantly surprised tone. “Pretty good. We’re both heading home now.”
“Before you go…” the monk said, “would you like to see him.”
Quietly, Ken and Mitsuru nodded their heads, and just as quietly, Mutatsu brought the two to a quiet and solemn corner of the shrine. Where there laid a few gravestones, each with flowers and objects of significance and sentimentality laid on their stead.
Moving row by row, the monk finally brought them to the gravestone the three were looking for. His.
“Allow me to polish his stone for a moment. Then I’ll leave you two alone with him.” Mutatsu then quickly took a rag and some cleaning agent, cleaning away any dust from his stone.
“You know. Minato was the fella who got my life… well whatever’s left of it back on track. He kicked my ass hard enough to stop drinking and smoking back seven years ago. Which even helped me get my wife back.”
“How is she doing?” Asked Ken. “Pretty good. Our son is also doing well, he’s currently enjoying a vacation with his family.” Replied Mutatsu
“You know. Although we weren’t really friends of the usual kind.” Mutatsu continued “he was good to me in one way. He called me out on my bullshit, hehe. You know, that’s something you need a friend to do to you sometimes. It may not be nice but it can be very helpful, you know. Especially if you’re getting closer to my age.”
Ken looked at Mitsuru with a slight gaze of apprehension. But quickly withdrew when he thought she thought he was looking at her.
“Anyway. It was a great shock to me when he passed so suddenly.” Mutatsu had finished cleaning the stone and continued elaborating solemnly. “When I did his last rites, he still seemed to be sleeping somehow. I guessed at the time he was at peace. Which was good.”
Ken couldn’t help but shed a single tear, though contrarily, he was also smiling.
“He deserved more than this. He didn’t just have a bright future, but he had the power to turn someone’s life around. Just like mine. Who knows how slightly brighter the world would feel if people like him lived on, rather than going too soon.”
It was then that the monk seemed to whisper to the ground, out of an episode of contemplation, Ken tried to make out words.
“You hear me, kid. Your friends are here. I’ll leave you with them now.”
The monk then collected his things and left. Leaving Mitsuru and Ken alone with Minato.
The two then approached Minato’s stone. Silently staring at the inscription as if it could talk and depart wisdom in a voice sorely needed for the two. His stone remained surrounded by letters, cards, small possessions, or tokens. To show that he was truly loved by many as he left.
After a moment, Mitsuru got up and left. Though Ken made it clear he liked a little time alone with Minato. Nodding her head, Mitsuru got up and walked back to the shrine.
“Hey. It’s Ken…. I need to talk to you about something that’s on my mind lately.”
….
“Shinji’s alive. I don’t know if you knew, maybe you do, maybe you don’t. But what you need to know as well, is that it's all happening again. Except he’s the wildcard now.”
…
“I don’t wanna stay here in Iwatodai. I need to get to Tokyo and settle things with him. And I don’t want to wait either, because if what happened to you, is going to happen to him as well, I need to go now.”
…
“Though Mitsuru doesn’t want me to go. She’d rather me stay here. Finish school. Fuuka however seems open to me going.”
…
“If Shinji took a year of leave, I think I should as well. At least if I can’t transfer to a school in Tokyo. I guess it's something to talk to Principal Fushimi about.”
…
“I think you’d understand better than I would. I need to go and find him and settle things about. Well, you know what I mean. Probably better than I do.”
…
Ken had nothing else to say, instead, he changed the subject. “Hey uh… I’m turning eighteen soon. In just eighteen days. I guess if I’m still not allowed to transfer to Tokyo by then… I’ll get there one way or another myself.
…
I’ll tell you if I do that. For now, I gotta get these exams done. Otherwise, I don’t see much of a reason to stick around here to be honest. If the others are going somewhere, I must go with them too.
Having said his piece, Ken then exited the graveyard and rejoined Mitsuru outside.
A little later
“Want some Takoyaki on the way back?” Mitsuru asked as they passed the strip mall. Ken nodded, he needed some fuel in the tank to study for his upcoming exams.
“One spicy, one mild please,” Mitsuru told the vendor. The two then sat on a bench together, quiet. Thoughts rang out and around the heads of the two hungry shadow operatives. Out of boredom, Ken took out his phone and looked back on the photos of the pool party Labrys had taken.
He looked at the new faces in the frame. They were all his age, he looked at the expressions of them all, smiling, in glee, in frozen expressions of excitement. Ken tried to be happy for Shinji and the operatives. They had the privilege to live long enough to see the next generation of persona users. However, sorrow gripped Ken. For he sought to be part of it all. But no. He must stay here, he must stay at the city that was on the brink of the precipice, where loved ones and family died, and forces beyond them held sovereignty over them.
“Hey Ken? Your Takoyaki’s ready ” “Oh. Thanks Mitsuru.” The steam from the spicy takoyaki seemed to offer solace for the youth. He observed for a moment the steam as it rose into the golden sky above. Then, he blew it away, cooling it off to a point where he could take a bite.
“I’m thinking of doing something when I get back home tonight.” “Hmmm? What may that be?”
“I’m gonna phone Akihiko, we’re both going to write to Shinjiro, we’ll mail it to Tokyo HQ and they’ll pass it to him. Perhaps you as well might want to write to Shinjiro too.” Ken remained still, trying to think of a response that wouldn’t provoke an execution. He was tempted to blast Mitsuru for keeping herself and Akihiko distant from their old friend, and that if they really did care for him, they would move mountains in order to get to Tokyo themselves. But he did not want to be gnawing into ice to get to his spicy Takoyaki, so after thinking of a response, Ken replied.
“I’d rather be there with him in person, Mitsuru. You already know that.” Ken said with a tone that was cold and came with feelings of begrudgedness. “I do as well.” “What?”
“Yes. If possible, I wish I could be there as soon as circumstances allow me. And maybe Akihiko too. But going to Tokyo risks putting everyone in a spotlight by the authorities. Me and Akihiko would risk putting everybody at risk over there.”
“And what about me? Would I put everybody at risk?” Ken asked. “You’d be putting yourself at risk. Also, you have school exams coming.” Ken sighed. “I just- I just think Shinjiro would appreciate it more if we were there with him in person… If we wanted to let him know about… what and how we’re doing, we should do it in person. Not in a letter.”
“I understand Ken. But I don’t want to put you at more risk than is necessary.” Ken couldn’t believe it. He was already at “risk”, everybody knew the risks of being a shadow operative, but why was he held back specifically? Everybody else was shouldering the risk, the fighting, the exhaustion. While he languished here, alone. Without his family to keep him company.
Whether it was or not, it started to feel like a farce, the decision to stay put in Iwatodai. Much was at stake, risk to limb and self seemed trivial compared to what was on the line seven years ago. And to be frank, some things seem more important now than memorizing mere trivia for exams. Closing the Takoyaki box, Ken rose up from the bench with a soft stern expression.
“I’m going home now. I wanna study and get these exams over with. See you there Mitsuru.”
Mitsuru could only watch. Although she could be cold as ice, she could still be subject to the broadside of the cold shoulder. Especially if it was someone she did not expect. She thought about it, sending Ken alone to Tokyo. Logically, Ken was fully capable of doing just that.
He was capable and competent, he had his motorcycle license, and a school transfer wouldn’t shake his academic performance much. He was that strong academically anyway. But if he went, that would leave Mitsuru at Iwatodai, alone. Without anybody else other than the house staff and the seemingly endless amount of suits she had to see almost every day.
Akihiko would ease the strain, but he was up in Hokkaido getting just as frozen as she was from Ken’s cold shoulder. Nobody to check up on her, nobody to tell her to get her fancy butt out of the office chair and instead to take it easy on a sofa or at home. She felt… A little scared of that.
But she couldn’t. She couldn’t be scared. It would be foolish of her and of her name and reputation. Instead, all she can do is sigh.
“God. I need a vacation.”
As for Ken, he walked slowly back to the Kirijo residence. He slowly also came to the same conclusion as Mitsuru. But without any of the qualms and forethought of reasons contrary to his desire to go to Tokyo. To set things straight.
He’d have to call in a few favors from the operatives, favors from those sympathetic to him at school, while also making sure he wasn’t looking like he dropped the ball on his academics. These next eighteen days are going to be busy for Ken.
“But it’ll be all worth it. I’ll be there with them all. And that's all that matters.”
Notes:
I have a tumblr. If you want to ask questions about S.K.A, or Kellyverse as Maze called it, send me a question.
https://www.tumblr.com/laughing-cossack
Chapter 52: Consequences
Summary:
Bit late, but it wasn't my fault.
Chapter Text
7th of June, Thursday
After School
Haru’s garden
Now playing: When Moons Reaching Out Stars
Sat around the rooftop, the Kelly Gang were sprawled around one of their hideouts. However, this was more thanks to a lack of decision on how to spend the remaining day. Thankfully, a point of interest was raised by the second years which warranted discussion.
“Yeah, so student council prez was handing these out to us.” Ryuji said as he passed what was a permission slip to Shinji so he could read it.
“Field trip. To talkshow studio…. In a few days. For second years.” Haru then followed “This seems horribly timed. We have exams approaching, we just finished our big score and need a break, and now this?”
Ann, in a rare occurrence was of a level headed reason. “Well, its only for second years. So at least you two don’t have to go.” Then, the door to the rooftop was knocked. Checking to see who was on the other side, Shinji and Haru saw Kawakami and Makoto through the glass.
“Sorry if we’re interrupting.” Kawakami started “But we need both Shinji and Haru here, the rest of you can stay.” “Hope we’re not in trouble of any sort.” replied Haru.
“No you’re not. Far from that.” added Makoto as the four then walked into the stairwell to talk in private. “I’m sure you’ve heard the word that we’re going on a fieldtrip soon.” “Yes, indeed we have.” replied Shinji “Well… Ever since Kamoshida got arrested, we’ve been short on people we trust to supervise the second years. We’ve been getting volunteers from the third years to fill the gap.”
“And you want to ask us to help you. This close to exams.” Makoto, with a bit of a disappointed and embarrassed face, then replied “Yes.”
To save Makoto’s face, Kawakami then took over. “It’s no big deal. We can find other third years if you need time to study for the exams. Otherwise, please consider.” Makoto and Kawakami then exited the scene, leaving as easy as they went. And Shinji and Haru then reentered the rooftop, just as quickly.
“So, what did she say?” asked Kasumi. “Well Kaz, they wanted us third years to be shepherds for the sheep that are the second years.” “She wanted us to supervise you guys on the trip. Since we removed Kamoshida from the picture, they’re understaffed.”
Kasumi then propped her legs up on a table. “And just because of that, I think I’m ditching.” she said with an assured and confident smile. She then tore up her permission slip and took a new can of soda. “If these are the consequences of my actions, I like them.”
It was then that the other second years followed suit. If the consequences for bringing Kamoshida to justice was this, after he had delivered so much hurt to them and the people they cared for, no love of any quantity or quality was lost.
Shinji and Haru also felt the same. The consequences of their actions were to be relished. For they provided a subversive satisfaction bordering on maliciousness. And it felt good.
“Well, I guess we just gotta focus on exams, then we can take it easy I think. So what’s everybody gonna do?”
One by one, everybody discussed their plans. Haru was going to find time to visit the botanic gardens. She wanted to spend the time which could’ve been supervising the second years on the trip to instead record and admire fauna and plantlife from all the soil of the earth.
Ann already knew what she wanted to do. She wanted to attend Pride and bring Shiho along and Shinji too. Shinji affirmed his attendance as well.
Kasumi had no plans, other than doubling her efforts on practice and making sure she simply survived exams.
As for Ryuji, he was brave enough to admit that any attempt to seriously devote serious time to studying when alone was futile. But he was also brave enough to admit he would prefer to spend that time genuinely at home hanging out with his mom.
“Wait, we’re missing Yusuke,” added Kasumi, as everybody checked their phones on the Kelly Gang group chat, Kasumi then asked Yusuke what he was going to be up to.
The Kelly Gang
Running with knives:Yo Yusuke, what you up to these coming weeks?
ArtBard: Hmmmm
Apart from more art, I intend to spend time with the shadow operatives. Chidori intends to bring me to an art exhibit.
JetblueCowboy: New phone Yusuke?
ArtBard: Yes. It is of great benefit to have access to references for art at one’s fingers.
“Well. It seems he’s doing well.” “Good. He deserved it” Replied Haru
JetBlue Cowboy: You still got exams though do you?
ArtBard: unfortunately so.
JetBlue Cowboy: Wanna come study with us?
ArtBard: that is more appealing than revising alone. Leblanc?
JetBlue Cowboy: Yes, see you there.
“So, who’s up for studying at my place before exams huh?” No voice of opposition. “Alright. Let’s get these greens packed and we can go.” Added Haru
Late afternoon
Shadow Operatives HQ
The lab
Now playing:Portrait in Bossa Nova, by João Gilberto
Maruki and Fuuka were both standing in the middle of their designated room for their research and development. Both surrounded by thousands of mechanical and technical components and parts for… something.
Labeled as “the workroom” by the two, it was originally chosen due to its spaciousness and lack of furniture one could label as indicative of luxury, or vanity. A sanitized room that is warm and comfortable enough for habitation and work. This room remained above the penthouse unit, where the operatives ate and slept. Its neighboring rooms remained empty, or entirely functional, such as a locker room that kept the kit and gear of each operative, including Yusuke’s, its right flank was where the firearms and what artillery the Gang and operatives shared were kept in condition, while on the left was the medical examination and convalescence room.
Checking his phone, Maruki read out a message he’d received. “It’s Yusuke. He’s going to see Shinji and his friends and study with them.” Fuuka nodded in acknowledgment. “Good. Though it's a shame. We wanted to do examinations and tests on his condition since he awakened to Taras.”
This left the two researchers alone, surrounded by their work, only accompanied by the tune of the music from the record player.
“Hey, does this part?” “No Maruki, that one goes there. Close though. We’ll need to put that component in when we get the chair set up.”
“So this was Aigis’s old sleeping rig?” Maruki questioned “Yeah. Though after years of readjustment, she's able to sleep normally on a bed. As long as Kotone’s there to snuggle with her.” Replied Fuuka “While that one’s Labrys’s am I right?” asked Maruki “Yup, we found hers in its base components, it hadn’t been assembled yet.”
Maruki sighed, despite the pace they worked, the pieces and components did not feel like they were decreasing. Almost like…
“This feels a lot more like… assembling LEGOs than it needs to be.” “Heh. I guess it does. Do you?” “Yeah. I used to just spend my spare cash on Lego sets instead of at the arcade at Paulonia.”
“Along with the dnd figurines?” “Yeah… Fuuka, when this is all over. We gotta get everybody back together to do a campaign.” “Yeah! DnD was so fun when you were the dungeon master! Remember 2014? When it was after our exams, Wakaba wanted in.”
“Right… She. She was a mad Mage. Uh… she started stuff on purpose with Tae’s Necromancer. Heh.” “And Sumi’s Paladin tried to get the two to reconcile?” “Yup. tch.. She was the moral compass of you three miscreants. I still remember you… Launching magic fire with a… Eldritch flamethrower which you used on whoever slightly displeased you.”
“Oh yeah! That was fun Especially when I could burn down that Duke’s house.” “But I spent time and effort on that! There was gonna be a boss fight and all of that. ” The two researchers laughed, the work remaining undone around them as they reminisced over a not-so-distant past. Which seemed to be a much brighter moment. A brighter moment in a comparatively darker before, and an after which could be described as pitch black.
“Say, were we supposed to go somewhere tonight?”
Early Evening
Leblanc
Work of another mode was continuing. Surrounded by the smell of grounded beans and cooked rice. A counter top was covered in disorganised piles of notebooks, papers, pencil cases. Curry sauce and the stain of the base of the coffee cup painted the pages of indecipherable mathematical or scientific formulas, word for word recounts of literature, civics, history, and off course. All in indecipherable handwriting, including cursive.
A greying man in an apron watched this silent and indecipherable exchange of inapplicable knowledge and trivia. He eyed specifically one of the lads. Who was wearing a comfortable pair of trousers and his blue striped shirt, his messy shaggy hair protruding from his beanie.
“If you kids want seconds, hand in your plates and Shinji and I will give you some.” Shinji, looking at everybody else rise up, bringing in their plate in for more, then got up, huffing slightly. “Alright. Why the hell not.”
Shinji put his plate on the counter and took his apron. Taking out a ladle he started scooping out rice from the rice cooker, placing them on the plates, while the boss then spread the sauce among the rice.
“Alright! I didn’t know what to expect, but I feel like I could kick the asses of these exams!” Exclaimed Ryuji as he Started consuming spoons of his curry.
“Gotta say.” Kasumi uttered in between scarfing dinner. “Exams feel a lot less scary after enough of this.” “What, the studying, or the curry.” Asked Ann.
“I dunno, I'm just feeling a helluva lot more brave I guess. What’s a piece of paper in the face of-“ Kasumi stopped herself, she was a word away from blowing the lid off the gang’s “night work”. She however had fortunately caught herself. An awkward silence followed, though the boss still seemed fixated on loading the dishwasher instead of on the gang.
“We get it.” Shinji continued the conversation. “We get these exams out of the way, we can fully enjoy the week.” “Yes. Our study leave would enable us to do such. And presumably, with most of the teaching staff gone on the day of the field trip, we’ll be left to our own devices.”
“What’s this field trip you speak off?” Asked Yusuke. “You don’t know? It's to a TV studio.” Replied Ann. “What day?”
“Saturday.”
“Man. They can’t expect to bring us out on a field trip on Saturday and expect any semblance of attention.” “Ironic then that they’re going to a television studio. I can’t find anything worth paying attention to on TV.” Commented Yusuke
Everyone else watched as Yusuke remained stoically resolute in his stance towards entertainment on television. Then Ryuji broke the icey stalwart. “Unless it’s Featherman.”
“I only watch featherman for the sole purpose of recognising the efforts of one of my colleagues.” Yusuke responded absolutely “Oh, but I recall you talking at length at the pool party about the poses of the rangers, and how you found satisfaction in the blue featherman’s stance.” replied Kasumi
Yusuke, in a brief moment of silent self-flagellation for contradicting himself, then came clean. “I must confess. He makes for sufficient anatomy practice.”
Ann giggled. “What is that, nude modeling?” “How crass! It is simply the portrayal of the human form on paper. I turn simple shapes and lines on paper to the human form as the eye sees it!”
“Alright, if it is just lines and shapes, it should be easy enough for me!” Ryuji, raising his finger than commented to Ann’s expense. “Uh… Remember how Shiho met you… heh.” “DON’T DISTRACT ME! KAZ, LOOK PRETTY, WE MUST DO THIS THING!”
“Uh… Ok!” Kasumi stepped out from the countertop and then broke out a pose. Likely from her routine. While the two silently and furiously battled out on paper, Shinji could only sigh and watch as the gang slowly lost focus and pushed away their studies for the night.
Somewhere in Shinjuku
Evening
“Is this the right place?” asked Maruki “There’s no other place she could be.” replied Fuuka. The two researchers left the safety and comfort for the red light of Shinjuku. Under the warm hue of the red, which was under the now dark sky, the two were strangers in a world of vice and sin. They knew what kind of world they were entering when the red were reflecting off their eyes.
“Well, ladies first.” commented Maruki in a slightly brave voice. Fuuka, however slightly braver than Maruki then entered the Crossroads bar.
Crossroads
More red light was the first thought of the two researchers entering the bar, a light piano and the beautiful sound it had produced flew from the rays of red towards the ears of the researchers, along with the sound of a rather drunk woman in the back. This territory was very much out of the field of expertise of the researchers who entered. Thankfully, their expert in the field happened to be there.
“Hey hey hey, it's the old nerds.” A woman in a spiderweb’d dress proclaimed, Tae rose up out of her seat on the bar counter, reaching out to give a hug to both Maruki and Fuuka.
“Are these the two friends you told me about?” Asked the barmaid queen. “Yup, whatever drinks that they get, is on me.” “Ok, what would you like?”
Whatever was good on the taps it turns out. Soon enough, a pale gold pilsner started to flow out of the tap, filling to the brim three Maß. The beerhead was trimmed at the top by a wooden beer knife, with a satisfying tap of the glass with the knife to top it off.
“So, how’s… everything I guess. Since you got out of UNI, how did you get here anyway Tae?” asked Fuuka “ “Well. Got my license, worked at the hospital, stopped working at the hospital, and worked at a place of my own instead… How’s Sumi by the way?” “Still working at the University… She did not take it well though.” “Oh. Right, I remember.”
“She got better though, she’s still keeping at it there, she’s picking up where Wakaba left off.” “Oh, that’s great.” Tae said while brandishing a genuine smile. Brighter and more authentic than she’d ever slipped out to her patients, or Shinji.
The three continued chatting, about how they’ve been doing after 2014. Research into medicine, research into cognitive psience, therapy, social psychology, study. Investigation. Details. All of which made the slight feeling of inebriation that came from the dimmed red light. As the evening continued, however, the topic of conversation became less academic.
“So… How did you find out about this place anyway?” “Oh… Well, when Wakaba went, I didn’t know entirely what to do. After work at the hospital, I just drifted around. Mostly to the bottle.” Tae was about to elaborate further, and then Lala interrupted. “One day back last year, she came into my bar for the first time. She drank so much she confided to me everything about this Wakaba of yours. You were off your tits Tae.” “Noooooo, shut up now Lala, that's all they need to know!” In a rare and out of character moment for Tae, her persona of a cold goth doctor was broken by the queen of the Crossroads, who continued to espouse how out of character Tae could be under the weight of the strongest of her craft.
“It took one night of no drinks to bring Tae back to normalcy when it came to drinking. Being left in the cold where we found her worked. I won’t be having any of my patrons die of alcoholism for a quick buck.” “Besides the point…” Tae said in a red face, however, disguised by the dim red light. “Lala and the crossroads was there for me in my darkest hour.” “Good to hear that. Wakaba was hard enough, it would be harder seeing one of our friends found dead in an alleyway around this place.” “Just doing my job. Unlike someone else around here.”
“Oh piss off Lala, it wasn’t my fault!” shouted the woman behind the three, several degrees of inebriation and intoxicity above them, and in the deep dark bottom of the bottle. “I remember you looking a bit like the sad sight behind you Tae.” “Lala! Not in front of my former colleagues please!” her colleagues, now giggling to themselves at the thought of their cold close friend sprawled out on the couch. “Dear god Lala, compare me to Ohya over there and I will drop dead!”
“Heh. who is she anyway?” asked Maruki, pointing to Ohya behind them. “Investigative journalist. From what she’s told me she’s being snubbed by her bosses. So she comes here to me to bitch to me about it and forget about it afterward. I’m not mad, it's part of the job. Everybody who comes here is here to forget about something.”
Maruki looked around, he was several Maßs in and was silently processing the dim world around him. A buzzing feeling familiar to him was present. He had to stop to focus, he needed to focus in order to stay standing. This would likely be his last Maß of the night, but he found himself sitting down and watching Fuuka, Lala, and Tae discuss the finer points of seeking to forget by method of alcohol. He liked it, he felt fuzzy inside and felt as if he’d left his own body, and was simply an observer of a scene from some TV sitcom from the eighties. Yeah. A discount Japanese Cheers. He tried his best to restrain himself from humming the cheers theme.
However, as he looked around, he perhaps saw something he shouldn’t have. Words? Words of some sort hovered over the heads of some of his colleagues. He tried to note them down, while split between if they were worthwhile to observe, or if they were just products of the intoxication getting worse. Was that… Was that French?
“Dee… leeh deeaableeehhhh…. Leehhh… Morte?” Maruki racked his mind, he knew french. Or at the very least some very basic french. His intoxication just however refuses to bring the meanings to the forefront. Then, he looked up, towards the air above his head, confused, perplexed and dumbfounded.
“Leehhh… Baatehhhluuureee?” Maruki had given up at this point.
Thud.
End track
Yongen Jaya
“Well, we keep up this pace, I think we got a good shot next week.” “At not failing at least.”
Having finished their group study session, the Kelly Gang was funneling out of Leblanc, Shinji stood there, waving goodbye to the gang members as they strolled out into the wider world. Shinji however instead stood at the door, a plate of chow for a certain acquaintance.
A few moments of waiting, a small little thing came out from the darkness. From the shadows and into the light protruding from the cafe. It was the cat Morgana.
Laying down the plate of cat chow for the feline, Shinji stood outside the cafe, taking in the fresh air. In satisfaction of the day’s work both in the kitchen and in study.
As he breathed in the air of the night, however, an itching feeling started to be felt from his- KAFF-GACK-AUFF-GAHG
It was a coughing fit. Shinji quickly went back to the cafe for a glass of water. He emerged outside, Morgana looking at him curiously, with perhaps a lick of concern on his expression.
As he took a sip of water, he wondered to himself what brought this fit upon him. Too much water during study? Too much curry? He didn’t think he’d had too much of either. Oh well, he had thought. If it got any worse, he had a stock of medicine he could use if it had to come to that. Otherwise, it didn’t seem like a big deal.
The cat remained focused on Shinji until he’d finished his chow and then disappeared into the shadow of the night. Shinji afterward carried both the glass and plate back to the cafe and then began the process of closing for the night.
Chapter 53: Back to Scheduled programming
Summary:
Come on, come on let go of the remote, don't you know you're letting all the junk food in~
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
8 June, Friday
Shujin academy
Haru’s garden
Upon coming to school the next day, the student council president came to see what the reply to the offer of being chaperones for the field trip the next day would be.
“Yeah it’s a no.” “We deeply regret any inconvenience we may incur. We hope you enjoy your field trip, Makoto.”
“I understand. However before I go, there’s something we need to inform you on.” “Go on.”
“We’ve been advised by authorities to advise students to be extra cautious around Shibuya. A spree of criminal activity from blackmail, intimidation, and the trafficking of drugs have been reported to be increasing.” “Is there more?”
“It unfortunately has been observed as well that students are either partaking or are disproportionately targeted. So far we haven’t had a Shujin student so far be victim or been found complicit in such criminal activity. Yet.” “Right. Go enjoy your field trip Mrs Student council president, while we just use this time for studying.” “Good. Good luck with your exams.”
Makoto then left the scene, appearing slightly more sure of herself then she was when she had entered. While Haru and Shinji sat back on two steel foldable chairs in silence.
“You certainly aren’t going to study are you ?” “I will.” Shinji replied aptly “Just only as much as I need to.”
A comfortable silence followed and then came a thought. “Say, should we do something about that?” “What?” “What Mrs student council president told us not to do.” “You’re not suggesting-” “Nah. I mean finding out more. See what we could do about it.” Haru remained slightly reclined on her chair. “Why not? I don’t see any harm in that. As long as we stay wary and safe, that is.” “Right. I guess I’m going down to Shibuya and sleuthing around.” “Guess you’re getting back into your old rags then.” “Hmm?”
“I’ve been thinking as of late… The police are certainly not happy about us doing their job.” “Well, not all of us can have… powers beyond literal mental comprehension.” “Well, either way, you know what I mean. Don’t stand out too much alright? Keep that beanie on and keep the cowboy hat off.” Shinji sighs out of ease. “Yes Ma'am.” He then walks to the stairwell, disappearing from Haru’s sight.
Now alone, Haru then took out her phone and started typing out a message.
Kelly Gang
Soil, sweat and two smoking tomatoes: Alert: We are currently investigating something. Will update
Blondie: Is this about the announcement to stay clear of Shibuya?
Soil, sweat and two smoking tomatoes: Yes, we’ll be looking into it.
Running with knives: Rumors are going around that its organised crime
TheRealArtBlues: Well that is disconcerting, caution better be exercised.
Blondie: But think about it, we could be taking down a large mafia, or a Yakuza group, ain’t that something out of a hero comics book or a TV show???
TheRealArtBlues: You may better off hoping it's the work of a single individual. Rather than dozens of men who are known to disappear people.
Les,lez,lex,girls.: But still, if the police really cannot find the culprit to stop this, we can really make a difference here when they can’t.
Soil, Sweat, and two smoking tomatoes: Still Ann. Stay cautious but keep your ear on the ground. We could run into something.
8 June
After School
Main street, Shibuya
This was less fruitful than he had first thought. Shinjiro thought, as he strolled down main street. Sure, a nice walk was what he needed after the commotion of the prior days, but he wasn’t hearing much substantial about the maliciousness or plight of students who spend their afternoons around the shops and restaurants of Shibuya, supposedly staying out of trouble. He stood by a corner of a shop to think.
Iwatodai wasn’t like this. There may be hives of those who got rich or made a living supposedly off illicit and illegal activity, but they typically stuck to themselves. Underground Mahjong dens, dealers who appeared at night to sell pirated movies and CDs, and “movies and CDs” for a higher price. Buildings that were closed down with nothing going on during the day suddenly opened up at night. Becoming a bar, an underground theater, a club. Or sometimes a brothel.
Shinji then remembered, they usually had their neck of the woods. Never leaving the safety of the old and comparatively neglected sections of Iwatodai. At the very least, whatever was happening here was an attempt to move the woods closer to everybody else before Macbeth noticed.
Void of any ideas, Shinji entered a grocery store. He needed to get some personal groceries anyway.
Now playing:The Stash, by Cedar jones
It’s gotta be some sort of incentive. Shinji thought as he stood in line at the cashier, holding fresh vegetables, noodles, and other goods. Kids… Well they could be stupid, they could be talked into doing things they shouldn’t do, or be tricked into something they wouldn’t do, no. Unless they were some sick kids, who really wouldn’t mind pulling the wings of flies or taking candy from a baby. Shinji liked to think that the generalization of kids being stupid altogether, or incapable of knowing right from wrong and the responsibilities that stem from knowing such is… a generalization. Besides, he knew a number who do.
“Hey! Hey Shinji!” Shinji turned around to see who was calling out his name. From the back of the line, Shinji saw someone who he’d promised to do a favor to, but the madarame business sidetracked him. It was Mishima. Shinji at first continued his neutral expression, only to then start to smile. Mishima may be who he needs now. He then signalled to Mishima to meet him outside.
A bit later…
A street bench
“I didn’t know you were taking down Madarame, but good job Shinji” “Sorry, should’ve told you, but confidentiality is the priority here.” “Right, right… There’s been more requests from Kelly Country, but I’ll sort through them and you can get at them in your own time.” “Thanks, but there’s something I need your help with.”
“It’s about the word that spread about school, yes?” “Yeah. We may want to look into it. If you think you can find out any information that can help us, can you do it?” “I can try, but you gotta promise me to get those requests sorted. It’s bad for PR if you can’t act on them .” “Deal. What do you know now though?”
“Hmmmm. I know that it's a job. Some students in school have been spending money they should not have on a lot of expensive stuff recently… They talk about special work… or jobs they’ve been taking.” Shinji signalled Mishima to continue on by nodding. “What about the rumors that it's by the mafia, or the Yakuza?” “Can’t confirm yet, I can dig online, but I think at this point forward you’ll have to find others who are more familiar with organised crime. I can hardly say I’m a subject expert before this started.”
“Fair. I may know a few of those. Though it probably won’t be enough.” “Well, I can find them.” “You can?” “I was doing research on this out of curiosity, and found online some investigative or criminal journalists articles. I could send them an email, tell them we are students doing a project of sorts.” “Well, it's better than just… Now that I’m thinking about it only one.”
It was at this point that the two got up and began to stroll through Shibuya as the evening progressed.
“Hey, you’re looking a lot more tired than usual dude.” “I do? It’s exam prep I guess. And this stupid field trip.” “Sounds like a lot.” “Yeah… Nothing I find important, or at least important to me.”
“I’d like to, well…do something productive other than…whatever everyone else is telling me is important. Don’t get me wrong, I’m not making up an excuse for myself, but I think being a suit, or a doctor isn’t what I’m built for.” Shinji nodded. “But, they still keep insisting upon themselves.” “Well… It wouldn’t hurt to… let's say crank it back a little, would it?” “Hmmm?” “Well, you still need to worry about coming exams… but this field trip to this TV studio? Is it that important to further feed the ego of whoever’s on TV tomorrow?”
“Hmmm.” Mishima thought about it. He tried to think if there were any guests of importance making an appearance tomorrow. Then his brow furrowed. “Certainly not. Nobody needs more of that now that I’m thinking about it.” “Alright. If you’re sure, I think you should go get a good night’s sleep then.” “That sounds great! Though I’ll likely get crap for ditching though.” “Well, I can’t deny its trouble, but with what may be happening soon if you know what I’m talking about, it’ll be good trouble.”
“Right then, I’ll let you know if something comes up then.” “Alright… Also, we should talk more like this, it's nice.” “Yeah, summer evenings are nice for walks.” “I mean talking about things other than the… night work.” “Alright, sure.” Mishima said with slight apprehension
The two then strolled into Shibuya station, now working again after having taken the better part of a month to ensure safety after the accident. “Right, take care Mishima.” “You too, Shinji.”
MOON CONFIDANT RANK UP!!!
Track end
9th June, Saturday Morning
Kichijoji
“Thanks for coming for food with me.” “No problem Kaz… It literally is no problem.” Shinji replied as the two walked into a restaurant. “What does this place serve anyway?” “Good pastries… decent coffee. Nothing tops the boss.” “Indeed.”
The two made their orders, a (not so) healthy serving of macarons with coffee was to come. It was then that out of boredom and out of a want, to not simply sit together without speaking a word to eachother, Shinji then spoke.
“So, how did you get to know this place anyway?” “Oh! Family brought me here whenever I won a gymnastics competition, macarons with a medal on you was great!” “Mhhhm.” Shinji nodded along. The ambience of the restaurant had been distracting. Apart from the eyes of people, who were likely usuals at this higher place of food service and catering that were perhaps curious at the sight of a not usual customer who happened to be wearing a rather unusual hat in the place. The TVs which were mounted in the restaurants had some sort of show on. The audible sound of girls squealing in excitement could be heard from its speakers.
Kasumi then diverted her gaze to what Shinji was looking at. Then her expression came from her usual boastful and joyful demeanor, to one of silent unease.
“Coming today on the Good Morning Japan show! Is our guest, Goro Akechi!!”
Further applause could be heard as a man with a briefcase entered the shot. Kasumi could only sigh, however. The conversation on the TV transitioned to the man describing what he did and his profession. “You know… If that happens to be the station we were supposed to go to… I think we just dodged a bullet there. Because I don’t wanna hear any of that self-lionizing crap.” “ Me neither. But it's more than that.” “What about it?” Kasumi for a moment hesitated. But if Shinji and her shared the same sentiments of the value of putting individuals on pedestals she thought, she could trust Shinji with the reason she did not really, truly want to attend the field trip.
“If you and the others dodged a bullet, I just dodged… well nevermind. You see the host over there?” “Uh huh?” “That’s actually my dad.” “What?” “I’m not kidding. That's my dad.” The conversation between Kasumi’s dad and Akechi continued.
“Right, you all may have saw this coming, but we’re here for something you may be a larger subject expert on, detective akechi…”
“And what may that be?”
“A current case perhaps?”
“God I hate it when he talks like that.” commented Kasumi. “Sometimes he comes home and forgets to turn off the mister talkshow voice.”
“Oh, the case regarding Madarame, the scam artist?”
“Yes! And on top of that, would you mind perhaps sharing your thoughts on this… Kelly Gang?”
“Well. If they do exist and are truely stand for justice, I hope they exist, but…. How do I put this, if Santa was real, I’d be happy, but I would have to arrest him for breaking and entering.”
“But in all seriousness. It’s in the name. The inspiration for this… organisation is a group of convict bank robbers and horse thieves.
“Bold statement, but au contrair. In the case of the previous incident with the Kelly Gang, they had exposed Suguru Kamoshida, a sexual predator who’s fame and influence some say, made him impervious to the scrutiny of authorities… What will you have to say about that?”
“Well. I would have to say that I’m thankful for the man being brought to justice. But, it cannot be denied that the means were illegal and encroaching on due process. Blackmail, regardless of any or all purposes, is a crime. And we will be putting it to a stop.”
“Well…” “Shit.” The interview continued, with Akechi being asked questions by the audience. To the expense of the Kelly Gang, their justice, and more. Shinji remained silent, watching the interview further. His attention was taken away by his phone, buzzing and ringing with messages. He stopped to read those. Kasumi however, a slow anger was slowly rising in her.
If they had not shoved that good for nothing pervert to receive justice, who could’ve stopped any further harm befalling to Kamoshida’s victims. Furthermore, to any former victims, and possible future victims the bastard had in his sights, were they afforded any justice? Any relief? Had anybody inquired why they came back from volleyball practice with any life in their eyes gone? Or out with broken limbs? Only just two months ago they had imposed on them a hell which they may never fully recover, nor move on from? And ending that was bad? No good answers were thought up, Kasumi could only think of excuses that excused this failure of this “justice”.
“God. It looks like the others are pissed.” Kasumi remained silent, her thoughts exceeding the speed limit of her mental bandwidth with pure frustration and anger. “Hey, Kaz? You ok?” The voice of her friend broke Kasumi out of her internal line of thought.
“And that’s Goro Akechi folks! A japanese modern day Columbo! We’ll be back after a short break.”
Shinji sighed. He has had enough of hearing about this prick. And so did everybody else he knew.
“Hello, your coffee and your macarons?” “Thanks. Though, can we move our seating outside? We’d like some fresh air.”
A bit later…
“Feeling any better Kaz?” Kasumi could only hunch over in her chair, as Shinji took a sip of his coffee while assessing her state. “That son of a bitch…” “Does he know who he’s talking to? In that audience? Oh god. Did he know that Kamoshida's victims could’ve been in that crowd!?” Shinji could only sigh.
As Kasumi continued angrily cursing the so-called “Columbo of Tokyo”, Shinji could only find relief in the group chat with the Gang.
Kelly Gang
Soil, Sweat, and Two smoking tomatoes: *Image*
Blondie:Dammit, Why doesn’t this guy have a goddamn palace!
Soil, Sweat, and Two smoking tomatoes:Easy Ryuji, we’re gonna look a lot worse if we go after him.
The Real Art Blues: As satisfying and gratifying as it could be, it would be better if we did not give the police a reason so soon to pursue us and the Shadow operatives.
Les,Lez,Lex, girls.: Thank god Shiho was not there to hear that. She does not need to hear that at all.
Blondie:Good, but I want to let fly at that son of a fucking bitch!!!!!
DiscountIronman: As much as I hate to say it. Yusuke has got a point. But I dont want to leave this lying down.
DiscountIronman: I can think of only one way to though.
Soil, Sweat, and two smoking tomatoes: And that may be?
DiscountIronman: Grab who the cops can’t grab.
Blondie: Yeah that's right, make them and Akechi look like they’re purposefully crap at their jobs
PaintItBlue:Not their fault that they can’t enter the minds of the scum of the earth.
Les,Lez,Lex, girls.: I need to get going to see Shiho today.
Blondie: Is she doing well?
Les,Lez,Lex, Girls.: She’s doing well. She’s helping to organise upcoming pride.
Soil, Sweat, and two smoking tomatoes:Tell her I wish her well.
Les,Lez,Lex, Girls.:I will!
Blondie:God his face is so punchable
Les,Lez,Lex, Girls.: It is.
Shinji closed his phone. By now, Kasumi had looked like she was feeling better. Though seemingly drained, as she started reaching for Macarons to stuff into her mouth. “I can’t believe my dad.” She said in debilitated frustration. “Does the fuckface make for good ratings?” asked Shinji. Kasumi could only sigh and continue “He’s the new detective prince, so of course they’re going to keep him. It’s good for attention and audience retention.” “What happened to the old one?” “I don’t know… Shinji, I didn’t want to go because my dad… the attention… he’s brought me on set before, but not as an audience member or on the set.” “I get it. I don’t like attention either.” “But this is something else…” “Yeah. I… I really hope none of Kamoshida’s victims were in that audience. Jesus christ.”
“You still feel like eating?” Shinji asked Kasumi. “We can probably bag this up so you can have it later if you feel like it.” “Hey Shinji?” “Yes?”
“We gotta get back at em.” “We will, but will you be ok when you get back home?” “I will.” “Ok.” Shinji took a pause to sip from his coffee, the residue and dark stain marking the bottom of the cup. They should get the hell out of this place, Shinji thought, as soon as possible.
AEON RANK UP!!!
Shinji and Kasumi then quickly divied up the macarons, and went their separate ways for the day.
8th of June, late afternoon
Iwatodai, Kirijo estate
Now playing:Crosses, by Jose Gonzales
Mitsuru sat idle on a chair, enjoying the afternoon sun as it now was overhead, slowly descending towards the west.
A day of work had been completed. The equipment which would be slated to be shipped to Tokyo, which included spare Theurgy magazines, weapons, mail, and other miscellaneous items which the deployed shadow operatives asked for. Their contents concealed, hidden well, or disguised well enough to make the trip.
“Afternoon Mitsuru.” A voice was calling out her name. Mitsuru opened her eyes, adjusting to the slowly brightening sky, which just as slowly was turning into an orange hue. It was Ken.
“Welcome home Ken, how was school?” Asked Mitsuru warmly. “Alright. Exams should be a breeze.” He commented. He took a seat next to Mitsuru, a lounge chair as they appreciated the summer warmth. A glass of wine was on a table, along with soda not too far.
“How’s the others?” Ken asked. “It seems right now they’re taking a moment to recoup.” Commented Mitsuru. “I saw the talk show with Akechi. Do you think?” “Yes. Everybody’s actions will be under more scrutiny now by the authorities or other interests. Though not as much scrutiny as a certain detective prince.” Ken laughed for a moment. “Heh. The “Columbo of Tokyo” has got nothing on our detective prince. How are they by the way?”
“Well. I’m due for an update, but I like to think our colleagues are handling the states and Europe well. Though I hear they’re being a bit stretched in the states.”
“Oh boy. I hope they’re doing fine.” “They will. Speaking off, I’m waiting here for a call soon. Though, you got people waiting for you inside.” “Who?”
“Kikuno and Sumire. They’re here to make sure your gear’s up to date. We haven’t checked yours in ages.” “You know that’s becaus-“.
A phone could be heard vibrating from the table, shaking the transparent top, Mitsuru then picked it up. Signalling to Ken to go inside, that they’ll talk later.
Track paused
Call start
“Afternoon Mitsy.” A warm voice was heard. It was Akihiko. “Afternoon to you too. I hope the day’s been good for you, friend.”
“Well it could be better, but that’s not the point. Kurosawa and I have gotten new information.” “Uh huh.”
“It’s about Public Security. They’ve been outsourcing their work to others to investigate the ongoing incidents in Tokyo.” “Why? Is it because they can’t do it themselves?”
“We don’t know. We only got wind of it when we consulted some of kurosawa’s more illicit contacts. For public security they can’t seem to do their own jobs.”
“I’ll notify the deployed operatives the news and to take precautionary measures. ” “That’s not all.” Akihiko followed.
“Public security are trying to investigate the Kelly Gang. Thankfully efforts has been minimal. Hence the outsourcing.” “This is concerning. Public security only works against threats it deems threatens national security.”
“It’s definitely got something to do with us. We know they got wakaba’s research in there somewhere.” “Yes… say Akihiko. Still no word about wakaba’s daughter?”
“Yes. Not since wakaba’s death at least.” Mitsuru sighs. “Do you really think it was a suicide?” Mitsuru asked in a depressed tone. “What do you mean?” “Maruki only raised the possibility, we dismissed it since it felt… wrong . And it was while we were grieving, but… do you perhaps think it wasn’t a suicide?”
“But we saw the footage. We unfortunately did.” “Yes, but… this feels too good to be true. They told us that the research was to be used to protect the country from harm… but if this is all true then…”
“I hate thinking about it. But… in a perverted way. It feels better that… it wasn’t suicide.” Mitsuru could only think about how much Wakaba had been almost a part of the family that Akihiko and Mitsuru were a part of. A guiding light not only by science, leading through a dimension of existential existence which was intangible and refused to be understood easily, but also as an elder figure for the at the time twenty three year old Mitsuru.
She stood in contrast to another researcher, thankfully no longer living. In warmth, in congruence, and unlike him, had a vested interest in helping share the burden Mitsuru and the operatives had in protecting humanity, her daughter. Her leaving this world on her own terms was unthinkable. Her love for her daughter was too strong to do such a thing. And another friend who had also departed the world, but on his own terms and as a sacrifice… had made suicide an offence to his memory and what he represented.
But now, Akihiko and Mitsuru could only continue to talk about implications. A prescience of ambivalence postponed the consideration of affirmative action.
Track resumed
At around the same time
Inside the estate
“So how does that feel Ken?” “Perfect fit Kikuno. Thanks.”
“These pockets at the knees are big enough to fit a variety of objects.” Continues Kikuno. “More theurgy cartridges, maybe a knife, maybe you could fit more provisions.”
“Got it.” As Kikuno continued on. “Honestly, you’re lucky you didn’t deploy. Apart from continuing school, you manage to get the newest iteration of the kit. You're gonna be more prepared then your friends when they first had to deploy back in April. Ken continued displaying an expression of gratitude. “Sumi?” Kikuno shouted from across the room.
“Y-Yeah Kiki?” “You got the other stuff?” Shouted Kikuno. “Yeah, just lemme bring this over!” Sumire showed up, carrying a duffel bag which she then placed on the table. She unzipped it, revealing its contents.
One by one, Sumi took out the contents and placed them on the table. “Right. We were working on how to make your spear more flexible and less cumbersome to carry. The guys at development managed to make a retractable spear which can be folded down to a smaller piece.” Explained Sumi.
“These links are not only retractable, but also detachable.”
Sumi said while pointing to the rings. “You could lengthen or shorten the entire piece to your preference.” Concluded Sumi. “Well, what about the spearhead?”
“That too, development has not only made the spearhead detachable, but also made other spearheads which you could swap out.” Sumi explained as she brought out a set of various heads for Ken’s spear from the duffel bag. Laid on a piece of red cloth were not only sharp spear tips, but also axe heads, halberd heads, and even bludgeoning mace heads. “Development decided to develop multiples in case some get lost or destroyed during combat. You may experiment with each on your own time or training.”
Training. It had been a thing he’d worried about for some time. Was his comparative inactivity compared to the other operatives made him dull and accumulated rust? He adjusted his long hair as he thought. Had he gotten complacent? Would he choke up under pressure? Let his team down?
There was no clear answer to Ken. He knew he couldn’t discuss with anybody near him his intention to ship himself to Tokyo. But if there was any consolation Ken thought, at least his mind had been focused solely on deployment that there was no room for reconsideration. All his current training and the efforts of those in employ of the shadow operatives organisation to aid and support the operatives will be squared up soon in the field. Nothing could convince him otherwise.
Notes:
Happy Halloween!
Chapter 54: důstojnost
Summary:
“There are times, that we must sink to the bottom of our misery to understand truth, just as we must descend to the bottom of a well to see the stars in broad daylight”
-Vaclav Havel
Translated Title in Czech: Dignity
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 9th, Sunday
Afternoon
Mementos tunnels
0 hour, 10 minutes 15:00pm
Marching down the bowels of mementos, two shadow operatives and two K.G members tread or trot down the train rails and the concrete. No activity. No sound could be heard apart from the trotting of hooves, or the whirring of motors that power one of the four patrolling.
“Are you sure you want to be here? You guys have exams starting Tuesday, don’t you?” Junpei asked those following him. “It is generally recommended to utilize the time allotted before examination for preparation. However, an extended gap between revision is significant in memory retention.”
“Sorry, but I needed to blow off some steam.” commented one of the mounted persona users. “So do I.” replied the other.
“Hello? Can you hear me now? Herald? Anita? Hoplite?”
“Yes Delphi. We can hear you well.” Stated Aigis. “How about you?
“So far so good. Juno has been getting acclimatized to Metaverse conditions. We should have better navigation down there.”
“Are we to proceed with the marked objectives? Inquired Aigis.
“Yes, are you approaching the barrier?”
The four approached the furthest of Mementos which the Kelly Gang and the shadow operatives had explored. Greeted by a stone wall, with engravings carved into its surface, flanked by rails with running trains which made looking for alternative routes impossible. It was then that a sudden sound was heard, then that the wall started to crumble. What was a wall which impeded any attempt to pass was instead a then a pile of dust, crumbled limestone, and the path beyond.
“The path is open.” Stated Aigis.
“Good. I’m sensing the objectives further down, I’ll guide you down to the respective targets, just spare me a moment.”
Mementos Entrance
Above at ground level, Fuuka sat within the confines of Juno. She focused, took a deep breath, her eyes closed, and silently chanted, seemingly warming up the functions like the engine of a vehicle almost.
“Navigation… ready.”
“Support functions… Standby.”
“All functions ready and on standby, awaiting instructions from operatives.”
Juno was on standby, however Fuuka instead of staying within Juno went outside to her heavy pack. Digging through the pack, she took out a wooden box of a small sort, comparable to one suitable for keeping valuables from jewelry or watches. She then dug out a wire and a stainless steel capsule which she then brought inside of Juno’s interior. Connecting the wire between the capsule and the box, she then opened the box to reveal its contents. It was a Keyer, securely attached to the base of the inside of the box. On the underside of the wooden box was a set of instructions and a chart displaying the dits and dats for letters, a table of contents for ciphers, and guidelines for security and confidentiality of broadcasts, and on encryption.
Soon enough, a constant clicking could only be heard from the surface of mementos.
End Track
Control room
15:01pm
Maruki, Yusuke and Shinji sat anxiously around the room marked as control. Here, an experiment was occurring. While Yusuke and Shinji were only observing, Maruki was sat, hunched over. With a headphones set and kneeled over a box, analog and mechanical in nature. He hunched however, over a piece of paper with a pencil.
Soon enough, Maruki was roused into action. A faint beeping could be heard from the box and Maruki’s headset. It was then that he started to write aggressively and swiftly on the piece of paper. It took several minutes, but Maruki had filled the top half of the sheet of paper in a series of dots and dashes.
- --- / -.-. --- -. - .-. --- .-.. / ... - --- .--. / .--. .- - .-. --- .-.. / .... .- ... / -- . - / -. --- / .-. . ... .. ... - .- -. -.-. . / ... - --- .--. / -... .- .-. .-. .. . .-. / .... .- ... / -... . . -. / -... .-. . .- -.-. .... . -.. / ... - --- .--. / .--. .-. --- -.-. . . -.. .. -. --. / - --- / --- -... .--- . -.-. - .. ...- . ... / ... - --- .--.
“Are they fine, do we need to help em out?” asked Shinji.
It was then that Maruki read out the message to Yusuke and Shinji.
“To control, Stop. Patrol has met no resistance, Stop. Barrier has been breached, stop. Proceeding to objectives, stop.” Maruki sighed a breath of relief and took off one of the muffs of the headset from his right ear.
“Sounds like they’re fine. I’ll stay here and let you in on any updates, you two can relax.” Maruki stated, he then fastened the headset back on and awaited more broadcasts.
Exiting control, both Yusuke and Shinji left control to a separate room. It had a striking and artificial smell that came with paint, which hit Shinji like a baseball to the face. CAFF GAFF WHEEZE- “What the hell is this smell?” Yusuke did not say a word until he opened a window. “It’s the room where me and Chidori paint. We decided to keep the odor of paint contained here instead of the more common rooms.” “Right. But let's get on topic. You said you needed to see me?” “Yes I did. It could be considered a frivolous request but… I could think of no other who could be less inconvenienced than you.”
“Where’s everybody else?” “Briefing I heard. Intelligence of some variety had filtered through.” “Well. If they weren’t being filtered information from up high… What would you ask them to do, Yusuke?” “I haven’t had time to do art or sketching. I need to continue practicing anatomy and body composition. And as much as spending time with Labrys and Kotone watching animated films helps to inform on such, I prefer the real source material.”
“Alright then.”
Shinji commented,
“I can sit still if that's what you need. Let’s get this done.”
“Thank you. Now position yourself with the window behind you so I can portray the shadow and shading properly. Yusuke then moved towards a record player, sifted through a collection of records, and picked one to his liking.
Now playing: Rumba Azul, by the Lecuona Cuban Boys
And so Shinji stood still. He remained observant of the artist in front of him, putting his form into paper. For the next ten minutes he stood as he watched Yusuke occasionally peer upon him and his rancher fit. Occasionally, he’d ask questions, seemingly to keep him from leering into boredom.
“So… How did you first meet your friends, Shinji?” Shinji, starting to feel a little stiff in his legs, replied “I think you should ask them instead. They met me first, not the other way around.” “Ok…” Yusuke then remained quiet. Out of fear of perhaps being too intrusive.
“My instructors suggested it off-handedly to keep who you’re drawing or painting engaged in conversation, or something of the like.” “Do you think it works?” “Well, in theory yes… but perhaps I am lacking in this skill. At least while I was still within the clutches of Madarame.”
“Alright. I’ll help you. Uh… I met most of the shadow operatives by around 2009… some earlier.” Shinji struggled to specify. Lest he’d let out something that he really shouldn’t.
“Years before that, it was just me and two others.” “Who? Chidori?” “Mmmm… sort of. We knew each other but we didn’t really speak much.” “Besides, the two I’m talking about aren’t here.”
“Alright, how about Kotone?” “Kotone… met her in 2009. She’d moved into the dorm around April with her brother.”
“She had a brother?” “Yeah. He-“
But then, another sound was heard behind them, it was the sound of the door, and of panting. It was Koromaru.
“Hello Koro. How was the briefing?” RUFF!! Koromaru then trotted along, passed Yusuke, sat on his stool with his sketchbook, to then settle near Shinji. Shinji couldn’t help it, he sat down to be closer to Koromaru and to give him better scratches.
It was then, as Yusuke processed the sight, he smiled. Breaking from the stoic display he’d worn, he then turned a new page on his book and instead worked to translate Shinji and Koro to paper. “Who’s a good boy… Who’s a good pup.” A pleasant scene of Shinjiro on his knees, scratching, petting, and playing with Koromaru followed. It was a warm scene, literally and figuratively. The warm climate from the outside flowed in through the open window, as it warmed the paper on which it was portrayed upon. They would continue their conversation and composition, just with Koromaru in tow.
Another ten minutes later
“Kaz told me you first met her when you were doing graffiti on the wall of that Jazz club. Why did you do it?” Shinji asked as he was scratching Koromaru “If I remember correctly, I had run out of canvas. If I were to borrow a canvas from Madarame, he would seize it for himself and pass it as his own.” “Uh huh.”
“The landscape which I had portrayed came to me in a dream. I did not remember fully what I had felt the following morning… but this felt significant enough to not be sullied by money or gain. It came from my dream, so I instead decided to portray my dream on a medium which could not be taken away by the man. Even if he had found out the landscape was of my work, what could he do? Steal the bricks of the wall?”
“HA!” Shinji, Yusuke and Koromaru shared a laugh together for a brief moment as they were greeted with the image of the now disposed emperor in his emperor’s clothes attempting to steal the yellow painted bricks that Yusuke had painted.
“Sorry again. I didn’t anticipate the piece taking twenty minutes.” “That’s fine. I think Koro appreciated it.” RUFF!! “Good boy.” As the two started to pack their belongings Yusuke then took a treat out of a pocket in his overalls. “For being such a patient subject of my work Koro.” He said as he tossed the treat to the good boy.
“You know, if this is how these are gonna go from now on… I think I might find some more time for it.” “Brilliant. I’ll let you know when I’ll need your assistance.”
It was then, that the two reached out for a handshake.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Emperor persona
It was at that moment that suddenly, Fuuka barged in.
“Sorry for interrupting, but we got something you gotta hear.”
End track
Much later
Evening
Shibuya
Kelly Gang
OzzironMan:So you found cigarette butts and bullet casings which you believe are the perp’s?
Uhlan:Yeah. Aigis identified it as a 9mm bullet. Something which we aren’t bringing.
Knifeflip: And, it’s an actual bullet. If it were a casing from a fake airsoft pistol it would’ve disappeared with time.
OzzironMan:Are they… Gonna keep it?
Uhlan: They said they would,
OzzironMan: Apart from that, did you manage to take care of the targets?
Uhlan: hell yeah we did! Aigis’s theurgy was able to keep us going for the whole time, was it Lavenza or something like that?
Knifeflip: Cadenza. Also, using a bazooka is more fun than I thought
Uhlan: you're not the one carrying it Kaz, you should carry it next time.
Knifeflip: But how will I run and do a backflip ? Tell me Ryuji
Closing off his phone, Shinji kept an eye out for a face which he had not seen in a while. But his attention was seized by exactly who he was waiting for.
“Hello young man!” “Hey there Professor , how has your week been?” “Good, yours?”
“Spent with friends. How was the lecture?” “Good. Good.”
Yoshida sat next to Shinji, he laid his bag on his side and then took out a Tupperware box. The smell of sautéed onion and warm butter emanated as soon as the box was opened. “I haven’t had the chance to have lunch at campus.”
“Smells good.” Commented Shinji. Both the professor and bush ranger sat around, observing the space around the station. As they saw people come in and out of the station, Shinji couldn’t help but notice the crowds going in and out. As if it was a typical day, as if the train which came and went weren’t subject to a freak accident a month ago. As if nothing had happened…
“Hey Yoshida?” “Hmm?” “Do you find it strange that people are still commuting on the subway like nothing happened. As if an accident didn’t happen a month ago?” Yoshida stopped eating, and peered into the crowd as Shinji was doing. The expression of normality, banality and typicalness seemed to permeate throughout the crowds coming in and out.
“I do.” “I don’t get it. You think that people would be still avoiding the subways by now, or making a fuss about the accident at all. But I haven’t heard a word about it at all after the fact.”
Yoshida stopped to think. He then sighed. “It’s true. I was surprised as well, you think people would be mailing their representatives or MPs in parliament making a fuss about it in session, but no.”
“People died. This isn’t normal.” “You’re right. But unfortunately, I don’t find this out of the ordinary at all.” “What do you mean?”
Now playing: Kurrajong, from the Ned Kelly Jazz suite, by Bob Barnard and friends
\
“When I spent time in Czechia, I got the opportunity to learn about dissidence in the Eastern Bloc. To my surprise a lot of aspects of that dissidence and what they rebelled against are applicable in these… times.” “… elaborate.”
“The regimes in place in Czechoslovakia and in the eastern bloc at large were in a state that is clearly different from what you may think of as totalitarian dictatorship, where the main form of tyranny was force. Instead what took its place after the Prague spring was instead an attempt to subdue society. To make society passively accept the hegemony of the communist imposed regime at large.”
“Through mass media… television at the time, along with social and even psychological methods of control and coercion, Czechs and Slovaks were expected to not just accept but to blindly obey that this was good as it gets. The lack of rule of law and instead rule by law, the regime’s control over expression and almost all aims of life that wasn’t its own, society was to be put under a social contract where the main method of partaking in social life was through blind compliance and obedience.”
“It’s long, but in short, this process of what was called “normalization” reinforced itself through blind obedience. The individual person was to be slowly alienated and away from organic, and genuine aims of life in place of lies, excuses and false promises that the regime replaces with. It’s through this process that individuals would feel powerless in the face of this coercive and invisible tyranny which they will not challenge it. Individuals cease to be individuals and become the system, like robots... following the programming of the system.
“That… I don’t know what to say Yoshida, all I can say however is that I comprehend.” Shinji looked out to the sea of people in and out of Shibuya, and then articulated his next thought. “The people in front of us… do you think?”
“Yes. Out of a want for a peaceful life, without conflict or exclusion, they do without thinking. Like the robots. By the way, did you know that Robot is a loan word from the Czech language? It stems from Robota, or forced labor.” “No.” Shinji replied, as he slowly started to stare at the crowd in front of him, with creeping concern and unease.
“I didn’t.”
SUN RANK UP!!!
A moment was spent in silence. Processing the truth as it marched and roamed autonomously around Shibuya. Banal, Uncaring, and impersonal.
“Hey Shinji?” “Yes Professor?” “I don’t feel it good of me to leave you on such a note. So, next week when we meet again. I think I’ll follow up on what… could be a solution to this.” “I’ll be there. Have a good week prof.”
June 10th
Monday
After School
“So, let me guess. You’ve come to me because you haven’t studied and this is last-minute cramming.” Kawakami expressed.
“No. I have been studying, I just need clarification on some topics… also I made coffee.” The expression of tiredness on Kawakami’s face seemed to wash away. But on the first point, it seemed. While the coffee was the cherry on top.
The two walked through the halls of Shujin to an empty room. Leaving their things on the ground, the two rearranged some of the school desks and chairs to form an improvised table, where they then settled their study and revision material, followed by objects of auxiliary nature. Coffee tumblers, lunch boxes, and others.
“Alright, what is it that you need help on?” “Literature.” “Right.” and so they continued, going over trivia, trivia trivia. Math, proverbs, so on and so forth. Time fell into the malaise of ambiguity. Arsene Lupin, Billy Kidd, dreams, Pope Joan, gold and many other words, symbols, characters, and ideas. Of great import and symbolism, but lost. Having been reduced to answers to a series of papers which shall be written the following week.
At some point, Kawakami appeared tired. After a swig of her coffee, she then slowly opened a small notebook. Only to the-
BRRRRRR- BRRRRRRRRR- BRRRRRRRRRR-
A phone was ringing. It certainly wasn’t his own, Shinji thought. He’d put his own phone on silent for the session. “Shit!” Kawakami shouted. However much she tried to cover her own mouth, to save face or something similar of the like. Her notebook fell to the table, fully open for those in the room to see. A pile of brochures flew on out, flying through the airwaves from the air conditioner. Pink, large text, and with a woman dressed in a maid costume. In the book as well, Yen. A compressed stack of Yen, along with dates, times, and large numbers.
“I’m sorry Shinji!” Shinji needed a moment to stop and think. He then answers. “For what?”
A moment of silence. A truly pregnant silence occurs. The student and teacher remained silent. One may describe the scene as two deers, staring at a headlight of awkwardness, shock, discomfort, and an ambiguity of action or decision.
Signs of life then appeared when it seemed that the fright and shock of the headlights seemed to dim, and Kawakami displayed a sign of life. She sighed and then admitted. “I-I guess I’m not in a position to hide much anymore at this point am I?”
Shinji remained quiet. The discomfort had been creeping up to his eyeballs. Through circumstances and events neither his own fault nor his teacher’s. The privacy of his teacher was violated. And he had been an unfortunate witness to such. An agony, a creeping shame.
“Only… Only if you want to. I can try my best to forget this.” A moment of pause, followed by a brief-expression which Shinji couldn’t interpret. It was strange. For in spite of the violation of what Shinji had valued and held dear. The separation of the private and the public, and the resulting car crash which was the merging of the two which had left a mess in its wake… an expression akin not to introversion, but personal reflection seemed to have happened. A brief display of calmness.
“No. If you were to forget, I think you’d maybe forget what you revised here today.” “Ok?...” “Besides. I think it's pretty clear why I value your coffee so much and why I look like…” Yawwn…
“...Look like I haven’t slept in a week.” “All right then.”
The two sat, with a tumbler of coffee each in hand. As Kawakami girded herself. “I… I do night work. I don’t sell my body, but I sell the services as described on that brochure.” Shinji stopped to read the pink slip
MAID SERVICE, CALL XXXXX NUMBER TO RECIEVE MAID TO CLEAN, COOK AND TO BE OF SERVICE.
“But why? Hard times?” Shinji asked. “No… I just… I got some people who I gotta take care of. And a teacher’s salary isn’t enough.” “Family?” “Yes… A sister. She’s sick.” “I’m… sorry to hear that.”
The two remained silent for a while, the “truth” which a headlight was shone upon laid bare. It’s shame and discomfort still emanated. Kawakami hoped that it would be less glaring. Not that the “truth” about her employment had translated into some power. Truth to power? Was that how that went?
“I don’t think there’s much wrong with that.” “What do you mean?” “You’re doing it for someone important. I understand that. I got people I gotta take care of too.” It seemed so insignificant the words Shinji had expressed. Him? Caring for people? Caring at all? Especially when looking back to his old life, it seemed like a lie. Whose value as an appearance of truth seemed to only hold water by being in Bold .
He perhaps, thinking about it now, could’ve talked about his own jobs, but that would detract from the main point. He’d thought. A kitchen may be hot, physically uncomfortable, and exhausting. But the implied infantilization of being a maid seemed worse in comparison. And hell, maybe the maid costume was just as stuffy and uncomfortable to be in physically. Not that he would know.
Kawakami’s phone rang again. “It's… It's the service. They need me to show up so I can get changed and answer requests.” Kawakami sighed. It suggested to Shinji a decrease in discomfort, but instead resignation and tiredness. He couldn’t explain it, he couldn’t justify it, but he spoke.
“I ain’t in a position to say this as a.. uh… student to you. But if you need coffee or just something, just tell me. If you’re taking care of someone. I think I want to help you with that.” Seemingly, any discomfort or apprehension seemed to dissipate and defuse itself. To instead be replaced by a sense of congruence. “Oh- Shinji you don’t have to. I shouldn’t be passing on my problems… and misery to someone else.”
“I insist. You’re helping me study for the week’s exams, and presumably the ones that come next. This is the very least that I can do. Along with passing my exams.”
Kawakami was stunned. There was no other way to go about it. She could only get out a few words. Which she then struggled to bring out.
“Thank you Shinji… You don’t have to-” “I want to. If… It makes my case better. I’ll pass the exams. You’ll see it when you mark them.” Shinji did not continue pleading his case, he instead started cleaning the room, any eraser dust or fragments were cleaned and consigned to the dustbin, he sorted out his own notes from hers. Making an effort to not reveal to himself the nature of any further notes Kawakami had left on the table. He’d scoured the floors for the pink brochures, making himself very sure that there was no single one of the damned pink cards left on any surface.
All while Kawakami watched as Shinji cleaned up after himself. Seemingly for no good reason. Yet, it seemed evocative of something that further backed his case for her to accept Shinji as someone to rely on. She just couldn’t put her finger on it, she could only notice and feel its presence. The previous threat, the possible harm done to her name and dignity. It seemed to have passed. She had in the span of ten minutes emotionally, mentally, physically, and circumstantially sank like a stone and hit the deepest point of the well, in the darkest night possible. But in doing so, she could see the stars in broad daylight.
TEMPERANCE RANK UP!!!
Notes:
If you're reading this, stop and lend a moment of your time.
If you’re feeling powerless, your responsibility from now on is to remedy that powerlessness.
If you can’t find courage or strength in the time of this chapter’s publication however. Go ahead and take what time you need. Gather back your strength, but come back to us. We all need to come back stronger. But you won’t have to do it alone. We will resist the aims of tyranny and maintain our own ones and our human dignity at all costs. We will win.
“The time is out of joint. Oh cursed spite, That I was ever born to set it right!”
“Nay. Come, let’s go together.”
-Hamlet
The power of the powerless, by Vaclav Havel, PDF
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1COiS3pgfUoc6D1KPHH-XuuqU1q9IaZJv/view?usp=sharing
Chapter 55: Necessity
Summary:
"Necessity makes licit what is not licit by law, without it, Californians wouldn't exist."
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Monday, 9th of June
Late Evening
“Hey there kid.” “Hey doc.” With the clinic open, Shinji decided to show up to Tae’s. It had been some time since the last medical trial, along with Tae agreeing to help Miwa with her rare illness.
“You’re here for the medicine are you?” “Yup. Exams are starting again tommorow.” “Right, but before that. You know our arrangement, enter the examination room.” Shinji nodded, he entered through the door and settled himself upon the examination table.
“After doing some research, consulting experts and some work, I’ve made further modifications to the medicine for Miwa’s rare disease. Now all I need to do is have you try it.” Shinji nodded assuredly. “Let’s do this.”
The taste was just as bitter as was the last concoctions in the previous trials. Except Shinji had been able to get it down his system with less unease and without discomfort. “Alright. How are you feeling now?” “Not much has changed I feel.” “Are you sure? Any drowsiness, any nausea, anything abnormal you feeling?” “No… though I do feel a bit tired, but that’s probably because it’s night time now.” Shinji yawned. Tae didn’t. She remained focused on the trial at hand.
“How’s… how’s Miwa doing?” “I’ve… been getting updates from her father. She’s still the same, but from what I’ve heard she’s been feeling happier.” Shinji was intrigued. “Why do you think that?” “She’s got faith in me. She’s got faith. She’s put her faith in me. To make sure she can live out her life without her disease keeping her down.”
Shinji thought about it. Shinji was a test subject here. He was a Guinea pig. To be experimented upon for pure morbid curiosity. At least that was what he felt when those Kirijo freak scientists a while ago kept testing him for stuff they didn’t even have names for.
This was different. If Shinji was getting this right. Tae trusted Shinji to have had his body be healthy and in good condition in order to be subject to the medicine for Miwa. Without him, Miwa would likely suffer under the weight of misdiagnosis from what seemed to, if he remembered correctly, those who possessed the trait of being uncaring and uninvested in their profession.
Shinji couldn’t describe what he was feeling when he sat there, waiting to feel any possible effect from the medicine. His mind was fine. It was working as well as it did seven years ago. However, his body felt the natural sensation of tiredness.
“Can you keep conversation with me?” “I’ll try…” Shinji tried to reel a conversation starter. He then remembered something particularly interesting.
“So… you know Fuuka?” “Yes… how do you- Oh, yeah. Leblanc.” “No, I mean before. It sounded like you two knew each other for a while.” “Us?” “Yeah. How did you get to know… someone I was friends with?”
“Well… we met at university. She was studying Cognitive Psience, I was studying medicine. The Kirijo group had opened a medical university at Iwatodai. Me, Fuuka and a few more would spend our evenings at that ramen shop at the strip mall.”
Shinji couldn’t help but think of the chef who manned the stall. He himself used to regularly eat at Hagakure, if he were to somehow come back for that special bowl, would he recognise him?
“What about you? When did you first meet Fuuka, Shinji?”
“Well uh….” Crap. He had to think of a cover story fast. “Uh… it wasn’t special. I’d needed help one time uh….” Shit. She’s gotta believe I was a smaller kid back then, otherwise it’s gonna not make sense!
“I was trying to get something off the tall shelf of the kitchen. Fuuka helped.”
For a moment, Shinji thought Takemi didn’t buy it. A moment of silence spiked his anxiety. Was she gauging its believability? “Hmm. Funny to imagine you shorter than you are now.” A silent sigh of relief was exhaled through the blue striped shirt Shinji wore.
“Do you remember anything from Iwatodai?” “Yeah. Why do you ask?” “Because I’m curious.” “About what?” “Apathy syndrome.”
“Well.” Shinji took a second. He’d had to selectively reproduce something believable, without disclosing the nature of the dark hour, or Tartarus to Tae. “It certainly felt more like a disease. By about 2009, you’d start to see the size of the crowds shrink. By about autumn, it was to the point where traffic started to clear out.”
“Jesus.” “Yeah. Crime started to rise, at some point there was… even a cult.” “What?” “Yeah. Doomsday, brimstone and fire and all… they saw it all as end times.” “Oh god.” “Even. There was rumors that these people were killers too. That they had a website who you could put in a name and… they were never seen again.”
Tae remained in shock. “But… everything seemed much better when I arrived in 2012. How could? …”
Shinji couldn’t offer anything other than silence. “Nobody told me about the doomsday cult part… I didn’t know it got that bad.”
The two remained in silence for a while. Only for Takemi to then carry on the conversation. Enough time had passed that she had returned to her calm demeanor that was her default.
“I’m a bit worried about that Kelly gang now. From what I’ve heard they got a similar website too.” Shinji gulped. But he did not want to take this lying down. “Don’t they ask for the names of people too and do they-“. “Similar premise, different outcome.” “What?”
“If I remember correctly. That website from Iwatodai was branded as a revenge website. You’d typed in somebody who you did not like and they were gone. ‘Meanwhile, the Kay-Gee do the opposite. They put a stop to anybody of that sort.” Shinji started to slowly escalate the passion of his argument. “I was there at Shujin. That teacher was molesting and raping the girls of the volleyball team for months. Nobody put a stop to it or raised hell because of it, not the parents, not the staff, not the students themselves.”
“Whoever’s behind the K.G put a stop to that bullshit. I saw it. I was there for it. When those… calling cards were spread around, that son of a bitch stopped showing his damn face around until he went back to fess up. If they didn’t do anything, he would’ve continued harming them, or others too. We saw it visibly. They walked out like they had just left hell itself. And everybody else was keeping a goddamn finger in their ass and not wanting to say anything out of fear of making noise.”
Shinji stopped. Only to be aware of his sudden change of volume and that he was standing up from the examination table. Only to then sit down. “Sorry. It really pissed me off what was happening there. My bad.”
“Don’t be. Now that you’ve mentioned it, it’s pissed me off too.” Tae’s tone evoked to one which seemed to exude resentment and suppressed anger. “I can’t imagine what the neglect was like…. I do, though, know that feeling.”
“What?” “Powerlessness. Just… feeling insignificant and unable to do anything that isn’t insignificant.” “But you’re a doctor.” “I mean in any other respect, Shinji. I’m only here because a crappy boss wanted to dodge responsibility. I’m here because someone decided to spread their misery around instead of staying miserable in silence.”
Now it was Shinji’s turn to remain silent. Only to then think of a response which could be at least seen as level headed. “It’s good you’re here though…” . “Hmm?” “Miwa needed help. You were the only one who did.”
An exchange of silence had occurred. Shinji was used to being shot at. With little to no success, but this felt more harrowing then that. “I guess. You’re right in that regard.” “Now that I’m thinking more clearly about it now… I’m only able to help Miwa here because of that. Hmm.”
A vibration was heard from Tae’s desk. It was a ringer set for ten minutes, it was time for Shinji to go. Shinji took a look at the time on his phone. “Sorry for it being late doctor.” “That’s fine.” Tae said as she sat slumped in her office chair. A hand covering her mouth and displaying herself as preoccupied with another thought.
“Your medicine is on the counter. Thanks for coming.”
DEATH RANK UP!!!
End track
Two days later
Wednesday, eleventh of June
Afternoon, after school
Iwatodai, Gekkoukan high
Chihiro Fushimi sits near a tree. It had been a long day, being the principal of Gekkoukan Highschool, precipitation started to stain her formal apparel as a principal. “Hey Yuko. How was afterschool track?” It was not easy being both a facilitator to enable learning, while also working constantly to research and find better ways to make learning more worthwhile and less boring, but also to keep harm from befalling the studentbase. Mrs Kirijo made that very clear when the Kamoshida business occurred in Tokyo.
But for now, she sat with a packed lunch and a bottle of water, enjoying the ever-warming sun and climate. Though, she had been waiting for someone under the shade of the tree, someone certainl-
“Hey there cutie!” A pair of sweaty limbs then grasped Chihiro’s figure as moisture and “ Hey there yuko. Has track ended?” Chihiro turned around to see Yuko, P.E teacher, track coach, supervisor of the track team, and her girlfriend.
“Yup! All students are filtering out now to go home.” “Good. I guess after I finish up here, we can both go home too.” “What! But aren’t you usually done at this point!? Why can’t we both go home together and spend the rest of the day in bed huh!?”
“ First off. You’re sweaty.” “Second off, I do need to see someone before I can go.” “Fiinnnnneeeee. Yuko sighed. But just remember that I love you ok!” “Of course.”
Yuko grasped Chihiro again. Chihiro was well on the path of resembling a wet sponge it was then, that one of the doors which linked the main campus building to the garden which Chihiro and yuko were at opened, revealing a tall student, exuding a sense of timidness out of fear of barging in on something he should not have seen.
“Oh! Hello Ken! Is this about that meeting you requested?” Ken nodded, he walked towards their principal, not in his school clothes but in baggy apparel which did not fit the current seasonal climate. “Sorry, I skated here from home.” “That’s fine, what is it you need to talk about?”
Ken whispered into Chihiro’s ear, which after a few moments translated into a cue for Yuko to go home, her partner will follow after finishing the conversation. They needed privacy and the ability to speak in private now. It was then that the two spoke normally about what was so important to Ken.
“So you want to transfer?” “Yes, just for the year.” “Well… I don’t see anything that’s in your way… your grades are stellar, if you can get through this week’s exams without issue you won’t have any problems. Shujin would be daft to not allow you to go. But…”
“But what?” “It means you’ll have to worry about the logistics of the move. Do you got family in Tokyo? Housing? A job perhaps maybe? It isn’t easy to move all of a sudden, no.” “Actually, I do. I just need to get there in the first place.” “And there’s another thing, do you really want to go to Shujin? It just had to fire one of its PE teachers for misconduct.” Ken remained resolute, showing no sign of reconsideration or backing down.
“I don’t know what I gotta say, I just gotta go.” He said exasperated. Chihiro wasn’t one for quarrelling. She knew how capable Ken was, she heard a lot about it first hand from her partner Yuko. But also his grades and getting to know them for who they were gave Chihiro more to appreciate than to be concerned about. She just felt that perhaps there was something that he had not considered. Something which may need to give him pause. She could not explain it, she cared for the kid.
“Well. I don’t want to stop you, but I think you should consider what you could be leaving behind here for the remainder of the year in Iwatodai.” “Not much.” Ken replied quickly. “The people I consider my family, they’re in Tokyo. So is my dog. Mitsuru… she can take care of herself.” As Ken continued listing the fleeting quantity of reasons which may be considered valid reasons to stay and how he was better off going, Chihiro smiled, as the dramatics and unexpectedness of such a move brought a sense of the decision being one made without reasons. Chihiro thought, but now as Ken made her case, Chihiro could only find it in herself to stay out of his way.
“There’s only a few more things I gotta do before I go. I gotta mail my stuff to Fuuka.” “If it doesn’t obstruct you, can you say hi to her for me when you get there?” “Ah-uh sure! I will.” “A lot of what I need to do is just simple stuff now. It’ll likely take less time then I need to study for the exams this week.”
“Just one thing. Are you sure that there’s nobody left in Iwatodai for you?” Ken stopped, he… he stopped out of want of an answer to principal Chihiro. “Because, I think they would appreciate it if they had a chance to say goodbye before you went.” Ken remained silent, considerate of this final term, or condition of his departure. “I will. At least I’ll try.”
“Good.” “I think that’s all though… I won’t have to worry about transport either.” “If it is, I’m going to go now. I got one very sweaty and excitable track coach I gotta spend the rest of the day with.” “Ewwwww. Mrs Nishiwaki isn’t bad, but never ask her for a hug after a mile jog, don’t!”
Chihiro laughed. She couldn’t help but continue giggling silently to herself. “If- SNRK . If you need help, you know where to find me or to email me ok?” Ken signaled yes while he walked back towards the campus building, with an old skateboard at his side and donning an earth colored beanie over his long hair, which touched his shoulders.
Silence permeated the garden for a moment, at least until the sound of stamping leaves disturbed the peace. “RUNNING HUG!” Chihiro was suddenly, swiftly and forcibly back in the loving grasp of her partner, now even more sweaty then before. “So, did you guys talked about me? I think I heard my name.”
“Well… about that.”
Wednesday, eleventh of June
After school
Untouchables
“Good. You’re here.” At the request of the gunsmith, Shinji decided to spend his Thursday afternoon. “Afternoon, you said you needed my help?” “Yeah… I’ll explain. You know the recent news about Shibuya being bustling with crime recently?” “Yeah. I have.”
“Well… With developments ongoing, I need to make sure my kid’s safe. Today, he’s got extracurricular activities and will be spending more time out in the city. I want you to stay with him and make sure he doesn’t get into trouble… or that trouble doesn’t fall on him.”
“Got it.” “Otherwise, go spend time with him… I’m not sure if he’s got any friends at school, so maybe he’ll appreciate your company.” “Got it.”
“If you do this, I’ll make sure your guns are of better quality and craft. Do we got a deal?” “I thought your stuff was already the best in Tokyo?” “It is. But I don’t pass out my best like candy. For obvious reasons.” “Right.”
“Well what are you waiting for, he’s waiting for you. Go.”
“You. You didn’t tell me where to find him though…” “Oh. Sorry. He’s likely at the arcade.
Shibuya
Arcade
“So my dad asked you to keep me safe?” “Yeah. And it looks like he won’t be taking no for an answer, so I’m sticking to you for the rest of the day. Though, you can pretend I don’t exist and carry on with what you were doing… what are you doing?” “I’m… I don’t know how to describe it.”
Kaoru didn’t want to so openly discuss what he did so he wouldn’t need to ask for an allowance from his father. Neither did he want to reject this offer of companionship. He didn’t have much in the way of friends anyway.
“Ok… You see those?” Kaoru pointed at the claw machines. “Yeah… they’re claw machines, what’s so special?” “You know how they’re rigged right?” “Yeah…” “Well, I’ve been spending my time here watching people fail to get the big prizes. Kaoru pointed towards the jack frost dolls. People wanted them, but not out of any love but out of recognition of challenge. To win against the machine. “People want them. They want them so bad that they’re willing to buy them… at a marked up price.” “Well, I don’t see anything wrong with it, but what’s the plan? You aren’t as good as some people I used to know.” “That’s when my observations come in. I’ve been noting down how many times people fail or win at the games.”
Kaoru showed a notepad, in neat handwriting, Shinji saw a makeshift spreadsheet, with the machines on the top row, squared up with the win and losses on the verticals, while at the bottom, a probability percentage was present. “That… I don’t get this math.” “Machine number one has given out a prize during one out of every twenty tries. Machine number three is a little better with a price every fifteen tries. Machine number two however… “Has the best chances?” “I’ve been monitoring these machines since May. The odds for machine one and three remain consistent, however machine two’s prize odds shift.
“In periods which consist of seven days, the odds increase or decrease. One week it would be one prize in twenty tries, however… On some weeks, it’s one in five. In a continual sequence pattern.” “Ok… Does this week happen to be one in five?” “Yes. I got enough change for ten attempts. I’m going to see if my math makes sense, or these things are really rigged.”
Kaoru approached machine two, he then began. Shinji could only stand behind next to his duffel bag. He watched slowly and with a slight morbid line of thought. If this game was certainly rigged, this would be a waste of both of their time and his money. He watched as the claw slowly and steadily moved towards the right, towards the blue jester hats.
It couldn’t be helped, but Shinji took out his phone and checked for messages.
Koko :3
Koko :3: HEY SHINJI
OzzironMan:Yeah?
Koko :3: R U FREE TOMMOROW???
OzzironMan: Yes.
Koko :3:Me and Aigis’ first gig here in Tokyo is happening tomorrow!
OzzironMan: that's good
Koko :3:CAN U COME ON OVER TOMMOROW???
OzzironMan:Sure, I can make time.
Koko :3:NICE
Koko :3:Aigis here, Kotone has put down her phone in order to jump in joy.
OzzironMan: How about you, how are you doing Aigis?
Koko :3:Good, you?
OzzironMan:Well, exams aren’t kicking my ass, but we’ll find out soon if it's the opposite way around or if it's even.
Koko :3:Comprehended, see you tomorrow.
“OOHH!!!” “Yeah!? What, what?” Shinji was interrupted and brought his gaze to Kaoru, who had, grasping in his hands like a sacred chicken, the jack frost doll. “Cool. How many attempts was that?” “Six. Four more to go for a second.” Kaoru then passed the Jack Frost to Shinji “Put that in my bag can you? Thanks.” Complying, Shinji opened Kaoru’s bag to put it in, though as he sifted through it, he found several USB sticks, all with certain names and price tags. Shinji placed the doll in the bag, silently without the boy noticing.
“Are you going for a second one?” Kaoru looked at his remaining change. And thought for a moment. “Nah, I feel like spending the rest on something to drink. Wanna come with me?” “Your old man would kill me if I said no. Let’s go.”
The two exited the arcade, they strolled through the streets of Shibuya until they found a vending machine. Kaoru went and inserted his remaining change into the coin slot, consolidating the loose change into larger unit coins, and got a can of Coke Zero for his trouble. As soon as the loud THUD was heard, Shinji started to walk out, presuming they’ll head somewhere else now, but then Kaoru stopped him.
“Hey, want something?” “I’m fine. Besides, if I wanted to, I got enough change myself.” Kaoru looked at him with a slightly depressed expression. Almost like Kor- “Eh, what the hell. I’ll have a coke also.” Kaoru immediately smiled, and obliged Shinji’s change of heart.
With sodas in both their hands, Shinji wondered where the kid would take him next. “Hey kid. Where are we going next?” “A PC cafe.” “What? Why?”
A PC Cafe, somewhere…
Now playing: The days when DOOM was there, by realykid
“Why are we here Kaoru?” “Shhh.” The two sat on a round table. The PC cafe they were in happened to be bustling with life. As much life as can be expressed behind a screen. The more expressive sat on the tables, instead with their laptops doing work, or something else other than video games. Some sort of song was playing. Shinji wasn’t sure if he’d listened to it before though.
“We’re waiting for others now.” “Who?” At that moment, the doors opened, six kids then entered. Some in uniforms, tracksuits, or regular attire. They were Shinji’s age, so a few years older than Kaoru. They passed by the PCs, to the crowd around Shinji and Kaoru. One, seemingly their leader or lead man, then whispered in the ear of Kaoru, while eyeing Shinji with suspicion.
A moment later, that suspicion seemed to dissipate, as the group dragged in chairs so all could sit in or around the table. “Kaoru. Who are these guys?” “They are… my customers.” “What?” Kaoru took out several hard drives, passing them out to each one of the guys. “This is for you… and you… and that’s yours…” Shinji remained confused until someone whispered in his ear from behind him.
“Are you Shinji Aragaki from Shujin?” “Uh…” Shinji turned around to face the kid behind him, only to be greeted by a hand reached out for a shake. It was Mishima. “Hey there dude.” “Hey… What are you doing here man?” “Kaoru pirates stuff. If there’s a game none of us wants to pay 9k yen on, he can get you it for thirty and covering the cost of the storage method. “Ok… Why can’t you pirate your own stuff?” “It started when one of us wanted a copy of Cowboy Bebop we can watch at any time. Kaoru said he could do it, more people continued asking for favors until we then all decided that this isn’t something he should be doing for free”
“Ok? But ain’t it illegal though?” “Only if you get caught.” Shinji nodded as Mishima explained. “Also, we’d rather support Kaoru here than give our hard earned money for a higher price.” “So, it's all because you’re mates.” “Not really. Well….”
“He’s our tech support guy, and we just didn’t want his services going unappreciated.” Someone explained. Shinji understood. He barely understood his phone after getting here, who was he to hide his tech illiteracy.
“Right, You can pay me the bill when you all see me next time. Otherwise…”
Now playing: Duck Game Pro Gameplay Highlight #1
A kid took out from his backpack, several controllers. They were connected to Kaoru’s computer as he plugged it into a nearby outlet to make sure it didn't die from want of battery charge.The eight boys coalesced around the small screen as four chairs were brought up.
“Right. Prize for this week, is this jack frost plushie I got. Winner gets to take it home.”
Sounds of intrigue and shock were heard,a jack frost plushie, it had a reputation akin to fools gold. A simple plushy made from cotton and full of stuffing, but drove some mad over its rigged method of distribution. Now, the jester was to be won by means of a tournament. Shinji observed the game. Were those… ducks?
It was a duck game, one where ducks spawned in on platforms with one sole directive, murder the others. While wearing silly hats. Shinji found the experience rather interesting and entertaining as a spectator. It was far from the mood present at the PC monitors, where body weight and fat was slowly accumulated at the ass end of an office chair, and any sign of life or emotion emanated away in front of a screen.
Here though, Kaoru and his mates were all gleeful, giddy, taking shots at eachother, but having fun above all. While the ducks murdered eachother with no sign of life among the pixels, the players in their stead instead were full of life, laughing and having fun in close proximity to eachother. It was refreshing to Shinji, who remembered the days when he, Mitsy and Aki played games together.
“Who threw that nade!?” “Ohh!!!” “C’mon C’mon!” It was competitive, for sure. But nobody felt the need to melt down in front of the others when killed in some indignant way like being turned to roast turkey by an orange box. They were simply all having fun.
“Now we really gotta focus on him,make sure he doesn’t get this easy.” Shinji could only sit and watch while taking sips from his soda, enjoying the sight. As the first half of the tournament continued, Mishima then told Shinji to come outside for some fresh air. He had something to say.
“I did some digging. And I’ve managed to find something interesting.” “Mhhm.” “Although the majority of the recent incidents have happened in Shibuya, looking through the internet, a lot of the same seems to be happening in Shinjuku. However, it's going unreported.” “Why’s that?” “Uh, Shinji. It’s a red light district.” “Ah.” “As for finding someone who can help you acquire a lead, I have found someone, but it’s up to you if you wanna follow it.” “Alright?” “Investigative Journalist Ichiko Ohya. She’s investigating the unreported rise of crime in Shinjuku, she regularly spends time at a place called the Crossroads bar.”
“Well… I think I can do it.” “Alright… I’ll send her an email,I’ll let you know the date of the meeting.” “Anything else?” “There are people in our own school who are being caught up in this…” “What?” “Yeah. some students have been spending money they don’t have, or offering jobs they don’t elaborate upon.” “I see. That all?”
“I managed to find anonymous online individuals willing to help moderate the site. Which is good. After that TV interview, the forums have been full of crap.” “Shit.” “Yeah. I still look through to find valid requests, but the rest are either about how the K.G is full of crap, and that Akechi’s right, the bastard.” “Man… We’ll find a way to make it better. For now, you go find time to spend that isn’t moderating or finding requests. I don’t think it can be easy.” “Yeah… Thankfully others are willing to help. I just don’t know why they think it's worth their time, eventually I hope to find some way to automate it, to sort through what you may need to concern yourself with.”
“Thanks Mish.” “No problem.” Suddenly, the door to the PC cafe opened. It was Kaoru, “Hey, you two, it's your round now!” “Let’s… enjoy the evening. That looks fun.” “It is.”
Much, much later…
Untouchables
“So how was school?” Iwai asked Kaoru, “Fine.” “Ok then, let me close up shop and we can get back home together. Shinji, a word?” Shinji nodded and both he and Iwai entered the back office.
“Something is going on. There’s talk of a shift happening in the yakuza scene and it’s reportedly all happening in Shinjuku.” “I heard.” “Yeah. You be careful ok?” Shinji nodded. “So… How’s the plan progressing?” “Need to take a step back, consider how this shift affects planning. Then, I can make a move.” “Ok. If you need me to keep your son safe, I can do it.” “Good. And, also I’ve prepared something for you.” “Hmmm.?”
Iwai went through a box and sifted through a package covered in bubblewrap, he opened the box to reveal its contents.
“This… Is an exemplar of our deal.” Iwai brought out from the box, a pistol. Upon closer inspection, it did not possess a construction of plastic, but of aluminium construction, its craftsmanship was of a grade surpassing artisanal craft. Its grips were wooden which seemed to make the pistol resemble the real deal. It surely would smash above its weight, literally and figuratively. “This… is a replica of a Dan Wesson, 1911.” Shinji looked at its construction, black construction clashing upon orange. “Consider it an early birthday present.” “But I already got a revolver… and my birthday’s in August.” “Well, surely you can think of somebody else who might like this as a present. My gift to you for being helpful.”
HANGED MAN RANK UP!!!
Notes:
Ken's pronouns: He/She/They
Chapter 56: Don't look back.
Summary:
Shorter chapter, finals are approaching.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Thursday, twelfth of June
Early evening
Jazz Jin, changing room
Kotone and Aigis sat waiting, already dressed properly for their performance. Everything was in order, and the instruments they needed to perform were in their correct place. Aigis stood firm in her suit, along with a pair of headphones. It matched the color of her tie and eyes, a bright sky blue. She was Orpheus, the instrumentally inclined side of Eurydice and Orpheus.
Kotone was instead dressed in a light peach dress, which was larger than her frame, makeup had been applied to pass a perhaps ghastly and incorporeal state of existence, akin to a ghost. What remained of the Kotone that suggested a link to the land of the living was her warm auburn hair, the Roman numeral hairpin whose numerals coincided with death, along with her velvet red eyes, and fiery hair.
However, that smile was not present. As a problem had emerged. “It looks like he won’t be coming.” “Rats. We needed him to do the male vocals for our opening song… shit.” Although calm, the duo were slowly becoming on edge. It was at that moment when the owner of the establishment checked in.
“Still nothing?” “Yes.” “Well…” the owner could only provide a sympathetic look in place of any consolation. This was meant to be the big entrance, Eurydice and Orpheus were supposed to return tonight, back to the land of the living, however both were faced with a decision to turn back. Who’s threat seemed to loom further.
“No matter what happens, we perform today. If he shows up or not.” “Alright.” replied the owner, he then exited out the changing room, leaving the two lovers be. They had an hour and a half until they were expected to leave the changing room and face the living.
An hour later…
Soon enough, familiar faces show at least the ones who have the time to do so. In small tables were gathered the friends and associates of Orpheus and Eurydice. All the shadow operatives. Even a dog, who was given a comfortable cushion in an isolated corner of the den, basking underneath a ceiling light for warmth.
They discussed among themselves, talked, in anticipation of their friend’s performance.
Another group was also in attendence, they sat on a seperate table discussing much of the same. To others they seemed to be a regular pack of friends, spending their Thursday evening experiencing something genuine, authentic, and corporeal, in a land of the incorporeal.
One stands out from the rest, in his haraway hat. He appears more focused, less distracted by the going ons around him and more with what is to come. Occasionally, he lets off a suppressed cough or two, but not consistently to suggest a sickness of some sort.
This is what another individual notes. Sitting in the back of the den. He seemed to blend into the bricks behind him, in spite of the contrast of his blue sweater vest and white work shirt. Although seemingly carried away on a subliminal level by the currently ongoing music, his eyes suggest one of focus as much as the one he was observing.
From the curtain, a blue eye peeks out momentarily, then hides itself from the world. Soon enough the jazz den’s manager turns up to the table of kids. “Are you Shinjiro Aragaki?” He asks. “Yes. Why do you ask?” “Kotone and Aigis wanna see you. Come with me back stage.”
End track
The backstage
“Good Shinji, you’re here.” Kotone expresses with a slight tinge of anxiety “What’s happening? Something wrong?”
“Yes. Our male vocalist isn’t showing. We have to adapt.” Elaborates Aigis.
“We may have a plan in the works… it includes you.” “Well what would you need me fo- Oh.” Shinji doesn’t know how to react. “Well… I can’t possibly learn the songs you were planning to perform with that guy… so what can we do?”
The four stood around, trying to think of a solution. It was then that Aigis had an idea. Standing up, she approached the Yamaha piano which they had brought here. They hadn’t planned on performing any songs requiring its use.
“Aigis, what are you-“ Aigis brings up the hand symbol for silence. They remain behind stage but curtains can provide no sound proofing in comparison to the brick walls surrounding their flanks. She takes a pencil and writes down two words.
LOTUS JUICE???
COLOR YOUR NIGHT???
Kotone lit up, off course! Shinji has the best impression of Lotus juice among them. He knows the lyrics to most of his songs by heart!
Shinji couldn’t object, it certainly could be worse, and this may be the best option available. There was no alternative, and although it was still in his interests or decision to step away and melt back into the audience, something was keeping him there, he couldn’t explain it.
“Ok. For this one only. You better think of songs after that don’t include a male singer though.” Aigis nods, the fiery expression of determination returns to Kotone. Giving cause to her seemingly endless smile.
“Thankyouthankyouthankyouthankyoushinji!!!!” She goes forth to hug him as the manager steps away, ready to help get this show on the road.
Jazz Jin
Back at the main stage, everybody remained in anticipatory silence. The usual music had stopped and it suggested that what they had come here for was about to start. That Eurydice and Orpheus would perform soon, it certainly was on the mind of both the Shadow Operatives and the Kelly Gang.
What they had not anticipated however, was that Eurydice and Orpheus had brought an additional soul from the underworld, sat on a stool in a rancher’s apparel with a microphone of his own. He sat flanked on either side, with Orpheus in her suit and tie, sat at the piano, while Eurydice stood with her unbroken expression.
Whispers were soon heard from the audience, specifically the two tables hosting the operatives and Kelly gang. “What was happening?” “Why is Shinji there too?” “Was this a surprise they were not telling us?” They muttered among themselves.
It was then that Orpheus then silenced the crowd with a familiar order of keys.
Now playing: Color your night, live, performed by Lotus juice and Azumi Takahashi
As it had started, Shinji thought that at least eyes from the audience were now directed at Aigis, not him. Giving him some relief, it wasn’t enough to entirely stop the sensation of choking, but he felt as if he could power through.
What really helped however was a steady beat of claps, he couldn’t see who really started it, but it merged with the keys of Aigis’s keyboard well enough that Shinji could finally stopped thinking, and started to rhyme.
“Time to shine and I’m down to ride”
“I’m gonna drive till the break of dawn wilding out”
“I’m on a mission grinding out whatever it is I gotta do, wilding out-
The choking sensation returned for a brief moment with Shinji holding back a cough. Only to then return to form.
“I’m riding out. I look up in the sky, asking lotta why, but never let it phase me I’m keeping good vibes. When I’m on the road I watch out for all surprises”
“What it provides us good or bad but nothing unties us.”
Having finished the first verse, it allowed Shinji to rest his voice as Eurydice was then able to pick up the chorus in a stunning fashion, the steady drum beat of clapping continued as Eurydice became the Center of attention.
“Hey, for all the days ahead of us, put your hands up! Wave em Side to side for good luck!”
“Hey! For all the nights like this, put your hands up love the moment even from dusk”
“You always got my back, and of course I got your back, don’t you worry about that.”
“It’s been a good day, a good night. Gonna be a good day good night.”
The clapping had stopped, the audience instead was as the song instructed them to, wave side to side. Some had their phones out, the flashlight on like it was a concert or something. It was then that Shinji saw the table where the operatives were sitting, they were waving their arms too. They however did not do it out of how well they sung or how well Aigis played the keys, but something else.
However, Shinji could see Labrys waving only one arm, noticing the other was holding something. It was a recording phone, a moment of hesitation had gone and passed. Shinji was too lost in the song to really hold a sense of embarrassment or to construct an defence for his ego.
The drum beat started again. Here it comes.
“When two hands meet at zenith, nothing comes within us, dancing like ballerinas, under the moonlight all
Night
Long
How these plain and simple scenes get
Painted
So
Vividly
By
You…
I just wanna…
Stay
With you…”
Shinji nailed it, at least he thought he did, the lights were dimmed enough he couldn’t see through the phone flashlights of his friends. It was then that Kotone picked up the song from there.
“Around the world I slowly dance! Whenever our eyes meet, you know you leave me in a trance… it means everything to me”
“Looking down below! The one I seek to find, no matter where you might go… remember you’ll be on my mind”
This had mostly been improvised. Shinji had the easier lines by virtue of the chorus, the one large departure was the previous section. He couldn’t help but be reminded of a certain Batman animated episode he once watched. Seeing Kevin conroy singing blues while in the Batman costume certainly was a departure for the masked fighter. It certainly helped Shinji to fit his body in his cape a little better.
However, he was not singing alone. He was singing a duet with an old friend, they may have only technically known eachother for about half a year. And only on and off until the final two months of his time, but he felt closer somehow, he just couldn’t put his finger on it.
“Within the inner heart I plead…”
“For you to talk to me…”
“I want to hear all, the good and bad, the new stories you had…”
“As I drift across the sky, the hour hand turns high, so goodnight…”
Let
Me
Sing
A
Lullaby!
…
“I’ll be seeing you baby…”
Kotone couldn’t help but rest her gaze upon Aigis during that last line. With a more solemn but regardless, a smiling expression.
As Aigis finished up the string of keys, the audience started clapping. They did not fuck up. Both Kotone and Shinji had thought.
Over in the audience, the sound of clapping masked the hushed conversations between the operatives.
“Ok... Which one of you guys knew that Shinji could sing?” Yukari asked, to several responses. “No.” “I did.” “What!”
Similar discussion was ongoing on the table of the Kelly Gang. Disbelief at Shinji’s apparent vocal abilities.
“Has anyone known that Shinji was a singer?” Haru asked “This is new to me.” “For real. I’d thought Ann would be a better singer than us.” “Uh… probably.”
Behind the two, the ever watchful observer behind them, furrowed his brow not out of condensation but interest. As the cafe owner came out to speak.
“Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome, fresh from the underworld. Orpheus and Eurydice, along with one additional soul from down under.”
The audience applauded. Shinji nodding, took this as his cue to exit. Leaving the stage joining his friends. Silent discussion was heard on their table, hushed tones of disbelief and congratulations were heard by those near.
“Thank you, fair shade!” Shouted Eurydice. She said with one arm out in thanks, the other on her heart for its pace had far outran the prior song’s slow beat.
They were not done. Nobody wanted to go home yet, neither did they want Orpheus and Eurydice to take leave, returning to where they had come.
“Oh, don’t you all leave! We are here to savor our return from Hades tonight, Stay! Further indulge us!”
Shouted Eurydice as she then grasped a guitar, while Orpheus returned to the keys.
Now playing: My love, mine all mine, by Mitski
Unknown to all but Labrys, there were two other spectators of the performance that Eurydice and Orpheus were bringing.
Meanwhile, in Iwatodai
Ken and Mitsuru sat together on a couch, only they and Labrys knew that she was streaming the performance so Ken and Mitsuru can see.
Despite the camera swaying, Labrys couldn’t help but continue swaying after the first song with Shinji, as did others. Ken and Mitsuru could clearly see how much their friends were enjoying it there.
Watching the performance, both Ken and Mitsuru felt happy for their friends. But a sense of emptiness was present between both of them. Ken couldn’t help but keep his eyes on their friends sitting around the table. Seeing them enjoying the music in a trance. She couldn’t help but wish he would be there with them. Waving side to side under the dimmed lights. They could see the dimmed lights, and the oldened brick walls, she could see and perceive the scene in which his friends were enjoying their night. Yet, Labrys’s effort was in vain, he could not imagine himself with them, enjoying the performance of Eurydice and Orpheus. A distance both literally and figuratively that couldn’t be bridged by Labrys. Bringing upon prevailing sense of loneliness. Ken wouldn’t admit it, but they felt like a forgotten family member, which Orpheus and Eurydice had forgotten to bring the hell, out of hell.
Not out of any maliciousness of course.
Mitsuru felt the same, however, she was more composed and able to keep the feeling at bay. At least until the camera panned to the right, bringing Yukari. She did not know, she couldn’t know that slightly behind her, in some way or form. Her partner was watching her enjoy her night, and yearned to be there with her.
While Mitsuru can bear being separated from her loving partner for long, it was practically a requirement for both of their careers and they’ve come to terms with that and adapted to such, it did not seem acceptable to Ken any further that he had to be separated from his family.
Notes:
But if the destinies refuse my vow,
And no remission of her doom allow;
Know, I’m determin’d to return no more;
So both retain, or both to life restore.
Chapter Text
Fifteenth of June,Sunday
6:00 AM
Early Morning, Leblanc
Ann TakTak
Ann TakTak:See you at pride Shinji!!!
Shinji: Where are we supposed to find eachother?
Ann TakTak: we’ll work it out when we get there Shinji! I gotta find my Shiho now
Shinji: alright. Tell her I say good morning
Ann TakTak: Tell her yourself when you see her in person, catch you there!!!
Shadow Operatives
SapphicEurydice: SHINNI
SapphicOrpheus: Kotone is asking if you’re coming to the local pride event which shall occur in a few hours.
SapphicEurydice: hey I was about to ask that
SapphicOrpheus:Yukari,Labrys, and some of the other shadow operatives are also attending.
Shinji:I was going anyway, Ann and her friend are also coming too.
Shinji: I just need to get ready
A peculiar sentiment or feeling was observed. As Shinji was getting dry from washing. The raison d’erte of the day was something that was assumed to be for granted, that being self pride and other associated concepts related to such. He couldn’t put a finger on it, but he did not feel like wearing his previously usual fit, it seemed to clash with the flags which Ann had bought for him weeks ago.
His only alternative was the clothes that Ann bought for him ages ago. Which he also wore at the night of Eurydice and Orpheus debut in Tokyo, and by extension also his, at least in as much of a public setting as the audience of the Jazz cafe could offer.
It was something that was alien to him before he was taken from the brink and returned to the state of living. And when he put on his clothes it had come to him, along with an articulation of such.
He stood out. He stood out in a way he couldn’t, or wouldn’t allow himself in his prior life. And he was going to be doing more of that today. It was unthinkable, looking to history Shinji never really wanted the attention that came with standing out. He’d felt being normal and the relative invisibility brought by such was good. But more recent history has made that concept seem more alien.
He couldnt say why yet, he thought. He hadn’t thought of reasons why, it maybe could come to him later, but for now he was going to let this feeling lead him through the day.
Having finished putting on his clothes, Shinji took his phone and earphones. He sifted through a list of music and wondered what he ought to set the day’s routines and goings on to. He couldn’t simply pick something normal and predictable he’d thought. He couldn't, however articulate any reasoning or motivation behind it. It was then that he found something which met his needs for the day, and then went on with his day.
Now playing: All my love, by Led Zeppelin
Late morning
11AM
Kichijoji
Kichijoji is loud, Shinji thought. But now it’s even louder than it usually is. And surprisingly livelier too. As while the usual soundscape of Kichijoji is itself of the typical expected of a city, from roaring vehicle transport, the sound of people walking upon the road and pavement, and on the hundreds of salarymen taking calls presumably with their bosses. The sound today seemed to be of a different life.
Shouting, chanting, cheering, music on loudspeakers. This scale of sound indicated life, far from the Automisation of life that characterised the daily commute. Shinji felt like a stranger in… not a strange land, for its character was certainly human and something familiar, but something foreign to himself and his life up to this point.
Eager to find some empty space to breathe, Shinji found a street light to lean on. He hoped that he would stand out among the crowds of parade goers and spectators so his friends could find him. It was at this money he decided to drape the flags which Ann had bought for him on his shoulders, just so he could be spotted more easily.
Having thought that trying to spot out his friends among the sea of people as futile, Shinji decided to watch the parade. A sea of Color was a feast for his eyes, a sharp contrast from the typical Color of the buildings which existed on the flanks of the moving stream of people.
He thought about how jarring the contrast would be when the day’s festivities were over. The return to typicalness, to about faces, suits, traffic, and phones glued to said about faces. A seemingly robotic march of highly predictable and forced life that stood in contrast to the show of free will, sovereignty, unpredictability, and liveliness that the streets of Kichijoji today were displaying. He still couldn’t assign words to this feeling though. One thing he did know, was that he was starting to like it.
He saw sights he certainly wouldn’t have seen in his old life. People dressed as characters he… thinks he had seen before. He knew he had seen one recently. A Jack Frost, who’s hat has been instead been turned into a rainbow-colored hat rather then the dark blue. Followed by a another Frost, colored in purple, black, white and grey. A frost pack he figured, as he seen more in colors, unlike the frost he saw in the metaverse.
Suddenly, Shinji fell to the pavement, he didn’t process what or who had done him in until he had looked up to see the unmistakable white hair of someone he knew, Labrys. She had a running start while trying to grab Shinji for a hug, only for her mechanical weight to bring Shinji falling to the pavement.
“Shinni!!!!” Labrys shouted as she quickly got off Shinji and helped him up, others follow. Behind her were Yukari, Kotone, Aigis, and Fuuka. “How have you been doing!!!” Labrys again shouted
The parade was getting louder and louder as the stream of walking colors flying by and high made shouting a necessity for communication. “YEAH?? PRETTY GOOD.” “HEY SHINJI!!!” A voice behind them shouted, Shinji and the already present friends turned around to see Ann, Shiho, and Kasumi. All in various articles of bright pink, reds, whites, or blues, purples, and magenta. “WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE???” Groups of individuals were moving quickly toward some direction or another.
Ann and Shiho immediately started pointing toward the direction everyone else seemingly going, and as they turned to move in that direction, everyone else followed.
Ann and Shiho with a smile lead the group towards what was previously empty space at any other day. Now instead the space was converted to a fairground, with stalls for games, food, seating. “”Over here!”
Everybody gathered around Ann and Shiho, “We’ll be manning a stall for the day over there.” Shiho points out to a stall in the distance, and then waves goodbye for now as she moves over to it.
“In the meanwhile, you all have fun alright! We’ll be over there if you need us.”
From that moment on, everybody dispersed either to find seating out of the sun, to look for food, or in the search of fun. Leaving Shinji to spend his time drifting around the venue, looking for anything interesting to occupy the rest of the day.
13:00
Shinji was looking for Kasumi. She had wandered off somewhere and was not sure where. His old friends had been hanging for the most part around a table with a parasol which served as rare shelter from the heat, and where their belongings can be kept safely under the watchful eyes of those who chose to stay so others may play.
It was then that he saw Kasumi, along with Labrys around a corner. Labrys herself was at a basketball hoop stall. She barely contained herself in how high she jumped, lest she revealed her mechanical strength in public. Kasumi however was doing something else entirely.
“Kaz?” “Yeah Shinji? I’m in the middle of something.” THUNK! Kasumi was preoccupied instead with a hatchet-throwing stall. A wooden board in front of Kasumi, was covered in splinters and dents. Labrys must’ve terrorised the wooden board before, he assumed. However, Kasumi terrified the wooden piece of plank with less success. As the axes instead hit the peripheries of the wooden board.
Kasumi sighed. “I don’t got the arm strength to do this Labrys, how do you do it?” “Well, It’s just like darts but bigger.” “Well thanks Labs.” THUNK!
The one manning the stall then recounted the score. Labrys had a tighter grouping and consistently was close to the bullseye. Kaz was all over the place. “If it helps.” The manager of the stall asked “we also use throwing knives too.” They then led her to the next stall over. But also asked Shinji if he’d like a go. He did not refuse.
The axe was heavy. However, not as heavy as the one he brings into the metaverse. It felt right in his grasp. Certainly better fitting then how Kasumi was feeling. Labrys stopped shooting hoops to see if Shinji could do any better than she did.
Shinji stopped, a familiar feeling. The world seemed to again slow down and loud music which blurted out seemed to cower and to be silent in as Shinji raised the hatchet.
THUNK! THUNK! THUNK!
A tight group. All three axes were in a tighter group than Labrys, as the three axes, which were now stuck in the wooden plank, had surrounded the bullseye with precision. “Amazing!!” Labrys shouted, as she took out her phone to take a photo of the very mortified pincushion of a wooden plank.
Thunk! Just after however, the sound of more subtle plank related violence was occurring. Thunk! Labrys and Shinji moved over to see Kasumi, with the help of the stall manager.
She had a better grip with the throwing knives, the profile and weight seemed to fit Kasumi better, in fact she seemed to be in her element not too far from when she was fighting in the metaverse. “C’mon Kaz!” Shouted Labrys, Shinji started cheering on Kasumi as well. It was her last knife, however the stall manager stopped her.
“Wait! Let me do something first!” They took out from his pocket a piece of paper, which upon closer inspection had the picture of someone’s face. A bald man, in a pair of eyeglasses. The stall manager sticks the photo of the man’s head on the target plank.
“Ok, you’re good!” They shouted, taking his phone out. With a little hesitation at first as her target was now the face of a particularly… unattractive and ugly looking man. She then threw her last knife. Thunk! Now the man’s face was instead in two. As the knife landed between the eyes and the edge of the blade into the nose bridge of his glasses.
A snap was heard, as the stall owner took a picture of the “kill”, and in thanks. Kasumi was given a prize. A homemade Jack Frost plushie colored in hot pink, yellow and blue. A squeal of indescribable joy was heard as she then squished the doll as hard as she could.
Shinji and Labrys could only huddle around Kasumi to further inspect the doll. With smiles on their faces. Labrys again had her phone out. Ready to forever mark the memory and occasion.
15:00
Bumper cars. Shinji thinks he has seen them before in person. He can’t remember however when and where. The people who would remember aren’t there with him to remind him.
But his train of thought was disrupted by an abrupt smashing. He’d been sharing the bumper car with Fuuka, who had been doing her best to meet the assertive clashing of the bumper car they had just bumped into.
It was Kotone on the wheel, of course. With Aigis by her side. Shinji could see the bright orange and bright blue clothed figures in front of him. For however long as this will go on he expects he will be grabbed and jerked by the collisions more and more. At least Fuuka was having fun, Fuuka had been laughing… not to the point of mania but was surely doing far more than “enjoying” the joy ride.
16:00
After incessant bumping and jerking and the sensation of sporadic and chaotic movement without the use of his legs, Shinji now wandered. He’d definitely experienced sea legs before. He knew he had, as he did go with Mitsuru and Akihiko to her family’s private island for summer once. He just couldn’t remember the feeling of having one’s centre of gravity be shaken perpetually until now, when he had just left the bumper cars. Maybe it was for the best though.
Now he wandered around, looking for something to do so he could regain his centre of gravity, he wandered around the stalls, waiting to find something interesting. Then he found it.
Ann and Shiho were at their stall. An ice cream stall. A gay ice cream stall. Shinji could only come by and inquire.
“Shinji!” Ann shouted. A smile came over her as she pointed out the ace and aro cowboy heading towards their stall to Shiho. “So this is the stall you’re in charge of?” Shinji asked
“Yup! We serve gay ice cream here!” Exclaimed Shiho. A slight hint of giggling was heard. “She’s excited. We’re doing this one together and it’s for something fun.”
Shiho stopped her giggling so she could ask “so what flavour is it going to be?” Shinji looked at the sign. A hundred and thirty-four yen for a single… sandwich? Shinji was not sure if he read that right.
“Uh… I’ll take a coffee.” Shinji said. Nodding immediately, Shiho opened the freezer door of the cart to reveal what were blocks of ice cream. Taking out a knife, she swiftly and quietly cut open the cardboard sides to reveal a simple block of coffee ice cream, which was then placed into a piece of bread. Rainbow colored bread. Which must’ve been why this was labelled “gay ice cream” Shinji thought.
“Mmm. That’s good.” Expressed shinji as he took a bite. The bread acted as a shield, an intermediary which kept the frozen ice cream block from messing with the teeth. The bread however being… bread did not interfere with the taste of the ice cream itself.
“Glad you liked it, Shinji.” “Hey. How did you guys come up with this?” “Oh? We didn’t.” Replied Shiho. “A few years ago, my parents took me to Singapore with them for work… and we were walking through the city as an uncle was serving ice cream like this.” Explained Ann. “Was it good?” “Yup. I was mostly attracted to it because the bread was rainbow. Never really left my mind.” Ann explained
“Hey Shinji?” Asked Ann. “Hmm?” “Thanks for coming today, I know it’s your first time, but we’re really glad you came.” “It’s nothing.” Shinji replied. Though as Shinji looked at the faces of Ann and Shiho, he gained an impression that it wasn’t nothing. If his mere presence at happy times like these were making them better, perhaps he ought to think that to an extent or another, he was appreciated for being around.
RANK UP, LOVERS!!!
“Ok… hey, I’ll be back, I’m just going to ask the others if they’d like some ice cream. I think they would like some.”
“Sure! We aren’t going anywhere until six pm, when someone else takes over.”
Shinji took one last look at Shiho and Ann together. They seemed happy, in spite of past events. A day and occasion lent to
Something else was making him seem and feel happy too. A memory. As every bite into that ice cream had sent him back to a time before. A time where the world was far away from his concerns. And the closest thing to be concerned about that he, Aki and Mitsy were concerned about as well, was whether the cooler had ice cream in it for the hot island sun. A comparatively happy memory which Shinji was happy came back to him. The specifics were fuzzy, but the peripheral feelings of having ice cream with his oldest friends on an island almost alone to themselves had kept a sweet feeling in his mind and heart. As much as the ice cream did in his mouth.
17:55
Food. Shinji thought, he had been sitting and chatting with friends. Labrys had gone to get food as soon enough the prospect of hunger had come by and momentarily ceased the subject of conversation. Ice cream wouldn’t be enough for dinner alone.
Kotone, Aigis, Fuuka and Shinji sat around a table in discussion. There was not much to talk about. Living in close proximity meant for the most part, knowing to some degree or another how everybody else was doing. Out of a need to escape the awkwardness of silence, Shinji looked around for the prospect of being eavesdropped. It did not seem like it. The blasting music, the sound of thousands of pairs of footwear hitting the pavement, what felt like hundreds of conversations ongoing around them. So Shinji then signalled everyone to listen carefully.
“We’ve found our next target.” Shinji spoke. Everybody perked up. “Who may it be?” Fuuka asked, draped in a deep blue, purple and pink flag. “We don’t know.” everyone seemed surprised, until Shinji continued. “We know what they’re doing, they’ve made Shibuya not a place to be a school kid after five pm.” “Oh. Do you mean the recent crime surge?” Aigis herself was draped under a flag of hot reds, oranges, and some pink. “Yeah. We’ve been following a lead… Well I’ve been. I just don’t think the others can do it without risking themselves.” Kotone, sitting within the confines of Aigis’s personal space, under the same flag that she had over her. “You better not become a victim of the Yakuza. Not after you came back.” “Well. I just think I’m the least likely to. Compared to the others.”
“We’ve heard about it ourselves. Some rumors say it's organised crime spreading.” “Well… From what I’ve heard it's certainly showing signs of a degree of organisation…” “We’ve also heard the police really are having trouble with finding the leader behind all this…” Yukari commented.
Yukari seemed distant. As if she’d rather not be here unless circumstances were different. Kotone recognised the look, of a tinge of sadness in her eye. “You wish Mitsuru were here, don’t you?” “HUH WHAT WHAT I-” Yukari stopped herself. She was still in disguise. Her shades remained dark as ever but the face it hid remained as red at the warmest shade of red on the flags around her. “Yeah… I do.” A look of pity shrouded the faces of everybody other than Shinji. “Why can’t Mitsuru be here?” he asked.
“It’s business… Also cover for our presence here." Yukari elaborated. “Technically and legally. We should not be here.” “What?” “Our presence here is not mandated by the deal made between the government regarding our existence as… security organisation.” Aigis explained “How so.” “A deal was made when the organisation was formed. In anticipation of the organisation… who had a great deal of power by its very nature, is compromised and stands in opposition to its purpose of protecting the collective unconscious of humanity… We have set on us checks to our power and our jurisdiction.”
“This means we can’t do our work here in the capital.” Fuuka succinctly explained. “Akihiko and Mitsuru are running cover for us so we can be here without arousing surveillance and trouble.” “Hmmm. Yet you are needed here because voodoo bullcrap is happening. Yet you can’t.” “Yup. As if all was right in the world.” Yukari says with a tinge of sarcasm. Kotone could only put her hand on Yukari’s shoulder and console her, that her partner, that her responsibilities which keep them safe from any trouble, will not get in her responsibility to her as her partner and lover.
“TAKO TIME!” Labrys shouts, bringing a box of Takoyaki to the table. Labrys herself says with a takoyaki ball already in her mouth, the wooden toothpick used to poke and hold the takoyaki balls sticking from her mouth. She puts the box down, seeing the ambivalent state of emotion everybody, especially Yukari was in. “What?” “We were discussing well…-” “Oh you guys better not be discussing work. We’re supposed to be having fun today.”
Shinji sat and savored the takoyaki as Labrys argued the case for the now tired shadow ops to get out of their chairs and have some more fun. Yukari argued that she should stay here if everybody else went, keep everybody’s possessions under her supervision, and to not risk exposing herself in public as the Yukari Takeba. As for Shinji, he was only savouring his takoyaki.
He hadn’t had takoyaki in months on account of being abducted from his old life. He would not be enjoying, or savoring his first Takoyaki in months he guessed.
Soon enough however, someone approached their table to break this conversation. Junpei and Chidori, who had brought Yusuke in tow.
“Hey, how are you guys doing?” “Junpei!” Labrys dropped what she was doing and went over for a fist bump with Junpei and a hug with Chidori. “What are you guys here for!?” “Gonna see my niece!” Exclaimed Junpei. “I’d be a bad uncle if I didn’t.”
“We also heard there was ice cream.” After some discussion, Shinji gave directions to where Ann and Shiho's stall was at. The three then disappeared, off in search of ice cream.
Everyone was “fun’d out” at this point, after Junpei checked in with Shiho, everyone figured they would start heading home, in order to relax for the evening. However, Shinji, looking out at the time, decided that he needed to be elsewhere other than home.
Somebody else was on his mind. A Sunday for Shinji meant his evenings were at Shibuya, talking with Yoshida. He then checked his messages to find a change of plans had occurred.
Prof
Prof: won’t be at Shibuya tonight, will be walking around Kichijoji instead.
Shinji: I’m actually there now
Prof: excellent! See you there?
Shinji: yup.
“Everybody had fun?” Kotone asked everybody. Only to be met with smiles. While Shinji then stood up. “Need to go now, today was fun.” “You stay safe tonight alright? See you later!”
The only other one on their phone, was Labrys. Who had been documenting their day of fun to those shadow operatives who couldn’t be here.
End track
18:00
Yoshida was wandering the streets of Kichijoji, which was a different experience from Shibuya altogether.
Apart from the reassurance that the worrying reports of criminal activity and extortion hadn’t spread from Shibuya to Kichijoji. Kichijoji was less crowded than Shibuya, in spite of the day’s events. A welcome change, as space is always in short supply in Tokyo.
Soon enough, a voice was heard behind him, calling out his name. It was the kid.
“Good evening young man.” “Hey there prof. How has your week been?” “Pretty good. Let’s go find a place to sit.
18:05
Now playing: Another Ideology, from P5R
As they found a spot to sit, Yoshida took out of his bag, a book. His copy of Power of the Powerless, a white, blue and red cover, in the colors of the Czech flag. As he skimmed through the pages to find his specific passage which he wanted to discuss with Shinji, he could see the various highlighter markings and the small bookmarks he had kept in with strips of sticky note.
“So last time, we were discussing how post-totalitarian states sustain themselves with a mix of social coercion, not mass manipulation or indoctrination, but through a slow and steady devaluing of genuine, unpredictable, organic human needs in exchange for its own predictable and robotic needs. Its mechanisms are without any public participation, must feign such. This results in what Hável then describes as living in a lie. Humans become robots and thereby slaves of the system, become the system. Perpetuate it.”
Yoshida then turned to a page, marked by the number 3 in Roman numerals. “The question that comes next is… how does one resist. Hável answers this. Shinji listened closely as Yoshida read from its pages.
“A greengrocer places in his window, along with the onions and carrots, the slogan WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE! Why does he do it? What is he trying to communicate to the world? Is he genuinely enthusiastic about the workers of the world uniting? Is his enthusiasm so great that he feels a need to let the world know what he thinks? Has he really given more than a moment’s thought to the conditions needed for such a union?”
“The answer to these questions.” Yoshida himself explains “is no. No. No. No. no. And no.”
“Then what’s the point being raised?” “The greengrocer doesn’t care. He is doing this because that is how it has been done, and he knows more or less there will be trouble if he doesn’t.”
“The slogan however, its display has a subliminal messaging.” Yoshida continues. “ I, the greengrocer XY, live here and I know what I must do. I behave in the manner expected of me. I can be depended upon and am beyond reproach. I am obedient and therefore I have the right to be left in peace.”
“And it’s being communicated to who?” “Everybody. It’s a shield. It’s meant to inform everyone that he is obedient and thereby he should be left in peace in accordance with the post-totalitarian social contract the regime has imposed upon society. “It might as well say, and I quote.”
‘I am afraid and therefore unquestioningly obedient’ . “Now you got the greengrocer to be not so… unquestionably obedient.” “Because would he really admit this in public?” “Only, if the message itself is something someone can merely ask “what’s wrong with the workers of the world uniting?” A slogan which seems innocent enough that one could get behind, but keeps and enforces obedience to it.”
“But what does this say about everything then?” “It’s a bridge. There is nothing in common the regime and those under it have in common. This is the one link, ideology. It gives the illusion of an identity, community, human dignity, personal opinion and thought. While making it easy to part with them.”
“It gives people an excuse. Nothing is wrong with the system. It is in harmony with the order of the universe. It's wearing clothes... the emperor's clothes if you get what I mean..."
“I see what you mean.” “This is the power of the regime. It ultimately alienates humans from the key characteristics of human life.” “Look, a lot of people are afraid of unpredictability, but it’s a feature of life and human nature that makes us free.” “The regime wants the opposite. By making us more predictable, making us obey in advance. It keeps its own structures of power and coercion in power.”
“Repeat this enforcement of obedience in advance, you get what Hável describes as a ‘blind automism’ like I said last week. Humans are less humans, but more robots. Humans can be made blind to the lie they live in which the regime enforces. It… it can almost be described as a pathological virus of some sort.” “I’m beginning to understand… I think.” “That’s good actually.”
“You see, I have to explain to you things, make sure they make sense and most importantly of all, it must be convincing and compelling to you in order for you to accept what i am describing to you. I trust also that you have standards of factuality, that when I paraphrase to you the ideas in it, you understand them in the way Havel articulated them when he wrote the essay. The opposite well… is when the greengrocer puts the slogan on his wall. And helps in perpetuating a blind acceptance of… to be frank, nonsense.
Unpopular government is popular government, the working class has been enslaved with the consent of the working class, misinformation is called making it available to the public, repressing culture is called its development, the expansion of imperial influence is solidarity for the oppressed, Lack of free expression is freedom. it pretends to respect human rights, the unknowing state knows everything, the knowing state knows nothing... so on and so forth." Yoshida elaborates as he paraphrases.
Shinji sighed. “Ok… but what can be done?” Shinji then asked. “Section five and six give us the answer.”
“Ideology also affects the regime. Since it’s the main guarantor of the regime’s stability it will start to affect it as much as it does the greengrocer. By its nature and use as an excuse, it begins to lose touch with reality. Ideology shapes reality rather than the other way around.”
“That makes sense.” “Power serves ideology, it does that through the use of ritual. Which everybody takes part in, which is another feature of this… “politics” of appearance.” “Ritual is easy. It’s something the most dehumanized and automised we can do. It serves ideology like how the act of praying to a religious figure or construct serves itself.”
“All of this however is based on one core assumption… that people live in lies. And that, is the start in how people fight back. What if people do not want to live their lives in a lie anymore?”
Shinji began to nod, affirmingly and slowly eagerly. Something in that statement had affirmed something which hadn’t been affirmed by many except for a select few.
“Blind obedience blinds the ones expecting blind obedience to expect blind obedience.”
“When this system is secured all on the basis of everybody, including its bosses and those who benefit from it living in a lie which perpetuates its existence, what happens when somebody decides not to live in a lie?”
"There are essential aims of life all humans have, human dignity, moral integrity, freedom to express yourself and so on. But we equally have the capability to withdraw, conform, become willingly obedient and then become unquestionably obedient in advance. To join the crowds we saw on a daily basis in Shibuya. Molded into "robota", who conform and partake in a trivialisation of life in a modern setting."
"to co-exist and to flow down the Styx of mass indifference? material certainties at the price of individual, spiritual and moral integrity? The turning of life into a... a reality TV show where its nothing more then a commodity or attraction, spectacle even?
Shinji listened in awe. He himself had thought up to this point about the world at large. His world. It’s indifference to his concerns, the things he was angry about. And why he and his friends felt so alone.
Yoshida turns another page. The top is distinguished by its marker, chapter six. “Right. Now that we’ve described the consequences of living in a lie, from the individual to society at large and the conditions which enable and perpetuate it, let’s talk about the opposite.”
“Our Greengrocer recognizes this life within a lie for what it is. A game, and he stops playing it. He stops putting the poster on his window, he speaks his true feelings about the attempts at automising his and his peer's humanity. He expresses solidarity with the like-minded. He rejects the ritual and the rules of the game and in an inner revolt against lies and an upholding of his freedom and dignity, he tries to live in the truth.”
“Well? What happens next?”
“And… the bill comes.” “He will be fired. His prospect for a holiday will evaporate. His children’s access to higher education is put on risk. His former superiors will harass him and his fellow workers will think him strange and foolish.” “But???”
“But he has done something remarkable. He has exposed the game. The appearances, the overwhelming feeling, an all-encompassing curtain of power thought universal and powerful that all are powerless to, it is all a lie."
“By living in the truth, he has severely disrupted the lie everybody else lives in. Living in a lie and in blissful ignorance requires that the lie be universally accepted willingly by everyone or otherwise. The truth permeates beyond the greengrocer, truth was spoken and therefore it has become the power to sweep away the lie everybody lives in. It has become truth to power.”
Shinji could only smile, he had only wished his friends were also here to hear this. A part of him thought they would’ve really needed to hear this truth of their “illicit activities”.
“It’s from this place of power, by truth. That individuals can assert themselves, find eachother. And begin to resist, to dissent, at first in their personal and individual lives, sure. But that soon enough, translates into power in a political sense.”
“This is as good as it gets… gets replaced by-“.
“Is this as good as it gets?”
“Yes! Yes! You’ve got it!” Yoshida replied.
Yoshida closes his book. A proud and humble smile on his face. “I was reminded about this part of the book today when I was watching the march today, those people out there who were on the street were living in truth, about the genuine and organic needs of life of people. It wasn’t out of some robotic or automised march of ... ideology as some unfortunately say.
“I think I would know. I was also watching too.” “Oh… then I think you would know what I was about to say.”
“Nah. Go on.”
“Ok. The people who went out there to march, were there to assert truth in this city. To live in truth rather than to conform and return to the introverted, robotic crowds of suits and ties we see out there. They had the courage to stand out, to not accept attacks or attempts to subvert their human dignity, self-respect, and needs. Or the individual standards of morality that they had arrived at by the grace of living in the truth, rather than in a lie by systems.
"Isn't that the general point of pride? Out, proud, in the sun and in the truth? I can't help but see Havel's ideas reflected here. "Mhhm."
Shinji sat with Yoshida, looking at the still active pride venues but from a distance, while Shinji spotted his friends, all now around a single table. Each seemingly enjoying their place in the sun, even as it was currently receding slowly and its counterpart took the night shift.
SUN RANK UP!!!
Notes:
Speak Truth to power
Stand out
Be as courageous as possible
Do not obey in advance
Chapter 58: ιστορία
Summary:
Greek translation of title: Istoria, history.
"History does not repeat. It instructs."
-Timothy Snyder
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
After School
Sixteenth of June
Monday
Haru’s garden
Now playing: Lanterns by Feathered Mason
A familiar scene had been taking place on Shujin’s rooftop garden. On an after school afternoon, three friends were sat around under the sun and were spending their time… not doing much of anything.
With exams over, a brief respite had been allowed in order to focus on other activities or obligations that students had.
Kasumi had been practicing harder on routines and training, for a tournament that was to happen in the month.
Ann was in the middle of her own work, modeling and being the subject of small tokyo zines.
Yusuke was presumed to be reaping the fruits of an environment and friends who cared.
This left the prime three of the Kelly gang, Shinji, Ryuji, and Haru, who didn’t really have much to do after school. It was good. Having the time to do absolutely nothing. However, nothing was still… well, nothing. The lack of activity was increasingly becoming compared to a state of entropy.
Shinji didn’t like it. When his time was limited and could be counted in months, any time spent doing nothing brought Shinji closer to the inevitable. A waste. He had already came to terms with his mortality and shortened life, but in a perverse way. That time had gained a value of sorts, which could be translated into something corporeal and alive, or wasted, reduced to entropy and brought Shinji just closer to the end.
“Duuuude.” Ryuji stresses. “For the last time. Nothing from Mishima yet.” *PSSHK*. He said as he opened a soda can. “Well, you two better find something to do with the time you got now before it’s gone.” Haru follows up.
“I knowwwww.” Replied Ryuji “but I just… there’s too much! I could be doing anything but because I could be doing anything I just can’t decide!” “So-so I just sit here! Thinking about what just to do and before I know it, the time’s gone.”
Haru explained “Well, soon enough we’ll recieve our lead which will tell us how to get at our next target. And then you won’t have any time to spend doing anything other then work or school.” “I know…” replied Ryuji “I just don’t know.”
Everyone remained quiet, as Ryuji slowly and steadily switched between postures suggesting extreme boredom in his chair. Soon ending with him sprawled out on multiple foldable steel chairs. It was then that Haru, seemingly took pity on Ryuji, but also was annoyed at it all.
Grasping from her pocket, Haru grabbed a set of keys and then threw it at Ryuji. It landed with the sound of shuffling upon Ryuji’s torso. “Gah! What the hell was that for Haru?!!” He exclaimed
“Go to the utility shed at the school grounds, find me the stakes for the tomatoes then come back. Bring Shinji with you.” Haru said firmly and with authority. Taken off guard and his boredom genuinely coming out of a place of choice paralysis rather then laziness, Ryuji got out of his chairs and went to do as Haru asked. “C’mon Shinji, don’t leave me hanging.”
The two walked down the grounds of the campus, looking for the shed which Haru had sent them to. “This shed is different from the normal utility shed where we keep the PE equipment. Here’s just full of stuff that the school or nobody needs.” Ryuji explained “guess it makes sense Haru would keep stuff here she didn’t want to carry upstairs.” Shinji answered
The two then went to the shed in question. As Ryuji opened the shed, Shinji noted how small the shed seemed. A small shed like this couldn’t keep all the garbage the school had to stow away.
Ryuji then opened the shed, the sound of several clicks and clacks was followed by the sound of a creaky door. Dark without any internal lighting, Shinji faced his phone’s screen to shine light into the dark shed. They had certainly found, what a school (and Haru) would store in here.
Janitor supplies, tarps of some sort, a step ladder, and other miscellaneous crap which was to be expected. Shinji thought he had found the stakes which Haru needed, only to realise that they were too small. He looked around further for the taller ones needed for tomatoes to grow tall, only to then find instead several bags, sportlike in nature.
He shined his light on the bags. “Tent storage?” “Oh, so that’s where they went.” “What?”
“At some point, Shujin was thinking about a camping club of some sort.” “What happened?” “Well. I’m not sure.” Ryuji replied. Only for his face to slowly contort in agony. “Wait. Kamoshida was going to be it’s supervisor. He was just waiting for the volleyball season to be over.”
Shinji and Ryuji stood in silence together for a moment. Of how much worse the abuse would’ve been in that environment. “Thank god we made sure that didn’t happen.” “Yup.” “Yeah.” “Oh, I found the stakes.”
Picking up the stakes one by one, the two got ready to leave. Only for Shinji to stop. “Hey dude… we should go before someone sees us.” “Ryuji. Question.” “Yeah dude?” “Nobody would notice if these tents went missing would they? They clearly put them here because they didnt want to put them in the garbage yet… because if they could they would.”
“Dude you can’t-“ Ryuji stopped and thought about it. If the school decided to bring the camping club back it wouldn’t really go far as the PTA would shoot it down over fear of entrusting their students safety in the staff which had, well. Kamoshida. So would they really notice, in fact be relieved someone took it off their hands?
“Why did you want these tents anyway?” Ryuji asked Shinji as they both walked back. “Well… I used to camp.”
“What?” “Not for leisure. If it was not raining for a few days, I’d take the chance to save up money to get out of the city for a weekend. Wasn’t much to stay for other than a job at a restaurant and… the not so pleasant parts.”
Ryuji was a little bit shocked. “Were you thinking about running away or something?” “I had nothing to run away from. Had no parents, no wicked adoptee parents, what I had was uh… nevermind.”
“Hmm.” Ryuji replied with a soft sound. “I was close to running away.” “Really?” “If I was expelled from here for Kamoshida’s bull, I was willing to run away and not come back. Make it easier for my mom, cause she’d only have to feed herself.” “But then you didn’t.” “She pleaded in front of the school in a meeting. It… I-uh….”
Shinji signalled at Ryuji that he didn’t need to continue. “It’s ok. A tent isn’t a substitute for a good bed.” Shinji continued as he walked back with Ryuji. “Though… I kind of miss it.” “Why?” Ryuji asked.
Shinji was brought back to a memory. It had been the summer of 09’ and it had been almost a year since he’d stopped going to school and left Aki and Mitsy’s company. He was on his own with no home or bed to speak of, but occasionally abandoned industrial buildings in the former industrial district. Cold, damp and dark.
He had a job at Hagakure, but once it was known. Aki and Mitsy kept coming to ask of his return. He eventually quit and got jobs somewhere they couldn’t find him. Occasionally he was a bouncer for a club which didn’t exist. A bartender for a bar that didn’t exist either, a restaurant which was even harder to find. Sometimes he painted walls too.
Soon enough, he had money. Not enough, but enough left over after food and essentials like asswipe. A sale at a sports store was going on and a tent and the components needed to assemble it was available. He didn’t remember what came over him, but he bought it and a bus ticket to the nearest national park outside Iwatodai.
He remembered the sun and its glow, along a field surrounded by just as tall trees. It was a change of setting which Shinji needed. Away from the cold, damp, smoke and cosmopolitan urban design of the Kirijo group’s city. The sound of roaring cars, busses, monorail trains, the sound of a million pairs of work shoes stamping on the pavement was replaced by, crickets, bird songs, rustling tree leaves and branches in the wind. An absense of human activity.
That weekend was characterised by two days and a night of reading books which he had borrowed from the old couple who owned that book place at the strip mall, finding a place no one noticed if he started a fire to make food to feed himself, and seeing the stars among a backdrop of tree tops rather then tall buildings. A strange kind of self respect and dignity was made over there.
It was as much of an escape Shinji could afford. From a feeling of inactivity, of entropy. It wasn’t a bed. It certainly wasn’t a bed. But it was a change of scenery and setting that was needed. Shinji didn’t like the idea of dying in the city which he was born in. At least without seeing what was outside its confines.
It seemed ideal even. That summer was hot enough that it even made the chills that the PSDs gave him seemingly disappeared. Perhaps staying there for the summer rather than the weekend would’ve been great.
But that was in the past now.
Rooftop garden
“Thanks Ryuji for bringing those up.” “No problem. Hey, do you think people would notice if some things dissapeared from that shed?” Haru paused for a moment, a face of indifference. “Well, I haven’t been called out yet, so probably not.”
Haru got her watering can and went downstairs, presumably to refill it. Leaving Ryuji and Shinji alone to further ponder their thoughts together.
“Hey dude?” “Yes ryuji?” “You said you didn’t have anything to run away from but… does it also mean that you didn’t have anything to stay over there for?” Shinji sat back and thought. No matter how much he considered giving up altogether and spending the rest of his short life somewhere that he wasn’t a prisoner of history. He couldn’t find it in himself to leave, whether out of some valid reason or cause, or perhaps cowardice. He didn’t feel like interrogating his history further to determine either.
“I’m not sure.” Shinji replied casually. “Well. Now that I’m thinking about it, I’m happy that I stayed here and didn’t run away. If I had… I couldn’t be here to… finally made sure that Kamoshida got what he deserved.” Shinji then thought back to when he had decided to rejoin SEES for however short it lasted. If he decided to spend his short time in that park and never left now that he thought about it…
“Eitherway, I’m glad it turned out this way. We did something good I think. And if it had gone any other way it could’ve gotten worse.” Ryuji elaborates with a little doubt in his voice. Now nodding, Shinji replied. “Yeah. I am too. It would’ve gotten worse for a lot more people if we didn’t stay.” and died. Shinji thought.
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
He wondered about Ken. Shinji, he wondered about how Ken turned out after the day he was shot. He could only hope that… unlike he and the rest of SEES, he had the closest to a shot at what could be described as a “normal life”. As normal as it could get circumstances withstanding.
What was he thinking. Shinji thought. Shame started to run over Shinji, he ruined his life irreversibly in one of the worst ways possible. There was no paying him back by simply sacrificing himself in order for him to continue. There was no way to fix what he had broken already.
Shinji could hope that he didn’t need to be faced with the kid, no matter how short or long his time was left. The first thought that came to mind was that it would be horrible if Ken was expected to forgive him. Even after taking two bullets so he could live on, and coming back after seven years. If he was really sorry in any form he thought, he’d make sure his continued existence wouldn’t bring upon Ken any problems of his own making, or as a fact of his continuance.
End track
Seventeenth of June, Tuesday
Naganaki shrine, Iwatodai
After school
Silence. Or at least as silent as Iwatodai would allow for Ken Amada as he silently prayed in front of the shrine.
A solemn undertone, if anyone could hear them among the traffic and the city could be heard in their prayer. Not out of any grief, guilt, but a sense of finality. For better or for worse, this would be the last time they would come here to pray, for a while. Maybe that wasn’t a bad thing, they’d thought.
He’d prayed a bit longer than usual. Ever since 2010, he found more room in his prayers for more people apart from mom. Though…
It had been strange. Ever since the revelation of Shinji’s fate, her prayers felt strange. Coming here to the shrine for anybody other than the dead was a strange feeling.
Looking to the right, she saw the fortunes. She couldn’t help but remember Minato, coming to the fortunes every now and then back in that fateful year. She wondered what it was all about.
Dragging the bottoms of their long trousers, Ken approached the stall. Its instructions foretold that upon a small offering and the thought of someone among the living, they’d receive their fortune.
“Why the hell not?” Ken asked herself. As she took a fortune and tried to think… but to no avail.
He had to think hard to remember what Shinji was like. For the time they were in the same proximity they didn’t really interact with one another, Ken's own fault entirely. It would be worse if he’d had to remember THAT day.
He tried instead to remember memories spent near him. He sifted through times where his other friends hung around him, spent time doing something together. Only to be greeted by something visceral, something hard.
A memory
October the first
1am
It had been an hour since the latest tartarus raid. Everybody found themselves as usual, shuffling to bed and attempting to salvage as much sleep before the morning came. But it was for naught.
Everybody came out of their rooms in their pajamas, nobody could sleep. Trying to salvage the night, Kotone suggested that they’d do a sleepover instead.
“Well, if we cannot go to sleep, then let’s all have a sleepover!”
To Mitsuru’s dismay, everybody was behind Kotone, Ken included.
He remembered everybody shuffling back down to the lounge. Everybody took dibs on sofa chairs or sections of the sofa. A tired Fuuka, stumbling while leaning on Minato’s side, had brought down a board game box. They weren’t so subtle with eachother at that point.
Mitsuru had taken the situation with grace instead. Making tea with the help of Shinji. Soon enough it was asked that a recorded tape of Featherman be turned on in order to have some background audio while SEES played their games.
Everybody was having a great time. Ken included, he remembered. In spite of what he had planned. However, as one by one, everybody started to doze off and fall asleep in their sofa seats. Ken remembered, then…
The faucet from the kitchen was still running. Minato and Shinji were cleaning the cups which SEES had drunk their tea, and they were discussing something. Ken remembered passing by a few sights he’d usually never see unless in circumstances such as this.
Aigis and Kotone were snuggled together. They shared no blanket between them and were instead running off a small heater Aigis had running in her internals.
Mitsuru and Yukari shared a small sofa chair together, both were snuggled in a warm weighted blanket, and shared the small chair together. They were snugged.
Junpei seemed distraught to be alone. But he’d remained instead snuggled close with Koromaru.
Fuuka had remained in her section of the couch, waiting for Minato to finish with the dishes before dozing off together.
It was then that Ken ended up by the wall, eavesdropping on their conversation.
Now playing: The path was closed.
“How’s your body doing?” “You already know how it is.” “Do you think you can make it past the next full moon?” A pause. “Maybe.”
A sigh was heard. Minato’s. “If I make it through somehow. Winter won’t be kind to my body, no.” Minato remains silent. “At least it wouldn’t be with any fuss. I’ll likely go to bed one night, like this one. And won’t wake up the morning after.” “Still doesn’t make it any better though.” “Yeah. It wouldn’t. But it could be worse.”
More silence. “That’s all there is to it. Whatever time’s left will be me setting it straight.” “With who?” “Doesn’t matter. It won’t be enough. But it’s the least that can be done.”
The faucet was turned off, the water stopped. Then silence. Only to be broken by one final exchange.
“When I go. Tell Aki and Misty to hang tough ok? I don’t want to feel any tears on the dirt I’m buried in. Not until the job’s done.” A pause of silence… “got it.”
End memory
Back at the present, Ken then read the fortune.
“Good luck.”
It was not far long, that a voice was heard.
“min kratás tous nekroús na periménoun fíle.”
“Huh?”
“tha se periméno kynigós thiramáton.”
“Hey! Hey Ken!”
The voice disappeared as Ken turned around to see who was calling for him. Thankfully it was from the only one he was willing to speak to about his own problems.
“Akira!” The two came together to speak to eachother in person.
“Wanna go skating? Skatepark’s free today, nobody’s there.” “Really!?” “Yeah. See you there?” “Yeah, just let me get my skateboard.”
Ken nodded. Both Akira and Ken went their separate ways for now. Ken, however, as he was running back in the direction of the Kirijo estate, thought more about Shinji. And what or who he had heard.
She couldn't make sense of it. It was only normal that persona users heard from their personas here and there. Fuuka did research on this. But that wasn't Kala Nemi’s voice. It certainly couldn’t be Nemesis. Nobody heard ever again from their old personas after their second awakening.
He would have to procrastinate on the question. For now, she should be looking forward to one of the last times she figured she’d go skateboarding with her best friend. At least in a while.
Afternoon
Eighteenth of June
Wednesday
Shadow Operatives HQ
Shinji entered Shadow Operatives HQ. He had been called by request of Maruki. Unsure of what the cause was, he found that the living room was devoid of the man who called for him.
Instead there was Labrys, Yusuke, Chidori, and Yukari together. Watching an animated show together. A discussion was had, upon the nature of its characters and the events which had been ongoing on the screen.
Yusuke and Chidori seemed to be more focused on the visual. The artstyle, its backgrounds, the colouring and the design of its characters. Yukari and Labrys however had been more focused on the story itself. Shinji, out of a decision to not insert himself in it, stayed back and listened closely.
A fight. About someone seemingly not present at the moment. Secrets, concealment. Shinji moves to see some faces of investment, interest. Some faces however are approaching an undertone of discomfort. Yukari comments
“She definitely was into Rose.” She comments while grabbing a handful of caramel popcorn. “Yeah probably.” Labrys replies
SLAM! A painting falls. Yusuke recoils, he only returned to a relaxed form as the canvas is rescued.
A chase. The boy wants answers to further his understanding of his mother. Shinji notes that Yusuke was more focused on the screen. He leaps the treacherous chasm only to almost fall to his doom.
“We should’ve brought Fuuka here, she would’ve loved this show.” Labrys tells the others “she’s on patrol with some of the others. Good luck ever trying to get her away from experiments and data collecting.” Yukari replies
The tall and slender woman talks to the boy, as if he was his mother. She brings him through memories as if he were somehow his mother, and had only merely forgotten the time they had spent together. All had become silent.
Shinji observes Yukari and Yusuke becoming especially quiet. He could attribute possibly why, but he decided it would be in the realm of the personal and therefore intrusive.
“ Pearl.” “Yes?” “I am going to stay and fight for this planet. You don’t have to do this with me.” “But I want to!”
“I know you do. But please, please understand. If we lose, we will be killed. And if we win, we can never go home.”
“ Why would I ever want to go home, if you’re here?”
Yukari sheds tears. A labored sniffling breathing can be heard. The camera angle pans to the boy, hands behind his back. Merely an observer to something he should’ve witnessed and seen, but was unfortunate enough to not. He stands there looking aimlessly as if he stared at ghosts.
Yusuke then sheds a tear. But nothing is heard from him.
Their feelings regarding the moment are affirmed. The boy hugs the slender woman, as she tears up. A beautiful track plays, as the boy and what Shinji presumes to be a guardian figure puts the scabbard back into the mane of the pink lion. Seemingly putting the past back somewhere to be dealt with another time.
Yukari, Labrys, Chidori erupt in discussion.
“Oh, they’re definately were a thing!” Labrys shouted. “That was so gay!” Yukari shouts “I wish Mitsuru were here to watch this with us!”
“Wow. That was hard.” Chidori comments. Yusuke remains in deep silence, seemingly contemplating. Shinji also seemingly noticed Chidori taking note of Yusuke. Though sharing the same sentiment of not prying.
Suddenly, the front door is heard being unlocked. It was Maruki, holding Koromaru in both hands. “Hey Shinji, sorry for being late, just let me release Koromaru and we can get started.
It was only then that everybody on the couch seemingly turned their heads around to realise Shinji had been present all along, watching silently. In a mixture of surprise, shock, or perhaps in laughter.
“So Shinji!” Labrys shouted across the living room “how was Steven Universe?” “Pretty good… didn’t think it would hit hard. It’s a cartoon.”
“Nonsense! Animation is a medium of art as much as the works on canvas behind you!” Yusuke proclaims as Shinji turns around. He hadn’t noticed that he was leaning at the wall where chidori’s paintings depicting cognitive spaces which the S.O organisation had traversed before were placed. He didn’t even know that they were Chidori’s.
Further discussion was held until Maruki had released Koromaru in the wild, he ran towards the sofa with the four to his favorite spot.
“Come on, let’s go to my office.”
Moments later
Maruki’s office
Now playing: Ideal and the real
Shinji and Maruki sat upon an unoccupied room. The room was deep within the building enough that Maruki was sure nobody could hear.
“So what is it you need me for, Maruki?” “Right.”
“What is to be discussed here cannot leave this room.” “Why, what’s so important?” “Mitsuru has given permission that you be briefed on what we may know up to this point about your… unique position.”
Shinji remained silent as Maruki explained. “We cannot find a definitive cause or reason behind your… resurrection . But we do know what the wildcard entails.” “Ok…” Shinji answers with interest.
Maruki brings out a pack of playing cards. He then spreads each card face up towards Shinji. “Uh… Maruki, this better not be a magic trick.” “It’ll make sense when I’m done.”
When the spread was complete, Shinji was greeted with the extent of their knowledge of the journey wildcards undertake. “From testimony from Kotone to our previously new wildcard, you will. And likely have been greeted by these symbols and meanings ever since you had returned from… you know.”
Shinji looked at the cards. . He began to point out the ones he had been acquainted with recently, and throughout his three months in Tokyo.
“The sun, the moon, the chariot, the lovers, death.”
“Good. Now, we generally found a few trends. All wildcards as of this moment, including you have been met with individuals who were represented by these archetypes. All wildcards had throughout their time fostered a relationship, or bond with said individuals, and testified to having translated the strength of these bonds into strength.”
“Who said anything about strength?” “Kotone did. Her bonds allowed her to, according to records, fuse and create personas of a stronger kind. Our recent wildcard from Inaba claimed the same as well. “Am I… am I supposed to be doing that a lot?”
“Assumingly yes.” “Well…” . “Please don’t tell me.” Maruki replies in disbelief “That you haven’t been doing everything to maximise your potential.”
Pause track
Shinji raised his hands “It ain't my fault!” “You wake up from being dead, see how you like it!” Shinji exclaims in his defence. Maruki stops and retracts from his stressed posture. A deep breath was heard.
“Sorry. The thing that eludes researchers like me and Fuuka who are vested in doing our best to make sense of it all, is that you are a wildcard among wildcards.” “What do you mean?” “Well… I think coming back from the dead with the power of the wildcard is a start.” “Fair.”
“Secondly, there’s the variance between you and the others. First off. You haven’t been greeted by the earlier segments of the spread. Magician, High priestess, you get it.” “Well. Am I supposed to meet them by now?”
“Who knows. There’s also the fact you haven’t seen the old man in a while.” “You mean Igor?” “Yes. Kotone, Aigis, the wildcard from Inaba, and Minato all recorded encountering him, on purpose or otherwise for his aid.”
“Well… he hasn’t been particularly helpful. So far he’s been rather quiet lately.” “Huh.”
Resume track
Maruki settles and scratches the back of his neck. “Well… I guess I’m not sure what information that I can provide that can be both actionable and vital to know.” “At some point, we were made to give up an expert's cognitive psience research who was at our employ, hence the confidentiality here. But as a result, we don’t have much of a starting point here apart from bringing up the experience of older wildcards and seeing how much sticks.”
“Well… if it helps, maybe I can guess why.” “How so.” “Well… I don’t feel particularly weak in the first place. It feels instead that I picked up where I left off with Kelly.” “From your prior persona?” “Yup.”
“Right. That’s another point. We’ve had once a persona user seemingly graduate from being a conventional persona user to a wildcard. That would be Aigis.” “Right.” “Although we have precedent, we are unsure of how much is applicable since well. You took two bullets to your torso.”
“Ok… I’ve also only been using Kelly. Any other personas were instead food for Kelly. “What?” “I had the choice to just juice the other personas into juice for Kelly, making him stronger. I’d figure my friends could make up the difference in affinities.”
“Ok…” Maruki begins to light up. He shuffles from his seat to the cabinet behind him. He then brings out a black box from the bottom cabinet. He opens the lid to bring out a black typewriter. “Heh. Excuse me. The CIA can’t hack this thing one way or another, heh.” Maruki then settles the typewriter on the tabletop, along with bringing out a stack of paper to feed into the device.
Shinji takes a look at the back of the typewriter. There’s a brand, in golden Color and cursive.
Kirijo Industries
Shinji notes it for later. “Go on, continue. Start from the beginning.”
15 minutes later
If anybody outside was attempting to eavesdrop, all they could likely hear was the loud clacking of the typewriter, Shinji thinks. “So, that’s mostly about it. I haven’t really heard anything from the old persona. I’d like to think it’s gone, but I’m not sure.” “Right.”
“You know, we’ve been working on new evokers since 2009.” “Though… it has mostly been a waste since we’ve found that other persona users from then on had their own organic methods of persona summoning, you guys included.”
“Wow.” “Well. If that’s it, I think we’re done here.” “Well, let me guess. Everything else that we talked about stays here too.” “Well, it has to. Apart from it being about… the most important segment of your life, it’s also a part of my professional ethics.”
“Really?” “Yeah. Cognitive Psience research and my professional ethics as a trained counsellor and therapist meet here. We don’t want anybody, even if it’s god knocking at the door, to read a single word.”
“Right.” Shinji took a look at his watch, it’s about dinner time now. “Hey doc. How about we treat the folks to some dinner? I’ll cook.” “Hmm. How about I cook instead. You’ve been a great help today.” “Well, at least allow me to give a helping hand.” “Alright then.”
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Magician Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
As both Shinji and Maruki were walking out of the hall from the now locked spare room, Maruki noticed Shinji stopping so suddenly.
“Shinji?” “Maruki?” “Yeah?” “It happened.” “What?”
Shinji pointed towards Maruki. “Magician.” Shinji then continued moving, now walking past a stunned Maruki. His expression slowly transitioned, from shock to then sudden personal jubilation.
Now playing:Remote Control Cars, by LAKE
An hour later
All shadow ops (and Yusuke) were sitting at the dining table. In front of them is dinner, a glass case with a pile of pasta on it, a plate full of chicken, orange and entering the territory of brown. A red sauce was present for both. It certainly wasn’t ketchup, it smelled too savoury and lacked the artificial sweetness that comes with processed ketchup.
“It’s ready.” Shinji states. They both then take their seats and with a moment of verbal appreciation later, all begin to dig in.
Five minutes later
“This is good Shinji, how did you and Maruki Ma-“ VRRRRRRR-VRRRRR
Shinji checked his pocket. It was his phone, signalling to others to continue as he answered, everybody instead seemed to pause. Nobody wanted to eat without him.
They watched as if they were curious children at the table, looking at an adult answering a call, presumably to another adult.
“Uh huh. Yup. Understood. At what time? Got it. I’ll catch you there.”
Shinji then turned around to face the occupants of the table. “Our informant has agreed to meet us tomorrow. We could get information leading to our next palace as soon as next week.”
Shinji could see everybody holding back questions. But were unfortunately still glued to their dinner and were caught between pursuing either one or the other.
Junpei then broke the pregnant pause. “Uh… can we finish dinner first before questions. The chicken’s gonna get cold.”
And everyone ate dinner that night.
Evening
Nineteenth of June
Thursday
Shinjuku
Haru and Shinji stepped into the red light of Shinjuku, alone. Ambivalence was the tone setter of the night, a territory whose reputation preceded it as a place one definitely should not go. Especially if they are students. Thankfully Haru and Shinji were mature. Too mature. Mature in the form of years beyond the ones prescribed to them.
“Remind me again why you brought me along, Shinji..?” “Well, I’d feel bad for hogging all the fun for myself, so I thought you’d like to come along.”
“I’m serious.” “If I am to be honest. I’m slightly more braver if you’re here rather than Ryuji, or Ann.” Haru stopped. A face of surprise, then a return to her usual smile. “Fair enough.”
“What was that line again from that movie? The space war one.” “You’ll never find a more wretched hive of scum and villainy.”
Now playing: Flyday Chinatown, by Yasuha
The two continued walking and chatting. “To be honest, it’s also because if I brought anybody else, it would go so much more wrong.” “Agreed.” “I trust you can walk through… this without. well. Yeah.” “Aside from that. Where are we supposed to meet Mishima?”
“A bar.” Haru and Shinji continued roaming. In disguise of course, Shinji in his old trenchcoat, and Haru in her more new trenchcoat. Together they seemed to move towards their destination. Under the red light, trying to not reflect its shine as much as possible to not draw any attention to themselves.
If the worst that was feared happened, Haru insisted on defending herself with her concealed cane, while Shinji put trust in the blunt force of an airsoft revolver and his fists. They certainly passed by those who they thought would fit the description of violent unsavory individuals. Otherwise, it seemed they had made it.
“There it is.” “Well. We just go in?” “Yup.” Shinji takes the lead. He opens the door and is the first in. But, Haru before she steps in takes a look back to the street. She stops, she’s looking at something.
“Gonna head in?” “Oh! Yeah I will.”
Crossroads bar
Shinji and Haru are only accompanied by three other souls. First was Mishima, sitting uncomfortably at the back. He sits next to what seems to be a drunk individual, their investigative journalist assumably. Who is prying into Mishima perhaps too much, any self control or restraint had been loosened by the bottle. And lastly was a geisha, a large one manning the bar.
“Hey. Welcome to crossroads.” She says in a deep voice.
“You don’t seem like regulars here. Are you even eighteen.” Shinji replies. “Yes. But we’re not here to drink.”
“Theyhrrrrrr herreeee forrr meeee lallaaaaa!” The drunk individual slurs. “Shinji! Get me out of here! Now!” Mishima immediately gets himself out of the booth.
“Please, you gotta do something. I agreed that in exchange for telling you what you wanna know, that I tell her what I know about Kamoshida and his thing. But now she’s prying too deep! And she isn’t showing signs of stopping!” Mishima displays a face of desperation.
The bartender then steps in “hey. Ohya, isn’t that the fellow youre supposed to talk to tonight?” Ohya pauses, as if a moment of sobriety had struck her.
In that moment any prerequisite towards her career returned to her, from professional ethics, to professional standards of conduct, and general decency. She quickly shuffled to the bathroom, presumably to clean herself up.
“Alright Mishima, go home, you’ve done your thing.” “Thank you Shinji!” Mishima ran to the exit and never was seen again.
This left Shinji and Haru to take the seats which Mishima formerly occupied. It was then that the bartender came over.
“I’m sorry. She’s my only regular customer who’s keeping the lights on with what’s left of her liver. So you’ll have to bear her.” “It’s no problem.” “Good. would you like something to drink?”
“Uh….” “Don’t worry, it’ll just be Soda water and syrup mixed together.” “Alright… you got strawberry?” “Huh?” That was unexpected. Haru thought, Shinji and strawberry. “Ok.”
“I’ll take Lychee. If you got any.” “Alright.” And so Shinji and Haru sat together at the booth. Waiting for both drinks.
“Oh. And call me Lala.” The bartender tells the two kids before she returns to the bar. Shinji and Haru look at eachother. “So far so good.” “Never thought I’d meet a drag queen in person before.” “Hmm?”
“It’s just that. My family doesn’t encourage me to be around… for the lack of a better term, company like this.” “Right.”
“Drinks are ready.” Lala proclaims as she brings both the strawberry and lychee sodas to the table. Both Shinji and Haru took a glance at eachother before taking a sip from their drinks.
“Mmm!” Both Shinji and Haru couldn’t contain themselves from expressing their enjoying of the drinks. They continued to appreciate the sweet taste and zest. Shinji himself took a look at Haru,her face sweetening as she continued drinking, he then turned to look at Lala, her expression instead mellowing. She knew they appreciated her drinks.
Shinji kept his eye on Lala as he continued taking sips from the strawberry soda. He had a weird thought, in some ways or another, the expression on Lala’s face sort of reminded him of Sojiro’s. He can’t help but feel some sort of significance. He just can’t put his finger on it.
A moment later, the journalist finally got out of the bathroom, seemingly she had freshened herself up.
“So! What do you need my help for!” “Right.” “We're representatives of our school paper. You just met one of us earlier.” Shinji decided to let Haru take the lead. Haru seemed to be better at this lying thing than he was.
“We’re looking into the recent cases of extortion against students in Shibuya. We wanted some professional advice or input so we can make further sense of what’s happening to our students.” “Oh… right. So this is an interview?” “Yeah. This is an interview. We ask some questions, and you answer.”
“Whoa! No need to be all Clint Eastwood with me, tough guy! This isn’t an interrogation.” The investigative journalist exclaims. “Sorry. But back to business.” “First off. Do you have any idea who the perpetrators are?”
“Well first off, while the media highlights the individuals on the surface, other students. Colleagues of mine, and myself have noted and noticed a degree of organisation.” “Go further.”
“While some are striking it rich, they’re not doing it from the full proceeds of their… night work. A chunk of that money is going to someone else.” “Ok….”
“Do you have any idea who it is?” “My colleagues who investigate organised crime in Tokyo have an answer to that.” “Go ahead.” “Well. What else could it be?”
“What?” “It’s the yakuza.” “What?” “It’s them. They’re sure of it. And one name has been thrown around as of late.” “Who.”
“Junya Kaneshiro.” “Alright. Who’s he?” “We don’t have the full details, but he’s reportedly a rising star in the criminal underworld of Tokyo. And this… use of students as an innovation in drug running, smuggling, trading, so on and so forth. Is an innovation of his.”
Haru had finished her drink. “Hey, I’m gonna go outside and get some fresh air, can you finish the questions while I’m out?” “Sure.”
Haru brings her drink to the counter and puts money on the counter, paying for both the drinks. “Thanks.” Lala replies as Haru then exits the bar, watching the outside from the confines of the small lobby leading into the door to crossroads.
She looks out for somebody. Her eyes settle on a figure. Standing against a wall in a hoodie. Haru keeps an eye on the figure. For what feels like an eternity, the figure finally tilts their head upwards.
Haru processes the features that are shrouded in the darkness of the hood. Brown hair. Short. Are those… red eyes? She asked herself. It was then that her mind seemingly put those features together in order to deliver shock to the system.
Mrs… Mrs student council president??? Haru thought. The figure then left, trailing behind a couple in the red light.
Haru rubbed her eyes. She was in such disbelief of Mrs. Student council president being in such a place like this. For one reason or another, Haru lost faith in her eyes, thinking she was being deceived.
It was then that Haru decided to return to the confines of the crossroads.
A moment later
“Yeah, that’s all we need for the month’s issue.” “Thanks. You’ve been a great help.” “No problem. If you need help, feel free to come next time.” The journalist then rose up, heading to the bathroom another time. Seeing that the interview was over.
“Hey, thanks for bearing with her. She can be a handful sometimes.” Lala admits. “That’s fine.” Shinji replies as he brings his now empty glass of strawberry soda to the counter
Shinji can’t help but ask a question to lala “hey. Do you work this place alone?” “Yes. It’s my work and my specialty"
Shinji then rests by the counter. “How did you make those drinks?” “What’s your angle here kid?” “I’m a cook. That was my specialty and job here and there growing up.” “Hmmmm.” “Would you mind if… I worked for you, learned some of your craft. For free.”
Lala contemplates for a moment. Then she nods. “Ok. Consider this an internship then, an unpaid internship. You work here part time and I teach you the basics. Saturdays only so I won’t intrude on your Fridays and your Sundays off.” “Deal.”
Lala reaches out for a handshake. Shinji hesitates for a moment. But then commits. He doesn’t know why he’s doing it, he hadn’t taken pity or done it out of self gain, he felt. Instead he had done it because Lala seemed nice, like Sojiro. He failed to explain further than that.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast aquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Devil Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Shinji smiled. Haru seemed perplexed. Lala seemed assured that one way or another, the agreement was not one sided towards her or him.
End track
Some moments later
Shinjuku
“So, Shinji. You got a job huh?” “And something out of the deal other then that.” Haru remained perplexed.
“So what now?” Haru asked Shinji as he was keying something into his phone. “What do we do from here-“
CANDIDATE FOUND!
“We have our man Haru.” “Well, what’s the action from then on?” “Find a time, get everybody together on the same page. Get started.” “You’ll still need to find the other two keywords though for it to work, don’t you?” “Yeah. But we arguably have the hardest part down. Now it’s all up to brute force.”
Shinji and Haru now walked triumphantly as they looked for the way they came to leave Shinjuku. They now had what they needed to pursue whatever came next with vigor.
Notes:
Time marches on, and the dawn of a new act draws near.
Chapter 59: Memories of Iwatodai
Summary:
ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.
-Leviticus, 25:10
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
22nd of June, Sunday
06:00
RINGRINGRINGRINGRINGRINGRINGRING
SLAM! “Guhhhhh.”
In a bedroom somewhere in the Kirijo estate, Ken Amada has been grasped awake by his agonising almost 6 year old alarm clock. The same one given to all Gekkokan students who reside in the dorms, a bit depressing to think about if you think about it.
But around their room wasn’t anything other than bare furniture. Any other possessions they had, were instead in boxes. Boxes he was meant to ship to the Tokyo penthouse/HQ today.
This included her clothes. As she went to her closet to be reminded that its entire contents were in the boxes too, including her clothes. Including the genderfluid pride flag which out of a lack of other places to store or drape it, had been ironically stored in her closet.
Their clothes for the day were chosen for such an occasion. The last day of school. “Heh. Guess I didn’t think I’d be wearing this to school.”
School regulation made an exception for those in their last year of school, it had been that way since 2012. It wasn’t official, but ever since the presence of Chihiro, Nishiwaki and others who instead took over. It could be said that any will to enforce it at higher levels of school staff had disappeared. Loosening up to give the presentation of a professional educational institution, top down educating and “enlightening” institutions.
Ken figured, today was effectively the last day he would ever be at Gekkoukan. He remembered Fuuka telling him about how her old friend when moving away back in 2009, ditched the school regulation uniform out of spite. And there was a lot to be spiteful about at that time.
Higher waist jeans of the baggy variety, a just as baggy orange flannel jacket. Her hair draped over her shoulders pouring over like a waterfall. Concealing a white top. Slight makeup. Ken wished she had a hat. But one of Junpei’s old hats wouldn’t do. She didn’t feel like being a… slightly cute lumberjack.
No breakfast for today. Or at the very least not the kind by Kikuno, which meant larger portions. What sufficed was a sandwich instead, with a weird sort of spread from south east Asia. It was dark green and was sweet. He liked it. And of course a coffee. From Malay coffee beans and a helping of sugar and milk.
He was going to miss Kopi Luwak when he leaves tomorrow.
22nd of June, Sunday
Iwatodai
Morning
Now playing: Memories of the school, reloaded
Ken felt a bit weird. It was an improvement over being alone, but whether it was something to own or to downplay was to be determined. Being on the monorail train, he certainly didn’t feel alone but rather something else which was deserving of its own word. Surrounded by suits, school uniforms, dresses, etc. He felt more like an alien rather. For good or for ill.
Today was Sunday, and only extracurricular activities, sports, and other administration was going on in campus. No sweat. They’d return their books, their student ID, and hand back their old school uniform. Someone else would need it, not her.
But even if there were less people today, Ken would still rather avoid the front entrance. Instead he’d come by the back, through the back garden with the new tree. It wasn’t however out of any fear or need. But instead for something else.
Meow…
One meow became two, then three, and then more. Behind the school garden was a cat den. Ken didn’t know why they’d congregate here. Someone must’ve fed them and set the precedent that the sheds and storage were feeding grounds. Nobody else but SEES knew how these cats made the garden their new home. Ken would remember it, Minato and Kotone sometimes brought SEES to Tartarus for no apparent reason. It seemed that way, until they came out with cardboard boxes of cats in either arms. It was hypothesized that from then on, when the dark hour ended, the cats instead settled on the grounds which tartarus used to stand, but a safe distance away.
“Hey little guys !” Ken looked for a spare desk, settled next to the wall of a small aluminium shed. Cans of catfood were stacked outside, it was theorised who went through the trouble to make sure the cats were well fed, whether it was Coach Nishiwaki, Mrs. Hasegawa, when she was still around anyway, or even Principal Fushimi. Ken liked the thought of it being Yuko though.
Ken took out a pocket knife, cutting into the tin with the blade. Technically she shouldn’t be doing this… However, what can the student council do, shout at the cats for being hungry? Ken took special care that each bowl had received sufficient water and food. Then she made her way to campus.
Gekkoukan school
Admin office
Ken walked into the admin office, cutting through the empty collective office where teachers kept to their own cubicles. They then made it through to the principal’s office.
“Good morning Ken!” “Morning Mrs Fushimi.” Ken then unzipped his bag. Out came his student ID and a neatly folded Gekkoukan uniform. “Is it that time?” Chihiro asked, “Yup. Though there’s something you deserve to know. Yuko as well.” “What, why?”
“There’s something I want to leave behind. But I need access to the roof.”
Chihiro paused. She was not supposed to unlock the roof, it had been policy since 2010. But Chihiro knew enough to know the importance. Besides, it was important to her too.
The roof
“Why do you need me here honey?” Yuko asked. “It’s important shh.”
Now playing: I will protect you.
Both women watched as Ken walked towards a certain bench. He unzipped his bag to reveal he wasn’t here simply to handle administration regarding his enrollment. This was about something else entirely.
“As you two know, a friend had passed away about six years ago.” Ken elaborates. “Minato...” Chihiro comments quietly under her breath. Yuko holds her hand and shoulder in support.
“There wasn’t much released in terms of the details surrounding Minato’s passing.” Ken commented as he took out some small candles. “But I was there. And knowing how he was close to you two, I think you two deserve to know.”
Ken took out a candle lighter from his pack. “Here, he passed on this bench something around now on that day.” He began to light the candles. “Aigis told me he had a long conversation with her before he passed here.” Ken had finished lighting the candles. “We all showed up moments after he passed. We were running as fast as we could through the third years’ graduation ceremony at the time.”
It was then that the final touch was placed. A framed picture, of he, Minato, and Shinji at the autumn festival together. A new altar for someone who wasn’t able to leave school the way Ken was now.
“Are you alright Ken?” Asked Chihiro “I’m… alright actually. For some time I had to convince myself I had moved on… now I’m glad to say I have.” Yuko went forward to give Ken a hug. “We’ll keep this here for you if you ever come back. Even if it’s a while.” Yuko said with glistening eyes, tearing.
“Still. It’s a bit of a harrowing thought to be uh… studying underneath where one of my friends died six years ago.” Ken commented. A brief laugh was shared between the three. As they gathered around where Minato rested, exchanging stories of time spent with him. Memories of him.
After a moment, the candles started to drift their scent towards the sky. Yuko got a whiff. “What’s that smell?”
Ken looked at the sky for a moment. “Don’t you remember, it was spring then.
“Oh…” Yuko and Chihiro could remember now. It was a Spring day, the fifth of March. And both of them were in that assembly hall as the president and her posse sprung from the hall in a dash. It took a few hours to find out the reason why.
“I’m sorry if it brought back bad memories.” Ken commented Chihiro was about to object until Ken continued “I had to do this. Otherwise I’d leave this place only with the memory of that day. Then I really wouldn’t want to come back. I would avoid it all entirely.”
“I’m going to leave this here, I’m giving myself a reason to come back.” Ken couldn’t help but be lighter. As if the candles and the light whiff of smoke was lifting the weight of memory away and into the sky. There were no tears. But seemingly as he turned around to face the couple, “I guess this is goodbye. Everybody here and everybody who can’t be here.”
Ken walked to the two and together they shared a hug. The moment had been heavy, but the thee left that roof feeling much lighter.
End track
Outside the campus,
Next to the sea
Golden hour
Ken Amada stood on the boardwalk. Just outside of campus. His affairs were in order, his belongings will arrive tomorrow at tokyo, converging with the shadow operative’s batch of supplies, weapons and gear.
She stood there leaning on the railings. Looking at the blue sea, in contrast to an ever pinking sky, who itself was in contrast with a golden sun above.
He watched the campus building. Built to cover up catastrophe whose magnitude could only be compared to biblical terms. A rapture.
The rapture actually did happen. It just was stopped before nyx could do a thing about it. Or those sons of bitches Takaya and Jin. He could remember standing there on the top of Tartarus. Flanked by Minato, Kotone on their left and Yukari and Aigis on their right.
Ryoji… never thought he’d be reminded of him again Ken thought. He guessed that today was the day he’d have to make peace with everything from 2009 now rather than never.
Yeah… Ryoji. He couldn’t be mad at him. It couldn’t come to the conclusion that Aigis came to back that year, that Ryoji had taken Minato away from everybody. Ryoji did not want this, and it was rather Itkutski’s fault instead.
He remembered Minato. Who with difficulty humanised Ryoji. And had given him a reason to wish to be human, rather than to fully give into his nature as a conduit for the fall.
Ken could visualise the tower again. He could visualise with detail the tower rising from the top of the school, as its contorted eldritch walls and flights of stairs agonizingly extended towards the sky. But he didn’t see it. It was just a school now. Not a place of learning, but a place where his memory was left there.
Iwatodai. So much was wrong with it, he ought to discuss with the others. How much the Kirijo group really had doomed normal people living here. How much the incident had ruined everybody’s lives here including him and his friends. And it all originated from the grounds on which his memory was put to rest.
Ken took out a sandwich and ate through it. Further contemplating, composing a poetry of memory. Stanzas weren’t rhymes but history. Which seemed to instruct the composition of the next.
Yukari's dad, Minato and Kotone’s parents, and even after that all who were near to the original incident would meet their end because of it just ten years later.
Akihiko’s sister, Mitsuru’s father, her own mother. Ken was pretty sure she could directly link everybody’s parents who died in the confines of the city to that building. What it had represented to humans of a corporeal nature, and the things that weren’t.
All of that led to SEES, a group of the dispossessed. Who were returned to them unto a family. And entrusted with ending the source of their dispossession.
But by the end of it, in spite of it. It seemed those who were left had been returned unto their possession had done so and much more. They were free to live, not from despair but to live despite despair. As Ken had been doing just now. The past’s grasp on the city and those within or related to it had been loosened. It only was in memory that Ken could contemplate the reasons why people turned to coffins in the night.
For summoning an alien (nyx) to the face of the earth, Ken can’t help but wonder if the experience of the dark hour and apathy syndrome was an exercise of alienation in a literal sense. It would’ve made for a good sci-fi book plot, Ken thought. An eldritch like alien inducing apathy and indifference to humanity in an attempt to turn humans to aliens. It would be interesting if it weren’t depressingly real.
But if Gekkoukan was the source. The source of it all, where humans lost their humanity not in a moral sense, but in an existential sense, what did its reconstitution during the promised day mean for it? Ken wondered. Unfortunately, his thoughts were put to sleep. Fortunately, it was by pleasant surprise
“Hey Kat! Hey Kat!” It was Akira, running towards Ken.
“I thought I told you to not use that nickname around school.” Ken replied with a slight annoyance.
“Well, since you’re no longer a student from today on, I thought it would be ok.” Akira replies with slight solemn in his voice.
“Actually… I think you got a point.” Ken said as he reached out to Akira for a hug “I’m gonna miss you brother.”
“Yeah. So will I.” Akira stopped to open his bag. Bringing out two glass bottles. “Akira, you know we can’t drink until we’re 20 dude.” “It’s ginger ale.” “Fine by me.”
After a quick sip, Akira asked Ken. “So what are you doing for your last day in Iwatodai?” “Well… I’ve been thinking about my time here… I guess if I do it in Tokyo I’d feel sad instead.”
“Hmmm. Remember when we first met?” “Heh. Yeah, it was… I think two years ago when you were feeding the cats behind the building.” “Heh. Yeah… then we started hanging out together from then on.”
“To be honest. I think I like Kat.” “As a nickname?” “But more than that. I can see myself being called that over Ken here and there.”
The two remained smiling. Seemingly for its own sake.
“I guess… we’re sort of having your graduation and birthday party early here.” Akira suggests “yeah…. Cheers!”
It simply was too idyllic. Both Akira and Ken couldn’t help but remain quiet together. Surrounded by the now late afternoon to early evening sun. But more and more, the two exchanged memories that they’d shared together.
“Hey. How are you going to get to Tokyo anyway?” “Well..”
“I got a motorcycle. But I can’t use it without letting the others know I’m leaving.” “They don’t know?” “Why do you think you, Mrs Fushimi, and Nishiwaki are the only ones who know what I’m up to?”
“Right now I’m thinking I’d have to take a different motorcycle instead.” “Is your mom a Motorhead?”
Ken was surprised. But got back his composure. “Yeah. She… isn’t my mom though. She inherited a lot of vehicles from her old man though. I think there’s a Harley Davidson even somewhere in that garage.”
“What’s a Harley Davidson?” “Don’t know. She keeps it in the part of the garage I’m not supposed to be in. Which tells me she won’t be expecting me to take it for a spin.”
“Hmm. I guess we’ll be having your birthday party here and now rather than on Tuesday.”
“Oh… sorry Akira.” Ken replies “I need to pack up for tomorrow and get ready for the… I think it will be a six hour ride to Tokyo.”
“Right.” Akira replies with a bit of solemn in his voice. “I guess I can give you something before you head off. Come by my house tomorrow morning early?” “Sure. If all goes to plan.” Ken and Akira hug eachother. They felt as if it was the last hug they’ll share in a while.
“See you tomorrow morning.”
End track
Kirijo residence
Ken sat in her room. Now empty entirely, all the boxes were now presumably en route to the penthouse in Tokyo.
His motorcycle suit was folded neatly on his desk. The new one that was also tried along with his SEES gear. Ready to be tried tomorrow. Sumire and Kikuno’s work will be put to the test in a six hour motorcycle ride to Tokyo.
Ken’s phone then rang.
Fuuka
Fuuka: I got your room ready here for tomorrow Ken
Ken: and I got my affairs in order
Fuuka: good, I’ll let everyone know you’re coming over tomorrow
Fuuka: One question though
Fuuka: Would you like me to tell Shinji as well?
Ken:No
Ken: I’ll talk to him myself
Ken: I think he’ll rightfully
Ken: agonize about me heading over between the time you tell him and me getting there
Ken: best I come by and confront him myself
Fuuka: If you need anything else, just tell me alright?
Ken: gotcha, thanks for everything btw
Fuuka: It’s no problem : )
“Something the matter?” Ken quickly put their phone in his pocket. “No nothing!”
“May I come in?” Ken was scared. If this was who they thought it was, everything would be for nothing.
“S-Sure!” Ken shouts. Opening the door to their room, Ken was relieved to find that it wasn’t Mitsuru. But Kikuno. The house maid in the employ of the Kirijo residence
She came in holding a feather duster. Scouring the corners of Ken's room for dust. “You know, if you keep your room this clean, I might be out of a job!” Kikuno joked Ken can’t help but laugh as well
Kikuno, while laughing however, noticed the neatened motorcycle suit, folded on Ken's desk and slowly stopped laughing. Ken, having noticed, also stopped. Was the plan compromised?”
“Hey Ken, would you like to hang out for the evening?” “But won’t you be busy Kikuno?” “I’ll be busier at your birthday, so now’s a better time.” Ken nodded. So far Kikuno maintained her usual attitude and mood, similar to Labrys. Ken remembered how much Labrys made an impression on Kikuno, and how much they seemed to be in each other’s company. Some joked they were even an item.
“Alright.”
The front porch
Now playing: The AI and its heart
Ken and Kikuno sat together on the front porch of the Kirijo estate. Sharing sodas together. However, when the front door was closed and it was deemed no one else was in earshot. Kikuno got down to the point.
“You’re going away aren't you?” “What?” “I can tell. Your room has been feeling bigger. There’s only one way that happens, when someone’s making their room empty to go.”
“Well…”. “Don’t worry. I won’t tell a soul. You have my word.” “Why are you doing this Kikuno?”
“Because I care for the people I take care of… ever since the others took off, I’ve noticed you’ve been feeling a bit more down than usual.” “Really.” Ken says with slight toughness in his voice “I’ve been feeling it too.” “Huh?”
“With Yukari and Labrys gone I’ve been feeling quite lonely here too.” Ken listens attentively “I miss Labrys being around. She was such a great friend back when we first found her during the Inaba incident, remember?” “Yeah.” Ken replies. He however couldn’t help but ask something
“You know. Some people here joked that… you and Labrys were a thing. Do you…” “We would be. If I wasn’t cowardly enough to ask. I was hoping she would ask me first instead. She was always so much more courageous than I ever was.” Kikuno’s voice rings with sentimentality.
“Ken. If you are leaving tomorrow morning. Promise me one thing and I’ll cover for you.” “What is it, Kikuno?” Kikuno takes a folded letter from her pocket. “This is for Labrys. Give it to her when you get to Tokyo, and I’ll unlock the garage for you tonight after Master Kirijo clocks in for the night.” “Deal.”
“Thank you so much Ken.” Kikuno’s smile radiates, infecting Ken’s expression too. “No problem Kikuno. Thanks for not ratting me out.” “It’s nothing. I hold and keep the best interests of those I care for.”
The two sit quietly together, drinking their Sodas.
“I was surprised Mitsuru didn’t send you with the others.” “Really?” “I thought that she would’ve sent you first actually.” “Why?” “I have to regularly read correspondence between those in the government concerned with our activities. They’re least concerned about you. They think you’re too busy with school to do anything shadow operatives related.”
“Really?” “Yes. You’re the least important on their priority list. They’re more concerned about Mitsuru and Akihiko. So if I’m guessing why Mitsuru kept you here, it would be because she’s of high priority and is concerned that the heat will be on you as well.”
“Hmmf.” Ken replies only with a noise. “But so far. They haven’t mentioned you even once on their correspondence. You’re practically under the radar like Labrys was.” “So I won’t be raising any eyebrows?” “If you move discreetly, yes. Which is why you’d be better off taking a motorcycle rather than public transport.”
“Hmmm.” “Have you decided which bike you would take?” “My bike… Mitsuru would notice it’s gone fast. And I’m sorry but I don’t think you can cover that well when one of the bikes closest to the driveway happens to be missing.” Kikuno nods
“I think I gotta grab something she wouldn’t expect.” “How about the liberator?” “What?”
End track
The garage
“Now. Mitsuru wouldn’t want you here. This part of the garage was dedicated to her father. But I’m entrusted to clean it and keep it spotless.” Ken nodded
They both entered an enclosed part of the garage. Ken noted the space as hollow. Almost sacred, at the very least it looked like it had the upkeep of a museum.
Now playing: Light after Darkness, by Scott Tobin
“Mitsuru’s old man… from what I gathered was an American in all purposes.” “I thought he lived here. In Japan.” Ken replied as they both walked the exhibit
“He studied business in the United States, along with engineering. At the time, the Kirijo group didn’t exist, it was instead Kirijo industries, and they jumped on the vehicle industry. Mitsuru’s dad was sent to study how to make them and how to produce them on a mass scale.”
“What did they do before? I'd imagine-“. “I’m not sure. That I would ask Mitsuru.”
“Though from what I heard however, he didn’t learn much of business and instead was more interested in motorcycles.” A picture of Takeharu Kirijo was displayed on a large picture frame at the back of the enclosed space. It showed a younger Takeharu, not in a suit but in a leather jacket, smiling, seemingly with American friends and some girls. They seemed to be enjoying themselves.
“From what I heard though, he spent his holidays touring America, on a second hand Harley Davidson Liberator he bought from a GI somewhere near Sacramento.” Kikuno tapped the hood of said workhorse.
“Wow.” Ken reacted with admiration. He liked the sound of it, the liberator. “He made a lot of friends across the sea. But soon enough the family called him back to Japan. Someone had to take over the business.”
“Is there a way… to get this on the road again?” “Keys are in the brown holster there.” “What’s that for?” “A gun. This model was made for the Second World War for dispatch riders. That’s meant to fit a Tommy gun there, you probably won’t need it though.” Ken looked into the inside of the large brown holster which was kept on by a strap. Inside were the keys to the liberator.
“Your bag is small enough to fit in the satchel at the back. Actually, hold on a moment .” Kikuno left the exhibit, leaving Ken to admire the construction of the liberator. It had the effect on him of looking at the bones of an ancient dinosaur. One that could still bite and roar.
Kikuno returned “Mitsuru mentioned once that there was a letter she had been meaning to send to Shinji. I don’t think it’ll be too much of a burden for you to deliver that too right?” “Not at all.”
Ken sat back and remembered what he was supposed to bring. Apart from his papers, his passport, his wallet and other essentials regarding his legal existence, there was nothing else essential he needed to bring. He could get food at gas stations if he needed, And money was not going to be an issue.
“Oh! There’s a remote which opens this part of the garage to the outside. I’ll leave it here tomorrow for you when you go.”
“Thanks Kiki.” “Anything for you. Right now, Mitsuru should be getting ready for bed and to get up at seven to show up at the office at eight. If you can get up at six, I’ll keep the garage unlocked and you can go. Just don’t look back ok?”
“Ok.” Ken still remained stunned. He couldn’t believe that Kikuno was helping him somehow. Regardless if it was against Mitsuru’s wishes, he’d thought that Kikuno would’ve preferred him to stay at Iwatodai.
“Right. If so, I’m going to bed.” “I’ll be right here when the time comes. Just don’t oversleep Ken.” Kikuno states with a slight stern undertone. “I won’t Kikuno,” Ken replies with a smile, wandering back to his room. Leaving Kikuno to herself.
“Man. Labrys would be all over this old thing.” Kikuno couldn’t help but admire the Liberator too. And feel a slight tinge of gratefulness, for whoever entrusted the elder Kirijo with this workhorse, so it could be here to bring Ken to where she really needed to be.
Notes:
Out of Tartarus, To Tokyo.
-Yeah, Chihirox Yuko is a thing thanks to a piece of art by Mazeofmydesign
https://www.tumblr.com/maze-of-my-design/766881394549981184/persona-3-gang-what-do-we-think-of-the?source=share-Akira is a brother to Ken
-Kikuno's got a crush on Labrys
-Takeharu Kirijo had a life before the events of persona 3, and I intend to make it interesting.
Chapter 60: Year of Jubilee
Summary:
Hit the road Ken.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 60 working title:
Jubilee
23rd of June, Monday
Early morning
The Kirijo estate
Vrrrrmmmm-
A more silent alarm. It was time.
There could be no room for hesitation. Was the mood of the early morning
As they slipped into their motorbike suit, they packed their small satchel of essentials. The letters to their friends, money, identification and whatever else they felt necessary for the trip.
She then made her way downstairs. True to her word, Kikuno had left the door to the garage open. Ken quickly moved over to the Liberator. A remote was placed on the table next to it. Along with a small plastic box and thermos
Ken took a look at the objects, they weren’t there when he was here last night. A note was placed underneath the remote. It must’ve been Kikuno’s. Mitsuru’s cursive was more elegant. This one was more functional at best.
“Red button opens the secret exit. Good luck Ken.”
Post Scriptum- your favorite coffee and sandwiches.
Ken couldn’t help but smile. She loaded the coffee and Kaya sandwiches into the satchel and then got ready to leave.
Pressing the button, part of the wall started to extend towards Ken, only to then stop. It then gave way. Separating in the middle in order to reveal a secret exit. Mitsuru must’ve built this with the consideration that these vehicles in the restricted sector of the garage would see use again. Likely by her, Ken thought.
It was then that Ken turned on the ignition and took the liberator outside towards the outside world.
Ken was led on a small road leading towards the roads behind the estate. But before he had the chance to roam free, Kikuno stood outside, with a smile, but also some information to impart. She waved towards Ken to signal him to
“Morning Ken. Before you leave, a few things.”
“You’ll need to make three refueling stops with the bike, maybe even a fourth. But either way, prepare to make more stops just to stretch your legs and maybe get something to eat.”
“Understood, thanks Kikuno.”
“Also, and this goes without saying. Stay safe. This would be the worst way for you to be caught by Mitsuru.”
“Of course.” Ken replied with a quiet laugh
“Otherwise, I’ll hear from Fuuka that you got to them safely in six hours.” “Hey, Kikuno?”
Ken stepped off the motorbike, Kikuno’s expression changed. She wondered why Ken stepped off. It was only when Ken had his arms extended out that Kikuno knew the reason why.
“Everything’s possible because of you. Thank you.” The two shared a hug. Ken then put on his Shadow Operatives issued motorcycle helmet, and got back on the bike. As Ken drove away, Kikuno could only wave goodbye with a sentimental smile.
However, Ken had another promise to fulfill. But that required him to for now, postpone his odyssey for a brief moment.
Somewhere near the outskirts of Iwatodai…
Akira Kurusu stood outside his house. He was in his Gekkoukan uniform and had been ready for the day. He had been standing by his front porch, trying to wake up his senses. It took the help instead of a foreign sound. A sputtering engine, which was slowly getting louder and closer.
Akira looked to the side, he saw a singular headlight approaching him as if it were a bright eye in the dark. As it got closer, its body was made apparent. It was Ken and his workhorse of American steel.
“Skipping school eh?” Akira joked, “Nice ride you got there Ken!”
Ken could only look at Akira, knowing he couldn’t see his face through the screen of the motorbike helmet, he shot him a thumbs up instead.
Akira walked towards Ken, carrying a small plastic bag. “Here, I spent last night making this for you, knowing your birthday was soon.” Ken could immediately tell from the smell. The best chocolate chip cookies he had ever had. The smell made him almost shed a tear since he knew it may be the last time he would have Akira’s cookies again.
“Mom and Dad helped. They wish you good luck.”
Ken reached out to Akira like he did with Kikuno. A farewell hug. He was going to miss Akira, they still had eachother’s numbers, but it wasn’t going to be the same.
“Gonna miss you dude.” Ken remarked. Akira couldn’t help but stare at the visor, as if he were staring through its reflective glass. “You’re my brother.”
“I know.” Ken said, almost as if they were reassuring themselves. And after putting the cookies in the satchel. Ken got themselves back on The Liberator, and made east. Into the sunrise.
Now playing: Bad Voodoo, by the Kreeps
07:53
140km
Leaving the confines of Iwatodai, Ken couldn’t help but feel as if the entire trip itself was absurd.
None of this had been planned from the start, riding into the sunrise wasn’t the intended outcome, but it sure was what he was doing now.
A warm and burning sun seemed to be their only companion as Ken continued through the Kansai. Past Kyoto.
They and the sun were both moving in the same direction, Ken noticed as the sun seemingly followed them. As they drove through the largely forest terrain of the Kansai, the sun slowly began to rise above the trees into the sky above.
They followed the path which Kotone and Aigis along with Fuuka and Koromaru took to drive to Tokyo. The Tomei expressway that led from Nagoya to Tokyo. Keeping an eye out for the E1, Ken couldn’t help but be reminded of a project he had to do for geography.
It involved a presentation regarding the history of the Japanese freeways. Which Ken remembered was an eyesore for the entire class. Especially with public transport making private transport of any kind an unnecessary expense.
As the sun rose higher, more vehicles were congregating on the road. Trucks especially, Ken noted. She thought about the world. Behind her was a world she had only known from pictures, maps and videos. Before that, it was only so small.
Ken never aspired to see the world. They thought they would die on the city that they were born in. They would never get to see any of this.
Mitsuru used to talk about the virtue of travel. She likened it to leaving a cave, having only seen the world from the shadows borne from light outside. Ken remembered the talk from when she was greeting goodbye to the investigation team. Who were to be deployed overseas, to maintain vigilance over the collective unconscious on other continents and places. The idea was that while the investigation team went east to chase the rising sun to the states and then across the Atlantic to Europe, the shadow operatives would remain in the proverbial dark. As the sun set on them.
Ken was really feeling the metaphor coming to life now. He would’ve really appreciated the company of the investigation team. Especially now with what was going on in Tokyo and as well as the thought of similar cognitive spaces or incidents happening elsewhere around the world was a terrifying thought.
Whatever. They couldn’t think about it now. They needed to find a gas station soon to leave the Kansai prefecture for Aichi prefecture. Tartarus was far behind them, literally and figuratively.
09:37
336km
Nagoya brought a change of geography, as Ken watched while eating a sandwich. They sat on a bench watching the south.
The deep blue of the sea occupied Ken’s eyes. Seagulls and boats filled the great sea. Bigger container ships came in and out of Nagoya port. Ken watched as the cargo of the trucks he drove next to were unloaded in the ports, to be loaded on the ships.
As her motorcycle was being fueled, Ken couldn’t help but wonder if she could bring the rest of the shadow operatives on a trip like this, instead of heading to Mitsuru’s island. After this was all over, they could come back the next year to Iwatodai to visit Minato.
The ships sailed towards the sky. They sailed towards the horizon where it looked like the sea had touched the sky. And likewise, vessels seemed to appear from the reflection of the sunlight, as if it had birthed them. Bringing them back to port.
Shinji. Ken hadn’t really given much thought to him. For the most part he had only remained astounded about his apparent resurrection. The baggage, everything else. It had been unpacked by Ken throughout seven years, but the contents of such baggage had not been examined or contemplated fully. Ken didn’t feel as if he had been in a place to do so.
But now was a better time to do so he guessed. Ken hadn’t been able to come to terms on whether to forgive or to not. Or to even consider it in such terms. For now his mind remained blank.
“Hey, thanks for waiting, your tank’s full now.” A gas station attendant told Ken. “By the way, nice ride.”
The gas station attendant smiled as he walked back towards the building, leaving Ken alone with the Liberator. Nagoya was nice to them. They wondered how Fuji would treat them before Tokyo did.
Track end
10:48
476km
Standing outside another gas station, Ken stood with his phone looking at the great mountain while standing around in the confines of Fuji (the town). Its white peak could be seen from the gas station where Ken was standing.
It was now that Ken dug into the cookies, they managed to stay warm during the trip somehow. The chocolate chips melted in their mouth. Akira’s baking never disappointed, Ken thought.
There was one point Shinji had going for him. And that was his cooking, a collective sentiment of former SEES shadow operatives was how much they missed Shinji’s cooking.
Now that Ken thought about it, it had to be a byproduct of his manslaughter of his mom. He remembered Akihiko told him that Shinji took jobs to sustain himself while on the streets.
That life, alone and dispossessed. Ken now realised that there wasn’t much difference between that life and her life after her mom was killed. The orphanage was just as lonely and almost desolate as the streets.
There was no empathy, as much as there was now a muted ambivalence. As much as the open wound was now closed, the scar did not fade away with time or patience, but there was an understanding that the mark of Cain upon Shinji’s brow wasn’t going away either.
Ken can find no further answers to his questions. Anything beyond here was to be speculation. Getting through the Kanagawa was the final step to Tokyo. He would need his full focus to push through all the traffic.
Ken’s phone then rang.
Fuuka
Fuuka: Are you arriving soon?
Ken: At Mount Fuji, I continue on, I'll soon end up at Tokyo.
Fuuka: Also, your stuff had just arrived
Ken: that fast??? Damn.
Fuuka: we’ll sort out your stuff from ours then we’ll get ready to greet you here
Fuuka: Koro says hi!
Fuuka: Koropup.png
Ken: I miss him, tell him I’m bringing him for a walk as soon as I get there
Fuuka: sure, also when you get here, take the fire stairs up.
Ken could only rush to his bike. He was so close.
Some hours later…
After school
Leblanc attic
Now playing: Madagascar, by LAKE
While Ken was beginning to enter the territory encompassing the urban sprawl and expense of Tokyo, the Kelly Gang were gathered in their hideout. They were sprawled around Shinji’s room, while discussing the current circumstances of the ongoing investigation.
“So that’s twenty terms…” Kasumi commented in disappointment”. “No dice.” Haru added.
“Doesn’t help that we don’t got a read of our man…” Shinji commented, lying on his bed.
The gang were in various states of either strain from the heat or from trying to guess the distortions. Yusuke and Haru were able to stave off the heat, they were sitting on the couch next to eachother. Kasumi, Ann and Ryuji however, were instead sprawled on the floor. Taking their chances with the wooden floor as an insulator against the heat, along with being sat next to Shinji’s fan.
Shinji however remained unaffected. In a tank top, he seemed unbothered, perhaps some might say he was thriving. Indeed, he couldn’t help but enjoy the change from three months ago, terminally cold to a pleasant radiating heat. Sweating was now a good thing to him, when he had not appreciated its statement that his body was, for the moment, healthy.
“Hmmmm. I could ask Gunkle, see if he knows this Kaneshiro fellow. Give a few clues to his nature.” Shinji suggested.
“Well. That’s a good idea, but if he doesn’t have anything we can work on we’re back to square one.” Ann frustratingly deposits while sipping from a large iced tea can.
“Hmmm.” Ryuji laid down staring at the ceiling. He laid down while an iced can beverage was placed upon his head. “Gaaah!!! I can’t think! It’s too god damn hot!”
Yusuke couldn’t help but translate the sight on paper. “Hold still can you?” “What! No, my head’s gonna become numb at this rate!”
As the two argued, Kasumi then tried to change the direction of the discussion. “Well, we know… some things. He’s a gangster, he smuggles drugs, and he uses students.”
“And previously, he wasn’t operating in Shibuya until recently.” Haru added. “Well, we only heard of him just now. Maybe he’s new to the scene?”
“We wouldn’t know that Kaz.” Shinji replies. Kasumi sighs “well. What do we know about gangsters then?”
Shinji sat up. Almost to attention. This was something he would know. “Would it surprise you if…”
“If what?” Haru asked, looking at Shinji with slight concern “if I told you I knew first hand how they behave?” “Are you serious?” Ann asked, now sat up to attention. Accidentally spilling a little of her Arizona on the wooden floor boards.
“Well… unless contested by others, these people operate without borders. They’re borderless, they find space which accommodates their activities.” Shinji explains. “Shinji, how do you know that?” Yusuke asks
“Hmmm. Back where I used to live, Iwatodai, there was a mental health crisis which wrecked town. Combine drugs and alcohol with misery and economic recession and you get misery for everyone. During that time, the… I’m going to use the word enterprising.”
“Enterprising people would find abandoned buildings or factories or office buildings for their nightclubs, gambling dens, opium dens, underground bars… so on and so forth.” Shinji said while looking outside his window.
Everyone remained quiet, listening attentively to Shinji. Shinji himself took his own time. He carefully considered what he could say, what he couldn’t, and how to twist them in a way which made sense while protecting his history. “When it got worse throughout the year, more of the city… for the lack of a better comparison, became Gotham. Except there was no Batman or Robin to stop them. Only the southern edge with the port you could say was clean. But you get the picture.”
“Hmm.” Haru acknowledged Shinji’s input. Everyone else remained quiet. Thinking.
“Well surely it could not have been that bad.” Yusuke replied “well don’t be too optimistic. You’ll be disappointed.” Shinji replied
“I’m with Yusuke for this one.” Ryuji replied “yeah.” Kasumi added “Surely the yakuza don’t have ALL, of Shibuya in their pocket!”
DISTORTION FOUND!!!
Everybody’s phone vibrated. Everybody who had the metaverse navigator had their worst assumptions confirmed.
“Hijo de p-“ Kasumi was in disbelief, so was Yusuke, but at Kasumi.
“Was that Anita speaking, or you Kaz?” “What?”
Shinji and Haru could only look at each other in shock and in contemplation. They considered that they would get the other cognitive distortions needed to enter Kaneshiro’s palace, but they did not expect it to come through this.
End Track
Afternoon
517km
Kirijo Penthouse
“This has gotta be it.” Ken thought. They’d parked The Liberator in the parking lot designated for motorbikes. Indeed, several other standard issue shadow operative bikes were also parked there.
Ken felt like she had driven until she’d reached the end of the world. Or at the very least the end of the world she had known for most of her previously short life. Driving alone and not speaking for six hours made Ken feel more like an alien than people back at Iwatodai who looked at her weirdly.
Ascending upwards, Ken could slowly and steadily see the skyscrapers and expense of Tokyo, but from a higher plain. Ken had never been in a building this tall before. It had only occurred to him as he kept on ascending upwards to the penthouse.
Finally, they had made it. Standing. By the door, Ken slowly opened the door to reveal… nothing.
The unit was empty, all lights were out and the curtains closed. Ken thought that her friends must’ve been out.
Surprise!!!!
Now playing: Home, from persona 5 strikers
And then there was light, out of every nook, cranny, and hiding spot came out Ken’s friends. “Holy shit guys!”
“Wassup dude!” Labrys came rushing towards Ken, the sound of loud clamping of labry’s boots followed by a tight hug, was followed by everybody else joining in. Former SEES were feeling slightly more whole again, with their youngest in their retinue again.
Though it wasn't everybody, as Ken quickly shrugged everyone off to look for someone who they really missed.
RUFF!!!
“Koro!” Ken got to his knees, as Koro jumped into his grasps. A quiet moment was had, as Koromaru in Ken’s old orange jacket from so many years ago, further nuzzled himself into the motorcycle suit Ken wore.
It was a moment that was sweet, but appeared to former members of SEES, as a time capsule. A bottle full of time, from days long gone had been opened.
However, for those not in the loop. They shuffled out of the room to the kitchen, Labrys and Chidori went to the kitchen. Leaving former SEES together.
“Your arrival here was unexpected, how did you change Mitsuru’s mind so you could be here?” Yukari asked, “I didn’t.”
“Awesome!” Junpei shouted “NOT awesome Stupei!” Yukari replied. “To be honest, it took some encouragement.”
“What do you mean?” Kotone asked “Kikuno told me that public security has been putting all the eyes on Mitsuru and Akihiko, but not me.”
Then, out from the kitchen, came Labrys wearing a party cone hat. “DID SOMEONE SAY KIKI???”
“Uh… Yes actually.” Ken replies walking to Labrys. “In fact, she wanted you to have this.” Ken walked to Labrys, handing her the letter which Kikuno had. Labrys looked at the envelope with an ever widening grin, aigis swore that the silver shadow suppression unit was slowly turning red.
“What’s with the hat Labrys?” At that moment, Maruki, also wearing a birthday cone hat, came out with a round orange cake which he baked himself. “I heard it was someone’s birthday!”
The shadow operatives all shuffled to the dining table. They pull out a table chair and sit Ken down.
They surround him with loving faces. Aigis pops off the tip of one of her fingers to reveal a flame. She lights the two candles, the numbers one and eight.
Although a moment of celebration, Ken can’t help but be introspective. It was hard to take the plunge to “be in the moment”. As some may say.
Memories were coming back to Ken.
Now playing:Bug like an Angel, by Mitski
A memory of a happier day, like this one.
24th of June, 2007
A smaller and younger Ken walks back home. His mother, a busy single woman who works at the local animal clinic.
Ken understands that what she does is important. Just not that it’s important to her, or why it’s important to her. He would only do so in the future. But for now he walks back home to the small two bedroom apartment they live in.
He gets back to his unit, he takes the key from under the rug and opens the door. He enters, puts his school stuff next to a bean bag and settles down on it. He hopes to have some time to rest, maybe watch some Featherman. Then work on his homework.
It was then that his plans were changed by a surprise. “HAPPY BIRTHDAY KEN!!!”
Ken is taken by surprise, as his mom suddenly appears, from where he came from with two boxes.
“But-But how!? Aren’t you supposed to be at work?”
“That's the surprise, my boss gave me the day off so I could be with you for your birthday!” Ken stood up, running to his mom to hug her.
A minute later
“This is for you sweetheart!” Ken’s mom hands Ken a box. “Open it!” Ken’s mom exclaims. Ken does, he takes the top off to reveal an orange hoodie, it was his size. It came with a smell and a physical feeling of touch which Ken couldn’t help but his nine year old self to.
It was then that Ken’s mom came from the kitchen with two plates, each with a slice of chocolate cake. She saw Ken already wearing the jacket. “You like it?”
“Yes!” Ken’s mom placed the slices of cake on the coffee table, in front of the TV. A singular candle with the number nine was on Ken's slice. Now alight with a flame.
“When you’re ready Ken.” She said, turning on the TV. It was a fully complete and detailed surprise on Ken’s mother’s part. She had the day off to spend with her kid. Watching featherman with him while eating chocolate cake under the summer sun through their window.
Fwooosh.
Memory end
The present
“Yeah!!!” A crowd of applause was completed once Ken had blown out the candles on her cake.
“So, you’re now a big guy now uh? How do you feel!” Junpei asks Ken.
“Awesome…. To be frank, I didn’t think I’d get this far. So yeah, I’m feeling great.”
Everyone became silent. But remained quite happy, because the composition and delivery of Ken’s sentiment was something that was normal to them rather than abnormal. It had been a truth which banded them all together, all living and those no longer. Nothing was granted and everything could be taken away. They need not be reminded constantly, for it was a constant of their lives.
“Well, I’m glad you’re here with us.” Aigis adds.
Notes:
Start of act 3
Chapter 61: Wayfaring Stranger
Summary:
I'm going there... to see my savior
I'm going there... no more to roam.
I'm only going... over Jordan.
I'm only going... over home.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
23rd of June, Monday
The same day
The swimming pool
Now playing:Afternoon break, reloaded
After the birthday celebration, the shadow operatives decided to take the opportunity to hit the swimming pool. An energy was present, dispelling the natural and inevitable entropy of exhaustion, which would be spent in the pool.
Ken however did not take part, he instead took the afternoon to take Koromaru out for a walk, given his set of keys to his room and the penthouse, he had walked around the area near the Kirijo property, took in the surroundings, he returned to Fuuka, with a few questions.
“You know, you could find your swimming clothes upstairs and still join us.” Fuuka raised “nah, I think I wanna spend the day with Koro here.” ROUFF !
“I got a question.” “Yeah?” “Isn’t my birthday tomorrow?” “It is…” Fuuka replied
“But you got school tomorrow. Tommorow, you’re going go to Shujin, and get yourself settled in.
“Oh… alright. Theres another thing I gotta ask.” “Mhm?”
“Will Shinji be there?” “Yes. He’s enrolled at Shujin, he’s a third year so you may be in the same class even.” Fuuka took a concerned look at Ken from her chair.
“Are you going to be ok?” “What… with Shinji there?” Fuuka nodded her head. “Yeah. I need to see him.”
“I gotta work out… stuff, and I feel I can only do that if I speak to him directly.” Ken replied with an expression Fuuka tried to read.
It was of slight discomfort, but seemingly managed. An expression of perhaps confusion, but maybe embraced or to be resolved by some sort of action. Her eyes narrowed while her cheeks were lifted closer to them, as if Ken was thinking.
He was certainly being honest about his feelings. Fuuka couldn’t sense any hidden intent or anything suggesting Ken wanting to confront Shinji like the last time. Disarmingly honest intent.
“Ok. But if you need help of any kind, you can always come to us.” Fuuka replied. “Thanks.”
“Oh, check your room can you?” Fuuka asked while Ken walked towards the pool exit. He acknowledged her with a thumbs up while walking off
Later
Ken’s room
Ken, accompanied by Koromaru, took out their keys, they opened the door with the keys Fuuka gave them.
Revealing the interior, Ken turned on the lights. Boxes were stacked orderly around the closet, however a smaller box was laid on the desk instead.
Moving towards it, Ken thought it was one of his own. However he opened it to reveal something he did not pack from Iwatodai.
It was a school uniform. Tartan pants… polo? He already missed Gekkoukan’s uniform. He knew he was one who stuck to the dress code back in primary school, but secondary school gave him the space to bend the code to his liking. Pencil eyeliner… Chidori could help him like last time.
It was a start, but they can do better. It was then that knock-knock-knock!
“Come in!” The door opened, on the otherside was Kotone, Fuuka, Chidori, but also Yukari. The four seemed to exude with joy. “Do you need me for something?”
“Yukari’s here with a birthday present for you.” Yukari presented a narrow box to Ken “I found this at Kichijoji and thought it suited you!” Yukari said with glee. It was then that another box was handed to Ken by both Fuuka and Chidori. “We took the time to knit this in our spare time.” “We hope you like it!”
After opening the first box, Ken could only reply with. “You just solved all my problems, actually.
24th of June, Tuesday
Early morning
Leblanc
“Hey there little guy.” Shinji stood outside Leblanc, petting Morgana before getting ready to get to school.
Yesterday’s gang meeting was a step in the right direction. Somehow brute-forcing the keywords worked, however, the gang remained one keyword short of access to Kaneshiro’s palace.
Hopefully today, with the help of the shadow operatives they could get lucky, but knowing that, they would probably have to return to Shinjuku or Shibuya. Their lead was running low on thread.
He really did not want to have to make the other gang members risk their head out. At best it should be only he and Haru being in places where their team mates would simply get into trouble instead of finding it.
But for now, he had to go to school.
Ginza line
Shinji stood waiting for the train. He’d spent time last night doing the cleaning and catering for a while until Leblanc closed. He didn’t mind the work, but he really hoped that there was a seat available for some shuteye.
“Morning Shinji.” Haru appeared from the crowd of commuters. “Morning…” “Slept well?”
“No, not really.” Shinji replied. The train arrives, the doors open. Both Shinji and Haru enter, managing to find seats.
“Wake me up when we’re there alright. Thanks.” Haru nodded affirmingly before Shinji lowered the front of his beanie over his head. She took out her own book, and red.
Meanwhile, standing by were students, in the new summer uniform, almost all were conformed to the standard dress code, however, one remained sat otherwise.
They sat legs crossed, while keeping their bag slung, they watched Shinji and Haru through a pair of orange tinted eyeglasses. Tied on their waist was an orange flannel jacket. They observed the two Kelly Gang members throughout the duration of their trip.
A bit later
Shujin academy class 3F
Arriving at class, Shinji and Haru took their seats while everyone else stood up, talking, waiting for the start of classes. There wasn’t much worth to do, other than to sit around and wait.
Shinji had been sitting next to Haru, who was still invested in the book she was reading. Then that feeling came.
“Hey, I’m going to the bathroom, anything happens you tell me after class ok?”
As Shinji opened the door to leave, another student came in. With flannel tied on their waist and with glasses hung on their collar, Shinji wouldn’t hear the increased whispering and murmurs about the new “transfer student”.
This left Haru, who still hadn’t noticed who was now in front on her left until class started.
“Alright, settle down. Today at history we’re going over where we were last time with the rise of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania”
Instead of taking notes on how the union of Lublin in 1569 by the marriage of Jadgiwa and Jogaila created the largest state in Europe at the time, Haru was instead distracted by her phone. As someone from the gang was in pursuit of a distraction in class.
K .G
Uhlan:Still nothing on the final keyword??
CarmenSandiego: Ryuji were in class
Taras: afraid not. And yes, Ryuji do not distract yourself in class.
Gaucho: I think it’s gotta be something about money
Queen: Just focus in class guys.
Shinji got back to his seat. “Anything I missed?” He whispered “No. not much.”
“Right, can anyone answer this, in what year does the personal union between Lithuania and Poland happen?”
The teacher points to the kid in front of Shinji.
“Uh…. I’m sorry I’m the new transfer student, it’s my first day here.”
“What? Why didn’t you say so?”
All that was gotten from him was a shrug.
“You don’t even have your textbooks do you… right. You!”
The teacher pointed to Shinji, who was sat behind the new transfer student.
“, can you bring our transfer student to the library and admin, make sure he has what he needs, better now then later right?”
Shinji got out of his seat. He wouldn’t mind getting out of class just to walk. “Alright, you’re with me new kid.”
A bit later
The library
Both Shinji and the new “transfer student” were stood outside the library counter, waiting for the textbooks.
“Was this a surprise thing or something?” “Huh?” “When I transferred here, I had time to get the shit I needed. You however got here before any of that.” “Right, uh…. Yeah, it was a sudden move. I’m still not sure why though…”
“Here’s your textbooks!” “Thanks.”
“Right. Do you got your student ID at least?” “No.” “Well. We’re going to admin then.”
The two moved upstairs, Shinji offered to carry some of the transfer student’s books but was refused. However, as Shinji took better looks at the transfer student, he couldn’t help but think that he was significant in some way. He stood out in a way to Shinji that was needed his attention. He just wasn’t sure what.
“Right we’re here. If possible look for a teacher in there in a yellow sweater. She’ll help you.” “Thanks.”
The transfer student went inside, Shinji stayed outside instead, waiting.
Admin office
“Hello, how can I help you?”
“Sorry, but I’m a transfer student, today’s my first day.”
“Oh. We’ve been expecting you, you from Gekkoukan?”
“Yeah. I just got here yesterday.” The transfer student replied, Kawakami opened a drawer in her desk, shuffling through its contents until she found it.
“Here’s your student ID Ken Amada.” Kawakami replies as she hands the card over to Ken. “Thanks.”
As Ken then left the admin and was about to leave the office, a voice called out to them, it was from a different teacher. Someone he did not know.
“You better comply to the dress standard Mr Amada. And make no trouble around here. Got it?”
Ken only nodded as they stepped out of the admin office, shutting the door behind them. Firmly shut, they took the time to tighten the orange flannel tied on their waist.
“Pay no mind to it.” “Huh?” “Dress Code is more of a suggestion depending on the teacher, Kawakami doesn’t mind.” Ken now noticed that in the pocket of the student sent to accompany him, was the brim of a beanie, its top shoved into his right pocket while the rest hung from its sides.
“I forgot to ask, what’s your name?” Ken asked. “Shinji. Shinjiro Aragaki. Now come on, we need to get back to class.”
The transfer student widened their eyes a little, but maintained their composure. Following Shinji back to class, the transfer student now walked back with some more confidence.
And so went the rest of the day.
End track
Haru’s garden
“No, you’re not going Kaz.” “But we can’t have you shoulder all the risk Shinji!”
“It’s settled. We’re going to either do it ourselves, or with the shadow operatives for this particular keyword.” “At least let us help!”
The lead had thoroughly lost all its thread. Instead of looking through new possible keywords, any energy was instead used to argue over new leads, and how to find them. Fundamentally though, it instead became an argument around whether it was better to only have the first and second among the gang (Shinji and Haru) shoulder all the risk, or have the second years also shoulder the burden.
The price was clear, there was not only a discussion of the distribution of possible harm among the gang, but also among that principle, the sense of moral and personal responsibility that their leader and his second had over those following them.
They were aware of the responsibility on them, the example they set, but they weren’t sure if when they leaped that ledge that they wouldn’t be falling into the abyss.
“If you’re not gonna let us help you, we’re… we’re just gonna help you anyway!” “That ain’t happening Ryuji.”
“At least have this conversation with Yusuke, Shinji.” “Well Ann, I’m pretty sure he would agree with me and Haru here!”
They continued on, it was going to get nasty and it would’ve until someone interrupted by entering the rooftop and announcing their presence.
“Not right now Miss President there’s important sh-!”
Everybody turned around and stopped.
“Hey.” “Isn’t that the new transfer student?” Asked Ann
But they paid her no mind. Instead the transfer student was fully focused on the first among them. They then walked towards Shinji.
Shinji a long look at the transfer student as they slowly walked towards him. They were almost equivalent in height, with Shinji being taller thanks to his shoes and stature.
“What are you doing kid. Mmmfhh!”
“What the???” “What the??!"
The Kelly gang surrounded the transfer student watching in shock, as the transfer student went and held their leader in a hug. And was not replying to any appeal for them to back off.
Shinji himself however, had been stopped cold. He still couldn’t put it, but this kid was someone very, very important to him. He just couldn’t put a finger on who it was.
“Don’t you remember me?” The transfer student asked
His head still free to move, he shot Haru a face of subdued shock. He wasn’t himself. Not his usual self anyway. A shot of horror almost compelled Haru to act, to do something, but instead what happened was that Shinji gave the head motion for Haru to leave the premises. This was personal.
“Come on guys, leave the two of them alone. I think this personal to Shinji.” Despite the earlier arguing, Haru still held enough command over the gang, and they all slowly shuffled away from the roof, worry was on their faces as they left Shinji alone with the transfer student.
“It’s me. Ken.”
Shinji’s expression remained unchanged from the shock and confusion from earlier. However behind it was a deep anguish slowly rising, he couldn’t find words. At all.
It felt like a phantom pain, not in the sense of a missing limb, but instead of a pain suffered some time ago. Which had been brought back to Shinji in a horribly alive way.
He could still faintly feel those two bullets digging themselves into his body. As he shielded Ken. It all came back to him, not through recollection but in pain. A visceral retracing of every single excruciating detail of his supposed final moments.
But as he looked down at the supposedly 11 year old kid who’s life he had ruined only two years ago, he only saw an older kid, grown up. Matching his age he now deduced. Tall, stronger, unafraid of him. It was an experience that was by all definitions, impossible.
He was so close to crying. But he didn’t. Instead, he shriveled up, Shinji’s legs stopped working. He instead was kneeling in front of Ken, who also lowered themself to meet his stature.
He took a look at Ken, the expression was similar in that it held the anxiety which followed uncertainty, maybe he also was at a loss of words.
Ken brought Shinji up, helping him towards a steel chair. But as he helped Shinji forward, Ken got to touch Shinji’s arm. It wasn’t cold. It wasn’t cold as it was when he slowly expired in front of him that cold night seven years ago.
They both then settled down. Looking at eachother, struggling to find words within themselves to speak to eachother. By all rights, the past ought to offer and instruct on what was to happen next. But in a cruel way, either couldn’t find a way to simply talk to one another about… what???
It took a moment of gathering courage silently, by both Ken and Shinji. Soon enough, with a few false starts, Shinji only uttered sounds which were almost like a vehicle engine sputtering into life. Only for him to finally speak.
“W-wh-w-why are you here.” Shinji asked Ken in a soft tone. A contrast from his bold and solid tone he always communicated.
“I-I… I’m not sure.” Ken replied, in a tighter and higher pitched voice. They seemed to be choking behind tears. “That’s why I’m here.”
“Hmmm.” Shinji let out a small noise. “You could’ve stayed out of this. Let the other shadow operatives handle what’s going on here.”
“I know. I-I could’ve.” Ken replied. “But-“
“I can’t explain it.” Ken said with a lower tone. “When I heard from Fuuka that you were alive again… I had to come. I can’t explain it.”
Shinji took a deep breath. And regained some of his bold demeanor. “Right.”
Both sat together, looking into nothing for a while.
“Do you…” “What?” “Do you still hate me.” Shinji asked with a flat tone. He was prepared for any answer.
“I… am not sure about that either. Seven years and I never really made my mind.” “I guess that’s why I’m here.”
“Ok.” Shinji let out with a sigh. He was still feeling mentally exhausted from the shock. “Are you ok?”
Shinji sighed. “Yup.” His body said otherwise. “C'mon. We should get you back to HQ, you must be hungry.” “No. We’re going somewhere else. You want answers do you?”
“Ok, but where?” “Well… did the others told you I live above a coffee shop?” Shinji smiled at Ken weakly.
Late afternoon
Leblanc
Ken settled into a chair at the counter. As Shinji poured out a coffee for him. “The owner does this better then me, if you want good coffee you come when he’s working.”
“Thanks Shinji.” As he took a sip, Ken then continued on from their failure to talk earlier. “I think… if we want to get our heads straight on this… we gotta…”
“Talk. We missed a lot.” “Yeah. Now that I’m thinking about it, we only knew each other for about two months.”
“You did. I knew you longer because…” Shinji didn’t speak anymore. But Ken understood.
“Right. I guess. I oughta start after 2010.”
“After we took down the dark hour… we all had to take time to… get over what had happened. But we were able to get back together
“I managed to… I guess, grow up. Akihiko was there to help. So was Yukari, Chihiro and the others. I… had a pretty normal life afterwards. As normal as you could get after what happened.”
Shinji nodded. That was something that Ken certainly deserved and needed after the hell he put him through.
“At some point though. I couldn’t stop thinking about you.”
“What do you mean?”
“I couldn’t stop asking questions about you. Like I said, I’d only known you for two months, and well. When I moved on from my mom’s death, I had to think about whether I could forgive you or not.”
“Mhm.” “It wasn’t that I was still angry at you. But I-…. You could say it was complicated. But I… if it makes sense, lost any reason to… be angry about you, and mom.”
“What does that mean?” “I can’t blame you. It was Castor which killed mom, not you. But… what stopped me from moving on and forgiving you… was that I think you’d think otherwise.”
“Well….” Shinji took the time to think of his answer “I still feel responsible. For what happened to your mom.” Shinji said with a solid affirmation in his tone.
“That’s the thing. I didn’t really… got to know you. I couldn’t tell myself that… you were deserving of it for saving me, or that it wasn’t your fault in the first place. Because I felt that you wouldn’t even agree with me in the slightest about that.”
“You’re right.” “I guess… I’m here to find out about that. To make my peace. Because I can’t find a good enough answer for myself.”
“Neither can I.” “Well. I guess that makes both of us.” Both Shinji and Ken took sips from their coffee. Sitting in silence.
“Hey Ken?” “Yeah?” “May I ask something?” “Yup.”
“Are you going to be fine?” Ken stopped. And thought about how to answer. “I think so.”
“Ok… are you going to be fine around me. Since we’re now going to be in the same class. And since you’re here with the shadow operatives, you’re going to be working with me. And my friends.”
“I think so too.” Ken took a quick sip before asking a question “are those your friends? Are they persona users as well?” “Mhm.” “I think I’ll like to get to know them.” “Alright. Come by the roof tomorrow by lunch.”
As soon as Ken continued to drink his coffee, the front door opened, behind a backdrop of sunlight was Sojiro, holding both a plastic bag and a cat in hand.
“Afternoon Shinji!” “Yo. Why’d you bring Morgana in?” “Morgana was asking for something to eat. So I’m gonna go and make something for him.” Morgana was left by the welcome mat next to the door before sojiro went over to the counter, passing by Ken.
“A new customer, haven’t seen you before. Hey Shinji, is this one of your old friends?” “Yeah.”
Ken was only able to further appreciate his coffee now that the main drama was over. This place was good. The beans on display, the apparatus next to the counter, the shelves in the back containing more types and brands of beans then he could dream off.
However, the coffee Shinji served him. It felt familiar. Ken was going to go on a limb here.
“Excuse me sir, but is this Honduran SHG?” Ken asked the shopkeeper. Sojiro stopped, took a small spoon and took a spoonful. He tasted it.
“Close. This is Kenya AA. Quality beans with moderate acidity. A fuller aroma. Honduran strictly high grown is grown at a similar altitude, but is fruitier, richer, but softer in acidity.”
“Sorry kid, but my co-worker here is still learning the ropes. Though… it seems you know a thing or two about coffee.”
“Yeah! I like learning a lot about the coffee I drink, I even roast and grind my own coffee for myself!”
Sojiro, who had a small bowl at hand with cat food in it whispered to Shinji’s ear. “I'm liking this kid already. Maybe I should give him a job as well.” Shinji could only smile.
Sojiro went over to Morgana, making sure he had his dinner. While he knelt over, admiring Morgana, Ken turned to Shinji. “That’s a nice cat, how did you find him?”
“We found him prowling around here. Sometimes we feed him. Haru named him Morgana at some point.” “Who’s Haru?” “One of my friends.”
“Right. Is there anything I need to know?” “What?” “Anything extra.” “Hmm.”
“I go by he, her and they pronouns.” “Got it.”
Both Shinji and Ken were sat together, admiring Sojiro playing with Morgana further. However, Shinji’s admiration was then cut short.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Judgement Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
Shinji sat… slightly uneasy. But at a slight modicum of what one could call peace. His past was following him, something he thought wasn’t in the cards with this second chance the old man had given him. But so far, nothing seemed to foreshadow anything befalling him. So far. He thought as he watched with Ken, Morgana being the recipient of a thorough head rub by Sojiro.
Notes:
It was a bit hard to write and gauge how both Ken and Shinji would feel at this moment. The closest word to describe it at this point would be ambivalence. Trying to assert a more conclusive sentiment such as anger, forgiveness, such felt forced to me.
This hopefully explains the note Ken and Shinjiro start on.
Merry Christmas, and have a happy new year.
Chapter Text
24th of June
Evening, Leblanc
A group call
K.G, Group call in progress…
“So that is who the new individual who moved in was…”
“Yeah Yusuke. That’s Ken.
“So, Shinji… are we still going to do it alone?”
“For now. I’m however reconsidering our policy.”
“Hey Shinji?”
“Yes Ann?”
“Next time you see Ken, tell them that I love how they look and that they. look. Amazing!
“Tell them yourself if you see them at school tomorrow.”
“It’s been a bit since we hung around the Shadow ops. Any update on the psycho who nearly killed us?”
“No. Though I will ask the next time I see them.”
“Man. This feels like one of those press conferences dude.”
“Yeah. Thankfully, nobody else is watching.”
“Otherwise, everybody maintain some semblance of discipline while me and Haru think of something we can work on… that maybe includes the rest of you.”
“Good night everybody!”
End call
About the same time…
Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: Hey Lover, by the daughters of Eve
Sitting on the balcony. Labrys sat together with Kotone. One was ecstatic, the other encouraging. They were soon joined by Ken on the rooftop.
“I told you she was into you!” “But I didn’t know! Don’t rag me on this! I thought it was a joke!” “Well, I can’t help but think you’re a rather dumb lesbo you fool!”
Ken had entered the balcony without any prior knowledge or context to what was going on. “What’s happening guys?”
“Kat!” Kotone shouted “Labrys is a stupid lesbo fool!” Kotone shouted in jest. “I thought you were the S.L.F. Kotone.” Ken replied.
Kotone was then found on the floor, laughing her guts out. This left her chair vacant, and Ken took it to hear Labrys out.
“I was rereading Kiki’s letter to me. Then the SFL down on the floor got a glimpse of it and now she isn’t letting me live it down.” Labrys said in histeric frustration. “Can I read it?”
“As long as you don’t make fun of Kiki you rascal!” Labrys shouts “Ok, ok I won't.”
To Labrys.
Remember the first time we met? It was when you accidentally ran out of fuel in your jetpack axe while you were midair. I was then tasked with fixing your chassis for the rest of the day.
I thought that it was to be routine, like Aigis. But no, you were instead so funny, rowdy and kind that I was immediately captured by you. In spite of your legs being inoperable and unusable, you tolerated me when I was repairing them.
I cherished our friendship, but I couldn’t help but find myself feeling as if it was something beyond what one may consider the conventional bounds of platonic friendship.
Soon enough, I could not contain myself. I found myself writing letters, poems, songs and laments throughout the next four years as an outlet. I wanted more, but I was struck with the fear of selfishness, and the prospect of losing our existing friendship to an aire of awkwardness.
Soon then it extended to only our closest associates, Aigis, Chidori, Yukari, and master Kirijo. They all knew. But I still couldn’t find the courage despite their encouragement. Their saving grace was that they told me to wait for my moment.
My moment was now. I consider it cowardly however. I only found myself courageous in proclaiming my genuine feelings on paper and at a distance of 600 kilometers away from you, instead of in person. But my responsibilities keep me here, and so do yours over there. I ask this regardless.
When we next time find ourselves in person and close proximity, would you like to be a pair? Would you like to consider “us”? I already know my answer, I just deem myself too cowardly of a curr to put the money where my mouth is.
I await your answer. I await your answer to the courage I had found in me, and transcribed on here.
-Your ever faithful and most obedient servant, Kiki.
POST.SCRIPTUM- If you are to send a reply, please refer to the cipher which was found in Master Kirijo’s/Sanada’s letter to Shinjiro. Security, anonymity and privacy are rapidly becoming of importance.
Ken sat speechless. This was as expressive as he had ever seen Kikuno. She really had transcribed every ounce of expression, feeling, passion, and articulation to the paper. He had known Kikuno since 2011. This was to be likened to a solar eclipse.
“Hey Kat?” Labrys asked. “Yeah?”
“I really wanna tell her yes, but I gotta go and use that cipher. I don’t wanna read Shinji’s letter though. Is it possible you can pass the letter tomorrow to him at school so I can write a reply asap?” Labrys asked, almost looking like a puppy.
“Sure. I’ll have Shinji share the cipher with you. Promise.”
Labrys went and hugged Ken like an animal. “THANKYOUTHANKYOUTHANKYOU!!!”
End track
25th of June, Wednesday
Shujin Academy
Lunchtime
All together on a table at the canteen, the Kelly gang sat eating their packed lunches. Together, with their varying degrees of violation of the dress code, they all seemed like aliens. Or strangers on an alien planet, surrounded by “peers” in their usual Shujin summer uniform.
“Hey… Does everybody feel like they’re being watched?” Ryuji asked, digging into some noodles. “You don’t feel that, every day?” Ann asked in a sarcastic and dry tone, while biting into an onion ring.
“Yeah, even as the resident delinquent?” Kasumi replied, then biting into a large rice ball. “Well.” Ryuji said after slurping his noodles. “I just don’t really care much.”
“There is a point where paying no mind comes with benefits.” Haru replied, taking a sip from her tea. “Well, I think its got something to do with all of us sitting here on the same table together. Like we’ve been collecting all the troublemakers into a small space right here.” Shinjiro remarked as he ate a spoonful of curry
Through one of Shinji’s rhetorical remarks, the gang started to think that he was onto something. As if they were all on the margins of some sort of truth about their place in the place they happened to find themselves in. Alone, each of them could be easily ignored. Or imagined out of existence, as if they were some undesirable bug, perhaps studied with a morbid fascination akin to fauna, but far from any notions of subjecthood, they were rather objects to study. A Körper, rather than a Lieb.
Now however, as they all sat together, a significance was brought to them. Their presence could not be ignored or treated as some collection of freaks of nature, or aliens from the conditions which brought forth the existence of said observers. Their presence for better or for worse melded the space around them. A significance was established by simply being present.
“Why are we here anyway?” Ryuji asks. “We’re waiting for Ken.” Shinji replied.
As if his words had willed it, Ken appeared from the hallways. Surprisingly, they had at their side, Shiho too. They treaded towards the corner table where Shinji and the gang were sitting.
“Afternoon guys.” Ken remarked. “Hey Ann! Hey you guys!” Shiho exclaims with joy in her voice. She walks over to Ann to give her a hug, and takes her seat next to Ann.
“Wow. Second day and you already made a friend.” Shinji remarked to Ken, now sitting next to him. “I was asking around where to find you guys.” Ken replied “I thought it would be good to help the new transfer student, didn’t know they knew you guys!”
“Hey Ken.” “Yeah?” “The boss wanted you to have this.” Shinji took out a thermos and handed it to Ken. Ken opened the thermos to reveal that its contents were coffee. “Actual Honduran SHG. He made it for you. Says you can come whenever you like.” “Alright then.” Ken replied, before they took a sip from it. “Mhhmm!”
Man. It’s almost the whole gang here. If only Yusuke was here. Shinji thought, but as if he had manifested misfortune, someone unwanted arrived.
The student council president came the way that Ken and Shiho entered, seemingly roaming them with purpose. She approached the table of misfits and dress code violators, intending to remind them of their apparent breach of the consequences of non-adherence.
“What are you all doing?” the S.C.P asked with a slight confrontational tone. “Uh.. What do you think?” Shinji asked, feigning innocence.
“You can’t keep violating the dress code. Why are you putting yourselves on the hook here???” S.C.P asks. “Why do you keep groveling to the school administration after Kamoshida?” Ann shoots back, with a quarter of American Venom in her system.
“Becaus-” “Doesn’t matter, what are you a robot? Come back when you’re human ok?” Kasumi matches Ann on how confrontational she sounds. “You really should back off now, Makoto.” Haru is the first to acknowledge the S.C.P with her name, however in an ice cold tone. As if it was a final warning.
Makoto, seeking someone she thinks more reasonable, addresses Ken. “Sorry Ken. You can’t have that flannel tied on your waist.”
“I’m sorry student council president,” Ken replies with a firm voice. “But… from what I’ve heard from my… new acquaintance here.” Ken gestures to Shiho. “You helped to leave her to suffer in silence, along with others too. For several months.”
Makoto remained silent, her face of deterministic indifference started to crack under the Eastwood-like word composition by Ken. “See no evil, hear no evil, do no evil huh? Well, where I am from student council presidents gave a damn. And have a stronger backbone than you seem to have.”
The canteen remained too noisy for any bystanders to really listen. However, the sight of the student council president breaking in front of the delinquents and their new transfer student adoptee was a sight for the sore of eyes. Ken, in clear dissent, took her pair of orange tinted round lens glasses and put them on. “You can do better than that, come on. There’s a more urgent need on your end, come back at least pretending to have some moral standards.”
“This flannel lasts longer than any moral ground you could stand on.”
In an embarrassed flight, the S.C.P took flight.
In a moment of silence, everyone processed the articulateness of the transfer student from Gekkoukan. Only for Ryuji to disturb the peace. “Damn. I’ve never seen anyone send the student council president packing like that.”
“Like I said.” Ken continued. “Back at Gekkoukan, we have ‘student council president’ as a role. But it seemed that we were able to hold them to higher standards than… what you guys are forced to have.” “What do you mean?” Ann asked
“Uh… back years ago, we had a similar incident like what you guys had with Kamoshida. It was a teacher, and he was touching some of the students.” An aire of concern overcame the group, including Shinji. “However, it was the student council president at that time, who managed to get them dismissed from their position, so he wouldn’t be screwing anybody over for the rest of that year, and from then on.”
“Really?” “Well… It also helped that the student council president that year was Mitsuru Kirijo.” “WHAT?!” “I’m not kidding with you…” “It’s Haru.” “Haru. I know her. She’s into motorbikes like I am.” “Well. Damn.” Shiho exclaimed.
“Wait.. Ken? Do you perhaps… happen to be a-” Ken looked at Shiho with a vigilant and serious gaze which told her to mind her words due to their current setting. Ken however, nodded. “He’s one of us.” Ryuji explains.
“Back to it. She set a precedent. Sort of. There was a responsibility to be had as the president of the student council. It was separate from the school admin and wasn’t subordinate to them. Instead, it was a way to protect students from nonsense like that from the teaching admin.”
Everyone continued listening. “It also was a place to enable cool stuff that wouldn’t exist. Uh.. we had a robotics club the year after that I heard, along with other cool stuff. The student council could make things happen if either nonsense or something arbitrary from the teaching staff was happening.” “Sounds like Gekkoukan is a good place to study.” Haru replied “It is. I’ll talk more about it… When I finish this coffee.”
“Before that though. You said you needed us for something.” Ken put down the thermos and then faced Shinjiro. “Right. I was supposed to pass you something. It’ll need to be someplace private though.” “Ok.”
The Kelly Gang and company enjoyed their lunch in peace from then on.
A bit later
Haru’s garden
Haru and Shinjiro sat together while Ken sat instead opposite. She sat there to bring a message from Shinji’s old friends.
“The shadow operatives wanna know how the investigation has gone, how’s progress?” “Well. We’re pretty close in spite of how far we seem looking at it. But I think it would be better to explain it in person rather than over a message of sorts.”
“How do you feel about coming today?” Ken asked “would be nice to see your old friends. We could get Maruki to make dinner for you all if you come.” “Uh, sure.”
“Awesome, see you back home Shinjiro!” Ken exclaimed as they walked down the stairwell back to Shujin.
“Oh! Yeah, this is for you!” Ken did a double take, walking back to Shinjiro, and passed him a brown envelope. “Read this in your own time can you?” Shinji nodded yes.
End Track
Shadow Operatives HQ
Early Evening
A vacant meeting hall
Sitting alone, Shinji took the time to rehearse what he knew regarding the current investigation. The Kelly Gang had scooped up two essential pieces of information, sure. But the third, the form that the palace would take was still missing. Their first lead? Exhausted. New leads require digging, but where?
The others were biding their time, the briefing would take place only in a few minutes, and everyone else was out taking a final toilet break before what could be a long briefing.
On the table was the brown envelope, now’s a better time to read that isn’t it? Nobody else was here, so while he still had time, Shinji opened the envelope.
As he opened the letter though and started to read the writing on the first page, it was clear who was its writer.There was nobody else that Shinji knew could ever write cursive that well, at least that he knew anyway.
Now playing:Noon, by Scott Tobin, from formerly Post Scriptum, now Squad 44
Dear Shinjiro.
I struggle to find the words to speak to you. Akihiko did as well when I wrote his share of this correspondence on this paper. It couldn’t be helped; many thoughts, feelings, and emotions, both implicit and explicit that were previously thought resolved were now brought back to light. This isn’t, however, your fault, as you told us back months ago. This was instead our work and something we needed to resolve in the following month.
But otherwise, I will allow myself to depart some of that here, while Aki will instead further below brief you on important information that you had missed after your “passing”.
When I first heard that you were alive, we took the time before some of our members left for Tokyo to find your old possessions. I had them kept in a cellar in the estate, where we keep the wine. As I was storing all your possessions in a locked box, I noticed however that one piece remained missing. Your pocket watch.
It brought back memories of you, when we formed SEES almost ten years ago. I was reminded of a lot more of what we did before that. From bringing you and Aki to vacations on the island, watching the Pokémon show when we were younger, so on and so forth.
We had by most standards, a rather conventional childhood, at least until we became sixteen, and it was then taken from us. And furthermore, with new information regarding the dark hour and its conception has been uncovered pertaining to the Kirijo name. I am to believe that if things were different we would have all been able to fulfill our promise without needing to spend our last years of school in that tower.
That was another thought, our promise to all graduate together. We made that promise in the backdrop of Miki’s passing. We (Aki and I) exchanged our thoughts about it, and we came to the conclusion that it was not broken, but rather unfulfilled. This led to our one request to you
We heard that you are enrolled in Shujin academy, despite this being a foil for your presence in Tokyo, please make it out of the year alive. If you can do so, our promise is fulfilled, and we could perhaps meet in person too after your graduation. You now could have what was denied to you, but if you make it so.
By the nature of our organization, some members are more or less likely to have government surveillance upon them, myself and Aki are the highest priority according to PubSec. We intend to join the rest of you in Tokyo, however needless to say it is hard. We are shackled to the ground we live on, Aki wasn’t able to adapt sufficiently to the cold up on Hokkaido. But its intended effect was had, we are separated and unable to commit to any action beyond our strict roles and positions. Regardless, we will work something out.
Hello Shinji.
We were misled to believe that the destruction of all the full moon shadows would result in the end of the dark hour. Ikutski had lied to us, and as a result, we had been misled into triggering a series of events called the fall. A total end of humanity’s will to live. This was marked by the presence of Ryoji. An amalgam of shadows which took a human form with human conscious. He was our friend until December of that year. When he revealed himself to be the “Appraiser of Nyx”. Nyx being the moon was to be pulled towards the surface of the earth and towards Tartarus. This would then cause the fall.
We were given a choice, kill him and we could forget the fall would happen, and live the rest of the time in peace, or square ourselves against a god which had been staring at us in the face for almost the duration of our entire lives. The decision was left to Minato and Kotone, the fact I am writing this letter is proof of what choice they made, and we were firmly behind them.
This led to the promised day on the 31st of January, 2010. That day, we climbed up Tartarus to be faced not only by Nyx, but by what was left of STREGA as well (STREGA at this point only had Takaya and Jin, Chidori managed to leave STREGA through a series of events which Junpei and Chidori can tell you if you ask.)
We couldn’t find their bodies, there wasn’t enough time to confirm. We can only presume they are dead at this point.
As for Nyx, it took everything out of us. But by the end, it took a miracle from Minato to prevent the fall. We would only find out later through another series of events why it had to come at the cost of his life.
Tartarus also was the border between another deity, that being Erebus. Below the tower itself, was a place where all of the meanness, maliciousness, and toxic emotions of humanity had manifested into a two-headed beast. It could not be defeated. Neither could Nyx. Therefore, there was nothing stopping Nyx from merging with Erebus and bringing the fall, therefore a seal, or a wall needed to be made to stop them from meeting. Therefore, Minato sacrificed himself to become the seal.
Our continued existence in this world is thanks to him. And I guess yours is as well Shinji.
I can’t describe how much I’d rather be in Tokyo, apart from it being warmer, it worries me how I can’t be there in case anything happens to anybody. This includes your new friends too. Those kids should be able to enjoy their last few years of school in peace, instead of being roped into risking life and limb like we did when we were younger.
Because of that, both Mitsuru and I can only hope that we can get to Tokyo to be together with everybody, as fast as possible. As it is a significant source of anxiety needing to worry about everybody while being unable to do anything about it.
Take care of them, Shinji.
Akihiko.
P.S in the case that a reply or further correspondence is to be sent which means sending letters out of Tokyo , please reference the arcana cipher in the next page.
The foolish cipher
Fool/1,A
Magician/2,B
High Priestess/3,C
Empress/4,D
Emperor/5,E
Hierophant/6,F
Lovers/7,G
Chariot/8,H
Strength/9,I
Hermit/10,J
Fortune/11,K
Justice/12,L
Hanged man/13,M
Death/14,N
Temperance/15,O
Devil/16,P
Tower/17,Q
Star/18,R
Moon/19,S
Sun/20,T
Judgement/21,U
World/22,P
Cups/23,W
Wanda/24,X
Swords/25,Y
Pentacle/26,Z
Track end
Shinji put down the letter. Shuffling in his seat, he reclined and looked at a spot at the ceiling. Only to exhale an exasperated sigh. He sat and thought about Minato. He was a good kid. But he’d never thought he would be willing to go that far to protect everybody. It was a damn shame he needed to do it.
The doors to the meeting hall then opened. Two figures entered, Labrys and Koromaru. They were faced with a zoned-out Shinjiro, still staring at the ceiling. With a rather lifeless expression, in front of the opened letter envelope.
“Hey Shinji? You ok?” Shinji, though not acknowledging Labrys through any body behavior, instead replied verbally. “Yes Labrys.” Labrys saw Shinji took a breath and sat back up in his chair. “You need anything? How’s the others doing now?”
“Well, the others are having tea downstairs, thanks to Maruki and Fuuka, we’re waiting on you actually. “Well uh. What are they waiting for?” Labrys didn’t respond out of a lack of a good answer.
“I’ll wait here-” “Actually, we’re holding the meeting downstairs at the dining table, Fuuka and Maruki are making dinner for us all and they need to listen as well. “Alright… nobody told me this.” “check your messages?”
Shinji facepalmed, and sighed. Moving towards the man, Koromaru came to lick Shinji’s face, either out of consolation, or to rub it in further.
“Alright boy. Let’s get downstairs with the others.”
A bit later
“Where is he???” Haru asked. “He definitely did not read your text messages Haru.” Junpei commented.
“Dinner’s ready! Make way!”
Out of the kitchen, came Fuuka and Maruki and Aigis, carrying dishes from the kitchen. Pasta, soup, chicken, and freshly baked bread.
“Wow! How did you make all of this?” Ann asked Fuuka. “We make a fair amount of food, mostly for the people who need to patrol in Mementos. Fuuka then exclaimed to Kotone and Aigis, who had done the most recent patrol. “How was that pasta and bread?!” “Really good!” Kotone replies.
“While Maruki learnt how to cook, I learnt that I was better at baking instead. So I make bread here and there.” As Ann smelled and admired the food further, Shinji finally showed. “Alright, sorry for keeping you all waiting. Let’s start.”
“Right, as you know. Right about when we bagged Madarame, a rise of extortion and scam related crimes which suggest an organised and coordinated sort. We were led to believe that it likely is a criminal organisation of sorts, mafia or Yakuza of some sort.
“What did the kids get themselves into…” Maruki whispered to Fuuka quietly. “We managed to dig something up thanks to our moderator of the Kelly Country site. They were able to find us our initial lead, which was an investigative journalist who is investigating the current events.
“That’s when we got a name. Junya Kaneshiro.” “That’s keyword one.”
“Then, by complete coincidence and dumb luck, we got a second keyword, the location.”
“What is it, Shinji?” Fuuka asked. “It’s all of Shibuya.” As Shinji announced on what scale Kaneshiro’s palace was, Fuuka and Maruki’s expressions both transformed into mixtures of shock and horror. “H-How?? This would be bigger than Tartarus by surface area then?” Fuuka whispered into Maruki’s ear.
“And that’s… our investigation so far. We got two keywords out of three but we’re one short of getting access to Kaneshiro’s palace. The rest of the briefing is now for discussing how to find new leads.”
Discussion rolled around the table. On how to proceed, the scale of the palace they were to infiltrate next. It was then that Ken stood up with their idea.
“Yes Ken?” “You said they were targeting students right?” “Yes.” “Well, why can’t we find students in Shujin who could be working for or were scammed?” Ann stopped Ken. “That’s going to be hard Ken, we’re sort of persona non grata at Shujin, not many people want to talk to us anyway.”
“Well… I can maybe ask them. I’m new here.” “Well, yeah you can try, but don’t be disappointed if nothing pops up.”
Discussion continues until Haru remembers something. “I may… have something of interest.” “Go ahead Haru.”
“When we went to Harajuku to investigate the initial lead, I saw someone from school over there. It was the student council president.” Now it was the Kelly Gang’s turn to be shocked. As their most recent impression of her did not cast an image which had her in the red light.
“Haru, are you sure you saw her?” Kasumi exclaimed “E-even then, why would she be in the red light district?!” Ann followed, shocked.
Further soft discussion occurred. This further showed and frustrated Shinji with how little they knew about their target. Only for Fuuka to raise her voice, lending it to the discussion. “We are in a point where we need information, any which can help us identify the final lead. Since its the form the palace will take, lets try to be as broad as possible. Being specific won’t be as helpful as… trying to grasp the form of one’s own palace is mostly contextual.”
Maruki continued “If Kamoshida’s palace was a castle because he fully bought into a cognition of being the king of one’s own castle, and Madarame being a museum owner thanks to the cognition of being a maestro and artist, we need to find out the character of Kaneshiro’s… for the lack of a better word deeds to see if it betrays a cognition of sorts.”
Fuuka continued from Maruki. “Kaneshiro’s doing this for money. There’s no other way of seeing it, the problem is how does he see it? That’s what we’re trying to find out.”
“In that case… any information regarding the character and structure of the extortion could be helpful in visualising this… cognition?” “Yes, Kaneshiro’s cognition… it should have a hand in his general behavior, actions, and therefore his organisation of this… operation.” “Sounds reasonable. But I don’t wanna risk people going alone to Shibuya after school to get into trouble instead of digging up trouble.” Shinji raises.
“Well…” Kotone and Aigis raise a solution. “I propose that, we shadow operatives bring the second years around Shibuya while searching for actionable intelligence. ” Aigis suggested. “We can bring the second years around Shibuya and make sure nobody tries scamming the youngest of us.” Kotone suggests, followed by “Besides, who wants to object to spending time with us huh???”
“Hmmm.” “Any objections to spending time with your elders?” Shinji asked the Kelly Gang. None, in fact some look eager. “All right. As long as you all remain safe and sound I won’t have a problem with it.”
At this rate, it seemed that the briefing was over. The second years and the shadow operatives were mingling and figuring out where and when they wanted to spend time in the city together. This however left the third years, Haru, Shinji and Ken together, breaking bread.
“Well. What does that leave us to do.” “We won’t be needing adult supervision since we’re…uh… adults.” “Well.” Ken adds “I’m curious to see why miss student council president is out late at Shinjuku.” “Hmmm. Are you suggesting…” “Nah. She’s too chickenshit to try. Goody two shoes.” “Maybe its somehow related to Kaneshiro. But there’s only one way to find out.”
Shinjiro took a deep breath. “Ok. Let us three focus on Harajuku then. See if our council president is up to… something.”
“This bread is good.” “Yup.” “Fuuka how did you make this?!”
And everybody ate dinner that night.
After dinner
Now playing: Hey Lover, performed by the daughters of Eve
With sundown slowly dawning upon them, the Kelly Gang got ready to head home. As the crew gathered outside the penthouse on the ground floor, from the elevator, came running Labrys, who came shouting for Shinji. “Shinni! Hey Shinni!”
“Yeah?” “I need something from you, you got a letter from Ken right???” “Yup. What about it?” “Look, was there a weird kitbash of words, numbers and letters together???” “Yup. Just a sec.”
Shinji took the time to get out of his jacket pocket the brown envelope which he stored the letter in. Inside, he picked out the cipher. “Uh.. This one?” “Yeah, that's it!” Labrys’s eyes, normally red, suddenly turned blue, flashed, and a loud audible shutter sound was then heard. ‘What the hell was that?” “I got cameras in my eyes, don’t like to use ‘em a lot, make my eyes feel funny.” “Alright. What do you need that for anyway? Got someone back home you write to?” “Hmmmmm.” Labrys hummed, erred and mumbled to herself. “Yeah, so this is someone you may know…” Labrys slowly tries to articulate upon her affections towards Kikuno. “It’s fine. You can tell me another day.” “Oh! Yeah, I definitely will!”
Labrys skipped back to the lobby of the penthouse in a gayish fashion, leaving Shinji to smile while sundown started to shine.
Notes:
No, I don't hate Makoto. Yes, I do think she was in a position of power/influence to do something about the harm Kamoshida did. No, I don't think obeying in advance to the school faculty is a valid excuse.
P.S what would be more unnatural is Ann and Kasumi NOT lashing out.
Chapter 63: Patrol in the concrete Jungle
Summary:
Indian in origin, meaning wasteland. Used commonly to describe wooded areas or of the tropical variety, described as bush or forest in military circles.
Addendum: I realised the red light district ingame was Shinjuku, not Harajuku. My bad, completely missed it. Previous chapters using Harajuku will be edited to correct the mistake.
Chapter Text
26th of June, Thursday
After school
Shibuya, the arcade
Together huddled around an arcade cabinet, were as agreed the previous day, a mix of shadow operatives and Kelly gang. They were Ryuji, Chidori, Labrys, and Yusuke.
“So remind me Ryuji, why are we here?” Yusuke asked. “I don’t know. I haven’t thought of somewhere to well…Find out anything on Kaneshiro.”
“ Well… they did say that Kaneshiro was using students for his operation. Maybe we could find something here then.” Chidori raised
“Either Way, I don’t think we could find anything here. There’s too many people, hard to keep track of one person ‘ere.” Labrys replied.
Labrys kept an eye out on the arcade and its occupants. She had been to one before, the arcade at Paulownia mall, but that one was small compared to the ones at Tokyo. To think there were many others just like this one here, at Shibuya alone made her wonder if they’d really find anything.
Yusuke thought the same. Except he’d made people-watching as a frequent hobby. Looking at people, guessing or making up their habits, dispositions, so on and so forth. It was just that he only did it where there happened to be less people.
He looked outside the arcade to the stream of humanity now returning from work from the office or the black company. An about faced expression, or with a celly in front of their face. Hunched slightly, a directionless non individual. It looked like the cellies were taking away life from these people. Like a black hole or a parasitical entity, taking from their bodies in the service of entropy. Yusuke couldn’t help but be reflective. Looking at the cell phones seemingly trapping humanity in cellies, while he himself was just tapping an empty page of his sketchbook, fidgeting slightly.
“Whatcha looking at Yusuke?” Asked Chidori. “Humanity. I guess.” Yusuke said with a disaffected tone. “I used to do this a lot for inspiration. Now I feel rather strange doing this… I’m a stranger in a strange land.”
“Well, this is their normal day to day life. I don’t see much to judge about it. Except that they’re normal.” “Well, perhaps you and I, and by extension Shibuya has a different definition of normal.”
“What do you mean?” “Well. Let’s think about that word. Normal. I’d say that there are two different types of normal.” “Isn’t there only one definition of normal?” “Well, that definition is what everybody else is doing. Everybody else is doing what everybody else is doing and because of that… it’s… normal.”
“Meanwhile, there’s a second definition of normal, Normal is what we think we should be doing.” “So if I’m getting it right, their definition of normal is what everybody else is doing, while our definition of normal is what we think we should be doing.”
“Yes…” Yusuke replied “It’s why I used to attempt befriending the avian population for food.” “Really?” “They took bits of bread from me but gave nothing in return.” “Pfffffffff!”
Both Yusuke and Chidori were laughing maniacally. Their conversation over what “normal” is served as perfect background sound for Labrys, who needed a distraction from the loud buzzing and game sounds of the arcade. She had continued observing the people inside the arcade. But this time however by risking exposing her mechanical construction.
Labrys’s eyes turned blue, she had switched towards her reconnaissance lenses, she thought about putting shades on, to cover her now glowing blue eyes, but perhaps wearing shades in a dimly lit arcade was more conscious then having glowing eyes in an arcade who’s lighting is consistent flashing lights.
It was then that Labrys saw something which caught her eye. Standing near a bathroom was a slightly older man. In his early twenties. Slightly unkempt, clothes were loose and wrinkled. He wasn’t waiting by any of the arcade machines, nor did he seem like he was here at all to play any games. Instead he was seemingly waiting.
Labrys, thinking this could be something of interest, decided to observe closely. She tapped Yusuke on the shoulder. Quietly, he also noticed said man. They observed the man. Looking closer at his facial expression, he wasn’t simply lounging around. He was looking and waiting for someone.
Then, it happened, two high school aged kids, hiding their school uniform tees in hoodies, however with the bottoms sticking out like white on black. They approached the suspicious man, and exchanged some sort of talk. This wasn’t normal, Labrys thought. She took a photo with her eyes to record the unusual moment. Followed by rubbing her eyes to cope with the internal flash in her head.
It was then that the three entered the bathroom. Leaving Labrys and Yusuke to whisper to eachother, now with the addition of a now aware Chidori.
“Now what?” Chidori asked, “I guess we wait. See how long it takes.” Labrys replied. Yusuke however had a different idea. “How about I go in? I need to go to the bathroom anyway.”
Chidori protested. “What??” Only for Labrys to intercede “hang on ‘Dori, I think Yusuke’s got this.” Labrys glanced at Yusuke and nodded. Signalling for him to go for it.
Chidori and Labrys looked at Yusuke as he disappeared into the bathroom. Both Chidori and Labrys morbidly stared at the bathroom entrance, waiting. Soon enough, Ryuji had finished the game he was playing.
“Guys? Why’s Yusuke not here?” “Keep playing, something’s happening and we don’t need our cover disrupted.” Chidori said with silent exasperation. Labrys handed Ryuji some coins to continue.
This continued on for five minutes. As both Chidori and Labrys continued staring. Fidgeting. In those agonizing five minutes, Chidori could only take her sketchbook and pencil and stab an empty page with a pencil. While Labrys took out a small piece of gum. Ryuji wasn’t on edge like Chidori and Labrys were, but he started to get an idea as he heard the repeated stabbing.
Then, after what seemed like an eternity, the three men exited the bathroom, the students and the suspicious individual went their separate ways. A moment later, Yusuke exited the bathroom, not on edge, but relieved.
By that time again, Ryuji had finished his second game. “So?” Ryuji asked. “Well, I have relieved myself and have gained actionable intelligence.” He brought out his own sketchbook. He’d spent the time he’d presumably had in the stall at leisure, recording the contents of whatever those students had discussed with the suspicious individual.
“Well. I guess you have.” Chidori commented as she read a transcript of the conversation Yusuke managed to catch. “Well, I guess we’ve done our bit for today, time to go home?” Labrys suggests.
Track end
27th of June, Friday
Underground mall
Late afternoon
Now playing:Sun, reloaded, by Mosq, from the FEMC project
Out shopping, Ann, Yukari (in disguise), and Kasumi were together moving through the shops, comparing price, material, comfort, so on and so forth.
They were supposed to keep their eyes and ears out. To watch perhaps for something peculiar. But it was hard to simply be present. Rather, Yukari, Ann, and Kasumi took the time to look through summer clothes for Kasumi.
“I’m liking the sky blue polka dot.” Kasumi commented. “Oh! Try the light orange, or pink!” Ann replied, holding both. Yukari however stayed wary. She remained the only one looking out for anything outside the store, anything needing her attention.
5 minutes later
“Ooh! I’ve been looking for these!” Ann exclaimed. Now the three were at a cosmetic shop. The same which Ann brought Shinji to find his new hat. “Ever since I saw Kat’s cool glasses I wanted to get myself a pair!” Ann said giddily. She compared two pairs, two differing hues of red.
She took out her phone, handing Kasumi the other pair. Ann intended to take a selfie. As she opened her phone to take the photo, something had caught her eye.
As she and Kasumi got in frame, in the top right corner of the frame were two young girls. In school uniforms. They were talking to an older woman holding a currently lit cigarette.
“Hang on… stay in frame.” Yukari remarked. She noticed what was in the frame. And so did Kasumi and Ann, both wearing the tinted lens glasses.
“Do you think…” Kasumi asked. “Maybe.” Yukari remarked. “Matches what Chidori and Labrys told us yesterday.”
FLASH!
The two schoolgirls and older women looked towards the sudden flash, all they had instead seen was just two schoolgirls looking much like them, but taking a selfie with someone older.
They looked away and continued their business. “Did they catch us?” Ann whispered. “No. Our cover isn’t blown, we can continue.”
They continued watching. After some point, the older woman extinguished her cigarette. And reached into her handbag. She then took out two envelopes, of the kind that schools use to store permission slips. And all involved and concerned split ways.
Those concerned who remained were now left standing in the cosmetics shop. They quickly paid for their purchase and then left.
“What… do we make of this?” Asked Ann. “Well. It’s almost a copy of what the others saw yesterday.” Kasumi commented.
“I think it’s more than that.” Yukari commented. “We saw what they were doing, Yusuke didn’t, he was stuck in a bathroom stall.” Yukari comments.
“What could be in those envelopes?” Ann openly questioned. “Could be money. Those could pass as bank cheques or something.” Kasumi comments.
“Too bad we can’t follow them, they saw us earlier.” Kasumi comments. “Yeah, this isn’t like those movies where we could use a bug, or locate them through technology or something, right?”
“Yeah you’re right.” Yukari adds. “Shadow operatives don’t really invest heavily into that, our job is shadows, now people.”
“Cmon, how about we get something to drink, my treat.” Yukari comments.
Track end
28th of June. Saturday
Shinjuku station
Evening
Shinji stood at the station. He waited for his friends, Haru and Ken. As discussed earlier at school, and with the incorporation of new data and information from the previous two days of “patrolling the concrete jungle” as Labrys called it, the Kelly gang and shadow operatives were getting a skeleton of what kaneshiro’s activities and operations were starting to look like.
For now though, Shinji stood at the walls of the station closest to Harajuku. Waiting for his friends. The plan was that while Shinji went to his job at Crossroads with Lala, Haru and Ken would presumably find some place to sit and look around. Being the weekend, it was assumed that students were at more liberty if they were to engage in their illicit activities which could be related to Kaneshiro. And maybe, they’d find their student council president.
For now however, Shinji stood waiting. Next to a homeless man. Sitting on a piece of cardboard.
“Be careful out there…” “What?” “They look out for young people like you… they’ll offer jobs. Do not take them.” “Ok…” “I took one of those, look what happened.” The homeless individual slowly uttered. He reached under his own beanie to scratch his head.
Soon enough, Shinji’s phone started to ring, they were here, he had to go now.
“Word of advice.” “Yeah?” “If you look mean and mad enough. They won’t want to mess with you.” “Thanks.” Shinji replied.
Later…
Shinjuku
Now playing:Cupid, by Miki Matsubara
“Ok. If at anytime you just need a break, or anything goes wrong, get back to the crossroads. Got it?” Haru and Ken nodded.
The three parted ways. While Shinji disappeared into the crossroads, Haru and Ken strolled the streets of Shinjuku. Staying within the street where Crossroads was located, they both felt again, as their colleagues were. Strangers in a strange land.
Upon this alien feeling, both Haru and Ken sought distraction through conversation, with topics ranging from the contents of the last few day’s class, how well Ken was adjusting to Shujin, and so on.
“So Haru?” Ken asked. “How are we supposed to find miss student council president here?” “Well… I saw her last time around here… right by this… establishment.” It was a maid cafe.
“Now why would she be here?” “I don’t know Kat. Now that I’m thinking about it, maybe nobody knows.” The two continued strolling.
“What do you mean?” “Makoto Nijima… I don’t think she’s got any friends. She spends all her time either on her student council duties, or studying. It’s been like that since… about four to five years ago?”
“Sounds lonely.” “Must be.” Haru seemed to shrink a little. It was an all too familiar feeling which Haru’s body and senses couldn’t help but empathise with, even against her better judgement. Ken however, seemed to notice this.
“Hey… there’s a gardening shop right there, care for some window shopping for the garden?” Ken asked. Haru slightly peaked. “Sure, let’s take a look.”
Concurrently…
Crossroads
“Alright now that the regulars are gone, we have some time to go over some things you’ll need to know.”
Shinji stood next to Lala, listening attentively.
“Now. My expertise and craft is in mixology, and briefly here and there, I’ve dipped my toes into learning how to make my own beer. Still not perfected, but you’ll learn a bunch.”
“First, mixing the drinks takes some math. If you aren’t on point with that, now’s the time to let me know.” No response. “Good. We use the metric system here. We do things in millimeters, if recipes you find use ounces or the imperial system you must do some math to get it millimeters to do it right.”
“Mhm.” “Otherwise, if you really have worked at a restaurant before, you’ll know that recipes in execution itself can vary from establishment to establishment. Nine establishments could be following the same recipe, but you’ll get nine different variations, maybe even ten.
“ But all that means in the end is that we just have to make ours good.” “Now.” Lala then led Shinji towards the side of the bar counter where the magic begins. “Here’s all the tools of the trade.”
Back to Shinjuku…
“I should come back here at day Kat. That cheap soil would be good if I had something or someone to help me carry it all.” “I can help you with that.” Ken replied. “Really? Thanks.” “And garden too, back at Gekkoukan we all had a garden we would grow things in.” “Alright, it’s a deal then.”
“At least for now, these new tools and books would help.” Haru and Ken continued onto the street, they decided to head back to crossroads, leave their stuff inside before resuming their patrol.
“By the way, anything on the patrols in mementos?” “Well, we found a trail of sorts. Though it isn't very helpful.” “What is it?” “Cigarette butts. Even if we found the brand, it isn’t going to help us find the terrorist who nearly got you guys killed.” Ken was about to continue, until they realised that Haru had stopped listening, and instead had been fixated on something in front of them.
End track
Now playing: Roxanne, by the police
“Haru?” “Haru?” Haru could only nudge her head towards yet again, three figures. A man in a cheap suit, a younger girl on his shoulder, and a figure in a grey tracksuit. The hood over their head, but their red eyes barely visible.
They disappeared into the crowd. “That’s- that’s her Kat!” Haru grabbed Ken’s hand and started running. Both started moving fast towards the direction the figures went.
Although the crowd was only heading one way, it was as if the three figures were heading in the same direction of a fast current while Haru and Ken were fighting it, somehow. Continuing down the street, Haru who was in front while Ken struggled, could clearly see the three.
They continued, shoving, struggling and moving until they reached the end of the street, past the cinema and to a less congested road. Then, the older man and his girl then took a left, towards a small alleyway.
They saw Makoto, leaning by the wall, watching both of them enter. A red light shining from its interior, only for the door to then shut. She stood still, staring at the door. For a few seconds, all Haru and Ken were staring at was the back of Makoto’s head.
It was then, after what felt like an eternity, that she turned around. What was a face of unease and concern, suddenly turned to fright and horror. If Makoto was supposedly the hunter, stalking the hunted, she was now instead suddenly a dear, about to realise what the bright lights meant, in the middle of the red light district of Shinjuku.
It took only a moment for the quivering statue of Makoto Nijima, to silently leave. As fast as she left. Leaving Haru and Ken to attempt to figure out what to make of all this.
Back at the crossroads…
“Mmm.” “Not bad for your first try.” Lala remakes, after drinking Shinji’s first Mojito. “Thanks.”
“Still a bit off from what I serve to the customers, but a few more nights of work, and you’ll be making them to top standard!” “Thanks… hey, Lala?” “Yes Shinji?”
“I don’t gotta wear drag if I work here right?” “Nope. Now, scram. Get home before it is too late.” “Alright.”
DEVIL RANK UP!!!
Shinji, his work done, left through the front door, leaving the red light of the crossroads for the red light of Shinjuku. However, he was only greeted by the grimacing expressions of Haru and Ken. Waiting for him outside the crossroads.
“Uh… what happened.”
Chapter 64: Yakhchāl
Summary:
An ice house used by Ancient Iranians. Used to store ice, preserve food, or to make sorbet.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
28th of June, Saturday
Leblanc
Late Evening
“Is it ok with the boss if we’re here this late?” Ken asked. “It’s fine, if we don’t wake everybody up it’s fine, now sit.” Shinji said as he filled three glasses of water.
“So let me get this straight. You’ve seen her, but she also saw you.” Shinji said, his voice sounding a little on edge. “Yes.” Shinji after he placed the glasses then rested his head on his curled fist. He was tired.
“She was following someone. An older man with a girl on her side. Our age.” Ken explained. A moment of shared silence had taken place. Naturally the worst possibilities of what this implied came to their minds.
“Guys. Do you think…” “I don’t know Kat. All we’re doing at this point is guessing.” “Shinji’s right, we know too little of the circumstances to settle on a conclusion .”
Suddenly, at the door. A scratching noise was heard. Ken then got out of their seat, looking to see who it was. “Oh!” They opened the door. Seemingly one with the darkness, Morgana decided to reveal themselves to the three.
“You never told me you had a cat!” Ken exclaimed. “He’s just a stray Ken. We just sometimes feed him.” “His name is Morgana. I gave him that name when we found him once.”
“Morgana huh?” Ken raised while holding Morgana in her grasp. “That’s a good name huh, little guy?” Ken started to scratch Morgana’s head while he sat on Ken’s lap.
“As we said earlier. We don’t have enough information… so I think we ought to widen our sources. I’m gonna go and hit up Iwai and see if I can find out something.” “Who’s Iwai?” Ken asked, “Our gun dealer.” Shinji replied aptly.
“What?!?” Ken exclaimed, and suddenly stopped petting Morgana while in shock. The cat jumped over to Haru’s lap instead to receive pets from her. “Right… I should’ve told you, we get our replicas from a guy who probably is an Ex-Yakuza.” “Why- why are you getting your guns from an Ex Yakuza Shinji???” Ken exclaims
“First of all, he’s not that bad. Second of all, we owe eachother favors since april. Third of all, he’s got a kid he’s taking care of. “Right…”. “You’ve been reading the reports right? That guns work in the metaverse?” Ken nods.
“Actually. Now that you reminded me.” Shinji breaks conversation to head upstairs. Leaving Haru and Ken downstairs with Morgana for a moment. When he comes back, he comes holding a paper bag. “I watched over his kid one time to make sure he didn’t get into trouble, in return he gave me something which will work very well in the metaverse.”
Reaching into the paper bag, Shinji took out the Dan Wesson 1911. It has been polished and kept clean for the duration of its time in Shinji’s attic. “He said I should keep it. As a gift for someone.” Shinji held the pistol by the black end of the barrel, facing the orange wooden grips to Ken. “Happy birthday Ken.”
“A bit late. But I think it would be useful.” Shinji adds. Ken hesitates for a moment. Their face remained frozen until it is broken by what Shinji thinks is fire in his eyes. “Thanks Shinji… where do I keep this….”
“Keep it in the bag, at all times. I’ll get the holster and magazines from upstairs and put it in the paper bag.” Shinji showed himself out, leaving for the attic. Leaving Haru and Ken together alone with Morgana.
“If you guys need to use guns, how strong are the shadows over there?” Ken asked Haru. “Not too much. It seems shadows aren’t able to stand up to overwhelming firepower.”
This left Ken staring at the pistol in reflection. What on earth will he be getting himself into, when they finally navigate to Kaneshiro’s palace.
Track end
29th of June, Sunday
An undisclosed location in Shibuya
Noon
Just before lunch, Iwai and Shinji find themselves in an undisclosed alleyway. Large sewage grates lined the floor as both Shinji and Iwai inspected the space.
“Yup. This is the place. We’ll be meeting our man here.” Iwai explains. “Tsuda’s in a bad spot. I’m his last hope, and I don’t think he’s that desperate to go that far.”
“How do you know that?” Shinji asks. Iwai’s expression is one of concealed appreciation. This kid is willing to ask the vital questions, he thinks. “Tsuda and I… let’s say that killing was a skill we were proficient in. It was my skill in producing what the organisation wanted.” Iwai explained. “And him?”
“His job was dirty. But as dirty as a coffee stain on a spreadsheet and nothing more than that. His thing was laundering money and managing the books. He isn’t the murdering type.” Iwai explained. “If you think you’re right, when’s the meeting gonna happen?” Shinji asked.
“Tomorrow actually. I can probably do it alone if you can’t turn up late in the evening.” Iwai explained. “Actually. I can.” Shinji replied. “You know you don’t have to though, right?” Iwai clarified. “I know.” Shinji replied.
“Alright kid… as thanks for going this far with me and not running off or snitching, how about we get something to bite. My treat.” Shinji didn’t feel obliged to say no out of politeness.
Now playing: Yesterday’s Sky, by Amos Roddy
A nearby ice cream stall.
“Alright. One scoop of caramel and coffee for you, and two red velvet for me.” Iwai says as he settles with both his and Shinji’s ice creams. “Why are we here?” Shinji asked.
Iwai’s expression went from his usual to one of brief divergence, followed by a relaxed and seemingly less on edge. “This place… is a bit special.” “Really?” “I used to work here when I was younger.” “What?”
“No kidding. Along with a bunch of other jobs too. Here I scooped ice cream into cups and cones, sold popsicles… learnt how to make them. Sometimes, my old bosses would use here as a meeting spot because they knew I worked here.”
Iwai’s eyes shifted to the surrounding backdrop. Searching for… something. “ I gotta tell you. Working here was a lot more peaceful and simple. And free ice cream didn’t hurt sometimes .” Iwai chuckled. Shinji did too.
“I used to work in a restaurant too.” Shinji decided to add. “Really?” “Yeah. It’s a lot more busy than here.” Shinji explained. “I’d imagine.”
Iwai then looked to the sky. “Can I ask you one thing?” “Yeah?” “If anything happens to me. Which is a non zero chance. Don’t ever follow in my footsteps.”
Shinji nodded his head. “I wouldn't have minded continuing to work here. But at some point. They started to use this place for drug deals. I would work here by day, Tsuda would be.. somewhere over by one of those tables over there.” Iwai pointed towards a table somewhere further away. “And by the evening when I was cleaning these tables before closing up. There would be someone from the way we came on amphetamines.”
“Yeah.” Iwai pointed towards that alleyway which they came from. “Right over there. I was given Kaoru. I was walking back home after… a big deal by the boss was sealed.” Iwai and Shinji both sat in silence, occasionally taking bites out of their ice cream. “I left my job here after that night to take care of Kaoru. Ever since then it is all about making sure Untouchables can support him.
“I guess. If you are to conclude on anything. You not only know who I’m doing this for. But why. I owe it to Kaoru. He got me out of this.
“Hmm.” Shinji responds. “You think it’s also this job here? Serving ice cream that led you to Kaoru.” Shinji asked. Upon some reflection. Iwai had his answer. “Yeah. You’re right… I guess. I gotta thank young me for… I guess enabling his own sweet tooth. Which got me to where I am now.”
“Maybe… I should get back into that. Making my own ice cream and popsicles.” “How’re you gonna do that?” Shinji asked.
“My old manager told me this when I worked there… a long time ago, ancient Iranians, they scooped ice from the mountains and took fruit. They would mix both together.”
“Then, soon enough. Someone had the bright idea to take the fruits, crush them, and turn them into highly concentrated fruit juice. You get syrup. Syrup is an Arab loan word, the manager told me.”
“Uh-huh.” “Then. This concept spread west. Specifically towards the Venetians. They added the final ingredient. They would add cream. And it’s because of that we have ice cream.”
“And that you’re here, talking to me,” Shinji added. “Yup. That too.” Iwai and Shinji then continued to enjoy making conversation. Enjoying their ice cream at the same time.
HANGED MAN RANK UP!!!
End track
29th of June, Sunday
Shibuya station
Evening
Now playing:Král a kalun, by Karel Kryl
“Evening Shinji.” “Evening professor.” “You know you don’t need to call me that right?” “I know.” Shinji said with an earnest expression.
“Last time we spoke…” Yoshida said while bringing his book out. “We were talking about what Havel calls living in the truth. And how it is the thesis of the power of the powerless. We’re going to continue about this power and what it means for people like you and me.”
“The ultimate price of living in lies, is the loss and alienation of authentic life. In exchange for a peaceful, undisturbed, but unfree existence. What living in the truth does, changes the conditions and backdrop to which established power can be challenged and contested. Havel calls this the hidden sphere.”
“This isn’t power in a sense of… charisma, money, guns, or through means of conventional or institutional power but – and stop me if you lose me – of an existential potential.” “Havel compares it to a bacteriological spread. Truth compels individuals to live in it, to live earnestly, genuinely, and to fulfill their authentic needs of human life. As far as self organised efforts in cooperation with others to achieve said needs.”
“You can’t predict this hidden sphere. At least from the perspective of conventional power. It is unpredictable, it refuses to be predictable. It is the antithesis of the predictability of living in a lie and in anticipatory obedience or manipulation. If living in lies means adaptation, for ill. To react to manipulation by accepting being manipulated for an unfree but peaceful existence. Living in the truth means forcing power to react.” “I like the sound of that.” “And here in this part of the essay, Havel goes into examples.” Yoshida explains.
“Remember… back some time ago we talked about how the communist Czechoslovak state banned music performances?” “Uhuh.” “Well, Havel brings them up a band Plastic Peoples of the Universe, as an example of living in the truth. They wanted to fulfill a need for self expression and identity, for doing so they were arrested. The regime had to react. They needed to make an example of what the regime thought about individuals living in the truth. “Because they would inspire others I’m guessing?” “They did.”
“Because Havel, and other intellectual dissidents would publically and visibly defend the band members. A… sort of sea change was marked when it came to resisting the regime.” “How so?” “People were tired of being tired. Tired of the stagnation, they were unable to blindly believe things would become any better in the current state of affairs. Those who hadn’t given up hope and continued to oppose the regime found that… hmm.” “Prof?”
“Give me a moment, I need to collect my thoughts and figure out how to say this.” Yoshida brought out his copy and looked towards a bookmark postit, marked red. “You can’t only consider the arrest of Plastic Peoples as an attack on the ability for Czechs and Slovaks in the regime to freely express themselves, or play music. It was an attack on living in the truth. It was to be considered an attack on everybody’s freedom to live in the truth. Freedom was indivisible.”
“People in the end, were inspired to be in real solidarity with the Plastics Peoples, there were moral and principle grounds for people, who had nothing to do with these kids, to openly engage in dissent. A bactereological spread.” Shinji continued nodding acknowledging for the most part, showing his comprehension.
“There’s another thing I would like to raise. It’s that notion of indivisibility. Havel finds it rather important when building a civic society to achieve change and making sure things become better. This entire stage of power, as Havel calls the pre political, is made up of… greengrocers. Rock music performers. Mathematicians. Normal workers. So on and so forth. I’d also like to bring up the use of the word… dissident.” “Why?”
“Dissident, dissidence. When you bring up “dissident”, you think of dissent and dissidence as a profession. Something or someone renegade, in opposition. But we must move past this. Living in the truth… isn’t really something you do for twenty four hours a day, to be called a “dissident”. In fact, one doesn’t really call themselves a dissident. It’s something you call someone else, rather then call yourself.” “It goes against the unpredictable hidden sphere doesn’t it?” “Yes. It does. If you get something out of this, there are fundamentally two different types of… what we would call normal. One is conforming to what everybody else is doing, the other is instead what you think is normal, and what you should be doing. One, I think is a lot more appealing to you.” Yoshida says, looking at Shinji. Now nodding. It was something that should resonate with him.
“More often, one finds themselves as a… “dissident” without thinking or prior intention.” “How so?” “Havel wrote about this. Apart from Plastic Peoples, Havel also wrote about the time he worked in a beer brewery. His superior was passionate about beer and brewing beer. He thought that if beer could be better, it should be. However, his bosses were indifferent, having got their jobs thanks to favortisim. They became hostile, hated that this man, wanted to do a good job, knew that they were in the way of him doing so. It got bad to the point where they did ultimately rid themselves of the passionate brewer. He was moved to a job where his passion for beer brewing couldn’t be practiced. This beer brewer, became the dissident of the Eastern Bohemian beer brewery.” Yoshida explains.
“He had a personal sense of responsibility, which when met with circumstances got him branded an enemy of society. A dissident, and all he wanted was to make good beer.” “God damn.”
Yoshida… caved a little physically. Seemingly injected with a minute amount of sorrow. Shinji noticed. It was then that Yoshida’s phone rang, he picked it up, only to sigh. “Sorry Shinji, something from campus came up. Have a good weekend.” “You too prof.”
That was unusual. Yoshida usually was one to keep his head high, or at least as Shinji thought of him. As Yoshida went, so did Shinji, helplessly trying to speculate on its cause.
SUN RANK UP!!!
End Track
30th of June, Monday
Breaktime
Shujin academy, the roof
Ken and Haru sat alone on the garden. They had been stowing away the supplies they’d been able to get from Shinjuku, and were about to start on today’s work.
However, it was then that the door which led to the roof opened. Standing in the doorway, was the student council president herself. Makoto Nijima.
“I… got your note.” Makoto nervously proclaims. This roused Haru and Ken. Now turning to face her.
“Good.” Replied Ken. “Now. Why were you, our student council president, at Shinjuku late at night on Saturday?” Haru asked. “I could ask you the same thing.” Makoto replied. Haru seemed to have shown surprise. They got makoto in a corner. Haru was however saved face, when Ken stepped in.
“We were coming for gardening supplies. Dirt cheap y’know. Now. You weren’t simply there to shop around for dirt, or trowels like we were. So answer the question.”
Makoto seemed cowed. Now passive. “Promise me a word of this won’t leave this garden.” Makoto asked. Both Haru and Ken nodded.
“You probably saw her too did you?” “Who?” “In that alleyway was an older man, with a girl.” Ken remembered. “Yes. That girl… her name’s Eiko. She’s a student here.” Makoto explained.
Haru and Ken’s expression and tone seemed to ease up. The more damning conclusions which were speculated seemed to be only speculations. “We used to talk to eachother back in earlier years when we were in the same class. Then when that happened, and when I became busy thanks to being the student council president, we began to drift away.”
Ken, seemed sympathetic, Haru continued to listen. “I don’t know when at what point she started to do this, but this isn’t normal! She has to be in some sort of trouble! I didn't ever see her doing anything like this back when we were still able to talk to eachother!”
“I can’t ask for help, otherwise it would compromise her reputation, I can’t reach out to her about it, if I do, it’ll let her know I’ve been following her to Shinjuku.” Makoto despaired. “I just hope, that man isn’t going to do bad things to her like-
“Pimping?” Ken asked. Makoto remained silently in despair. “We had a lot in common back then. We would get good grades, we were on the top of our classes. Then, we just drifted. And now something is happening to her, and I’m completely helpless to do anything about it…”
Haru and Ken looked at eachother. To an extent or another, their presumptions of Makoto were perhaps unfair. To an extent. At the very least, there seemed to be the base of a moral backbone which was present, however not its entirety.
30th of June, Monday
Evening
An undisclosed location
A man in a suit stands in an alleyway, he is dimly lit. He stands trying to keep himself composed, at ease. Or at least trying to keep himself at ease. He keeps trying to fix up his suit. He keeps readjusting his tie. Like how someone bites their fingers or shakes their leg in a moment of nerves.
Then out of the darkness, two figures emerged. They are there to meet him. A man in a large grey overcoat and cap, accompanied by a similarly dressed man, but instead a red overcoat, and in a dark colored beanie.
“Hey Tsuda. Long time no see.” “Iwai. How have you and your son been?” “Pretty good. You?”
“Not really.” “I can tell.” Tsuda freezes up. The man in the red trenchcoat notices. “You’re up shit’s creek aren’t you, old friend?” “How do you know?”
“The walls got ears. You should’ve remembered that. Didn’t the old boss tell you?” Tsuda sighs. “What do you know?” “Everything. The money, the guns, how much they costed. How much you lost.”
“Damn!” “Now. I’m willing to keep quiet about this… transaction of yours, you just gotta leave me and my son alone.” “Hmmm. Give me a moment to consider.”
Tsuda takes a cigarette lighter from his jacket pocket along with the smoke. He lights one for himself. “The boss wanted those guns. Some upstart has been infringing on his territory in the last few months.” “Oh. Kaneshiro?” Tsuda puffs. “Yup. We gave him a warning, but… well.” “I’m surprised. I heard about that Kaneshiro. Sounds like he’s just a pound of quivering fat in a waistcoat.”
“Yeah. Don’t know why the boss felt like making Shinjuku like Kansai in the 80s. Mr. Piggybank here thinks Shibuya is like an ATM machine he can simply withdraw from. No penalties.” “You think the boss is getting rusty?”
“No. You know what he’s like. It’s why I’m here.” Tsuda remarks nervously. He takes one final puff from the smoke and then discards it.
“Brother?” “Yes?” “I’m sorry.” Iwai pauses. “Tsuda. You’re going to make this much worse if you going to do what I think you’re going to do.”
Tsuda grabs a pocket pistol from his jacket pocket. “I’m sorry brother. I really am desperate.” “Are you an idiot!?” Iwai questions Tsuda. “Maybe.” “Killing me wouldn’t solve your problem. In fact it would make them worse.” Tsuda keeps the pistol trained on Iwai. Facing his former brother.
Shinji couldn’t believe the situation unfolding in front of him. It felt like a dream, a recollection of something he saw but was not it. He felt something in his chest again. His blood and nerves were exploding, but it was all too real. He must act.
“Like you said. I don’t have a paddle-“. “GEERRRHKK!” In an instant, Shinji tackles Tsuda to the concrete pavement before he could react. The pocket pistol’s small figure and construction falls to the sewer grate, firmly stuck between the metal bars.
As Tsuda was reeling on the ground. This left Shinji and Iwai looking at eachother, both now racing in adrenaline. “Run!!!”
Both ran away from the scene. Tsuda was still reeling from his head hitting the pavement. Leaving both overcoated men to run with their lives.
A non descript amount of time later.
Untouchables
“Lock the door Shinji!” Having returned to untouchables, there was only priority. Which was to lock down the shop. There was no way to know if Tsuda would come back. When the lights that indicated the shop was open were turned off, both men went into the office to find a place to sit down.
They both not sat, but instead fell upon their chairs. Relief. Or what relief could be found in the heated room only cooled by a desk fan. Iwai looked at Shinji. He seemed to be… not taking what had happened well. He was zoning out, seemingly staring a thousand miles into space. This wasn’t good.
“Hey kid….” “Kid?” Shinji remained staring at the ceiling. Watching the lightbulb screwed to it. While still seemingly catching his breath. Though, he had been catching his breath without breathing soundly for a few minutes already.
Iwai knew what to do. He walked towards the corner of his room, covered under a tarp, but betrayed by a power wire which extended out to a power socket. He revealed from under it a freezer. The type shops would store frozen goods in. Out, Iwai brought out two popsicles.
“Hey kid. You did good today.” Iwai said as he handed the second popsicle to Shinji. Upon being handed the popsicle, Shinji seemed to recover his prescence. No longer staring at the lightbulb above his head as if it were the sun, or if it were signifying the coming of the rapture.
Iwai would stick the popsicle into his mouth. Taking out his phone. “I’ll call you a taxi so you can get back home. I don’t think it’ll be safe for you to go out tonight.” “Mhm.” Shinji weakly agreed, as he nodded.
Eventually, Iwai finished, leaving both to wait for his taxi. They had to simply wait. Leaving them both with an undesirable company of silence. “Hey kid?” “Hmm?” “It ain’t your fault. Although I thought he was smart enough to know he couldn’t get his guns if I was dead, I think it could’ve gotten a lot worse.”
“He still could come back.” “Could. I’ll figure something out.” Both continued to, as much as they both could in the circumstances, enjoy their popsicles.
“Hey. Will Kaoru be fine?” “Well, I’m going to have to make sure he gets home after school safe and sound from now on. But I’m not going to let anything happen to him.” Iwai replied. That seemed to be the only course of action available. Make sure Kaoru got back home safe for the foreseeable future. But, that would not solve the problem anyway. It would mean Kaoru would need to live in fear from then on. That’s not a life worth living, Shinji thought.
“Kid, I’m saying this again if you didn’t hear the first time. You did great. Don’t blame yourself.”
HANGED MAN RANK UP!!!
Then, Shinji had an idea.
“Tsuda… what’s his full name?” “Akimitsu Tsuda, why’d you ask?” It took a second for Iwai to suss out what could be a course of action on Shinji’s part which he would likely advise against. “If you’re thinking of going out there and finding him, I’m not going to help you.” Iwai expressed with the sternest tone Shinji heard from him in their time together.
“I’m not.” “Then? What the hell are you doing then?” Shinji did not reply. He took out a pen, writing the name on the palm of his hand.
It was then that a message arrived, Shinji’s taxi to Yongen Jaya had arrived. Both men left the shop, heading towards the nearest taxi stop. As Shinji got in his taxi, Iwai gave a few departing words.
“You better not be getting yourself into trouble, you hear me?” “I do.” “Promise me you won’t get yourself hurt out there. Or worse.” Shinji took a substantial breath, and almost in his usual composed manner, replied.
“Stay safe.” “Only if you do. I’m returning the favor alright?” Shinji nodded in acknowledgement.
“Night.”
Notes:
Yup. Iwai's got a sweet tooth.
Chapter 65: Highest of Hades
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
31st of June
Leblanc, early morning
“Mmmm.” Shinji was slowly yet steadily waking up. He reached for his pocket watch and read the time. “Five thirty.” As he settled his pocket watch on the bed. His palm opened up to show still, a name in black pen ink.
Remembering why that name was there in the first place. Shinji took out his phone. Seemingly more awake now. He opened the metaverse navigator. “Akimitsu…. Tsuda.”
“CANDIDATE FOUND!!!”
That immediately roused Shinji awake. Immediately, he opened his messenger app.
K.G
Shinji: Guys???
Ann: What is it Shinji? I wanna go back to sleep.
Ryuji: yeah dude, why you up?
Shinji: Something up today, are any of you guys free after school?
Ryuji: nope
Ann: got work. Also, exams are coming soon.
Kaz: Maybe ask Yusuke??? Ken too
Shinji: got it, thanks guys.
Yusuke
Shinji: Hey sorry for asking this early
Yusuke: Don’t be, what is it you need of me?
Shinji: find Ken, ask them if they’re free this afternoon, if they are, tell them to bring their iron.
Yusuke: of the sharp variety, or the internally combusting type?
Shinji: Both.
Shinji: Also, are you free too?
Yusuke: My exams were last week, so naturally yes.
Yusuke: Should we bring help from our colleagues?
Shinji: Bring two and meet me at Shibuya after school.
Yusuke: Understood.
After school
A Shibuya street
Sitting together on a bench, Yusuke, Kotone, Aigis, and Ken sat enjoying the air. Disparate tunes from strumming of the bandura diluted the air with a ponderous rhythm.
“How did you first pick up that instrument Yusuke? ” Aigis asked as Yusuke continued plucking on the strings. “Found it at school, my music teacher thought it would be better in my hands then in the spare room of her class, collecting dust.
“Sounds like she trusts you a lot with it.” Kotone added. “She’s very kind. And very tolerant of me. Perhaps too much.” Yusuke replies.
Aigis continues to converse with Yusuke about playing the bandura. This left Kotone to converse with Ken, who seemed to be steeling themselves for the coming difficulties.
“You ready Ken?” Kotone asked. “A bit, yeah. I just didn’t expect to be given a gun.” “You’ll do fine Ken. You still got your spear.” “Yeah. I do.” With the reply, Ken seemed to find it within themself to proceed without doubt.
Then, out from the street corner, came Shinji, in his usual after school garb. He seemed on edge though. Keeping his head over his shoulder as he crossed the street. More worried over who may be behind him rather than both sides of the street.
“Hey Shinji!” Shinji waved back as he crossed the street. His head held high. Everybody waved, except Ken. Who was instead, processing this iteration of Shinji. He’d expected Shinji… to look as he did back when he last saw him. Seven years ago. He didn’t really know what to expect.
Shinji was… livelier, his permanent about face was instead replaced by one that can smile. If he forced it. He had his sleeves rolled up. Something he never would’ve done under his prior illness induced by the PSDs. His hair flew free, as free as his haraway hat allowed.
“Right. I’ll brief you at mementos. We’re going now.”
Navigating to mementos…
0 hour 0 minutes
Outside mementos
“That feels weird.” Ken expresses. She looked around her surroundings, the warm hot orange light and its source was gone. Replaced by a sinister red miasma or sky. In the darkness, everything seemed more dingy, more dirty and belonging to a nightmare rather than an implicit product of one’s perception of the real world.
The transition to the dark hour Ken remembered was almost not felt. It happened, end of story. However this entry to this new cognitive world was much more involving of the human senses. It took time for Ken to adapt her eyesight to the surroundings. And to her compatriots.
Ken however turned to face his friends. They were winding up their pocket watches and the sound of the winding seemed to bring Ken’s senses together.
“Are you alright?” Yusuke came to reach for Ken, who was still slightly disoriented. “Yeah, just gimme a moment.” As Ken’s eyes however finally caught on, they noticed something.
“Whoa! What happened to your clothes!” Ken pointed first to Yusuke, in his Cossack garb. Ken tried to process how Yusuke, who was previously in his school uniform was now suddenly a Cossack of steppe. “Oh. This came with our attaining of a persona. Upon signing a contract, we had gained our persona, along with a set of clothes which seem to only exist here…”
Yusuke had his rifle slung, Shakhsha sheathed, bandura slung on his back, and his revolver holstered. His arms were stretched out, displaying an esprit de corps which Ken couldn’t lie, appealed to them. However, this was then followed by something else.
A man in a horizon blue trenchcoat, heavily armored and seemingly armed to the teeth. Only his teeth were concealed by a metal bucket-like mask. “Oh god! A shadow! ” Ken exclaimed.
Quick to react, Ken took out his spear, and with a swift single motion extended its length. The spearhead however being absent, he had yet to put it on. “Whoa there Ken. It’s me.” Shinji answered. He took off his helmet and faced Ken.
“Oh. Sorry Shinji.” “Yeah, I don’t know why or how, but I turned out like this.” It was then that Ken signalled to Kotone and Aigis, to keep Yusuke at a distance. They then whispered to Shinji, asking him a question.
“Does this… does this mean Castor is gone?” Ken asked with hesitation. “Yes. I… now have a different persona.” Ken was sat on the ground. Now fitting a spearhead on his spear as Shinji’s mask slowly disappeared.
Ken was faced instead with a ghastly figure. Instead of the dark knight, seemingly akin to a wraith which had gone beyond the simple boundaries of life and death. Was instead a figure looking very much like Shinji, except for a difference in his overcoat’s Color, and a green silk sash, draped on his neck. “It’s Name’s Ned.”
Ken continued to stare while Ned stared back. Ned didn’t seem to unsettle Ken. In fact, Ken seemed pretty relieved instead. Contrasted with Shinji, who seemed to be focused on something else now.
“Shinji… mate?” “Yes Ned? You know I’m still talking to Ken here right?” “Well, sorry to ask but… what relation do you have to this… kid.”
“Well. It’s complicated.” “Hey guys! Mementos is right here!” Shinji started walking, while still conversing with Ned. Everybody was ready, and now awaiting Shinji to brief them upon the current mission. “Talk to me when we’re going down, I gotta get this done.”
“Right. Our target today is a member of the Yakuza, Akimitsu Tsuda. I’m expecting to find him somewhere deep. Taras?” “Yes.” “Get the cart ready, we’re heading down a long way.”
A minute later
“It may not be a carriage, but it has horsepower.” Yusuke remarks. “But where’s the horse?” Ken asks.
Yusuke’s mask disintegrates, summoning Taras. The bard then hooks his horse on the cart, letting Yusuke take the reins. Ken stands amazed.
“I didn’t know you could do that with your persona!” “ It would be advantageous if we had an automobile though.” Aigis adds. “Unless the RnD at the Kirijo group are working on something, I don’t think we can count on anything with a steering wheel or an engine.” Kotone remarked.
“Remember that movie we watched?” Aigis asked. “What? Which one?” Kotone then replied. “Cat bus one.” “Oh yeah! Right. I don’t think the Kirijo group are going to go as far as making cat buses.”
0 hour, 10 minutes
Mementos had been surprisingly calm. Apart from a few wandering shadows, giving Ken the first glimpse of the enemy they would have to face from now on, the peace was enough to brief Ken on the motions of operating in the new cognitive environment.
“Another thing. You’re gonna need a Codename. Because we’re going to be dealing with the shadows of real people, we don’t want to take any chances.”
“Alright. I’ll think of… something…” Ken replied. “And another thing.” Kotone replied. Aigis brought out a bandanna from the cart’s surface. “Masks. Nothing is special. Confidentiality is of the essence when engaging in legally dubious activities.” Ken took the mask, and put it on.
“Looking cool dude!” Kotone complimented Ken’s looks, while Aigis repeatedly took photos of Ken with her eyes. Leaving Shinji and Yusuke to face the front. Quietly.
“They seem… important to you Shinji.” “Well yes. They are. But not for reasons you probably would like.” “Is there something you’re hiding from me, lad?” “For good reason Ned.” “Well don’t worry mate. I ain’t gonna go and pry so easily.”
“Ned. Question. If you could’ve simply looked at my memories, would you’ve done it already?” “Well I could. I just don’t feel the need to look into one’s own private affairs. Only with your approval would I consider doing such.”
“You know what.” Shinji sighed. “Go ahead. I don’t think I should have done anything too incriminating. In fact, knowing your life we should probably share a lot.” “Alright then.”
0 hour 20 minutes
“Everyone? Up ahead.” Yusuke gave a warning. Up ahead everyone saw a horde. “Could we stand to reason that we are nearing our destination?” Aigis asked. “Yes hoplite. We really should’ve brought Delphi along with us.” Shinji jumped out of the art, bringing out his Winchester shotgun and axe. “The only way forward is through, c’mon.”
Everybody got off. Each with their weapons. They gathered around their leader to hear out the plan. “Alright. This is a substantial horde. We wanna blast through as much before they transform. Then we finish them off with personas. Wait for my command.” Shinji lays on the group. Shinji then faces Ken. “You too, get that iron out.”
Ken, standing behind the group, swallowed his nervousness. He’d never handled a gun before, at least not one he was supposed to point towards the enemy, rather than himself.
Before Ken had the chance to think however, a hail of lead was then sent forward towards the upcoming crowd. The majority of the group fell before Ken had the chance to fire a shot in anger. This was followed by the rest moving in to finish the survivors.
It was over in an instant. Either with the summoning, or by finishing blows up close with either sabers, axes, or spears. All opposition had been cut down.
“Alright, back on the wagon. We gotta be close.”
0 hour 15 minutes
Now playing:The house of Hades, by Darren Korb
Ken was in a bind. He just wasn’t in the mood to tell anyone. He was needed here, he was not needed to tell his friends what the yips were.
He heard about the yips, from his time in sports. No matter what sport, from darts, golf, baseball, or even gymnastics. It was terrifyingly psychological as was physical. Anxiety, doubt, what ifs which seemed to damn the body of the unfortunate. Any and all muscle memory, the ability, competence and confidence of the athlete would sap away.
Ken felt like she was going through those motions. The spear felt heavy, any training from when she was a mere boy through to her young adulthood was lost. The spear was not an erudite weapon which he took to, but was something she found increasingly to be a burden. At best, she could aim her pistol, providing fire from the wagon. She was able to hide her unease. Behind the mask and the tinted glasses, no one figured out the silent suffering of Ken Amada.
“Up ahead! Stop!” Yusuke brought the cart to a stop. Everyone took a good look at what was ahead. A red glimmering portal. “This is it. Our man is up ahead.”
“Everybody out of the wagon, it’s time.” Everybody got out, Ken trailing last. However, Ken was instead shattered. Any and all confidence with the spear was gone, leaving Ken to put faith in her pistol. But what damned her most was thinking about the hard work Kikuno and Sumi had put into refining her spear. She had to swallow this as she entered last.
End track
???
0 hour 17 minutes
“Yup. That’s him.” The smell of cigarette butts permeated the space. The shadow of the man who had tried to hold the lives of Iwai, Shinji, and now that he was thinking clearer about the consequences of his actions, perhaps Kaoru too. To make up for a transaction he had blundered away.
“Who’s he?” Kotone asked. Shinji, walking with a fully loaded revolver, facing down the shadow only said. “He was about to shoot me and Gunkle.” Kotone, and those near her could only process what Shinji had told them. Shinji was held at gunpoint? In the real world??? Their thoughts were ended by the sound of the sound of Shinji’s revolver’s hammer on full cock.
“WHO THE FUCK ARE YOU?”
“Remember me Tsuda?” Shinji summons Ned, taking off his mask.
“OH, ITS YOU, LITTLE SHIT.”
“LISTEN UP, YOU BETTER KNOW WHO YOU’RE MESSING WITH, BECAUSE WHEN I'M DONE WITH YOU AND YOUR FELLOW LITTLE SHITS, I WILL MAKE SURE IWAI AND HIS KID WILL GET IT!”
“Well that’s loving brotherly behavior on your part.” Noticing that shadow Tsuda was wearing shades, Shinji decided to put an end to the monologue which they had shared.
BANG!
Catching on the frame of the glasses and barely ripping past Tsuda’s face, Tsuda’s shades were now broken beyond repair. Reflective glass lined the floor.
“Alright. Enough of you now.”
A viscous battle had begun. A vicious slug match of physical force, bullets, spells was exchanged. As the shadow monstrosity which represented Tsuda had the stamina and constitution to outlast the party, a race to see who can hit hard, and who can hit faster was held.
The first punch credited to Aigis, who had been able to activate Orgia Mode. Launching herself at the shadow and locking it in single combat for a time.
But as Aigis needed to be put on cooldown, the initiative was brought back to the shadow. As it now instead was hellbent on kicking the now cooling Aigis while she was down. A bloody fight commenced over the defence of Aigis’s chassis.
While they were brawling, Ken still, remained behind them. Unable to take pot shots at the shadow, Ken took out his final hope, his evoker. He pointed the evoker to his head, only to be greeted by one of the most unthinkable sounds in a world of loud sound.
Click. Click. Click.
His evoker refused to work. Unfathomable thoughts of horror and fright had overwhelmed Ken. How come Shinji got to keep a persona, but not him?
“Ken! Shoot it!” Yusuke’s voice rang out. Yusuke had managed to freeze the shadow solid. Holstering the evoker on the sling on his side, only to take out his pistol on the one slung on his chest, Ken started shooting the solid statue of Tsuda until it shattered.
Bang! Bang! Bang! “ AUUHUUUUU!!!”
“That’s it! Everybody in! Now!” The unmistakable cue for the all out attack. Loading a new magazine into the Wesson, Ken couldn’t participate in the up close melee, but instead approached slowly as he poured shot after shot.
As the dust settled, the scene seemed to redeem Ken’s efforts in spite of the difficulties. As the party had remained standing, Tsuda’s shadow remained on his knees. Surrounded by the guns of the Kelly Gang and company.
“Give it up.” Shinji told Tsuda. His revolver was pointed towards him. Tsuda rose, seeming to concede. Only for the situation to be reversed. As shadow Tsuda then in a single motion, shoved Shinji onto the side, leaving him defenceless as he brought out a pocket pistol from his jacket pocket.
End track
Crack! “SHINJI!!!”
Shinji fell to the ground. Seeing this, Ken sank to the bottom of their stomach, helpless. A feeling of being overwhelmed under a deep sea, under helplessness, powerlessness, and others of the like. As Ken saw the others gather around Shinji, now on the ground. Ken couldn’t have had a worse day, as one of his worst days of his life seemed to be acting itself out.
“Oh god… not again…”
“The well is truely darkest at the bottom, mate.”
“Huh?”
“As someone forgotten among my Chthonic brethren, it is nice to finally be… reborn.”
Ken’s head was splitting.
“I was torn to shreds by the Titans. I was forgotten. Orpheus thought from my destruction emerged Dionysus, even.”
Ken’s head was going to be torn to shreds if this continued. By this time, Shinji had started to get up. The bullet lodged itself in the metal chest plate. However Shinji’s ribs felt like they took a mailed fist.
“Reborn. Reborn I was. And given a name after the pits which offerings were made to those who were of the cult of the Chthonic gods.”
A more intense pain and pressure was being felt by Ken, more then was when he first summoned nemesis. He remembered the peak of his suffering post awakening was splitting headaches, but this was much worse.
Contract, I am thou, thou art I
Highest in Hades
Highest of all the gods
Call on my name.
A… “mask” was on Ken’s face. But not any mask. They were instead a pair of glasses. Orange sunset tinted lenses. Almost could be considered red.
“Zagreus.”
A firestorm surrounded Ken, rousing everybody to the blue flames suddenly engulfing him. The flames were of a chaotic mixture, blue flames were being mixed with dirty orange flames. As smoke started to fill the room, causing the occupants to cover their eyes and gag.
As the fire subsided though, Shinji was able to see through the thin slit of his helmet. A figure of red blood. A crown of flaming leaves on his head, below were two eyes, one green and one red. Animal skulls of some sort were on his shoulder, as some sort of decoration. A devilish smile on the ghastly figure emerged, as then. The fire finally subsided, and out came Ken Amada.
As specks of flame dispersed, out came a Ken Amada draped in an outfit, signifying of a hunter of sorts. A ripped denim jacket had been draped on Ken’s figure, his prior outfit was gone. What few sparks left in a display of pyrotechnics, gathered around her figure, as they disintegrated, forming a poncho which matched the Color of her glasses lenses. In fact, it all came in that sunset orange hue which Ken seemed to enjoy. It even seemed so radiant that it almost looked like it permeated light.
Rugged, dusty, and torn, A poncho, with an embroidered pattern and was colored to match the sky amidst a passionate sunset. Hues of a bright red, orange, and gold. As bright as the setting sun and all it touches were stained on the cloth. An embroidered pattern of the same colors, all below a golden sun.
Down to her sandy, torn trousers, and even to the Clelland hat, Ken was draped in the colors which her mother had bestowed upon her all those years ago. All with a healthy helping of dust or dirt, a transference of legacy from so long ago.
Now playing: Out of Tartarus, by Darren Korb
In the backdrop, was a now desperate Tsuda. He knew that retribution was coming. He quickly pointed his pistol towards the Bo- CRACK!
Tsuda quivered, holding his hand out in pain. From the fire, Ken had been also granted a new weapon, a bullwhip. While Zagreus stood and watched, Ken savaged Tsuda with the whip, blow by blow, Tsuda was slowly broken down until he was compelled to attempt no further perfidy.
Everybody stood amazed, what was seemingly impossible, at least up to Shinji if you were willing to accept the circumstances, had also happened to Ken. The awakening of a new persona, in line with the new method and generation of persona users here.
“H-How?” Aigis and Kotone openly gawked. This was unheard. They watched Ken face down a now reemergent shadow Tsuda, back into its true form. “Where’s Kala Nemi?” Kotone openly questioned.
Kala Nemi was no more. Seemingly reborn anew, in character with the cycle of life, death, and rebirth. An eternal soul. Now Zagreus took his place, and their wielder was clad in what remained. Which was the color the sky took at sunset.
Shinji, now standing. Stood amazed and in awe, as Ken finally brought down Tsuda, bringing him to heel with the help of the highest of all gods in Hades.
“I yield! I yield! Don’t hit me anymore! Please!” Shadow Tsuda was covered in many cuts and bruises, and so was Ken. His bullwhip was an instrument with its own mind it seemed.
“You better come clean and give it up, whatever you’re up to. Otherwise, I’ll be back.” Tsuda nodded. Finally admitting defeat.
“Now I really should’ve jumped ship to Kaneshiro while I could. He’s… like a Medici. But for Shibuya. He’ll soon enough have everybody in Shibuya in his debt.”
And with that final remark, Tsuda finally disappeared, leaving behind nothing. Leaving Ken. Smiling at the rest of the gang through his tinted orange lenses.
End track
“Oh.Em.GEEE!” “That was amazing Ken!!!” Kotone and Aigis instantly sprung towards Ken, both giving her a tight hug. This left Shinji and Yusuke standing alone, with Yusuke checking Shinji for any wounds.
“You do not seem to be in severe pain, Kelly.” “I’ll be ok.” “You sure?” Ken immediately shook off Kotone and Aigis to check for herself the unexpected nonseverity of Shinji’s wounds.
“Are you alright?” Ken asked. “I feel an ache.” Shinji replied. Ken nodded, both of them standing tall.
“Have we accomplished our mission? I believe all the criteria for success have been fulfilled.” Aigis asked Shinji. “Yeah, we wanna get back. We got a show tonight at the Jazz Den.” Kotone remarked.
“Can I come?” Ken asked. “Sure! You two are also welcome to come too.” Kotone told Shinji and Yusuke. “Eh. What the hell, I don’t got much to do tonight.”
The group would leave the way they came. Exiting through the portal and boarding their wagon. Yusuke drove the wagon back to the surface, managing to bring everyone back safely without any disturbance.
“Kelly, Teddy, Olga, Anita, Bonnie and Taras…” Ken muttered to themself. “Still figuring out a Codename?” “I think it’s easy to pick now… Zag.” “Sounds good.”
Shinji sat in the back. Lodging himself in the corner, he took off his helmet to better breathe in what cool air flowed through mementos. However, a familiar voice had made itself present.
“Mate…” “Yes, Ned?” “I guess you and I unfortunately hold something in common.” “Yup. Except it is a whole lot more complicated, and I don’t know how to feel about it.”
“The only point of departure was that my first murder was a police constable. You… or that beast of yours had slain that kid’s mother.” “Yeah. Though… what happens after makes it a whole lot more complicated.”
“Only with your permission.” “Ned, you’re a part of my head. I’d be surprised if you didn’t decide to look through my wasted life without me knowing.” “I am a man of integrity. Unlike many a peer, I do not find the need to seek out the unfortunate lore of individuals.”
“Well. As someone who came back from the dead after seven years instead of three days, just like Jesus Christ-“. “Oi! Don’t speak the lord’s name in vain!”
“...As I was saying. I think I have other things to worry about. Rather then my fucked up past.” “Indeed… you do have a point. There are certainly complications regarding your relationships with comrades old, having been resurrected after seven years.”
“Guess I can’t run from my past, Ned.” “No. You don’t. You face it down like a man.” “Like you did? At Glenrowan?” “Hmmm…. Point taken lad.”
The rest of the ride back home was uneventful for the rest of the crew, fortunately.
Jazz Jin
Late evening
“Hello, lovely people!”
“Good evening Orpheus!!!”
The audience rejoiced.
“It was cold down by the Styx, but we have been granted leave to be here with you this wonderful evening.”
Now playing: Fly me to the Velvet room, by shary96
As Eurydice and Orpheus began to perform. Ken, Yusuke, and Shinji were sat together at a table, enjoying their drinks.
“So. What happens to Tsuda now?” Ken asks. “That shadow… I’m not sure actually, it's something to ask Maruki, but. They have a change of heart and well. Stop.”
“What does this mean for us? What do we do?”” Yusuke asks. “I ought to check up on our Gunkle.” “Who?” Ken asks “Our gun dealer. He fine made that pistol I gave you.” “Really? Well, give him my thanks I guess.” Ken replied.
“Thank him yourself.” The three continued to talk while enjoying the evening. At some point, Ken moved over to be closer to Shinji’s side, to whisper to him.
“This was one of Minato’s favorite songs.” “Really?” “We found it on his player.” “Damn.” Shinji looked down at the table where he placed his hat. Thinking about him.
In silence, Ken reached into his school bag and reached out for a prized item of hers. Gifted by Yukari the day she arrived in Tokyo.
Ken took out a beanie and wore it. Her long hair hung from her beanie, matching in color the brown strands. Nobody seemed to notice, except for Shinji.
“Suits you,” Shinji said, reacting to Ken’s new beanie. “Thanks, Shinji.”
JUDGEMENT RANK UP!!!
Notes:
My lovely beta reader and girlfriend drew Ken's metaverse costume @Mazeofmydesign
https://www.tumblr.com/maze-of-my-design/773260673253801984/a-ken-amada-phantom-thief-outfit-i-designed-for-my?source=share
Please give her as much love as possible, she worked hard on it.
Chapter 66: Закрой за мной дверь
Summary:
Close the door behind me, I'm leaving.
Chapter Text
1st of July, Wednesday
Leblanc
After school
“Hey Shinji. Watch the shop for me, I’m waiting for a delivery coming soon.” “Got it boss.”
Shinji stood at the counter of Leblanc. Although the position meant he was to stand behind the counter, and serving what few customers come on a weekday afternoon, it was exactly what Shinji needed now. His prior wound from yesterday’s incident had his body still feeling both an ache and stiffness.
Sitting around meant being more stiff, however standing up, occasionally stretching (but not too much) gave some relief to his chest. It was a significant emotional moment for all parties involved, him being shot to say the least.
At least something came from it… a further description… or characterisation to who this Kaneshiro was. The word Medici… it was certainly something he heard before, probably at school. It was just his fault for not fully listening.
Suddenly, the door opened. However, it wasn’t Sojiro. “Hello Shinnie!!!” “Greetings.” It was Yusuke and Kotone. Both greeted Shinji at the door.
“Hey… didn’t expect you here, you two here for coffee or something else?” “We’re here to check on you. What happened yesterday was scary, Maruki and Fuuka asked us to check to see if you were fine.” Kotone explained. “We’ll stay for dinner.” Yusuke explained.
“Alright, two plates?” A thumbs up, Shinji returned to the kitchen, working on dinner. Both Kotone and Yusuke took seats at the counter, going about their business. While Kotone spent her time simply listening to music while Yusuke sorted through his bag. He searched around for papers, likely homework.
“Hey Yusuke?” “Yes?” “Didn’t think much on it, but what happened to the Sayuri?” “The painting?” “Yeah. We got a… I dunno, was it the real one or the copy?” “It was the real one.” “Yeah, what happened to it?”
“Well, I couldn’t simply hand it to anyone. If it was in circulation or exchanged hands enough times, it could end up in the hands of another madarame. So, I handed it to Chidori instead.” “Seems like the right choice. You trust her?” “Yes, she knows how to handle art pieces with care and respect.” Yusuke replied.
Moments later
“Right. Dinner’s ready.” Two steaming plates were in front of Yusuke and Kotone. Both dug in while Shinji enjoyed a cup of coffee himself. Yusuke continued working through papers from his bag, until a particular sheet seemed to stop him from enjoying his dinner.
“Yo Yusuke? Your curry’s gonna get cold.” Kotone said while food was still in her mouth. Yusuke sighs. “It’s…” he sighs again. He’s slightly annoyed, Shinji notes. “It's a parent-teacher conference.”
Both Shinji and Kotone were able to piece together the obvious. Yusuke holds the paper up above his plate. “I told them to stop sending me these… foolish waste of my time.” Yusuke added. As he held the paper up, Kotone was able to get a glimpse of names of his teachers. It wasn’t intentional, but a name caught her eye.
Hasegawa… SAORI! “YUSUKE!” Kotone shouted while her mouth was full. “Kotone, I’m right here. Also your mouth is full of curry and rice.” Kotone pouted slightly before returning to the point after she swallowed her mouthful of curry. “sorry…. YOU HAVE SAORI HASEGAWA AS YOUR MUSIC TEACHER?”
“Yes…” Yusuke replied hesitatingly. “Do you know her?” “YES! We were best friends back in school! Me, Fuuka, and Aigis were her best friends!” “Oh really?” Yusuke replied.
“Yeah! She was so kind and sweet…. Hey Yusuke.” “Yes?” “Can… can we come to this parent teacher conference? We can’t wait to meet her.”
“I’m sorry. Who’s this Saori Hasegawa?” “You don’t know her as well?” Shinji looked at Kotone with a knowing expression. Do not compromise the true nature of Shinji’s presence here. “Right. She was a second year with us. Worked at the library and she instantly became part of our circle of friends. Me and Aigis I mean!”
“Hey. You should come too! Get to know her!” “I dunno… should I?” “You should! She would like to meet you too!”
“Your description of her matches with my profile of Mrs. Hasegawa.” Yusuke replies. “Tell me! How has she been treating you?” Kotone asked. “Amazing. She keeps her room open for me when I need a quiet place to work, or to practice. She was always encouraging of my learning of the Bandura.”
“Yeah… she always tried to see the good in all people. Even though it wasn’t always a good thing. I can’t wait to see her again, when is this PTC?”
“The tenth.” “Right, I’m telling Aigis and Fuuka. We’ll be your family for this one…. Come to think about it, Chidori was also friends with Saori too….” “Kotone, there’s a person limit of four.” “Oh c'mon!” “If you are friends with Mrs Saori, I’m sure she can find time to spend with you all outside of this.” “I hadn’t thought of that..!”
“I can’t wait to be able to spend time with her again!” Kotone seemed to illuminate the cafe with a joy that Shinji remembered and could only smile at. Maybe pretending to be part of Yusuke’s “family” was worth it.
“I’m just wondering how we’d get you all to pass as my… family.” Yusuke wondered. “Oh, we have custody over you, so it should be fine!” Kotone expressed. “Alright… whatever you say.”
EMPEROR RANK UP!!!
Shinji’s phone rumbled. He checked his texts and then looked at the two with a slightly concerned face. “Uh guys… can you finish dinner quickly please?” “Why?” “Kaz wants to see me at the batting cages tonight.”
End track
Later in the evening
Batting cages
Shinji had entered the batting cages. It wasn’t hard to recognise Kasumi. A brown haired girl in sportswear wasn’t too hard to spot. He took a seat next to Kasumi, who remained in silence amidst the backdrop of cracking bats.
“Kaz? … you wanted to see me?” “Yeah. I’ll explain once I can get my thoughts together.” Kasumi sat in silence, her head being propped by her hands, staring at the batting cage in front, which was occupied by someone in a suit.
“… how was your day?” Shinji asked. “Fine…. To an extent.”
Now playing: Зачини за мною двері, я йду,, by Кино
Silence continues. At least until Kasumi broke it again by speaking. “Whenever I need to blow off steam, I usually go out for a run. Or come here. I find myself coming here instead now rather than the former.” Shinji continued listening quietly.
“Remember the last time we went out to eat?” Kasumi asked. “Yeah. It was ruined.” Shinji remembered. “Well. I’m being told now that boy wonder is going to be a recurring guest on the show. Dad has been told that he’s good for ratings.” “Christ.”
“Needless to say, I’m feeling rather pissed right now about it.” The suit cleared out from the cage, making Kasumi nod to Shinji. “I’m going to blow off some steam. You can join me if you like.”
Kasumi wouldn’t like eyes behind her now, possible eyes which may judge, perhaps think ill. It would be better if she could smash her problems away without that, Shinji thought. So he went to the kiosk, bought rounds and a bat, and joined Kasumi in the flanking cage.
It was an open air cage. Shinji had the better fortune of wearing his haraway hat and batting from the overhanging shade. However, Kasumi had the misfortune of doing so with the roof open above her, and the now waning sun in her eyes.
The score, if there was such a thing, was even. Although Shinji had the advantage in not having flash in his eyes, Kasumi was just better. In spite of the sun occasionally and seemingly mocking Kasumi’s attempts to impart her anger on the speeding balls like it owed her money, she simply had practiced the motions enough that by the end, Kasumi had bested Shinji by a slight margin.
After getting sports water, both Shinji and Kasumi occupied their seats after finishing their innings. “So… how do you feel now?” Shinji asked. “A bit better. Just….”
A moment passed before Kasumi resumed “I’ve been thinking. A lot of this would’ve been avoided if my sister was still around.” “How so?” “She’d stand up for me. If she were here, she would be in my corner even against my parents if needed to.” “She was the older sister. They always listened to her over me. Now though, I might as well be alone. Or I guess, not exist at all to my parents.”
Shinji continued silence. He couldn’t say anything of value or comfort because he had nothing to say which may bring either. “I do feel better though now.” “Good.”
“I don’t got much to say.” Shinji replied. “Then what are you saying to me now?” Kasumi asked assertively. She was not in a receptive mood for bullshit, Shinji knew. “Other than that I’m available to just listen. And to be present if no one else would, no. Not much else.”
“Good. It feels like I’m against the world at this point. Except you and the gang. I guess most of us were put up to this.” “Hmm. Yeah.”
“Hey Kaz?” “I got another thing to ask.” “Sure.” “Will you be ok for the week?” “Yeah. I will.”
AEON RANK UP!!!
“I’m saying this because I think. We’re actually pretty close to our lead now. If all goes to plan, we’ll be infiltrating another palace again soon.”
2nd of July, Thursday
Haru’s garden
Lunchtime
“You seem to have nothing to do at this time of the day, Shinji.” “Well. I am doing something.” Shinji said as he stayed reclined on his steel chair. “What would that be?”
“Enjoying the sun.” Haru surveyed her plants, she couldn’t help but compare. Apart from the needs fauna and plantlife need from nutrients, a suitable habitat, and a risk of precipitation. It all stemmed back to the sun. It all stemmed back to how its presence, position and proximity merely allowed life on earth as a mere unintended consequence. There wasn’t much of a difference she saw between the spuds, and Shinji. Other than that Shinji expressed a deeper appreciation for such. As if the sun would cease not millions of years beyond their lives, but as if it were to cease this pleasant afternoon.
“Well Shinji. If you find yourself with nothing else to do, I got something you may be interested in listening to.” “Yeah? What’s that?” “It’s Makoto Nijima.”
Shinji remained unaffected. “What about it?” “Our possible worst fears are perhaps true.” “What may they be?” “Kaneshiro is likely running other sources of income apart from extortion, this includes pimping.” Shinji opened his eyes and got to attention.
“They got Makoto’s friend.” “She’s got friends?” “Yes. They’re likely either in some sort of debt… or took this work out of desperation.”
“Damn.” “What’s more, she’s been telling me and Ken that this specifically has been going on longer than the recent expansion into Shibuya. There likely have been more students, even from our school that…” “I get what you’re saying.”
“Needless to say, I really want to crack open Kaneshiro's palace. How’s progress on finding the third keyword?” “Going somewhere. Look. I should’ve told you guys earlier, but texting is skywriting. Me, Ken, and company went to mementos.”
Haru remained quiet. “Things happened, Ken reawakened to a persona. Somewhat good looking-“ “what do you mean reawakened!?” “That’s besides the point. We were going after a yakuza accountant. And they left an off-handed comment before they went away.”
“Said something about… Kaneshiro being the Medichi of Shibuya…”. “Do you mean Medici?” “Yeah. Sounded foreign.” “Shinji. That’s Italian.”
“Do you, know anything about what that means?” “Powerful family. Florentines, renaissance men. Uh… Donatello, Botticelli, Leonardo da Vinci…”. “Ok, that name I do know.” “The point is that they’re patrons of the renaissance.” “Ok. How did you know that?” Haru sighed in frustration. “You need to pay more attention in history class Shinji.”
“On the previous point… I heard Ken told me you two went to mementos to help out Iwai.” “Yeah… we both got into deep shit.” “What happened?” Shinji remained quiet. And looked at Haru with a gaze which told her he really did not want to tell her. “Alright… but let’s check on him soon.” “Yeah. I ought to see if the Gunkle is doing alright. He owes me a popsicle.” Haru stared at Shinji with confusion. “You didn’t know? He makes his own ice cream and popsicles.”
As Shinji finished his conversation though, the door opened to reveal Ann.
“Hey Shinji… free for the afternoon after school?”
“Yeah… sure.”
2nd of July
Underground Mall
After School
Both Ann and Shinji went walking through the underground mall. Both were sharing a box of salsa and fries as they walked.
“So how are you feeling? Kat told me you were…”. “Stiff.” Shinji replied
“Nothing serious?” “It was a small caliber pocket pistol. It felt more like being punched hard, but that was it.”
Ann felt relieved. But another subject weighed on her mind. “Can we talk about something? You don’t have to listen if you don’t want to.” “It’s fine, go ahead.”
“Some time ago, Shiho told me that she wanted to leave.” “What?” “Not leave me, no. I mean she wants to leave Tokyo…” both Shinji and Ann continued roaming as they walked, exiting the underground mall.
“I get it. She doesn’t want to be here anymore. This city and place has caused her a lot of pain over the last year or so… but I can’t do that.” Shinji continued listening attentively.
“I have a life here, even after what Kamoshida did… I still have my job, and also… we got this thing going on, and I feel responsible for it.”
“We’re doing undeniable good here and I don’t think I can do it alone, anywhere else. What we got is a good thing.” “You feel that being present here in Tokyo is a good thing?”
“Before I met Shiho, I was only really trying to get by… to stay out of trouble, to keep my head down… but it didn’t feel right. What was seemingly good about doing all of those things was negative in a way.” Shinji thought on it. And then realised the point Ann was getting at.
“The supposed good was an absence?” “Hmm?” “I don’t know where or when I heard about it. But someone said… and I heard. That anything good needs to be a presence. An absense isn’t enough.”
“Yeah… evil is an absence of good…. And that’s why I don’t want to leave. Even after graduating…. And to be honest that’s her fault.”
“Shiho gave me a reason to be around. By being present for me, Shiho gave me a reason to want better. “You want to make this place better for her?” “Yes! It’s just that I’m wondering if the city’s done too much to hurt her to even be worth doing. She may just want to leave in the end.”
“I don’t want her to leave. I don’t want to leave. We shared so many memories here.” Shinji thought on that. He couldn’t help but think about himself, and be reminded of his prior years alive.
Those were years wasted he felt. He knew it himself. The years were spent doing nothing about the dark hour, Ken, school, his friends so on and so forth. He didn’t feel as if he had purposefully given up. That was what those who succumbed to apathy syndrome had done.
It was that absence. That resignation. He had effectively resigned from living by taking those damned PSDs. And even if he still had years left, he had spent those years with the exception of the two months before doing what? He had resigned from the human race and instead was more akin to a spectre. Someone who had died on the fourth of October.
He understood what that absence meant, it was entropy in every sense of the word.
“Shinji? Shinji?” “Oh! Yes, sorry.” “You ok? It looks like you were zoning out.” “Yeah, I’m fine….” “Ok. I really want to make Shiho know why I want to stay here… I told you why, but I gotta find out how to explain them to her…”
“Yeah, I wanna work on that. When me and Shiho graduate, I wanna live our lives out… here, if nothing else happens. I’ve put in a lot to make this place better. I’m willing to put in more.” Ann explained. “Right.”
“I guess, if you need help with that, I can do that.” “Really?” “Sure.” “Shinji. You have no idea how awesome that makes you.” “Just don’t worry about it.” Shinji, still holding the box, realises that there’s a few fries left.
“We’re almost out of the fries… and the salsa.” “Can I have what’s left of the salsa?” “Sure.” The rest of the walk was about how to divide the remaining fries between the two.
THE LOVERS RANK UP!!!
3rd of July
Ramen stall
After school
“Yeah, so that’s what happened.” “That’s insane dude! We gotta get Ken a pocketwatch and an armband now!” “He’s already got one.” “Man, can’t wait to see them in action. How close are you to getting the last keyword?”
“Perhaps closer than we thought.” “Let’s hope so.” Bowls of ramen were brought to the two. They began to eat.
“Hey Shinji?” “Yes?” “I actually got something I wanna tell you.” “Go ahead.”
“I’ve been thinking. You know about my leg.” “Yeah, it refuses to work.” “Thanks to bastard Kamoshida.” “Yup.” “Well, I haven’t been seeking any treatment, or way to fix it.” “Why not?”
“Because that would mean telling my mom, she worries more than she usually does about me, and has to think about how much she’d have to pay to fix it… which is why she doesn’t know.” Shinji remained quiet. “Now… I was fine with this… I can live without track. But…”
“What is it?” “Ever since we’ve been going to the metaverse, and my leg was working fine in there… I really wish I could have it fixed in the real world… it really sucks to be able to run for miles in the metaverse… only to try it here and fall on my face.”
“Hmm.” “Yeah, I nearly even ratted myself out to my mom about my leg because of that… so I’ve been thinking…. I got an idea.” “Yeah?”
“ Shadows drop a lot of cash in mementos. What if… I went into the metaverse, into mementos… and fought a lot of shadows…” Shinji thought about it. It was an easy and simple proposition. Its design seemed foolproof. But other aspects seemed lacking. “Hmm.. it doesn’t sound bad.”
“I know right!!! I can get my leg back to normal! It’s just that…” “What?” “I feel sort of…. Part of me feels it’s good but, it doesn’t feel right.” “How so?” “Well. Getting money from nowhere…” “yeah. I see that.” “Second off, I’m only really helping me. Don’t get me wrong, we’re THE K- “Hey. Inside voice.” uh…, Kay-gee, we should get at least something in return, but it still feels…off.” “How so?” “I’m not sure. Maybe the others would…”
“How would you feel if we handled requests while doing it, I don't think the others will say no to that.” “Hmm. That can work.” “Alright.” “There’s another thing.” “You aren’t going in alone.” “What! How do you know that… I mean how did you know what I was about to say?” “It’s what I was going to lay on you. You aren’t going down there alone. Especially with the guy who almost killed us on the loose. You are not going there alone.”
“Alright… but I don’t know if the others-“. “I’ll go with you. That’s fine.” “You’re the best man. Has anybody told you that?” Shinji remained silent. He wouldn’t hear the end of it if he told Ryuji that he hadn’t heard that in a long time.
At least Ryuji was thinking about what he was doing… he could trust him to think about the logistics of his own physical therapy… maybe the shadow operatives could help as well… but it seems Ryuji wants to do this on his own. Shinji pondered.
He got where he was going from. He wanted to do this alone, or with as little help as possible to not be a burden. He saw himself as a burden already to his mother, Shinji thought. And in that, he felt it was a good enough reason to help him on his endeavor.
“Alright… do you got mishima’s number?” “What? Why?” “He’s gives us our requests.” “Ah. Got it.” Ryuji handed his phone to Shinji. On the background of the phone, was a selfie of Ryuji with his mom. This further solidified the conclusion Shinji had gone to about his reasons for helping Ryuji.
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
“Right so… we’re gonna do this when we have available requests and time to handle them.” “Yeah.” “Alright.” After finally keying Mishima's number into Ryuji’s phone, Shinji got back to finishing his bowl.
This was when his phone started to ring. “Who is it?” Shinji checked his phone. “It’s Ken.”
Ken Amada
Kat: Hey Shinji, can I come over to Leblanc to study?
Shinji: Sure, I’m just having ramen with Ryuji now.
Kat: I’ll come later, see you there
Shinji: see you there.
3rd of July
Early Evening
Leblanc
The sound of the doorbell rang through the cafe as Shinji returned. “Guys? I’m back.”
“That’s right. That smells right.” While Shinji was outside, Sojiro had taken the chance to teach Ken a thing about coffee making. Instead of making ken’s coffee, Sojiro instead had been guiding Ken through the motions, teaching Ken how to roast and boil his coffee.
“Ah, you’re back.” The sight was a bit strange, but reassuring for Shinji. It was a photo worthy moment, seeing Ken with a green apron. “Hey Shinji, I should’ve taken Ken in, he’s a natural at this.”
Shinji remained quiet,and continued looking at Ken. “What, I’m just kidding kid. Keep practicing and you two will be alright.” With that, Shinji took a seat at one of the cubicles and waited for Ken to finish making his own coffee.
5 minutes later
“Alright, I’ll leave you two for the evening, make sure to close up.” “Thanks sir!” Ken replied. “Heh. Just call me boss.” He then left.
“Right. Thanks for having me here, they want me to still take the exams this month even though I just got here.” “Eh, you’ll be fine. You’re smart enough.” “I hope so.” Ken replied.
Shinji went upstairs to return with his notes. Together, both he and Ken went through what was needed for the exams.
“Hey… how do you think the others are doing for the exams?” “Uh…. Ryuji usually breaks even, Ann only does well at English, Kaz does fine while Haru does better.” “We should bring them all for a group session soon.” “Yeah we can.” Shinji replied.
Silence was shared. Shinji felt a tinge of uneasiness, of awkwardness, mostly surrounding the shared history he and Ken had. It was unavoidable. Ken however, was also aware.
“So… what’s Gekkoukan like?” “Now?” “Yeah.” “New people took over. Surprisingly some people Kotone or Minato knew. We got a new principal… she was part of Mitsuru’s council when she was president… she’s in love with the gym teacher.” “Hmm. How did that happen?”
“It’s Chihiro.” “Oh… think I heard about her. Mitsuru said she was alright.” “Yeah… she’s fallen for it, you remember, the track team leader.” “I think that’s… I forgot.” “Yuko.” “Yeah. Minato told me about her. Don’t remember what it was though.” “Yeah. Chihiro managed to make my transfer here happen. Without Mitsuru knowing.” “Any word from her? There’s no way she’s still in the dark now.” “Well…. If there was any means to reach me, it hasn’t yet.”
“Let’s…. Keep it that way.” “Yeah….”
A now more favorable silence continued.
“Hey… what’s this one on history?” Ken showed Shinji a mock exam question.
“How did Florence gain prevalence during the high Middle Ages to the Renaissance?”
“Oh. Lemme find a page, I think I got something.” Shinji scrambled through a notebook until he stopped. “Here, read it.”
“In 1293, a new constitution was put in place which put the artisans and craftsmen in charge of its affairs. Although part of the Holy Roman Empire, its status was similar to a… Frie… Stadht?” “I think that’s Frei Stadt.” “Free City. Where substantial privileges and autonomy were granted. Comparable to cities such as Metz, Cologne, Aachen, or Hamburg.”
“Did you take these notes by yourself?” “I cheated a little. I asked Haru for help .” “Alright then…”
“Anyway… this was in combination with another new institution introduced at the time by the Italian city states, and in Holland. Banking. Finding loopholes and ways to get around the religious laws against what was known at the time as “usury” or lending money with interest, families especially in Venice and Florence became extremely successful. With the Medici family being the most successful of them.”
Shinji’s interest was piqued.
“These exchanges, which could include the finances of entire city states in Italy or entire kingdoms. In the case of the Medici, they managed the finances of the papal states. These financial services and exchanges would at first take place on benches. Then on dedicated public buildings meant for finance and commerce. The Venetian word for bench was “Banco”, or as we call it in the modern day-
“Bank…”
End Track
KEYWORD FOUND!!! NOW NAVIGATING…
Before they both had time to process what had happened, both Shinji and Ken found themselves on the streets of Shibuya, having been sat in the cubicle, both as the cubicle which supported their positions were now gone.
“Ow! What the…” “You alright?” “Yeah… still got my coffee though!” Ken was still holding her coffee. Which was of immediate concern for her. Their notebooks were still scattered around along with the stationary. Confused, Shinji sought to pick up the stationary first. But as he kneeled down to pick it up, he looked around to see a rather uncanny sight.
Now playing: The Raindrop which fell to the Sky, by Chris Christodoulou
Broken ATMs, an aire of miasma which made him cough slightly. He looked around. Something was falling from the sky. It was… cash.
“Shinji?” “Yeah?” “Our clothes.” Shinji looked at himself, then he looked at Ken. They were both in their metaverse fits. Ken fitted their poncho in a way which allowed them to grasp their coffee cup better. They walked towards Shinji.
“What is it?” They inspected the bank note. It was not Yen, it had the face of a plump individual, clad in some sort of attire which… likely would be consigned towards the standards of fashion of… centuries past.
“Dude.” “Yes, what is it?” Ken was pointing towards the sky. Shinji put the note in his pocket and looked up. He had almost lost his breath when he saw it. It was a space saucer, seemingly sucking up pieces of paper from the cityscape below. They rose up, drawn to the light almost like moths. However, Shinji couldn’t help but think of the common trope of the abduction of cows by alien UFOs.
The heavy handed symbolism was clear. This was Kaneshiro’s palace.
Chapter 67: Euroa
Summary:
1878, Euroa... wait.
Chapter Text
3rd of July, Friday
Shibuya
Evening
“Yeah… so around here was where that floating saucer of a bank was…” Ken remarked. “Well worry about that later. We need to start preparing now for our infiltration.”
Needing to take their mind off their sudden encounter with Kaneshiro’s palace, Ken and Shinji decided to pre empt preparation needed to infiltrate the palace. The first step was checking on their gun dealer.
“I hope he’s doing fine.” “Maybe. But let’s be sure.” Ken and Shinji took a turn towards the alleyway untouchables were in. Both of them wondered if they had managed to help him.
Untouchables
As they entered the shop, Shinji was greeted by a rather warming sight. Seated together on the desk were Iwai and his son Kaoru. Both were sitting together on the desk, controllers in hand playing something on Kaoru’s laptop. In Iwai’s mouth wasn’t the usual lollipop stick, but instead a popsicle stick.
“You two are late.” Iwai expressed. “We’re here to check on you. Anything happened?” Iwai kept quiet for a bit. Looking at his now, trusted confidant and friend. “Pretty good.”
Iwai got up and led Shinji to the back room. Leaving Ken and Kaoru to entertain themselves.
“Hey dude?” Kaoru asked, “yeah?” Ken replied. “Wanna take over dad’s controller until he comes back?”
Meanwhile in the backroom, both Shinji and Iwai took their seats under the leering lightbulb, hanging off the top of the ceiling. “Well… two days ago, I received a call from Tsuda. Not only was he going to call off the threat. He’s going to turn himself in.” “Really?” “Yeah. Said he was going to go clean.”
“That’s great.” “Yeah…” Iwai went to the freezer to grab a popsicle from it. “Want one? I made this batch yesterday.” Shinji accepted.
“You know… you shouldn’t have come here this late at night.” “Why?” “Before he hung up… Tsuda told me a few things. Said that competition was going to crop up if you know what I mean... It could get ugly.” “How so?”
“You remember the name he mentioned, Kaneshiro?” “Yeah?” “They’re infringing on existing Yakuza territory. There is a real chance that something is gonna happen.”
“It’s why I have my son here rather than home. I have more faith in myself keeping an eye on him in the shop than I have faith in the home security system.” Shinji nodded in acknowledgement
“You should keep yourself out of trouble too, you know.” “I know… it’s just…” “You want to make sure me and my kid are fine.” Shinji was preempted.
“You know… I don’t believe in angels or anything like that but… I think I have been given one recently.” Shinji remained unaware of what he was alluding to. “Really?”
“It’s you.” Shinji’s expression changed to one of dumbfoundary. “You and your friends… you’re that Kelly Gang that has been going around… rooting out scum and bastards around here.” Shinji continued to hold his silence.
“Don’t play coy with me.” Iwai said in a slightly joking manner. “You came into my shop one day, asking for guns, start helping me and my son for no good reason… saved my life.” Iwai’s expression was also one of a slight smile, concealed in a serious demeanor. “No one normal does that… unless you’re going out of your way to do that for its own sake.”
Shinji remained quiet until he could express his reasons and motivations for helping. “A-At the time…. It did seem normal. Normal to me, I-I can’t explain it.” Shinji said. He did not want to be praised or anything like that.
“That’s fine. That’s because shit like that stands out here. People around here think for themselves, and since everybody’s doing that it seems so normal. You’re one to stand out because of that.” Shinji kept quiet.
“I was concerned that you were using my guns for something bad… not so much now.” Shinji seemed to sigh a breath of relief at that. Both Iwai and Shinji then sat in silence for a while.
“How’s that?” Iwai pointed to the popsicle in Shinji's mouth. “Pretty good.” He replied. “Good. Hey… come back in a few days, I could be able to make something better.” “Will do.”
HANGED MAN RANK UP!!!
The two men walked out of the backroom, to see Ken and Kaoru messing about. Iwai looked at Ken and inspected them for a moment. Then, he walked to a shelf and shuffled for something. “What’s up?” “Is your friend one of yours?” “Yes.”
He slowly shuffled through until he came across what he was looking for. “Ah. Here it is.” Iwai brought out a lever action shotgun. A smaller and sawed down gun. “This is for the people who want to cosplay Arnold Schwarzenegger… and to also do this.” Iwai spun the gun by the lever, spinning it like he was in an action movie.
Ken was entranced, she remembered when Minato brought her to see the old terminator movies back in the day, the memory of the terminator flip cocking the 1887 Winchester was a core memory of her time in 2009.
“Either this or….” Iwai shuffled through this time, a barrel. He then brought out a small carbine rifle, its stock was a folding stock which he unfolded to reveal a very portable and convenient rifle. He came and handed it to Ken, now standing.
The rifle was lightweight, its weight didn’t hinder Ken’s maneuverability, the action was smooth. Ken was even able to point it straight while only holding the grip by one hand.
“Yup. They suit the kid.”
4th of July
Tae’s clinic
Morning
The second step was seeing Tae. Although the stocks of medicine that both the Kelly Gang and the shadow operatives were sufficient, they weren’t limitless. And the high tempo of operations which Shinji and the gang would intend to fight would require an ability to sustain such.
It had been some time since Shinji had met Tae. Shinji’s role as a willing test participant was not needed for a month or so. The medicine was proceeding well, Shinji assumed.
The clinic
“Morning Shinji.” Tae addressed Shinji in a tired voice. “Morning.” “Right… you’re here for the trial?” “Yeah. And my exams are also next week.” “Right. Come along.”
Both Shinji and Tae came to the examination room. As he hadn’t been here in a while, a checkup was in order to make sure that no third party variables or factors would affect the effect of the medicine.
“So have you been feeling anything irregular lately?” “Apart from… not so serious coughing here and there… nothing serious.” “Good. Let’s get it done.”
The medical trial proceeds. As the administration of the drug follows and Shinji is put under observation, Shinji notices in Tae something. She’s tired.
Shinji isn’t in a position to ask. He shouldn’t. But he knows that a lot more people have been seeing her recently, visiting her clinic. On top of the work on Miwa’s medicine.
Shinji worries a little. For rather apparent reasons. The atmosphere of previous trials – that of purpose, to proceed with steadfastness – and even responsibility on the end of Shinji, was replaced with one simply of motions. The repetition was perhaps getting to her.
As he was under observation, he couldn't help but ask something. “Can I ask something?” “Yeah go ahead?”
“Any word about Miwa?” “Well… I told her dad to contact me if anything became worse… so far that hasn’t happened. No news is good news I guess.”
“Well…. How about you? How have you been lately?” “If it wasn’t clear. Busy.” Tae replied rather promptly “so far, June has been spent developing the drug further and making sure nothing is wrong… along with seeing more people… I am pretty tired.”
“But, it’ll be worth it in the end. We’re getting there, and we’ll make sure Miwa can be healthy and free to be happy…” Shinji nodded. “You know. There’s a reason it says Life, Liberty, and happiness in that order.”
Shinji nodded again, however with a smile. He would understand why that was. First hand. Then, the landline started to ring.
Both Shinji and Tae looked at the landline. What was supposed to be a routine trial became interrupted by something else. Tae approached the line and picked it up.
Track End
“Hello?…. Uh huh…. What….. What do you mean she’s in the hospice…. Oh no…..”
As Tae hung up the phone and turned around, facing Shinji not with the usual tired or suppressed smile, but with a despondent and demoralised expression.
“She’s going to die… because of me.”
Shinji sat in silence next to her. There was no way to console his doctor that somehow, a different outcome was somehow in reach. Shinji was just an anomaly to this grim and despondent situation.
There wasn’t much to say. What could Tae say? Two months, approaching three, was seemingly lost.
“He’s telling me that they’re moving her to the hospice. There wasn’t much else…” . “They’re”… Shinji thought.
“Who?” Shinji remained quiet and waited for Tae to reply… It took being stared down by her with an expression Shinji couldn’t really put a finger on.
DEATH RANK UP!!!
“Oyamada. Shoichi Oyamada.” What strength and constitution was left, left with the name of the man who consigned Miwa to the hospice.
“I- I need to be left alone today… go home, your medicine is at the counter…. Good luck with your exams.”
Shinji walked out. Out of fear of saying anything wrong, he left without saying anything. He wouldn’t be going home though.
Track end
4th of July
Somewhere in Shibuya…
Noon
“Shit…”. “Yeah. It’s horrible.” “We’ll do something about him later. For now we need to get ready for what’s to come.
Labrys and Chidori stood by Shinji, hearing out the morning’s events. They stood at the overpass watching over Shibuya. They were waiting for Ken and Yusuke to come in order to proceed.
“Any word on when and how they’re getting here?” Labrys asked
Then, she received a text. Reading it out, “look down at the parking lot…” she asked in initial confusion, only to look down to see something she didn’t predict.
Backing into a motorcycle lot, was unmistakably the bike Ken used to arrive in Tokyo. Hanging on leisurely, was unmistakably Yusuke, in his usual clothes and the addition of a bike helmet. Ken however was in their fully black motorcycle suit. They both take off their helmets and look up at the three, waving hi.
It took time for them to come upstairs, but when they did, Labrys held a hand out for five from Ken. “You rascal, still can’t believe you stole Mitsuru’s bike.” “I didn’t steal it, Kiki gave me permission to commandeer it.”
“Fucking legend.” Labrys replies. Yusuke heads to Chidori instead, more inquisitive about the mission. “You ready Yusuke?” “Yes. What’s the mission today?”
“We’ll be briefed when we get into the metaverse. Shinji?” “Is everybody good to go?” Silent nods were made. “Good.”
NAVIGATING….
Metaverse
Immediately as the group arrives in the metaverse, Ken, Chidori and Shinji unpack their gear, provisions, and arms.
As they got their equipment out of the bags, Chidori and Labrys got to admiring the new threads which Ken wore, from the black motorcycle suit, was now a hot orange poncho, and a hat.
“Ma gawd!” Labrys exclaimed as she took in the colors. Chidori on the other hand, took out the “metaverse camera” as termed by Maruki and Fuuka, taking a photo of the kid. Ken couldn’t help but be a bit playful, posing with her poncho and hat in front of the camera.
“If you fellas are done with pictures, here’s our briefing.” Everybody huddled in attention to Shinji.
Pointing to the sky, towards the large alien saucer which only now everybody was starting to notice. “That is our objective. We are to observe and recon the palace.”
“How do you intend us to get close enough to observe and collect information of an actionable or usable nature, Ned?” Yusuke asks “Labrys?”
Labrys, taking equipment out of one of the bags, revealed new equipment which was shipped from Iwatodai, it was the addition of terrain traversal equipment, otherwise, a grapple gun. Her rocket-boosted axe was a compliment which could be helpful. “It’ll be touch and go, but I can try to get everybody up fast, along with all the equipment.
“When we get there, we’re just going to look around, see if we can find out anything that can help us when we bring everybody else in a few days.”
Now playing: Surrounded, by Alex Peipman, from buckshot roulette
With the mission and its purpose clearly stated, the crew went to work. As a start, the crew observed the flight of the saucer for some time. It glided seemingly in a pattern, for a specific amount of time, it seemed to glide throughout the streets, a sweep. The crew observed the most paper bills floating into the sky when they were in this motion. Seemingly summoning all the money of Shibuya, from all the broken, smashed and defunct ATMs lying around the street.
Then at some point, it was noticed that every once in a while, usually after a few streets were swept clean, the saucer would return to a specific building. It always returned to it, as if it held an attachment or significance to this specific amalgamation of concrete, glass, and steel.
“Let’s see if we can get up that building.” Heading towards the building, it was seemingly an undistorted building, yet it acted as a centre of mass which the saucer gravitated around. As the group found a fire exit and started to climb it, Shinji thought of something.
“Is this… Kaneshiro’s hideout?” He asked while everybody looked around and started to think of the amount of time they sunk into trying to locate Kaneshiro. Cringing rather harshly.
0 hour 20 minutes
They finally got up the roof, looking at their pocket watches. The time that passed was spent observing and checking the route of the saucer bank. The bank was not back in the building’s gravitational influence, but was slowly returning from the west.
“Alright. How do we get up there when it comes back?” Chidori asked. Labrys quickly watched the path and thought about the speed of the saucer. The window to board was going to ideally be as short as possible.
“I’m gonna get on the saucer first, I'll carry what I can and bring it there, so the load will be lighter on y’all.”
It was arranged, Labrys would carry what provisions and equipment up to the palace first, while everybody remained only burdened by their arms. Labrys’s construction and chassis would be able to fly towards the now approaching palace using her axe. The bags were slung over her shoulders as she readied the axe.
A moment of suspense happened as the crew watched Labrys standing on the edge of the building, her axe fired up, soon enough Labrys was gliding towards the palace, the group nervously, morbidly and anxiously watched until she finally made it onto the surface of the palace. Everybody breathed a sigh of relief as she disappeared on top of the saucer. Just in time as the saucer now returned to the gravitational centre of the building they stood.
The sound of thrusters, not of Labrys’s axe but of the saucer, permeated the sky. Soon enough, a large hook landed on the roof, followed by Labrys gliding back to the team. It was clear, the group needed to climb, or be carried by Labrys.
One by one, the group either scaled the rope or were carried by Labrys up. The ones who had to scale the rope did so more nervously. They had more faith in Labrys to not drop them down below to the city, than they did in their limbs to not let go. Soon enough, the last to go was Ken, who was still standing at the roof .
BRRRRRRRR
“Aw shit! I think it’s moving again!” “Zag, hurry the fuck up!”
Hearing that the saucer was moving again, Ken started to rush up the grappling wire, getting as far up as she could. Everybody else, on the topside was watching anxiously as Ken as fast as she could climbed the wire until the saucer was clear and the thrusters started to pick up again.
Realising that being close to the thrusters was going to be lethal, and swaying her body away from the now enlarging fire would instead yield the opposite effect, Ken brought out her whip and looked towards the edge of the underside.
PS-SH!
The whip was now hung on a pipe, as Ken was now hung away from the thrusters, but closer to the edge. Climbing up, she took a look now at the sides of the saucer, looking for a place to find purchase on so she could further climb.
Instead, she had found a duct, really wishing for some solid ground beneath her, Ken scaled the side of the saucer towards the air vent, with the help of the whip.
Suddenly as he was climbing the side, Labrys came over, hovering and watching Ken scaling the side. “Hey Zag!” Ken turned around to face her. “Yeah?!” “You need some help?”
Ken, exasperated, responded. “Just lemme get to this duct! My arms are getting tired over here!” Labrys tried to protest, but realising that the energy on the axe was going to run thin, she couldn’t. Ken would be infiltrating solo.
“Fresh air!!” He expressed exasperately, as he finally shoved his own body into the vent, disappearing inside.”
0 hour, 25 minutes
Kaneshiro’s palace outskirts
“Ken’s fine, he’s just now in an air duct, climbing into the interior.” “Shit…” this was not part of the plan, Shinji thought. “We need to get inside now, get him out of there.” Shinji scrambled to look for an entrance, the front door was locked. As was always routine in the palaces he had infiltrated. He briefly considered taking his Winchester or Labrys’s Browning and smashing a hole into the window to break in, but that wouldn’t be advisable, he thought.
As Shinji calmed down though, Chidori spoke up, looking down on the side of the outskirts was a manhole. “Hey guys? I think we can get in through there.” She said pointing to the hole. Shinji quickly rushed over, his anxiety slowly tuning down. Everybody lined up to enter as fast as they could in order to not leave Ken out to dry for too long.
0 hour, 30 minutes
Inside the palace… somewhere
Ken had been crawling for a while. It beat not perilously hanging for dear life, but being cramped in an air duct wasn’t an improvement.
Ken thought she was going to develop a cramp. But then, she finally found a vent which led somewhere inside. Not willing to stay in the vent any longer, Ken kicked at the vent in one single motion, finally freeing herself.
When they got out of the vent system, they saw that unfortunately, they were not alone. A single shadow, this one wore a security guard uniform, but unusually, an exaggerated style of hair.
“I-I-Intruder!” The shadow was about to slam a red button near his desk with his left hand. However, Ken reacted first, a crack of the whip persuaded the shadow to desist from raising the alarm, in another attempt to raise the alarm, the shadow then went for the other way to raise the alarm, his sidearm.
But before he was able to draw his revolver, Ken had closed the distance and struck the shadow in the face, he continued to punch him until he was knocked cold.
A sigh of relief that no help was coming, Ken then surveyed his surroundings, the room he was in appeared to be a CCTV room. Security systems were arrays on large button displays, camera feeds, everything Ken would expect.
Finding a place to hide the shadow’s body, Ken looked for anything interesting in the office of value. Turning off the security systems, specifically the lasers and the cameras would be useful, but what would make the return trip easier?
It was then that Ken found it. A map detailing the lower reaches of the palace, including all secret stashes, hidden treasures, vaults, etc. Definitely useful. Ken folded the map and pocketed it.
Surprisingly though, this map did not include the floor plans for the main floor, only the vaults and lower levels. Ken opened the door leaving the security office. If all the cameras and lasers were off, they could likely roam around and meet back with the group if they were careful enough.
The lobby
To a similar extent, Shinji and the gang were finding similar success.
Having infiltrated the lobby, the group had gotten past security relatively easily, they emerged from another air duct, looking around they found security to be relatively light on the lobby, waiting rooms, and reception.
Reception was rather fruitful. After murdering the bank teller shadows silently, the gang was able to plunder the records cabinets. And got a glimpse at the book keeping.
“Jesus…. Kaneshiro has been grabbing millions from recent extortions.” Labrys said, reading the books regarding scams, extortions, protection rackets, so on & so forth.
“Membership at golf club…. Registered at june seventh… New Mercedes Benz G-class…. June fifteenth… art deals…..” Shinji pocketed the record into a coat pocket. Perhaps someone smarter than him like Haru or Fuuka can look into it.
“Uhm….. comrades?” Yusuke called out to the others. “Yeah?” “This ledger has names on it.” Yusuke then showed Chidori. “This page appears to be debtors.” He flips the page further on. “This page is for clients…. They got a value placed next to their name…”
People who took loans from Kaneshiro, sold illicit goods for him, bought them… so on and so forth, their name and value in yen were all catalogued on the pages of the ledger.
Then Yusuke came across the last page, which was when Shinji came to take a look too. “This is…”. “What? What is it, Taras?”
“These names… they don’t have an amount of yen near them. There’s only an amount in days or weeks.” Chidori took a look. “Don’t all these names look like female names?”
Suddenly, a value appeared near one name, as if the page were magic. “You see that ? The page edited itself.” Chidori exclaimed. Shinji took a closer look at the name next to it.
“Eiko.” “Does that name mean anything important?” Yusuke asks. “Damn. The S.C.P’s worst fears were true.” Shinji felt a sense of disgust. This wasn’t a pimping ring, this was a sex trafficking ring probably.
A new name then appeared. Below Eiko. “Mako- oh no.”
Shinji quickly picked up all the ledgers which had information of import. Everybody wanted to get out. This bank was becoming more insidious and disgusting the more they found out the nature of kaneshiro’s operation.
But where was Ken? They couldn’t leave without her. It was then that something happened.
The front door opened. Two militarised guards entered, followed by a man in peculiar dress.
High quality silks, a velvet doublet with embellishments of gold. Surcoat and stockings in the same color, along with a neck Collar of lace, accompanied by a copious amount of Jewelry further embellishing the shadow. The face was purple, eyes red. A fat constitution.
Chidori took note of the clothes, renaissance perhaps? A far cry from the professional suits and ties, or the uniform of a security guard, this shadow needed to look the part, to match the copious amounts of vanity and greed at his possession.
“This has gotta be Kaneshiro.” Labrys whispered. Shinji agreed. Everything was making perfect sense. They spectated the fat man looking around at reception, seemingly expecting…. Reception.
“Well. If I can’t have someone deposit this in the box for me, guess I’ll bring it down myself!”
The man carried a covered painting of sort, an entourage of guards behind him did the same. Yusuke observed closely. He was eagerly gripping his gasser revolver, however his fire discipline contained any urge to restore dignity to whatever pieces of art was at the hands of the fat medici.
Everybody was hiding behind the reception desks, waiting for the party of shadows to leave. They soon enough, dissapeared into the stairwell, ascending towards the floor above reception.
When they were sure to be alone, the gang finally emerged from their hiding place.
“Jeez… that was close.” Labrys commented
“Guys?” A whispering voice shot towards the gang. “Zag, is that you?”
0 hour, 40 minutes
The security room
“This one shuts the doors, this one opens all the doors, this one turns on lasers, so on and so forth…”
Security flooding the halls again following the return of the fat one, the group hid out in the security room Ken emerged from. The shadow which Ken had knocked out was now locked inside of a locker which sat at the back of the room.
“May I see that map you said we had here?” Shinji asked. Ken handed Shinji the floor plans to the lower levels. “Good. We’ll need to keep this.” Otherwise, the group was reduced to sticking around at security, watching the cameras and waiting for security to go light.
The occasion became one of a break. Soon enough, Labrys was the first to dig into some snacks before they were passed around.
“So… what now?” Labrys asked. “Yeah. What are we going to do when we get out of here?” Ken asked Shinji, who was eating into a bag of cheese flavored chips. “Well…. Chidori.” “Yes?”
“Can you do me a favor and brief the rest of the SO tomorrow on what we found here today.” “Sure… why?”
“We can’t wait. We’re bringing everybody here tomorrow and getting to the treasure.”We will then take a pause to rest to then come back after producing a calling card.” “That fast??!?!!!” Even Chidori was taken aback by the sudden turn of events.
“I said. We cannot wait. That ledger, I don’t think, will be updated in the real world, but we know it is being updated daily. The earliest dates expire in a week. We have a week.” “Shit…” Ken reacts.
“People who we know are on the chopping block. It would be irresponsible of us to not do something about it. I don’t think anyone could object to that.” and nobody did.
After a small break, everybody got ready to go. Using the old camera Mitsuru lended the deployed SO, pictures of the book keeping of Kaneshiro’s operation were saved. For what they were worth, the records were also burnt as well. A final look to clean up all that was left which they left behind was made, followed by a final look at the controls.
“Hey Kel?” “Yeah?” “If we’re coming back tomorrow, would it make sense to turn off all the security in this room?” “Yeah… it would.”
Soon enough, Ken and Shinji started to turn off all the security in the controls. Cameras Beep. , lasers Beep. , locked doors Beep. , vault doors Beep. , and anything which seemed useful. Arriving at the last control, Ken read out the paper tag taped next to the red button. “Turn autopilot off…” followed by another one. “Return to home base.. That building was Kaneshiro’s!”
Both were turned off and on immediately Beep-Beep. . When they got ready, Labrys took another look at the controls and found something they missed.
“Hey.” “What is it battleaxe?” “You missed the front door button.” she said pointing to the button which corresponded to the locking of the front door. She slapped it herself. Beep.
With that, the crew simply left through the front door of what was the bank of the most elusive mafia head of Tokyo.
But before they left, Shinji noticed something… He turned to face the west to see a blue hallowed door. A familiar door he hadn’t entered in a while…
Track end
Now playing: Aria of the soul, classical guitar cover by GuitarSVD
Velvet room on Styx
“I trust you have been making the most of your time since we have last spoke.”
Shinji looked around, it was exactly the same as he had remembered. A simple table on a raft, an old man in front of him flanked by two cloaked figures with oar shaped instruments.
“Yeah…
“I sense… you will achieve the full potential of one of your bonds… I commend you on this, and spur you forward on your journey. Make haste.”
“Alright… thanks.”
“Is there is anything else our services may provide?”
Shinji tried to think of anything of note… not much.
“I guess I’ll leave then.”
End track
That was weird. Nothing of value, importance or pressing matter was given by the old man. As if he wanted to be left alone. “You alright Shinji?” Ken asked.
“Yeah. I am. Let’s get out of here and get something to treat ourselves, how does that sound?” “I’m down”, “Sure.” “Uh-huh.”
And so, they left.
Crossroads
Normally, if Lala had any associates, acquaintances – let alone friends – she would not bring them to her establishment.
However, the bills still needed to be paid. And if they’re several connections away from her, she can overlook it. She thinks.
“Alright hurry up Shinji! Your friends are bone dry!”
Sat among the bar counter, Shinji's friends watched him scramble to pour out liquid bread from the tap for the SO, so he could then work on mocktails for the Kelly members.
Labrys couldn’t help but take a picture of Shinji in this perceived moment of duress. She sent it to the S.O chat while taking a sip of her beer.
As she drank, Labrys then had a thought. “What’s beer made of?”
Lala then faced her, her face lighting up slightly. “Well… do you know how bread is made?” Lala asked. Labrys looked at her with a blank stare.
“It’s liquid bread. Both work the same way, as yeast ferments sugars in the mix. Both use grain, but while for bread, grain is turned to dough, we add water to the mix, along with hops.” “Gee. How did we find that out?” Labrys asked
“The good old fashioned way, an accident. I heard once… someone could’ve left a bag of grain outside in the rain. Yeast then colonised the mixture… the yeast did its thing and then someone drank it, made them feel good, and so it goes.” Lala explained.
“This is good!” Ken exclaimed as she drank her mocktail. Shinji breathed a sigh of relief, he didn’t fuck up on a colossal scale. And the same sentiment seemed to be shared by Lala. “Glad to hear it.” She said to her.
Soon enough, it was time to leave. At least for the gang. Shinji still had something to learn, so he stayed in the crossroads, as everybody else went home.
It was then that Lala came by Shinji to say something to him. “You know, I don’t usually bring my friends over to my establishment.” “Should I have not brought them here?” Shinji asked, “Well, I don’t bring my friends here…because I don’t have any.” Lala said offhandedly. “So I’m fine.” “That’s not the point. Look, usually it's the person sitting at the bar who talks to the bartender, not the other way around. So take a seat and listen.”
Seated across from a standing Lala, Shinji sat as if he were in the hot seat, or thought that he was. “Your friend, who sat in that chair.” “Uh… Kat?” “Yes…. Look, she’s trans isn’t she?” “What?” “She’s trans, am I right?” Shinji kept his silence. “You take good care of her ok?”
Shinji kept his silence still. “Why are you telling me this?” “Well, I once used to have a circle of people I could associate with… they just, well… unassociated themselves from me.”
Shinji wasn’t stupid, he was able to read between the lines and understand what Lala was implying. “I think I understand what you’re trying to say, Lala.”
Lala smiled. Then her expression depressed slightly. “Good. I’m just worried people like her will turn out like me.” “She won’t. She has many friends, and people who have cared for her for a long time. Including me.” “Hmm.” Lala acknowledges.
She takes a glass and pours herself a cold one. “I don’t usually pour myself a drink. It feels weird, and I’ve been successfully out of the bottle for some years. The only occasion I have poured myself a glass was when it is sorely needed, which is when something horrible, or amazing happens. Which should tell you how many times that happened.”
“Really? “Well. Today may be an exception to the rule.” She takes a sip on her own. Shinji’s stomach started to take a nosedive. Reality was supposed to be harsh. He had many reminders and instances which let that land home. But now, he could only sense a feeling of… he couldn’t find a word to describe it.
DEVIL RANK UP!!!
With nothing else to do, Shinji took out his phone and opened the K.G group chat.
KG
OzzieIronMan: Emergency meeting tomorrow at the SO HQ, arrive at noon
Chapter 68: Everything Went Numb
Summary:
Right and wrong
There's not a lot a difference when you're singing that poor man's song
And that song it goes just a little like this
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
5th of July, Sunday
Shadow OPs HQ, meeting room
Noon
Now playing: This mysterious feeling
Tense. Or something among these lines was what was the atmosphere of the room. A sense of urgency, haste, and excitement permeated, but with no cause, not yet.
This was what Labrys inferred, as Chidori and Ken took the stand.
“Are we starting this without Shinji?” Junpei asks. “He asked us to start without him. He's likely working on something.”
“If there's nothing else, we’re starting now.” With these words from Ken, everyone in attendance now fell silent and listened to both chidori and ken attentively.
“Two days ago, me and Shinji had been working on some revision, we… in the process however found Kaneshiro’s palace.”
Chidori slid a photo polaroid to the table, the attendees passed the photos around, everybody inspected the floating saucer of a bank in the sky, along with trails of money floating in the sky.
“This was than followed by a further scouting of the palace, including to its interior. Don’t ask about how, it isn’t important now.” “
“We were able to infiltrate the palace, and through the means of finding records and information we have been able to find and confirm our worst fears about Kaneshiro’s operation.”
More photos were passed, this time of the bookkeeping of the operation. A grim realization set in on the scale of the misery he and his minions had loaned to many, not simply statistics, not simply metrics but people, names in the hundreds.
“The dates on the books represent an expiration date, expected return on loans or work. The earliest is by next Saturday.” Ken explained.
“And that's why we cannot afford to postpone or delay. We’ll be smashing through towards the treasure today.”
Silent whispers spreaded around the room, was this in their means? Could they infiltrate the entire palace in a single day? However, much doubt existed of the likelihood of success, there however was no question of the need to expedite the bankruptcy and poverty of Kaneshiro.
“If you have any further questions, come ask me. Otherwise, grab your gear and equipment, we’re leaving when Shinji arrives and we can all go.”
Briefing over, everybody disperses and either gets their gear or sits in the living room waiting for what is to come.
Ken and Koromaru sat together at the couch, a mixture of nervous excitement, anticipation, and a slight tinge of dread of what's to come was simmering. With the only way to keep it under wraps being to comb Koromaru to look his best before the time came. “You going to be with me for this?” RUFF
“Koromaru says… “Did you need to ask?” Aigis explains. Ken smiles as the pup extends its tongue out to lick their cheek.
Junpei and Chidori sat together too, both armed and waiting. “How are you feeling now Jun?” Chidori and Junpei seemed to be doing better, but even as they both shared a comfortable armchair together, there was no such comfort. “Doing fine… hey Dori?” “Mmm?” “... Guh. What am I trying to say.” “Jun?” “I was trying to think of something to say, something funny.” “Go ahead.” “Well, I was thinking of something about airBnB….”
“You know, the palace we’re going to is in the air.” “We aren’t going to a bed and breakfast Jun.” “I know, we’re going to a butcher and bolt.”
“I know… it ain’t funny, but thinking of nothing’s going to be worse.” Junpei continues. This thought sticks to Chidori… she gets out her sketchbook and starts to stab a blank page with a pencil.
Yukari and Fuuka are sitting together, they both are preparing their gear, but especially Fuuka’s heavier gear, with Aigis and Kotone taking two belts of ammunition, placing it on their shoulders. “Feeling alright?” Yukari asks as she works some of the straps and pouches of the load carrying pack she holds. “All set.”
Then Fuuka faced Aigis and Kotone. “Would you guys need more ammunition or…?” “Nah, nah,” Kotone replied. “We do not desire to encumber you with more weight.” replied Aigis.
“Though…” grrrrbbaall…… Kotone’s stomach roared. “How the…” Fuuka reacted with shock “You just had breakfast three hours ago!” Yukari exclaimed “I know! I know!” Kotone replies “I just got nervous, that’s all.” she says almost pouting.
Then, the front door opens, standing at the frame was who everybody was waiting for. Except he carried a large food container. “Is that for me?????” Kotone exclaims with gleeful abandon as she runs towards Shinji to give him a big hug. “Nah. Not yet at least.” Kotone returns to pouting. “This is for after the operation. I spent the morning making it for you guys.” A series of thanks fell upon Shinji, as he placed the large food container in the kitchen.
Labrys approached Shinji, handing him his Winchester and Smith and Wesson. “If everybody’s ready, we’re going.”
“But I’m hungry!” Kotone exclaimed, “You don’t wanna barf your lunch in the middle of this Koko.” “I won’t??!!”
Track end
NAVIGATING…
0 hour 0 minutes
Outside Kaneshiro’s bank
Upon appearing at the grounds of the bank, everybody stood looking out at the city below. The eerie shade of light from the sky above illuminated the land below which those SEES veterans who had experienced the dark hour could only compare to.
An eerie green light, whose glare was only less so when sat on top of the saucer. It was really hitting home to those who had experienced the dark hour firsthand.
Shinji was, however, standing facing somewhere else, he was distracted by something else.
“Will this be like Jerilderie Shinji?” Ned asks Shinji. “Well.” He replies while inserting two half-moon clips into his revolver. “Up to the point that it's a bank robbery, it is…. If I remember, you had only your brother, Steve, and Joe with you.” “Yes. That's right.”
“And you took the entire town as hostages to make sure they wouldnt rat you out.” “ Well we treated them like gentlemen, they were more like guests and we were hosts. In a sort of way.” Ned justifies.
“Well. We aren’t going to be so gentle.” Shinji remarked.
“Kelly?” Fuuka gently nudges Shinji. “Oh. Yes?” “How do we want to do this?”
“Well….” Shinji reaches into his jacket pocket and brings out two maps. “Straight line from here to the treasure.” “I’m sorry what,” Fuuka replies with some apprehension. “Nothing complicated, we blast our way to the treasure vault. Shock and awe.” “You think you and the others can do it?” “We have enough people. We can spread like crazy.”
“We’re about to find out.” “How are we supposed to get in?” Kotone asked Shinji, approaching him while carrying her carbine in one hand and evoker in the other.” “Well.. there's the way through the manhole over there… or the front door.” Ken and Labrys however came to him with another proposal.
“We can go in through the duct like I did yesterday Kelly.” Ken suggests “I’ll come with him.” “Be safe.” He replies quickly, before both Ken and Labrys run off to the side, they are last seen with Ken hanging on to Labrys to dear life as she hovers down.
Silence was held as some went down the manhole, waiting to emerge suddenly inside the bank, while others waited by the windows or the front door. Hand grenades, homemade fire bombs and or smoke projectors were passed to each fighter.
Kasumi, sitting waiting next to Fuuka, notices a spare miniature grapple gun – a spare for Labrys’, she assumes. She asks Fuuka, “Hey, can I have that?”
0 hour, 2 minutes
“Are we almost there?” Labrys asks “Almost.” Ken replies. The sound of metal clanging on metal, specifically of Labrys’s chasis on the metal vent rang out.
“Here we are,” Ken says. He kicks open the vent, climbing out, Ken walks towards the control panel of the security room. He looks for the door and slowly opens it to look out to reception. That's when it happens
A shadow jumps on Ken, grappling them on the ground, for a moment, both of them wrestle on the floor, exchanging punches. Ken is about to reach for their glasses, trying to summon Zagreus, only to- Bang-Bang-Bang!
A pistol is seen poking out of the vent with gun smoke slowly rising to the ceiling.
The shadow falls on Ken, slowly evaporating as Ken scrambles towards the control panel trying to see if any alarm was raised. She didn't need to.
Outside…
“Ok that’s it! Go go go!” The front door was kicked down, with Shinji rushing in first followed by the others.
The tellers which Shinji and crew had yesterday killed had reconstituted. But armed this time with an assortment of pistols or katanas. Rather than allowing themselves to be killed they fought back.
A zealous teller faced down Shinji with a katana, facing Shinji down. Eagerly, it twirled its sword around as if it were a baton on parade to be spun. Rather than indulging it any further, Shinji took out his Smith and Wesson and shot him.
With that, Labrys and Ken emerged, running towards Shinji. The reception seemed clear, though the loud sirens made it essential for people needing to shout. “YO KELLI!” Labrys shouts “WHAT?” “WHERE DO WE GO NOW?”
“DELPHI” Fuuka came running in, looking at the two maps. “Uh….. these maps are not fully complete.” “What.” “This bank is bigger than we thought. The best I can do is to scan for shadows and map out the deeper sections from there.” “Right.”
Everyone else had gone ahead. The sounds of intensive gunfire, persona abilities, and occasional explosions turned Kaneshiro’s palace into a charnel house of chaos, a witch’s cauldron of violence.
As for Fuuka however, she stepped into the security office, closing the door. She would guide the deluge from here, but first she instead found the P.A microphone, and had an idea.
That siren was distracting, it would interfere with her clairvoyance and was loud enough to blare through Juno. Rather, she took out the record player. The usual intention was to play relaxing, or sometimes classical from Chopin to Debussy as she did sometimes in mementos patrols, but this called for something louder which could at least distract from the distracting blaring sirens.
She was lucky a PA system was on the counter next to the security control interface, as she slid in a record that Kotone and Aigis had been generous to lend her.
Now playing: Everything went numb, demo by Streetlight Manifesto
0 hour, 10 minutes
Laundering offices
With most of the higher-tech security systems down, there wasn't much hindering the progress of the now splintering trail of persona users. Seperating into as many small groups as they can, they flowed like lava down the palace seeking a way into the deeper reaches.
Yusuke and Chidori were clearing out a section of hallway clearly dedicated to laundering the ill-gotten proceeds Kaneshiro generated.
Holding a rifle or a pistol in one hand while either grasping a grenade or an evoker in the other, Yusuke and Chidori mopped up with bayonet, saber, or evoker.
“Medea!” Sending fire to a laundering office, a flood of banknotes go flying out as something explodes inside. Yusuke, out of curiosity, takes one of the banknotes, inspecting it.
“Hmm…” “ HAAAG! AAAHH AARGGEHH!” Stumbling out of the burning room was a burning shadow, his suit and red tie in flames. It stumbles out into the hall only to stop. It was instead met with the dark third eye which was the barrel of Yusuke’s big iron.
Bang! The shadow simply slumps over and falls, with Yusuke looking on, before running off to catch up with Chidori further down the hall.
0 hour, 13 minutes
An exchange of fire brackets the claustrophobic halls. Scrambling to find a vault, any, the group further splits to further pathfind their way through the palace.
The sound of metal being torn to shreds is heard, as Aigis along with Kotone are seen tearing a locked door apart. Any security measures which stand to stop the “infiltration” are torn apart by brute force.
“We are clear to procee-“ Aigis’s statement was cut short by a hail of fire coming from the otherside of the room. She quickly reacts, firing back. She does so until the drum magazine is empty, which is followed by Kotone instead fitting in a belt of ammunition.
Kotone and Aigis are seen sporadically by the others leisurely walking throughout several hallways throughout the robbery, with Aigis walking with one of her arms hot red from overheating. Almost condensing the clean and sterile halls.
0 hour, 26 minutes
The entrance to vault 1F
The vault has been found. After the indiscriminate butchering of the tellers and shadow staff who manned their posts to do with book keeping and reception, laundering and so on, most of the persona users have managed to make it down to the first layer of the large vault which presumably houses the treasures of Kaneshiro, and the treasure.
But this meant a difference in the shadows who were tasked with defending Kaneshiro’s treasure, that being now, more armed and capable guards. Clad in black swat uniforms and armed with submachine guns, shotguns, or assault rifles, the fire from the enemy became less of a nuisance and started to increase in lethality.
They were a dam trying to stop an overwhelming tidal wave, except this wasn’t water but molten lava rushing in, seeking avenues into their boss’s palace to take everything of value which wasn’t bolted down.
Click. Click. A stoppage. The third one this raid, Haru thought. Racking the bolt didn’t make a difference, so putting it down, she stood amidst the fire. “Olga!” Less of an appeal to power but more of a wretched call for wretched situations such as this, An unholy combination of colors appeared in front of the shadows blocking the way to the vault door. Delirium, fear, the gnashing of teeth could be observed in the shadows, dropping their weapons to the ground.
“That’s it let them have it!” Labrys shouted, little could be seen due to the smoke and dust seemingly generated out of the sterile and clean bank, but it could be made out that persona users were rushing into the fray with evokers, swords, knives, or other means of getting stuck in with the enemy, among them being Kasumi who rather than running had launched herself through a grappling hook.
As the dust cleared, Labrys, Haru, and Kasumi could be seen covered in all manner of shadow gore, standing now near an unguarded entrance. Immediately, Labrys had gotten to smashing the vault door down using her large axe in collaboration with her robotic strength. The sound of contorting metal, with chunks sprawling out.
She kept on heaving at the vault door until a hole big enough was made to fit her head through to take a peek. However first, she had her ear out for whoever may be on the other side.
…… Silence and Sirens were the only things those behind Labrys heard before she stuck her head through and shouted loud for everybody inside to hear-
“HERE’S LABBY!!!”
She stuck her automatic shotgun through the hole and emptied the tube magazine in it, others scrambled to the vault door, or to find other ways inside.
0 hour, 36 minutes
Shinji and Ken are running down the halls as the sirens blared, the music that Fuuka was blasting, along with the incessant red lights of the alarm. They went past trails of spent cartridges to find Kotone and Aigis, both had stopped for a break. Both sitting in a room full of a pile of spoils and the treasured remains of spent shadows, now gold or treasure. They both sat like bedtime story dragons on top of their hoard, seemingly ravenous for a bite to eat.
“Shinjiiiii!-” “What?” “I’m hungry!” Kotone exclaimed. Shinji was lucky that his face was covered by his mask, as it covered a face of annoyance which was tamed by how much he sympathised with her. He was also starving, it was just that he didn’t think there was an opportunity to bring up more food beyond small snacks or drinks.
Ken however, shuffled a little under their poncho, bringing out a bag of biscuits and tossing it to Kotone. “Oh- Thank you Zag!!” Shinji could only watch with a bit annoyed as he was still approaching the point of being famished while jumping to get this bank robbery over with.
“Uh… do you know where the others went?” “Take a left then run through the halls until you find the stairwell downstairs.” Aigis said as she was handed a biscuit by Kotone. “Thanks. Oh. When you’re done with that, start bagging everything of value, and come downstairs with the rest” “Ok!” Ken and Shinji then continued to run to join the rest with the guidance of Delphi.
At the same time…
A record room, Yusuke thought. Both Yusuke and Chidori sat together looking through more records and registers, lists of numbers, values, and charts he didn’t understand or care to. Until he found something of interest.
“Hex. These individuals… don’t they look familiar?” Yusuke showed the contents of a folder to Chidori. It was a folder full of the names, images, and profiles of those working under Kaneshiro… People which they saw some time ago, Yusuke swore he saw the suspicious individual he had found when he and others were snooping around weeks earlier. However, the list of accomplices, collaborators, enablers, and those who benefited from Kaneshiro’s operation was steadily showing more of a white-collar bent. The operation wore a set of trousers with heavy pockets but wore a clean and proper white collared shirt.
Yusuke kept the folder of accomplices, partners, and others who worked with Kaneshiro, while Chidori went off to open several locked boxes with her chain axe, prying them open and their contents, what she found had surprised her.
“Is this…” Paintings. Various pieces worth millions, Yusuke went over and stood in shock as they went through Kaneshiro’s art collection. This included copies of several known pieces including- “Wait a minute, that’s the Sayuri!”
After pointing out the implication that Kaneshiro likely had a copy of Yusuke’s late mother’s piece, Yusuke and Chidori took stock of everything of value in the room and destroyed everything inside with fire, or hand grenades.
Zero hour, forty minutes
Vault 1F
Marching boots joined the symphony of the palace. The clanging of metal shields joined it. Then, the sound of a distinct thump thump thump
Before Ryuji, Kasumi, and Ann could necessarily extrapolate what had occurred, clouds of white gas started to dispense.
“GAS, GAS, QUICK GUYS!!”
“SHADOWS ARE DEPLOYING GAS!!”
The shadow operatives ran in, holding their bandana masks close to their face and extracted both Ryuji and Ann out of the hall, getting as much distance between the shadows and them. Only however, Kasumi remained.
“What are you doing, fall back!!” Shouted Yukari, the sound of boots started to get louder, as the line began to enter the cloud, intent on emerging on the other side. However, Kasumi decided otherwise. Running back over to Ryuji- “Hey!!” “Gimme that Ted!”
Snatching the Bazooka tube from Ryuji, Kasumi ran as close to the gas as she could, hurriedly shoving HEAT into the tube. “Dammit-shit-crap-”
The sound of feet hurriedly getting closer to her, she thought it was another Shadow Operative trying to drag her away from blowing those shadows to high hell, but instead it was Ryuji. “Lemme help!”
Grasping the HEAT warhead, Ryuji was calmly able to load the round, quickly tying the electric wire and priming the warhead to fire. Kneeling next to her like a rock amidst a fast flowing stream.
“NOW FIRE ANIITA! FIRE!!!!”
A flash along with a puff of smoke emerged from the back of the tube as the warhead flew into the gas cloud, followed by a large explosion. As numerous batons, riot shields, helmets, tear gas launchers, and occasionally limbs scattered to the four winds, as the gas cloud dissipated to reveal a burning pile of what remained of the riot control.
The shadow operatives and Kelly Gang simply sat back, watching Ryuji and Kasumi extremely elated, whooping and celebrating from the sheer elation of blowing things up.
“Holy Shit Kaz!” Labrys came running towards the two, snagging them both tight for a hug. “Holding them both high back to the elated SOs and Kelly Gang members.
“Are you alright?” Yukari asked Ryuji, only to get a thumbs up from him, and the continued rejoicing of the gang as Kasumi blows the smoke off the stove pipe. “This bitch loves this cannon!”
“Well, can we have more of that here please?” Junpei shouts, standing near the next layer of the vault, the handles and mechanisms meant to open the vault door are scratched from the constant impact of Junpei repeatedly hitting it with a long sword.
“Alright!! Alright!! Everybody stand back!!” Kasumi announces as Ryuji loads in another HEAT warhead.
End Track
Simultaneously…
Boom…… “What the hell was that?” Ken wondered out loud. Shinji, Himself, Aigis, and Kotone had been traversing the palace, mopping up shadows which the main mob of SOs and KGs had missed, only on the way down to the vault to have had first what felt like the foundations of the palace shake, to the tremors and the sound of a slight boom. “Must be the others downstairs. I wouldn’t be surprised if they didn’t bother with the keycodes and started blowing up the doors.” “You guys wouldn’t be far from the truth.” Fuuka intercedes.
“I’m sensing that the overall structure of the palace has been irreversably broken beyond repair. These vaults wouldn’t repair themselves if we came back.” “And we will.” Shinji replied. “Right…. Don’t you send a calling card to the palace owner and then steal his treasure?” Ken asked, “That’s right Zag.” Kotone replies.
“Well. That’s something we had postponed discussion. The calling card and when we will return for the treasure.” Aigis added. “Well. I have a feeling we’ll likely have a small break. Then we come back to put this all to bed. Give it two days.”
0 hour, 48 minutes
Vault 3F
Chink! Having breached most barriers in the vault, and having culled a majority of the shadows that were tasked with guarding the valuables in the vault, the S.Os and the Kelly Gang instead took the opportunity for a break laced with looting any valuables in the deposit boxes.
A display of pure vanity was found in the boxes, gold watches, the keys to what was assumed to be high-end cars, golf club memberships, jewelry, so on and so forth.
Backs and bags were feeling the strain of being full of what loot the K.G and S.O could bring back. Some were leisurely strolling back to bring their spoils to the entrance, others, now under the lead of Yukari and Haru, were now occupied with the final task. Finding the real treasure.
So far, nothing indicated that there was any deeper to go. They had reached the depths of Kaneshiro’s greed, which ought to be the true treasure he valued, but it wasn’t what they were here for.
Retracing their steps, they walked past the now ashen or gorey remains of shadows they’d killed. Only to find one out of place.
A suit, the remains of suit anyway belonging more with the tellers and presumably management upstairs, covered in ash and soot, surrounded by more militarised remains. Haru takes her cane and shuffles through the suit, to then find a document. A manifest.
“Yen… licenses….X….” “What’s X?” Junpei asks. “I don’t know. I this has to be a manifest on what’s stored in this vault.” “So, its gotta exist.” Junpei states.
“I am sensing…. A concealed wing of the vault.” Fuuka said, tapping into the conversation the three were having. “Where?”
BARK BARK BARK BARK!
The sound of barking could be heard in the distance. “Heh. I guess our little hellhound has found it!”
0 hour, 50 minutes
Shinji, Ken, Aigis and Kotone finally arrived at the vault. The sight of a ransacked and empty vault now graced their eyes and warmed their hearts.
“Almost quiet. An ambush?” Aigis inquired. She sounded a bit on edge, her gatling guns needed maintenance. Perhaps a barrel change. The amount of firing which took place had stress-tested the ability of her chassis to cope with more heat than usual.
Kotone grabbed the back of Aigis, hugging her from behind with her chin and her bandana mask resting on her shoulder. “It’ll be fine Hoplite, we’ll cool you off when we’re done here and we’ll recharge our batteries with a nap together afterwards!” Kotone exclaimed, the remaining rounds on the belt rattling on her shoulders.
The sound of paws pitter pattering on the metallic floor was heard, as Koromaru slowly prowled then ran towards the four. “Houndie!!” Koromaru jumped into Ken’s arms.
“How are you doing boy??” Ken asked as she rubbed and gave the good pup scratches, kisses and pets. Ruff!
“He is saying to follow him.” Aigis stated, as koromaru then jumped out of ken’s arms, leading the four towards a secluded spot, what was previously floor, but revealed to be a staircase, which they scaled down.
Downstairs…
“X marks the spot I guess.” Haru surmised. “Wow….”
While Yukari was stunned by their discovery of Kaneshiro’s treasure, Junpei was instead confused. “I was expecting something like gold…. Not…. Thin air.”
“That’s because it hasn’t been given a physical form. We’ll need to make Kaneshiro aware that it exists. That we’ll take it from him. Then it’ll turn into….” “Money?” Yukari asked. “I won’t be surprised if it's money, if the bank has been telling us anything.”
“Sounds too generic.” Junpei replies “Maybe it's uh….”
Junpei couldn’t continue his point. “Ok… maybe that's too generic.” “What?” “I was thinking the obvious. Gold chains, a gold watch. Yacht.”
The sound of people approaching drew nearer, however, the three persona users breathed a sigh of relief when they saw who it was. Koromaru had been able to find their leader.
“Good job Houndie.” Shinji said complimenting Koromaru. A sense of relief in fact had rather been felt by all involved in the robbery.
“Delphi, inform all that we have found the treasure, and that we can all get ready to leave as soon as we get back to the entrance-copy?” “Understood, informing all callsigns.” “Tell them also…..” Shinji adds.
“Good job, get back home, go help yourselves on the curry.” “Got it Kelly.”
“Well. What now, leader?” Aigis asked shinji. “Now that I’ve thought a little bit more about it…. Take a two day pause, to give time to Hex and Taras to make calling cards and figure out how to distribute them…. Rest up and then get back in the action, get this over with.”
Ken remained quiet until now, where she interjected. “We also need to check up on the Council Prez.” “Right. God. She has to have gotten herself into some sort of trouble with Kaneshiro…. Shit.”
“We better get ready to put this whole operation to an end, Kelly.” Haru asserted. “Yeah… though now…. I think I’d like to go back and grab lunch with the others. Who’s with me?”
Rejoicing. Hungry and having finished their mission, everybody was now jumping at the bit to run back through the bank they emptied in all respects.
Walking back, Ken took in how much had happened in seemingly short of an hour. By the time they’d take to exfiltrate, the time spent in the charnel house would’ve elapsed 59 minutes and spare change.
Apart from stray chatter, Ken noted how quiet the palace was…. It felt too eerily quiet.
Grrrbblerrrrrr- “Agriope!” “What! I’m fucking hungry!”
Notes:
https://www.tumblr.com/laughing-cossack
Have been meaning to do this much earlier then I intended, I have a tumblr, you can ask anything about SKA
https://www.tumblr.com/laughing-cossack
Chapter 69: Chapter 69
Summary:
"Nice."
365+1 days of writing. Thank you all for reading this far.
If you want to ask any questions about SKA, post a comment or ask me on tumblr @laughing-cossack
Notes:
On a serious note TW/ Direct reference to suicide.
If you do not want to read it , when Shinjiro says to Ken "I think… I think I died that day. After that, I treated my body like shit.”
skip until it says “I don’t know how to really think or feel about it.”
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
5th of July, Sunday
Shadow Operatives HQ, the dining table
Lunch
Now playing:A Night Wanderer, by MOSQ
Reverie, A job well done, a feast to celebrate. All Kelly Gang members and shadow operatives sat together enjoying the fruits of their labor.
Warm in many regards, lunch was done with guns still warm to the touch leaning by the wall, cooling down under the ceiling fan and awaiting routine cleaning. All of the shadow operatives remained, with the exception of Fuuka and the shadow extermination androids, still covered in shadow gore, dust, dark and blackened faces were also sat on the table. Not bothering to take off the bandana masks, they were consigned to the role of being a cloth napkin.
The Kelly gang, however their normal attire remained unchanged, still remained bruised, cut, and or unclean from their battle. If they had remained in their attire however, the signs would remain clear. Ken’s fit sporting a few new tears, Shinji’s armor with a few new impact marks, Yusuke’s papakha hat covered in a thin coat of black powder, and so on.
Feelings of warmth and pride are conducive together. Any metaphorical ice which existed simply never was. Nothing was said, everybody was attacking the food because they were all hungry, but this was the fruit of collaboration between one generation of persona users with another, at least Maruki was able to note that.
Sipping his coffee, Shinji sat and thought about this. Observing the gathering of both the awakened of ‘09 and earlier, and the current year. His place in either was… in flux. He had awakened in ‘07, to Castor, he thought. But it felt unwanted. He had not wanted it, even at his own expense after he…
Yet, could he lay claim to being a part of the young, the fresh-faced persona users with style, flair, and an esprit de corps that matched SEES. Indeed, contrast made it so that there was more in line with their new comrades. But… What did that make of Ken and he?
Shinji looked at Ken, who sat next to him, digging into a plate of curry. It was entirely his doing, that Ken is now sitting on this table. Wore the armband underneath that poncho. And all else that came with it. He felt it in his body. A feeling of horrible guilt.
Cough-Cough-Hack! “You ok Shinji?” Ken asked Shinji, turning to him with a napkin and a smile. Shinji took the opportunity to get it out of his system, looking at the… was that sympathy?
Guilt turned to an ambiguous uneasiness. Then an uneasy acceptance. He didn’t know what to think of it. Then, came a call to attention to his left, Fuuka.
“Alright everybody, listen closely…. We have two days, which also includes the remainder of today to rest, recoup, and ready ourselves for the real deal. So let’s lay out what is on our agenda.”
“First, Chidori and Yusuke, we are entrusting you to work on a calling card, and to work on its distribution. Have you worked out anything?” Standing up, Chidori took the podium. “Yusuke had found this during the raid.” Chidori raised the fake yen note, the enlarged and round face of Kaneshiro was prominent. “You all surely noticed the yen in our palace ruler’s image surely?” heads nodded, or the sound of affirming hums followed. “Yusuke and I intend to make as many copies of our calling card based on this banknote. The calling card will be on one side, while the face of our man will be on the other.”
“These calling cards can be mass produced like Madarame’s. Distribution will be dispersed around Shibuya, AS WELL… as Kaneshiro’s suspected den.” Yusuke elaborated. “The palace hovered over a specific building in Shibuya. We will especially spread the cards around the specific area.”
“Are we sure Kaneshiro will certainly read it?” “If the police are having trouble finding him this far, it stands to reason that his self image in public would rouse him. He will notice, he will take note.” “Still…” Shinji interjected. “We need to be sure.”
“We’ll work something out in the meanwhile. Otherwise, we have housekeeping to do here.” Fuuka continued. “Maruki and I will be working on the after action report…. Kotone and Yukari will be on laundry duty, our gear needs to be in condition for the day….. Anything else…..”
“A bath for our chassises is in order.” Aigis added. “Rust sucks. Y'all lucky your bodies don’t corrode when not maintained.” Labrys added as well. “Right… I’ll help you two out but someone helping won’t hurt….” Kotone raised her hand. “Of course…”
“Otherwise, other than weapons maintenance, a possible restock of ordinance from our supplier…” “And some time to rest!” Junpei exclaimed. “Yes, that too… Otherwise, we’re set. How does this sound, leader?”
Everybody looked to Shinji. “Huh, me?” “Mhhm..” “Yeah... Other than calling cards, new ordinance, maintenance of weapons….. All everybody needs is a rest before coming back again.” “Alright… If you’re done with lunch, get your dishes in the sink, and enjoy your weekend.”
Finishing lunch and turning out one by one, Shinji tried to carry their presence of spirit, of warmth. But as others left the room to continue their day, their plans and schemes for what was left of Sunday, Shinji couldn’t help but resign slightly. He left, seeking the warmth of the sun outside instead.
End track
Later in the day…
The remainder of the day refused to share the warmth, as it was blocked by a screen of dark clouds. Shinji walked through Shibuya, bleakness permeated the landscape, or perhaps it only confirmed such prospects Shinji held.
A walk around Shibuya didn’t help. Going home without much other than study or to sit and do much of nothing was not appealing.
Walking past Shibuya station, it began to rain. He’d stood by an overpass. Crowds of suits passed by leisurely, then the rain picked up the pace.
A man however was also picking the pace, one that shinji recognised.
It was Yoshida, shielding his head with his backpack.
Noticing Shinji, he smiled. This smile was however, accompanied by seemingly, something similar to what Shinji seemed to have felt as of today.
“Bleak day today huh?” Shinji said, as Yoshida took the time to dry himself. As much as he can anyway. “I must concur…” “wanna get somewhere warm?” “Very much so.”
A restaurant
Now playing: Pasážová Revolta, by Karel Kryl
“Perhaps a change of setting would…. Bring benefit to our conversation… but I’m not sure what to say.”
Shinji paid special attention. Yoshida was currently displaying a clear night and day contrast for ill optimism, passion, and a sense of engagement was always the environment which he brought as his pseudo professor in living in the truth. But now…. It seemed like the sun had retreated for the refuge of the west.
“Yeah?” “Well…. I guess there isn’t much incentive for me to lie or to withhold the truth. It would be a fit of irony regarding the subject of previous conversations.”
“Remember when much earlier, we were talking about how people became part of the system when they accepted the absence of truth?” “Yes.” “Well…. I feel like the environment I made my career, and profession in has been unconducive with the truth.
“You ever put thought into your future, young man?” “Well…. Not really.” “Were you ever told that? By your parents, your teachers, any adults?” “Well… apart from two more academically serious… friends, you’re the third I guess.”
“Well… I….Hmm. Not even parents?” “Nope.” “Must be extraordinary.” “Nope. They’re just dead.”
“Oh…. I’m sorry.” “Never got to know them, was in the orphanage system for a while. But that’s besides the point, continue.” “Well….. originally I went to school to study economics and business… it was…. To say the least, a bleak and automizing environment.”
“I did it because well…. That was what all parents seemed to tell their children here… it was a miracle that one of my electives….” “Huh?” “Classes I chose myself which weren’t related to my major. It was a miracle I found history and anthropology.”
“Now though…. I find myself questioning my youth.” “How so?” “I’m…. I have a nickname in my circle of colleagues. I’m the “Bohemian.” Rather than teaching something “normal” like economics…. STEM…. Business, I eventually chose to switch majors.”
“Are you regretting it all?” “Maybe. Everybody goes to economics, STEM, and anything that gets them a job… I decided on anthropology because I was sick of it.
“After every semester the amount of people enrolled declines and the size of my lecture hall increases.” “Why so?” “Either I’m bad at my job, the subject is…. Somehow more boring than economics and business… or this is a trend.”
“Well. It's a trend of sorts. Ever since ‘89 mostly. So some years before I left to live in Czechia.” Yoshida took the time to sip from his cup. “I’m afraid my department of the humanities is being undercut.”
“Everybody seems to want to be rich and comfortable, or to do what was expected of them.” Yoshida seems to speak with a bit of loathing in his voice.
“Sorry if it seems like I’m ranting. I’m just tired of being told that my field is obsolete because students don’t want to study the humanities…. What part of it isn’t important? What part of history?” “Are you talking about the subject or…..”
“The more and more I think about it, the more I think people want to be free of history. Not that studying it is something they’re tired of, but because they want to be free from their sense of time. To be free from history.”
“That feels impossible.” “Hmm?” “That’s paradoxical in a sense… you cannot be exempt from history… in a meaningful way I guess.”
“Well. I’m speaking in general but… I think not just us, but everybody in the world is losing something because of this.”
“There was a French scholar from the 16th century. Francois Rebelais, he said "I believe, science without conscience is the death of the soul”.” Yoshida described with a palm to his head. Seemingly trying to recall something he had read. “We’re losing our conscience.”
“I feel like we’re losing our ability to do that. Yes.” Yoshida says with a slight tinge of bleakness. At least it's out of his system, Shinji thought.
Both Shinji and Yoshida sat in silence for a while. Only for Yoshida to continue again. “I don’t mean to sound like I’m worshipping Havel as a hero… even though he is to me.” “No no. That’s fine. I think you really needed someone to listen to you now.” Shinji replied. “You do?” Yoshida asked, slightly stunned. Only to then smile slowly. “Thanks Shinji.”
It was then that Yoshida felt the courage again to talk about what was in his interest. Taking out his copy and going into detail again. But… seemingly with purpose, with confidence which befell someone who felt as if what they were doing was not correct or expected, but right.
“There’s a structure to the essay, you’ll notice from now on Havel’s moving on from the level of individuals to one of society as a whole. As when more people like our greengrocer begin to live in truth, they will start to do things in their best interest. Sooner or later, if this trend continues, an independent life of society will be made, as Havel calls it.”
“An independent isn’t manipulatable by powers on high, it is an expression of living in the truth about people’s needs, a power that is independent, free thinking, and unpredictable. It is one that includes everyone in all professions, none of them certainly intend to be dissidents, but their very independence and need for the very truth regarding authentic human needs is a potent weapon.”
“Workers asserting their needs through independent trade unions. Artists, musicians, actors and writers building from scratch an independent culture of society. Independent scholarship from…. As the book outlines people like me, historians, philosophers and sociologists. All are organised in a single shared aim of defending people and their needs.”
“Soon enough, you get something you might call a “civic society”, it's perhaps inevitable when enough people living in the truth merge social organisation and cooperation together to protect their needs.” Yoshida elaborates.
“Which I guess is the opposite of what we have here. A society of citizens who are able to assert their needs to authority independently, organically, and effectively.”
Yoshida looked at his watch. “I need to go soon, but next week, I want to stop reading Havel’s essay and instead go over its real impact.” “Alright prof.” “You enjoy the remainder of your weekend ok?” “You too, man.”
SUN RANK UP!!!
The rain then subsided, steadily, the clouds began to break as the sun started to shine through the bleak. As Shinji then received a message.
Ken Amada
Ken: Hey Shinji r u free tomorrow???
Shinji:After school yes
Ken:We need help with washing Aigis and Labrys
Shinji: I got nothing else to do really.
Ken: See you after school
Followed by another message
Haru
Haru: Are you free tomorrow?
Shinji: Depends
Haru: I intend to get a new machine gun. I’ve had enough of the lewis
Shinji: So we’re going to Untouchables?
Haru: Yes, I will appropriate some of the funds from the recent heist.
Shinji: Don’t see anything wrong with it, how does the evening sound?
Haru: Good
Will be looking out for something at the very least portable and not heavy enough to break my arms
Shinji: Haru, you’re most likely the physically strongest of us all here
Haru: No I’m not, that would be Aigis or Labrys
Shinji: I mean the KG
Ryuji’s thing is running, not muscle, Kasumi is better, Ann and Yusuke don’t regularly do physical
activity to my knowledge. Ken did sports for a bit, you’re the only one I know who does physical
work on a daily basis
Haru: It's not that
Haru: After hauling the lewis for so long my arms are going to feel it long after I stop
Burns on my hands and arms are also not desired.
Shinji: Alright, good occasion to see the gunkle, and get some ice cream from him
Haru: That’s another thing, the barrel gets red hot. Literally.
But yeah, ice cream would be good, what kind?
Shinji: You’ll find out
6th of July, Monday
S.O HQ, the parking lot
After School
A speaker is blasting out music underneath the sun. As excitement matches the sun’s warmth and heat audibly.
“READY SWEETIE!?” Kotone shouted out to the two shadow extermination units turned human. “YES!” “GIVE IT TO KORO!” Labrys shouted while holding Koro.
Fsshh!!!
As Labrys, Aigis and Koromaru were showered in a stream of water from a hose, Shinji and Ken sat next to each other on chairs holding the various washing solutions needed to wash clean the remnants of shadow gore and the smell out of Labrys and Aigis.
“They seem like they’re having fun.” Shinji commented. “Yeah, they really enjoyed this. Previously the Kirijo group would throw them into the car wash. This is more comfortable for them.”
It was at this point where bubbles started to float from the site of the wash. “Is that part of the wash routine?” “No. Kotone just does it because they both enjoy it.” The two watched as Labrys and Aigis were given a thorough rinse, as well as Koromaru.
When that was done, Koromaru dashed over to Ken and Shinji and did what all wet pups do in close proximity to their loved ones. “Guh! Koro no!” Now wet and being sprinkled as Koromaru shook off any water and dog cleaning product on itself, it was taken as a sign that Koromaru desired to be dry and warm, so a warm towel was wrapped around the good pup. Who, like a good boy, sat next to Ken and Shinji as if nothing happened.
“Shinji! Bring the cleaning solution and brushes!” With some haste, Ken and Shinji got to either Labrys or Aigis and started scrubbing what residue and smell out of their chassis. The three made sure that no stains were left on their steel.
Soon enough, they were done, a rinse followed by sitting in the warm sun in order to dry their steel chassis was in order. This was nothing other than a nice spot of sunbathing, as everyone either in steel or in flesh instead sat around the carpark, put on sunglasses, or in the case of Shinji a hat, sat back in a chair and settled down.
Ken and Shinji sat together, enjoying the warmth of the sun above. “So. You think you’re ready for your first exams?” “This should be easy Shinji. I think I’ll be fine, how about you?” “... I’ll scrape by.” The two then sat in silence together, overhearing Aigis and Kotone talk about what they’ll clean next when they get upstairs later.
“But Kotone, it is a strange sensation.” “We don’t want your finger guns jamming, we have to use the wire brush to keep it clean.” “But Kotone, it is what the people call- Ticklish.”
“I just thought of something.” “Yeah?” “You know how you and Haru talked to Makoto the other day?” “Uh huh?” “I’m going to need you two to check on her again.” “Oh- right…. Shit… she’s gotta be in…. Deep shit.” “Yeah….”
Continued silence. Then, a question. “Hey… Shinji?”
“Yes?”
“Are you doing ok?”
“Yeah. I am.”
“I mean… being back from the dead… it’s gotta be…” “I don’t…. Think I have really died.” “But you did.” A pause then followed. “We saw the life leaving your body that night.”
“Well…. I’m not really sure if I have died.” Shinji then sat up from his chair, lifting his shirt. Ken saw it, a gashing scar, A blackened spot, almost like a dark and black third eye on Shinji’s chest area. Ken stared into it with both the morbid fascination and an ever creeping dread. A reminder, a vivid reminder of the night was ongoing as Ken remembered the play by play of events.
Ken however remembered most vividly hugging Shinji’s body after he had caught the second bullet for Ken, shielding him. Although Shinji’s body was cold, and it had been cold. He felt it had become even colder, the body entering rigor mortis and simply became a cold humanlike paperweight.
“Now that I’m seeing a bit clearer… I’m kind of questioning if I could have been considered alive in the first place.” “What do you mean Shinji?” “In a way… I had a life before your mom died.” Shinji said within an inch of what was seemingly an emotional sting, or pain.
“I was about…. Sixteen. And even before that, I’d say that things were alright. Aki and Mitsy were there with me… we were keeping the shadows from Tartarus at bay for the most part. There were little to no cases of Apathy Syndrome, we were keeping them shut inside the tower pretty well. But otherwise…. That year was until October, great actually.”
“My school performance was slightly behind Aki and Mitsy, but they were overachievers, and being behind them meant being beyond average. We spent almost every day after school at Mitsy’s house… playing pokémon or some shit.”
Shinji sighed. “I’d say the same.” “Hmm?” “My mom, she was a Veterinarian. She was extremely knowledgeable about animals and cared for them. Apart from Fuuka and Kiki… she was the kindest woman I knew…” Shinji remained silent. Then seemed despondent, and unfortunately for him, Ken noticed.
“You ok Shinji?” Shinji continued his silence. He resigned, feeling cold, in spite of the warming sun. This was his fault. He had taken what was not only a loving mother away from Ken, but a caring and likely wonderful individual away from the world. Whose quantity was in short supply.
Ken realized what was happening to Shinji. But she didn’t know how to respond. She remained quiet, until Shinji spoke.
“I think… I think I died that day. After that, I treated my body like shit. I think I really wanted myself to die after that.” Ken listened emotionally, she was on a ledge, however ambivalently. There was no established way to know how to feel about the current situation, it had never happened before to anyone!
“I guess I treated what came after as extra. I wanted to die, I knew I would eventually die after taking the PSDs.”
Quiet. Ken looked at Shinji, his body language seemed to suggest he was holding it together, but it clearly wasn’t in congruence with what he was feeling up there. Then, Ken shot back.
“I guess that was something we both shared then…. You wanted to die… I wanted to kill myself after killing you…. I guess we both thought we died after that day that year.”
“I guess,” Shinji replied. “Well…. How do you feel now then? Coming back.” “Hmm. I…”
“I don’t really know.” “Ah.” “I don’t know how to really think or feel about it.” “Though…” “Yes Shinji?”
“I never really enjoyed the sun before like I do now.” Shinji said while now reclining back into his chair,
“If this is what living feels like…. I think I’ve only started doing it this year.” Shinji said as he further reclined, covering his face with his hat.
“That’s great to hear.” Ken replied.
They stayed in the parking lot, enjoying the sun, shooting the shit. “Say Kat?” “Yes?” “Where did you get that motorbike?” “Mitsuru’s garage.” “Stole it?” “Mhhm.” “Misty won’t be happy.” Ken looked at Shinji’s face. A slight grin was underneath the hat. “What?”
“She was like a dragon when we were kids. She’d guard her things like a dragon does with a pile of gold, except it was a small pile of her favorite pokemon plushies. I don’t think she would change regarding her motorbikes.” Ken imagined an angry child Mitsuru, zealously guarding a pile of her favorite pokemon from Lapras, Milotic, or…
“Heheheheh.” Ken and Shinji both started to giggle to themselves. Then, “HAHAHAHA-“ they both began to laugh.
JUDGEMENT RANK UP!!!
When they were done, Shinji got up from his chair. “Hey, where are you going?” “To help Haru get a new machine gun. By the way, can I ask something?” “Yup.”
“Are you getting along with the second in command?” “Who Haru?” Shinji nodded yes. “Yeah. She’s really good to work with since I got here.” “Good. I’m going to also ask her to go check on Makoto tomorrow when I see her later in the day. You two are going to make sure for the day that nothing happens to her before we steal the treasure.”
“Why? It's only one day.” “Somehow, someway, she found a way to get on Kaneshiro’s list. And it would really suck for all parties concerned if something happened to her before we could take down Kaneshiro.”
“Otherwise, I’ll be off.” “Goodbye Shinji. See you tomorrow.”
Later…
6th of July
Untouchables
Late Afternoon
Standing at the front desk, Shinji stood by Haru as she described to Iwai the criteria that she was to apply to her purchase.
“Yes. Something light and portable.” “Would that be all the missus wants?” Iwai asked. “Yes.”
“It’s going to cost you a pretty penny. Even if you kids are my favorite patrons.” “Mhhm.” Haru nodded with affirmative determinism. She would need the best for what will come in two days.
“Right. I’ll see if I can find anything which you may like in the back, in the meanwhile, help yourself to something from the freezer?” Iwai pointed to the freezer in the corner of the shop. It had been moved from the backroom and now was filled with homemade popsicles and ice cream. As Iwai disappeared, the two helped themselves.
“Dynamite pops huh…” Shinji picked up a fully red popsicle. The premise was simple, the popsicle itself resembled the cylindrical shape of a dynamite stick while the stick itself was meant to mimic a fuse. Haru instead helped herself to grabbing a plastic cup that was available along with a flavor of her choosing.
“So you need me and Ken to check on Makoto.” “Uh-huh. Spend the day with her even. I don’t think she’ll mind the company.” “Must we?”
“It’s just a few hours. Also, I would like it if at least nobody we know gets hurt before we can finally end this.”
“I mean it, I would prefer if our student council president was not Kaneshiro’s last victim-” As Shinji finished his sentence, Iwai opened the door only to stand with a face of shock. He had overheard the conversation, Haru shared the expression, but not Shinji.
End track
“Did I… did I hear that correctly?” …….. Silence, followed by an affirmative answer. “Yes.” “Shinji-” Haru was interrupted by Shinji. “It’s fine. He’s on our side.”
Thinking to himself, Iwai then said “Shinji, can you come inside?” His tone was shaky. The first time he had so visibly expressed so. “Sure.”
Iwai’s office
Expecting to be asked what the fuck he was thinking, Shinji prepared for what he thought would be the worst. But instead, Iwai took off his hat, and sat down at his work desk.
“Why are you going after Kaneshiro, Shinji?” Iwai asked Shinji, not with anger in his voice, but instead with what seemed to be a deeply concerned tone. “Because he’s targeting students, including from our high school.” “Look… I can’t fully explain how we know in detail, but we know the expiry date for some of the debts he expects from the people he scammed expires this week.”
Iwai remained quiet. “Look. Kid. It’s not that I don’t believe you.” Iwai’s tone started to emit emotion which Shinji never anticipated from him. “It’s that your target is someone who is on the highest priority of the authorities.”
“If it were a smaller fish, both literally and figuratively, the police wouldn’t care, a small-time criminal had just turned himself in, but this guy has been on the police radar for years. If you take away their catch, you’re going to be in the crosshairs of zealous prosecutors and officers who wanted the glory of catching the fattie.”
“But they can’t find him, if they’ve been after him for years.” “That’s the point. They’ve spent so much trying to bag him, that if you… somehow compel him to turn himself in, they might go after you to cover their blushes.”
“Look. I’m not going to call it off. Someone we know is going to likely have terrible things done to her if we do nothing.” Shinji said firmly. “I’m aware. And I fully agree with you, it's just that….”
“However your method, you better clean your tracks well.” “It is. There’s… practically no way they could, now thinking about it.” “You better make sure. The heat is going to be turned up on you.”
“Do you want me to tell you the method?” “No. Don’t, the less people who know the better. I’m not going to make you sink your own ship to make myself feel relieved.”
A tentative silence fell over the room. “Shinji. I don’t think I need to tell you this, but I’m worried for you.” “I can tell.” “It’s not because I’m trying to talk you out of it. I…”
“I want to be sure you know the likely risks going forward. Because prison isn’t a joke.” “Are you speaking from first-hand experience?” “Fortunately, no. But I am speaking from the experience of others.” The tone went from a bold and nonchalant to sober.
“Imagine….. Not seeing the sun in years….. Never knowing what time it is….. Or not talking to anyone but yourself….. For months and years.” Existential fright filled the room. As fearless as both Iwai and Shinji both were, they both were starting to feel a chill in their spines which could only come from genuine fear of the ultimate unfreedom and reduction of humans to simply bodies. Bodies incapable of the sovereign, unpredictable, or pro-social aspects of human living.
“It’s a violation of human life, being watched constantly by others. It breaks you down mentally, emotionally, and existentially.” You’re not a human but a body, barely better then a cow or a pig.”
Increasingly, steadily, the boldness in Iwai’s voice started to desert him.
“And when you get out, well….. You are still not free. You hear a lot from the news about rehabilitation, but to be frank. How do you turn a former human who was turned into a body into a human again. It’s almost impossible.”
Iwai doesn’t say anything further. He feels like he said his piece. What was likely the main subject of his own worst nightmare was loaded unto Shinji like a ton of bricks. Leaving Shinji silent, seemingly fishing out words to find which may ease Iwai’s anxieties over who had over the span of two months had become just before his own kid, a favorite and valued friend.
“I’m more….. I’m more concerned if. They try to get me to snitch you and the others out.” Shinji replied in a shaking yet bold voice.
“That’s what you’re afraid of?” …. “Yes.” “Hmmm.” Iwai began to regain his usual expression again, but with a smile. “You’re a good kid, Shinji.” “It’s not that. I physically cannot find it within myself to rat you out. If it comes to it, I can’t rat out a single dad.”
Iwai sighed. “That’s the thing I’m most afraid of after prison. Leaving Kaoru behind.”
Recompose yourself, the kid will take care of himself. Iwai thought, breathing slowly. Breathe. Count to five. Exhale. Count to five again.
“If you need anything, anything which you think is within my means, you can always come to me. I owe you after what you did to make sure me and Kaoru could live without needing to fear the consequences of my past life, or to look over my shoulder all the time.”
“Thanks.” “I still need to feed my kid, but the best I can make, it will go to you, and your friends.”
Suddenly, a voice started to speak. A foreign tongue, but one that Shinji could liken itself to. Its constitution was weak, and ragged, but spoke boldly, and with a conviction the truly courageous and selfless could only embody.
Now playing: Warszawianka 1831 roku, by Jean-François Casimir Delavigne
Towarzyszu duchu!
Walczmy i cierpimy za wolność naszą i waszą.
Walczmy o tych, którzy nie są wolni i nie mogą oddychać wolnym i świeżym powietrzem.
Jeśli mamy umrzeć ponownie, umrzyjmy, aby uwolnić wszystkich i uwolnić naszych zabójców od ich życia i wolności.
Mój topór będzie twój w tym wysiłku.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast turned a vow into a blood oath
Thy bond shall become the Wings of Rebellion
And break the yoke of thy heart….
Thou has awakened to the ultimate secret
Of the hanged man, granting thee infinite power.
…
Call upon my name … Konrad.
As if it was searching for fleeting words for Shinji to remember him by, the wraith bid Shinji goodbye with these words.
“Nasz naród jest jak lawa. Na górze jest twardy i ohydny, ale jego wewnętrznego ognia nie można ugasić nawet przez sto lat chłodu”
Resume Warszianka
It was at this moment that the episode in which Shinji was absorbed was broken by a loud and violent coughing by Shinji.
“Hey Shinji! Shinji! You alright? Y” “Yeah… Yeah. I am.” “I should’ve told you… it isn’t blackmail. It’s a more… I guess supernatural of sorts.”
“I don’t believe in ghosts,” Iwai commented. “But I think I can as long as you don’t get caught.”
Wiping away the contents of the violent cough, Shinji could only look at Iwai with a deepening smile.
HANGED MAN MAX RANK !
Meanwhile…
Haru waited anxiously outside. After what felt like an eternity, Shinji exited the backroom with an empty expression, it was then broken by the sudden emerging of his cheeks, turning it into a cheeky smile.
Then out stepped Iwai, tall and mighty. “Right little miss. If I can trust you with a favor, you can have something I made which I’m really proud of.”
“What is it, Gunkle?” “Gunkle?” “You’re the gun uncle. You’re our uncle who sells us our guns.”
.... “Heh. Heh. I like that. Gunkle. Anyway, I ask you… as your gunkle.”
Iwai stepped closer to Haru so he would be sure she could listen very carefully and couldn’t misinterpret. “Keep him from getting into more trouble then he can get out of. You got what I mean?” Iwai asked. “Yes.”
“Alright…” Iwai went back to the backroom and brought out one of his proud works.
“This. Is the ZB-26. Originally designed in the Moravian town of Brno.” Iwai placed the fake machine gun on the table.
“Excluding the improvements others made. The Holek brothers designed perhaps the best light machine gun of the last century. And the engineers and workers of ZB made this an extremely desirable machine gun to field.”
“Extremely controllable in full auto, reliable, durable, accurate and usable. A quick change barrel keeps overheating at bay.” Iwai then pulled the tab on the barrel, he then quickly grasped the carrying handle to remove the barrel, then he set the barrel back, returning the tab back to its default position, twisting it to lock the barrel in the gun.
Although her expression remained focused, Haru was gleefully exploding inside. She then when Iwai stepped to the side, picked up the light machine gun. Her glee finally broke through, her expression was infectious. She held the gun by the pistol grip and carrying handle, almost like an eighties B-movie action hero.
When she regained her composure, she then brought out her purse after delicately putting down the gun. “Don’t worry. Our… extracurricular activities feed themselves.” larger substantial banknotes were put on the glass display table. “Whoa. I intended to give you a discount little miss.” “I apologize, Gunkle. But you shouldn’t do what you’re so good at for free.” Haru commented. “Here, have a tip for the ice cream. You shouldn’t do that for free too.” “Whoa hey! Don’t break the bank for me kid!“
Shinji could only stand and smile, watching as Haru and Iwai fight a price battle as both try to reason to each other why either one of them deserved the better deal. Meanwhile, Shinji stood watching gleefully as a voice went through his head.
“Shinnie mate, who is this gentleman who has taken residence here? He’s a ghastly fellow.”
Once Haru and Iwai were done with battling over the price Haru would pay Iwai, she gayly and gleefully disassembled the gun with help from Iwai. Both Haru, Shinji and indeed Iwai were gayly anticipating the day when their efforts would manifest into the presence of something good.
Notes:
(If I got anything wrong in this description, feel free to issue corrections in a comment.)
After Poland lost its independence after the partitions, its intellectual and artistic communities either in occupied Poland or in exile kept the prospect of an independent Poland alive. Chopin is an example of a musical example of this, he fled to France. However, our Hanged Man persona is from a literary poet, Adam Mickiewicz.
Adam Mickiewicz is considered THE Polish poet, along with Lithuania or Belarus respectively. Riding on the trend of romanticism during the time, which puts him in the league that Byron and Goethe were at the time. Which threw rationalism out of the window in exchange for emotionalism, individualism, passion, heart over head, and other things the romantics thought ideal, the stock example being Paradise lost by John Milton, who poses Lucifer/Satan as the hero who rebels against god. In the same vein, Mickiewicz wrote Dziady part three, or the forefather's Eve.
Driven by the suppression of the November uprising in 1831, Mickiewicz wrote a poem dedicated to the persecution of Polish insurgents. Konrad is a self-named character, who is in prison for conspiring against the Tsar. It is a fully anti-imperial piece of literature. Konrad rages at god, who he believes allows his country to be occupied and subjugated by three empires.
Konrad, for the lack of a better term, is driven to madness in prison. Angels and devils fight over his soul, he calls god out as "No better than a Russian Tsar." The great improvisation, as it is called, is a monologue entirely dedicated to calling out god and why he allows Poles to suffer so much under his eye, even if, and is still true today, zealously catholic.
The poem could be seen as vocalizing an entire nation's trauma of imperialism, occupation, and the loss of your state and countrty, with the peak of the poem comparing the suffering of Poland to Christ, with the following line of logic being that the suffering will redeem and free the unfree peoples of the world.
If you want an idea of what Konrad looks like as a persona, he is a wraith. During Dziady, Konrad sings of turning into a wraith, and getting revenge on his enemies with or against god. To avoid needing a second CW or TW, it is to be said that the Pieśń Konrada is a very bloodthirsty one.
https://culture.pl/en/work/forefathers-eve-adam-mickiewicz
If you want to read more about it
Chapter 70: The Past
Summary:
Is there no escape?
Chapter Text
7th of July, Tuesday
After school
Shujin Academy
Within Japanese conventions and conceptualisation of social interaction and conversation. There is such a concept as “Belly Art”, or “Hara Gei” . In a way that is highly simplified, it is the apparent existing art of implying or communicating through a combined use of euphemisms, body language, silence, and one must wonder, telepathy. Can allow conversation to be made between two people without actually communicating bluntly and directly the subject of said conversation.
If this was an apparent art where one somehow gains proficiency in, Makoto Nijima has not grasped any further than the basest of her ability to express the horrible situation she had stumbled in, for no explainable reason at all.
Ok, perhaps a reason wholly justified, but not to the only person who mattered to her. However there was no one else, so it was not saying much.
Putting her textbooks in her locker, Makoto wondered what she would do in these last few days before her deadline. That being the end of the week. She knew what could happen to her, she already got an impression from what happened to Eiko, and “worse” was not excluded.
What had agonized her, more than the impending consequences of what others will likely label a lapse of sanity, was instead the play by play of apparent normal life. As if nothing urgent had prompted her to seek help.
An agonizing march towards certain doom, however she was not allowed to acknowledge it. She couldn’t admit that ahead of her was an abyss she likely would not return from. She was conscripted into an apparent theatre production. Where her fate was predestined by writers in rooms ages before this moment. She could not do anything else other than follow the script handed to her.
She was the Student Council President. She was a top student, there was nothing wrong with the world she happened to inhabit at this moment, and to deviate, to leave such a role will bring jeers on her and likely stains on her sister’s reputation.
As if the writers of such a production had thought on how to be cruel to characters of their own design, Makoto now thought about just how much of a perfect target her status and role made her.
They must’ve known her as sis’s sis. As someone who had important and people who mattered to her, both living and dead who by nature of proximity and relation had restrained her to such inability of action. She could not veer away from the disaster to come.
They knew that by her high standing, the eyes of her world would force her silence.
She wanted to run, to curl up in a ball. But that was not allowed. Not here. Alone where no one can see, certainly. Perhaps oblivion, perhaps the deepest and darkest black hole where no one can hear or see her would be what she needed.
But suffering in silence isn’t a way to live… is it?
“Hey Makoto?” Voices approach her. Makoto turned around to see two familiar faces. It was the Okumura girl, along with the new transfer student. “Yes? Is there something you two need?” Makoto asked.
“You see, we were wondering if you would be open to studying together.” Haru asked. “And spending time after too.” “Think of it as a reward, or a break at least.”
Now, from the perspective of Ken and Haru, nothing had changed, their Student council president remained more robotic as their Shadow extermination unit colleagues in the S.O.O. However, inside Makoto, a mix of surprise at the unpredicted request, along with several contrary and clashing reasons to either accept, request, comply, turndown, or to remain silent had ceased any ability to come to a decision.
As such, after a moment of silence she could only bring her impromptu attempt at “Belly art”.
“Uh…. I must check my schedule. A moment?”
Dammit. Makoto cursed and kicked herself for not decisively heading off the two of them.
However, as she looked at the ceiling, pondering her disposition. A change of heart was set.
If the end of the life she knew was going to happen at the end of the week, the last thing she needed was to have more time to contemplate that. In fact if her current life will be irreversibly torn asunder like wet tissue paper, she saw no good way to move on then to perhaps do something those who matter to her, to which very little such individuals exist or are currently alive, Find inadvisable.
The apple had been eaten already when she tried to do what she thought was right regarding her acquaintance Eiko.
A pomegranate would not hurt.
“Sure. Where are we going to study?”
End track
Concurrently….
Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: The ideal and the real
Maruki sat in his office. He was editing the after action report which Fuuka had drafted a day after the initial raid.
Overall however, the day consisted of sitting down and not doing anything much more of worth. With the other shadow operatives working on the other tasks from cleaning the guns to mass printing the calling cards needed to guarantee that Kaneshiro will see it. Maruki sat alone. His PC monitor shone a bright light which diluted the natural sunlight from the outside. But what was more jarring to him, was rather, sitting down and contemplating… a day of doing nothing.
Then, a knock at the door. “Come in!” Opening the door, Shinji had stood with a face and stance suggesting some sort of urgency.
“Something has happened.” “Take a seat.” Maruki replied. As he then put his monitor to sleep and faced shinji. “What has occurred, Shinji?”
“Last night. I had… awakened a new persona.” “Uh-huh.” “But it wasn't from fighting. It was from talking to someone.”
Maruki was in a state of initial shock, followed by curiosity. “Hmmmm.” “Maruki?” “Yes. It sounds familiar. Did it happen to be a confidant of yours?” “What’s a confidant?” “Well. Kotone, the wildcard after her and prior to you, hadn’t come up with a term for it, but she told me that her power as a wildcard corresponded directly with the number of close bonds, or significant relationships she had established at a certain point of time.
“There are rewards and perks to doing that, I've heard, including personas, but from what I’ve heard…they became obtainable however I note. Kotone specified that she did not gain new personas from this way specifically but the ability to obtain them. As if they couldn’t until they solidified a specific close bond..
“Well…. I guess I have. I’ve awakened… fuck me, it's rather bloodthirsty actually.”
“Ok, but can I clarify something?” “Sure.” “Usually, when cases such as these happen, it doesn’t mean that it was instantaneous. Kotone for example has told us that personas gained from the deepening of close relationships has told me that they have had to then synthesise these personas.”
“Strange… I have him right here.” Shinji said as he pats his chest signalling that he had done nothing other than see a significant relationship to its resolution.
“Hmm.” Maruki sat there in silence, thinking back to what he had known to this point about this…. This… dimension of cognitive psience and research. So new was its field of study and research that no standard terminology or vocabulary existed to describe what was being studied. It was a damn mess. It would be at the very least jarring if Chemists suddenly forgot the modern periodic table one day and had to start at scratch, or for a more historical note, if the knowledge of the ancient Rome really had been lost forever, rather than inherited by those who claimed inheritance of the double headed eagle.
“Strange.” Maruki commented. “Maruki? May I ask?” “About what, Shinji?” “Well, about being the wildcard. For the past few months, I’ve been working just fine with my only persona, but now… I think I’m changing my mind on that.” “How so?” “I got this persona, as you said from a close friend. So, I don’t want to give it up just to keep using my sole persona.”
“Hmmm. You can probably ask Kotone… Aigis, maybe even if we can somehow get wildcard number three who’s in the States.” Maruki however remained to appear a bit unsatisfied. He sat pondering. Shinji tried to articulate, however it couldn’t be made clear to Shinji why and about what.
“Well. Before I go, how has your day been?” “Well, not much. Helping Fuuka with the after action report, took Koro for a walk. Otherwise… not much.”
“Well… what would you rather be doing, then?” Shinji asked, semi rhetorically, part device to perhaps allow Maruki a moment to vent and to not silently wither away.
“Well….. I’d rather, I think…” Shinji took a seat, and listened. “When I was told to come here with your old friends, I was told by Mrs. Kirijo that I’m here to help and aid the shadow operatives in their current mission. Then I was sent off to arrive after the initial four were deployed.”
“Well….. I have been working on that, I’ve helped with applied experiments with technology specifically applicable to the field. But…. I haven’t been really applying my knowledge. My expertise I guess, if you would like to call it.” “So…. what is your expertise?”
“My expertise is in cognitive environments, or as our prior expert in the field would call cognitive worlds. But…. I haven’t been really…. Doing research, proper research and investigation regarding this aspect of cognitive psience.”
“You got the app right?” “Yes but… Well, last time I went into the metaverse with you guys was when we were looking into Madarame’s palace and well…” “Oh. Right.” “Even then, everybody else is likely busy with more important activities, tomorrow especially.” “Mmmm… I think we can find time.” “You think so?”
“Sometime about the end of this month to the next, Kelly Gang would be on summer holiday. We would have the time to lend a hand.” “Really?” “Yes.”
Maruki took off his glasses, squinted, then polished the lenses before putting them back on. He seemed to be on the verge of excitement, however, something was stopping him. “Well-well. I think before that though, I’ll need to inform Fuuka…. Then I’ll need to prepare, that being said only IF Fuuka would approve…”
Shinji did not know what to say. Telling Maruki to get a grip would be not helpful to state the obvious. However, Maruki needed to convince himself to convince others of the possible value and worth of his research proposal. This however, was something Shinji didn’t think he would be of much help.
“Should you be getting back early for some rest?” Maruki asked. “Big day tomorrow.” “Yeah.” “Also, I’m going to be including what you told me in the after action report. Who’s the name of that persona you have just awakened to?”
“Konrad.” “Konrad…. Sorry, Konrad who?” “Just Konrad.” “Okay…” Maruki wrote on a small notepad. “See you soon?”
“Sure.”
MAGICIAN RANK UP!!!
End Track
7th of July
Leblanc
Early Evening
“So yes… technically it does work out in a way that will give you the correct final answer, but it’ll make you lose marks by incorrect working.” “Damn.”
Having spent the day after school together, Haru, Ken, and Makoto sat, revising the more monotonous content the exams would contain. If Ken got the dates correct, they would practically start the day after they pulled off the raid, only wrapping up on Saturday.
Listening in however, was not only Sojiro, manning the bar counter, but also another regular, Chidori. Who was enjoying a warm brew and reading a book. This was the scene that Shinji found himself entering.
“Kid?” Sojiro asked Shinji. “Yes?” “Take over the stall for a moment, I need a break.” “Ok boss.” Shinji quickly nabbed his apron and stood at the stall, just opposite of Chidori.
“What are you doing here?” Shinji asked Chidori in an inquisitive way “I needed to relax a bit. Knowing what’s going to happen tomorrow.” “Alright… What’re you reading there?” Chidori showed Shinji the book cover. It was a history, a history of tarot cards. “I mainly just use these as references for art.
Chidori then took out a set of cards, revealing a series of dated and intricate illustrations of tropes and concepts. Some of which Shinji instantly caught on, others he was vaguely familiar with, and some he hadn’t seen.
“Nice looking. Where did you find that?” Shinji asked. “Junpei bought it when he was passing by Kinokuniya.” “ Thought it would pose as something I would appreciate visually, and he was right.”
“Well…. Have you ever actually used those to… well….” “To read my fortune? No. Not really. Do you want your fortune red?”
“Well…. If it gets my mind off tomorrow, so be it.” Chidori shuffles the 22 major arcana to then hold the 22 out in a spread. “Pick one. This will be your past.”
Shinji then picked…. Death.
“Death.” “Well….. it ain’t wrong.” Shinji hoped to god that Ken, Makoto and Haru did not hear that. “That does not mean *death* death, silly.”
“It means the end of cycles, the start of new things. The day ends at midnight only to bring the next. The first soon enough becomes last, and vice versa.”
“If that’s how that saying goes…. Anyway. The present. Pick another card.”
In his head, Shinji was partly trying to make sense of the reading. However it couldn’t be overcome by the conclusion that he had heard about tarot. That it was broad and flexible enough to say what people want to hear without telling anything worthwhile about past present or future. The part about what you wanted to hear or what was worthwhile to hear kept the two from colluding.
“The fool. The new, the start of things…”
“And now the future.” Picking a card, Shinji was beginning to slack on his scrutiny of the heart of the cards, at least until the next card came out, he had to reverse that, as the future seemed off.
“The hermit. Truth. Valuing it. Seeking truth, and living in truth.” Any slack shinji was willing to give slipped away. The means of prophesying, or of fortune telling either at best to him identified the inevitable dispositions of one’s self, offering possibility and, while not guidance, inspiration on how to proceed without claiming credit.
Or was telling the bloody obvious. Not willing to conclude until the jury had its say, shinji asked Chidori
“So what does it all mean you think?” “Who knows.” Chidori admitted.
But before shinji could dismiss the supposed spirit of the cards. Chidori gave him a final statement.
“I’ve been picking this up since I got here in Tokyo….”
“It has been years before that since I, well….” Shinji’s expression became one of sympathy. If it had been years before she had gotten here where she had to put the gun to her head as a means to specific ends, it means STREGA’s grasp on chidori had been loosened or broken altogether.
“And every night before we go out. I found myself reading these cards. Not to see if I would come out unharmed. There’s no way to avoid that. But… for peace of mind.”
Shinji had a negative view on superstition. If you couldn’t no longer trust yourself as the means to the ends to the point where belief in powers higher than one’s self, you were truly lost, Shinji thought. He spoke from experience, except his higher power was the ultimate end to his means.
He had seen the forming stages of the death cult STREGA was building among the apathetic ranks of Iwatodai. Their collective wishing for death remained in his memory.
However, having actually seen the brink together, Shinji couldn’t help but excuse it.
Shinji himself never had a hiatus from fighting. The highs, the anxieties, the close calls, the contemplation of what could’ve been. Shinji hadn’t ceased feeling the full spectrum of sensation in his system.
Chidori however had known peace. Love too. Peace and Love and Life for seven years. This was a return to a loss of ignorance surrounding the ultimate ends. What comfort, what easing of the troubles in one’s head that come from risking life and limb was always to be welcome. It would be foolish to shy away from what comfort could be brought to accompany vigor, effort, and strife and struggle.
“So Chidori?” “Hmm?” “How do you feel now, bout’ tomorrow?” “It’ll happen. And when it does, there’ll be nothing to be afraid of.” “Good.”
Both smiling, Shinji and Chidori held a hand each to grasp each other's strength.
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Wheel of Fortune Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
The rest of the evening was spent watching over Ken, Makoto and Haru. For all it was worth, Makoto seemed to be holding up fine. In spite of all who were in the cafe knew about her situation.
Shinji observed Makoto, compiling any judgement he had of her as of this moment. She seemed… normal. Given the opportunity she seemed like she could be on agreeable terms, at least she was with Haru and Ken. However, this “normal” only existed to the point of normal, as in deeming normal in conforming to conform, rather than what one deems normal by one’s own moral standards, ethics, informed by life experience.
This would likely separate her from everyone in the gang or associated with such by a league. Not only was it likely that Makoto would be the type to not align with the gang’s aims, but even oppose them if need be.
In spite of that, they would be freeing her of her troubles regarding Kaneshiro. Which was then when Shinji decided to put away his apron. Now would be a good time to hit the sack early after cleaning his weapons a final time.
Seeing Shinji walk to his room, Chidori then followed Shinji’s lead, leaving through the front door.
“Hey Makoto?” “Yes Haru?” “I’m going to haul a cab, what is your address?” “Oh, that won’t be necessary, I can still catch the last trains.” Makoto protested. “Still, it would be dangerous to go out when it's getting dark outside alone.”
“Please. I can defend myself. Don’t inconvenience yourselves for me please.”
“So you help us study for exams… but won’t allow us to repay you this once?” Ken asked Makoto. Makoto looked at Ken, as he stared at her with an inquisitive but one could say cheeky expression.
“Alright. Just this once.” Makoto replied with great reluctance.
End Track
Meanwhile…
Shadow Operatives HQ
Brrrrrrr-Brrrrrrrrr-Brrrrrrrrr
Yukari was sitting on the balcony of the penthouse when her phone started to ring. Her heart skipped a beat when she saw who it was.
Start Call
Now playing: On the coast, by Darren Korb
“Evening lovely.” “Mitsy???” “Hello Yukari. How have you been doing?” “Well…. Great!” “I’m calling because Maruki and Fuuka have told me you all are undertaking an operation of significance tomorrow. I’m calling you to ask how our friends are doing.”
“Well… Everybody is doing their best to rest up and prepare before tomorrow… Everyone’s holding up fine.” “Including our newest guest?” “Yusuke? Yeah, he’s fine too…. Sorry if that was out of the blue months ago.” “It’s ok. I hope to meet Yusuke when possible. Fuuka is making him out to be an extraordinary fighter and a welcome part… if not a member, of our association.”
“Yeah… Mitsy?” “Yes Sweetie?” “May I ask why you’re asking me?” “Well… There is something I am here to ask you about.” “Yeah, what is it?”
“Do you remember back seven years ago… when we learned about the circumstances regarding your father’s death?” “Yeah?” “Since Ken had taken one of my dad’s bikes, I have been looking more into my family’s activities before the incident.” “What happened?.... Also are you mad at Ken?”
“Well….. Kikuno had made it impossible for me to be mad beyond reason with her. Also, she does not like it when I talk about executing others.” “Ok. Good, but what have you found about your family?” “Well…. I found out more about my grandfather… he is more despicable and undesirable as a grandfather and individual than the reasons we were given initially…. And has put my father in a new light.”
“ Yukari. I remember when he told us, back at the island that year how your father had perished. You were hurt, and…”
“Misty, let me stop you there. Your dad saved our lives when Itkutski tried to kill us all. And even then, he probably didn’t know that the recording was tampered with.”
… “Thank you. I’m asking you now, because you, and I guess by extension Kikuno, are the only ones I trust regarding this matter.”
“Of course, Mitsy. May I ask something?” “Mhm?” “When I get back from tomorrow's mission, I am going to call you. You deserve to know that I’m safe.”
The two continued to converse about everyday matters. Work, fanmail, staying in shape, among other things. However, it couldn’t be considered consolation. For leagues of circumstance, power, and interest seemed to exist simply to keep them apart, or to sever the small string which connected the two together. As much of a cliche it was, neither felt as if they could call their current dwelling “home”.
And soon enough, that fact was made painful evident as they tried to end the call.
“I…. guess I’ll see you tomorrow Yukari?” “Yeah… It’s only a day.” “This separation pains me beyond reproach. I yearn to be able to wake up to you beside me. Only to wake up alone without you.”
“I love you Mitsy.” “I love you too.” Mitsuru replied. “Oh… and make sure to make Koro know. He is a good boy.”
End Call
A bit later…
Kirijo Estate
“I trust Yukari is doing fine, Mitsuru?” Kikuno asked. “Yes. And so are the other operatives.”
“Kikuno?” “Yes?” “Would it offend you if I were to say this mansion no longer feels like a home?” “How so?”
“It isn’t because of your lack of effort in keeping the house pristine but… this house feels like it no longer is a place to hold any belonging to.”
“Grandfather spent time in this house trying to end the world… Dad spent his life trying to end that before the world ended.”
“Me… Is it too much to ask… to be a loving presence to my love?”
“No.” Kikuno replied, though when glimpsing at her expression, Mitsuru only saw a face of restraint, a bit tongue.
“Thank you Kikuno…. I hope you find the same happiness Yukari and I have, with Labrys.”
Both Kikuno and Mitsuru could only sit in sorrow.
“Mitsuru?” “Yes ?” “We’ll get to them. Whatever... However long it takes.”
Chapter 71: The Present
Summary:
"Goodbye, to yesterday...."
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
8th of July, Wednesday
Early Morning
The Nijima Residence.
Now playing: Jobless Monday, By Mitski
The sound of a running faucet is heard in the kitchen. The steady sound of a knife on the cutting board is heard. It is of a slow but consistent tone. Its wielder is and usually of a timid and introverted temperament. Its eyes however are drifting away, still worn out from the events of the previous night. Still tired.
“I could use a good coffee.” Makoto Nijima thought. But actual good coffee, the kind she had last night at Leblanc with Haru Okumura and Ken Amada. Not the functional and non horrible at best which is available at her and sis’s home.
This routine served a purpose. That purpose was to walk out of her room in a few moments.
It was all fine though. It served a purpose and she was about to come out now.
“Morning Makoto.” Out came from her room, a sharp and much more awake Sae Nijima. Sharply dressed and ready for the day of work ahead.
Heading out of the kitchen, Makoto brought out breakfast. The two ate silently, discussing nothing. That was for later when the day was over and all work or school was said and done.
Sae reached for the television remote, part of the routine. It was to see what the media made of possible cases she would have to handle, and perhaps even how the jury would react to such.
But today was different. Rather than the announcement of cases which she would conquer, where she would consign the guilty to their fates, something unusual was on. Abnormal.
End Track
“Today, around Shibuya, copies of “calling cards” were spread around the area, addressed to a certain “Junya Kaneshiro.”
“What?” Sae reacted with shock both audibly and Visibly. Silently in lockstep, Makoto was also in such a state.
“The calling card allegedly accuses Kaneshiro of the recent surge of criminality in the area, including providing an image of the supposed perpertrator.”
An image of the calling card, a fake Yen bill with Kaneshiro’s face, was clearly shown to all who were watching the broadcast.
“On the other side of the bill, is the full message of the calling card.”
“To the Medici of Greed, Junya Kaneshiro”
“It is of great convenience that your appearance and constitution is that of a pig. Shall you decide to make yourself seen in public, the servants and agents of those who fraud, con, and steal the coin of mere school children shall be regarded as such. Swine.
Thou bring misery and enslavement of the sexual, and commercial kind, to great benefit and gain to yourself. What price incurred is compensated by unfortunate others, thereby, we come with the bill.
We, the Kelly Gang. will unseat you from your throne, built not from the expense, misery, and enslavement of others, but from the criminality borne from yourself. By day’s end, you shall not even feel the morning dew which pigs are entitled to in their place of filth, but instead shall recede to the depths of which only insects can proudly claim to.
You cannot hide.
The Kelly Gang
Suddenly, Sae’s phone began to ring, she dropped her utensils and picked it up, moving to an isolated corner she thought Makoto wouldn’t hear from.
“Mhhm. Yes Akechi. I have. Yeah. I’ll be there.”
Sae, as she ends the call, then picks up her bag, and leaves Makoto alone, leaving her to process what had just occurred, and what it meant for her current situation.
Salvation. A salvation of a sort was ongoing. But the angels as of now brought no comfort or ease, but were terrifying. They said be not afraid yet…. No one was left in the house to tell Makoto she need not be afraid.
So she sat there, in front of a slowly cooling breakfast, with only the ever encroaching sun as company.
“The citywide manhunt by the police as of this moment, are currently intensifying their efforts... We have also been informed by authorities. Residents who have sighted individuals who have either spreaded the calling cards, or match the physical features of the man on the calling card, are encouraged to inform the authorities.”
8th of July
After School
Shadow Operatives HQ
“Alright! Final prep on weapons and ammo! Bring everything you need, drop everything you don’t!” Kotone shouted as an Frantic episode of final preparations were done.
“Any update on when the others are arriving?” Yukari asked Kotone “Not sure, I think they’re smart enough to keep radio silence at this point of time.”
In the corner of the room, stood Labrys, Yusuke, and Chidori. They seemed to be congratulating eachother, but warrily.
“Are you sure you weren’t spotted, Labby?” “Nope. Stuck to the camera blindspots and away from them interlocking camera fields.”
“How.” “It was night.” Labrys said assuredly. “They can still see you.” Yusuke replied unimpressed. “Well, I happened to also be eighty meters above the ground on the roofs of several buildings.”
Indeed, Labrys’ axe was still warm, it was certainly used last night.
Then, at the front door, the sound of keys was then followed by the sound of the door. On the other side stood the Kelly Gang, carrying their gear in bags. Their expressions were on edge, nervous, and tense. Ken herself shuffled the others in while looking behind their shoulders, with shinji doing the same being the last in.
“You kids alright?” Junpei asked. “We heard about the manhunt going on…. some of us were carrying our weapons so we called a limo to bring us somewhere near so we could get here without suspicion.” Haru explained.
She herself was holding a sack with her ZB machine gun in parts. Without a moment of pause, she opened the sack and started assembling the gun quietly, as Junpei could only watch impressively. The others who did bring their gear did the same, often smaller pieces from pistols, revolvers, hand grenades with the safety tape still on them, sawed off shotguns, and melee weapons. But only after their moment of pause.
“Why the hell could they be trying to find us when we did nothing wrong?” Ryuji vocally complained as he brought out his mauser and saber, leaving the Sport kit bag on the floor as he strolled over to find where his bazooka was kept.
“I get that they’re jealous, but they have better things to do than lashing out on us doing their job better.” Kasumi said, taking out her guns from a smaller convenient paper bag, which previously kept sandwiches.
“I think… it's to be expected.” Yukari said, sighing. “At least you all got here safe so we could carry on the operation.”
*KAUFF-KAUF-KAF-ACK” “You ok Shinji?” Ken asked as she followed Shinji into the kitchen, who was pouring himself a glass of water. “Yeah. Just a bit more nervous than before. I didn’t think this would happen.”
“Good thing we reacted accordingly.” Ken replied. “Yeah, good thinking on your part.”
As Shinji downed the glass, he went to stand at the centre of attention.
“Ok… you all know the news. I’ve got a few things I want to say, starting with this.”
“ We are not going to ditch the mission. I don’t think any of you had any doubt in mind about that. But we need to be more careful from then on.” Shinji made clear.
“When we have won, and gotten out of the metaverse, we all need to play it safe and lay low for a while. Each one of you needs to have an excuse or an alibi in case of the worst possible scenario.”
“Haru.” The Kelly gang lieutenant stood up as well. “Us students, if we are asked what we have been doing, the appropriate response will be that we were studying for exams. If anybody asks, you tell them that.” “In fact, after we’re done, everybody in school is going back to Leblanc, just to add credibility to our alibi. Got it?”
“But my exams were complete.” Yusuke replies “It’s non negotiable. You can just bring a sketchbook or something, we really can’t drop the ball here.”
Fuuka walked to Shinji’s side as he stepped down from the centre of attention. “You alright?” “Yeah.” “You sure?”
Shinji stood there in silence. Only to then reply slowly. “Everything’s been going well for us up to this point… Now is not the time for something to go wrong.”
“I know. We all feel the same here… shadow operatives I mean…. I’ll tell you later why but this affects us as well-“. Shinji shot Fuuka a look of maliciousness. Only for Fuuka to back off, she got the message, this wasn’t something he needed to hear now in the moment. It wasn’t excessively malicious with the aim to do harm, but a means to an end, an assertion of personal feeling.
“Alright…. If everybody’s ready, let’s get the show on the road.”
End track
NAVIGATING….
0 hour 0 minutes
Kaneshiro’s palace
As if they had never left, the alarm bells were still ringing as they were the last time they had come.
“Jeez. I forgot how loud these were.” Junpei commented. “I can probably play something louder when I get to the security room over the intercom again.” Fuuka replied.
“Alright. As expected, those bastards know we’re here…. I want everybody to go in the front door guns blazing while a few people come with me and sneak to the treasure room.”
Hands were raised. More than Shinji expected. He had to pick. “Olga…uh…. Anita…. And Zag….” As the four KG members head towards the service entrance, the rest are briefed by Fuuka on their route.
“I will guide you to the treasure room as soon as I get to security. But you’ll all be taking the long route in order to get as many shadows on you instead of Shinji. Alright, let’s do this!”
Security room
0 Hour, 5 minutes
A shadow is sitting on the office chair of the security room. He is bored beyond measure and has to sit, contemplating if the threat issued to his boss will be made good.
Then a loud WHAM!!! rings throughout the lobby, the shadow then panickingly gazes at the camera feeds. The doors have been blasted open. Again.
“ATTENTION SECURITY, THE KELLY GANG ARE -GAAHHHRRRGGG!”
He quickly takes his service pistol and walks to the door, only for- BANG!
The door slams forward in his face, pummeling him towards the floor, sprawled out, he sees an imposing robot holding a warm to the touch labrys.
“SECURITY ROOM IS BREACHED-SECURITY ROOM IS- NONONONO- Blam!”
One out of four dark barrels are smoking as Labrys grasps the smoking Lancaster pistol. Behind her is Fuuka, shoving her aside so she can hook into security.
“Make way Battle Axe-“ Labrys runs to join the others as Fuuka then closes the door.
Pss-khvv!! Fuuka cracks open a Mad Bull, as she then puts down the gramophone, putting on a record she already had in mind, so she could get into Juno as fast as possible.
Now playing: That’ll be the day, by Streetlight Manifesto
0 hour, 5 minutes
Blam! Blam! Blam!
“God damn. She really likes ska.” Kotone comments as she fires off shots from her revolver.
“I remember-“ . BRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR ! “It was Minato who introduced her.” Aigis replied
Kotone put her hand on her heart, “really?”
Kotone’s appreciation of her brother’s taste in music was cut short by “five o'clock shadow!”
A swift motion in an almost 360 degree arc and what remained of a shadow behind Kotone was a suit filled with sootlike remains along with a knife. Without a spec even staining Kotone’s shadow ops gear.
“What else did you find in his mp3 player anyway?”
As Kotone and Aigis continued to run, keeping the tail of the marauding KG and SO secure, they continued to reminisce about their closest one, however no longer with them.
0 hour, 7 minutes
Service passages
“Delphi, are you sure this is a shortcut?” Shinji asked
“Its a shortcut-it wasn’t a guarantee that it wouldn’t be guarded.”
“Fair.” Ken replied. The team of Kelly, Zagreus, Anita and Olga left behind them in the dark and dank hallways of the service passage the remains of several stray shadows. However they increasingly started to stand their own.
The strain was becoming most apparent on Ken and Haru. Swapping sustained firing on Haru’s ZB brought the MG to faintly glow. As for Ken, it had been years since he had been summoning his persona at such a high tempo.
“Zagreus…. Go….” The Stygian viscously attacked, sending boiling ichor at shadows, or hacking at the enemy with a stygian blade. It was tough slogging through cramped rooms with little to no room for stopping.
Soon enough, it was time for Kasumi and Shinji to take the lead while Haru and Ken were keeping tail. As an imposing shadow of comical devilishness made itself seen.
“Everybody open fire!” As the order from Shinji echoed, the sound of ZB fire, along with carbine and revolver fire shadow to stagger backwards. This was followed by Kasumi taking initiative.
The sound of rapidly rising wire was heard in the flashing darkness as the black clothed Gaucho disappeared in the darkness.
Only for it to be revealed after a sudden flash of light that Kasumi had grappled up on top of the shadow’s shoulders, standing imposingly with her revolver and Kukri out.
Bang! Slash! Slash! Pow! Slash! The shadow reeled as Kasumi sliced and blasted open its shoulders. However, reacting fast while its shoulders could still bear the strain, the shadow grabbed Kasumi by one of her boots, and then threw her off.
However she tried to recover, as she usually did when in a tumble. Kasumi went crashing into the floor in a less than comfortable manner. She was not in a good way.
“AAAAWWWWUUUHHH!” Everyone was in shock as the Norteño reeled on the ground. Ken reacted quickly, bringing Kasumi behind her so at least if the shadow wanted to finish the job, it’ll have to go through her and Haru, but this fight needed to end fast. This shadow was doing a good job as holding them up. Friends of his would surely finish the job if they don’t do him in now. Shinji thought.
It was then that a now welcome voice was then heard by Shinji.
“ wzywaj moje imię, teraz!
“Konrad!”
As blue flames gathered around Shinji, they quickly dissipated to reveal not a man, but a wraith. He wore nothing but rags, remains of the clothes of a respectable poet. However, they were stained by the brown and reddish stain of blood. From its mouth, its jaw remained red. The mess of prior victims not washed away by sands of time. Its limbs from legs and arms were however boney, overstretched, stalks of bone held together not by form but by spirit.
All it had was a bloodied axe, and a companion who was keen to wet his axe as well.
Ken, Haru, and a reeling but recovering Kasumi watched as Shinji and the ghastly form of a nightmare made rather real and utterly terrifying. It was July, not the month of Halloween, or as Konrad would’ve called it, Dziady.
Blood was being spurted on the surrounding walls as Konrad and Shinji gleefully hacked apart the shadow with gleeful abandon. At some point bits of shadow matter, then followed by limbs were being scattered throughout.
A severe bloodlust had fallen upon both Konrad and Shinji. As Kasumi, Haru, and Ken could only comment and watch in numb and morbid fascination.
“You know… This is something out of a slasher movie.” Said Ken. “Sorry, what's that?” Haru asked in curiosity
“It's a gorey horror film, usually from the eighties.” Kasumi commented as she opened a bag of cheese puffs, watching the bloody mess unfold. “Have you ever watched any?” Haru asks
“Nah. I know my limits. My sister doesn’t, she gets scared all the time.” Kasumi replied.
“…. I think I’ll enjoy that.” Haru added.
Soon enough, there was nothing left of the shadow to mutilate, as the shadow had been granted the mercy of melting away into remains, leaving a gorey mess of remains, blood, gore, and other viscera stained on Shinji’s steel plated armor and coat, along with Konrad himself, who took leave.
“That… was… awesome!!! I can’t believe you got the same power that Kotone and Minato had!” Ken exclaimed.
Shinji, assured that nobody else was listening in the deep, dark and dank place which never saw sunlight, which was these halls, Shinji replied “ They make it look easy though…. I’m feeling whacked…”
Ken noticed as Shinji’s breathing was haggered and that he even needed to lean by a wall to keep some balance, as if he were coping with the demands of his new power. Deeming this as genuine rather than an attempt at humility, Ken took a bottle of water and handed it to Shinji, who promptly accepted.
Ken watched as Shinji tipped a now bloody helmet over so he could drink. No better contrary image could’ve been composed of someone capable of bloodlust, however able to smile with relief as the water quenched any thirst.
Despite that, Ken was able to find themself appreciating that… in a way. He couldn’t put together why though.
When Shinji finished up, Kasumi also happened to have, for the most part, recovered. As the effect of eating seemed to have rejuvenated over any damage to her body. With everybody in better shape, they moved forward.
0 hour, 14 minutes
The vault
The din of battle grows ever louder at the vault. As rather than remain dispersed, the security detail of Kaneshiro’s bank had dug themselves into the large labyrinthian vault.
The rattling of machine guns, loud bursts of HEAT rounds, hand grenades, the sound and heat of fire took president.
Having dug themselves into what crevices and crannies for both concealment and cover, the use of personas finally took a leading role in smoking out those zealously defending the greed of their master.
“Medea! Maragidyne!” Like butter, the flames spreaded over the hall where shadows formed a barricade out of what they could find.
They danced accordingly, put to the torch as Chidori watched for a moment, only to walk away, giving Junpei room to unload a Tommy gun magazine into the flames just to be sure.
Vicious fighting took place on all elevations, turning the previously sterile vault into a circle of hell, but for its defenders. Who kept up a fight until it was too late.
Every effort was taken to root out anything standing between the KG and SO from the vault. Personas heard their summoners call upon their name as if they were a deity of salvation in a time of crisis. Guns were steaming or smoking from sheer use. An orchestra of violence was being mixed in a witch’s pot of charnel violence.
One who could see the pot from above its fumes was their navigator, Fuuka. Or rather the alchemist behind such a concoction of violence. Directing it, sending aid or relief from Juno. Mixing the pot, directing those towards shadows in hiding, waiting for an opportunity to lodge knives into the tail of the group.
As if she were adding her own ingredients to the pot, a can or two of red bull were now empty on the desk. Already however, jitters were starting to hit at her.
Although the chair she sat in was comfortable, her hands were shaking, legs bouncing without restraint. Jumpy, rather than being a calm informing voice warning of further threats, there was instead a shout, or a screech over the com, when the shadow of a shadow entered the camera feeds or when the results of a scan came up.
“Shadows behind you Taras!!! Behind you!!!”
The feed of Yusuke turning around in time on the camera feed, delivering slashes to two dark figures behind him. Leaving mountains of soot behind.
Fuuka could only feel brief relief as she settled in her chair.
“Dammit… I gotta stop taking Mad Bull… why did you have to get me on these, sweetie?”
The thought of Minato slightly depressed Fuuka in the strain. Thoughts were clouding Fuuka’s ability to tap into Juno. She sat. The volatility of the moment was slowly shutting her down.
Only then had suddenly blue flashed around her in her chair, Juno began to contain her inside. And began to speak to her.
“All will be fine. Take a deep breath.”
Overwhelmed, with no sense of direction, Juno held her hand out to Fuuka.
“Breathe in… count to five… exhale…. Count to five.”
After another one, Fuuka managed to recover from her attack of nerves. “What will I do without you, Juno?”
“Your best.”
“Are you so sure about that Juno?”
“You would because your allies need you to. And so does he.”
“Who do you mean by he?” Juno remained silent however. Fuuka could only trust this as Juno being assured in Fuuka’s judgement, or that she could figure it out herself or in fact knew who.
End track
0 hour, 20 minutes
Service Passage
“Is this it?” The group approached a door. There were many that looked exactly like it which they passed by, but something was off. Something important.
“Does this lead anywhere important, Delphi?” Ken asked.
“Uhhhhh…”
The echo of Fuuka’s inability to answer filled their ears
I think-Is there a visible locking mechanism?”
“Uh… it's got a number keypad.”
“Hang on- i may be able to find something in this office.”
The four stood around, waiting for Fuuka. “Kelly?”
“Yes Olga?” “Remember two days ago when we went to get the machine gun?” “Yes, what about it?”
“While you and he were talking in the back, I took the liberty to grab some ice cream from his freezer while sneaking in change on his desk while he was not looking.”
Haru took out of her webbing some popsicle sticks. “Want some?”
She passed to the group red popsicles which were still cold. They had been refrigerated for such a moment like this.
“Aw. Thanks Haru.” “I brought more actually. There’s a small bundle of these red ones which he marked nitroglycerin.” As Haru brought out what was supposed to be frozen together red popsicle sticks, whose actual sticks were taped a little string to appear as a fuse, selling the caricature of a bundle of dynamite, haru did not expect…
To bring an actual pack of dynamite out of a large pouch in her webbing. “AH, SHIT!”
“WHOA WHAT THE FUCK?!” “The hell?”
“Haru, how the fuck did you get dynamite?” Ken audibly gasped, feeling as if no one would be in the state of mind to correct his misuse of Haru’s real name in the metaverse.
“Guys… what happened?”
A moment later…
“So a pack of ice cream-meant to look like dynamite is now a pack of convincing looking dynamite?”
“Yes. Yes it is.” The four persona users stood their distance from the previously tasty but now very convincing sticks of dynamite.
“Fascinating-I will have to discuss this with Maruki.”
“Well… any progress on finding the combination to the door?”
“It seems to be a four letter combination-however i dont have a single answer but a list of such- Thankfully there is no mechanism to lock it down after enough failed attempts-maybe this mirrors the real Kaneshiro somehow?”
Frustrated. The four persona users pouted. They did not have time for this. Fuuka was not a hacker of any kind however bright she was. Contemplating sitting down and keying in four letter words one at a time was something they did not need.
Shinji however stood up. Looking around at the area around them, there was enough room and space. “Kelly, what are you doing?” Asked Ken
He then eyed Haru, then the bundle of dynamite. Everybody remained silent for a while until Haru simply dropped the old adage.
“Well…. When life gives you lemons…. Or I guess nitroglycerin.”
“Right… So do you think only setting off four will not kill us?”
“Right. Four sticks should be enough to blow open the door and not kill us all… in this very contained and claustrophobic passageway.” “You better be sure dude.” Kasumi replied.
“What other options do we have? At the same time, it would be better to use it now then having to carry it and, well…. Carry an entire pack of perhaps volatile dynamite?” Haru added.
“Well, let's hope it's like the movies.” Ken replied. Watching as Shinji held a lit match, slowly walking towards the reduced bundle, the previous popsicle stuck still in his mouth.”
“… Fire in the hole!” When Shinji bolted off, everybody ran with him towards a place of shelter.
The four huddled behind Shinji, as if they were using him as a human shield. Not that Shinji minded that he was the closest to an actual human shield.
BOOM!!!
As the explosion went off, the sound of hinges and mechanisms being contorted and mangled filled the passageway.
“Jesus… that was loud… and I even plugged my ears.” Kasumi commented.
Then the entire palace seemed to rock and shake.
“Whoa…. The entire palace shook. What did you guys just do???”
Shinji looked at the place where the door used to be. “Well… we’re in.”
Keeping the left over sticks of dynamite, the group progressed. Climbing stairs upwards towards their destination.
0 hour , 22 minutes
The treasure
Emerging from the service entrance, the four emerged out. They knew that they had come to the right place.
“This has gotta be it.” Shinji remarked
“Wait… that wasn’t there before.” Ken added
The four were looking instead at a vault door. Large and gargantuan, it hadn’t been there before… unless.
Now playing:Blood of a Villain
“Well… if it isn’t the little shits.”
A fat man in a set of clothes, italian and dated, surrounded by a guard armed to the teeth approaches.
“Kaneshiro.”
“Alright kids…. The gig is up. You can turn away now, perhaps even with some moolah in your pocket and nobody needs to get hurt.”
“Money you got from exploiting the misery of others?” Haru asserts
“Look buttercup. There is no such thing as ethical money anyway. You got no idea how the world works…”
Haru turns off the safety of her ZB.
“To earn is to oppress, to be rich means to exploit the labor of others… this is a fact of life!”
“There are others worse then I am, why are you going after me specifically!?!!! Go after them instead!”
“They pollute! Exploit! Oppress more than I do!”
Shinji pulled the hammer of his Smith and Wesson, taking aim at Kaneshiro.
“Why so aggravated!!! You know I’m right!”
“Makoto Nijima.”
“Her… Her dad has been nothing but trouble, it’s only good that he is dead!”
“What?” Kasumi and Ken recoil in shock.
“Her father is the real pig all along! Keepers of the system I tell you! It’s no wonder she is such a subservient bitch!”
“She’s had it coming… Daddy had it coming trying to stop men like me… from escaping the system altogether!!!”
End Track
BLRATTATATTATATA!!! Suddenly, a burst of fire came from Haru’s ZB machine gun, landing square on the guards around Kaneshiro. The pig himself, cowers at the ear-splitting fire and the air and goons around him being cut to ribbons.
Suddenly, the situation escalates. As the vault erupts into a cascading firefight, as suits and Kelly Gang exchange fire, leaving Shinji staring down Kaneshiro.
“Don’t you understand, surely you do?”
“Don’t be naive, you’ll get what I mean as soon as you grow up and have to feed yourself. Live off the streets.”
Shinji couldn’t be more incensed then he already was when the pig let known his thoughts on Makoto, but this took the cake.
“EAT YOUR OWN FUCKING SHIT!” The bloodied mask of Shinji disappeared in a ball of angry blue flame, as Konrad appeared behind him.
Now playing:Blooming Villan, strikers
The terrifying form of Konrad with his axe makes shadow Kaneshiro cower. He then scampers behind the line of armoured shadows. Who although slightly more brave than their master, are stunned at the sight of the two bloody wraiths in front of them. Eager to paint the walls red.
Behind the backs of Shinji and Konrad, Kasumi, Ken, and Haru were caught in a melee entirely separate from Shinji’s. A more corporeal nature of fighting was taking place but nevertheless was not less grim. Kukri, Whip, shotguns and the Zbrojovka Brno bringing shadows to heel. It was only when the immediate threat to the three was dispatched, that they recognised they had left Shinji to stand his own.
“Shit! Is someone helping Sh-, shit! Kelly!” Kasumi shouted, she then turned around to face supposedly where Shinji was, but just as Kasumi pivoted, a severed limb was flying towards her.
“Jesus!!!” She dodged just in time, the three turned to see still, Shinji, with Konrad at his back staring down a terrified Kaneshiro, between them a pile of disemboweled, mangled, decapitated shadows, their blood staining Konrad and Shinji. Not the sootlike remains of shadows, but red, boiling blood.
“Kelly-Kelly-What the hell is going on???”
“You four are deep enough that the distortion is interfering with coms, what is happening down there?!!!”
The three couldn’t reply. They could only watch as Konrad slowly disappeared behind Shinji as he walked past he and Konrad’s gorey display.
“Last chance.”
Quivering and shaking, Kaneshiro shrunk.
“You haven’t… beaten me yet.”
Hot on his heels, Kaneshiro ran the opposite direction, towards the vault door. The entire vault itself shook as it opened up to reveal a machine of cartoonish proportions.
“You may call me a pig, but you’re gonna regret it.”
A large steel piggy bank, which so happens to have a statue of the god of wealth, Buddha on top.
“You gotta be shitting me.” Ken remarked.
“If you’re going to remain naive, let me teach you one lesson. Money talks.”
BRRRRRRR- The supposed eyes of the pig began to let loose a hail of lead. Scrambling, the four persona users scattered, darting out fast. The only one not fast enough was Shinji. Trying to keep pace but slowed down by the weight of his armor.
The sound of ricocheting rounds when they caught or nicked the steel plates echoed throughout the vault as the pig played cat and mouse with the persona users.
After enough firing, Kaneshiro thought it had softened up the mice enough. Seeing this, Kaneshiro emerged from the inside, standing on the top of the pig, it then began to slowly pilot the pig, towards the almost insect sized persona users. Sending them running lest they be run over.
“What do we do?!!” Shouted Kasumi. Thinking fast, Shinji had an idea.
“ split! Split up now!” The four then ran in several different directions. Focusing down on flattening one, the pig chose a single persona user to attempt to flatten. Kaneshiro unfortunately chose wrong, chasing Kasumi instead.
Legging it towards structural beams near the far sides of the vault, Kasumi took out a grapple gun, which she had borrowed from the Shadow Operatives from the last raid in the palace, and began to soar out of the reach of the pig as if she were a mosquito, escaping its grasp. Giving Shinji enough room and space to put an end to the pig’s chase.
On the opposite far side of the vault, Shinji took out his revolver from the leather holster, the revolver on full cock, he started to feel colder, the fully lit vault suddenly darkening around him as the speeding piggy slowed to a crawl and a simple X marked the top. The tinnitus from the ringing, ticking in his ears singled out the sound of speeding, impending doom.
Bang-Bang-Bang-Bang!!!! Bullets started to rain upon Kaneshiro, standing erect on the top of the pig, now instead he was shaken, quivering, shrinking for what cover or shelter from Shinji’s bullets he could find. He withdrew back to the inside of the pig, as the four persona users ran to eachother.
“How did you nail that shot dude?!” Ken shouted at Shinji, still focused on the pig, now creeping towards them. “No… No… Guys scram!” It was too late.
The pig’s snout-like feature, opened, dispensing a noxious gas. “GAS!!! GAS!!! DON’T BREATHE IT!!!”
A purple noxious smoke surrounded the four as they grasped for parts of their outfits to cover their faces, Attempting to fan the fumes away, Kasumi had an idea.
“Garibaldi!” Summoning Anita, a torrent of green gustlike wind blew in the direction of the fumes, slowly pushing back the purple until it formed a screen dividing the two clashing parties. Seemingly delivered from danger, Shinji put a hand on Kasumi’s shoulder. “Good Job Anita.” “Which one?” “Both I guess.”
Then, a sound akin to screaming cut that short. Soaring through, only revealing themselves after penetrating the purple, rockets burst through, smashing the ground around the persona users, forcing the four to all fours on the ground.
“Shit…” The ringing in the four sets of ears wasn’t enough to mask the slow approach of the pig, determined to stamp them out of existence. Like a toddler out of banal curiosity stomping on ants he encounters on the playground.
Pow! Pang! Pum! Brtrtrtrtrtrt!!!
However, before the final banal triumph of the supposed strong over the weak, the pig was stopped. The purple began to clear up allowing the stunned four to make sense of what had happened.
It was the rest of the Kelly gang and Shadow Operatives, emerging from the main entrance, the sound of accurate rifle fire was then followed by a- FWOOOSH!!!!
The sight of a HEAT round from Ryuji’s bazooka, flying through the sky, colliding with the pig, sent the pig back as if it were a pool ball struck by a cue. Soon enough, it was the ants which were surrounding its supposed stomper, splitting its attention thin.
Fully immobilised, the pig now stood silent as it awaited its fate, now to be meated out by Aigis and Labrys, who surged upwards towards the top of the pig’s head. At first, Labrys took her battleaxe and started slamming it with great strength at the steel top. Largely contorting and smashing open the top like a cracked egg.
Then Aigis emptied her drum magazines into the insides. The sound of LOUD ricocheting rounds filled the vault.
All while the four got to their feet, Fuuka and Yukari came running to them, Isis following behind Yukari. What wounds were suffered by Shinji, Ken, Kasumi and Haru were instead reduced to the domain of dark bruise marks, scars, and stiffness.
“You guys alright?” Yukari asked. “Yup… Never better.” Said Shinji as he stumbled, visibly thrown and shaken around, trying to at least stand on his two feet. Ken helped Shinji to regain his balance, leaving Kasumi and Haru eying the pig.
Although the pig remained unable to move, the features resembling eyes could still operate its machine guns.
“Olga, run over there and draw fire away from me.” “What are you gonna do?” Kasumi without warning, reached into Haru’s magazine pouch, bringing out the remaining sticks of dynamite, still in its bundle wire. Seeing what the Gaucho intended to do, Haru only gave her a nod as she started to run.
Running off to the far side, Haru manically fired sporadic bursts from the ZB, holding the carrying handle and firing by the hip, while Kasumi zipped across the vault with grapplegun in one hand and explosives in the other.
When she arrived at the top of the pig, Aigis and Labrys had been able by then to drag Kaneshiro out of the insides of the pig.
“wh-What are you doing?-Hey-HEY!!!!”
Aigis threw the fat man from the top of the pig, the assumption likely that he would be okay.
“Anita, what are you doing here?!” Labrys shouted at Kasumi. The sound of a lit match, and the sight of a lit fuse made it entirely clear.
“FIRE IN THE HOLE!!” Throwing the dynamite bundle into the pig’s insides, Labrys quickly extracted Kasumi from it, clearing out before a large Boom was then heard, the pig slowly being destroyed by secondary explosions around its “chassis”.
End Track
As it exploded, both Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives surrounded the fat man.
“No-no-no-no. This can’t be!”
“If you know what’s good for you. You would let us know where your treasure is. Now.”
The pig pointed towards where the vault door used to be, Chidori and Yusuke ran towards it while leaving the rest around Kaneshiro.
“You will also upon returning to your real self, give yourself in. By the weekend, you will turn yourself into the police.” Haru added.
Kaneshiro remained silent this time
“Oh yeah… And tell them it was the Kelly Gang who sent you.” Kasumi added, with a sense of pride and cockiness in her voice.
“Bu-but… He’ll kill me!!”
This made everyone perk up.
“Who.”
Aigis interrogated Kaneshiro further for an answer.
“Th-the-The black mask!!!”
Everybody stood to attention.
“He-he came in here, and threatened to kill me if I spill…”
“Spill…. SPILL WHAT?!” Shinji screamed
“IT’S A CONSPIRACY… ITS A CONSPIRACY OKAY???
Kaneshiro seemed to cave. Visible fear grew on his features, but as the shadow operatives and Kelly Gang feared, he wasn’t spilling any further.
“L-l-Look!!!! I can’t spill any further, but-but I’ll do as you said! I’ll turn myself in!”
Everybody’s face remained one of shock, dread, fear, or ambivalent. The only ones not letting anything on were those currently fully masked. Which only applied to Shinji, and his bloodied mask.
The horizon blue now stained red, along with his mask. The only show of life from the iron outlaw was an approving nod.
The expression on Kaneshiro’s face seemed to slowly calm itself, as his form slowly disappeared into nothing. Leaving both the S.O and K.G alone.
“A conspiracy huh?” Junpei remarked, breaking the silence.
“A Black mask…” Haru audibly questioned, Kotone then added. “I mean… we got plenty of black masks here, if anybody wants to step up-”
“PFFFF- HAHAHAHAHAHA!!!!” Labrys began to audibly laugh, with others joining in.
“Well- snorts Apart from the concerning part, I think we got what we came here from.” Fuuka struggling through her laughter
“Yes, we have.” Chidori and Yusuke came walking back to the group, her hands behind her back, she brought them forth to reveal gold bars.
“Holy shit!” Kasumi exclaimed. “That is… very heavy.” Chidori said with strain and struggle in her voice. Yusuke however, came following behind with a golden suitcase. “Dude. Why did you bring that?” Ryuji asked Yusuke.
“There might just be something important inside.” Yusuke replied. “Well… these bars would be somewhat useless in the real world… people would ask where we got them.”
“We gotta at least keep one.” Junpei protested. “As a souvenir?” Chidori asked. “Mhhm.”
“I’ll take it off your hands sweetheart.” Junpei says promisingly. “Deal.” Chidori handed the bar over to Junpei, who visibly after grasping the bar struggles to hold it. As they all start to shuffle out, Chidori, jesting says, “You know honey, you might be better off if I carry that instead.”
0 hour, 40 minutes
Quietly and as fast as possible, the large group of persona users slowly shuffle off from the palace, silently kissing the ground as they returned to the solid tiled roof of the building tethered to the palace.
As they took stock of what they had, went over wounds and injuries sustained, and took the time to simply sit down and breathe, they took one look at the floating palace. Are they just going to let it be?
“Y’know, it's kind of blocking the view.” Labrys complained “What?” “That floating palace is blocking the view of the sky behind it. I want to fix that.”
Labrys then grabbed Ryuji’s bazooka, and loaded in a HEAT round. “Oh boy.” Kotone commented.
“EVERYBODY, CLEAR BACKBLAST!!!!” The rocket soared towards the propulsion as the rocket collided, it took out one of the many combustion chambers, as the force keeping the palace up in the sky was shaken. The palace was still high in the sky, but not down yet.
Soon enough, everybody wanted a turn, it was a release, both in strain and hot metal towards the palace. Enough rounds by the SO and KG however, and they were starting to wonder if the palace would really go down.
Soon enough, it was Ken holding the stovepipe, aiming as Ryuji loaded yet another round. - FWOOOSH
Ken’s eyes were shut as the rocket flew towards the palace, although she braced for recoil, the sudden release of pressure did more to jarr her than the firing of high explosive anti tank rounds. However, this one broke something important.
Implosion, flames, fire, and bits of falling hot metal fell to earth. As both the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives celebrate, whooping, cheering, and celebrating the culmination of their efforts, Ken looks over the burning wreck that was Kaneshiro’s bank, followed by Shinji.
“Don’t worry. We destroyed Kamoshida’s and Madarame’s palace too.” “And? Are they still here?” “Nope. Not a single brick.”
Ken smiled, as Shinji took off his helmet to further admire the wreckage, Ken could see Shinji smiling too.
Notes:
Not the end of arc three.
Happy March the 5th.
Chapter 72: The Future
Summary:
“As butterflies drown in Amber, Let us remain dear, as we once were.”
-Adam Mickiewicz, 1828
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
8th of July, Wednesday
After School
Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: Paulownia Mall, Reloaded
Huddled together, with the wind out of their sails, the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives after the successful destruction of the palace, now sat together in the common area of S.O.H.Q.
They sat huddled over a Mcguffin soon to be brought into relevance of the plot, that being Kaneshiro’s treasure, a golden suitcase.
Cups of warm tea or coffee were passed around, thanks to Maruki, which was the official welcome of both groups of persona users back into a world of the corporeal.
Already, bets were put in on what was in the suitcase.
“It’s gotta be cash.” Ann expressed “Like hell, it better be something like gold bars!” Ryuji replied “Perhaps some vanity cosmetics like a gold watch? Yusuke, you were holding it, how heavy was it?”
“Hmmmm….” “I’d say it was sufficiently heavy to denote a value of some sort.” Yusuke replied. “What the hell does that mean?!???” Kasumi replied
Hushes were heard as Shinji and Kotone came forward, Shinji bringing both a bayonet and an axe, while Kotone held two cups of hot cocoa, one clearly being Shinji’s.
“What’s with the axe Shinji?” Ann asked “Didn’t you see, there's a combination lock. Now, I would’ve asked Labrys, or Aigis to destroy the lock, but that perhaps would be too dangerous for all concerned.”
Both Aigis and Labrys stood by smiling, clearly unoffended, with Labrys even gesturing to her waist “This robo-bitch’s too strong for you!”
“Yes. Indeed.” Kneeling down to the floor, lest he damage some expensive table that Mitsuru likely spent her money on, Shinji tried to pry open the briefcase with the bayonet…. With little to no success.
“Alright then.” As Shinji took out his axe, everyone braced themselves.
CHUNK!…………CHUNK!……CHUNK!
Two combination padlocks laid in pieces on the ground. Then, Shinji opened the case, only to visibly gawk.
“Shinji?” People ascertained to Shinji’s state of shock, which quickly washed away as Kotone then kneeled over and gawked visibly as well, she then picked up a wad of their prize.
“Is that…” Fuuka asked. “It’s cash.” Shinji replied. An audible gasp was heard around the room.
“Stacks of cash.” Kotone followed. Everyone got closer, an aire of anticipation, awe, possibility and more spread.
“Aigis? How many are in a stack?” “I count at least a million Yen per stack…. With thirty stacks that is thirty million.”
Further audible awe and excitement around the room. Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives alike started to discuss among themselves how to spend it.
“Among the fourteen of us…. Excluding Koromaru and Doctor Maruki… that is two million-one hundred and forty two thousand- and eight hundred and fifty seven yen per shadow operative and Kelly Gang member.”
Ryuji, peaking in excitement, his ailing leg shaking with excitement exclaimed his intention with his share
“Th-Th-Thats it! I can pay for my physical therapy to fix my leg!”
As Ann, Kasumi and Haru came around to congratulate Ryuji, others discussed among themselves more mundane uses of their newly earned money.
“I think I’d like a new set of brushes and art supplies with that.” Chidori told Junpei.
“Oh! I’ve been meaning to commision new figures and dnd things! Ooh! Maybe quality yarn!” Fuuka exclaimed.
“Hey Doc! You sure you wouldn’t want a share?” Maruki politely declined. “I don’t think I can be trusted with a million or more yen. Most of it will probably go to booze.”
“Though…. I would prefer most of it going into research.” He whispered to himself
All of this was well and fine, until Shinji, Kotone, and Aigis took another look at the money. And wondered how to deliver the news.
“Uhm…. I don’t wanna ruin the celebration but…. I don’t think this money is real.” Everyone froze.
Track end
“Yeah. Look at it.” Kotone took a pack and tossed it to the nearest person to her, which happened to be Ryuji.
“What!??! Why the fuck does it have Kaneshiro’s face on it!” He exclaimed in a moment of shock, sudden loss, and anger
“It appears to be forgeries from a kids leisure and recreation organisation called “children’s bank.” Aigis explained
“FUCK!” In a fit of rage, Ryuji threw the wad of cash on the floor and lost in said fit, kicked hard the hard backside of the couch. With his bad leg.
“OWOWOWOWOUCH!!!” Needless to say, rather than pick on Ryuji for this sudden reversal of fortune, all in proximity took pity on Ryuji, as it sounded that he really would’ve had the most to benefit from getting a sudden windfall.
Needless to say everyone started to feel sorry for themselves for the initial celebration, as Shinji, Kotone and Aigis started removing the wads of cash one by one manually.
“Ok Shinji, I feel horrible for you having to tell them that we were supposed to celebrate winning!” Kotone told Shinji . “Well, it wouldn’t make much sense now that I’m thinking about it.”
“The fat man’s money is probably being laundered…. Handled by smarter people who are good with numbers… At the same time… how are we going to explain suddenly now having thirty million yen?”
“It is an extreme unlikelihood that Mitsuru would be willing to assist or partake in a money laundering operation.” Aigis stated. “Shame… we ought to still try to celebrate though… just that we got our hopes up for no-…thing.”
As the three however got to the bottom of the briefcase, something caught the eye of the three. Underneath the briefcase was a folder. Large, the type you find in the cabinet drawers of smart people who know their way with numbers.
“What the…” As Shinji peered at the numerous spreadsheets and papers, he struggled to comprehend what they signified, “Ok. My head can’t handle so many numbers.” Admitting defeat, Kotone stepped back to drink out of her cup of hot cocoa, leaving Aigis and Shinji to read through.
“This is… bookeeping.” Fuuka came closer to examine the ledger for herself. “This is a bookkeeping ledger of rather dangerous potential.” “For who?” Fuuka asked. “Not just for Kaneshiro, but the entire organisation and those involved.” Aigis explained.
“Bussiness partners used to launder the cash… people working the schemes and their cut of the money…. People in debt to Kaneshiro…. People… in “debt.”
“Holy shit…” “How trustworthy are these numbers?” “Can you head to the Debtor spreadsheet, look under M.”
Aigis, returning to the page, sent to the area of the sheet which Shinji asked for. After scanning through countless names, Shinji found who he was looking for. “Makoto Nijima… three million yen…”
“Ok….” “ This Bookkeeping has been updated recently….” Aigis added “Then… we have all the people in Kaneshiro’s organisation in this book.”
Realisation started to set in. A proverbial door had closed only to force open another.
“With the absense of Kaneshiro, it is just as likely that the organisation he had built would find a new leader, perhaps worse, and or collapse.” Aigis explained.
“Hmmmm.” “Why don’t we just bag them all?” Labrys asked.
Now playing: Simple Man, by Lynward Skyward
Everyone thought about the suggestion. “ Well…. We could anonymously mail this ledger to the police…” chidori suggested as well.
Nothing was wrong with either suggestion, but something could be done here. Its just that everybody was tired, and exams started tomorrow.
“Ok…. We’ll decide what to do in the coming days, but for now, I need everyone to lay low, and to not get into any trouble for now. In fact, I want Kelly Gang members to leave anything you cannot conceal reasonably.”
“Let’s take a few days break and convene together after. We can decide how to proceed after.” Fuuka elaborated.
That, everybody could agree on. With the Kelly Gang disassembling or cramming in their weapons into their school bags, while the shadow operatives dispersed to their own quarters.
“Alright. Who wants to go to Leblanc?”
8th of July
Late afternoon
Leblanc
“Thanks Boss.” “It’s nothing.” All gathered in a single cubicle, the Kelly Gang were doing last minute revision for their exams.
Silence held its grasp on the cafe, until Sojiro excused himself for the infrequent but consistent smoke break and walk. When that happened, that grasp silence had over the cafe seemed to have loosened.
“Right… How is everybody doing?” Kasumi asked.
The responses she got ranged from tired to exhausted. With the palace infiltration being complete, the hierarchy gang’s concerns now surrounded exams. The effort expended to that had exhausted them all.
“Shinji?” Ann said in a slight sulking tone “yes?” “After this week, we should have at least a week’s break! Maybe even more!”
“If you’re referring to those remaining in Kaneshiro’s organisation and going after them… yeah. I would enjoy a break before going back in…” Haru added
“You know there is a solution right…” Shinji added everyone looked in confusion, but Ryuji vehemently and passionately replied
“Hell no we aren’t letting the police handle it!” Ryuji slammed a fist on the table hard.
“Ryuji.” Haru said sternly. Whatever sternness or stalwartness in her tone seemed to stand him down.
“Look. We can’t let them take credit for what we did. We are not going to send that ledger to them.” Ryuji added.
“Look. It’ll be fine. We won’t make a decision without the shadow operatives anyway. They got the ledger anyway.” Haru explained. Angst filled Ryuji’s face now.
“Ryuji, it’ll be fine. We’ll fund your physical therapy one way or another.” Ken added, putting a reassuring hand on his shoulder.
“How are you going to do that? You don’t got money! Or a rich mom or dad or… something!”
Shinji froze up. Looking at Ken with a tense and nervous gaze. Only to ease up. Ken was… snickering.
“Actually, I sort of do. My… I guess guardians are part of the Kirijo group.”
“How does that help?” Ann asked, not knowing. “They’re a multimillion dollar corporate conglomerate owned by the Kirijo family. Currently headed by Mitsuru Kirijo.” Haru fills Ann in.
“I knew Mitsuru years ago. I-I lived with her.” “Really?!!?” Shinji was surprised, as this was perhaps the first time Haru broke the about face and calm demeanor.
“Yeah. She financed the building of a medical university and the healthcare infrastructure of Iwatodai…. Maybe you should stop by on a holiday, Ryuji, it won't hurt to see someone there. They’re good at what they do.”
Ryuji remained quiet. Only to reply in a softer tone. “But… look. I don’t want to be a burden.” “You won't,” Ken replied.
“Don’t…. I just… I don’t like burdening others ok? For most of my life I only had my mom…”
…
“Look. I just don’t want to burden anyone. If I’m going to physical therapy, I’m paying it myself. Shinji, is that right?”
“I mean. If you don’t want anyone helping because you want to do it yourself, that's fine. We just want to make sure you don’t get yourself killed doing it yourself.”
“Yeah. Needless to say you won’t get your leg back and better if you’re dead.” Ken added.
Everyone else followed in echoing Shinji and Ken’s sentiment. They understood where Ryuji was coming from.
Soon enough, the conversation went towards topics such as the nearing term break, what to do in said break, what to be done alone, what to be done together. Sprung from this, a genuine conversation about the future.
As they were talking, surrounding them were their personas, on the other side of the veil enjoying the scene held by their wielders, accompanied by two new faces. Sat on the counter top.
“So… you’re here to stay with us?” Ned Kelly asked the two new shades in their presence.
“Yes. It would be rather unbecoming of me to leave Kat. She’s been through a hell of a lot… and what am I but a friend to those in need.” Zagreus answered.
Facing the wraith, Ned Kelly then looked towards Konrad. “And what about you, what say you?”
“reminds me of charon.” Zagreus replied as they watched the wraith of a poet scratching something with a quill on a piece of paper. Taking a look, Kelly recognised it was in a tongue he could not recognise.
“Thaddeus, come here. I can’t understand what the hell he is writing.”
The cavalier pole stood up, marching towards Konrad, taking a peep, Thaddeus replied: “its a poem of a sort.”
“Look… uh.” Konrad, his skeletal joints scraping together in order to turn towards Thaddeus. “Uh… będziesz walczyć z nami, tak czy nie?”
“Look maybe, we should try an Ouija board instead.” Bonnie jested.
“Look who’s talking.” Anita Garibaldi replied to the gangster.
“Well…. He’s saying he’s not going anywhere.” Thaddeus stated.
“Good.” “Our fellowship grows.” Olga of Kyiv exclaims.
“Amen to that.”
A bit later…
“Hey guys, do you think they’re still looking for us?” Kasumi asked. “Who?” Ryuji replied. “The cops.”
Haru walked towards the television set at the corner to turn on the news.
“As of this moment, there are concurrent police raids on suspected property ownings of Junya Kaneshiro. We bring you live to an ongoing one.”
A reporter holding a microphone is being filmed following a group of policemen, they stood outside the door with one pounding on it with his gloves fist.
“OPEN UP! COME OUT YOU BASTARD!”
“OPEN UP, I SAID COME OUT NOW!”
Out of the door, came a confused looking individual, likely in the clothes he slept in, staring at the police officer confusingly.
“WE GOT A WARRANT PUNK!”
“What?”
“THIS IS JUNYA KANESHIRO’S PROPERTY, WE HAVE A WARRANT.”
“Uh… Uhm…. I think it’s next door.”
The camera pans away, showing the confused man pointing towards the next door to him, as the police officers look towards the right, at a non descript door which has been only revealed to the camera.
“PFFF- HAHAHAHA!” The entire cafe went down in hysterical laughter watching the televised raid.
“DID- DID YOU SEE HIS FACE! HOOLY SHIT!” Kasumi hysterically remarked. “Such confusion and discombobulation!” Yusuke remarked.
A moment was needed to calm everyone down before returning to conventional conversation.
“Ok… Snrk , if this is how the police will find our next targets… Maybe we can have a little break.” Ken remarked.
“Yeah… everyone should get at least this weekend for a break… maybe a bit more, then we can get back to it.” Shinji replied.
“Agreed. But remember, we need to lay low and… actually fulfill our roles as…” Haru was still unable to get over her giggling. “As… as ordinary school students.”
“Yup. We can definitely do that.” Said Kasumi.
Any hard feelings of being cheated out of gain or celebration by Kaneshiro’s treasure was firmly behind the Kelly Gang. It wasn’t explicit, but the Kelly Gang felt as if a lot of well earned esteem was going to be put on their deeds in the coming weeks.
FOOL RANK UP!!!
End Track
8th of July
Early Evening
Leblanc
Parting ways for the night, the Kelly Gang went home for a good night's rest before a day of exams, or further rest. This left Shinji alone at the counter, the only company he had being the faint chatter over the live TV set.
It was well needed. Standing alone with nothing but the music from his phone and, well. Nothing. Soon enough, he could go back upstairs and get an early night in as soon as the boss came back.
*Ding*
“Evening Shinji.” Sojiro returned, bringing back a well worn bag with groceries. “How has your day been?” Sojiro asked as he started to put groceries in the fridge.
“School’s fine, so I was studying with friends.” “How’s that Ken doing? You two seem close.” “Fine, we’ve known eachother for a while.”
“Is it me, or do you have a bunch of “old friends” that have shown up here?” Sojiro asked inquisitively.
Shit. Shinji was put on the spot, as he tried to formulate a response, he was literally saved by the bell.
*Ding*
The bell revealed two figures, the first was a silver haired woman, serious faced. Behind her was Goro fucking Akechi.
End track
“Mr. Sakura.” Her tone was harsh. “Yes?” “I believe you recall us from our last meeting.”
“Well. As I’ve said, I’ve lost my security clearance, so no. I am of no help to you.” Goro Akechi then added. “Mr. Sakura, we have ways of making you talk.”
“What the hell do you mean by that?” Sojiro said sternly. “There are others close to you who we can make them talk.” Sojiro remained silent.
“Social services could even be involved….” Akechi said in a wicked way, looking behind at Shinji, and sat in the cubicle. Shinji hated him, watching that man. The last time someone he knew who spoke in such decorum… was Takaya.
“Good day.” A piece of paper was left on the counter as the two figures then left. Leaving Sojiro and Shinji alone with what information was disclosed. A face of discomfort on Shinji was present, as was strain on Sojiro’s.
Shinji did not want to hear this. The violation of his caretaker’s privacy, and the violation of one’s private life was something he couldn’t stand, especially not his own, less so others.
Sojiro walked over, to the now discomforted Shinji, a hand on his head and knelt over the table. He saw the discomfort the kid under his care was in, and sympathised.
“Sorry you had to hear that, sorry kid.” Shinji sighed. “You have your exams tomorrow, and you don’t need to hear that.” “Yeah. I don’t.” Shinji replied instead. “Don’t worry, you’ll be fine.”
“You won’t be in any legal trouble right?” “Nope. You don’t need to get into trouble as much as I.” Sojiro replied.
“You don’t got time to worry, you got exams.” Sojiro added. “Yeah. You’re right.”
Establishing peace after the incident, Shinji went upstairs while Sojiro stayed in the cafe.
When no one was in his presence, Sojiro took out his phone, opening the photo gallery, he scrolled to years past and long gone. Until he found a photo, of a younger, less tired looking man himself, accompanied by a figure in a bob cut and squared glasses. A third figure however, shorter, same tone of hair as the bob haired figure, shorter. With just as short hair, round glasses however. Two peace symbols were held by him as a cheeky smile was held by the child, and more mature smiles on the two adults.
Sojiro sighed. “Wakaba… If only you could somehow see how we’re doing without you now.” He said in a tone, gracing the silent café around with a silent appeal for pity.
Somewhere else…
8th of July
Shadow Operatives HQ
Standing on the balcony, Yukari stood by, thoughts plaguing her.
Surely she would be busy now, right? Misty wouldn’t be free now on a wednesday night at this time, right?
Only… it had been a mere thought. And remained only a mere thought. What would grapple and throw her around seven years ago had developed during that time instead into a firm confidence, most especially in her partner.
Any pretense by politeness, by neglect, or isolation fell away. Instead, she decided to call first.
Start secure call
…
…
A nervousness was slowly whimpering away, only to then be blown away by the first sound she heard from the call.
A gust. A wind. That wasn’t expected.
Now playing:Can’t help falling in love with you, by Elvis
“Yukari?” “Misty!” Yukari’s voice took an immediate change of tone, as Mitsuru began to hear from Yukari an attempt at pantomiming the sound of a playful kiss.
“How- how have you been, lovely?” “Good…. How has the operation gone?” Mitsuru asked. “Was anybody hurt?”
“Not badly… we were able to heal over our wounds while in the metaverse…”. “How is Shinji?”
“Unhurt. He and his friends have been studying for exams, and I think the intention is to lay low for a while…”
“ Shinji was never the most academically inclined back then… this is a change, as far as I know he never studies unless we’re there studying with him. It’s good that he’s got new friends now. Apart from us of course.”
“Isn’t it weird talking about him like that?” Yukari asked “how so?”
“I never got to know Shinji as well as you and Akihiko did. But in the time since then, you’ve told me about what he has been like… and spending more time with him in person then I had seven years ago… he seems like an entirely different person.”
Silence permeated, until Mitsuru began talking again. “I see… how do you suggest he has changed since?”
“Well… not night and day but…. It feels like a pretty dramatic change from seven years ago…”
“He… smiles. I seldom see him wear that overcoat and beanie that he wore all the time… he wears clothes his friend got him almost every chance he gets… Much more, he’s less wound up… we expected the worst if and when Ken arrived but…. Apart from Ken handling him well, Shinji seems to be coping well too.”
“I understand… but, perhaps this isn’t so abnormal at all.” “How?” “Our friendship… me and Aki’s, it has existed long since we were kids… we knew eachother for well… almost the amount of time we were together… except a bit longer.”
“That time… before that night with Ken’s mother, you could say he was a much different person then he had been when you got to know him… he skated… he knew how to breakdance… we’d spent time together here at Yakushima for the holidays-“
“Waitwaitwaitwait- You’re now at Yakushima?” “Oh… I apologise for not telling you earlier… I needed a break from Kirijo group affairs. I managed to find someone who wouldn’t drive everything downhill, and it has allowed me to at least spend this summer off.”
“That’s great!” “It isn’t only that… I’m here on account of trying to find out more about dad… and his dad. Kikuno suggested that this would be a good place to start after turning the mansion upside down… or she wanted a vacation too.”
Yukari giggled. This was a welcome development. “I wish I could be there… with you though.”
“Yes… remember the last time we went together alone?” “Yes!” Yukari said, full of joy and excitement.
“It was just us two… very close together.” “In a hammock.” “Yes. Not a single worry in the world.”
“Mitsuru. This thing… surely cannot last into next year right?” “Definitely not. Next year. It will happen regardless.” “At our spot.” “Yes….”
Bliss could only be used to describe what was left in the call. Memories of all things separating the two from eachother being banished just for a week.
“I can only dream that you’re here with me now. It's a cool breeze here on this beach. The kind you always liked.
“Sounds like something out of a dream.” Yukari replied.
“I make dreams come true. This one especially.”
“I love you Mitsuru.”
“I love you too.”
The following moments of the call were followed up by Yukari listening to the breeze as she and Mitsuru talked about daily goings on with the shadow operatives or with work. Then, something work related came up.
“By the way, when can I expect the next report from Fuuka and Maruki?” “Soon. Expect it maybe tomorrow.”
“Has Maruki been investigating Mementos recently?” “No. Ever since what happened last time to him. “Tell Fuuka that I expect Maruki to expand our comprehension of mementos and the cognitive dimension even through the medium of touch.”
“I will.” Yukari replied.
“Otherwise… Kikuno is probably looking for me to tell me dinner is ready. I will let you know if something occurs.” Mitsuru replied.
“Ok…”
“Also, I don’t think it needs to be said again but… I love you.” “Of course…. Good night, I love you too.”
Notes:
Not the end of act three.
Chapter 73: Third Love/Midsummer
Chapter Text
9th of July, Thursday
???
Some time after midnight
“Where…”
Fuuka looked around her. She was in Juno again, floating through space.
“Be at ease…”
Juno’s appeal was possible in a way it wasn’t last time. This was a dream. Yet remaining so visceral and yet felt so distant. So detached and far away that Fuuka could both feel the cold vacuum yet doubt its presence.
“He approaches.”
Fuuka’s heart skipped a beat when Juno said that. The protective bubble which Juno formed now disappeared, leaving her alone, but not for long.
“Hello sweetheart.”
“Minato?!!” Fuuka turned to her… behind to face her love, Minato. Still clad in his SEES uniform from the day he had technically expired.
The two met, their hug being the only source of warmth in the vacuum. “Why’s the occasion? Why are we here like this?
“I do not know… Erebus has given enough time and space for me to arrange… something nice that you and I can enjoy.”
“What is it, Mina?” Fuuka asked. The two then “turned” away from the planet earth, to then face its moon.
“What’s so special?” Fuuka asked.
“Well… ever since it was revealed Nyx was the moon… I’ve been thinking about a few things… remember a day somewhere in February… you talked to me about Apollo?”
“Did I?”
“Yes. We were talking about computers and soon enough, the conversation was about NASA’s computers.”
“Yes… IBM sold computers that NASA used to do their calculations for the landings…”
“Well… look at the moon now.”
Fuuka and Minato peered at the moon, spotting… a craft. It was in descent.
“That there is Eagle.”
“Wait… what date is it?” Fuuka asked in confusion and ever gaining realisation. Minato then took out his pocket watch.
“Today is the… 20th of July… 1969. And… twenty hours… seventeen minutes… forty seconds UTC.”
Fuuka audibly gasped.
Eagle was now landing on the surface of the moon. Not knowing that two spectators were watching from an imperceptible distance away.
“Armstrong’s about to get out now.”
Out of the Eagle, Minato and Fuuka watched as a man in a white oversized space suit exited the lander. And Fuuka could not help but repeat the famous words herself.
“That is one small step for man…”
“One giant leap for mankind.”
Fuuka was stunned. This was quite literally out of a dream for her. To see a moment of scientific and technological import in person, herself. Even something minute would’ve sufficed, but her sweetheart aimed for the stars… and arrived at the heavens. This dance they share, slowly spinning around by the simple state of gravity in this space.
“How… How is this possible.”
“I’m not entirely sure. Perhaps being of the universe arcana perhaps? Maybe. What I do know is that it matches when Erebus goes quiet for a while… this is different.”
“I’m between mind and matter… dream and reality… and now time and space… somehow.”
“This was the power needed to form the great seal I believe… Yes. That is my theory.”
Fuuka hugged Minato tightly. “I missed you sweetie…”
“I know… I missed you too… something tells me however… We will be meeting regularly like this.”
Fuuka could kiss Minato after hearing that.
And she did.
“Does it feel weird?”
Minato asked
“That Armstrong and Aldrin were landing not only on the moon… but Nyx?”
Fuuka thought about it… it was weird, and it brought new questions which she certainly will never find answers for.
“Yes… I thought about it here and there… but not much else.”
“Well…. Maybe that’s why I seem to return here. Nyx is there. A part of her was in me for ten years… and even if I had… somehow let it go after March. It feels…”
“What, sweetheart?”
“Like a phantom pain. I’m still feeling here and there for what is no longer there.”
“Would that be good or bad?” Fuuka asked
“I’m not in a state to find out. Maybe it's relief… or maybe I miss Ryoji.”
“Oh, Minato.”
“He’s probably been there all along.”
Minato pointed to the moon
“And still is there to this day. Sleeping.”
“How does that make you feel, sweetheart?” Fuuka asked.
“Well… in a way it means I get to check up on him I guess. But it's just as relieving to be free from the abyss of time… and Erebus doing their business near the seal .”
Fuuka had the immediate thought and image of Erebus taking a dump or a wee near Minato. To then recoil in disgust. “Eewwwww!”
“Yeah, I don’t like it either. But that makes being here with you better.”
The two embraced together, as if it were the last. And indeed there was reason to believe so.
“Say… do you think the Kirijo group was around the time of Apollo?”
“Why do you ask?”
“Because at some point they must’ve found out about how the moon was Nyx… collected the plumes of dusk… researched shadow… built Aigis… when did it all start?”
It was an interesting question. Perhaps important. Fuuka thought, the intricacies of the question were thought through until the hug from Minato began to be tighter.
“I need to go back.”
“No… don’t go.”
“You know where I am. Where I always will be.”
Minato gave Fuuka a kiss, straddling their heads together. He wanted to make sure she would return to sleep while feeling the warmth of his form… whatever form this was.
“I love you Mina…”
End dream
End track
9th of July
After school
Shujin Academy
Walking out of class, Shinji made for home. Having finished the day’s exam it was preferable to him that he struck for home asap so he can relax and get ready for the day after and it’s exam.
It was then, just out by the gate that a message popped up.
K.G
Cossack bard man: Guess what I have found
Cossack bard man: img.png
Desperado in black: Is that our logo on the wall?
Cossack bard man: it appears an individual has made graffiti of our symbol.
Ulan on horse: Sick! We’re famous!
LiterallyCarmenSandiego: We must’ve had an effect on people
Orange new guy: We should keep doing what you guys have been doing then. We seem to be having a positive impact.
Ironbossman: You’re in this too Ken.
As Shinji responded to the messages, someone approached him, calling out his name and heading over with a friendly face. It was Mishima.
“Hey!” Mishima approached him. Standing next to him, he leered over his backside and flanks. No one was nearby or in a position to eavesdrop on them. “What’s up?”
“I saw the news, that was awesome!” Mishima said while containing himself. “Don’t thank me. I left that to others to make it happen.”
“Still… How are you guys doing??? I haven’t been able to update you guys because I’ve been busy with exam study.”
“Hey… Wanna grab food somewhere and catch up?” “Sure…. How much do you like curry?”
9th of July
After school
Leblanc
“So… we gave him up to the weekend to surrender himself.” “You think he’ll do it?”
“We’re going to find out.” As Shinji described the fight which brought down Kamoshida, he thought whether he ought to mention the conspiracy as Mishima dug into his curry.
“This stuff’s good.” “Thanks.” He decided not to.
“By the way… have you seen the uptick in the publicity?” “I have .” The people have been talking a lot more about you guys… you guys are heroes.”
“I’ve put a poll on the site… about whether they believe in you guys… so far it’s twenty five percent… fluctuating to around thirty some days. Just recently it soared to thirty five…”
“Did you really have to?” “Why? I think it’s a good indicator of our image and our popularity.” Shinji replied dismissively to get the point across. “The last thing we need is to drink our own koolaid. Also, if we’re doing this for publicity sake, we might as well drink the whole lot.”
“Oh…” Shinji watched as Mishima looked at his plate. He drooped, seemingly like a sad puppy. Shinji… felt a bit bad. Here was the look of a kid who likely couldn’t validate himself to the point where he had to seek the validation of others. And Shinji took that away from him.
Thinking quickly, he thought of something.
“Hey Mishima?” “Yes?” “I’m going to need some help. Could you help?” “Yes. Of course.” Mishima said at attention.
“Look… when we were handling Kaneshiro… we happened to have come by details regarding individuals in his organisation… we’re taking a momentary break now but… when we’re done, the gang wants to bag as many of them as possible before the police close the jaws on them.”
“What would you need my help for?” “Well… I’m not sure yet… but you’ll hear soon.”
“Man… you guys are being batman over here… and I get to be Oracle?” Mishima said with an air of awe and contained excitement. “I guess so…. But contain yourself. You’re already working yourself to the bone at school and to help us.”
“But you guys are risking your neck out there! I at least need to do my part!” Mishima appealed
Shinji wished he could respond in some way to his appeal, to shut it down. It was a discombobulating mess. Mishima wanted to help, he really wanted to and it would be bad for him to be refused. He would take it personally perhaps. But… the part of Shinji which did not like accepting help wanted to find a way to tell Mishima to hold his horses somehow.
“First though… we gotta get through exams.” “Uh… huh.” “Then, we’ll figure out what to do from there.”
“We aren’t gonna start sooner?” Mishima asked, “To be honest.” Shinji said while walking out of the counter to a nearby cubicle. “I’m fucking tired.”
At the end, there existed nothing but an aire of instrumental discomfort, and unintentional discomfort. Not wanting to intrude on eachother or inconvenience another, Mishima and Shinji settled on a policy of kicking the can down the road.
The future unclear for both parties, Mishima opened his phone while Shinji remained in the peripheral, eyes closed and resting on the cubicle.
Mishima’s phone then vibrated. He sighed. It was his mom asking if he went to the tution centre and did his mock exam for today.
He really wishes he could do anything else. Working with Shinji would’ve been a welcome distraction from the banality of academics. And the expected prospects it brought.
To turn out like dad, who likely never went home because of his office work?
It was then that a light snoring was heard. Taking this as a cue to escape the discomfort present in the cafe, Mishima took the opportunity to leave. He would find a way to be useful. He had to.
MOON RANKED UP!!!
End Track
9th of July
Evening
Leblanc
“Hey Shinji.” Shinji was roused awake by a familiar voice. He couldn’t figure out who until he opened his eyes, finding himself back at the cubicle he napped in.
“Mishima???” “It’s Chidori.” Shinji finally got up, there were two figures standing by.
“Wake up sleepyhead.” The voice of Sojiro finally fully brought him to attention.
“Shit…. What time is it?” “It’s 6pm.” “Gah… fuck.”
“Nobody except for her came by, so nothing to be ashamed about.” Sojiro commented.
Chidori settled at the counter, waiting on a coffee by the boss, a sketchbook in hand as Shinji went and sat next to her. Sighing.
As Sojiro served Chidori’s coffee, Sojiro quickly went out for a smoke break. Leaving Chidori and Shinji alone.
“Still tired?” Shinji could only mumble a reply, interpreted as a yes, Chidori then asked
“You still want to go tomorrow with us?” “To where?”
“To meet Saori.”
Shinji had almost forgotten.
“Uh….. if I get a good night’s sleep… probably?”
“Let me know if you’re up for it by the morning.” “Sure.”
The smell of coffee grounds woke Shinji up slightly as he accustomed his eyes to the dimly lit cafe.
“How have you been doing Shinji?” Chidori asked sincerely. “Mmmm. Too tired.”
Chidori looked on with familiarity. Although exasperated by what was likely undiagnosed mental illness, Chidori could remember lying down on outdoor benches with the desire to sleep and to not wake up. Existence was simply too tiring back in the day.
A memory returned… of a sort.
Memory start
2008
Iwatodai, abandoned industrial district
Chidori went stalking through the now defunct factories and manufacturing centres of Iwatodai, in decades past, Iwatodai was an industrial city which produced automobile components. That was clear by the amount of old tires stacked around the place. Drying up by the time of the lost nineties. Ever since then, the place remained abandoned, save for those who took advantage of said abandonment.
Chidori strolled through the place, and she came delivering something for someone working here…
Soon enough, the sound of a nearby rave gave her a hint where she needed to go.
Now playing:Overdose Casino, by Alex Peipman, from Buckshot Roulette
As the loud sounds came closer, it was apparent where he was. She walked towards an abandoned storage facility, the loud subwoofers seemingly testing the ground she treaded. Approaching the entrance, she crept into the place. She snuck in, moving through the crowds of ravers, soon likely to join the ranks of the apathetic.
She crept over to the small bar which was snug at the far corner. A dirty decrepit place closer to a power socket where the power was surprisingly still running, and hence a fridge could be placed. The bartender watched as the girl in lolita fashion crept over.
“Hey, have you seen Shinjiro?” Chidori asked. “Should be somewhere at the back, he’s watching the backdoor, sorry but you’ll have to go outside to get there.”
“Thanks.” Chidori, exiting the way she came. She could overhear some in the crowd, questioning her appearance as she then left.
Cutting through the sea of humanity, a relief had set in, she had finally escaped the place, the loud rave still extremely loud. She wished Takaya or Jin could’ve done it. But they were dealing with someone else.
Finally, she reached the backside of the storage facility, and lo and behold, the red overcoat she recognised and the form which resided inside it.
“You took your time.” She remained quiet. “C’mon, let's get out of here.”
“I thought you were paid to stand there.” Chidori asked. “Only for a few hours…” Shinji then took out a wad of cash, counting the bills of yen until he got a sufficient amount. “Is this enough?” He presented the money to Chidori.
“... It shall suffice.” Grabbing from seemingly nowhere, Chidori handed Shinji a small bottle of tablets. PSDs.
The two wandered a long way in comfortable silence, they continued until they reached the nearby docks, sitting by the sea and watching the darkness, soon to be reflected by the moon.
It was a strange occasion, beyond the transaction, there was no reason for the two to interact beyond that, yet here were Chidori and Shinji, sitting by the docks doing nothing… but in close proximity.
Shinji checked his pocketwatch. “Five minutes until midnight.” Shinji stated. Chidori did not reciprocate a response until she saw the pocketwatch.
“Where did you get that?” Shinji kept quiet. He wouldn’t betray the existence of his friends’ task to STREGA. That was a line he wouldn’t cross despite the others he had crossed. “Fine.”
Silence continued until the green light of the dark hour silenced all others. The faint sound of the distant rave had gone silent, giving peace to the two persona wielders.
Now playing:Color your night, cover by Chewie melodies
“What are you drawing?” Shinji asked, noticing that Chidori brought out her sketchbook. “The sea.”
The sea went from a display of nothingness to one of reflection of the light above. Its glow now matched the force above which brought the strange goings-on to the city.
And for a moment, in the turbulence of the wretched existence of the two up to this point, peace simply reigned.
End Memory
Leblanc
“Hey Shinji?” “Yeah?” “Remember when we used to hang out by the docks?”
Shinji was now awake. A brief moment to close his eyes helped. “Yeah… I do…. What about it?”
“Strange that it happened.” “How?” “We were both still…” “Apathetic?” “We did not have apathy syndrome. But sure.”
Shinji thought about it for a moment. “Yeah… Now that I’m thinking about it, it was strange. You weren’t someone to… hang out with other people… You usually hung out by yourself or with STREGA.”
“Yes… I’m not entirely sure why but…. Some nights it was more peaceful to be around you then to go back to where they happened to be sleeping that night.”
“Maybe…” Shinji stopped. “I don’t know….” “What?” “It’s nothing.” “I’m curious, what were you going to say?” “Well…. If I… what am I saying I do remember.”
“You were nihilistic back then… very. At the time you were on about… how it wasn’t worth it… attachment to people because they would die. Some reason though… you kept hanging around me.”
Chidori thought about it. She had not fully forgotten the part of her life which she consigned to the darkness of a pitch black tunnel, with no exit in sight, or a nightmare either. They only appeared however as faint memories with form but no essence. She had to, with the help of friends who had gotten a sense of her before she saved Junpei, to help in that department.
“I think… You just knew how to shut up.”
“.... Pffff- What?!” “I think… as long as you were quiet and didn’t try to engage me further on things I knew already… like STREGA did… I found you to be a more preferable person to be around…”
Shinji hummed, pondering on whether it was the root cause or not. “I wouldn’t fully remember though…”
“Yeah. That’s good, it was hard to stay quiet when you were cutting yourself on that dock, though. Really freaked me out before I found out you could heal fast.”
Chidori smiled perversely. “That was a nightmare I’m grateful to have woken up from… it means I get to not remember all of it, thank god.” Chidori said.
“Well… Maybe I could say the same for…. Myself.” Shinji replied. “I think… it’s great you’re back.” Chidori said with a smile.
Seeing the uncommon smile on Chidori’s face, Shinji couldn’t help but smile himself. Chidori was an open door to a time that he couldn’t make sense of. Neither could Chidori, but perhaps they could help eachother on that charge.
WHEEL OF FORTUNE RANKED UP!!!
“Enough about that though… How are you feeling now?” “Much better, actually.”
“Good. See you tomorrow?”
End track
10th of July, Friday
After School
Kosei High
Kosei was… more akin to the school interior Shinji had been accustomed to, and he guessed Kotone, Aigis, Chidori, and Yukari.
The walls and floor were sterile, square tiles, clean floors, not much in the way or comfort, at least in the hall.
Now they stood outside the music class, Yusuke stood near the flank, while Shinji and the aforementioned four stood on the opposite.
“You guys think she’s busy?” Yukari asked. “She's likely seeing someone else.” Yusuke replied.
Crrrreaak!
The sound of the old ailing and suffering door was followed by a Kosei student and their parents exiting the room. The three smiled as they walked out, followed by a dark grey haired woman.
“Saori!!!” In a flash, the four shadow operatives jumped to see their old friend.
“Wh- what are you all doing here?!!??” A deluge of heartfelt compliments fell upon her, thankfully they were able to control the need to hug their old friend, now music teacher.
“Hello Mrs. Hasegawa.” Yusuke said. “Hello Yusuke! You’re my last student for the day! Come in!”
A second later…
“So… what do you want to hear about?” Saori asked. “How has Yusuke been doing here?” Chidori asked
“Yusuke’s doing great. He’s one of the few who picked up an instrument in my class.” Saori explained, smiling as she gazed at Chidori. It was nice to see her too. “Yusuke is an extraordinary student.”
“How is the Bandura?” Saori asked. “Good. It remains in the condition you lent.” Yusuke courteously replied.
A tenderness was present in Saori’s voice. Shinji thought, as Saori continued to go on about Yusuke’s academics, Shinji sensed the atmosphere of the room, from the sterile and the formal, went to one of caring and warmth.
He looked at the faces and expressions of his old friends to his left flank. They all not simply bore smiles of an appearance, but a non constrained smile which could not be put back into the box it came from. Saori had the same, it looks like she was enjoying the company of old friends so treasured.
Memories, memories of old friendship. Stories to Shinji and Yusuke, who weren’t there to see it, but stories very real to Saori and co.
Time passed, and as it passed, recounting times past that were both hard on the heart, and lifting of the soul to remember.
With nothing much to elaborate upon regarding academics, the episode of reminiscence, backdropped with the golden sun seeming to drown the previously sterile halls of Kosei amber. A scene which even compelled a voice in Shinji.
“podczas gdy motyle toną w bursztynie...
Kochany. Pozostańmy tacy, jacy byliśmy kiedyś.”
It was spoken although in a different tongue, conveyed a sixth sense. A romantic one outside the conventions of love. But of emotion, head over heart, feeling over conscience. Essence preceding Existence.
BRRRRRRRRRIIINNNGGGG
“Oh! It’s the bell, we ought to leave now.” Saori elaborated.
“Hey… don’t we have a performance tonight?” Aigis asked Kotone
“Wait… you two perform!??” Saori gawked. “Yes, we do!” Kotone replied in stride.
“How would you feel about joining us?” Chidori proposed to Saori.
Saori mulled it over. “Why not. I needed something to do with my break time.” She commented.
“Guess we’re going.” Yukari commented. It was then that
End Track
Heading out, Shinji said goodbye to Kosei as the party of former friends exited.
But something was wrong. Shinji felt, and then it hit him.
Saori was certainly not a persona user. This meant that she never had any knowledge of the dark hour, she would’ve been a coffin that time of the night.
This meant a few things.
First, while he lived in silent acknowledgement of his fate with his former SEES comrades, he couldn’t do so while Saori was in their presence.
Second, he ought to be very, very careful of his appearance, demeanor, and behavior around her. He wasn’t attending school at the time, but his overcoat and beanie from back when would perhaps raise memories of someone who should not be here.
Third, she couldn’t be the kind to be trusted with the truth. If it somehow slipped, Shinji didn’t think he could trust her, apart from the fact they likely only met an hour or so ago.
Shit. He thought. At least he was in his Shujin uniform and had his hair out, none of his “trademark” or recognisable clothes from Iwaotdai were on display. He just had to hope nobody slipped.
“Oh! I almost forgot… what is your name young man?” Saori asked
Everyone nearby seemed to tense, excluding Yusuke and Saori, tensed up.
Chidori was about to say something, but then Shinji preempted her with the best answer he could muster.
“Uh…… my friends call me Ned.”
“Ok, are you a friend of Yusuke, Ned?”
“Yeah…. I am” “I hope you two are the best of friends!”
A bullet was dodged to say the least. Leaving everyone able to breathe a sigh of relief, except for Yusuke, seeming rather perplexed.
A bit later…
Early Evening
Jazz Jin
With the sound of foot traffic muffled, Yusuke, Shinji and Saori were sat on one table, while Chidori and Yukari occupied a neighboring one.
“Excuse me, I’m heading to the bathroom.” As Yusuke left, Saori and Shinji were left together on the same table.
As they waited for the show to start, Saori asked “Ned”. “So… how did you get to know my old friends?” Saori asked out of curiosity.
“Uh….. friend of friends.” Shinji replied, hoping it would satiate Saori’s curiosity. “Ok,” she replied, carrying the same fascination as before.
“How did you get to know Kotone and Aigis?” Shinji asked.
“High school at Gekkoukan, we spent so much time during the summer break of our second year.” She said in nostalgia.
“Wanna see what they looked like back then???” Saori brought out her wallet, bringing out a mix of old photos which somehow managed to neatly fit in her wallet.
There they were. A folded trail of photos taken in a photo booth, as Aigis, Saori, and Kotone all had pulled a variety of faces, expressions, gestures, and even seemingly an exchange of kisses in the last few photos. Whether they were light hearted, sporadic in the moment, or something seriously indicative of a romantic nature was unable to be determined.
Shinji felt… rather happy looking at the three goofy looking figures of Aigis, Saori, and Kotone… however being reminded of the year they were taken, and how much time had been simply wiped away from him… and the possibility which came with them… he couldn’t help but feel a bit sad about that.
“You three look happy.” “You can understand how happy I am today! I missed them, and seeing them today instantly made my day!” Saori expressed with joy.
At least she was happy. Shinji thought…
“Hey… Ned?” “Uh huh?” “Thank you for being a friend to Yusuke.”
“He had been a lonely student until recently. He told me about you, and your friends.” “When did he tell you?” Shinji asked. “During break time once… he doesn’t spend his break outside my room, he’d rather sit in my room and practice his Bandura or do his work there. It’s a peaceful and quiet space… and sometimes he would tell me about how he’s doing.”
“Right.” Suddenly, the lights somehow managed to dim further. “I think it's starting.”
Saori maintained her excited look, waiting to see Aigis and Kotone emerge from the veil.
After what felt like forever, both Orpheus and Eurydice emerged, they emerged in the fit Shinji had seen when first debut, but now they stood with the addition of masks.
As blue, silver, and orange merged together under a sufficiently bright presence, rather than a dim absence.
Without elaboration, except for the warming of their instruments, began.
Now playing: First Love, Late Spring, performed live by Mitski
Shinji never heard of this song before. Not yet at least. Its instrumentality was one of bloom, of the blooming of flowers. But beyond that, the lyrics remain the focus of Shinji’s ears.
“Lately, I’ve been crying like a… tall child.”
Shinji did not cry. If his demeanor or behavior was indicative, he was baked as hard as dwarf bread. But why was he finding it so hard to breathe?
A choking feeling of contradiction was choking him. The pleasant spring season like instrumentals went in the full spite of the words, yet they were together, in spite of being irreversibly opposite.
And I was so young when I behaved twenty-five…”
“And I find I’ve grown into a tall… child.”
“And I don’t want to go home, let me walk to the top of the big night sky.”
Shinji thought not of what had brought him to this place at this moment in time. He shouldn’t have been here, but he was. And because he was, Shinji could not evade the feeling something was lost because of such. He couldn’t tell what, but the wave of existential thought reduced him to a creature. One of dread perhaps? He could not tell.
As he remained in his chair, he couldn't help but feel as if both the instrumentality and its accompanying came bearing knives which were sharpened on the whetstone of his past.
As he saw the smiles and cheery expressions around him, he couldn't help but feel as if he were the loneliest individual there.
Chapter 74: White Horse, Golden Amber
Summary:
"And I looked, and behold a pale horse, and her name that sat on him was Death; and Hell followed with her"
Chapter Text
11th of July, Saturday
After School
The roof
Now playing:Afternoon break, reloaded
The end of the school day on the 11th signified the end not of the weekdays and the official beginning of the weekend, but the end of exams. Leaving those in the Kelly Gang who went to Shujin simply lazing around. Not doing much of anything.
Not that anyone else was there to say otherwise. Events before exams had made them all dead tired, on top of the trepidation, anxiety, and demands of academic testing. What came to their minds rather, was deciding how to best use their weekend.
“Whew! Lemme tell you, when I get back home all I’m gonna do is sleep! Don’t bother texting me, I need to catch up on that!” Ryuji exclaimed
Agreement was felt, Kasumi and Ann felt the same. Their physically demanding tasks could be told to hurry up and wait as they rested all they wanted today and tomorrow.
“Hey?” Ken asked Shinji “hmm?” “Will you be taking it easy this weekend?”
“Nah. I gotta go to Crossroads tonight.” “What!??!! C’mon, take the day off, you need it!” Ryuji exclaimed
“It’s demanding to lead a band of… admittedly rowdy miscreants such as us…. Are you sure you will be well rested, Shinji?” Haru asked with consideration
“I’ll be fine… besides, I think summer vacation is a week or two away?” Shinji asked, hoping someone would correct him.
“You’d be right, but you should still try to take it easy.” Kasumi added with some protest
“I’ll… try. I already feel better that exams are over…Feels like I can breathe easier.” Shinji explained
“That’s good!” Ann replied. “We ought to do a few things before we get our summer vacation over with.” Ken shot back
“We gotta see if Makoto is doing fine after all this… haven’t seen her after the palace.” Everyone seemed to be in consensus, it would be for naught if she’d somehow get whacked after they had brought Kaneshiro down anyway.
“Then there is the question of who’s left and continuing Kaneshiro’s work.” Haru replied
“We can probably grab some of the ones who’ll survive losing Kaneshiro. If Kaneshiro can hide from the police for that long, some of his cronies probably can hide well enough to not join him in prison.”
“I say wait and see for now… especially when Kaneshiro turns himself in… isn’t that supposed to be today or tomorrow?” Haru asked
“Latest we would hear anything would be Monday morning, perhaps… otherwise I’d assume the police cannot arrest all of his cronies, and we’ll have to make up for it.” Ken replied.
“Plus, it’ll really embarrass them if they could not find them all.” Ryuji replied.
“Say… what should we do for summer vacation?” Kasumi asked.
Pondering occurred. Nobody was quite sure, no one for better or worse thought that far to the future. Then a suggestion came up, from Shinji.
“I’m feeling… like I’ve seen enough of Tokyo. Time off from here would be appreciated.” He said
“Not a serious vacation, but time spent somewhere outside.” Shinji added
“Sounds nice.” Haru replied. “How does the beach sound?” Ann asked. “I’m Sorry, but my family drags me and my sister to the beach almost every summer, I feel like I need a change.” Kasumi asserted.
“Well…. I sort of wanna feel a bit freer.” Ryuji explained. “It gets cramped here. Somewhere to run wild and be free would be nice.” He explained.
“Hmmm.” A smile overcame Shinji as he rubbed his chin. “What is it?” Ken asked
“Well Kat. One time I actually went to a national park by myself just to spend time by myself. Stayed overnight.” He explained.
“Wow! Can we do that?!” Ken was now excitable, getting outdoors was what Ken definitely needed herself as well.
“I mean…. If it’s for a day and a night I think most of us can get on that.” Ann inferred.
“The shadow operatives would love to come! They love being outdoors! We should also bring Aigis… Labrys too! … Chidori and Junpei have actually camped before on their own!” Ken replied
“We also know a decently sized tent we can… strategically transfer.” Kasumi said. “You mean steal.” Ryuji added.
“Alright. Nobody opposing a camping trip in the following weeks?” Shinji asked.
“Hang on, you’re missing Yusuke.” Ryuji added “oh. Shit…. One moment. ”
Yusuke Kitagawa
Shinji: Hey
Camping trip in the following weeks perhaps
You in, or you out
Yusuke, a trip to new environments would be good for me and Chidori’s artistic inspiration. We can go.
Shinji: good.
“If no one says no, I guess we know what to do for our celebration.” The last word which left Shinji’s mouth lit the eyes of all the Kelly Gang members, what was supposed to end with a disappointing conclusion, would end instead with a sufficient occasion. But first, they would have to get their affairs in order.
Later in the evening…
11th of July
Crossroads
Evening
Standing at the counter with an apron on, Shinji stood ready to listen to Lala.
“Now. It is high time I trust you with one of the important bits of barkeeping.” Lala then takes out a Maß from a cabinet below.
“Beer.” She says with a nonchalant pleasure in her voice.
“Today’s about the beer taps and not making a mess on my bar. So listen up.”
And so, Lala proceeded to show Shinji how to not make mess out of the beer tap. By pouring out one for herself, and at some point, whether it was because the single drink had gotten her off topic, or it was of value and the essence to her, Lala began on a beer related tangent.
“You know… beer is the bread of beverages.” She said clearly. “The processes of fermentation found in baking bread apply to Beer….
A bit later…
“You know… Czechs make the best beer in the world… I speak from experience.”
It couldn’t be determined whether Lala was a lightweight or not, her makeup and the red and purplish lights obscuring clear visual confirmation. Shinji decided it would be funny, however he had faith that she was sober. It was only a beer.
“You know… I traveled a fair bit to learn about beer brewing… if it weren’t for the bar I would’ve continued learning how everyone made liquid gold.”
“Really?” Shinji asked. “Yes. I remember excitingly going to old breweries and finding out their secrets. Here… it's just a purple haze in Shinjuku…. I sleep most of the day to work under these… fucking lights for the night.”
That hit the notes for Shinji to pity Lala, the sun was an active reason for Shinji to carry on, a photosynthesis of reasons to continue living. A genuine fear of its warmth being temporary, an expiry date where Shinji would wither away, only knowing its true worth by its absence.
“Kid?” “Yuhuh?” “I think I’ve shown you enough for tonight, I will leave you be so I can have a smoke break. Do call if an emergency or something like that happens.”
As Lala left for the backroom of the bar, Shinji simply stood by the counter, waiting for someone to pass by.
End Track
Time passed and Shinji began to convince himself that tonight, Crossroads will look like Leblanc on a Wednesday night. Except that was not on the cards. As the door rang to reveal a patron.
It was… a woman in a maid costume…
Except… When Shinji saw whose face had entered, he wished he was taking a break instead.
“Can I have a Heiniken please?” “Tap or can?” “I’ll have it from the tap.
Kawakami did not seem to be in a state of awareness to notice who was serving her beer not yet. She seemed too tired, and he was wearing his blue shirt and jeans. If he played his cards right, she wouldn’t notice her student was filling her glass.
“Here.” “Thanks…” The maid took a swig. Shinji continued to observe, she was tired enough that it seemed Kawakami had her head perpetually looking down at the counter, not paying attention to the other parts of the crossroads, or to him.
“You know” Kawakami began to slur and shake, it seemed she was the lightweight and not Lala, Shinji thought. “This is what I really needed.”
“This work… On top of marking exams… I… I deserve to reward myself.”
She then brought out her Maß, “Refill please?” she asked in a laid back and now relaxed tone.
Soon enough, this was Shinji’s existence, listening to the rambling of his drunk school teacher. Complaining about coworkers, students here and there… it seemed that her coworkers drove her up the wall more than the students.
Shinji wasn’t brief on what to do here. At best, he was to stand here and hope he could simply look like he was listening. This was too personal and intrusive, and Shinji could only wish that Lala could finish that forsaken smoke break faster.
“Hey….. you look familiar…..” Kawakami said. “You look a lot like a student of mine….”
Unfortunately for Shinji, she was present enough to take one good gaze at his face.
What was a place of rest and relaxation now became a palpable atmosphere of edge and awkwardness. Both parties stared at each other with a gaze of simultaneous and shared uncomfortability. Kawakami’s expression was of a piercing kind, as if it were a silent blade running through Shinji.
And it was not lost on Shinji. Whose expression displayed more of dread and inaction; he was paralyzed. This was not supposed to happen.
Both parties were in a situation that could be described as MAD. Cocking or fucking up from here on out posed if not possibility, inevitability of mutually assured destruction.
And so, Kawakami decided to step up, and to avert that.
“Is Lala here tonight?” Kawakami asked in a cold and dead serious voice. Prompting an authoritative-like voice that she was simply too tired to exert in school in her role as a teacher.
“She went out for a smoke break.” “Good. Because listen up.”
“Both you and I are in a serious and dangerous situation now.” “I know.” “You should. If you are seen as a student interacting with me in my current work and attire now? We are both-” “Fucked?”
“I would not use that word. But yes. But it is more dangerous for me than it is for you.” “I understand…” Shinji replied, the dread replaced with the serious voice which those who knew him would’ve expected from him.
“We do not speak of this. Not in school, and not here if you do work here. If we have to, it must be somewhere private. Like now.”
“I figured.” Shinji replied, acknowledging the seriousness of the situation in his tone. This then seemed to sate Kawakami, a strange empathy had emerged, as both parties then settled into a slightly less uncomfortable position. Both parties understand that their opposite understands the precarious situation and circumstance which had befallen.
Track end
Eons passed, or at least it felt as such, as Kawakami and Shinji stood there in silence. An eternity passed until Shinji worked up the courage to speak.
“Would… Would you like a refill?”
Kawakami stared down Shinji, trying to gauge for any ill intent or maliciousness, only to see an expression of nervousness, dread, and seriousness mixed together into a painfully uncomfortable expression.
“Sure.” Kawakami then took out her purse from a very well hidden pocket in her maid costume, bringing out payment. “Here, a tip as we-” “Nah. Don’t need it.”
Kawakami’s expression was now with an added pinch of shock, as kindness was the last thing anyone expected after such viciously dangerous circumstance.
“So…” Kawakami asked between sips of her Heiniken. “How did you find yourself working here?” “Thought I’d pick up some work. I worked at restaurants before… this shouldn’t be any harder.”
“You better not be working too hard here that you’re working less hard at school.” Kawakami demanded. “Only here for an hour… maybe two.”
“Good.” Kawakami then stood up, looking at the back, no sign of Lala. She must’ve been enjoying her smoke break. Shinji thought.
“I’m going now. Bye…” Shinji silently waved goodbye as Kawakami then exited the crossroads.”
TEMPERANCE RANK UP!!!
Soon enough, and just in time, Lala returned.
“Has a customer come in here?” Lala asked
“Yes.” “They give you trouble?” “No. Not at all.” Shinji replied.
“They had some Heiniken, relaxed for a bit, then left.”
Lala looked at Shinji blankly, then looked approvingly. “Good job.”
“It’s a part of the job, to lend an ear to whoever comes while they have their drink.” Lala explained “It’s good to have someone to bitch to, and it's preferable to suffering in silence.”
Shinji nodded, he agreed with the sentiment.
However, he never felt qualified, or that he could stand being in that role, of listening to others opening up and being an active source of comfort, counsel, or reassurance. At most, all he could lend was an ear, there was nothing accompanied it, but an ear nonetheless. To listen is one thing, to make someone feel somewhat better? It felt beyond his competence.
Exceptions happened, of course, but they remained as they were, exceptions.
DEVIL RANK UP!!!
With tension well behind him, Shinji was able to take it easy, simply keeping the crossroads clean, this carried on until someone else entered the Crossroads.
“Welcome… Tae?” At the mention of the name, Shinji froze up. Kawakami was not in the state to recognise him, but Tae certainly could. The only thing going for him was that he was not wearing the hat which he always wore to the clinic, that being the beanie, it was tucked well into his pocket instead.
All he could do now was appear busy and that he was supposed to be here. Shinji hoped that he would not be recognised, and that Tae was here merely for drinks and would not recognise him. His wish would be fulfilled this time, however he would come to wish it wasn’t.
“The usual please.” Tae said coldly. She took a seat next to the maid while Lala got to work. As she prepared the plague’s usual, Kawakami made an attempt to socialise with an acquaintance.
“So… what brings you here doc?” Tae sighed. “Well... I fucked up.”
“My clinic may close soon, and I can’t do a damn thing about it. So that’s why I’m here.”
Shinji remained away from the centre of attention as its gravity shifted to The Plague, it was something strong clearly, for some shots after, what social impulse control had been loosened and Tae began to let loose what Shinji already had been disclosed.
“Ya see…. There’s this cunt. His name’s Oyamada… and he might have... killed someone using a treatment I’ve made.” Speaking plainly, Lala seemed to sober up a little thanks to the shock.
“And now….. I’m The Plague again. After doing what I can do to make sure the patient can have a chance… the cunt had to put her down by his gross negligence.”
“Speak truth to power.” Lala added. “I’m with you for this one.”
Tae sighed. “It can’t be helped. Oyamada is influential, likely has a hell of a lot more connections and influence, and I am simply the plague. I’m death on a pale horse… and hell follows me and all that.”
Lala looked on with a gaze of sympathy. Seemingly able to comfort her like a friend or a mother giving a shoulder to cry on. Shinji however was nowhere to be found, for he was somewhere where he could not be seen and on his phone.
He had to do something. He intended to do so much earlier than now.
Ken
Shinji: No time to explain, I need to go to mementos tomorrow
Ken: Hey you’re not going without me or anybody else
Shinji: There is a doctor called Tae Takemi who’s career and reputation is going to be in a bad way if no one helps her.
Ken: Wait
Ken: *The* Tae Takemi???
Shinji: You know her?
Ken: She was one of Fuuka’s friends from University, I saw her a few times
Shinji: but that's beside the point
Ken: right
Shinji: Ask whoever is willing to come on short notice tomorrow to go to mementos
Ken: There definitely will be people willing to go for Tae
Fuuka and Maruki will definitely come
I’ll go too
Shinji: Meet me tomorrow at the cafe at the morning, bring whoever wants to come
Ken: you rest well before we go in ok?
Shinji: I’m at my job now I cant
Ken: you know what I mean
“It’s a damn shame…” Tae continued “Apart from the patient, I had a very cooperative and willing participant who was willing to help in development of the treatment I was making for the patient. He made this all possible, and it has all gone to waste.”
It wouldn’t, Shinji thought. They had gone too far and worked so hard that he couldn’t accept it being in vain.
With some help, he was going to make things right.
End Track
12th of July, Sunday
Early Morning
Leblanc
“Are you sure you’re willing to open shop today kid? You look tired. You should go back to bed Shinji.” Sojiro said
“I’m fine. In fact I’m going to spend time with people I know today, and they’ll be heading here.” Shinji replied.
“Ok then. Are you willing to man the stand until 9?” Sojiro asked. An affirmative nod then sent the old man off, likely to get a smoke break.
Outside
Sojiro went outside, breathing in the morning air. The sun warmed his old flesh and bones. It was these little things which greeted him.
He however, having enjoyed the early air and light, then thought about her.
Sojiro sighed to himself. “The air and light is something isn’t it. It’s a pity you can’t come outside to experience it like I am right now.” Sojiro mumbled to himself as he stared at his own home.
“I wondered if you slept enough last night…. Hmm.” Worry dressed Sojiro’s face, it strained him enough to prompt him to take out a smoke and his lighter… then he stopped.
Something caught his eye, looking at his house, something was moving around the dark corners and crannies, the shadow of the house was hiding someone. The daylight not yet fully reigning over the prior night’s darkness where they remain.
Sojiro moved closer to the property, opening the small gate. He looked at the space between his house and the one next to it, and then he saw him.
Mrowwwww? “Morgana? What are you doing there? You’ll hurt yourself, come on out.” Sojiro put the cigarette and cigarette lighter back into his pocket. The feline then ran towards the old man, stopping by his feet. Sojiro then picked him up.
Mraaa? “You’re up early like me huh?” Sojiro picked up Morgana, strangely without any resistance. Prior experience with the Felis Catus years ago had his impression of cats set in stone. He expected to have gotten a few scratches on his old hands by now, except Morgana only stared at him with a passive expression.
“Oh! I think I know why you’re here.” Sojiro exclaimed. The old man left the cat out in the open while he dashed back into the house.
Coming back out, he brought out a can of tuna for the dark cat. As the can was opened and he left the can on the floor for Morgana to dig in, Sojiro wondered to himself. “Did I feed you enough times for you to come back?”
Soon enough, the cat had had enough, and decided to stroll away from the Sakura residence. Seeing him leave, Sojiro can’t help but be somewhat intrigued about where his most favored Feline goes.
A walk would be nice anyway.
Leblanc
Meanwhile back at Leblanc, the sound of the bell roused an awake Shinji, but barely.
Two figures came in, they came bearing a face denoting urgency and concern which mixed into a serious expression. They were Fuuka and Maruki.
“Shinji, we wanted to come as soon as we heard from Ken.” Fuuka said in a sober tone. “Why’s Maruki here too?” “I asked to come along too…. Tae’s our friend.”
Soon enough, Ken and Yusuke shuffled in as well. “Is there anything we must know?”
Everyone took seats on the counter as they waited for Shinji to explain the situation.
“Tae’s about to get fucked over for someone else’s medical negligence.” Shinji simply said.
“Who?” Maruki asked, “bastard’s called Oyamada.” Shinji took out a public page on the internet showing him. “I don’t want to disclose anything about the circumstances, but…”
CANDIDATE FOUND!
Shinji couldn’t finish his sentence, for Fuuka had simply typed in the Oyamada’s full name into the metanav while Shinji was in the middle of his sentence.
“Everybody ready to go ?” Fuuka asked with no warning.
Everybody except Maruki and Fuuka remained caught off guard. Expressions of determination surrounded by shock. Fuuka remained holding her phone with her finger over the navigation button
And Maruki taking from a fanny pack a black holster with his pistol inside.
Outside mementos
0 hour 0 minutes
“Alright. Everybody synchronize your watches.” Fuuka reminded everyone. Those with pocket watches then synchronize their watches with both the hands meeting at 12. With the exception of Maruki, who had a simple wrist watch.
When she finished, Fuuka quickly *Crash!!!* summoned Juno, having her eyes closed, the lads watched as the navigator with the aid of Juno worked out where the target may be.
“He’s as far deep as our current reach. I estimate our trip down will take ten minutes if we don’t need stops.”
“How does that sound Taras?” “Huh?” “You’re our taxi driver here, how does that sound?”
“Not bad. I believe I can bear it.” The five shadow operatives and kelly gang members stepped down into the station, took their places in the Tachanka.in silence, the party then rode off to their destination.
“Hey Maruki… wait.” Fuuka stopped “what is it, Delphi?”
“You need a codename.” “I do?” “How does Nerd sound?” Ken suggested
“Oh come on you, surely you can think of something better.”
For most of the trip down, a surprising silence fell upon the tunnels of mementos. No reason as to why was hypothesized by the two cognitive Psientists. Instead they continued suggesting codenames for Maruki while he tried to distract himself by observing the background of mementos, collecting data which he noted down.
“How about Copernicus?” Suggested Fuuka. “I’m not an astronomer Delphi.” “Glasses?” Ken suggested again.
It took enough annoying until Maruki then frustratingly gave in. “Alright! Fine! I’ll think of a codename on my own.”
A few seconds later, he revealed such. “Jung. After the swiss psychologist…. J-u-n-g.” He said spelling out the letters. He continued watching the darkness for any sign of movement.
In a brief moment, Maruki felt cold. His summer wear was not conducive to the cold and dark and damp conditions of Mementos. Noticing this, Delphi came to his rescue.
“Hey? You look cold.” Fuuka told Maruki “yes. I am.” He said firmly.
“When… Agriope and Hoplite got here, they brought plenty of replacement coats, including….”
Out of Fuuka’s now moderately sized pack, was a folded jacket. Maruki knew what it was. Fuuka happened to be wearing one just like it. His own shadow operatives jacket, though not numbered.
“Thanks.” Maruki replied. “No problem. It doesn’t have a number, but it’s yours.” Fuuka said.
End track
“Delphi? Are we there yet?” Ken asked amidst the silence
Ten minutes later…
Silence had reigned in the morning. Except for Maruki audibly pondering to himself questions he sought to research and find answers here. “What caused this? Why are those there? What’s with the red?”
This, a howling gust, occasional directions from Fuuka to Yusuke, the rattling of loose rounds and belts of machine gun ammunition stacked by Shinji who was hunched over the Maxim, and Ken fidgeting the foldable stock of her carbine, all of which provided something to draw the minds of the now on edge party of persona users away from a threat unseen or unheard.
“Hey Jung?” “Yes.” “Any theories as to why the shadows aren’t getting out to kill us yet? We expected that about… ten minutes ago.” “Who knows. Maybe it’s that we’re here on an early Sunday morning.” “I’m pretty sure time doesn’t pass here like it does back in reality doc.” Fuuka replied.
“You got an experiment designed to prove that hypothesis of yours, professor?” “No. But Issac Newton only needed to have an apple hit his head to get the idea that gravity makes things fall over.” Fuuka replied.
“Falsifiability Delphi. We must be able to have our hypothesis capable of being demonstrated empirically, or false.” “If we cannot demonstrate that what we are seeing here is empirical… then is any of this real?”
“..... Times like these, I wish Wakaba were here with us.” “Who’s that?” Shinji asked. Apart from him and Yusuke, everyone fell silent, as if Shinji had done something indescribable. An excruciating silence except for the ambience of the Tachanka and the tunnels. Thankfully, Shinji was saved by the now leering red light.
A moment of realisation was followed by a rapid disembarkment and the sound of safeties being toggled off and rounds being loaded, except Fuuka and Maruki.
“Jung, do you know what to do?” Fuuka asked. “Stay behind you, if something’s going after me I run at you and you keep me safe.” Maruki answered quickly and succinctly. “Good. Is everybody ready?”
A few silent nods were all that were needed; they all went in.
…
“So…. What are you here for… describe the symptoms…”
Shinji walked step by step towards the shadow, The sound of each step was accompanied by the shifting of Iron and boot.
“I…. am mad as fuck.”
“You killed Tae Takemi’s patient!” Shouted Fuuka, standing behind the three persona users.
“How did you?... Oh… One of you must be that lab rat she used to develop the treatment…”
Oyamada surveys the room, only to fixate on Shinji.
“Must be you…. Though…. Never thought you look like a Gōbyō….”
Shinji remained unmoved.
“You caught it working for The Plague did you… leper? Serves you right for working with h-.”
BANG!!!
A shot rang out, far above the heads of the shadow and the three persona users. A puff of smoke ran from a gun at the back, Maruki’s FN.
“Eat. Shit.”
As it was merely a gauntlet thrown rather than a shot fired in anger, Oyamada simply then got serious.
“Alright. That’s how it is.”
“When I’m done with you, I’ll ruin Tae.”
Transforming into a form more fitting of his deed. Shinji, Yusuke, and Ken stood expecting a monstrous form to fit this monster in a labcoat, but instead, a baboon, white and adorned with jewels and armed with a book. Surrounded by a guard of the shadows they thought they’d be fighting.
Fuuka quickly got into Juno while dragging Maruki in what little space there was. “This shadow’s gotten no discernible weakness, you need to hit it as hard as you can Kelly!”
Grabbing their weapons, the directions were made clear.
“Zag is crowd control, Taras gives cover, I go over the top and Delphi supports us.”
The sound of a lever rifle, a whip crack, and the sound of brass impacting on the floor is the sound off.
Immediately, both parties threw themselves into the melee, Fuuka and Maruki simply as spectators through the tinted glass of Juno. They saw, as soon as the initial cloud of violence began to make itself readable, three threads made themselves clear.
CRACK! The largest group of shadows which were called to fight were drawn to Ken, who in a display almost like a lion tamer kept the crowd of shadows on her while stringing them up with the bullwhip and occasionally shots from her carbine, the cracks were accompanied by a shadow being reduced to a pile through the medium of touch when the business end came calling.
Ta! Pum! Ta! Pum!- On his mount, Yusuke sat slinging shot after shot at shadow after shadow with his rifle, the ghastly horse remaining calm in spite of 7.62 flying over her ears. Periods of time where hot lead was not slung at the enemy was instead made up by a hail of sharp and lethal ice sent flying towards the enemy.
As his flanks were being occupied by his comrades on either side keeping the mass of humanity’s repressed from surging towards him, Shinji walked forward slowly and steadily over a pile of remains, bayonet wet with the black remains of shadows slain and the barrel letting smoke out from Blasting shadows who tried to stop the iron bushranger in his tracks.
Seeing the iron ranger marching grimly, Fuuka kicked Juno into gear in order to Syplid Aura into play, She watched as Shinji began to use what shot was left in his gun against the evading shadow of Oyamada, only to then ditch it for his axe.
It was going to be a violent and brief fight, whichever party could overwhelm the enemy with whatever advantage at disposal would end it, and that would be Yusuke.
Out of rounds, the cossack dismounted to draw his revolver and sabre, the ghastly figure of Taras Shevchenko appeared on the saddle, to then bring to bear upon the shadow not a hail but a gale. Shadows remain stuck and frozen in place, out of the fight for all purposes.
Ken was also coping well with the shadows transfixed on him, following the cracks of the whip with some occasionally falling to it, it was then that he summoned the figure of Zagreus behind, he saw with his two eyes the shadows on him, drowning in waves of blood, darkness, curses, and as well as fire into a witch’s concoction without a cauldron.
As for Shinji and the shadow of Oyamada, it had remained as equally matched as the fight began, an exchange of persona power, each deciding that trying to land a physical hit on the other opened up themself for attack. But one could sense that the shadow was starting to give.
Soon enough, shots came in the direction of Shinji and Oyamada, they came from the black powder of Yusuke’s revolver and although Shinji was unhurt with the bullets grazing or even deflecting off the curving sides, Oyamada was not so lucky.
His jewels which adorned him were shattered and laid on the floor, leaving his tome. Which was then torn from his grasp by a swift axe blow.
It waa fully clear that for Oyamada, the battle was lost. As he laid on the ground while both the cossack and the iron outlaw were holding him up with revolvers, while the sound of the bullwhip filled his ears.
To show he conceded defeat, Oyamada transformed back to his more human form. Submission painted his expression.
“Alright! Alright! Fine…I…. I submit…”
“You’re gonna admit your crime, then go and turn yourself in.”
“I didn’t kill her!!! I moved her… Miwa to the Hospice!!!
“What?”
“She’s still alive!”
“Then go! Get her out of the Hospice and back to her dad! Go now!”
The shadow then disappeared in a flash of light, then nothing.
Once again, silence ruled the tunnels of mementos.
Track end
Exiting Juno, Fuuka approached the three with a smile. “Good job guys. That was intense.”
Shinji took off his helmet and felt for his chest. Although the hard hitting black powder rounds hit his armor, the hits were still akin to punches. He was relieved to find no damage whatsoever
Approaching beside him with a canteen of water was Maruki. “You hurt?” “Nope. It’ll be fine…. How about you? What did you do here?”
“Lots of observations. Lots of data. Now to make sense of it and to develop them into a hypothesis to prove or disprove. We’ll be able to broaden our understanding of the metaverse over the summer.” “Good.”
Suddenly, the sound of groaning came from across the room. Though not an audible groan of pain, but something lower.
“Is somebody hungry?” Fuuka asked. “It’s me.” Yusuke said with his hand raised.
“Let’s get out of here. I’ll make you all some eggs and toast along with your curry.”
A bit later
“We’re almost back to the surface now.” Fuuka said, the wagon heading back the way they had gone.
As they went up, the sound of wind howling however then came followed by the sight of trains speeding on their tracks. They sped along as if it were a work day… yet it was Sunday.
“Hey…” Maruki asked. “Are there supposed to be people in those trains?”
Everybody took a glance at the separate tracks, waiting for the next carriage. They then saw it, carriages full of people, seemingly absent. They saw humans certainly, but humans alone in form and not in function. “Where the hell are they going?” Ken wondered audibly.
“Looks like they’re going deeper into mementos.” Shinji induced. “Yeah but to where?”
“Hmmm… I have a hypothesis.” Maruki said. “What is it?” Fuuka asked
“Do you think that Mementos had a final destination?” Maruki asked. “Somewhere, these trains end, rather than continue looping around forever.” He said.
“Don’t the tunnels change layout every time we come here?” Fuuka asked. “Yes. But it doesn’t exclude the possibility.”
Shinji continued watching, he swore he saw somebody unusual on one of those trains, heading deeper into mementos. But he convinced himself that it was simply a man in a work suit.
“Guys. I’m hungry, let's get out of here faster.”
Leblanc
Together, back at Leblanc, the Party’s mood spiked when hot curry was served along with coffee, with the exception of Shinji, who took it upon himself to toast bread in order to enjoy with warm eggs and coffee of his own.
Walking up to Fuuka and Maruki sitting together, Shinji then asked. “So… Tae Takemi.” “Yes….” Maruki replied. “Never thought you managed to meet our friend from University, less so getting meds and supplies from her. Does she know about your activities?”
“No. But after today… maybe she’ll piece it together? I’m not sure…. Forget that, how did you two meet Takemi?”
“We were all in the same class together… However, there was a new class being offered, one on Cognitive Psience… therefore only four people showed up as students.”
Maruki explained
“There was I, Fuuka, Tae, and Sumi. And our lecturer. Professor Wakaba-“.
“And from there, we would be friends.” Fuuka explained. Sentimentality painting her expression.
“Small world.”
Soon enough, as part of opening up the shop, Shinji turned on the TV, switching to the news channel while everybody continued their breakfast.
“Welcome to morning news, last night, police have raided the residence of Junya Kaneshiro, this was after the crime boss had turned himself in to the police.”
End Track
Chapter 75: Svoboda
Summary:
Velká je zem, šplouchá na ní voda
co je však největší, co je vsak nejvetší,
ta lidská svoboda.
Big is the earth, lapped by the water.
Biggest of all, biggest of all, is human freedom.
Notes:
This is a Content Warning for the mention of abuse. If you want to avoid it, look for when Mishima says “I could’ve at any time, really… done something to stop it… but I didn’t." and skip to where it says "MOON RANK UP"
Please take care of yourself and have a great day.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
12th of April, Sunday
Early Morning
The Nijima residence
Now playing: Nobody, by Mitski
The early light has befallen the Niijima residence, as a dazed and awakening Makoto Nijima steps out of her room.
She intends to get a bite to eat, as well as to make her big sis’s breakfast as well as her own. Then a brief warmup, Sundays are the days she has to practice Aikido and other martial arts she was taught when her Pa was still around.
Once again, Sae was not to be found. Instead, money for the week’s allowance along with a note that she would be away as the demands of her employment at the court had suddenly spiked.
Makoto stared at the dishes, unwashed and still stained with the contents of prior meals, mostly alone. In her fugue state of tiredness, she decided instead to toast bread and to boil some eggs instead.
It was a dish that she fondly looked upon, even if Sae looked upon it as a bit primitive. Toasted bread with some butter and a spread, plus two eggs slightly boiled and put on a plate. It was a dish her pa made.
She remembered Sunday mornings that were spent with pa and sis, this exact breakfast. Either this or Pancakes by mom. Aikido practice followed with the ridiculously small sized Makoto attempting to take down the goliath that was her father, tall, strong, and patient.
Those days are done now though. As Makoto sat alone at the table for two, alone. Somewhat warm eggs and two small toasted sandwiches.
Apathy. Makoto could feel nothing but utterly banal and depressing. There was none of what made those days magic, and she sat staring at the dishes with a feeling of rot and numbed expression.
There was no essence, merely existence, as she dipped her small bread in the shallow plate filled with egg yolk and ate it.
Then it was time to exercise, to maintain her own physical health. Yet apathy persisted in this new focus. Only finding it bearable if the TV was playing something to distract her, and even then it really brought home the apathy about it. There was simply nothing worth it any more. Makoto would think, then she would recoil at having thought such, then weave together arbitrarily sufficient justification to carry on. Repeat next Sunday.
As she turned on the TV though, something however caught her attention. In the middle of a strike, she stopped.
End track
“Welcome to morning news, last night, police have raided the residence of Junya Kaneshiro, this was after the crime boss had turned himself in to the police.”
Makoto stopped, she watched the feed, as police raided a building somewhere in Shibuya, they ran down the stairs towards a basement. They run over to a door and smash it down.
The next part Makoto shivers. She sees a familiar purple light along with a backdrop. She sees where she was taken after trying to trail her old friend. She dare not recount what happened in detail for what self dignity and pride was left in that room and not retrieved.
She remembered that threat however, the debt, and the price to be paid for not complying.
She then paid attention to what the TV host had to say though… which broke her out of her line of thought, momentarily at least.
“Kaneshiro admitted in police custody that he was compelled to turn himself in, by the Kelly Gang.”
One thought only went through Makoto’s mind. The timing. The timing. The timing. This change of fortune which her extortee had previously had her in a possible situation, was not normal. Neither was the prior circumstances of Kamoshida.
She thought about it. It was too convenient.
Sunday
Morning
Leblanc
“Well. That was faster than I expected.” The gang watched as a shot of the now cuffed Kaneshiro is taken into custody, however with a single calling card grasped in his cuffed hands.
“He must’ve carried out his end of the deal.” Yusuke added. “I wonder… What do you think he did for the days after we took his treasure? Ken asked
“Oh!” Maruki audibly gasped. “Our university mentor hypothesized about this. She speculated that when it came to cognitive spaces, the nucleus, or core, or what you may want to call it, when it is destroyed, its effect can be seen… at least in the cases which we know of, in an air of clarity.”
“So…. What does this mean for Kaneshiro? What did he do?” Ken asked. “This is a guess, so don’t take me at face value but…”
“If a similar effect is to be assumed, it could be said that the immediate harm and impact of his criminal activity on his victims was made very conscious, and very real to Kaneshiro. You know this as guilt, or self reflection.” Maruki explained.
“We’ll never know. He was taken into police custody, so I guess only they would know.” Fuuka added.
Everyone remained in silence for a moment, sipping their coffees.
“Well. What do we do now?” Maruki asks. Hearing such, Shinji sprung up.
“We have some housekeeping to do before we consider celebrating.” Shinji said “We have lots of pending requests on the Kelly Country website, as well as mopping up whoever wants to continue Kaneshiro’s operation.”
“This is achievable, but this means an overarching problem in how exhausted we are… I know the Kelly Gang are looking forward and expecting a break. A week’s long break at the very least. As the ridiculous speed we did in Kaneshiro’s palace has gotten everybody tired.”
“Well. How about you leave us to do the work?” Fuuka proposed. “What?” “I think Shadow Ops can pick the slack while you kids have a needed break. You deserve it.”
Shinji remained quiet, then asked “You think you can do it?” “I think Kotone wouldn’t mind having back her old role, leading the team.”
“You better ask her.” “She’ll understand, otherwise… I think everyone in shadow ops is fresh enough to take over… except for a few. That being Koro, Chidori, and Yukari. they need some time off.” Fuuka recounted.
“Right… so seven Kelly Gang and three operatives are going to take the week off while the rest stay on top of things?” “Sounds like it.”
“Don’t worry Shinji. I’ll make sure of it.” Fuuka said with a reassuring expression, it spoke to Shinji of years of experience and life lived which enshrined in her confidence which Shinji never was able to see in Fuuka back in 09.
“Ok. As for the second thing… The Kelly Gang have been discussing what we wanna do… I think they wanna get out of the city.” Shinji said. “They want to go out to a national park or some place other than here, overnight.” Shinji explained. “Yes. We were wondering if some of the operatives who need some rest would appreciate coming with us.” Ken said
“I certainly believe Chidori would be delighted.” Yusuke said. “Koro too. He would really love some place to run free.” Said Ken
“Alright. With the funds from the Kaneshiro’s palace, we have more than enough to do that.” Fuuka said. “You can also take the camper van we have parked in the carpark.” Fuuka continued.
Shinji couldn’t help but smile. Not only at the prospect of Rest and Recovery with his friends, but also that friends older and with additional years had not only come out of that horrible year alive, but also better then they were. Their essence remained, but their existence was graced with additional years on their record.
Soon enough, with enough talk about the logistics and requisites for the upcoming weeks, they became something to look forward to for Shinji. As well as anybody else in the room. Everyone was going to get what they were due. The future was something to look forward to, at least for Shinji, friends, and comrades.
End track
As everybody else left to enjoy their Sunday afternoon, Fuuka was last to leave, standing by the doorway.
“Hey Shinji?” “Yes Fuuka?” “Can you do me a favor?” “What may that be?” “It's about Tae Takemi.” “What about her?”
“After today, Tae will certainly know that we had something to do with what’s happening to her… so at some point, I think I wanna go and see her in person.” “What are you going to tell her?” Shinji asked.
“Well…. I haven’t found the words. But I imagine them being about the distance and time that happened since we… Maruki, me, Tae, Sumi…. Wakaba had experienced. Maruki, and I would like to spend more time together with her.”
“I can do that. But first I gotta make sure Tae gets the news about her patient.” Shinji said. “I understand. See you around Shinji.
Later at noon…
Tae Takemi was not in a good way.
She did not look like she slept a lot. Being clad in blacks and blues as she usually was came with its assumptions surrounding the state of her emotions, sure. But now she was all but confirming such. She was rather depressed. She was feeling that inner rot and entropy which came with that, of the mind eating the body and soul alive. Anguish and utter Apathy towards it. She had been angry over it all, but the fire had been put out. She could not feel anything other than as her reputation and epithet.
She cannot help but be The Plague, Takemi as of this moment.
It was this, that Shinji entered the clinic, that he saw. “Afternoon doc.”
The plague wiped her eyes and then checked her watch. “It’s noon already?” “Yes.”
Tae put her hands up in a gesture of defeat. “Well… I’m not quite sure how you can help me here… sorry Shinji.”
“I know.” “I guess I can give you the usual medication though.” Tae says. “alright.” The doctor goes to the counter, taking from the counter and putting them in a small plastic bag.
“I guess I ought to thank you.” “For what?” “For being so dedicated to help me help Miwa…. At any moment you had the right to step away… but you stayed on…. I have the feeling… we would’ve been able to complete the treatment for Miwa’s condition, and it would help others who have the same. And it would be thanks to you.”
“I didn't make anything though.” Shinji replied. “You contributed your… time, body, and energy to my experiment and process. You have.” Tae said smiling.
“ This will likely be the last time we’ll see eachother. Thanks for everything you’ve done.”
Then, as she finished her sentence. Someone else entered. As soon as Tae saw her, she could not believe her eyes, it was Miwa.
Now playing: Tranquility, reloaded
“Doctor! It’s me!” The little girl ran towards Tae, to then stop immediately in front of her, as her father then stood by behind her. “Wh-“ . For all intents and purposes, Tae did not expect to see Miwa again.
“What’s happening?” Takemi asked the father. “Didn’t you see the news?… Oyamada has admitted his responsibility regarding his medical malpractice.”
“What. When? How?” Tae was not one to believe in miracles. It was beyond her, as Miwa’s father began to recount events starting this morning, she couldn’t help but wonder, why?”
Convenient, is what she thought. Her eyes looking around the room, as if searching for answers, her eyes stopped at the other individual in the room, silent, staring into the distance as if to direct attention away from himself. His expression was stoic, until Miwa diverted her attention away from the doctor and to him, when his expression transformed into a smile. Him taking off his Haraway hat and holding it as an object of fascination.
“Is that a cowboy hat??!!” “Yes. It is.” “Wow! So cool!… Do you ride a horse!!?” “Close enough.”
It then hit Tae Takemi. She couldn’t help but smile. She couldn’t help but believe in miracles herself now.
A bit later…
“Bye doctor!!!” The door closes on Shinji and Tae. As soon as it did, Tae looked at Shinji in the eye. “Shinji. We are restarting development immediately.” “My thoughts exactly.”
“Better hold on. We’re moving as quickly as we can. Remaining safe of course.” “Let’s do it.”
DEATH RANK UP!!!
End Track
Late Afternoon
Shibuya station
Just making it out of the clinic in time to make it to Shibuya, Shinji appreciated the cool breeze that blew
Yoshida sat at his usual spot at Shibuya station. However with the added innovation of: a beer.
“Hey there professor… How was class?” “The usual.” Yoshida said while taking a sip of the glass beer bottle.
“Before you ask. I don’t drink regularly. But I can recognize when I really am feeling like I need one or not.” Yoshida says. Shinji does not intend to pry. If the professor feels like he needs something to take off the mental strain, he would not bother.
“Remember what we’re here for? I’m a bit exhausted myself.” “Oh, right!” Yoshida, in a telegraphed surge of energy then put down his beer, and then took a moment to find the words in him in order to lecture to his class of one.
“Right… at some point, after founding Charter 77… Havel gets arrested. Yes, he gets arrested, but…”
“He gets a message from across the Czechoslovak-Polish border. From Adam Michnik. This was because he was intrigued and interested in what Havel was writing and speaking about before he got arrested. So, after he gets released, a meeting is organised. Havel dodges the secret police and gets to the border.”
“Now… you look at the pictures, you see what they got up to.” Yoshida’s tone becomes lighter. “They climb up the mountains, and the time they spent there…. They spent it making a fire, drinking vodka… they looked happy in those…. But besides the point. They agree to collaborate, Polish and Czech and Slovak dissidents would write essays on the nature of freedom, and how to resist communist totalitarianism….
Shinji notices Yoshida is stimming in place a bit as he finds the words from the top of his head. “Havel was to form the basis of a book with an essay of his own with his own ideas, which the Polish writers were to respond to with their own ideas… the Polish essays did not come through. I did not find out why but… I think the declaration of martial law in their totalitarian state in 81 had something to do with it.”
As a result, Havel’s essay was published. And it's the one I have been reading to you for a while.” Yoshida said to Shinji, smiling.
“For his trouble… Havel gets arrested again and is sentenced to four years. From 79 to 83…”. “What then?”
“Everything in Havel’s essay which he predicted. Became true.” Yoshida says with awe in his voice. “As if it reflected the origins of the essay, it starts in Poland.”
“While Havel was in prison, Polish workers at Gdańsk form an independent trade union… Solidarity, or Solidarność.”
“It becomes a vehicle for civil resistance and organisation of Polish civil society in general; they, in spite of the martial law imposed to destroy them, striked.”
“They striked over the deterioration of living standards… which the communist state made worse by raising prices by the way. They striked over the firing of popular worker activists at the dockyard. They striked in coordination and solidarity with others, not other dock workers in other dockyards, but nine to ten million people, in a country of 35 million.”
“This was not simply a trade union about the lack of bread and butter… but a revolutionary movement. The program they espoused reflected this. History had taught us, that there is no bread without freedom.” “A newspaper had this to say… What we had in mind was not only bread, butter and sausages, but also justice, democracy, truth, legality, human dignity, freedom of convictions, and the repair of the republic”
“They brought their totalitarian state to heel, forced them to fulfill their demands. And all over the occupied countries of the Soviet Union, people took notice, people took inspiration.”
“As a historian, I can say with the gift of hindsight, they were taking advantage of an extremely influential moment in history – I can’t describe it in anyway other way, nobody knows that they’re suddenly at an extreme point of time, unless looking back… or unless Frank Sinatra sings in tribute of the moment.”
“Although the regime would try to put the genie back in the bottle by declaring martial law in Poland, the Poles would years after through Solidarność, demand that elections be held. Effectively, solidarity was able to demand that the regime be held accountable to the ballot box, and thereby, voted out of power despite their use of it.”
“And this allows us to return to Czechoslovakia. Where a similar line of events happened in Prague. A suppressed student demonstration transformed into a strike. In order to circumvent the censorship of the press, theatre workers and actors would not present their productions but instead announce the strikes on stage.”
“Around the same time, Havel and company, now out of prison, form an organisation called Občanské fórum , or Civic Forum. Which became an institution and mechanism for the public and mass opposition to their regime to organize and to do as the Poles did. After ten days of protest… the communist regime gave up its power to a mass revolutionary movement of the people… whose ideological legitimacy was supposedly borne from the type of revolution which was destroying it.”
By the end, communist Czechoslovakia was no more, and Vaclav Havel would find himself at Wenceslaus castle, as president of a new Czechia…. Soon enough the berlin wall would fall, as east Germans followed the example the Poles and Czechs provided.
A smile remained firmly planted on Yoshida's face.
“The ideas which Havel wrote about in his book, they were revolutionary in so many aspects. Most importantly existentially.”
“But what does this mean… here and now I mean.” Shinji asked. “Well… it means now I guess…”
Yoshida stopped. His face erring and nulling over what words to say, weaving together words, ideas, and meanings together. It took another sip of beer to finally get them out.
“I think it's as the tin says, it's about freedom…. So many of us as of this moment.” Yoshida says while gesturing to the walking crowds around him and Shinji. “Aren’t feeling so… free.”
“I think it is because their idea and definition of freedom is dated, they believe that to be free is to be born free… or to be legally free, perhaps even to be free from… something, which is a negative idea or form of freedom…. Entropic perhaps.”
I guess the question I have been trying to answer meaningfully over the last few weeks is… what does it mean to be free?
“What Havel is saying is that… people need to live their lives as if they were free, and it isn’t as simple as it sounds.”
“Developing an independent and individual code of ethics and moral standards, and sticking to it… standing out… empathy for others… recognising one’s own human dignity and not compromising it… straightening one’s own backbone… being authentic and genuine… and not caving into coercion, whether it be the peering eyes of others in public, real or imaginary, or worse…
Yoshida reached in for more. “Starting a band… creating something new, whether it be art or theatre… knowing that you yourself can be an example to others, and as uncomfortable as it is, taking responsibility and taking it seriously.”
“Sticking your neck out for others… recognising that if other people are unfree, it means you are unfree… and taking that seriously as well…”
“Believing in truth, in factuality… forming independent civil organisations… taking responsibility for… something and remaining responsible.”
“Going beyond simply following laws and rules, but asking those who enforce and make said laws to follow them themselves.”
“I can go on. And on. And on.”
“All of this is to live freely. Some come before others, to live free is to take them seriously and to hold what seems as mundane, individualistic, and small, as highly important and of the essence.”
“I guess that's why it isn’t so easy. Living freely requires a backbone, believing in what you say and not being a cynic. Being uncomfortable. Being visible and being uncomfortable because of that. Its all hard, but it's necessary.”
As Yoshida’s thesis statement took its time to sink into Shinji, he couldn’t help but see his actions and decisions, past and present in a new light. Gradually, in the early evening sun, as the sun retreated, what new light that was shed came upon Shinji like the rising sun at first light, slowly bringing them to the light and its warmth.
The golden rays of aspiration and clarity beamed on him.
“That. Was amazing.” Shinji said. “Glad to hear that.” Yoshida said, finishing his beer.
SUN RANK UP!!!
End track
Some time passed, leaving Yoshida and Shinji sitting and enjoying the air and light, raising random topics and conversation. Then something relevant to Shinji emerged.
“So how has university been lately?” “A bit intense. Some students have been found to have worked for Kaneshiro. So the authorities are figuring out what to do with them. Thankfully, none of them have been from my classes. There’s already so few of them to begin with!”
“They’re rather supportive of the Kelly gang, actually. My history and anthropology students, apart from class content, it's all they talk about. I even see some of them with homemade badges or pins with their logo…”
“Well… what about you?” “Me?” “What do you think now?” “Well… me personally… it’ll be dependent on if they stick to the impact they’re having on others. If it remains this way. Some colleagues are a bit alarmed by the action… or the possible suggestion of illegal activity…”
“But, I see them in a way I guess… if it helps to understand, as Havel did the plastic peoples of the universe. They introduced a sort of dynamism and stress on the system which became the hint of larger change… so rockstars really.”
“While the plastic peoples gave dissidents like Havel a vehicle as an action which forced the system to react, I see something similar… I see the Kelly Gang as a vehicle for the public to… demand accountability from their rulers
“I’m going to generalize a bit but… Japanese, or Asian society in general, likes to follow rules. They hate standing out, or at least are extremely uncomfortable doing so. It’s why things are allowed to get worse. Because nobody is willing to stand up and say that the boat is sinking… or that the emperor has no clothes.”
“The Kelly Gang is making a fool out of the authorities, and that's a good thing. And that is because they have broken the perceived invulnerability or reputation of these institutions. They have created a space for the public to criticise, to demand accountability… to demand decency and that if the police are to police them and to make them follow the law, that they themselves must follow their own laws and be accountable to the public.”
“I can’t help but draw comparisons. What is happening now is a special moment of a sort, in which those who want to dissent against the powers reigning now have space to do so, all thanks to the Kelly Gang. A new social metaphysics of a sort, has been created, new, but familiar to us.”
As Yoshida finished his sentence, his phone began to vibrate out alerts. “Oh, I must go now, have a great weekend Shinji.” “You too prof.”
Shinji watched as Yoshida strolled slowly towards the train station. Only for his slow walk to then come to a stop. Only for him to continue, again.
Seeing him off, Shinji wondered what to do for the rest of the day, with aspiration and esteem in him, he wondered what he could do with what stock remained in him.
He checked his phone, scanning through what he had been unable to read or catch earlier in the day,
One unread message from Mishima, Labrys
Leblanc
Evening
“Uh……. Shinji?” “Yes?” “Why are we waiting here…. I thought we were going to talk about requests?” “We are waiting for someone.” “Who?”
As if to answer his question, someone did come in. From the darkening exterior into the cafe, in a bomber jacket and strange enough, in spite of the evening night, shades.
“There she is.” “Shinni? Who is this, does he know ?” Labrys asks
“This is Mishima. The guy who created the Kelly Country site and moderates it. He gave us the lead which led us to Madarame.” “He helped us to deal with Kamoshida before you and the others got here.” Shinji answered. “Yo! Thanks for that!”
Mishima nervously shook the extraverted and outgoing hand of Labrys’, “Nice to meet you…”
“If we’re done with introductions here, let's get to business. Labrys is here because in the following week, we’re going to work out how many requests from the forum we can take while also dealing with what’s left of Kaneshiro’s organization before the police can get them.”
As Shinji described the task, a laptop was brought out with a spreadsheet of requests from the forums. Shinji watched as they sorted through a dozen or so requests that Mishima thought important, where after sorting through by urgency, requests prompting a more urgent response were brought up, halving the list.
Approaching the later stages of the task, Labrys and Mishima began to exchange in conversation more about themselves, their work, and what had led up to the deeper collaboration that was ongoing.
“Yeah so… I felt like I needed to do something to help them… and that’s how I started on the website… you guys are awesome.”
“Dude. Don’t sell yourself short, you helped us out a ton! We wouldn’t be here without you!” Labrys exclaimed as to make sure he clearly understood his contribution to the efforts undertaken by S.O and the K.G
“I feel… like I could be doing more… Most of these requests are mostly… well… I sort of expected to be going after… I guess bigger fish?” Mishima tried to explain “not much wrong with helping others, but… I feel like I could be doing more by helping to find the big and bad.”
“Nonsense. If these are all the requests here, I’d happily take all of them, even if it's small.” Labrys replied.
“I don’t know… you guys literally decapitated the leadership of the mafia last week. I feel like the bar’s been raised.” Mishima says. Shinji observes as Mishima further debated his worth.
Labrys wasn’t clearly expecting that. Shinji thought, and looking at Labrys, she was clearly looking for something to move on from the topic, only to find something perfect. As she pointed at a bit of space on the screen.
“You play Titanfall?” “What???- Oh- uh, yes!” “Did you see the teaser for the sequel???” Asked Labrys. “Yes! I’m very excited.”
Shinji thought about it a little. He understood where Mishima was coming from… somewhat. Shinji wasn’t one to keep entirely shut about what troubled him. At least not to the point that it troubled him more than it resolved said trouble. But this was something else.
Mishima was depositing all that troubled him and was getting interest in his troubles. Perhaps Labrys wasn’t the best person to talk to him… but it was apparent that a lot remained perhaps unresolved in Mishima’s private life. The parts Shinji had known from context and the first month he got here… horrific.
Shinji wasn’t really sure how to proceed further with Mishima here. A side of him screamed that to leave Mishima be was the best policy. And have faith that Mishima could work out his problems on his own.
On the other hand, Mishima also happened to be their Public relations, the guy digging out leads and enabling the K.G and S.O to do their work. And of course, a friend.
And as Labrys and Mishima were finishing up their conversation and work, Shinji was pondering how to involve himself in at least easing some of what ailed his friend. Although he didn’t think of himself as such, Labrys was right. Mishima was indispensable and should be regarded as such to the function and operation of the Kelly Gang.
Later…
“Bye Labrys!” “Cya Mishima! You got time tonight you get on okay-bye!”
“Well Shinji, I guess its time for me to go as well.” “Actually. One more thing.” “Yes?”
“I got a question for you…. Do you consider yourself… a part of our team?”
“What- what do you mean?” “Because Labrys is right.”
Mishima remained quiet, seemingly formulating a response, “I wouldn’t… not after what I did when I…” Mishima breathed out a sigh. “After I helped Kamoshida to harm Ann Takamaki and Shiho Suzui.”
“I could’ve at any time, really… done something to stop it… but I didn’t. So, no. I don’t think it would be part of the same team as them… not like this.”
“Weren’t you physically beaten into doing it?” Shinji asked. “It was Kamoshida who beat you into doing it. It wasn’t your fault, at least I think.” Shinji followed up.
“You weren’t there though…” Mishima replied, as he walked out of the store.
MOON RANK UP???
Shinji looked at Mishima as he withdrew into the darkness. Shinji tried to think about what to do. This was not sustainable for one of their own. This was not something that can be overlooked. Even ignoring the integrity and what could ail the Kelly Gang if he overlooked this and left it be, it didn’t feel right. Ignoring the functional and existential reasons, the feeling, the essence felt more important at this moment.
Ann Takamaki
Shinji: Hey, are you free tomorrow?
Notes:
Powrót, sung by Frank Sinatra
https://youtu.be/fqBT9PO8T4Q?si=uSFiE9lECThkXwmE
Chapter 76: svědomí
Summary:
translation in Czech: Conscientousness
Chapter Text
13th of July, Monday
Lunchtime
Shujin Academy
Now playing: Crust, by Flying Lotus
“What’s the rush, Shinji?” Ken asked, Shinji, Ken, and Haru were caught in the push and shove of a crowd. “It’s gotta be the exam results coming in then.” Shinji said. “Yes, it’s gotta be it.”
Following the push rather than being shoved, the three made it to the board. While Haru expected to be in the top ten, as her due diligence was a consistent factor in her studies, Shinji and Ken had a shared thought process in this exam, due to factors which may impair their chances at desirable academic outcomes.
Go for broke. Needless to say they weren’t expecting much of themselves. The connotations related to gambling felt more present than a consistent sense of academic accomplishment and faith in one’s own ability. So rather than starting on the top of the board and going down, they did the opposite. Leading to a stunning revelation.
“Hey. You two didn’t do bad at all!” Haru exclaimed. “How so?” Ken asked. “We three are in the top ten.” The two then looked up, their names next to each other. “Yeah… look at that Shinji.”
Ken pointed towards the ninth and tenth spot on the examination board. Shinjiro Aragaki had a spot as the tenth academically in the pack, with Ken Amada being ahead of him at ninth. While Haru Okumura was at the eighth spot like a welcome neighbor.
Ken, putting her arms on the shoulders of her now “academically inclined” friends then said “Let’s grab lunch.”
The roof
The three sat together. Chatting, eating their lunch, enjoying the warm day. A pleasant and peaceful lunch. Where… They couldn’t help but talk about nothing of importance.
“So… what do you think that cloud up there looks like?” “Hmmm… looks like a dog, those ears remind me of Koromaru.” Ken replied. “I think it looks like a cat. They remind me more of Mona…” Haru disagreed.
“Ok… how about that one?” “It looks like… a weird hat maybe?” “Dude, is too much sun getting into your eyes?” Ken asked jokingly “maybe, but I’m not the one wearing tinted glasses.” Shinji replied in equal measure. “I think it looks like a UFO.” Haru replied, the non seriousness of their conversation, apart from providing cause for laughter, brought a release to the recent tension of the month. Not that anyone noticed, they were too busy pointing at the clouds above and enjoying the sky.
“Alright… final one. What does that one look like?” Haru pointing at a cloud in particular. “Hmmm… I Think it looks like a shadow.” Ken answered. “Aint a shadow I’ve seen before.” Shinji replied…. “I say… an angry stop sign coming out of a loaf of bread.”
“Dude… the fuck?” PFFFHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA. The three of them erupted into laughter, with Shinji the first to recover. “Sorry. I zoned out a little too much.” “Nah man… that’s fine HAH…HAHAHAH-“
The three continued to laugh until they eventually toned themselves down. And were in the mood for something related to “work.”
“Oh yeah. By now, shadow operatives should be going for requests along with their daily patrol in mementos.” Ken explained. “Do they need any help?” “From what I heard… its Labrys, Kotone, and Yukari are going out, as well as Fuuka. It's the heavy hitters.”
“I ought to make sure Kotone hits harder.” Shinji explained. “How would you do that?” “Well. An old man does one half of the work by waterboarding a card… then I bring them to Kotone or Aigis like a mailman.”
“Does that happen to be another cloud up above?” Haru asks jokingly. “An old man waterboarding a card-Pfff-“
More laughter, however shorter. There was nothing to comment on. A well enjoyed moment, more so especially for Shinji, as a hit of pleasant memories came back to him. He looked around the existential forms of Haru and Ken, his friends, but could see… the essence of old friends.
Mitsuru and Akihiko… however, not as they were months ago, final year at school, but when they were all younger… happier… and were working on a lot more sleep then they would be privy to at 09.
Sentimentality. Sorrow, nostalgia, prospect, and warmth. They flowed through him like water in a stream.
The stream however, would be damned. As the door behind the three would interrupt what was a pleasant noontime, bringing someone not privy to such moments of closeness.
“Haru? Ken? Shinji?” It was the student council president, Makoto Nijima. “Uh… how may we help you? ” Haru asked.
“Can you three come with me to the student council room please? You aren’t in trouble. You have my word.”
The three looked at eachother sketchily, deciding to comply.
End track
“I don’t like this…” Ken whispered to Shinji. “Talk later. This is important.”
The three took seats around the seating arrangement set in the room allocated to the student council. Looking at Makoto with the slightest edge.
“As you three likely know, the semester is coming to an end and the next one will start after summer break.” Announced Makoto
The only acknowledgement Makoto had was mainly head nods.
“While the current cabinet is going to step down as per current convention regarding the length of the posts. This is why I’ve asked for you three here.”
“I want you three in my cabinet, I want Haru as treasurer, Ken as the student representative of the disciplinary committee, and Shinjiro, as an assistant and as my second.”
A pin drop could be heard. This was not what the three were expecting to hear. They remained suspicious however.
“You got until the end of the current term to indicate whether you want the role or otherwise.” Makoto finished off, only for Ken to then raise his hand.
“I have a question.” “Yes ken?” “You know you can’t throw us into roles we haven’t done before, at least tell us what we ought to do!”
“Well…. The treasurer manages the finances and on the budget for school activities… so the clubs really. Extra curricular activities and the canteen is not in our reach.”
“As for you Ken… I’m going to have to admit something to you three. We haven’t had a student representative of the disciplinary committee for a semester , and it’s entirely my fault.”
Everyone continued listening. “Our last representative was on the volleyball team. He had been incapacitated in practice because of the prior coach of the volleyball team, and had been unable to attend to the responsibilities and obligations of the post due to his injuries.”
Ken then sat and thought. Extenuating circumstances? Not really. Contextual, yes.
“As for Shinji, this isn’t a secretariat position, don’t worry about administration.” It was at this moment that Shinji sighed a breath of relief.
“It's an advisory as well as a standing in case I cannot fulfill my role due to injury or other circumstances, in short if I happen to be unavailable, you’re president.”
Shinji looked at his friends after blankly staring and blinking at Makoto for a few seconds, their expression remained just as blank, but slightly encouraging, but seemingly out of the ability to dodge a responsibility they wouldn’t have judged themselves adequate in, a hospital pass, for those in the know about Rugby terminology.
“Well…. Why us?” Shinji asked blankly. Makoto, her expression going from blank, then to a slight unease, then something approaching actual liveliness or signs of corporeal existence, then said.
“To be entirely honest, I think you are the only good choices I have…. The school won’t accept other students unless they are in the top ten bracket. The other six? Too busy with extracurricular activities, or I fear, use the roles here for self gain.”
Makoto then sat down. “I’m still here because I wouldn’t do that, but everything else… I’m useless. I’m adequate at making sure my post isn’t used for self promotion , or worse… but everything else I’m… lacking.”
“May… may we have the room to ourselves to think about it?” Ken asked. Makoto then nodded, and walked out.
But as she stepped out into the hall, she stopped. And kept an ear near the door, and listened. Thanks to the door muffling the voices though, she could not differentiate them.
“Do you think she’s onto us… maybe…i don't know… i think she isn’t bullshitting us though… well… I do agree with her.”
“If we don't take the job… someone worse could take it…”
“Well…. Do we think we won’t be worse than the alternative…. It’ll not be easy… I think it's a good enough reason… it’ll be something we can do to make things better for everybody… maybe, but can we do the job…”
“I’m willing to learn on the job… I think you can do it well too Haru… Shinji?”
“I guess I gotta do as you said you would do… learn on the job.”
Makoto found it strange. Normally when offered the role, it would take no longer than five seconds to be convinced to take the roles the student president delegated. These three took… a minute, perhaps more? And not with excitement or anticipation, but reluctance…
A few minutes passed. And then the thought process of Makoto turned to another direction. It was all strange. By now, she was beginning to warm up to the idea of at least these three third years being related in some way or form to the Kelly Gang. Their… “extracurricular activities” being illegal, why would they seriously consider taking on the roles she was granting them? She fully considered the possibility of the three rejecting the offer outright.
She didn’t necessarily make the best impression as a student council president to them, and by extension their friends and… well perhaps even the student base. She was brought into her role by a tide of apathy, and an aversion of anybody considered worse for the role. Even so, her motivation to run as a candidate, was to simply look better on any application to a university of considerable merit. These were not fully motivations of the selfless, or the responsible kind. Mainly cosmetic, rather.
And of course… when it became clear to her, an idea or so about the extent of Kamoshida’s harm and his misdeeds. She had done….nothing, as if she had blindly believed that if monsters were abound, only shutting one’s eyes closed until they went away, would help, or that someone else would handle it for them.
Shame. The result was shame. Along with other associated things… cowardice… ignorance… all of it willful or otherwise. See no evil… hear no evil… speak no evil… do no evil…
Yet something was lacking. Makoto couldn’t describe yet in words what… but it ate at what mental, moral, and existential constitution she held. At least until the sound of the door stopped the cannibalism of such.
“Hey. Come back in now.”
Nodding, Makoto returned into the room to face the three serious faced third years as Haru gave it straight to Makoto.
“ We are willing to devote an hour a week to official responsibilities… the president can request a second session or meeting with one of us if the case demands, or all three of us if an event demands urgency.”
“Otherwise… we’re ready to take our seats next term.” Ken concludes.
“Is that all?” Makoto asks. “Well this… working arrangement is to ensure two things… First, that we take our new responsibilities rather seriously, and put in the work needed… the second.”
“The second thing we want… is that it doesn’t impede on Haru’s time in her garden.” “Huh?” Makoto expressess surprise for a moment as Haru and Shinji look at eachother, giggling slightly to themselves, leaving Ken to conclude.
“You see, we were just enjoying our lunchtime break just now before we were about to do garden work, it was perfect, the sky was blue, it wasn’t that many clouds, it was warm- you see it was simply perfect.” Ken said ponderously.
“Alright then. That can be worked out, although you may be called up often at first so I can make sure you get your new responsibilities down.” Makoto continues
“Alright. If that’s over, we got somewhere I need to be right now.” And as Shinji finished his sentence, it happened
.
Track end
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast acquired a new vow
It shall become the wings of rebellion and life
That breaketh thy yoke and chains
With the birth of the Priestess Persona
Thou has obtained the seed of a new power
End Track
After school
The roof
“So that’s how we’re all suddenly Student council now….” Ken explained to the second years.
Ryuji, Ann, and Kasumi sat in confusion. After the incident some time ago where the constitution of Makoto’s backbone was verbally called to doubt.
“I dunno… would it be better to have more time for our stuff?” Ryuji asked.
“We have worked out a suitable working arrangement, we should still have the most time left to our devices.” Haru explained
Kasumi was less so concerned and more livid. “Why would you guys do that!??! There’s only one reason she called you guys in, she’s trying to suss us out!!!”
“Whoa… Kaz. We don’t know that for sure. In fact, this gives us an opportunity to confirm, or otherwise…”
Kasumi remained on edge. “I still think it’s a bad idea.” However, calmer. Discussion ranged on whether they were to fear her, the teaching staff, admin, or all three. Would they be under further scrutiny? Had the Kelly Gang made a major mistake, or was there opportunity to be found?
Ann however, remained rather silent in the discussion, only to then raise perhaps the most important question. “Shinji?” “Yes?” “How do we know that you three won’t be…”
“What is Ann?” Ken asked. “Because power corrupts.”
The third years immediately got what Ann meant. So did the second. It was an important question to ask. An ultimate test.
“Well… we did discuss it.” Ken said. “The last people in the council got their posts out of, mainly, apathy. If you remember the last student elections.” The second and third years with the exception of Ken and Shinji remembered them, with little to no significance, except maybe as an annoyance due to the time taken and wasted.
Out of a tide of disinterest, apathy, and not confidence or belief in whoever was elected, but blind faith that they would not be horrible at least, or fuck up considerably, Makoto was elected student council president.
But what has happened since then? The worst. Although Makoto had done no wrong, it remained a moot point, whatever good intention, whatsoever was made moot by the lack of a backbone to back such.
That, along with hostile circumstances, such as Kamoshida’s celebrity status, and the near certain assumption which was held that the school wanted to keep him around in the hopes that his celebrity status would put a shine on their reputation if they hide the blushes. Rather the opposite had occurred.
“When we talked among ourselves… we came to two conclusions… if we didn’t take the positions, someone else would and they could be worse. That’s the negative conclusion.”
“And the positive one, was that if we took the positions, we had a chance to do good in them. And to actually make a difference in some significance.” Haru added.
There was nothing wrong, the second years judged with the rationale presented. Kasumi had even cooled down and concurred.
“Yes… we third years will be a bit busier next term… we may be under a bit more risk, and have less time for our “extracurricular activities”… but if we can do some good outside of that, I don’t want to turn that down.”
“Just don’t get us caught bro.” Ryuji added with his full confidence.
“Off course.”
FOOL RANK UP!!!
As everyone was settling down however, someone then entered the rooftop, however they were most welcome.
“Shiho!!!”
“Hey hey hey! How’re you doing Shiho!” Ryuji asked excitedly. “Pretty good, you?”
Everybody took the chance to greet Shiho. She was happier, jumpy, and very pleased to see the individuals who had essentially saved her from what Kamoshida had thrown at her, and WOULD have done to her.
Shiho was now a more fresh and confident looking individual, with now the addition of constitution to her form in the way of the beginning of muscle development in her arms and shoulders. Junpei must’ve been serious. He was a hell of a coach.
“Oh, right! Shiho’s here because we have an important thing to talk about!” Ann said “Can everybody get away from us for a moment?” The others oblidged, happily leaving Shiho, Shinji, and Ann alone.
“Right! What is it you want us here to talk about?” Shiho asked Shinji.
“Well…. It's about Mishima.”
Track end
Now playing: Alleycat
“As you know, Mishima is in our corner of our Organization. He helps us function by finding us people on the internet who need to be brought to accountability, or justice.”
“He’s done a lot of good work, in fact we wouldn’t be doing our work at all without him.”
“However… there is an issue.” “And what’s that?” Shiho asked
“He’s… he’s not in a good way. He stays distant from us… he doesn’t regard himself as part of the team… and I think it’s because he is still hung up about… what he had helped Kamoshida do to you two.”
“Really?” Ann asked. “Yes. He’s not okay. He… I don't like making any assumptions unless I can see it with my own eyes…. But. Our friend is not okay.”
“Does he know it is not his fault?” Shiho asked. “Yes. Kamoshida literally threatened to beat him more if he didn’t make it easier for him to prey on us.” “I think that’s the thing he feels horrible about. Whether it was his fault or not… he still made it easier for Kamoshida to do what he did to you two, and others… he knows what he did, and he feels guilty.” Shinji said with a tinge of compassion in his voice.
“That's why I’m asking for your input. Because by all rights, he should be squarely on our team. His work is close to our ability to function anyhow, but this hangup is distancing himself from us.”
“Hmmm.” Shiho and Ann looked at eachother, silently communicating with expression on what their thoughts on Mishima were, and how to proceed.
“I think… I understand Mishima.” Ann said. “He feels responsible for us. And in the end he made sure Kasumi wouldn’t fall into Kamoshida’s hands, in fact he brought her to our gang of misfits.” Ann replied. It was then Shiho’s turn to then add her input.
“I think Mishima finds it hard to forgive himself… or to go easy on himself. Back some years ago, he had friends… but they weren’t good for him, if you know what I mean.” Shiho said. “They were assholes?” “Exactly.”
“Maybe it's why he can’t easily forgive himself…” Shiho wondered.
“Well… that I guess is why I have you two here… because he ain’t wrong, and neither are you two… So I’m gonna ask…what can I do… what should I do?”
“Leave it to me.” Ann said. “If you can’t get through to him, maybe I can.” “I’ll go too.” Shiho said as well.
“Hmm. Is there a way I can somehow help?” Shinji asked. “Probably to arrange a time and place.” “Oh. Easy.”
Some further discussion took place. Only for the conclusion to follow, Mishima’s state would affect the state of operations, and at the same time it was the proper thing to do. For he was a friend who had not done anything wrong. And even if he was right and believed he had done wrong, it was more excusable, and better than the alternative.
“Thanks… for listening. I was afraid that I would bring up bad memories or something.” Shinji said.
“That’s fine. In fact I think it's important you went to us about Mishima.” Ann continued. “Yes. I agree.” Shiho continued, “Mishima was a victim. But his role was to make Kamoshida’s abuse easier and he knew it… if anything, it's the student council president and the school staff who probably enabled Kamoshida.” Shiho concluded.
“And, he’s a friend.” Ann concluded. “Yup…. I’ll find a time and place where you’re all available. Expect it soon.” Shinji himself concluded.
LOVERS RANK UP!!!
Track end
Assured, that he had set a resolution of sorts in motion. Shinji wondered if he would be spending the remainder of the day alone. But BRR-
Shinji’s phone rang, and seeing who it was, it was entirely clear what he wanted to do.
Kat
Kat: Hey Shinji
Shinji: Yes Ken?
Kat: Kaz told me you used to go skateboarding
Shinji: Yea. She couldn’t help herself and bought me a board to pick it back up again
Thought I needed to get exercise in after "being sick for years"
Kat:I actually brought something important from Iwatodai
Kat: It was your board, I kept it after
Kat:You know
Shinji: cant believe it survived
Kat: Eitherway, wanna go skate when class is over? I haven’t done that in weeks
Shinji: Sure
Some hours later…
After school
The skatepark
An orange tint was present over the skatepark where Shinji and Ken happened to be. The decline of the sun brought not only warmth but a comfortable glow.
The sound of rolling wheels on concrete seemed to put both lads at ease. To be in motion, gaining speed, brought down, then back up by gravity by the accrued energy of the board and the body shifting its weight on top.
It can’t be helped but a slight revelry was shared between both Shinji and Ken, as the activity of skating had become habit for the two.
A heightened existence of a sort was shared by both Ken and Shinji at this moment. For the shared practice of habitude, of a second nature of a kinetic nature. Of full mastery of one’s body to do rather extraordinary things in spite of supposed barriers such as gravity and physics.
All had come together to create a beautiful moment, as of this moment, Shinji felt as if he were sovereign, to be a master of his body through the habit of skating, he felt as if his body harnessed the kinetic force of the board to momentarily grasp gravity. Its pull bringing him back to earth as he and Ken drew momentum and speed to grasp it again.
They were masters of their bodies, they were sovereign. They felt as free as they could in that skatepark.
Fifteen minutes later
Serendipity. Shinji and Ken felt that, sipping drinks they had bought from a nearby vending machine. What tension and possible anxiety from earlier in the day was brought back down to earth.
Shinji looked at Ken, in an black skirt and orange shirt, she clearly changed before coming out here. Then, a thought occupied Shinji’s mind.
“Hey Kat?” “Yes Shinji?” “What… happened after 2009, to you I mean.”
“In… in what aspect?” “Well, what matters to you I guess.” “I don’t know what you mean by that.”
“Ok uh…. The good, the bad I guess… maybe the interesting… you had a life ahead of you after that night… I hoped it was good.”
Ken sighed and wondered how they were to word this to Shinji…. “Well…. I guess we gotta start somewhere…”
“A few days after your passing… we went through your things. We wanted to preserve what was left of you… Mitsuru got your old hat and coat somewhere in the mansion… your weapons went to Kikuno for safekeeping… there wasn’t much else…”
“Then I found your board… I decided I would keep it. Curiosity got the better of me and I took it out for a spin one time…” “How was it?”
“Well… I fell on my face or ass sometimes. But I got the hang of it.” “And I see you took care of it.”
“You’re… probably wondering how I turned out like… this afterwards, are you?” “What do you mean?” Shinji asked. Ken gestured to her skirt. “Hmmm. When did you find out?”
“Started around thirteen or fourteen… thought I was still hung up about both you and mom… realised it was something else…”
“I grew out my hair… learnt how to do makeup from Chidori… and Kotone was only far too happy to bring me clothes shopping with Yukari.”
“I did lose one thing though… I couldn’t take part in the boys soccer team anymore. But… their loss, my gain… I had other things to be worried about more important than that.”
“Yeah?” “By about… two years ago or so everybody from SEES was well… getting on with their life.”
“Uh… Junpei got picked up by a major league team… Yukari became a fan favorite on Featherman as Pink Argus so, she often was away from Iwatodai…. Mitsuru is, and is still busy as hell as the CEO of the Kirijo group.”
“I thought her dad-… wait…” “Yes.” “Damn.”
A brief silence befell the two before Ken continued. “Aigis and Kotone managed to get over their grief by music and performing… as you know. And as a result they tour around the country… They also took Koro.”
“That left Fuuka, who went to University in Iwatodai, but was busy yet again. Now that left those who could have time being… Labrys and Chidori, who were training themselves to be shadow operatives and taking it very seriously… Akihiko, thanks to Government shenanigans, was forced to sit in Hokkaido.”
“I… I missed being together. The last two years have been… pretty lonely. Well, with one exception.”
“At some point, a development project revamped the skatepark. It’s cleaner, and I guess prettier than when you were using it… I started bringing your board out, and went over there on my weekends.”
“Nobody… thankfully really cared about what I dressed as when I went down there… it was pretty nice…”
“Then, one day I met my best friend. It was after the final exams of a semester or so ago, and… I really wanted to get it out of my system. The stress from the people at school.”
“I remember it kinda like now… I was letting out what stress and frustration came from school on the board… then, as I was taking a break and drinking some water… he came.”
Memory start
Sometime during the summer of 2014…
“That’s a cool board? Where’d you get it from?”
Ken looked up, she was still in the ill fitting Gekkoukan uniform which refused to make her feel comfortable.
“Uh… I’m not sure actually… I got this from somebody else… Who are you?”
“I’m Akira, I had to ask, that board looks cool… you as well.”
“Thanks…” Although initially awkward, Ken started to warm up towards the other skater. The rather indomitable expression and smile on his face was infectious.
“This place is really nice…” Akira commented “yeah… it was a bit more dingy… and there was more trash here back some years ago.” “I’m new here, I just moved here some days ago.” “Really?
“Yeah… parents got new jobs here… from what I heard, they said Iwatodai is a pretty good place to live. Mostly thanks to the Kirijo group.”
“They wouldn’t be saying that a few years ago.” Ken said in contrast. “What happened?” “Lots of bad stuff.” Ken replied briefly and succinctly.
Ken couldn’t believe or comprehend what was being suggested by their newly met acquaintance. So much misery, suffering, and woe had been present in the city for… likely as long as the moonlight bridge incident… but… now things are better, and are getting better to the point that people are now willing to move here?
It felt too good to be true, having had to write an essay in history about the black plague and its aftermath on its survivors, of building columns and monuments, to mark the end of the end times and to thank divine grace and intervention for ending such…
If it were too good to be true, perhaps this was something Ken could live with. Four years after the last night with the dark hour. To be able to move on. Could he allow herself that?
“Hey, you hungry?” Akira asked. “Uh…..” “I got some cookies my mom made. They’re pretty good.”
Akira took out a plastic ziplock with freshly made cookies. Chocolate chipped, and substantially sized. Akira then took out one for himself and another for Ken.
“…” Ken nodded and was smiling through the chocolate chips and cookie in his closed mouth and mumbled. “Thishisreallyfuckinggood…”
“Bit rude of me to not ask earlier… but what’s your name?”
Ken finished the cookie as she replied. “Kat.”
Akira, smiling like Ken, looked at his wrist watch. “It’s… I think they’re airing Featherman in about an hour or so… I think…”
“Augh-!” Ken choked a bit on her cookie. “Dehr wingz ofh jushtish-“ “Always take flight!” “Hahah! Yes!”
Rather than continuing to vent her frustration on the concrete, Ken instead spent the rest of the day with her new friend.
End memory
“And then we went to Mitsuru’s place and watched that night’s featherman episode.” Ken concluded.
“This Akira guy sounds like a nice fellow.” Shinji concluded as well. “Yup…. I don’t know what it was about him that got me to like him… I have a suspicion though…”
“It sounds a bit strange but… I feel like he reminded me of Minato a lot… I can’t necessarily think why, but he sort of filled in the hole that was sort of left behind…” Ken elaborated.
Ken seemed to continue to reminisce, as they looked towards the horizon and the setting sun, its rays reflecting off the long strands of their brunette hair.
Shinji looked towards the same direction while sipping a soda, his old board in his peripheral. Whether he thought about the poetic twist of what he had left behind, helped Ken to move on from those horrible years, was not certain.
JUDGEMENT RANK UP!!!
“Hey shinji?” “Yes?” “Have you talked to Labrys?” “Well… um… yes?” “Labrys was excited to meet you. It’s a bit hard to say myself but… I think you two are pretty similar in… what you two had to experience. You should talk to her.”
“… Sure.”
End track
Evening
Yakushima island
Proving grounds
A dark room. Dimly lit, rather by the reflections of light from the prior hallway. A crypt. Now it was illuminated by two flashlights piercing the dark.
“So this… was where they kept Labrys and all her siblings.” Mitsuru asked Kikuno. “Yes.”
Now playing: The AI and its heart
Mitsuru sighed. A mixture of shame and sadness along with anger. She looked at the strewn wreckage and piles of chassises.
In attempting to be Prometheus, grandfather had instead become doctor Frankenstein. Mitsuru thought. And at least the doctor had the courtesy of going to the arctic to die.
Kikuno was then asked. “You’re in the dark as much as I was… right?” “Indeed. Either your father knew, and felt that it was appropriate to keep this from both of us… or elements of the Kirijo group were keeping such confidential info from him as well.
The two shuffled through some broken glass. “To think me, you, Aki, and Shinji were spending our summers above this… what could be only likened to the… circle of hell corresponding to wrath.”
“Labrys didn’t turn out as such… I’m incredibly relieved that she didn’t tear everybody limb from limb… yet I’m…”
Kikuno stopped. She hesitated and looked at the ground. She wasn’t so confident with her words now.
“It’s ok.” Mitsuru said. “We… we both owe Labrys a fulfilling and wonderful life now.” Mitsuru stated. “I know you’ll be good for her in all facets of life.” She added
“Wait a minute…” Kikuno asked. “Did you…” “Yukari and I weren’t born yesterday…” Mitsuru continued
Kikuno looked at Mitsuru with a blank expression until both erupted in laughter.
“Gaah….SnRRRK!- “You’re good for her. I’ve seen you be very close to her, and I will support you in that endeavor of yours.” Mitsuru stated.
The two continued to look through the room for anything interesting. Catching their attention were papers. Notes. Observations.
“Research notes… formulas…. Hypotheses…”. “Kikuno, what’s this you think?”
Mitsuru held a singular piece of paper. Combing away her hair and as well as a portion of her fluffy scarf in order to read it better, she handed it off to Kikuno so she could see.
“I reckon… it looks like a bunch of scribbles.” Kikuno said, dismissing the contents. “That’s an elaborate calligraphy…”
“Wait… is that important to you?” Kikuno asked. “This writing is similar to my father’s.”
GRRRRBBRRRRRR .
“Hungry?” Kikuno asked
“Yes. Let’s pick this up tomorrow.”
Chapter 77: Phantom Limb
Chapter Text
14th of July, Tuesday
The Sakamoto residence
Early morning
BRRRRRRRRR…. BRRRRRRRRRR…. BRRR-
Ryuji sighs. “Dammit…. At least that was an alright dream.” The boy sat up, he looked at his bad leg. He took a deep breath, sucking his chest in.
“Alright… you gotta get out.. you gotta get out..”. GAAHRRR-
“AUUUFFFFF-MOTHERF-“
Stepping off his bed, he immediately thought about if his mother heard him down the hall. No response.
Taking a moment to get on his feet with stability, he was able to get himself in a state to ignore the pain in his leg, it’ll numb itself later and he can move on. But as he showered, changed, he thought about the last time he went to the metaverse.
Yearning. He felt a yearning to go to the place he could go and run or ride free. He remembered the deal he made with Shinji.
Physical therapy… where would he find someone willing to help him? At the same time, where could he do it where they did not need his mother’s consent? He hated that he was still a kid. It was going to be unbearable for him if he had to repeat this routine every morning… could he go on for 353 more days?
5 minutes later
The boy continued his line of thought as he dug into a cup of noodles. His mother in the other room was preparing herself for another day at the office.
“Take care of yourself at school ok?” Ryuji’s mom said with the most sincerity and kindness.
“Uh… yeah I will.” Ryuji replied somewhat half heartedly. If it were up to him he would rather be in mementos. Clashing with shadows with sabre, pistol, and with Thadeusz.
To sit as his leg slowly numbed away any feeling or pain was crushing. He wondered at times if he was no better than a pirate with a peg leg.
“How well did you do in your exams dear?” Ryuji’s mom asked. Answering her, Ryuji said “alright… above average.”
“Brilliant! That’s better than the last exams, I need to go, but remind me to bring you out somewhere… we can do something to mark it!” “Uh…. About that, it probably can’t happen this weekend.”
“Why?” Ryuji’s mom asked. “I’m… gonna be hanging with my friends on the weekend… we’re going to a national park and hanging out for a day and a bit…”
“Oh…” ryuji’s mom stopped for a moment. “You sure you don’t need help?” She asked. “Nah… my leg will be fine. We’re going to be fine.” “Good.” She answered.
“I gotta head to work, see you home!”
Ryuji smiled seeing his mom leaving out the door, as the light of the hall outside declined as the door closed. Ryuji’s smile declined as well.
The one ray of light which kept bright in Ryuji’s bleak life had just left.
It was then that, seeking an end to that, Ryuji opened his phone.
Shinji
Ryuji: Hey can we talk at school
Shujin Academy
The roof
Lunch
Now playing: Ostati Mazur, performed by Orkiestra Polskiego Radia
Shinji sat on his usual steel chair. The overcast skies beckoning upon him not the warmth of yesterday’s sun, but something frosty is to happen.
It was then that someone opened the door to the roof garden, expecting Ryuji; however, Shinji instead saw Kasumi.
“Hey Shinji.” “Yo. How have you been.” Shinji looked at the gymnast. Her demeanor matched the overcast sky. Frosty. Inflexible. Perhaps wound up… something was remiss with the gang’s desperado.
“Good… fantastic…” Kasumi sighed. “Was told by dad that he’ll be bringing Akechi on his show again today.”
Shinji observed as Kasumi’s expression turned to vinegar, and bitterly took out a pack of graham crackers from a plastic box. Smashing the fragile crackers apart. Shinji remained quiet.
“I had to watch the fucking thing just now, I fucking had to…” the bitterness and vinegar was now partly directed at Kasumi herself. “It’s the same song and dance… like last time but now about Kaneshiro. After everything we knew… which now everyone knows that he did….”
“He has the fucking audacity to say we’re doing wrong here… fucker!” A singular graham cracker is crushed in a fist. Bits are scattered throughout the floor. “Worst of all… dad fucking entertained him.”
Kasumi remained quiet for a while. Pacing herself in order to crunch on the crackers. This was not the time to talk to Kaz. Shinji thought. She was not interested in conversation but in venting her frustration out to the world. Kaz needed to let it all out.
“I’ve fucking had it up to here! With dad fucking up so monumentally!” Kasumi, shinji saw, was trying to not explode too badly onto Shinji, as to project onto him any fault not of his doing. But it was clear that Kasumi was the type to externalize her frustration. Nothing wrong with such, Shinji thought, but it must remain temporary, lest she were to let loose such boiling vinegar and blood onto whoever might be the only ones who may care for her. That being her friends.
So Shinji waited. For Kasumi to show signs of cooling down. Then, it began to rain. The sound of rainwater hitting the shade above which the two say under seemed to be calming to Kasumi. A welcome distraction which was needed.
This was his chance. “So… is there anything we can do?” Shinji asked. “There is nothing… short of me running away from my parents I guess… have you ever thought about that before Shinji?”
“Sometimes. But only when there isn’t much to lose. Which means… not in the last few months I guess.” “Hmm. Maybe when I finish my second year, I should move in with my sister at Iwatodai…”
Suddenly, the door to the roof opened again, bringing in the individual who Shinji actually expected to talk to.
“Yo…” Both Shinji and Kasumi said hi to him, as he took a folding chair for himself and sat down.
“So… what brings you here as well, Ryuji?” Shinji asks. “Remember our promise?” “What, to fund your physical therapy by going to mementos?” “I wanna go to mementos.” Ryuji replied succinctly. “O…kay?” Shinji considered asking about why Ryuji would like to go today, out of all days. But Ryuji rarely took no for an answer. And Shinji was not going to allow his friends to risk their life and limb alone.
“Hey… if you two are going, can I go too?” Kasumi asked. “Sure… I guess you two show up at Leblanc after school… just make sure you don’t get caught with your weapons.” Shinji said.
Ryuji got up. Though at the last moment, he almost failed to stand up while stable. This prompted concern by Kasumi. “You alright Ryuji?”
“Yup… it’s just my leg. It’s been like this since…” Ryuji looked at Kasumi’s strained face. She knew. “…yeah.”
“You sure you’ll be alright in mementos like that?” Kasumi asked “yeah! Actually, for some reason, my leg doesn’t hurt in mementos. I can probably run for miles down there… not for too long though, mementos give me the creeps.” Ryuji answered.
This reply caught Shinji’s attention. This was… Shinji wasn’t sure how to think about it. As he thought about it in silence, he did not think about it in an accusatory stance. That was not needed here. Ryuji and Kasumi continued conversing between themselves however.
“Yeah… I used to run track. Then Kamoshida happened… one thing led to another, and now I hobble like a pirate sometimes.” “Oh god… how long have you been like that?” Kasumi asked “uh…. A year more or less? It just aches or gets numb rather than really hurting like hell.”
Shinji can’t be certain if Ryuji and Kasumi were the type to reject help, but he wanted to be sure. He took out his phone.
Fuuka
Shinji: hey, something’s up.
Need help with something mementos related
Fuuka: Whats up
Shinji: can't really explain here
Fuuka: Why?
Shinji: come to Leblanc tomorrow, I’ll let Ryuji explain for
himself.
Fuuka: Sure.
Shinji: actually, bring Maruki too.
We may need him too
Fuuka: Is it serious? Should we be alarmed? You aren’t
really explaining or giving context as to what is happening?
Shinji: No it isnt
Its a mementos thing out of my pay check
Its something I can't make sense of, which is why
I’m asking for expert help
Fuuka:You sound alarmed though
Fuuka: Can’t believe I’m expert help :)
Shinji: I’ll prepare two cups of coffee for you two.
Fuuka: One black, and the other with milk pls
Shinji: sure.
“So… who do we wanna take care of?” Ryuji asked
Kasumi aggressively yanked her phone out of her pocket, she aggressively then keyed in a name and then showed it to Ryuji and Shinji.
“Uhm…Kaz. I think you misspelled Akechi.” “Dammit!”
Kasumi quickly re-edited Goro Akechi’s name.
CANDIDATE NOT FOUND!!!
As the metanav rejected Kaz’s query, Kasumi sank to her chair. She had burnt out what anger was in her.
She then slumped and sighed.
Both Ryuji and Kasumi had something in common, Shinji thought. It was something he shared back when, which was an indomitable desire to do things themselves and alone. With little to no help whatsoever.
He just hoped that they would be fine with Fuuka and Maruki offering a helping hand.
“When school day ends, get back home, maybe have an hour or two for rest. Then come to Leblanc. We’ll work on who we wanna fight there.”
End Track
14th of July
After school
Leblanc
A few hours pass. Shinji sat alone at the counter, wondering when the others would show.
He was ready. His smith and wesson being under his apron and secure. He waited.
Uneasy. Rather than cool and quiet anticipation, Shinji was rather jumpy at the moment. A single palm was resting on the counter, however the other was fidgeting with the hammer of the revolver under the apron. Or taking his index finger and scratching the wood.
At some point, Shinji relented. He figured he should go upstairs and try to relax. However, this was then stopped, as the sound of scratching came from the door.
Turning towards the door, Shinji then opened it. Standing by the small sign outside was a small black cat Shinji found himself happy to see.
“Hey little guy.” Morgana meowed. Making itself known that it was hungry.
“I think we got some leftover milk… take a seat I guess.” The cat took a seat on one of the tables, looking at Shinji with patient leering eyes.
Soon enough, Shinji brought a small pet bowl with milk. Placed it on the counter next to Morgana and sat next to them. What had been an anxious and nervous Shinji was slowly replaced by a relaxed one, as he sat there, occasionally petting Morgana. This felt solely needed.
Five minutes later
“Hey Shinji!” The door to Leblanc opened with two figures emerging. They were Maruki and Fuuka, in everyday clothes but clearly packed for the undertaking ahead.
“Ah. Perfect timing.” Shinji went to the counter, quickly pouring out two cups for the two and bringing them over. All while the two sat on the same counter as Morgana was resting at.
“Hey Morgana~” Fuuka addressed Morgana in the voice all those familiar and acquainted with pets addressed them. Maruki however remained slightly colder. Only occasionally petting Morgana in between Fuuka showering the furry beast with compliments and pets.
But then, the door rang again. Two more figures entered with a small sports bag. They were the ones which Fuuka and Maruki were here for.
“Hey Shin- why are Fuuka and Maruki here?” Kasumi asked Shinji.
“Well… Ryuji.” “What! What did I do!” Ryuji reacted. “Relax. They’re here to help. It’s about your leg.”
Ryuji and Kasumi took a seat across Fuuka and Maruki, with Morgana occupying the space between.
“I have to admit, when you told me about how your leg was in the metaverse, I thought Fuuka and Maruki would like to know. Their job is to study the metaverse and use that to help us there.” With trust somewhat restored, Ryuji went forth to the smiling Fuuka and the intrigued Maruki.
“… about a year ago my leg was messed up. It was messed up to the point where I couldn’t run and if I walked; it was like I had a pegleg. It got better, but now it gets numb.”
“But when I’m out there, in the metaverse I mean, it's like my leg never got broken… I could actually run, or uh… even ride a horse from my persona… but when I get back, it’s same old, same old.” Ryuji explained.
“Interesting.” Maruki took out a notepad and began writing down what Ryuji said, while Fuuka spoke. “Well, that is rather fascinating actually. And we would like to ask something of you.” Fuuka said.
“We would like to come with you to the metaverse, to study and record the effects of being in the metaverse on your leg. It will be very helpful to know how cognitive spaces impact the human body, not only to you but to others who do the same.”
“But of course, this is up to you. We will not proceed unless you want us to, or are comfortable with being a voluntary participant in our studies.” Maruki added.
Ryuji remained quiet for a moment. “I dunno… would it really help us here?” He questioned. “We can only find out.” Maruki replied.
“Well… I’m planning to use the cash we get from the metaverse to get physical therapy for my leg.” Ryuji explained. “So you may not have that long to do your science stuff on me…”
“The way I see it, our activities means that you will be essentially stress testing your leg… which is fine, but what happens if we can’t access the metaverse anymore?” Fuuka asked
“That can happen?” Kasumi asked. “Yes. We’ve seen it once. Without going much into detail, cognitive landscapes similar to mementos can be shut down. The one we are using as an example hasn’t returned since.” Maruki coldly stated.
“We won’t know what will happen to your body and leg if that happens… we won’t discuss possibilities since we do not have any data to build off from but…”
“Will it be the mother of all leg cramps?” Ryuji asked, with a bit of a jest.
“Could be. But you get what we mean.” Fuuka said. “I do… I guess it won’t hurt?” Ryuji asked. “We won’t do anything without your permission. We’ll be observing mainly and hypothesizing the effect of cognitive landscapes on the body.”
“Alright. If we’re all in agreement, everybody ready to get going?”
NAVIGATING TO MEMENTOS
Track end
0 hour 0 minutes
Outside Mementos
“So, you said normally, your leg is numb in reality.” Maruki asked. “Yes.”
“But here?” Fuuka asked. “Normal, like it never was broken in the first place.”
Maruki followed Fuuka, taking from a black colored fanny pack a notepad and pencil, along with an FN pistol, as everyone else was preparing their weapons too. At the same time, he grabbed his new Shadow Operatives jacket, clean and ironed out.
“Right. Today’s concern is a burglary ring. They’re a bunch of students who rob restaurants and the leader takes his stress out on his younger brother with physical abuse.”
“Jesus.” “Right. Let’s put an end to that.”
Everyone nodded, they descended into the tunnels.
Rather than loading onto the cart, the persona users (and cognitive scientist) stood by the platform, waiting for their train, as they would before Yusuke had joined them. Waiting, they conversed about their target.
“Cruel.” Kasumi commented. “That the younger brother had to take that abuse, no less from his brother…”
She thought about her sister. She missed her.
“Shinji?” “Yes, Thad?” “Is the target related to Kaneshiro you think?” “What makes you ask that?” “If Kaneshiro and his guys get help from students in school… you think?”
“I don’t know. With what they were doing which was trafficking, they likely wanted the normal looking ones… or the unsuspecting ones who look like they wouldn’t hurt a fly. But maybe. I wouldn’t be surprised if they collaborated or worked with them now or in the past.”
“How did… our guy find this hint anyway?” Kasumi asked. “He told me. Apparently the brother goes to Shujin. He just heard about it by the schoolgate sometime last month. He managed to eavesdrop a name as well. Kazuya Makigami.”
The train beckoned, finally stopping by and allowing the persona users to embark. As the doors then closed, the entire group took seats, except for Ryuji who opted to stand up instead.
“How are you feeling Ryuji?” Maruki asked. “Pretty good doc. Its usually torture for my leg if I can’t find a seat on the train. I try not to take priority seating when I can…”
“But aren’t you supposed to take priority seating? Your leg allows you to do that.” Fuuka added “Well… one time… eh….” Ryuji didn’t continue.
“But it’s great now! I sort of missed this.” He said while kicking around his bad leg. Everyone around him couldn’t help but slightly pity him. But also sit in awe of the somewhat indomitable constitution of their Uhlan.
“Why haven’t you sought help for your leg yet?” Fuuka asked. “Well… mostly because of my mom… I don’t want to make it harder for her anymore than it is.”
“She’s working to feed both of us. And… this is something she shouldn’t need to worry about.” Ryuji concluded.
“She’s the best.” Ryuji said with a genuine smile through his mask. And that smile was reflected on the faces of the others. Or at least whose faces were visible and not obscured by certain masks.
That being Shinji, whose steel masks only allowed for a thin slit showing his eyes, and Kasumi. Who was making an effort to cover her face with her bandana. For she had gotten green with envy.
Soon enough however, the train finally arrived at its destination. “Alright. This is it.”
As the group disembarked, Fuuka quickly summoned Juno to peer into the present floor they were on. A moment of scanning the floor layout along with the other members of the group standing guard around her with revolvers and pistols.
“It’s the second left, followed by the third right, then the first right.”
The group continued onward, however the halls remained empty and void of shadows. Somehow.
“Strange. Should’ve been attacked by now. By now we would’ve needed to blast our way in and out.”
“I’d say, that’s a good thing. We didn’t bring enough firepower anyway.” Kasumi said.
As the three Kelly Gang members in the front continued talking about the upcoming fight, Fuuka and Maruki discussed behind them.
“Why do you think the layout changes?” Asked Maruki. “I don’t quite know. We can’t prove what can’t be disproven unfortunately… so it’ll be hard to figure out how… or what are the mechanisms at work here.” Fuuka explained.
“With what research we have… suggests that the reason perhaps is to do with our presence. The theory suggests that our presence gives the cognitive space some consistency somehow… which doesn’t have any regard or consideration regarding palaces… but for the previous cognitive landscapes we’ve seen in 2009,’12, and now… maybe Wakaba was right.”
“Guys. It’s dead ahead. Get your shit ready, let's get this dealt with.” Shinji announced as the group turned upon the vortex leading to the target. The sound of safeties being turned off, revolvers at full cock, and brass shells loaded into the shotguns was the last thing heard before embarking.
0 hour, 10 minutes
As the pack emerged from the aether, their eyes adjusted on a single individual in a hoodie. Yellow eyes piercing the darkness
“Who the… who the fuck are you guys?”
Wait… you must be the Kelly gang then! Big fan, honor among thieves and all that yeah?”
“We’re here because of your brother.”
“What? Oh! The little brat… look, we got more in common you see… you rebel against society… I rebel against society…
Shinji holstered his revolver, showing little to no body language or expression.
“I was treated like dirt! He was the smart one! Nobody gave a damn about me, and I was expected to live a normal life?! How could I?”
To everyone’s surprise, from a coat pocket, Shinji then pulled out a hand grenade. “Sorry.” *Click* . “We don’t give a fuck.”
Now playing:Mass Destruction, FES
“AU-SHIT!”
A sudden explosion brought a small cloud of dust and smoke, when it cleared, the shadow was instead now the figure of his own cult, Mithras. Flanked by demonic Oni on either side.
The preferred fight of the Kelly Gang, that being a full out brawl with each member picking someone they think their size and occasionally following commands from their leader unfolded. While Fuuka and Maruki kept distance and watched from the confines of Juno or with a pistol out.
Galloping, sprinting, or even leisurely walking with a shotgun in hand the three Kelly Gang surged. The Mithras was fast, but rather than using its own skills and powers against anybody, it was preempted by a charging Ryuji on horseback with sabre in hand. Forcing the shadow to defend itself with its sword. The large Oni with its club, menaced Shinji. Showing no emotion or expressive reaction through the thin eye slit, Shinji began steadily pumping buckshot into the Oni, calmly dodging or evading its mighty club. Contrast to Kasumi, who instead was barely keeping her poncho and hat on her by constantly and energetically scaling and evading the other Oni. Appearing to Fuuka and Maruki as a mosquito, dodging a very angry human trying to swat it.
Fuuka meanwhile, was quickly trying to probe and scan for weakness in the shadows as fast as she can, to effectively bring a conclusion to the fight as fast as possible. She couldn’t have done it fast enough, as soon enough the Oni finally was able to grab Kasumi by the leg, throwing her like a stuffed toy to the ground.
She recovered, but with only in the way of a sawed off shotgun, an empty revolver which was used to fire several painful shots into the neck meat area, and a kukri, it was a rather scary looking moment.
“ANITA!” Stopping the scanning process for a moment to send forward what defence and support through Juno she could before the inevitable hits came. However- BANG! BANG! BANG!
Several shots rang from Fuuka’s side, it was Maruki who laid several potshots into the enemy in order to momentarily distract the Oni. Behind his glasses, Fuuka could see a cold and eager face as potshot after potshot was emptied into the beast.
Soon enough however, the strength of the Kelly Gang was showing, as they took the least hits, almost unscathed as the oni and the mithras showed signs of tiring.
It was then that Juno’s analysis bore fruit. “The leader is weak to curse!” She shouted.
Having worn down the Oni he was facing down, Shinji quickly peeled away towards Ryuji and Mithras, who were still clashing with swords. This was followed by damnation. As Shinji then brought upon the shadow a horrifying sight.
“Konrad!” With the appearance of the poet, sealed was the fate of the Mithras, ravaged by the boiling blood and curses which were brought upon it. Its sword dropped to the ground, the mithras seemed to concede defeat, as the Oni also seemed not long for this world.
Hard slogging finally took down the Oni. Leaving the Kelly Gang as the only ones left standing, a kneeling Kazuya now remained on the ground. Despondent.
End Track
“You’re gonna go and turn yourself in to the police… got that?” Kasumi asked coldly. “Oh, and you’re gonna say it was us who sent you.” Ryuji added.
Kazuya remained quiet. “Oh. One more question. Did you happen to work for Kaneshiro?” Shinji asked.
Timidly, Kazuya admitted “Y-Yes. He was the only one who truly valued my skills….”
“Right then… off you go to your other self then.”
As Kazuya disappeared, he left behind a glowing light, a small pile of cash on the floor. This left Ryuji walking towards it to approximate how much their gains had been. “… sorry guys I’m bad at math. How much are you guys taking in your share?”
Everyone else instead smiled, or in the case of Shinji, shook his head. “Wait. Are you guys…. Are you guys for real!”
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
Some time later…
0 hour 20 minutes
Now playing:Using what you got, by Flying Lotus
“So. How are we all feeling?” Shinji asked. “Pretty good!” Ryuji expectedly responded. “I needed to blow off some steam. This was solely needed.” Kasumi replied.
“Shame we can’t just change Akechi’s heart.” Kasumi replied.” “That would suggest that Akechi likely has done something warranting such to develop a palace… or something.” “Which makes it even more so frustrating that he doesn’t.” Kasumi replied.
“Well… will you be fine by Saturday then?” “Till the camping trip you mean?” Kasumi asked. Shinji nodded. “Yes.”
AEON RANK UP!!!
Now stepping on the train to leave, Maruki and Fuuka stay together, watching over the little sister of their friend as she takes a seat, closing her eyes to doze off in the seat.
“Jung?” Fuuka asked Maruki “Yes?” “Why did you shoot at the Oni?”
“Well.” Maruki took out his FN, emptying it of the magazine and releasing the round in the chamber. “ I’m a scientist. But…”
Fuuka immediately got the reference, and started to giggle. “What’s funny doc?” Shinji asked Maruki. “He said the thing-the meme I mean…” Fuuka continued
“What the hell is a meme?” Shinji genuinely asked. Everyone was silent as an aloof voice genuinely asked such a question. “Eh, not important, how are you two doing now?”
“It’s good… we have a series of new observations we must now put together in theory… then we can put into practice.” Maruki said.
“We can start inferring how mementos works on certain things to a point. It’s progress.” Fuuka concluded.
“That’s good, yes?” Shinji asked. “Yup. But we’ll start tomorrow. Just being here makes me tired.” Maruki said.
He zipped up his jacket and closed his eyes “wake me up… when the train gets back..”
MAGICIAN RANK UP!!!
End Track
14th of July
Yakushima island
Evening
“Can’t believe this is it. Like a treasure hunt.” Kikuno expressed. “It even had an X marking the spot and everything.”
“Hand me the shovel.” Kikuno handed Mitsuru a long shovel and they began to dig.
Now playing:This is how it should be
Cryptography. This was how the Kirijo group kept its skeletons in the closet. If dad had the courtesy to verbally talk about the sinister nature of his father’s “experiments” then granddad, even from the grave, was like taking blood from a stone.
Whatever Mitsuru and Kikuno were trying to dig up, it likely was buried in similar circumstances. Dark, in the middle of the jungle, where no light could even shine upon it due to the thick vegetation. It wasn’t meant to see the light of day.
After a few moments on edge, something was finally struck. Mitsuru’s shovel had struck something metallic.
Kikuno and Mitsuru knelt down the hole to dig out what was in it. The two slowly moved it out of the hole and onto the ground.
“Looks like… a locked box?” “Locked by a key no less… that we do not have.”
“Hold the flashlight please?” Kikuno asked. As Mitsuru took the torch, Kikuno raised her shovel up, then swiftly brought it down on the lock, she repeated this a few times until with a solid CHUNK the lock was broken.
Handing back the flashlight, both Kikuno and Mitsuru knelt by its base. Mitsuru, standing in front of the locked chest, then opened it.
The two peered with the light of a torch, looking through the contents. Papers, small books, notebooks rather. Set of rather dusty folded clothes and… a pistol. A real honest to god pistol, it was similar in shape to an evoker, and if it weren’t for rust and being stuck in such a rusted and dusted place for decades or so, it likely would’ve worked.
End track
“What was that?” Kikuno looked around the thick vegetation. She seemed scared. Mitsuru did the same. She hastily packed the chest with all its contents and rose up. “Hey Mitsuru?” Kikuno asked scarily. “Yes?”
“Can you hold my hand, I’m a bit scared.” Her trembling and cold hand was softly held by Mitsuru, who holding the now unlocked chest in her hand walked her trembling maid back to the residence.
Chapter 78: Poor Ned
Summary:
Poor Ned, you're better off dead, at least you'll get a peace of mind, they're out on the track, right on your back, boy they're gonna hang you high!
-Red Gum
Chapter Text
15th of July, Wednesday
Morning
Leblanc
Dawn was supposed to be the time where Shinji gave himself time to mentally prepare himself for the day. Setting the tone for what is to happen. Unfortunately, that laid also true in the negative sense.
Waking earlier than usual, Sojiro felt the need to turn on the television.
“And now for a rerun of yesterday’s good morning Japan.”
“Bringing back everybody’s favorite guest, Goro Akechi!”
“He’s not my favorite guest.” Shinji thought as he dug into his breakfast.
“Here is a sneak peek of what our Columbo has to say about recent events!”
“The Kelly Gang pose a possible threat to Japanese law and order. By taking the law into their own hands, due proccess and the way law is enforced is perhaps in jeopardy.”
Shinji receives some satisfaction that the reaction of the audience is somewhat muted, with the exception of what could be considered overzealous fans. Cold reception, but no outright opposition.
“Tell me honestly, would you feel safer that justice is administered by someone with a face, in uniform with a tie or… silent… unseen…. Faceless phantom thieves of the heart?”
The somewhat theatrical deliverance of Akechi’s statement instead quiets the audience. The sound of quiet discussion and debate amongst the audience slowly frustrates Shinji.
However… The thought of being phantom thieves of the heart somewhat sounded appealing and rather attractive. That was not the point.
A lot of guts was taken to really believe in what you have to say, and much less act and behave congruently with what you believe and speak, but this cynicism. The doubt. The ingenuine and spineless Akechi did more than to sour Shinji’s morning.
Shinji couldn’t find the words. He was sure someone who had them could word how he was feeling. But he was pretty sure someone would understand, just not sure who.
He didn’t feel like bitching about it though. It would probably be the last thing his friends would feel like listening to… well maybe Kasumi, but there's enough on her mind already.
Shinji could only sigh. Other than angrily scrubbing the plate which he ate his breakfast on. There was not much he could do to get the vinegar out of him.
“Now, we’ll be back after the comm-“
Shinji turned off the TV. That bastard. A rather small and malicious part of his heart pondered what he would do if he ever had to meet him on the street.
“Hey. I was watching that.” Shinji left without saying a word or replying at all to Sojiro.
15th of July
Noon
Shujin Academy
Now playing: Poor ned, performed by red gum
Again with the goddamn talk about Akechi. Shinji thought as he sat in class. Anywhere he went he would hear some fangirling about the supposed boy wonder and how he's the second detective prince or some bull like that. Along with how they’ll catch him and his friends.All with a smile and without sweat on his brow.
On another note, he wondered about the first and what he would’ve thought about this. Shinji figured he probably would’ve done better than his supposed successor. But then retracted the thought, he could see through him and his friends for who they were and what they did if they really put their mind into it if they really were better than Goro Akechi.
For now though, he sat in class dividing his attention between Kawakami lecturing about a guy named Goemon. From what he was hearing from Kawakami, he seems like a pretty stand up guy. A Robin Hood of a sort clad in black rather than green. Filled Shinji’s imagination, then he thought about Robin Hood but as a ninja, and his mind really let his imagination run wild.
And someone had to comment on that.
“I’ve done plenty of that sort in my twenty five years.” “Really Ned. While I’m in class?” “It was a day in seventy eight… my mate Byrne… best mate I could ever ask for, he went to take a look at a sleepy town called Euroa…” .
“Sorry Ned, who’s who again?” “There was four of us… Steve Hart, friend of my brother and was a horse thief… spent twelve months in gaol… there was, of course, my brother… my best mate Byrne… and me self.”
“Anyway… we held some… dozen, maybe two, men, women, and children up at a shed. The women and children were off course, put in a far more comfortable homestead. Day after that, we left Danny to guard them all while we three held up the bank.”
“Everything went off without any trouble. We went off with… about two thousand pound sterling? More or less. No coppers were in and about to stop us because the telegraph station was shut down by having its wire cut.”
“The fella at the bank and his wife… pleasant folk. I remember… the sound of an opened whiskey bottle too… heh heh. It was a rather polite robbery. No harm befell any of the folk held up.
“Damn. If only it were that easy.” “Except it wasn’t.” Ned answered. “The following year, the Victorian police took thirty folks into custody for supposedly sympathising with us. But. Because the most dimwitted and moronic of folks always end up in uniform, it could not be said for certain if some, if not all, were our sympathisers or not.” “So. They arrested innocent people?”
“Yes. They did. No trial for them. They were just held in Gaol for week after week with no trial, no evidence of any wrongdoing? No trial.”
“Needless to say, when these folk were released from gaol eventually, they became sympathisers and saw our plight.”
“Those bastard coppers. They’re a damned… parcel of ugly, wombat headed… big bellied, magpie legged, narrow hipped… sons of Irish bailiffs and the damned English landlords.”
Shinji continued to sit to listen to Ned further insult and vent out his frustration with the Victorian police force, the crown of England and whoever’s crown it settles on, the English landed gentry, English squatters… the English.
“Ned. You know I gotta pay attention in class right?” “As if you were previously.” “Fair point.”
“Coppers are scum. Willing to put working Irishmen into early graves and throw their wives into gaol… that's what happened to me mother.”
“What?!” “She was raising six while two were still on her breast…. The cunts. They did not give her bail for three years of hard labor…”
“This was before Euroa and Jerilderie and… this was the start. When ma was arrested we knew they were going to come for us too… so we fled.”
“That led to Stingybark and…” Ned fell silent. Shinji then told Ned. “ You don’t need to tell me now if you don’t want to.”
“Good. It may be a story for another day… knowing you I hate to bring you any bad memories.”
Shinji had an idea what he was referring to, probably. Now wouldn’t be a good time, not when Ken was sitting next to him.
At the very least confiding in Ned had brought a sense of relief. He could reassure himself of one thing. Whether by neglect or outright maliciousness. Unless they made themselves exceptions, which were in the end, exceptions, cops are bastards.
End track
After school
Class 3F
“Alright, class dismissed!” Kawakami shouted aloud. The class shuffled out as she sighed and took a deep breath.
The sound of a tumbler however interrupts her. Kawakami then looks at Shinji. Shinji however was unable to get a read on Kawakami.
At first there was a look of exhaustion. Then suspicion. Annoyance, followed by what can be described as an uneasy silence, as she took the tumbler and emptied the contents into her mouth.
“Thanks Shinji… that was well needed… though I shouldn’t try to drink as much coffee at the moment… especially before break.”
“Hey… why are you… still doing this?” Kawakami plainly asked. “What’s your angle here?” Shinji was put on the hot seat for the moment, quickly glimpsing at the door to see if anybody was nearby and could hear. Nobody.
“You know that if you try to elicit me for what I do after school, we’re both going to be in serious legal trouble do you?” “Uh…” Shinji tried to grasp for a satisfactory answer. Plain reassurance was not going to help Kawakami here.
“No. I’m not. I’m uh…. I think it's what's called Asexual?” “Oh.” Kawakami seemed to ease up a bit. “So you’re queer?” “Dunno. I’m still trying to make sense of myself first.”
“Well… if that’s true… tell me why you work at Lala’s.” Kawakami continued
“I’m asking the questions here, not you.” Kawakami added “well uh… Because I used to work a lot in restaurants. I cooked, I made ramen, katsudon, and other things as a job… I figured… why not learn bartending too… I guess.”
“Sounds like you’re planning to start your own restaurant after you graduate huh?” Kawakami asks… jokingly? Her tone hadn’t changed from the serious one from earlier Shinji felt. Although…. That wasn’t a bad idea, Shinji thought.
“Well… doesn’t sound too bad putting it that way.”
“You told me earlier that… you were making ends meet yourself when you were working those jobs earlier in your life right?” Kawakami asked. “Yes.”
“Do you have a guardian or-“. “No. Orphan.” Kawakami remained silent with a slight shock… recovering after a few seconds, she then said.
“I’m so sorry Shinji… you did not deserve that. Being orphaned and me being intrusive I mean.” Kawakami apologised with what energy she had. “I think… after the last time the genie has somewhat escaped the lamp… you’re fine.”
“I guess… you and I have something in common.” Kawakami said. “What’s that?” “You and I know what it's like to fend for ourselves… and we both had to resort to work to stay alive.”
“I guess… except I got into the food and restaurant service and you…” Shinji did not want to continue further.
“That’s fine. I understand you’re unfamiliar with what I have to do to keep myself alive…”
Both Shinji and Kawakami stayed silent for a moment.
“ May I ask something?” Kawakami nodded. “You didn’t… get into it by choice right?”
Kawakami sighed. “I became a teacher by choice… it's fulfilling and it’ll be my purpose in life, but that doesn’t pay well enough. I did sex work, not by choice, but to make sure I wouldn’t be marking your papers on the street.”
Shinji snrrked slightly, and Kawakami did the same. “I know what that’s like…. It isn’t fun.” Shinji stated.
“Well. Thank god you were taken in by Mr. Sakura, but back to the point… would it be bad of me to say that… I found some form of fulfillment in my… night work?”
“I think I would understand… somewhat… I remember being told I was needed by an old boss… and that people genuinely wanted what I made for them…” “really? That’s good.” Kawakami replied “And yeah, it's sort of like that.”
“Sometimes, I am called to provide my services to very lonely men and women who want some form of connection… I can’t refuse that… not only because they’re paying me but…” “I think I get it.” Shinji replied. An affirmative expression was on his face, and Kawakami couldn’t help but share that too.
For what was at first a working and very functional relationship, of exchange and transaction of tutoring for some really good coffee. Became one of an empathetic understanding. Mutual, shared and trusted.
TEMPERANCE RANK UP!!!
Late Afternoon
Shibuya
Shibuya was hot today. Shinji thought, with the coming of the early evening offering little prospect of it getting any cooler.
That reminded Shinji, did he get anything to reward himself after the exam? According to his memory, not really.
Well, it wouldn’t hurt to show up at untouchables, maybe see if Gunkle Iwai had anything in his freezer. However, as he walked near the station towards central street, all too familiar and unwanted words caught Shinji’s ear.
“Why do we have so much trust in these Phantom thieves! What happened to law and order?! To our police! To our laws!”
It was the man on the soapbox again. Puffing himself up and pounding his chest (metaphorically). Shinji ignored him as he dashed towards central street.
5 minutes later…
“Thanks. Tell me if you liked it or not alright?” Iwai said, smiling. “Will do.”
“By the way, question.” “Uh huh?” “Who’s the man on the soapbox near the station?”
“Oooh…. It's the goddamn…. United future party.” “Who the hell are they?” “Well… I’m not sure where to start, but let me tell you most of the time I hear about them, it was from colleagues back then. Which should say things.”
“You mean?” “Their leadman… uh…. I think his name’s Shinzo…. Forgot, never really followed politics when I was younger, boy the stories you heard about him.”
“Some say he’s in cahoots with organised crime… others that he’s a massively corrupt politician that could really be compared to… I dunno, the corrupt eastern european politician stereotype. The worst I’ve heard is about how he treats women.”
Shinji and Iwai looked at eachother coldly when Iwai finished. “Anyway. In short, it's as if Newton’s third law of motion applied to what they preach. Everytime they say anything about… defending law and order, it seems to do the opposite where it devalues what meaning that has… thereby leading their leader to, well….”
Shinji let out some air in a small sigh. “It would be hilarious, if it weren’t so serious and concerning. Anyway, get going, don't let your ice cream melt. Go on.”
5 minutes later
Now playing: Král a Klaun, by Karel Kryl
Going back whence he came, Shinji intended to enjoy his ice cream in spite of that man on the soapbox. In fact he was going to attempt what Iwai did, which was an attempt at making some humor out of the situation.
But as he passed the grounds of the station, he caught a glimpse of a familiar someone. That man was sitting down on his usual spot, however with an unhappy face.
“Hey prof.” Yoshida’s face was one of annoyance. “Hey Shinji.” “What are you doing out here?” “Exam leave. Everyone’s studying for their exams.”
“You sound unhappy.” “Can you guess why?” “I-“ shinji looked towards the man on the soapbox. “I don’t think I need to guess.”
“It’s dribble.” “Yeah?” “It's all ritual… smoke… mirrors… a badly timed joke.” Yoshida mumbled frustratingly. “Anytime someone mentions how they are the party… or candidate of law and order, they’re asking people to take them at face value… that they are the law itself.”
“They’re putting themselves on a level with the law you mean?” “There’s only one way to go if you see yourself level with the law, and that’s to be above it.” Yoshida replies.
“It isn’t serious. If you want to take the law and corruption seriously, you should be defending the rule of law instead.” Yoshida replies.
Yoshida sighs frustratingly. “To be honest, Shinji… I feel more like a Klaun .” Shinji stopped and then asked “clown as in a laughing stock, or not to be taken seriously?” “Jester I mean. The jester of old had a power of their own in their mockery. They could easily speak truth to power, as long as it was funny enough to be taken as a joke.”
“But then again.” Yoshida sighs yet again. “Who has ever taken clowns seriously.” Yoshida expresses in a withdrawing voice.
“If you’re the jester… does that make me the king?” Shinji asks. “Tshh. Hah hah hah.”
As Shinji finished his ice cream. Both Yoshida and Shinji remained quiet the man on the soapbox quiets down and asks
“Does anybody have any questions about our platform?”
Shinji watches Yoshida. He bears an apprehensive look. But then, he seemed to swallow it. He stands up, and raises his hand.
“Yes, you over there in the back.”
“Yes, hello. I seem to notice that you happen to raise law and order a lot, am I correct in that?” Yoshida asks
“Yes. We are going to wipe society clean of corruption and crime, that is our goal.”
“Tell me, does your party see yourself above the law?”
“Wha-“
“Don’t ask me questions, I’m the one asking the question here. Does your party believe in the rule of law? Or not?”
The man on the soapbox remains silent as he fails to find an answer. The small crowd around Yoshida, Shinji, and the man begin to stir, unsure of themselves. Yoshida notices. As he turns his back towards the soapbox, and faces the audience.
“Ladies and Gentlemen, my name is Toranosuke Yoshida, I am a professor of Anthropology, History, and Sociology, in the university of Tokyo.”
“Hey now wa-“
“Whenever someone says they are for law and order, what they really mean is that they’re simply for power. Power for the sake of power.”
“Ask yourselves this, if someone is the law, as some may claim to be, if they claim to be justice itself, is that really in defence of the law? What has happened to its substance? What has happened to the accountability, standards, and integrity of the law?”
“Could you perhaps claim by this metaphysical logic that the law has been subverted, and instead has become simply a tool of arbitrary power without any defence against it?”
The crowd seems to stir. Shinji sensed perhaps a feeling of self awareness, of conscientiousness in the audience. Even in the soapbox man. People start bringing their phones out, filming the professor.
“Would you entrust men with such power?” Yoshida asked, “No. You wouldn’t.” He answered himself.
Awareness, conscientiousness, concern, unease, uncomfortability. That was what Shinji and Yoshida saw in the audience. It was exactly what Yoshida wanted.
If Yoshida and Shinji seemed to verbally question if the crowds who commute everyday at the station were robota or not, the answer seemed to have been found.
Soon enough however, the audience withdrew. It was a hot day, and everyone was looking for refuge or for relief in the form of a drink or something cold. Even the soapbox man seemed to have deserted his soapbox to find something to alleviate the heat.
Yoshida let out a large sigh of relief. “That… was impulse. I couldn’t contain myself.” Yoshida explained “Hiding behind no greengrocer poster no more huh?”
“Heh. Děkuju Shinji.”
As the two shook hands, a sudden voice began to ring out, where Shinji could not find where. Speaking in yet another tongue he could not understand.
Já jsem ty, ty jsi já
“Vyvolávám inspiraci a síly, které pocházejí z mluvení pravdy.”
“Můj odpor si totiž nárokuje svatost, když se dopouští ničemnosti. Prohlašování chudoby a hladu, zatímco shovívaví a tlustí. Moudrý a hloupý. Zbožný a hříšný. Zatímco oni oblékají milenky do jemného hedvábí, já dávám přijímání těm v hadrech .”
“Prosím o odpuštění pro své nepřátele. Odsuzují mě ke kůlu…”
“I may forgive my enemies. But those who come after me shall not.”
I am thou, thou art I
Thou hast turned a vow into a blood oath
Thy bond shall become the Wings of Rebellion
And break the yoke of thy heart….
Thou has awakened to the ultimate secret
Of the Sun, granting thee infinite power
“Call upon my name… Jan Hus”
From the darkness Shinji saw a man adorned in black cloth. He held broken chains in hand, blackened in soot. Bright however was the chalice on the front of his robes. Shining brightly amidst the ash, and soot. A defiant face. Not bold or under strain, but calm, confident Shinji thought. Confident in the certainty that he was right.
SUN MAX RANK!!!
“You alright Shinji?” The voice of Yoshida suddenly roused Shinji back to reality. “Ye-Yeah. Yup.”
“Can I tell you something?” “Ok prof?”
“You know. I never really understood why you were so invested in what I had to say. But… now I think I do.”
“You were looking for like minded people who abhorred apathy. People who hate the world of appearance and want to live in the truth.” “Yoshida. What do y-“.
“Isn’t that right, Phantom thief?”
Shinji remained silent. How did Yoshida know? “I never thought that… the leader of the Kelly Gang was a self conscious… and an inspirational source of moral courage.”
“Am I right in that assertion?” Yoshida asked. Hesitation was then followed by a nervous affirmation in the form of a nod.
“Me and… my friends. We just found ourselves able to do what we did one day and…. Felt we needed to do this. Nothing special… it felt normal.”
“I think that’s the important thing.” Yoshida said. “There are two definitions of normal, the first being what everybody is doing, to conform to that. And the second one is what you think you should be doing… you seem like the second.” Yoshida explained
“How can you be so sure about that?” Shinji asked. “I should’ve worded myself better. I know you are. I know you. I’ve been having conversations with you for… what ten weeks? I have no doubt that what you’re doing is right.”
“I just have to ask you one thing though.” “Yes?” “You are an example and an inspiration. I am reminded of that everytime I enter my classroom and see the homemade pins on my students.” Yoshida remained silent, to see if Shinji got the point.
After a few moments, Shinji answered the revelation. “Oh god.” Fear ran through Shinji. Never had he thought in his life that he would, although anonymously, be a figure supposedly inspiring and an example worth following. It couldn’t be true. He never wanted any of this.
“You’ll do well to remember that. You’ll be fine Shinji.” Yoshida said, patting his back.
“Well… what about you professor?” Shinji asked.
“Well, pretty inspired actually. I still couldn’t believe I’ve been talking and… preaching I guess to a dissident… but then again you’re not a dissident.” Yoshida rambled.
“I mean will you be alright? Fine?” “I will… you know Shinji? I’ve been having a few beers recently and… I’ve sort of decided for myself something.”
“Which is?” “Teaching. I’ve had a meaningful impact, it heavily outweighs what good I wanted to do when I started.”
“I think… I may want to get involved in politics.” Yoshida said. Shinji was surprised. “Really?” “I mean. I was just thinking.”
“Did you see everybody’s faces who you spoke to earlier?” Yoshida put a hand on his chin. “You speak well. Probably better than I do, enough to get those people’s attention.”
“That isn’t important. The real question is, when I look at myself in the mirror, it would be up to me to ask, would I make a good civil servant of the people or not?”
Yoshida briefly expressed disgust. “The letter i is an ugly letter, but it’ll be a recurring one if I uh… get into politics.”
“I will do this, I will do that, I will support this, I will oppose that… I think I’d like to speak like I did earlier. Plainly, and if anything comes out of my mouth, it's because I believe in what I am saying.”
“That… sounds miles better than the average politician.” “Maybe. It doesn’t feel enough though… it needs a purpose, a goal perhaps.”
Yoshida sat and thought. And Shinji sat along with him. And then, he had finally found the words.
“You know. Hável in ‘92… in an interview, he spoke about his own reason for accepting the responsibility of becoming president of Czechia. And I think we both would agree on this point.”
“The kind of politics happening now… is mainly about competing over power through popularity… however… if people seem interested enough to somehow send me to office… I think I’d rather serve citizens. To be closer to earth than.. I guess the politician stereotype. To serve a common good or interest rather than some ambition or a party or the personal.”
“I guess it would be to look at the term “civil servant” and to personify what that descriptor means in all aspects and in spirit too.”
“I think… you’ll do good.” “I’ll likely miss a few things though.”
“I’m not going to like… wearing a tie everyday.” Yoshida began to smile more as he felt his old self return back to earth. And Shinji smiled too. “To smile everyday, keep conversation everyday, and maybe I’ll miss being able to go to a pub to get a beer or two.”
“Really… I’m scared of it all turning into perhaps ironically, one of Hável’s plays. I get or feel stuck… in some situation or feeling of moral ambiguity, which stops me from doing what I set out to do. But….”
“I’m feeling…responsible. If I were to guess, it’s because of you. It’s that bacteriological spread of that empowerment. The responsibility to remedy powerlessness.”
Yoshida raised out his hand, Shinji did the same. They shook on it, and departed for shelter from the hot sun above.
Chapter 79: Red between the lines
Chapter Text
15th of July, Wednesday
Nijima residence
Evening
“I’m home Sis!” The sound of news chatter fills the ears of the student council president as she takes off her shoes.
She expects to see dinner on the table, and her sister eating before continuing her work late into the night. However, it sadly was not the case.
Instead. Sae sat across from the boy detective, Goro Akechi. Who were both eating dinner and discussing a case of some sort. It only took half a minute or so for any of them to acknowledge her, entering the room.
Now playing: Waiting to kill, by The Hellbenders
“Good evening Makoto.” Sae said coldly as she took a sip from her tea.
Something was different. Off. Now, don’t get her wrong, Makoto had never felt uncomfortable around individuals who were part of law enforcement, or wielded the power that came with the responsibility of enforcing the law, but… something felt wrong. The presence of someone in your home, not welcomed, not asked for, but was there on business, and they weren’t telling you if it concerned you.
At least the mental reference she had thought of. That being from scenes from westerns or crime movies where the law makes an unwanted presence.
Now for Makoto her mind was slowly yet steadily taking a tail spin. Was this about anything concerning her? She looked back on her recent history. Nothing… criminal, she supposed; she followed the rules, fulfilled her obligations to the best of her ability, she even- wait.
Was this about her six million debt to Kaneshiro? That fat man must’ve written down who owed him money… somewhere in that damned hideout of his. Oh no… was she found out?
“Makoto… Makoto… Makoto?” Sae had been calling out to her sister for a few moments until she had roused herself out of her train of anxiety. “Sorry sis?”
“Did you hear me? Your dinner is in the kitchen.” Sae said. “It’s still warm.” Sae’s voice was warm, but likely only as warm as the tea and noodles in the kitchen left out for Makoto. “Your noodles will get sorry, eat while you can.”
“Hey uh… Sis?” Makoto asked. “Yes?” “If you and Akechi are talking about something work related, do you need me to leave you two alone?” Makoto asked. “Yes, certainly.” Sae replied.
Makoto brought her dinner to her room slowly and quietly. All while one of Akechi’s leering eyes tracked her to her room.
Makoto, having closed the door to her room and placed the tray on her large desk, collapsed on the floor. She dwelled on if the occurrence had anything to do with her, anything she had done.
In any case, she wondered about Eiko. Maybe her debt was too recent and fresh enough that it did not make it on the books yet. Though… the pictures of her with Eiko and the drinks at the back, supposed to be blackmail…
Makoto wondered. She remembered the change of heart of Kamoshida. He was on his knees and went honest about his abuse of the volleyball team.
He certainly could not undo the harm he did with an apology but… did Kaneshiro delete that photo? What does the theft of one’s desires entail?
Audible chatter could be heard from the living room. It was Akechi and her Sis. Makoto put her ear at the door and tried to hear out what they were saying. Surprisingly she was able to get a few sentences.
“Yeah… I think that poor girl was Makoto’s friend.” A voice resembling Sae’s said “Yes. Her debt was found on their bookkeeping. It was one of the very last records before Kaneshiro turned himself in.” Akechi replied.
A moment of silence occurred between Akechi and Sae. Only for Sae to ask Akechi. “You’re probably tired of questions after those TV interviews but… what do you think about it?”
“What do you mean?” Akechi asked, “The stealing hearts thing. Do you think it's real?” Silence permeated.
“Well… do not hold it against me but… I think it may be.” Akechi answered.
“We can’t prove negatives… but all the evidence doesn't show signs of blackmail, or any form of… duress which pushed the changes of heart… except for those calling cards.”
“ Now. Would it be laughable if… I told you there was perhaps research into a… what’s the word…? Cognitive psience?”
“What are you suggesting, Akechi?” Sae asked
“The field is quite new, and its lead researcher unfortunately passed away two years ago but… she left behind research suggesting that… yes, you could go into someone’s mind and tamper with their psyche.” Akechi articulated.
Sae remained quiet. “Then it’ll be impossible to stick a charge. No such crime exists and the only remotely closest charge that exists is Theft… or blackmail.”
“We’re between a rock and a hard place.” Akechi replied.
Makoto thought about that. What was simple intrigue became interest. A part of her thought about how she would be doing what her Pa did. But…. If she was right. If she found herself finding out the truth behind who was behind that iron mail’d mask of the Kelly Gang, would she find herself willing to then… as her sister and father would, throw them into the jaws of the law?
She stopped at that thought. Something did not feel right. Her better nature was saying that her responsibility was to see that justice was done, but…
Perplexion. Makoto’s feet were on her head and her head was on the ground. However she tried to spin it, the idea of turning the Kelly Gang in collapsed under the weight of some figment of conscious or sub conscious, telling her that it was not the way.
Then what is? Her sister knew? Akechi too, her late father? He would be proud. But…. Would she be proud of herself?
Makoto could not imagine a satisfactory ending to that outcome. Something remiss has yet to be resolved.
At least those noodles were warm enough, and she would be getting more sleep then Sis was, Makoto thought. She then heard more from the two.
“This coffee is good. Did you make it yourself?” Akechi asked. “No. The place at Yongen Jaya does take out.”
Simultaneously…
Leblanc
Evening
With only the light rain of the evening providing a low screen of noise rather than what obnoxious sound which came from what channel of the television happened to be on, both Shinji and Sojiro were both cleaning and washing up before closing in peace.
While peace was finally on Shinji’s mind, having seemed to escape the mouth of Akechi and its voice on the antenna waves, Sojiro seemed to have something ailing him.
The way he scrubbed the dishes seemed to have communicated a sense of urgency to Shinji. Shinji knew when you had to hustle and wash up quickly from past jobs (usually when the salarymen were coming home from work and were feeling more hungrier than usual.)
But, the cafe was closed, the heavy rain made it so that there was likely no one willing to walk to Leblanc for a coffee. Sojiro’s speed usually was as slow and easy as the faint music playing from the small stereo speaker in the cafe, playing whatever Sojiro seemed to enjoy.
His tempo was incongruent with the soul and relaxing jazz which played.
But then again, there was a chance he was just looking too deep into it. Shinji confessed to himself.
“Hey…Shinji.” “Yes?”
“There’s something I need you to know, listen closely.” “…”
The boss’s tone was something akin to the prelude to a secret which you may or may not want to hear. At least according to some picture productions Shinji had seen.
“You haven’t noticed since she’s been showing up during school, but there has been a regular customer coming here. You may have seen her before.”
“Over the last two weeks, she has been coming semi-regularly. And the times she has come, she hasn’t come here for the coffee. Consistently, she came here to ask me questions.”
“Are we…. In any sort of trouble?” “Well… unless you have been up to no good,… no, not really.”
“The point is, if I’m not in the cafe and you see a silver haired, well dressed woman come in here, you do not answer anything she asks you about. Got it?”
“Yup….” “Anyway. Heard about your exam results from the report card in the mail. Good job kid.” “Thanks.”
“Are you doing anything to celebrate?” Sojiro asked. “Uh…. Ah shit.”
“What’s wrong?” Shinji facepalmed and then faced Sojiro. “I should’ve told you. On Saturday, I’ll be going on a camping trip with friends.” “Camping? How far away? And how long?” Sojiro asked
“Just outside of Tokyo, One day, one night.” Shinji said. “Doesn’t sound too bad…. You deserve a break.”
“Actually, kid.” Sojiro stopped to head towards a cupboard, as he opened it, he blew off a generous amount of dust from it. “If you’re packing and you got room, take it.”
Sojiro took out a cardbox. Handing it to Shinji, he then looked and sifted through the bottom cupboards to pick up a small transparent plastic box with grounds inside.
Out of curiosity, Shinji opened the box to find inside. “A French press?” “Inside this bag are course grounds. If you need a fix while out there, thank me later.”
“Thanks boss.” “I said thank me later…. You’ll still need to find a way to get hot water out there too though.”
“I’ll work something out.” Shinji said.
As Shinji thanked Sojiro however, his phone began to ring. Gesturing Sojiro, he took out his phone to see who it was.
Ann Takamaki
Ann: Are you ok with bringing Mishima out to the hideout tmr?
Shinji: sure
Ann: Awesum! Will bring shiho tmr too!
Fuuka
Fuuka: Are you free tomorrow? We still need to grab what gear you need for your camping trip with the others
Fuuka: If you’re free, Yukari and I will be at Shibuya after your schoolday’s over tomorrow if you’re willing to come
Shinji: Sure
Fuuka: see you there.
A lot to think about. Shinji thought. Best he sleep on it.
End Track
16th of July, Thursday
Breaktime
The roof
Shinji sat in his usual folding chair. Sitting beside him was the Kelly Gang’s ever helpful PR manager and investigative aide, Mishima.
“Hey uh… Shinji, what are we doing here?” “Something important.” He said with arms crossed and with an assured expression.
“But…. We’re doing nothing.” Mishima said. He instinctively took out a phone, opening the K.C site to check for anything important. “We’re waiting.”
“For what?” Mishima asked curiously. As if to answer his question, the door opened to find two women standing before it. They were Ann Takamaki and Shiho Suzui.
“Ann-!… Shiho Suzui?!” Mishima exclaimed, watching the two students which he had directly helped Kamoshida torment.
“What’s up dude?” Shiho asked. An assured and confident expression painted her face, as the makings and basis of what could be considered muscle from consistent baseball practice with the help of her Uncle Junpei. She seemed to have taken a note from the students of the Kelly Gang, most especially Ryuji, Shinji thought, seeing Shiho wearing a T-Shirt rather than the school issued shirt.
Shinji guessed nobody was telling her no after what had happened to her. Both she and Ann took folding chairs and sat in front of Mishima, with Shinji on the flank of either party.
“Sh-Shinji, what’s the meaning of this?” Mishima asked. “We heard that you’re working extremely hard everyday to help us.” Ann said. “And you’re doing a really good job, at least Ann and Ryuji tell me.” Shiho added
“The thing is though… we want you to feel part of our team…. Not that we want you to fight with us, but to be closer to us as a group.” Shinji said
“Yeah, you should.” Shiho said.
Mishima remained quiet. The boy tried to seek answers as to why he should not accept their offer of association, further friendship, and acceptance. He had to pry into the deepest well of self guilt he could find.
“But… didn’t I hurt you two?” Mishima asked. “How can I be on the same team with people who I have helped hurt? It feels…. Wrong.” Mishima says, a tinge of self pity which escaped his mouth had gone on the wind.
“You had no choice!” Ann exclaimed. “But I am still responsible for making it easier for Kamoshida… or enabling him.” Mishima said, now in despair. “I could’ve not agreed to him at all…”
Then Shiho stopped him. “Look… I know we didn’t really talk to eachother during volleyball but… listen to me.”
“Your arm was being twisted by Kamoshida… in fact worse. So was mine. If you refused, you would’ve been going home in a fucking ambulance.”
“There was no easy way for you to say no. But I recognise that you regret not doing that. That makes it clear to me that it was not your fault.” Shiho said in a serious tone.
“But….” Mishima seemed to cave in. The powerlessness, the despondency, the shame. It was breaking Mishima down like a jackhammer.
His consciousness was being drowned, dragged out to the sea of his despondency. Tears were beginning to flow, suppressed at first, only to then drown what sense or thought he had.
Ann and Shiho froze up. They were afraid they were too bold. At the very worst, they feared they brought back the spectre of horrible memories, along with the crisis of character and what personal moral standards and courage he had, or had lost.
“Hey.” Shinji brought a warm palm to Mishima’s back. “Take a moment.”
And that was exactly what he did.
Wiping tears off his face, Mishima then said. “Please don’t forgive me… because I don’t think my body would accept it.” Mishima explained. “I don’t think it feels that it deserves anything like that.” He said
“But…. We want to.” Ann said. “You clearly have a backbone Mishima. You find yourself responsible, and because you do, you took it upon yourself to hell us when it really mattered. When the Kelly Gang were putting a stop to it all.” Shiho said
“What’s more, you decided to go further, and allowed us to do even more thanks to the site. We would’ve never brought down Madarame or Kaneshiro without it.”
“Listen to me, You made it possible.”
“The boss isn’t talking bull, Mishima.” Shiho said
“You laid the groundwork needed to get us off the ground. We think you deserve some due credit and recognition.” Shinji said
“Please. Let yourself have this.” Shiho said. “Me and Ann are allowing ourselves to move on from this, you should be able to as well.”
Mishima sat curled up in a ball. He had hit the bottom of the well. But something was different, he felt. Although the well of despondency and despair which he would allow himself to drown in remained black as night, he could somehow see both from the bottom, a bright moon with his company of bright stars. It was beginning to be clear.
“I think… I can try.” Mishima said. “That’s all we ask for.” Ann replied. “Hey. If it helps… somehow. You’re working for it.” Shiho said
“Alright. Whenever we have a meeting up here, we expect you to be here as well. Ok?” Shinji said. Mishima nodded in response.
“If you're sure….” Mishima saw Shiho nod. “Then, I feel…. Like I can… bring myself to do that.”
“Good…. How do you feel?” Shinji asked. “I-I’m not sure.”
“We’re going to be here for you. Because we want to.” Shiho said, now putting her arm over Mishima’s other shoulder.
“We’re your friends. This is what we do.” Ann said.
The three remained around Mishima, keeping him close and comforting him.
“Shiho?” Mishima asked. “What do you mean by backbone?” He asked, now his voice clearing after crying.
“Nobody else took responsibility for what happened to us… not the student council president, not our parents, not the principal, or the school…. And although we think you did not need to, because you were literally brutalized by Kamoshida not to… you felt responsible for us.” Shiho said
“That is even more than we could’ve asked from others.” Ann said. “And you took it upon yourself to continue helping us. This is more than simply wanting to repay us for putting a stop to it.” Shinji said.
“You’re a good person. Even if you cannot believe that, we do.” Ann said.
Mishima cleared his voice and face, although he was clearly weakened and tired out. “Ok… I think I get it now.” He replied.
He sniffed one last time. “Thanks… all of you.” The moment had overcome Shiho. And she couldn’t help but give Mishima a hug.
Enough had been said without needing to be said. Mishima was not certainly feeling better by any means, but that was fine. Shinji thought. He would at least not be alone and would be less shy in asking he and the others for help, especially after he had done so much to help them without expecting, or wanting anything in return.
MOON RANK UP!!!
End Track
Later…
After school
Shibuya
Now playing: Freedom Buzz Dance, from P5 Strikers
“Where the hell’s Shinji?” Labrys verbally pondered. She was eying out the exit from Shibuya station. They watched out for a school uniform, the familiar red tartan
“Be patient Labrys.” Yukari said, herself trying not to draw as much attention. Being recognised as Pink Argus in public was nice, but not to the intrusive extent tabloids or seedy gossip papers could go.
“Maybe he’s just delayed.” Fuuka said. She brought out a list of things the aspiring campers would need for their trip.
“Oh, wait! There he is!” Labrys began to wildly wave at the exciting crowd. A blue and black cladded Shinji was now approaching the ever apparent robot.
“You know you don’t want to attract attention to yourself right?” Shinji said while approaching the three women.
“Oh, come on Shinji! Can’t you see that I’m clearly aye human?” She said in a tone and volume which was at least drowned out by the pedestrian traffic to the point where she was not making herself known. “Still. Don’t think Yukari’s appreciating it to say the least.” Shinji said.
“C’mon. We should get going before the crowds get worse. We need to get to Shibuya 705 through the crowd.” Fuuka stated.
As the four then shuffled their way through the crowds of one of Tokyo’s busiest streets, Shinji then took as good a look at Labrys’ appearance and attire that he can manage. They were clearly coordinated. Her jeans covered her designed legs. The red armour on her arms was clearly removed before she had left out today, and her bluish grey hair was set free when her headpiece, somewhat resembling the helmet of a knight as Shinji noticed, was nowhere to be found.
She surged forward ahead of Yukari and Fuuka, leaving Shinji in her dust both literally and metaphorically. Enough was felt about the push and shove of crowds, Shinji thought. But Labrys was the push and shove, period.
Eventually, some minutes of treading finally brought the four to Shibuya 705, a department store selling what they needed for the trip, but to Shinji. The large department store building seemed to dwarf in size any building he had seen before. Well, except for Misty’s mansion and Gekkoukan maybe.
That fact was made as soon as when entering the building, Fuuka took out a map of the entire department store and after a moment of reading it, succinctly described the directions.
“To get to the camping gear section we need to find the elevator, go right, then left, then take the right past the air fryers and the kitchen section then take a left through furniture and the cute plushie section next to it, then go past the beanbags and you’ll find the elevator. Get to the third floor and you’ll find the camping gear section after taking three rights and a second left.”
“The ell’ does that mean Fuuka?” Labrys asked. “Just follow me.”
And so they did.
10 minutes later
“Well that was long and arduous… how much time did that take to get up here?” Labrys asked, with a plushie shark in hand. “Yeah. Felt like a maze or something.” Shinji added
“That wasn’t even more than twenty minutes you guys.” Yukari said. “At least we’re there now…” Fuuka said.
Finally having arrived at the camping equipment section, the four took the time to look around and browse what tents and other essentials were needed.
“Right so…. With ten people, a decently sized RV, what kind of tent do you guys need?” Fuuka asked Shinji. “Well… likely something to keep bugs out. It gets cold at night. Even with sleeping bags… something with overhead cover and enough surface area so as few people need to sleep with their bag on the grass.”
“Though knowing some of them, they won’t mind sleeping on the grass or even with just a mat….”
“I think… this one would be fine.” Fuuka pointed at a tent. “Enough for five… the RV can definitely fit five sleeping people too…”. “Sleeping on the ground isn’t as bad as it sounds.” Shinji interdicted.
Fuuka looked at Shinji with some surprise, but then her expression relaxed. “At least it isn’t hard pavement. As long as there's something soft to sleep on it should be fine.” Shinji concluded.
While Shinji and Fuuka continued talking tents, Labrys and Yukari instead were looking at camp furniture. “Does this chair feel any comfortable to you?” Labrys asked Yukari “yes… why don’t you take a seat too?”
Labrys took a seat parallel to Yukari, it was one of those camping chairs which reclined the body, and had allowances of space for thick jackets or blankets.
“All I feel is my metal butt.” Labrys said
“PFFF- HAH HA!” Yukari laughed aloud, only to then suppress her laughter. In the fear that shoppers would recognise her laugh, the music playing on the speakers drowned it out. “I think… I’d rather sit on the ground.” Labrys said.
“That’s fine.” Yukari said…. She relaxed in her chair, her sunglasses still glued to her face as she settled in.
“Hey… have you ever done this sort of thing before?” Labrys asked Yukari. “Hmmm. A few times… mostly when Junpei and Chidori invited us to go camping with them… It's a nice breath of fresh air when you really need it.” Yukari said. Light brimming off her face, the parts not reflected by the shades anyway.
“… we’re also going to need a firestand and a cooking stove.” Fuuka asked. “What’s the firestand for?” “Can’t light fires on the grass. It’ll ruin the grass and you get in trouble. Also, the others are probably grabbing snacks from what they got, but I’m making sure they eat something which makes them full.” Shinji says.
“Ooooh. What do you plan to make?” “Hmm… curry maybe? Oh. I know exactly what to make. ”
“Mmm?” “Need to find where the hell they sell Green cayenne peppers…. and some kelp broth.”
“You know… we could probably ask Chidori if she brought any camping equipment she and Junpei shared. Chidori won’t mind bringing along what supplies she had brought to Tokyo on short notice.” Fuuka explained as she brought out her phone. “I’m going to shoot her an SMS to see what she can bring.”
Soon enough, a substantially sized basket was filled with neatly packed and compact camping supplies from the tent, furniture, even camp cooking appliances. It wasn’t long before they had gotten everything they thought they needed. All that was to be done was to find Yukari and Labrys.
“Hey. Where did you find that shark Labrys?” Fuuka asked, pointing at the dark blue plush shark she was holding in her arms like a baby. “Foun’ it somewhere downstairs.” She replied.
“They got a name?” Shinji asked, a bit jokingly. “Hmmm…. Sunny.” “Why’s that?” “Someone who I knew called their dog snowy…” Labrys began to be beyond reproach… noticing this. He changed the topic.
“You bringing Sunny home?” Shinji asked. “Yes.” Labrys replied succinctly, while hugging the shark closely.
The four then began their descent downstairs the way they came in order to find a desk to make their purchases.
However, as the four passed by lines of people, a sign that they were close to their goal and thereby, egress. Labrys noticed something of interest.
Standing at a section of the department store which was dedicated to fashion. A woman stood by a mirror holding two dresses. As the group of four stood waiting at a line, Labrys was behind the four watching. Watching the apple green colored hair woman, seemingly angsting about whichever dress to choose.
“Hey… hold this for me, I gotta find the toilet.” Labrys said without skipping a beat. “But… Labrys you don’t….” Shinji’s question was drowned out by a change
Now playing: Remember Summer days, by Anri
Labrys walked towards the fashion section and then opened her phone. She opened the live streaming platform application and looked for a specific clip. When Labrys found it, she paused to take a better look at the clip.
Labrys could not believe her eyes. Her eyes never failed her, she could never be myopic and her “memory” literally could not fail her. But now she thought that her eyes and memory had momentarily failed. As standing in front of the mirror was Alice Hiiragi. Simply, “ALICE”, an up and coming streamer who played video games or drew live with a whimsical and carefree, and cute veneer, an incredible contrast instead was in front of Labrys.
An expression of burden, of pressure and strain was reflected on the mirror. No other complete and utter contrast had made itself known to Labrys.
This was a different Alice she knew from watching the streams. Although carefree and not burdened by the presence of a… decently sized daily audience, in the few dozens, labrys remembered how she interacted with her audience. She remembered all the names of all those who made themselves known in live chat. Including Labrys herself. Every single last one of them.
Labrys then made her approach. And with no better words, she then asked. “S-Sorry, but are you Alice?”
The reflected expression of angst was replaced by one of surprise and shock. As Labrys saw through the mirror, Alice then turned around replying “uh…. Uhm… yes.”
“Uhm…. I’m a fan!” Labrys said bravely. “Really?” Alice asked with a now growing excitement. “Yeah! I’m Miss battleaxe!” “You are?!??”
“Yeah! Uhm… if it isn’t weird, can I have a photograph?” Alice, now with a full smile on her face that Labrys would recognise from the streams, then took out her phone and put both her and Alice in frame. The jubilant and gayish smile on both their faces was contagious.
“So… what are you doing here?” Labrys asked. “Oh! Uh…. I’m trying to figure out what to get to wear for the next stream but….” Alice hovered one of the two dresses in front of her, trying to decide.
“I think… the green one looks cute.” Labrys said. “Really?” “Yes!”
“Thanks uh….. what do I call you?” Alice asked. “Labrys.” Her answer was got.
“They’re going to love it.” Labrys said, referring to the small relative audience Alice has. What anxiety Alice had on her face eased up a bit, but was still present.
“I’m sorry if this was awkward…” Alice said. “Not at all.” Labrys replied. “It’s just… this is the first time I ever met a fan in real life… and I didn’t have my uh… streaming persona on.”
“That’s fine! They’re there for you, if you know what I mean… at least I am.” In spite of what anxiety Alice had, Alice seemed to seem just a bit more secure.
“Thank you Labrys… like I said this hasn’t happened to me before… meeting a fan from the stream…” Labrys immediately smiled. “Gotta make sure it's a good memory.”
Alice smiled hearing that and then asked. “Want another photo?” With a smile more familiar to those who watch her on stream. They both then smiled, seemingly glowing when the flash marked the occasion.
“Will you… be catching the next stream this weekend?” Alice asked. “I will be camping. That’s why I’m here, but I will.” Labrys said.
“Hey!!! We’re going, Labrys!” The three at the counter had finished quing and had paid. “I gotta go, love what you do Alice.” Labrys said as she made her retreat back to her friends.
Alice, alone now. Her smile still on her face from her first fan encounter, the memory of which seemed to keep that glowing smile on her face.
She looked at the pink/purplish dress she had compared to the green. And then she looked at the green once more. She… she could likely make some changes in time for the stream. What’s missing are stripes… and… maybe blues too to match the colors too…
Make them fit a pastel palette… yes…. Decorations… that too. She then thought about Labrys.
She looked around to both see if anyone was watching and if Labrys was still there. She wasn’t. … stars… yes. She would never forget what happened here…. She really needed something like this to happen. Alice thought. That was nice. She then opened her photo gallery and find the photo. Of her and Miss battleaxe. She will never forget this moment.
Chapter 80: Kelly Country
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 80, Kelly Country
17th of July, Friday
After School
Leblanc
Shinji again found himself washing dishes on the sink at Leblanc. Apart from the sound of water striking dishware, his thoughts glided on the stanzas and lyrical flow of the instruments and words from the speaker.
Is there anything important we missed from the department store?... Was there anything that needed to be done before the camping trip?... Did he need to see someone before he left with his friends?
He got himself an answer when someone walked into the cafe. *ding*
“Welcome to Leblanc.” When Shinji looked up to see who it was, a familiar face was at the door. Dressed in what was a trademark of hers and that recognisable teal colored braided hair, it was Fuuka. “Afternoon Shinji.” “Yo.”
She sat at the counter and Shinji took it as an opportunity to find answers to what he had in mind.
“Is everything we need ready for the camping trip?” Shinji asked. “It’s all in the RV, you guys should have everything you need.” Fuuka replied. … “How’re you guys handling the targets so far?” “We’re going at a steady pace, we’re not over-stretching ourselves, but we’re also… getting back into it.”
“I can’t explain it fully, but Kotone said something about it which I agree with, we’re getting back into shape. Like it's 2009, and I agree.” Fuuka explained. Shinji nodded, “And… is there anything we need to do before the trip?”
Fuuka then stopped and thought… “Oh !” “Did we miss something?” Shinji asked
“Is… Tae’s clinic is still open?” “Oh shit, right.”
The two then left the cafe, putting the closed sign on.
End Track
The Clinic
Tae Takemi sat alone at the desk, she really felt her reputation as the plague was instead affecting her, not in the way of her character or her integrity as separated from her by hands foreign. That was no longer the case thanks to a certain young girl and her very concerned and caring father.
She was simply tired. The lethargic connotations of her goth dress were being affirmed. It was strange. She had been working herself to the bone to finalize Miwa’s treatment based on the results from the last trial with Shinji that had been done. She needed to do one final trial. Just to be sure.
Tae reached for her phone only to then be stopped by the sound of the door, and as if to preempt the inevitable, Shinji was at her door.
“Oh! Just in time Shinji, do you have ti-” Tae stopped dead, seeing her old friend and classmate, Fuuka. “Hello Tae.” “Oh… hey Fuuka? What are you doing here?”
Tae… a bit out of herself, was confused. She was aware that Fuuka was a patron at the cafe he worked and lived in but… their shared presence suggested that it was more than simply being acquaintances. What was happening?
“I’d like to explain.” Fuuka simply said.
The examination room
“First off though… How are you doing Tae?” Fuuka asked, “Well… could be worse.” “You always said that when you were spending more time then you should’ve studying back at school.” Fuuka said, slightly disapprovingly. “Ok…. but I have a valid reason.” “You always then defaulted to that excuse.” Fuuka continued.
“Well… I need to get started with Shinji here… so we can continue where we were once we get this on the road… Shinji, you know the drill.” Tae handed Shinji the portion of the concoction which was perfected and iterated over months of work and collaboration between the two. Once it had settled, Shinji simply sat on his chair, waiting and seeing, anticipating anything out of the ordinary which could happen to him. But pleasantly, within the first minute nothing supernatural had taken place. Leaving Shinji to sit and listen to the conversation Tae and her old friend were having.
“I heard about Oyamada.” “Yeah…” Tae remained in the voice and tone rather unusual of her, but was becoming common after the recent incident. “I don’t know if it's a lucky break… or not. I’m leaning more on-”
“It wasn’t.” Shinji said in his usual demeanor. He kept his silence while Tae processed what it could possibly mean.
“Shinji…” Tae began to realise, ”You weren’t simply coming to me for medicine to help you study, were you?” Shinji simply looked at the doctor with an expression which transformed from one of stone cold demeanor, to one instead of perhaps a revealing, even a cheeky expression perhaps. Telling her, with no words at all, ‘Got me !’
“Tae, I just like to thank you for helping Shinji here when he came to you first.” Tae closed herself off for a moment. “Wait… you two were from Iwatodai… did you two knew each other before-”
“Yes.” Shinji replied succinctly. “Yeah… you see-” “Sorry to interrupt.” Tae cut Fuuka off. “When you first came to me about medicine for your studies…. I smelled a bit of BS. You weren’t the first one to come to me, begging for a prescription or with signs of what some would call drug seeking behavior.”
“So, Shinji. Promise me this. Will you be truthful with me about what you Actually, needed my medicine for?” Tae asked sincerely, she was genuinely curious, but as well, both Shinji and Fuuka sensed that Tae held Shinji in high regard. And that among the ranks of individuals which she would’ve wished good health and long life to, Shinji was one of them.
“Yes. But… to be honest I was kinda expecting you’d figure it out.” Shinji said. Tae then remained quiet. She looked into what Shinji was possibly talking about, only to settle on that conclusion. “No… you can’t…”
“Yet you found the time to help me… while doing all this.” Tae replied. She now knows. Shinji thought. So did Fuuka. “Thank you… and thank you Fuuka for… presumably being part of his team? Don’t tell if you can’t.” Fuuka nodded.
“Wow…” Tae was awestruck. “And you were helping all these people… and I’m one of them.” Tae continued. “We intend to keep going at it.” Fuuka said. “Does that mean you’ll continue to need my medicine for your… after school activities?” Tae asked. Shinji nodded in response.
“I owe you a lot for this… for helping me with developing Miwa’s treatment.” Tae told Shinji directly. “I’ll try to help you as much as I can.” Tae said sincerely. And an even rarer occurrence was noted by Fuuka. Tae was smiling, not a tired smile, not for effect, but a genuine smile, as if Shinji had been entrusted with it, a sight and occurrence which little had witnessed for themselves, and few were entrusted with such.
The three remained quiet together until Tae decided to say a few words to Shinji. “Hey, Shinji?” “Yes?”
“I heard a bit about the Kelly Gang thing when it got off the ground back in April…” Tae Takemi paused for a bit and then asked. “Is it dangerous?” Tae asked. Her pitch and tone seem to pierce through her mask of indifference. Shinji only had to nod to confirm what was likely one of Tae’s fears.
“I’ll do my best to make sure you get the best from me, but please… don’t die.” Tae then continued. “Surely you knew what happened to the real Ned Kelly, since you decided to use him as your symbol do you?” Tae asked.
“I know.” Shinji replied. There was no room for further interpretation. Tae seemed to harden herself a little, perhaps to prevent herself from crying. “Fuck… can’t believe you got me like this… I really can’t say this enough, thank you so much for helping me save Miwa, yet you’re putting your life on the line to help others like me…”
“You deserve to have what Miwa would get, to live long and happy ok? Promise me that.” Tae Takemi rose from her chair. “I know since Miwa’s treatment is almost complete, that our deal is almost over, but let's make this a new deal ok? Take care of yourself.” Tae said in a heartfelt tone which Shinji heard rarely, but also broke him ever so slightly anytime he could sense it.
“I will try.” “That’s not enough… you will.” Tae said. “Then I shall.” Shinji replied.
Overcome with some emotion, Tae then asked. “You don’t mind a hug?”
“I don’t.” Shinji said. The two then held one of the warmest hugs both of them had ever had in their lives.
DEATH MAX RANK!!!
End track
Everything started to turn black, as Shinji realised… what was starting to become rather familiar.
“Mwen se ou, ou se mwen”
“Pito ou gen yon fou siga oswa yon ti wonm pou mwen…”
“Paske ou ta dwe mouri... Mwen dwe bliye peman mwen te dwe a pou garanti repo ou…”
“Lè sa a, se pou nou fòme yon kontra. Se pou nou mache nan domèn vivan an, jis yon ti jan plis.”
I am thou, thou art I
It shall become the wings of rebellion
That breaketh thy chains of captivity.
With the birth of the Death Persona
I have obtained the winds of blessing that
shall lead to freedom and new power...
“Call upon my title…
Baron Samedi.”
From the darkness, came a man in a pitch black suit, he came forth out of it with a cane in hand, glass of rum in the other, and a cigar in mouth for good measure. Apart from the color purple, contained underneath his jacket, there was on his skin, bone… or was that painted bone? Shinji could not tell.
And as quickly as he came, Baron Samedi withdrew into the darkness, and with the same swiftness, the light returned. Shinji looked around after being released from the grasp of Tae, an… admittedly and visibly awkward feeling Fuuka. “Hey Fuuk.” Fuuka blushed slightly, at first to Tae’s rendition to Fuuka’s name, then her being brought to her attention. “C’mere, don’t leave me in the cold.” Fuuka’s visible awkwardness was immediately replaced by a warmth which was a total contrast to Tae’s demeanor, as they both shared a warm and tight hug, and could not seem to let go, Shinji noticed. Perhaps they haven’t had such a hug in ages.
End track
Later….
“Ok, see you soon! And let’s get drinks together next time alright?” Tae exclaimed to Fuuka as they both walked away from the clinic.
“Sure!” Fuuka exclaimed while motioning to her phone, they’ll work out the details later.
The two then threaded back in the direction of Leblanc, Shinji’s shift was not done, but Fuuka then asked Shinji something. Its tone was one that Shinji remembered, when Fuuka was serious, she usually was a bit more insecure, or unsure… at least to Shinji’s memory. But this time, it came with the innovation of firmness, and a firm grasp.
“Shinji?” “Yes?” “Are you feeling alright?” “About what?” “About what Tae said… a bit before you two hugged each other.” Fuuka continued.
Shinji now processed the full meaning of what Tae had asked of him. And how he had unfortunately failed in that promise. “A bit shaken.” Shinji replied, as reductive as he usually was. “Be honest.” Fuuka replied.
“It’s… a bit new to me. Having people care for me. This is new to me.” Fuuka was about to object to it, she drew back her memory to 2009, trying to draw back to times that he truely was cared and wanted for by SEES.
Unfortunately though, for what she was able to remember, in that two month period Shinji was living in the dorms with them, these instances at least between herself and Shinji were few and far between.
“Fuck…” Fuuka resigned herself, now realising the truth of his sentiment and his own perception of his past. “It’s ok… I guess I’m now finding out… what that’s like.”
The two arrived at Leblanc and stood by the door.
“Will you be alright until tomorrow?” Fuuka asked. “I will. Thanks for asking.” Shinji said, a small, certainly not bleak or weak smile was on his face. Shinji stood there, looking at Fuuka, as if something was unsaid, and left undone.
“Hey, come here.” Shinji said, his arms were in the motion, prompting an embrace. Fuuka processed. This was new, she examined Shinji’s body and saw a slight stiffness, perhaps compared to deer in headlights. This was new to him. Fuuka smiled, she could only welcome this.
“Don’t leave me here. C’mere.” The two then shared one final hug for the day, before they clocked in for the night.
“Thank you Shinji.” Fuuka said. Shinji did not reply. Instead he felt that it would be better if he simply did not say anything. To keep this feeling inside and to not speak out of fear of it escaping him.
“See you tomorrow at the penthouse, 10 am okay?” Shinji simply nodded, as Fuuka clawed herself away, and then walked towards the street, out of Shinji’s sight.
Shinji could only silently return to Leblanc, leaving the closed sign on, and turning off the lights. He had some packing to do.
End Track
The next day…
0600 hours
“Mmrrrm.” The early morning light rouses Shinji awake. Along with an incessant blaring of his phone. With a dose of a more insufferable bright light from his phone, he turns it off.
He takes a moment to gather himself, and then looks at the workbench. All… well almost all he needed was ready and packed. With that, Shinji got up and made himself ready for the day ahead.
He grabbed what clothes he considered his best, that he had shied away from admittedly when Ann first imposed it upon him, but had now grown on him ever since then, and headed down to the shower. A warm and long shower. It would be some time before he enjoyed that again.
In fact, that's perhaps one of the few reasons he got up early ever since he had come back from the brink. Never was his body able to fully enjoy a hot shower before now.
After that, he exited the bathroom downstairs to find Sojiro, up as well and manning the counter. Noticing Shinji was awake, packed and ready to leave.
“Morning.” A hot bowl of curry and a cup of coffee were on the counter, taking a seat and grabbing a spoon, Sojiro began to assess whether Shinji was truly ready.
“Everything packed?” “Yup.” “The coffee too?” “The French press also.” “How are you going to get hot water?” “Friends are bringing a stove and a cooker. Gonna boil water.” “Hmm. What about food?”
“I’m going across the street to get that dealt with.” Shinji said. “Good.” “Gonna cook things that I’d used to make before I got here.” Shinji said.
Soon enough, Shinji finished breakfast. After briefly washing the dishes, Shinji excused himself to cross the street towards the grocery store next door. Quickly, he grabbed everything that was needed for lunch.
“Green Cayenne peppers… broth… oil… onion…….”
“Pasta.” Having grabbed all he needed, he quickly processed his payment through the old man at the cashier, who was surprisingly fast. He then stepped out of the store, goods bagged and stored in boxes. All that needed to be done was to then get to HQ on time.
Shadow Operatives HQ
0850 hours
As Shinji first approached the penthouse, the mode of transport was made apparent. A diner themed Recreational Vehicle which if he were to guess, Mitsuru likely owned? He couldn’t see or associate the American diner themed RV with Mitsuru and wasn’t willing to interrogate it any further.
Next to it, stood Chidori, Labrys, and Yusuke, they were all standing by the door to the vehicle, eagerly waiting for the others.
“Good morning Shinji!” Yukari exclaimed. “May we take your things off you and put them inside?” Yusuke asked with courtesy. Shinji didn’t refuse, and handed the boxes to the three with care.
“That one’s got sharp utensils… that one’s got ingredients for today. And that’s my pillow.”
“Hey Shinni, we got this, you can just stand to the side and we’ll handle it ‘ere.” Labrys told him. Not seeking to refuse Labrys’ offer, Shinji stood by the road. Looking at first at the three putting his stuff in the RV, but then at the lobby of the building. A silhouette stood inside. Then, stepping outside, it had revealed to Shinji that it was Ken.
He carried his own small bag, likely with some compactly folded clothes and other things Ken needed. He then noticed Shinji, and waved out to him. Shinji interpreted this as a sign to approach him.
“Morning Shinji! Ready for today?” Ken asked. “Yup. All my shit’s being packed into the RV… by the way, do you know how long it will take to get there?” Shinji asked.
“Two hours.” Ken replied. Looking at her phone, she watched the navigation app leading a path out of Tokyo. “Looks like we’re going to a pretty big park. We should have enough space for ourselves and some peace.” Ken added.
Ken’s expression then became one of slight mischief, as he then looked at Shinji again. “Hey… wanna come down to the parking lot?” Shinji, intrigued, said “Sure.”
The two then walked down towards the parking lot, a car was parked there, the one that Shinji himself had taken back home after the train incident. But tucked in a corner and lit dimly in the underground parking lot, was Ken’s motorcycle.
“Wanna ride with me on the Liberator?” “You gave it a name?” “Nah, it's the name of the model, it was in Mitsuru’s garage and it's how I got myself here a month ago.” “Ken. Did you…” “Yes. Kikuno’s covering for me though.”
“Still… this looks very old…. It’s probably worth a ton.” Ken replied while shoving their stuff in the large satchel on the side. “Yeah… Kiki told me it was Mitsuru’s dad’s bike.”
Shinji remembered the sharp eye-patched man. Seemingly cut throat on the surface and fit to fill the stereotype of a ruthless businessman, or a yakuza. Yet, he was strangely kind to him, as well as Akihiko.
Suddenly, Shinji’s line of thought was disrupted when a motorcycle helmet was shoved into his arms. Shinji took a look at the bike, and then the helmet in his hands. There was no way he could now talk himself out of this he felt.
“C’mon Shinji, let’s get a headstart on the others!” Ken said, stepping into the fork. After taking off his hat and putting his own bag into the satchel, he shoved the helmet on his head and planted himself behind Ken.
“Right, you better hold on to your hat.” The sound of the engine sputtering to life as Ken then brought the machine out of the parking lot.
Outside, the rest of the Kelly gang were starting to trickle in. The time everyone agreed on was nine in the morning, as was agreed at school. They were all now ready, standing by the RV, waiting for their leader and their newest member to come out.
“I guess now’s the last chance to get to the restroom before we go guys.” Labrys announced, they all looked towards the building, suspecting that both Ken and Shinji had that same foresight too. Only to then be caught surprised by the sound of a second sputtering engine.
The sight of both Ken and Shinji on Ken’s bike had sent the group into shock and awe. Yukari then shouted “Wh- What are you two doing!”
“Hey! We’re gonna get going now!” Ken announced to their friends, standing by the RV almost like a bunch of school children waiting for the bus, while Shinji then added.
“Sorry guys! I couldn’t resist!” The sight of Shinji shouting, and being more animated than usual while in the motorcycle helmet sent the group into laughter, while Labrys was instead sent into hysterics. “See Y’all there!”
The motorcycle quickly drove off from the property, and into the road.
As soon as Ken and Shinji got out on the road, Shinji found himself, more that he found his body someplace unfamiliar again. Having never been on a motorbike ride before.
“Hold on!” Shinji’s arms tightened around Ken’s torso as the bike sped through what was a relatively free and open roadway. As they stopped at red lights, Shinji could not help but feel a bit frightened. The power of the bike engine made itself felt, vibrations pulsing through his body. The sun above, wind crashing on his body that was not covered by his helmet, the heat of the engine and asphalt put his body into places which he could not explain. And the sight of the asphalt below while speeding ahead set goosebumps into Shinji’s skin.
“Hey, we’re about to reach the exit expressway.” Hearing Ken speak was enough to bring Shinji back, drawing his head back forward. For now they were at another red light, perhaps one of the last ones he’ll see today.
Looking around, he saw the buildings which he saw on a daily basis while commuting, acting mostly as backdrop. However, as they began moving again, Shinji instead looked up, his eyes seeing the peaks and ceilings and roofs of the buildings, seeing them go past him and Ken at speeds instead brought to Shinji a feeling approaching the subliminal. The sight of the buildings going fast by him, previously his commute’s backdrop and now instead seeing both them and the sky and clouds even higher moving fast seemed to free him from the asphalt below. What walls the skyscrapers and highrises of Tokyo seemed to encompass seemed to instead pass by them, as if they were bad at their job at keeping people in.
“We’re about to get on the expressway now, Shinji!” Exclaimed Ken through her helmet. Shinji now instead looked forward. As he did, the road below elevated, to bring both he and Ken up higher then he was expecting. As they were both brought to the exit, to exit the city whole, Shinji now saw the synthesis that his body had been feeling. That of the sky and the ground the bike was seemingly merging. Being one.
The last time Shinji had done anything similar, which brought him to leave the city, he had done so on a bus to a park outside of Iwatodai, but that was in the relative shield and protection of the glass and comfortable seating of a transport bus. The exposure from being on Ken’s bike however, was rather different, as both Ken and Shinji were on the apex of the exit, they descended down to the expressway below, into the country.
Its sprawling fields, the sprinkling of hills and mountains here and there, bodies of water scattered through the landscape. Looking around, he could feel as if he was free. Both his body, and himself.
End Track
“Hey, Shinji.” “Yes Ken?” “I… I forgot to pee before going out… so we’ll be stopping by the next gas store we see.”
The relative silence of the road, the mere sound of asphalt meeting with moving rubber and of birds above Ken and Shinji’s heads, their chirps ringing out almost like sky blue bells throughout the land, provided company as the two looked for the next gas station on the route.
1045 hours
Standing by the bike outside the gas station, Shinji was chewing on some beef jerky while waiting for Ken. Having taken off the helmet, the cool breeze accompanied by its warm companion, that being the warmth of the sun above remained well appreciated by Shinji.
“Hey, Shinji.” “Finished your business there?” “Yes. I looked at the map, and it's only half an hour to the park and its camp site. We’ll be there soon enough.” Ken explained.
“Did you check group chat?” Shinji asked. “No, why?” “I think we caused a stir in the chat, Heh.” Shinji showed the group chat to Ken.
Kelly Gang Camp
Ryuji: SHINJI KEN WTF WAS THAT
Haru: We got pushed in by Yukari
Chidori : Ken I dont think Yukari’s that happy
Labrys: naaaaah, shes fine
Yusuke: How far ahead have you two gone, anyway?
Ann: Yukari’s worried you don't have enough gas to get back home with that
Chidori: Don’t worry, the RV’s equipped to take a motorbike at the back, should be fine.
Ryuji: That was so cool though
Can I get a ride next time?
Ken giggled a little reading the chat. “Well, they’re probably still behind us. Maybe even more if traffic somehow increased…” “You feel like getting us to the camp site now Ken?” Shinji asked. “Why not. You seem to be enjoying this.” Ken said, reaching for her helmet.
“You aren’t wrong.” Shinji replied. “Let’s get going.”
1115 hours
A campsite
Both Shinji and Ken stood alone, Shinji himself stood at the grounds of a national park, not far away from the carpark, after chaining the bike to the stand, Ken brought out from the bag her trademark pair of tinted sunglasses and a poncho (lended from Yukari) she approached Shinji’s side, looking out at the same horizon as he was.
“Wow. Fuuka really found a good spot here didn’t she?” Shinji commented. “Yeah… there’s fucking nobody here.”
Both of them looked out to the vast field, a vast field of green with a tint of yellow from the sun above. Surrounded by a perimeter of trees, and the distant backdrop further back had a mountain. Clouds being few and far between. As forecasted in advance.
“Y’know… this reminds me of the one time I left Iwatodai.” “Really?” Ken asked. “Yeah… felt a bit sick of sleeping in abandoned buildings, and thought sleeping underneath a tent was a nice change… remember telling this to Haru and Ryuji.” “Dang, did you… enjoy it?”
“I did. Was nice enough that it made instant noodles bearable.” Shinji jested.
The sound of asphalt and tires pushing together turned both of them together. It was the RV. Upon parking at a spot, Ken and Shinji’s friends started to pop out of the door.
“Yo!” Bursting out of the door was Ryuji first. “How long have you been waiting for us?” Ryuji asked. “Just five minutes… enough to eat what’s left of the beef jerky.”
Shinji replied.
“Hey! you two!” The distant but loud voice of Yukari. She ran towards the two. “Hey! What’s with the big idea here!?” She asked
“Ken asked me if I wanted the scenic trip. It was scenic.” Shinji commented without elaborating further while Ken kept a cheeky expression.
“Well I-“ Grrrrrbbblllssss~ The sound of Yukari’s stomach interrupted her lecture. Only for her face to slowly and steadily turn red.
“Y’know,” Shinji said. “If it lets this slide… if we can get the stuff out, I can start making lunch for everyone here.” Yukari, seeking to distract herself, said quietly. “Yes…”
Five minutes later…
1120 hours
With the backdrop of some of the Kelly Gang and the chaperones setting up the tent next to the RV, both Shinji and Ken stood over a folding table, camp cooking equipment, and a table of ingredients.
“Shinji? What do you plan to make?”
Now playing:Senshi’s Wisdom, by Yasunori Mitsuda
“First, boil the pasta.” Ken took the packet of pasta and cut it open with a swiss army knife while Shinji poured water into the decently sized cooking stove. “Don’t break the damn noodles.”
“Why Shinji? Wouldn’t it fit better in the pot?” “Just fucking don’t.”
Shinji made clear what the next step was. “Now, we make the sauce…. Take the green peppers… and remove the seeds… then chop the rest of the veg.”
“… Then soften them up by putting them in the pan.” Shinji continued.
While the two continued, the direct bulk of the group remained around the tent. Wondering to themselves how they would assemble the tent.
“Ok! Ok! Got the manual here!” Haru shouted. “We first need to lay out the base.”
Unfortunately, the campers Haru were instructing happened to have the worst coordination between them. That being Yusuke, Ann, Kasumi, and Ryuji, who tried to set the base evenly and flat. However, looking less at their own corner of the base, the four instead looked at the other three, trying to correct their fellow camper’s irregularity. At first silently, then verbally.
Haru did nothing but silently laugh to herself before coming in to set the ground straight.
Atop of the RV, both Chidori and Labrys sat. They both had in their hands respectively, a Sketchbook and a handheld game console. However, instead of surveying the backdrop around, or enjoying one of her video games, both Chidori and Labrys were looking down at the others below, working on their respective projects in order to get the camp going.
“Should… should we help the kids down there to set the tent up?” Chidori asked. “You can do that, you’ve done this camping sort’ thing b’fore..” Labrys replied. “I brought you to some camping trips with me and Junpei before.” She said, giving a bit of side-eye.
“But Chidori~, remember what happened the time we camped near Mount Fuji, and you asked me to set the tent?” Labrys asked, somewhat sulkingly. Chidori directed her gaze else where as she was brought back to the time she, Jun, and Labby were camped near one of the five lakes around the mountain.
“Yeah. You’re right. I’m going down to help them, stay here Labby.”
Labrys quietly celebrated that she was able to shirk off setting the tent up. At least the tarp won’t be sent towards the clouds like that time.
Meanwhile, a bit further off, near part of the treeline. Yukari was setting up a round target. The paper and its stand were sitting in front of a tree, as if it were shielding the tree bark from what Yukari had in store. Standing forty feet away.
Putting down a bow and a large quiver of arrows tipped with a foam head. She then took off her jacket, revealing her tank top and what was a muscular set of arms and back. Years of shooting longbows had trained and strengthened the back, arms, and shoulders of her body. Although hidden from fans due to the fully covered costume of Pink Argus. The body which she began to train, initially as a coping mechanism and distraction after Minato’s death, and as an unintended result of her continued presence on the show, was one she grew to appreciate.
She had grown. Physically, mentally, and emotionally. Able to move on from her sad past towards a happier and healthier future. One with the ones she cared for, and the one she especially loved. Especially when she grew to love admiring and studying the way her body turned out, in relation to her smooth, curved, and sculpted constitution.
All of this, the habits, the growth, the memories, and the love. Built over eight years, was felt in Yukari’s arms as she drew back the string, stared down the bull with her bow, and let loose.
With perhaps only Labrys watching with her own eyes, nobody could’ve known that a shot had been fired until a loud hum, almost a squeal , was heard reverberating through the empty park, followed by the sound of a resounding Thud.
A pink Hydrangea had been fairly ripped. The sight had awed those who were able to see in time, even urging Yusuke to drop the tent poles to pick up his sketchbook. So it may bear witness to the timeless sight recorded in history or myth. Whether that be of an English archer and his longbow, trained at birth and by his predecessors before him, warriors of the Steppe who wielded their recurve bows on horseback almost like centaurs of myth, or the various myths of goddesses and deities dedicated to hunting, and who’s sole weapon was no other then the one which sang by the hands of Yukari Takeba. And her aim was deadly with the longbow by her hip.
Track end
Now playing: Solo Camping Recommendations, by Akiyuki Tateyama
“It’s ready.” Shinji commented. He now stood by a decently sized pot, full of spicy pepper pasta. Green sauce coating the noodles while covered by various vegetables staining the pot green with the remains.
“Alright. Let the others know it's ready.” Shinji told Ken.
“Lunch is ready! Get it while it’s hot!” Ken passed by a now assembled tent, where some of the Kelly Gang sat inside.
“That smells good.” Ryuji commented. “What’s cooking?” Kasumi asked. “Come and find out.” Ken replied.
As the Kelly Gang shuffled out of the tent, their Shadow Operative companions, noticing the call, also were drawn to the smell of Shinji’s cooking.
Plates were being passed around as Shinji took out a pair of tongs and began to pass out lunch. “You guys better have brought some snacks, or other things to eat. This’ll probably be the meal of the day, leftovers will be for later.”
The Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives dispersed to places of their choosing to eat. Whether that be on chairs, inside the tent, or on top of the RV, as long as it wasn’t inside and didn’t smell the inside. Shinji, sitting directly on the grass near the tent after packing the cooking equipment into the RV and finding a spot by a tree.
It had been some time since Shinji had cooked something he cooked back in Iwatodai. In fact…. He wanted to try this recipe out since…. September.
He wondered if Koromaru would’ve appreciated him honoring his word like he promised way back when.
Meanwhile, most of the Kelly Gang, with the company of Yukari Takeba sat around the floor.
“I dunno about you guys, but this is… fucking amazing.” Kasumi commented between mouthfuls of pasta.
“Ach! Spicy….” Ryuji lamented before reaching for a plastic bottle of water. “It’s a bit spicy, but that adds to the flavor…. I wonder if I can grow peppers in the garden…” Haru verbally wondered.
“Hey… can I ask you guys a question?” Yukari asked
Everyone went silent as they looked at the now muscular Yukari Takeba. Perplexed at first at the initial silence, only for Yukari to remember that she was a celebrity to some or most of them. “So… how often does Shinji cook for you guys?” Yukari asked
“As often as we were going to Leblanc.” Ann replied. “Why’d you ask?” She added.
“Nothing important, just that he used to cook a lot for us…” Yukari was unsure if this was enough of a white lie, to not reveal or raise compromising questions regarding Shinji.
“Wow. What did he make for you guys?” Kasumi asked. “Katsudon… pasta… ramen…” Yukari continued to scratch at her memory. She remembered the times when Shinji spent time making later dinners for those coming back from extra curricular activities, especially before raiding Tartarus. She always found appreciating that.
Sitting on top of the RV in a row were Yusuke, Ken, Chidori, and Labrys. They sat enjoying the breeze, and the sun above. Keeping their bodies warm as much as the pasta was providing.
“Damn… this is… fucking gourmet!” Labrys exclaimed. “I should go to the cafe more and get some more of what Shinni cooks!” Labrys exclaimed in excitement.
Yusuke however was not eating. Instead he had kept the plate where the pasta was stable, and was devoting himself to a sketch. “You know that the pasta’s no longer gonna be hot if you don’t eat it soon right?” Chidori asked Yusuke.
“That’s the point.” Yusuke said, pointing at the steam. “I’m now trying to capture that.” “Is that why all the tea you drink eventually ends up cold?”
“I struggle a bit with steam. It’ll serve as good practice. And no, sometimes I do drink my tea hot.” Yusuke commented.
“Yo Ken, you gonna eat that?” Labrys asked. “I will… I’m just thinking.”
“You two uh. You two got more in common than you probably thought.” Ken said abruptly. “What do you mean? And with who?”
“Shinji I mean.” Ken replied just as abruptly and succinctly. “I mean… let's bring it inside, actually.”
Labrys and Ken brought themselves downstairs to the interior of the RV. And feeling more secure and in relative privacy, Ken spoke.
“Labrys? Do you… do you still struggle… with your past I mean.” Labrys remained quiet, and then gave her reply.
“Sometimes. Sometimes it gets me down. But for the most part, I think I got out just fine.”
“I think Shinji’s struggling a bit.” Ken said. “I think he’s struggling over killing my mom.” “Wait, I don’t have a mo- oh wait!”
Ken smiled patiently as Labrys noticed what Ken had noticed. That they both shared a particular moment of their respective painful pasts.
“I see what you mean.” said Labrys. “Well, I was hoping somehow…. That you could perhaps…- “Talk to him? About it? Yeah uh, I can probably try.” Labrys replied.
“Thanks. It's just, I don’t think he’s feeling personally ready to… talk to me directly about it.” Ken replied. “I think he could be more willing to talk to you instead about it.” Ken explained
“I see your point.” Labrys responded “he definitely isn’t feeling it in himself to talk about your mother to you… but maybe he’s more comfortable talking to me about it, like I am about my sister.” Labrys replied.
Through the thick wall of the RV, Shinji’s voice rang out “Coffee’s ready! It’s hot!”
“Hey, would you like a cup?” Labrys asked. “I can go get one for you.” She added “thanks Labrys.”
“Oh yeah, if Shinji says anything… should I tell you too?” Labrys asked. Ken remained quiet, only for her to then reply “Nah, he’s more comfortable if it’ll remain confidential. Make sure you two are alone, or somewhere private.”
“Got it.”
Notes:
End of part one.
Chapter 81: Horseshoe Overlook
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
18th of July, Saturday
1500 hours…
Now playing: Lost but Warm, by Amos Roddy, from Kingdom Two Crowns
“This looks like a nice spot.”
Chidori and Yusuke were walking. Taking their leave from the campsite, the two had resolved to take their sketchbooks onto a hill. Upon getting close to the hill’s apex, the two settled down.
“Yes, you can see perfectly, the land below. Shielded by its trees… the lake…” “Another landscape then?”
“Yes…. Is there anything wrong with such?” Yusuke asked. “No… but you seem to like painting landscapes, what's up with that?” Chidori asked. “Well…”
“I guess… if I were to point at a reason… it was because Madarame… did not afford me too much freedom at a young age. Before I was enrolled into high school… I never really left the house. And even after I was enrolled, I never saw for myself any place other than… concrete… and urban sprawl…”
“This is the first time I’ve seen a place other than Tokyo I guess.” Yusuke explained.
Chidori was slightly sorrowed after hearing this. Her mind however, strayed towards the thought of birds, she remembered once seeing the inside of a birdshop, all the birds for sale, caged. Likely to never soar high to a world they’ll never see. She thought of what bird perhaps would match Yusuke. A blue jay perhaps? Likely not. They’re noisy.
“Chidori?” “Oh, sorry. I’m still listening.” “Alright then.”
“At some point… I started making landscapes of places I found in books… poems… travel magazines… I liked painting fields of wheat for some reason. Couldn’t really find a reason to explain it… I even started to dream about them.” Yusuke explained
“Really?” “Yes. I found myself dreaming about being lost in them. It was a bit unnerving at first, but it became an escape. A comfort.” Yusuke continued to think, reeling new words to fit his explanation.
“That sounds… very interesting.” Chidori said. Yusuke then continued. “Though recently…. The dreams have had the added innovation of being on horseback.”
As Chidori shaded in the shade of the trees under the sun, on paper, she tried to remind herself of anything Fuuka or Maruki may have told her about anything regarding dreams and persona users. Nothing reached her mind however. Maybe it's something to ask later.
“Do you ever paint your dreams?” Yusuke asked. “Hmm. Can’t say I really had much that I dreamed about that was worth painting.” Chidori replied.
“Oh.” Yusuke and Chidori shared a moment of rather awkward silence, the only noise they made in that time being the pencils on the paper. Then, Yusuke decided to speak.
“Never imagined I’d be here.” “Hmmm?” “I’ve never been outside of Tokyo. This is all new to me.” Chidori remained quiet.
“I think I would like to paint this scenery back home. I’ll use this sketch here as a reference.” Yusuke said. “Won’t you rather take a photo and use that as a reference?” Chidori asked.
“No, not really. I think I’d prefer and appreciate myself doing this later.” Yusuke said. “I’ll take a photo anyway just in case.”
Yusuke took a sip of his coffee as he took better note of the sun’s light overhead. Watching it dispersed shadow over the park’s trees and added depth to the landscape.
1539 hours…
Now playing: Mischievous Alechemy, by Amos Roddy, from Kingdom Two Crowns
Meanwhile back at camp, everybody seemingly was trying to make themselves as comfortable as possible, or to keep themselves occupied.
Haru and Shinji sat together on a bench, both reading books while not far away, the sound of screaming arrows reverberated through the park.
“So, you’re saying you want these peppers?” “Yes. These green Poblano peppers here.” He said pointing to a picture of them. “I can manage with green cayenne, th-” “That’s ok. I can probably go find either and grow them in the garden.” Haru replied “Ok.” “Just promise to help, it’ll likely take some time to set up first.”
The sound of Yukari treading over to both of them ended their conversation. “Hey you two, I’m gonna take a break, wanna shoot at a new target straw?”
A minute later…
“Yeah Haru, that’s it, back straight.” “There’s no sights… where do I aim???” Haru was eager to let the arrow loose, her arms were beginning to struggle to hold the string back for any longer.
“Just use the arrowhead-” As soon as Yukari finished, the usual screech of the arrow was shortened. As the arrow, rather than following a straight and true path towards the straw, landed on the dirt and grass on the foot of the stand. The three stood there, watching the dirt. “Well.” Yukari said. “You got a whole quiver of arrows to be decent at it while I take a break.” Yukari said
“You’re gonna let us use your arrows?” Haru asked, “It’s fine. You have no idea how many arrows we have at home. If we didn’t have enough, I would’ve stopped using a bow ages ago.” Yukari replied. “Alright, my turn.”
Haru handed Shinji Yukari’s bow while he took an arrow from the quiver. Staring down the straw and its red bullseye. Reminded of the dartboard at Penguin Sniper, Shinji then asked Haru “Three-o’-one?” “What?” “301 to zero? Like darts?” Shinji asked
Shinji drew back the string, and then after a breath…
A gut feeling had Shinji aiming higher than usual, unless he was as strong as Yukari, which he wasn’t and could draw the string back hard and firmly, he would have to let gravity do the work.
PEWH~ THURK! Haru and Yukari took a look at the target straw, the arrow perfectly stuck the bullseye, Haru, in awe, Yukari, pleasantly surprised.
“Good. Now, if you can have some fun without getting yourselves hurt, I’ll be back after grabbing some leftover pasta and coffee.” Yukari said, walking back to the RV.
“Guess that’s 251.”
Walking back to the RV, Yukari greeted those around the campsite while she went to help herself to some coffee and a small plate of leftovers.
She passed by the large tent to hear a faintly familiar tune and melody, however the rendition differed. She decided to listen in, taking a sip of her coffee.
Now playing: Fortree city, From Omega Ruby & Alpha Sapphire
“You brought yours?” A voice sounding like Ann asked Ryuji. “Yeah, was there anything you need to complete the pokedex?” Ryuji asked.
A bit of quiet followed until Yukari could hear “yeah, that one.” “I’ll let you have it if you gimme the Mawile for the Sableeye.” “Sure. I’ll need that Lunatone though… how about that one for my Solrock?”
Then “Wait, Can you help me evolve my Feebas and Gorebyss too?” “Sure, I’m just gonna…”
“What’s up ?” Ann asked. “To complete the dex… I’m going to need a Ho-Oh.” Ryuji replied.
The two locked eyes. Kasumi and Labrys, took their eyes off their New Leaf villages, and by extension Yukari looked through the mosquito nets to see. “Battle to see who gets to finish the pokedex?” Ann asked. “You’re on!”
“Couldn’t you guys just trade em back when you’re done?” Kasumi asked. “Shush~ This is cooler.” Ann replied simply.
Yukari decided to enter, in order to watch the ensuing battle. Leaving Labrys and Kasumi together to discuss their New Leaf towns.
“Hey Kas?” “Yes Labrys?” “Can I see your town? Mine is mostly simple, and I ain’t good at making it look pretty.” Labrys said. “Sure, here.” The two waited a moment in order for Labrys to enter Kasumi’s town.
“It looks cute!” Labrys had to say, being led on a tour of Kasumi’s village. “While you’re here, have some fruit. You can take them back to yours.” “Thanks!” “And take these quality tools too.” “Nah, I got most of them already, take my fruit instead!”
“Hey! Can we visit your town after we’re done here?” Ann asked Kasumi, still clashing. Both Ryuji and Ann were now making up improvised tournament rules as they went. “Hey! We’re still on the first to three!”
Yukari decided she would likely stay with them. After checking on Shinji and Haru, she wished she remembered to bring her handheld console before leaving for Tokyo. At least Mitsy can get what she needs to finish her pokedexes.
Leblanc
1634 hours…
“Welcome.” Sojiro welcomed three customers. In, came two familiar faces. The neighborhood doctor, a regular, a teal haired friend it seems, and a nerdish friend of the two it seems.
“Yo, thanks for responding quickly. Sorry, tomorrow's unavailable.” The doctor told the two. “It’s fine, we’re both also free today and had nothing to do.”
While making their coffee and curry, Sojiro eavesdropped on their conversation. Among the inevitables, ranging from “how’s your day?” “How’re you doing?” “Doing anything interesting?” So on and so forth.
However, as much as Sojiro would like to not make it a habit, and as usual, was able to forget who came, who talked about what, and why it was important, as soon as the three got their coffee, they started to talk about something which Sojiro couldn’t not eavesdrop on.
“Y’know, if meeting up together is going to be a regular thing, I- I really wished that we had our old dungeons and dragons stuff.” The man in the glasses said. “Yeah… That last session with professor Wakaba though…” “Yeah… she was really into roleplaying like that… I think it was an Owlin Artificer.” teal haired lady described
Wait… were they talking about Wakaba??? His Wakaba???
“Yes…” The man with glasses continued. “We had so much fun… though it wouldn’t be the same without Sumi…” he continued. “However, I think now that I’m remembering… what happened to our dnd stuff. Wakaba was keeping it at her place for safe keeping and…”
“Damn.” the doctor responded. “Well, I can probably just get new stuff. I got the books still, but the figurines, the homebrewed stuff… gone forever probably.” the doctor continued.
At this point, Sojiro was contemplating whether to procrastinate on making the customers curry, between finding out if they happened to know his old partner. He wondered how long he could perhaps get away with it before the curry got cold.
“Hey…” Teal haired woman asked the doctor “Did you happen to have gotten anything related to her research, when we were all helping her with research?” “Probably not… I’ll check though.” “Thanks.”
That confirmed it for Sojiro. This was his Wakaba. Who left him wonderful memories, his livelihood, experience from a partnership long ago, and a daughter. This was not some other person with the same name, this was the wonderful and brilliant woman he had been a loving partner to years ago. And who with time and age, made it harder for him to piece together just what kind of woman he had fallen for.
Wakaba… why did you have to leave Futaba in such a way? She loved you… and you loved her as much as… as much as he saw her did… which was a lot. But the violence of that ending, that parting, forever traumatised her girl and him so-
No. No. You didn’t see her throw herself at the street. You were doing work while the girl was at the bottom of the well. You had no right to feel sorry for yourself. Sojiro thought.
Swallowing his feelings, Sojiro brought three plates of curry to the counter. “Thanks boss.” The doctor thanked him on behalf of her friends, and they dug in, occasionally exchanging words between spoonfuls of Wakaba’s curry.
Sojiro began to think. This… this was strange. A feeling of uncomfortability fell over the cafe owner. He knew more than he thought he knew. A question had emerged, how did the teal haired woman and the nerd get here? How did they find out about his shop?
Obviously, the doctor, a regular, brought them here. But he remembered seeing the teal haired woman before… he tried to remember- wait.
He had remembered. Just a few months ago sometime in May… Yes. Shinjiro led teal haired woman here. In Sojiro’s head, gears were spinning. But they didn’t produce any answers to his questions, in fact, more questions came out instead.
Who the hell are these customers? How the hell do they know Wakaba? Do they know Futaba? Who the hell was this kid I had taken in?
End Track
Back at the campsite
1 8 20 hours….
Now playing: Camping night, from Strikers
“Make sure the wood is from dry trees. Those burn, the damp ones don’t.” “How the eff are we supposed to tell which?” “One’s heavier.” Shinji said, as he sat next to the small firestand that they brought.
Although small, everybody began to huddle around one of their closest sources of light and warmth as the sun began to decline, and the summer night fell upon them. A kettle was constantly kept boiling by, as some wanted refills of tea, coffee, or hot water for their cups of noodles. Shinji, the self respected cook he was, declined having dinner or supper of cup noodles. His food kept him full.
“Are you going to eat anything for dinner Shinji?” Haru asked. “Nope. Lest I try to find the damn bathroom in the dark here, I’m not touching those cup noodles. That pasta was also pretty filling.”
Kasumi gave credence to this “I gotta hand it to Shinji, I expected to be hungry for more, but the pasta was so filling that seconds made me full for the day.” Kasumi added. “Exactly. That’s what good food does, and not that damn processed crap.” He said while sipping some tea.
“Y’know, the boss gave me the French press and coffee when he heard he was going camping. So, we should probably thank him afterwards.” “Yup.”
Finishing a decently sized package of tidbits, Yusuke went into the RV, only coming out with his Bandura. Sitting by the folded table by the fire, he began to lightly strum the instrument. Not quite finding a song, or a melody to let out from its wood constitution and his voice.
“What’s on your mind?” Ryuji asked. “Huh?” Yusuke replied. “You brought out the Bandura, why’s that?”
Yusuke looked around him to see the Kelly Gang and the Shadow Operatives around him, and as if the strumming of the strings was the sound of pistons firing up an engine, he let his thoughts out.
“I’m not quite sure… I feel as an artist… looking around at this composition… this gathering of like minded people around this fire… it is of some significance…”
Yusuke continued, “Many artists portray scenes of communion… or people coming together to break bread, feast upon food, while some meaning… some significance was communicated through the canvas…. Think of the last supper, perhaps…. This all feels like a… a well timed passage, or a line in a poem, perhaps…”
“Well… uh… the thing is.” Ann replied “We aren’t really doing anything important…. We also don’t have Jesus Christ here… heh.” “That is true. But you get what I mean.” Yusuke simply retorted.
“Well… I guess we gotta make it significant then!” Ryuji exclaimed. As everyone instead looked towards him to see him grasping for words, Yusuke then found it within himself and began to play out a song which Saori had taught him time ago.
Now playing: Nothing else matters, by Metallica, performed by Daniil Cherepko
“Well. Uhh…. We’re all together because uh…. We all decided we’ve had enough, and went and flipped one at all the shitty adults.” Ryuji proclaimed. He stopped there timidly, waiting for someone to pick up the torch he had inadvertently lit. Ann was the next.
“Uh… We all were tired of being hurt too. And we have others who we want to be safe too.” She added. Then Haru came by and continued. “We then… awakened to our new persona… power. And then we decided to use them for the greater good.” Haru explained. “Yeah… and we figured that we all should do this together.” Kasumi carried on.
“Yes… I can see it now… if we were people of note… those coming to paint this gathering… they would do so, because of these… things we have decided to affirm in the real world, and the cognitive.” Yusuke stated.
“Already ahead of you Yusuke.” Chidori said. “That was a good idea, I am definitely turning this into something when we get home.” Chidori added. “Well… I haven’t been here for most of that.” Ken then added. “But I think you’re all doing a pretty good job in doing that.” “So are you Ken, don’t cut yourself out of this.” Ryuji replied.
Shinji sat, reclined in his camping chair, thinking about his place, and what he had done which had led up to this. “You too, Shinji. None of this would’ve been possible without you.” Ryuji said. “Yes, we all would’ve been lost in the dark without you.”
Thankfully for Shinji, nobody else felt the need to help Haru let Shinji know how much he had helped. Lest it become a session of perhaps super fictitious credit to him. Which he hated, he thought.
“Well… What do you think?” Ken asked Shinji. All eyes were on him now.
“Well… uh… I guess…” “I guess I would… leave my uh- significance… of this all to two things…” He says raising his coffee cup.
“First… we wouldn’t have been able to do this as easily as we have without the Shadow ops, bringing in their expertise and muscle to this…. Fight.” “Second, I can say this more firmly…” the sound of a tongue clicks, as Shinji finds words within himself to continue this impromptu toast.
“We’re all on the same page on a few things… as someone I know, gave me the words to describe it.” He clears his throat “We were all powerless, but we decided to take on the responsibility to remedy our powerlessness, our… pain, the wrong done to some of us… was personal and deep to some of us, or others, but we decided to… shoulder the strain of righting them.
“I think. Before April, before any of us got to know each other and did this, we were a bunch of nobodies, feeling rather crushed by the world, and its scum. But… right now?”
“I think, all of us. Those with us, and those not. Feels like they can carry it on their backs. S’long as we’re all doing it together.”
Silence. A moment of quiet until Shinji saw, at first the adults, Yukari, Labrys, and Chidori, then the rest of the Kelly Gang raised what they had. Tea, coffee, cups of noodles, or metallic bottles of water. Labrys, raising a cup of tea, simply said.
“A Toast to the Kelly Gang.”
“Toast to the Kelly Gang !”
While nobody could see, the ghastly figures of the personas of all the gang, their S.O companions, and Shinji’s were standing on the roof of the RV, watching over the fire and the toast, each with a drink in hand,from beer, to wine,rum, whiskey, and even wine from communion in chalices. In the center, was a Ned Kelly, though without his helmet so he may drink his rum, but seemingly filled with emotion in his taut voice.
“A… toast. A toast to the Kelly Gang.”
FOOL RANK UP!!!
Ariadne, a glass of greek wine in her grasp, came over to Ned. “What’s wrong?” She had asked. “Those… were the last words of my best mate… Byrne.”
“Will you be of mind and constitution to continue on after your drink?” Ariadne asked, “I don’t get drunk.” Ned then dismissively said. “I don’t get drunk. Go and enjoy yours.” he simply replied.
End Track.
2306 hours…
Some time later….
The nearby park bathroom
“Dammit…. What the hell did I put in that pasta?” Shinji cursed himself. He had the runs. Excruciatingly threading through the grass but stopping at running, out of fear of his bowels giving in and failing to keep it inside until he reached the bathroom.
Finishing his business, Shinji after flushing, cleaning the toilet seat with some T.P, and washing his hands. He stepped outside, marked by the change of the hue of the lights from white to yellow.
Standing under the yellow, Shinji looked out at the vast dark expanse, what few street lights piercing into the darkness. But… Shinji didn’t move.
He couldn’t get his body to move. He felt cold. Then he felt a cough coming. As much as he wanted to return to the tent, he could not move.
“The hell is wrong with you? Scared of the dark?” He mumbled to himself. The more he stood still, the more his body grew cold, and the more he grasped at a jacket which was not there. Not even unfurling his sleeves saved him from the cold.
Then the coughing began, at first they were spaced out, then they became more violent by the second. Shinji thought he was going to puke, but that did not come.
“Shit…” he better not be getting sick. Not while in camp. Not here. He shut his eyes excruciatingly. His eyebags heavily pushing down on him. In that infinite darkness, his eyes began to see things.
???
???
???
A place between mind and matter…
“Be not afraid…. And open your eyes.”
Shinji opens his eyes. He awakens to blue. He sees the infinite darkness contrasted with the deep glowing blue. He looks forward, but he isn’t greeted by the old man.
Instead, the Boatfolk were there. Their oars settled on the side, so they may tend to Shinji. “Wh… what’s happening?”
“This is a truly unfair game…” a female voice proclaimed from his left. “The future you seek to make… to craft, has been sealed in advance.”
“What?” Shinji looked up to see the two attendants. He could not, as best as he tried, fully see their faces. “But if you listen to us…. All is not lost.”
“The key to your emancipation… your deliverance. Lies within your bonds… you must see it through.”
“Go forth… we shall be with you.” Shinji gawks. “Wh-what the hell do you two mean?”
“Go live.” “We cannot do so in your stead.”
End Track
Shinji woke up.
He grasped his heart, and then the neighboring regions of his chest. Suddenly, what he had feared, was now naught.
He now instead felt the warmth of the light above him on his skin. Though faintly. He was ok.
“Hey? You alright buddy?” Shinji looked to see who it was.
Now playing: AI and heart, from Strikers
“Labrys?” “I saw you leaving the tent, only den’ I heard coughing.” Shinji took a breath. “I’m fine.”
Labrys, not the type to interrogate Shinji further, then simply asked. “You need some water?” “Sure.” He replied. The two walked then to the vending machine outside the bathrooms. “I can pay.” “No, let me-“ *clink* “Too late.”
After collecting her change, Labrys and Shinji then both were leaning by the bathroom wall, both drinking their water, but looking up high at the sky as little specks of light lit the night sky.
“Eyes out for Shooting stars, Shinji.” Labrys said. “Maybe I can wish something on behalf of my sis…”
“Do you mean… Aigis?” Shinji asked. “Well… she is my sister, yes. But… I’ve got my other sister on my mind.” Labrys said.
“There’s more of you?” Shinji asked. “Yes. There was…”
Shinji was too tired to read between the lines. While Labrys began to speak plainly, with even her accent seemingly declining to deliver such. “Look… there’s no good way of putting this but…. When I joined shadow ops… I was told a lot about you… and… how we have one thing in common that we hold in particular…” Labrys explained.
“What do you mean?” Shinji asked. “I mean that… We both…… h-…” Labrys struggled to let the words out. She was struggling.
“What do you mean Labrys?” “There’s really no good way of saying it…” Labrys’s expression was one of suppressed anguish. Noticing this, Shinji tried to spare her of that.
“It’s fine… if you don’t want to talk about it, I mean.” “Good… I’m not sure if I can now, but I thought you could be the one who I can talk to about it…”
“I get that.” “What?” “Painful past?” “Yup.” “That’s fine… I’m struggling to get along with it. Let alone… well. You know.”
“Yeah… hey Shinnie?” “Yes?” “Can we try ‘n talk about it anyway? It just may take time.”
“…sure.” “Thanks Shinni.” Labrys then gave Shinji a hardening and tightening hug.
“Gah… grrrk- too-“
I am thou, thou art I... Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of rebellion that breaketh thy chain of captivity.
With the birth of the Star Persona, I have obtained the winds of blessing that shall lead to freedom and new power..."
“Tight…”
“Alright! Time to go to bed!” Labrys exclaimed with her usual gusto. Shinji, struggling to keep the water from being choked out of his body by the bear hug Labrys gave him, continued to cough on the way back to the camp, except not as violently as before, thankfully.
End track
00:27 hours…
Home, Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: It’s over isn’t it, by Rebecca Sugar, from Steven Universe
“It’s over isn’t it… isn’t it, isn’t it over…”
With only Koromaru as her companion, Fuuka was alone, watching as Pearl danced upon the hotel balcony of a mock NYC.
While combing Koromaru’s fur, the pup did not take note until instead, tears started to fall upon his coat.
Looking up, Koro saw Fuuka, tearing slightly as she watched Pearl sing her lament for her lover.
Fuuka herself felt the wellspring of sorrow emerging deep below, however dried long ago, it still was able to bring back to her the darkest moments of her life, even when she told herself it was just an animated show.
Then the climax came. As a rose was cast down, Fuuka had to reach for a tissue. It was only after clearing her eyes that she noticed she had made wet Koromaru’s coat.
“Oh, Sorry Koro!” Ruff! The pooch nestled himself into Fuuka even more, to show there was no harm done.
“If only Maruki or Yukari… Labrys was here… they’ll likely just watch the reruns tomorrow now that I’m thinking about it.”
And now for a commercial break!
Fuuka quickly flipped past the channels, looking for something else interesting before returning after the commercial. She would, however, find something.
Breaking news!
Recently, just a few weeks after the apprehending of Junya Kaneshiro, attributed to the Kelly Gang, or phantom thieves as some call them,
An international group organization known as MedJed, has stated in a public statement, a rebuttal to the Kelly Gang, and their actions
“What the…”
To the Phantom thieves of the heart who has caused such a stir in Japan: Speak not of false justice. There is no need the spread of falsehood. We are the true executors of justice. However, we are magnanimous. We will give you an opportunity to repent your ways. If you agree to a change of heart, we will accept you as our own. If you reject our offer, the hammer of justice will find you. We are Medjed. We are unseen. We will eliminate evil.
“Shit.”
Notes:
End of arc three
Chapter 82: Life and how to live it
Summary:
"Listen, listen to the holler,"
"If I write a book it will be called Life and How to Live It"
Chapter Text
19th of July, Sunday
0523 hours…
Camp
“Mmmm…” Waking up inside of the RV, Yukari Takeba rose up early. As she rose up, her body was screaming at her for not sleeping on the usual queen sized bed she usually slept on, and not in the usual sleeping position. Sleeping without Mitsy was painful enough.
“Jeez… I’m not sixty years old…. Why are you like this?” Yukari silently cursed her own body as she got up. Silently treading towards the kettle, she took some matcha and her thermos. Hoping to kick her body to an awake state.
As the sound of the kettle bubbling stopped, and Yukari was able to pour herself her brew, she took the chance to read any messages she had. After turning down the brightness and then covering herself in a jacket to not wake the others by the light of her phone, she slowly scrolled by the unencrypted messages, usually either about bundles of fan mail, business enquiries from her work, or silly messages from friends.
She smiled and was blessed with a photo from Mitsy and Kiki. Mitsuru wearing a straw sun hat and seemingly enjoying a day on the beach in that bathing suit which she herself couldn’t get enough of. It was also nice to see Kikuno too, not in her usual maid uniform but also in a swimsuit, if Kikuno ever took a break, it would be an indicator that pigs had learnt to fly, or that snakes had learnt how to smoke from a pipe.
But then she noticed, there was a special notification. She knew what this meant, it meant something was important and urgent enough that it was sent to all Shadow Ops via an encrypted channel of communication. Her expression of tired joy turned to a serious one.
no.7 to all callsigns
Emergency.direct threat. Addressed to K.G. Check news for more information.
Yukari opened the news. She saw it, the Kelly Gang were on the news again, but not for a good reason. She read up on the details and then sighed.
“Shit.” Did it really have to be in the middle of everyone’s vacation? Really?
She looked at the time, sunrise will occur in ten or so minutes. She wouldn’t feel so sorry about waking everyone up, especially in an emergency. The first priority was to wake her fellow operatives up.
“Hey… Chidori…”. “Yuhh…. Let me sleep….”
“Sorry. Something’s happening, the encrypted channel has been used. The one only for emergencies.”
“The fuck?” Chidori was now fully woken up, Labrys, seemingly laid down next to Chidori and had been snuggling with a small teddy bear which she had kept in the RV, was shaken awake.
“Labby, go wake the kids up, it's an emergency.”
Ten minutes later…
The Kelly Gang, still in the clothes they left Tokyo in, now gathered inside the RV, as they listened to Yukari.
“Look. I know everyone’s tired, and that we were supposed to cook our breakfast here. But there’s an emergency, and thereby a change of plans. Labrys and Chidori are going to disassemble the tent and we’re going to get going as soon as it's packed.”
“Where the hell are we gonna get breakfast then?” Shinji asked, his right eye still closed as it was trying to adjust to the sudden change.
“We’ll go to the gas station and grab something hot.” Yukari said “My treat.”
Everyone seemed to not object, though, a sigh could be heard from the gang’s leader and designated cook. He was going to have to eat cup noodles, was he?
“For now, everybody better make sure all their shit is inside the RV b’fore we all leave okay?” Labrys told everyone.
“There's enough travel time between the park and the nearest gas station to get some more sleep. Let’s get this thing on the road so you can at least get some more sleep alright?” Chidori explained.
Everyone affirmed such. With everyone quickly grabbing all their things from the tent, from snacks, handheld consoles, phones, sleeping bags, water bottles, etc. the cleanup was as quick as the sleep deprived teenagers could manage, quickly followed on the hells by Chidori and Labrys swiftly packing up the tent and loading it in the boot. This was completed with Ken’s motorbike being secured to the back of the RV, safe and sound.
Able to finish soon enough, everyone was able to get comfortable in the RV. Some deliberation later, it was deemed that out of those who can drive, Labrys was deemed least affected by the short hours of sleep. Allowing Yukari herself to get some more sleep. With only Chidori awake enough to occupy the shotgun seat, just to keep her in check.
Chidori, naively. Tried to choose a music track.
Now playing: Time, live performance
“You know what being driver means, yeah?” “No no no, I’m choosing the music. That’s not how that works.” “Too bad!”
Now playing: Life and how to live it, by REM
Speeding past the fields and landscape they had passed by yesterday on the way to camp, those awake enough to see the sun brightening up its features, making the colors pop, what moisture present on vegetation or leaves reflect.
Seeing it as her mandate, on account of being the driver, Labrys decided to open up her side window, letting in the cool morning air. Apart from her hair blowing in the breeze, anyone looking through would see a bright grey haired woman with shades in the driver seat, her head seemingly bobbing to the music rather than the vehicle bobbing up and down with slight disturbances or irregularities in the road.
It felt glorious, Labrys thought. If she was wearing her metallic colored headphones and the overengineered heat sink regulator on her head, she would look like a knight in shining armour, on a just as mechanical horse.
She, at that moment, felt free. And continued to do so while driving, as all the little stars in the sky were replaced slowly by the big star on the sky, and on the wheel.
0557 hours…
Gas station
“Right, everybody awake now?” Yukari asked. Indeed everybody was, with some hot cup noodles or instant yakisoba in front of them, and now sitting on the seating rather than lying or sprawled on them catching sleep, they were digging into something warm now.
“Right, the reason why we woke you all up early was that an emergency has happened.” Yukari said.
The Kelly Gang, and Labrys included, had gone silent. “Wh- what happened?” Ryuji asked.
“From what I’ve understood… We've been challenged…. To prove our justice?” Yukari explained while sounding somewhat uninformed. “That’s why we’re going back to HQ. We’re going to find out more from Fuuka.” Yukari explained.
Everyone discussed amongst themselves silently. At least they weren’t interrupted in the middle of their day off. Technically they had been able to enjoy it fully without disruption from an outside force. With only their sleep interrupted.
“Alright. If that’s the case.” Shinji replied. “We can’t take our sweet time. We gotta get to the bottom of this.” He said. Everyone indicated they understood, nodding heads and exchanges of yes, and sure.
“Make sure to go get to the bathroom before we continue the way back.” Haru made herself known. “This’ll probably be the last chance before home.” She further explained.
Understanding this, everyone scrambled to finish breakfast to hit the gas station’s bathroom or went anyway, with the first being Ken. Though, he wasn’t alone.
“Aye, Ken?” “Yes Labrys?” “I did what you asked.” “How did it go, Labrys?”
“Erhmmmm…. I wasn’t able to get to the part where we both shared our mutual traumatic experiences.” Ken sighed a little.
“Kinda hard to tell someone you killed your own sis… and that she asked you to do it so you could live.” Labrys explained. “Well, I guess you shouldn't rush it. Take your time okay?”
“Will do!” Labrys said, as she took the time to walk around. She’ll be in the driver's seat for a while.
0649 hours…
As the RV exited off the freeway to enter Tokyo again, the cacophony of urban sprawl and the metropol was cause for distraction by means of conversation. The topic at hand being of the immediate future.
“I hoped we could get this over with before the holiday.” Kasumi said. “Wait…. Right! Holiday is next week.” Ryuji exclaimed, an element of celebration in his delivery. “Well… knowing the pattern of our previous investigations… it’ll definitely bleed into the holiday.” Haru said.
“ Good. We stay sharp.” Shinji replied. “But don’t we want to enjoy our holiday to the fullest, Shinji?” Ann asked. “Some of us have work during holidays booked.” She added
“Which is why we should get this over with. Because…. I’m a bit tired.” Shinji said.
Everyone seemed to quiet down. Something was different with Shinji’s voice. Its delivery and tone suggested…. Vulnerability.
“I’d really enjoy some good time off the job.” He simply followed.
The Kelly Gang seemed a bit concerned to say the least as Shinji declined into his seat and tried to catch some more sleep, lowering the brim of his hat.
This was rare. Shinji? Being vulnerable? In the eyes of the newest generation of persona users, the Kelly Gang with the exception of Ken, Shinji had been a limitless bastion of energy and strength. There was no indication that it was quantifiable. Perhaps until now.
Ken, was also just as surprised. Learning about Shinji first hand as a character rather than his mother’s murderer made the slightest indicators of incongruence between the persona he projected and without, like looking up from the bottom of the Marianas trench, or down from the tallest peak of the himalayas.
As for Yukari,and Chidori, overhearing this from the front, they thought about their image and preconceived persona they had of their friend. except this was from the vantage point of age, what was the third year aged vagrant and persona wielder which they had heard from stories or had to experience in person as his junior, was now the opposite. Shinji to them was covered with the cloak of childhood.
They were adults, Shinji was a kid barely old enough to buy a beer. Yet he likely was able to pass for one who could. Shinji, rather than being the stalwart ideal of the stoic… he was now a kid…. Who had friends, got tired, had to worry about school and homework.
This was an uncomforting feeling to Yukari and Chidori. Having all grown and outlived Shinji, they were now from a position of seeing him as their senior, their senpai. Now, he was a very very grown up kid instead. They were now his senpai. And that felt disorienting.
The only one this did not apply to was Labrys. Who had the comfort of, perhaps if she got closer to Shinji, claiming a role of perhaps being…. An older sister? She thought. But, when she was a few years younger and only a new recruit in the just as new shadow operatives, she was told about Shinjiro from her older and former SEES compadres, as a departed old friend, or sibling. She could remember her thinking about Shinji in said preconception of seniority. As the third known person to awaken to a persona, excluding her and Aigis and sis.
The feeling of uncomfortability was less uncomfortable, but the feeling of something not being right, stuck with Labrys still at least. She could sense it.
“Hey guys, we’re almost home now.”
19th of July
Morning
Shadow Operatives HQ
Kotone, Aigis and Junpei sat in the lobby of the penthouse, apart from awaiting the coming of the RV, were also enjoying the summer morning, however being better slept.
“Man… remember when we all were getting started on SEES years ago?” Junpei asked, “Yeah… except Yukari and Minato aren’t here.” Kotone replied.
“Yeah but…. I can’t remember the fighting…. That’s been mostly a blur to me.” Junpei explained. “I can only remember the time we spent instead outside while the dark hour’s about.”
“ I was not there. May I be informed of what happened?” Aigis asked Kotone. “Oh, sometimes we spend more time outside in the city during dark hour than we should’ve. As soon as Mitsuru sped away on her bike, Minato, Yukari, Junpei, and I would just… mess around.”
“Yeah, literally no cops around, Kurosawa would be a coffin, we would just run wild.” Junpei explained. “Though, it mostly meant going to places we weren’t supposed to go.” Kotone explained, “Minato and I haven't been there in years.”
“There was this one time that we went to karaoke while the dark hour was on, nothing worked but we helped ourselves to free drinks.” Junpei explained. “A-Another time, we were at the baseball stadium a bit far out and just running laps around the diamond.” Kotone said while giggling a bit.
“Anything just to let off the steam… also to make sure we were tired enough to sleep like we were dead.” Junpei explained.
“I imagine, this ended when Fuuka became your new navi?” Aigis asked. “Yeah…. Bit unfortunate.” Junpei said. “Hey Aigi?” Kotone asked, “Yes?” “Don’t tell Mitsuru.”
Aigis was about to conjure a response, only to be interrupted by the sound of asphalt being grounded by tires. The kids were back from their camping break. Kotone got up and approached the side door.
End track
“Hey you kids !” Kotone exclaimed “Y’all had fun?” she asked. The first face she saw, exiting the RV was Kasumi, her gleaming expression gave an answer to Kotone’s question.
“We’re a bit hungry though…” Kasumi followed. “You’re always hungry!” said Ryuji, stepping off after her.
One by one, the occupants of the RV stepped out, grabbing their things and making for the lobby, while others stepped out to take out the components of the disassembled tent, camping equipment, and as well as unloading the motorbike too.
With some grunt, Labrys was able to finally park the RV in the parking lot, and join the others in heading upstairs.
“So, how was your camping trip?” Kotone asked Shinji, as they loaded into the lift. “Well, no bad weather, we cooked up some good spicy pasta. But not much good sleep.” Shinji said. “At least some others had better sleep, they were practically logs, Kaz and Ryuji.” Kotone giggled.
“I slept like a baby last night!” Kasumi exclaimed. She looked like she was going to somersault out of the lift doors, and was bursting with more energy than the others.”Perhaps it would’ve been for the best.” Yusuke expressed, having the misfortune of someone’s shoe near his face while he slept, though he couldn’t tell or determine whose it was.
“By the way, wanna see something cool?” Kotone asked, as they all exited to the floor where HQ was, “Sure… what is it?” Shinji asked. “We’ve been going to Mementos around the clock and handling the requests on the site, and well…” Kotone led them through a hall towards one of the many rooms of the penthouse, opening it, she revealed a small mountain of cash and other treasures of sorts.
“Remember when we had so much that we needed a spare room in the dorm to keep it all?” Kotone asked, Ken and Shinji nodded. They remember throwing coins of Yen into the room, from spare change they had got from expeditions into Tartarus
Everyone was amazed at the small pile of spoils the Shadow Operatives were able to accumulate in a week while the Kelly Gang was cooling down. “We’re gonna use this as our war funds.” Kotone replied. “Just make sure to keep the door shut, we don’t want the smell of shadow to smell up the penthouse.”
“Maruki will manage the war chest. If any of you get any war funds you want stored, pass it to someone who can pass it to Maruki and he’ll handle it and the books.” Kotone continued. “Alright. But, isn’t there something important going on? It’s why we’re here earlier.” Shinji asked. “Right! We need to see Fuuka. She’s in the living room.”
Ten minutes later…
The living room
Now playing: This mysterious feeling
Taking comfortable seats on the couch or the seats around. They happily greeted both Fuuka and Maruki, along with Koromaru, who happily jumped onto a space on the sofa next to Ken.
“Alright, everyone had a great time outside?” Maruki asked. As he saw the group of unshowered, slightly tired, and in the same clothes as they were in yesterday. They affirmed Maruki’s question simply with a bunch of cheeky smiles and gestures roughly replying yes.
“Good.” Fuuka replied. “We have urgent news you need to know about.” Fuuka turned on the tv, showing the object of concern. “This is a public letter and message addressed to you.” Fuuka said. “I caught it while watching the news late last night. This letter was from the organization known as Medjed, a group of international hackers who don’t like what you’re doing.”
Silent discussion followed. “What?” “Fuck that shit. We’re doing plenty of good. The hell they wanna do with us?” Fuuka then regained the podium, continuing “ We do not know any individuals associated with Medjed, we don’t know any way of striking back. In fact, they know we likely can’t lift a finger, as long as their identities remain anonymous.
“Well…. That raises a question.” Ken replied. “Do they know anything about the metaverse… and how it works?” she asked. “Hmmmm… probably not.” Fuuka replied “The only public knowledge about cognitive psience would be very scarce and scant research. Mostly in the hands of the Kirijo group, but that’s about it.”
Everyone further discussed themselves. Then Ann raised a question. “What if this isn’t serious?” she asked. “Yeah, maybe they’re just poking at us, because if they directly challenged us, they’d be screwed. Ryuji replied. The others seemed to agree, if Medjed weren’t putting themselves at risk, like Akechi was by the virtuosity of their actions, perhaps this wasn’t serious?
“Well, we’ll just have to see.” Fuuka said, “and who knows, maybe this is a bunch of hot air, but I won’t relax just yet.” she added. “Well, I guess we ought to keep an eye out.” Shinji replied.
With more rounds of discussion, the emergency seemed to look less like an emergency and more like a brief scare.
Of course, no ill will was directed towards Fuuka. She was looking out for them, and there was no telling if Medjed was to be a threat in the near future.
Admittedly, most of those involved wanted to believe this, because they were simply tired.
“So, is that all?” Maruki asked. “Yup. I think so. If anything happens, you all should know it.” Fuuka said.
Yukari, also being filled in, approached Fuuka to ask. “Fuuka, what were you doing staying up late last night anyway?” “Oh, I was catching the new episode last night.” “Wait, do you mean- I missed it?!”
Kotone walked up to Yukari and put her hand on her shoulder “It’s fine, reruns will go on today and tomorrow, we can all watch it together, at a reasonable hour, unlike a certain somebody.”
“Hey!!!”
With humor as to diffuse the need for concern, the sentiment of it being simply being a scare for now, permeated the penthouse in a bacteriological spread. As plans were discussed on how the Kelly Gang was going to spend the last week of school until summer holidays came about.
Among the minds of the thieves of the heart, were things like catching up on sleep, reading up on botany books and journals, modeling work, gymnast practice, developing sketches into paintings, or spending time with one’s own surrogate family.
As for the adults, the Shadow Operatives, it was vigilance, investigation, anticipation of disturbances in the peace, and continuing to patrol the bowels of mementos, hopefully now with the relief of their younger comrades with all the time in the world.
“Well, we’re off, have a good weekend you guys!” Ann shouted as the Kelly Gang went to enjoy their weekend. As they made for the city.
“So Shinji?” Haru asked. “What are you gonna do for the rest of the day?” She asked. “Go home. Sleep. Figure that out later.” He replied.
“Sounds good. I ought to let my father know I’m back.” She said.
Being tired and hungry, Shinji didn’t really sense anything wrong, or perhaps, concerning? The way Haru’s delivery of that was…. It was somewhat discomforting, Shinji could sense that. But he was too tired to begin reading between the lines.
“Ok…. Look, I’m gonna tell the others this, I’m gonna turn off my phone and try to sleep as much as I can, stay safe and see you later.” Shinji said though in a tired and perhaps even dazed tone.
“Alright, see you tomorrow Shinji.”
19th of July
Late morning
Leblanc
“Ah, you’re back.” The stalwart voice of Sojiro Sakura, greeted Shinji as he stumbled tiredly back.
“How was camping?” The boss asked. “Pretty good.” Shinji replied as he took out of his bag the French press he had lended to him, along with the bag of what beans was left from the coffee.
“I trust you… didn’t disappoint?” Sojiro asked while gesturing to the beans and the press. “Nope, I had competition instead.” Shinji said. “Tea.”
“You know, the curry was specially made in a way which perfectly synthesizes with the coffee, that’s because it was made by a genius.” “You?” Shinji asked.
End track
Sojiro remained silent. As his relaxed expression slowly tensed, though not out of anger. But what rather, a sense of awkwardness instead permeated throughout the cafe.
“Well, I’m gonna take a nap, you can wake me up at noon and I can take your shift.” “Works by me.”
Shinji left for his room with a thumbs up, as the wooden stairs creaked under the unease in Leblanc.
Three hours later…
It was the sound of the rain which woke Shinji up. Along with seeping moisture on his body.
“Ah, fuck.” With no air conditioning in the attic, Shinji relied on the age-old way of ventilation, that being leaving the window open. “God dammit.”
The only real consolation was that his blue shirt was the one which was wet, not the bedsheets he rested on. With what had passed for a shower, when he was really desperate back in the day, he simply got out of his bed and switched shirts. Maybe no one would notice.
Coming down in a new shirt, Shinji was greeted not by the boss as he expected, but by a face he didn’t expect to see. Maruki.
“Hello there Shinji.” “Hey doc… isn’t it raining outside…. And how long have you been waiting here?”
Maruki looked at his watch. “About… ten minutes or so? The boss told me to wait as he went off on lunch break.
“Right…” Shinji quickly went behind the counter and put on his apron. “What are you here for?” “House special, plus some take out.” The doc then put a substantial sized thermos on the counter.
“Alright.” Shinji got to work, brewing coffee in the syphons, while holding conversation with Maruki.
“So, Medjed. What do you make of it?” Maruki asks. “I’m not quite sure.” Shinji replied. “I’m not really smart on tech as a whole… unless its dumb, like tv.”
“Well…. That’s fair.” “Only time I’ve heard about hacking was in the movies. And it always seemed like its more complicated then it looks. Even though the guy is just… pounding on the keys without any sense or rhythm.”
“Right… Fuuka is more concerned. “I’m not surprised.” “Hmm?”
“I remember her being into a lot more smarter tech then I was. I could ask her to get me… movies or things I wanted to watch as long as I made her good food… she would spend time in the dorm with all sorts of technical crap on the table tinkering with shit.”
Maruki was intrigued by this vision of his colleague. The look of interest was painted behind his glasses. “But back to the subject, Medjed… they’re named after the Egyptian book of the dead. Which according to Fuuka had become a meme of a sorts-
“Again. What the hell is with that word? The hell is a meme?” Shinji pondered out loud. “A meme’s a joke basically. People liked Medjed because it looked like a ghost. It apparently looked cute enough that it became part of the popular online consciousness, at least in Japan.
“This job seems to make sure you need to know a lot about myths you know?” “How did you not notice?” Maruki asked. “Up until you and the Kelly Gang, it seemed all persona users with the exception of a few were mythological figures.”
“First, there was SEES with Greek figures of myth, from Orpheus to Athena, then there was the next generation of persona users, who had Japanese characters of myth, including the literal creator of Japan.” “Jesus. How did that happen?”
“I-I don’t know. But your group, they seemed to have broken the mold, as your personas are nonfiction, they were real people… real human beings, or at the very least it seems consistent to the point where it’s an expectation, rather than a rule.”
Shinji took a moment to process. With the exception of perhaps Ken, whose circumstances were different from the rest, everyone more or less had a persona whose image was of someone who had walked the earth. Lived, and breathed the same air as their wielders.
“The only sort of connecting thread I could perhaps think of for most of them, were that they in one respect or another, rebelled.” Maruki explained. “Huh.”
“By the way, coffee’s ready.” “Thanks Shinji.” Maruki took a sip, taking a moment to collect thoughts to continue.
“It’s frustrating that personas aren't an exact science you know?” Maruki vented. “We were so close to at least getting started with one of the lead scientists. The lead scientist in the field.” “What happened?” Shinji asked.
Maruki took another sip as he stopped and looked at Shinji soberly. “She died.” “Oh… I’m sorry.” “It’s fine. It’s why me and Fuuka are working hard on investigating this while we can.”
“The best thing you could do to help is to simply do things which accrue more data.”
“Sooner or later, we’ll get enough data to formulate theories and laws of cognitive psience. We’ll be able to understand enough to substantially assist in Shadow Operative activities, and yours too.” Maruki said. “Thanks.”
MAGICI AN RANK UP!!!
“Thank you for the coffee Shinji.” Maruki thanked Shinji after finishing his cup. Taking the thermos and his umbrella, he bid Shinji farewell, waving him goodbye.
This left Shinji alone. So naturally, he turned on his phone. And as he waited the rain began to get heavy.
“God damn. Hope Maruki got to the metro in time.”
As Shinji’s phone turned on however, he noticed something. Messages, didn’t he ask Haru to tell the others to leave him be for the day?
Wait. They’re from an unknown number. Shinji figured it likely was from a scammer, and simply opened it to check.
End track
Unknown number
Hello
I am the one known as Perun
Shit. Shinji thought.
Perun: Tell me this
Perun: You’re a phantom thief are you?
Shinji: wrong number fool
Perun: I have a heart, that I would like you to steal
Shinji: Wrooooong number idiot
Perun: Don’t think of this as charity, It’s a transaction
Shinji: Yeah? Is that a free pizza if the pizza is delivered past thirty minutes?
Perun: Oh shut up
Perun: There isn’t much you can hide from me
Perun: I know that you live at the attic above Leblanc
Perun: Listening? Alright
Perun: You seem to be having some trouble with Medjed, is that right?
Perun: If you have faith in my skills, and are willing to act upon my deal, I can handle them
Perun: I await your reply
Shinji quivered and shook on his chair. This was not good. His paranoia peaked when the sound of scratching was getting louder at the door.
Meow!
End Track
All tension was defused when Shinji saw that it was simply Morgana at the door. Cold, a bit damp, and eager to get inside and warm.
“Hey little guy.” Shinji went to open the door for the little feline, letting him inside and finding it a warm spot to rest for the day.
Sitting by one of the booths under one of the lights, Shinji simply kept Morgana company, as he contemplated what could happen next.
Chapter 83: Бог з машини
Summary:
Ukrainian translation: God from the machine
Chapter Text
19th of July, Sunday
Afternoon
SOHQ
Now playing: That mysterious feeling, reloaded
“Thanks for the coffee Maruki.” Fuuka sat hunched over her seat, her eyes priorly glued to the monitor, keeping a vigilant eye for any indicator edJed may have thrown anymore gauntlets in the last few hours. Not so much.
“No problem.” Maruki replied. He poured out coffee from the thermos into two mugs. “Passing rain clouds on the way back. Hope it isn’t cold.”
Fuuka took a sip and then simply said. “Not at all.” She sat looking simply at space, thinking about nothing as the contents of her coffee settled in her body. “Do you remember professor Wakaba?” “Yeah, what about her?”
“Remember how she had a much, much, much worse coffee problem then we do?” “Oh god, yeah… if she did not have her coffee, she would not function.” Maruki reminisced.
“She would really enjoy the boss’s coffee.” Fuuka remarked. “Yeah, she would.”
The two remained in silent reminiscence until they both again, looked at the multiple tabs showing social media platforms, news sites, forums, about any sign or further peep from Medjed. Maruki simply had to speak his mind.
“Y’know how there was a passing rain cloud today?” Maruki asked. “Yeah? What about it?”
“Maybe that’s what this Medjed hype is.” “I would very much like to believe that Mark.” “Well, I can’t help but wonder if this is a setup, or a trap perhaps.” Maruki went on to explain
“Maybe they want us to overreach, commit to something we can’t do, and then find a way to beat us on their own ground.” Maruki posited. “Well, what makes you think that?” Fuuka asked
“Isn’t that what actual hackers do? They create vulnerabilities, or manufacture them to make you slip.” Fuuka put her head in her palms. And let out an exhaustive sigh.
“I’m too tired. I should’ve thought about this from the start.” Fuuka expressed. “Well, the good thing is that none of us has done anything which has made our systems vulnerable… yet.” Maruki said.
“You’re right.” Fuuka said while reclining on her chair and rubbing her eyes. “I gotta brief the others on new security and encryption protocols when I can. Same with the kids.”
“Don’t worry, we can probably tell Ken to inform the others at Shuijin. And, if you’re too tired, I can do it.” Maruki offered.
“Thanks.” Fuuka said while sipping her coffee. “What’s wrong with all of this is that they’re forcing us to react.” Maruki said. “Medjed probably wants us to react in a way which they find advantageous to them.”
“Do you think we already fell in the trap?” Fuuka asked. “Well, I guess it's dependent on how the others react then.” Maruki figured
“Who knows, perhaps it's all manufactured, a conspiracy maybe.” He said while treading out of Fuuka’s station.
19th of July
Evening
Leblanc
Now playing: Persona, reloaded
“Thanks for coming here Mishima on what’s supposed to be your day off.”
“It’s fine. After I heard the news, I wanted to ask you for permission on Monday to help keep your stuff safe.”
On short notice, Shinji and Mishima were now sitting on the countertop of Leblanc, discussing matters of security regarding data and wherever the activities of the Kelly Gang spilled into the virtual.
“Right so, if we want to keep your privacy safe, we need to look into two things, first thing being the Kelly Country site, second your phone’s security..” Mishima explained.
“Let’s start with what we can do regarding your phone.” Shinji started. “First, the best thing you can do, is to simply use it less.” Mishima said, aptly. “Figured.” “Second, do not connect to random wifi you find elsewhere in public. Only exception being if you’re using a virtual private network, but that’s it.”
“That I can work with. I only ever use the wifi here.” Shinji explained. “Good, but take note of the internet service provider, or the company who installed it here. They can see what you search up on a daily basis. But Japanese law regarding data retention makes sure they only collect the base minimum for stated purposes on their terms of service, and you could even ask for your data to be deleted.” Mishima explained.
“Good to know.” “Also, the owner of the router can check your history too.” “I guess that means the old man?” “If that’s correct, you’re probably fine.”
“Alright, that leads next to the site.” “What’s the chance that they can manipulate the numbers?” “Y-You mean the questionaire?” “Yes.” “Well, since users are anonymous and in theory, it can allow for an infinite amount of people to answer… very plausible.” Mishima said. “Remind me to tell the others not to obsess over the approval rating on the site later.”
“I’m gonna spend today and tomorrow looking over security on the site in my free time.” Mishima told Shinji. “Good.” “Gonna make sure Medjed doesn’t have as many ways to possibly screw you guys over…” Mishima said while pounding away at the keyboard of his laptop.
“Hey, Mishima? May I ask you something?” “Sure, wh-“
At that moment, the front door to the cafe had opened, standing at the front of the room, was the boss.
“Hey, you’re awake.” “Afternoon boss.” “What are you two doing there?” Sojiro asked.
Shinji couldn’t find an answer, but thankfully, Mishima could. “Uh, sir. He’s just asking me about things he can do to keep his devices secure. Recent news and all…”
“Ok, if you’re gonna do that, do it upstairs in his room, customers are still gonna come here today.” Sojiro explained as he picked up a crossword puzzle and sat at a seat on one of the booths.
The Kelly Gang leader and collaborator walked upstairs and sat themselves at the small couch and table.
“Never seen your room before…” Mishima told Shinji. “It’s not much. The boss just gave me his attic to live in.” Shinji replied. “It’s actually bigger and has more space than my bedroom.” Mishima says.
“This is far more spacious. Though, how do you manage without an AC?” Mishima asked. “I manage just fine.” Shinji replied.
“Anyway, back to where we were.” Shinji looked at the stairs, as if to check if there was someone eavesdropping. Then, when he felt sure, he brought his phone to Mishima.
“I’ve actually called you here because of something else… Got some messages a few hours ago that I thought were spam…” Shinji told Mishima.
He showed the messages he had received a few hours ago. “Is from a… Perun. Does that sound familiar to anything you know?” “No, it doesn’t…” Mishima said while inspecting the messages “the fact they clocked to the fact you’re a part of the Kelly gang is concerning…”
“Have you done anything which could’ve been leaked? Or have you made yourself vulnerable to any sort of data leak?” Mishima asked. “Not intentionally.”
Mishima sighed. “Well, I can’t really help much here in that regard… but I can give you some advice in dealing with Perun going forward.” Mishima told Shinji.
“Shoot.” “Have you ever had to deal with spam callers?” Mishima asked. “Well, fortunately not.” “You see, there’s a structure with most scam calls or messages, it’s usually that they are trying to force you to do something for them. Usually to leak data. They could pretend to be police, threaten you if you don’t do what they ask you to do, and so on.”
“So the thing is to not get led around…” “Exactly, in fact, you could even do the opposite, lead them around. Giving them stupid answers for their stupid game.” Mishima explained.
“So they want us to react, but in reality, we should force them to react.” Shinji said. “Exactly. Otherwise… let’s wait to see what happens.” Mishima told Shinji.
Shinji and Mishima take time to critically look at Shinji’s phone for any malware of any sort. Running diagnostics and checks to look for anything interesting. A comfortable peace and silence was in place for a while. But knowing the prospects of possible peace for Shinji, it was disturbed.
End track
“Ah shit.”
Perun
Perun: I see what you’re doing, hehe
“Ah… fuck.” “EJECT THE FUCKING USB CORD NOW.” Mishima swore under his teeth.
Perun: Don’t worry Mishima… unlike Medjed, I have ethics.
Perun: I won’t be doing anything with anything private you got there… unless you did something to upset me.
“What the hell do they mean?” Mishima asked.
Perun: You’ll know it
“We certainly don’t now.” Shinji replied.
“Crap… This is bad. Your phone is likely compromised already, if Perun can turn on the mic on your phone.” Mishima said.
Perun: I am a friend, to those in need, and to the friendless.
Perun: You won’t be seeing the last of me
Track end
An uncomfortable peace and silence continued for a moment. Until Mishima and Shinji felt safe enough to speak again.
“Ok… what the hell do we do now?” “Well… I hate to say, apart from using it less… we just gotta see. Sorry I can’t do much.” Mishima lamented
“Thanks for trying.” “I’ll make sure that the site is secured and inform the others on what to do.” Mishima told Shinji. “Yeah… see you tomorrow.”
Shinji sat and wondered, as Mishima saw himself out, the character of Perun. The sound of thunder and rain added a chorus to his pondering. Much like the god, Shinji could only draw blanks. As any stories which may paint or illustrate the character of Perun was lost to time, silence, and the lack of an slavonic alphabet according to the internet, the silence and anonymity of this “Perun” has eluded him.
One thing for sure, whether by the method, the choice of diction, or just… Well, feelings. “Perun” rubbed off on Shinji, as a trickster. Whether to his benefit or otherwise, was to be determined.
Evening
???
“Damn… maybe I should’ve picked… Devana or Morana… they were really close to gendering me correctly…”
The next day…
20th of July, Monday
Break
Shuijin Academy
Now gathered together, the Kelly Gang who attended Shuijin were briefed both by Shinji and Mishima on yesterday’s events. But with a justified aire of unease and uncomfortability.
“Jeez…. You couldn’t even tell us it was happening…. Otherwise Perun would’ve seen already…. Fuck.” Ryuji said in a softer tone.
“Much worse is that, we don’t know when “Perun” has actually started listening in on Shinji’s phone… could go as far as…. April or May.” Mishima explained.
“Well… wouldn’t that indicate something already?” Ann asked “What d’ya mean?” Kasumi asked
“Wait. Ann’s right.” Haru said. “Shouldn’t Perun have done something by now? The fact Perun only made himself known now, after Medjed made their announcement… It tells us something already.” Haru explained, “Elaborate?” Ken asked “We can tell what ‘Perun’ isn’t. ‘Perun’ isn’t a scammer, he would’ve threatened Shinji already with the usual threats spam text scammers would shoot with.”
“The fact… Perun knows we’re the Kelly Gang already… but we haven’t been reported to the cops yet? That’s telling of another thing.” Ken explained too. “Doesn’t change that he can still do that if we do something he doesn’t like.” Shinji followed up.
Further discussion followed. The trustworthiness of “Perun” was debated with some placing more of their trust in him, or less than what the former thought was appropriate. No consensus.
Now playing:Peace, reloaded
“Well, what’s going to suck is the fact we can’t do fucking nothing.” Shinji said. “Yup… we can only hurry up and wait now…” Ken added.
“I still think we should trust ‘Perun’ though.” Kasumi said, adding “More than Medjed, definitely.” “We’ll definitely find out later.” Shinji replied. “What makes you think so?” Kasumi asked.
“Remember. He’s hearing everything spoken near this.” Shinji held up his phone to punctuate his point. “Right uh…. I guess from now on if you really want a conversation to be private, you should maybe just leave your phone at home dude.” Mishima proposed to Shinji. “Well. Now that “Perun” knows that I may do that, I probably won’t. But well- eh, fuck who knows.” Shinji shook his head as he raises his limbs in exasperation.
“Well…” looking to sidetrack, to distract from the inherit ambiguity of the situation, and worse the lack of affirmative action which could take place, Haru decides to propose something. “We seem a bit directionless guys.”
“If we can’t do anything now, we might as well just… relax while we can. How does tomorrow; Sushi sound? My treat.” Haru says.
“Will we bring Yusuke along?” Ken asked. “Off course we’re bringing him along!” Haru replies. “I mean everybody. We should all go. Since our camping trip was trchnically cut a bit shorter then we would’ve liked, we should go and treat ourselves. Everybody agree?”
The looks of concern and on the surface anxiety start to slowly turn to smiles and assurance. Their world was still in some extent or another, within their control.
“Can-Can I come?” Mishima asked. “Sure!!!”
“Alright! count me in.” Ann expressed confidently. “Hell yeah!” Both Ryuji and Kasumi, celebrating their reward.
Ken, Shinji, and Haru looked at eachother. Silent, however on the same page. For now, there was only so much they could do, and if there was only so much, they should savor the freedom that came with having not much that could be done.
With that cleared out, the Kelly Gang set themselves to push through the rest of the school day with full confidence that came with certainty and predictability.
End Track
20th of July
Evening
Leblanc
A lonesome Shinji stood by the counter. He was washing coffee cups and stood alone and bored.
With the semester in its last week, school and homework had began to tone down while the Kelly Gang seemed as determined as possible to enjoy what peace they could get before proverbial shit hit the fan.
He felt a little bad about leaving the Shadow Operatives out to dry. They were shouldering the weight of being active in mementos almost everyday for weeks without asking the Kelly Gang for help or for substitute fighters. But knowing how hard they had fought back in Tartarus, and likely how far they had progressed in his forced absence via gunshot wounds, Shinji did not feel as bad as… that time when Aki and Mitsy found out.
Shinji looked at his reflection in the glass. The mere feelings of anguish, betrayal, and anger at that moment preempted any recollection of the event. He could reminisce no further. The winds of turbulent and violent emotion started to spiral in his mind like a typhon. Both freak storm, and the indescribable father of all monsters.
Thankfully, as if it were a sudden end or interruption to the storm forming in his head, the front door had opened to reveal a customer.
“Welcome to- oh, hi Labrys.” “Yo, dude.”
Labrys took a seat at the counter opposite Shinji. “So what do you want?” Shinji asked
“Koko and Yukari want coffee.” Labrys brought out two metallic thermoses and Shinji after settling the now dried cup got to work. “I also wanted to check up on you.”
“Ok…” Shinji's first thought was to dismiss it. Then he stood still for a moment and thought. Then he turned around to face Labrys. In a turn for the irrational, he glanced towards the door. Nobody was going to come in tonight, Shinji had to tell himself.
“Labrys?” “Yeah?” “So… you know how Chidori…” “Died?” “Yeah. No good way of saying it.” Shinji replied
“You should ask her instead.” Labrys replied. “Though, I do have a question for you.” “Shoot.” “How does it feel… to die?” Labrys asked coyishly. “No good way of saying that either.” Labrys added
“Hmm… well… first off, I was shot. Twice. And I was already on the way to hell because of those PSDs… but.”
“But what?” “I felt cold. Even while I was wearing that damn coat. I was more cold than I ever had felt…. In my life, even with the PSDs….” Shinji said to a labrys who looked at him with a morbid yet authentic curiosity. “Nothing different from others. I felt cold, I closed my eyes… and the rest was a blur…”
“Hey Labs, why’d you ask anyway?” “Well… technically I was…… well, not alive….. not dead either though.” “What’d you mean?” “I was shut down, or put into some kind of sleep mode…. It’s a blur for me as well.” Labrys reminisced. “Was’ basically a coma.”
“Christ.” “It could’ve been worse.” Labrys replied. Labrys seemed to be thinking about her next words. Shinji noticed. Never had she been lost in thought before talking before.
“Labrys?” Shinji said while pouring the coffee into the thermoses…. Silently, both took time in an uncomfortable silence before one of them picked up the conversation again. “How did… How did you meet Mitsy and Aki and the others?”
“Long story…” Labrys did not want to explain how she had to beat the crap out of her family and friends thanks to them finding the container they kept her in. “They were trying to… get me to Iwatodai, I think. But… sorry I call my container my coffin, sounds dark but can I call it that? Ok.”
“They took me and my coffin to a town in the middle of nowhere called Inaba… and there I met some of my very best friends.” “How?” “It’ll take very long to explain, but… they were the second generation of persona users, after SEES, the investigation team.” Labrys said.
“The shadow ops, they’re my family. The… now investigation team branch of the shadow Operatives however, they’re my best friends….”
Shinji sat, and soon bit by bit, a smile on his face began to grow as Labrys began to describe this group of persona users, her friends.
“There’s the wildcard. Kinda like you, quiet, calm, cool- oh! He’s got a cousin, but let's be honest she’s more like a little sister. He’s the best big brother in the world.- then you got his best mate, he was a city kid who’s an audiophile.”
“Oh! This one’s my favorite! She was a martial arts kid! Spunky one, ate a lot of meat! Loves dogs, seriously! She freaked out when she found out Koromaru could summon personas! she’s my favorite if you can’t tell.” Labrys continued on, much to Shinji’s content.
“Right but, who were the first shadow ops you met?” Shinji asked. “Like… was it Mitsuru? Aki maybe…” “It was Kotone and Aigis.” Labrys replied. “Oh?”
“They were really determined, fighting their way to find me…” “Yup. Sounds like them.” “Yeah…”
Labrys was looking down at the wood that the cafe counter was made off, on her face was a smile who’s warmth could be barely contained. Shinji saw, and understood that likely, Labrys found it as painful as he did to remember. And he was happy that Labrys didn’t need to go any further, as the warmth was literally warming him up too, despite the AC in the room being on and being pretty cold to cope with the summer heat.
“Oh, sorry. My mechanics does that sometimes.” “What?” “Sometimes my mechanics and software overreacts to emotions. You’re probably feeling warmer than you should here ‘cause my chassis is letting out excess heat.”
“On the other hand, it’s keeping the coffee hot.” “Hah! That's something…. Though, I think I should go now. Kotone and Yukari are probably waiting on their coffee… I’ll see you soon, okay?”
“Sure.” “Yup, see ya soon!”
STAR RANK UP!!!
As Labrys left for home, Shinji was left with his own thoughts. He was happy for Labrys. From how it sounded, maybe Labrys didn’t have to go through the same depressing crap he and SEES had to go through to summon her persona. Which was good.
End track
The next day…
21st of July
After school
A sushi bar
“Man… thishhishh shoo good!” “Don’t speak with food in your mouth Kaz!” “The flounder….”
“I-Uh… Haru, I don’t see any prices on these.” Yusuke nervously said. “It’s fine, I can shoulder the bill.”
Ken also felt the need to express how tasty the sushi was too. “Man…. It’s so gooood.” “Hey Haru!”
“Yes Kasumi?” “How did you know about this place anyway?” Kasumi asked. “I… I don’t quite remember how…”
Shinji sat between Haru and Ken, occasionally chowing down on the sushi, however the past few days events had been on his mind. He could not help but worry. He tried to think of ways to get Medjed, and Perun off his head, and then he got an idea….
Ken saw Shinji taking out his phone, holding the camera in front of what was a small plate of untouched sushi. “Oh, what’re you doing?” Shinji remained quiet until his phone began to vibrate.
Perun
Perun: GUH
Perun: WHY MUST YOU DO THIS TO ME
Perun: THAT LOOKS SO YUMMY WTF
“Hah. Heheh.” “Pffff, guess the Slavic alfather couldn’t resist good sushi.” Ken replied. “Heh?”
“We learnt this from Mr. Edogawa.” “Who?” “Mr Edogawa.” “Not a teacher I’ve heard of.”
“He’s our integrative learning teacher, talks a lot about psychology and mythology… anyway, Perun is a slavic god who looks suspiciously like Thor.” Ken explained
“Hmm.” Shinji replied while sending even more pictures of sushi to Perun.
Perun
Perun: NOO STOP
Perun: I CAN ONLY GET SO HUNGRY
Perun: DAMN YOU
Shinji: nah mate
“Well, isn’t this great?” Ryuji asked. “Yeah. Being able to enjoy our break like this? Kasumi replied while with a cheekful of sushi in her mouth. “AllcauzWehr!DehKehlehGangh!”
Everyone for a brief second was still joyful, then they stopped. Then suspended in motion. Kasumi noticed as soon as she swallowed her food. “What?” Noticing the suspended expressions of Ann and Ryuji sitting beside her.
“Uh….” Ryuji couldn’t help but make a concerned sound as Ann reminded Kasumi whispering “Kaz, we’re in public.” The three nervously watched the staff across the counter, looking at them.
“Would you like a refill?”
“Uh, yeah sure!” Ann quickly replied, handing the staff her empty cup which was filled with matcha tea.
Shinji, on the other end of the counter, breathed a sigh of relief, only for his phone to ring again.
Perun
Perun: Don’t rat yourselves out friend, that’s what Medjed’s supposed to do
Shinji: That is very kind of you stranger
Perun: Also, check the news.
Shinji, seeing the TV remote on the counter, freely placed so patrons on the counter can change the channels, switched to the nearest news channel.
End track
Just breaking!
“Immediately, just a day after their announcement, The hacking organisation Medjed has confirmed its challenge to the Kelly Gang in the form of a threat.”
“A “cleanse” has been announced on their website. The Kelly Gang must reveal their real identities, or turn themselves in. The deadline marked was August 21st.”
“The “Cleanse” as Medjed calls it, does not specify the impact and consequences it may have, but we could perhaps expect disruption or destruction on key parts of Japanese economic infastructure according to experts.”
Sitting next to him, Ken could barely, but still hear Shinji swearing underneath his breath. “Ah, fuck.”
“The group states that its motivation behind the threat has been the quote, “dissapointment and dissaproval of the public’s misplaced faith in the false justice of the Kelly Gang.
“Discussion and debate around the threat has naturally sparked immense anxiety online. We’ll be back with experts after this short break.
Inokashira park
30 anxiety filled minutes later…
Now playing: Troubled, reloaded
“Well, there goes our damned peace I guess.” Kasumi expressed with resentment in her voice. “Well… it had to happen.” Shinji said with some resignation.
“Well… at least we enjoyed our dinner.” Ann said. “That we did… but now we must worry about this threat over our heads.” Yusuke answered Ann.
“Well…. What do we do now?” Ryuji asked with a hint of despondency. “We can’t really fight back against this…” he added with a pinch of despair.
Urgency began to fill the thoughts of the Kelly Gang. Although not to the point of animating them to the point of panic, the news broadcaster was right. Anxiety was circulating through them like electrons in electrical current.
Shinji and Ken took seats by a bench to contemplate further. But then, Shinji’s phone rang again. Quickly checking the messages, both Ken and Shinji silently red who had sent them and their content.
“Guys, are we alone?” Ken asked. “Well… looks like we are.” Ryuji replied. “It’s looking pretty empty around here, why’s that?”
Ken signalled to everyone to gather around the bench. As Shinji held the phone in clear view for everyone to see.
Perun
Perun: seems Medjed’s has brought the bill
Perun: My offer still stands, you know?
Looking around for a brief moment to verify that nobody else’s eyes and ears were near for what was supposed to be something highly confidential, Shinji verbally asked “Perun” some questions.
“You can hear us clearly, yes?”
Perun: Well enough.
“Right. You can see us too?”
Perun: That as well
“Right. What is it you want us to do?” Shinji asked
Perun: If you want to utilize my skills to your salvation, you must prove your skills to my satisfaction too.
“Jeez… drop the persona already.” Kasumi said. “Enough talk. Tell us what you want us to do.” Shinji said.
Perun: If you can truly steal hearts. I have a name.
“Hold up Amigo. We don’t do this for no reason at all. We aren’t going to change the heart of a normal person!” Ryuji exclaimed.
Perun: you aren’t obligated to accept
Perun: but in the case that you do, I will be in your debt.
Perun: her name is Futaba Sakura.
“Futaba Sakura… who’s that?” Ann asked. Everyone began to visibly question who this Futaba Sakura was.
But there was only one face who wasn’t. And Ken noticed.
“Shinji?” “Shinji what’s wrong?” “Oh, uh. Uhm….” Everybody began to look towards Shinji as he mumbled and slowly collected his thoughts and words together.
“Sakura…. That’s boss’s last name.” Shinji said. “What?!” Everybody was audibly surprised.
“Perun? Is there anything else you can tell us about Futaba? About Sojiro too?”
The god of thunder and lightning fell silent. The God who came from the machine to give the Kelly Gang from its Aether refused to answer them.
After a few seconds, the connection was dead.
“Shit…” “well…. I guess we should maybe start?” Ryuji said uneasily. Only for Haru to stop her. “Hang on. Aren’t we all going to talk about this?”
“The fact that a hacker has given us a target and has asked us to change their heart should ring alarm bells to us all. We shouldn’t be doing this because someone asked us to.” Haru explained with firmness, to remind the gang of what they stood for, and their raison d'etat.
“Yeah… we did this to help people… and keep adults accountable.” Ann replied. Everyone else was in agreement
“The boss….. he never told me he had…. Family.” Shinji said. Everyone grew silent. “Does that mean…. Is he mistreating Futaba perhaps?” Ken asked. The seed of doubt, of fear from assuming the worst began to sprout.
“But what if it’s someone else?” Kasumi asked. “We won’t be able to know unless we find out.” Shinji said hastedly and with a kindling of anger in his voice. He opened the Metanav app with silent and furious haste. He first spoke the name.
“Futaba Sakura.”
…
CANDIDATE FOUND!!!
“Ah. Crap.” Someone silently cursed as Shinji slowly spoke the next input.
“The Sakura residence. Yongen Jaya.”
…
CANDIDATE FOUND!!!
Shinji simply sighed deeply, and then spoke. “God dammit.”
Chapter 84: Where's Futaba Sakura?
Summary:
By Martin Handford
Chapter Text
22nd of July, Wednesday
Morning
SOHQ
“Yeah… so this Futaba Sakura has a palace… and we’re trying to figure out if the boss is hiding something from us.”
…
“Jesus Kat.” Maruki, Fuuka, and Labrys, upon asking how Ken’s dinner with the Kelly Gang was last night over breakfast, now were acquainted with surprise first thing in the morning before they even took a sip of their coffee.
“Right um…” Fuuka struggled to find words while still in her pajamas, while Maruki picked up where she struggled. “Just… if you think you need help, or something happens, let us know.” He explained. “Yup.” Labrys said while nodding.
“I guess we’re going to be investigating the boss.” Ken simply said. “Sorry to hear that. Seriously, your holiday’s just at the end of the week, and on top of this Medjed crap, you now have to deal with this?!” Labrys expressed her frustration. The kids of the Kelly Gang should at least have a week or two to themselves, not have to be thrown into another mess. Labrys thought.
“I… I wasn’t able to ask Shinji how he was feeling about this.” Ken uttered. “Shit.” Labrys replied
“I’m not sure what he thinks. I’m not sure what he thinks of his caretaker now, maybe he thinks of him as a…. Abusive spouse…. Maybe a parent? I don’t know.” Ken resigned herself.
“Well, if we get a better idea of what the boss is…. And it’s ugly. Does that mean we should try to get im’ out?” Labrys asked. “Maybe.” Maruki replied
“Look.” Maruki rubbed his tired eyes. “We’re making assumptions here…. And- and I’m too asleep to make my own.” Maruki said with a tired and empty voice. “I think you should investigate first instead.”
Ken quickly took a look at their pocketwatch. “I gotta go, will you guys inform the others?”
“Yup, soon as the sleepyheads wake up, they’ll know that there’s perhaps a skeleton in the closet of their favorite coffeehouse.” Labrys said before while bending over back to let out a loud yawn.
“Thanks, you guys.” Ken said before leaving, as soon as the sound of the front door going shut was heard, Fuuka and Maruki looked at eachother, with Fuuka especially showing a more concerned look than Maruki.
“Maru?” “Yes Fuuka?” “Do you think… this could be Wakaba’s little girl?” “I’m… I’m not sure. She didn’t tell us she knew the boss.” Maruki replied. “I feel horrible.” Fuuka said
“We never looked out for her.” Fuuka resigned, continuing. “We should’ve reached out to her while we could.” A tear was starting to form in her eye.
“We couldn’t.” Maruki said, voice also resigned.
“Hey guys?” Labrys asked softly. “Is there something I don’t know?”
22nd of July, Wednesday
School
Lunch
Now playing: Zvedzy, by Molchat Doma
Shinji wandered the school halls alone, aimlessly, and lost in thought. He had been unable to focus all day, and at this point was wishing simply to leave.
The events of the past few days had hit him hard and suddenly, from a threat which there was no defence or countermeasure, and then the implications and then soon at this pace, that the old man. The boss was hiding skeletons in his closet.
It made no sense. None of it did, at least at this point to Shinji. The protection and security that pretended to come with Predictability of any kind had melted away. At this point, there was nothing to do but to brace one self against what could be thrown at him, or his friends.
“Hey!!! Hey Shinjiro!!!” The sound of soled shoes rapidly pounding the floor got closer to Shinji. Turning around, he saw that it was Mrs. Kawakami. “I’ve been looking for you, can you come with me to my classroom for a moment?”
Shinji sighed. “What did I do this time?” He simply asked. “What? No, it's not that. You’ve done nothing wrong.” Shinji breathed in soundly. “Alright.”
The two walked back to Kawakami’s classroom and as soon as Shinji closed the door behind them, he continued.
“I hate the rumor mill here. One day, I apparently am someone who looked like they assaulted someone, another day I am an elephant tusk smuggler.” “Well, I’m sorry to hear that…. I think it's a case that you look a bit…”
“What? Look like what?” “I’m going to have to be honest, a bit like a delinquent.” Kawakami plainly said. “Oh. That I can agree…. Should I have gotten some glasses before I got enrolled here?”
Kawakami sighed at Shinji’s deadpanned attempt at humour. “Not the point. I’m here because of two things. Firstly, before I get to the important bit, congratulations on making the top ten.” “Thanks.”
“Second off, Makoto told me she wanted you in her cabinet for student council.” “Yup… she chose me, Haru, and Ken. What about it?” “I’m just here to make sure that you’re sure you’ll know what you’re doing when you start your duties.”
“Shouldn’t that be Makoto’s job?” Kawakami sighed. “Makoto… don’t get me wrong…” “about what?”
“Makoto. Despite what you heard about her… from the rumour mill, I mean. She’s trying her best in her term. It’s just that things have been made much harder for her than they should.”
“First off…. Makoto wasn’t really elected with the thought of her being the best at her role. The student base simply elected her because they did not like the other candidates, or… just didn’t care. Makoto consistently had the highest grades, and it was enough for her to get elected.” “Ok…”
“What she had was a pretty good staff and cabinet. A bunch of passionate students who were pretty decent at their roles.” “Then what happened?”
“Kamoshida had sent several key members of her cabinet to the hospital. The roles you and your friends were filling were filled by those formerly on the volleyball, and track teams. They could not do their duties well while being abused by Kamoshida, and then resigned from their roles. This left the student council toothless against Kamoshida, allowing him to extend his abuse towards more students.” “Jesus.”
“This left Makoto to do the jobs her former cabinet members were supposed to do. Between being the top student, and a good student council president, she chose to keep being our top student.” Kawakami explained.
“Please… when you begin to work with her next semester, don’t be too hard on her, she’s a hard working student who has a lot of expectations placed on her.” Shinji, quiet and listening attentively. Simply replied. “I’ll try.”
“Good.” Kawakami said while organizing papers on her desk.
Shinji sat at his desk. His next class after break was here afterall. He sat alone with his thoughts, until he heard an audible THUD!!!
Shinji looked up and quickly found the source. Kawakami had for a moment dozed off on her desk, and then had hit her head on the desktop. Quickly waking her back up.
“Shit, you ok?!” “Yeah… yeah I’m fine.” Kawakami said. There were no visible signs on her face, so Shinji took her at her word.
Taking a moment to reset her hair and to freshen herself up to the best of her ability, Shinji could only see that Kawakami still had the vacant look, the vacant look of exhaustion and resignation. So Shinji tried to help in the one way he could.
The sound of an opening tumblr caught Kawakami’s ear, as the smell of caffeine woke her up. “Shinjiro?” “You got a water bottle or something?”
Kawakami took out her metallic water bottle, a tall stainless steel water bottle, and Shinji delicately poured the contents of his tumbler into the bottle. “You’re looking like a real barista like that, Shinjiro.” She commented. “I am.”
Kawakami took a sip and sighed. “Why are you doing this?” “What?” “Why are you going out of your way to help me?” Kawakami’s voice went from vacant to despondent.
“Well… why wouldn’t I? I understand what it's like to fend for yourself, so.” Kawakami sighed. “Doing multiple jobs to feed yourself… It's exhausting.”
Kawakami sighed. “I’m such a bad teacher am I…” she mumbled to herself. The feeling of uncomfortability, spawned from knowing something about someone you really really shouldn't, whether for good or bad reasons, began to rise within Shinji. “I put you and I in big trouble by going to that bar you work at after work… and now here at school I’m… I’m just venting at you.”
Shinji could not console, it was impossible, and likely inappropriate. He could simply only listen. “I really should be speaking to a therapist.” She mumbled to herself, she really sounded like she was kicking herself.
She only turned to Shinji after ruminating for a moment. “Thanks for the coffee Shinjiro. I really appreciate it.” “I appreciate you deciding to help me in the first place.” Shinji said
He tried to fish the words one by one. “I haven’t told you this… I haven’t been in school… for about a year or so. That year I spent… being sick, and trying to work for myself… so… I really didn’t expect much of myself to get far in here.”
Kawakami looked at Shinji with increasing concern. “So… I guess I really see it more as owing you. Part of me thought I was just going to barely scrape by, or wash out.”
Kawakami took a moment to process what Shinji had told her, she breathed in and replied. “Thanks Shinjiro…. I really needed to hear that.”
The two simply sat in the relative silence of the classroom, each with their own thoughts. The aire of awkwardness by the circumstances their acquaintanceship had put them in making them choose their words wisely.
“You know… remember I told you about what I did in my night work?” “Yeah, the part where you’re there to just listen to people vent?” “Yeah. Now that I’m thinking about it, part of that work entails listening to people vent about their lives to someone they pay partly to listen. But, I never get the chance to vent myself.”
“In this… mess of a situation we’re in. I at least have a silver lining… you’re the only one I’m comfortable venting to.” Kawakami said. “Of course, only if you’re comfortable with it.”
“….. sure. I work part time at that bar anyway, and I’m told it's part of the job.” “Excellent. But if at any time you do not feel comfortable, you must tell me, okay?” “Got that.”
“I’m gonna go freshen myself up before class starts.” Kawakami said as she rose up from her desk and walked towards the door. “Oh! Shinjiro?”
“Yeah?” “Enjoy your holiday alright? You did great academically, you deserve a break.” “Thanks.”
TEMPERANCE RANK UP!!!
22nd of July
Evening
Leblanc
“So, that’s all who showed up?” “Everybody else had plans because they didn’t think this week was going to be well….” Haru struggled to find the words. “Nuts.” “Yup…”
“Ryuji’s spending time helping his mom…. Ann is doing model work…. Kasumi is doing extra practice…. And Yusuke is….” “Yusuke’s working on personal projects.” Ken said.
“Well… guess we’re doing it then.” “Right…. Is the boss out?” “He is. Just don’t know for how long.” “We better start now, he won’t like the idea of us intruding on his private life.” “Yeah…. At least they can enjoy their…. Break.” Shinji rose out of his seat, hung his apron and simply looked at both Haru and Kat.
“Right. Let's see if we can sniff anything out about the boss.”
Evening
Yongen Jaya
Now playing: ВолньІ , by Molchat Doma
The three third years left the cafe to roam the grounds of Yongen Jaya. The goal being to collect what information they could about the boss, short of breaking into his house. This brought the obvious people to ask first.
“Hello Shinji!” The grocery store manager across the small street greeted him. Being a regular thanks to being delegated the task of doing Sojiro’s groceries every once in a while, Shinji was on speaking terms with the man.
“Hey uh, can I ask you a thing?” “Mhm! You and the boss have been good and loyal customers of mine, what can I do for you?” “Actually, it’s about that. The boss…. I got a question about him.”
“Go ahead.” “Do you think he lives alone? Or do you think he lives with someone else? And I mean before I got here.” “Hmmm…. Nothing like that to my knowledge…. Though, back before you come, he would buy enough groceries for two, now that I’m thinking about it. He could be just buying in bulk though.” “Thanks.”
Shinji was about to walk out, until he thought of something. “Another question. What does he usually buy?” “Well, apart from the fresh goods…. A surprising amount of instant noodles and yakisoba. You think the man is able to cook for himself- guess he gets tired of his first class curry.” The shopkeeper explained. “Thanks.”
That’s something substantial, Shinji thought
Looking around supposedly where the Sakura residence was located, Haru simply strolled around, occasionally glancing at the windows. No visible signs of a second inhabitant. But then, she looked at the front gate, to find a mailman, carrying a parcel.
“Good evening!” “Hello….” “Hello, um. Is this where Sojiro Sakura lives?” “Yeah, though he spends his entire day working at his cafe just down the road.”
That was a bit disconcerting to Haru. The worst possibilities filled Haru’s mind regarding the treatment of what could be a second individual in Sojiro’s care.
“Door’s locked, so you ought to wait for him to finish working, likely, or you can go and check Leblanc to see if he’s there. I’m off.” “Thank you.” The mailman left, leaving Haru alone next to the locked gate of the Sakura residence. She then took a quick glance at the package.
Unmarked, only the address is written. A stamp says to take delicate care as fragile goods are contained within. Looking around to see if anybody was watching, Haru took a picture, and left.
Meanwhile, sitting on a bench, Ken was simply sitting by several furry companions, the cats of Yongen Jaya.
The felines had sensed that Ken had leftover dog treats meant for Koromaru in her pocket, and were frolicking around her like a deity.
“Ok, ok. You guys win.” Ken started to hand out treats to the nice looking cats, or simply those who come first. She was passing them out until a more whitish grey cat approached from the darkness of an alleyway.
Holding the last treat, Ken flicked it over to the bright cat, and watched the feline as it nibbled. However, a voice began to pierce through all the others.
“Snowball! How have you been?” The white and grey cat began to frolick, treat still in its mouth towards the voice, a middle aged woman in some formal clothing. She looks exhausted, Ken noted. She clearly had come back from work today, a nine to five probably.
The woman noticed the treat, and immediately ascertained who had fed “Snowball” just now. “Good evening.” The woman said in an almost bubbly voice. “Good evening to you.” Ken replied. “Thanks for giving a treat to Snowball.”
“That’s their name?” Ken asked. “Yes.” The woman began to give Snowball a bellyrub. “Isn’t that right my little baby!” In that voice all pet owners grew to use towards the pets in their care.
“Hey uh… can I ask you something?” Ken asked. “Sure.” The woman replied. “Do you know the owner of Leblanc? The boss?” “Mr. Sakura? Yes, I’m a regular.”
“Stupid question… but, does he live alone? Do you think he’s uh, married or something like that?” The woman continued to stroke Snowball’s fur. “No, I don’t think so. The boss never really talks about his personal life.”
“Hmm.” Coming from the dead space between two buildings, squeezed out a black cat. This one, upon noticing Ken, jumped onto his lap.
“Oh! Hey there…” Ken began to stroke at its fur and scratch its head. Though, he noticed something. A yellow band or collar on its neck, but no name at all of any sort.
“Oh! That one there’s Morgana.” The woman said. “Huh?” “This one started to frequent the cafe since April. I think it was at first, the boss’s coworker who kept it fed, but then the boss began to feed it too…”
Ken looked upon Morgana with a smile, and then decided to keep it company too.
Upon an extra hour or so of wandering, contemplating if some residents of Yongen Jaya knew something about the boss or not, the three decided to eventually call it a night.
“Senpai three”
Shinji: What kind of name is that???
Ken: I dunno, couldn’t think of anything better
Haru: Besides the point, it's getting pretty late, should we meet up tomorrow and compile our findings to the rest at school?
Shinji: sounds wise
Ken: maybe do it after school instead so we wont leave Yusuke out
Shinji: that too, see yall tommorow
End Track
Late Evening
SOHQ
A video call
Need music here help pls
Together, Maruki and Fuuka sat next to each other and in front of a monitor. They waited in front of a dark screen, in some anxiety, waiting to be answered by their former classmates.
First, a keen smile greeted them, this was Tae. Then, a cheeky and joyful expression on the face of a red haired, nerdish, glasses wearing woman.
“Hello friends! It is so nice to see you all again… well, not in person, but you get it~” “Nice to see you too Sumi. Hope you’re doing well.” Tae replied. “I’m doing great!”
“How about you Fuu?! Maru?” Sumi asked. “Pretty good. But well….” Maruki was about to go further until Fuuka interceded.
“Nice to see you all doing well, however, we called you because we have something important to ask.” Fuuka explained
“Go ahead.” Tae replied. “Does anybody…. Remember professor Wakaba’s daughter?”
The tone of the call, which was set by Sumi, now took a sudden turn in the opposite direction.
“We only met her once… it was when Wakaba took her to see us after one lecture for lunch I remember….” Tae recalled. “Yes…. She was very shy.” Sumi reminisced.
“Well….” Fuuka quivered, however Maruki picked up where she left off. “This is going to be hard to hear but… we may have located her.”
Tae’s eyes widened, a hand was now covering her mouth, while Sumi did the same, except with both and in with a more shocked expression. “It can’t be…”
Sumi remained quiet as Maruki continued. “We found a Futaba Sakura , if this Futaba is our professor’s daughter-“
“Wait, the boss?” Tae remained in shock. “Like, the boss, who I go get coffee from everyday?” She asked.
“What….” Fuuka also now was in shock, everybody with the exception of Maruki was in shock. “That’s the boss’s surname, Sojiro Sakura!” Tae exclaimed.
“I’m just going to restate, we May have found her.” Maruki explained. “Hold on.” Sumi stopped everyone.
“Remember how in semester breaks, and in whatever public holidays were available, Wakaba would go to Tokyo from Iwatodai?” Sumi asked. “I recall.” Everyone did.
“Well…. Is this… ‘boss’ an old associate perhaps?” Sumi induced. “Well… maybe, we know these trips were to go to the research lab in Tokyo, but….”
“Now that I recall…. Wakaba always had a lot to say about Futaba, but not about…. A father.” Tae let the words escape from her mouth with some struggle.
“Do any of us, have any copies, leftovers of her research?” Fuuka asked. “Now would be a good time to hand them over to us.” She continued. “We’re struggling to necessarily formulate our research into the new cognitive spaces forming here in Tokyo, and without any of Wakaba’s research, we’re essentially starting over now.”
“I could have some things.” Tae said. “As for me… I can probably find some theory, but nothing applied.” Sumi said. “And even then, I have to find a way to get it to you guys.” Sumi explained
“Anything will do. Just so we’re a little less in the dark here about what we’re going up against.” Maruki said.
23rd of July, Thursday
After school
Shinji’s room
“You sleep here?!!??” Ken expressed his shock. “Eh, could be worse.” “He’s right. He has the luxury of a bedframe and a mattress.” Yusuke replied.
“At least it's big.” Shinji replied as he took his seat.
The Kelly Gang took the time to settle in Shinji’s room, a warm atmosphere and temperature seeped in through an open window.
“Right. I know a bunch of you were busy yesterday, but we took the time to look deeper into the boss.”
“Here’s a few things we got. First, I was able to ask the greengrocer across the street about the boss. Turns out he buys a lot of food, not just for more than one person, but also food he would definitely not eat himself, like instant noodles and that sort of crap.”
“He regularly gets packages delivered to his address not addressed to him. The name is often blank.” Haru explained.
“And according to a neighbor of his, he isn’t married.” Ken added.
“So far, the evidence doesn’t seem to exclude or disconfirm the theory that there is a second Sakura in Boss’s household.” Haru summarised.
“Yeah…. It is also unlikely that the boss is on any social media either.” Ann said “Unless somebody wants to check?”
“You can check that in your own time. But right now, we need something more…. Affirmative? Yes, affirmative.” “Well. I got something to ask, actually.” Ryuji said.
“Shoot.” “Aren’t…. Palaces only for corrupt adults?” Ryuji asked. “All the people with palaces we went after were criminally corrupt or something….”
A seed of doubt. If this Futaba Sakura was in Sojiro’s care, and in fact a skeleton, whether living or otherwise in his closet, why did they have a palace? Had she done something… horrible? This line of questioning permeated the discussion.
The discussion went everywhere, and nowhere. Simply because it had made no sense to the Kelly Gang, how could someone who was perhaps being mistreated, or worse.
However, Ken had an idea. Remembering some things about Tartarus.
“Hey guys? I think I got it.” Ken said. “What I’m about to tell you is some really heavy shit, so get ready.”
“Back when me, Shinji, and the other shadow operatives were still at school seven years ago, first awakening our personas, there was a place like mementos, called Tartarus.”
“Their shadows were very different from the ones here. The only ones which existed were the uh… I guess minion-like shadows, sometimes a bigger bad boss one, but still.” Ken explained “What’s that gotta do with it?” Ryuji asked
“Well, shadows don’t exist for no reason. Often they’re created by well…. us, humans intentionally or unintentionally.” Ken continued “We know this for a fact when another shadow incident occurred in 2012.” Ken continued.
“There was another one?!” Ann expressed in shock. “Yeah, just four to five years ago… this time the shadows changed, and they grew to include ones which look a lot like the palace owners you guys saw.” Ken added. “They were people, who had shadows in their shadow world.”
“So, I think it's very possible that Futaba, she has a palace, it's just that she’s got it for a very different reason compared to the guys you had to go against.” Ken concluded.
“So…. There isn’t really anything leaving out Futaba…. Living right next to us.” Shinji asked.
“Now that I’m thinking about it.” Kasumi said. “Perun must’ve had access to your phone somehow to bug it….”
“Wait….. It can’t be.” Ryuji expressed. “Is Perun…. Futaba Sakura?”
The gang suddenly grew the feeling of unwanted awareness. As if they had woken up to find out that they all were secretly filmed, or documented.
Shinji was trying to comprehend having been monitored for almost four months without knowing, by someone next door no less. An existential violation, perhaps of Truman show extents.
Everyone remained in shock as they all tried to piece together what they could do under the new revelation, or paradigm shift they were undergoing. As Shinji, with a slight nervousness in his voice, took the initiative.
“Well….” Shinji took out his phone, and brought it closer so he was sure someone on the other side would listen.
“So…. Perun? Are you Futaba Sakura?”
Silence.
“You know, we can’t….. help at all unless we know a bit more about Futaba Sakura.” Shinji said. “So…. Ball’s in your court, I guess.”
Shinji placed the phone on the table and sat idly as everyone else
“I’ll wait for your reply.” Shinji rose up, simply looking at the gang, and asked. “Right, who wants dinner?”
Chapter 85: Out of the pan
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
23rd of July, Thursday
Evening
Leblanc
The sound of cutlery clinking on plates, chatter, and the soft humming of the dated lighting above filled the final hours of today’s work at Leblanc.
Its final customers of the day being Shinji and co. Their presence was tolerated and welcomed by the boss. Sojiro Sakura.
“So, you all did well in your midterms?” The boss asked. Some showed affirmative smiles. “Of course.” Haru said while a cheekful of curry remained in her mouth. Other affirmative expressions followed, with some being less eager.
“Good!” The boss said while withdrawing to the sink to wash up some cutlery. Far on the opposite end though, sat Shinji, his left flank being sat by Ken.
“Any message from Perun?” Ken whispered to him. “Nope.” He replied while digging into dinner.
“Y’all better enjoy this break, it’ll be one of the last.” Sojiro said. However with a hint of somberness. “You guys are all in your last, or second last year of secondary school, yes?” He asked.
“It’ll do you all well to savor it….Take your time and smell the flowers.” He said.
Everyone noticed. The boss was not himself.
“Hey Shinji?” Sojiro asked. “Yeah?” “I’m going out for a smoke, manage the store while I’m out.” “Sure…”
The boss exited, the vow of silence seemed to have worn away as everyone had to talk about the supposed change of demeanor by the boss.
“Did you guys see that?” Ryuji asked. “Yes…. That did not feel like the boss.” Kasumi replied.
“Do you think he’s found us out?” Ann asked openly. Uncertainty was seasoning the served curry with condiments of anxiety and unease. Permeating across the countertop.
“Now now. No jumping to conclusions. That’s the last thing we need.” Haru said firmly and worryfree enough to perhaps quarantine the bacterial spread of anxiety. “Yeah. Perhaps the old man’s tired.” Shinji simply said.
“While we’re at it.” Ken said. “We should probably prepare ourselves for Futaba’s palace… see if we need to get more provisions, new weapons, guns perhaps?” Ken suggested.
Haru added her innovation to Ken’s suggestion, to better ease the gang. “Oh! Let’s make it a shopping trip! Ease up some tension before it all starts, alright?”
“I’m down for that. I need to release some stress from exams anyway.” Ann replied. “So do I!” Kasumi shared.
One by one, the gang’s anxiety had seemingly washed away. Whether for leisure, or preparation, the Kelly Gang were going shopping soon.
“How does Saturday sound huh?” Ken asked. “Sounds good!” Ann replied, approval by the others followed suit. Now clear of any fear, they eagerly dug into dinner.
5 minutes later
“Alright, see you at school Shinji! Bye Bye!” The collective goodbyes and good nights of the Kelly Gang were heard until the door was left shut. As the sound of the gang members leaving for home (minus their leader) slowly was drowned out by the sound of the sink, now washing the dishes and cutlery which remained from dinner.
However, not a moment had passed, when the boss returned to the cafe, having finished his smoke break.
“Did your friends leave for home?” Sojiro asked. “Yup. They enjoyed dinner.” He said over the running water and the sound of friction coming from polishing dishware.
“Good. You really are getting better at making my curry. Maybe you’ll even be as good as me.” Sojiro jested. However, Shinji was not in the mood for a boast, or a jest for that matter.
He felt the need to address Sojiro directly, about Futaba Sakura. But his discretion drove him to find a question which did not blow the lid off the gang’s activities. He maintained silence.
Sojiro noticed the lack of any attention at his jest, he had wondered if he had gone on too strong, was Shinji not the type to like a jest, or appreciate a sense of humor? The old man asked himself. It was then, that Shinji found his question.
“Hey, boss?” “Mhm?” “I got a question for you.” “Yes? What is it?” “Do you live alone?”
The boss, who did not expect the question, took a moment to simply stagger back, like a deer in the headlights. What was a simple question was unexpected and perhaps unusual.
“…. Why are you asking?” “I’m just being curious.” Shinji said quickly as if it were a matter of fact. He had asked without facing the boss at any moment, still fixated on doing the washing.
“Well…. Sometimes the cats rent my front door when it rains for free, but otherwise… I am alone.” Sojiro explained.
…
“Is this about whether you could stay here? After you complete your final year of school?” Sojiro asked, this time out of his own curiosity. “…. Maybe.”
“Well, if that is what you are wondering… I won’t mind. You keep working for me like this, get better at the job, you won’t have to worry too much… except maybe going to University, but besides that.”
“You won’t need to worry about rent. Renting is so expensive these days, and well. It’s a miracle I managed to find this hole in the wall, at the price I found it.” Sojiro continued.
“….. thanks Boss.” “No problem. Close up shop for me? I feel like calling it a night.” “Sure.”
End Track
If it wasn’t clear before how Shinji felt about his caretaker, it was now instead murky.
He did not like it. But a part of him couldn’t help but take the boss at face value. Fighting against the instinct to mistrust everybody to an extent or another, was something that hadn’t occurred to him.
The prospect of… well, being taken care of. No less by someone closer matching a father figure of a sort. That prospect seemed to have a grasp on Shinji, whether he had known it or not.
24th of July, Friday
Early Morning
S.O.H.Q
Now playing: Time, live band, Portable.
Butter, eggs, rice, and ketchup. The sound of butter being melted in a hot pan, reacting with the eggs above, slowly woke up the early risers of the Shadow Operatives.
Maruki and Fuuka, both emerging from their rooms in their pajamas, looked at eachother, wondering who was cooking breakfast early in the morning.
“Who’s that cooking again?” Maruki asked quietly. “Aigis or Ken, I’m putting my money on Ken, Maru.” “Let’s find out.”
The two put on slippers, and slipped quietly into the living room, moving to the kitchen, they found them. Ken, in their school uniform, cooking several portions of Omurice.
“G’morning.” Ken said after noticing the presence. “Good morning…” Fuuka and Maruki both said while entering the kitchen.
“Oh! Take a seat at the table, I got some more if you want.” Ken said. “Thanks….” The two cognitive researchers compiled, sitting down at the table, trying to wake themselves up.
“Hey….” Fuuka asked. “Are we supposed to pick up the papers from Tae today?” “Yup.” Maruki replied. “I can do it… pick up some coffee from Leblanc too…. Do you want yours with sugar and milk?”
“Sure…..” Fuuka said while yawning substantially. Then, the sound of footsteps which could not be silenced or muffled by slippers was heard.
“I thought I smelled a fire… I did smell a fire.” It was Labrys. “What ta ya guys making?” She asked while also yawning.
“Omurice.” Ken said, stepping out with plates and cutlery. “Wow, thanks Ken.” Said Labrys before she immediately cannibalised the omelet and the rice, but not before dumping a healthy serving of ketchup on the omelet.
“Hey… how’s the investigation going?” Maruki asked between bites.
“Well…. We got new data, new evidence… none of it disproves… well actually some of it verifies that Futaba Sakura really could be living in Sojiro Sakura’s house…. Beyond seeing them leave the house.”
Fuuka and Maruki silently ate as Ken continued. “Additionally, we are also coming to the conclusion that… Perun and Futaba Sakura really could be the same person…. Perun is asking us to change their own heart.” Ken explained
“…. Interesting.” Maruki replied.
“That’s unusual, but knowing the history of shadows we have seen, it isn’t so surprising.” Fuuka said. “We at least were able to interview and ask the investigation team about their shadows…. So perhaps….”
Fuuka was lost in thought as Maruki picked up where she left off. “We have a hypothesis, that the shadows you find in palaces are an evolution, or an offshoot of the kind of shadows we experienced in Inaba.”
“Huh, but aren’t the palace shadows here assholes?” Labrys asked. “I mean, mine, and the others were assholes too, but only on TV.”
“We’re not leaving out the possibility of change, of metamorphosis. Frankly, it's just good science. If it can be proven false, it's a valid hypothesis.”
“Popper?” Ken asked. “Yes.” Maruki replied.
Everyone continued to eat in silence, until Maruki then asked another question. “Ken, go ask Shinji this when you can.” “Mhm?” “When they are able to access Futaba Sakura’s palace, can you ask them to bring me along?”
“What? Are you nuts? You don’t have a persona Maruki.” Ken replied. “It’s fine Kat.” Fuuka answered. “We both want to investigate and research palaces further, of course Maruki has to be able to spend time in one in order to investigate palaces.” Fuuka explained
“…..ok.” Ken replied. “Excellent….” Maruki said while in the middle of a yawn. “Alright, I’m leaving for school. See y’all later.” Ken said, quickly finishing his breakfast Omurice, and left.
“I’m walking Koro today.” Maruki said, also having finished his omurice. “Ok, have fun.” Fuuka replied. She took out her phone, opened the photo gallery and scrolled up to the year 2014, where a lot seemed possible, and little seemed wrong with the world. She stopped when she found the photos she was looking for.
Lunches, dinners, experiments, dnd sessions. They were all together, like a mother hen followed by a line of chicks. One mother rooster followed by four small little cognitive psience students.
It was one photo however, which she was looking for in particular. One dinner on a July night two years ago, , everyone in attendance in some kind of formal clothing.
The focus of the photo was the bowl-haired professor, smiling gay with glee, her students around her just as gayly. However, as Fuuka looked closer, the real focus of the photo came into view.
A short figure, looking very much like their mother, bowl cut, glasses, cowering behind her right leg, but took a peek at the lenses.
“Do you really think it's Mrs Isshiki’s girl?” Labrys asked Fuuka. Fuuka could not reply.
End Track
A bit later…
Yongen Jaya, the laundromat
Morning
“I know it isn’t much, but we’re here for a reason Koro.” A small hum came from Koromaru as acknowledgement.
The sound of heels however, broke the peace. Both man and dog looked at the entrance to the laundromat, awaiting the arrival of the doctor.
“You know, I had to close down shop to see you, right?” “Didn’t you invite me to see you?” Maruki shot back. “I know. Anyway, here it is.” Taken from a small satchel bag, Tae handed over a brown folder filled with papers to Maruki, who stuffed it in his bag.
“Found it in a big box of my old stuff from uni. Maybe there’s more there but, that’s all I can easily find.” “It’s light enough to feel like a feather… is this how much that you got?” “Yes…”
“Shit.” “You know, I’m supposed to be on a tight schedule.” Tae asserted. “But…” Tae knelt down to the level of Koromaru. “This little guy is already making up for it, aren’t you?” Woof! Koromaru made a series of sounds, which captured the doctor’s affection. She wasn’t to the point of anthropomorphism, like all owners do to their pets, but she seemed like she was getting closer.
She however, remembered Maruki was standing next to them, and refocused on their conversation. “The stuff in there is mostly about concepts, defining stuff, and other things, not much ground breaking implications about the mind.” “That will do actually.” Maruki replied
“I can’t… I can’t believe she…”. “What?” Maruki asked. “I figured to an extent or another what she was talking about was plausible, just not…. Literal I guess.” Tae said.
Maruki simply was looking down on a random tile on the floor. As Tae took a moment to remember the professor. At least until Koromaru began to feel the need to get going to do his business.
“Now. Who is this cute guy?” Tae asked. “Koromaru, what, you just gonna spend the day off work to spend time with my dog?” Maruki asked a bit jokingly. “Maybe, I need a break, period.” She replied while walking with Maruki and Koromaru into wider Yongen Jaya to enjoy the morning.
24th of July
After school
Leblanc
Now darkness enveloped Yongen Jaya, bringing a steady yet heavy rain on the neighborhood.
For the lack of a place to go in the rain, the Kelly Gang resorted to their second home. Leblanc.
The impending end of the semester brought no relief. As a more important matter was on the line here.
There was only anticipation. The Kelly Gang sat like hunters, however with no assurance or knowledge whether they were to hunt or be hunted. The feeling of uncertainty amidst impending danger could only animate the gang so far as them sitting around the cafe in relative silence, exchanging words momentarily.
Hoping to break the ice, Shinji decided to get the ball rolling on their shopping trip tomorrow.
“Right. Is there anything anybody might need? Something new? Do we need more grenades? Perhaps something else?”
“Well…. I think I’d like something magazine-fed, rather than the old mauser.” Ryuji said. “All good here.” Ann replied. “My Winchester and revolver are fine as of now.” Yusuke replied.
“I dunno….. uh, maybe let’s just windowshop when we get there.” Kasumi said. Others seemed to agree. “We will need more grenades, I dunno how many you have in your closet Shinji, but we’re close to a dozen in HQ…” Ken replied
“Ok…… we ought to see the Gunk then.” Shinji said to himself as he nodded slowly. “Do we need anything else-“
End track
CRASH!!!
YAAAAAAAAAAHAAA!
“What was that?” Ann shrieked. Everyone tensed as they heard what was undeniably a scream coming from the neighborhood.
“Does that sound like…? It came from boss’s house?” Kasumi asked. “No fucking way.” Shinji said to himself as he went upstairs quickly.
“Where are you going?!” Called out Ken, Shinji no later came out, still in his apron from his room, however with the refinement that he had his revolver out, hiding it neatly in a pouch on the underside of the apron.. “C’mon, let’s go.”
The rest of the group followed a very deterministic Shinji, as he walked into the Sakura residence. Standing in front of the gate.
“The door’s open.” He said as rain pelted his hat and the others. “Did the old man leave the door open?” Ryuji audibly questioned “M-maybe it's a break in?” Ann asked, starting to crack up. “Who would rob a house at 4 in the afternoon?” Ken replied
Shinji walked into the house door, slowly opening the front. Anxiety among the group didn’t dissipate as they treaded inside away from the rain. The lights were out, as Shinji tried flicking on what he thought was the light switch, he realised what was wrong. The power was out.
“Entire house’s electricity is out.” Shinji replied. He had a hand stuck in his apron on the revolver, just in case. “Do we think the old man’s ok?” Ryuji asked. “Didn’t see him earlier…. He’s maybe outside or….”
“Shinji, can we go? This place is giving me the creeps.” Kasumi said, a somewhat brave voice however declining by the moment.
“Please excuse us…?” Haru said, making herself heard. Dead silence. At least until a somewhat masculine sounding voice could be heard from upstairs.
“Can we just get out of here please???” Ann asked in distress, “Is that Perun? Futaba?” Ken asked. Silently however, Ann slid away, backing out silently in the darkness.
Soon enough, everyone else began to concede ground to the darkness, backing off to the front door where they perhaps felt more comfortable.
However, Shinjj remained stalwart in the hall with Kasumi, however this stalwartness was not shared by Kasumi. “Kasumi, what are you doing behind me?” He felt a deathly grip on his back.
Turning his head, he saw Kasumi grasped onto his back, using her athletic gymnast strength to latch onto Shinji, latching onto his shoulders with her arms and her legs latching onto his torso, almost like a spider. “Shinji…”
“Please don’t turn around.” “But I gotta if I wanna leave.” “Please don’t.” Kasumi said with her resolve plummeting below her feet into the floor below. Shinji simply turned around.
“Shinji, I don’t think I can feel my legs.” Kasumi said. “I think they’re getting numb.” “Piggyback time I guess.”
“I sense someone’s presence!” Yusuke said. Against her better instinct and mind, Kasumi turned around.
“AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHEEEAAAAAAAHHH!!!!!”
Everyone else looked behind to see Kasumi now standing, rapidly pushing Shinji towards the front door. They wouldn’t have known that Kasumi was scared by a presence, if it weren’t for the sound of pounding footsteps as well as a ruckus immediately going on upstairs.
“Christ, what was that?!?” “Perun?!??? Futaba????!!!”
“Imsorrimsorrisumirewhycantyoubehereohmygod-“.
“Are you okay Futaba!”
The sound of the boss’s voice could be heard as pounding on the street outside could be heard. Quickly and in a panic, the gang with the exception of Shinji, who was still clung unto by Kasumi, cowering in fear.
“Don’t move!”
A searing flashlight came over the two, as the boss was greeted to the sight of his indentured serf and one of his friends. “Wh- what the hell are you doing in my house Shinji?”
“You too?” Said Sojiro. “A-… are you two dating?”
“Uhm…. No.” “Do friends nowadays get that close?” In the moment, Ken and Haru stepped out into the limelight. “You kids are here too?!”
“Sorry for intruding. We heard a scream from the cafe, then we checked to see that the gates were left open.” Sojiro scratched his head. “Oh… my bad. That was probably me, my age must be getting to me.” Sojiro explained
“Its a blackout.” Ken continued. “We heard a lightning strike.” “Right… I’ll go fix that now, you kids get to the cafe.” Sojiro said, walking past them and towards what was the back of the house.
“So…. That was Futaba boss?” Shinji asked the old man. He stopped for a moment, only to then continue forward to the back.
5 minutes later
Leblanc
“Now… where do I start.”
Now playing: Living with Determination, P3
“Futaba’s mother and I knew eachother, starting from before she was born.” Sojiro explained. “She was a weird one, we got along, and we seemed to enjoy eachother’s company.” Sojiro explained.
“Incredibly intelligent, a bit socially awkward sometimes, but she was always carefree….. an incredible woman.” Sojiro continued. “She would fixate on some things and remain that late in the night… nothing could break her focus.”
“Not that that changed when Futaba entered the picture, but she was always taken great care of by her.”
“And, like mother…. The daughter too, I guess. Futaba turned out a lot like her mother…”
Sojiro paused for a moment, then continued. “There was no father…. Well, probably was one but, you know.”
“Shit….” Ryuji said to himself.
“Then…. almost two years ago, she left her.” Sojiro said. “What do you mean?” Ken asked.
“……. It was suicide.” Sojiro said. “Two years ago… right in front of the poor girl.”
Silence permeated the room as Sojiro took a moment to collect the words he would say next. “I… was at work, a-and I had only found out when I had walked back home to-…”
The boss could not say more. He sighed, and continued where he could. “A lot happened, leading me to take custody over Futaba… she was so depressed that she couldn’t talk to anyone, not even me.”
“It took a month to get her to open up to me, and even then it was only through text, mostly for when she got hungry. And it was then I found out that she blames herself for her mother’s death.”
“God…” Ken felt cold, huddling her arms together as if they had grown cold over the last five minutes. And to her misfortune, she thought that Shinji noticed.
“That can’t be healthy to be shut in like that.” Kasumi said. “About three to four months ago, Futaba started to get really scared, even when nothing was happening to her.”
“She would tell me that she was hearing things, or that someone was watching her…” Sojiro knelt his head over in shame.
Haru and Yusuke looked at eachother. “These visual and auditory hallucinations…” “Have you taken Futaba to see a doctor, Mr. Sakura?” Haru asked.
Sojiro sighed. “She refused… even when the doctor went to see her, not even when I called one to come here to help, she just kept shut.”
Sojiro took the time to collect his thoughts. “H- she’s so much like her mother… She's good with computers, whatever she does with them, god knows… but what Futaba needs is a safe place where nobody can hurt her. That is why… I guess I was being dishonest with you last night, Shinji.” Sojiro explained
“Nothing wrong with that.” Shinji replied as Sojiro nodded. “It isn’t a way to live, but I won't force her to do anything she doesn’t want, or myself to do anything she doesn’t want.” Sojiro explained. “It’s all I can do.” A pang of resignation permeated from Sojiro’s mouth.
“Are you okay with this?” Ken asked. “And is this what Futaba wants?”
“I don’t know. She just asks me for food, books, some expensive hardware here and there… along with other things, that’s that really.” Sojiro stood up. “I need to go see if Futaba is okay, but…”
“Yes Mr. Sakura?” Haru asked. “Can you please… leave her be?” The others nodded. Without any response, Sojiro walked out. “Close up shop for me Shinji.”
“God. damn.” Shinji said to himself as he settled down in his seat. “That was heavy.” Kasumi said.
“Is everybody okay? ” Haru asked. “Ryuji? Yusuke? Ken? You seem a bit…” “We’re fine Haru.” Ken replied rather coldly.
“This… this is a call for help.” Ann said. “Futaba wants us to steal her heart. That’s what she wants.” “And without our help, her pain cannot be relieved or discarded.” Yusuke said.
“I’m willing to help her.” Kasumi said, determination in her voice.
“But would that really help her?” Haru wondered. “But think about it! We can’t ignore this!” Ann added.
“Wait… with Futaba’s help, we can stand up against Medjed, we can stop the cleanse as long as we help her.” Ken realised.
“Well…. We got her palace keywords, but still missing the one. So we’re not all bueno yet.” Shinji said. “I hate to say it, we probably gotta disregard the boss’s wishes if we wanna help her.” Ryuji said.
“Would that be wise?” Haru asked. “I do not want to take advantage of Mr. Sakura’s trust.” “I don’t think we have a choice.” Yusuke said.
“Unless “Perun” reaches out to us, which doesn’t look likely now. We’re going to have to do this.” Shinji said. “I’m with Kasumi on this one. Futaba thinks we’re the only ones who can help her…. She’s right.”
Shinji looked at everyone with a silent look, the kind which signalled a firm grasp. A deterministic look which could only be afforded to those without the luxury of dread nor regret. “All in favor?”
Silently, one by one, the gang signalled approval.
First was Kasumi,
Second was Ken,
Third was Yusuke,
Fourth was Ryuji,
Fifth was Ann,
Sixth was Haru,
And last but not least was Shinji.
“Good.” Shinji said. “Tomorrow we’ll reassess our gear and kit, then we’ll fully focus on getting the last keyword. Any questions?”
Haru made herself heard. “I’d be cautious.” She said. “Why??? Don’t you want to help Futaba?” Kasumi asked with some annoyance in her voice. “I don’t want to do something which forces Futaba to do something she doesn’t want, like Mr. Sakura says.”
“If possible, I would prefer getting the last codeword without intruding on both of them.” Everyone, seeing the value of Haru’s dissent, thought deeply for a moment.
“ I don’t see another way around it.” Yusuke said. “And I think Futaba can hear us now so… perhaps she would understand.” “Let’s just focus on tomorrow.” Shinji said.
Everyone shuffled out. “Yeah, let’s get going before the last trains go so we can go home.” Ryuji said. They left, however leaving behind Ken, a bit distraught.
“Ken.” “Yeah?” “You ok?” “I am.” Shinji sighed. He did not know what to say. “I’ll be alright.” Ken said. “I just want to focus on helping Futaba.” “See you tomorrow then?”
“Uh huh, see you tomorrow."
End track
As soon as the door closed, Shinji could only breathe a sigh of relief, needing to fiddle with something to let out some stress, he took the smith and wesson out from the apron pocket, and emptied the cylinders of the airsoft rounds.
Only realising with the benefit of hindsight that he was going to go as far as perhaps using it on the boss if the worst possibility, that of an abusive adoptive guardian was reality, he had to let out a massive sigh and kick himself. Staring at the rounds now on the table.
“Shit…”
Remembering he was still downstairs, he closed shop, heading upstairs to go clean and maintain the revolver and what kit he had upstairs while at it.
Now playing: Cold Bones, by Ben Matthews
Sitting in deep focus as he took lubricant and let it set in the removed cylinders. He sat in silence as he cleaned out the grime which accumulated from a month or so of use.
But as he sat and looked at the empty revolver, cylinder removed, he couldn’t help but think of how he got to this.
Memories, memories of using something like this but in a very very different way.
“Per…son…a.”
Before he knew it, he was holding the barrel of the gun to his temple.
“Gah, shit!” It was completely unintentional, it had been a somewhat regular thing back in the last few months before April. It was instinct, muscle memory, the stress of the trigger pull was simply a fact of life.
But now, it was just that, stress. Bitter stress. Caff! Caff! KAUF!!!
The cleaning rags, stained often with the black grime of gunpowder when cleaning out the stress of past use, was now stained with a different color, that of red. Subtly staining the darkened rag more brown. Giving some plausible deniability to its origin.
Shinji spent minutes looking at the rag. Alone in the attic, his gun in front of him as he looked at that faint hue, mixed with the black.
End track
The next day
25th of July, Saturday
Noon
Now playing: Beneath the mask, tactica
“Hey! Shinji! Your friend is down here!” The sound of the boss’s shouting voice protruding through the floorboards woke Shinji up.
“Guh…” Shinji woke up to find himself on his bed, looking at the ceiling above. He took out his pocket watch. Sighing, having found out how comparatively late he had slept in.
Not wanting to keep the others waiting, he got up, and got ready to leave. Only to catch a glimpse of the table again.
His revolver was there, fully assembled, presumably after a night of maintenance, even the Winchester. Before he stepped away, he put the two in his closet, hidden away and concealed by his old clothes.
5 minutes later
“Hey Shinni!” Labrys sat in a booth, waving to him while he made his way down the stairs. “Sleep well?”
“Yup, good enough.” “Good. The others are waiting.”
The two got out, waving Sojiro goodbye for the day, leaving for wider Yongen Jaya. But first, they made for a brief detour. Towards the clinic.
“Maruki and Fuuka decided to go to Tae’s to get what medicine we need for what’s ahead.” Labrys explained. “Okay…”
The two walked by the front door, to see Tae, Fuuka and Maruki standing outside the door with a box of what was presumably medicine and provisions. They were holding conversation it seemed. At least until they noticed Shinji and Labrys, which was when Tae made herself known to Shinji.
“Good morning Shinji. On the warpath again I presume?” Tae asked. “It’s for a good cause.” He said without much strength in his voice.
“Though, remember our promise, okay. Don’t croak on me.” Tae said. “Looks like you aren’t even trying.” She added. Shinji had no idea what she meant until he realised she meant how tired he was looking.
“Oh, I just got up. Didn’t get breakfast either.” Shinji explained. “You better get something nice inside before you feel worse, alright? Listen to your body.” Tae said sternly.
“Again, thanks for the medicine Tae, we promise we’ll put it to good use.” Fuuka said. “Anything for you guys. But really, it would be great if you wouldn’t need to use it…. You know what I mean.”
“Indeed we do…” Maruki replied. “Right, let’s get to Shibuya, the others are waiting for us.” He added.
Shibuya underground mall
Noon
Instead of being above ground under the glaring sun, the Kelly Gang had opted for the shelter of the underground mall, enough time had passed to the point where when Shinji and the others had found them, some members were sporting newly bought wares they did not have before. All were present, except one.
“Hey, where’s Ken guys?” “They went off to the clothes shop over there.” Ann said, now wearing newly bought tinted glasses. “Remember where I got you those?” Ann said, pointing to the dark and blue clothes he wore. “Thanks Ann.”
Ann took a look at the others while Shinji left. Together she could see the others with stuff they probably would be preoccupied by in the holidays.
Yusuke and Haru came out sharing a small wheeled cart from the craft store,strapped on were some fresh canvases, plant pots, and as well as balls of knitting yarn. Fuuka went to the two, and talked to Yusuke for a moment before picking up the ball of knitting yarn with a smile.
Kasumi and Ryuji came from a store with a small tote bag, a closer look revealed issues from mangas, the physical green boxes that video games came in, as well as a big bottle of soda. Reminding Ann she really needed to take Ryuji’s offer of bringing herself and Shiho to Ryuji’s place to play video games, just like the old days.
Then there was Ken, now approached by Shinji. They noticed each other and were holding some conversation she could not make any sense of. And could only read body language.
It was made obvious, Ken was taking a look at hats. She took a look at some, then stopped at a beanie, a color matching her orange. Shinji looked a bit conflicted, pointing towards… Was that Ken’s hair? Ann thought. She would agree, Ken’s hair was pretty nice the way it was.
It was then that Shinji took off his Haraway hat, and placed it on Ken’s head. Ann could not help but giggle seeing the shorter Ken adjust the larger brimmed hat on her head, only to visibly pout about such.
She giggled to herself, seeing it all through her rose tinted glasses. Slowly declining as Shinji got back to the gang with Ken.
“Alright, let’s see the uncle.”
Track end
25th of July
Noon
Untouchables
“Sup. Ah! My favorite customers. What can I do for you?” He said to the group with a contained smile.
“Hey Gunkle… it's happening again.” “Wha-, oh. You need a restock or something?” “Yup. We’ll windowshop for guns, but we’re refilling on the stuff that goes boom.” Shinji said as he and the others shuffled in.
Iwai took out a box of ordinance and said “I’ve taken the time to just make a bunch of different ones, maybe you’ll appreciate them.” He said as he stepped off his desk towards a shelf to take out a single action colt, to polish back on his desk as the others browsed.
Shuffling through the “Box’ o boom” as was written on the side of the cardboard, Yusuke took the time to inspect the unusual ordinance. As he picked up what looked like a potato masher, another which had a lid looking a bit like a jar of jam.
“Oooh…” Kasumi was looking at a set of revolvers looking exactly like the chrysanthemum finished one she had. “Schofield over there.” “Huh?” “That’s a schofield, take a smith and wesson number three, and modify it according to the recommendations of a certain brigadier Schofield. To make it more suitable for cavalry.”
“Wow…. Is it possible to uh… you know how the last one had the uh…”. “Engraving? Don’t even think about it.” “I mean the chrysanthemum.” “Oh, so a stamp? Yeah I can do that. What you want?”
“I would like a violet.” “Hmm… Yeah, it’s possible.”
Ryuji was taking a look at several magazine fed pistols, until one caught his eye. Brown grip and a darkened finish, what confused him, yet intrigued him all at the same time, were the sights.
Whoever made this pistol here was as optimistic as the mauser people, Ryuji thought, at least the engineers were optimistic enough to think that adjusting the sights to hit targets that were half a kilometer away. The… germans? Yeah mauser sounded like German, Ryuji thought, were twice as optimistic.
He found the holster, like the mauser it also held the dual function as an attachable stock, which pushed Ryuji over the edge, he was liking the thing already.
Ann and Ken took a look at some submachine guns. “”What is that?” Ann audibly asked. Taking them out of a case, The two got their hands on two submachine guns which looked more like a set of pipes.
“well… this one looks like a bunch of pipes taped together!” Ann said. “I dunno, I kinda like it.” Ken said, the roller back delayed blowback came obvious to him, having seen it in a movie, at least once before.
“Small, pretty light… can probably hide it in a coat or my poncho.” Ken said. As he engaged the safety and fire mode switches on and off.
“Sten gun I think.” Maruki said, looking at the gun. “Huh?”
“I saw them in old grey movies with paratroopers.” Maruki said. “Oh! You mean the film festival when they did the black and white films some years ago!!?” “Yeah, those were pretty good.” Maruki replied.
As they continued to converse about prior film festivals of Iwatodai, Ann found herself another sten, but with a bit more to her liking, some wood, an actual grip where the earlier one was devoid of, and… was that a bayonet?
The sound of a drawn sword however drew Ann’s attention away, as she had found a swordstick. Drawing its thin blade out from the hollow wooden tube, it reflected the light which came from the light bulbs above, and showed their rays on a rather excitable Haru.
Some time later, the gang had gotten their purchases together. A box of ordinance, small arms, as well as some popsicles which came free with purchase, thanks to the Gunkle.
“No, we shouldn’t.” Fuuka said. “I ain’t taking no for an answer. You guys helped me and my kid out, this is the least I can do, also do you have any idea how hot it is outside? Take the damn popsicles for free.”
“Thanks Gunkle.” Ken said while they stuck their popsicle in their mouth.
“Hold up guys.” Shinji said, as he came out with a small assortment of things he had picked from the stock. Laying them on the counter, they consisted of…
A pair of binoculars, a whetstone, and a substantially sized square-shaped water canteen.
“Have an ice cream bar, kid.” Iwai told Shinji as he handed him a chocolate ice cream bar on a stick. Leaving him with a pat on the back as he accounted for the expenses.
As they were waiting, Fuuka turned to face the group. “If you guys are willing, we can go and eat out.” Fuuka said. “But where?” Asked Ryuji. “We were told by Kotone that the Jazz Den serves good food, we can go there, maybe even catch Kotone and Aigis if we get there in time.” Fuuka explained.
“Good, let’s go then.”
End track
30 minutes later…
“We finish up our ice cream and popsicles, then we go.” Maruki said to the others before he stuck his popsicle in his mouth.
Sitting near the subway entrance in Shibuya station, the group as whole took to enjoying the combination of the warming sun above, and a cool breeze which had blown over, combined with ice cream, the atmosphere was simply too pleasant to not warrant sitting down and savoring it.
Shinji, Ken, Fuuka, and Maruki sat together, only for Shinji to ask the three a question.
“Hey, I heard you guys talking about the theatre, is it still standing?” “Yup, why’d you ask?” Ken asked. “God… I think some time around September or so… I decided to go see one movie alone… only to actually get the whole theatre to myself.” Shinji said.
“I don’t remember the movie even, just that the entire audience probably got apathy syndrome and probably didn’t make it past the front door.” Shinji remembered.
“Well, now the cinema’s running fine again, they’re still running that film festival every year now.” Maruki said.
“You know… the film festival of 2011 was one of the first things we did as a group… Do you remember Maruki?” Fuuka asked. “Yeah… I do, even Wakaba decided to come because she was interested in one of the films.”
“Yes…” Maruki began to reminisce more. “It was a bunch of foreign films, not even in english. The one that Wakaba-“
“Sorry, who’s Wakaba?” Shinji asked. “Our professor, anyway-“
“Wakaba was interested in a film from 1979, an old soviet film called Stalker… it’s a bit weird. Its setting is a sort of… alien incursion… post nuclear incident sort of place…”
“Wakaba thought it was inspired by Chernobyl, but the film was released before the chernobyl incident ever took place…” Maruki explained. Ken then added to the conversation. “Was I there?” Ken asked. “No… you weren’t. It was a weekday, and you were likely at school.” Maruki replied.
“Anyway, this… place… it's a weird place where the rules of physics just… don’t. It really greatly appealed to Wakaba, I just don't entirely remember the plot, or what part really stood out to her.”
“This ice cream is good.” Shinji commented. He really could only think of one thing to add to the conversation at that point. He was hungry enough to tolerate ice cream being technically the first thing he ate today as “breakfast”.
“I think I remember a bit more…” Fuuka remembered. “Wakaba began talking a bunch about the film after we saw it, and became a little fixated on it.” She explained.
No… it's gotta be a coincidence, Shinji thought to himself, it has to be.
“Yeah, Wakaba then decided to try and make a dnd campaign herself which was heavily inspired by it. It wasn't too subtle, it had a zone in the world which was called well, the zone.
A sinking feeling started to hit Shinji as he took out his vibrating phone. Then it was soon enough visible to everyone as it then painted his face.
End Track
COGNITION FOUND, TRAVELLING TO PALACE~
“Crap.”
Notes:
Into the fire
Chapter 86: Gehenna
Summary:
"Down to Gehenna, he who travels fastest travels alone."
-Kipling
Chapter Text
???
As quick as Shinji put down his phone back in his pocket, Shinji noticed that let alone the darkness they found themselves in, the sound of street traffic in a metropolis like Tokyo, was replaced with the relative silence of a flat grassy plain. Of chirping insects, wind blowing grass, and the owls and their hoot.
The others, who were walking towards Kichijoji, towards a warm and welcoming hole in the wall with performers who they call friends, and pleasant food and drink, in a blink of an eye found themselves, no longer there.
Whether it be due to the sudden apparent change of night and day, the sudden cold stinging at the skin, or, the sudden change of apparel.
“What the fuck!” Sounds of astonishment, shock, and surprise were made known as the Kelly Gang and shadow operatives with them had taken note.
“What the hell happened?!” A voice that was certainly Labrys’ shouted. “Someone must’ve spoken the keyword, who was it?” Fuuka shouted.
The sound however, of boots, treading the grass, put everyone on alert. Keeping his voice down, and watching everybody listen to him through the slim visor slit. Shinji ordered:
“Everybody, hide!” Everybody quickly obeyed. Shinji, as well as whoever was closest to him, followed their leader to a decrepit and dilapidated house. Looking through a window, he saw others further away fleeing for the shelter or concealment of abandoned cars, and some found a hiding place in a depressed ditch.
The sound of uttering in what was certainly an eastern slavic language.
The sound of older men and the content of their orders did not relieve anybody of any anxiety. Shinji quickly looked to see who was inside the house with him, that being Ken, Haru, and Yusuke.
“They’re saying….” Yusuke whispered to the others. “They found something here and are checking the house soon.” He says with inevitability in his voice. Everyone took a moment to comprehend until seeing Yusuke quickly pat his side until he drew his iron.
Seeing this, the others do something to a similar effect. As Ken quickly drew his colt, followed by the sound of the fiddling of a magazine by Haru, scrambling to work in a magazine into the machine gun.
The best Shinji may offer was to bring out his own blade, lest he be burdened by a tall axe, and his revolver. Hesitation however drew him to sheath his blade and instead put a hand to his mask.
The sound of the door creaking, and boots pressing on the wood below silenced all in the house. Step by step the now very apparent soldier entering, was about to check their most immediate corner. Where Ken was Hiding.
He couldn’t sit there, Shinji thought. He got ready to pounce, in case he found Ken, but he didn’t need to. Further shouting was heard outside, and the soldier double backed, leaving the door open.
Sure that he was gone, Shinji signalled the others to get by the window, only for Yusuke to go cold facially.
“He’s saying he’s found someone.” Yusuke said with angst in his voice, as they watched what was presumably the boss dragging out Maruki.
Bringing Maruki in front of a glaring flashlight, the boss’s tone was initially one of surprise. He took note of Maruki’s nerdish look and his glasses. Only to speak to him directly.
“He’s asking why he’s so far from a lab, and that he has to be a scientist.” Yusuke explained. “The hell does he mean…” Shinji replies.
Ken and Haru approach behind the two with their guns ready. “We can take them, we won’t let them lay a finger on Maruki.” Ken whispered. “On your cue.” Haru simply said as she mounted the barrel of the gun on the window sill, as Ken holds a second mag at the ready.
After some silence, the men are only greeted with Maruki keeping his head to the ground, as his satchel is taken from him and its contents inspected.
But…. As one of the men reach into the satchel, a Crack… . Followed by the sound of flesh, fabric, and steel ripped apart, and then a thud. Was heard.
“чорт, снайпер!”
Seeing that Maruki was now instead firmly hugging the ground, having had lead flown over his head, Haru had thought she felt a tap on her back, and started to burst down whatever figures she saw in the open.
A green laser coming seemingly from high, it being too pitch dark to identify its source, started to guide lead to their marks, as the sounds of shouts, screams, and shots are heard reverberating the plain. Fearful of being shot anyway by bullets from above, Shinji sorted through his satchel to find what ordinance he had, until he found a phallic canister with a pin. He quickly made a plan.
After patting Haru's back hard to get her attention, he quickly uttered out “Olga, Taras, go out the back and get Maruki out of there, Zag comes with me, and we draw fire.”
Pushing the pin, he threw the canister out of the window towards Maruki, who is seen trying to stumble upwards before the smoke envelops him. As Haru and Yusuke came out from the back door, Shinji and Ken were running out the front door in view of the sniper, madly squeezing off shots while running the opposite direction.
Crack! Crack! The sound of now ineffective fire flying in differing directions is slowly replaced by the sound of Ken and Shinji running on the grass, until they are stopped.
Passing by a tree, Shinji took a rifle butt to the face as he fell down, his helmet falling away allowing him to see clearly his assailant. Another soldier with an assault rifle.
Before a shot is heard however, the sound of a whip crack resounds in the air, as Shinji sees his assailer being beaten back by a determined Ken with his whip.
Seeing a bit clearer, He watched as it was beaten back, only to instead pursue flight, believing that fighting the whip was a losing battle.
That sealed his fate. As he ran away, he suddenly stopped. Shinji and Ken looked closer with confusion, then shock as the body of the soldier was levitating in the air for seemingly no cause. He began to spin as his balaclava was violently ripped from his face, revealing that all too familiar face of a shadow as it began to scream for a few seconds. Until it exploded.
The sound of fleshy chunks being scattered to the four winds brought shock to Shinji and Ken. Ken quickly dragged Shinji back up and they continued running.
With all this happening in what was a few minutes, the rifle butt to his face, and the darkness, it perhaps wasn’t a surprise that Shinji couldn’t help to keep his eyes open.
“Stay with me Shinji… stay with me… stay…”
Some time later…
A timid light was what Shinji first saw, through the thin slit of his mask. He took note of his breathing, he was still alive. He couldn’t move his head around as easily with the helmet on, trying to take it off, it took an extra hand to fully take it off.
“You feeling better Kelly? Looked like it hurt.” Ken asked. “Well… never better than before.” The bushranger reached for the canteen at his side. Taking in some water to both drink and to wash his face of what grime he had. When he was done, he passed it to Ken.
Taking a moment to look around, he took note of the sun, and its apparent presence when just some time ago, it was pitch dark. How long was he out? “How long was I out?” Shinji asked.
Ken, finishing a sip and taking out her pocket watch. “I… dunno. I don’t think anybody had time to synchronize their watches.” “Well… no better time than the present.” Shinji said as he took out his pocket watch.
He breathed a quick sigh of relief, finding no cracks on the glass, as he and Ken quietly synchronized their watches to Zero hour in silence. When done, Shinji let his thoughts known to the Norteño.
“We need to find the others.” “How?” “I don’t know… “Well… it’s going to not be easy.”
Shinji looked around, they were stuck in a ditch in the middle of seemingly nowhere. An occasional tree, a dyke or a hole here and there, sandbags… if it weren’t for the minimal presence of greenery, they might as well have been on the moon.
“Look.” Ken pointed towards a certain direction. At first Shinji couldn’t see it, but then he noticed what he thought were heat lines, but a closer look made it clear it wasn’t.
“We need to get out of this place.” Said Ken. “Slowly. That guy from earlier ran into something, and that happened to him.”
“Yup.” Ken replied. Shinji brought his revolver to bear, and decided to keep his mask off. He was ready to take off, until he saw Ken readying his carbine, taking it from his poncho and unfolding its stock.
“Ready?” “Mhm.” Before the two got ready to jump out of the ditch they were in, Shinji felt a hand on his back.
Now playing: Gehenna, by Thomas Newman
“Hey… Age before beauty, alright?” Shinji nodded as the two went over the top.
They started slowly, mindful of the slippery and muddy ground, their boots slipping off the mud like they were ice. As they walked through what was looking more like a forsaken land.
Out of all visions of a post-apocalyptic landscape, of abandoned cars, nature seemingly abandoning any image of its creator, and a dreary overcast sky, this was it, as Ken thought, following a hunched Shinji, his revolver aiming forward.
“Stay low. We could be picked off.” Shinji whispered. “Wait.” Shinji halted after hearing Ken, who quickly got past him. They both looked forward and focused their sight on the previously thought heat lines.
It was roaming, seemingly searching for prey to snatch. An anomalous hunter of a kind. “Should we go around?” Shinji asked. Ken looked upon the immediate ground of the heat lines. “Look.” Ken pointed towards bits and pieces of kit bag, plastic belonging to a rifle, the remains of their attacker just earlier.
“I think that’s what our attacker got caught by.” Ken said. “Got any ideas to get past?” Shinji asked.
Thinking to themself, Ken thought up something,
They reached into their pockets to bring out a spent casing, likely from when Haru was letting loose earlier with the machine gun, landing in his pocket.
Ken lightly tossed the casing towards the anomaly, and seemingly as the brass was caught in it, it seemed to have collapsed in on itself, no heat vapor of such kind was visible, and the two continued to proceed.
“Look, there’s a road just ahead.” Shinji and Ken were eager to step off onto solid ground rather than stick around. So they slowly circumvented more mud ditches, throwing more spent brass at whatever they had thought they saw another anomalous hunter.
The two had risen to the asphalt, and looked around for any familiar landmarks. A house laid ahead.
“Look, is that the house we were ambushed in?” The two nodded to eachother, perhaps some of their friends had stayed back. The two then treaded onto a dirt path, free of any anomalous activity, towards their “infil”.
As they reached the house however, Ken stopped. “I hear something… coming from inside the house.” The two circled around, looking through the windows, until they found an open door.
Shinji took out his shotgun and slowly crept in first, Ken followed behind him towards the back, to find a closed door.
The sound of crackling and some sort of static was heard. No talking was heard. Someone had to be here. Shinji and Ken nodded at eachother without speaking a word. Seeing Ken brace his carbine, Shinji winded up his foot.
Kicking it open, the two held the room to the muzzles of their guns.
End track
Except there was nothing. The room in particular was a simple toilet room, one with a pull cord. It was a relieving sight, there even was somehow toilet paper stored.
Seeking a way to relieve the tension, Ken decided to try to make humor of the situation. “Hmm… need to take a leak?” Ken asked. “Well uh… if it weren’t for the boogeymen outside, I would’ve found a bush outside instead.” “Ew.” “I’m kidding. I do actually need to go.”
Two lengthy toilet breaks later….
0 hour, 6 minutes
“Well, that was relieving.” Ken told Shinji. “Yup. Make sure to bring the toilet paper though.” “Yup.”
Ken reached for the toilet paper roll, but having removed it from the ledge that it was on, he had found something.
“What the… Shinji?” “Yes?” “There’s something here with the toilet paper… it looks like a tablet of some sort… and a radio too!”
“Heh?” Ken handed the tablet device over to Shinji. It looked blocky and more like a phone that Shinji would’ve been familiar with in the 2000s, and looked close to a Nokia.
Ken and Shinji settled down on the sofa, fiddling around with the new toys.
“Well let’s see here…. I absolutely can't read any of this."
As Shinji tried to make heads and tails of Cyrillic, putting his legs up on a stool, Ken took one look at the radio, concluding that he was certainly not qualified to utilize it. “Fuuka would probably know what to do with this.” Ken said.
“Yeah… we still gotta find the others.” “Hey, aren’t you gonna grill me?” “For what?” “For not using the others’ codenames?” Ken asked. “Well… I would if there was somebody listening to us.” Shinji said. “I just don’t think there's anybody nearby to hear us, except grass, mud, and dew.”
“Well, we need to get going soon.” Ken said, “Let's go now while we can.”
The two, then left as they went, silence permeating the fields.
Meanwhile, somewhere else…
“Hello?~” Labrys’ voice permeated the halls of an abandoned building, as they were followed by Fuuka, Maruki, Ann, and Kasumi.
“Can’t really find a frequency to listen to anything either.” Fuuka said. “I would be really able to do something with this if Yusuke were here! I can’t make heads or tails of this.”
She looked at the small text by the inputs, cyrillic. Fuuka knew a thing or two about how radios work, but not the vernacular turned written language by the brothers Cyril and Methodius.
“Where are we anyway?” Kasumi asked. The group stopped by a hall to take a look through a room. Opening the door as it groaned, revealed a series of desks, all in perfect alignment with one another, row after row of abandoned desks. Along with a prominent looking desk at the front. It was clear, this was a classroom of a sort.
Maps of an empire, long dead, were displayed. That, along with big swaths of red. The chalkboard was devoid of any writing. There were signs of life, long gone, but they remained, reminders and memories of a long gone past.
“Let’s take a break guys.” Fuuka told the others. They sat in the open air classroom, as the windows had been smashed long ago for an unknown reason, the group enjoyed the cool breeze while milling around.
“So, any idea of where we are, or even how we somehow got here in the first place?” Kasumi asked Maruki.
“Well… I don’t know who said it, but somebody must’ve said the keyword to a palace, and knowing who’s palace it is… well…”
“Like… what the fuck… what does this place have to do with Futaba? How big is this palace anyway?” Ann pondered out loud. “Hmm. Maybe there’s some hints here as to where we are specifically.” Maruki said. “Palaces usually are, if we induced with our existing data right, spring from the real world, but its distortion is up to the palace owner.” Maruki said.
“Well… does Futaba see the world as ending?” Labrys asked. “Maybe that’s why she’s shut in the boss’s place.”
“Reminds me of those… doomsday preppers I saw on TV.” Kasumi replied. “Those guys are nuts.” Ann said dismissively.
Maruki continued to roam around the classroom, searching for perhaps something which may give the slightest idea what distortion had taken root in Futaba Sakura. He continued this until he found yet another map. A map of the Union of Soviet States and Republics.
Each SSR was mapped perfectly, Maruki noted them carefully. As each one shared the same color or hue, with only borders separating them.
“Latvia… Lithuania… Moldova…”
“Tajikistan… Turkmenistan….”
“Ukraine….”
Maruki suddenly got it, putting it all together. It was not a coincidence. Both a sudden feeling of dread and rush was present. “Guys, is there a way to the roof?”
“Labrys, accompany him.” Fuuka told Labrys, the two then went out to the hall towards the stairwell. “I think I know where we are.” Maruki told Labrys.
“Really? Where?” “Ukraine.” “What?!” “Pripyat specifically. Or the area nearby before it was abandoned.”
“What the hell is Preepyaht?” Labrys asked. They both went up to the doors separating them from the roof. “Don’t you know?” He said while opening the doors. A sudden torrent of light blinded the two as they looked out to see the layered horizon, of forest, communist residential housing, and then, a power plant.
“We’re in the Chernobyl exclusion zone.” Maruki confirmed.
Maruki took a quick glance at his wrist watch. It was dead, the digital watch face was off and refused to work no matter what he did.
“Labrys, how long have we been here?” “I dunno… best estimate so far… forty minutes? Digital hud is down, but the analog isn’t.” Labrys said. “I really gotta get one myself…” Maruki sighed to himself.
1 hour, 4 minutes
“Do you see anything?” Haru asked. “No. Nothing at all.” Yusuke replied.
The two stood on the roof of a moderately smaller sized communist block, looking out at the vast expanse of the Pripyat marshes. Wetlands permeated the vast horizon where they saw.
“You don’t happen to have some mosquito repellant do you?” Yusuke asked. “We are not going down there.” “Agreed.”
“At least we can’t see any of those stalkers nearby.” Yusuke said. “Yes… you think we got them off our trail?” “Well… according to their communication devices…” Yusuke said. “Everybody in this thing is saying to stay inside…” Yusuke elaborated.
“Oh, why’s that?” “Something about emissions…” Yusuke said. “I don’t necessarily understand…” “Well, I guess we do the same.” “Apparently… thirty minutes?” Yusuke asked.
Yusuke kept an eye out, including taking a momentary glimpse at the neighboring Commieblocks, his sharp eyes however caught something.
“Is that… someone’s pack over there?” On the roof of a neighboring residential block, Yusuke observed what looked like a backpack. Yusuke thought to the last time he had taken a glimpse at them. It was more or less… thirty minutes ago? That. Wasn’t there… before.
“Taras…” “Yes?” “I think I hear someone downstairs climbing up now.”
The saliva in his mouth drying up, Yusuke crawled over to Haru, keeping low with the roof as to not be spotted by somebody on a neighboring building, as he approached Haru, she kept her ZB aimed at the door up, as Yusuke approached, he brought forth his iron to face the door. His breath began to become chattery, the pure amount of fear, adrenaline, and the cold had made it so he was breathing as if it were winter. But it was summer, the sun above was blazing, reflecting off the polished metal of their guns.
Yo guys! Don’t shoot!”
0 hour, 55 minutes
“At least the map on this thing was working.” “Yeah, but where can we go?” Ken asked Shinji. “Well, I don’t know.” He replied. “Only thing we know is that we can’t stay here.”
The two had been walking for a while, following the freeway, looking at signs and mulling over what the cyrillic words on them meant. They were looking around for any signs of life, anything which could grant the hope of direction to where their friends may be.
“Lemme tell you, first thing we need to do after this is to finally eat brunch.” “Didn’t you already go through your ice cream bar?” Ken asked. “Well, yes.”
Ken reached into his satchel under his poncho, swearing he had left his wrapped red popsicle somewhere under there. He was really being reminded of a time he had jumped on a one shot that Fuuka hosted once, where his player character had received a bag of holding, an endless satchel, rather than a poncho, which could in theory hold almost everything.
“I think I… I got it!” Ken was able to grasp something phallic under his poncho, it was surely the popsicle he had been keeping to himself to have later, he then brought it out only to be disappointed.
Rather than a red wrapper, he was holding a red tube with the words “ N I T R O G L Y C E R Y N” on it.
“Dammit! It happened again. The ice cream had turned to dynamite again!” “Well shit… can’t… even have that here.” Shinji replied, finding no way to humor out of the situation.
“Looks like… we’re heading towards a uh… suburb of a sort. Neighborhood with a school I think.”
“Right… we take another break soon?” “Yup. No point tiring ourselves here, we can't afford that.”
Now playing: Dirge for the planet, acoustic cover
Ken looked around the suburb that she and Shinji had found themselves in. She really could not shake off what was beginning to be a rather queer feeling about the place they found themselves in.
Tall residential buildings were being crept and slowly yet steadily consumed by the vegetation around it. She saw a depressing concrete hellscape seemingly overtaken by nature.
A nature. Nothing about this was natural. Any palace, if this was a palace. Around her were the aftersigns of life which were present, however so suddenly and unexpectedly ceased. Nothing was meant to continue here yet, it did. An entropic zombielike land, forsaken by perhaps godlike powers which had doomed this land.
The land was meant to be forsaken, yet it continued to lurch on. She thought about biology class, remembering how certain insects or animals could be hijacked by parasites, or fungi in order to continue as a host, a living dead.
Anomalies within anomalies within anomalies.
“Hey… Shinji?” “Yes?” “Are you…”. “What?” “Creeped out I mean…. This is nothing like we’ve seen before… I-I didn’t know palaces could be… an entire world or something like that…” “I know… I don’t like it here either.” Shinji said.
“Kaneshiro’s palace… at least it was based on somewhere we saw everyday… we knew at least it was in… a version of Shibuya we had to transit to get to school to… but here? Where are we even?”
“Well… at least we know it’s a palace. We know that because we’re in our cognitive clothes…” Shinji said. “Yeah… but where would the treasure be? Could be anywhere.”
“We just have to find out.” Shinji responded.
Not long later, the two received their answer, but to the wrong question.
“Shin-… Kelly, Zagreus is that you?”
Stopping in their tracks to a very welcome voice, Shinji and Ken knew immediately who it was.
“Fuuka, is that you?” “Yes… I sensed you two were close, and Juno helped me locate you too-“. “Does that mean you’re in the neighborhood?” Shinji asked. “Yes, a bunch of us are now taking shelter in the school here, hurry!”
The two began to sprint, boots treading on wet asphalt. They began, however, to note a strange smell. It was reminiscent of petrichor, it however was not the petrichor which accompanied rain, it was a different, unusual and perhaps unsettling smell which brought the two to run faster towards the school building, whose entrance was growing in their vision quicker.
Standing in the doorway, the two could see Labrys and Kasumi standing. As they got closer, the two began to wave at them to urge them to run faster.
“C’mon!” Kasumi shouted “You guys okay?” Labrys asked, “Nothing too bad.” Shinji told Kasumi and Labrys.
The four met at the main entrance, and as they walked through the halls, they discussed the important matters which came to mind first.
“Did you guys manage to find everybody else?” Shinji asked. “We’re missing Haru, Yusuke, and Ryuji, otherwise everybody is here.”
“Hey, do you guys got anything warm?” Ken asked. “I feel cold.” Ken added as she gripped her poncho harder.
“We got a fire running in the auditorium. Just right o’re here.” Labrys replied.
The four after navigating the concrete and eyesore of these halls eventually made it to the auditorium, where they found what was most of the group, Fuuka, Maruki, Ann all warming themselves by a fire which was lit inside of a steel barrel. Warm thermoses and their lids sat around the fire as cardboard boxes were sat neatly, the solid sides torn up to form neat strips. They seemed to be the fuel to the fire.
Apart from the fire, the other source of light in the dark auditorium was the blue glow of Juno, and its wielder. Noticing Shinji and Ken had arrived safely, Fuuka left Juno’s confines and went to them.
“Are you two okay?!” Fuuka asked with some distress in her voice. “I’m just cold.” Ken said as she went to the fire, leaving Shinji to let known his condition as he took off his iron mask.
“Could…” Shinji spoke as he was struggling to get the iron helmet off his head. “Be worse.” He said as he showed his face, revealing dark bruising near his eye region.
“Shinji! Your face!” Shinji felt for his face, probing the areas near his eyes he felt a sting as he touched, a slight sting he was able to suppress. “Could be worse….” He said while ruffling his own hair with one hand while holding his helmet in the other.
Fuuka led Shinji over to the fire, as he sat and warmed his hands, Fuuka took some medicine and started to administer it onto the black and blue parts of his face. While she did this, he answered some of his questions.
“So, what happened to you guys after the ambush?” “We ran, we ran after getting Maruki out of there. He’s untouched but is still a bit… yeah.” Shinji looked towards Maruki, who had wrapped himself in Kasumi’s black poncho. At any point, Shinji now thought, if that man found the gun Maruki kept in his satchel, he would've been dead meat.
“Who, did… Did you guys find that sniper?” “No. But… after we ran for a moment, Kasumi and Labrys decided quickly to double back to see if you guys returned to the site of the ambush. They didn’t find you guys but they came back on Kasumi’s persona with a radio comm and a PDA, from one of the dead men.
“Those shadows…. They look very… life-like.” “It could be because of the darkness, but I’m thinking it's something to do with the cognition of the palace probably.” Fuuka replied. “All palaces before had shadows fit the roles of their setting, from night guards, to bank tellers, now to… soldiers I guess.”
“If this is a palace… has there been any sign of… or a hint of where the treasure is?” “No. Not at all.”
As the two continued, Ken and Maruki sat together in the back, Maruki was a bit shaken. He clearly hadn’t been able to cope with the cold, requiring the generosity of Kasumi to grant him her dark poncho. Even then, the cold was getting at him to the point where he needed to fiddle something with his hands. Which was why he had his FN pistol in his hands.
“You alright Maruki?” “Me? I’m fine.” Maruki replied. “Not hurt at all?” “Nope.”
Maruki sighed to himself. “I don’t know how to feel,” he said. “What do you mean?” “It’s obviously her.” Maruki said. “What?” “It’s Professor Wakaba’s kid. It's so obviously her.”
“It's too many coincidences to be a coincidence anymore just… we just do not have any confirmation. No affirming evidence, just god, damn…. Affirmations of the negative.
Ken sighed. He knew what that was like. “It frustrates me, it's frustrating me as much as thinking about how much time it took for me to figure out I was trans.” Maruki reminisced.
“Tell me about it.” Ken said while huddling himself to keep warm. “Just… with no affirmation, no positive evidence, or anything. If you can’t contemplate the absence of things, there isn’t a way to contemplate the presence of it all.”
“Are you talking about that… gender imposter syndrome sorta thing?” Ken asked. “Yes. Just, it’s bound to… its folly!” Maruki described.
“Why am I talking about myself… that's not important now.” Maruki said as he put aside his ruminations. Ken nodded along, as Maruki looked like he had a weight taken off him and was looking better, on account of being warm.
“I’m just sure that Futaba Sakura, is Futaba Isshiki. We don’t have confirmatory evidence, but well, a third or fourth coincidence at that point is no longer a coincidence, isn’t it?” Ken nodded his head, as both of them remained silent, trying to enjoy what warmth they could grasp.
“Hey Fuuka?” “Yeah?” “Ken and I also managed to scrounge up a radio and a PDA too.” “Really? Show me?” Shinji handed both over to Fuuka, and as she inspected them, Shinji continued to talk.
“I think… someone left them where we found them on purpose.” Shinji said. “Why do you think that?” “We found it near a fresh roll of toilet paper in the bathroom of the house near the ambush.” “Huh… the sniper maybe?”
“God knows.” Shinji said. At that moment, Fuuka stopped fiddling with the radio and PDA, and looked up, seemingly as if she were an animal operating on scent. She stepped away, and stepped into Juno. “I sense…”
“I sense several signatures headed our way! Four signatures…” In a rush, everybody brought out their arms in anticipation of a fight, only to stand down when Fuuka brought further details. “They’re persona signatures! It’s gotta be the others!”
Shinji, Ken, Fuuka, and Labrys ran out to the main entrance to receive them. They looked upon the vacant road, before they saw anything, they heard the sound of whirring axles and wheels. As it was soon accompanied by the sight of a substantially sized wagon, dragged by two ghastly horses. And driven by a cossack.
“Yo! Where did you find your ride Taras!” Labrys shouted over to the driver of the wagon and its occupants, the spectators saw either from the school entrance or the windows that those missing and unaccounted for. While Yusuke was driving the cart, Ryuji sat next to Haru maskless, clearly concentrating on holding his persona’s horse on Yusuke’s reins. All while two more individuals sat behind them, Haru, who rested her ZB on the side of the cart, and accompanying them, a hooded figure, showing no facial features, for they were covered by a gas mask.
As soon as the wagon went to a stop outside, the cossack and company jumped off to greet their welcoming party. “Glad to see you safe.” Yusuke told the party. “Likewise… who’s the extra?” Shinji asked. “ khaker . They are a friend.” Yusuke elaborated.
An androgynous voice was heard behind the persona users, silencing their welcome. “Hey, you all need to get inside, stat.” “Is this about the emission thing?” Yusuke asked.
“Yes. Unless you wanna die, I would get inside.”
Convinced, the entire group went inside to the warm auditorium, and just in the nick of time. As a loud crash assaulted the ears of everybody, and as they went to look out the windows to see its apparent companion, that being lightning. They instead saw an absurd amount of orange, emerging violently from overcast clouds. In awe, in fear, or in shock, everybody watched as a sight which perhaps brings more god fearing people then the Kelly Gang or Shadow Operatives to ask, has the rapture happened yet?
“That’s a blowout.” The stalker explains. “A lot of energy, not the good type, gets blown from the nuclear power plant throughout the entire zone… you better be inside a bunker… or a building like this, otherwise…”
The stalker then brought out a strange apparatus and a PDA. As small electronic sounds were heard, the stalker then showed them. “You’ll be in the obituaries.” She explained, showing the public chat.
Callsigns of stalkers, gunslinger, scar, ghost, Strelok, All have been marked as killed, caught out in the Emission. Silence out of consideration for these dead stalkers only had company in the small boiling sound of a geiger counter.
“Even if you don’t die, the energy from the emission will mess you up. I’ve seen some mutated animals; people too. It’s ugly.” The stalker elaborates. “Thanks for warning us.” “No problem.” The stalker replies.
Getting comfortable by the fire, everybody decided to stay in the auditorium, not knowing exactly what to do next. Especially about their stowaway, who sat legs crossed and warming their limbs.
“Hey uh… dude?” Kasumi asked the stalker, feeling brave enough to do so. “Who are you?” She asked.
“No one in particular.” The hooded stalker replied. Kasumi took a closer look at their kit. A large backpack, as well as what appears to be a silenced scoped rifle.
“Okay… give it up, you were the one who saved us last night was it?” Kasumi asked. A moment of silence followed, until the stalker then said. “Yup. It was me.”
“I figured you were in a tough spot. It also looked like you weren’t familiar, or that you weren’t from around here.” The figure continued. “I took pity and made sure you all got what you needed to learn how to survive the zone.”
“At least you guys are well armed enough, it's just that it won’t be enough.” The stalker elaborates. “Actually, we’re looking for something here.” Ken added, now moving closer to Kasumi and the stalker.
“We’re looking for treasure. Extremely valuable, extremely important.” Ken added. The stalker looked at Ken, with no facial expression, the stalker could only indicate interest.
“Well… many people make their living here by finding artefacts and selling them on the black market.” The stalker elaborated. “But… have you heard of The Room?” They asked.
“No?” “It’s a room somewhere in the power plant, no one alive has seen it, rumors say it grants wishes, it's a wish giving anomaly that gifts you your deepest desire .”
Maruki and Fuuka’s ears perked when hearing that last word. “Anyway, no one’s seen it, so it could just be a rumor.”
The stalker, feeling comfortable enough with the company they were surrounded with, decided to take off their mask. Settling it down on the ground as well as their hood. And as they did so, Maruki and Fuuka’s jaws dropped.
A bowl cut’d teenager, dark haired, wearing glasses, a slightly shy expression. The looks of familiarity, of recognition, painted the two researchers' faces.
“Futaba… is that you?” Fuuka asked. “Hmm?” The stalker then faced the two and then asked. “Sorry?”
“Futaba, don’t you remember us?” Fuuka continued. “We were your mothers students.” Maruki added.
“Don’t remember.” They replied without any hassle. “Talk about my mom again however.” Futaba then brushed her jacket side, revealing a sidearm. The message was clear.
“But…” “No.” “In fact…” Futaba then approached Fuuka, snatching the PDA she had, opening the map,zooming in on a region leading north, towards the power plant, towards Pripyat. “There. Lab X seven. You wanna go find your treasure? There’s a lead right there.” Futaba said as she fastened her mask on.
“Futaba, don’t leave!!” Fuuka begged. Futaba simply fit her mask on, and then left, the thunder of the emission ceasing, as soon as Futaba stepped out of the room.
Fuuka’s eyes were watering, as Futaba left,
She began to sniffle, as those around her knelt to comfort her, Maruki stood tall, comprehending what had happened.
“That… was a shadow.” “Hmm?” Fuuka asked with lumps in her throat. “Her eyes were yellow… just like with the others.”
“What does that mean Maruki?” Labrys asked.
“I need to think.” Maruki told the others. “We have no reason to stay here now. Since we’re all together, we can return to reality, right?”
“That we can do.” Shinji replied. “Good.”
Before they left, Labrys approached Fuuka slowly, and as the inconsolable Fuuka noticed, she was given a bear hug. Squeezing what tears she had left out of her system.
“Are you okay Fuuk?” Labrys asked. “She…”
“She looks so much like her…. Her mother.”
NOW NAVIGATING BACK TO REALITY…
Meanwhile…
The sound of clacking, the cooling fans of a PC tower, and occasionally, of scratching an itch which could not be pacified, was reverberating in the restricted confines of a room within the Sakura residence.
A now sixteen year old Futaba Sakura, sat hunched over her monitor, much like she would when sharing the same room with her departed mother.
She rubbed her eyes. She lost track of the last time she had gone to sleep, or how long she had been awake. Having not seen the sun in a while, she wondered if really, only an hour had passed, or perhaps entire sleepless days or nights instead had passed.
A pill bottle sat on her desk. A glance at it reminded her to order the next month’s supply. Her train of thought was however disrupted, as unwelcome voices were heard.
“I am on the cusp of a breakthrough Futaba… now isn’t the time for distractions…”
“You killed her!”
“You were such a burden on her that, it was too much.”
“You’ll never be a girl! And that’s final!”
Futaba didn’t want to go to sleep. The voices could attack her sleeping body and consciousness with no means of escape. But if they now assailed her, presumably in the day, what could she do?
Chapter 87: Dirge for the professor
Summary:
Life slowly utters: "We remain"
Notes:
Nobody is happy: the chapter :(
Chapter Text
25th of July, Saturday
Afternoon
Jazz Cafe
Now playing: Snow in Venice, by Elizaveta
Performing yet again at the Jazz Cafe, Kotone and Aigis were donning their personas as Orpheus and Eurydice again.
However, the promise of Fuuka and the others with her showing up to see them before they performed had not materialised. They however performed, keeping faith that their friends would come.
Their faith was not unfounded, however, as they saw through the front door their friends, entering the cafe only to take seats at a table in full view of Aigis and Kotone. A closer look however, brought worry and concern.
Instead of excitement, of faces so keen, there was instead fatigue, tiredness, perhaps even emotional distraught and distress? Kotone and Aigis couldn’t believe their eyes, what happened?
The show had to go on though, as the two saw the group, bedraggled and out of it settling themselves in. At least what they had been singing had some effect, as they saw some of their number visibly relaxing themselves.
Whatever had happened to them was clearly more than a simple shopping trip, Aigis thought as they wrapped up.
End track
A round of applause was followed by the manager approaching to give them his compliments, however Kotone then asked him:
“Hey, Muhen? Is the reserved room free now?” Kotone asked. “Yes, why’d you ask?” The manager asked in return. Kotone pointed to the table with Fuuka, and the others. “We don’t have any reservations today, just go inside and I’ll tell them you wanted them there, ok?” “Thanks man.”
The two singers through a hallway which connected the backstage to the Reserved seating room took seats together. And were finally in a place to let known their fears.
“Aigis… did you see Shinji?” “It looked like he had a black eye.” “I thought I was the only one seeing that… everybody else looked shaken up too…” Kotone said. Aigis went in to give Kotone a hug. She knew how much she had the welfare of her former SEES comrades in her mind, especially Shinji and his new mob as of late. “It’ll be fine… we’ll just ask them.” Aigis said.
Soon enough, the group shuffled in, through the door, Kotone and Aigis found to their horror what had happened.
To the comparatively green, the recently awakened persona users of the Kelly Gang, they were a combination of fatigued, stressed, and shaken up. To the veteran wildcards, these ailments were at least partly alleviated by a full night’s sleep. However, these kids were now sticky, sweaty, and exhausted. Shinji’s black eye, thankfully, was not as severe as its fullest extent. However, the faint darkness around his eyes was something they were familiar with. The sign of recently healed wounds, accelerated by cognition.
Labrys, at least by the benefit of being a shadow exterminator, had not suffered like her comrades, they clearly weren’t happy, as Aigis noticed that she was frequently glancing at Maruki and Fuuka, who unfortunately seemed to have suffered rather severely.
Maruki’s expression seemed frozen, his glasses taken off as his eyes were an unfortunate red. Then, there was Fuuka, sharing the same red eyes, her face showing dried moisture on her cheeks and chin. She looked distant, drained, this broke both Aigis and Kotone’s hearts.
“Hey guys…” Kotone addressed the crew. “Is everything alright…” Aigis asked.
They all settled down. “Right… I’m going to ask the manager to get you all lunch, my treat. Okay?” Aigis said before she went to find him, no reply was heard.
Moving to her, Kotone approached Fuuka with a compassionate expression. “Hey Fuu… what happened?” She couldn’t speak. Instead, Fuuka immediately grasped Kotone, hugging her as tightly as possible. She continued to maintain her silence.
“I’ll… fill you two in… we’re all just very hungry.” Maruki told Kotone and Aigis, with some distraught in his voice.
The two took him at his word, as they all sat in silence, save for looking after each other, perceiving any strained movement as pain.
Soon enough, food came. Hot, delicious food, and instead of attacking the food, Aigis and Kotone watched as the group slowly ate, regaining strength with every bite.
Patiently, the two watched as the group got back what energy they had lost, as Maruki then finally found it within himself to speak on behalf of everyone.
“On our way to Kichijoji… we had unintentionally spoken the needed keyword needed to get to Futaba Sakura’s palace.” “What happened?” “We found out who Futaba Sakura is.” Maruki said.
Kotone and Aigis froze. “Kotone, do you remember Professor Isshiki?” “I do.” Kotone said with a slight somberness in her voice. “Futaba Sakura… is Wakaba Isshiki’s child.” Maruki told them, as if he were dropping a pile of heavy bricks onto the table.
Kotone put a hand over her mouth. “You mean to say… after two years, you finally have found her?” Kotone asked. “Yes. But now she's a hermit at the boss’s house… Shinji and the others told me from their investigation while coming here, she led us to herself by bugging Shinji’s phone…. And she has a palace.” Maruki said sorrowly.
“No…”. Kotone replied. “What is her current status?” Aigis asked. “We can only presume… not good.” Shinji said. “We are going behind the boss’s back telling you this but… the girl blames herself for her mother’s death.” Shinji explained.
Silently, but then audibly, Fuuka began to sob. As Kotone went to hug her immediately, holding her tight. “She…” sobs “… looks so much like Wakaba…”
Aigis carried on the debriefing for Kotone. “Besides the palace owner, what was the palace? And have you all sustained injuries?” Aigis asked.
“Not currently.” Labrys said. “Except for Shinji it seems… Everybody is recovering from getting a rifle butt to his face. Happen’d while he had his helmet on so…”. “Could be worse.” Shinji finished.
“Sorry to ask, but who is professor Ishhiki?” Ann asked.
The elder shadow operatives looked at the Kelly Gang with a sad expression, only for Fuuka to then step up to talk to the gang, despite Kotone’s protestations to her to take it easy.
“Professor Isshiki… the professor was our mentor, our teacher in the emerging field of Cognitive Psience.” Fuuka said. “After the year 2009, the Shadow Operatives were looking for experts and scientists in the field in order to further inform and instruct the organisation on how to better and effectively combat shadows.”
“Part of this, meant theorising and coming up with explanations on how cognitive spaces, like the palaces you have been in, emerge in the first place. At the forefront, was our professor Wakaba.”
“The only other serious researchers of cognition, were old scientists who had retired, or were part of the Kirijo group. These older scientists were, as it was revealed, participants in malicious and unethical experiments under the direction of a former Kirijo. Their extent being unknown, research mostly purged or scrubbed to hide any evidence.”
“Professor Isshiki… was the last researcher of Cognitive Psience. She was the last researcher who did so with the best intentions.” Fuuka explained. “She came to us during the aftermath of the apathy syndrome outbreak in Iwatodai after 2009. She came at first to substantiate and further define the relationship, or link between cognition, shadows, and anything else but…. She took it upon herself to attempt to educate, and train a new generation of cognitive psience researchers… including me, and Maru.”
“We spent four years with her.” Maruki continued. “Lots of good memories, there were four of us, five including the professor. We were all nerds, in our own little field, eager and keen to do good in it… then, in 2014, during a term break around July, she left for Tokyo with her child, and…. We never saw her again. We were informed she killed herself.”
It was the same story, same tragedy, however from stage left rather than right. Their lament could only contain them, but for those who had seen the tragedy now from the Shadow Operatives, and the boss, it was revealed how small a stage it was, this life, this world.
“We weren’t given the courtesy of attending her funeral.” Maruki said. “Her family wouldn’t allow us.”
Everyone’s attention now shifted to Fuuka, eyes fully covered by her palms. Everyone knew what this meant, but more importantly what it meant to her.
Ken, considering how to talk this through, signalled to
Maruki, looking at Fuuka being tended to by Aigis and Kotone, stepped off to listen to him.
“Maruki? If we’re going to continue on, we gotta consider how to handle the boss.” Ken told Maruki. “What do you mean?”
“The boss wants to keep Futaba safe… I’m not sure what his relationship to professor Isshiki is, but they sounded like friends from what he told us.” “Hmm.”
“But it's why Futaba’s staying shut in there. The boss doesn’t want to force her to do anything she doesn’t want to do.” Ken explained. “Not even trying to get her professional help, since she refuses.”
“Well…. We’ll… we’ll… hmm.” Maruki stopped. “What is it?” Ken asked.
“I’m not sure how to deal with this…” Maruki said. “I think we’ll have to see how it goes.”
Maruki thought about it. Both Sojiro and the group he presumed, wanted the same thing for Futaba in theory. That is the best for her. However, with a conflict in the question of how? This was going to be tricky.
“We’ll figure something out.” Maruki told Ken. They turned to see Kotone and Aigis helping and consoling Fuuka, while the Kelly Gang and Labrys remained quiet, solemn, allowing their food to get cold.
“Ok… I think… I got a plan.” Kotone elaborated. “Me and Aigis are going to bring Fuuka home… the rest of you can enjoy lunch, and hopefully, your day. We’ll figure it all out tomorrow." Kotone told the others.
No one spoke otherwise. “Alright, c’mon Fuuk, let's go home.” Everyone watched and heard faintly as Kotone and Aigis consoled Fuuka, telling her that her bed, a weighted blanket, and other comforts were waiting for her home.
And in silence, everybody ate lunch that afternoon.
End Track
25th of July
Late afternoon
Yakushima island, Kirijo property
In the wine room within the holiday estate, Mitsuru and Kikuno sat listening to a call from Labrys on speaker. Unable to hear the debriefing from Fuuka or Maruki, it was Labrys who delivered it.
“Labrys, slow down. What do you mean you found the daughter of our former research partner?”
Labrys was explaining the course of events which had taken place just from morning to lunch. Unfortunately for Mitsuru, Labrys being excited and feeling a need for urgency, Mitsuru could not gather much from her testimony.
“So… her daughter’s now in the house of a friend of Wakaba’s.” “Alright. Thanks for letting us know.” Mitsuru told Labrys.
“No problem. Oh, and Mitsuru?” “Yes Labrys?” “Fuuka’s taking the weekend off. She will not be available, period.” “Understandable, send her my best wishes and if need be, I am available.” Said Mitsuru.
The call ends, and Mitsuru and Kikuno look at eachother with sorrow.
“Wakaba…” Mitsuru lamented. “Mitsuru…” the two were somewhat distraught, at least having the consolation of distance, as well as comfort.
“Mitsuru? Are you feeling alright?” “Kikuno, do you remember when we first invited her to dinner at the house?” “I do.”
“She was so kind… to you, me, all of us.” “Yeah… it was like she adopted us like kids… except we weren’t kids… hey, did she know we were all orphans?” Asked Kikuno.
“Likely. We gave her access to the old research the Kirijo group conducted under father and grandfather. She must’ve known.” Mitsuru concluded.
“I remember her telling me about her child once though… it was over drinks we shared together at the mansion and… she told me her daughter was special.” Mitsuru said. “And that she would do everything in her power to make the world safe for her.”
“Yes…” “I am doubting though… that was what she meant.” Mitsuru said. “What do you mean?” Asked Kikuno, she had gone off to the wine rack, grabbing a bottle of wine, as well as grabbing a beer from a nearby mini fridge for herself.
“There was one other time she used that word… and it was when she talked about us, the shadow operatives… yes, she definitely knew…”
“It would be impossible to know now, especially if it had something to do with our extraordinary powers. But… perhaps she meant something special as in… a burden.”
“She surely didn’t mean that.” Kikuno replied. “How could she not?” Mitsuru said, as she thought about her comrades.
By the malicious nihilism and atheistic lack of belief in life by her grandfather, an entire city was damned towards a fate it could neither comprehend or understand. For ten years an apathy towards life which had festered in the dark soul of Kirijo, the grandfather festered like maggots in open wounds.
The costs to bring back Iwatodai from the brink were too costly. The cost being not only treasure, but blood. The blood of Iwatodai’s orphaned.
Thanks to new revelations, perhaps even SEES could consider themselves the “lucky ones.”
Even so, being the lucky ones did not offer much cold comfort. As their price and pound of flesh to be demanded, included a year of school which was supposed to be the most important, or fulfilling depending on who you asked, the physical, mental, and emotional demands of consistent training, bitter work, and off course, fighting.
And then there was the matter of who had to die, as happened with Junpei and Chidori, then there were those who didn’t see a day past either the last night of the dark hour, or promise day.
Yes, they were special. But that moniker came with a burden. And seemingly having spread like a curse, out of a simple desire to help and do good, Mitsuru must lament that Wakaba’s child now fulfilled the criteria to be “special.”
Kikuno took a sip of her beer as she watched Mitsuru neglect her glass. Troubled, the maid’s devotion to her made her question what could be done to ease such.
25th of July
Early Evening
Shadow Operatives HQ
Now playing: Ideal and the Real
Maruki stood by the balcony of the penthouse HQ. He stood hunched over the railing in lament and personally frustrated over a self perceived cowardice. He knew he had to tell her. Voicemail wouldn’t suffice, Maruki thought. Sumi needed to– no. Deserved to know.
And so his phone rang. He waited an agonizing eternity, waiting for Sumi to pick up. Maruki thought he was being worn down with every new ring. Finally however, eternity ended.
“Hello Maru!” A joyful sounding Sumire Yoshizawa’s voice reverberated.
“Hey uh… Sumi… nice to talk to you again.”
“How have you been Maru???”
“Well uh…. I’m alright but… I’m not here about that, it's… actually quite serious.”
“What is it, Maruki?…”. Maruki sensed hesitation,
“Um… we… there is no good way to put this… we found the professor’s child.”
A deafening silence permeated Maruki, that he swore that he could hear a pin drop, or that the truth which he had to tell Sumi, was so oppressive or shocking that it silenced the world.
“Oh…”
Maruki knew what Sumi could be like. She could sometimes be timid, perhaps even socially conscious, however other times in specific circumstances and around people she could call her own, she could be extroverted, a bit nerdy, as well as friend and desirable company. The only thing, however, making Maruki uneasy, was that he had no idea how she would react to the news. The silence is not helping a single bit.
“Maru…”
“Yes Sumi?”
“Tell me everything.”
“It’s… a lot but, I’ll try. Wakaba’a kid… after Wakaba died must’ve ended up with the man who is acting as Shinjiro’s guardian now. We don’t know his relation to Wakaba, except that they were likely friends… to what extent this is unclear… but she must’ve trusted him enough.”
“Wakaba’s kid is now a shut-in. I am being told by Shinjiro he won’t force the girl to do anything she wouldn’t want out of fear of forcing harm on her… it sounds like he knows it isn’t the best, but he has no idea what to do from what I heard from Shinjiro.”
“Then… there is the fact that she has a palace.”
“What!?” Sumi’s voice blared through the mic loud enough that Maruki thought his phone was on speaker. Some seconds later sounds of shuffling, bumbling, and some verbalised struggle was heard.
“Sumi… what are you doing?”
“I need to be there.”
“Sumi, you know you can’t.”
“I-I have to! It’s Wakaba’s daughter! I have to help!”
“Sumi….” Maruki sighed. “Even if you do come here, I’m not entirely sure how you can help. You can’t simply take leave from S.O RnD.”
“Well… I… Maybe I… no, shit, you’re right…” the sound of a suitcase lid slamming down on the floor was heard on the other side of the call, along with a sigh.
“We’re going to do what we can to help her, Sumi.”
A faint sniffle can be heard from Sumi’s end. “...Please do.”
End call
Sighing to himself. Maruki looked at his now working watch. By now, all shadow operatives should be home for the day, allowing him around dinner to let everyone in on the news.
Evening
Crossroads bar
“That kid should be here now…” tired Lala thought to herself.
A long week of working the shop had been draining. For a forsaken reason today, and the week or so, it seemed that a lot more people have been made miserable enough to warrant wanting to get a drink.
She looked at the stocks of liquor left, and sighed. “Christ… As if things can’t get miserable enough, what is it with this we-“
Before Lala had the opportunity to finish her thought, the door opened to reveal her apprentice, in the form of a tired looking young adult in a hat.
“You better not be here for drinks.” Lala said without realising who it was, only to take a second look and sigh. “What am I saying, of course you can’t drink. What are you doing here Shinji?”
“Here to work Lala.” Shinji replied. “Well, you’re looking a bit messed up, so I’d ask you to wash up a bit before you put on the apron ok?”
Shinji walked over to the bathroom at the back, although clean, the smell of leftover cigarettes and smoke clung on to the white tiles, at the expense of any other smells which may be closely associated with alcohol.
It reeked of depression, which was exactly the opposite of what Shinji was here for. He stepped out of the bathroom.
“I don’t want to say anything, but it looks like it’s going to be a relatively quiet evening. Shinji.” “Good.”
Shinji sat hunched over the counter. “Looks like you got something on your mind Shinji.”
“Yeah?” “I’m not oblivious.” Shinji sighed. “Well…”
A sympathetic look was upon the tired man. “You know, if you feel like talking about it, it doesn’t leave the crossroads, it stays here, just like for the rest of my customers.” Lala told him.
Shinji properly sat by the bar, pondering what he could tell her. “Well… where do I start…”
“Normally, I would be spending time around now back at a cafe, to close up shop. Like now I guess… it’ll be quiet, nobody comes that late anyway… and it's peace and quiet.”
“But now… uh…” shinji took a moment. He really needed to choose his words wisely. “The owner, he’s got skeletons in his closet if you’re getting what I mean.”
“I do.” Lala replied. “He’s an alright guy, it's just that…” “you can’t see him the same can you?”
“I guess so.” Shinji said. For the most part, Shinji maintained composure which was characteristic of him, however. He seemed lost, unable to come to grips.
“It’s his personal thing. I don’t like going into somebody’s personal life… knowing something you shouldn’t… I guess you can say I hate gossip.”
“I can tell…” lala picked up two glasses and filled them with water. “It’s a part of my job, but well…. Even then they don’t reveal to me what dirty laundry they have, let alone closet skeletons.”
“Sounds like you need some time alone, or some peace.” He handed Shinji a glass with water. “Thanks.” After taking a sip, he affirmed that. “My bullshit’s just piling up without an end.”
“Kid, you’re on your summer break now are you?” “Yes.” “Maybe come here more often, I can teach you more, and you’ll have your peace. Especially if you come during the day.” “Sure…thanks.”
Shinji thought about Sojiro, and what was in store from now on. Although the Shadow Operatives and Kelly Gang were taking furlough for now, they would return to Futaba’s palace, there was no reason to turn away. No matter how hard it may be on Fuuka, Maruki, and others, they had a reason to come to Futaba’s aid.
And for some reason, Shinji thought, he himself also had one. If not entirely for Futaba, it was about the boss. He couldn’t find words to explain why, but he felt like he had one. He just couldn’t explain it, although relaxed as he usually was at closing time back at Leblanc, that place had taken a shift of tone.
An uncomfortability was present, one which didn’t force Shinji out of his home, but one that made him aware of itself, that something was awry, and that lest it was resolved, it would remain so.
“If you’re up to it kiddo, I’m going to take a smoke break. Watch over the crossroads for me okay?” “Sure.” Shinji watched as the bartender walked out, leaving Shinji in peace.
It was not long lived. For a patron had let himself in, a patron which Shinji knew. It was Maruki.
“Shinji? What are you doing here?” Maruki asked, “Working.” He did not question his motives further.
As Shinji looked at the man closer, he saw a vacant look on his face. Maruki was checked out. Something had made him worse after he had gotten out of Futaba’s palace, not what had happened to him inside.
“Can I get you anything?” “Wine if you got any…” “Why didn’t you just drink at home?” Shinji asked.
Maruki sighed. “I broke the news about Futaba to the Shadow Operatives.” “How did it go?”
“Results vary.”
“Junpei and Chidori took it the best… Yukari… not so much.”... “From what I heard from Labrys… Mitsuru and Kikuno took it better… I'm not sure about Akihiko…” “Well… what about you?”
“Being the bearer of bad news is not good for your health.” Maruki simply said. “I mean… today you seem like you had it together, even after what happened in the palace… are you alright?”
“….Ok… you got me there…” “How do I?” “Today… felt like too much…. Too much pressure I mean.”
Shinji kept quiet, letting Maruki ruminate. He really needed to let it out, Shinji thought. What pretensions he held towards not wanting to listen to others’ personal matters out of wanting to respect their privacy fully was swallowed down whether Shinji realised it or not.
“I can’t let them down.” Maruki described. “Mitsuru chose me to go to assist the shadow operatives, over our other colleagues since… I’m not sure, somehow I was thought up to be the right man, for the right place, and time I guess.” Maruki continued with an accent of distraught.
“I don’t want to let Fuuka down either. Let me tell you know, Fuuka’s going to be down for the count for the time being. The truth about professor Wakaba’s daughter was hard on her… much harder on her then I had it.”
“You need to understand… for the Shadow Operatives… and for me, Fuuka, and those who studied under her… Wakaba was something that, most of us didn’t have… Now don’t get me wrong, uh… she wasn’t a replacement for a loving mom but… perhaps the closest we’ll get.”
“The degree of commitment and obligation she had to us… well… orphans, was astounding and… maybe even undeserved.” “What makes you say that?” “Even though we were partners, she really took to… all of us. We didn’t ask in anyway, but she had adopted us into her charge. Even Mitsuru.”
“I guess… she couldn’t ignore that unlike her own daughter, the shadow operatives for the most part were a sad and orphaned bunch which… she couldn’t help not ignore… every single interaction with her, was like talking to a caring and sometimes doting Aunt… perhaps even mother.”
“To see Futaba’s shadow… looking so much like Wakaba…” Maruki said while salty tears fell into his wine. “It brought everything back.”
A couple more glasses of wine in silence had gone down when, his senses somewhat inebriated, Maruki was “comfortable” enough to say how he really felt about his own presence.
Shinji could do nothing but sigh sadly. “Thinking about it now… I haven’t been that much help here…”. “Maruki?” “If it were up to Mrs. Kirijo… it would be that Wakaba was the first choice to send over rather than me…” a distraught and slightly inebriated Maruki continued.
“Why…. In god’s…. If there is a god, did they have to take Wakaba?” As Maruki lamented to Shinji, he started to weep silently while Shinji looked over him, wondering what to do.
Shinji was finding himself wondering what in god’s good name he should be doing. Maruki, although not a persona wielder, came with what Shinji assumed to be a credibility and expertise about what the Kelly Gang and the Shadow Operatives were burdened with doing, however now that expertise was at its most vulnerable.
Shinji stood there wondering what could be done, and was only able to grasp what he could do after taking a glance at his half empty glass. He pulled the glass away from Maruki, putting it somewhere where he couldn’t take another sip, he then went over the counter, and simply held him.
It was an awkward hug, as Maruki sat on a tall legged chair, while Shinji was standing at ground level, but what was some moments of silence had seemingly calmed Maruki.
“Maruki? Don’t you think you had enough to drink? The others would be worried.” Said Shinji. He only saw him nod affirmative.
MAGICIAN RANK UP!!!
Shinji then dialed a cab and then led Maruki outside towards the nearest Taxi stand.
It was only when he came back inside, when he found Lala waiting.
“I saw…. Did he give you trouble?” “No. He was polite. He just had a very bad day.”
“Good…. You did a really good job Shinji… sorry it wasn’t as quiet as you might have preferred.”
“It’s no problem.” Shinji said.
DEVIL RANK UP!!!
Chapter 88: Usamljeni Dečak
Summary:
Translation: Lonely Cat
Chapter Text
26th of July, Sunday
Early Morning
Leblanc
“God…” A restless and tired Shinji had woken himself up before first light.
“Shit… what time is it?” He went poking around for his pocket watch, taking it from the pocket of his pants, he was disappointed.
“4:50…. Goddammit…” He didn’t catch much sleep. He tried to fall back into it, only to end up kicking himself about not being able to rest more than he could’ve, especially since he was now technically “on break.”
Sigh. “No point in getting mad about it.” With Leblanc opening in an hour, plus spare change, Shinji decided to part from his bed. Taking a pair of trousers and a black tank top, he set off for the bathhouse.
“At least nobody else will be there…. Maybe I can take my time.”
An hour or so later
Leblanc
Morning
Fresh, warm, and somewhat more awake than an hour ago, Shinji after preparing a hastily cooked hot breakfast was in an adequate state to start the day. However, Leblanc was not.
“Six.” An hour before actual opening hours…. The leader of the Kelly Gang then dragged his body to a booth, sitting down in silence. It wasn’t long until his eyes weighed heavy enough to anchor him deep within the dark depths of unconsciousness, or eternity.
The in sync ticking of both the wall clock, and the pocket watch Shinji laid on the table, failed to keep him awake. Instead they acted as a metronome. Keeping the time for the sleeping barista.
The warm lighting of the cafe failed to keep him awake, or to keep him buoyant as he sank deeper below sea level. A thought occupied his head.
Close your eyes and count to one… that’s how long forever is.
He wasn’t sure where or who he had heard it from, but it was useful for nights where he couldn’t sleep, or where he found it hard to do so. As the faint ticking of his pocket watch and the hum of the lightbulbs above him steadily, dispassionately, and inevitably counted the seconds of time, the idea of eternity, of sleep, falling to the cousin of death. Sinking further down. At least, until the sound of the doorbell woke him up.
“Slow morning, Shinji?” As if forever was as long as a single grain of time, Shinji opened his eyes to find his caretaker, sitting across from him.
“Did you sleep well?” “No… not really.” “You should’ve gone back to sleep instead of opening up extra early… not that I’m complaining of course… maybe lay off the coffee a little though.”
Shinji did not know how to react. He sat in silence until the boss’ attention was directed to his pocket watch. “Nice looking watch.” “Thanks.” “It looks old. How long did you keep it?”
“About… three years…. Hey, what time is it?” “Half past Seven, you know what, you can go back to sleep.” “Huh?” “Isn’t it your term break? Go catch some more sleep. You should be sleeping in, especially on a Sunday.”
Shinji sighed. “You’re right…” “Don’t worry about manning the shop today okay?” “Sure…”
Shinji was about to walk back up, until something came out of him which he couldn’t keep to himself. “Hey boss?”
“Yes Shinji?” “How is Futaba?” “……she’s…….same as usual.” “…….right.”
The two stood awkwardly as both Sojiro and Shinji felt in spite of the summer heat, the floor freezing over faster than hell. At least until Sojiro spoke.
“Shinji, go enjoy your day off, try to enjoy it with friends.”
Without any reply needed, Shinji heeded the boss and stepped outside the cafe.
Standing under the summer climate, he stood outside in peace, his body warming up underneath a yellow glare. He could surely take a moment now, in spite of the current crisis. He glanced towards the boss’s house.
The deadline was almost a month away, he was on holiday, so were his friends, and it was simply too pleasant to not be outside, rather than the cold steppe marshes that was Futaba’s palace.
He was looking for a sign, a cue, an affirmation. A- Brrrt!
His phone was ringing, looking at his most recent messages, he found all the affirmation he needed.
Koko Shiomi
Koko: Hey Shinji, Fuuk will be taking it easy until Tuesday, so how about you do the same okay?
This was combined with instead another series of messages, from his friends and seemingly separate.
Forreal: Hey, wanna hang today with Kaz
Haru:Got time for gardening?
norteño: Wanna do something fun
Carmen of San Diego:Do you got time?
Taras Kitagawa: Might I borrow your time?
“Perfect.”
Now playing: When the Moon’s reaching stars, reloaded
9am
Shujin Academy, the garden
Shinji had never contemplated the idea of visiting school on a Sunday, walking through the vacant halls empty with only external light from the windows illuminating dust particles, the alien feeling, combined with the thought that he was not supposed to be here, kindled a strange feeling within Shinji as he walked upstairs to see Haru.
“Morning Haru.” “Oh, morning Shinji!” Haru was tending again to her garden. “Sorry for asking you on a Sunday morning to come help me, Shinji!” “It’s fine, I never slept well enough anyway.” Shinji said without emotion as he approached the gardener.
“It’s just watering, I’ve done most of the hard work already.” “Wonderful.” A ritual now, both Shinji and Haru made the rounds of watering her garden, a speaker which Haru had brought played music, mostly of her choice. Bossa nova, Soul, jazz once in a blue moon, city pop.
However, once in a green moon, Shinji would take up the offer of playing his own music. Often, the choice would come as a surprise to Haru. If rather reductively, the appearance and character of an individual seemed to dictate their music choice, Shinji was an anomalous phenomena which researchers struggled to find an explanation for, lest they deem the hypothesis as bunk.
J-pop, punk, rock, jazz, western pop, the occasional track which Haru assumed could only have originated from a video game perhaps even older than her, foreign music, which Haru concluded that Shinji likely couldn’t make sense of…
“Hey Shinji?” “Yeah?” “Name of the song.” “What?” “What’s the name?” “Uh… When the moon reaches the stars.” “Thanks.” “You like it?”
“It’s growing on me.” Haru stated. “A uh… old friend….”
“An old friend listened to this all the time.” Shinji said. “Really?” “Yeah.”
The two continued watering the plants until completion. Now they had to cope with figuring out what to do next.
“Shinji, if you don’t have anything else urgent, would you like to enjoy some tea?” “Uh, for sure.” Shinji moved into the sun a spare school desk and unfolded two steel chairs. As Haru brought out a small box and out came a small thermos, along with a snack folded in some paper. Macarons. Shinji, a cook, noticed them for the high end baked snack that they were, something which belonged in fancy looking bakeries with…. French names which….. Mitsuru would’ve scrutinised intensely.
The two settled down. And the two enjoyed the warm and bitter taste of matcha as a steady wind came upon them. Reeling for any subjects of conversation, both Shinji and Haru couldn’t help but default to the most serious.
“That cloud up there looks like a fuggen….. lapras.” “Snerrk- Wh-uh- Excuse me?” “That cloud. Looks. Like a Lapras.” “Is that some kind of a joke I am unable to understand?” Haru asked.
“Nah. Just…. The first two friends I had…. they were into pokémon, and uh… one of them… her favorite pokemon was one that looked like a…. blue, swimming dinosaur of sorts.” Haru began to smile, unfortunately leading Shinji to believe he was being judged. “D-don’t get me wrong, It was one of my favorites.” He said with a tone akin to a kid confessing that he had eaten the last biscuit.
“No- No! That’s fine…. Hearing you had friends when you were younger…” Haru’s tone herself declined, reclining to a timid one. “That’s good.”
“All I had was my mom for company.” Haru said to Shinji. He remained silent to see if she continued on. “My mother…. She…. Would spend time with me, kind of like we are. Right now.”
“She would buy some Macaron puffs from the store… before coming home to spend time with me…. Well, doing anything.”
Would. Shinji noted. “Then…. When I was about ten… or eleven. She left. With no warning or reason.” “Fuck…”
“We haven’t been in contact since…” Haru said. “I’m sorry.” Shinji said while staring into the green in his cup. “If I were to guess why she left… Maybe it has to do with father. But I can’t speculate further.”
“If you don’t mind answering… do you have this on your mind… because of Futaba?” “Hmmm….. yes. Thinking about Mrs. Wakaba… has got me thinking if…”
Haru did not continue any further. “Are you going to be alright?” Shinji asked. “I will… I just want to fully focus on helping Futaba. In whatever way we can.”
EMPRESS RANK UP!!!
“Actually… wanna see something I’ve been practicing lately?” Shinji nodded as Haru went to a sack near the gardening materials, gingerly emptying it of what was clearly components of her ZB. “Haru. Keeping the gun there isn’t a good idea.”
“I can’t really keep it at home.” Haru responded as she brought out all the gun parts, along with a black bandana. “I can assemble this blindfolded. Just watch me!” Haru told Shinji with pluck.
She placed all the components on the table and then tightened the bandana over her face. With the exception of her hair flowing out, there was no visual sign of her face. The sound of giggling marked the start as Haru got her hands on the body and the butt of the gun, quickly sliding the butt and trigger into the body, pressing the catch to lock them in.
Followed by Haru quickly grasping for the barrel of the gun, then the gas plug. Quickly putting the plug in the barrel, she twisted it with a fluid motion using a small multitool. Affirmative clicks and sounds were heard, followed by a giggle or an excited sound. Haru was getting it right so far and she knew it.
Extractor, extractor stop, spring, piston rod. Inserted into the gun after pulling out the butt and reinserting it, the affirmative sound of her pulling the bolt towards, then away from her then transformed the giggling into an excitable noise. All she had to do to complete the assembly was to pull the trigger.
Chunk! “Eeeee~ Yes! I’ve been meaning to get that right!” Haru celebrated. She clearly had been practicing in her own time. As dull and boring as maintenance and cleaning was, she clearly enjoyed making it a challenge, as well as the affirmation from getting better at doing difficult things.
“Nice work.” While congratulating Haru at her perpetual and relentless effort, Shinji’s- Brrrrrrt!
“Who’s that?” Haru asked Shinji while he took out his phone to check. “Kasumi and Ryuji I think…” . “Alright, I won’t keep you here, have fun.” “Enjoy your day.” “You too.” Haru said with a generous smile.
Shibuya Arcade
“Hey big guy!” “Dude! Over here!” The familiar voices of friends led Shinji to a tucked corner away from… most of the unbearable noises and lights. A more welcome sight of both Kasumi and Ryuji were both waving to him.
“Hey Shinji!” Kasumi greeted him loudly so she could be heard over the incessant noise. “Right!… What are we here for??!” Shinji shouted back, to ensure he was heard too.
“DDR!” Ryuji exclaimed. “Isn’t that a bad idea with your leg?!” Shinji replied. “Hasn’t stopped me!” Shinji watched as he quickly shoved a token in and quickly was followed by Kasumi. They both picked a song of Ryuji's choosing.
And, as Shinji watched, he could clearly make out who perhaps was more into it. Both Kasumi and Ryuji were clearly versed, they clearly had filled hours of their lives on the panels, with Kasumi clearly struggling less physically.
However, while Ryuji seemed to stumble a little, he was more in sync. While Kasumi certainly had to have clocked in hours of playtime in order to keep up, she now was only playing to keep up with the hobbling Uhlan.
Even so, Ryuji exuded confidence, he had clearly set the ground well, both literally and figuratively, the song of his choosing was likely one he had danced to repetitively, emanating a sense of mastery. The muscle memory, the timing, and fluidity continued to flow, even through his numb, dead, laggard of a leg. An essence was present within.
Kasumi was having fun at least. Shinji thought she clearly was enjoying the presence of competition, however, Shinji took a glance at Ryuji and saw something else entirely, it was a peace of mind, an ease of mind, zen perhaps, mastery over a body which was broken and beaten, which had not been lost.
“Keep up Kaz!” Ryuji shouted with glee in his voice. He was clearly enjoying it. Shinji couldn’t help but smile at his friends enjoying themselves. Shinji watched as they kept hitting the pads from start to finish.
“Whew!…. Ryuji…. How much did you practice…. With that song specifically?” Kasumi said while gesturing to Shinji for a sports drink she brought “Years…” Ryuji replied. “Likely could do better… with my old leg.”
“Okay… how about I choose the next song then?” Kasumi asked “Well, ask Shinji instead… I gotta rest the leg- ow… I’m okay.” Ryuji replied with some strain in his voice.
“Well… Shinji?” Kasumi asked, the sound of her boots still smashing the panels in, “Uh…. Sure..” Shinji said with a half hearted tone.
Three songs later…
“Whew!” As Kasumi, Ryuji, and Shinji walk out of the arcade. While Kasumi appeared with a simple glean, the sweat seemingly washing off her like the back of a duck, or swan perhaps, Shinji looked more like a walking sponge with limbs that talked, with only his black tank top seemingly disguising his discomfort. “How’re you doing Shinji!”
“Could…. Be better.” Shinji struggled to say. Within the span of ten minutes, Shinji had been struggling to keep pace with Kasumi. “I’m famished!” She exclaimed.
The three walked towards a nearby restaurant, as enjoyable as curry was, moderation was agreed on lest one of the culinary wonders of the world gain the moniker of “monotonous”.
End Track
Lunch
Instead, bowls of either ramen or egg Katsudon of varying sizes were served for the three, the biggest simply covering Kasumi’s face.
“Kasumi…. Do you….” “No Ryuji, I need these calories for practice!…. Later. Besides! After this, we’re going to use them when we get back to the palace again.” Kasumi justified. Without being able to see her face, they saw only a brown-haired bowl with limbs, justifying itself.
“Shinji… do we have any idea on when we’re going back in there?” Ryuji asked him. “Well…. Not before Wednesday… shadow operatives need time to recoup before they can go back. Especially those closer to Wakaba.”
Ryuji and Kasumi fell silent as they remembered what they had learnt about professor Wakaba, Futaba, and their tragedy.
“Shit….” Ryuji commented. He was looking down on the counter top, staring into himself. “Can’t imagine what would happen if I lost my mom.” Ryuji said.
“You alright?” Kasumi asked Ryuji. “Well, uh… it’s a bit embarrassing to say maybe but… I lost sleep yesterday because of it.” Ryuji admitted. “I don’t think anybody slept well.” Shinji asserted. “I didn’t either.”
“Yeah… I don’t…. My mom’s still kicking but…. She’s overworked, alone… and if she is going through something, she isn’t letting on what.” Ryuji explained. “I can kinda get… maybe what Wakaba was feeling. But no loving mom would’ve done that.” Ryuji wandered.
“Yeah. I’m feeling charged up. I wanna go back to the palace, and help Futaba.” Kasumi said. “She didn’t deserve all of that to happen to her…. Hey Shinji?” “Yes?”
“What about you? Seems everybody’s thinking about their mom.” “Never had the chance.” Shinji simply said. “Never had one, never knew one.” Everyone remained silent as they processed for a moment the absence which Shinji experienced, but never suffered.
“So, Ryuji.” Shinji didn’t dwell much, instead opting to reflect away from it. “How’s getting the funds for the leg?” “Well…. Not there yet, but getting there… I think. Haven’t really done research on where to get physical therapy here in Tokyo.” Ryuji replied. “I will say.. even if we get a lot of money from Futaba’s palace, I’m not going to enjoy getting it, that place is beyond messed up.” Ryuji explained. “And scary too.” Kasumi added.
“Not to mention, it's literally Chernobyl.” Kasumi remarked. “Hmm. You don’t think we can get radiation poisoning from a palace do you?” Kasumi then asked. A morbid question.
“For Futaba’s sake… let’s hope not.” The morbidity of the premise silenced the three. A silence which set the change of tone indefinitely, but most certainly with Ryuji.
End Track
“Hey guys?” He asked. “Yes?” Both Kasumi and Shinji answered. “Do you ever think about dying?”
“I uh… try not to think about it but, there were times I really thought I was going to get it.” Ryuji told them. The usual voice and accent of Ryuji, with usual boast, inattention, and ceaseless energy had made itself scarce. Instead, a soberness was substituted in its absence.
“I…I” Ryuji sighed. He was silently frustrated at himself. He couldn’t really word what he wanted to say, simply out of a lack of vernacular to supply him. Suffering from such an absence, he simply went for the essence.
“Look. If something happens to me… Make sure my share goes to my mom, ok?”
Both Kasumi and Shinji were a bit dumbfounded at Ryuji contemplating his ultimate demise, Kasumi was in denial. “Ryuji, you aren’t going to die there.” Further appeals to the contrary, appeals to a belief in a semi invulnerability, and other appeals to rid Ryuji of the idea of his demise by Kasumi, failed to convince him. Shinji however, was more sympathetic.
“It’ll be done.” Shinji said. Without hesitation. The three continued their silence, and as time passed, Kasumi also succumbed.
“Y’know, if it happens to me instead, send my share…. Nah, not to my parents. Send it to my sister instead.” Ryuji and Shinji nodded along.
“Well… I don’t got anybody in particular I really want all my things to go to… except the shadow operatives… maybe the boss. Since he’s taking care of Futaba.”
Then, Ryuji got a little self conscious. A feeling of embarrassment, a hint, a peek behind the veil, the mask, the persona. A sort of voyeuristic sensation, from the self violation of one’s personal, private, and true feelings made its presence felt in the young man. A rather strange, foreign, perhaps queer feeling of freedom, of burden discarded. Yet Ryuji sought the comfort of the mask yet again. Out of a healthy fear of not being the emperor without any clothes.
“Sorry for bringing it up…. Didn’t mean to bring down the mood guys.” Ryuji said. “Well…. How is everybody feeling now?” he added.
Kasumi, however, was feeling just as self conscious, but for a different reason altogether.
“I’m feeling quite hungry.”
Shinji spat out his drink.
CHARIOT RANK UP!!!
While cleaning and drying his phone, yet another message arrived. Upon reading it, Shinji simply stood up and put his share of the bill on the table.
“Dude, why’re you leaving?” Kasumi asked. “Ann… asking me to meet her at the underground mall.” “We can come with you, it’ll be fun!” Ryuji added
“Sorry guys. It…perhaps won’t be.” He said as he waved them goodbye.
Afternoon
Underground Mall
“Hmm… Shiho wouldn’t mind me dressing as that one cartoon character, would she?” Ann asked herself. She looked at a red coat, very much looking closely to her metaverse outfit.
“Hey.” “Shinji!” Ann turned around from peering into the display of a thrift store. “H-Have you eaten lunch?” “I have in fact… with Kaz and Ryuji.” “Please don’t tell me you brought them with you.” “I did not. They’re probably going back to the arcade.” “Good.” “So… what’s up?”
“It’s… my date with Shiho. I’m sorry to say it but, I’m feeling anxious, and I need someone to hear me out.” “I can do that. No problem.” “You sure?” Shinji nodded in affirmation.
The two entered the thrift shop, small, cramped, it was the kind where the limited space and limited number of customers allowed Ann and Shinji to hear the blinking of the lights above them among the backdrop of the underground mall.
“Ok Shinji, I need you to give it to me straight.” Ann said while summoning what stocks of seriousness was in her voice. “But I thought you weren’t straight.” Shinji said with cheek. Ann sighed frustratingly, “Look, I’m going in the changing room with clothes and coming out dressed in them. Help me decide what to wear to see Shiho.”
And so they began the process, Shinji requisitioned a plastic stool, waiting outside the changing room as Ann spent the next ten minutes going through.
“So, what do you think?” “I’m… not sure.”
“How about now?” “Uh… maybe?”
“This one?” “I’m still not sure.”
After the last outfit, Ann stills and sighs. “Alright Shinji, this isn’t helping.” “What?” “I’m going to be honest… I needed your help because I can’t decide which…. I have to get it right.” “For Shiho?”
“Yes….” “Right… hang on. Isn’t Shiho’s uncle and aunt Junpei and Chidori?” “Yes bu- wait. You aren’t just gonn- Wait. SHINJI!”
Shinji’s cheek hadn’t retreated, as a sudden phone call was currently underway. “No! Shinji! No! What are you doing! No, stop! Bad!”
10 minutes later
“I came as soon as I heard.” Chidori said. “Look, Chidori, I don’t need any- you see- Shinji just-“. “Shinji?” “Yes?” “You called the right person. Let’s get her ready.”
“Chidori, please, what are you doing?!” “Look hun, me and JunJun just had to spend ten minutes talking with our niece to know how happy you make her feel.”
Ann gasped for air and put her hand on her chest. “Really???” “Yes, now shut up and let me buy you some clothes to look the part.”
Chidori dragged Ann by the arm over to a different store, as she brought her there, Chidori asked her to spill some of the proverbial tea.
“So what kind of date is it?” “Just… a normal one?” “How high end?” “Nope.” “Ok, are you two doing anything other than food?”
Ann shook her head. “Okay…. Let’s get you something that Shiho won’t get enough of…”
Chidori started to take clothes items and shove them in the basket, one by one on the way to the changing room. When they got to the changing room, Chidori simply held up Ann with the basket, as she looked upon her with hesitation. Soon enough, she went inside.
This left Shinji and Chidori standing together, as Ann changed out of view, with Shinji perhaps regretting his decision. A little.
“Did… did you have to be that forceful?” Shinji asked. “I think I was acting appropriately.” “Well…”
“You should know this… I know this… Junpei knows this too. Don’t be late or you’ll regret it.”
End track
“Wait… what do you mean by- oh… oh… ok I see your point.” Shinji remembered the first time he talked to Chidori back in May… it consisted of words implying the above, that she had met her death like he did, except with the benefit and addition of seven years which he did not have.
“Hey…. How did it happen?” Shinji asked as they both took seats by the seating next to the changing room.
Now playing: Courage, from Twilight Princess
“Takaya shot Junpei.” Venom filled Chidori’s voice. As physically, Shinji seemed to also shrivel up. The venom also seeped into his body, as was the result of the memory of such a person.
“He was… almost fully dead. The bullet hit an artery… he was going to expire and there was only one thing that could save him.” “That was…. Oh no. Was that…?”
“Yes… Shinji, you saw me keep flowers alive when their time was up. This was nothing different.”
“Luckily for me. The funeral directors at Iwatodai had succumbed to Apathy syndrome. My body was kept at the hospital post mortem until…. Junpei came back to me with flowers.”
“As I was told… the person attending my body placed them on my corpse… and the flowers… must’ve been ones I had preserved with Medea… and in return they preserved me. But it was Junpei which brought me back.”
“Wow.” Shinji said sober. “I woke up about… January the following year, I was a corpse starting a month after you had been killed… there wasn’t much to remember but… that was because it was like a dream, you don’t really remember them right.”
“I’m… glad that happened.” Shinji said. “I am too.” The two remained comfortably silent.
“I… uh I didn’t really know if… I had anything like that happen… it felt more like a nap… rather than seven years.”
“I do remember doing one thing when I first woke up…” “What was it?” “I was figuring out how to use my new phone and… after figuring a few things out I, uh… tried to see how Mitsy, or Aki was doing. I remember the feeling after seeing Mitsy… a bit older, wearing that damn wool coat of hers.”
“What’s with the animosity to her coat? I think it looks nice on her.” “She’s had that damn coat since we were kids. It was far too big for her at the time, but she would annoy us with it by flicking it at us… it was playful, but still. It was a gift from her father… I guess she found it again after she had lost it a while.”
Chidori giggled. “They missed you, you know.” “I’m aware.” “I mean Mitsuru and Akihiko in particular. They’re dying to see you. They just can’t. If they had their way, they wouldn’t be idle at Yakushima, or freezing in Hokkaido. They would be here for you, Shinji.”
Shinji, able to hold in the lump in his throat, couldn’t find it in himself to deny Chidori.
“Thank you Chidori.”
FORTUNE RANK UP!!!
End Track
“Hey! I’m back!” Ann rapidly approached the two, standing proud and tall. “So, what do you think?”
She was fully coated in a pinkish red. Her trousers, along with the leather jacket she wore, with only the exception of her white crop top underneath.
“Amazing. Shiho will love it.” “Yay!!! Can I wear it home! Can I wear it home please!” “Of course. I’m paying. Don’t you worry.” Further sounds of joy emanated from Ann until she noticed the smiling Shinji. Her joy had spread bacteriologically to him.
“Oh, I’m so thankful. Chidori really knows her stuff!” “I know.” The two said while they walked to the check out. “You should’ve seen her seven years ago.”
After Chidori paid, the three walked out of the store. All three were triumphantly strolling through the underground mall.
“Ann.” “Yes?” “I know, a place where you and Shiho can have your date. It’s a place where me and JunJun have spent our time off. You can expect an address by tonight.” Ann quickly hugged in quick succession, Chidori, and then Shinji.
“Thankyouthankyouthankyouthankyouthankyou!!!” She then happily skipped on, while Chidori and Shinji were left in the dust.
“Those two are good for eachother. Thank you for getting them out of the clutches of Kamoshida during April.” Chidori told Shinji. “It was nothing… and yeah, they would be good for eachother.”
LOVERS RANK UP!!!
Chapter Text
27th of July, Monday
Noon
Shibuya Walkway
“Ah. You’re here.” Shinji was greeted by both Yusuke and Ken as they stood together.
“So, what’s this about?” “I have something to discuss… as recent events have brought certain thoughts to light.”
“Ok…” “They have also been… the cause of an artist block.” Yusuke said as he, Ken, and Shinji walked to the portion of the walkway which was above the street.
Looking around, Yusuke exposes some self consciousness, looking around for any possible unwanted eyes, ears, or audience. Noticing this, Ken simply proposes. “You know, if you want some place quiet to talk to us, the park is on the other end of the walkway.”
Regaining composure, he concurs. “Yes, rather appropriate.” As the three walked away from Shibuya and towards the park, Ken looked towards Shinji, and whispered to him. “Hey… how have you been holding up… with what we’re finding out about Futaba, and the boss?”
“Fine.” Shinji responds. “It's gotta be more complicated than that.” “Fine… you got me. But, how is the rest of SEE- I mean the shadow operatives?” “Recovering from the shock.” Ken said. “We just found out how small the world is… and how it isn’t always a good thing.”
“Was a small enough world that you guys were able to somehow locate me here.” Shinji replied. “Yeah… miraculous.”
Inokashira park
The three settled down on a bench as they saw Yusuke appearing to be hung on his thoughts.
He seemed to struggle with conception, with their translation into a verbal string of words. Until, he brought out his Bandura from the sack bag he hung on his back and then began to strum the strings as if he were stimulating his thoughts.
Now playing: їхав козак містом,
“I… have been struggling with this line of thought since May… but most especially now… after the revelations regarding Futaba’s mother. At first, I was able to push them to the back of my mind but… I find myself unable to leave it be anymore.”
“I never had a clue who my mother was.” Yusuke said “My mother was murdered before I began to make memories… but, I’ve been as of late… Curious, as to who she was.”
“Mhm.” “She is a known unknown.” Yusuke summarised. “ I never got to know her, which I guess dulls the blow more than it did for Futaba.”
“I don’t think I can move further on without finding some resolution to this. If I were to find a metaphor of some sort, it’ll be the proverbial lost limb. I will be followed by a ghost for the rest of my life if I don’t find a satisfactory conclusion to this.”
Ken and Shinji remained quiet. It was not their place to comment on this, but it was more appropriate to ensure Yusuke knew that they both could comprehend his situation.
“I never had a mom. Or a dad.” “What do you mean?” “Same as you. Either they died or they put me in an orphanage before I started to remember.” “Do you ever wonder about them?”
“I guess… I’m lucky that they’ll be strangers. Forever, likely.” Shinji replied. Yusuke nodded. As they conversed a bit more regarding the presence or absence of feelings towards one’s absentee parents, Ken found her own courage to talk about hers.
“I had a mom.” “You too?” Yusuke asked. “Yeah… obviously.”
“She died when I was young.” “Oh… I’m sorry to hear that.” Yusuke said. “I… mostly was able to move on.”
Shinji couldn’t tell if Ken was talking about this with intent. He was fully conversing with Yusuke, but… the way his expression seemed, as well as his eyes… Shinji wasn’t sure if Ken was trying his best to not look at him at all.
“Yeah, I think you should go for it.” Ken said coldly. “You believe so?” “Yes, you deserve some closure. Trust me on this one.”
“Well… There’s the issue of not knowing where to look.” Yusuke continued. “I’m not entirely sure about extended family… if there were any documents…they would’ve been in Madarame’s possession. Knowing that… I would like to think the police would have taken everything from the shack.”
The three sat in silence, in some fear that Yusuke’s mom, the Sayuri, would be lost forever. Instead of a paper trail which would’ve at least given a faint outline of her time on this world, all that would’ve been left was a shrine made of canvas painting. Thankfully, Yusuke had gotten an idea.
“Newspaper obituaries.” He stated. “Start at the year of my birth… until I find a Kitagawa.” “Kitagawa’s a common name. You’ll get multiples.” Shinji replied. “It’s the only way. I’ll start at the year 2000.”
“You can probably just access a public government database instead.” Ken said. “It’ll cost a bit, but I don’t think the others mind, it's your mom.”
“Thanks.” Yusuke replied. “Can I ask for one thing though.” “Yes?”
“Occasionally, I would like some counsel, or someone to talk to. If I find out a bit more about her.” Yusuke told them. “That’s ok.” “As long as it doesn’t inconvenience you then.” Yusuke said with courtesy in his tone.
“Very well. Kat?” “Yes Yusuke?” “I am heading home. I feel… possessed by purpose now… who knows, maybe it can turn into something on the canvas.” Yusuke told them.
“Glad to help.” Ken replied. “Same.” Yusuke packed the Bandura into his sack bag, and waved the two goodbye as he walked off into the park further. Leaving the two alone.
EMPER OR RANK UP!!!
This left both Ken and Shinji alone. Quiet and with only the further company of their thoughts.
“Kat…” “yes Shinji?” “Are you okay?” “You don’t have to ask that all the time you know?” “but after the conversation with Yusuke…” “Like I told him…” Ken said with a semblance of impassion in their voice. “I’ve mostly moved on. The rest is just… well, trying to make sense of what’s not there.”
“How so?” “What ifs. Like wondering how I would’ve turned out if I hadn’t lost my mom. I wonder if I could’ve met you and the others.”
A moment of silence continued until Ken found the next words to say from their mouth. “I figured… I would’ve probably met you guys somehow… but who knows…”
“Ken?” “Yes?” “What was she like? Your mom.” “Well uh…”
“She was a uh… vet, as in veterinarian. She loved animals.” Ken explained. “Hamburger was a gift from her… I remember her bringing me to animal cafes to see animals up close.” Ken said.
“That’s nice.” Shinji commented. “Yeah. She never talked about… a dad. But that was fine.” Ken said. “Hmm.”
“I, uh... Shinji, why are you asking this?” “It was something I noticed. Yesterday when I checked on the others, it seemed everyone was feeling a bit more sober. Even Ryuji and Kaz.” Shinji explained.
“The thing with Futaba… it looks like it's on everyone’s mind. Their mom, themselves, death, dying.
“I really hope we can meet Futaba after this.” Ken told Shinji. “Why?” “Well… I’m not entirely sure what’s gonna happen with her if we take her treasure away. But maybe, she’ll want to go outside again.” Ken explained. “You know you can’t force her to do what she wouldn’t want right?” Shinji said. “But we don’t know that. We don’t know what would happen to her once that happens, which means it's entirely possible. And if it is, we should be ready to help her.”
“Also, is it bad to hope for the best?” Ken asked frankly. “No. Not at all.” Shinji said. “I just don’t think it’ll be that easy.” He elaborated. “Also, we gotta survive her palace first.”
“That’s true, but we survived worse. Hell, me and the others survived the end of the world.” “Wait what.”
JUDGEMENT RANK UP!!!
Later
27th of July
Evening
Shadow Operatives HQ
“You should’ve asked us earlier! Of course we would help you!” Labrys exclaimed. “Do you have any idea how many of us have the… what was it, ‘mommy and daddy issues’. Chidori stated as a matter of fact. “I didn’t see my parents before I could develop any memory… same for Akihiko, though he got adopted.”
“Labrys also didn’t have any parents. So did Aigis… sort of.” The sound of pounding steel loudly approached the three. It was Labrys
“Hey! Are you looking for your mom?!” Labrys asked “Uh… yes, I am.”
The three took off, heading to a vacant room to discuss what he ought to do to find a course of action. Looking at the rest of the shadow operatives however, it would seem as if an impending threat loomed, indeed for former SEES, it perhaps was something to be less concerned about.
Living room
“Uno.” “Mmmm…nryeeeeergggg. Gaaahhhhh….” Junpei struggled.
“Hmm. Aigis, you can do it…” Kotone said with excitement in her voice. “Sweetie, please refrain from looking at Junpei’s cards, and thereby interfering.” “Let me help you……” Kotone sulked.
“Koro, Uno is a treacherous game where friendships are tested to the brink.” Yukari told the pup in her lap. Koromaru looked at her simply with a blank stare.
“Nah~ you’ll remain our best friend!” Yukari exclaimed Woof! The two continued to enjoy eachother’s company and snuggle on the couch, watching as Aigis and Junpei dueled on.
“Hey! That’s not part of the rules!” “There is no rule prohibiting the use of consecutive skip cards of multiple colours.” “I call bullshit!” Junpei complained. “Go Aigis go!”
Balcony
Ken stood by the potted plants. Sticking their fingers into the dirt, they felt for any moisture, or the lack thereof. They’ll know if the plants were due for some water. Ken’s verdict so far, parched. The summer had made sure the plants would suffer deprivation.
It was then that the sound of the balcony door alerted Ken to someone’s presence. She turned to see who it was.
“Evening Kat.” “Hey Maru.” Maruki stood by with a glass of wine and an expression of focus. Unwavering and untiring. “Is… Fuuka alright?”
“Yes. She’s been taking it easy. I’ve been doing her work.” Maruki told Ken. “How’s that going?”
“It seems so obvious. But because of that I can’t tell if I’m only seeing what I want to see… let me explain.” Ken, out of a lack of a chair, simply sat on the floor to listen attentively.
“We aren’t dead poets, we’re scientists… but it seems the metaverse likes to make things rhyme a lot. If I were to speak in more scientific terms though. Fuuka and I noticed several things.”
“First, palaces. To some extent or another, their form matches their profile. Kamoshida saw himself as king of the castle, Madarame was an “art collector” and was a museum curator. Kaneshiro’s a pimp, so bank I guess.”
“Then what does Futaba’s mean?” Ken asked. “Not sure yet, but the trend is this. I dare not say the source, as the source is the treasure, but the essence of the palace… are thoughts.”
“Not just any thought, they clearly aren’t normal, or regular. They’re distorted. And if I go back to being a dead poet:
“These distorted thoughts… made the palaces as they were.” Maruki explained. “How does that explain the treasure though?” Ken asked.
“Fuuka and I debated this, but it became more of a chicken or egg debate. Which came first, the treasure? Followed by the distortion? Or the distortion followed by the treasure?” Maruki asked. “Until we collect more data as to which is independent of the other and which is dependent on the other…it remains in debate.”
“As for mementos however. We draw on the very limited research Wakaba which we kept before she left us.” Maruki explained. “Its the same principle as Tartarus, or the TV world. It is a collective unconscious.” Maruki told Ken.
“We… think it's possibly the reason why the layout of Mementos remains inconsistent, as it could be shaped by the…. Millions of people who make part of it, each malicious thought, feeling, emotion all reshaping its structure.” Maruki described. “A bit dark, honestly.” he added. “Literally.” Ken added.
The sound of the balcony doors opening was heard again, the two however so absorbed in their conversation, didn’t notice until she went into view, Fuuka.
She came outside to the two in her pajamas, appearing more rested. “Feeling better?” Maruki asked. “Yes.” Fuuka replied succinctly. “I feel mentally rested enough to summon Juno without feeling overtaxed, I think. We can go back to the palace tomorrow.”
Not willing to question Fuuka’s state, both Maruki and Ken nod along. Trusting their navigator to know well enough about her own state both the physical and the psychological. “You remember what… Futaba said right?” Fuuka asked.
“Shadow Futaba?” “No. Just Futaba.” Fuuka told Maruki. “Isn’t that Futaba not the real Futaba?” Ken asked. “No. She’s a part of Futaba, she IS Futaba.” Fuuka stated.
“I’ve been looking through the files of the investigation team.” Fuuka started to explain, only to be stopped by Maruki. “Have you been working while resting?” he asked. “Yes, but back to the point. A constant in their journey was having to confront their own shadows.” Fuuka explained. “Looking back at Narukami’s group of persona users specifically, we shouldn’t be surprised that Futaba has a shadow. Maybe-Maybe… the humans we see in mementos, taking the trains deeper and deeper… they’re shadows of the general public, just without the potential to awaken personas.”
“Back to the point about palaces though.” Maruki said. “Would it perhaps be fitting to assign a level of strength to the distortion? Stronger distorted thoughts and desires, perhaps correlated with the size of one’s palace,” Maruki explained, “With Futaba’s being the most distorted thus far?”
Everyone grew silent. Apart from contemplating perhaps the state of Futaba’s mind, the circumstances of how she had gotten to this point began to link with the concept of distortion. “Being shut in… maybe not seeing much sun… or sleeping enough or too much….” Ken recounted some of the things he thought he heard about Futaba from the boss.
“Fuuka?” Ken asked. “Kat?” “The boss told us she has been hearing voices. What does that mean?”
Fuuka froze, but then thought for a moment. “Either… she is experiencing hallucinations… or she is about to awaken a persona.” “How? !” Ken asked. “She could be just experiencing normal hallucinations. She could be experiencing symptoms for mental illness. She could be dealing with something like schizophrenia… or… it's a prelude.”
“At the same time…” Maruki added. “Wouldn’t we be the ones experiencing… “hallucinations”. He asked. “When I see you go to the metaverse, it looks like you’re all looking into space. I know you all were someplace else but-... it really could look like you were seeing things which normal people couldn’t see. It would for the sake of argument, look like you were seeing hallucinations to those not in the know.” Maruki finished.
“Good point.” Fuuka replied. “We can only find out more in Futaba’s palace. Actually, we’ll be going tomorrow, if possible.” she added. “I’ll let the others know, I think you should notify Shinji and your friends Kat. “Sure. Just whoever can come tomorrow?” Ken asked. “We’ll work with whoever comes.” Fuuka said.
End track
Meanwhile
???
Now playing: Call of Prypyat, Guitar 11, by Guitar Stalker
Sitting at the intersection of three monitors, Futaba Sakura had their attention split between three tasks.
The first was monitoring the phones of the Kelly Gang and the “Shadow Operatives”. To listen for anything important.
“Maybe the humans we see in mementos… taking the trains deeper and deeper… they’re shadows of the public.”
Second, Call of Prypyat. Futaba just needed something to occupy themselves with. The voices seemed polite enough to not interrupt while she was slamming Gauss rounds into monolith. An uncanny self awareness was unavoidable, the monolithians followed the beck and call of the well… monolith. Hearing its voice speak to them, and acting on the “monolith’s” orders. hile she was trying to keep her own voices out
"Wait… What was I doing?" Futaba asked herself.
“I still don’t understand why the app is the way we access the metaverse.” An ambiguous voice said
“Yes… it seems the method of entry is been less intrusive then… a 25th hour of the day, forced upon by a… Lovecraftian cosmic entity.” A more masculine voice replied
“Yes… we haven’t really paid much mind, we don’t really have anybody to consult regarding the metanav… maybe Ichinose? This would be more in her field, but she’s in Iwatodai and up to her own project.” A more feminine voice added.
“Maybe it's worth calling her. I wonder how that project is progressing though. Would be great for project Sophia to come online sooner to give a hand.” The masculine voice added.
Metanav app? That’s how they do it? That sounded interesting. Futaba sat pondering. Could… could she enter her own “palace”? And if she could do it… should she?
She remembered…. Her mom. Futaba was entering the danger zone here. She had to live to forget, she found anytime she remembered, she had to remember anything about the past, the voices would come.
But at that risk, she remembered one night. A small boy woke up after a nightmare to look for his mom.
He walked to the living room, seeing his mom over a television set. Eyes glued to the set. He calls out to her. No response. The movie continues.
Three men fight, they speak a slavic language which he can't understand. The only way to understand a man, seemingly in despair, is through subtitles.
“There’s nothing else for the people on earth.”
“This is the only place… to come to… when all hope is gone.”
“You did come here… Then why destroy faith?”
Quiet, the boy stays behind the couch, the men despair, and they seem to have found a bit more about themselves. They don’t enter the room.
Color is deprived as it turns to a harsh sepia tone. The film carries on beyond the boy’s (cross) comprehension. At least until the end.
A young girl. She reads from a book, a poem. Only to then lie her head down on the table, she then started to move the glasses on the table towards the far side, as the sound of a train started to get louder, and louder.
Notes:
Preceding Essence
Chapter 90: Roadside Picnic
Chapter Text
28th of July, Tuesday
Shadow Operatives HQ
Early Morning
“Mmm…” The sound of a beeping alarm clock woke Fuuka up. She blinked multiple times, trying to stay awake. Today was the day they were going back in.
She got out, the hoodie from yesterday still clinging to her as she dragged herself out. Hunger does better at moving her on.
“Ken… what’s for breakfast?” She asks. Despite the conventional wisdom of vacation being the time to sleep in, Kat thought she need not apply, and was kind enough to reward those who also did not apply, by making breakfast.
“Ken-“ Fuuka stopped as she saw that Ken was not alone. As a fresh looking Ken, Shinji, Haru, and Yusuke sat together, enjoying some pancakes.
“Damn… I missed these. Did you get Aki to spill the recipe for his pancakes?” Shinji asked Ken. “Yup! Would you like to hear the story? It was one night where he and the others were drinking and- hey its Fuuka.”
The four directed their attention to Fuuka. “Why are you guys here so early?” Fuuka asked. “Here for the mission.” “Since Futaba’s important, we came at the earliest time available.” “Her safety and condition is now our highest concern.” Yusuke added.
Fuuka couldn’t explain why she liked this new generation of persona users, barring Shinji. She could only really smile rather than inquire.
“So… this Lab X-7.” Yusuke said, “Do you all think it has anything to do with this… wishgranter that Futaba’s shadow talked about? He added. “Maybe. Not only that, it sounds treasure-like.”
“When it comes to palace treasures we need to think big. Sometimes literally.” “Agreed. Let’s assume it's in this lab… how do we find it?”
“Well, often we find maps… and maybe Juno can help with tracking. It’s just that the palace is so big that Juno gets overwhelmed.”
“Hmm. We may have to rely on Futaba's shadow then.” Ken stated. “Her shadow wasn’t actively hindering us, in fact she probably was the sniper who saved Maruki’s life during the night, now that I’m thinking about it.”
“In fact, when me and Shinji went back to the house we were hiding in, she had left us a PDA, a radio, even a roll of toilet paper.” “Asswipe aside.” Shinji said, to the giggling of the rest. “We can’t be picky, we’ll take all the information we can get.”
“Another thing. We need to be mindful about the emission. We should really stick to smaller groups from now on. We can’t afford to be separated with that thing going off.” “I have an idea what it's about.” Fuuka replied
“What if the Emission is a natural defence system? Like we saw in Kaneshiro’s and Madarame’s palace with the security systems. What if it's a way to keep intruders away from the treasure?” Fuuka hypothesized.
“Bit overkill if you ask me.” Ken replied. Just as they took another forkful of omelette. “We’ll find out. By the way, what time are we going, Fuuka?” Shinji asked as he took out his pocketwatch.
“Give it… an hour for me to wake up Maruki, and to grab our gear and get ready. Your weapons are in the room over there.” Fuuka pointed to an unused bedroom while she went over to her own room.
The four went over to find an unassuming bedroom, only for Ken with a somewhat ashamed face to say, “we haven’t actually found a good place to stow all the guns.” He opened the closet door to reveal a small pile of small arms and ordinance stored on the bottom of a closet, the sound of wincing could be heard, along with air being sucked through teeth as a rifle that was leaning on one of the walls slid and hit the floor.
“We really need to find a better place to store our firearms.” Yusuke said. “I did suggest we use one of the office rooms downstairs as a locker room maybe… but I’m told it may take too much time and… it could just not be worth the effort.” Ken explained. “That is fine, some of us can keep them at home.” Haru said as she opened a sack bag, revealing her ZB machine gun in components, which she started to assemble.
“Still… we can probably do better than a very dusty closet.” Shinji said as he put hand grenades into his pocket, while Yusuke lodged the stick grenades into his belt.
“I must say, despite the strain, despite the difficulties, despite the pain… I enjoy this occupation of a… ‘phantom thief’ of sorts” Yusuke said. “Hey, don't propagate Akechi’s bull.” Ken replied swiftly.
“I have nothing but contempt for that man. But what else is there to describe our line of work? We are thieves of the veil. We are but wraiths in the minds of the wicked, silent and unseen.”
“I don’t know about that last one Yusuke.” Shinji replied. “I feel more like a bank robber in a crime movie. And not the robin hood kind, but more of a… ‘steal from the rich, give to myself.’” Shinji said, sober.
The four continued to discuss among themselves, remaining unaware of a conversation between four others.
“Too bad we aren't ransacking my father’s realm. He’s got all the rare gems you want, also it angers him.” Zagreus quipped
“You’re one to talk… you’re the devil’s own kid.” Ned replied
“But I’m the son of Persephone, who makes everything grow on earth, so that makes up for it.” Zagrus retorted.
“If you are what makes the endless fields of wheat grow in my native land… I must thank your mother for blessing my homeland with such bountiful land.” Taras Shevchenko interjected.
“I will give her your thanks… hey, where is your home? You are certainly not from Greece.”
Shevchenko tried to think of a reference, something which tied his land to the mythos of the ancient Greeks, long acquainted with his home.
“Odessa, Kherson…Melitopol… or… Odessos, Chersonsus, and Meliti.” Shevchenko answered.
Zagreus looked a little confused, prompting the bard to find something more substantial.
“My land used to be inhabited by a people yours would’ve known, as the Scythians. They lived alongside people who would’ve worshipped your father, and mother… in fact…”
“It was said, Heracles laid with a Draikana, giving birth to the first king of the Scythians.”
Shevchenko tried to pry his mind for more, then something clicked.
“An single solitary island with white cliffs in the black sea separating it from Greece was said to be the resting place of Achilles.” Shevchenko added.
“Damn, he was buried far north? was told he was buried with Patroclus… somewhere near Troy.”
“A temple lighthouse was constructed and dedicated to the two.
Zagreus seemed to be touched by the tribute of the two he had helped reunite in Elysium. He couldn’t help
But smile.
“Correct me if I am wrong… but you must be related to Athena and Poseidon." Shevchenko adds
“Athena’s my cousin, and Posidon’s my uncle.”
“An old man once told me… after Athena’s olive tree bested Posidon’s trident… he went over the sea to Ukraine… and gave us his trident instead. Our Tryzub.”
Zagrus looked at the bard as the look of pride seemingly filled his slightly nervous demeanor, of this humble poet in the company of a queen, and a demi god. He watched with a sense of wonder, as the ghostly bard stroked his beard, thinking of his home in ancient antiquity.
Leaving all in comfortable silence.
An hour later
“ We're ready!“. “H-Hang on! let me have my coffee.” Maruki interjected, he was still dazed from waking early, and begged for at least this consolation.
The pack of Kelly Gang members watched as Fuuka escorted a shambling Maruki in a shadow operatives jacket. They watched their superior pour out coffee into a mug. He slid on his armband while drinking quickly.
“Do you have the communication clicker?” Fuuka asked Maruki. “Yes… messenger bag. PDAs?” Maruki asked. “My bag. They honestly look more like PDAs and mobiles from the early 2000s, heh.” Fuuka reminisced as she passed them to their prior owners.
Old technology, spending time making her own dumb tech, including the headphones, both her first pair and the one she made for her sweetheart…
“Right. If everybody’s ready now… let’s get going.”
End Track
NAVIGATING…..
0 hour 0 minutes
???
The six appeared where the rest left, the forum of a school of concrete, being last here during the loud savaging of the outside by an emission, the six now only had the company of chirping birds and the sound of the wind. Crossing her arms, Fuuka thought about what was to be done.
“Right…” Fuuka mumbled to herself. “Currently, Juno cannot sense where the treasure is. Assuming the entire palace is as large as the Chernobyl exclusion zone, it likely means we’re too far away for her to sense it directly. We’ll likely have to find a trail towards it until we can be certain.”
Trying to think of a way forward, the PDAs collectively buzzed and vibrated with a jingle. Maruki, Fuuka, Ken, and Shinji looked at their PDAs, they all showed a single message from a familiar spectre.
снайпер
снайпер: I see you
снайпер: If you decide to proceed with finding the room, go to the hamlet south of the school you’re in.
снайпер: Find Sidorovich, he’ll help you
снайпер: The village there is filled with rookies, you’ll be okay
“Sidorovich.” “If the wagon’s still outside, we can go now.” Yusuke told the others. As they made their way out of the auditorium and made their way to the school’s main entrance, Fuuka took out her PDA and opened up the map.
“There it is… she said pointing at what only looks like a collection of a small number of houses, that they could count their number using the fingers on both their hands.
“Less than a kilometre away.” Fuuka commented as they exited, to their pleasant surprise, the wagon was still there.
“No damage to the wheels…” Yusuke commented as he inspected them. He summoned Kateryna and hitched her to the reins. But not before giving her a small nuzzle.
“Awww…” When Yusuke was ready, they then took off for the asphalt.
Now playing: He was a good stalker
As the wagon and its passengers cruised along the asphalt, they looked at their own panorama of the zone. On one hand, forest. Large, lush, thick, and miles of it. More forest left to fester on the earthen surface than any of the city dwelling Kelly Gang or Shadow Operatives have seen, national parks couldn’t compare.
Steppe. Fallow grass. Fallow wheat which were planted with the thought of their harvest, but never were. Their gold color was deprived out of want. Revealing the black earth below which used to make these fields so fertile and bountiful. To the eye of the passengers, they could only be reminded of the sight of ricefields in the country which they would see while traveling. These large fields now dead, following the profile of their supposedly fertile soil, saddened some.
Wonder. Morbidity. Fascination. Dread. They all came together to form a brew which seemed to possess the passengers of the wagon, on the world’s most dangerous roadside trip, or picnic. Absence, and presence mixed however like oil and water. And for the most part the oil stayed. An absence of life had made the land reclaim the earth, yet it was unnatural.
Life came with the expectation that its end was inevitable, that was made clear to the shadow operatives, yet seemingly. It had carried on, past its demise, essence preceding existence. And it did so without anyone’s permission or apparent understanding, a common understanding couldn’t be made, perhaps the only possible candidate for such an understanding being cancer.
And of course. It was cold. The passengers gripped what layers of clothes they had for warmth. It seemed the zone even conspired to ensure the sun couldn’t fully bring its warmth and light on this forsaken land.
End Track
“The hell… the hell is that?” Ken asked. They pointed towards the road. Only Yusuke and Ken noticed at first, but the others saw it too.
A creature stood on the dirt road. Farm animal sized. The wagon stopped. Nobody had a clue what it was. Until it turned around.
Leering eyes, hideous flesh. It appeared burnt. At first, the group may have thought it was a creature not from this world, an alien. But…. Wueeee….
“Jesus… is that a pig?” Maruki wondered verbally. The group continued to watch in visible fear and morbid fascination, until-
Ping!
The mound of cancerous flesh fell. As smoke rose from Ken’s carbine. “Shit, Zag.” Although a better part of Shinji and Ken thought perhaps shooting on sight was perhaps uncalled for, the better part just as much couldn’t abide by the fear they both felt.
Ken brought out her shortened shotgun and patted Shinji on the back. “Let’s make sure it's dead.” “Gotcha.” He said while bringing his Winchester. They both approached the flesh while the wagon watched.
Closer, they could hear breathing. The bullet failed to put it down immediately, and instead it had gone into the flesh lower, likely hitting something important below, but not ending its misery in an instant. Ken sighed.
The wagon saw Shinji and Ken exchange a few words, a moment or so later they seem to concur on something. Then, Shinji simply pointed his Winchester at the head of the flesh with one arm, and covered his eye slit with the other.
BANG!
The wagon then watched as Shinji moved the remains of the flesh to the side of the dirt road with their axe, then both the Noteño and the Bush Ranger turned back and climbed into the wagon. Sitting together in silence. Gore covered Shinji while Ken remained clean. “Alright. Keep going.”
0 hour, 30 minutes
“Looks like that’s it over there.” Maruki pointed. He pointed at several wooden houses, predating the concrete blocks of brutalism in the zone, along with stalkers who, however armed, hadn’t shot them on sight, thankfully.
Some stood around alone, others around campfires, Yusuke swore he heard the sound of a guitar, and let his mind wander on its notes, so dreamlike yet sombre and real.
The passengers on the wagon discussed amongst themselves. They must find Sidorovich, it was decided that Shinji, Fuuka, Maruki, and Yusuke would step off to find Sidorovich, while Haru and Ken sat on the surface near the wagon to guard its contents from possible thieving hands.
“Futaba didn’t describe anything about what this guy looks like right?” Shinji asked. “Nope.” Maruki replied. “Best we ask someone then….” Yusuke said before waving to the friendliest looking stalker closest to him. “Dobryi Den Stalkere.”
“Dobryi Den, chym mogu dopomohty?”
“ My shukayemo Sydorovycha.”
“Vin prosto v bunkeri on tam.”
“Ah, Dyakuyu Vam.”
“ Ne varto d'yakuvaty. Kozak.”
The stalker nodded as the cossack nodded back in thanks, as he left the retinue towards what was a bomb shelter entrance, descending down the stairs, only to hear coming from behind a door, music.
Now playing: Dirge for the planet, Sidorovich ver.
The door opened, to reveal an elder, balding Ukrainian man. He was clattering away on a PC with one hand while the other was clutching a loaf of bread. When he noticed the four travelers at his door however, the loaf of bread disappeared, as he then greeted them.
“So, who are you folk?” “ Snayper told us to find you here.” Shinji replied.
“Good. This must be the favor he owes me….” Sidorovich scratched his head. “Look, I run this place. I have been making sure this place stays afloat while you all were in your cradles. If you stalkers…. Even if you don’t look the part, need to restock, sell, or find information, here’s the place to do it.”
“Whatever it is, we can help, you will just owe us. So…” Sidor broke a portion of his bread and began to scoff it down before telling the four what they were to do.
“Right. I was told, you were looking for the wish granter. Is that right?” The four in front of him nodded. “Nahhh… It ain’t real.” “Are you sure?” Fuuka asked.
“It’s a story stalkers tell themselves to convince themselves to go deeper into the heart of the zone. They don’t often come back. You never know, things like these it's impossible to tell, someone may have even made it up.”
“I can refer you to a connection, the wish granter has been his obsession since his scrawny ass showed up here. He’s likely our “leading” expert.
“On the way here… we got bumped into a creature of some kind.” “What was it?” Sidor asked.
“Hidious… four leggged… the eyes… dear god.” Maruki described. “Oh, it’s flesh. I can see it clearly, your friend is covered in flesh guts.” Sidor replied, pointing at Shinji.
“ The flesh are, well..flesh eating farm pigs. I was told by scientists that the radiation mutated these pigs to grow tougher. Harder flesh, extra eyeballs sometimes, it's like cancer, but well… you know what I mean.” The man described.
“Tell you what, I think I know what he had sent you here for, he promised to take care of the recent surge of flesh by the slaughterhouse north of the railroad embankment.” “If you go and take care of that for me, I’ll help you. Can you do that?” “Sure.” Shinji replied.
“By the way… you got a name or something?” “Me?… Uh, it’s-“ “Don’t say, I’m giving you one…. Guts. Yes, guts.” “Ok.” “And by the way, you two are scientists, yeah?” He pointed to Fuuka and Maruki. They nodded.
Sidorovich threw them both gas masks, along with thicker hoodies. “You’re going to need more then that to not die here, think of this as a forced favor.” Before they could object kindly, Sidorovich simply told them to get to work, for the armed and the scary looking leader of the Kelly Gang to get on with Futaba’s favor, along with asking Fuuka and Maruki further questions.
“Do you know your way around mechanical shit? You can repay me by getting them back up.” “What did you do?” Shinji heard Fuuka ask. “I hit one of them too hard. Just get it back up, and your protectic kit is yours.”
End track
The three stepped outside to see that Yusuke and Ken weren’t sitting around the wagon, guarding its contents but sat around a fire, along with several other stalkers. One sat with a guitar as Yusuke sang accordingly, his mask off.
Now playing: Наливаймо, браття,
Yusuke seemed to have made a few new friends, Shinji noted. As they sang together, with the exception of Ken, who simply smiled while remaining in her mask, they couldn’t bear embarrassing themselves in front of the free stalkers by butchering their language.
“Nice, you’re just like us now.” Ken pointed to Maruki and Fuuka. “We were about to say we had our own.” She took a bandera from her pocket to show. “I think, looking at the gear some of the stalkers around me are in, you should be grateful.” Ken replied. Fuuka watched the stalkers around Yusuke and Ken as while some had their masks off, showing their human faces, others kept them on, differing gas masks, but sharing an absence of humanity, almost like human skulls some of them looked like. However, Fuuka saw Ken’s point, and began to put hers on, and so did Maruki.
“Hey.” Shinji caught Yusuke’s attention politely so as to not interrupt the singing. “We got a job. Tell me we'll be back.”
“Vybachte, khloptsi, my vzhe ydemo.”
“dlya choho?”
Yusuke turned to Shinji. “He’s asking what for?” “Going to a slaughterhouse, we’re going to be doing a favor for the boss by keeping the population of the things we had run into on the road “under control”. Shinji explained.
“My ydemo na boynyu.”
“Ah… Obov'yazkovo vizʹmitʹ iz soboyu bahato boyeprypasiv, ostannim chasom plotʹ zbyrayetʹsya bilʹshymy hrupamy.”
“tobi maye vystachyty. De ty vzahali znayshov tsyu shtuku?”
The stalker pointed to the ZB machine gun left standing on its bipod next to Haru. Only for Yusuke to shrug politely.
“Dyakuyu, My povernemosya.”
End Track
The cossack and desperado took their leave, waving goodbye as they joined with the Kelly Gang. “We’re walking, it isn’t too far away, and Maruki and Fuuka are going to be safe here.” We’re going to a slaughterhouse.” Haru answered. “The population of the thing, flesh they’re called, is increasing and they need to be kept under control.”
The four left the boundaries of the village towards the north as they continued talking. “Aparently, Futaba had a favor owed to the boss, and we’re doing it for her… him?” Shinji’s tone sounded confused.
“What’s wrong?” Yusuke asked. “The boss here addressed Futaba as he…. Yet Futaba’s…” Ken immediately caught on, “Is Futaba trans?” A sudden dimension to what everybody knew had emerged. As the four thought about why they were here. “It could be a case that… Shadow Futaba’s staying in the closet towards Sidorovich.” Haru raised. “But… remember what she told us about. A wishgiver… somewhere in this palace…” Ken added.
Shinji didn’t have the “technical” terminology, but he understood well enough. He could only remain silent as the four treaded the rails of the railroad in the open.
0 hour, 45 minutes
The four finally arrived at their destination. It wasn’t the mass industrial slaughterhouse, but a farm of several small houses. Broken fences, meant to keep pigs inside were broken, which already was driving some of the party on edge and into waryness.
“Look, there’s one right there.” Ken pointed, the singular solitary flesh stood in the open. It brought plenty of dissonance, it looked clueless, curious, perhaps it was pretending it didn’t see the Kelly Gang. But, there were supposed to be more of them, right?
“What do we do, Kelly?” “Uh….” It couldn’t be as simple as it seemed, it usually wasn’t, Shinji thought.
Yusuke looked around the treeline, the darkness and bleakness made it hard to peer through, only instead to see something he wasn’t supposed to see.
Was that bush…discoloured…Wait. Yusuke’s eyes widened as he quickly shouldered his rifle and shot at the bush.
Now playing: Fighting unknown, from STALKER
SKRUEEEEEEEE~
“Fuck.” A sudden screeching was heard among the treeline, more menacing and mature. As the gang immediately reacted. “It’s an ambush!”
Yusuke, Ken, and Shinji began to book it into the farm as Haru started hosing where she started to hear the squealing. Only to pull back with the others, to find that flesh had been lying in wait at the farm.
Blam!! PING-PING-PING-PING - SCHPLAT! The incessant flash of muzzle fire from the dark farm was a strobe light of acrid smoke and lead, joined with the smell of flesh and pained squealing or grunts.
GUEEEEE-THUNK! “PERSONA!” Someone ripped their persona, it was too hard to tell, but the pained agonized squealing of flesh along with the sound of bone snapping like tree branches.
“Alright-BANG!”…. “Headcount, who’s still here, anybody hurt?” “Yes!” SLOUSH! “I’m okay!” “As am I, but why haven’t the ones outside hit us yet?”
“I can’t see if they are… what are we supposed to do?” Haru asked. Thinking on his feet, Shinji acted fast. The iron mail disintegrated in blue flame, its clean flame turning to a ghastly form.
“Jan Hus!” The ghastly form of the Czech theologian on the stake. As he levitated above the heads of the flesh and persona users below, the texts and the chalices on his garments began to at first glow, then blindingly shine through the bleak darkness, as Jan had transformed into a second sun.
Taking time to adjust their eyes to the sudden illumination, the gang saw flesh cowering and in anguish.
“THIS IS IT-OPENING FIRE!” Haru began to let loose lead and shot at the treeline as Yusuke started to pick off fleshes with deadly precision. However, letting a desperate roar, fleshes began to rush the source of light, going past it and closing in on the barn. Soon enough, it began to grow louder, and louder.
“There’s hundreds of the fucking things!!!” Ken shouted as she instead opted to use her own shotgun as the distances began to close. This was bad. With the light of Hus behind them, the Kelly Gang could only direct fire at what they thought were silhouettes.
Scrambling for an end to the now ever closer fighting, Shinji tried to think of a way to put it all to an end, he then found a solution. It was then that everyone’s eyes, now adjusted to the sudden second sun in front and center, now had to cope and adjust to its sudden and unanticipated disappearance of Jan Hus.
“Fuck! I can’t see!” BLAM- BLAM- BLAM-
“Baron!” Out of blue flame came the Baron Samedi to take the place of Jan, without further cue, the baron took off his hat and bowed, as a billowing curtain of smoke left his cigar.
“Mamudoon…Ha! Ha! Ha! Ha!”
As the baron laughed, a sudden evil presence began its onslaught on the flesh, passing over very few. A new cry was heard, but rather than the furious ones heard earlier, a wailing, panicking squeal was heard, and instead of it sounding like it was coming any closer, it instead seemed to decline, the gang members saw it, the flesh were running away, taking their leave further into the forest. Some dragged the bodies of their dead back with them, but for the most part… they were gone.
“Is that… is that it?”
Chapter 91: Shadow of Chernobyl
Summary:
Хоча я йду крізь тінь долини смерті, я не боюся зла.
Chapter Text
1 hour 0 minutes
“I’m getting tired man…” Ken complained as the Kelly Gang stood around the gore of the pig farm. Around them laid slain flesh in high numbers to smell up the farm which when combined with the smell of fire, gunpowder, brought the kelly gang to cling tightly to the bandanas covering their noses and mouths.
Tink…tink… Haru had remained in the same position she had been hosing the treeline of flesh with her ZB, on her battledress uniform and the ground around her had been covered in an obscene amount of spent brass. Including some caught in pockets, her tunic, even her service cap.
The last few minutes for her had been shaking off stray brass from her clothes, with the unfortunate occasional stray brass caught underneath, meaning hot brass had singed parts of her skin under the uniform. Shinji and Ken could hear a silent swearing every time she shook off more brass from under.
Instead of being in the barn with the others, Yusuke instead was walking the grounds, inspecting the flesh corpses and counting how many there were. So far he was
willing to admit to himself he had perhaps lost count, as he partly instead was more focused on the anatomy of the flesh, which was grotesque and abominable enough if it weren’t for… the metaverse’s rendition of 8mm mauser, and mudo.
There was a beauty in all life which was simply not present here. In this forsaken land, Yusuke thought, he couldn’t exactly grasp how, or why, what was present and what wasn’t. As an artist, he thought about the time he portrayed animals on canvas, dogs, cats, birds, even reptilians like lizards or even insects. He couldn’t find himself painting the flesh he was staring at.
He thought about cancer, about how the flesh was likened to it, and tried to think further on it as he treaded back to the farm to his comrades. “I say there are about four to five dozen corpses around the farm.” Yusuke told the others.
Ken was sipping on an energy drink can when he then asked “do you think we got enough of them?” No immediate answer.
“Maybe. Perhaps we should bring proof. But I ain’t gonna touch any of those things.” Shinji said with certainty in his tone. “I don’t think any of us want to.” Haru added.
As Haru was swapping a hot barrel which had a faint hue for a cool and unused barrel, she noticed the discarded magazines around her and started to pick them up. “We can just prove we have expended enough ammunition to defend ourselves, the stalkers will just need to have faith that they’ll be safer with the local flesh population decimated.” Haru described.
No one could object, and they all decided, now was the time to simply leave. For not only was the stench of flesh making mere proximity miserable, but the silence had been an oppressive presence, through absence. “Did… we bring any food with us?” Ken asked as the thieves got on their way back to the railroad.
Haru and Yusuke could only shuffle through their kit bags to only find either more spare spent rounds which found their way inside, ammunition, and other inedible things. “We must’ve left them at the wagon.” Yusuke said.
“Hang on…” Shinji, in a fortunate stroke of luck, rustled through his messenger bag, to reveal a can of ice lemon tea, which he handed over to Ken. “Thanks dude.” The sound of Ken sucking through the hole in the can provided the only presence of sound in what was an empty and almost lifeless land, if it weren’t for the things that tried to kill you.
Yusuke, trying to maintain some personal warmth was trying to keep himself warmer by snuggling his arms together, then had a thought, yet he wasn’t sure how to communicate such. With no easy answer expected, he simply asked:
“Why did they not disintegrate? By all means, because they were shadows, their bodies would’ve turned to black ash.” Yusuke asked. The thought crossed their mind. But, the absurd amount of questions had any answers outnumbered, adding another question would be absurd. And the comfort of the darkness on ever smaller but dark and placid islands of ignorance, spoke to the tired and weary Kelly Gang.
1 hour, 10 minutes
Rookie Village
“Hey… do you guys smell flesh?” Ken asked. “… I smell burning.” Yusuke said. “Burnt toast?”
The worst came to mind, as one of the KG’s number began to pick up the pace, followed by full unrestrained sprinting.
The four arrived at the Rookie village following the sound of cinders and flame, as they got closer, they instead saw a taller smoke stack coming from the campfire which Ken and Yusuke were sitting at earlier.
As the four got closer however, they found that rather than any sort of violence occurring at the village, they found that rather, a larger fire to accommodate a spitroast. Fears put to the side, the four went to the stalkers who they were chatting to earlier.
“pryvit, khloptsi shcho hotuyetʹsya?”
“M'yaso! Khochesh trokhy?”
“ni, dyakuyu, a zvidky ty tse vzahali vzyav?”
Ferma! M'yaso rozlitayetʹsya! Sezon polyuvannya vidkrytyy, i my sʹohodni dobre poyimo!
Yusuke nodded, put his bandana mask over his mouth and then turned to the Kelly Gang, “They’re cooking flesh.” Yusuke told the gang. Immediately faces of horror painted Haru and Ken who immediately reached for their masks, while Shinji remained as cold and unemotive as the steel mask with a thin eye slit allowed.
Immediately, voices of laughter came from the stalkers surrounding the cooked flesh, a stalker carrying some pills. To the surprise of the gang, he spoke English.
“Nothing to be afraid of. It’s just pig.”
It didn’t ease the gang any further.
“As long as you take some anti rad tablets after, you should be fine.”
It eased the gang somewhat slightly.
“Was it you guys who were raising hell at the pig farm? A couple of stalkers found flesh fleeing from there and they became easy game.”
Haru nodded, bringing out of her pouch a burnt out ZB barrel.
“It’s good that you managed to scatter them. We’re supposed to be the hunters, not the flesh.”
“A couple of rookie stalkers wanted me to thank you on their behalf. The bones of one of their friends was found in the insides of one of the flesh. They know you are newer to the zone, and want to give you what they could spare.”
“Give them our thanks.” Shinji said. The stalker nodded as he went to the husk of a car and brought out a milk carton box.
“Medicine for radiation, some bread, hand grenades…”
“Hey what’s this?” Ken asked as they held a weird looking contraption.
“Artefact detector. Uh…. It's like a metal detector, but for… alien stuff.”
“Huh?”
“You find them near anomalies, wait for the beep to be faster and make sure to avoid the anomalies.”
“Nah nah, I mean, what are artefacts?” Ken asked.
“Anomalies make them. They’re highly radioactive so be careful around them…. It’s magic.”
“I once saw a staller which had one of them take several sniper rounds and survived, they told me it still hurt like hell, but they lived.”
“Damn….” Suddenly, the bunker entrance opened up, as Fuuka poked out, waving to the gang. “Hey you guys! Come inside!” Noticing this, Shinji then told the others.
“Yusuke, Haru, you can stay here, me and Ken will see how Fuuka’s doing.”
Ken and Shinji both left the surface of the zone as they descended, the locked door to Sidorovich opened as they saw Fuuka, Maruki, and Sidorovich looking over a generator of some sort.
“Yeah… some of these generators just have parts which need to be replaced… as for the internet connection… I’m sorry, no isp’s going to be crazy enough to… put service in the Chernobyl exclusion zone Sidorovich…”
“Mm… thank you Juno… I’ll have people who owe me some favors who can help. As for your new stuff, it’s yours. Your PDAs have also been updated to English as well as Japanese.”
Sidorovich then looked at Ken and Shinji, and then nodded.
“I heard of the slaughter you made. I can see it on you, you’re literally covered in gore… good job.”
Shinji couldn’t look at himself with his mask on easily, but he could smell the stench of iron, rust, and gore coming together in an altogether indescribable smell. Ken, for some reason seemed immune. And hadn’t noticed.
“Right. A deal’s a deal, your guide is in the Lesser Zone north west of here. Find the Zalissya bar and you’ll find your man.”
“Thanks…” Shinji struggled to pronounce Sidorovich out of its length. So he defaulted to the next best thing.
“What the hell are you waiting for? Get going.” He says both dry and encouragingly.
“Right. Thanks boss.” Shinji says as he walks out, followed by the slightly dumbfounded shadow operatives and Ken Amada behind him, along with an at first stunned Sidorovich, only for then a relaxed contained smirk to paint his face when he was sure the guests had left the bunker.
Outside, a friendly group of free stalkers were surrounding Haru and Yusuke, they were curious as to why they brought rugged, yes, but comparatively outdated firearms to the zone.
“You could do worse… you could have a Mosin Kozak, but are you sure you don’t want something… newer?”
“My Winchester… it works well for me… and it refuses to let me down.” Yusuke said. “And if that is old…” Yusuke in a dramatic drawl brought out his big iron. The stalkers were amazed.
“Why not a RPM, or a PKM? Newer…!” A stalker attempts to communicate to Haru in his broken English. “It isn’t burdensome if you maintain it.” The stalker then brings out from the carcass of a broken truck a dusty PKM, its state of wear, tear, and non maintenance slightly unsettles Haru, as she sees cracks in the magazine attached. “Bigger mag, more lead!”
The only polite retort Haru can give back, is to simply take her uniform by the sides, and start puffing it out, shaking it down. And as she did so, spent shells started to fall out, still warm. The still pristine condition of the Machine gun from Brno was able to send that much shot down range, that Haru had enough to spare for this moment. The kind stalker, politely declined from his position.
“Alright guys. We know where we’re headed next.” Shinji said as he approached the gang. “We’re going to meet a guide who’s going to bring us to the middle of the zone, we just have to find him. Taras?”
“Yes?” “Fuuka will guide you. Get the wagon ready, we’re going now.” As the group set to leave, a small group of four stalkers approached the wagon, as Yusuke was set to leave, he felt a hand on his shoulder.
“harne polyuvannya. kozak.”
“Dyakuyu. Vdaloho polyuvannya tobi, stalkere.”
“Here, your PDA Shinji.” Fuuka said as she passed it to him. Opening the map, he could see the path. First north, then west to exit the cordon. Stick to the dirt path until you get to Zalissya. He inspected the region a bit further… until he caught sight of the north west corner. A red stain, a mark had been made on the earth.
Shinji couldn’t put it at the back of his mind, significance was assigned to the abnormality of this shoulder of the lesser zone’s geography. An anomaly perhaps? However, the lack of answers to the questions he had asked himself had instead driven him to push them to the back of his mind. He didn’t like lingering on things which had no answer or explanation.
And for most of their travel, the gang sat in silence as forest gradually became replaced by field, and accompanied by a greater backdrop of dilapidated buildings and houses in various stages of wear and tear.
Instead, he sought the comfort of a distraction, and he found one. To his pleasant surprise, he found where the music player in the PDA was.
Now playing: Dirge for the planet by FIRELAKE
Maruki could only sigh as he was listening to that song in Sidorovich’s bunker for an hour. “Shinji, is there any other song in there you could’ve played?”
“Nope. I also like it.” Shinji said. It was in this relaxed mood that Shinji took off his helmet. It wasn’t a warm or hot day that it was in reality, but it was cool instead. A light wind, however silent and inaudible was still making its presence felt, that the gang took off their bandana masks, and enjoyed the air, but only the air. For a world of woe existed around them.
“I’m going to get some shuteye. Wake me up if something happens or if we get there.” Said shinji as he reclined into the wagon and let the sound of wooden wheels on dirt carry him to sleep.
“Hey Maruki?” Fuuka asked him as she sorted through her Stalker PDA. “Yes?” “I’m starting to remember more about Wakaba during that specific time period.” “Yes, what about it? Anything important?” He asked.
“After we watched Stalker together at the film festival, Wakaba was really super into it. She even got a book which supposedly inspired it.” Fuuka explained. “Really popular, roadside picnic.”
“And…” Maruki asked Fuuka further. “Imagine humans driving somewhere remote for a picnic, and they leave trash and litter behind. Now imagine instead, its aliens taking a stop at earth, leaving some stuff behind, and leaving without explanation…”
Maruki sat and tried to think about what Fuuka meant, then he grasped it. “Aliens?” “Yeah, the movie and the book was written before Chernobyl, so… aliens stop over on earth and leave artefacts behind.”
Maruki was familiar with the idea of aliens coming over and taking some stuff, but not the other way around. His mind drifted over to palaces, and tried to wrap his head over how they were, why, and how.
Weren’t they in the exact perfect position to be the aliens? Maruki thought. Foreigners, intruders, stalkers. Strangers in a strange land. They were stalking through the subconscious of their professor’s kid, and its denizens were watching as they sat, had a picnic, and left tracks.
Maruki was an “individual of science” but that only applied as far as feeling and looks. He wasn’t above getting a tarot card reading after drinking at the crossroads bar, but even he couldn’t help but feel a sense of rhyme. Science refused to rhyme, to be memorable and make sense in a way a poem or a song could.
But here was the palace of their old professor’s daughter, taking after one of her mother’s interests, about an old soviet film which had inspired books, video games, music, and other things. Life, as science often made apparent, was not simple, it refused to rhyme, and it worked by laws. Which, Maruki thought, although we write ourselves, we didn’t make.
But, here, the realm of the individual sub-conscious, it did. He tried to desist, he dared not fall back into the dark times, where psychology took an unobservable, unapplied, and ponderous approach a la Freud. But here? He couldn’t help but say that there was at least a correlation. That here, a world was probably borne from the torment and pain a small girl experienced when she lost her mother.
Psychoanalysis was bunk. It firmly fit within the confines of pseudoscience, but… Maruki could only scorn at the thought. That instead of thinking empirically and making sense of the space around him, only metaphor could come to his mind. That of Sissiphus and his boulder, and the absurdity of his labor… except he couldn’t accept it, he couldn’t find happiness in it, and in the end, he was not happy.
Likely neither was Futaba. Who perhaps had a much larger boulder then anybody in the world had. And was simply alone.
He could return to the placid islands of ignorance, which provided a comfort in darkness, or he could continue into as Lovecraft described, madness. He would not return.
End Track
1 hour, 40 minutes
Lesser Zone
“Are we there yet?” Ken asked Fuuka. “Not there yet Ken.” Fuuka then took her pda out. “We’re… a kilometer or so away…”. She sighed and put the pda back in her pocket.
With nothing but the sound of the wooden wheels of the wagon the group of persona users were accompanied only by silence.
And just for a moment, peace by absence had made its prescence…
“What was that?” Shinji was immediately roused awake, “Sounds like it came over there, c’mon!” Ken sprung from the wagon and began to run, followed by Shinji and Haru.
The three ran over to the back of a run down shack to find some stalkers seemingly shooting wildly at the air. The screaming and fear was palatable, something was attacking.
Then a second roar , Shinji turned and saw an almost transparent presence, but it was too late, he was suddenly slammed into the dirt. “ Ned!” Haru’s first instinct was to kneel by Shinji’s side to help him up, while Ken took out both his whip and lever shotgun, eyeing for wherever, whatever it was.
“Ah!!!” It. Suddenly it then jumped Haru next, only to be saved quickly by a sudden BLAST! Of buckshot from Ken’s sawed off lever action. Only for it to return to near transparency.
In a calculated move, motivated by sheer panic, Ken started to strike the grounds around them with her whip. Clods of dirt and grass were dug up as the three circled closer together.
The three stalkers who were fighting for their lives however seemed to have gotten the upper hand, as one who appeared clearly wounded and held an arm to their wound, just as the thing was about to smash him to the ground, sidestepped, bringing to bear his sharp knife, stabbing the thing at where its mouth would’ve been. Cutting off from its mouth some of its tentacles.
As Shinji watched them, he then heard another pained cry from the thing attacking him, Ken had gotten lucky, as their whip managed to strike the beast. It disappeared again, seeking to abuse its near transparency, only to quickly be caught again by Ken’s whip, this time in a lasso-like grip.
BLAM! CHUNK! BLAM! CHUNK! BLAM! CHUNK! BLAM! CHUNK! BLAM!
The thing didn’t last long in the hail of buckshot that Shinji laid upon it, slamfiring what was in the barrel magazine, finally felling the beast.
“Khto vy, chort zabyray, taki?!”
One of the free stalkers went over to the group, demanding answers as to who they were and what their motives were for coming to their aid. There was no time for him to get an answer .
“Zarady vsʹoho svyatoho!”
Suddenly, a singular shot rang through the wind as it found its mark at a nearly transparent presence, a pained shriek was heard, the stalkers and the gang looked to see a cossack dashing at the thing with his Shakhsha.
SHLING~!!! The disgusting fluids of the thing were splattered to the ground as its decapitated head rolled to the floor, its tentacles dragging it on the grass. Stepping aside the sound of a quick flick was heard, cleansing the blade of what disgusting gore was on Yusuke’s blade.
“ My lyshe proyizhdzhayemo povz, shchob distatysya do Zalissya.”
“yak ty syudy potrapyv?”
“furhon. Vashym druzyam potribno pidvezty?”
The stalker nodded. Dusting off his hat and putting it back on his own crown, Yusuke then told the gang that they were going to load the wounded stalkers onto the wagon to Zalissya.
“Khodimo, nam treba do likarya v Zalissya.”
2 hours
Zalissya
Zalissya was a small village, maybe less, a simple two by two grid of wooden houses divided by two intersecting dirt roads.
“Likaryu! U nas tut seryoznyy vypadok! Vin malo ne zarazyvsya krovososom!”
Turning up by the building which the free stalker identified as the doctor’s office, several stalkers came from the house to quickly and delicately carry off the wounded.
A hooded stalker approached the wagon as Shinji stepped off. He inspected the metal plate on his chest.It had taken a beating, instead of small moon shaped craters impacted on his chestplate, massive scarlike slashes had mads their impact. The mask Shinji wore was doing good at keeping whatever pain Shinji was experiencing under a veil of iron mail.
“ Hey, tobi bolyache?”
“ Hmm?” Yusuke stepped in to help translate. “He’s asking if you’re hurt or not.” “Well… tell him I haven’t had time to check.”
“vin ne zmih pereviryty….napad krovososiv”
“Blin…Dobre, shcho ty tse nosyv, krovososy — tse bozhevilʹni pokydʹky, z yakymy mozhna bytysya.”
“Good thing you were wearing the armour. Bloodsuckers are crazy sometimes.” Yusuke translated. “That’s what they’re called? Jesus.” The hooded stalker as he directed Shinji to sit on a bench then asked a question, with Yusuke translating.
“He’s asking if you made it yourself.” “Uh… no.” “Ah, nemaye.”
“Nepohana ideya... mohla b buty y krashchoyu, ale tse vryatuvalo tebe vid toho, shchob zakinchyty yak toy khlopets”
Pained grunting was heard from a separate room. It must be from the other room. Shinji thought he got the message, that he got off lucky.
After a brief inspection of his chest area after removing the chestplate. Scarring. It wouldn’t leave so much as a brief outline if left to heal properly. The steel plate took the brunt of the bloodsucker’s attack. Steel had saved Shinji’s flesh
After breathing a sigh of relief, Shinji then asked Yusuke to ask the stalker a reasonable question.
“Hey… can you ask him where the bathroom is?”
A bit later…
“Hey Kelly.” Was the greeting Shinji had gotten when he exited the bathroom. “That the bathroom?” “Yes.” “Thanks…”
“By the way, we got an alert, emission’s happening in thirty minutes. Are we getting out like last time?” Ken asked. “Avoids the trouble, then yes. But we gotta see if who we need to see is here or not.” The two exited the “public bathroom” to look for a building which may look like a bar. They found one, however there was a problem.
“Does that look like a closed sign to you?” “Think so.” “Well… guess there’s no reason to stick around…”
“Right…” Ken breathed out a sigh. The two faced the gang, behind them and not quite sure what’s to happen next. Shinji simply said. “C’mon. Let’s make tracks.”
“I wanna go home…”
Chapter 92: Home
Chapter Text
28th of July, Tuesday
SOHQ
Late morning
“Gah… I’m beat.” Ken said as she settled on a sunbed near the swimming pool. “Two hours in the palace… that can’t be good.” Shinji said as he took off his shirt. “Shit…” rubbing his eyes, Shinji couldn’t look away from the hard toll and pain made visible on his chest. A dark wound from the attack by the bloodsucker.
“Shinji!” “I’m okay… it just aches and I got a terrible headache.” “No, Shinji, that’s not how that works.” Fuuka said.
Yusuke was sent off to retrieve some medicine along with painkillers, at best Fuuka with the best of her diagnostic abilities prescribed Shinji with at least a day’s rest or two to allow for his chest to at least return to a slightly scarred state instead of black and blue. Nothing was broken, at least.
“Have some tea, Shinji.” Haru passed a lid full of a warm thermos of tea. “Thanks… I think I… will be taking the rest of the day easy if that makes you all feel better.” “It would. You need time to rest, and heal.” Fuuka ordered. “Today, you’re staying here with us and kicking back your feet.”
“Hmm… I guess I really am on vacation.” Shinji said dry. “I promise to at least… not lie on my side, that still hurts.” “Good… also, start thinking of what to say to Mr. Sakura if he sees your wound.” Fuuka told Shinji. “Shit… what am I going to say…”
Shinji continued to lie with his unbuttoned shirt on the sun bed. As the sun began to set on its course to the west, fully warming and bathing the gang and operatives in light, they underwent the process of debriefing themselves.
Everyone being sprawled on several sunbeds, beneath umbrellas, gave the impression of a rather unenthusiastic office meeting between the gang and operatives.
“So… do we think we’re tired to the point where we can’t go back in a few days?” Shinji asked, “Probably.” Replied Ken. “I’ll see who’s available in a few days, probably on Thursday or Friday, we’ll go back in.” “We can spare you some shadow operatives to fill in as well.” Fuuka added. Mmm in f ‘n
And so the group remained silent, waiting for any thought they deemed important enough to seize them in order to bring it up to the others.
“Maruki… do you have a pen and some sort of note paper?” Fuuka asked. “Yes… sure.” She began to scratch out on the paper whatever she happened to have in her mind at the moment. “So, what more have we learnt about Futaba’s palace?” Fuuka asked.
“Well… that those ‘flesh’ creatures are radioactively mutated pigs.” Yusuke said. “Ok… were they shadows?” Fuuka asked. “Not sure… most didn’t vapourise into dust though… might be just Shinji using a Mamudoon.” Ken explained.
“Mmhhm.” Fuuka continued writing. “I have a hypothesis actually!” Maruki said. “Well… it isn’t related to the shadows we saw but… hear me out.”
“Its about palaces and how increasingly off the rails they’ve become.” Maruki said. “Continue.” Fuuka said. “Well… as outlandish and absurd as it seems, there were restraints to the extents of the Castle and the museum palace.” Maruki proposed.
“That gym teacher… he had a distortion strong enough to create a palace, but that distortion… only extended as far as the school building.” Maruki explained. “I believe a palace’s terrestrial location and size in the metaverse is only as large as the palace owner’s perception among others.”
“If I were to make a mathematical function… it would be esteemed by others’ acts as a power of the distortion… or distortionary thoughts… which then forms a palace, deciding its size and the extent of its influence on the metaverse.”
“Makes sense… Kamoshida’s influence among the school staff and students was extensive… but only reached as far as the school roof.” Haru added. “But, wasn’t he an olympic medal holder?” Ken asked “shouldn’t his popularity be bigger, and the palace be so bigger than that???” Ken asked.
“Ken… I don’t think anybody gives a shit about the Olympics anymore.” Shinji said politely. “Eh, you’re right.” She replied.
“Then there’s the museum…” Maruki scratched his head. “I frankly am not sure why the palace was not in the museum exhibit, rather than his shack.” Maruki admitted. “It all falls apart as the exhibit should be where all the eyes, all the attention, all the ego should be…”
“I think it’s because of something else, actually.” Yusuke added. “You see, his shack was a cover for the fact he kept the real Sayuri, along with all the fakes.” Yusuke explained. “Wait…” Maruki lit up only to return to composure, as much composure as an exhausted man on a sun bed can anyway. “Fuuka what do you think, has the hypothesis fallen apart yet or not?”
“You’re actually onto something Maruki… the premise isn’t wrong, it just needs to be tweaked to incorporate all the evidence.” Fuuka replied…. “Right. … I don’t need to elaborate any further on Kaneshiro, do I? Almost feels like a… ‘the curtains are blue’ case?” Maruki asked.
“His reach and infamy reaching so far into Shibuya that it's a UFO or alien presence all around the city, which just sucks money using its beam? And the fact it's a bank?” Everyone nodded rather unenthusiastically in their collective fatigue.
“God… I need a drink… Do any of you guys want a soda or something?” An unenthused chorus of “yup”s and “yes”es and a “yass” was heard, as Ken went off to leave the pool area.
“But how does that leave Futaba?” Haru asked. “She’s a shut-in, she can’t have generated a palace the same way Kamoshida, Madarame, or Kaneshiro would have…”. Haru asked. “Actually, I may have something.”
“I think… Futaba’s distortionary thoughts were enough to make a palace, without input from others.” Maruki explained. “She likely internalised so much after Wakaba’s death…” Maruki said as sorrow began to infect his voice.
“She blames herself for Wakaba’s death… she’s inside her room all the time…” Fuuka added. “She’s trans…” Shinji then added.
“Shit…” Haru said. “Damn…” Maruki said. A dreadful episode of realisation dawned over the lot until Ken returned with a cooler and several cans of soda, along with Koromaru following him in tow.
“Guys? You’re looking more down, what happened?” Ken asked. “Discussing a theory of palaces… unfortunately… it looks like I’m getting a lot right.”
“But still… If Kamoshida's palace is a castle because people around him and himself sees himself as a king, Madarame sees himself as a museum curator, and Kaneshiro sees himself as a bank manager from hell… what’s with Futaba’s palace being… the chernobyl exclusionary zone?”
Maruki simply breathed in and just replied. “I don’t know, we’ll just have to find out.”
Ruff! Koromaru, standing behind Ken for the duration of the conversation, then jumped onto Shinji’s sunbed.
A sad whimper was heard when Koromaru saw Shinji’s wound. “Aw… Koromaru’s worried for you Shinji!” Haru exclaimed. Yusuke couldn’t resist bringing himself closer to put the scene into frame using his fingers. But Ken and Fuuka, they were… unsettled.
As much as the scene before was unforgettable to those who weren’t there, to those who were it would never be forgotten. And as they took a look at Shinji, it didn’t look like Shinji had forgotten either, a visible discomfort appeared on Shinji’s expression. Whether because of his wound being licked by Koromaru, or well….
“Koro… that part still itches…. You can lick my face instead.” Ruff! “Heh heh… you tickle.”
“Right… me and Fuuka are going to check if the others have woken up or not…” Maruki said. With that, everybody began to excuse themselves, or found things to do. “Shinji, I am going to turn this into a sketch. Would you mind keeping Koro there so I can take a reference?” “sure…”
“Hey Haru?” “Yes Ken?” “We actually have a small garden upstairs, wanna see?” “Sure!”
And just like that, Shinji was alone with Koromaru after Yusuke took a photo of both of them, leaving Shinji alone.
Heaving a heavy sigh, Shinji simply wished to get a bit more shut eye, as he covered his face with his hat.
An hour later…
“Hmm…schrrrtcht…….mmm.”
…
…
“Shinji…. Shinji…. Wake up…”. “You too Koromaru, wake up.” Woof! “Wake up Shinji!” A cheery and lovely voice rouses Shinji awake, as he removes his hat from his face to see if it was who he thought it was. It was.
“Hhh-Good morning Kotone… you too Aigis.” “Hi!” Aigis’s expression shone when Shinji greeted them. So was Kotone. “What are you doing here?!” Kotone asked with glee, excited that her friend was here.
“Uh… we went to the palace early in the morning.” “Without us???” Kotone asked in shock. “We had Fuuka and Maruki with us, Ken, Yusuke, and Haru are still in the building…”
“You can ask them how it went…” Shinji said as he quickly closed up his shirt. Good, Shinji thought, at least she didn’t see how bad he got it. Thankfully.
“Hey! Wanna hang out with us?” Kotone asked in her standard cheer. “Sure.” Shinji said as Kotone offered a hand to the lying Shinji. He would not refuse.
“So, what are we doing?” “Jam sesh! Trying something new.” The three (and dog) then disappear into the pool exit.
“The music room”
Entering a non descript room, the three former SEES members (and dog) enter through an unassuming door to find a room with a smell which can only be associated with music instruments.
The smell of processed wood fermented the room, along with the padding of the soundproofing which lined the walls of the room. Instruments laid in an organised fashion… whose organisation can only be made sense of by their users. Antique instruments even, were stuck in a corner… some looking more like electronic instruments merged with alien devices.
“What’s that?” “That is an omnichord Shinji.” “We found it at a garage sale on the cheap. Anyway! We want to try something new but….” “We have fallen short of the mantle of creative music artists.” Aigis summarised aptly.
“Well uh… how am I supposed to help uh… never really learnt how to… you know.” Shinji summarised bluntly. “Hmm… I’m going to be honest, we kinda want you here to keep us accountable, instead of procrastinating on it.” Kotone said self admittedly while scratching her head.
“Well…” Shinji let out a breath of air in the instrument smelling room, and tried to think of something at the top of his head.
having recently returned from dreamland, only one tune, one symphony came to Shinji’s mind. “Hmm…… Dun… dun,dun,dun…” “dun… dun,dun,dun, dundun, dun dun dun, da dun…” as Shinji continued humming the hymn of everyone’s souls, Kotone and Aigis looked at each other with blinking suspense.
“Is that… the music from the velvet room?” Kotone asked. “Yes. It indeed is.” “Uhm….” Kotone was starting to scramble, she knew what she wanted to do, but she was struggling to get it off the ground. “Uh… uh!…. Uh oh! I…”
“Koko, calm yourself… did you forget the music?” “Yes… I….” “Its ok. I don’t remember it either, as if it was from a dream.” Aigis described.
The two sat together as Shinji continued his tone-deaf humming, until Kotone in an episode of spontaneity went to the rack of guitars until she found an electric guitar. “Piano, Piano ! Scrambling to hand it over to Aigis, who then plugged it into her chassis. All while Kotone scrambled to a keyboard.
Now playing: Blues in the Velvet room
Off the seat of their pajama pants, Kotone and Aigis began to play blues. A laptop by their side played a standard beat, with Kotone on the keys following suit. A backdrop was being built by Kotone as she laid the ground for Aigis on the electric guitar.
To Aigis, she was improvising, off bits and pieces which she remembered from seven years ago, ironing out creases in her own memory with riffs, raffs, and flourish. To Shinji, he was pleasantly surprised, they were able to remember that forsaken melody from the skiff, but also what had easily shocked him was the volume and the flourish Aigis gave through the strings.
He could see why the room was soundproofed, Aigis simply was loud whenever an electronic instrument was plugged in, but it seemed almost natural. Not a fluency but an innate impulse, a feeling of serendipity. The guitar and shadow exterminator turned human couldn’t be separated by the present fragility of rubber, silicone, and copper.
Sitting in awe were both Kotone and Shinji, as Aigis simply flourished. It couldn’t be entirely elaborated. An Orphic waltz of strings with no verse, no lyric, or rhyme of words or syllables. No lament, no triumph, no ode, no regret. No tales of myth, comedy, or tragedy. No song of wrath, joy, love, lust, bravery, greed, or any evils released from the box long ago, not even hope.
But something was present, an essence which preceded its own existence. It simply was, and it was good.
“Keep it going Aigis!” An encouragement from the man from the Skif had pushed the autonomous automaton to solo. And it seemed that the single solitary light source above put Aigis under the spot. It brought a thought to Shinji’s and Kotone’s mind, who were not self absorbed in solo. Alone, the music from the velvet room had a sense of foreboding, perhaps dread, haunting. The piano followed a gothic tone, bringing the feeling of darkness both literal, and figurative.
Yet neither living or dead, unable to grasp mortality, doomed to outlive all known and loved,
Yet flourish, and zeal
Strung the strings
What stocks of dread and regret may there be,
Burnt, and out the ashes came life
Life which found their hosts in string, steel, silicon, and stone.
Such a glowing essence, ceruleum as Selene’s domain, precedes existence
One which deserves the epithet of life.
“Shinji!” “Shinji!” “Huh?!” “It’s Fly me to the Moon! The chord progression is Fly me to the Moon!” Kotone shouted to him. Shinji could only smile.
By now, Aigis was… in orgia mode? Likely not. If she was, the music room would be unbearably hot. Was this… passion? Blue flame leaked from Aigis like a geyser signaling imminent eruption of an inactive volcano, which hadn’t erupted in years.
As the culmination subsided, and Aigis finished the blues, it was only immediately after she had put the guitar back on the rack that Kotone jumped to hug her.
“That was amazing, Aigis!” “My memory of the music from the velvet room is only constructive. What was flourish within my guitar was simply filling in the gaps.” “That’s so much better!” Kotone said excitedly. She stopped and thought aloud
“Should we perform this live? I think we should.” “we require a name. Something related to our monikers as Eurydice and Orpheus… Orphic Blues, yes.” Aigis had approved her own name.
“That sounds great!” Kotone exclaimed. Grrrrblll~
“Shit… that's on me. I guess I’m hungry.” “There is leftover food in the kitchen, you can heat what is left for your lunch, Shinji.” Aigis replied. Bork!
“It seems Koromaru’s hungry too, go get him lunch too okay?” Kotone asked. “Sure. Come boy.” Shinji reached out both his arms to then pick up the pup, which Koromaru gladly accepted. And as Shinji left, Kotone couldn’t contain herself.”
“Aren’t they so cute!?” She squealed to Aigis. “Yes. Indeed they are cute together.”
End track
Living room
Noon
“Right boy. Here you go.” Shinji laid down a bowl of food in front of Koro. “Bit overdue, but I’m sure you understand.” Shinji told Koro, the pup looked at him with a slightly confused face, only for realization to dawn. A whine came from the pooch, as he momentarily stopped eating to then nuzzle Shinji’s leg.
Kneeling down so Koro could better nuzzle his neck and face, Shinji only muttered to the pup, “you missed me the most did you?” Whine~Rrruff!
“Was that a yes? Or a no?” Koromaru yet again let out a confused face. Only to then scratch at one of Shinji’s pockets, frisking it, Shinji found out it was the pocket where he held his pocketwatch. “Misty and Aki missed me just as much as you? I’m assuming?” Shinji asked. The pup nodded.
“Yo! Shinji!” Out of an episode of contemplation, Shinji rose up to see who called his name, it was Labrys. “Yeah?” He shouted back across the room. “What’s left for lunch?”
Shinji opened and examined the fridge. “ We got… looks like some leftover fried chicken, some slices of pizza, and…” “Any mad bull left in there?” “Uh… yeah some of that disgusting stuff is still here… it's Fuuka’s though.” “Shit… wait, did you just call Mad Bull disgusting?” “Yeah… though we still got soda in there.” “Sweet, hand me some.”
After putting the leftovers in the air fryer, Shinji went over and handed Labrys a can while he kept one for himself. Labrys was grasping a controller and looking through a library of games on the console. “Hey Shinji, wanna play something together while we wait for the food to get ready?” “Labrys, I haven’t played video games in years.” “C’mon……” Shinji out of boredom and a lack of anything better to do, he didn’t refuse.
Now playing: Clou d Country, by Concerned Ape
“Right, what we’re going to do is set up our farm, make some money, and make it bigger.” “Got it.”
This was something more up to Shinji’s speed. A new save and the deed to a plot of land in some far off town in the middle of nowhere.
Clearing up the brush, the trees, and the stones, the two began with parsnips.
Soon enough, a silent agreement, a convention was made. Shinji would stay on the farm, water the crops, clear out land, and occasionally harvest and have them sold, while Labrys would go to town, and come back with seed, food, new tools, and other such things.
“Hey. What do we wanna name the dog.” Shinji asked. WOO WOOF~ Labrys and Shinji, having been so absorbed, had failed to notice Koromaru sitting between them on the couch, only followed by the pup licking their fur.
“Damp fur it is.” Labrys said, to the amusement of Shinji, and the slight disapproval but hidden amusement of Koromaru.
A brief break to take the now heated pizza and chicken was taken, as Shinji, Labrys and Koromaru broke pizza and planned what was to be done next. Fishing, mining, contemplating pursuing relationships with the NPCs, and so on.
Shinji was fine staying on the farm. So Labrys could go and do those things, and for Labrys, it was a bit puzzling.
Momentary glances at Shinji showed a spaced out individual, a face of indifference and exhaustion. Only intermittently breaking his mask of indifference to give Koromaru scratches. Was… Shinji okay? Labrys thought. There was only one way to find out.
“Shinji?” “Yeah?” “Are you… having fun?” “Uh… yeah… why are you asking?”
“You just seem zoned out. More like a robot than I am. Heh.” “Oh, don’t worry. I’m just tired from today.” Shinji said.
An awkward silence. Labrys was now cursing herself, for failing to remember that Shinji and company went out on a trip to Futaba’s palace. And from Ken’s account, the source which she heard from. It was brutal.
“This is nice…this is nice.” Shinji said. “You sure?” “Yeah… reminds me of the time me, Aki, and Misty used to do this together….” “Really?” “Yeah. I… miss it. After school and work, this was what we were doing.”
“I don’t remember the specifics, but it very much was like this…” “I miss this…” “Nothing’s stopping you from spending time with Akihiko and Mitsuru y’know?”
“Something did.” Shinji replied. “When SEES was formed, we couldn’t cope with the time needed to train, and then the lost hours of sleep.” Shinji added. “Then, well….”
A long silence happened. A silence so piercing and poignant that Koromaru took notice, and prodded Shinji gently and with the most sincerity. He only reciprocated by putting down the controller and having him gingerly in his grasp. “Well. There’s not much that can be done anyway, Aki and Misty are probably too busy anyway, and well… they’ve outgrown me, and I can’t do anything to help it.” Shinji said with resignation.
Shinji said that feeling so old, yet so little and insignificant. “This is fun. I’m having fun. I’m having fun which I haven’t had in nine or ten years.” Shinji dismissively said as he continued.
“Shinji… that doesn’t sound like it to me.” Shinji sighs dismissively. Trying to drown his regret in a sea of apathy and indifference, marked by reluctant and laboured sighing.
Labrys saw the web of interconnected misery Shinji was in. He was tired, exhausted, and had returned from hell.
Whatmore, a visible dissonance was weighing on Shinji. Discomfort, visible discomfort took its toll on him. Yet, he seemingly was alright with it. It was only then that Labrys noticed a hint of his wound.
“Jesus, Shinji! How long have you been hiding that?” Labrys asked as she pointed to Shinji’s haphazardly buttoned shirt. “Oh. I haven’t, Fuuka told me to rest here instead of home.” Shinji then sighed. “That isn’t helping isn’t it?” “Yes!”
“If it helps, focusing on this video game is keeping me distracted enough to not feel like I’m in too much pain.” “Okay.” “It’s fine.”
“Next time, I’m coming with you down to the palace.” “We’ll probably be back in… maybe two days.” That resignation. Labrys thought. It unnerved her.
“Shinji? Are you comfortable enough telling me bout’ what happened?” Labrys asked “Uh… no, not really… this is the most relaxed I’ve been in a while.” “Really?” “Yes. I’m being serious.”
“Kay’ how does this sound? We leave this for another day?” “No.” “Why not?” “I wanna continue playing.” “Oh, I mean the other thing. What we just talked about.” Labrys clarified to Shinji as he positioned himself to lie down sideways on the couch as much as possible without stealing Labrys’ space. As Koromaru took a comfortable position on top of him.
“Ok.” “Good.”
STAR RANK UP!!!
Chapter 93: Phony Velvet Blues
Chapter Text
28th of July, Tuesday
Dinner
SOHQ, living room
“Hey, thanks for the food.” “No problem.” Chidori replied.
It was Chidori’s turn to make dinner tonight. A steamy and hot Katsudon had been made along with some miso soup to wash it down.
“Hey, Shinji?” Chidori asked Shinji with something approaching the cold and detached Chidori of old. This could be serious. “Yes?” Shinji asked matching Chidori’s tone.
“You were hiding a wound are you?” Shinji sighed. “For the last time, no. Fuuka gave first aid, and now it's healing. See?” Shinji exposed his chest to Chidori to reveal a dark mark, however it no longer had the characteristic scarring. “Everyone has been asking me about it.”
“What happened on today’s mission?” Chidori asked. “Why are you asking?” “I’m asking on behalf of myself, and Labrys.” Shinji sighed. “Fine. But let's get to the table.” “No, we’re going outside.” Chidori pointed towards the balcony and the solitary small wooden table and two chairs.
Assurance, Shinji wouldn’t have to recount today’s excursion in front of everybody at the large dinner table. At least they won’t throw their dinner out the wrong end, Shinji thought.
“Right, talk to me. What happened.”
“Well… uh…” shinji struggled to find a simple starting point, he needed a moment to simply sort and organise what he remembered with the silent backdrop of a patiently listening Chidori.
“As you know already if you read the reports from Maruki and Fuuka. The palace is the Chernobyl exclusion zone.” “Mhm.”
“Likewise, the shadows we had to defend ourselves from, were mutated… disgusting… cancerous things. There isn’t a way to describe it, you have to see for yourself.”
“I will, Shinji. I’ll go on to the next one and see it myself.” “You know, it's a good thing you didn’t have any pork in that.” Shinji said while pointing at dinner “Why?” “The things we were up against uh… they were mutated pigs which made the sounds of pigs… barely, but they weren’t. They were just flesh. Mutated, cancerous flesh. And their bodies didn’t evaporate like normal shadows for some reason so… we had to go around with the stink.”
“Shit…”. “Then there were these creatures, who were nearly invisible, and they would smash your body into the ground.” Shinji described. “And that’s how I got that.” Shinji said while pointing to his chest. “We were able to leave with our lives but…”
“But?” “Not easily. This isn’t going to be like the last few palaces where I feel now… we got off easily. Here, we got away with the skin of our teeth. So really, be very sure if you and Labrys wanna go. I’m going to tell the others that you wanna come too.” Shinji said.
“Shinji… be honest, do you just want to go in alone without anybody else? So nobody else except you is in harm's way?” “Chidori, this is different. I really am not sure if anybody knows what they’re signing for if they wanna come with me.
“It… isn’t.. nice in there. The previous palaces felt like a power trip… this one’s as dreadful as tartarus.” “So you don’t want anybody else getting hurt.” “Yes.” “Including yourself?”
Shinji kept his silence, it was an answer unto itself. “Ok, Labrys and I are going with you, regardless of what you want.” “Chidori… it would really not help if… it happens again. To you or myself.” “Sorry Shinji, I don’t believe in self-fulfilling prophecies.”
“You gotta take a chance on this, you’ve been doing great so far, actually.” “I think… not much.” “Why?…”
“I’m… not sure. I can’t exactly tell why. But it’s being… uncomfortable I guess…? by all rights, I’m sort of like a cancer cell, perhaps I really should not be here.” Shinji said with the curse of self awareness. Chidori could only look at him with pity, there, Shinji had betrayed to Chidori a part of his self concept which her old self would’ve agreed with.
“I live to forget.” “What do you mean?” “After coming back, I had forgotten most of what happened. I was temporarily an amnesiac. But even after I was brought back to speed, I chose to try to forget… most of it at least. Not the parts where either Junpei was there… or when you were hanging out.”
“But otherwise, I try to not think too hard about this second lease. I can’t really enjoy it with Jun, if I think about the… entirely different person I used to be.” Chidori said.
“Well, damn that long nosed man for not making me an amnesiac.” Chidori didn’t comment upon that. “It’s easier to live if you do not believe in self fulfilling prophecies.”
“Who knows. We live to die. Life could be just a massive, self fulfilling prophecy.” “And that’s why I’d live to forget. And why you should too. If everything is a cycle, what’s the point?” Chidori asked.
“Hmm… good point.”
FORTUNE RANK UP!!!
“I’ve got an idea who I want with us when we come back.” Shinji said. “Good.” The balcony door slid open, as Chidori and Shinji found Ken, Haru, and Yusuke looking out to them.
“Hey… what are you guys here for?” “Just wanted to check on you, if you’re healing over better or not.” Ken said. “Fuuka sent for you. She’s asking about how you are feeling now.” Yusuke added.
“Well… tell her that all it does now is itches and aches.” Shinji responded. “But otherwise, it's okay.” “She specifically told us to remind you not to scratch it.” Haru said. “Dammit…” Haru then gave Shinji a sort of ointment. “She thought of you needing this too.” Haru said.
Shinji breathed out a somewhat large sigh. There was a dialogue going on within, on one hand, Shinji couldn’t help but be touched. On the other hand, he wondered if a cream ointment was the best Fuuka could give for his grievous wound.
“She didn’t want to put you on painkiller meds of any sort.” Ken replied. Taking a moment to process Ken, and to read what Ken and Fuuka likely were saying between the lines, Shinji was in the end more grateful. “Yeah. It would be for the best.”
The five of them returned to the dinner table together with the other shadow operatives. And after an initial word by Fuuka and Maruki about the excursion early in the morning. They ate.
“You know something?” Junpei asked. “What is it honey?” Chidori asked him. “I like this change. I-I know most of us didn’t go earlier this morning, but if we’re going on excursions during the day instead of every midnight hour? That’s nice.”
“Ohhh~ my god.” Kotone put her hands in her face. “Yeah! I thought I was going to be sleep deprived like back then!” Relief was present in her voice, and everyone, with the exception of those who were not part of SEES or Strega on the table, the relief was immense due to Junpei’s realisation.
“I cannot… do without at least six hours of sleep.” Chidori replied before sighing. “What was I thinking back then?” She said with a slight confusion in her voice for the person she used to be. “And if you can’t do without six, I can’t do without eight! Things are so much better now!” Yukari added.
Shinji couldn’t help but add to that topic. “Christ… which sick puppy decided that we needed to fight shadows at night?” Shinji added. “Turns out! And don’t look at me with that look of confusion Shinji,” Kotone said. Shinji didn’t like it, the way she was speaking now was her setting up meant she was setting up for a joke.
Her hands were close together as their fingers pointed towards eachother.
“Aliens.” This clearly was a frequently rehearsed joke. Groans, moaning, some giggles, and a long overdue laugh by someone rang through the room.
Only Haru, Yusuke, and Shinji had displayed no visible reaction as they simply watched with blinking eyes and a blank expression.
“They're literal aliens, the shadows. Hence, the meme.” Ken said. Now it was Shinji’s turn to groan. “Again, I will never understand that word, what the hell is a meme?”
Fuuka sighed. “For those not in the loop, the shadows we were fighting to contain in 2009, apparently stemmed from an entity of a nebulous nature from the moon. Fuuka explained. “As much as I try to restrain Kotone from propagating a premature conclusion. Here we are.”
“Freaking aliens, all along!” Junpei shouted with jest in his voice.
End Track
“Hey Haru?” “Mhhm?” “I think I know who I want to bring from the gang for the next one.” “Alright, you better not go while still healing.” “I won’t. You better rest well too.” Haru nodded.
29th of July, Wednesday
Shibuya
Noon
Two figures stood out near a “relatively” dry isle in the sea of humanity that was Shibuya. One was shrouded in a dark red coat and a brown hat. His eyes concealed by a pair of black tinted round lensed glasses.
The other one was less heavily dressed, wearing instead a pair of dark brown trousers , accompanied by a pink crop top, concealed with a white jacket. She wore a cap while her luscious stream of brunette hair flowed behind.
If anyone saw, and anyone assumed, people would think that these two were models, waiting for their time on the camera film, while the current model was having her moment in the sun.
She herself had her facial features for the most part concealed by her fake sunglasses. Her hair down, she posed near a bike. A messenger bag and a camera were draped over her frame, dressed in a somewhat loose fitting dungarees as she stared wistfully into lighting for the camera.
A nerdish look, without the fashion sense of a nerd. Our second individual, Kasumi, noticed herself looking not so subtly at Ann Takamaki. Thankfully for her, she wasn’t seen cringing ever so slightly, catching herself in the act.
“Ok! That’s a wrap! Good job Ann! These are good!”
As the director dismissed Ann, she noticed her two friends, Shinji and Kasumi. Only to excitedly approach her friends with glee.
“Did you see me during the shot?” She asked excitedly. “Uh… yes, you looked really nice.” Kasumi said a bit awkwardly. “I know right? You two also look great, though Shinji, are you okay? Aren’t you extremely hot in that thing?” Ann pointed to his old coat. “Uh, I have to wear this for a very good reason.”
“I’m hungry, I know a place, let’s go!” Ann said.
A restaurant of some note
“So, Kaz. I saw you staring~”. “What! No…not…!” Kasumi defended her esteem. Ann giggled. “Shiho was right! I- I am the perfect gay awakening….” She couldn’t contain her amusement. The restaurant is clearly on the higher end. At least Ann has offered to pay, Shinji thought to himself.
“So! What are we here for today, leader?” Ann asked. “Right… I’m here to briefly… brief you. On what happened on yesterday’s excursion.” “You went on an excursion to the palace without telling us?” Kasumi asked with bewilderment.
“In our defense… it was early in the morning and we didn’t want to wake you guys up too early into your summer break. Anyway, we managed to find some sort of… direction to the treasure. Though direction may be overgenerous.”
Shinji took a sip from a milkshake which Ann insisted he try despite its price. “Haru, Ken, and Yusuke are taking time off to rest and enjoy time off… I want both of you to fill in.” Shinji explained “is there anybody else coming with us?”
“Kotone, Aigis, Labrys, and Chidori.” “Hmm… you said you’ll tell us what happened yesterday.” Ann said.
“Well…” Shinji noted their place in the room. By now, their food had arrived. And they were tucked somewhere in the corner, directly underneath a camera which Shinji was sure was blind to what was underneath its gaze. “Ok…”
“It could’ve gone worse.” A slight wince was detected by Shinji. “W…was anybody hurt?” Ann asked. “Nope… just me though.” Unbuttoning the top of the jacket, Shinji revealed his wound, it was concealed by a tank top, but Kasumi and Ann had a good idea of how bad it was, and they winced further. “What happened???” Kasumi asked.
“Nightmarish shit.” Shinji replied as a matter of fact while he buttoned his jacket back on quickly. “I guess this is a sort of warning. I know how much you wanna help Futaba, but well… I know some of the group couldn’t bear being in the dark for a while… no shame, just know what you’re getting into.”
“I’m going if it means keeping you safe.” Ann replied succinctly. “Are you sure?” Shinji asked. “Shiho’s not going to be very happy with you… and I guess me if she sees you with one of those.” Shinji said while motioning to his wound. Ann was about to contest his claim, only
to stop and consider… Dammit, he was right.
Kasumi on the other hand was able to maintain resoluteness. “Alright, so when are we going?” Kasumi asked. “I guess when Fuuka tells me I’m green again… knowing how fast this thing is healing… maybe as early as tomorrow." Shinji said.
A bit unsettling. Usually, you’d expect that the time to recover from such a grievous wound will be equivalent in some way or form, with the most ugly looking ones taking much more than what Shinji was giving credit for.
“Shinji, I think WE should be asking if you need time off.” Ann replied. “I’m fine. The metal chestplate made sure of it.” “Shinji. You are still healing, you cannot do anything at this stage.” Ann put her foot down. “No, I can. I just have to cope with my chest area aching and itching… a lot.” “Oohkay…. Ann has a point.” Kasumi asserted. “At least give it one more day. Please.” Kasumi said.
“F….fine.” Shinji replied holding back what conceptions of unreciprocated feelings of burden and responsibility, and thereby disproportionate, which he held. “Mm! Good.” Ann replied, happy and gay.
Serious stuff over, the three were sitting in front of burgers, fries, and milkshakes.
“Sho-“. “No talking while you got food in your mouth.” Ann grumbled while chewing on some fries coated in cheese. “So, what do you think Futaba looks like?” “Don’t we already know? She’s a redhead, wears glasses.” Kasumi answered.
“I mean, what do you think she’s like, I guess.” Ann asked. “As a person… never know until you talk to them in the face.” Ann explained. “Well…” Kasumi guessed.
“Maybe she’s smart, nerdish too. She was able to hack into your phone… maybe into mine as well…” as Kasumi was explaining, one of the phones on the table suddenly vibrated. It was Shinji’s.
“Ah. It’s her.” “What did she say?” Kasumi asked
Perun
Perun: AM NOT
Perun: Anita, now that you said it, you’re next, I hope you like your featherman angst being leaked online
“NO.” Kasumi’s hand thudded on the table. Ann giggled. “Pffff-“. “You are into featherman too???” Ann said as Kasumi covered her face while her cheeks began to redden. “No…no…no… this can’t be…” A sense of amusement struck Ann, and Shinji a little. But as Ann was to settle down for a moment, Futaba wasn’t done, as it was Ann’s turn.
Perun
Perun: Don’t think you’re off easy!
Perun: You’ve got something to hide too!
Perun: I’ve took a look at what you like to read
Perun: It is diabetically fluff
“Yeah, and?” Ann asked. “What, you think I’m ashamed of reading… Feather Hawk, Pink Argus?… you find that blackmail material?” Ann said, barely containing her own laughter.
Perun: …
“You know what… Perun?” Ann asked. “Tell you what. When all this is said and done… maybe you’ll be out here with us instead? Maybe it's a bit scary but… we’ll be here for you. We already are committed to helping you.”
Perun: Nope
Perun: It’ll never happen…
Perun: I won’t waste your time or my own
“Ok….” Ann said, rubbing her hands. “What if it was for this?” Ann asked while gesturing to Shinji to pan the camera over to what was left over of lunch on the table, it wasn’t what was advertised on the tin but it was still enough to look appealing.
Perun: NO
Perun: WHY MUST YOU DO THIS TO ME
Perun: MEAN TO ME
Both Ann and Kasumi were laughing to themselves as they read further what “Perun” had to say.
Perun: Is that caramel…..
Perun: I haven’t had caramel in two yearsssssss
“What?” Kasumi asked in a shocked and cold expression. How could one pass up on, in her opinion, the best flavour, though unfairly underrated.
Perun: My mom. we got ice cream together. she got cookies and cream, and I got caramel
Perun: I don't feel like I deserve it
“What do you mean?” Ann asked.
Perun: I
Perun: Took her for granted
Perun: I was too much of a burden on her
“What???” Kasumi said in confusion. “We were told that she loved you… from the boss.” Kasumi explained. And for an excruciating minute, there was no response from Futaba. And then two minutes, then three. Soon enough five. While Shinji, Ann, and Kasumi were powerless in the face of simple dread caused by Futaba’s sudden absence.
“Hey Futaba? We can leave you alone for now. We just ask that… you don’t listen in on our conversation over my phone for the next few minutes okay?”
Perun: mhm
“Guys. I wanna go tomorrow." “No you aren't,” Ann exclaimed. “Futaba is suffering.” “You. Are still healing.” Kasumi added. Shinji simply looked at the two with a look of sternness which although pierced through Kasumi and Ann, they were able to regain some form of control and push back.
“Nuh uh. Tomorrow is still off limits. You’re going to only go if Fuuka thinks you’re okay, bud.” Kasumi asserted. Shinji could do nothing but sigh, and dread verbally.
“Futaba is watching. If we don’t do anything, if it looks like at any moment that we don’t give a damn…” Shinji stopped trying to collect words. “But we do care.” Ann replied emphatically. “When this is over, we’re going to make sure she gets the help she needs, and we’re going to bring her here for something delish!”
Perun: uh
Perun: hey guys I know you want to make sure I dont uh
Perun: you know
Perun: but seriously Shinji dont do that if you’re that hurt
“See! Even Futaba’s in agreement!” Kasumi concluded. Only for Shinji to then sigh. “Goddammit… okay. Fine.”
A sort of caring doting then was done by Ann towards Shinji, partly jokingly, as well as out of genuine care. “Yeah! And you’re going to go and get some sleep, eat some good curry, and enjoy being lazy!” Ann says pushingly. Shinji could only sigh and nod.
“What are you going to do tommorow anyway?” Shinji asked. “Not much… get some beauty sleep and what rest I can before we go into Futaba’s palace. Just like you.”
“So am I…” Kasumi mentioned. “How’s Shiho by the way?” Kasumi asked.
The question, and its tone however seemed to ask more about Kasumi, rather then Ann however… something was wrong about Kasumi, Ann thought. Did she sound a bit gloomy? And about what? Kasumi was a headstrong, driven, ambitious, and energetic personality, but now that seemed to be sapped away.
“Shiho’s great! Spending time with Junpei and Chidori… thank god she’s got somebody to be around when I’m not around…” Ann said cheerfully. Ann was gleaming. The presence of Shiho in her life clearly was a place of much esteem, pride, joy, and fulfillment. In contrast to Kasumi, who instead seemed to… withdraw. Ann noticed.
Was that envy? Of what she and Shiho had? “It’s good that she’s doing well after… yeah.” Kasumi said. Maintaining the same tone. Now the gloom seemed to infect her body language. Then her facial expression. Duress of an emotional nature, of envy, yearn, and sadness over an absence.
“What you and Shiho have… it's nice.” Kasumi concluded verbally. That was it, Ann decided to speak about it, however a deviousness decided to take the wheel.
“Don’t worry Kasumi…” “About what?” “Don’t worry about it, you’re going to find someone cute and nice to you, you hear me?” Ann said with full positive regard. Kasumi was appalled, only to recover somewhat. “I-.. uh-…um…”
“You got a lot to be proud of. There will be someone else who will be just as proud.” “Hmmmm.” Kasumi declined into the table with a great sigh. “I hope so…” Kasumi replied.
Meanwhile…
Sakura residence
“I hope so…”
Back in Yongen Jaya, similar feelings were being held by a certain Perun. She had at first been reminded of the world on the other side of the curtains she had shut. Wherever the glow of the sun, or even the moon touched, Futaba had not dared to venture.
But even so, a small part wished she did. A dissenting voice wished to see if… “kasumi” was willing to take a chance on her… even though this dissenting voice was against an overwhelming tide of disaffirming disapproval.
You can’t go out there Futaba. You can’t either stealth or pass, besides, you can’t last five seconds outside anyway. There was an overwhelming consensus within Futaba.
And if she wasn’t willing to do that, what was the point of asking for help in the first place? Nothing she did made sense. This was a call for help, not a call for others to risk their lives for her. This was a mistake. Futaba thought.
This self chastising, the self flagellation of the mind, esteem, and ego by Futaba, however in the end was preferable. A semblance of sanity. Proof she was not insane, she needed the pain, the voices otherwise would come for her.
Chapter 94: The unbearable lightness of Being
Summary:
By Milan Kundera
Chapter Text
\
30th of July, Thursday
Evening
Leblanc
Peace. A rarity these days. A single day of peace was granted to Shinji as he had been able to rest, recover, and enjoy what some call negative capacity. To sit, to be calm, to simply exist without the presence of anxiety or the urge to resolve it immediately.
Shinji felt his wound again, it was skin again. A faint mark was what was left. The memory, shock, and horror of the bloodsucker attack did not grasp Shinji’s mental affairs, for the buffer of time, spent with friends, spent in rest, focused on mundane things rather than ruminating. It was what Shinji never could’ve imagined being a presence in his life, especially his past life.
What passed for RnR back then would’ve been to crawl to a mattress in a wet, dank, abandoned industrial building in the abandoned industry section of Iwatodai city, next to a fire lit inside a steel barrel. Interesting? Sure. Dull and uncomfortable after a while? Yes.
Shinji could swear Tartarus sometimes was warmer than that damn warehouse. With his second lease however, they remained nothing but memories.
Suddenly, the door rang. Looking to see who had entered, Shinji was pleasantly surprised to see the teal haired navigator of the shadow operatives come to Leblanc. “Evening Fuuka.” “Good evening to you Shinji, how are you feeling now?” Fuuka said with a warmth which Shinji appreciated.
“Fine, it's just a faint mark now… It itches less, aches less, feels a bit less stiff… I feel like we can go back tomorrow." Shinji said with some chipper. “Good! Oh, by the way, Kotone made these for you!”
Handing over a tupperware, Shinji opened them to find cookies within the somewhat opaque container. “Sweet. Tell her I say thanks.” “Tell her tomorrow Shinji.” Fuuka said with a smile. The two began to share the cookies and enjoy the quiet moment together.
“So, how was your day today?” Shinji asked. “No, how was your day today?” “Fine… mostly asleep.” Shinji summarised. “Good.” “Now tell me about yours.”
End track
30th of July
Morning
Fuuka’s room.
Eight in the morning. Fuuka woke up to the rising sun slowly warming her face.
“Mmm…” she slowly woke herself up to the sound of her own voice. She was alone, with nobody else in her company.
She didn’t even turn to see either side of the bed. As she used to years past.
“He isn’t gone Fuuka… he’s just protecting us all down there…”
With a single reminder, she quickly went to her closet to seize a shirt to cover her sports bra, so she could head to the garden.
10 minutes later
Morning
A mainstay in Fuuka’s life and daily routine since 2009, was the presence of a garden. Spending time with Minato, Aigis, and Shinji back in the day gave the teal haired oracle a green thumb which remained green for the next seven years.
If an apocalypse happened… at least Fuuka could feel the cold comfort of self sufficiency. This was one of the thoughts within the stream of consciousness which flowed free while she tended to the soil and the bounty which grew within.
She remembered yesterday though, the reaction of Haru, when Ken brought her to the garden here. A series of mini green houses lined the surface area, as the smell of heat, concrete, petrichor, and soil filled the air around the roof.
She remembered the good old days, evenings spent with her friends back in the dorm. Especially with Minato. Everything reminded her of him. Though it is to be clarified with anyone concerned, this was a good thing.
The best thing which Minato left behind were the memories of him. Of themselves. She was given freedom not in the form of freedom from burden, from weight, but from lightness.
To bear the weight, the weight of memory, was to avoid the unbearable lightness of being. To have one’s burden from bearing the weight of the past, be lifted. At the price of one’s hope for change, marooned permanently in the doldrums of the permanent present.
To forget, is to live like a feather. To drift without purpose or hope for control over one’s course. Fuuka mentally composed. His absence was painful at times, yes. The weight and burden of grief and memory was so hard that initially after 2009, she contemplated whether allowing the fall to happen, and fading painlessly and comfortably with Minato.
In the end however, the burden of the past led to this future which Fuuka was present and living in. It wasn’t bad, not at all.
And now that she was thinking about the past, and about him, as she watered the red spider lilies.
It was for the best Fuuka thought. Any reminder of her loneliness, of separation from Minato, was simply a reminder. It wasn’t an invitation to shed tears, but to feel just a bit heavier. To feel the weight of the man who held effectively the weight of humanity’s lightness.
She was happy to feel that. It was certainly from him. His own, the weight of the memories which he had a hand in making simply by deciding he was willing to spend an evening with her planting spuds. Minato was not gone. The weight of his memory remained. And she felt it.
Only the weight of tears, as they flowed off a face of joy to the soil below were shed.
Forsaking the water can, Fuuka took off the shirt covering her sports bra to bear a different weight.
30 minutes later
The gym
Now playing: Heartful Cry, Reloaded
PAP!
“Left hook.”
PAP!
“Right Hook.”
PAP!
“Harder Fuuka.”
POW!
“That’s good.”
POUND!
“Excellent.”
The sound of pads being pounded with extreme prejudice reverberated the room designated at the gym, and even the hallway outside. As Fuuka with the assistance of Aigis was beating the stuffing out of hand-me-down boxing pads.
“Ok, the bag is yours.”
It started as a coping mechanism for when he was no longer here. A larger extent of grief, of depression, and emotional distress would’ve left Fuuka a step away from showing how she felt about its absurdity and random nature through kinetic form.
The world had to thank Akihiko Sanada for being spared Fuuka’s wrath. Concerned, Akihiko decided that Fuuka needed to take it out on something else. So, he handed her his old punching bag, boxing gloves, pads, a weekly routine, and a hug before leaving for a month to fully and satisfactorily spend time to grieve over Shinji fully.
When he returned, he was pleasantly surprised, and a little bit scared to find that Fuuka COULD really throw a punch. Two years later, the events of the P-1 Grand Prix and Climax affirmed that Fuuka could really hurt someone.
Granted, if it was a shadow, and not a member of the human species which she, Minato, and members of the former SEES, now Shadow Operatives took upon themselves to protect.
She really wished Akihiko were here to see it. Fully secure and certain that he would be proud of her.
“Good job Fuuka, it is now your designated break time.” Aigis said as she tossed her a cool towel. “Thank you Aigis,”
“Fuuka, are you prepared for tommorow’s mission?” “Yup…” Fuuka said before she reached for some water, continuing after she finished. “I got your ammunition stored in more ergonomic and bigger drums instead of the belts… Tae was kind enough to supply me with what spare medicine and supplies she had… and I am feeling great.”
“Is there anything you and Kotone need?” Fuuka asked. “Nothing.” Aigis replied. Fuuka then looked up and then asked. “When was the last time we did an integrity check?”
“Last chassis integrity check… fourteen days ago, post Mementos patrol.” Aigis replied. “It won’t hurt to do another one now.” “It won’t… but I insist we take lunch before that… otherwise your stomach will suffer.”
“True…” Fuuka felt for her developed gut and its tone, and decided that Aigis was right. A heartfelt cry was being felt and heard, but from her stomach. So, off she went to seek a bite to eat.
End Track
5 minutes later
Noon
The kitchen
Now playing: Red, by Daniel Lanois
It cannot be understated how much Fuuka’s cooking has improved.
“So Fuuka? What’s for lunch?” Kotone and Aigis asked as they sat on the table. “Wraps, what sauce do you want?” Fuuka asked. “That usual one you always use… what is it called anyway?”
“Caesar… Akihiko introduced me to it.” Fuuka explained. “Fitting!” Aigis replied.
Two tortilla wraps were laid on the kitchen board, as Fuuka first tended to grill some chicken. Followed by laying on the tortilla lettuce, black olives, hardboiled eggs, and bread croutons. A generous application of the sauce, along with extra olives and croutons for Kotone and Aigis’ wrap, their favorite.
Soon enough, the chicken was ready to be taken from the grill, to be placed in the tortilla. A final spread of the sauce was applied before wrapping the tortilla into a wrap, where both were then sliced in half for easier eating and sharing.
All they had to do now, as Fuuka inserted the complete tortilla into the griller to make sure they were warm, was wait.
“So Kotone, is there anything you’ve done today?” Fuuka asked. “Nothing much, just conserving energy for tomorrow, that’s all.” Kotone answered with joy as usual.
“Is there anything we need to know about where we’re going?” “Did you read the report?” Fuuka asked. Kotone shook her head, aigis nodded.
Fuuka went to the grill to check the wraps, visibly dark grill marks on the tortilla wraps confirmed that they were ready.
“Lunch’s ready!” Fuuka shouted to the two, Fuuka smiled as she heard sounds of excitement from Kotone from the dining room in the kitchen. She loved Akihiko’s recipes, she loved them more when Fuuka put her own spin onto them.
“It’s ready.” Fuuka also said excitedly as she put the plates on the table. “Yay~” Aigis celebrated audibly, as Kotone and Aigis split their wrap and each had their own portion.
“Mmm~ Sho-good!” Kotone yet again, spoke while food was in her mouth, “Fuuk-Yerealle-Guud-Atcooking!” Kotone continued. Fuuka attempted to claim humility.
“It’s nothing Kotone. Akihiko and Shinji could probably make something better.” “I deem and judge this iteration of Akihiko’s wrap by Fuuka to be superior due to its addition of a generous amount of black olives and croutons. Thereby creating a unique taste with a suitable crunch.” Aigis elaborated.
“That’s great to hear.” Fuuka said. “ I can’t believe there was a time that you weren’t good at this!” Kotone continued while she attacked her food. Memories of the attempts of cooking for Minato came back to Fuuka, in which she simply declined in her seat and put her hand to her head in disappointment.
“Anyway!…” Fuuka replied, changing the subject altogether.
“Tommorow is going to be hard. You’re going to use your firearm as much as your persona. At the same time, the palace’s defences are deadlier and less aparent. We are learning as we go so, do not do anything which puts you in more danger. We will already be in enough” Fuuka explained.
“How so?” Kotone asked, “If these defences are in the form of shadows, there is no cause for worry.” Aigis replied. “They aren't; they are environmental. They can defy the known laws of physics and are almost always lethal.”
“When has that changed?” Kotone asked compassionately “Well… if a middle aged Ukrainian shadow in Futaba’s palace is to be believed… anomalies, breaches and violations of the laws of physics, almost always lethal, they intensify in quantity and quality around the power plant… if I am going to guess, that’s the treasure. We always found security and shadows to be tougher and more dangerous the closer we got to the treasure.”
“Speaking of, would you like to start that chassis check after we finish eating?” Fuuka asked Aigis. “Ooh! Ooh! Can I see?” Kotone asked excitedly.
Later, 5 minutes later
“Ok… apart from the outer layers being slightly behind on their wash… the outside is looking fine.” Fuuka explained.
Now comes the most important and essential component of the maintenance: Aigis was to “open up” to expose the insides around her papillon heart to see how it was doing.
“Hey, remember… that one time?” Kotone asked with a slightly malicious giggle.” “NO! nope! nuh uh!” Fuuka replied as she stepped back from further inspecting Fuuka’s insides.
“Hm? Oh, I remember” Aigis began, to the woman’s dismay, ”It was a year ago, when during a routine inspection, both of Fuuka’s hands were full. Myself, wearing my tie, forced Fuuka to hold my tie above my... my ticklish insides with her mouth!!!"
With the episode recounted, Fuuka could do nothing but decline in her seat and cover her face with her hands. “C’mon Fuuka! You enjoyed it, I saw that!” Kotone said with joy mixed with laughter and glee.
“You were blushing, like seriously turning red!” Fuuka heard. She tried her best to suppress the glowing feeling of redness in her face. “It tickled !” Aigis said happily.
It was at this moment when Fuuka conceded, and planted her face firmly on her arms. “Guh…. And we were calibrating the sensitivity near the area… so you were more ticklish than usual!” Fuuka said in a sort of cute frustration.
Kotone, noticing this decided to alleviate some of Fuuka’s shame over the episode with aigis in the past, which she found funny and charming. To Fuuka’s embarrassment.
“You know, it’s great to know that other people find Aigis attractive too, you know!” Kotone exclaimed. “ GUHHHHMMMMMMRRRMMMM.” Fuuka expressed her embarrassment onto her arms.
“I- I don’t suppose it’ll be…” “C’mon~” Kotone asked. “Fuuka. Say it.” “I can’t!” “Fuuka. You know you want to.”
Fuuka still was covering her red face, occasionally splitting fingers to make room for her eyes to look at the two eager women in front of her. The navigator then took a deep breath and sighed.
“I-I think… Aigis is hot.” Fuuka then saw Kotone and Aigis immediately stretching their arms upwards, celebrating and shouting. “ YAAAAAAAAAYYY!”
“Fuuka, if it helps, Minato also found Aigis hot.” “Really?” Fuuka asked. “I should know! I’m his sister!”
“On Yakushima, Minato was looking at Aigis as much as I was~” Kotone said with a glad reminisce. “Right…. I can’t… believe he fell for me rather than Aigis…” Fuuka said.
“Don’t say that! You’re plenty awesome, and have a lot to be proud of, Fuu!” Kotone exclaimed. “But… back then I was a bit…” Fuuka’s words failed her as she simply just hand waved while checking in on the inner layer of Aigis’ chassis. Kotone got the message.
“Even so, I made it clear to him that I was into Aigy…. Only for him to say to me that he was into you!” Kotone said with dramatisation. “Really? Did he say why?” Fuuka asked.
“He tried to, but he couldn’t be specific… I think he liked everything about you.” Fuuka could only smile and reminisce. As she had one palm on her heart. She felt touched.
“Hmmm.” Fuuka closed her eyes as she envisioned Minato silently disclosing to Kotone some time in 2009 about how he felt about her. She then opened her eyes and focused back on the task of calibrating Aigis’ insides. Only to find the sensitivity setting.
“Fuuka, why are you looking at my sensitivity levels?” Aigis asked cluelessly. Fuuka didn’t reply, and instead peered slowly at Kotone, as an evil grin started to form on her face.
VRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR~ “ KOKO-FUUKA-TOO TICKLISH HEEEHEEHEEHAAAH!!!”
5 minutes later
Seeing to it, Kotone and Aigis were in more comfortable wear, and under the warmth of a shared blanket. Fuuka left the two alone to nap together. With the safe knowledge that Aigis and Kotone were ready for tomorrow's hardship.
End Track
The garden, again
Fuuka sat down on a comfortable vacation chair of some sort. The sun set down as she sat and meditated. Some others in the Shadow Operatives practiced such. That being Chidori, Yukari, Akihiko, and Fuuka. The point and hypothesis was that a clearer mind, more in the present, allowed for a more potent effect with one’s persona.
Sometimes, there was a correlation which could be vaguely pointed at. Everyone else rather took their chances without it. Fuuka had a different reason. Sometimes she could talk to Juno.
“Fuuka… why have you called upon me?”
“It’s about tomorrow. Tomorrow we’re returning to the palace and, well… I’m as usual, a bit-“
“Fuuka, we have went over this. Everyone else is slightly afraid. The fear of appearing afraid however is larger then the fear of being afraid.”
“Yes… I should have more confidence in my friends, Shinji, and his but… The thought of something happening to them still is on my mind.” Fuuka told Juno.
“An inevitability.”
“Yeah… I guess I’m still not over what happened to Shinji.”
“That one’s… star. I cannot tell if it is falling.”
“What do you mean Juno?”
“The star of Shinjiro Aragaki… like all stars, they must die. A mere circumstance of its time in the universe…”
“Many are afraid of the end. To fade, to die, to go cold. Yet, I see none of that with him.”
Fuuka remained quiet.
“Death… is on our side. We need not be afraid. It is a guide, a guide towards infinity whose paths are as numerous as there are stars.”
It took a moment for the navigator, whose codename’s namesake was the oracle, to figure out what Juno’s indirect proclamation meant. But she got it in the end.
“I… understand.”
“ I bid you farewell… I do not control the fates… but… I am sure their plans for your friend do not involve snipping his thread as soon as the scheme involving him has run out of twine.”
The meditation is suddenly disrupted as soon as Juno finishes. As Fuuka’s phone suddenly rings aloud, rousing Fuuka to her senses.
“Bwuh?” Fuuka then reached for the vibrating phone in her pocket. It was an encrypted call, meaning there was only one person who it could be.
Begin call
“Good afternoon Fuuka.” The voice of Mitsuru Kirijo registered itself clearly through the call. A voice which she found welcome.
“Oh!- Good afternoon Mitsuru!… What's happening? Anything?” “I’m here about the most recent report sent to us here back at HQ… So that’s where Wakaba’s daughter ended up.”
“I could scarcely believe it.” Fuuka said solemnly. “I’m… even more saddened that her daughter had to develop a palace.” Mitsuru replied. “We’re going to do something. We’re not going to accept any other alternative other than prevailing over her palace.” Fuuka said.
“Good… You’re not stretching everyone too thin are you?” Mitsuru asked. “Not at all… Shinji…” “What about Shinji?”
“It was my fault… he… got hurt. He got hurt protecting some people from a shadow and… he’s recovering now, but we’re returning to the palace tomorrow."
“He was always like that, it doesn’t surprise me – back in 2007, when SEES only consisted of me, Akihiko, and Shinji. Shinji was there to take anything on the chin for me and Aki, even if it was completely unnecessary.” Mitsuru explained. “God… it isn’t easy sometimes… Mitsy, can you say he was just as self sacrificial as he was back when…”
“He saved your life, and Ken’s.” Mitsuru said. “But- he’s got so much more to lose now!” Fuuka said. “He’s now got his own group of friends, he’s got a normal school life” Fuuka began to get exasperated. “He even- he even got away from any side effects of the drugs on his body… and yet instead of making the most of it, he throws himself into danger! Even for someone not real!”
Mitsuru breathed out a deep sigh. “I guess Essence does precede existence… literally if you are Shinji.” Fuuka’s sigh followed. “What on earth should I do?”
“Well, you cannot put him at fault. He will simply stubborn up. In the end, he’s doing it because he fears losing others more than himself. It was like that for me and Aki. It was the same when he rejoined SEES, and protected Ken and you at that horrible night. And if I know one of my best friends well enough, the same is happening now as of late.” Mitsuru was right.
“But… he won’t be able to fully enjoy what he has if he keeps getting himself hurt or-“. “I beg to differ.” Mitsuru replied. “Knowing that now, he is a wildcard, and comparing what we know about prior wildcards. The mere circumstance requires him to not do as he did after 2007, which was to push people away. Now he is doing the opposite, I believe?” Mitsuru said with full confidence in her friend.
“Yes… It’s just that…” “What is it Fuuka?” “That did not save my Mina from having to become the seal… and made sure he had to leave it all behind.” Fuuka said with some pain in her voice.
“I guess… that’s where you and the others come in… I don’t think it's impossible to convince Shinji to not throw away what he has. Though, that is helped by the fact Nyx won’t be able to initiate the fall, thanks to the seal.” “Yes… I think I’m going to tell him that.” “About his lack of self preservation?” Mitsuru asked.
“Yes… I’m going to make sure he at least enjoys some of his summer… we still gotta go save Futaba, but he’s still…” Fuuka finds difficulty in saying the next part.
“He’s still a kid. And he’s spending his last summer break helping someone else, instead of trying to enjoy it for himself and his friends.” Fuuka finished.
“Do so. I will support you, and if there is any help you need, Call me.” “Yes, Mitsuru.”
“Before you go though, how are you doing?” Fuuka asked. “Still on work retreat. Everything’s in good hands. Me and Kikuno are still enjoying time off.” “Good. Talk to you soon.” Fuuka replied
End call
Leblanc
“That’s nice…” Shinji replied. “Mitsuru must be tired of dealing with everyone’s bullshit. For so long.” “Yup.” Fuuka said while a plate of curry was placed in front of her, along with a strange box.
“What’s that?” Fuuka asked. “This was in the attic. I found it while cleaning it out when I first settled here." Shinji said.
Shinji opened the small box to reveal a small miniature chess set. It was meant for travel, the prices were smaller than both their fingers. It clearly saw some wear and tear. This set likely saw use by the boss and what nameless opponents he faced.
“You mind staying for a game or so?” “Not at all Shinji.”
And so the two spent the rest of their evening. In comfortable company.
Chapter 95: Sleep and his half brother, Death.
Chapter Text
31st of July, Friday
S.O.H.Q
Noon
Fuuka, Kotone, Aigis, and Chidori sat together prepping eachother's gear for the morning. A consensus was made that each of them were to shoulder the weight that was supposed to go into Fuuka’s pack, lest they break her back. They were distributing 9mm ammunition drums for Aigis among themselves, until a knock was heard at the door.
“I’ll get it.” Chidori said. She opened the door to reveal Shinji, Ann, and Kasumi standing by, eager and ready for what was to happen.
“Good morning kids. Who’s ready for their field trip to Futaba’s palace?” Kasumi and Ann eagerly went inside giving Chidori fives, they ran eagerly towards their weapons and kit. While leaving the comparable “grownups” at the door.
“You fully recovered Shinji?” “All that’s left is a bad memory.” Shinji replied. “Good. Your stuff is with the others.” Chidori said, leading him to the small organised pile of kit next to Kasumi’s and Ann’s.
It took a few more brief moments to prepare, but the sounds of safeties of their guns followed by the final distribution of supplies among each individual for personal use was completed. Nothing else stopped them from making the navigation. Except.
In a sun dress, out came Ken from the hall, followed by Yusuke. “Hey there Shinji… Kaz, Ann?” Ken greeted. “Hey, going out?” Shinji asked. “Yup. Going to the fishing ponds, Yusuke also wants in.” “I simply desire to improve my depiction of the anatomy of animals, especially sealife. This is a study for me.”
“Right… see you two later then.” The group of persona users bidded farewell. And as Ken and Yusuke left the sight of the group by disappearing from the front door, The party also disappeared into the dark distorted and twisted caverns of Futaba’s mind.
End Track
BEGINNING NAVIGATION…
YOU HAVE ARRIVED AT YOUR DESTINATION.
0 hour, 0 minute
Zalissya
Standing on the edge of town where no one else could hear them, other than themselves. Shinji laid out what was to be done.
“Right… we were here to wait for our guide…” Shinji began to rewind his pocket watch to make both hands meet at zero. “Uhm… our man told us to wait at the bar to meet our guide who’s gonna bring us closer to the centre of the palace… so…”
“I’ll go.” Chidori said. “Right. But bring Ann, Kotone and Aigis. Don’t go in alone.” Shinji said. “Oh, and wear this over. The guys back at the village we were at gave us this so you could blend in.” Chidori nodded and entered the bar, followed by three heavily armed figures in brown khaki trenchcoats.
“Right… if they find our guy, we need to make sure Anita’s persona can hook up to the wagon like Taras’ persona did.” “Right.” Kasumi replied. She scaled the wagon front, and took off her mask summoning her persona. Just minus Anita. Leaving behind a pale horse.
“Right…..” “What’s wrong Kelly?” Kasumi asked. “I….. have no idea how the hell Taras does it.”
A series of Ers and Ums proceeded, as Fuuka, Shinji, and Kasumi attempted to learn by themselves how to bridle and strap a pale horse to the wagon. It always seemed so easy when Yusuke was doing it. While swearing under his breath, trying to keep Kasumi’s horse under control. Shinji was starting to suspect that perhaps Yusuke had guidance from that bard from his mask.
“There we go! Finally!” Kasumi rejoiced as Anita’s horse was finally hitched to the wagon. “Good.” Shinji looked around towards the bar. Nothing yet, they had to wait just a bit more.
With nothing else to do, the three then elected to spend their time wandering around town in a feeble attempt to sate their boredom. Not even the addition of chewing gum which Shinji had on hand (and which Fuuka and Kasumi bummed from his grasp) was sufficient.
“Well, I’m bored.” Kasumi quipped. “Perhaps something is wrong.” Shinji said, referring to those sent to the bar to wait for their guide. “Maybe. Should I go to check?” Kasumi asked. “No. Hex can handle it.” Fuuka replied.
Kasumi and Fuuka began to debate the merits of coming in to help. But Shinji instead remained aloof. They were on the northern edge of Zalissya now, and he sat on a tree stump, checking his Stalker PDA map.
That red spot on the map. That open wound on the ground of the zone. It seemed recent, the rest of the map as he zoomed out to see, resembled a larger scar. A wound inflicted on the earth, supposedly the palace of a shut-in teenage orphan girl. The map which was taken from what was presumably a satellite above showed a resemblance. The dark forestry which appeared black and blue looked like bruise marks, the red forest looked like dried blood. And the petrichor around Prypyat you could say was the bacteria and its bacteriological spread around the wound. Festering within.
But this. This was recent, Shinji felt. A brighter red spot. It was nearby. He looked at the direction, and saw a glimpse of pure red. The weight of the iron mail on his body started to feel lighter. And then without knowing or letting those around him know, Shinji began to march.
“Shinji?… Shinji!” But he did not respond. Shinji simply marched forward. Seemingly unhampered by weight and gravity. He threaded among an open field not bound to the ground but almost like a drifting leaf on the wind.
Now playing: Memory of Robert by Toshiyuki Kimori
As he got closer, he realised what the red on the map was. Poppies. The surrealness of his surroundings began to rouse him to some level of awareness. He could feel again. The cold air, the warmth of his trenchcoat keeping him warm from it. The contrast of the red bloody poppies from the dead and dying ground. The gum which remained in his mouth still brought a slight release.
A touch on his back finally made him aware of Kasumi and Fuuka behind him. Concerned at the sluggish spontaneity and ponderous roaming he had done. However, still not hearing their questions as to why he had done them. He knelt down to feel for a poppy, only to be hit by something.
“Mom! Mommy! Look!”
The voice was fitting of a young… Shinji couldn’t tell. As Shinji felt a touch of visceral, unimpeded emotion in the form of melancholy.
Shinji yawned. He was feeling a bit tired. He didn’t know why. The gum in his mouth and the flavour leaking into his saliva and his tastebuds and receptors kept him awake. He simply carried on into the field of poppies, unaware of the two companions following him.
“Oh? Who may that be?”
The voice of an older woman rang out in Shinji’s ears.
“It's my character! I wanna play with you and auntie Fuuka and uncle Maru!”
“ They look beautiful and strong!”
“Yes!”
The emotion began to be more unrestrained in its assault on Shinji's mind. His drowsiness began to escalate. Was this a dream? Is all of it a dream?
As Shinji got closer to the centre of the poppies, he saw a run-down shack. And began to roam closer and closer. He didn’t know why. Part of him perhaps thought that there was a bed inside, somehow. Another however told him to stay awake. He took out another piece of gum and kept chewing.
“Mom? Where are we going?”
“We’re going back to Tokyo, it's for work.”
“Aw… but what about Maru, and Fuuka, and Sumi?”
“They will be fine… besides, we’re seeing Sojiro!”
“YAAAAAAAY!!! Can we go now?? Can we go now???”
“Not now silly sweetheart. We gotta pack first.”
‘No… you can’t be serious.’ Shinji thought to himself. Shinji couldn’t hear, but a sound was heard behind him.
The voices of a mother and her child deafened Shinji to the appeals of Fuuka and Kasumi to return to the grounds where they stood. Away from the poppies. The fear of Shinji being irretrivable spurred first Kasumi, then Fuuka to follow him into the poppies.
The three fell into a trance of drowsiness. And soon enough they heard the voices that Shinji heard as well. And along with being trampled. The poppies then felt the first few drops of moisture they ever had in a while.
“Wakaba…?” Fuuka’s eyes began to water as she heard the voice of her dead teacher, then she began to sob. Not knowing how to react next, Kasumi out of a desire to not lose them, grabbed Fuuka by the wrist and held tightly. Herself also seemingly tearing up silently without knowing why.
Arriving at the shack however, Shinji then looked at the rubble to see a bed, and then saw what he was seemingly called to.
Under the shade of the part of the wooden roof still standing, was a sleeping stalker. Their gas mask was still on, but their black bob cut was recognisable. It was Futaba. Or…her shadow at least. And in her grasp, hugged and embraced like it was some sort of stuffed animal, was a framed image. Catching a glimpse, Shinji saw an older woman, which looked like the sleeping shadow Futaba, same haircut, but with the deviation of a warm smile.
Shinji’s vision began to turn black. The drowsiness began to take hold. Realising that this will be his last few moments of consciousness, he was able to grasp what it all meant.
Fuuka and Kasumi managed to navigate themselves out of the poppy field, watching the shack for any signs of their friend. They then saw him, carrying the unconscious sleeping body of shadow Futaba. Rather than the lightness of being and its burden, Shinji seemed to instead be holding the burden of weight. Not simply of Futaba’s body, but also the weight of memory, of truth, and their companion in grief.
Step by step, he brought shadow Futaba out to the grounds outside the poppyfield. With only seconds of consciousness left, Shinji spent them gently placing Futaba’s sleeping body on the grass, before falling asleep himself.
The last thing he heard before settling into dreamland. Was the voice of Futaba.
“Mom…mom???…MOM!!!!!!”
An undetermined amount of time later…
“Ned… Ned….” “Ned.” The voices of Shinji’s comrades slowly roused him back to consciousness. He slowly saw light again, and his senses had been fully regained and retrieved from the state of drowsiness.
Track End
He saw his friends, plus two stalkers. He knew one, that was Futaba, who he saw with her gas mask off. Drinking an energy drink. The other one he did not know. “Who… who the hell are you?”
“Is that how you greet a friend?” “Well… not usually.” Shinji got up to shake the hand of this stalker. “You’re lucky to come out of the poppy anomaly alive. Stalkers who come into the poppy field without an energy drink or something to keep them awake… they fall asleep, and will never wake up…”
“Damn… I was just chewing gum.” “Some scientists believe it's the properties of the poppies mutated by radiation. Besides, you need poppies to make a lot of drugs, anything with opium anyway. The more superstitious say it's the old tale with the pechenegs, or the blood of cossacks.”
Shinji looked at Futaba, who simply sat drinking her energy drink can from a metal straw. When she finished, she then stood up and shook down her own trenchcoat, as several dozen cans of energy drink then fell out of the pockets of her jacket and made themselves heard as the metal impacted the floor. “Christ…”
“So… you gonna take that off?” The guide asked. The iron mailed Shinji nodded. And took off his mask to reveal his face to the guide.
“So, what brings you to the zone?” He asks. “Hmm…” Thinking on his feet, Shinji thought of a cover story.
“These… nerds.” Shinji pointed to the nerdiest looking members of the party, Fuuka, Aigis, and generally anyone who looked less like a hardened stalker and more like a tourist. “They want to conduct research in Prypyat.”
The guide breathed deeply. “You sure, they aren’t here for a ride on the big ferris wheel?” He joked. “Nope.” Shinji said, maintaining his standard tone of seriousness, but with a measure of fallibility to indicate sarcasm. “Deadly serious science shit is gonna happen.”
“Right…” the guide then took his pair of headphones and put them on, and began to wander off while singing faintly to himself a song to himself.
Back to the group, the shadow operatives and their Kelly Gang companions were checking on Futaba. Whose face was a delicate balance of Contentness and despair.
“That was perfect…” “What was, Futaba?” Kasumi asked. “ It was so peaceful… ” “ But… couldn’t you have died?” Chidori asked with concern.
“I had enough cans of Mad Bull to keep me there for… just a bit longer… and even then. It doesn’t seem to allow me to fully fall asleep… to die.” Futaba then yawned.
“So, I don’t know what the big deal is…” Futaba then leaned on her comparatively oversized rucksack and rested her head on it. She then placed her gas mask over her face and dozed off again.
“Delph. What happened?” Chidori asked Fuuka. “I’ll..I’ll tell you later. She looked upon the poppyfield. Instead of disbelief, of curiosity and foreboding, Chidori simply saw it in the way paint on a canvas could only make the mundane realities of life such as, sleep, death, and their reminders could be made beautiful.
“Don’t get too close!” Kotone shouted to Chidori. Seemingly deaf to her, Chidori knelt near the edge of the poppies, to closely inspect the flowers. She looked at them with an expression of sadness and… perhaps something more complicated.
She took with one hand poppies from the field, and then kept them in the other. With the last and final poppy she took, she decided to stick into her front pocket. Showing its red petals so prominently to those who could see.
“What are you taking these poppies for? They could be dangerous.” Aigis asked. “I will be keeping these as a reference for my drawing.” Chidori replied. “May it be better to keep those in a ziplock bag for safer storage?” Aigis asked.
“May I have one as well?” Kotone asked. “Yeah so can I?” Kasumi asked too. Everyone who saw the poppy in Chidori’s front pocket wanted a poppy to stick into their clothing, hats, or even hair. It seemed more like a good luck charm, a rabbit's foot without the need for a rabbit.
Soon enough as the group entered town to pick up the wagon to leave, Ann and Kasumi had a poppy on their hats. Kotone and Chidori had one on their front chest pockets, and Aigis went as far as putting it on her hair. Fuuka refused.
As they got back to the wagon, Kasumi sat in the front, awkwardly sitting while holding the reins. “So… which direction to the center of the zone?” She awkwardly asked.
“Yeah, which direction?” The guide contemplated for a moment and replied “Well… it isn’t that easy. If you don’t get picked off by bandits or mercs, the emissions will make sure you don’t get far.”
“Well… you’re our expert… how do we get in?”
“It’ll sound crazy..” “What?” “I’m not sure how or when but a year ago, a stalker was able to, for a time, stop the emissions. It sounds crazy but… apparently it was as easy as just… finding the controls to turn it off. It didn’t last forever, but for a time. Some stalkers were able to get into Prypyat, perhaps even to find the Wish Granter.”
“They’re likely dead now though… killed by Monolith or turned by them. They were doomed as soon as the emissions started again.” “So. How do we turn off the emissions?” Shinji asked.
The guide brings out his PDA. “So, there are these underground labs. Many try to come in, few come out with their lives. Rumours from those who do, say that these labs were where… well. All of this crazy shit came from.” “all of it?”
“Yes, the mutants, the anomalies, everything. I’m not sure what to believe, haven’t seen it for myself but… seeing is believing.” “Right. Where are they then?”
“There…” The guide points to two places. “Yantar. Dark Valley. That’s the places I know. I’ve heard of a third but… I wasn’t able to verify that.” “Alright, we’ll make our way then.”
“Go north, we’re heading to the closer one, that being north of here…” the guide says. Calmly directing Kasumi the driver. But not before he took his plastic headset, and settled one muff over his left ear.
Now playing: Otveta Net, by Molchat Doma
As they got going, Shinji checked his watch. He had been out for almost an hour.
Behind him sat the now lying and again, sleeping body of Futaba Sakura, surrounded by her mother’s former colleagues and students. And they watched her in her sleep as they thought about her mother.
“She… she really does look like her mom…” Kotone says, as Aigis sat next to her, strokes the hair of the sleeping stalker. Chidori and Fuuka sat together with a shared look of melancholy, weighed down by the memory of her.
“Fuck… why did you have to do this to her, Wakaba?” She said while covering her mouth. Fuuka remained quiet. Chidori seemed to despair.
It seemed everyone had a reason to despair over Wakaba, at least those who knew her. It needn’t be said or reminded off again to anyone in shadow ops. They all loved Wakaba.
Perhaps it was to some of them that she was a teacher to some, to most she was able to be studied and researched by the most kind and caring woman in the world, who you forgot was the leading mind and figure in the field. A friend whose job happened to be making sense of how and shooting yourself in the head with essentially a toy gun brought out figures of popular and cultural context to fight by your stead.
And to almost all she was a figure perhaps akin to a mother, which many did not have. Despite already caring for her own daughter.
For Chidori, her memory of Wakaba was her obsessing over the paintings she had done (from memory and from direct reference) of Tartarus, and the TV world. She would speak about her jealousy of being unable to see for herself cognitive spaces and realms which only existed as a hypothesis.
For Kotone and Aigis, their memories of her was of her intensely headbanging to one of their rehearsals, and pointing out the heavily weighted blue curtains of irony. Of having allies in the personae Eurydice and Orpheus, while making meaning of their suffering and continual survival on this world by manifesting their essence in existence as E & O.
And for Fuuka… it was devising and nerding excitedly and giddily about the technology of one Inchinose, her companion, and how her assistance could initiate a breakthrough in their research.
These memories only served as weight. They weighed a little more than the gravity which kept them all sat in the moving wagon, which led to the dark valley.
1 hour, 20 minutes
Dark Valley
The Dark Valley was as its name suggests, gloomy. Rather than the feeling of life in spite of entropy, as was felt and noticed if not subconsciously by the group. To the more geographically inclined, the valley indeed had the characteristic features of its classification, of forested hills surrounding the depressed ground, where abandoned complexes were located.
“What was this place?” Ann asked the guide. “From the source I found… a stalker named Bullet. There was a bandit camp, one of the factory buildings, not sure which…they didn’t specify.” “Are they still here?” Shinji asked.
“No… you can believe this or not but, Bullet told me a uh, one guy. One stalker, apparently called The Marked One-“. “What the hell kind of name is a Marked One?” Kotone asked, interrupting the guide. Only for him to patiently continue. “He was called The Marked One, since he had a mark. Or a tattoo on his arm. I didn’t ask further. Anyway, he smoked all the bandits there.” “Damn.”
“Anyway, the reason why he’s relevant, is that he opened the entrance to the secret underground lab. So, as long as we find the entrance, we won’t have to worry about needing to find keys or something.” “Wonderful.” Fuuka replied.
End Track
“Stop here.” The wagon went to a stop just outside the factory complex. “ So, what are we supposed to be looking for?” Asked Chidori. “I’m not sure actually…. Never been to these labs myself… it's out of my paygrade…” “So you brought us out here without knowing what we’re against???” Kasumi exclaimed with some palpable anxiety.
“Anita. It’s fine. We’ll manage…”
“Right… Bon, Ani, Hop, and Agri…” He calls out while pointing respectively to Ann, Kasumi, Aigis, and Kotone. “You come with me to the factory to go and find the entrance….”
“As for you three…” Shinji says as he pointed to Fuuka and the guide, while Futaba’s sleeping body still occupied the wagon. “Del, Hex, sleeping beauty is your responsibility… so is making sure we can keep comms with the surface. And as for you…”
The guide takes out of his trenchcoat a suppressed rifle with a scope mounted to it. “I can keep watch over the area…. Gonna get somewhere higher than here though… we’re more likely to be spotted from the valley heights then we are going to spot any unwanted guests… if you know what I mean.”
“Good. We’ll keep comms with you. If everybody’s settled, let’s get to work.”
The guide ran to a building which resembled a gas station. Disappearing into the building, he was only then seen after a few moments on its roof, his rifle ready, and the scope unmounted, presumably to scope out the valley heights above.
Fuuka herself moved to a secluded and quiet space near the wagon. Alone, she then summoned Juno, and began a scan of the area of anything of importance.
As for the group, it was the simple routine of a final weapons check, and mentally preparing themselves for what could be in store for them. As they slowly threaded the road towards the large, concrete, menacing factory complex.
Chapter 96: Lab X-18
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
1 hour, 30 minutes
Dark Valley, the factory
“I’m telling you. We’ve been here before!”
The Kelly Gang were lost. They roamed the labyrinthian corridors and halls of the factory complex. Finding nothing resembling a secret lab or bunker. It couldn’t be helped that they were essentially blind.
“God dammit… I don’t know if it's the concrete… or the radiation… but I can’t get any communication with Del.” Shinji said in frustration.
“That is unfortunate. Our best asset for our survival must be far away to stay untouched by any adversary, but close enough to maintain adequate communication.” Aigis summarised. “Guys, let’s just stop. Let’s think of how to solve the problem instead of getting more lost.” Kotone suggested. So they leaned by the concrete walls and discussed.
“I’m going to try the pda.” Shinji said as he took it out, and began to compose messages describing the problems experienced in the factory. “Hmm… we could also just go back momentarily.” Aigis suggested. “We can send one of our number to return to Delphi, and then come back…” “Not happening. Too dangerous to be alone here.”
Shinji had a point. Just being in the factory alone was unnerving. Although not there yet, the team was on the path of jumping at any sound, real or otherwise. And as the two argued their case, the rest of the group had arguably the most arguable difficulty, which was to cope with the silence… well. Not quite silent. The absence of sound which one could simply ignore, or put under the veil of comfort.
Instead… there was the sound of… howling? It wasn’t human, in fact nobody was sure at all if it was real or not. Sometimes a brief respite of attention made some hear breathing, which was thought to be the breathing of something else other than their teammate.
The unknown, exaggerated by the darkness and silence made every sound, every cough, every mundane sound suddenly very real, very loud, and very scary really quickly.
“Hey… what’s that beeping?” Ann asked as she searched for what seemed to be its origin, only to feel for shinji’s pack. Reaching into it, Ann found a geiger counter.
“Jesus Ned, how long has that been beeping for a while?” Ann asked in shock. “Sorry… was too focused on something else… Let's get somewhere else.” The group began to roam through the factory halls, with Shinji leading in front to bring the group to somewhere they wouldn’t take unnecessary radiation.
Hoping to say something to bring her mind off the unnerving surroundings, Kotone tried to think of something to bring up to the kids. “You know, back when we were young, we didn’t need to worry about radiation at all?” “Really?” “There was only… fire, ice, wind, electricity, curse, and bless.” Kotone lectured.
“And… our school would turn into a hell tower where we would fight shadows?” Shinji “Are… are you exaggerating?” Kasumi asked.
“Tartarus was the name of the place our school turned into during the dark hour. Named for the deepest and darkest part of the Greek underworld. It’s influence and power spanned to its highest floors.” Aigis explained.
“I uh…. Maybe we should switch their names… maybe mementos should be Tartarus instead…” Ann joked. “Mementos goes down, and it does get deeper and darker the… deeper and darker you go!” Ann says, trying to add to the joke.
“Hmm… now that I’m thinking about it, we never asked Mitsuru, how its called Tartarus… perhaps-“. “Some Kirijo group scientists thought it sounded cool.” Shinji interrupted. “Huh?”
“I was there… me… Aki… Mitsy. After the first trip… someone decided that it was going to be called Tartarus.” Shinji explained. “Was it Itkutski?” Kotone asked. “Don’t remember…”
Kotone and Aigis looked at eachother and thought to themselves… until the sound of a Clink! was heard. Preceded by a boot sole on the ground.
Stopping. The group watched as Shinji knelt and picked up something metallic. He then showed it to the group, a bullet casing.
Nobody spoke a word, as Shinji then took out a flashlight and shined it on the ground. It took a bit of time to see through the dust, but they found more bullet casings. Following a trail from where they stood to the end of the hall.
Crackle* “H-Hello? This is Delphi speaking… sorry for the delay, I now should be able to guide you through the lab. Go straight ahead, and then take a right down a stairwell. Over.”
“Yeah.. copy.” The group followed Fuuka’s direction, descending further down until they saw it.
“That looks like a secret lab to me.” Kotone said to the others. “Yeah… about that Agi, they’re supposed to be closed shut. not wide open.”
“Guys? Do you think somebody has already got there first?… maybe they’re waiting for us?” Ann asked with slight terror in her voice. “This place is so scary!”
“Well… maybe not…” Shinji said, taking a closer look at the vault door. “Dust… this thing has been open for a looong time….” Shinji said. “Kelly is correct. The dust is several milimeters thick. Indicating that this door has been left in its position for a year.” Aigis confirms.
Shinji then shone his flashlight into the dark entryway, accompanied by Aigis, who began to emit a blue light from her body, as well as shine her eyes for good measure. The two began to take the lead in descending down into the depths, followed by Kotone, then the quivering and shaking Ann and Kasumi.
1 hour, 36 minutes
Lab X18
1F
The first thing the group saw, not even a minute into entering the lab, was bones. Skeletal remains laid strewn upon the place.
“Ominous…” Kotone said to herself. The concrete interior dilapidated and ruined was not helping. Along with the lab lobby’s cramped and claustrophobic design.
“Stairs located… depth of laboratory unknown…” Aigis said. As the group quickly exited the first floor.
“I am detecting. three floors. I can’t transmit its layout or get a clear read. i can sense shadows. Number unknown.”
“It’s like Tartarus.” Kotone whispered to herself. The rhythm. Of scouring floors and finding the stairs up. What was different however was that Kotone felt the exact opposite feeling that she felt back seven years ago.
Helplessness. The story of SEES in Tartarus was one of increasing and growing confidence and competence. The scrappy, inexperienced, newly awakened team of persona users were sent into a scary, dark, dangerous tower of doom. They (Kotone, Minato, Yukari, and Junpei) , as Kotone remembered however, quickly became an extremely effective group of fighters and persona users.
Needless to say, throwing children into hell after only giving them arms and a fake pistol, and telling them to shoot themselves…asked a lot of them. Yet, they had persevered, to do this again. Seven years later.
However, Kotone instead felt a sinking feeling. Whether it be the cramped and derelict surroundings, or a small feeling of deja vu. Of being back in the boots and skirt of that fresh, scared, and unsure kid seven years past. She was not sure.
“Hey, Agi?” “Yes Ned?” “Did you guys find out how tall Tartarus was?” “Uh… 264 floors… more or less.” Shinji sighs. “Still can’t believe Tartarus has a roof.” Shinji himself, was brought back to the more scrappier, scared, and inexperienced trio that barely got past the sixth floor.
“One thousand and forty four meters. Or one point zero four four kilometers.” Aigis recounts as they finally go to the second floor. As Kotone forces herself to disregard any fear left in her system.
Lab X18
2F
“Shadows sensed.”
Shinji looks behind his shoulder as he looks at the stairwell below. “Okay… looks like the way down is locked. It’s a keypad…”
The group then slowly shuffled into the door closest to them, among two others. Nobody was brave enough to split up, they nervously followed Shinji and Aigis towards a dark room lined with tiled walls, and a dimmed light which gave an ominous yellow.
Walking almost single file, the group slowly and steadily followed Aigis and Shinji. With Shinji handing the flashlight to Kotone. He brought out a geiger counter instead, and kept an eye out.
“Hey… what’s that?” Ann whispered.
Something was on the ground. It was glowing, seemed to pulsate, and was perfectly visible. Shinji, remembering something that was told to him on the prior trip. Then brought the geiger counter closer to it. It began to click steadily. “Hop, can you go and pick that up, keep it on you?” Shinji asked Aigis.
Aigis slowly approached and picked up the radiated object. No visible effect or damage. “Good… keep it on you. I don’t think the radiation would affect your body Hop.” Aigis nodded. “Do you know what this is Ned?” “Artefact. Don’t worry, it's mostly harmless, and it should stay harmless.”
The group quickly backed off back to the main connecting room with the locked door, quickly then dipping into another doorway. This one led into a hall, where this time, walls were tiled blue, and connected to a winding hall lined with green painted concrete.
“Ned… why is the air looking funny?” Kotone asked as she pointed into a hole in the wall.
She pointed at a darkness, and when shone by a light, everybody except Shinji was unknowingly staring at an anomaly. “Guys, hold up.” He took a bullet casing which he had picked up from earlier, and chucked it at the anomaly, it was swallowed whole, and the group moved again.
“Do not move… unless it has been cleared by me.” Shinji said as he took a small handful of bolts, shell casings, brass, and they moved on into a locker room.
“Ok… maybe our researchers here felt like leaving a note with the Keypad code. Let’s see if they did.” Shinji told the others, as they began to open up the lockers to see if they found anything. They did not.
“No dice here… looks like whatever was inside got taken by someone else a long time ago.” Kasumi said.
The group began to shuffle out, and follow the concrete hallway away from the main connector. Coming across a narrow hallway. Not liking the feel of this, Shinji brought out his revolver, putting the bolts back in his pocket.
FWOOOSH! The other end of the hall suddenly erupted into flame, as the dimly lit hall suddenly flashes brightly , everybody’s eyes violently attacked. And also, a screech was heard.
Aigis was the first to see, her eyes automatically adapting to the sudden brightness change first, and suddenly the screeching was accompanied by a loud BRRRRRRR! and shell casings hitting the tiled floor. “Jesus!- Hop what is it?!” Shinji shouted as his eyes began to recover.
Two charred corpses laid in front of Aigis. Looking at the corpses, Shinji saw masks covering their faces, except for their mouths, and their skin decayed, dilapidated, and worn.
“The fuck are they?!” Kasumi asked agitatedly as she brought her own shotgun out. The plumes of fire then faded. “I think we gotta go through.” “Without being burnt.” Said Ann, who had her KP at her hip. “Okay…” Shinji threw down at the hall spare bolts and bullet casings until two plumes of fire shot up, laying clear the safe path. Almost like walking through a cleared path in a minefield, the team walked single file to the other end.
Walking into what looked to be the bathroom, the group found the body of a scientist, in orange protective gear. Clearing the way of any fire anomalies, and eventually discovering one. Aigis, who then walked past the glaring fire, searched the body to then raise her hand. “The code is 1243!”
It was time to backtrack, through the burning anomalies, past the corpses, the tiled rooms, the group slowly and steadily went back to the safety of the connector room and its locked door and the company of the skeletons there.
“One, two, four, three…” the vault door opened, exposing further stairs leading down, and the way forward.
1 hour, 40 minutes
Lab X18
3F
It somehow had gotten darker. And it was thought it couldn’t get darker then upstairs.
“I sense shadows.” “Is that the shadow exterminator in you speaking Aigee?” “Yes Agi, it is.” Aigis replied to Kotone, as she looked at the three way street.
The room ahead was a connecting room for three halls. Leading either forward, to the left or the right.
As per practice, Aigis and Shinji led ahead while the rest followed behind, absolutely scared and frightened.
“Look… vault door to the right… locked again.” “We will require a second keycod- Auh!”
A metal tube seemingly out of nowhere had hit Aigis at the back of her head. The sound of its rusted metallic construction impacting the wall and crashing on the floor. “The hell?! Hop, are you okay?!” Kotone shouted
The sound of metal started to reverberate the rooms as well. They didn’t know what, something was here and it did not like their guests.
“Come on guys we can’t stay here!” Shinji led headfirst into the hall, running into another tiled room, dodging objects being thrown out of nowhere, as the rest of the persona users began to follow Shinji’s voice.
However as he dodged into a room, a scream was heard, followed by a shout “Jan Hus!” The group saw a bright flash, which was followed by an extremely loud echoing. BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG!
RRRRRHRRRRUHHHRRRR! “Shinji, what is it?!” The group watched as Shinji stood at the top of a set of stairs leading to a larger room. When they saw what Shinji had encountered, they gawked and gasped.
“What on earth is that?” It was non-human. It had no legs, its torso was the only thing remotely looking human, and the head was more vertical than horizontal. The group managed to get a good long look until it began to decay.
The only thing which remained was the light of Jan Hus’ robes, illuminating the dark room. They had barely any time to speak, as objects from wooden crates to steel barrels began to be thrown at them. Followed by two or three floating balls of electricity.
“Hus! Now!” The ghastly persona shone light upon the two floating balls now rapidly approaching them, as Jan purged them from this plain with a hot, searing, and bright light.
Their remains didn’t remain, with only ash and dust seemingly disturbed. With the candle light brightness from Jan Hus remaining, the group took a moment to at least breathe after breathless tension.
“What… was that?” Ann asked. “I don’t know… thought they were anomalies… thought wrong… Hus didn’t.” Shinji said.
They sat on the rusted stairs, and looked at the apparatuses around them. Reminding the group that this indeed was a laboratory. Its secrecy, and its perhaps malicious purpose, was starting to become clear to the group. They thought about what they had seen.
The upper floors were clearly for the scientists whose bodies they had seen. They were killed. Perhaps by these… Shinji hesitated to call them shadows… something was being told here, a story perhaps? Yes. It had to mean something. The bottom floor was….. Shinji was deep in thought until Kotone had asked for his attention.
“Hey… Hey Shinji.” “Huh, what?” Kotone was pointing to Jan, who was leisurely floating above them. Apart from emitting light, he had gone as far as reading a book. “Oh, him?” “Mhhm.” “He joined my head around… a month or so ago? Stays silent mostly.” “He looks cool.” “Oh, he isn’t the type to take a compliment I think.”
“Were… your personas as lively as this?” “Yeah, I’d have to fuse a bunch before I’d have too many voices in my head. Minato didn’t mind though. He said he liked the company.” “Hmm. Is that why he zoned out a lot?” “Yes, I like to think he had really interesting conversations. Mine were mostly telling me to go tell Aigee how I felt about her.” Kotone said with slight embarrassment.
The two remained quiet together, digging into a few biscuits. After sharing a dozen, Shinji then felt as relaxed as he could be in such a place. “Ok… save those for later. I wanna get outta here…. This place scares the shit out of me.”
So the group embarked again, feeling slightly braver themselves under the illuminating light of Jan Hus, who was willing to follow them as far as the northern branch of the floor. Which Shinji, losing concentration, let Hus retire to his mind.
They led themselves down more stairs, to find a hallway with an unlocked vault door. A large, dark room with storage crates, and lights unable to illuminate the entire room. Nobody had a good feeling about this one.
“This… looks like a trap.” Ann says. “Yeah… it looks like it's from a video game and… and… it locks the door on you when you are inside, and you have to fight whatever’s in there.” Kasumi added
Nobody was appreciating Kasumi’s added imagination, it doing no favors to the depleted reserves of courage any of them held.
“You know what, if it helps, I’m willing to be bait. But whatever happens, you better be ready to get me out okay?” Kasumi says with what courage was left in her system. “Ok. I will back you up Anita.” Aigis agreed. “We’ll sit here with our guns ready.” Ann said. As Ann, Kotone and Shinji clicked the safeties off their firearms and aimed the barrels at the doorway.
As Kasumi took steps inside, followed by Aigis, a loud roar was heard. “OH, FUCK!!!” Kasumi exclaimed in total and sheer panic. Further roaring was heard in the dark, followed by heavy steps and treading, and a god almighty roar.
Acting immediately, Aigis quickly ran towards Kasumi, grabbing her immediately. Almost appearing like a cat’s owner carrying their cat by both sides, they both stood on top of one of the metal containers as they stood safely above… whatever was down there.
A bipedal monster, large, contorted, ugly, and utterly horrifying. A nightmare. Freakishly fast despite its clumsy and large construction. For any god fearing individual in the lab, it could not have been a creation of the almighty. Blessed with its touch. This was life in the ugliest and derogatory sense. Rotting, entropic, obscene as cancer.
“OPEN.FUCKING.FIRE!” An immediate hail of fire from the guns of the Kelly Gang opened up, as suddenly the room became in a few seconds Loud.Bright. And excruciatingly epileptic. Especially when the automatic fire of the group’s automatic weapons began to fully and uncontrollably spray bullets at the giant beast.
Predictable results. Bullets began to ricochet around the large room. Noticing but not punctually, the gunfire began to be “slightly” regulated. After the first barrage a frantic episode of fumbling for a spare magazine, to work the actions of the individual firearms, or to load more ammunition led to the opening needed for the beast to respond.
A now louder roar, followed by its chickenlike legs somehow managing to jump, then hitting the ground. Hard. A sudden shockwave was painfully brought upon the gang, as everyone dealt not only with the ringing in their ears from the loud gunfire in such a confined space, but a complete and utter assault on all senses.
The beast was loud. It refused to be anything but loud. It refused to be seen as anything but an eyesore which hid itself in the dark. And whenever it felt the need to make itself seen, it ran itself either to the dim light by slamming its body at the container boxes that Aigis and Kasumi were standing on. Failing that, it then ran towards and slammed its giant frame at the vault door. Giving the rest of the group a very close and personal scare.
It refused to even leave the olfactory sense alone, for beyond the smell of acrid gunpowder the Kelly Gang was expending, the smell of fecal matter, permeated from the beast. Only two senses were spared. Taste, and touch. And nobody was brave enough or wanted to touch that damned thing with a five foot pole. Except aigis.
“ORGIA MODE ACTIVATE!” With only the blue lights and the sound of Aigis’ machinery going into overdrive being the only warning anybody had, Aigis jumped into the fray next to the giant shadow, and began to pummel into it with extreme prejudice.
Smashing her construction into the giant, she began to pummel into it, as everyone held their fire lest they hit the mechanical hoplite with the butterfly heart.
The beast finally was on its last legs, and to put the finishing touch, Kotone ran into the room head first with an evoker in hand.
“Eurydice!” A simple strum of the strings was followed without much drama, the giant shadow combusting into flames. It finally gave in, as the “thing” then screamed its last, as the crackling flames began to feed upon the mound of flesh of the giant. Growing into a giant fire.
Before Aigis needed to cool down, she calmly, and without hassle, seeing as the beast was being reduced steadily to a large pile of ashes, jumped up to grab Kasumi from the still standing container crate, to carry her down to the safety of the other side of the entrance. Only to then sit outside with hands on her head. With only Kasumi and Kotone to console her.
Now, Ann and Shinji went inside, they still needed to find any trace of the code needed to unlock the door near the stairwell leading upstairs, so they went inside past the burning pile to find anything, and sure enough they did. Like last time.
“Hey Shinji…. Found a body here…” Ann said with a nervous voice. “Yeah? Anything?” “Their phone, it has the code in a message…9524… but you should take a look yourself.”
Shinji and Ann took the pda with them, and he began to read the message. As Ann looked at the thin visor slit which was the only thing which passed for a face for Shinji when he had the mask on, the smell of acrid smoke began to hit them. “Shit, can someone close that door before we all die of smoke inhalation?”
Kasumi and Kotone heeded Shinji’s request by quickly figuring out the vault door lock’s mechanism, and seemingly, the vault door was shut, cutting off the acrid smoke from its source and preventing an agonizing death.
“Shinji, what does it say?” “… looks like the locked room is the central laboratory room… and there was some sort of experiment.”
Nothing else had to be said. A grim realisation was beginning to dawn on each of the individual persona users. “Oh, god there better not be another one of those things in there.” Kasumi said.
“Ok… we know it burns… we’ll use fire… we go in… we have some people draw its attention away, then we get our fire persona users to set it on fire… who’s got something that can use uh.. agi”
Kotone, Ann, and Aigis raised their hands. Leaving Kasumi and Shinji to be left out in the cold as bait for whatever could be on the other side of the door of the central laboratory room.
“Well… what the hell are we standing around for? I want to get this over with.” Kasumi said as she held both her sawed off shotgun and grapple gun in each hand. Concurring without any words, Shinji quickly keyed in the code. The door opened.
Rushing in, Kasumi and Shinji braced themselves with their shotguns ready.
“What the…” No giant stood there to kill them. But the laboratory still stopped both Shinji and Kasumi dead. In shock, in dread. The rest of the group outside naturally curious came inside. Only to perhaps regret doing so.
They came inside to see giant vat containers of green liquid. Inside were contained creatures. They were fetuses. Horrifyingly disgusting fetuses, resembling the invisible creatures that they fought earlier and that threw objects at them.
“This… all of this. It was all made here?” Ann asked. “That’s… the guys we shot just earlier! So they were made here in this lab…” Kasumi concluded. “Shit…” Shinji said as he took off his mask and brushed sweat from his brow.
“Hey! Look up there.” Kotone said, above them was what seemed to be a control room. Perhaps what they would need was up there. A way to turn off the emissions. But instead, they found something else they didn’t think they’d find.
“F-Futaba??? What are you doing here?” The shadow form of Futaba, very much awake, was sitting on a chair, reading old musty pages and documents.
“Delphi, is Futaba still with you?” Aigis asked, the delay in reply was long until Aigis then heard:
“No- I was inside Juno, did she run off Hex???”
“No- I was just looking the other way and-“
Before Chidori got the chance to finish, Shadow Futaba had finally acknowledged the group of persona users before her, speaking to them.
“You know… this entire lab had been cleared out about… a year ago or so. But hearing the gunfire upstairs and in the other rooms, I’m a bit confused.”
“Uh… Futaba what do you mean?”
“It makes no sense…”
“This lab was a place where soviet scientists experimented on live test subjects by filling them with both Psi emissions and radiation… those poltergeists, the Snorks upstairs, and the Pseudogiant you killed just now, was the grizzly result of those experiments… on living people.”
“Jesus…”
“And… I think my mom has some sort of relation to these experiments…”
“What?” Futaba, putting down one file folder, picks up a second, and begins to read them.
“Experiment, Double X. One hundred test subjects were inserted with objects thought to induce subjects to summon an artificially induced persona. Out of the hundred, Ninety seven test subjects died. Three survived, and escaped containment.”
Shinji remained silent. Everybody remained quiet.
“The real Futaba… found these documents in a box somewhere in the house. But she could not make sense of any of it. She could not make sense of anything other than this experiment by members of the Kirijo group."
“It has greatly added to her confusion and doubt about her mother. And thereby herself. Ever since her suicide, and the reading of these documents left behind, and not siezed by the men in the suits and shades… she has had to struggle with grappling over her mother’s character and activities as a cognitive Psience researcher.”
“If she cannot find the truth, whether it be about her mother’s research, whether she had loved her, or if she perhaps was a monster or not, will be the cause of her own anguish.”
“Please… make this right. This is what I ask of you…”
“Wait! Futaba!” Kotone shouted, “Where are we supposed to go? We can’t go to the wish granter because of the emissions!”
“This lab experimented with the use of Psi-waves and radiation and its effect on humans… these mutants were artificially made, but it is all the same…”
Kasumi managed to put it together. “The emissions… They're man made! It’s psi waves and radiation together in full blast!”
“You will not be able to proceed to the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant in this state. You will have to end the devices which generate the emissions. What you seek however, is within the sarcophagus itself.”
“Good hunting, stalker.”
And without further aplomb, the shadow of Futaba disappears. Reminding everybody that this forsaken world, is indeed a palace within the mind of a girl.
2 hours
Dark Valley
“Guys!” Fuuka immediately ran over to the now tired but very much alive group. Who comes bearing… if not smiles, expressions of relief. Kotone is the first recipient of Fuuka’s warm smile.
“Ah, thanks…” “what happend!? Are you guys hurt? What did you see down there???” Fuuka asked. “Hey, take these.” Kasumi said, as she handed several folders of documents over to Fuuka.
“Let’s get the fuck out of here….”
Aigis came over to the guide, holding within her grasp the artifacts she had in her possession. “Mmm… a wrenched, droplet… slug… oh! A night star! That is rare. That could go for a fair bit…”
Chidori stood by with her rifle slung over her shoulder. Only to then be approached by Shinji.
“Are you alright?” “Mhm.” “What happened down there?” Shinji, without saying much, simply just gave Chidori a hug. And remained silent. Only for Chidori to return said hug.
“I’m sorry.” “For what?” “For not being there with you as I promised?” “Don’t be. I think it's better this time that you didn’t.”
Notes:
CNPP...Sarcophagus...Futaba's treasure...bang.
if you're still reading, thank you for reading this far. It's been so long since I felt like putting an end note
Chapter 97: Monster
Summary:
"You're the pink in my cheeks and I'm scared cause that means, I'm a little bit soft."
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
31st of July, Friday
Leblanc
Evening
“Thanks Kid, watch over the shop and close up” were the last words of Boss, who left the shop for the house. The aforementioned kid stood at the counter, and when he was sure the boss had left, he took out his phone and issued a text.
A few moments later
“Did we really have to hide in the laundromat Shinji?” Ann asked as she went through the door, leading the rest of the group in. “Well… the alternative was the baths. And I just didn’t think you’d last for too long.” Shinji said jokingly yet dryly. “Why couldn’t you put us in your room Shinji?” Chidori then asked.
“Too close, no door. Now take a seat.”
“Right, everybody freshened up?” Kotone asked the group after a long outing in Futaba’s palace. “Anybody had a good nap?….” Moans and groaning shared by the rest (including Aigis even though she didn’t need to.), gave something to the effect of “could be worse.”
“Guh… let’s not stay in a palace for more than two hours… okay??” Kasumi asked. Everyone agreed, including Fuuka, who was writing down notes on a small notepad which sat alongside the documents.
“Two…hours…threshold…significant rest and recovery needed to recuperate from tartarus fatigue…” Fuuka said to herself as she sighed. “So much for Carpe Diem…” Chidori remarked.
“Well… if everyone else is too tired to start… I think a few things should be said… we’re going to have to go down to another one of those labs.” “God dammit…” Kotone said as she drank from a slushie she bought from a triple seven, normally bringing outside drinks here was a death sentence, but the boss was not here to exact a pound of flesh from Kotone.
Silence permeated the cafe until Fuuka brought out the documents she was handed. “These…”. Everyone who was in the know breathed in deeply. Except for Chidori and Shinji.
“These are an exact copy of the research that the Kirijo group conducted on persona. This is an actual research document.” Fuuka said with disbelief. “How on earth were we able to bring a copy from Futaba’s palace? And where is the original copy?” Aigis asked
“It’s likely in a box somewhere in a government office.” Fuuka said. “It was included in Wakaba’s research… she asked for any research the Kirijo group conducted and…” Fuuka could not complete her sentence.
Ann and Kasumi both were feeling out of place. The uncomfortable feeling of being somewhere where you definitely should not be was permeating their booth as they looked at both Chidori and Fuuka sitting opposite.
Eventually, curiosity urged Kasumi to stick her head out, to ask about experiment Double Cross. “Tell me… were those live test subjects? Like, alive human beings?” Kasumi asked. Everyone remained silent. Until someone felt like disturbing the peace.
“Yes. In fact, I am the last survivor of this experiment.” Both Ann and Kasumi sat in astonishment. “I was able to move on, build my own life, fall in love… with JunJun, and… just to live. My two... Colleagues who survived the experiments, they didn’t live long enough to do that.
The looks on Ann and Kasumi were composed of shock and horror, then immediate sadness. As Ann and Kasumi were flabbergasted, Shinji was doing a bit of math.
He knew by about 2008. There were only three officially awakened persons users in the world knew at the time. That naturally… left STREGA, Takaya, Jin, and Chidori.
“Don’t worry you two. The… side effects of the experiments haven’t affected me since 2009. I plan on living a long and… fulfilling life with my sweet boyfriend.” Chidori spoke while a smile started to develop and grow.
A moment of levity, happiness for those who deserve it the most.
“Wakaba was really excited to hang around me when she had the time… now knowing that she knew about what was done to me… she really did care.” Chidori’s smile had reached its apex at that moment. Only for Fuuka’s to be… confused.
“But how would Futaba know about this?… she was only thirteen years old two years ago?” Fuuka said, perplexed.
Aigis grasped at an answer. “Is it possible, that not all of Wakaba’s research was seized by the government?” Aigis asked. “Is it possible, that a copy, perhaps just a scrap had been salvaged, and kept within the possession of Sojiro Sakura?”
Everyone grasped Aigis’ hypothesis. Everyone who knew Wakaba just a bit more at least. Her trips to Tokyo during the weekends were biweekly, and often without explanation. But, knowing the boss’ relation to her, it made sense how her research could’ve ended up in his home. A tragic sense.
A lot of reasonable coincidences were taking place, with not a lot of evidence to confirm them. Things were starting to make sense either way, however they lacked certainty, confirmation, and were unwilling to make any assumptions about Futaba, the boss, and Wakaba.
So, with further speculation finished, they moved on.
“I think… we can all agree, things did not go the way we wanted. So we better think of something to make sure, Lab X-16 doesn’t go worse.”
“Hmm.” Fuuka hummed. “I wasn’t able to get a full read of the lab. I-I don’t know what interfered, but whenever I tried to broadcast, you guys didn’t receive. Whether it’s the concrete, or the shadows have somehow been able to block the signal… I don’t know.” Fuuka seemed deterred, her usual confidence had been shaken by her inability to guide the party through the lab.
“Right then.” Chidori said. “I will be the navigator then.” Everyone paused for a moment until Kotone then said; “Ohhhhh! Right! You were also a navigator… it’s been a long time since we found out.” Kotone exclaimed.
“It won’t be smooth. It has been years since Medea has been used to track and scout, but I’ll try. The interference shouldn’t be an issue if I’m underground with the party.”
“In that case, you’re coming on the next one. Anything else?”
“Uh… Yantar is to the west…” Fuuka tried to remember where the region was while only operating on momentary glimpses on her pda’s map. “You have to cut through… Rostok to get to where you need to be, and even then-“
“Let’s figure it out when we’re there with the guide.” Shinji said. “Yes… we’ll need a driver.” “You already brought Yusuke… I barely was able to keep straight… I’m not sure if Ryuji can do better.” Kasumi said.
“Well he has to… there’s also the fact that. This fatigue is horrible.” Shinji said with a hand to his head. “And, how are we not suffering from any kind of radiation sickness? Fuuka, you have any ideas?”
“Well, working theory, it’s something to do with our personae, I’m just not sure yet.” Fuuka said. “Also, I’ve taken earlier as an opportunity to check everybody for tartarus fatigue… while everybody was suffering more or less similarly, Aigis was less affected.”
“It is true. I am feeling no side effects associated with longer outings in cognitive spaces.” “We’ll have to do a checkup to see why in detail.” “I suggest bringing along Labrys for the mission.” Aigis said to Shinji.
“Yeah… right. So it’s looking like the lineup for the next one is… Myself, Labrys, Ryuji, Chidori. Fuu?” Fuuka put her hand up. “I think I need a break. Going on two consecutive incursions is really making me tired.” “Ok. Take care of yourself.. We got room for one more, anybody got any ideas?”
“I think we can bring JunJun along.” Chidori suggested. “Good. Tell him we’re going to need him.” Shinji took out his phone and checked the date.
“We got… three weeks to finish this palace. We’ll only have to wait for the time it’ll take for me to recover from my own fatigue.” “Don’t rush yourself, Shinji.” Fuuka said.
“Yeah, you’ll be helping nobody if you burn yourself out first.” Kotone added. “Fine. Two… maybe three days?” Fuuka, nodding, agreed with the assessment. Which, Shinji begrudgingly also accepted.
“Okay… if that’s it, time to close shop. Have a good night.”
With the suspense finally over, everyone who left the cafe seemed to leave their tension and burden behind at Leblanc with Shinji.
“Fuuka, are you going to show up for our gig?” Aigis asked Fuuka, referring to her and Kotone’s performing gig at the Jazz cafe. “Mmmm… I’ll have to get our data and debrief logged, but I can make time.”
“So. How well have you been treating my niece, Ann?” Chidori asked Ann menacingly. “Um!…. She’s been really happy around me!” “Good…”
“What about you Kas?” Kotone asked.
Kasumi had no plans. She was neither in the designs or plans of others. And attempting to grasp any answer, she replied.
“Oh! I got no practice tomorrow, I guess… I’ll be trying to cool off from today.” “Alright, if you wanna turn up to the Jazz cafe, hang out after? You’re welcome to hang with us!”
“I’ll consider…” Kasumi said with some reluctance. Kotone and Aigis had noticed, only to both decide on the polite way, and not pursue an inquiry into what could be on Kasumi’s mind. Despite their experience to the contrary back seven years ago.
“Ok… have a good night!” Kasumi said as she split off from the group. Who opted for home via the SO’s car. Kasumi instead treaded to the station. Knowing she had thirty minutes before the last train of the night.
Track paused
The Yoshizawa residence
Evening
Without speaking as much as a single word, Kasumi made it home. She was hoping that at the very least, she wouldn’t have to deal with her parents alone, and could clock in for the night soundly.
She would not even receive that. As she opened the door to her family’s condo flat, Kasumi saw her parents eating dinner.
“Good evening Kasumi!” The voice of her dad reverberated the room, as all eyes were on her. The last thing she wanted from perhaps the individuals she despised the most. “Good evening father.” Kasumi replied, coldly.
The TV set was playing today’s morning airing of Good Morning Japan, starring returning guest… son of a bitch.
“You don’t happen to recognise Boy Columbo here do you?” Kasumi’s dad further pointed out. “Why aren’t you excited?” Kasumi’s mom further said in silent excitement. Kasumi’s only response was to present an air of exhaustion, accompanied by disinterest.
It worked as far until she got to the point of shutting her bedroom door behind her. A small, dimly lit and homely room. Yet it did not welcome her. For an unwanted and uninvited guest sat in her home.
She stood by the door, sighed, and shrank down to the ground. She could still hear the conversation from the TV. She couldn’t piece together much from her side of the wooden door.
They were talking about her. She had been dispossessed of her “nounship” and now had been reduced to being a simple subject. It did not make anything any better.
Deeply sighing, Kasumi cursed to herself. She was the loving subject of her parents, but instead the opposite effect was in play. Rather than feeling any more secure, comfortable, and replenished. She could only lay down in her bed and sink into it like a stone.
“Oh god…… why now…………” she groaned to herself.
It was time to ruminate. About everything. Her parents. Her sister’s absence. Akechi’s presence. The ordeal at the palace. Why in god’s good name…
Sumi… why did she have to go? Why did she not come back?
All she felt was alone.
“Dear god.” Kasumi thought to herself. Along with lament. That she wasn’t deaf. She didn’t know who was worse at this point, as both the figurative stones representing her parents and Akechi fell into such a deep well of disappointment that the impact wouldn’t be heard for hours. Or the stones have fallen through the polar opposite side of the earth.
“Guuuhhh…. I don’t want to be here…….” She moaned into one of her own pillows from her bed. Any esteem built up around her like a suit of iron mail had crumbled. The metal, built up from her accomplishments, her circle of, as she called the Kelly Gang and Shadow Operatives, “badasses without capes”, and her inherent pride, had now rusted to the point of brittleness. With no form of buffer standing between her and alienation.
It was loneliness which started it all. The realisation that the bunk bed which she and Sumi used to share was obsolete had brought an unwanted change and dispossession which started the process of alienating Kasumi from others, and herself. A memory so bittersweet and sentimental then bubbled from the subconscious.
Four years ago…
“But… they’ll still come for me, Sumi… you can’t go.” A shaky voice of an adolescent reached for her sister.
“Kas, you’re twelve. Soon thirteen. You’ll soon find out there’s nothing to fear.” The reassuring voice of a young adult, her sister had assured her.
Both Kasumi and Sumire were both in their pajamas, and part of the convention regarding the shared tenure of their bunkbed was that Kasumi always got the top bunk.
Not because it was novel or interesting. But because it kept the monsters at bay, and in a rather selfish way according to Kasumi (and to Sumire, in order to humour her younger sister.) the monsters would go after her first.
Sumire? She had it together. She always was at the top of her class, had done gymnastics. She sat in a league of her own.
Kasumi was none of those at the time. She didn’t have much to her name except for simply being Sumire’s sister. And that was enough. And now it was going to mean nothing, fast.
“Please don’t go….” Kasumi made one final appeal, before falling into unconsciousness.
It was at that moment, the night before Sumire left for Iwatodai, where she was no longer afraid of the dark.
Four years later, what does Kasumi have to her name?
She outdone her sister in one thing, gymnastics. Their trainer made it very clear that she superseded her elder sister, and was a prodigy.
However…. Her parents were more interested in her grades rather than her athletic capabilities.
She was a gun-slinging, horse-riding, kukri-wielding badass of renown to those who knew her. Harnessing the apparitions of those long past to fight the monsters, twelve year old her would cower and cry if she saw in her nightmares.
Only for her efforts and of her friends to be disregarded by a brunette good for nothing son of a bitch, who had made it clear that Kamoshida and those like him should be allowed to remain as predators to their prey, Maggots like Madarame to feed and “subsist” upon like titans eating their own children. And scabs like Kaneshiro doing much the same like Madarame.
It was this feeling of momentary helplessness and a somewhat nihilistic meaning and thereby interpretation of events which had led to this point, which Kasumi saw as full circle.
As she yet again, after emerging from Lab X-18 was momentarily or temporarily, scared yet again of the dark. What courage, both moral and physical, esteem, ego she held herself in.
The mask crumbled. Everything was clear and she could only collapse on bed, too tired to change into anything comfortable. She then fell into a rather uncomfortable, miserable and weeping sleep. At least until she fell into unconsciousness.
Her last words before she swore to herself was a set of curses, her dreams, her past, her parents, Sumi, and herself. The specific curse being to dreams of any sort or kind. The figurative aspirational, and the simpler more literal kind.
“What was the point of having them anymore anyway?” She thought to herself before falling unconscious. It was only a momentary escape from the eternal present, to feel unbearably light momentarily before the burden of reality came back to be borne like the weight of the world.
And so she fell into unconsciousness.
A dream, unfortunately.
The last thing she would’ve asked for, a burdenless, soundful sleep wasn’t even granted. As she started to see things before she even knew she was experiencing a dream.
She expected to see a scene of something non sensical, opaque, or something that she could not at all make sense even if she tried. But, that was not what she saw, or found herself to be in.
Instead, she saw herself in a familiar place. It was under a spotlight, in a stadium of circular arrangement.
She was again in her Leotard, a simple black leotard. A red ribbon laid at the floor of the indoor venue. Kasumi already didn’t like this.
To Kasumi, the ring felt more like an arena, where she was to fend off the beasts for the entertainment of others. It was clear as well, she couldn’t clearly see the seating. For all she knew, a few hundred pairs of shadowy eyes could be looking at her.
All while the red ribbon sat in front of her, seemingly egging her to indulge the audience immaterial. The type to simply power through hardship until she couldn’t anymore, she couldn’t see any other way out.
So, she simply approached the ribbon, and picked it up, and as she did, lights shone on the seats above. However, there wasn’t as Kasumi expected, the eyes of many a shadowy figure, staring down at her.
In fact, it looked like she was alone. She looked around to see… nothing but blank seats.
Now playing: Raindrop prelude, by Chris Christodolou
And at a loss of what to do, she simply decided to start her routine.
It was reflex at this point. Twirling, spinning, hopping, leaping, somersaulting and more. That felt real.
A feeling of dissonance was felt by Kasumi however, as she continued her routine…. How was she doing this? A sense of unreality was felt, as with the full knowledge of this being a dream, she couldn’t help but be in disbelief of how she was doing all this.
She could feel her body intensively push itself, she could feel the weight of gravity keeping her body to the ground, rather than an imitation of gravity, as she would’ve thought would be present in a dream. She felt the sweat on her body, as it kept her own body cool, even though she knew her body was currently…. Unconscious? Subconscious? In her own room under the AC.
She could feel her hand gripping the baton stick, and see the red ribbon waving around freely in accordance to her routine as she practiced with coach Hiraguchi. Yet she doubted if the ribbon and its fluttering was real.
Her body felt and knew this was real. Her mind did not. And instead of feeling as light as a feather, the feeling of gravity, of weight suddenly weighing in, had brought Kasumi to a stop… something was not right.
She looked around the seats, nothing. Then a chill had brought her to look behind her. Also nothing. The monsters did not come. She existed in a space where she saw that she was alone, knew she was alone, but didn’t feel alone. At least, until she looked forward.
“Who the….” Kasumi whispered to herself, lest she be heard. Standing on the other side of the venue, was a ginger haired girl, short, in striped pajamas, staring at her alone. Her expression was one of curiosity. Who was this girl? Kasumi did not recall seeing anybody like this.
“H-Hello?…”
“Wh-What’s your name? I’m not mad at you for watching…. I’m Kasumi.”
After a moment of suspense however, a blue flame began to subsume Kasumi, as her black leotard was dramatically replaced with her Gaucho metaverse costume, minus her weapons. It was so seamless and so quick that it had caught her off guard, the quick twirl of the flames had however brought her back to her senses.
“Right! Dream!… this is a dream….” She said to herself. However, the girl was no longer there. Instead, now with her wits fully with her, and fully aware, she now was fully cognizant and aware of the thing in front of her now.
She gasped, a figure taller than her now stood. It stood in brown Khaki, a thick coat with a monstrous silhouette. Kasumi was only able to get a momentary glimpse. Moss grew on the figure, especially on its coat, although the khaki remained distinctive enough, blending into a color which reminded Kasumi of forest. It was what was above the figure’s torso which caught her waning attention, as she felt that the dream was beginning to end.
As Kasumi stood on edge with nothing but a ribbon to defend herself. The “monster” was an assault on the eyes and mind, one of fathomless dread and fear. It was then that she now only noticed what could pass for eyes, from a narrow and long skull. A crown of bone, its jewels being moss and… were those computer wires?
Black, green, black, and red wires started to emerge from the teeth of the skull. Like snakes they began to… snake from the body of the creature from torso to legs and then, towards Kasumi.
The wires began to race towards Kasumi as she fell into full panic. It was only then, that she mercifully, was able to wake up.
Dream end
“Wuuuuuuuuuhuhhhhhhh…..” the first thing Kasumi did was look at herself, still in the clothes she had worn yesterday, feeling disheveled and slightly disgusting.
It was only then she realised that her body was also on the hard wooden floor instead of her bed. “Was I…?” She then looked at her wrist watch. And sighed.
“6am….” She couldn’t help but flop onto the bed in frustration. What felt like a brief trip to dreamland had served its purpose, which was to briefly deliver her from what was previously the present, but now was consigned to the past.
Briefly. Because as Kasumi began to regain her mind from simply comprehending what she had seen in her dream, and began to remember what had happened last night, she could only scorn and scowl.
“That’s it, I’m going out.”
End Track
1st of August, Saturday
Early morning
The streets of Tokyo
Now playing: 25 3*N 91 7*E, by Chris Christodolou
Fitting on her favorite tracksuit, black with yellow stripes, the gymnast went on a run. She had no real destination in mind, other than a goal to simply get some cardio in.
It was aimless, with no rhyme or purpose, she wanted just to get away. Running under the freeway, Through narrow pedestrian only streets, street crossings large and small.
She passed by shops and restaurants which were beginning to open up, the smell of fresh ramen soup broth, or of freshly prepared rice had added to the smell of awakened Petrichor.
It had rained the prior night, with puddles collecting underfoot. Combined, the smell of rain, hot and fresh food, cement and concrete underfoot, and precipitation formed a smell which seemed to lead like a pied piper of olfaction.
Kasumi was lost, yes, but being lost was what she really needed now. Space, literal and figurative, was being formed, vacant and yet to be filled.
Ice water began to fill her shoes as she continued her run, and suddenly, things began to just fall in place. A calm, zen had fallen over the gymnast as she just allowed her body to feel. Despite the strain of her run, there was a comfort in knowing… all of this was real.
Possibility began to emerge. She started to think about what could be done today as she found herself standing the famous crossings at Shibuya. This was her day off… she thought. And there were many more in store for her until Shinji likely needed her again.
“Kichijoji?…. No, all closed. Shibuya? Too crowded…” Her usual spots hadn’t opened yet, or would be too crowded on a weekend day.
“Hmm… oh! The batting cages are usually open early, not sure if they’re ready with this rain but…”
Morning
Batting Cages
They were indeed closed. Kasumi had been too early. She cursed herself quietly for deciding to go off so early, but that was an end to the curses. By silent self admission, had felt better she thought.
Grrrmmmbbbbllllllleeeeeee~ Her stomach by comparison was not. And if you were in Yongen Jaya, there was really only one place to go, Kasumi thought
End track
Leblanc
“You’re early.” The boss said to Kasumi as she entered. The cafe was quiet. The speaker remained silent, the boss’s usual song was not playing for some reason.
“Hey, where is Shinji?” Kasumi asked out of curiosity. “He’s still sleeping… what do you want?”
“The usual, and with milk and sugar.” Kasumi replied.
So she sat and waited, and the boss went to working on Kasumi’s order. For all but a moment, Kasumi had a moment of peace, as she laid her payment on the counter, and simply sat and just… was.
Well, for only just a moment really.
Vrrrrrrrrr!
Kasumi’s phone began to ring, and dread began to fall upon her. Did her parents prepare breakfast and didn't tell her? “Mom would give me shit if I didn’t eat her food!” Kasumi thought to herself.
Incoming call: Junko Yoshizawa
“Oh, crap.” Kasumi thought. For a moment she thought about picking up, and tried to think about how to apologetically explain to her mom that she simply went out for a run (and wasn’t avoiding them for any supposed resson).
Only, for the call to suddenly hang up… not that her mom had stopped calling… she usually waited until the call expired, then sent a message. Weird, was her phone having problems? Kasumi thought.
It was then that she had gotten her answer when it suddenly began to vibrate again, and when she saw who was the sender she couldn’t believe her eyes
Perun
Perun: hey so I turned off ur parents internet lol
It took a moment to process, but Kasumi at first giggled, then fully and audible began to laugh, to the confusion of the boss, who after turning around to see what the fuss was about, then stopped Kasumi from continuing to laugh any further.
Kasumi: SGSKVWNFHS???
Kasumi: Do you have any idea how much they struggle with any kind of tech???
Perun: I live to serve
Perun: you were not having a great time
Kasumi: how did u
wait don’t tell me
Perun: I have all your phones bugged
I monitor some of you more than others
Kasumi: Really :0? spill
Perun: uh… I check on Shinji the most mostly to make sure he doesn't do anything funny to Sojiro
Perun: then its the floofy hair girl
Kasumi: wait you mean Haru or Ann???
Perun: the one who looks very polite and also gardens a lot???
Perun: I check on her phone sometimes and all I see is just green plant stuff
Kasumi: ok then who next???
Perun: then I check on the blond hair girl
Perun: I get to see her being gay with her girlfriend
Perun: they’re cute
Kasumi: for being presumably a mythological figure, you act very silly u know
Perun: SHUT
Perun: The silly one is the cat not me
Kasumi: you mean Morgana???
Perun: They have a name?
Kasumi: yeah Haru gave it that name
Perun: sojiro keeps saying he doesnt like cats as if he doesnt have a sweet spot for the kitty
Perun: he even sometimes lets the kitty inside when he thinks nobody is looking. wink wink nudge nudge
Kasumi: Woaw.
Kasumi: I am seeing a side of the boss which I never thought I see
Kasumi: why are you here anyway???
Perun: bored lol
The sound of clinking dishes placed on the counter in front of Kasumi snapped her into reality. “Enjoy.” The boss said as he left for one of the bar stools, picked up his newspaper and pen, and then worked on today’s crossword.
She reached for her phone, in order to inform Futaba that she was eating and won’t be talking for a while. Only to be preempted
Perun
Perun: Nah dont
Enjoy your breakfast
Kasumi: How do you
Perun: I bugged the cafe remember???
Kasumi: does that mean you spy on Shinjiro while he is asleep???
Perun: NO
Besides what is there to see he sleeps like a corpse
Enjoy your breakfast sojiro really puts his heart and soul into these
Kasumi: i literally cant go anywhere else for breakfast r u sure he literally doesnt put someone’s soul in there?
Perun: the verdict is still out
HEY U ARENT EATING
GO EAT WHILE ITS STILL HOT DUM DUM
Smiling cheek to cheek, Kasumi did as the supreme sky god ordered, enjoying her hot curry, and sweet coffee under the backdrop of rain.
Late Morning
Yongen Jaya
“Thanks for the food, Boss!” Kasumi exclaimed as she closed the door leaving Leblanc behind her. By then, the rain had stopped, with its traces collecting into puddles, or caught into the drainage ditches below.
The batting cages by now would be open. Kasumi thought, but it would be less than advisable to do physical activity while with a full stomach Kasumi thought as well. She would likely be reduced to walking about Yongen Jaya unless she could find something else to do.
That is, until her phone vibrated again.
Perun
Perun: can u do me a favor???
Kasumi: say please
Perun: HOW DARE YOU
pls
Kasumi: good
Perun: you know u dont have to constant answer back in text rite?
Ur phones bugged so i can hear u thru the mic
“Ok????”
Perun: Can you go into the front yard of my house and pet morgana pls
“Oh…” Kasumi’s curiosity slowly gave way, as soon enough she was following Perun’s instructions to her house. It was there that she stood by the… open front gate.
“Did… did the boss forget to close the door again?” Kasumi asked Perun.
Perun: yup
“Wait… why do you want my help to pet Morgana… why can’t yo-… oh…. Sorry Futaba…”
The mention of her real name brought an agonizing pause, as Kasumi thought as if she had violated some sort of line. Anxiety over the virtual and just as bad, perhaps worse version of the cold shoulder.
But as the clouds began to make way and part to allow room for the sun, Kasumi’s phone rang again.
Perun: is ok
Btw, I think the cat is coming out now
And as Perun had forecasted, a black cat emerged from one of a small crack of space on the side of the building. The black being noticing the red haired teenager as someone familiar, curiously approached Kasumi.
“Hello~” Kasumi said in a softer voice, as she reached down to pet the cat. “Good morning Morgana~” Kasumi said as she fully knelt down to pet them.
Perun: hey, wanna just spend time with me for the rest of the day?
“But how, Perun?” Kasumi asked a bit puzzled
Perun: you can just bring me with u, I can just be in ur pocket as u bring me to cool places okie?
Trying to think of a witty retort, Kasumi then had a slightly evil response. “Is this a date?”
Perun: NOOOOOOOO
“Just kidding Perun…” Kasumi said as she finished petting the cat.
“I’ll just put you in my pocket right~ here.” She said as she put her phone inside her front chest pocket with the camera peering above. “That way, you get to see what I get to see.”
Heading on her way out, Kasumi closed the gate behind her, and threaded down the wet streets under a now warming climate, and a cool breeze.
“You know, for being… what I presume to be a god, you’re kinda cute.”
Perun: STOOOOOOOOOOPPPP
Notes:
P.S My betareader told me to tell you she loves yuri.
Chapter 98: This is a love song
Summary:
"New Senpai squad has a great time, or something."
-Maze of my design
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
1st of August, Saturday
Evening
Crossroads bar
The crossroads bar at this hour was a quieter place. By now, the patrons would’ve left, and what was left for Shinji and Lala Escargot… mostly Shinji to do was to clean up and prepare to close. However, things will differ tonight.
“Hey Shinji.” “Yes Lala?” “I’m going off.” “To where?” “To pick up my niece. She’s spending her summer here.”
“Clean up and close up early if you like. Have a great night.” “Thanks Lala.” Shinji replied as Lala left the crossroads for an uncertain direction.
Shinji never thought about the possibility of Lala having family, certainly never contemplated it. Neither had he thought that she was in good enough repute to be entrusted with a niece… Lala seemed to be more likely to enjoy the company of anything but other people.
Maybe a stray cat or two. Shinji thought about it further, until the door rang open. “Hey, we’re about to close.” Two voices then rang out. “Hey Shinji!”
Surprised at being recognised at such a time and place, Shinji looked up to find two familiar faces. Ken and Haru. “Hey there you guys… what are you here for? Not to see me, I hope?” “Of course!” Haru said with the usual unconditional positive regard in her voice which made Shinji think to himself how grateful he was to have ever met her.
Halting his efforts to close up the crossroads, Shinji had instead gone over to his side of the bar counter, and started to make two mocktails. “So, how has your day been lately?” Shinji asked with a rare accommodating voice.
“Well, something happened today.”
End Track
1st of August
morning
Shuijin academy roof
It was a perk, she guessed. A perk of being the kid of the man who headed Big Bang Burger and several other franchises which Haru just didn’t care about, but nevertheless it allowed her to get into school grounds while it was closed. Having a spare key handed to her, she could’ve done something perhaps inadvisable, an abuse of her station, but she didn’t. For not much of a reason.
“Hmm….” She looked over the crop beds and saw that they were freshly watered. The recent morning rain had watered the peas, the potatoes, and the tomatoes and had left Haru with little in the way to do for the morning. That is until she heard the doors behind her opening.
“Morning Haru!” The voice of Ken Amada, clad in a motorcycle suit, stood smiling at the door.
“I come here to my crops freshly watered… did you have something to do with that?” Haru asked jokingly. “Nah, I just got here.” Ken said as they approached the crops and Haru.
“Thanks for showing up, you didn’t have to… but you did.” Haru said to Ken. “It’s alright. I miss having a garden to take care of.” “You had one?”
Now playing: Praise by Rebecca Sugar
Ken knelt to have a closer look at a ripening tomato. “Yeah, it's nothing like this. Back at our dorm, our crop beds were foam boxes… until one of us paid to get something a bit bigger… we mostly grew… most of the stuff here actually.”
“And then we all moved into a mansion and we said goodbye to that.” “You and the shadow operatives lived together?”
“Yup. We shared the same dorm, then the same big house… for about a month until we went separate ways.” “For what… if you don’t mind telling me?”
“Uhm… our leader… who was Kotone at the time, was having it hard, along with Aigis, so Mitsuru Kirijo then offered us to stay at her place… then she had to leave for university… then Aki… and soon enough one by one everyone began to drift away.”
“The rest you know. Yukari starred as Feather Argus, and left for Tokyo, Junpei went for his baseball career and took Chidori with him, Fuuka started university the year after… I saw her less.”
As Ken continued to remember her and her friends’ drifting away with time, inevitably leaving her alone again. Haru couldn’t help but ache slightly on her behalf. Having none of…. What sounded like a family to her, the family which Haru, herself never had.
At least Ken had a family… until it was taken from them.
“There… was a brief moment… about 2012 to 14, we were all back.” Ken began to smile. “but that didn’t last long… and then the separation became permanent. Mitsuru told us that the shadow operatives needed to disperse instead of all being in one place.”
“And now you are all back together?” Haru asked. “Not everyone.” Ken said absolutely and with vindication.
Ken leaned back and faced the sky as if he was undergoing photosynthesis. Taking a rather pregnant breath, she then sighed. Something was affecting them, Haru thought. She had no idea, it clearly was something significant she was emotionally intelligent enough to know.
Putting any comparison to the side, Haru then asked Ken: “hey, since the plants are already watered, would you like to spend time together today?” Haru asked.
“Hmm. I can-“ The door which led back inside the school suddenly opened, as Ken and Haru’s conversation was suddenly cut as a figure in another motorcycle suit entered the school roof.
End Track
At that moment, everyone froze. The newest entrant was not wearing a helmet, but a disbelief which was confirmed by simply seeing, began to permeate as Haru and Ken both were surprised by the entrance of Makoto Nijima, in a motorcycle suit, at school in spite of it being closed.
“Uhm……” Ken was lost for words, the image of Makoto Nijima, straight hair, straight As, straightforward, head of the student council. Little miss perfect, favored by a corrupt teaching staff as their face and cover for their coverup of Kamoshida, was in a motorcycle suit.
“Don’t…. Ask.” Makoto said while more tensed than a rubber string about to snap under the heaviest duress. She then bolted, running back the way she came with the door slamming behind her.
“Uhm…. Kat?” Haru asked. “I know… I don’t know.” They simply replied.
“We should check up on her.” Kat said as she quickly went forward. “I’ll come too.” Haru replied as she quickly took her jacket and tied it around her waist. “You don’t have to if you don’t want to, Haru.” “Well… thankfully I kinda do.” She replied.
School grounds
Sitting by the small car park, Makoto Nijima sat by the dark side of the yard by her motorcycle. She sat with her head low and under the hood of her motorcycle helmet. She was not in the mood for this.
She sighed. She needed to get out of the house. Time spent outside however meant cram school, and dear god… even if she really should, her body could barely handle it
Right now, what she wanted was to be left alone, which was looking more like a luxury anywhere in Tokyo. Being a creature who did nothing much of interest, or really had much in the way of friends, she had no such place.
And no, she didn’t feel like going to the red light district like that one time for Eiko. It still was well…. A red light.
She sat with her head, or helmet on her knees. Only unzipping her insulated motorcycle suit just to let in some wind and air.
Apart from that, she had no idea what to do.
“Makoto?” The polite and gentle voice of Haru Okumura was enough to rouse Makoto out of the fetal position. And as Haru got a better look and finally processed just what Makoto was in, she began to even contemplate perhaps a different side of Makoto.
As Makoto took off her helmet to address Haru, Haru saw instead an uncombed hair, more akin to bed hair. A deep and darkening shade under her eyes which brought an impression of gloom.
Seeing underneath the oversuit… was that a crop top?… Makoto was a far cry from the timid and shy student council president, and more the greaser of America’s yesteryear. Or at the very least a teenager, going through teenager things.
“Hey… do you…”. “I thought at the very least, school would be a quiet place… since it’s closed and all that.” Makoto said with submission and defeat in her flat resonance. “Is that… your bike?” Makoto took a look at the locked motorbike next to her. She had been considering doing something she saw in her favorite movies, which was to take a drive with no purpose in mind… that felt more like a mistake and all she wanted was to go home now.
“Yes…”. Makoto meekly replied. Haru herself was undergoing a feeling of uncomfortable awareness, of perpetuating an internal agonizing state. She had no clue whether she was qualified to do anything to help, as the fear of doing the opposite edged out slightly.
But in the end, Haru was Haru.
“If you are going home, please stay safe and enjoy your school break… However, Ken and I are planning to get lunch and spend the day out. If you like…”
Makoto looked at Haru with sensitive eyes, then confused. Haru was unable to make sense of them, until Makoto stood up and put on her helmet.
“Ok…where are we going?” Makoto asked in a toned down voice.
As Makoto asked, a fully zipped up and suited Ken emerged around the corner on their liberator bike, only to ask.
“Is Haru hopping on my bike, or yours?”
A shopping mall in Shibuya
Now playing: Beautiful place, by Rebecca Sugar
The sound of gas stoves being fired up as Ken, Haru, and Makoto entered a cafe at a mall.
Unlike the establishments of brick and mortar that was Leblanc, there instead was clean, sterile, and a blank slate of a backdrop. As someone who could afford anything with a brand, Haru could notice the difference between two worlds as the yen in her purse acted as a flying carpet from palace to bazaar.
If it was possible to compliment an establishment by its “uniqueness”, Haru thought, the holes in the walls were where the organic, bacteriological spread of novelty settled and formed colonies of bacteria, like grass growing in cracks of sidewalks.
The shopping mall killed novelty. Instead, somehow, someway, a liminal space had divorced itself from the origin of its architects, and rather could be likened to the cold, bitter, lifeless, and soundless vacuum of space.
Haru didn’t seem to have gone far from the garden, even as she was ordering brunch for her and her friends.
As the order went through, the three sat in a comfortable though timid silence. The seating arrangement didn’t even help in the least, as all three were sitting at a circular table, as if they were in a Mexican standoff, at a branded cafe, in a shopping mall in Tokyo.
Ken stared at Haru, the message to Haru was clear. Ken did not think that she was in any way qualified to initiate anything with Makoto out of fear of making whatever it was worse. So Haru decided to initiate instead.
“ Makoto, how was the break?” Makoto sighed. “It’s not… really a break needless to say.” Makoto said with duress in her voice.
She diverted her gaze as she looked for words to respond with. “Well…. As soon as I came back home… I was given brochures…. Uh- nothing threatening. They were brochures about universities. Then, I was told that I was going to start studying for entrance exams-“
“Wait, hold on.” Ken interrupted. “That’s way too early for that!” Ken exclaimed. Haru looked on with dread as she feared Ken being seen as rude.
It was then that the mask of little miss perfect began to fall apart.
“Well. Not for my big sis.” Makoto said with a slight dismissal in her voice. “I was hoping to get some sleep at least, only to then be told that I’m going to be heading to a cram school to pick up mock exams.”
“And on top of that! Guess what.” Makoto said. “What?” Haru asked. “The worst person I’ve had the misfortune of knowing!”
“Let me guess….” Ken said while thinking to herself. Only to have her perceived rudeness paid back in kind. “That was rhetorical. Goro Akechi was there.”
“Son of a bitch…. That was what I was thinking!” Ken exclaimed. “Do you know the saying…. Uh…. Don’t meet your heroes?” Makoto asked. Both Ken and Haru nodded.
“Well, I have the pleasure of Goro Akechi, an narccistic… little- bastard of a detective competing with me, in a competition I didn’t ask for, with the prize being my sister’s approval.” Makoto said with barely suppressed anger in her mouth.
It was then that drinks arrived. As glasses accompanied by cans of soda were placed on the table. Haru opted out of the carbonated beverage, instead opting for iced lemon tea. But as she took a sip of the sweetened drink, she observed Makoto and Ken working on their drinks.
Ken struggled to open the can tab, instead resorting to quickly, when they thought no one was watching, opening the can tab with their teeth, then pouring the orange soda into the glass with ice cubes below.
Makoto however, had no trouble. Pouring her grape flavored soda into the glass, she still grasped the metallic can as she stared into the fizzy bubbles rising to the surface. It was then that Haru began to notice… Makoto wasn’t letting go of the can. She was instead holding it with a tighter and tighter grip. The aluminum construction began to contort, as she began squeezi- no, crushing the can silently.
Haru began to thank having hobbies to let out her stress, not limited to but including being the operator of an angry industrial tool that was the light machine gun.
Makoto, after regaining her breath and satiating the fire in her gut with her drink, continued.
“You better not be fans of Akechi… I’m going to burst your bubble if you are.” Makoto said. Haru and Ken simply shook their heads. Replying with something to the effect of not even watching TV or the news.
“He’s got a holier than thou attitude.” Makoto said. “He constantly compares himself to him in this….” “Dick measuring contest for your sister’s praise?” Ken said bluntly.
“Well, I wouldn’t word it that way, but yes.” Makoto said.
A welcome interlude came in the form of brunch. As Haru thanked the waiter and accepted the bill, she took a good look at what was served.
In front of Haru herself, French toast, a welcome helping of jam and fruit; Ken, an Omelette, sausages, hashbrowns, some bread and butter; And lastly for Makoto, a stack of pancakes with bacon on the side.
“Thanks for the food…” Makoto said. Haru was about to reply that it was no problem, but just as began to consume some blueberries, she couldn’t help but observe her company.
Ken and Makoto both savoured their meals, with Ken aweing her omelette, but it was Makoto who both interested and surprised her. As Makoto, after a brief moment of appreciation, and to douse the stack in syrup, began to eat.
At first, the student council president ate slowly, slicing chunks off the top properly with a knife and fork. But before her very eyes, Makoto began to instead attack the food. Without any warning or premonition, the stack became a victim of the supposedly timid and shy student council president.
Haru tried her best to not look like she was observing and passing judgement, taking her french toast and eating at a leisurely pace, but the pace of Makoto’s assault on her pancakes was an astounding break with character that Haru couldn’t help but awe at.
She saw her eat during lunch breaks. To Haru, when Makoto ate lunch at school, everything seemed like a ritual akin to the meticulous preparation and routine of a tea ceremony. The bento box she brought with the panda on its side, its lid was removed and one by one, the contents were consumed. Meat, rice, soup, tea. One by one, repeatedly, without fail. Those who had it out for her would insist that the student council president was more a robot than a human.
Did she even eat anything this morning? Haru thought. Or even… When was the last time she ate? A second thought.
This stack of pancakes…. This isn’t just big… this is Kasumi big… Haru thought.
Ken, after nothing remained of the omelette, also began to notice. And simply marveled at the savagery that Makoto attacked the pancakes, slightly concerned that she’d choke, but she was reminded of the other gluttons in SEES and SO in general.
Kotone was such a glutton, but out of a rationale of life being too short to not enjoy the “small” things. Akihiko was also a glutton, competing with Kotone usually to a draw. With the expectation that a supernatural amount of exercise will burn the fat off. Meanwhile, Labrys was another glutton, yet she didn’t need to eat. Only eating because she liked it, in stark contrast to Aigis.
Makoto just ate as if she’d never done so before, Ken thought. She thought about SEES again, the group’s “gluttons” when fully at it when in a setting with friends and close ones, showed their… “messy eating habits” as well.
Kotone and Labrys had a habit of talking while eating, to Mitsuru’s dismay. Akihiko had the habit of cleaning the entire plate or bowl clean, even with as much as a finger to not waste food.
Ken thought of Akihiko, as she saw Makoto (when she thought no one was looking) wiping off loose maple syrup with her finger when the spoon failed her.
“I trust that you enjoyed breakfast Makoto?” Haru asked with a smile on her face. “I did.” Makoto said, beginning to match Haru’s warm smile as she licked her index finger of syrup.
“You.. didn’t eat anything this morning did you?” Ken asked. The happy face on Makoto then began to wane. “No… in fact, I didn’t eat anything yesterday either.” Makoto said.
“Why???” Haru asked. “I… got distracted studying for university entrance exams, and…” Makoto paused, she didn’t know whether to disclose her inner thoughts about her sis.
So, she did the comparatively easier thing, or at least what she defaulted to in order to coexist with big sister.
“No good reason. Just distracted.” Makoto replied without further elaboration.
Ken smelled a rat. Something was being said, despite Makoto censoring herself. Haru also seemed to notice, but kept quiet.
“Have… you ever eaten pancakes before?” Ken asked Makoto in curiosity.
The smile reappeared. “No, do they all taste this good?”
“You should try one of my best friend’s pancakes some day!” Ken said as she also matched the smile on both Haru and Makoto’s faces.
And as Haru signalled to pay the bill, Ken focused her gaze on Makoto, somehow, somehow the smile on her face stayed. And looking closer… it looked… cute?
End track
Later,
Shibuya
The three girls now walked down Shibuya, walking off their meals.
They treaded under a burning sun, with the asphalt underfoot , heat waves flowing through the air. But on the contrary, the mood of the girls three were instead of relief.
With motorcycle suits stowed away, the three walked in the great bask of the sun. At that moment, the three, especially Makoto. felt free.
“So, what do we wanna do now?” Ken asked Haru and Makoto.
Makoto, in a more amicable mood, then asked in a lighter tone. “I’m not sure, what do you two usually do?”
“Mmmm…” Haru thought to herself… she and Ken had never really done this kind of thing together alone… and she knew Ken knew that.
“Hey! An arcade.” Ken said while pointing at one. The trio, a bit curious, decided to come inside while following Ken’s lead.
Naturally, the first thing Ken did was check on the crane games.
“Cool! They don’t have that back home!” Haru and Makoto watched as Ken stared at what was a Neko Shogun plushie. She snapped a quick photo for Akira.
This left Haru and Makoto to look around for games of their fancy. To be honest however, as Makoto and Haru concluded, the flashing lights, loud noises, and looped music was not for them.
That was until they found a machine game with a punching bag. Closer inspection was not needed.
“I got some quarters.” Makoto said. “Good, I don’t carry any cash at all.” Haru said in a relief.
“Ok… you first Haru.” Makoto said as she began to wind up her unburdened arm after Makoto inserted a quarter.
A violent strike then slammed into the punching bag as a loud BOOM! was heard. The sound of a rising meter then was followed by the sound of dispensing tickets.
“Did I do good?” Haru asked with a voice which suggested inexperience. Then, Makoto stepped forward after inserting a second quarter.
“I can do better.” Makoto said with confidence in her voice instead. She stood for a moment, only without any telegraphing of intent, Makoto sent a fist without warning into the punching bag, as the whooing sound of the meter then hit the max number of points.
“Holy fuck…” Haru whispered to herself repeatedly as it was only what she could come up with.
Ken and Haru were stunned by Makoto’s strength. How could the girl who was now struggling to take her tickets out of the machine now, have so much strength?
Ken made a mental note. ‘M.N, The Student council president is scary. Do not piss her off if can be helped.’
“Jesus Makoto… I think that's the leaderboard!” Ken said. “Really?” “Yes, look!” The three looked as Makoto’s score was presented as 5th on the leaderboard. It was then that Haru noticed another machine, another machine or trial of strength. However, there laid before them a hammer. A large hammer.
“Makoto?” “Y-Yes?” “May I trouble you for a quarter if you have any remaining?” Makoto happily put one down as Haru picked up a hammer whose head was bigger than her head excluding hair.
An agonizingly suspensive windup occurred, as Haru held the large and heavy hammer like a sledge hammer. Only to then bring down the hammer of her own wrath land upon the marked target.
WHAM!!! As Haru let the hammer fall, she had hit the target so hard they also propelled Haru to the scoreboard.
Celebrating, disbelief, humility, then acceptance followed, as Haru and Makoto left their mark in the forms of H.O and M.N in the arcade. Excitedly, they marveled at the tickets they had gained.
A bit later
All they could afford with the tickets they had at the arcade shop however was only enough to buy one large stick of cotton candy, which Haru took.
“Haru!…. Please let me have a bite!” Ken begged, with Makoto tempting ignorance, only for her sweet tooth to prevail again. “C’mon, I helped you get that, I deserve some compensation!!!”
Soon, Haru decided that mercy was the virtue she felt like affirming today. As she began to take off handfuls of her cotton candy like popcorn, and passing them to her very grateful friends.
The three continued to walk, until Makoto stopped. Noticing something on the side of the road, a karaoke establishment.
“Makoto?” Ken and Haru stood by Makoto’s flanks to see what was amiss. “My sis used to sing a lot… when our dad was still with us. We all used to sing a lot together.”
Makoto stood staring at the establishment, lost in thought. Her erstwhile companions however, looked at each other with looks suggesting spontaneity, and acting on impulse.
End track
Karaoke booth
“Do we really have to do this?” Makoto asked. “Uh huh, of course we do.” Ken said while Haru went through song after song.
“Well, if you’re making me do it, at least let me choose the song!” Makoto said as she politely pushed Haru to the side, so she could look for something herself.
A feeling of surreality had imposed itself on Makoto, as she sat in the dimmed room, looking through lyrics and song names.
If it wasn’t obvious, Makoto felt as if she was put on the spot.
She could do perhaps what was predicted of her. Back down, and… she knew Haru and Ken enough that she was pretty sure that they both wouldn’t pressure her into doing something she didn’t want to do, even if they had paid.
But… something else pulled at her. Something else which felt as if it made more sense.
Today was a day of firsts. This was the first time she had spent significant time with people she would call friends. Or took out her dad’s motorcycle for a ride, simply out of impulse.
It was the first time she ate something which she perhaps would advise herself or be advised against for reasons which now seem anathema. She went to an arcade, she rallied against both Akechi and-
She stopped. Hesitation. Fear. And a variety of other classifications of dread, which she had no name or word for. Something to be scared of. Something to hide from.
But, she felt neither as of the moment. Something had changed, she couldn’t give it a name or adequately describe it. She continued to look through the song catalog until she found something, which did what she couldn’t.
“This… is a love song?” Haru said as she saw the song’s title on the monitor. With some confusion on her face.
Now playing: This is a love song, by Rebecca Sugar
A face of uncertainty had then become one of impulse.
“I’ll write another letter that I won’t send,”
“I’ll write another letter to my only friend that’s you, if you can believe it.”
The sudden clash of instrumentals and lyrics in conflict with the initial song title had caught Haru and Ken off guard, as Makoto began to just get into it.
“I’m taking all the credit for my downfall!”
“I’m taking all the credit because it’s too hard to admit it, what I really needed~”
A face of foreboding and general unease of what to come was painted on both Ken’s and Haru’s faces.
“So grateful that you told me I’m so stupid… how else would I have known?”
“Oh yes, this is a love song, oh yes this is a love song~ Oh I’m in love with the way that- the pull you had on me is gone.”
“THE PULL YOU HAD ON ME IS GONE!”
“YOU KNEW I NEEDED A FRIEND, YOU SWEPT RIGHT IN! YOU SAW ME SINK TO THE FLOOR I SAW YOU GRIN! NO I’M WON’T COME THROUGH YOUR DOOR- NO NOT AGAIN!”
“YOU’RE PUTTING WORDS IN MY MOUTH I DIDN’T SAY!”
“I Want to Beg for your forgiveness~”
“I want to beg for your forgiveness.”
“I Want to Beg for Your Forgiveness!”
“I WANT TO BEG FOR YOUR FORGIVENESS!”
Both Haru and Ken were staring gobsmacked at a very different student council president which they had known.
“Oh yes, this is a love song~”
“Oh yes, This is a love song~”
“Oh, I’m in love with the way that, the pull you had on me is gone!”
As struck by the lyrics and the violence which Makoto sung, both Ken and Haru couldn’t help but begin to jam with what was on the stand. As first, Ken began to headbang
“THE PULL YOU HAD ON ME IS GONE!”
And then as if she was also compelled by the force of song, Haru began to do the same. As the electric guitar began its solo, seemingly possessing Makoto.
“WHOOOO! YEAH!”
Those weren’t part of the lyrics. Ken thought.
But as the solo entered its conclusion, the moves which Makoto had possessed herself to make simply became motions. And as the song died down, her pose became something more in “character”. As she returned to timidly holding the mic with both hands, and standing upright like an unremarkable pencil.
The song ended.
Makoto stood paralysed as she looked at the curious blinking expressions of Haru and Ken. Who exchanged glances between the three.
Ken and Haru stared at the face of Makoto, unsure or unable to make heads or tails of what was going through her mind.
Instead, she simply sat between the two. And bent over slightly.
“Thanks guys… I feel better.”
Back in the present
Evening
Crossroads
“If you don’t believe it, that’s fine, neither do I.” Ken told Shinji. Who sat on a bar chair.
Shinji, also bending over a bit, but out of exhaustion. Said: “I’m too tired to continue suspending my disbelief. I’ll believe it when I see it I guess.” “You will, we’re all in the same student council, remember?” Haru reminded Shinji.
“Well, don’t you two got somewhere to go? Isn’t the last train in half an hour? Get some rest.” Shinji said in a voice which suggested callous caring.
“Alright.” Ken said. “See you soon!” Ken and Haru began to wave their friend goodbye as they exited the crossroads.
This left Shinji alone, at least for a moment, as Shinji heard the door bell chime, and two figures entered through the door.
Lala, and a young girl. A teenager, more or less about Ann’s age. Dyed green hair and with a nervous expression.
“Shinji, what are you still doing here, the last train leaves in half an hour.” Lala said. “But aside from that. This is my niece, Alice. She is staying with me for the foreseeable future.”
Alice, looking shy, waved hi to Shinji. Who didn’t do so much as nod, acknowledging her. “Thanks for holding the fort down while I was picking her up.”
DEVIL RANK UP!!!
Notes:
Happy anniversary @maze-of-my-desiiign
Chapter 99: A bad day.
Chapter Text
2nd of August, Sunday
Noon
Leblanc
Now playing: One too many Mornings by Bob Dylan
“Hey Shinji! Your friends are down here!”
The voice of the boss slowly brought Shinji to awareness.
“YO SHINJI IT'S LABBY!” “Shut up! We got customers here!”
“But there’s nobody here, boss?” “Just shut up and get your friend down here!”
The sound of the wooden stairs being pounded immediately woke Shinji up to his senses. He stared at the stairwell until he saw a cavalier and nonchalant looking Labrys, for some reason wearing shades inside his room.
“Yo Shinji! Let’s move!” Labrys shouted. Offered little to no reason to do so, Shinji simply lied back down on his bed and asked with a muffled voice. “For what.”
Labrys gave no answer as she simply stared around Shinji’s room and then commented on it.
“Damn! You live in this mess!?” Labrys asked. “I dusted the place two days ago dammit,.” Shinji said dismissively as he remained dead on the mattress.
“It’s bigger and better than my old room. That’s for sure.” “Bigger or not, you’re still living in someone’s attic dude!” Labrys made the motion of dusting off her arm. “Dusty as hell here.”
“Ok…. Oh yeah! I forgot about it!” “What…” “We’re meeting Chidori, Junpei, and Shiho today!” Shinji sighed and faced the ceiling so he could contemplate why he couldn’t have been woken gently by the sun, instead of the exploding star that was Labrys.
“Look, if you aren’t gonna-“ “Labrys? What the hell!”
“It’s important!” “Okay! Okay! Fine!”
10 minutes later…
“Do I even want to ask?” The boss asked as Shinji sat half asleep on a stool while Labrys ate her lunch. “Nope!”
Shinji took a sip of coffee, and was able to come to. “Okay… what the hell is happening today? What’s on the agenda?”
“Today~ Shiho’s gonna ask us to prepare us for her date.” Shinji, rather apathetically.
“Because we won’t be there tomorrow to be her wingman.” Labrys said sadly.
Shinji stared at the coffee for a moment. And then simply looked at Labrys with an unchanged expression. “I felt like sleeping a bit longer, not all day. Let’s go.” He said while nodding affirmingly.
And so the two then finished their food, and set out.
Track end
Shibuya
Early Afternoon
Treading pavement, Labrys and Shinji were walking, or skipping respectively.
They both were dressed similarly, with Shinji in a tank top plus jeans. While Labrys instead was in a crop top plus a jacket to cover the rest of her torso. As well as a pair of tight fitting jeans.
It was here that Shinji was able to fully come to, towards the point where he could hold idle functional conversations. And it was made clear that grunts and moans did not count.
“Hey, Labrys… why are you dressed like that?” “I dunno, got a problem?” She asked in a disarming way. “Well, won’t people notice your robot body?” Shinji asked.
“Not really… the Kirijo group produces chassis parts which can replace the conspicuous lookin~ robot parts you see?”
“Alright.” “And Shinji, you have no idea how oblivious people can be, I dunno if you noticed, but in the time between your death and now, the attention span of people has dropped off a cliff. Some people say it's the phones, and well, look they ain’t wrong!”
Shinji looked out to the sea of salarymen, hunched over, looking at their phones while commuting to work, on the way to lunch, or on a phone call. They were all oblivious to their conversation.
“Beaides! The cosplayer line always works!” Labrys said. “Really? Who the hell are you supposed to be then?” Shinji asked.
“Vivi!!” Shinji kept quiet until responding with…. “Sorry who?”
“Vivi from one piece!” “I have no idea what that is.” Shinji replied. “Whaaaaaaaat!!!! You gotta watch one piece, you gotta! It’s a 751 episode epic!” “I ain’t got time for that Labby, you know that.”
It was then that Labrys began to dump onto Shinji all the parts which she found especially appealing to her, inadvertently spoiling certain parts of the series… not that Shinji minded at all, as he simply continued to listen to her go on about pirates, a stretchy guy, a dude with three swords, and many more characters who Labrys decided to infodump at length.
“Man, I really gotta thank Kiki for introducing me to one piece!” Labrys said. “Oh, how is she by the way?”
“From the last letter I got from her… she’s saying she’s well…. So is Mitsuru…. She also says Mitsuru’s happy for us…” “Good.” “Oh, by the way. A serious question.
“From Mitsuru?” “Yes… what do you want for your birthday dude?” “Hmm?” A break in the mask of aloofness.
“She’s being serious. Your birthday is in nine days, what do you want?” Shinji remained silent and then tried to think. Though, it was found to be difficult, and Labrys was in shock as Shinji looked for the nearest bench to sit on.
“Dude, you alright?” “Just… god damn.” “What is it?” Shinji breathed in, and let out a deep sigh. “Didn’t expect this.” Shinji said.
“I’m going to be honest. I stopped counting those since… 2007.” Shinji told Labrys. “What?” “Well… By that time, after October, I was on the persona suppressants… I left Mitsy and Aki to be homeless so they couldn’t tell me to stop taking them”
“And on top of that, I really wanted to die at that point of time. So I guess I just didn’t count on seeing my Seventeenth… or my Eighteenth for that matter. In fact we didn’t even celebrate it after I moved back in.” Shinji said.
“Well….” Labrys’ face went from deep thought, to shallow, and a sort of selfish selflessness. “I’ve decided, your nineteenth is going to be the best birthday you’ll ever have!” Shinji attempted to object. He shouldn’t have bothered.
“It’s going to be the best birthday of your life you hear me?!” Labrys said.
“Eh.” Shinji simply shrugged. “Like I care.” Labrys pouted. Only to be even more determined than before.
“We’re going to bring out the food! Give you presents! Have the best fun! You hear me?!”
“Don’t waste time and effort on me.” Shinji said as he descended towards the underground mall.
5 minutes later
Shiho, and her god uncle and aunt, Junpei and Chidori, walked from their shopping trip with groceries and new clothes. With nothing else to do, the three walked around, idly talking to one another.
“Hey uncle Junpei?” “Wassup Shiho? Asking your uncle Jun something? Need some life advice from the best uncle in the world?” Junpei asked.
“There are… better people to ask about life from.” Chidori said in a softly mocking voice. In her mind, she’d rather seek advice about life from someone else… At least she thought until Shiho thought about what she was to ask from them.
“I’m…. Nervous.” Shiho said. “Nervous about what?” Chidori asked. “My date with Ann…” “You need a wingman?” Junpei asked eagerly.
“You are…. The last person I would ask to be my wingman.” Shiho said to Junpei as he began to pout about how he was a great wingman… for himself.
“Look….” Shiho said. “I want to talk to Ann about… what she’s doing.” Shiho said a bit reluctantly. “I’m just concerned.” Shiho’s expression began to take a skydive, as the extent of her concern began to become clearer and clearer. She was worried about Ann. What it was petrified her greatly.
Chidori saw the writing on the wall. Something was troubling Shiho, it had something to do with her and her partner. It was nothing to overlook, but not catastrophize either. This was an inevitable part of relationships, Chidori thought. She knew from experience, and experiencing it was perhaps the only way to learn that. “Let’s go for lunch now shall we?” Chidori said in order to give a place for Shiho to land other than rock bottom.
“Yo Shinji, my man!” Junpei shouted as he pointed out the approaching Shinji and Labrys. “Aren’t you supposed to be the man?” Shinji asked, in a rare moment of indulging Junpei.
“Did you hear that Chidori? He said my line~”. Junpei whispered to Chidori like an excited puppy. Shinji sighed. “You never changed, did you?” He asked. “Nope! Now let’s go get BBQ! I’m starving!”
Afternoon
Korean BBQ
“Is this one of those places where you cook your own meat?” “No….”
The group of five entered the restaurant, only for Shinji to wonder whether this was a joke or not.
“I’m paying for the meat so…” “Right. I don’t trust you with NOT giving everyone here food poisoning. I’ll do the damn cooking.” Shinji said with disdain, which was met by giggling by Junpei and Chidori.
“Right…” as the meat arrived, Shinji looked at the table stove and the meat provided and took stock. “Should be good.” He took a pair of the provided gloves as well as tongs and started to place meat upon the grill stove.
The feeling of being watched like a zoo exhibit was likely unintentional Shinji noted, but it nevertheless felt like he was a tiger striped cat in a glass exhibit.
“Right… that looks good.” Shinji muttered to himself, as he did, the eyes on him were accompanied by salivating tongues and eyes as the meat and the oil began to smell great. And soon enough, meat started to flow from the grill to the plates. But although meat started to pile on bowls of rice, everyone didn’t eat. Not yet at least.
“Aren’t you guys gonna eat?” Shinji asked. “We aren’t going to start without you, we’re grateful to you for doing this for us.” Chidori said with an arm over her partner’s shoulder and looking at Shinji with a smile without burden.
Yet still Shinji felt just a bit on edge.
“Alright then… just so you all don’t starve…” Shinji took it as a cue to take bits for himself and his bowl. Only when it was deemed an adequate amount of meat was on Shinji’s plate, did everyone begin to dig in.
Judging by everyone’s reactions, Shinji found that his grilling had been enough, as he looked at Shiho and Labrys enjoying the meat.
He was cooking more meat and handing it out to others, until Junpei decided to stop him. “Whoa whoa whoa! You’re grilling all of this for us? And having so little for yourself? Man, you should have more for yourself!”
Shinji didn’t say anything as she continued to put more meat in the bowls of the others. “Shinji. Eat some more!” Chidori said, stressing him to eat more.
It instead took pestering by Shiho and Labrys. “Hey what’s that?” Labrys said. Shinji paid no attention, but despite that, Shiho then- “Yoink!” “Hey. I needed that.” Shinji told Shiho, she had swiped away the tongs from Shinji’s hands, and started to put the remaining meat into Shinji’s bowl.
“What the hell Shiho.” “You’ll starve yourself. Go and eat.” Shiho said. Shinji, frustratingly, couldn't find a rebuke or a response to that, as he grumbled. While eating his share of the grilled food.
It likely didn’t dawn upon Shinji, but a paradox of time was unfolding. It dawned on Chidori. Shinji acted so much like both an adult and a child… a tall child.
Chidori thought more about it while she ate. Shinji acted both like an adult and a child, yet he seemed to have it in reverse. She remembered when she was young, a “kid” , someone who was anticipating the end at the age of eighteen. Acting the age of someone who was waiting for the end.
Yet here he was looking like, well… a very tall child. Not refusing to eat his food. He had his reasons, but those weren’t the point.
“So… you got something on your mind for your birthday?” Chidori asked only to have Shinji sigh as a reply. “God dammit…” “Hey!” Shiho interjected
“When’s your birthday?” Shiho asked assertively. Instead of replying, Shinji rather replied with the look of total and absolute apathy. He had no time for his own birthday. Especially now with futaba’s- “It’s the eleventh.” Labrys answered for him.
“No, No, No!.” Shinji told her off with scorn. “I gotta get you a present dude! It’s for what you’ve done for me, and Ann, and Ryuji, and all the other ones that bastard hurt!”
“No.” Shinji replied firmly. “I shouldn’t do this for any kind of reward. I am not.” He replied. “Shinji.” Junpei faced him with a face which began to look a bit serious.
“Take the present. It's the least you deserve for saving my niece when me and Chidori were not able to be there for her. We would kill for her.” Junpei said. Shinji began to seethe. He didn’t want anything in return. At all.
“Shinji, it would be rude to not accept.” Shiho said. A part of what Shiho said to him had perhaps given him another reason to not accept. It didn’t matter its validity, that he was rude, an undesirable individual, or several other things. It was another reason, and thereby made it easier on his conscience to reject the idea of accepting good things. But he had to curse Shiho, for her choice of words had spurned upon him a conflict of obligation.
Yes. It’s rude to reject good things from others, that Shinji believed. They wouldn’t have undergone the trouble if they didn’t think he was worth it… but was he really worth it?
In the mind of Shinji, the answer to that question was a trip down memory lane. A rather dreary trip down memory land as he brought upon himself every and any reason why he was simply inadequate. That he wasn’t worth anything.
The first memory that came to Shinji was one of the screaming and crying of a young and white haired boy. His body held back as the smell of fire, smoke, and ash began to fill the nostrils of both. The flames swallowed more air, feeding itself and thereby any scream from the inside was made difficult to tell apart from the sucking of air by the hot flames.
The first thing Shinji ever felt guilty for, and hadn’t stopped feeling guilty for.
The second memory was under a green night sky, and accompanied by the sound of a screaming child , hiding behind a woman who had her arms stretched out shielding her kid as a very real apparition. The grim horseman dipped his lance and then impaled the poor woman. And Shinji was powerless to watch.
That was the second thing Shinji would feel guilt for. Deeper than the first. One which sank his insides beneath his feet and into the floor below. The heavy weight of that guilt hunching him over.
The third memory was rather two-for-one. Shinji held a capsule in the palms of his hands as he walked out of the dormitory with the same green moonlit night leading him out.
They had objected to him taking those drugs. They had a fight. Yet their objections didn’t matter. He had heard the police report. Her death was marked as roadkill. That boy had told the police that it was Castor, not Shinji. But it didn’t matter. There was a sinking guilt, and with guilt came responsibility. He thought as he swallowed the PSD.
The fourth and final memory down memory lane was the ultimate guilt. The ultimate culmination of a sad, wasted, and rather evil life. As now Shinji stood alone with a pike to his chest. Under the same damned green moonlit sky.
The kid was much like a tall child back then. Except he was short in stature, and stood holding the pike like Castor held the pike to his mother. It was like a child fighting the demons he had been scared of in the dark… except this one didn’t have a mother to go dispel them simply by her presence alone. He only had his Yari, and wanted to simply not be scared anymore. There was no reclaiming what was lost anymore, as he had already lost everything.
Shinji remembered standing there, hearing how he intended to end things after he ended him. And he couldn’t find it in himself to take that away from him as well. That perhaps death could heal the wounds of this boy he had hurt. And out of a selfish thought that it would heal the damage he had done to his own body out of his ever deepening guilt.
The very weight that hunched him over finally was enough to break him.
End Track
Much later
The arcade
It was some time before Shinji was back in the present. Between then and now, the group was able to finish their late lunch, do some shopping, and then skipped over to the arcade so Junpei and Shiho could settle a bet.
Shinji was able to excuse himself from anything by claiming he wasn’t feeling right. Out of politeness, some – mainly Junpei and Shiho – chose to take him by his word and make sure their fun was not being brought down by him. It was their day together anyway.
Labrys and Chidori however… they saw that something perhaps was very wrong.
“Shinji… Shinji…. Shinji, are you there?” No response. Chidori and Labrys looked at each other as they peered into Shinji, who while physically present, was simply not there.
It took the expected response from Labrys to such a situation. Which was to grab Shinji by the arms and playfully sway him back and forth until he was back here and now. Unfortunately, Labrys' robotic strength made it less than playful.
“Shinji~ are you alright?” She asked genuinely as Shinji swore he had gotten on a rollercoaster ride without getting on one. “Right! Yes! I’m here, what do you need?”
“We wanted to ask… are you okay?” Chidori asked Shinji in a concerned manner. “I’m sorry if I forced you to be with us Shinji- OW!”
“She told me, and she has reassured me she is sorry.” Chidori told Shinji with an expression of dispassionate rightful anger.
“I don’t feel like being here. Find a place somewhere quieter and I think I can talk.”
Later
Away from the bells and whistles, away from the loud noise, flashing lights, and all the things which got on Shinji’s nerves, the three were able to find a bench, and sat in the relative peace that was a street in Tokyo. Where the sound of work shoes pounding the pavement was the only audible noise to be heard. And thereby filtered out.
“Ok. Need anything else?” Labrys asked. Shinji shook his head. “Nope. This feels better.” He says as he refits his beanie.
“You’re not being forced to tell us… but we don’t want to leave you alone either.” Chidori said to the now, calm, but still as frozen and vacant expression on Shinji’s face. It took a moment for him to ask:
“How did you know?” “Know what, Shinji?” Labrys asked. “Today… just.”
“I recognise that face.” Chidori said. “It’s the kind that, well… JunJun makes when he’s remembering something horrible.” Chidori added.
Shinji remained silent. “I guess… you already have a better idea on what we went through, actually.” “How the hell should I?” Shinji asked.
“I told you a bit but I will tell you in full. A month and so after you died… both Junpei and I died. Within a minute of each other… in each other's arms.” Chidori recounted.
This got Shinji’s attention, as his frozen expression of vacancy focused on Chidori.
“I’d escaped hospitalisation, Takaya and Jinn wanted me to lure Junpei alone.”
“I thought… I could do as Takaya asked… and push him away… we fought.”
Everyone kept silent as Chidori began to give words to the wordless.
“Something felt… wrong. I couldn’t bring myself to kill Junpei… and the others. I remember screaming at Junpei to leave me alone. Yet, a part of me didn’t want him to. It became really hard to breathe.
“That was scary. But what was more scary was that I didn’t want to kill Jun.”
Another pause. Yet more words for what was wordless needed to be brought out.
“At that moment, I think now… I knew I loved Junpei… and I was scared of that. Was scared of… having to lose him. To see him die.”
Shinji was immersed to the point where he had not noticed tears running down the face of Labrys, as he paid his undivided attention fully to Chidori.
“And then I-I did see him die.” Chidori said with a rare hitch in her voice.
“His lifeless body just slid down the stairs like a bag of rocks.” Chidori said as a matter of fact
“I think… what I did next, I did with absolutely no fear in my heart.”
“And then it was my turn. And in his arms this time.” Chidori said with little to no drama.
Now playing: One too many Mornings, by Bob Dylan
Chidori, Labrys, and Shinji sat together in silence under a waning sun, as it had fallen behind cloudcover, and made the sky glow an orangelike red. As if the sky was a step before weeping tears which matched its colors.
“I don’t remember much afterwards. I had… literally given junpei my life. And then… I woke up.”
“They told me it was… almost two months to the day, and I had woken up. But… I wasn’t myself… it didn’t feel like myself.”
“I had forgotten what had happened in the past ten years from that point. Junpei told me. It made him sad that I didn’t remember him, but it perhaps was a relief to him that I'd forgotten the ten years before him.” Chidori said.
But he was happy that I was alive… and that he was alive to see me alive too. And it was the main reason he decided to take his chances with the fall… and Nyx.”
“But… you obviously didn’t forget.” Shinji said. “What happened?” He then asked. “What happened?… well, I would tell you. But it would put Labrys in an even sadder state.” She said as she pointed to her best friend, holding back tears and making blubbering noises. She had clearly heard this story before.
“Labrys you up for this?” Labrys tearfully nodded. “I think… this continued past promise day, past the first day of the school year, and into the summer holiday of 2010… Mitsuru wanted to bring everyone back to Yakushima, and that included me.”
“Both Junpei and I had been sticking together since I had woken up. But up to that point I didn’t really question why he and his friends were so invested in me. But then…”
“It was on the boat. I didn’t really process it, but I went into my luggage, only to find my old sketchbook… I then went through drawings of flowers, all in various states of life… only to find the one drawing which was none of that.”
“It was a drawing of him, it was different. It was made with so much love that I questioned if I really could’ve drawn it. Up to then I had been drawing again, but in a new sketchbook Junpei gave me.”
…
…
“Shinji, do you believe in epiphany?” Chidori asked. “Well uh… maybe? Haven’t had one of those yet.”
“Well, it all came back at once, on that boat. It had only been a moment, but sitting on that deck, I got up… walked over to Junpei, and we had our first kiss.”
Shinji was no longer vacant, and had felt like he was back in his body again. He had only realised so, as he looked at Chidori, smiling, he began to notice that he, himself… was smiling too.
“Welcome back.” Chidori said with warmth in her voice which melted away whatever ice and frost was in Shinji. He had only one thing to say.
“Wow…. God damn…” Shinji said to Chidori, and himself. Labrys had well dried up her tears, but was somehow struggling to breathe as well, but unlike how Shinji had his breath taken away, literally. Labrys was still recovering from her weeping, somehow managing to have trouble breathing, despite not having an organic nose which produced snot.
“You two are the best for each other!" Labrys exclaimed. “I’m so glad you two are alive!!!!” She said as she then leaned into Chidori over Shinji to hug her. Chidori could only giggle.
“Of course Labs.” “Yeah… I’m glad too.” Shinji said as well, regaining his usual composure and state.
WHEEL OF FORTUNE RANK UP!!!
“Doesn’t seem like any of us are scared for tomorrow." Chidori noticed out loud. “Right…” Labrys said. “How can we, we all had a second lease on life!” Labrys boasted.
“Okay, you didn’t tell me how that happened.” Shinji told Labrys. Instead of replying she forced her arm over Shinji’s right shoulder, while Chidori put her arm over Shinji’s left. Not wanting to ruin the moment, and genuinely feeling some deal happier than before, he wrapped his arms around the shoulders of Chidori’s and Labrys’ shoulders with a hard smile on his face.
The three would share the embrace and its warmth for however long it lasted that afternoon.
Chapter 100: Vessel
Summary:
"Жить тяжело и неуютно, зато уютно умирать"
-Molchat Doma
Chapter Text
3rd of August, Monday
Leblanc
Morning
“Hey Shinji.” “Yes?” “Gotta go get groceries. Hold down the fort for me.” “Sure.” Shinji said as he finished polishing a plate. The boss left shortly.
The restaurant was filled with some customers. Mostly distracted and in their own world. As they were preoccupied with either eating, drinking, watching the news on the television set, or the morning paper or tabloid.
It had been a relatively peaceful moment. Not as peaceful as it could be, Shinji thought. The most peaceful Shinji had been… well.
It was then that Shinji’s phone began to ring.
Labrys
Labrys: HEY WHERE R U
Shinji: Stuck working
Labrys: Are we not calling today off?
Shinji: Actually I have an idea bring the guys inside and get them to sit on the counter
Immediately, he began to reheat some curry, and then a thought crossed his mind. How did the boss get this recipe?
He began to think. Apart from the long list of ingredients, no less including unusual ingredients like chocolate. He watched as the stuff simmered and brewed.
How did the old man start up here? Why? The old man was smarter than he perhaps gave himself credit for, there were surely better careers that pay better and can better provide for a shut-in daughter.
Shinji began to prepare another pot of curry, topping up the rice cooker with enough rice for five, all that he needed to do was wait for them. Which… gave enough time to think.
Wakaba. How was Sojiro connected? He had trouble contemplating that this woman held a place in the two worlds that he also shared a “place” in.
The world he was from, of Tartarus, Iwatodai, and SEES… now shadow op.
And then this one. Tokyo, Yongen Jaya, the boss, the metaverse, palaces, and… his Kelly Gang.
The feeling of sudden awareness defied terrestrial sense. Shinji felt less like the human, with a profession as a barista, a cook, a phantom thief, and more akin to… something entirely extraterrestrial. Between two worlds but not either.
He felt more like the broken or still operating satellites, who would orbit the earth, occasionally glimpsing the moon here and there. He was Non de hac Terra. He was an extra terrestrial who wasn’t simply on the crossroads, but the cold vacuum between.
At least though, the pull of earth seemed to give him weight again. As the sound of the bell door rang for him.
Roused back to reality, Shinji saw Ryuji, Labrys, Chidori, and Junpei wave him hi, as they began to take their seats. No one spoke a single word. As Shinji then stood inconspicuously behind the counter. Without a word.
Nobody spoke a word actually, lest they spill their mission to the patrons of the cafe, not even a whisper. It was then that they began to notice that familiar miasma.
End Track
BEGINNING NAVIGATION….
Chernobyl exclusion zone, Dark Valley
0 Hour, 0 minutes
“Wow, that was smooth. Hope we didn’t bring anybody from the cafe in with us.” Labrys commented. “Nice thinking Shinji.” Chidori added, as she felt for the MAS rifle slung behind her.
“Awww…. Didn’t get to eat breakfast…” Junpei moped as soon as his boots hit the asphalt of the road leading to the factory.
The cold and the dim once again made themselves acquaintances of the party. As they both welcomed themselves as unwelcome guests, everyone instinctively checked their weapons and ammo.
“Oh good. My bandoliers are still in the wagon… by the way…” Chidori brought her gaze upon Ryuji. Hoping to get his attention. “What?” He asked as he stowed away the bazooka tube and rockets in the wagon. “Are you quite confident with your coach-driving skills?”
“Uhh…….. I’ve driven in arcade games before.” Ryuji said. “Well… surely your best will be enough.”
Everyone began to stack in. Ryuji, nervously came in first at the driver’s seat. As his grand mask was burned the mount of the ghost Kosciuzko hitched itself upon the cart. The driver was nervous, he did not have the lives of himself, and four other human beings in his reigns. The horse was not.
At his side was Chidori, seemingly as a bodyguard. Steadier and calm, she had sensed the uneasiness in Ryuji’s voice and decided to be there just in case.
The rest stacked in the wagon body, Junpei and Shinji got in at the back of the wagon body while Labrys took the space in the middle between the two.
Junpei shivered. “Guh….. this place is cold….. isn’t it summer here?” He asked. “Uh, this is Ukraine aparently… so…” “It is currently Nineteen degrees celcius!” Labrys said cheeringly. Junpei began to pout again. “I was hoping that your curry would warm me up for today….”
Labrys’ face lit up. “I can help!” The sound of whirring mechanisms within her construction began to be accompanied by the warming of her chassis. “Stay near me like a fireplace, or something.” She said.
“Wow thanks!” Junpei said as he then properly put on his Shadow Operatives jacket, rather than simply tying it by his waist. It was nice enough that Shinji even removed his chestplate and got closer to Labrys to get warm as well.
“It’s like someone put the AC on full blast dude.” Junpei commented before Chidori interrupted his line of thought. “Hey Ned, pass the PDA?” “Here.” “Right Thad, I’ll guide you, don’t need to worry.”
This seemed to calm Ryuji, as he then timidly urged the ghastly horse onward.
“Hmm, what was that Junp- I mean Herald?” Labrys asked as the cart continued on. Junpei was putting magazines into his coat pockets as he thought of something to say.
“Y’know… Futaba’s gotta have her AC on all the time… since she’s a shut-in, and it's a really hot summer this year… don’t you think?”
Everyone began to catch on to what Junpei was inferring here. “I dunno, maybe? Wouldn’t explain the freaks trying to kill us… the stupid day and night cycles…
“Hmm… maybe she doesn’t sleep often… or she sleeps a lot, a lot?” Junpei rhetorically asks. It was an unqualified guess, but it perhaps held some water.
0 hour, 20 minutes
Wild Territory
“I- don’t like this.” Ryuji said as the group went past a large manufacturing plant. “We’re heading past the Rostok plant… so, if we just pass by quickly, we should be fine.”
Never had concrete or industrialisation had taken such intimidating forms for both the Shadow Ops and Kelly Gang until this point where they had entered Futaba’s palace. A paranoia which unsettled had settled in to those who had ventured in.
Everything felt… real. Unlike the displays of comic villainy and fantastical settings of prior palaces and their rulers… Futaba’s palace was none of those. The backdrop was a curiosity, the shadows were… shadow puppets. And each palace was a shadow puppet play of whatever about the puppeteer which the sun doesn’t shine on.
Now playing: Lockhouse, by Thomas Newman, from 1917
However here, every disturbance of the air could be a bloodsucker, or an anomaly, each dark cranny and nook a sniper, or a mutant who hadn’t seen the sun in ages. Each one would not bode well for the health and life expectancy of the occupants of the wagon.
The entire world cannot be taken lightly. Every single inch of the unknown was more fuel for a silent and small dread, slowly pooling within the wagon. As the group continued to stare at the industrial complex, they were silent. No more speculation. There was no need for that.
CRACK! “RYUJI GET DOWN!” Two shots cracked out in the distance as the group heard and felt the ZIP! above their heads. Ryuji was fortunate that Chidori quickly shoved his head down to his legs. As a second shot then WHIZZED! over their heads.
“Duck in cover!” Shinji shouted. The five began to either jump off or throw their bodies off the wagon. “Shit! Where!” Junpei screamed.
Risking her steel, but still invaluable head, Labrys peeked on the side of the wagon. Just as quickly, she ducked back, rolling into the ditch where the others hid themselves.
“Sniper, window, our One o’ clock.” She said while breathing heavily. “Right. We can’t move until we deal with them…” “I can sense them.” Chidori said. “Medea… She sees it too. I can get him, I just need to be able to move.” She said.
“Kay’ let’s give our girl cover!” Junpei shouted, bringing his Browning rifle to bear, everyone else brought what they thought they could bring to bear upon the shooter.
Chidori herself however was in touch with Medea. She sensed a shadow, its general location. But the rest remained unclear. All she knew for certain however was that it needed to be eliminated. She loaded a stripper clip of rifle rounds into her MAS rifle and nodded to the rest to fire.
A sudden hail of fire then began to smash into the factory wall, as glass windows cracked, shattered, bits and scraps of concrete began to chip away under the weight of fire. While the gang only sticked their firearms over the lip of the ditch, firing at the rough direction of where they were shot at, Chidori crawled with her rifle to the side until she felt she was at the right place.
Sticking her head and rifle over the lip, she zeroed in on the broken windows as the distraction to her side began to run dry on ammo. She stared through the front sight, scanning them for any signs of life. Perhaps the excess of firepower had killed the shadow?
Medea believed otherwise. As she instead revealed to Chidori a presence… it was faint. And as she heard it pounding in her ears she was reminded of how Medea used to “navigate” in its days in service to STREGA.
BANG!!!
The sound of a heart flatlining then assaulted Chidori’s ears. She quickly cycled the bolt as a smoking case ejected itself.
“I got them.” Chidori said coldly. Labrys and Ryuji sat in astonishment. Shinji and Junpei however saw fragments of a Chidori years past. One that they had never thought they would see ever again. Their thoughts were cut short howeever.
WHIZ!!! POW!!! ZOOM!!!
Without further warning, the air above began to be torn apart by gunfire as the group then hugged the ground as tightly as possible.
“SHOULDN’T HE BE DEAD???” Labrys shouted to the others. “YES….” Bullets continued to whiz above as accurate bursts of fire flew overhead for a moment, and just as before, stopped without warning.
“There’s gotta be more… yes. Several. Unsure how many… they’re going too fast to tell how many.” Chidori said.
“What do you mean sweetie?” Junpei asked Chidori. “Their heart rates are going too fast… can’t tell how many they are…” Chidori said. “”You can see people’s heartbeat?” Ryuji asked with curiosity.
“I used to do it frequently… took a lot of energy and… concentration…. Anyway, there’s a lot of them.” Chidori said. “We can’t stay here…”
“We try to leave on the wagon, they’ll shoot us in the back. We wait here, they can swarm us by the time it gets dark…” Shinji explains…. “So what do we do?” Labrys asks.
“We can’t withdraw. So we’ll hit them first.” He said with firmness in his voice. Shinji checks his pocket watch. “It has been 25 minutes, in about five, more or less… it’ll get dark, and we’ll go in.”
“We’ll have to hit them hard enough that they think there’s more of us then there is, or we hit them hard enough that they can’t chase us anyway when we bounce.” Shinji explained. No one seemed to have anything to object.
End Track
0 hour, 30 minutes
“Shinji… I’ll try to give you heads up in advance. I just need to try to get somewhere where I can see what’s going on without being shot at.” Chidori told Shinji. “Well… we’ll proceed inside when you’re in position. Just give us the word when you’re ready.”
Night had fallen upon the territory.
“Right. We got ten minutes. I’ll take Labs, go up the left, Herald will take Tad up the right. Hex will find someplace where she can see what’s going on and direct the fighting… got it?” Everyone nodded. “Get going.”
Only disturbing the ground, the party had split into three. Stealthily, they began to infiltrate the concrete industrial complex. Moving like shadows,
With only moonlight acting as guide, the two groups set on assaulting the factory had made it in time without as much as leaving trails of unseen disturbed grass, meanwhile Chidori was struggling to find a place with overwatch on the factory. That is until she spotted a tree.
0 hour, 32 minutes
“What’s taking her so long?” Labrys asked Shinji. “She’s working on it. Now stay quiet.” In a moment of angst. Labrys repeatedly checked her weapons, whether it be by checking for rounds loaded in her break action pistol, or that her shotgun was fully loaded including as far as the elevator. Even as far as simply touching the axe strapped at her back, just to make sure it was there.
“Alright shadows. Technical difficulties resolved. Ready.”
“Good… what took you so long?” Labrys asked.
“Check your four o’ clock.”
Both Shinji and Labrys peered to their right, they were unable to see where Chidori was, at least until she was illuminated by the moon. She had in fact climbed a tree, in order to get a view on the factory complex, her legs holding on to dear life to the bark.
Now playing: Судно, by Molchat Doma
Without as much as a word, Shinji started the assault by kicking in a door to a side entrance.
“Two shadows, alert and on edge standing by a railing Ned.”
Boom! Kerchunk! Boom!
KOHTAKT KONTAK- BLAM!
A wild simultaneous ongoing firefight was ongoing as both groups began to fight their way into the center. As Chidori could see through the black windows bursts of gunfire, small explosions, illumination in the form of ghastly personas bringing a violent end to those still standing. Through the comm, Chidori could hear the last words of some.
Ne vpuskay yikh- HRNAT-BLAM!
PRYKRYY MENE, PRYKRYY MENE-WOOOSH!
PRYPYNYTY VOHENʹ, DRUZHNI STANTSIYI!
LABS I NEED A GRENADE!
Chidori couldn’t get a full picture, but each sound the comm managed to pick up gave clues as to the vicious battling. The sound of ricocheting rounds put Chidori on edge, she didn’t know if it was industrial machinery taking the fire, or Shinji and Labrys shrugging off slugs.
“UP YOURS!” BANGBANGBANG!
“PERSONA!”
“SON OF A-“
0 hour, 35 minutes
“Labs! Nade?” “Hang- On!” She said as she fumbled through a satchel for them. Running low on patience, and seeing that his gun was empty, Shinji instead took from its muzzle the bayonet, and prepared to-
BLAM!
The sound of glass shattering was followed by the impact of the shadow’s corpse upon the concrete floor. Shinji looked out the window to see Chidori’s silhouette sitting on the tall tree with the addition of her rifle.
“Ned, look out!” Shinji felt as a burst hit his side, the bush ranger painfully gripped it as he squeezed out shots from his revolver at the perpetrators.
“NAGRUDNIK!”
The bullets deflected off his armour, and illuminated the pitchblack hallway the bush ranger was in. Seeing this, Labrys immediately went charging in with her axe. As Shinji stood by, grabbing his side with pain. He heard as a cacophony of sound filled the total darkness of the hall.
Sounds of metal pipes clashing on the ground, spontaneous bursts of automatic fire, confused screaming, shouting, profanities from Labrys, the rip of an evoked persona, and the sound of flesh being ripped apart.
0 hours, 37 minutes
Shinji stared at the darkness as it went silent, while he was quickly trying to get his hands on a bottle of painkillers he had in his satchel. Taking that and a canteen of water, he took the pills and washed them down.
End Track
“Hey… you alright?” Shinji turned his head around to see Labrys, damaged and with what was the Shadow Extermination unit’s equivalent of bruising or a blue eye.
“Are you alright?” Shinji asked. “Ha ha, very funny, I’m more bulletproof then you so I’m asking if you’re alright, so are you alright?!” Shinji was about to laugh, only to feel the pain at his side again.
“Ok. Ow- Ouch. You got me. Not too bad.” Labrys quickly winced and knelt down to Shinji’s level. Tearing off bits of his armour to check for what was hurt.
“You may… have some bruised ribs.” “At least I didn’t break any.” Shinji retorted. “THATS STILL NOT OKAY!” “Well… as long as I pretend it didn't happen it should heal.” He said (to Labrys’ consternation) seriously, rather than jokingly.
“Guh! You’re sounding like Aki!” Labrys said in frustration. She took a first aid kit from her own bag and began to administer first aid.
“No need to fuss too much Labs…. It’s fine.” “Shut up! Look. This is clearly not good for you, alright? Coming home with a new injury every time you come here?” “But in the end. I’m not dead.” Shinji retorted.
Labrys looked at Shinji with an expression of disbelief as well as a mix of anger, disappointment, and anxiety. With Shinji wondering whether she was going to continue administering first aid, or if she was gonna leave him in pain.
“Shinji… I know your body heals fast in the metaverse…” Labrys explained with suppressed anger like a parental figure telling their kid about what they had done wrong. “Yes…” “Even if it doesn’t bring back the pain in the real world, your body is still hurting!” “Well… it has to.” Shinji replied.
Suddenly the sound of pained breathing and stumbling was heard by the pitch black hallway. Both Shinji and Labrys looked to see who it was, only to then see it was Junpei, hurt, and leaning upon the unscathed Ryuji.
“Hex here, I can no longer sense any enemy within the compound, they’re dead, or running away.”
“Hex… we’re coming back in a bit… as soon as we get our injuries checked.
“Who’s hurt?
Junpei took the comm. “I am honey, so is Ned… don’t worry, it’s just in my shoulder and it doesn’t hurt too much…”
“Thank god JunJun…”
The sigh of relief from Chidori was loud enough to be heard over the comms.
“I saw through the three… you were making sure Thad wouldn’t get hit was it?”
“Uh, yeah.” Ryuji then began speaking in the comm. “Herald took a hit to his shoulder when a guy we thought was down took his pistol…” Ryuji sighed in relief. “Uh, I know you don’t necessarily take the pain back to the real world with you, but I don’t know if my legs could have taken it if it did.” Ryuji said.
“Man… ah… uh… a nap woule be nice…” Junpei said. The man began to feel woozy and stumbled a bit. Quickly, Labrys got to his side and caught him before he could spiral down to the ground.
“Junpei!”
“Don’t worry Hex, we’ll patch your man up, and bring him to the wagon to take a nap where he’ll be close to you okay?” Labrys said to Hex.
“Quickly then. We’re loosing darkness.”
“C’mon Shinji!” Labrys told him as she and Ryuji carried Junpei forward. Without a word, Shinji followed, carrying everybody’s small arms back to the wagon.
0 hour, 39 minutes
“Well… that could’ve gone worse…” Ryuji said nervously as he got back on the driver’s seat on the wagon. “Are you going to be okay sweetie?” Chidori asked Junpei. “Eh, I’ll live. If we deal with this now, my shoulder will just have an ache or a bruise, and then it’ll be alright.”
As Junpei laid back on the moving wagon with a smile on his face, knowing he was destined for a day or two of rest and relaxation. Shinji couldn’t help but take responsibility for this.
He did not like the thought that Chidori, Junpei, and "himself" were yet again in a situation where they could’ve met their end.
“You sure that your shoulder will be okay for baseball?” Shinji asked Junpei. “Should be fine. Gotta tell my niece that practice will have to wait though.
A sudden feeling of guilt began to pool in Shinji’s stomach. It felt trivial, but the thought of out of all people, Junpei’s game career ending prematurely. Because of him.
No consolation could be found in the lack of control over the outcome, or that Junpei was responsible for his own safety or life, as was everybody else. In fact it felt much worse.
Shinji didn’t want to admit it or could find words for it. But he was beginning to spiral. Thoughts he knew he couldn’t afford to have now. Especially now.
Thoughts about taking the bullets meant for the shadow operatives, for the Kelly Gang, about whether he should continue bringing others with him, or simply going it alone. Thoughts about how his former teammates had in the seven years of his absence built fulfilling lives, and that he was asking them to risk losing them, forever. Thoughts about asking his current and new friends to risk their futures for what was something good, but whose possible costs looked increasingly unfair and absurd.
And on that thought about the lives that the persona users of both worlds had built or have yet to build, and how perhaps, his own were more disposable. It seemed reasonable. He was on a new lease on life, but it looked more like a mortgage, and well. He was wondering if the old man was going to ask for the house back.
The only thing which gave Shinji a sense of protection and security however, was that his mask of iron mail hid his face. And that his laboured breathing and silent tears would not be seen or heard. He could not bear the thought of others bending over backwards and breaking their spines or necks for him. It was utterly absurd and cruel he felt.
Yet as he saw through the thin eye slit in his helmet, determined faces and looks, happiness in the face of danger. And confidence that in fact, they were a step closer to saving Futaba.
He pondered why this was the case, until he realised why by the time the PDA showed they had crossed the line from the wild territory to Yantar.
An answer came in the form of a thought. Was it all because of him? Shinji did not expect to amount to much. He hadn’t really gotten much to aspire to, not even before the chance to aspire much to had been taken from himself, by himself… but
As he thought more about how the others in the wagon must’ve seen him. All they could see was a man of steel, a superman in iron mail who could not be put down in multiple senses of the statement. For those in the know and not in the know, he had been emitting a presence of invincibility. He was *almost* bulletproof even.
But well…. He did not need to look far to challenge his… “invincibility”. He felt more fragile instead than his armour gave him credit for.
It was then that a second idea came to mind. Perhaps out of the fear of the first. It was mundane, and boring. But that brought more comfort than the other one.
As the wagon went into the swamp of Yantar, Shinji saw the beginning of another factory complex, and began to contemplate what could be inside. It was then that Shinji decided to put the aforementioned second idea into practice.
“Hey guys?” Everyone acknowledged. “Is everybody feeling hungry? I know we didn’t eat breakfast.”
Everyone agreed audibly, roughly agreeing or not opposing agreement. Shinji to the others, nodded without any display of emotion. “By about now, the rice should be ready, and the curry warm…”
More eager audible sounds sounded off. “We can’t really proceed at this point. With JunJun’s shoulder banged up, and your side not feeling so good, it would be wise to withdraw for now.”
“Okay then.” The iron bush ranger nodded. His tears began to dry up. And the strength to face the others with his own face, rather than his mask.
And as the miasma of being brought back to reality, Shinji could only think, and dread a little of what was to happen on the next excursion.
Chapter 101: Dog days are "over"
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
3rd of August, Monday
Noon
S.O’s HQ
Shinji had woken up from his somewhat short nap.
Waking up on the couch of the shadow operatives after being insisted upon to be checked on by his friends after having both exited Futaba’s palace, and having had breakfast with the curry that Shinji had been preparing before the excursion, Shinji felt the opposite of well rested, or comfortable.
He struggled to remember how he had ended up here. He had been told that he was to wait on the couch in the living room so someone trusted could check what hurt and an appropriate rest and recovery period.
As the better informed and medically inclined of the shadow operatives didn’t trust some of the operatives to take care of their bodies within their limits, Shinji among them.
He remembered being laid to rest there, and being made quite comfortable in the process. He was a bit too tired to tell or ask, but he remembered being given both a pillow and a blanket which was currently draped over him as he lay on the couch.
It was an uneasy comfortability, as Shinji slowly remembered.
Labrys had sustained damage during the infiltration.
Junpei had taken a bullet to the shoulder as well.
Chidori and Ryuji had remained unharmed.
Shinji reached for his side, the one which began to ache, and a torrent of emotion began to fill in dark pools in his mind. They were of redundancy, being made useless by his body, weakness, that he could not fulfill the responsibilities of leading, and thereby keeping his fellows from harm. Embarrassment, of Junpei taking it in the shoulder and seemingly taking it with stride, while he himself took only a light comparative bruising, and was now lying “wounded”.
He can’t help but want to cast off the blanket, get off his arse, and find something to do which didn’t give him much room to think much. At least… he tried.
Rewinding his own pocket watch to the current time didn’t count. It hadn’t been an hour past noon so there was only a small adjustment needed. Seeing that it was close to lunchtime however, he tried to move himself off the couch, and to the kitchen. No success.
And then, a familiar feeling came. Shinji began to cough. Not violently, but enough to feel as if he cannot move from his position without literally anything stopping him. Including his own body, which he cursed.
The scope of his task reduced itself to grabbing a glass of water at least. But even his coughing made it a torturous task. His body seemed to do everything in its own power to not hinder him, but to even keep him from standing up comfortably.
In the end, Shinji could only take a half empty glass, and couldn’t even make it back to the couch, having to settle to sit on the floor. Resting his back by the side of the couch, he cannot help but feel weak. And alone.
The terrible feeling of being stuck in his own mind held sovereignty over Shinji’s body. As the dreadful power of thought paralysed him.
It was then that somebody, his savior came to liberate him from the now overwhelming weight of feeling. As a t-shirt clad Maruki came over with glasses of freshly squeezed apple juice.
“I heard you coughing, need something to drink?” “Mhhm.” Shinji managed an affirmative nod. As he reached a hand out to pick up the glass of strangely orange colored liquid.
“Heard what happened there. You alright?” “Aches.” Shinji said as he sat upright on the couch. “How’s the others?”
“Labrys is undergoing maintenance for light damage, plus a wash by Fuuka. Junpei’s also fine. The spot on his arm will be dark for a while but, he's spending time with Chidori watching a game in person, and Ryuji was unscathed. He’s still here.” “Good.”
Shinji took a sip of the juice, and savored the zest. If any zeal was gone and wiped from his system, a bit was coming back in, as relief began to overcome Shinji, along with strength in both his mind and body.
And with some strength returning, Shinji had some disposable ego and pride to expend. And its expenditure needed to result in the easing of what troubled him in his mind. And when he felt some courage, he decided to ask something.
“Hey Maruki?” “Yes Shinji?” “You don’t happen to be a shrink do you?” “I am a research assistant, not a qualified and accredited therapist. But if you want to say anything, I am qualified enough as an attentive listener. So go ahead.”
Now playing: The ideal and the real
Shinji took a deep breath. “Would it be… rational to say… I am very tired.” Shinji proposed. “It would not be out of the question.” Maruki answered. “You have been going at it for… four months, and in that time, you have taken down three notable public figures which the police failed to apprehend… you’ve brought countless others in mementos either to justice, or have brought them back from the brink of rather nasty circumstances. I have the reports.”
“And now… I am just. Falling apart a bit.” Maruki affirmed Shinji with a nod. “Sleep is beginning to get harder, my head isn’t making things easier on me either. It’s thinking too much at times when I need it to not.”
“Right.” “Worst of all, it’s going to start affecting missions, and today was just a start.” Shinji continued. “Well, with that laid out, would you like to go further into detail, or leave it there as it is?” Maruki asked.
“Hmm… I can go a bit further. I really wish I can stop thinking about getting shot again.” Shinji said to Maruki with a straight face. Seeing that Maruki matched his expression to show that he was only focused on what he had to say, he continued.
“It should make more sense to me. I was shot twice, got back, now I’m wearing a suit of armour which deflects bullets. Yet, I still flinch sometimes…”
“When?” “Uh… sometimes something as simple as a loud noise. I just flinch… or begin to lose it.” “If you don’t mind, can you go into further detail about that second part if you don’t mind?”
“Sure, I just… get lost in my head. I just get small, sit somewhere in my head, and get lost. And when that happens, I’m just in my own bed, staring at a dark spot on the ceiling at three in the morning.
“Hmm. It sounds like, and it’s my unqualified opinion, you are perhaps entering stages of what could be called burnout.” “Yeah?”
“Uh, it helps to see your mind in the form of resources, which you expend to handle stress. Too much stress in a prolonged time, drains your resources, and then you’re taking on debt.” “I see.” “It’s going to sound too obvious, but… take better care of yourself.”
“Get better sleep, drink less coffee perhaps, and let’s seriously hope you can at least get a few weeks off without needing to worry about this stuff.” “You better not be asking me to take it easy while the others continue fighting.” “Well, I’m sure they won’t mind if you asked.” Maruki suggested. “They are reasonable people.”
“Would it be reasonable of me to say that if I uh, know the others are putting their lives on the line while I am not, I don’t like the sound of it?” “Yes. In fact, we call it survivor's guilt.”
“There isn’t much you can do about what happens to them, but if something does, you take responsibility for that. Am I wrong?” “Not really, today was an exercise in that.”!
“Well, there is really only one decision to make: to continue to assume responsibility, or to simply say everyone is responsible for their own safety. And to not own the guilt if something happens.” “It sounds wrong.” “But is it?”
“You’d have to ask the others. Not me.” “Fair enough.”
“I guess that’s on you later.” Maruki said. “I think, they would appreciate you letting them in on how you feel.”
“What makes you think that.” Shinji replied dryly, it was a bold proposal. Challenging several assumptions which he had about how he interacted and disclosed to others.
“Forgive me for… perhaps intruding… or projecting assumptions upon your… situation.” Maruki said frankly. “That’s fine. Just make sure there are no other ears in the room.”
The two decided on a convenient venue where they’d be alone. That being the balcony. Assured that the sound of construction and traffic would dilute any ears, intentional or otherwise. Maruki brought out two chairs, and Shinji brought both their glasses of apple juice with them.
“Right. Tell me what you think.” “I think… you’re looking at your old friends from a place of inferiority…” “Okay…” Shinji reacted with dismissal. “What the hell does that mean.”
“I notice you are hesitant in spending quality time with your old SEES comrades… excluding Chidori and Labrys, it does not give the impression that you are the best of friends.” “Hmm.”
“I think, it's a result of your demise.” “Yeah… what’s new.” “Yes… but let’s take a look at it again… or rather what is absent.” Maruki explained.
The two talked about various things. The past, its events, and the extraordinary circumstances which they themselves were in. And which included the supernatural.
End Track
Now playing: Dog days are over, By Florence and the Machine, covered by Elize Fleury
“Why do you think you were brought back?” “It’s…” Shinji sighed. “I don’t know man. Sometimes I tell myself it's perhaps a mistake… not out of any self Loathing, but just as an absurd joke.”
“Sissiphic of you.” “What does that mean?” “Existential of you I mean.” “You mean those edgelords who say god is dead?” “Not the full quote, but close enough.”
“God… Takaya was so…” “What?” “God damn annoying… he couldn’t shut up about…” “I know.” “What do you mean?” “Not to make it about me. But I was a student by the time it got really bad in 2009.” “Really, you were a student in Gekkoukan? How am I supposed to believe that?”
“The winter of that year I was digging snow off the street and finding bodies underneath. That was an unpleasant experience.” “Jesus Christ.” “So, how can I believe in that poppycock of… love, happiness and other nice things too?”
“Yeah, how could you?” “Yeah… how could you?”
Shinji sat and thought, and drank a bit more. “It feels surreal.” “What?” “Everybody else being happy.” “Go on.”
“I die. Shot twice. I say night night while everybody is tearing up around me. I then, after signing a piece of bloody paper, come back. Magically, and well…”
“Everyone’s happy. Even the ones which didn’t have much to be happy about. It’s absurd.” Shinji said with a pause, only to clarify later. “Of course, I am not opposed to everyone else being happy. It’s just…”
Shinji shrugged. “It all happens without me, they moved on from me. Yet… they come back for a dead man.” Shinji sighed. “Stupid…”
“They wanted to.” “I also find that stupid.” “Well I rather call it absurd, but… you get to define and interpret your own life.” Maruki somehow said in a way, which had not a hint of dismissiveness.
“I just think… if I was just allowed to simply die. They’d all just moved on. And I wouldn’t really be in a position to feel too angry or sad about it. I would be dead.”
“Well, you unfortunately are not. And you have to now cope with being the “Senpai” of your former comrades again, and the new ones too.” “That I don’t get.”
“I don’t get it. The new persona users, sure. My old teamates… if I’m counting right, with the exception of Mitsy and Aki, I didn’t even get fifty days with them.”
“They were probably looking at me like a hobo from the street or something…” “Yet they didn't, even now.” Maruki retorted.
Shinji couldn’t help but shake his head in dismissal. “Its going to sound cruel to you.” Maruki said. “You were likely their biggest regret.” “Isn’t that disparaging?”
“No. It means they think you deserve better. Including Mitsuru and Akihiko, Minato and Kotone, perhaps even Ken. And the rest.” “Really.” “Really. I’m serious.”
“I don’t… don’t even know if I’m here to stay, or to go away again.” “Yeah. And that’s the point maybe. Look, it isn’t that deep, they want to get close, because they want to get close. And if you want a serious answer…”
“They don’t want to…” Maruki as he began to find the words, gesturing his hands as if they held a fishing line, reeling in a composition of word after word which could speak to the deceased.
“They don’t want the pain of regret again. They know that their time with other people can be made short. So they’re making the most of it. And, I think you can say the same too.”
“Hmm.” Shinji’s expression seemed to lighten. Rather than the expected appeals to emotion, or the emotions of others without the effort made to help understand them or comprehend them. This made sense. This made sense to Shinji. “Pain… is a universal language. I don’t need to explain further.”
“Yup.” The sound of hooves filled his ears as he thought about pain. His pain. Thoughts about questioning what somehow kept former SEES, including himself, together had been a recurring thought. All now made sense. Their pain.
“Right.” Shinji nodded. “It makes a whoooole lot more sense now.” “Glad to be of service.” Maruki said before taking a sip of his apple juice.
MAGICIAN RANK UP!!!
“I think you won’t really let them down. In fact, you can’t.” Maruki said. Shinji, who now began to smile, said. “Never say never.”
The two continued to sit in peace, only to hear a scratching of the door. They turned behind to see if not loved, the most loved former member of Sees. Woof!
“Hello Koromaru~” Maruki said with suave as he opened the balcony door. Lifting the dog onto his lap, only for Koro to jump instead to Shinji’s.
“You know. There is something I do want to talk to you about.” “Go ahead.” “I want a break. After this, I’m going to need a break.” “Good. It's deserved at this point I think.”
“Well, it’s because of what we went over earlier… I think… I think I’m maybe…”
“A bit sick. And not in a good way.” Maruki’s face turned serious. “How so?” “Well… I’ve got a cough… It's been here for a bit, but I’ve never gotten the chance to see a doctor about it. I think though… Maybe after we help Futaba, I’ll go see Tae.”
“That would sound wise.” Maruki nodded. Koromaru began to stir, as his movements began to look angsty. “I think Koro needs a walk now! Am I right?” Maruki declared.
Koro began to bark and applaud Maruki, with Shinji smiling as much as he was, he asked: “Mind if I come too?” “Sure. Just remember to bring the plastic bags in case Koro needs to poo.”
And so they left, leaving behind their troubles at the balcony.
End Track
???
The redhead sat in shock. She sat in disbelief, having eavesdropped on the conversation between Shinji and one of his companions.
She sat, thought, and contemplated. He came back from the dead??? Was she taking something out of context? The hacker asked herself.
These thoughts however, slowly drifted into one inevitable thought. Mom. Was… it possible? She could not ask any questions about the logistics of a resuscitation. But it was a relief in the midst of a terrible episode. The voices had returned.
“If you don’t shut up and sit down, I’ll hit you!”
“Why are you crying? You got food, a futon mattress, and a roof over your head you spoiled child!”
“Your mother spoiled you. Ingrate brat.”
If she could be with her mother again, a thought which lingered. These thoughts slowly culminated to the logical conclusion, as she sat and contemplated that:
She really wanted to die.
SOHQ, the exercise room
In the next room next to the balcony, stood Ryuji in exercise clothes.
The room next to the balcony was designated as a makeshift gym. With exercise machines and engines being brought in ad hoc over the last few months.
In a moment of helplessness over one of his heroes, Junpei, taking a bullet in his right shoulder, his good batting arm, he had consigned himself to the room to attempt some form of atonement by training his body, despite the crippled leg.
He had been contemplating a routine which trained his good limbs with the exception of his bad leg.
Ryuji had a habit, when caught in routines of negative thought, he would seek the first opportunity to disrupt that, usually defaulting to exercise. Almost always a run. This time instead, was training his arms. Another thought also then crossed his mind. What if he tried to practice his sword fighting?
He had a sword, he’d rather use a gun, but he figured it’d be a waste to not use it. Wondering how he was to practice, he realised that he was among possible training partners here.
All the shadow operatives, unlike their younger counterparts, often stuck more their blades and longarms. He thought to himself, maybe he could ask someone around? He looked upon the kit he strewn by the side, his saber and browning pistol, and thought seriously for a moment who might be willing to help him. Kotone perhaps, but she used a long stick with a knife. Kat perhaps? They used a polearm too. Wait. Yusuke?
Perhaps he could ask Yusuke a favour, he picked up the pistol and the saber and with both on either hand.
“Alright. This feels awesome.” Ryuji for a moment felt like a kid, he felt as if he would make a good pirate perhaps. Flintlock and cutless. Then the feeling of childishness came over him. And he quickly set both his weapons down out of a slowly increasing but unfounded fear of being found out, and embarrassed.
It was at that moment however, as the window for the gym room open, letting in cool air, he heard. Everything. Everything from Shinji’s and Maruki’s conversation. The uncomfortable feeling of having to listen to things you were certainly not supposed to listen to began to seep into Ryuji.
Shinji… had died? No way. It was crazy! Ryuji thought to himself. The man was alive, breathing, and not down and out! But… the other stuff… Shinji was… unhappy?
Ryuji immediately stopped to think about what was in his power to help. Another dinner for him at the ramen place? Fishing? Something? But then he stopped. He wasn’t the sharpest tool in the shed, he admitted to himself, but there was likely more to it, and there was not much he could do thanks to not knowing all the details.
No. This was out of his hands, and the hands of those in the gang. He had to sit and stay silent on what he had eavesdropped on. But… then the thought of somehow, breaking the news to the others, and trying to help
Shinji anyway crossed his mind.
Regardless, he sat on one of the arm exercise machines wondering what he should do. Drinking a glass of the apple juice that Maruki had made for him earlier.
“Damn… hate the mush left in the juice…”
Notes:
I know this story has pacing as "well done" as One piece, but I thank you for reading it still.
In other news, One Piece is great, and I mourn the loss of Nico Robin's hat everyday.
P.S "[crying hysterically] NICO ROBIIIIIIIHIHIHIIHINNNNN..."
-My betareader, Maze "૮(˶ㅠ︿ㅠ)ა"
Chapter 102: Kelly's Lobby
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kelly Gang
Ken Katgirl: Who changed my name???
Perun: boo
Ken Katgirl: Change it back!!!
Perun:NEVER
I accept ransoms tho
Haru: Relax Kat, it's reversible.
Kat: thanks Haru
Ulani,ulani: hey Shinji
Shinji
Shinji
Wake up
Carmen Takamaki: Ryuji shut up I need my beauty sleep
Ulani,ulani: turn off the ringer!!!!
Besides the point, Shinji are you okay after
yesterday???
Kat: He’s probably still asleep Ryuji
Kellygaki: I was.
Carmen Takamaki: HE LIVES
Kellygaki: I was sleeping like I was dead, then I wasn’t.
What is it now?
Ulani,ulani: Been some time since most of us hung out together
Other than to smash into palaces
Im thinking who wants ramen?
Kellygaki: got nothing better to do
Carmen Takamaki: can’t make it :( Do enjoy tho :)))
Kat: Sure I’ll see u there
Haru: I can come after tending to my garden.
Kellygaki: Oh, and Ryuji
I’m doing ok
Ulani,ulani: Good, I heard it was bad bad from Labrys
Carmen Takamaki: omg!!!! R u okay???
Kellygaki: Well, I really can’t sleep on my right side so I gotta sleep on my back or my left
But I can still walk without feeling too stiff
Haru: you better not strain your body to have lunch with us Shinji.
Shinji: Im not made out of salt Haru I should be fine.
Where is Yusuke anyway? Don’t think he can refuse free food.
Kat: he keeps his phone off when he sleeps, anyway see you there!
4th of August, Tuesday
Ogikubo
Standing outside at the line, Ryuji found himself as the first to arrive. And as was routine, the line was long with little to no sign of it shortening sooner rather than later. The ramen inside was too good for the people to not take their time and savour it.
It was then that while searching for something to catch his mind, rather than doing something normal like getting out his phone, he’d thought back to the halcyon days of April. When he, Shinji, and Haru kicked off this whole thing in the first place. Here no less.
It had been… directly after Haru had gotten her own persona… and renovated one of the rooms of Kamoshida’s palace with a machine gun. The smell of acrid smoke and burnt gunpowder seemed to cling to their clothes even out of mementos, and into the ramen store.
The sentiment of such a memory had gotten Ryuji to further withdraw in thought, as the sentimentality of memory began to soften his already vibrant and bold smile, to a softer expression which was as static as a pool of undisturbed water. It was a bit overwhelming for Ryuji, as he had, in a long time. Memories he’d felt worth keeping. To be sentimental over, and to smile about.
He couldn’t help but finally open his phone to open his photo application to search for the various photos he had taken. As both Shinji and Haru were not interested in capturing the early stages of the Kelly Gang, he was primarily its chronologist. Being the second member of the Kelly Gang and all that.
Starting at around the second week of April, the vast majority of photos he took, were photos of seemingly no consequence. All the break periods and times after school where they spent on the roof, eating lunch, watering Haru’s garden, or just simply sitting down to take a nap or to do fuck all.
And here and there, were moments of more significance. Such as when they came back with a new member. Specifically, two photos. The first being one when Ann had left the palace with them. The photo there was one of the now four members of the Kelly Gang enjoying drinks under a declining sun. Their spring uniforms blowing under the now old, and dry winds.
The second photo of significance after that one was when Kasumi exploded into their lives as a friend and comrade. Their celebration instead took place at a triple seven with five cup noodles. Actually… seven. With three going to Kasumi. The sight of Kasumi kneeling on the pavement over three cups noodles fully boiling and ready to eat was a funny and happy memory.
The rest of the photo reel followed the same pattern. The times that Ryuji bothered to photograph the times they were together as friends, or to mark the entrance into their lives of new gang members, or friends.
“Hey!!!” “Thank you for saving a spot in the line for us!” Broken out of his train of nostalgia, a first. Ryuji reared his head to see that Haru and Ken were finally here. Both… for some reason matching… or synchronizing clothes.
While Haru wore a normal pair of jeans, along with a purple tank top. Ken wore a pair of jean shorts, accompanied by an orange crop top and a jacket. Ryuji couldn’t but a finger on it, but he perhaps thought something was amiss.
“Been a while since we have eaten here.” Haru commented. “Can’t wait, this place has the best ramen Kat!” “Oh, I highly doubt that.” They replied.
“There’s a place back home in Iwatodai called Hagakure. Needless to say Ryuji, this place will be going up against the spicy ramen there.” “Okay, bring it!” Ryuji replied in zeal and a closed fist.
“Speaking of… I understand you two, and Shinji were the first three members right?” “Yes, that is true.” “What was he like?” Ken asked with curiosity.
“Actually…” Ryuji, having just browsed through, showed off the full collage of photos starting from April he took. Showing off the days which now not only benefited from the addition of age, but now nostalgia. Akin to the affection the rising sun at dawn may get.
Ken’s expression was of an initial curiosity, followed by a smile. Seeing the smiles on their faces as they were brought back to a time and place which although was a dark one, held a sentimental significance and gravity.
“Man, you guys look…” Ken had no words for the feeling. “Happy, I guess.” She added.
Now playing: Luffy’s theme, by Kouhei Tanaka
Gleaming with pride, Ryuji began to fully smile cheek to cheek. “Hell yeah we were. I dunno how to describe it but…” Ryuji stood as he tried to find the words.
“Okay… have you ever watched an anime… and you see the first few main characters form a squad and… it’s all hopeful, and happy! Since they’re doing something new! And it’s something to be happy and hopeful about… and everything which you should be worried or anxious about just… doesn’t exist.” Ryuji attempted to describe. Somehow, it got through to Ken. He knew he had managed to get through to him, as now Ken was smiling cheek to cheek as well, along with Haru. This historically… embellished retelling of events held sway over the three.
“How romantic of you.” Haru said. “What! I’m not romantic! I’m not in love with my bro…. Or you.” Haru gasped, only to tone down in laughter, Ryuji was perhaps the most unqualified person to understand a reference to English literature.
“I guess… that makes us like…” Ryuji slammed his fist into the palm of his other hand. “Mugiwara! Straw hats!”
“Sorry.?” Haru asked. “I said that makes us like the straw hats from one piece!” Ryuji said with excitement. He then reached into his backpack, shuffling through its contents while speaking to the other two.
“Take a look!” He said as he brought out the first volume and showed it to both Haru and Ken, with varying responses. While Haru showed a confused face, however with a polite smile. Ken showed immediate interest.
“You’re a One Piece fan!!!” “You are???” Ken and Ryuji couldn’t contain both their excitement, until noticing Haru’s confused but smiling face, contained themselves.
“Do any of you care to explain to me who the straw hats are?” “Right! Uh…. The straw hat pirates are a bunch of misfit kids who become pirates… the guy in the straw hat, he’s Luffy, and he’s going to be king of the pirates when he finds the one piece!” Ken explained.
“And uh! They go and fight a lot of people… including the government!” Ryuji added. “There’s a manga… but there’s also an anime, and I watch the anime… usually when Featherman is not on.” Ken explained.
For the next five minutes as the trio moved up the line, Ryuji and Ken took turns explaining to her the parts of Oda’s masterpiece which they liked, to her pleasure actually. She was enjoying listening to both Ken and Ryuji explain something which they loved, in fact. Despite what some people in her life said about both manga, or anime in general… she was considering taking a crack at the nineteen year old story of a bunch of romantic misfits driving awaythe scum, corruption, and tyranny of their nautical world… and in their own hearts.
“You know… the straw hats kinda sound like us, actually.” Haru said. “They’re doing what we’re doing… except sometimes not on purpose.” Ken and Ryuji looked at Haru with blank faces while she continued. “Taking on the authorities, challenging power… other things…”
Ryuji remained blank until he slammed his fist into his hand. “Damnit!!!” “What’s wrong Ryuji?” “I should’ve said we were the straw hats to Shinji! We should be heroes!” “What was the thing you wanted to say to me?”
End Track
“Shinji, we should’ve called ourselves the straw hats!” Ryuji exclaimed as Haru and Ken looked at a now present Shinji with shock on their expressions due to his sudden materialisation by their side. “Uh. I don’t think any of us are wearing any straw hats. Also this is made of leather.” Shinji tipped his black haraway hat.
“Holy shit you’re here!!!” Ryuji exclaimed. “Sorry, hold up on my end. But, I got here. Thanks for saving a spot.”
Everyone was silent as they began to leave the line for the confines of the ramen shop and the smell of broth and noodles. Only for Ryuji to trail them and vocally say: “though that hat looks like robin’s…”
10 minutes later…
“Right. Let’s see if this is better than Hagakure, Shinji!” Ken exclaimed to him. “Mmm… tell me how you feel instead afterwards. I hold this as a close second to home.” Shinji told Ken.
And then, as Ryuji watched eagerly, Ken took a first spoonful, only to then stop. “So…. Which is better?” Ryuji asked with anticipation. Everyone looked as Ken deliberated and mulled it over.
“Umm….. Uh…… oh no……” Ken said. “Oh no?” “They’re neck in neck…” Ken said before continuing down on the bowl. Everyone, though at a slower pace ate through their ramen bowls until Ken finished first.
“Uh….. I can’t decide.” Ken said with disappointment, and to Ryuji’s visible and audible dismay. “Neck in neck! Come on! I gotta go over to both of your hometowns and try your ramen myself!” Ryuji said with zeal. “Careful.” Shinji said.
“Be careful with what you wish for Ryuji.” He said with a sly smile. Ryuji, blinked. Only to then understand what he had meant, and that Shinji was firmly on the side of his hometown’s ramen. “I gotta say though, the takoyaki here is great though… love takoyaki.” Shinji said.
“While we are here, we should talk about something important, Shinji.” “Yeah?” Ken asked. “Shinji, specifically.” Haru clarified.
“What about it?” Shinji asked. “Please take this seriously… you have been going on all the trips into Futaba’s palace, burdening yourself again and again. And every time it has happened, we hear of you being hurt again, and again.”
“Yeah. So? It’s part of the job.” “Well that’s the thing… its our job too.” Haru said plainly without the flourish she usually conducted herself with. Meaning, the matter was something serious which she could not take lightly, or spoken with comfort.
“We have been told from credible sources that you…” Ken stopped, searching for the words. All while sweat began to fall off Shinji, as he thought to himself “Don’t give me away… don’t give me away…”
“You as of recent have been putting yourself in more danger than what was expected.” Ken said while Shinji sighed. “Can I blame myself?” “Shinji, you’re not impervious to gunfire.” “I’m more, you’re less.” Shinji replied.
“Look. It’s a problem to you but, it isn’t to me.” Shinji said. “That is it. It is a problem to us.” Haru said. “Look.”
“We, appreciate it.” Ryuji said. “Wearing armour and taking slugs which could kill you… cool.” He said. Ken then followed with: “It isn’t good for everybody’s morale.” He then began to speak narrowly, with the kind of voice which suggested that they could not accept any other way.
“Nobody is enjoying the fact that you are taking the burden which everyone else should be taking… I get it’s because we’re on holiday, and you want everyone to enjoy their break, but its clearly at your own expense.” Ken explained
“Jesus christ…” Shinji sighed. “Where is this coming from?”
“Shinji, I say this with sincerity, we are not oblivious.” Haru said. “We are always watching you. For better or for worse.” Haru said sternly. “We’ll follow you to the ends of the world, but only if you are still alive to be followed.” Haru concluded.
Shinji knew what Haru’s stern tone meant. In some way or form. He had messed up. He wasn’t entirely sure on how he had. But he did. And they had noticed. And with the shame of disappointing others, or doing something others disapproved of, came the feeling of a pain which screamed for a salve of some form. He had messed up and he knew it. And he had no idea how to deliver himself from this… phantom pain of a sort.
Everything from then on felt… weird, Shinji observed. He observed after this tense moment of confrontation. He concluded that the prior moment was likely to bring attention to the issue they held or perceived in his conduct and way of doing things. And… they weren’t wrong.
Not that Shinji himself felt as if this was Haru, Ken and Ryuji telling him that they were right, and he was wrong. He knew them enough to know they did not mean harm or ill. But…
He could not accept the thought of the others getting it. Not Ryuji, not Haru, not Yusuke or Ann, Kasumi, most especially Ken. It was hard to contemplate them not just getting hurt, but worse.
It was hard to contemplate what they would lose. They had a future:
Ryuji and his desire to no longer limp around and go to physical therapy.
Ann and her future with Shiho, and as a model.
Kasumi’s prodigal prospects as the top gymnast
Yusuke and his desire to find out more about his mom, and his artistry.
Haru and Ken remained at large when it came to scoping their aspirations, but he was pretty sure they had more to aspire to than…
Himself.
The math seemed obvious. The gang minus its leader had members who had made more out of their lives, then the short one that he had lived. What had Shinji done which was deserving of longevity?
If you asked someone of impartial standing and posture, they would say that:
Shinji who had nothing to aspire to.
When this was all said and done, what was left for him?
He was caught between two worlds with no place in either apart from the one he currently inhabited.
He was a murderer.
He was a dead man walking.
He was brought back from the brink for reasons unclear and vague, whose guarantors were not to be found easily, or consulted. And their scarcity did not bode well as to finding reasons as to why he was and continued to be here, or for how long.
And then the final ultimate reason being, it could all just end here.
Life was short. The second part of that line did not exist if you looked for proof of it in Shinji’s short life. It was simply cut too short to have any meaning be carved out of such a sad existence. So, really? Was he wrong?
Apparently, yes.
He stared now at a table of silent friends, looking at them as they continued to finish their ramen bowls. Things… were clearly non congruent. They had brought him out here to go eat outside but… yeah.
It was making no sense. Shinji thought. Was this planned? Did they talk behind his back? Had he been so focused on Futaba’s palace that he never saw it coming?
The questions had no end. As Shinji began to get lost in his own head.
As for the three, Ryuji, Haru, and Ken. They were beginning to reconsider the timing of their intervention. As they continued to look at the mask which Shinji held, which was of a stone cold, unabiding and unwavering figure of a man, had now turned into a fallible, self doubting, less than secure individual, accompanied with an expression of insecurity. The three began to come to the conclusion that it was exactly this moment that they were supposed to give Shinji space.
For each of the three, the following moments look like such:
For Ryuji, the awkwardness was getting to him. He expected today to be a normal hangout, where everyone was going to do something fun after lunch… wait.
This was probably about the… thing about yesterday. Ryuji thought.
For Ken, it hurt to bite her tongue. She knew better about what was between the lines, and what was the problem. But there was no way that she could enlist the help of Haru or Ryuji, who she thought could be better qualified at… well, helping Shinji with what was an issue that she could not separate herself from as undeniably a painful part of the problem.
She saw how Haru and Ryuji were around Shinji, and it warmed her heart when she thought about it. Knowing that they had been the initial three pioneers, Kat couldn’t help but think of SEES, specifically of how it was Yukari, Junpei, Minato and Kotone who formed the “heart” of SEES.
It was this dynamic which seemed to be repeating itself, that Ken was placing her hope in its survival.
And for Haru, it was the overwhelming feeling of responsibility which prevailed over any feeling of awkwardness.
No preconceptions of obligation, other than obligation itself reigned. No assumptions presuming what was in Shinji’s best interest either, and acting to fulfill them. For Haru, what reigned was a sentiment which would be the most flattering Haru would be to somebody else, and to Shinji would likely be seen as uninformed hyperbole.
Out of all the people in her life, Shinji was the first to have earned from her an unyielding and uncompromising loyalty. Shinji couldn’t know. He didn’t know. In fact if the staff at Shuijin did their jobs according to the agreement father had made, nobody would know.
Yet Shinji, without even himself even knowing, had given a sudden shot to the arm of Haru Okumura’s life and freedom.
Freedom did not come to Haru in a predictable manner, or at the price of ceding her personal sovereignty to those who saw her as cattle. It came from the most unpredictable and seemingly impossible of avenues, yet.
She could not put it down as coincidence. She could not dismiss it as such, there was significance and purpose behind it somehow. The faithful would say he was an angel sent from heaven, Haru would differ, and she knew for certain he would too. If he knew the extent of her circumstance, her father, his scheming, plotting, cynicism, her “fiancé”, and so on. It would all be different. He didn’t.
And so, she threw down the pommel at Shinji, whether he knew it or not, he was the first person she would deem worth forsaking the world for, and who she would follow to hell and back. But only so long as he lived.
End Track
After lunch
“So… what are the consequences?” Shinji asked plainly, after everyone had finished their meals in silence.
“Whoa there, whoa there. What do you mean ‘consequences’?” Ryuji asked in shock. Meanwhile, Haru cleared her throat, and spoke clearly. “Haven’t thought of them yet.” She replied. “But I will when we resolve Futaba’s palace.” Haru said.
“Right…” Shinji puffed. “If that is settled. We will go back to Futaba’s palace tomorrow. Everybody here, Ken?”
“Yes.” “Let Chidori know we’re going back. Otherwise… I think we’re settled.” He said dispassionately.
Shinji looked upon Haru, his trusted lieutenant and confidant. And tried to interpret her face. It was clearly a show of some sort. A mask. It had purpose, and it was trying to tell him something.
Was that anger? No, clearly not. Was it apathy? No, that’s not like Haru. Wait. Was that determination? Shinji looked at Haru again, and appreciated it again for what he thought it was. It was balls.
So this is what it's like to be around me… Shinji thought. A determined, uncompromising, perhaps even at times bloodyminded stubbourness. A stubbornness which can only be instructed by a complete apathy towards one’s own health, or instead by the simple thought.
I know what is right and there is no point in changing my mind about it.
“Okay then. See you tomorrow. Nine thirty in the morning, see you there.” Without any further words, Shinji turned and walked away. And Haru did the same, with Ryuji and Ken following them respectively with angst in their step.
Late afternoon
Shibuya
“Hey, Haru?” “Yes Kat?” “Do you think we were too harsh?” “No.”
The two had been walking through the main street, walking off what tension had remained in their minds. It helped little.
Haru stopped to breathe, and Ken stopped behind her. They both stood in silence until Haru had found the words to say.
“I mean every single word I said, Kat.” … “I want to follow him.” This shocked Ken, and gave him pause for thought.
Things were taking a leap for the fantastical, according to Ken. This was looking less like a betrayal the more he thought about it. This was something else entirely, and he wasn’t able to fully understand as there still in some way or form remained borders of separation between him and the gang.
The Shinji that he knew, would never have been able to inspire something like… this. Even if he desired such, and even then… this was perhaps completely on accident, by choices not entirely of his own making, or purpose he could call his own.
As the only certainty it seemed within certain uncertainty, Ken was able to find some comfort. Shinji had people who were absolutely dedicated to him, and eachother. At least, the ease of mind remained… until a man in a white suit approached Haru with an evil expression.
“What are you doing here? You haven’t been answering my messages.”
Haru was inconsolable, but her expression remained unchanged.
“Come on, I’m bringing you home with me, okay- wait…” it was at this moment that Ken was finally taken notice by the man.
“Who is this? A school friend? It better be. If I think you’re cheating on me with another man you will regret it, you hear me!
Shocked at being called out, the rude man tried to grab Haru’s arm, only to then be swatted away with every try. It was the fourth try that the rude man questioned Haru: “What are you thinking?! What do you think you’re doing?! Answer me!”
Haru, without any warning, slapped the rude man in the face. And remained quiet. It was only when the rude man slowly looked at her with a venomous expression, that Haru shot back with one of her own.
“Get…. Lost.”
Ken could clearly see the expression of the rude man turn from fury, to one of a brat. As he then withdrew, making flight and leaving the scene to sulk, likely.
Ken stood in amazement, as much as fear. They stood in place wondering whether to address Haru or to stand in place, he wouldn’t get to decide, as Haru then turned to face Ken with one of the happiest and sincerest smiles he had seen in a while.
“Sorry about that Kat, would you like to have fun at an airsoft range, and then go share dinner later? My treat!” Haru said with the warmth and kindness characteristic of her.
“Uhm… yeah, but…”. “Don’t worry. It’s just a creep. Let’s enjoy the rest of our day! Promise?”
Ken, seeking to not let Haru dwell on what must’ve been a shocking encounter with a creep, decided it was for the best that Haru had some buffer before dealing with what had just happened.
“Sure. Oh, and-“. “Just, make sure to not tell anybody, and today’s on me, okay?”
“Mmm….make it a date…. And I might?”
Meanwhile, the same time
Fishing ponds
“Look, I really had no idea what was happening dude!” Ryuji appealed to an inconsolable Shinji who sat over the ponds with a fishing rod. “And I said, that was fine.”
“Is it really???” Shinji remained quiet for a while leaving Ryuji in silence.
“She’s doing this for a reason. Which is better than me on most fronts.” Shinji replied before leaving Ryuji in silence, in order for him to ponder what were the implications of those words.
And to his credit, Ryuji said nothing. Rather, he simply paid for a second fishing rod, and brought a chair close to Shinji, in order to fish in silence with him.
Notes:
So you know how Ryuji is seen sometimes reading Manga at the hideout? He's reading One Piece, don't question me on this one.
-Cossack"i love hanging out with my awesome friends :]" Ryuji said with joys. Shinji was then shot 57 times
-Beta reader Maze, who thinks she's hilarious.

Pages Navigation
Crow24 on Chapter 1 Wed 21 Feb 2024 01:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
TalyllyntheIronWarrior on Chapter 1 Fri 11 Oct 2024 11:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
Warcrimes_inc on Chapter 1 Wed 15 Jan 2025 03:24AM UTC
Comment Actions
lightjakrises on Chapter 2 Sun 18 Feb 2024 06:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
Makoto_Ymir on Chapter 2 Mon 19 Feb 2024 01:10AM UTC
Comment Actions
LaughingCossack on Chapter 2 Tue 20 Feb 2024 12:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
Makoto_Ymir on Chapter 2 Tue 20 Feb 2024 02:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crow24 on Chapter 2 Thu 22 Feb 2024 02:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
MazeOfmyDesign on Chapter 2 Thu 06 Jun 2024 11:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
Felltrickster on Chapter 3 Wed 21 Feb 2024 02:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
LaughingCossack on Chapter 3 Thu 22 Feb 2024 02:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
Makoto_Ymir on Chapter 3 Wed 21 Feb 2024 04:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
Crow24 on Chapter 3 Thu 22 Feb 2024 02:59AM UTC
Comment Actions
MazeOfmyDesign on Chapter 3 Thu 06 Jun 2024 11:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
Alex_Fetch on Chapter 4 Wed 21 Feb 2024 06:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
Makoto_Ymir on Chapter 4 Wed 21 Feb 2024 09:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
Kumo_kuma on Chapter 4 Thu 22 Feb 2024 01:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
LaughingCossack on Chapter 4 Thu 22 Feb 2024 01:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
Crow24 on Chapter 4 Thu 22 Feb 2024 03:07AM UTC
Comment Actions
LaughingCossack on Chapter 4 Thu 22 Feb 2024 05:57AM UTC
Comment Actions
croisvoix on Chapter 4 Thu 22 Feb 2024 06:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
MazeOfmyDesign on Chapter 4 Thu 06 Jun 2024 11:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
AshEshyr on Chapter 4 Thu 26 Sep 2024 04:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
Psxc on Chapter 4 Thu 02 Jan 2025 10:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
cloroscimmia on Chapter 4 Mon 27 Jan 2025 06:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation